From ac8c19c7061d13601af1b301248ca6e8b6573ff4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Danny <zad4ifsv@anonaddy.me>
Date: Wed, 27 May 2026 13:55:10 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 01/24] Add resume auto renew changes

---
 beaver-builder/account/license/renew.md | 25 ++++++++++++++++++++-----
 1 file changed, 20 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/beaver-builder/account/license/renew.md b/beaver-builder/account/license/renew.md
index 02787b35..4f2a1083 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/account/license/renew.md
+++ b/beaver-builder/account/license/renew.md
@@ -16,16 +16,31 @@ You can view your subscription renewal date by logging into your Beaver Builder
 
 ## Cancel Automatic Renewal
 
-If you cancel autorenewal, you will need to manually renew your subscription each year. You can cancel autorenewal at any time from your account page and follow these steps:
+If you cancel automatic renewal, you will need to manually renew your subscription each year unless you later resume auto renewal for an eligible subscription. You can cancel automatic renewal at any time from your account page by following these steps:
 
-1. Go to your [My Account](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/my-account/) page and scroll to the **My Subscriptions** section.
+1. Go to your **My Account** page and scroll to the **My Subscriptions** section.
 2. Click the **Cancel Renewal** button next to the subscription you'd like to cancel.
-   If you don't see the **Cancel Renewal** button, it means you're not in the autorenewal program and you'll have to renew it manually each year.
 
-:::caution
+If you do not see the **Cancel Renewal** button, it means your subscription is not currently set to automatic renewal and you will need to renew it manually each year.
+
+## Resume Automatic Renewal
+
+If you previously cancelled automatic renewal, you may be able to turn it back on from the **My Subscriptions** section of your account.
+
+When a subscription is changed to manual renewal, the **Cancel Renewal** button changes to **Resume Auto Renewal** for eligible subscriptions.
 
-We cannot reinstate auto-renewal once you cancel it, but you can still renew your subscription manually.
+1. Go to your **My Account** page and scroll to the **My Subscriptions** section.
+2. Click **Resume Auto Renewal** next to the subscription you'd like to reactivate.
 
+If your subscription was paid by credit card through Stripe, Beaver Builder will check with Stripe to confirm that your saved payment details are still valid.
+
+- If your payment details are valid, automatic renewal will be resumed.
+- If your payment details are no longer valid, you'll be redirected to update your card information before automatic renewal can be turned back on.
+
+If your subscription was paid through PayPal, the **Resume Auto Renewal** button will not appear because PayPal subscriptions cannot be reactivated once automatic renewal has been cancelled.
+
+:::caution
+  Automatic renewal can only be resumed for eligible Stripe subscriptions with valid saved card details. PayPal subscriptions cannot be resumed after cancellation and must be renewed manually.
 :::
 
 If you do not renew your Beaver Builder license, see the [License Expiry](expiry.md) article for more information.

From 9741ebe2492e73f9689b3471e07b5187d81c287f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Danny <zad4ifsv@anonaddy.me>
Date: Wed, 27 May 2026 13:55:22 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 02/24] Fix FAQ for BB Lite

---
 beaver-builder/introduction/faq.md | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/beaver-builder/introduction/faq.md b/beaver-builder/introduction/faq.md
index 38ea5775..a848c7be 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/introduction/faq.md
+++ b/beaver-builder/introduction/faq.md
@@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ Here are some of the differences between the Lite and Premium versions:
 
 - [Limited Modules in comparison to Premium](#what-modules-are-included-in-the-lite-version).
 - Incompatibility with Beaver Themer.
+- No access to [Global Styles](../user-interface/global-styles.md), which is available in Premium only.
 - Access to only a few pre-made Templates.
 - Inability to save modules/rows/columns for re-use or to save custom Templates.
 
@@ -30,7 +31,7 @@ between the free and premium versions.
 | Beaver Builder                  | ✅        | ✅      | ✅           | ✅        |
 | Beaver Themer                   | ❌        | ✅      | ✅           | ✅        |
 | BB Theme                        | ❌        | ❌      | ✅           | ✅        |
-| WordPress Multisite Network     | ❌        | ❌      | ✅           | ✅        |
+| [Multisite Capable](#what-is-multisite-capable)     | ✅        | ❌      | ✅           | ✅        |
 | Network-wide settings           | ❌        | ❌      | ❌           | ✅        |
 | White Labeling                  | ❌        | ❌      | ❌           | ✅        |
 | Advanced Courses                | ❌        | ❌      | ❌           | ✅        |
@@ -67,7 +68,6 @@ The lite (free) version of Beaver Builder contains the following subset of modul
 - [Text](../layouts/modules/text.md)
 - [Sidebar](../layouts/modules/sidebar.md)
 - [Video](../layouts/modules/video/video.md)
-- [Widget](../layouts/modules/widgets.md)
 
 See the [Modules](../layouts/modules/index.md) section for a complete list of all available modules in the premium versions of Beaver Builder.
 

From 78497f7251c25cff3d62c390b455394c014fdaa3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Danny <zad4ifsv@anonaddy.me>
Date: Wed, 27 May 2026 13:55:33 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 03/24] Custom attributes

---
 .../layouts/advanced-tab/custom-attributes.md | 98 +++++++++++++++++++
 1 file changed, 98 insertions(+)
 create mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/custom-attributes.md

diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/custom-attributes.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/custom-attributes.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dcd618ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/custom-attributes.md
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+---
+id: custom-attributes
+title: Custom Attributes
+sidebar_label: Custom Attributes
+description: The Custom Attributes section in the Advanced tab lets you add custom HTML attributes to any row, column, or module, giving you more control over markup for accessibility, tracking, styling, and custom integrations.
+---
+
+The Custom Attributes section in the Advanced tab lets you add custom HTML attributes to any row, column, or module, giving you more control over markup for accessibility, tracking, styling, and custom integrations.
+
+## Custom attributes
+
+The **Custom Attributes** section in the Advanced tab lets you add custom HTML attributes to any row, column, or module, giving you more control over markup for accessibility, tracking, styling, and custom integrations.
+
+### Attribute(s)
+
+Adds one or more HTML attributes to the node. Click the **Add** button to add each attribute.
+
+:::note
+
+The **Target** and **Selector** fields are only available for modules. Rows and columns only support the **Wrapper** target.
+
+:::
+
+<details>
+<summary>Attribute fields</summary>
+
+#### Key
+
+The HTML attribute name. Must start with a lowercase letter and can contain lowercase letters, numbers, periods (`.`), underscores (`_`), colons (`:`), and hyphens (`-`). Invalid keys are skipped on output.
+
+For example, entering `foo` as the key outputs an attribute like this in the HTML:
+
+```html
+<div foo="bar"></div>
+```
+
+#### Value
+
+The attribute value. Values are automatically HTML-escaped on output.
+
+For example, entering `bar` as the value sets the attribute’s value like this:
+
+```html
+<div foo="bar"></div>
+```
+
+If the value contains special characters, they are automatically escaped in the HTML output:
+
+```html
+<div foo="bar &amp; baz"></div>
+```
+
+#### Target, Modules Only
+
+Default: `Wrapper`
+
+Selects where the attribute is applied.
+
+- **Wrapper:** Applies the attribute to the element's outer wrapper.
+- **Custom:** Applies the attribute to an inner element matched by the **Selector** field.
+
+<details>
+<summary>Selector, Custom Target Only</summary>
+
+#### Selector, Custom Target Only
+
+A CSS selector targeting an inner element within the module. Supports tag names, IDs, classes, the child combinator (`>`), and the wildcard (`*`).
+
+</details>
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary>Examples</summary>
+
+#### Wrapper target example
+
+Adding a `data-section` attribute with value `hero` to a row:
+
+```html
+<div class="fl-row fl-node-abc123" data-section="hero">
+  <!-- row content -->
+</div>
+```
+
+#### Custom target example
+
+Adding `aria-label` with value `Navigation links` to a module, targeting the selector `ul`:
+
+```html
+<div class="fl-module fl-module-menu fl-node-xyz789">
+  <ul aria-label="Navigation links">
+    <!-- list items -->
+  </ul>
+</div>
+```
+
+</details>

From 2f42bec6776723f6d22a0dfa76d466739e997717 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Danny <zad4ifsv@anonaddy.me>
Date: Wed, 27 May 2026 14:00:59 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 04/24] All modules now documented and using a new format

---
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/accordion.mdx  |  590 ++++++
 .../modules/accordion/css-customization.md    |   82 -
 .../layouts/modules/accordion/index.md        |   27 -
 .../modules/accordion/link-specific-item.md   |   64 -
 .../modules/accordion/settings/index.md       |   19 -
 .../modules/accordion/settings/items.md       |  119 --
 .../modules/accordion/settings/style.md       |   65 -
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/acf-block.mdx  |   44 +
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/audio.md       |   98 -
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/audio.mdx      |  194 ++
 .../layouts/modules/bigcommerce-products.md   |   32 -
 .../layouts/modules/bigcommerce.mdx           |   99 +
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/box.mdx        |  672 ++++++
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/box/index.md   |   93 -
 .../layouts/modules/box/settings/children.md  |   71 -
 .../layouts/modules/box/settings/container.md |  204 --
 .../layouts/modules/box/settings/index.md     |   19 -
 .../modules/box/using-align-options.md        |   13 -
 .../layouts/modules/button-group.md           |  173 --
 .../layouts/modules/button-group.mdx          |  302 +++
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/button.mdx     |  373 ++++
 .../layouts/modules/button/button.md          |  172 --
 .../button/make-a-button-transparent.md       |   26 -
 .../modules/callout-and-call-to-action.md     |  284 ---
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/callout.mdx    |  774 +++++++
 .../layouts/modules/contact-form.mdx          |  580 ++++++
 ...d-a-google-recaptcha-checkbox-to-a-form.md |   73 -
 .../modules/contact-form/contact-form.md      |  117 --
 .../layouts/modules/content-slider.md         |   80 -
 .../layouts/modules/content-slider.mdx        |  781 +++++++
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/countdown.md   |   91 -
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/countdown.mdx  |  318 +++
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/cta.mdx        |  416 ++++
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/gallery.mdx    |  140 ++
 .../layouts/modules/gallery/gallery.md        |  108 -
 ...open-a-gallery-lightbox-on-button-click.md |   75 -
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/heading.md     |   73 -
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/heading.mdx    |   92 +
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/html.md        |   44 -
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/html.mdx       |  213 ++
 .../layouts/modules/icon-and-icon-group.md    |   79 -
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/icon-group.mdx |  276 +++
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/icon.mdx       |  200 ++
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/index.md       |  130 --
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/index.mdx      |  189 ++
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/list.md        |  218 --
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/list.mdx       |  437 ++++
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/login-form.md  |   98 -
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/login-form.mdx |  731 +++++++
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/loop.mdx       |  288 +++
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/loop/index.md  |   74 -
 .../layouts/modules/loop/settings.md          |  194 --
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/map.md         |   28 -
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/map.mdx        |   58 +
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/menu.mdx       |  857 ++++++++
 ...-menu-item-that-links-to-a-page-section.md |   58 -
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/menu/menu.md   |  325 ---
 .../layouts/modules/module-blocks.md          |   26 -
 .../layouts/modules/north-commerce.md         |   79 -
 .../layouts/modules/north-commerce.mdx        |  151 ++
 .../layouts/modules/number-counter.md         |   94 -
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/numbers.mdx    |  248 +++
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/photo.mdx      |  234 +++
 .../add-hover-effects-to-the-photo-module.md  |  181 --
 .../display-full-captions-under-photos.md     |   26 -
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/photo/photo.md |   58 -
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/popup.mdx      |  420 ++++
 .../layouts/modules/post-carousel.mdx         |  678 ++++++
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/post-grid.mdx  | 1001 +++++++++
 .../layouts/modules/post-slider.mdx           |  647 ++++++
 ...-between-images-in-posts-module-gallery.md |   22 -
 .../layouts/modules/posts/posts-carousel.md   |   86 -
 ...ousel-and-posts-slider-modules-examples.md |  136 --
 .../layouts/modules/posts/posts-slider.md     |   95 -
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts/posts.md |  691 ------
 .../layouts/modules/pricing-table.md          |  231 ---
 .../layouts/modules/pricing-table.mdx         | 1036 +++++++++
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/rich-text.mdx  |  331 +++
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/search.mdx     |  641 ++++++
 .../search/limit-post-types-search-module.md  |   33 -
 .../layouts/modules/search/search.md          |  169 --
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/separator.md   |   28 -
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/separator.mdx  |   76 +
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/sidebar.md     |   19 -
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/sidebar.mdx    |   37 +
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/slideshow.md   |  257 ---
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/slideshow.mdx  |  395 ++++
 .../layouts/modules/social-buttons.md         |   23 -
 .../layouts/modules/social-buttons.mdx        |   86 +
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/star-rating.md |   53 -
 .../layouts/modules/star-rating.mdx           |  133 ++
 .../layouts/modules/subscribe-form.mdx        | 1844 +++++++++++++++++
 ...form-module-for-mailchimp-double-opt-in.md |   10 -
 .../modules/subscribe-form/subscribe-form.md  |  193 --
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/tabs.mdx       |  417 ++++
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/tabs/index.md  |   27 -
 .../modules/tabs/link-specific-item.md        |   64 -
 .../layouts/modules/tabs/settings/index.md    |   19 -
 .../layouts/modules/tabs/settings/items.md    |   93 -
 .../layouts/modules/tabs/settings/style.md    |   73 -
 .../layouts/modules/testimonials.md           |   29 -
 .../layouts/modules/testimonials.mdx          |  303 +++
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/text.md        |   26 -
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/video.mdx      |  240 +++
 .../video/open-a-video-in-a-lightbox.md       |   24 -
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/video/video.md |  123 --
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/widgets.md     |   40 -
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/widgets.mdx    |  131 ++
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/woocommerce.md |  190 --
 .../layouts/modules/woocommerce.mdx           |  271 +++
 .../layouts/modules/wordpress-patterns.md     |   26 -
 .../layouts/modules/wordpress-patterns.mdx    |   42 +
 112 files changed, 17986 insertions(+), 6670 deletions(-)
 create mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/accordion.mdx
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/accordion/css-customization.md
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/accordion/index.md
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/accordion/link-specific-item.md
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/accordion/settings/index.md
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/accordion/settings/items.md
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/accordion/settings/style.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/acf-block.mdx
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/audio.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/audio.mdx
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/bigcommerce-products.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/bigcommerce.mdx
 create mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/box.mdx
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/box/index.md
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/box/settings/children.md
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/box/settings/container.md
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/box/settings/index.md
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/box/using-align-options.md
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/button-group.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/button-group.mdx
 create mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/button.mdx
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/button/button.md
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/button/make-a-button-transparent.md
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/callout-and-call-to-action.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/callout.mdx
 create mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/contact-form.mdx
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/contact-form/add-a-google-recaptcha-checkbox-to-a-form.md
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/contact-form/contact-form.md
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/content-slider.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/content-slider.mdx
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/countdown.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/countdown.mdx
 create mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/cta.mdx
 create mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/gallery.mdx
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/gallery/gallery.md
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/gallery/open-a-gallery-lightbox-on-button-click.md
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/heading.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/heading.mdx
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/html.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/html.mdx
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/icon-and-icon-group.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/icon-group.mdx
 create mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/icon.mdx
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/index.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/index.mdx
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/list.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/list.mdx
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/login-form.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/login-form.mdx
 create mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/loop.mdx
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/loop/index.md
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/loop/settings.md
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/map.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/map.mdx
 create mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/menu.mdx
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/menu/add-a-menu-item-that-links-to-a-page-section.md
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/menu/menu.md
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/module-blocks.md
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/north-commerce.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/north-commerce.mdx
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/number-counter.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/numbers.mdx
 create mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/photo.mdx
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/photo/add-hover-effects-to-the-photo-module.md
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/photo/display-full-captions-under-photos.md
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/photo/photo.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/popup.mdx
 create mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/post-carousel.mdx
 create mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/post-grid.mdx
 create mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/post-slider.mdx
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts/increase-space-between-images-in-posts-module-gallery.md
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts/posts-carousel.md
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts/posts-posts-carousel-and-posts-slider-modules-examples.md
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts/posts-slider.md
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts/posts.md
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/pricing-table.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/pricing-table.mdx
 create mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/rich-text.mdx
 create mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/search.mdx
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/search/limit-post-types-search-module.md
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/search/search.md
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/separator.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/separator.mdx
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/sidebar.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/sidebar.mdx
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/slideshow.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/slideshow.mdx
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/social-buttons.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/social-buttons.mdx
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/star-rating.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/star-rating.mdx
 create mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/subscribe-form.mdx
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/subscribe-form/configure-subscribe-form-module-for-mailchimp-double-opt-in.md
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/subscribe-form/subscribe-form.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/tabs.mdx
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/tabs/index.md
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/tabs/link-specific-item.md
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/tabs/settings/index.md
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/tabs/settings/items.md
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/tabs/settings/style.md
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/testimonials.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/testimonials.mdx
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/text.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/video.mdx
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/video/open-a-video-in-a-lightbox.md
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/video/video.md
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/widgets.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/widgets.mdx
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/woocommerce.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/woocommerce.mdx
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/wordpress-patterns.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/wordpress-patterns.mdx

diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/accordion.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/accordion.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f757dc8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/accordion.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,590 @@
+---
+title: Accordion
+sidebar_label: Accordion
+icon: "list-chevrons-up-down"
+description: "Use Accordion to present expandable content sections in a compact layout with manual items or post-based content."
+---
+
+
+Use Accordion to present expandable content sections in a compact layout with manual items or post-based content.
+
+## Usage
+
+Use Accordion to display content in expandable and collapsible sections. Build items manually with custom content, or generate them dynamically from posts, pages, or custom post types.
+
+This module is especially useful for FAQs, product details, onboarding steps, support answers, and any content that benefits from clear structure and progressive disclosure.
+
+## Module Settings
+
+The Accordion module settings control where accordion items come from, how item labels and content behave, and how the accordion looks on the front end.
+
+### Items Tab
+
+The Items tab defines the item source, item content, and expand or collapse behavior.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Content Source</strong> <small>Default: Custom Content</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects whether accordion items come from WordPress posts or manual entries created inside the module.
+
+- **Post:** Builds accordion items from queried WordPress posts, pages, or custom post types.
+- **Custom Content:** Builds accordion items from manual items added directly in the module.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Post section configures the query used when **Content Source** is set to **Post**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Query</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Type</strong> <small>Default: Post</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects one or more post types to query for accordion items.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Posts Per Page</strong> <small>Default: 5</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets how many queried posts appear as accordion items.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Ordering settings</strong></summary>
+
+Ordering settings control how queried posts or items are sorted, such as by date, title, menu order, or custom ordering options where available.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Filtering settings</strong></summary>
+
+Filtering settings control which posts, terms, authors, or content types are included or excluded from the module output.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Custom Content Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Custom Content</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Custom Content section manages manual accordion items created inside the module.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Accordion Items</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Item</strong></summary>
+
+
+Adds one or more accordion items and stores the label and content settings for each item.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Item Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Label</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the heading text displayed for the accordion item.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Type</strong> <small>Default: Custom Content</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects whether the item uses custom editor content or a saved Beaver Builder asset.
+
+- **Saved Row:** Loads a saved row into the accordion item.
+- **Saved Column:** Loads a saved column into the accordion item.
+- **Saved Module:** Loads a saved module into the accordion item.
+- **Saved Template:** Loads a saved template into the accordion item.
+- **Custom Content:** Uses editor content added directly in the accordion item.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Select Row</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Select Row (Saved Row Only)</strong></summary>
+
+
+When you choose Saved Row as the Type, the Select Saved Row setting becomes available and lists all saved row items you have created. Select one to use that saved row as the accordion item’s content.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Select Column</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Select Column (Saved Column Only)</strong></summary>
+
+
+When you choose Saved Column as the Type, the Select Saved Column setting becomes available and lists all saved column items you have created. Select one to use that saved column as the accordion item’s content.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Select Modules</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Select Modules (Saved Module Only)</strong></summary>
+
+
+When you choose Saved Module as the Type, the Select Saved Module setting becomes available and lists all saved module items you have created. Select one to use that saved module as the accordion item’s content.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Select Template</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Select Template (Saved Template Only)</strong></summary>
+
+
+When you choose Template as the Type, the Select Template setting becomes available and lists all templates you have created. Select one to use that template as the accordion item’s content.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Content</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Content (Custom Content Only)</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Add your own custom content using the WordPress Classic Editor when **Type** is set to **Custom Content**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Display</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Display section controls label markup, post output, and expand or collapse behavior.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Display Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Label Tag</strong> <small>Default: h2</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the HTML tag used for each accordion label.
+
+- **a:** Renders the label with an anchor element that keeps heading semantics.
+- **h1:** Renders the label with an `<h1>` heading.
+- **h2:** Renders the label with an `<h2>` heading.
+- **h3:** Renders the label with an `<h3>` heading.
+- **h4:** Renders the label with an `<h4>` heading.
+- **h5:** Renders the label with an `<h5>` heading.
+- **h6:** Renders the label with an `<h6>` heading.
+- **div:** Renders the label with a `<div>` element.
+- **span:** Renders the label with a `<span>` element.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Content Type (Post Only)</strong> <small>Default: Post Content</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects whether post-based items render full post content or post excerpts. This field appears when **Content Source** is set to **Post**.
+
+- **Post Content:** Displays the full post content inside each accordion item.
+- **Post Excerpt:** Displays the post excerpt and reveals excerpt display settings.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Excerpt Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Excerpt Length (Post Excerpt Only)</strong></summary>
+
+
+Sets the number of words shown in each post excerpt.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Excerpt More Text (Post Excerpt Only)</strong> <small>Default: ...</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the text appended after each excerpt.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>More Link (Post Excerpt Only)</strong> <small>Default: Hide</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides a link below each post excerpt.
+
+- **Show:** Displays a link below the excerpt and reveals **More Link Text**.
+- **Hide:** Removes the excerpt link.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>More Link Text</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>More Link Text (Show Only)</strong> <small>Default: Read More</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the label used for the post excerpt link when **More Link** is set to **Show**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Expand on Tab</strong> <small>Default: No</small></summary>
+
+
+Expands an accordion item when its button receives keyboard focus through tab navigation.
+
+- **Yes:** Opens an accordion item when keyboard users tab to its label.
+- **No:** Keeps tab focus from expanding accordion items automatically.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Collapse Inactive</strong> <small>Default: Yes</small></summary>
+
+
+Keeps only one item open at a time or allows multiple items to remain open.
+
+- **Yes:** Keeps only one accordion item open at a time.
+- **No:** Allows multiple accordion items to stay open at the same time.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Expand First Item</strong> <small>Default: No</small></summary>
+
+
+Expands the first accordion item when the module loads.
+
+- **Yes:** Opens the first accordion item by default when the module loads.
+- **No:** Leaves all accordion items collapsed on load.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+### Style Tab
+
+The Style tab controls the size, spacing, colors, icons, and content styling used by the accordion.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Item Size</strong> <small>Default: Small</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the preset size used for accordion labels.
+
+- **Small:** Keeps the accordion labels compact. Inherits the font size from the theme or parent element.
+- **Medium:** Uses a balanced label size for most layouts. Sets the label font size to 20px.
+- **Large:** Gives the accordion labels more visual emphasis. Sets the label font size to 26px.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Item Spacing</strong> <small>Default: 10; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the spacing between accordion items.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Item Border</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Configures the border style, width, radius, and color for each accordion item.
+
+:::tip
+
+The Responsive Toggle lets you set different border values for desktop, tablet, and mobile. The **Width** and **Radius** controls also support Link Values so you can keep all sides or corners in sync.
+:::
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>General</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Style</strong> <small>Default: Default</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects the line style used for the border.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Available options</strong></summary>
+
+
+- Default
+- None
+- Solid
+- Dashed
+- Dotted
+- Double
+
+</details>
+
+**Default** uses the module or theme's built-in border styling when one is available. Choose **None** to remove the visible border without clearing any saved width, color, or radius values.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Color</strong></summary>
+
+
+Sets the border color using the color picker. This field also supports alpha transparency.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Width</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive, Link Values</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the border width for the top, right, bottom, and left sides using `px`.
+
+Click into any width field to open a slider, or type a value directly for more precise control.
+</details>
+</details>
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Radius &amp; Shadow</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Radius</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive, Link Values</small></summary>
+
+
+Rounds the corners by setting the top-left, top-right, bottom-right, and bottom-left radius in `px`.
+
+Larger matching values create softer corners, and very high values can produce pill or circular shapes when the element dimensions allow it.
+</details>
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Box Shadow</strong></summary>
+
+
+Adds a shadow around the element to create depth and separation from surrounding content.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Box Shadow settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Color</strong></summary>
+
+
+Sets the shadow color and opacity.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>X</strong></summary>
+
+
+Sets the horizontal shadow offset. Positive values move the shadow to the right, and negative values move it to the left.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Y</strong></summary>
+
+
+Sets the vertical shadow offset. Positive values move the shadow downward, and negative values move it upward.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Blur</strong></summary>
+
+
+Softens the shadow edge. Higher values create a blurrier, more diffuse shadow.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Spread</strong></summary>
+
+
+Expands or contracts the overall size of the shadow. Positive values make the shadow larger, and negative values pull it inward.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Label</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Label section controls the appearance of accordion headings.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Label Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the label text color and icon color.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the background color of the label row.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Padding</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive, Link Values</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the inner spacing of the label row.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for accordion labels.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Icon section controls icon placement and icon states for accordion labels.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon Position</strong> <small>Default: Right</small></summary>
+
+
+Places the icon on the left or right side of the label.
+
+- **Left:** Places the icon before the label text.
+- **Right:** Places the icon after the label text.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon</strong> <small>Default: fas fa-plus; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the icon shown when an item is collapsed.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Active Icon</strong> <small>Default: fas fa-minus; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the icon shown when an item is expanded.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>DuoTone Icon Primary Color (DuoTone Icons Only)</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the primary icon color for Font Awesome DuoTone icons. This field applies when the selected icon uses the DuoTone style.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>DuoTone Icon Secondary Color (DuoTone Icons Only)</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the secondary icon color for Font Awesome DuoTone icons. This field applies when the selected icon uses the DuoTone style.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Content</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Content section controls the appearance of accordion panels.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Content Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text Color (Custom Content Only)</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the text color for custom content shown inside accordion panels. This field appears when **Content Source** is set to **Custom Content**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the background color of the accordion content panel.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Padding</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive, Link Values</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the inner spacing of the accordion content panel.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography (Custom Content Only)</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for custom content shown inside accordion panels. This field appears when **Content Source** is set to **Custom Content**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+
+The Advanced tab contains common Accordion module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+
+</details>
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/accordion/css-customization.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/accordion/css-customization.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 6da42ea1..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/accordion/css-customization.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
----
-id: css-customization
-title: CSS Customization
-sidebar_label: CSS Customization
-description: Here's some CSS to change the icons to Media Library images in the Accordion module.
----
-
-This article showcases several CSS examples that illustrate how custom CSS can be used to style the Accordion module beyond what can be achieved through the module's settings.
-
-:::tip
-The examples below use the Accordion module's `fl-module-accordion` parent class, which, depending on where you add your CSS, will style all Accordion modules used on your website. However, if you wish to customize a specific Accordion module, you should add a custom class name to the module and replace `fl-module-accordion` with the new custom class name.
-
-```css
-.my-custom-class .fl-accordion-item-active {
-  background-color: #f4f4f4;
-}
-```
-
-:::
-
-## Active Accordion Item
-
-The following CSS examples demonstrate how to modify the appearance of the active accordion item. Doing so can increase the visibility in comparison to the inactive items:
-
-### Background Color
-
-```css
-.fl-module-accordion .fl-accordion-item-active {
-  background-color: #f4f4f4;
-}
-```
-
-### Label Color
-
-```css
-.fl-module-accordion .fl-accordion-item-active .fl-accordion-button-label {
-  color: #ff0000;
-}
-```
-
-### Accordion Content Color
-
-```css
-.fl-module-accordion .fl-accordion-item-active .fl-accordion-content {
-  background-color: #f4f4f4;
-  color: #000000;
-}
-```
-
-## Replace Expand/Collapse Icons with Images
-
-You can use the CSS provided below to replace the icons of the collapsed and expanded states in the Accordion module with images of your choice.
-
-```css
-.fl-module-accordion .fl-accordion-button {
-  width: 100%;
-  position: relative;
-}
-
-/* Hide Accordion Icons */
-.fl-module-accordion .fl-accordion-button .fl-accordion-button-icon {
-  display: none;
-}
-
-/* Collapsed Image */
-.fl-module-accordion .fl-accordion-button-label:after {
-  content: '';
-  width: 30px;
-  height: 30px;
-  background-image: url(IMAGE URL);
-  background-size: cover;
-  position: absolute;
-  right: 10px;
-  top: 50%;
-  transform: translateY(-50%);
-}
-
-/* Expanded Image (Active Accordion) */
-.fl-module-accordion .fl-accordion-item-active .fl-accordion-button-label:after {
-  background-image: url(IMAGE URL);
-}
-```
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/accordion/index.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/accordion/index.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 640c9b46..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/accordion/index.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
----
-id: index
-title: Accordion
-sidebar_label: Accordion
----
-
-The Accordion module lets you present a variety of content by expanding and collapsing the text, saving space while maintaining a professional appearance.
-
-![Accordion module](/img/beaver-builder/modules--accordion--1.jpg)
-
-## Usage
-
-The Accordion module is ideal when you have a list of items with detailed information that you want to keep easily accessible without cluttering up the main page. Below are some examples of useful applications for the Accordion module:
-
-* FAQs
-* Q&A
-* Feature Lists for products or services
-
-<div className="embed-responsive">
-<iframe width="560" height="315" src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/W8PkT4fMoNs" title="YouTube video player" frameBorder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture" allowFullScreen></iframe>
-</div>
-
-## In this Section
-
-import DocCardList from '@theme/DocCardList';
-
-<DocCardList />
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/accordion/link-specific-item.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/accordion/link-specific-item.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 4dca7abc..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/accordion/link-specific-item.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
----
-id: link-specific-item
-title: Link to a Specific Item
-sidebar_label: Link to a Specific Item
----
-
-In this article, you will learn how to create a link that navigates to a specific item in an Accordion module.
-
-## Adding an `ID`
-
-To begin, first assign an `ID` to the Accordion module, which can be accomplished by following the instructions below:
-
-1. Open the Accordion module settings and click the [Advanced tab](../../advanced-tab/index.md).
-
-2. Scroll to the `ID` setting, and set a unique `ID` name for the module.  
-  See the [Advanced tab](../../advanced-tab/html-element.md#id) article for more information about `ID` selectors.
-
-3. Save changes.
-
-## Index Values
-
-Every item in the Accordion module is given a unique index value that starts at `0`. The index value of the initial Accordion item is `0`, the second item is assigned an index value of `1`, the third item has an index value of `2`, and so on. By using these index values in an HTML link, you can generate a link to a specific Accordion item and set it as the active item.
-
-The below HTML code example demonstrates how the index values are allocated to each Accordion item. In this instance, the Accordion module has been given a unique ID name of `my-accordion` and consists of three Accordion items.
-
-```html
-<div id="my-accordion" class="fl-module fl-module-accordion">
-  <div class="fl-module-content fl-node-content">
-    <div class="fl-accordion">
-      <div id="my-accordion-0" class="fl-accordion-item"></div>
-      <div id="my-accordion-1" class="fl-accordion-item"></div>
-      <div id="my-accordion-2" class="fl-accordion-item"></div>
-    </div>
-  </div>
-</div>
-```
-
-## Linking to a Specific Item
-
-The link structure will differ based on whether the Accordion module is on the same page as your link. To create the link, you can use either the Button or HTML modules in your layout.
-
-### Same Page
-
-When the link is on the same page as the Accordion module, you can use a hash character (`#`) followed by an `ID` name and the item's index value separated by a hyphen. For instance, using our example `ID` name of `my-accordion`, the link would be structured as follows:
-
-```html title='Button module link option'
-#my-accordion-1
-```
-
-```html title='HTML module link'
-<a href="#my-accordion-1">My Accordion link</a>
-```
-
-### Different Page
-
-To create a link to the Accordion module from a different page on your website, use the complete URL of the target page along with the hash symbol (`#`) followed by the `ID` and index value. For instance, if you want to add the link to your homepage, and the Accordion module is located on a page named Sample Page, the link should appear like this:
-
-```html title='Button module link option'
-https://my-website.com/sample-page#my-accordion-1
-```
-
-```html title='HTML module link'
-<a href="https://my-website.com/sample-page#my-accordion-1">My Accordion link</a>
-```
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/accordion/settings/index.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/accordion/settings/index.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e329e438..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/accordion/settings/index.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
----
-id: index
-title: Accordion Settings
-sidebar_label: Settings
----
-
-The Accordion module consists of two primary setting tabs: Items and Style, along with the customary Advanced tab. These setting tabs offer you the flexibility to personalize various aspects of the accordion items to suit your preferences.
-
-![Accordion module settings](/img/beaver-builder/modules--accordion--settings--1.jpg)
-
-import DocCardList from '@theme/DocCardList';
-
-<DocCardList />
-
-## Advanced tab
-
-The Advanced tab includes all the standard settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML configurations.
-
-See the [Advanced tab](../../../advanced-tab/index.md) section for more information.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/accordion/settings/items.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/accordion/settings/items.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 46f36d6e..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/accordion/settings/items.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,119 +0,0 @@
----
-id: items
-title: Items tab
-sidebar_label: Items tab
----
-
-In the Items tab, you have the option to select the content source and manage accordion content items by adding, editing, or removing them.
-
-## Content Source
-
-The content source allows you to determine what content is displayed. You can choose between posts and custom content.
-
-### Post
-
-The Post content source option allows you to automatically populate the Accordion module with pages, posts, or custom post types.
-
-:::caution
-
-- The post title becomes the item label of the Accordion item.
-- The featured image does not appear in the Accordion item.
-- Post info (author, date, categories, or tags) is not displayed.
-
-:::
-
-- **Post Type**
-  Select the post type(s) you wish to populate the Post module with. You can choose pages, posts, or a custom post type, such as WooCommerce Products or a custom post type that you created yourself.
-
-  You can also select more than one post type with the Post Type option. For example, you can display both posts and pages, or both posts and WooCommerce products.
-
-- **Posts Per Page**
-  Determines how many accordion items are created. Each item contains one page, post, or custom post type. The default is 5.
-
-- **Order**
-  Choose between descending or ascending.
-
-- **Order By**
-  The choices are: Author, Comment count, Date, Date last modified, ID, Menu order, Meta value (alphabetic or numeric), Random, Title, Selection order.
-
-  See the [Order By](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts/posts.md#order-by) section in the Post module for more information.
-
-- **Filter By**
-  The Filter section allows you to include or exclude a set of posts, pages or custom post types by title, and taxonomy.
-
-  See the [Filter](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts/posts.md#filter) section in the Post module article for more information regarding the filter options.
-
-### Custom Content
-
-The Custom Content source option allows you to add your own content using the WordPress classic editor or populate the accordion item with content from a saved row, column, module, or template.
-
-#### Edit Items
-
-When you first add an Accordion module to your layout, a blank item will be created for you to edit. To edit an item, click the **Edit Items** link.
-
-![Edit accordion items](/img/beaver-builder/modules--accordion--2.jpg)
-
-- **Label**
-  Enter a name for your accordion item. This appears in the Accordion module settings panel to identify the item and on the frontend.
-
-- **Content Type**
-  The choices are: Saved Row, Saved Column, Saved Module, Saved Template, and Custom Content. The Saved content drop down menu automatically lists all previously saved rows, columns, modules, or templates when you select Saved content.
-
-  The Custom Content option allows you to add your own content using the WordPress classic editor.
-
-  :::caution
-
-  Shortcodes used too frequently on the same page or post may impact performance.
-
-  :::
-
-- **Content**
-  Use the WordPress classic editor to add text to your accordion item. You can also add images using the **Add Media** button.
-
-#### Add Items
-
-To add more accordion items, click the **Add Item** button.
-
-#### Item Actions
-
-Each accordion item has a set of icons which perform the following actions:
-
-<ul className="fa-ul">
-  <li><span className="fa-li"><i className="fa-solid fa-up-down-left-right"></i></span>Move (Drag & drop into position).</li>
-  <li><span className="fa-li"><i className="fa-light fa-copy"></i></span>Duplicate the item.</li>
-  <li><span className="fa-li"><i className="fa-solid fa-xmark"></i></span>Delete the item.</li>
-</ul>
-
-![Accordion item actions](/img/beaver-builder/modules--accordion--3.jpg)
-
-## Display
-
-The Display section contains the following options:
-
-- **Content Type**
-  _(Available when [Post](#post) is selected as a Content Source)_
-
-  - **Post Content** - Show the full content of each post.
-  - **Post Excerpt** - Show the post excerpt.
-
-- **More Link**
-  _(Available when **Post Excerpt** is selected as the **Content Type**)_
-
-  Show or hide the Read more link after the post content. If set to Show, you can also customize the default Read more text.
-
-- **More Link Text**
-  _(Available when **Post Excerpt** is selected as the **Content Type**)_
-
-  Customize the default Read more... text.
-
-- **Collapse inactive**
-  By default set to Yes, which allows only one item to be expanded at a time. Change to No to allow more than one item to be expanded,
-
-- **Expand first item**
-  By default set to No. If set to Yes, the first item will be expanded on the first view, before the user clicks to expand anything.
-
-  :::info
-
-  After you save a label and text in the first item of the Accordion module, it remains open in the editing screen even when the Expand first item field is set to No. This is so that you can see the style settings while editing. The published page correctly follows the Expand first item setting.
-
-  :::
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/accordion/settings/style.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/accordion/settings/style.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 05245c68..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/accordion/settings/style.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
----
-id: style
-title: Style tab
-sidebar_label: Style tab
----
-
-In the Style tab, you can customize the color of the text and icons, manage the typography settings, and adjust the spacing.
-
-## Item
-
-- **Item Size**
-  Changes the Accordion item size with specific padding values.
-
-  - **Small** - Sets the padding to `10px 15px`.
-  - **Medium** - Sets the padding to `15px 20px`.
-  - **Large** - Sets the padding to `20px 25px`.
-
-- **Item Spacing**
-  Control the spacing between accordion items.
-
-- **Item Border**
-  The Border section has settings for border, radius, and shadow.
-
-  See the [Borders](../../../../basics/border.md) article for more information.
-
-## Label
-
-- **Text Color**
-  Set the text color of the Accordion label.
-
-- **Background Color**
-  Set a background color for Accordion label.
-
-- **Padding**
-  Set a specific padding value in pixels for the accordion label. Click the Link Value icon to automatically make all four padding values the same.
-
-- **Typography**
-  Set the font size, family, line-height and more for the Accordion label. See the [Typography](basics/typography.md) article for more information.
-
-## Icon
-
-- **Icon Position**
-  Set the position of the accordion expand and collapse icons. The Left option positions the icon before the accordion label.
-
-  The default is **Right**.
-
-- **Icon**
-  Choose a custom icon that replaces the default <i className="fas fa-plus"></i> icon.
-
-- **Active Icon**
-  Choose a custom icon that replaces the default <i className="fas fa-minus"></i> icon.
-
-## Content
-
-- **Text Color**
-  Set the text color of the Accordion content.
-
-- **Background Color**
-  Set a background color for Accordion content.
-
-- **Padding**
-  Set a specific padding value in pixels for the accordion content. Click the Link Value icon to automatically make all four padding values the same.
-
-- **Typography**
-  Set the font size, family, line-height and more for the Accordion content. See the [Typography](basics/typography.md) article for more information.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/acf-block.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/acf-block.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..be4ad561
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/acf-block.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+---
+title: ACF Blocks
+icon: "cuboid"
+description: "Display Advanced Custom Fields (ACF) blocks inside your Beaver Builder layouts."
+---
+
+
+Display Advanced Custom Fields (ACF) blocks inside your Beaver Builder layouts.
+
+## Requirements
+
+The ACF Block module requires **Advanced Custom Fields Pro** to be installed and activated.
+
+## What are ACF Blocks?
+
+ACF Blocks are custom content blocks built with the Advanced Custom Fields (ACF) plugin. They let you create your own editor blocks using custom fields, making it easier to build consistent, reusable blocks for both Beaver Builder and the WordPress Block Editor through the familiar ACF field groups interface.
+
+To create an ACF Block for Beaver Builder, see our [ACF Blocks developer documentation](https://www.advancedcustomfields.com/resources/blocks/) for step-by-step instructions on registering, configuring, and making your block available in the Beaver Builder editor.
+
+:::note
+
+ACF blocks that declare JSX support are not compatible with Beaver Builder and will not appear in the available block list.
+:::
+
+## Accessing ACF Blocks
+
+Blocks created with ACF are available in the **Content Panel > Modules tab > ACF Blocks**. Any categories or icons used to organize and display your blocks in the WordPress Block Editor will also appear there.
+
+## Block Settings
+
+The ACF Block module settings are dynamically generated based on the selected block type.
+
+### Settings Tab
+
+The Settings tab displays the ACF field group associated with the selected block type. The fields shown depend entirely on how the ACF block was registered and configured by you or your developer.
+
+To view all available fields for a particular ACF block, go to **WordPress Admin Dashboard > ACF** and open the **Field Group** assigned to that block.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+
+The Advanced tab contains common ACF Block's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+
+</details>
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/audio.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/audio.md
deleted file mode 100644
index fdf5fa49..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/audio.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
----
-id: audio
-title: Audio
-sidebar_label: Audio
-description: The Audio module displays an audio player with controls to play audio from the Media Library or an audio file from an external source.
----
-
-Using the Audio module, you can insert one or more audio files from the
-WordPress Media Library or a single audio file from an external source, plus
-choose some playback options.
-
-## Using audio files from the Media Library
-
-When you choose the Media Library option in the Audio module, click the link
-to choose one or more audio files to play. You can upload new files at that
-time also. After you add the audio files, some playback options appear.
-
-If you choose a single audio file, a simple audio player appears in the
-rendered output, and you have a choice to auto play the file and loop the
-file, as shown in the following screenshot.
-
-![](/img/audio-1.png)
-
-If you choose more than one audio file, additional options are displayed in
-the settings, as shown in the following screenshot and described below.
-
-:::info
-If the module content disappears when you add an audio file or edit
-the Audio module settings, save the module and reload the page in your
-browser. You can do this even before you publish the page as long as you have
-saved the module.
-:::
-
-![](/img/audio-2.png)
-
-  * **Style**  
-**Light** displays the playlist in dark text on a white background, while
-**Dark** displays the playlist in white text on a dark background.
-
-  * **Show playlist**  
-**Yes** shows the audio list under the player. **No** shows the first item in
-the playlist and displays and autoplays the next item in the playlist when the
-first is finished playing.
-
-  * **Show track numbers**  
-**Yes** numbers the items in the playlist. **No** hides the sequential
-numbering. See the following screenshot for an example of the player and
-playlist.
-
-  * **Show thumbnail**  
-**Yes** displays the thumbnail associated with the audio file currently loaded
-in the player, if the image is available. **No** doesn't display the image.
-
-  * **Show artist name**  
-If you specified an artist's name in the Media Library, then **Yes** displays
-it in the playlist below the player. **No** doesn't display the artist name in
-the playlist. If the Media Library does have Artist metadata specified, the
-information on the currently playing file does display whether this setting is
-**Yes** or **No**.
-
-![](/img/audio-3.png)
-
-## Using audio files from an external source
-
-You can use the Audio module to play a single audio file from an external
-source.
-
-To get an external audio clip to work, you need a direct URL to the audio
-file. Once you supply the URL, some additional options appear, and the
-rendered output shows a simple audio player:
-
-![](/img/audio-4.png)
-
-## Other ways to embed audio
-
-If you are trying to link to a sound file on a website where you cannot get a
-URL for one or more sound files, the site may have code that you can copy and
-paste to embed the file with a player. For example, [SoundCloud has a help page](https://help.soundcloud.com/hc/en-us/articles/115003565128-Embedding-a-track-or-playlist-on-WordPress) that shows how to embed files from their site
-into WordPress. In this case, paste the code for the embedded audio into an
-HTML module.
-
-To create a playlist for several audio files from an external source, you need
-to write your own custom code or use a playlist plugin.
-
-## More information about audio in WordPress
-
-The Audio module is a wrapper for WordPress’ core
-[audio](https://wordpress.org/support/article/audio-shortcode/) and
-[playlist](https://codex.wordpress.org/Playlist_Shortcode) shortcodes. Follow
-the links to the WordPress codex for more information. If you prefer, you can
-embed these shortcodes into HTML modules instead of using the Audio module.
-
-The Beaver Builder Custom Module Developer Guide describes a [Multiple Audios field](../../developer/custom-modules/10-setting-fields-reference.md#multiple-audios-field), which can display a WordPress media lightbox that lets users select
-multiple audio files.
-
-## Advanced tab
-
-There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/audio.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/audio.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c92180f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/audio.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+---
+title: Audio
+sidebar_label: Audio
+icon: "music"
+description: "Use Audio to add a single audio player or playlist from the WordPress Media Library or a direct audio file URL."
+---
+
+
+Use Audio to add a single audio player or playlist from the WordPress Media Library or a direct audio file URL.
+
+## Usage
+
+Use Audio to render a WordPress audio player from either files in the WordPress Media Library or a direct URL to a single audio file. Depending on how the source is configured, the module outputs either one audio player with standard playback controls or a playlist player with optional track display settings.
+
+Use Audio for podcasts, music tracks, interviews, sermons, voice recordings, and other layouts where visitors need inline playback without custom code. The module renders WordPress's native `[audio]` and `[playlist]` shortcodes, so the Media Library option fits audio managed in WordPress, while the Link option works when you already host a single audio file elsewhere and have its direct file URL.
+
+## Module Settings
+
+The Audio module settings control where audio comes from and how a single player or playlist behaves on the front end.
+
+### General Tab
+
+The General tab sets the audio source and reveals playback settings based on whether the module is rendering one file or a playlist.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Audio Type</strong></summary>
+
+
+Selects whether the module uses the WordPress Media Library or a direct audio file URL.
+
+- **Media Library:** Builds the player from audio files selected in the WordPress Media Library. Supports single-file playback and playlists when more than one file is selected.
+- **Link:** Builds the player from a direct URL to a single hosted audio file.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Media Library</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Audio</strong></summary>
+
+
+Selects one or more audio files from the WordPress Media Library. This custom field shows the current number of selected files and includes controls to **Select Audio**, **Edit Playlist**, or **Add Audio Files**. When one file is selected, the single-audio playback settings below apply. When more than one file is selected, playlist settings become available.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Playlist</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Style</strong> <small>Default: Light</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the playlist appearance to a light or dark preset when more than one audio file is selected.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Show Playlist</strong> <small>Default: Yes</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the playlist track list beneath the player when more than one audio file is selected.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Show Track Numbers</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Show Track Numbers (Show Playlist Only)</strong> <small>Default: Yes</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides track numbers in the playlist when **Show Playlist** is set to **Yes**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Show Thumbnail</strong> <small>Default: Yes</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides playlist thumbnail images when they are available for the selected audio files.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Show Artist Name</strong> <small>Default: Yes</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides artist metadata in the playlist when it is available for the selected audio files.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the direct URL to a single audio file when **Audio Type** is set to **Link**. The module passes this value directly to the WordPress audio shortcode to render the player.
+
+Because this field is used as the player source URL, use a direct file link such as `https://example.com/audio/episode-01.mp3` rather than a page URL or third-party embed page.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Single Audio Playback</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Auto Play (Single Audio Only)</strong> <small>Default: No</small></summary>
+
+
+Automatically starts playback when the module is rendering one audio file, whether that file comes from the Media Library or the **Link** option.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Loop (Single Audio Only)</strong> <small>Default: No</small></summary>
+
+
+Repeats the current audio file after it finishes when the module is rendering one audio file.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+
+The Advanced tab contains common Audio module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+
+</details>
+
+## Create a playlist
+
+To build a playlist in the Audio module, follow these steps:
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Step</strong></summary>
+
+
+Open the Audio module settings.
+</details>
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Step</strong></summary>
+
+
+Set **Audio Type** to **Media Library**.
+</details>
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Step</strong></summary>
+
+
+In the **Audio** field, click **Add Audio Files** or **Select Audio** to open the WordPress Media Library.
+</details>
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Step</strong></summary>
+
+
+Choose multiple audio files, then create or insert the playlist from the Media Library modal.
+</details>
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Step</strong></summary>
+
+
+Return to the module settings and adjust playlist options such as **Style**, **Show Playlist**, **Show Thumbnail**, and **Show Artist Name** as needed.
+</details>
+
+
+Once more than one file is selected, the module switches from single-audio playback to playlist mode and reveals the playlist display settings.
+
+
+<img
+src="/images/beaver-builder/modules--audio--2--light.webp"
+alt="Audio module playlist preview in light mode"
+style={{height: "auto", width: "100%"}}
+className="block dark:hidden rounded-lg shadow-lg"
+/>
+
+<img
+src="/images/beaver-builder/modules--audio--2--dark.webp"
+alt="Audio module playlist preview in dark mode"
+style={{height: "auto", width: "100%"}}
+className="hidden dark:block rounded-lg shadow-lg"
+/>
+
+
+## Supported audio formats
+
+The Audio module is built on the native WordPress audio and playlist shortcodes, which determine the file types it can accept. The module supports the following audio formats:
+
+- `.mp3`
+- `.m4a`
+- `.ogg`
+- `.wav`
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/bigcommerce-products.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/bigcommerce-products.md
deleted file mode 100644
index a25476e4..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/bigcommerce-products.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
----
-id: bigcommerce-products
-title: BigCommerce Products
-sidebar_label: BigCommerce Products
-description: The BigCommerce Products module provides options to display selected BigCommerce products in page layouts.
----
-
-If you have the BigCommerce plugin for WordPress installed, the BigCommerce
-Products module is available in the **BigCommerce** section in the **Standard
-modules** group in the Content panel for regular Beaver Builder layouts.
-
-This module lets you add any of the following displays of products or subsets
-(as defined in your BigCommerce database):
-
-  * The entire list of products (select **No** for the following three filters to display the entire set)
-  * Featured products only
-  * Sale products only
-  * Recent products only
-
-Here's a screenshot showing this module used to display sale items:
-
-![](/img/modules-big-commerce-1.png)
-
-As you can see in the screenshot, there is only a **Content** tab and
-**Advanced** tab, no **Style** tab. However, you can change background and
-text color in the row or column settings, as you can see in this screenshot:
-
-![](/img/modules-big-commerce-2.jpg)
-
-## Advanced tab
-
-There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/bigcommerce.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/bigcommerce.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fc792bf5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/bigcommerce.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+---
+title: BigCommerce Products
+sidebar_label: BigCommerce
+icon: "shopping-cart"
+description: "Use BigCommerce Products to display a filtered BigCommerce product gallery with optional pagination."
+---
+
+
+Use BigCommerce Products to display a filtered BigCommerce product gallery with optional pagination.
+
+:::note
+
+This module is available only when the [BigCommerce for WordPress](https://wordpress.org/plugins/bigcommerce/) plugin is installed and active.
+:::
+
+## Usage
+
+Use BigCommerce Products to render the BigCommerce product gallery inside a Beaver Builder layout. The module outputs the `[bigcommerce_product]` shortcode and can limit the gallery to featured products, on-sale products, or recently imported products, while optionally splitting results across multiple pages.
+
+Use BigCommerce Products on store landing pages, sale pages, featured product sections, and other layouts where you want BigCommerce catalog content inside Beaver Builder without building shortcode attributes by hand. It works well for quickly surfacing a focused slice of your catalog in a visual layout.
+
+## Module Settings
+
+The BigCommerce Products module settings control which products appear in the gallery and whether the results are paginated.
+
+### Content Tab
+
+The Content tab controls pagination and the product filters applied to the gallery output.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Pagination</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Pagination section controls whether the gallery is split into multiple pages and how many products each page shows.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Pagination Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Use Pagination</strong> <small>Default: No</small></summary>
+
+
+Splits the product gallery across multiple pages.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Products per page</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Products per page</strong> <small>Default: 8</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets how many products appear on each page when **Use Pagination** is set to **Yes**. The field supports values from 0 to 100.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Filters</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Filters section narrows which BigCommerce products appear in the gallery.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Filter Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Show only featured products?</strong> <small>Default: No</small></summary>
+
+
+Limits the gallery to products marked as featured in BigCommerce.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Show only on-sale products?</strong> <small>Default: No</small></summary>
+
+
+Limits the gallery to products that are currently on sale.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Show only recent products?</strong> <small>Default: No</small></summary>
+
+
+Limits the gallery to recently imported products. On the front end, the shortcode treats recent products as items imported within the last two days unless that window is changed with the `bigcommerce/query/recent_days` filter.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+
+The Advanced tab contains common BigCommerce Products module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+
+</details>
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/box.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/box.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..02767b64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/box.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,672 @@
+---
+title: Box Module
+sidebar_label: Box
+icon: "box"
+description: "A flexible container to arrange content using Flexbox, CSS Grid, or layered positioning with full control over spacing, backgrounds, and sizing."
+---
+
+
+A flexible container to arrange content using Flexbox, CSS Grid, or layered positioning with full control over spacing, backgrounds, and sizing.
+
+## Requirements
+
+The Box module depends on JavaScript code available in **WordPress 5.2** or later. If you are using an earlier version, the Box module will not appear in the Beaver Builder user interface (UI).
+
+## Usage
+
+The Box module is a container that holds other modules. It arranges its children using Flexbox, CSS Grid, or layered positioning, giving precise control over alignment, spacing, and sizing across any number of elements.
+
+Use the Box module when you need spatial control over a group of modules — positioning text beside an image with Flex, building a structured grid of feature cards with Grid, or overlaying a headline on a background photo with Layers. Because Boxes nest inside other Boxes, complex multi-level layouts stay organized through a single consistent building block.
+
+## Box Module Aliases
+
+The Box module includes preconfigured aliases for common layouts. They are a useful starting point, especially if you are new to CSS Grid or Flexbox, and can also help you learn by showing how each layout is configured.
+
+- **Flex Columns:** Uses flexbox to arrange three boxes horizontally within the parent container.
+- **3×2 Grid:** Creates a layout with three rows and two columns using grid boxes inside the parent container.
+- **4×2 Grid:** Creates a layout with four rows and two columns using grid boxes inside the parent container.
+- **Split Header:** Uses a three-column grid layout to create a distinct header structure.
+- **Photo Grid:** Creates a 4×3 grid layout that incorporates Photo modules within the parent container.
+
+## Module Settings
+
+The Box module settings are organized into two tabs: Container controls the Box itself, and Children controls the defaults applied to all modules placed inside it.
+
+### Container tab
+
+The Container tab controls the Box's layout mode, spacing, visual appearance, sizing, and link behavior.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Display</strong></summary>
+
+
+Selects how child elements are arranged inside the Box.
+
+- **Flex:** Arranges children along a single axis using CSS Flexbox. Ideal for one-dimensional layouts where items need to flow, wrap, grow, or shrink relative to one another.
+- **Grid:** Arranges children in a two-dimensional layout using CSS Grid. Ideal for structured layouts where precise control over both rows and columns is needed.
+- **Layers:** Stacks children on top of one another using CSS Grid. All children occupy the same grid cell by default, creating layered or overlay effects.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Flex settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Direction</strong> <small>Default: Row; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Controls the main axis along which child elements are arranged. Changing the direction also affects how the **Align** setting maps to horizontal and vertical axes.
+
+- **Row:** Items are placed side by side horizontally, left to right.
+- **Column:** Items are stacked vertically, top to bottom.
+- **Reversed Row:** Items are placed horizontally in reverse order, right to left.
+- **Reversed Column:** Items are stacked vertically in reverse order, bottom to top.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Wrap</strong> <small>Default: Normal; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Controls whether child elements stay on a single line or wrap onto additional lines when there is not enough space.
+
+- **Normal:** Items do not wrap and remain on a single line. Items may overflow the container if they exceed its width.
+- **None:** Explicitly sets `flex-wrap: nowrap`. Functionally similar to Normal but makes the no-wrap intent explicit in CSS.
+- **Wrap:** Items wrap onto additional lines when they no longer fit, flowing from top to bottom.
+- **Reversed:** Items wrap onto additional lines, but new lines are added above previous ones rather than below.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Gap</strong> <small>Default: 10px; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the space between child elements. This single value applies uniformly in all directions. Gap creates space only between items — it does not add space on the outer edges of the container. Use **Padding** to add space around the inside of the container boundary.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Align</strong> <small>Default: Stretch; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Controls the alignment of child elements along the vertical and horizontal axes. Two rows of icon buttons are shown — the top row controls the vertical axis and the bottom row controls the horizontal axis.
+
+The behavior of each axis depends on **Direction**. When Direction is Row or Reversed Row, the horizontal axis is the main axis (`justify-content`) and the vertical axis is the cross axis (`align-items`). When Direction is Column or Reversed Column, the axes are swapped.
+
+- **Stretch:** Items stretch to fill the full container size along that axis.
+- **Start:** Items are packed toward the start of the axis.
+- **Center:** Items are centered along the axis.
+- **End:** Items are packed toward the end of the axis.
+- **Space Evenly:** Spacing between any two adjacent items and between items and the container edges is equal.
+- **Space Between:** Items are evenly distributed. The first item is flush with the start edge and the last item is flush with the end edge.
+- **Space Around:** Items are distributed with equal space on both sides of each item.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Grid settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Grid</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Defines the column and row track structure of the grid. Each track is the space between two grid lines where content is placed. Add tracks using the **+** button, reorder them by dragging the handle, or duplicate and remove them from the ellipsis menu.
+
+:::tip
+
+The **Grid overlay** icon appears in the settings panel next to the Grid label. Clicking it toggles a visual grid guideline overlay on the canvas, making it easier to see column and row boundaries while building.
+:::
+
+Each track supports the following types:
+
+- **Multiple Tracks:** Repeats a track a specified number of times using the CSS `repeat()` function. For example, setting columns to `3` creates `repeat(3, 1fr)` — three equal-width columns.
+- **Freeform:** Accepts any valid CSS track size directly, such as `200px`, `minmax(100px, 1fr)`, or `repeat(4, auto)`.
+- **Auto:** Track size is determined by its content. Equivalent to the CSS `auto` keyword.
+- **1fr:** Adds a single fractional unit. The `fr` unit divides remaining available space proportionally. Multiple `1fr` tracks share space equally; a `2fr` track receives twice as much space as a `1fr` track.
+
+**Auto Columns** and **Auto Rows** define the size of implicitly created tracks when more items are placed in the grid than explicitly defined tracks can accommodate.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Flow Direction</strong> <small>Default: Row; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Controls how grid items are automatically placed when their position is not explicitly defined. Maps to the CSS `grid-auto-flow` property.
+
+- **Row:** Items fill each row in turn, adding new rows as needed. Items flow left to right, then wrap to the next row.
+- **Column:** Items fill each column in turn, adding new columns as needed. Items flow top to bottom, then wrap to the next column.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Gap</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the space between rows and columns in the grid independently. Gap applies only between grid tracks and does not add space around the outer edges of the grid. Use **Padding** to add outer spacing.
+
+- **Row:** Space between horizontal rows. Default is `10px`.
+- **Column:** Space between vertical columns. Default is `10px`.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Align</strong> <small>Default: Stretch; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Controls the alignment of child elements within the grid container along both axes. Two rows of icon buttons are shown — the top row controls the vertical axis (`align-items`) and the bottom row controls the horizontal axis (`justify-items`).
+
+Unlike Flex, Grid alignment operates independently of a direction setting — vertical always means the block axis and horizontal always means the inline axis.
+
+- **Stretch:** Items stretch to fill the full size of their grid cell.
+- **Start:** Items align to the start edge of their grid cell.
+- **Center:** Items center within their grid cell.
+- **End:** Items align to the end edge of their grid cell.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Layers settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Align</strong> <small>Default: Stretch; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Controls the alignment of child elements within the layered container. Two rows of icon buttons are shown — the top row controls the vertical axis and the bottom row controls the horizontal axis. Both axes default to **Stretch** when switching to Layers so all children fill the container.
+
+- **Stretch:** Items fill the full size of the container. Use this when all layers should occupy the same space.
+- **Start:** Items align to the top (vertical) or left (horizontal) edge of the container.
+- **Center:** Items center within the container along that axis.
+- **End:** Items align to the bottom (vertical) or right (horizontal) edge of the container.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Spacing</strong></summary>
+
+
+Controls the internal spacing of the Box container.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Spacing settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Padding</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive, Link Values</small></summary>
+
+
+Internal spacing between the Box edges and its children.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Gap (Flex and Grid Only)</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Space between child elements. This field appears when **Display** is set to **Flex** or **Grid**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Appearance</strong></summary>
+
+
+Visual styling for the Box container.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Appearance settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background settings</strong></summary>
+
+Background settings control background type, color, image, gradient, overlay, and related responsive background options where available.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Border settings</strong></summary>
+
+Border settings control border style, width, color, radius, and related responsive border controls where available.
+
+</details>
+
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Sizing &amp; Placement</strong></summary>
+
+
+Controls the Box's own dimensions and position within its parent.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Sizing &amp; Placement settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Aspect Ratio</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets a fixed width-to-height ratio for the Box. Options are grouped into Basics (Auto, Square), Wide (5:4, 3:2, Video 16:9, Ultra-wide Video 21:9), and Tall (4:5, 2:3, Poster 3:4, Portrait Video 9:16).
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Flex (Flex Parent Only)</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets how the Box grows, shrinks, and sizes itself when its parent container is set to Flex.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Flex settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Grow</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+A non-negative number that determines how much extra space the Box takes up relative to its siblings. A value of `0` prevents growth beyond the natural size.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Shrink</strong> <small>Default: 1; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+A non-negative number that determines how much the Box shrinks relative to its siblings when there is not enough space. A value of `0` prevents shrinking.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Basis</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the initial size of the Box before available space is distributed. Leave empty to use the Box's natural size (`auto`).
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Grid Column (Grid Parent Only)</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the grid column the Box occupies when its parent container is set to Grid.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Grid Row (Grid Parent Only)</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the grid row the Box occupies when its parent container is set to Grid.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Width</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the width of the Box. Accepts auto, a custom value, or a percentage.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Min Width</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the minimum width of the Box. The Box will not shrink below this value.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Max Width</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the maximum width of the Box. The Box will not grow beyond this value.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Height</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the height of the Box.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Min Height</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the minimum height of the Box.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Max Height</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the maximum height of the Box.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Alignment</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Aligns the Box within its parent container using inline margins. Options are **Left**, **Center**, and **Right**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Order</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the display order of the Box when it is placed in a Flex or Grid parent. Lower values appear earlier.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link</strong></summary>
+
+
+Makes the entire Box container clickable. When set, clicking anywhere on the Box navigates to the specified URL.
+
+:::warning
+
+When the Link option is enabled, any links inside modules placed within the Box will no longer work because HTML links cannot be nested.
+:::
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link settings</strong></summary>
+
+Link settings control the URL, link target, nofollow behavior, download behavior, and other link attributes where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+
+### Children tab
+
+The Children tab sets the default layout, spacing, and appearance values applied to all modules placed directly inside the Box.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Flexbox (Flex Only)</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets default Flexbox child properties applied to all direct children when **Display** is set to **Flex**. Individual children can override these values using their own **Sizing & Placement** settings.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Flexbox child settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Grow</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+A non-negative number that determines how much of the available extra space a child takes up relative to other children. A value of `0` prevents growth beyond the natural size. A value of `1` allows proportional growth.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Shrink</strong> <small>Default: 1; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+A non-negative number that determines how much a child shrinks relative to other children when there is not enough space. A value of `0` prevents shrinking. A value of `1` allows proportional shrinking.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Basis</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the initial size of a child element before available space is distributed. Accepts a numeric value with units: `px`, `%`, `em`, `rem`, `vw`. Leave empty to use the child's natural size (`auto`).
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Grid (Grid Only)</strong></summary>
+
+
+Sets default grid placement values applied to all direct children when **Display** is set to **Grid**. Individual children can override these values using their own **Sizing & Placement** settings.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Grid child settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Grid Column</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the default column position for children. When both **Start** and **End** are set, **Span** is ignored. These values generate the CSS `grid-column` shorthand.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Grid column settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Start</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The grid column line where children begin. Leave empty for automatic placement.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Span</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The number of column tracks children span. Minimum value is `1`.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>End</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The grid column line where children end. Leave empty for automatic placement.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Grid Row</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the default row position for children. When both **Start** and **End** are set, **Span** is ignored. These values generate the CSS `grid-row` shorthand.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Grid row settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Start</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The grid row line where children begin. Leave empty for automatic placement.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Span</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The number of row tracks children span. Minimum value is `1`.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>End</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The grid row line where children end. Leave empty for automatic placement.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Layers (Layers Only)</strong></summary>
+
+
+Sets default grid placement values applied to all direct children when **Display** is set to **Layers**. Defaults to full coverage — each child spans the entire width and height of the container. Individual children can override these values using their own **Sizing & Placement** settings.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Layers child settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Grid Column</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the default column position for children. Defaults to `start: 1, end: -1`, spanning each child across the full width of the container.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Grid column settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Start</strong> <small>Default: 1; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The grid column line where children begin.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Span</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The number of column tracks children span. Leave empty when using Start and End together.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>End</strong> <small>Default: -1; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The grid column line where children end. Defaults to `-1` (the last line), ensuring full-width coverage.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Grid Row</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the default row position for children. Defaults to `start: 1, end: -1`, spanning each child across the full height of the container.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Grid row settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Start</strong> <small>Default: 1; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The grid row line where children begin.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Span</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The number of row tracks children span. Leave empty when using Start and End together.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>End</strong> <small>Default: -1; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The grid row line where children end. Defaults to `-1` (the last line), ensuring full-height coverage.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Padding</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive, Link Values</small></summary>
+
+
+Default internal padding applied to each child module within the Box.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Sizing</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Default sizing values applied to all direct child modules. Individual children can override these values using their own Sizing & Placement settings.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Sizing settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Width &amp; Height</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets default width, minimum width, maximum width, height, minimum height, and maximum height constraints for child modules.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Aspect Ratio</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets a default width-to-height ratio for child modules. Options are grouped into Basics (Auto, Square), Wide (5:4, 3:2, Video 16:9, Ultra-wide Video 21:9), and Tall (4:5, 2:3, Poster 3:4, Portrait Video 9:16).
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Appearance</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Default visual styling for child modules.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Child appearance settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text Color</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive, Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The default text color for child modules.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Type</strong></summary>
+
+
+Sets the default background type for child modules.
+
+- **Color:** Applies a solid background color.
+- **Advanced:** Opens the multi-layer background interface for gradients, images, and video.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Color</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive, Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The solid background color applied to child modules when **Background Type** is set to **Color**.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Advanced</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background settings</strong></summary>
+
+Background settings control background type, color, image, gradient, overlay, and related responsive background options where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Border settings</strong></summary>
+
+Border settings control border style, width, color, radius, and related responsive border controls where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+
+The Advanced tab contains common Box module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+
+</details>
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/box/index.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/box/index.md
deleted file mode 100644
index a949ebc0..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/box/index.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
----
-id: index
-title: Box Module
-sidebar_label: Box
-tags:
-  - 2.8
-  - flexbox
-  - css grid
-  - layout
----
-
-The Box Module allows users to add Flexbox and CSS Grid layouts to Beaver Builder Page Builder Layouts.
-
-![Box Module](/img/beaver-builder/modules--box-module--index--1.jpg)
-
-:::info
-
-While we’ve aimed to make the Box module as user-friendly as possible, having a solid grasp of [Flexbox](https://www.w3schools.com/csS/css3_flexbox.asp) and [CSS Grid](https://www.w3schools.com/csS/css_grid.asp) is strongly recommended.
-
-:::
-
-## Requirements
-
-The Box module requires WordPress 5.2 or later; otherwise, it won't appear in the Beaver Builder user interface (UI) due to its dependence on JavaScript code from WordPress Blocks.
-
-## Usage
-
-The Box module operates similarly to a row or column, acting as a versatile container. It utilizes either flexbox or CSS grid, enabling the creation of intricate, fluid, and adaptable layouts. Boxes can be nested, stacked, and organized in both horizontal and vertical orientations, as well as within a grid system.
-
-Flexbox and CSS Grid are distinct CSS layout models, each offering its own strengths and purposes:
-
-- **Flexbox** excels in one-dimensional layouts, perfect for arranging items in rows or columns with flexibility in sizing and alignment.
-- **CSS Grid**, on the other hand, is tailored for two-dimensional layouts, providing precise control over rows and columns, facilitating more elaborate designs.
-
-These layout models often complement each other. For example, flexbox can be utilized within individual grid items to manage their internal structure, capitalizing on the combined benefits of both models for comprehensive layout solutions.
-
-### Usage Examples
-
-The Box module can be used to create a wide variety of layouts. Here are just a few examples:
-
-- Effortlessly center content both vertically and horizontally.
-- Nest boxes within boxes to create intricate layouts.
-- Create a responsive grid of boxes that wraps automatically without utilizing the Responsive Toggle.
-- Design complex grid-based layouts for overall page structure.
-- Create a card layout by using the Link option in the Box module.
-- Reduce the amount of HTML markup in the DOM which can improve page load times and SEO.
-- Stack modules on top of each other without the need for custom CSS.
-
-## Add a Box Module
-
-To add a Box module to your layout:
-
-1. Launch Beaver Builder on the page where you want to add the Box module.
-2. Click the **+** icon to open the Content Panel.
-3. Access the modules library by clicking the **Modules** tab.
-4. Scroll down to the **Box** module and drag it to the desired location on the page.
-
-:::info
-
-Note that the Box module should be placed inside a row. If you try to drag the Box module onto the page without first placing it inside a row, a row will be automatically created for you.
-
-:::
-
-### Nest Boxes
-
-To nest boxes within boxes, simply drag a Box module into another Box module. This makes it easy to create intricate layouts. Moreover, you can seamlessly combine both flexbox and CSS grid to design sophisticated layouts.
-
-## Module Aliases
-
-The Box modules comes with several Modules Aliases that can be used to create common layouts. They are included for convenience and to help users get started with the Box module.
-
-- **Flex Columns:**
-  Utilizes flexbox to arrange three boxes horizontally within the parent container.
-
-- **3×2 Grid:**
-  Establishes a layout with three rows and two columns using grid boxes inside the parent container.
-
-- **4×2 Grid:**
-  Defines a grid structure with four rows and two columns of grid boxes within the parent container.
-
-- **Split Header:**
-  Features a grid layout with three columns, creating a distinct header structure.
-
-- **Photo Grid:**
-  Constructs a layout consisting of a 4×3 grid incorporating photo modules within the parent container.
-
-![Box Module Aliases](/img/beaver-builder/modules--box--2.jpg)
-
-## In this Section
-
-import DocCardList from '@theme/DocCardList';
-
-<DocCardList />
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/box/settings/children.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/box/settings/children.md
deleted file mode 100644
index db572e48..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/box/settings/children.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
----
-id: children
-title: Children
-sidebar_label: Children
----
-
-The Children settings apply to all direct children of the box, providing control over aspects like flex or grid display, sizing, and appearance, including text and background colors.
-
-- **Grow & Shrink** _(Flex only)_
-  The Flex settings allow you to specify the flex-grow, flex-shrink, and flex-basis of the box.
-
-  - The flex-grow property specifies how much the item will grow relative to the rest of the flexible items inside the same container.
-
-  - The flex-shrink property specifies how much the item will shrink relative to the rest of the flexible items inside the same container.
-
-  - The flex-basis property specifies the initial length of a flexible item.
-
-  The flex-grow and flex-shrink properties can be specified as a number, where a larger number indicates a larger share of the available space. The flex-basis property can be specified in pixels (px), percentage (%), em, rem, and vw.
-
-- **Grid Columns** _(Grid & Layers only)_
-  The Grid Column settings allow you to specify the span, start, and end of the box. The span, start, and end can be specified as a number, where a larger number indicates a larger share of the available space.
-
-- **Grid Rows** _(Grid & Layers only)_
-  The Grid Rows settings allow you to specify the span, start, and end of the box. The span, start, and end can be specified as a number, where a larger number indicates a larger share of the available space.
-
-- **Padding**
-  Allows you to increase the space around the outside of the container. The padding can be specified in pixels (px), ems, percentage (%), vh, and vw.
-
-  See the Advanced Tab article's [Padding](layouts/advanced-tab/spacing.md#padding) section for more information.
-
-## Sizing
-
-- **Width & Height**
-  The Width & Height settings allow you to specify the min-width, width, max-width and min-height, height, and max-height of the box. The width and height can be specified in pixels (px), percentage (%), em, rem, vw, and vh.
-
-- **Aspect Ratio**
-  The Aspect Ratio setting allows you to specify the aspect ratio of the box. The aspect ratio is the ratio of the width to the height of the box. For example, a 16:9 aspect ratio means that for every 16 pixels of width, there are 9 pixels of height.
-
-  You can choose from a variety of preset aspect ratios:
-
-  - **None** - Default value. No aspect ratio is applied.
-  - **Square** (1:1)
-  - **Wide** (5:4)
-  - **Wide** (3:2)
-  - **Video** (16:9)
-  - **Ultra-wide Video** (21:9)
-  - **Tall** (4:5)
-  - **Tall** (2:3)
-  - **Poster** (3:4)
-  - **Portrait Video** (9:16)
-
-## Appearance
-
-The Appearance settings allow you to control the text color, background color, border, and box shadow of the box.
-
-- **Text Color**
-  The Text Color setting allows you to specify the color of the text within the box. The text color can be specified using the color picker, by entering a hex color code, or using a global color.
-
-- **Background Color**
-  The Background Color setting allows you to specify the background color of the box. The background color can be specified using the color picker, by entering a hex color code or using a global color.
-
-  :::info
-
-  The Box module currently supports background color only with more complex background options becoming available in a future release.
-
-  :::
-
-- **Border**
-  The Border settings allow you to specify the border width, border style, and border color of the box.
-
-  See the [Borders](basics/border.md) article for more information.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/box/settings/container.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/box/settings/container.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 0e45a792..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/box/settings/container.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,204 +0,0 @@
----
-id: container
-title: Container Settings
-sidebar_label: Container Settings
----
-
-The Container settings allow you to control the display, alignment, and spacing of the items within the Box module.
-
-## Display
-
-The Box module offers three display types: Flex, Grid, and Layers. Certain options, such as direction and wrapping, vary depending on the chosen display type. However, settings like Spacing, Sizing & Placement, Appearance, and Linking remain consistent across all display selections.
-
-### Flex
-
-The Flex option allows you to organize items within a box either horizontally or vertically, utilizing CSS Flexbox. Flexbox excels in one-dimensional layouts, perfect for arranging items in rows or columns with flexibility in sizing and alignment.
-
-The Flex display option offers the following settings:
-
-- **Direction**
-  The Direction option sets the main axis, determining the direction in which items (modules) are positioned within the box container.
-
-  Direction supports the following options:
-
-  - **Row** - Default value. The flexible items are displayed horizontally, as a row.
-  - **Column** - The flexible items are displayed vertically, as a column.
-  - **Row Reverse** - Same as row, but in reverse order.
-  - **Column Reverse** - Same as column, but in reverse order.
- 
-- **Align**
-  The Align setting supports the following options:
-
-  :::info
-
-  When changing the direction option of the Box module from Row to Column, be mindful that the alignment options will shift axis accordingly. Pay attention to this adjustment to ensure the desired layout alignment is preserved.
-
-  :::
-
-  - **Stretch** - The items are stretched to fit the container (Default value).
-  - **Start** - The items are positioned at the beginning of the container.
-  - **Center** - The items are positioned at the center of the container.
-  - **End** - The items are positioned at the end of the container.
-  - **Space** - The items are evenly distributed in the container.
-  - **Evenly** - The items are distributed so that the spacing between any two items (and the space to the edges) is equal.
-  - **Space Between** - The items are evenly distributed in the container, with half-size spaces on either end.
-
-- **Wrap**
-  The Wrap setting supports the following options:
-
-  - **Normal** - Specifies that the flexible items will not wrap (Default value).
-  - **No Wrap** - Similar to Normal but includes the CSS `nowrap` property (e.g., `flex-wrap: nowrap;`).
-  - **Wrap** - Specifies that the flexible items will wrap if necessary.
-  - **Wrap Reverse** - Specifies that the flexible items will wrap, if necessary, in reverse order.
-
-### Grid
-
-The Grid option allows you to organize items within a box in a grid layout, utilizing CSS Grid. CSS Grid is tailored for two-dimensional layouts, providing precise control over rows and columns, facilitating more elaborate designs.
-
-:::tip
-
-The Grid icon <i className="fa-solid fa-border-all" />
- provides an easy way to toggle a visual grid guidelines overlay when working with CSS Grid layouts. This gives you a more intuitive way to align and structure content as you build, making it perfect for designers who prefer a visual approach to grid based layouts. It helps you quickly spot spacing issues, understand how elements relate to one another, and fine tune your design with greater accuracy. This feature is especially helpful for newer users, since it removes the guesswork and makes the grid building process more clear and approachable.
-
-:::
-
-The Grid display option offers the following settings:
-
-- **Grid**
-  The Grid settings allow you to specify the number of rows and columns in the grid. In CSS Grid, a track is a space between gridlines, i.e. a space where you can add content. The number of tracks is determined by the number of rows and columns.
-
-  By Clicking the **+** icon, you can add additional rows and columns to the grid. The options for each row and column include:
-
-  :::tip
-
-  Duplicating or removing rows and columns can be done by clicking the vertical ellipsis <i class="fa-solid fa-ellipsis-vertical"></i> icon when hovering over a specific row or column. Additionally, you can utilize drag and drop functionality to rearrange rows and columns – simply click and hold the drag handle icon, then move the row or column to your preferred location.
-
-  :::
-
-  - **Multiple Tracks** - Allows you to specify the number of tracks (e.g., 4).
-  - **Freeform Tracks** - Allows you can enter your own CSS properties (e.g., `repeat (4, 1fr);`).
-  - **Auto** - The size of the grid track will depend on the content of the item.
-  - **1fr** - Adds a `1fr` to the grid track. The `fr` unit is a fractional unit and `1fr` is for 1 part of the available space.
-
-- **Flow**
-  In CSS Grid, the flow direction determines how grid items are placed within the grid container, with options like "row" for a horizontal flow and "column" for a vertical flow, influencing the arrangement of items in rows or columns accordingly.
-
-  The Flow setting supports the following options:
-
-  - **Row** - The grid items are laid out along the grid's rows (Default value).
-  - **Column** - The grid items are laid out along the grid's columns.
-
-- **Align**
-  The Align setting supports the following options:
-
-  - **Stretch** - The items are stretched to fit the container (Default value).
-  - **Start** - The items are positioned at the beginning of the container.
-  - **Center** - The items are positioned at the center of the container.
-  - **End** - The items are positioned at the end of the container.
-  - **Space** - The items are evenly distributed in the container.
-  - **Evenly** - The items are distributed so that the spacing between any two items (and the space to the edges) is equal.
-  - **Space Between** - The items are evenly distributed in the container, with half-size spaces on either end.
-
-### Layers
-
-The Layers option allows you to organize items within a box in a layered layout, utilizing CSS Grid. For example, you can use the Layers option to add text to a Photo module.
-
-The Layers display option offers the following settings:
-
-- **Align**
-  The Align setting supports the following options:
-
-  - **Stretch** - The items are stretched to fit the container (Default value).
-  - **Start** - The items are positioned at the beginning of the container.
-  - **Center** - The items are positioned at the center of the container.
-  - **End** - The items are positioned at the end of the container.
-  - **Space** - The items are evenly distributed in the container.
-  - **Evenly** - The items are distributed so that the spacing between any two items (and the space to the edges) is equal.
-  - **Space Between** - The items are evenly distributed in the container, with half-size spaces on either end.
-
-## Spacing
-
-The Spacing settings allow you to control the spacing between items within the Box module using using gap (Flex & Grid only) and padding.
-
-- **Gap** (Flex & Grid only)
-  The Gap setting allows you to specify the amount of space between items within the Box module. For Grid, you can specify the gap for both rows and columns. For Flex, you can specify the gap for all directions. The gap can be specified in pixels (px), vh, and vw.
-
-  :::tip
-
-  The gap setting is only available for the Flex and Grid display options.
-
-  :::
-
-- **Padding**
-  Allows you to increase the space around the outside of the container. The padding can be specified in pixels (px), ems, percentage (%), vh, and vw.
-
-  See the Advanced Tab article's [Padding](layouts/advanced-tab/spacing.md#padding) section for more information.
-
-## Sizing & Placement
-
-These settings allow you to control how this box fits within its parent container.
-
-- **Aspect Ratio**
-  The Aspect Ratio setting allows you to specify the aspect ratio of the box. The aspect ratio is the ratio of the width to the height of the box. For example, a 16:9 aspect ratio means that for every 16 pixels of width, there are 9 pixels of height.
-
-  You can choose from a variety of preset aspect ratios:
-
-  - **None** - Default value. No aspect ratio is applied.
-  - **Square** (1:1)
-  - **Wide** (5:4)
-  - **Wide** (3:2)
-  - **Video** (16:9)
-  - **Ultra-wide Video** (21:9)
-  - **Tall** (4:5)
-  - **Tall** (2:3)
-  - **Poster** (3:4)
-  - **Portrait Video** (9:16)
-
-- **Flex**
-  The Flex settings allow you to specify the flex-grow, flex-shrink, and flex-basis of the box.
-
-  - The flex-grow property specifies how much the item will grow relative to the rest of the flexible items inside the same container.
-
-  - The flex-shrink property specifies how much the item will shrink relative to the rest of the flexible items inside the same container.
-
-  - The flex-basis property specifies the initial length of a flexible item.
-
-  The flex-grow and flex-shrink properties can be specified as a number, where a larger number indicates a larger share of the available space. The flex-basis property can be specified in pixels (px), percentage (%), em, rem, and vw.
-
-- **Grid Columns**
-  The Grid Column settings allow you to specify the span, start, and end of the box. The span, start, and end can be specified as a number, where a larger number indicates a larger share of the available space.
-
-- **Grid Rows**
-  The Grid Rows settings allow you to specify the span, start, and end of the box. The span, start, and end can be specified as a number, where a larger number indicates a larger share of the available space.
-
-- **Width & Height**
-  The Width & Height settings allow you to specify the min-width, width, max-width and min-height, height, and max-height of the box. The width and height can be specified in pixels (px), percentage (%), em, rem, vw, and vh.
-
-## Appearance
-
-The Appearance settings allow you to control the text color, background color, border, and box shadow of the box.
-
-- **Text Color**  
-  The Text Color setting allows you to specify the color of the text within the box. The text color can be specified using the color picker, by entering a hex color code, or using a global color.
-
-- **Background**  
-  The Background settings allow you to specify the background color, image, or gradient for the box.
-
-  See the [Multi-layerBackgrounds](/basics/multi-layer-backgrounds.md) article for more information.
-
-- **Border**  
-  The Border settings allow you to specify the border width, border style, and border color of the box.
-
-  See the [Borders](basics/border.md) article for more information.
-
-## Linking
-
-The Linking settings allow you to add a link to the box. The link is applied to the entire box, including any child modules. This is a great way to create a card layout.
-
-You also have the option to open the link in a new tab, include the `rel="nofollow"` attribute to indicate that the Google search spider should not follow the link, and initiate a download using the `download` attribute.
-
-:::caution
-
-If a link is added to a box, any other links within the same box will be disabled. For instance, if you include a Button module in a box, the link on the Button module will be disabled. This limitation arises from the inability to nest links within other links.
-
-:::
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/box/settings/index.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/box/settings/index.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 0f1763b6..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/box/settings/index.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
----
-id: index
-title: Box Module Settings
-sidebar_label: Settings
----
-
-The Box module consists of two primary setting tabs: Container and Children, along with the customary Advanced tab. These setting tabs offer you the flexibility to create a wide variety of complex layouts.
-
-![Box Module Settings](/img/beaver-builder/modules--box-settings--1.jpg)
-
-import DocCardList from '@theme/DocCardList';
-
-<DocCardList />
-
-## Advanced tab
-
-The Advanced tab includes all the standard settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML configurations.
-
-See the [Advanced tab](../../../advanced-tab/index.md) section for more information.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/box/using-align-options.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/box/using-align-options.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 001dbc0a..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/box/using-align-options.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
----
-id: using-align-options
-title: Using Align Options
-sidebar_label: Using Align Options
-tags:
-  - 2.8
-draft: true
----
-
-The align options within the Box module empower you to utilize flexbox for controlling the alignment of modules placed within boxes. Supported align options include Stretch, Start, Center, End, Space, Evenly, and Space Between.
-
-## Stretch
-
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/button-group.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/button-group.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e4cf3ec3..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/button-group.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,173 +0,0 @@
----
-id: button-group
-title: Button Group
-sidebar_label: Button Group
-description: The Button Group module displays multiple buttons in a single column, either horizontally or vertically.
----
-
-The Button Group module is a way to display multiple buttons in a single column, either horizontally or vertically.
-
-![Button group module example](/img/button-group-30a865c5.png)
-
-It's based on the [Button module](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/button/button.md), so the settings are very similar.
-
-In the Button Group module, there's a **Style** tab that applies to all of the buttons, and then there's a **Style** tab for each button you create. Any setting on an individual button's **Style** tab overrides the global setting for the button group.
-
-:::tip **Tip**
-If you're using the Beaver Builder Theme, the buttons' initial style comes from the settings at **Customize > General > Buttons**. The button's default text color
-is white text for darker accent colors and black text for lighter colors. The
-default font family for the button text depends on the font family set for the
-`<body>` tag.
-:::
-
-We'll break down the settings by [global button tabs](#global-button-tabs) and [single button tabs](#single-button-tabs).
-
-## Global button tabs
-
-### Buttons Tab (global)
-
-**Button group label**
-An optional label for accessibility that adds an `aria` attribute with the value you specify here. For example, if you add the label <kbd>button group</kbd> for this setting, the rendered HTML shows the attribute `aria="button group"`.
-
-**Button 1**
-Click **Edit button** to configure the first button.
-
-**Add button**
-Click to create each additional button.
-
-### Style Tab (global)
-
-This tab has four sections: a top section, **Text**, **Background**, and **Border**.
-
-#### 1 Top section (global)
-
-Here's a diagram that illustrates the global padding, spacing, and width settings in this section. Each setting is described below.
-
-![Button group padding, spacing, and width](/img/button-group-2.png)
-
-- **Layout**
-  Choose a horizontal or vertical placement of the buttons.
-
-:::tip **Tip**
-A horizontal layout wraps the buttons to another line as screen size decreases. A vertical layout wraps the button text to another line as screen size decreases. Enter <kbd>R</kbd> on the keyboard to enter [Responsive Mode](/beaver-builder/layouts/responsive-design/editor.md) to compare layouts at smaller screen sizes.
-:::
-
-- **Width**
-  This setting controls the width of the buttons in the group. The values are **Default** and **Custom** but the behavior varies according to the type of layout.
-  When **Width** is **Default** and **Layout** is **Horizontal**, the width of each button varies according to the individual button text plus **Button padding**. This means that buttons with more text are wider:
-  ![Button group - Default width setting for horizontal layouts](/img/button-group-3.png)
-  Buttons wrap to a second horizontal line if necessary but the text doesn't wrap.
-  When **Width** is **Default** and **Layout** is **Vertical**, the button spans the entire width of the container minus the **Container padding** amount. Button text wraps if necessary.
-  When **Width** is set to **Custom** in either horizontal or vertical layouts, the width of every button is set to the custom width you specify. Text wraps if necessary:
-  ![Button group - Custom width setting for horizontal layouts](/img/button-group-4.png)
-- **Align** (responsive)
-  This setting horizontally aligns the entire button container within its row or column.
-- **Container padding** (responsive)
-  Adjusts the padding between the edge of the button group container and the group of buttons.
-- **Button padding** (responsive)
-  Adjusts the padding between the edge of each button and the button's content. You can override this setting with the **Padding** setting on each button's **Style** tab.
-- **Button spacing** (responsive)
-  Increase or decrease the amount of horizontal or vertical space around the outside of each button. You can set the spacing as `px`, `em`, `%`, or `vw`.
-
-#### 2 Text section (global)
-
-You can override all of the settings in this section on each button's **Style** tab.
-
-- **Text color**
-  Set the button text color in the resting state.
-- **Text hover color**
-  Set the button color on mouse hover. If this setting is left blank, the **Text
-  color** setting applies for hover also.
-- **Typography section** (responsive)
-  See [this article](basics/typography.md) about the **Typography** section settings.
-
-#### 3 Background section (global)
-
-You can override all of the settings in this section on each button's **Style** tab.
-
-- **Background color**
-  Set the fill color for the button in the resting state.
-- **Background hover color**
-  Set the button's fill color on hover. If this setting is left blank, the **Background color** setting applies to hover also.
-- **Background style**
-  **Flat**: consistent fill color
-  **Gradient**: gradient of the background color, lighter on top and darker on
-  the bottom.
-- **Background animation**
-  **Disabled** by default. If set to **Enabled**, there's a 0.2-second linear
-  transition from resting state to hover state.
-
-#### 4 Border section (global)
-
-You can override all of the settings in this section on each button's **Style** tab.
-
-**Border** (responsive)
-Creates a border around each button. See [this article](basics/border.md) for more information about the settings in the **Border** section. You can override this setting on each button's **Style** tab.
-**Border hover color**
-Changes the background color of the buttons on hover.
-
-### Advanced tab (global)
-
-There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
-
-## Single-button tabs
-
-### General tab (single)
-
-This tab has the following settings.
-
-- **Text**
-  The text that appears on the button.
-- **Icon**
-  Optional icon to appear on the button. If you select an icon, there are two
-  additional fields:
-  **Icon position**: Before or after the button text.
-  **Icon visibility**: The icon can be always visible or appear on hover only.
-- **Click action**
-  **Link** or **Lightbox**. With **Link**, there's a URL field. With
-  **Lightbox**, there's a **Lightbox Content** section with **Content type**
-  to either embed content into an HTML field or provide a video link.
-  See the [click action examples in the Button module article](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/button/button.md#set-the-click-action-to-a-lightbox).
-
-### Style tab (single)
-
-This tab has four sections: a top section, **Text**, **Background**, and **Border**.
-
-#### 1 Top section (single)
-
-- **Padding** (responsive)
-  Adjusts the padding between the edge of the button and the button's content.
-
-- Text align
-  See [this article](basics/typography.md#align) for a description of how the alignment toggle settings work.
-
-#### 2 Text section (single)
-
-- **Text color**
-  Set the button text color in the resting state.
-- **Text hover color**
-  Set the button color on mouse hover. If this setting is left blank, the **Text
-  color** setting applies for hover also.
-- **Typography section** (responsive)
-  See [this article](basics/typography.md) about the **Typography** section settings.
-
-#### 3 Background section (single)
-
-- **Background color**
-  Set the fill color for the button in the resting state.
-- **Background hover color**
-  Set the button's fill color on hover. If this setting is left blank, the **Background color** setting applies to hover also.
-- **Background style**
-  **Flat**: consistent fill color
-  **Gradient**: gradient of the background color, lighter on top and darker on
-  the bottom.
-- **Background animation**
-  **Disabled** by default. If set to **Enabled**, there's a 0.2-second linear
-  transition from resting state to hover state.
-
-#### 4 Border section (single)
-
-**Border** (responsive)
-Places a border on the edge of the button. See [this article](basics/border.md) for more information about the settings in the **Border** section.
-**Border hover color**
-Changes the background color of the buttons on hover.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/button-group.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/button-group.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4b44984e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/button-group.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,302 @@
+---
+title: Button Group
+sidebar_label: Button Group
+icon: "stretch-horizontal"
+description: "Display multiple buttons together in a single module with shared global styles and per-button overrides for text, icons, click actions, and appearance."
+---
+
+
+Display multiple buttons together in a single module with shared global styles and per-button overrides for text, icons, click actions, and appearance.
+
+## Usage
+
+The Button Group module displays multiple buttons in a single layout element. It renders a group container with a shared style baseline — configure layout, typography, colors, backgrounds, and borders at the group level, then override appearance settings on each individual button as needed.
+
+Use the Button Group module for paired calls to action, navigation groups, or any situation where two or more buttons appear together and share a consistent visual style.
+
+:::note
+
+The Button Group module is designed for multiple buttons displayed together. If you only need a single button, use the [Button](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/button) module instead.
+:::
+
+## Module settings
+
+The Button Group module settings control the button list, shared group styling, and per-button behavior.
+
+### Buttons tab
+
+The Buttons tab is where you build and manage the list of buttons in the group.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Group Label</strong></summary>
+
+
+An optional accessibility label for the button group container. The value is added as an `aria-label` attribute on the rendered HTML element.
+
+For example, entering `Hero Buttons` outputs `aria-label="Hero Button Group"` in the HTML. Use this to improve screen reader context when the group's purpose is not clear from surrounding content.
+
+```html wrap
+  <div class="fl-module fl-module-button-group fl-button-group fl-button-group-buttons fl-button-group-layout-horizontal fl-button-group-width- fl-node-cqnvjm3i7xd4" role="group" aria-label="Hero Button Group" data-node="cqnvjm3i7xd4">
+```
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Add Buttons</strong></summary>
+
+
+Manages the list of buttons in the group. Click **Add button** to add a new button to the group, or click **Edit** on an existing button to open its settings.
+
+Each row in the list also includes **Move**, **Duplicate**, and **Delete** action icons:
+
+-  **Move:** Drag and drop the button row to change the order in which buttons appear in the group.
+-  **Duplicate:** Creates a copy of the button, including all its General and Style tab settings, and adds it to the end of the list.
+-  **Delete:** Removes the button from the group.
+
+:::note
+
+The **Move** and **Delete** actions only appear once the group contains more than one button.
+:::
+
+Each button has its own General tab and Style tab, described in [Individual button settings](#individual-button-settings).
+
+:::note
+
+Deleting a button cannot be undone after you click **Publish**.
+:::
+</details>
+
+### Style tab
+
+The Style tab controls layout, spacing, alignment, and the shared visual appearance of all buttons in the group.
+
+:::note
+
+Global style settings apply to every button by default. You can override them on any individual button's Style tab.
+:::
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Layout</strong></summary>
+
+
+Controls the direction, width, alignment, and spacing of the button group.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Layout settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Layout</strong></summary>
+
+
+Controls the direction in which buttons are arranged.
+
+- **Horizontal:** Buttons are placed side by side. When screen width decreases, buttons wrap to a new line.
+- **Vertical:** Buttons are stacked. When text is too long to fit, it wraps within the button rather than pushing to a new line.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Width</strong> <small>Default: Default</small></summary>
+
+
+Controls the global width of buttons in the group.
+
+- **Default:** In a Vertical layout, each button stretches to fill the full width of the container. In a Horizontal layout, each button is sized based on its content.
+- **Custom:** Sets a uniform width for all buttons in the group, aligned within the container based on the Align setting.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Custom Width</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Custom Width (Custom Only)</strong> <small>Default: 200; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets a fixed width for all buttons in `px`, `vw`, or `%` when **Width** is set to **Custom**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Align</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Controls the alignment of the buttons within the button group container. Options are **Left**, **Center**, and **Right**.
+
+In a Horizontal layout, alignment positions the row of buttons within the container. In a Vertical layout, alignment controls the horizontal position of each button within the container. This field is hidden when Layout is set to **Vertical** and Width is set to **Default**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Container Padding</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Adjusts the padding between the edge of the button group container and the buttons inside it.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Padding</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Adjusts the padding between the edge of each button and its content. This is a global default that can be overridden on each button's individual Style tab.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Spacing</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Controls the horizontal or vertical space between buttons in the group.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text</strong></summary>
+
+
+Sets the default text color and typography for all buttons in the group. Individual button Style tabs can override these settings.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text Color</strong></summary>
+
+
+The button text color in the resting state.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text Hover Color</strong></summary>
+
+
+The text color when the button is hovered. Defaults to the resting color if left blank.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for button text.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background</strong></summary>
+
+
+Sets the default background appearance for all buttons in the group. Individual button Style tabs can override these settings.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Color</strong></summary>
+
+
+The fill color in the resting state.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Hover Color</strong></summary>
+
+
+The fill color when the button is hovered. Defaults to the resting color if left blank.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Style</strong> <small>Default: Flat</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects the background rendering style.
+
+- **Flat:** Applies a solid fill.
+- **Auto Gradient:** Applies a lighter top and darker bottom gradient based on the background color.
+- **Advanced Gradient:** Replaces the background color with custom gradients. Selecting this option hides **Background Color** and **Background Hover Color** and reveals the **Background Gradient** and **Background Hover Gradient** fields.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Gradient</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Gradient (Advanced Gradient Only)</strong></summary>
+
+
+Configures the gradient colors, type, angle, and position when **Background Style** is set to **Advanced Gradient**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Hover Gradient (Advanced Gradient Only)</strong></summary>
+
+
+Configures the hover gradient colors, type, angle, and position when **Background Style** is set to **Advanced Gradient**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Animation (Flat Only)</strong></summary>
+
+
+Available when **Background Style** is set to **Flat**. When enabled, applies a 0.2-second linear transition between the resting and hover background states.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Border</strong></summary>
+
+
+Sets the default border for all buttons in the group. Individual button Style tabs can override these settings.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Border settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Border settings</strong></summary>
+
+Border settings control border style, width, color, radius, and related responsive border controls where available.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Border Hover Color</strong></summary>
+
+
+The border color used when the button is hovered.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+### Individual button settings
+
+Each button in the group has its own settings, accessible by clicking **Edit** on any button in the Buttons tab. Individual button settings are divided into a General tab and a Style tab.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button module settings</strong></summary>
+
+Each button uses the same core controls as the Button module, including text, link, icon, spacing, typography, background, and border settings.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+
+The Advanced tab contains common Button Group module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+
+</details>
+
+:::note
+
+The Advanced tab is global, so it is not available for individual button items in the Button Group module. As a result, the ID setting applies to the parent node div, not to each button.
+:::
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/button.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/button.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..507a1f44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/button.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,373 @@
+---
+title: Button
+sidebar_label: Button
+icon: "rectangle-horizontal"
+description: "Use Button to add a styled call to action that links to content, runs custom click behavior, or opens lightbox content."
+relatedModules: ["button", "callout", "cta"]
+---
+
+
+Use Button to add a styled call to action that links to content, runs custom click behavior, or opens lightbox content.
+
+## Usage
+
+Use Button to output a single call-to-action element with optional text and icon styling. Depending on **Click Action**, the module renders a standard link, a clickable button that runs custom JavaScript, or a lightbox trigger that opens inline HTML content or a video overlay.
+
+Use Button for primary page calls to action, download links, outbound links, popup videos, and small interactive triggers that need module-level styling control. It fits layouts where one button needs precise spacing, width, colors, gradients, and border styling without switching to a grouped button module.
+
+## Module Settings
+
+The Button module settings control button content, click behavior, lightbox content, and visual styling.
+
+### General Tab
+
+The General tab sets the button label, icon behavior, and click action.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text</strong> <small>Default: Click Here; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the text displayed inside the button.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Adds an optional icon to the button.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon Position</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon Position (Icon Only)</strong> <small>Default: Before Text</small></summary>
+
+
+Places the icon before or after the button text when an icon is selected.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon Visibility</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon Visibility (Icon Only)</strong> <small>Default: Always Visible</small></summary>
+
+
+Keeps the icon visible or fades it in on hover when an icon is selected.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Click Action</strong> <small>Default: Link</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects whether the button acts as a link, runs custom button code, opens lightbox content, or copies text to the clipboard.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link settings</strong></summary>
+
+Link settings control the URL, link target, nofollow behavior, download behavior, and other link attributes where available.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Code (Button Only)</strong></summary>
+
+
+JavaScript executed when the button is clicked. The code runs on the front end, not inside the builder.
+
+```js
+      // Example: show an alert on click
+      alert('Button clicked');
+```
+
+:::tip
+
+WordPress loads jQuery in no-conflict mode. Use `jQuery` instead of `$` in this field to avoid JavaScript errors.
+:::
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Lightbox</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Lightbox Content</strong></summary>
+
+
+This section is available when **Click Action** is set to **Lightbox** and controls what opens in the lightbox overlay.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Lightbox Content settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Content Type</strong> <small>Default: HTML</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects whether the lightbox displays inline HTML or a video.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>HTML Content</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>HTML Content (HTML Only)</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Adds custom HTML rendered inside the lightbox when **Content Type** is set to **HTML**.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Video Link</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Video Link (Video Only)</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the video URL opened in the lightbox when **Content Type** is set to **Video**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Copy Text</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text to Copy (Copy Text Only)</strong></summary>
+
+
+Sets the text copied to the visitor's clipboard when the button is clicked. Available when **Click Action** is set to **Copy Text**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Copy Success Message (Copy Text Only)</strong> <small>Default: Copied!</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the confirmation message shown after the text is copied. Available when **Click Action** is set to **Copy Text**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+### Style Tab
+
+The Style tab controls the button width, spacing, colors, gradients, and border styling.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Width</strong> <small>Default: Auto</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets whether the button sizes to its content, fills the available width, or uses a custom width.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Align</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Align (Auto and Custom Only)</strong> <small>Default: Left; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the horizontal alignment of the button wrapper when **Width** is set to **Auto** or **Custom**.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Custom Width</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Custom Width (Custom Only)</strong> <small>Default: 200; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets a fixed button width in `px`, `vw`, or `%` when **Width** is set to **Custom**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Padding</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive, Link Values</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the inner spacing around the button text and icon.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Text section controls button label colors and typography.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text Color</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive, Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the text color for the button label and icon.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive, Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the text color for the button label and icon on hover.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Controls the typography of the button label.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon</strong></summary>
+
+
+This section is available when the selected icon is a Font Awesome DuoTone icon.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>DuoTone Icon Colors</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>DuoTone Icon Primary Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the primary color of the selected DuoTone icon.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>DuoTone Icon Secondary Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the secondary color of the selected DuoTone icon.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Background section controls the button fill style, color, gradients, and hover animation.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Style</strong> <small>Default: Flat</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects **Flat**, **Auto Gradient**, or **Advanced Gradient** for the button background.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Color</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Color (Flat and Auto Gradient Only)</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive, Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the button background color when **Background Style** is **Flat** or **Auto Gradient**. Auto Gradient uses this color to build its base gradient and falls back to `#a3a3a3` when no color is set.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Hover Color</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Hover Color (Flat and Auto Gradient Only)</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive, Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the hover background color when **Background Style** is **Flat** or **Auto Gradient**. When left empty, the hover state falls back to **Background Color**.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Animation</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Animation (Flat Only)</strong> <small>Default: Disabled; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Enables or disables the button background transition when **Background Style** is set to **Flat**.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Gradient</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Gradient (Advanced Gradient Only)</strong></summary>
+
+
+Configures the default gradient colors, type, angle, and position when **Background Style** is set to **Advanced Gradient**.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Hover Gradient</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Hover Gradient (Advanced Gradient Only)</strong></summary>
+
+
+Configures the hover gradient colors, type, angle, and position when **Background Style** is set to **Advanced Gradient**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Border settings</strong></summary>
+
+Border settings control border style, width, color, radius, and related responsive border controls where available.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Border Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive, Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the border color used on hover and focus.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+
+The Advanced tab contains common Button module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+
+</details>
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/button/button.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/button/button.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 384dbf0c..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/button/button.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,172 +0,0 @@
----
-id: button
-title: Button
-sidebar_label: Button module
-description: The Button module resembles a physical button. The click action is either a link or a lightbox, where you can add custom HTML or embed a video.
----
-
-The Button module is an exactly that: an object that you insert into your layout that resembles a physical button.
-
-## Uses of this module
-
-- Traditionally, a web button is a pretty package for a link that sends visitors elsewhere when clicked.
-  ![](/img/button-module-with-link.jpg)
-- The button can also [open a lightbox](#set-the-click-action-to-a-lightbox), which displays a video or any other content that you can insert with a shortcode, HTML, or code such as an `<iframe>`.
-
-:::tip **Tip**
-You can play a video in a lightbox using either a Button module or a Video module. For a description of the differences, see the article about [opening a video in a lightbox](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/video/open-a-video-in-a-lightbox.md).
-:::
-
-## Button examples
-
-### Button style
-
-#### Default button style
-
-If you're using the Beaver Builder Theme, the buttons' initial style comes from the settings at **Customize > General > Buttons**. The button's default text color
-is white text for darker accent colors and black text for lighter colors. The
-default font family for the button text depends on the font family set for the
-`<body>` tag.
-
-### Click Action: Link or Lightbox
-
-You can set the button's click action to either a link or a lightbox.
-
-#### Set the click action to a link
-
-When you set **Click action** to **Link**, a Link section opens.
-
-![](/img/button-2.png)
-
-- Enter the URL to the link or click **Select** to choose a page or post from your site.
-- Set **Link target** to determine whether the linked page replaces your current page in the same tab ( **Same window** ) or opens in a new tab ( **New window** ).
-- The **Link No Follow** field tells search engines whether or not to follow the link. The default is **No**, which tells search engines to follow the link. **Yes** means "Yes don't follow the link." For more information about when to use `nofollow`, see the [Google webmaster article](https://support.google.com/webmasters/answer/96569?hl=en).
-
-#### Set the click action to a lightbox
-
-If you choose the **Lightbox** option, you next choose whether the lightbox will display custom HTML content or play a video from a URL you provide, as described in the following sections.
-
-![](/img/button-3.png)
-
-**HTML content**
-
-With the **HTML** option, an HTML editing box lets you enter custom code such as HTML markup, embed code for a video, or shortcode. In the following screenshot, the shortcode for a saved row containing a **Call to Action** module was inserted into the HTML box to make an opt-in popup.
-
-![](/img/button-4.jpg)
-
-Other shortcode examples:
-
-- Embed an audio player with [audio shortcode](https://wordpress.org/support/article/audio-shortcode/).
-- Use shortcode from a plugin to display the contents of a PDF file.
-
-:::tip **TIp**
-You can click from a button to display individual images from a hidden Gallery module in a lightbox. [Here's how to do that](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/gallery/open-a-gallery-lightbox-on-button-click.md).
-:::
-
-**Video link**
-
-Insert the URL of the video you want to play in the lightbox, from a service such as Youtube or Vimeo:
-
-![](/img/button-5.jpg)
-
-## Button settings
-
-### General tab
-
-This tab has the following settings.
-
-- **Text**
-  The text that appears on the button.
-
-- **Icon**
-  Optional icon to appear on the button. If you select an icon, there are two
-  additional fields:
-  **Icon position**: Before or after the button text.
-  **Icon visibility**: The icon can be always visible or appear on hover only.
-
-- **Click action**
-  **Link** or **Lightbox**.
-  If you choose **Link**, a **Link** field opens for you to enter a typical URL link to another page or location.
-  If you choose **Lightbox**, a **Content type** option lets you choose either **HTML** or **Video**.
-  For **HTML**, add any code to display in the lightbox.
-  For **Video**, a field opens so you can provide a URL for a video from a service such as Youtube or Vimeo.
-
-### Style tab
-
-The **Style** tab is shown in the screenshot and described below.
-
-![](/img/button-6.png)
-
-#### 1 Top section
-
-- **Width**
-  **Auto width**: Width adjusts to fit the text and icon.
-  **Full width**: The width expands to the content area minus the module's
-  margin settings.
-  **Custom**:
-  You can set a custom width in px, vw, or %.
-
-- **Align** (responsive)
-  See [this article](basics/typography.md#align) for a description of how the alignment toggle settings work.
-
-- **Padding** (responsive)
-  Set a specific padding value in pixels. Click the **Link** icon to
-  automatically make all four padding values the same.
-
-#### 2 Text section
-
-- **Text color**
-  Set the button text color in the resting state.
-- **Text hover color**
-  Set the button color on hover. If this setting is left blank, the **Text
-  color** setting applies for hover also.
-- **Typography section**
-  See [this article](basics/typography.md) about the **Typography** section settings.
-
-#### 3 Background section
-
-- **Background color**
-  Set the fill color for the button in the resting state.
-
-- **Background hover color**
-  Set the button's fill color on hover. If this setting is left blank, the
-  **Background color** setting applies to hover also.
-
-- **Background style**
-  **Flat**: consistent fill color
-  **Gradient**: gradient of the background color, lighter on top and darker on
-  the bottom.
-
-- **Background animation**
-  **Disabled** by default. If set to **Enabled**, there's a 0.2-second linear
-  transition from resting state to hover state.
-
-#### 4 Border section
-
-See [this article](basics/border.md) for more information about the settings in the
-**Border** section.
-
-### Advanced tab
-
-There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
-
-## Related modules
-
-Other modules that include a button:
-
-- [Button Group module](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/button-group.md)
-  This module lets you add a group of buttons in a single column. horizontally or vertically.
-- [Callout module](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/callout-and-call-to-action.md)
-  This module includes a heading, optional text, optional image (photo or icon),
-  and optional button or link text. The link you provide works with any part of
-  the Callout module, not just the button.
-- [Call to Action module](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/callout-and-call-to-action.md)
-  This module includes a heading, optional text, and a button. The link you provide works with any part of the Call to Action module, not just the button.
-- [Contact Form module](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/contact-form/contact-form.md)
-  Special settings to set up a contact form, with a button to submit the form.
-- [Subscribe Form module](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/subscribe-form/subscribe-form.md)
-  Special settings to set up a connection to any of a number of mail service providers, creating a form to subscribe with a button to submit the form.
-
-:::tip **Tip**
-You can configure a Gallery module to [open its component images in a lightbox](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/gallery/open-a-gallery-lightbox-on-button-click.md) with the addition of some code.
-:::
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/button/make-a-button-transparent.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/button/make-a-button-transparent.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 7107309d..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/button/make-a-button-transparent.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
----
-id: make-a-button-transparent
-title: Make a button transparent
-sidebar_label: Make a button transparent
-description: Here's how to make a button's background color semitransparent or completely transparent.
----
-
-A transparent button means the button's background color is semitransparent or
-completely transparent. Especially in the case of a completely transparent
-background color, there's a border around the button. The hover state can also
-be solid, transparent, or semi-transparent.
-
-![](/img/how-to-tips-button-transparent-1.jpg)
-
-Make the button's background color transparent by changing the opacity of
-the button's **Background color** setting, using the color picker slider. See
-the [this article about the color picker](basics/color-picker.md). Then you can create a button
-border in [the **Border** section](basics/border.md).
-section.
-
-Where the background color and border settings are located depends on the
-module in which the button occurs:
-
-- In the Button module, the **Background color** setting and **Border** section are on the **Style** tab.
-- In the Callout module, these settings appear on the **Link** tab when you set **Type** to **Button** in the **Call to Action** section.
-- In the Call to Action module, Contact Form module, and Subscribe Form module, the settings appear on the **Button** tab.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/callout-and-call-to-action.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/callout-and-call-to-action.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 9d3f6350..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/callout-and-call-to-action.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,284 +0,0 @@
----
-id: callout-and-call-to-action
-title: Callout and Call to Action modules
-sidebar_label: Callout and Call to Action
-description: The Callout and Call to Action modules display a group with a heading, text, a button, and, with the Callout module, an image.
----
-
-The Callout and Call to Action modules are very similar, as shown in this
-screenshot, with a heading, some text, and a button, but their uses are often
-different.
-
-![](/img/callout-1.jpg)
-
-## Uses of these modules
-
-With the Call to Action module, the emphasis is usually on the button. The
-point is to get the visitor to click the button to take an action on your
-website. Often much of the preceding page is the lead-in to funnel the visitor
-into wanting to click that button. By that point, no image and little text is
-required. It's the final action of a persuasive presentation.
-
-The callout module tends to be used in groups, often to highlight the features
-of a business that send the visitor to the appropriate page of the site.
-Here's an example of a grouping of Callout modules. Although you could
-construct the same look with a Photo module, Heading module, Text Editor
-module, and Button module, the Callout module keeps it of these parts together
-nicely on smaller devices, and it automatically adds the link to the image and
-the heading as well as to the button to facilitate getting to the right
-location.
-
-![](/img/callout-2.jpg)
-
-## Properties of the Call to Action and Callout modules
-
-Both modules offer:
-
-- A heading and a text editor for optional text.
-- A button with the ability to configure button style.
-- An optional icon on the button with the ability to position it relative to the text.
-
-They differ in the following ways:
-
-- The Callout module allows an optional image or icon, with the ability to position it above, below, left, or right of the text.
-- In the Call to Action module, the button is required; in the Callout module it is optional, and there is an option for linked text instead of a button, or neither one.
-- In the Callout module, the link you specify applies to the heading, the image, and the button. In the Call to Action module, only the button has the link.
-- There are some minor styling differences. For example, the Call to Action module allows you to adjust the spacing above and below it.
-
-Here are some more examples of Callout and Call to Action modules with
-buttons. Here's a Callout module with the image on the left and an icon on the
-button, plus a border.
-
-![](/img/callout-3.jpg)
-
-Here's the same Callout module with an icon instead of an image. The icon can
-be placed in a number of positions relative to the heading and text.
-
-![](/img/callout-4.jpg)
-
-And here's the same content in a Call to Action module placed in a column,
-with the border set on the column. The icon can only appear on the button, and
-there is no provision for adding an image, though you can add one as a column
-or row background, as shown in the version on the right.
-
-![](/img/callout-5.jpg)
-
-Aside from the ability to set vertical space above and below the Call to
-Action, the Callout module is more powerful and more flexible.
-
-## Other uses of the Callout module
-
-You can position the image in various locations with respect to the text.
-Here's an example in which the images are positioned over the text.
-
-![](/img/callout-6.jpg)
-
-A big advantage of using the Callout module for image-text groupings is that
-they stay together and stack correctly at smaller device sizes.
-
-![](/img/callout-7.jpg)
-
----
-
-## Call to Action module settings
-
-### General tab
-
-This tab has fields to enter the heading and text portion of the call to
-action. You can also specify the **Heading tag** that you want used (H1, H2,
-etc.). If you want to enter a custom font size, you can do that in the
-**Typography** section of the **Style** tab.
-
-### Style tab
-
-The **Style** tab has three sections, as shown in the following screenshot and
-described below.
-
-![](/img/callout-8.png)
-
-#### 1 Top section
-
-- **Layout**
-  **Stacked** : the heading appears above the text, which appears above the
-  button.
-  **Inline** : the heading a text appear to the left of the button.
-
-- **Background color**
-  Fills the module background with the designated color. If you have Beaver
-  Themer, this field has a field connection (the Plus icon) to let you use a
-  custom field to assign the color for the particular post or page the layout
-  applies to.
-
-- **Border** (responsive)
-  This is the standard Border section, to attach a [border](basics/border.md) or [border effect](basics/border.md).
-
-- **Alignment**
-  Left, center, or right horizontal alignment, or default alignment if none of
-  the three choices are selected. See [this article](basics/typography.md#align) for more
-  information.
-
-- **Padding (responsive)**
-  The distance from the module's border to its content, in **px**, **em**, or
-  **%** units. You can enter these values per device size by clicking the device
-  icon or entering **Responsive Editing Mode**. See [this article](/beaver-builder/layouts/responsive-design/index.md) for more information about responsive editing.
-
-![](/img/callout-9.png)
-
-#### 2 **Heading** section
-
-Settings for the heading portion of the call to action:
-
-- **Heading color**
-  Opacity is set with the right-hand slider in the [Color Picker](basics/color-picker.md).
-- [**Heading Typography** section](basics/typography.md) (responsive)
-  Includes various font settings and a text shadow effect.
-
-#### **3 Text** section
-
-Settings for the text portion of the call to action: **Text color** and the
-**Typography** section.
-
-### Advanced tab
-
-There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
-
----
-
-## Callout module settings
-
-### General tab
-
-This tab has fields to enter the heading and text portion of the call to
-action. You can also specify the heading tag that you want used (H1, H2,
-etc.). If you want to enter a custom font size, you can do that in the
-**Typography** section of the **Style** tab.
-
-### Style tab
-
-The **Style** tab for the Callout module is identical to that for the Call to
-Action module. See the previous section for a description of the fields.
-
-### Image tab
-
-On the **Image** tab, the settings are different depending on whether you
-select a photo or an icon in the **Image type** field.
-
-#### Photos
-
-Setting **Image type** to **Photo** opens two sections: **Photo** and **Photo
-style**.
-
-The **Photo** section has the following fields:
-
-- **Photo**
-  Select the photo and the maximum photo size. The photo size can be customized
-  in the **Width** field of the **Photo style** section.
-
-- **Position**
-  You can choose for the photo to appear above or below the heading or to the
-  left or right of the text and heading. If there's also a button or link, the
-  photo is vertically centered to the left or right.
-
-The **Photo style** section has the following fields:
-
-- **Photo crop**
-  You can crop the photo into a specific shape.
-
-- **Width**
-  Choose a custom max width for the photo in **px**, **vw**, or **%**. If you
-  don't enter a value here, the max width will be determined by the photo size
-  you selected in the **Photo** section.
-
-- **Alignment** (responsive)
-  Sets the [alignment](basics/typography.md#align) for the photo within its column space. If the photo
-  placement is over or under, this aligns the photo to the left, center or right
-  over the heading and text. If the photo placement is to the left or right,
-  this aligns the photo in the left column.
-  **Tip:** To move the left or right photo closer to the heading and text,
-  adjust the settings in the **Padding** field on the **Style** tab.
-
-- **Border**
-  Standard settings for [border](basics/border.md) and [border effects](basics/border.md). Setting **Radius** rounds
-  the corners of the photo.
-
-#### Icons
-
-Setting **Image type** to **Icon** opens three sections: **Icon**, **Icon
-colors**, and **Icon style**.
-
-The **Icon** section has the following fields.
-
-- **Icon**
-  [Select the icon](settings/icons.md#enable-or-disable-icon-sets).
-
-- **Position**
-  You can choose for the icon to appear above or below the heading or to the
-  left or right of just the heading or the heading and text both. If there's
-  also a button or link, the photo is vertically centered to the left or right.
-
-**Note:**
-
-With any of the left or right selections, the icon position is vertically
-centered with the heading. The difference between **Left/Right of Heading**
-and **Left/Right of Heading and Text** is that with the former, the text and
-optional button or link are aligned under both the heading and icon, whereas
-in the latter, the text and optional button remain aligned under the heading,
-and the icon appears to the left or right of that grouping. The following
-screenshot shows an example in which the overall alignment (on the **Style**
-tab) is set to **Right**.
-
-![](/img/callout-10.png)
-
-The **Icon colors** section has the following fields:
-
-- **Color**
-  If this color is unspecified, the default accent color is used. For Beaver
-  Builder Theme, this is set in the Customizer at **General > Accent Color**.
-
-- **Hover color**
-  If this color is unspecified, the default accent color is used. For Beaver
-  Builder Theme, this is set in the **Hover colo** r field in Customizer at
-  **General > Accent Color**.
-
-- **Background color**
-  Setting a background color adds a circle with a border behind the icon, as
-  shown in the screenshot. If this color is unspecified no color is added.
-  ![](/img/callout-11.png)
-
-- **Background hover color**
-  Sets the background color on hover. If this field is not set, the **Background
-  color** setting is used.
-
-- **Gradient**
-  Sets a gradient on the background color, if there is one. The screenshot above
-  shows a gradient on the background color, which is lighter at the top and
-  darker at the bottom.
-
-### Link tab
-
-In the **Link** section, setting a link adds a hyperlink to the heading, the
-photo or icon, and the button or link text.
-
-In the **Call to Action** section, the **Type** field has the following
-choices:
-
-- **None**
-  Does not display either a button or link text. however, if you have set a
-  link, that link will still be set on the heading and a photo or icon.
-
-- Link
-  Choosing **Link** opens a **Text** field and a **Link text** section, as shown
-  in the following screenshot and described below.
-  ![](/img/callout-12.png)
-  The **Link text** section lets you assign link and link hover color, and the
-  **Link typography** subsection is the [standard **Typography** section](basics/typography.md).
-
-- **Button
-  **This choice opens a **Text** field and a number of button sections, as shown
-  in the following screenshot.
-  ![](/img/callout-13.png)
-  These button sections have most of the same options of the [Button module](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/button/button.md).
-
-### Advanced tab
-
-There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/callout.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/callout.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ee531dbb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/callout.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,774 @@
+---
+title: Callout
+sidebar_label: Callout
+icon: "phone-outgoing"
+description: "Combine a heading, descriptive text, an optional image or icon, and a call-to-action link or button into a single attention-grabbing block."
+---
+
+
+Combine a heading, descriptive text, an optional image or icon, and a call-to-action link or button into a single attention-grabbing block.
+
+## Usage
+
+The Callout module bundles a heading, descriptive text, an optional photo or icon, and a call-to-action link or button into one cohesive unit. It is purpose-built for drawing attention to key messages and driving visitors toward a specific next step without requiring you to assemble and align separate heading, text, image, and button modules.
+
+A common use case is displaying a row of feature callouts — each with an icon, a short heading, supporting text, and a link to a relevant page. Because all of those elements live inside a single module, they stay grouped and stack correctly at smaller screen sizes without any extra configuration.
+
+The link you set on the **Link** tab applies simultaneously to the heading, the photo or icon, and any button or link text. This makes it straightforward to create linked cards without wiring up multiple separate links.
+
+## Module Settings
+
+The Callout module is organized into four tabs — **General**, **Style**, **Image**, and **Link** — plus the standard **Advanced** tab.
+
+### General Tab
+
+The General tab contains the core content for the callout: the heading and the body text.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Heading</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The main heading text displayed at the top of the callout. Supports inline editing directly on the canvas.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Heading Tag</strong> <small>Default: h3</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the HTML element used for the heading. Options: `h1`, `h2`, `h3`, `h4`, `h5`, `h6`.
+
+Choose a tag that reflects the heading's position in the page content hierarchy. Use the **Heading Typography** settings on the Style tab to control visual appearance independently of the tag level.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The body text displayed below the heading. Uses a rich text editor that supports basic formatting including bold, italic, and inline links.
+</details>
+
+### Style Tab
+
+The Style tab controls the callout's background, border, layout alignment, padding, and the color and typography of both the heading and the body text.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the background color for the entire callout container. Supports full alpha transparency.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Border settings</strong></summary>
+
+Border settings control border style, width, color, radius, and related responsive border controls where available.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Alignment</strong> <small>Default: Left; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Controls the horizontal alignment of all elements within the callout — heading, text, image or icon, and button.
+
+- **Left:** Aligns all elements to the left edge.
+- **Center:** Centers all elements.
+- **Right:** Aligns all elements to the right edge.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Padding</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the spacing between the callout container's edge and its inner content.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Heading</strong></summary>
+
+
+Style settings for the callout heading.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Heading style settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Heading Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the text color of the heading, including the state when the heading is used as a link.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Heading Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Font settings for the callout heading.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text</strong></summary>
+
+
+Style settings for the body text and any text-type call-to-action link.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text style settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the color of the body text. Also applies to link text when **CTA Type** is set to **Link**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Font settings for the body text and link text.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+### Image Tab
+
+The Image tab lets you add an optional visual element to the callout — either a photo from the media library or an icon from the icon picker.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Image Type</strong> <small>Default: Photo</small></summary>
+
+
+Determines the type of visual element displayed in the callout.
+
+- **None:** No image or icon is shown.
+- **Photo:** Displays an image selected from the WordPress media library.
+- **Icon:** Displays an icon selected from the icon picker.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Photo settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Photo</strong></summary>
+
+
+Settings for selecting and positioning the photo.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Photo source and position</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Photo</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Select an image from the WordPress media library.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Position</strong> <small>Default: Above Heading</small></summary>
+
+
+Controls where the photo appears relative to the callout content.
+
+- **Above Heading:** Photo sits above the heading and text.
+- **Below Heading:** Photo appears between the heading and the body text.
+- **Left of Text and Heading:** Photo is placed to the left of both the heading and text as a column.
+- **Right of Text and Heading:** Photo is placed to the right of both the heading and text as a column.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Photo Style</strong></summary>
+
+
+Styling options for the photo's shape, size, alignment, and border.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Photo style settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Crop</strong></summary>
+
+
+Crops the photo into a predefined shape. Options: **None**, **Landscape**, **Panorama**, **Portrait**, **Square**, **Circle**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Width</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets a maximum width for the photo. Accepts values in `px`, `vw`, or `%`. When left blank, the image width is determined by the size selected in the **Photo** field.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Align</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Aligns the photo within its column space. When the photo is positioned left or right, this aligns the photo within that column.
+
+- **Left:** Aligns the photo to the left.
+- **Center:** Centers the photo.
+- **Right:** Aligns the photo to the right.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Border</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Applies a border to the photo element including radius, which rounds the photo corners or creates a circle effect when combined with a square crop.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon</strong></summary>
+
+
+Settings for selecting and positioning the icon.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon source and position</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon</strong></summary>
+
+
+Select an icon using the icon picker.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Screen Reader Text</strong></summary>
+
+
+A text label read by screen readers but not displayed visually. Use this to provide an accessible description when the icon conveys meaning without accompanying visible text.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Position</strong> <small>Default: Left of Heading</small></summary>
+
+
+Controls where the icon appears relative to the callout content.
+
+- **Above Heading:** Icon sits above the heading.
+- **Below Heading:** Icon appears between the heading and body text.
+- **Left of Heading:** Icon is inline to the left of the heading text only; the body text and button flow below both.
+- **Right of Heading:** Icon is inline to the right of the heading text only.
+- **Left of Text and Heading:** Icon is placed to the left of both the heading and text as a side column.
+- **Right of Text and Heading:** Icon is placed to the right of both the heading and text as a side column.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon Colors</strong></summary>
+
+
+Color settings for the icon and its optional background.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon color settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>DuoTone Primary Color (DuoTone Icons Only)</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the primary (foreground) color for DuoTone icon styles.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>DuoTone Secondary Color (DuoTone Icons Only)</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the secondary color for DuoTone icon styles.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the default icon color. When not specified, the theme's default accent color is used.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the icon color when a visitor hovers over the callout. When not specified, the default accent color is used.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Adds a circular background shape behind the icon. When no color is set, no background is shown.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the background color on hover. When not specified, the **Background Color** value is used.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Gradient</strong> <small>Default: No</small></summary>
+
+
+Applies a gradient effect to the icon background.
+
+- **No:** No gradient is applied.
+- **Yes:** Enables the gradient on the icon background.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon Structure</strong></summary>
+
+
+Controls the size of the icon.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon size settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Size</strong> <small>Default: 30px; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the icon's font size. Accepts values in `px`, `em`, or `rem` units.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+### Link Tab
+
+The Link tab configures the module-level link and the call-to-action element displayed in the callout.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the URL the callout links to. This link is applied to the heading, the photo or icon, and any call-to-action button or link text defined below.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link settings</strong></summary>
+
+Link settings control the URL, link target, nofollow behavior, download behavior, and other link attributes where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Call to Action</strong></summary>
+
+
+Configures the call-to-action element shown below the body text.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>CTA settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Type</strong> <small>Default: None</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects the style of call-to-action displayed.
+
+- **None:** No call-to-action is shown. Any link set in the **Link** section above still applies to the heading and image.
+- **Link:** Displays the CTA as styled hyperlink text.
+- **Button:** Displays the CTA as a styled button.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link CTA settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text</strong> <small>Default: Read More; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The label displayed on the link.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the default text color for the CTA link.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the text color when the CTA link is hovered or focused.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Font settings for the CTA link text.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button CTA settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text</strong> <small>Default: Read More; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The label displayed on the button.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Icon</strong></summary>
+
+
+Adds an optional icon to the button. Select an icon from the icon picker to display alongside the button text.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button icon settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Icon Position</strong> <small>Default: Before Text</small></summary>
+
+
+Controls whether the icon appears before or after the button text.
+
+- **Before Text:** Icon is shown to the left of the label.
+- **After Text:** Icon is shown to the right of the label.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Icon Visibility</strong> <small>Default: Always Visible</small></summary>
+
+
+Controls when the icon is visible.
+
+- **Always Visible:** Icon is shown at all times.
+- **Fade In On Hover:** Icon is revealed only when the button is hovered.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>DuoTone Primary Color (DuoTone Icons Only)</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the primary color for DuoTone button icon styles.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>DuoTone Secondary Color (DuoTone Icons Only)</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the secondary color for DuoTone button icon styles.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Width</strong> <small>Default: Auto</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets whether the button sizes to its content or expands to fill the full container width.
+
+- **Auto:** Button width is determined by its content.
+- **Full Width:** Button stretches to fill the full width of the callout.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Auto width settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Align</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Aligns the button horizontally within the callout. Available when **Button Width** is set to **Auto**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Padding</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets internal spacing around the button text and icon.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Text Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the default color of the button text.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Text Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the text color when the button is hovered or focused.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Font settings for the button label.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Background Style</strong> <small>Default: Flat</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects the background rendering mode for the button.
+
+- **Flat:** Solid background color.
+- **Auto Gradient:** Automatically generates a gradient from the button background color.
+- **Advanced Gradient:** Uses gradient pickers for full gradient control.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Flat background settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the button's background color.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Background Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the background color on hover.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Background Animation</strong> <small>Default: Disabled</small></summary>
+
+
+Animates the background color transition on hover.
+
+- **Disabled:** No animation.
+- **Enabled:** Background color animates on hover.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Auto gradient settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the button's background color used to generate the gradient.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Background Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the background color on hover used to generate the hover gradient.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Advanced gradient settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Gradient</strong></summary>
+
+
+Configures the button background gradient.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Hover Gradient</strong></summary>
+
+
+Configures the button background hover gradient.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Border</strong></summary>
+
+
+Applies a border to the button.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button border settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Border</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Configure the button border style, width, color, and radius.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Border Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the border color when the button is hovered or focused.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+
+The Advanced tab contains common Callout module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+
+</details>
+
+## CSS Customization
+
+Use custom CSS to style the Callout module beyond the available settings.
+
+:::tip
+
+The examples below target the `.fl-module-callout` parent class, which applies styles to all Callout modules on your site.
+
+To style a specific Callout module, assign it a custom class on the **Advanced** tab and replace `.fl-module-callout` with your custom class name.
+
+```css
+.my-custom-class .fl-callout-title {
+  color: #333333;
+}
+```
+:::
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Callout Heading</strong></summary>
+
+
+Style the callout heading text.
+
+```css
+.fl-module-callout .fl-callout-title {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  font-weight: 700;
+  color: #222222;
+}
+```
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Callout Body Text</strong></summary>
+
+
+Style the callout's body text content.
+
+```css
+.fl-module-callout .fl-callout-text {
+  font-size: 16px;
+  line-height: 1.6;
+  color: #555555;
+}
+```
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Callout Photo</strong></summary>
+
+
+Add styles to the callout photo, such as a drop shadow or hover effect.
+
+```css
+/* Add a drop shadow to the photo */
+.fl-module-callout .fl-photo-img {
+  box-shadow: 0 4px 12px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.15);
+}
+
+/* Scale the photo on hover */
+.fl-module-callout .fl-callout-photo:hover .fl-photo-img {
+  transform: scale(1.03);
+  transition: transform 0.3s ease;
+}
+```
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>CTA Link Text</strong></summary>
+
+
+Style the call-to-action link text when **CTA Type** is set to **Link**.
+
+```css
+.fl-module-callout .fl-callout-cta-link {
+  font-weight: 600;
+  text-decoration: underline;
+}
+
+.fl-module-callout .fl-callout-cta-link:hover {
+  text-decoration: none;
+}
+```
+</details>
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/contact-form.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/contact-form.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e2334b40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/contact-form.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,580 @@
+---
+title: Contact Form
+sidebar_label: Contact Form
+icon: "mail"
+description: "Use Contact Form to add a simple email form with configurable fields, spam protection, and post-submit actions."
+---
+
+
+Use Contact Form to add a simple email form with configurable fields, spam protection, and post-submit actions.
+
+## Usage
+
+Use Contact Form to add a simple AJAX-powered email form with optional name, subject, email, phone, and message fields. It sends submissions through WordPress `wp_mail()`, supports a required terms and conditions checkbox, and can protect submissions with Google reCAPTCHA. After a successful submission, it can show a confirmation message or redirect visitors to another URL.
+
+Use Contact Form on contact pages, landing pages, service pages, and other layouts that need a lightweight inquiry form without a separate form plugin. It fits straightforward single-step contact workflows where field requirements, submission handling, and styling stay simple.
+
+## Module Settings
+
+The Contact Form module settings control where submissions go, which fields appear, how the form looks, and how the form handles spam protection and successful submissions.
+
+### General Tab
+
+The General tab sets the recipient address, visible form fields, and post-submit behavior.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Send To Email</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The email address that receives form submissions. When left empty, the module sends notifications to the WordPress admin email.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Fields</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Fields section controls which contact form fields appear, the text used for their labels and placeholders, how labels display, and whether the form requires terms acceptance before submission.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Form Fields</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Name Field</strong> <small>Default: Show</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the name input.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Name Field Placeholder</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Name Field Placeholder</strong> <small>Default: Your name</small></summary>
+
+
+The text used for the name field label, placeholder, or both, depending on **Show labels/placeholders**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Subject Field</strong> <small>Default: Hide</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the subject input.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Subject Field Placeholder</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Subject Field Placeholder</strong> <small>Default: Subject</small></summary>
+
+
+The text used for the subject field label, placeholder, or both, depending on **Show labels/placeholders**. This field appears when **Subject Field** is set to **Show**.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Email Subject</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Email Subject</strong> <small>Default: Contact Form Submission; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The subject line used for notification emails when **Subject Field** is set to **Hide**. Supports shortcodes.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Email Field</strong> <small>Default: Show</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the email input.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Email Field Placeholder</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Email Field Placeholder</strong> <small>Default: Your email</small></summary>
+
+
+The text used for the email field label, placeholder, or both, depending on **Show labels/placeholders**. This field appears when **Email Field** is set to **Show**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Phone Field</strong> <small>Default: Hide</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the phone input.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Phone Field Placeholder</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Phone Field Placeholder</strong> <small>Default: Your phone</small></summary>
+
+
+The text used for the phone field label, placeholder, or both, depending on **Show labels/placeholders**. This field appears when **Phone Field** is set to **Show**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Your Message Placeholder</strong> <small>Default: Your message</small></summary>
+
+
+The text used for the message field label, placeholder, or both, depending on **Show labels/placeholders**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Show labels/placeholders</strong> <small>Default: Show Both</small></summary>
+
+
+Controls whether fields show placeholders only, labels only, or both. Selecting **Show Labels Only** or **Show Both** reveals the **Labels** group in the Style tab.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Terms and Conditions Checkbox</strong> <small>Default: Hide</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides a required acceptance checkbox.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Checkbox Text</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Checkbox Text</strong> <small>Default: I Accept the Terms and Conditions</small></summary>
+
+
+The text displayed next to the checkbox.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Terms and Conditions</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Terms and Conditions</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The Terms and Conditions custom text uses the WordPress Classic Editor WYSIWYG, which lets you format text, add links, and include basic HTML. This content is displayed above the checkbox.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Success</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Success section configures the action that runs after a successful submission.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Success Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Success Action</strong></summary>
+
+
+Determines whether submission shows the built-in confirmation text, displays a custom message, or redirects to another URL. Options are **None**, **Show Message**, and **Redirect**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Success Message</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Success Message</strong> <small>Default: Thanks for your message! We'll be in touch soon.; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The confirmation message displayed after a successful submission when **Success Action** is set to **Show Message**.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Success URL</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Success URL</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The destination URL used after a successful submission when **Success Action** is set to **Redirect**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+### Style Tab
+
+The Style tab controls the appearance of labels, inputs, and the submit button.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Labels</strong></summary>
+
+
+This group is available when **Show labels/placeholders** is set to **Show Labels Only** or **Show Both** in the General tab.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Labels</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Padding</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive, Link Values</small></summary>
+
+
+The inner spacing around each text label.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The text color of form labels.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for form labels.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Inputs</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Inputs section controls the appearance of text inputs and the message textarea.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Inputs</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Padding</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive, Link Values</small></summary>
+
+
+The inner spacing of text inputs and the message textarea.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Color</strong></summary>
+
+
+The text and placeholder color of text inputs and the message textarea.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for text inputs and the message textarea.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The background color of text inputs and the message textarea.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The background color used when text inputs and the message textarea are hovered.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Border</strong></summary>
+
+
+The border style, width, radius, and color for text inputs and the message textarea.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Border Hover</strong></summary>
+
+
+The border style used when text inputs and the message textarea are hovered or focused.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Button section controls the appearance of the submit button.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text</strong> <small>Default: Send</small></summary>
+
+
+The label displayed on the submit button.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Adds an optional icon to the submit button.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>DuoTone Primary Color</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>DuoTone Primary Color</strong> <small>Default: #5b5b5b; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+For Font Awesome DuoTone icons only: the primary color applied to the icon.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>DuoTone Secondary Color</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>DuoTone Secondary Color</strong> <small>Default: #757575; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+For Font Awesome DuoTone icons only: the secondary color applied to the icon.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon Position</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon Position</strong> <small>Default: Before Text</small></summary>
+
+
+Places the icon before or after the button text when an icon is selected.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon Visibility</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon Visibility</strong> <small>Default: Always Visible</small></summary>
+
+
+Keeps the icon visible or fades it in on hover when an icon is selected.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Width</strong> <small>Default: Auto</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the button width to **Auto** or **Full Width**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Align</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Align</strong> <small>Default: Left; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The horizontal alignment of the button within its wrapper when **Width** is set to **Auto**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Padding</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive, Link Values</small></summary>
+
+
+The inner spacing of the submit button.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The text color of the submit button.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The text color of the submit button on hover and focus.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for the submit button text.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The default background color of the submit button.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The background color of the submit button on hover and focus.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Style</strong> <small>Default: Flat</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects a **Flat** or **Gradient** background for the submit button.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Animation</strong> <small>Default: Disabled</small></summary>
+
+
+Enables or disables the transition between normal and hover background states.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Border</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The border style, width, radius, and color of the submit button.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Border Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The border color of the submit button on hover and focus.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+### Captcha Tab
+
+The Captcha tab configures Google reCAPTCHA for spam protection.
+
+:::note
+
+Set up your reCAPTCHA keys in the [Google Admin Console](https://www.google.com/recaptcha/admin). Each reCAPTCHA validation type requires its own unique site key and secret key pair.
+
+For more information, see the [reCAPTCHA v3 documentation](https://developers.google.com/recaptcha/docs/v3).
+:::
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>reCAPTCHA Field</strong> <small>Default: Hide</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the Google reCAPTCHA field. Enabling it requires valid site and secret keys.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Validate Type</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Validate Type</strong> <small>Default: I'm not a robot checkbox (V2)</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects the reCAPTCHA challenge mode: **"I'm not a robot" checkbox (V2)**, **Invisible (V2)**, and **Invisible (V3)**. Checkbox and invisible flows use different Google API key pairs.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Action</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Action</strong></summary>
+
+
+An optional action name passed to Google for v3 verification when **Validate Type** is set to **Invisible (V3)**. Use letters, numbers, and underscores only.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Site Key</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Site Key</strong></summary>
+
+
+The public site key from the Google reCAPTCHA Admin Console.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Secret Key</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Secret Key</strong></summary>
+
+
+The private secret key from the Google reCAPTCHA Admin Console.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Theme</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Theme</strong> <small>Default: Light</small></summary>
+
+
+The color scheme used for visible reCAPTCHA widgets.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+
+The Advanced tab contains common Contact Form module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+
+</details>
+
+## Feature Guides
+
+### Set up reCAPTCHA
+
+Use this workflow when the form needs Google reCAPTCHA protection.
+
+1. Open the **Captcha** tab and set **reCAPTCHA Field** to **Show**.
+2. Choose **Validate Type** based on the submission flow: **"I'm not a robot" checkbox (V2)**, **Invisible (V2)**, or **Invisible (V3)**.
+3. Register the site in the Google reCAPTCHA Admin Console using the same validation type selected in the module.
+4. Use a different key pair for each validation type when the site uses both v2 and v3 forms.
+5. Paste the public key into **Site Key** and the private key into **Secret Key**.
+6. Set **Theme** to **Light** or **Dark** for visible widgets.
+7. If **Validate Type** is **Invisible (V3)**, add an **Action** value that matches the verification flow for that form.
+8. Publish the page and submit the form from the front end.
+9. If verification fails, recheck the selected validation type, hostname, and key pair.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/contact-form/add-a-google-recaptcha-checkbox-to-a-form.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/contact-form/add-a-google-recaptcha-checkbox-to-a-form.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 4cb69132..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/contact-form/add-a-google-recaptcha-checkbox-to-a-form.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
----
-id: add-a-google-recaptcha-checkbox-to-a-form
-title: Add a Google reCAPTCHA checkbox to a form
-sidebar_label: Add a Google reCAPTCHA checkbox to a form
-description: Here's how to add a Google reCAPTCHA to your Contact form or Subscribe Form.
----
-
-You can add [Google reCAPTCHA](https://support.google.com/recaptcha/?hl=en) to
-your Contact Form or Subscribe Form module to deter spam.
-
-## reCAPTCHA Examples
-
-Here's an example of a form generated by a Contact module with an "I'm not a
-robot" v2 reCAPTCHA checkbox. Checking the box may be sufficient, or in some
-cases, the user has to solve a captcha after checking the box.
-
-![](/img/how-to-tips-recaptcha-1.png)
-
-You can also choose a dark checkbox, which appears in the following
-screenshot.
-
-![](/img/how-to-tips-recaptcha-2.png)
-
-If you choose a V2 or V3 invisible checkbox, a small reCAPTCHA box pinned to
-the right side of the browser screen. When you hover over it, the box expands
-to display "protected by reCAPTCHA," as shown in the following animation. You
-can choose either a light or dark version for this icon.
-
-![](/img/how-to-tips-recaptcha-3.gif)
-
-With the v2 invisible reCAPTCHA, users may in questionable cases still have to
-solve a captcha.
-
-The v3 reCAPTCHA requires no action from users and returns scores, based on
-seeing both legitimate and abusive behavior on your site, with the ability for
-you to tailor your own action to suit your site, as [described in this Google blog](https://webmasters.googleblog.com/2018/10/introducing-recaptcha-v3-new-way-to.html). Because of this, we recommend that you thoroughly review the [v3
-reCAPTCHA docs](https://developers.google.com/recaptcha/docs/v3) before using.
-
-## Register your site for a reCAPTCHA license key pair
-
-Register your site at the [Google reCAPTCHA admin console](https://www.google.com/recaptcha/admin). You must choose one of the
-following reCAPTCHA types to generate the appropriate keys:
-
-* reCAPTCHA v3 
-Verifies requests with a score
-
-* reCAPTCHA v2  
-
-  * "I'm not a robot" checkbox  
-  Validate requests with the "I'm not a robot" checkbox
-
-  * Invisible reCAPTCHA badge  
-  Validate requests in the background
-
-For more information about these types and how they work, see the [Google
-developer reCAPTCHA
-documentation](https://developers.google.com/recaptcha/intro).
-
-:::info
-If you change your mind about which type of reCAPTCHA to use, you'll
-have to get a new key pair for that type.
-:::
-
-##  Set up reCAPTCHA in a Contact Form or Subscribe Form module:
-
-  1. Open either module for editing and click the **Captcha** tab.
-  2. For the  **reCAPTCHA field**  setting, click **Show**.
-  3. For  **Validate type**, choose the validation type you want.
-  4. (v3 only) If you're an advanced user and want to sort your reCAPTCHA results by action in your Google admin console, enter an action name here.
-  5. Enter the **Site key** and **Secret key** from your Google reCAPTCHA registration.  
-Be sure to use keys that match the validation type.
-
-  6. For Theme, choose whether you want the “I'm not a robot” box or the reCAPTCHA icon to have a light background or dark background.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/contact-form/contact-form.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/contact-form/contact-form.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ce7a5aff..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/contact-form/contact-form.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,117 +0,0 @@
----
-id: contact-form
-title: Contact form
-sidebar_label: Contact Form module
-description: The Contact Form module displays a basic contact form. Form information is sent by email to an address you specify.
----
-
-The Contact Form module displays a basic contact form with the following properties:
-
-- The form can display **Name**, **Subject**, **Email**, **Phone**, and **Message** fields.
-  The labels and placeholder text for these fields can be customized.
-- By default, the **Name** and **Email** fields are displayed, and the **Subject** and **Phone** fields are hidden.
-  Any fields that are displayed are required.
-- There's an optional **Terms and Conditions** checkbox.
-  You can add custom text above the checkbox and customize the checkbox label, as in the following screenshot.
-  If you enable the checkbox, users must select the checkbox to submit the form successfully. If they don't, they receive the message "You must accept the Terms and Conditions." One use for this checkbox is to meet GDPR requirements if you feel users must
-  explicitly accept terms and conditions.
-  ![](/img/contact-1.png)
-- You can [add a Google reCaptcha button](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/contact-form/add-a-google-recaptcha-checkbox-to-a-form.md) to the form to deter spam.
-- The user can submit the form with either the spacebar or the Enter key.
-- You can choose whether the person who submits the form sees a confirmation message or is redirected to a URL you specify.
-- Email notifications are automatically sent to the designated recipient upon form submission.
-
-:::info
-Entries from this form are not stored in the database or added to your website files. If you need a
-more central or permanent record of contacts than the email notifications, use a third-party form
-plugin.
-:::
-
-## Settings
-
-### General tab
-
-| Section     | Field                             | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                                           |
-| ----------- | --------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-|             | **Send to Email**                 | The person who will receive the notification of the form submission. Note that this is the only record that will exist that the form was submitted.                                                                                   |
-| **Fields**  | **Name field**                    | (Default is **Show**.) If set to **Hide**, the **Name** field does not appear in the contact form.                                                                                                                                    |
-|             | **Name field placeholder**        | (Default is "Your name.") Modify if you want to customize the field's placeholder text.                                                                                                                                               |
-|             | **Subject field**                 | (Default is **Hide**.) If set to **Hide**, the **Subject** field is not displayed in the form.                                                                                                                                        |
-|             | **Email subject**                 | (Default is "Contact Form Submission.") Modify if you want to customize the subject line in the notification email.                                                                                                                   |
-|             | **Email field**                   | (Default is **Show**.) If set to **Hide**, the **Email** field is not displayed in the form. **Note:** If you set this option to **Hide** you will have no way to contact the person who submits the form.                            |
-|             | **Email field placeholder**       | (Default is "Your email.") Modify if you want to customize the field's placeholder text.                                                                                                                                              |
-|             | **Phone field**                   | (Default is **Hide**.) If set to **Hide**, the **Phone** field is not displayed in the form.                                                                                                                                          |
-|             | **Your Message placeholder**      | (Default is "Your message.") Modify if you want to customize the placeholder text for the message.                                                                                                                                    |
-|             | **Show labels/placeholders**      | (Default is **Show placeholders only**.) Determines whether placeholders and not labels are shown for each field, or labels and not placeholders are shown, or both are shown. See the screenshot below this table.                   |
-|             | **Terms and Conditions checkbox** | (Default is **Hide**.) If set to **Show**, new settings appear to customize the text label and to enter the terms and conditions. If you enable this setting, users are required to accept them for form submission to be successful. |
-| **Success** | **Success action**                |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       |
-
-![](/img/contact-form-1cf4996c.png)
-
-### Button tab
-
-| Section               | Field                             | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   |
-| --------------------- | --------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-|                       | **Button text**                   | (Optional) Enter custom text for the **Contact** button. (Default text is "Send")                                                                                                                                                             |
-| **Button icon**       | **Button icon**                   | (Optional) Select an icon for the button.                                                                                                                                                                                                     |
-| **Button style**      | **Button width**                  | **Auto** means no width is set for the button. **Full width** means the button takes up the full width of the container (minus any margin settings).                                                                                          |
-|                       | **Button align**                  | The [standard toggles](basics/typography.md#align) for horizontal alignment. This can be set individually for each device size.                                                                                                               |
-|                       | **Button padding**                | (Optional) Specify the number of pixels of space between the button edge and the button text.                                                                                                                                                 |
-| **Button text**       | **Button text color**             | (Optional) Choose the color of the button. **Note:** If you're using the Beaver Builder Theme, the default button and button hover colors come from **Customize > General > Buttons**, but you override the default colors with this setting. |
-|                       | **Button text hover color**       | (Optional) Enter a hover color.                                                                                                                                                                                                               |
-|                       | **Button typography**             | The [standard typography section](basics/typography.md) to style the button text.                                                                                                                                                             |
-| **Button background** | **Button background color**       | Set the fill color for the button in the resting state.                                                                                                                                                                                       |
-|                       | **Button background hover color** | Set the button's fill color on hover. If this setting is left blank, the **Background color** setting applies to hover also.                                                                                                                  |
-|                       | **Button background style**       | **Flat**: consistent fill color. **Gradient**: gradient of the background color, lighter on top and darker on the bottom.                                                                                                                     |
-|                       | **Button background animation**   | **Disabled** by default. If set to **Enabled**, there's a 0.2-second linear transition from resting state to hover state.                                                                                                                     |
-| **Button border**     | **Button border**                 | (Optional) The [standard border settings](basics/border.md).                                                                                                                                                                                  |
-
-### Captcha tab
-
-See [this article](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/contact-form/add-a-google-recaptcha-checkbox-to-a-form.md) for instructions on how to implement Google reCaptcha.
-
-### Advanced tab
-
-There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
-
-## Accessibility
-
-For the contact form input fields, the `aria-describedby` attribute is used to indicate the IDs of the elements that describe the object. The label and placeholder text can be shown, hidden, or customized, so the value of the `aria-describedby` attribute for each input field in the form is the ID of the error that appears if the field is not filled in.
-
-For example, the following code is the HTML output produced for the **Name** field in a contact form with the default labels, placeholders, and the **Show placeholders only** setting.
-
-```html
-<div class="fl-input-group fl-name">
-  <label for="fl-name" class="hidden">Your name</label>
-  <span class="fl-contact-error" id="name-error">Please enter your name.</span>
-  <input
-    type="text"
-    id="fl-name"
-    name="fl-name"
-    aria-describedby="name-error"
-    value=""
-    placeholder="Your name"
-  />
-</div>
-```
-
-Because the setting is **Show placeholders only**, the `label` tag is assigned the CSS class `hidden`, and the CSS rule for that class is `display:none`, which causes most screen readers ignore the content of that tag.
-
-In contrast, here's the output when **Show labels/placeholders** is set to **Show labels only**:
-
-```html
-<div class="fl-input-group fl-name">
-  <label for="fl-name">Your name</label>
-  <span class="fl-contact-error" id="name-error">Please enter your name.</span>
-  <input
-    type="text"
-    id="fl-name"
-    name="fl-name"
-    aria-describedby="name-error"
-    value=""
-    placeholder=""
-  />
-</div>
-```
-
-In this case, the content in the `<label>` tag is visible to the screen reader, the `<input>` tag's `placeholder` attribute has no value, and the `aria-describedby` value is still the ID of the error message.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/content-slider.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/content-slider.md
deleted file mode 100644
index f0f43400..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/content-slider.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
----
-id: content-slider
-title: Content slider
-sidebar_label: Content slider
-description: The Content Slider module displays an animated set of slides, with a choice of background plus an overlay of text, photo or video, and a link.
----
-
-You might think of a content slider module as a slideshow of rows, in which
-each slide has any or all of the following components::
-
-  * A background (color, photo, video, or none)
-  * An overlay (text, text + photo, text + video, or none)
-  * A text or button link
-
-Here's an example of a slide with a photo background and an overlay with text
-and a button:
-
-![](/img/content-slider-1.jpg)
-
-The text overlay can have its own color background or none. On smaller
-devices, the navigation and overlay appear below the background photo:
-
-![](/img/content-slider-2.jpg)
-
-Here's an example of a slide with a photo background and an overlay with text
-and a photo:
-
-![](/img/content-slider-3.jpg)
-
-Depending on settings and screen width, the text can be to the left or right
-of the photo or vertically aligned.
-
-**Note:** At small screen widths, the overlay photo appears above the content
-and the background image is hidden, as shown in the following screenshot.
-
-![](/img/content-slider-4.jpg)
-
-For navigation, you can have arrows, dots, both, or none. The arrows (overlaid
-on the background image) and dots (below the content) are shown in the
-screenshot above.
-
-## Uses of the Content Slider module
-
-The Content Slider module can work well when you want to construct a
-relatively small set of slides with overlaid content by hand, as opposed to
-generating the slides automatically with posts, pages, or a custom post type,
-in which case you'd use the Posts Slider module.
-
-One use would be if you have more than one call to action that you want to
-display in a series. In the screenshot with the button above, you could
-display a company's lines of business or a series of special offers with the
-content slider.
-
-It's important to remember that the main image in the Content Slider module is
-in the background, so it is subject to the same problems of background images
-in rows and columns, namely the image can get cropped so it's not showing what
-you intended, and the image may not look good at every device size. The
-Content Slider settings don't allow background image positioning or different
-images for small devices, so you need to check each slide carefully and tinker
-with images in an image editor rather than through Beaver Builder settings.
-
-See the section about related modules below.
-
-## Content Slider module settings
-
-The content slider module offers a larger number of options for styling and
-content. Here are some examples.
-
-  * In each slide, you can choose a photo, video, or color background, or no background. For photo backgrounds, you can add a color overlay.
-  * You can add a heading, text, and a button and display them overlaid on the photo video, or color background, or side by side with the photo or video.
-  * You can automate and adjust the playback or add navigation buttons so users can cycle through themselves.
-  * If you choose to show the nav arrows, you can style the arrow color, and arrow background color and shape on the **Style** tab.
-  * There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
-
-:::info
-On the **Slider** tab, be sure to set the **Transition speed**
-setting for a shorter time than the **Delay** setting. This avoids an issue
-where an image can get skipped because it hasn't finished transitioning before
-it's time to display the next slide.
-:::
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/content-slider.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/content-slider.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7ae3e973
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/content-slider.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,781 @@
+---
+title: Content Slider
+sidebar_label: Content Slider
+icon: "gallery-horizontal"
+description: "Use Content Slider to display multiple slides with background images, video, or color, combined with optional headings, text, and call-to-action buttons."
+---
+
+
+Use Content Slider to display multiple slides with background images, video, or color, combined with optional headings, text, and call-to-action buttons.
+
+## Usage
+
+Use Content Slider to build a multi-slide presentation where each slide displays a background image, video, or solid color, combined with a heading, body text, and an optional call-to-action link or button. Slides cycle automatically on a configurable delay or respond to user navigation through arrows or dot controls.
+
+This module works well for hero sections, promotional banners, featured content rotators, and any layout where a sequence of visually distinct messages shares a single fixed space on the page.
+
+## Module Settings
+
+The Content Slider module settings control what each slide displays, how the slider cycles between slides, and the global dimensions and colors applied across all slides.
+
+### Slides Tab
+
+The Slides tab manages individual slides and their content, background, style, link, and mobile settings.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Slides</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Slides section manages each slide displayed by the module.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Slide Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Slide</strong></summary>
+
+
+Adds one or more slides to the module. Each slide has its own General, Style, Link, and Mobile settings.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>General tab</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Slide Label</strong></summary>
+
+
+A label used to identify the slide in the Slides tab list. Not displayed on the front end.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Background section configures the visual background of the slide.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Type</strong> <small>Default: Photo</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects the background type for the slide.
+
+- **Photo:** Uses an uploaded image as the slide background and reveals the Background Photo and Overlay Color fields.
+- **Video:** Uses embedded video code as the slide background. Content overlay settings are not available when this type is selected.
+- **Color:** Uses a solid or transparent fill as the slide background and reveals the Background Color field.
+- **None:** Renders the slide with no background.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Photo Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Photo</strong></summary>
+
+
+Sets the background image for the slide.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Overlay Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Adds a color overlay on top of the background photo. Supports alpha transparency.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Video Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Video Code</strong></summary>
+
+
+Paste the embed code for the video displayed as the slide background. Content overlay settings are not available when **Type** is set to **Video**.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Color Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the background fill color for the slide. Supports alpha transparency.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Content</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Content section configures the overlay content displayed over the slide background. Not available when **Background Type** is set to **Video**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Content Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Type (Content)</strong> <small>Default: None</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects the content layout displayed over the slide background.
+
+- **Text:** Displays a heading and body text over the background.
+- **Text & Photo:** Displays a heading, body text, and an uploaded photo.
+- **Text & Video:** Displays a heading, body text, and an embedded video.
+- **None:** Adds no content overlay to the slide.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text Content</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Heading</strong></summary>
+
+
+Sets the heading text for the slide. Available when **Type** is set to **Text**, **Text & Photo**, or **Text & Video**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Content</strong></summary>
+
+
+Sets the body text for the slide using the WordPress Classic Editor. Available when **Type** is set to **Text**, **Text & Photo**, or **Text & Video**.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Photo (Text &amp; Photo Only)</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Photo</strong></summary>
+
+
+Sets the foreground photo displayed alongside the slide text when **Type** is set to **Text & Photo**.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Video (Text &amp; Video Only)</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Video Embed Code</strong></summary>
+
+
+Paste the embed code for the foreground video displayed alongside the slide text when **Type** is set to **Text & Video**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Style tab</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Position</strong> <small>Default: Left</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the horizontal alignment of the content overlay within the slide.
+
+- **Left:** Aligns the content area to the left side of the slide.
+- **Center:** Centers the content area within the slide.
+- **Right:** Aligns the content area to the right side of the slide.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Width</strong> <small>Default: 50</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the percentage width of the content area within the slide.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the color of the overlay behind the slide text content. Applies to the content area independently of the slide background.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Height</strong> <small>Default: Auto</small></summary>
+
+
+Controls whether the text background overlay matches the content height or stretches to the full slide height.
+
+- **Auto:** The overlay fits the height of the text content.
+- **100%:** The overlay extends the full height of the slide.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Margins</strong> <small>Supports: Link Values</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the outer margins around the slide content area.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Padding</strong> <small>Supports: Link Values</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the inner padding within the slide content area.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Heading Tag</strong> <small>Default: h2</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the HTML element used for the slide heading.
+
+- **h1** through **h6:** Renders the heading with the selected HTML heading tag.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Color (Heading)</strong> <small>Default: #ffffff; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the color of the slide heading text.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography (Heading)</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for the slide heading.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Color (Text)</strong> <small>Default: #ffffff; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the color of the slide body text.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography (Text)</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for the slide body text.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link tab</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link</strong></summary>
+
+
+Sets the link applied to the entire slide. When a call-to-action type is selected, this link is also used for the CTA text or button.
+
+This field also includes Link Attributes for opening the link in a new tab, adding `nofollow`, and forcing downloads.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link Attributes</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Open in New Tab</strong></summary>
+
+
+Opens the link in a new browser tab or window instead of the current page. Helpful for external links or downloads, so visitors do not lose their place on the site.
+
+Uses `target="_blank"` in the link code.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>No Follow</strong></summary>
+
+
+Tells search engines not to pass ranking authority through the link. Commonly used for sponsored links, affiliate links, or links that should not affect search rankings.
+
+Uses `rel="nofollow"` in the link code.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Force Download</strong></summary>
+
+
+Prompts the browser to download the linked file instead of opening it. Useful for PDFs, ZIP files, and other downloadable files.
+
+If supported by the browser and file type, the link uses the `download` attribute.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Type (CTA)</strong> <small>Default: None</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects the call-to-action element displayed on the slide.
+
+- **None:** No call-to-action element is shown.
+- **Link:** Displays the CTA as a text link using the slide link.
+- **Button:** Displays the CTA as a styled button and reveals button styling settings.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>CTA Text</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text</strong></summary>
+
+
+Sets the label for the call-to-action link or button. Available when **Type** is set to **Link** or **Button**.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Icon</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets an icon displayed on the CTA button. When an icon is selected, reveals the icon position and visibility settings.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Icon Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>DuoTone Primary Color (DuoTone Icons Only)</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the primary color for DuoTone Font Awesome icons on the button.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>DuoTone Secondary Color (DuoTone Icons Only)</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the secondary color for DuoTone Font Awesome icons on the button.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Icon Position</strong> <small>Default: Before Text</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets whether the icon appears before or after the button label.
+
+- **Before Text:** Displays the icon to the left of the button label.
+- **After Text:** Displays the icon to the right of the button label.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Icon Visibility</strong> <small>Default: Always Visible</small></summary>
+
+
+Controls when the button icon is visible.
+
+- **Always Visible:** Displays the icon at all times.
+- **Fade In On Hover:** Shows the icon only when the button is hovered.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Padding</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive, Link Values</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the inner padding of the CTA button.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Text Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the button label color.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Text Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the button label color on hover and focus.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for the CTA button label.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Background Style</strong> <small>Default: Flat</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects the background fill method for the CTA button.
+
+- **Flat:** Uses a solid background color and reveals the background animation setting.
+- **Auto Gradient:** Generates an automatic gradient from the background color.
+- **Advanced Gradient:** Uses a custom gradient builder for the button background and hover state. Hides the solid color fields.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Flat Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the solid background color of the CTA button.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Background Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the button background color on hover and focus.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Background Animation</strong> <small>Default: Disabled</small></summary>
+
+
+Animates the background color transition on hover when set to **Enabled**.
+
+- **Enabled:** Applies a CSS transition to the background color on hover.
+- **Disabled:** Changes the background color immediately on hover without animation.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Auto Gradient Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the base color used to generate the automatic gradient.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Background Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the hover color used to generate the automatic gradient on hover.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Advanced Gradient Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Gradient</strong></summary>
+
+
+Defines the custom gradient applied to the CTA button background.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Hover Gradient</strong></summary>
+
+
+Defines the custom gradient applied to the CTA button background on hover.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Border</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Configures the border style, width, color, radius, and shadow for the CTA button.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Border Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the button border color on hover and focus.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Mobile tab</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Type (Mobile Photo)</strong> <small>Default: Use Main Photo</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects the photo shown on mobile devices.
+
+- **Use Main Photo:** Displays the same background photo used on desktop.
+- **Choose Another Photo:** Reveals the Photo field to select a different image for mobile.
+- **No Photo:** Removes the background photo on mobile devices.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Mobile Photo</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Photo (Choose Another Photo Only)</strong></summary>
+
+
+Sets an alternative background photo displayed on mobile devices when **Type** is set to **Choose Another Photo**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Content Background Color</strong> <small>Default: #333333; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the background color of the content area on mobile devices.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Title Color</strong> <small>Default: #ffffff; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the slide heading color on mobile devices.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text Color</strong> <small>Default: #ffffff; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the slide body text color on mobile devices.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+### Slider Tab
+
+The Slider tab controls automatic playback, slide order, transition style, and navigation controls.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Auto Play</strong> <small>Default: Yes</small></summary>
+
+
+Enables or disables automatic slide cycling.
+
+- **Yes:** Slides advance automatically and reveals the **Show Play/Pause** setting.
+- **No:** Slides only advance through user interaction.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Play/Pause Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Show Play/Pause</strong> <small>Default: No</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides a play/pause control on the slider when **Auto Play** is enabled.
+
+- **Yes:** Displays a play/pause button on the slider.
+- **No:** Hides the play/pause button.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Shuffle</strong> <small>Default: No</small></summary>
+
+
+Randomizes the slide order on each page load.
+
+- **Yes:** Plays slides in a random order.
+- **No:** Plays slides in the order they are defined.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Pause On Hover</strong> <small>Default: Yes</small></summary>
+
+
+Pauses automatic slide cycling when the cursor is over the slider.
+
+- **Yes:** Pauses the slider while the cursor is over it.
+- **No:** Continues cycling regardless of cursor position.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Loop</strong> <small>Default: Yes</small></summary>
+
+
+Controls whether the slider returns to the first slide after the last.
+
+- **Yes:** Cycles continuously from the last slide back to the first.
+- **No:** Stops at the last slide.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Delay</strong> <small>Default: 5</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets how long each slide remains visible before advancing, in seconds. The delay should be greater than the transition speed.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Transition</strong> <small>Default: Slide</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the animation used when moving between slides.
+
+- **Slide:** Moves horizontally from one slide to the next.
+- **Fade:** Fades between slides.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Transition Speed</strong> <small>Default: 0.5</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the duration of the slide transition animation, in seconds. The transition speed should be less than the delay.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Show Arrows</strong> <small>Default: No</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides previous and next navigation arrows on the slider. Enabling arrows also reveals the Arrows section in the Style tab.
+
+- **Yes:** Displays navigation arrows and reveals arrow style settings in the Style tab.
+- **No:** Hides navigation arrows.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Show Dots</strong> <small>Default: Yes</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides dot navigation indicators below the slider.
+
+- **Yes:** Displays a dot indicator for each slide.
+- **No:** Hides the dot indicators.
+
+</details>
+
+### Style Tab
+
+The Style tab controls the slider dimensions, global text and overlay colors shared across all slides, and arrow navigation appearance.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Height</strong> <small>Default: 400</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the minimum height of the slider in pixels. Slide content expands the height automatically when it exceeds this value.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Max Content Width</strong> <small>Default: 1100</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the maximum width of the content area within each slide in pixels.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text Color</strong> <small>Default: #ffffff; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets a text color shared across all slides. Individual slides also set their own text color defaults.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets a background color applied to the overlay behind text content across all slides. Supports alpha transparency.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Arrows</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Arrows section controls the appearance of slider navigation arrows. This section is available when **Show Arrows** is set to **Yes** in the Slider tab.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Arrow Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Arrows Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the background color of the arrow navigation buttons. Supports alpha transparency.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Arrows Background Style</strong> <small>Default: Circle</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the shape of the arrow navigation button background.
+
+- **Circle:** Renders the arrow background as a circle.
+- **Square:** Renders the arrow background as a square.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Arrows Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the color of the arrow icons.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+
+The Advanced tab contains common Content Slider module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+
+</details>
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/countdown.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/countdown.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 09d1dcdd..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/countdown.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
----
-id: countdown
-title: Countdown
-sidebar_label: Countdown
-description: The Countdown module displays a visual timer that counts down to zero from a specified date and time.
----
-
-The Countdown module displays a visual timer that counts down to zero for a date and time that you specify. Scroll down to see screenshots.
-
-## General tab
-
-You can specify the target date and time, including choosing the timezone that
-should be used.
-
-## Style tab
-
-This tab has a top section of settings, followed by several sections that vary depending on the type of layout you select.
-
-### Top section
-
-- **Layout**
-  The choices are:
-  - **Numbers**
-    This setting includes numbers plus the text under the numbers for each unit of measurement (days, hours, minutes, seconds).
-    ![Countdown module, Numbers layout](/img/countdown-1.jpg)
-  - **Numbers \+ Circles**
-    Adds a circle around the numbers that visually shows the time remaining: number of seconds left in a minute, minutes left in an hour, hours left in a day, days, left in a year.
-    ![Countdown module, Numbers + Circles layout](/img/countdown-2.png)
-- **Alignment**
-  This is the standard [horizontal alignment toggle](basics/typography.md#align), which can be set to different alignments on large, medium, and small devices.
-
-### **Numbers and Text** section
-
-- **Number color**
-- **Number typography**
-  The standard [Typography section](basics/typography.md) for the numbers displayed.
-- **Text color**
-- **Text typography**
-  The standard [Typography section](basics/typography.md) for the text displayed under the numbers.
-- **Horizontal padding** (**Numbers** layout only)
-  Padding
-- **Vertical padding** (**Numbers** layout only)
-- **Number spacing**
-  Used in both types of layout to increase or decrease the left and right margins for individual numbers.
-
-The following screenshot shows a **Numbers** layout with the **Horizontal padding**, **Vertical padding**, and **Number spacing** settings mapped onto a [CSS box](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/spacing.md). The padding settings are associated with the `fl-countdown-unit` class, whereas the left-right spacing is associated with the `fl-countdown-number` class.
-
-![Countdown module, Numbers layout with padding and spacing mapped onto CSS box](/img/countdown-3.jpg)
-
-With the **Numbers \+ Circles** layout, only the **Number spacing** setting is available, so you can set only the left and right margins between numbers, shown in this screenshot.
-
-![Countdown module, Numbers + Circles layout with number spacing mapped onto CSS box](/img/countdown-4.jpg)
-
-:::tip **Tips**
-
-- If the **Circle size** and **Circle Stroke** size are too large, they can overlap, as you can see in the screenshot. Check vertical spacing in responsive mode, as well as horizontal spacing in all modes – or make use of the overlap for effect!
-- To control the space between the numbers and the circle, use the **Circle size** setting in the **Circle styles** section described below.
-  :::
-
-### **Backgrounds** section
-
-This section appears for the **Numbers** layout only.
-
-- **Number background color**
-  Inserts a square of color behind the color/unit pair.
-- **Number border radius**
-  Rounds the corners of the background color squares.
-
-### **Separator** section (**Numbers** layout only)
-
-- **Show time separators**
-  Choose **Yes** to show a separator between each time unit.
-- **Separator Type**
-  You can choose a colon or a pipe symbol as a separator.
-- **Separator color**
-  Select the separator color.
-
-### **Circle styles** section (**Numbers \+ Circles** layout only)
-
-- **Circle foreground color**
-  Displays the amount of time remaining in each time unit.
-- **Circle background color**
-  Displays the portion of the circle not taken up by the foreground color.
-- **Circle size**
-  Use this setting to control the distance between the text and circle.
-- **Circle stroke size**
-  Use this setting to increase the "fatness" of the circle.
-
-## Advanced tab
-
-There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/countdown.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/countdown.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..70556c6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/countdown.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,318 @@
+---
+title: Countdown
+sidebar_label: Countdown
+icon: "timer"
+description: "Use the Countdown module to display a live timer that counts down to a target date and time."
+---
+
+
+Use the Countdown module to display a live timer that counts down to a target date and time.
+
+## Usage
+
+The Countdown module outputs a live timer that ticks down to a specific date and time. Each time unit — days, hours, minutes, and seconds — displays as a labeled number block. Choosing the **Numbers + Circles** layout wraps each unit in an animated SVG circle that fills as the unit's time progresses.
+
+Use the Countdown module to build urgency for limited-time offers, event registrations, product launches, or sale deadlines. The optional redirect setting automatically sends visitors to a new URL once the countdown reaches zero, so the page responds to the event end without manual updates.
+
+## Module Settings
+
+The Countdown module settings control the target date and time, redirect behavior, and visual styling of the timer.
+
+### General tab
+
+The General tab sets the target date, time, time zone, and optional post-countdown redirect.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Date</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the target date the countdown counts down to.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Time</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Time section sets the time of day and time zone for the countdown target.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Time settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Time</strong> <small>Default: 01:00; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the time of day for the countdown target.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Time Zone</strong> <small>Default: UTC</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the time zone used to interpret the target date and time.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Redirect</strong> <small>Default: Disabled</small></summary>
+
+
+Controls whether the page redirects after the countdown reaches zero.
+
+- **Disabled:** No redirect occurs after the countdown ends.
+- **Once After Countdown End:** Redirects the visitor once when the countdown reaches zero.
+- **Always After Countdown End:** Redirects on every visit after the countdown has ended.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>URL</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>URL</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The destination URL used when **Redirect** is set to **Once After Countdown End** or **Always After Countdown End**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link settings</strong></summary>
+
+Link settings control the URL, link target, nofollow behavior, download behavior, and other link attributes where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+### Style tab
+
+The Style tab controls the countdown layout, alignment, number and text appearance, and layout-specific visual options.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Layout</strong> <small>Default: Numbers</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects whether the countdown displays numbers only or numbers with animated SVG circle progress indicators.
+
+- **Numbers:** Displays each time unit as a labeled number block.
+- **Numbers + Circles:** Wraps each time unit in an animated SVG circle that fills as the unit progresses.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Numbers Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Backgrounds</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Backgrounds section controls the background color and corner rounding of each number block. Available when **Layout** is set to **Numbers**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Backgrounds</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Number Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the background color applied behind each countdown number block.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Number Border Radius</strong> <small>Default: 0</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the corner rounding of each number block in `px`.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Separator</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Separator section controls whether visual separators appear between time units. Available when **Layout** is set to **Numbers**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Separator settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Show Time Separators</strong> <small>Default: No</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides separators between countdown time units.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Separator options</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Separator Type</strong> <small>Default: Line</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the style of the separator displayed between time units when **Show Time Separators** is set to **Yes**.
+
+- **Colon:** Displays a colon character between time units.
+- **Line:** Displays a vertical line between time units.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Colon settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Separator Size (Colon Only)</strong> <small>Default: 15</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the font size of the colon separator in `px`. Available when **Separator Type** is set to **Colon**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Separator Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the color of the separators between time units.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Numbers + Circles Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Circle Styles</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Circle Styles section controls the appearance of the SVG circle indicators. Available when **Layout** is set to **Numbers + Circles**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Circle Styles</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Circle Foreground Color</strong> <small>Default: f7951e; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the stroke color of the animated foreground arc on each circle.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Circle Background Color</strong> <small>Default: eaeaea; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the stroke color of the static background track on each circle.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Circle Size</strong> <small>Default: 200</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the diameter of each circle indicator in `px`.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Circle Stroke Size</strong> <small>Default: 10</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the stroke width of both the foreground arc and background track in `px`.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Alignment</strong> <small>Default: center; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the horizontal alignment of the countdown timer.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Numbers and Text</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Numbers and Text section controls the color, typography, and spacing of countdown numbers and time unit labels.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Numbers and Text</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Number Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the color of the countdown numbers.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Number Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for the countdown numbers.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the color of the time unit labels beneath each number.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for the time unit labels.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Horizontal Padding (Numbers Only)</strong> <small>Default: 10</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the left and right padding inside each number block in `px`. Available when **Layout** is set to **Numbers**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Vertical Padding (Numbers Only)</strong> <small>Default: 10</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the top and bottom padding inside each number block in `px`. Available when **Layout** is set to **Numbers**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Number Spacing</strong> <small>Default: 10</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the horizontal margin between each countdown unit in `px`.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+
+The Advanced tab contains common Countdown module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+
+</details>
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/cta.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/cta.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..50f8ca28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/cta.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,416 @@
+---
+title: Call to Action
+sidebar_label: Call to Action
+icon: "megaphone"
+description: "Use Call to Action to display a heading, body text, and a styled button together as a single structured prompt for site visitors."
+---
+
+
+Use Call to Action to display a heading, body text, and a styled button together as a single structured prompt for site visitors.
+
+## Usage
+
+The Call to Action module renders a heading, supporting text, and a button in a single self-contained unit. The heading and text are positioned alongside or above the button depending on the selected layout, and all three elements share a common background and padding container. The embedded button supports the same icon, color, gradient, and border settings as the standalone Button module.
+
+Use Call to Action for promotional banners, section endings, and landing page prompts where a headline and short message need to appear directly next to or above a primary action button. It suits layouts where the heading, text, and button share a background color or border and should move together as one unit.
+
+## Module Settings
+
+The Call to Action module settings control the heading and body text content, module layout and visual styling, and the embedded button behavior.
+
+### General Tab
+
+The General tab sets the heading text, heading tag, and body text for the module.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Heading</strong> <small>Default: Ready to find out more?; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The main heading displayed at the top of the module.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Heading Tag</strong> <small>Default: h3</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the HTML tag used to render the heading.
+
+- **h1:** Renders the heading as an `<h1>` element.
+- **h2:** Renders the heading as an `<h2>` element.
+- **h3:** Renders the heading as an `<h3>` element.
+- **h4:** Renders the heading as an `<h4>` element.
+- **h5:** Renders the heading as an `<h5>` element.
+- **h6:** Renders the heading as an `<h6>` element.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text</strong> <small>Default: Drop us a line today for a free quote!; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The body text displayed below the heading. Supports formatted text using the WordPress editor.
+</details>
+
+### Style Tab
+
+The Style tab controls the module layout, background, border, spacing, and the color and typography settings for the heading and body text.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Layout</strong> <small>Default: Inline</small></summary>
+
+
+Determines how the text content and button are arranged within the module.
+
+- **Inline:** Places the text content and button side by side in a horizontal row.
+- **Stacked:** Stacks the text content above the button in a vertical column.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Alignment</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Alignment (Stacked Only)</strong> <small>Default: Center</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the horizontal alignment of all content within the module. This field appears when **Layout** is set to **Stacked**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the background color of the module content area.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Border settings</strong></summary>
+
+Border settings control border style, width, color, radius, and related responsive border controls where available.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Padding</strong> <small>Default: 0; Supports: Responsive, Link Values</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the inner spacing around the module content area. Accepts `px`, `em`, or `%` units.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Heading</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Heading section controls the color and typography of the heading.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Heading Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Heading Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the text color of the module heading.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Heading Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for the module heading.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Text section controls the color and typography of the body text.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the text color of the body text.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for the body text.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+### Button Tab
+
+The Button tab sets the button label, link, icon, padding, text colors, background, and border.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Text</strong> <small>Default: Click Here; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the label displayed inside the button.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Link</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the URL, target, and link attributes for the button.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link settings</strong></summary>
+
+Link settings control the URL, link target, nofollow behavior, download behavior, and other link attributes where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Icon</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Button Icon section adds an optional icon to the button and controls its position and visibility.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Icon Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Icon</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Adds an optional icon to the button. Selecting an icon reveals the icon position and visibility controls.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>DuoTone Primary Color (DuoTone Icons Only)</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the primary color of the selected DuoTone icon.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>DuoTone Secondary Color (DuoTone Icons Only)</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the secondary color of the selected DuoTone icon.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Icon Position (Icon Only)</strong> <small>Default: Before Text</small></summary>
+
+
+Places the icon before or after the button text when an icon is selected.
+
+- **Before Text:** Displays the icon to the left of the button label.
+- **After Text:** Displays the icon to the right of the button label.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Icon Visibility (Icon Only)</strong> <small>Default: Always Visible</small></summary>
+
+
+Controls whether the icon is always shown or appears only on hover when an icon is selected.
+
+- **Always Visible:** The icon displays at all times.
+- **Fade In On Hover:** The icon is hidden by default and fades in when the button is hovered.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Padding</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive, Link Values</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the inner spacing around the button label and icon.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Text</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Button Text section controls the colors and typography used for the button label.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Text Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Text Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the text color of the button label.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Text Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the text color of the button label on hover.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for the button label.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Background</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Button Background section controls the button fill style, color, gradients, and hover animation.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Background Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Background Style</strong> <small>Default: Flat</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects the background rendering mode for the button.
+
+- **Flat:** Uses a solid background color with an optional hover color and background animation.
+- **Auto Gradient:** Automatically generates a gradient from the button background color.
+- **Advanced Gradient:** Uses gradient pickers for full control over gradient colors, type, angle, and position.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Flat settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the button background color when **Button Background Style** is **Flat**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Background Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the background color on hover when **Button Background Style** is **Flat**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Background Animation</strong> <small>Default: Disabled</small></summary>
+
+
+Enables or disables the background color transition on hover when **Button Background Style** is **Flat**.
+
+- **Disabled:** No transition between default and hover background colors.
+- **Enabled:** Smoothly animates between the default and hover background colors.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Auto Gradient settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the button background color used to generate the gradient when **Button Background Style** is **Auto Gradient**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Background Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the background color on hover used to generate the hover gradient when **Button Background Style** is **Auto Gradient**.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Advanced Gradient settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Gradient (Advanced Gradient Only)</strong></summary>
+
+
+Configures the default gradient colors, type, angle, and position when **Button Background Style** is set to **Advanced Gradient**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Hover Gradient (Advanced Gradient Only)</strong></summary>
+
+
+Configures the hover gradient colors, type, angle, and position when **Button Background Style** is set to **Advanced Gradient**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Border</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Button Border section controls the border style, color, width, radius, and shadow for the button.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Border Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Border</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Configures the button border style, color, width, radius, and box shadow.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Border Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the border color used when the button is hovered.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+
+The Advanced tab contains common Call to Action module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+
+</details>
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/gallery.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/gallery.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bf81a025
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/gallery.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+---
+title: Gallery
+sidebar_label: Gallery
+icon: "images"
+description: "Use Gallery to display multiple photos in a collage or grid layout with optional captions, lightbox, and SmugMug support."
+---
+
+
+Use Gallery to display multiple photos in a collage or grid layout with optional captions, lightbox, and SmugMug support.
+
+## Usage
+
+Use Gallery to display multiple photos in a single module using either a Collage layout that arranges photos at varied widths or a Thumbs layout that renders uniform thumbnails. Photos can come from the WordPress media library or a SmugMug RSS feed, and each image can open in a built-in lightbox, link to its full-size source, or render without a click action. Captions read from the WordPress media manager or the SmugMug feed and can show on hover or below each photo.
+
+Use Gallery on portfolio pages, event recaps, product showcases, and any layout that needs to present a curated set of images without building a custom grid by hand. It fits straightforward image-collection workflows where photo selection, layout, and click behavior need to stay simple.
+
+## Module Settings
+
+The Gallery module settings control which photos appear, how the gallery is laid out, what happens when a photo is clicked, and the spacing and border applied to each image.
+
+### General Tab
+
+The General tab selects the layout, photo source, photos, captions, and click behavior.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Layout</strong> <small>Default: Collage</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets how photos are arranged in the gallery.
+
+- **Collage:** Arranges photos at varied widths in a masonry-style layout and reveals the **Photo Size** field.
+- **Thumbs:** Renders photos as uniform thumbnails based on the WordPress thumbnail size.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Source</strong> <small>Default: Media Library</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects whether photos come from the WordPress media library or a SmugMug RSS feed.
+
+- **Media Library:** Pulls images from the WordPress media library and reveals the **Photos** field.
+- **SmugMug:** Pulls images from a SmugMug gallery RSS feed and reveals the **Feed URL** field. The RSS feed URL can be accessed by using the get a link function in your SmugMug gallery.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Media Library Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Photos</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The set of photos selected from the WordPress media library. This field appears when **Source** is set to **Media Library**.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>SmugMug Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Feed URL</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The SmugMug gallery RSS feed URL used to load photos. This field appears when **Source** is set to **SmugMug**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Photo Size</strong> <small>Default: Medium</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the rendered photo width used for the Collage layout. This field appears when **Layout** is set to **Collage**.
+
+- **Small:** Renders photos at approximately 200px wide.
+- **Medium:** Renders photos at approximately 300px wide.
+- **Large:** Renders photos at approximately 400px wide.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Show Captions</strong> <small>Default: Never</small></summary>
+
+
+Controls whether photo captions display and where they appear. Captions read from the caption field in the WordPress media manager, or directly from the SmugMug feed when SmugMug is the source.
+
+- **Never:** Hides photo captions.
+- **On Hover:** Shows the caption as an overlay when a photo is hovered.
+- **Below Photo:** Shows the caption beneath each photo.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Click Action</strong> <small>Default: Lightbox</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects what happens when a visitor clicks a photo.
+
+- **None:** Disables the click action so photos are not clickable.
+- **Lightbox:** Opens the photo in the built-in lightbox and reveals the **Lightbox Photo Size** field.
+- **Photo Link:** Links each photo to its full-size image URL.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Lightbox Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Lightbox Photo Size</strong> <small>Default: Large</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the WordPress image size used when a photo opens in the lightbox. This field appears when **Click Action** is set to **Lightbox**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+### Style Tab
+
+The Style tab controls the spacing between photos and the border applied to each photo.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Photo Spacing</strong> <small>Default: 20</small></summary>
+
+
+The space, in pixels, between photos in the gallery.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Photo Border</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The border style, width, color, and radius applied to each photo, plus an optional box shadow.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+
+The Advanced tab contains common Gallery module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+
+</details>
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/gallery/gallery.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/gallery/gallery.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 091ac6e4..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/gallery/gallery.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,108 +0,0 @@
----
-id: gallery
-title: Gallery
-sidebar_label: Gallery module
-description: The Gallery module displays a gallery of images from the Media Library or SmugMug. Clicking a gallery image opens it in a lightbox.
----
-
-The Gallery module is used to display a gallery of images from either the
-WordPress Media Library or a SmugMug gallery that you specify.
-
-## Uses of the Gallery module
-
-The Gallery module is used to display a collection of individual photos in a
-pleasing fashion. Depending on what happens when users click a module (see the
-section on the module's settings), you can use the Gallery module to:
-
-- Display the series of photos one by one in a lightbox with navigation aids.
-  This works particularly well when the gallery images are displayed in a small
-  size that users can open to view a larger version of the image.
-
-- Display the full-sized image on a page of its own.
-  This option works well when the intention is for viewers to right-click and
-  download single images, such as for an image library.
-
-- Gallery images don't have a clickable link.
-  You might want to display the gallery as images that are large enough to view
-  clearly and really don't need to be expanded to a larger size.
-
-Gallery modules are often used as [shortcodes](user-interface/tools-menu.md#keyboard-shortcuts) in other modules or even in posts that use the
-WordPress Standard editor. For example, you could insert the shortcode for a
-Gallery module into a tab in the Tabs module or an item in the Accordion
-module to show a collection of images on a particular tab or in an expanded
-accordion section respectively.
-
-## Properties of the Gallery module
-
-You can display the gallery in either a Thumbs or a Collage layout. Here's an
-example of Thumbs layout, in which image thumbnails are presented in a grid.
-
-![](/img/gallery-1.jpg)
-
-Here's an example of the Collage layout at medium size.
-
-![](/img/gallery-2.jpg)
-
-The ordering of the photos in both the Collage and Thumbs layouts matches the
-WordPress media gallery order that you set up. When you create or edit the
-WordPress gallery, you can reorder the images by dragging and dropping.
-
-![](/img/gallery-3.jpg)
-
-## Gallery module settings
-
-### General tab
-
-- **Layout**
-  **Collage** or **Thumbs**.
-
-- **Source**
-  Choose the WordPress **Media Library** or **SmugMug**. For the Media Library,
-  in the Photos field choose the images you want to include. For SmugMug, see
-  the instructions below.
-
-- **Photo size**
-  This field appears for Collage layouts only. The Thumbs layout always displays
-  WordPress thumbnails, either the default 150x150 or custom size you've set.
-
-- **Show captions**
-  If you select this option, image captions are pulled from the Media Library or
-  the SmugMug library. By default, longer captions are cut off with elliptical
-  periods. See [this article](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/photo/display-full-captions-under-photos.md) for the CSS to insert a full wrapped caption.
-
-- **Click action**
-  Specify what happens when an image is clicked:
-
-  - **None**
-    No action.
-
-  - **Lightbox**
-    Open the image in a lightbox with Previous and Next arrows. You can choose the
-    max size on devices large enough to display it.
-
-  - **Photo link**
-    Use the image URL to open a large-sized image displayed on a page with no
-    theme or other formatting and no navigation links to the other images in the
-    gallery. The large size in WordPress by default is a max height and max width
-    of 1024px (or the full size of the image if you uploaded one less than
-    1024px).
-
-### Style tab
-
-- **Photo spacing**
-  The horizontal and vertical spacing between the images, in pixels.
-
-- **Photo border**
-  The standard Beaver Builder [borders](../../../basics/border.md) options.
-
-## Use a SmugMug gallery
-
-1. Navigate to the SmugMug gallery you want to use.
-2. Scroll down to the footer and click the Feed icon, then select **RSS**.
-   ![](/img/gallery-4.png)
-
-3. Copy the RSS link and insert it into the **Feed URL** field in the Gallery Module.
-
-### Advanced tab
-
-There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/gallery/open-a-gallery-lightbox-on-button-click.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/gallery/open-a-gallery-lightbox-on-button-click.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 3ac202d3..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/gallery/open-a-gallery-lightbox-on-button-click.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
----
-id: open-a-gallery-lightbox-on-button-click
-title: Open a gallery lightbox on button click
-sidebar_label: Open a gallery lightbox on button click
-description: Here's how to open a lightbox from the Button module to display images from a Gallery module.
----
-
-The Button module has a built-in lightbox feature, but if you put in the
-shortcode for a gallery, the entire gallery will display in the lightbox,
-rather than the individual gallery images.
-
-You can configure the button click to display the individual gallery images in
-the lightbox, with previous and next navigation, as shown in this screenshot:
-
-![](/img/how-to-tips-open-gallery-button-1.jpg)
-
-The instructions here will show you how to create a Button module an a Gallery module, add custom IDs, and copy in some jQuery to make it all work.
-
-## 1. Create a Button module
-
-Create your button and give it a custom ID also, using these instructions.
-
-  1. Drag a Button module into your layout.  
-  Leave the Click Action set to **Link** but don't add a link.  
-  The link will be set by the jQuery.
-  2. On the **Advanced** tab in the **HTML element** section, enter an ID for your button in the **ID** field.  
-  In this example, we'll use `gallery-1-button` as the ID value.
-  4. Enter any other style settings you want for the button and save the module.
-
-## 2. Create a Gallery module
-
-Create your gallery and give it a custom ID using these instructions.
-
-  1. Add a Gallery module to your layout.  
-Placing the gallery in a row under the button is a good place. The jQuery will keep the gallery from being displayed on your main page.
-  2. Add photos to the Gallery module in the normal fashion.
-  3. On the **General** tab, set **Click action** to **Lightbox** and select the size of image you want to display in the lightbox.
-  4. On the **Advanced** tab, in the **HTML element** section, enter an ID for your gallery in the **ID** field.   
-In this example, we'll use `gallery-1` as the ID value,
-  5. Save the module.
-
-## 3. Add the jQuery code
-
-Add the jQuery code using the following instructions.
-
-  1. In the Beaver Builder editor, click the down arrow in the Title bar in the upper left corner to open the **Tools** menu, then choose **Layout CSS & JavaScript**.
-  2. Click the **JavaScript** tab, then paste in the following code.  
-  ```js
-  jQuery(document).ready(function ($) {
-    var galleryid = "#gallery-1"; //Gallery ID
-    var buttonid = "#gallery-1-button"; //Button ID
-
-    if ("undefined" !== typeof FLBuilderConfig) {
-      return;
-    }
-
-    jQuery(galleryid + " .fl-photo-img").hide();
-
-    jQuery(buttonid).on("click", function (e) {
-      e.preventDefault();
-      $(galleryid + " img")
-        .first()
-        .trigger("click");
-    });
-  });
-  ```
-  3. Change lines 2 and 3 to the ID values that you assigned to the Gallery module and the Button module respectively.
-  4. Click **Save** to save the code.
-  5. Publish the page. Hold down the Shift key and click the Refresh icon to clear your browser cache, then test your button.
-
-:::tip **Tip**
-If you're using more than one button and gallery lightbox on the same
-page, duplicate this jQuery code and change the ID values to match each button
-and gallery.
-:::
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/heading.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/heading.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 997d795c..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/heading.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
----
-id: heading
-title: Heading
-sidebar_label: Heading
-description: The Heading module inserts a heading that is rendered with a heading tag (H1, H2, etc.) in the HTML output and can be customized in various ways.
----
-
-The Heading module inserts a heading into your row that is rendered with a
-heading tag (H1, H2, etc.) in the HTML output.
-
-![](/img/heading-1.png)
-
-## Uses of the heading module
-
-While you can create headings right in the text editor, here are some advantages to using a Heading module:
-
-- You can more easily move the heading around in the layout by dissociating it from the following text.
-- You can easily customize typography, layout, and effects of individual headings (font family, weight, color, size, spacing, horizontal alignment, text shadow, animations, and margins).
-  The screenshot above shows two headings, with the lower superimposed on the
-  upper. The upper heading has a custom color, font family, color, and a text
-  shadow. Spacing is manipulated with margin settings, and the margin setting is
-  responsive so you could control the spacing at different device sizes.
-
-- You have more control over the margins of the heading and so can control where the heading appears in relation to the text that follows.
-- You can use HTML markup (such as the `<br>` tag for a line break) or even shortcodes in the **Heading** field of the Heading module.
-- If you use [Beaver Themer](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/beaver-themer/), you can also use [field connections](/beaver-themer/field-connections) for several Heading module settings, in both Beaver Builder and Themer layouts.
-  **Examples of field connections in the Heading module:**
-
-  - You could connect the **Heading** field to the site title that is defined in your WordPress settings ( **Settings > General** from the WordPress admin panel), so if the name of the site changed, the name would also change anywhere that field connection was used.
-  - You could add the current year to your heading text as a [field connection shortcode](/beaver-themer/field-connections/syntax), such as keeping the year current in a copyright statement that you insert into a layout.
-  - You could create a custom field for the color value for headings, then specify the color value for each page or post on the WordPress editing screen, then [add a field connection to that custom field](/beaver-themer/field-connections/getting-started#connect-vs-insert) from the **Color** field on the **Style** tab in each Heading module. To change the color, you only have to change it once in the custom field on each page or post, not individually in each Heading module with a custom color. You can use a WordPress custom field, the Advanced Custom Fields plugin, or the Pods plugin to create custom fields.
-
-## Heading module settings
-
-Items with an asterisk (\*) have the option of setting a field connection if
-Beaver Themer is installed.
-
-### General tab
-
-The General tab contains the following fields. An asterisk (\*) indicates the
-ability to create a field connection if Beaver Themer is installed.
-
-- **Heading** \*
-  Enter text, basic HTML tags (such as a `<br>` tag), or a Beaver Builder
-  shortcode.
-
-- **HTML tag**
-  Select the heading level (H1, H2, etc.). This automatically inserts the
-  correct heading tags into the rendered page.
-
-- **Link** \*
-  Add a URL if you want the heading to contain a live link. Click **Select** for
-  assistance in creating the URL to another page on your site.
-
-### Style tab
-
-The Style tab contains the following settings.
-
-- **Color** \*
-  Default heading color is usually specified in the theme, but you can choose a
-  custom color here.
-
-- **Typography** section
-  This is the [standard Beaver Builder **Typography** section](basics/typography.md), with settings for the font family, weight, size, spacing, and so on.
-
-**Tip:** While you can choose a custom Google font in each Heading module, be
-careful about using too many different fonts if you're trying to pare down
-page load times. You can check load times of your combination of Google fonts
-at [fonts.google.com](https://fonts.google.com/).
-
-### Advanced tab
-
-There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/heading.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/heading.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..62f3a3c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/heading.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+---
+title: Heading Module
+sidebar_label: Heading
+icon: "heading"
+description: "Add styled heading text to your layout using semantic HTML heading tags, with full control over typography, alignment, and responsive behavior."
+---
+
+
+Add styled heading text to your layout using semantic HTML heading tags, with full control over typography, alignment, and responsive behavior.
+
+## Usage
+
+The Heading module outputs a semantic HTML heading element (`h1`–`h6`) with the text, tag, optional link, and typographic styles you configure. It renders the heading directly in your layout and supports inline HTML for custom inline formatting.
+
+Use the Heading module to add section titles, page headings, or content separators throughout your layout. Full typography controls let you customize font, size, weight, color, alignment, and spacing without writing custom CSS, with responsive support for each setting.
+
+:::tip
+
+The Heading module is the recommended method for adding HTML headings to your Beaver Builder layouts and is preferred over the Text or HTML modules. If you need more control over the underlying HTML markup, the HTML module is the better choice.
+:::
+
+## Module Settings
+
+The Heading module settings control the heading text, semantic tag, optional link, and visual styles.
+
+### General tab
+
+The General tab contains the core settings for the heading text, semantic HTML structure, and optional link behavior.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Heading</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The text displayed as the heading in your layout. Supports inline HTML and inline CSS for applying custom formatting and styling to specific words or phrases within the heading.
+
+```html Inline HTML & CSS Example icon="file-code"
+  Build Your <span style="color: #e11d48;">Dream Website</span> Today!
+```
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>HTML Tag</strong> <small>Default: h2</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the semantic HTML tag for the heading (`h1` through `h6`). Choose the tag that matches the heading's role in the page content hierarchy: `h1` for the main page title, `h2` for major sections, and so on.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link</strong></summary>
+
+
+Optionally wraps the heading in a link.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link settings</strong></summary>
+
+Link settings control the URL, link target, nofollow behavior, download behavior, and other link attributes where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+
+### Style tab
+
+The Style tab controls the visual appearance of the heading, including text color and typography.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Color</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The text color of the heading. Uses the [Color Picker](/beaver-builder/essentials/color-picker).
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for the heading text.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+
+The Advanced tab contains common Heading module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+
+</details>
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/html.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/html.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 6fc19166..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/html.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
----
-id: html
-title: HTML
-sidebar_label: HTML
-description: The HTML module lets you insert custom code and markup into your layouts, rendered directly in the HTML output.
----
-
-The HTML module lets you insert custom code and markup into your layouts that is rendered directly to the HTML output.
-
-![](/img/html-module-2.png)
-
-Like other code editors, the HTML module has line numbering and text wrap, which are not visible in the published version.
-
-## Uses of the HTML module
-
-Use the HTML module to add text, markup, and code such as HTML table markup,
-shortcodes, or JavaScript. The HTML module is better for adding markup and
-code than the Text Editor module, because the WordPress editor instance
-embedded in the Text Editor module can try to insert its own markup, such as
-`<p>` tags.
-
-:::tip **Tip**
-If you enter code in the HTML module that results in an inability to open the Beaver Builder editor, [open the editor in Safe mode](/beaver-builder/troubleshooting/debugging/safe-mode.md) so you can fix or remove the code.
-:::
-
-In the screenshot above, the `[fl_year]` shortcode (which is available when
-you use the Beaver Builder Theme) has been inserted to render the current year
-in the output.
-
-##  HTML settings
-
-As you can see in the screenshot, the HTML module has a **General** tab with a
-code editor and an **Advanced** tab, which has all the usual **Advanced** tab
-settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
-
-There is no **Style** tab. You can style the markup in this module in the
-following ways:
-
-  * Apply inline styles in the code editor on the **General** tab
-  * Apply CSS rules by adding a custom ID or class, either directly in the code editor or in the **HTML** section of the **Advanced** tab.
-
-## Advanced tab
-
-There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/html.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/html.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..00d77bb7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/html.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
+---
+title: HTML Module
+sidebar_label: HTML
+icon: "code-xml"
+description: "Versatile module for inserting HTML, CSS, JavaScript code, and shortcodes directly into your page layouts"
+---
+
+
+Versatile module for inserting HTML, CSS, JavaScript code, and shortcodes directly into your page layouts
+
+## Usage
+
+Use the HTML module when you need to add custom markup or embed content that is not available through standard Beaver Builder modules. It includes a code editor for inserting raw HTML and supports embed code, inline stylesheets, custom scripts, and shortcodes.
+
+:::tip
+
+The HTML module is the recommended method for adding shortcodes to your Beaver Builder layouts and is preferred over the Text Editor module.
+:::
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Adding Custom HTML</strong></summary>
+
+
+Adding custom HTML is the primary purpose of the HTML module. It is useful when you need specific markup that isn’t available through Beaver Builder’s other modules, such as custom containers, specialized text formatting, or unique structural elements for your design.
+
+The example below shows how to add an HTML table to your Beaver Builder layout, a type of structural markup that isn’t available through other modules.
+
+```html expandable
+<table>
+  <thead>
+    <tr>
+      <th>Module</th>
+      <th>Purpose</th>
+    </tr>
+  </thead>
+  <tbody>
+    <tr>
+      <td>HTML</td>
+      <td>Add custom markup and embeds</td>
+    </tr>
+    <tr>
+      <td>Text Editor</td>
+      <td>Add basic text content</td>
+    </tr>
+  </tbody>
+</table>
+```
+</details>
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Adding Custom CSS via style tags</strong></summary>
+
+
+Add custom CSS directly within the editor by wrapping it in `<style>` tags, as shown in the example below.
+
+:::warning
+
+This approach is not recommended and should be used sparingly, as it has several drawbacks. It can be helpful for prototyping or quickly testing CSS for custom HTML you’ve added. For long-term or site-wide styling, we recommend adding your custom CSS to your child theme’s style.css file or using the Custom CSS options available in Beaver Builder.
+:::
+
+```html \<style> tag example
+<style>
+  .custom-container {
+    background: linear-gradient(135deg, #667eea 0%, #764ba2 100%);
+    padding: 40px;
+    border-radius: 12px;
+  }
+</style>
+
+<div class="custom-container">
+  <h3>Lorem ex mollit sunt exercitation</h3>
+</div>
+```
+</details>
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Shortcodes</strong></summary>
+
+
+The HTML module is the recommended choice for adding shortcodes to your layouts. This includes Beaver Builder layout shortcodes, the BB Theme Year shortcode, Beaver Themer field connection shortcodes, and shortcodes from third-party plugins.
+
+The example below shows how combining HTML with multiple Beaver Themer field connections allows you to create unique layouts that aren’t possible with other modules.
+
+```html
+<h1 class="my-post-title">
+  <a href="[wpbb post:url]" class="my-post-title-link" title="[wpbb post:title]">
+    [wpbb post:title]
+  </a>
+</h1>
+```
+</details>
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Embeds</strong></summary>
+
+
+Use the HTML module to embed third-party content that isn’t available through standard modules, such as YouTube videos, Spotify playlists, Google Maps, or other embed code provided by external services.
+
+To do this, copy the embed code from the service and paste it into the HTML module.
+
+:::note
+
+Some services may require additional scripts, which may need to be added using the Custom Scripts option.
+:::
+</details>
+
+
+## Module Settings
+
+The HTML module includes a single option, the HTML Code Editor.
+
+### HTML Code Editor
+
+Use this editor to add your custom code. It supports HTML markup, CSS within `<style>` tags, JavaScript within `<script>` tags, inline styles and scripts, and shortcodes.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Field connections</strong></summary>
+
+Field connections allow supported settings to pull dynamic values from WordPress data, custom fields, or other connected data sources.
+
+</details>
+
+The HTML Code Editor is based on the ACE Editor and supports the following features:
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Syntax Highlighting</strong></summary>
+
+
+The editor automatically color-codes your HTML, CSS, and JavaScript, making it easier to read and identify different parts of your code. Tags, attributes, strings, and other elements are displayed in different colors.
+</details>
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Code Completion</strong></summary>
+
+
+As you type, the editor may suggest code completions for HTML tags and attributes, speeding up your workflow.
+</details>
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Live Code Checker</strong></summary>
+
+
+The HTML editor includes built-in linting that checks your code for errors and potential issues in real time. As you type, the linter analyzes your code and provides immediate feedback.
+
+The linter helps catch common mistakes such as:
+- Unclosed HTML tags
+- Missing quotation marks
+- Invalid CSS properties or values
+- JavaScript syntax errors
+- Improper nesting of elements
+
+:::note
+
+We recommend ensuring your code is error-free before publishing, as invalid HTML, such as unclosed tags, can interfere with the Beaver Builder UI and prevent it from functioning correctly.
+
+If you add code to the HTML module and publish changes that result in being unable to open the Beaver Builder editor, or cause the builder to malfunction, open the editor in [Safe Mode](#MISSINGLINK) so you can fix or remove the code.
+:::
+</details>
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Line Numbers</strong></summary>
+
+
+Each line of code is numbered on the left side, making it easy to reference specific lines and navigate longer code blocks.
+</details>
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Auto-Indentation</strong></summary>
+
+
+The editor automatically indents your code to maintain proper formatting. When you press <kbd>Enter</kbd>, the new line is indented to match the context of your code.
+</details>
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Bracket Matching</strong></summary>
+
+
+When you click next to a bracket, parenthesis, or brace, the editor highlights the matching pair, helping you ensure your code is properly structured.
+</details>
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Multiple Cursors</strong></summary>
+
+
+Hold <kbd>Ctrl</kbd> (<kbd>Cmd</kbd> on Mac) and click to place multiple cursors, allowing you to edit multiple lines simultaneously.
+</details>
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Find and Replace</strong></summary>
+
+
+Press <kbd>Cmd</kbd> + <kbd>F</kbd> on Mac (<kbd>Ctrl</kbd> + <kbd>F</kbd> on Windows) to search for specific text within your code.
+
+Click the (+) plus icon to enable the Replace feature, and click the (–) minus icon to remove it.
+</details>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+
+The Advanced tab contains common HTML module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+
+</details>
+
+## Keyboard Shortcut
+
+The HTML editor supports numerous keyboard shortcuts for efficient coding:
+
+| Action                    | Mac Shortcut                 | Windows Shortcut              |
+|---------------------------|------------------------------|-------------------------------|
+|  Comment or uncomment line | <kbd>⌘ Cmd</kbd> + <kbd>/</kbd> | <kbd>Ctrl</kbd> + <kbd>/</kbd> |
+|  Delete current line | <kbd>⌘ Cmd</kbd> + <kbd>D</kbd> | <kbd>Ctrl</kbd> + <kbd>D</kbd> |
+|  Move line up or down | <kbd>⌥ Option</kbd> + <kbd>↑</kbd> / <kbd>↓</kbd> | <kbd>Alt</kbd> + <kbd>↑</kbd> / <kbd>↓</kbd> |
+|  Undo | <kbd>⌘ Cmd</kbd> + <kbd>Z</kbd> | <kbd>Ctrl</kbd> + <kbd>Z</kbd> |
+|  Redo | <kbd>⌘ Cmd</kbd> + <kbd>Y</kbd> | <kbd>Ctrl</kbd> + <kbd>Y</kbd> |
+
+## PHP Support
+
+The HTML module does not support adding or executing PHP code. Any PHP included in the module will be output as plain text and will not run on the server. This limitation exists because the HTML module is designed to handle client-side code only, such as HTML, CSS, JavaScript, and embed code.
+
+If you need to add PHP functionality, you should do so through your theme or child theme files, a custom plugin, or by writing your own shortcode. You can then insert that shortcode into the HTML module or another Beaver Builder module.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/icon-and-icon-group.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/icon-and-icon-group.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 734d7ad1..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/icon-and-icon-group.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
----
-id: icon-and-icon-group
-title: Icon and Icon Group
-sidebar_label: Icon and Icon Group
-description: The Icon and Icon Group modules displaya single icon plus optional text or a group of icons
----
-
-The Icon module displays a single icon plus optional text. The and Icon Group module displays a group of icons with no text.
-
-:::info
-
-- To make icons available for selection in Beaver Builder modules that allow them, [they have to be enabled](settings/icons.md#enable-or-disable-icon-sets) in **Settings > Beaver Builder > Icons**. You can also [add custom icon sets](settings/icons.md) or [Font Awesome Pro icons](integrations/font-awesome.md).
-- Beaver Builder loads the stylesheet and font files for every icon set you use on a page. For example, if you use one icon from Font Awesome and one icon from Foundation on your page, it has to load both icon sets. This adds load time to your page. If page load time is a concern, limit your icon to one set, or create a custom icon set using only the icons you need on the page.
-- Font Awesome 5 icons are not compatible Font Awesome 4. If you have an older site that still has Font Awesome 4 icons in existing layouts, Beaver Builder loads a shim automatically to convert those icons to Font Awesome 5.
-- If you use Beaver Builder Theme, you have the option to force Font Awesome 5 icons to load on every page, whether or not they appear in Beaver Builder Theme or page layouts. This setting is useful if you have third-party plugins that use Font Awesome 5 icons. See the [article on the Font Awesome settings in Beaver Builder Theme](/bb-theme/defaults-for-layouts-content/icons/choose-how-font-awesome-icons-load-in-beaver-builder-theme).
-
-:::
-
-## Icon module
-
-The Icon Module lets you insert icons from Font Awesome, Foundation, or
-WordPress into your layouts.
-
-The Icon module comes with a text editor, where you can enter and format text
-that will appear to the right of the icon. You can add a link, which applies
-to both the icon and the text. If you add a background color, it appears as a
-circle around the icon, as in the following screenshot.
-
-![](/img/icon-module-1.jpg)
-
-There's also a **Screen reader text** field, where you can enter text intended to appear in the HTML output only to assist screen readers for accessibility. For example, if you use the Font Awesome guitar amp icon enter **guitar amp icon** in the **Screen reader text** field, the HTML output appears like the following:
-
-```html
-<i class="fas fa-amp-guitar" aria-hidden="true"></i>
-<span class="sr-only">guitar amp icon</span>
-```
-
-Another example is to use a large Arrow icon as a pointer to the content below
-the fold in a hero image, as shown in the following screenshot example. It
-alerts people to keep scrolling, but the icon can also contain a link to the
-following content that will result in [smooth scrolling](basics/smooth-scrolling.md) to the linked section if
-clicked.
-
-![](/img/icon-module-2.jpg)
-
-### Related modules
-
-You can use single icons with heading text in the Callout module, where you
-have more control over whether the text appears to the left or right of the
-icon. You can add a link to the icon and heading on the **Call to Action** tab
-with **Type** = **None**.
-
-## Icon Group module
-
-The Icon Group Module inserts a group of icons and uniformly space them. You
-can add a link to each icon and add adjust the spacing between them. Each icon's settings include a **Screen reader text** field where you can enter text intended to appear in the HTML output only to assist screen readers for accessibility. See the [Icon module](#icon-module) section for details.
-
-Unlike the Icon module, you can't add text, but you have the same style
-options for the icons, and you can style them either individually or as a
-group.
-
-One good use for an icon group would be to display the icons for various
-credit cards. In this example, all of the icons were styled the same color.
-Another example is using the Icon group to display social media icons with
-links.
-
-![](/img/icon-module-3.jpg)
-
-### Related layouts
-
-There isn't another module that's similar to the Icon Group module, but
-another way to group icons in a layout would be to use several Icon modules in
-separate columns. Icons in separate columns in most cases will stack
-differently from an Icon Group, so you could see which method works best for
-you.
-
-## Advanced tab
-
-There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/icon-group.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/icon-group.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..812bda95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/icon-group.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
+---
+title: Icon Group
+sidebar_label: Icon Group
+icon: "layout-grid"
+description: "Use Icon Group to display a row of linked icons with shared sizing, spacing, alignment, and per-icon color overrides."
+---
+
+
+Use Icon Group to display a row of linked icons with shared sizing, spacing, alignment, and per-icon color overrides.
+
+## Usage
+
+Use Icon Group to display a row of Font Awesome, Dashicons, or other registered icons that share a common size, spacing, and alignment. Each icon is configured as its own item with its own link, screen reader text, and optional color overrides, while the Style tab controls the size, spacing, alignment, and default colors applied to every icon in the group.
+
+Use Icon Group for social profile rows, contact link clusters, feature highlight strips, footer link icons, and any layout that needs several small linked glyphs displayed together. It fits cases where individual Icon modules would be repetitive and where the icons share consistent styling but may point to different destinations.
+
+:::note
+
+The Icon Group module is designed for multiple icons displayed together. If you only need a single icon, use the [Icon](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/icon) module instead.
+:::
+
+## Module settings
+
+The Icon Group module settings control the icons in the group, the shared size, spacing, alignment, and color treatment used across the group, and the per-icon overrides for each entry.
+
+### Icons tab
+
+The Icons tab is where you build and manage the list of icons in the group.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Add Icons</strong></summary>
+
+
+Manages the list of icons in the group. Click **Add Icon** to add a new icon to the group, or click **Edit** on an existing icon to open its settings.
+
+Each row in the list also includes **Move**, **Duplicate**, and **Delete** action icons:
+
+-  **Move:** Drag and drop the icon row to change the order in which icons appear in the group.
+-  **Duplicate:** Creates a copy of the icon, including all its General and Style tab settings, and adds it to the end of the list.
+-  **Delete:** Removes the icon from the group.
+
+:::note
+
+The **Move** and **Delete** actions only appear once the group contains more than one icon.
+:::
+
+Each icon has its own General tab and Style tab, described in [Individual icon settings](#individual-icon-settings).
+
+:::note
+
+Deleting an icon cannot be undone after you click **Publish**.
+:::
+</details>
+
+### Style tab
+
+The Style tab controls the size, spacing, alignment, and default colors applied to every icon in the group.
+
+:::note
+
+Global style settings apply to every icon by default. You can override the color settings on any individual icon's Style tab.
+:::
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Icon section sets the shared size, spacing, and alignment for all icons in the group.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Size</strong> <small>Default: 30; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The size of every icon in the group. Supports `px`, `em`, and `rem` units.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Spacing</strong> <small>Default: 10; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The horizontal space between icons in the group. Supports `px`, `pt`, and `%` units.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Alignment</strong> <small>Default: Center; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The horizontal alignment of the icon group within its wrapper. Options are **Left**, **Center**, and **Right**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon Colors</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Icon Colors section sets the default colors used by every icon in the group. Per-icon overrides set on each entry in the Icons tab take precedence over these values.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon Colors</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The default icon color applied to every icon in the group.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The icon color used on hover for every icon in the group.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The default background color applied behind every icon in the group.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The background color used on hover behind every icon in the group.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Gradient</strong> <small>Default: No</small></summary>
+
+
+Applies a 3D gradient overlay to the icon backgrounds.
+
+- **No:** Renders the icons with flat background colors.
+- **Yes:** Adds a gradient overlay to the icon backgrounds for a 3D effect.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+### Individual icon settings
+
+Each icon in the group has its own settings, accessible by clicking **Edit** on any icon in the Icons tab. Individual icon settings are divided into a General tab and a Style tab.
+
+#### General tab
+
+The General tab selects the icon, configures the link, and sets accessibility text for the entry.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon</strong> <small>Default: dashicons-wordpress-alt; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The icon shown for this entry. Opens the icon picker to choose from any registered icon set, including Font Awesome and Dashicons.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Extra Classes</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Extra Classes</strong></summary>
+
+
+Additional CSS classes appended to the icon's `<i>` element. Use this to target the icon with custom styles or to apply utility classes from a framework. Enter class names separated by spaces, without the leading dot.
+
+:::tip
+
+When using a Font Awesome icon, add the built-in animation classes such as `fa-beat`, `fa-spin`, `fa-bounce`, `fa-fade`, `fa-flip`, or `fa-shake` to animate the icon without writing custom CSS. See the [Font Awesome animation reference](https://docs.fontawesome.com/web/style/animate/) for the full list of classes and modifiers.
+:::
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The destination the icon links to. Supports link attributes for opening in a new tab, adding `nofollow`, and forcing downloads.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link settings</strong></summary>
+
+Link settings control the URL, link target, nofollow behavior, download behavior, and other link attributes where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Screen Reader Text</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Use this to add text that acts as a label for screen readers when the icon's meaning or link destination is not already conveyed by visible text on the page.
+
+Set it for each icon-only link, such as a social profile glyph or a contact icon, so assistive technologies announce where the link goes. Leave it blank when the icon is purely decorative and the surrounding text already explains the meaning, since adding redundant text causes screen readers to announce the same idea twice.
+
+:::note
+
+Beaver Builder always renders each icon's `<i>` element with `aria-hidden="true"`, so the glyph itself is skipped by assistive technologies. The Screen Reader Text value is rendered as a `<span class="sr-only">` immediately after the icon. The `sr-only` class hides the text visually using CSS (typically by clipping it to a 1px region) while keeping it in the accessibility tree, so screen readers still read it aloud.
+:::
+</details>
+
+#### Style tab
+
+The Style tab controls the color overrides for this icon. Leave any field blank to inherit the matching value from the group's Style tab.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Item Icon Colors</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Item Icon Colors section overrides the group-level colors for this icon entry only.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Item Icon Colors</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>DuoTone Primary Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+For Font Awesome DuoTone icons only: the primary color applied to this icon.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>DuoTone Secondary Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+For Font Awesome DuoTone icons only: the secondary color applied to this icon.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Item Icon Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Overrides the group **Color** for this icon only. Leave empty to inherit the group color from the Style tab.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Item Icon Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Overrides the group **Hover Color** for this icon only. Leave empty to inherit the group hover color from the Style tab.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Item Icon Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Overrides the group **Background Color** for this icon only. Leave empty to inherit the group background color from the Style tab.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Item Icon Background Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Overrides the group **Background Hover Color** for this icon only. Leave empty to inherit the group background hover color from the Style tab.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+
+The Advanced tab contains common Icon Group module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+
+</details>
+
+:::note
+
+The Advanced tab is global, so it is not available for individual icon items in the Icon Group module. As a result, the ID setting applies to the parent node div, not to each icon.
+:::
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/icon.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/icon.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5ce1b5f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/icon.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+---
+title: Icon
+sidebar_label: Icon
+icon: "star"
+description: "Use Icon to display a single icon with optional title text, custom colors, sizing, and an optional link."
+---
+
+
+Use Icon to display a single icon with optional title text, custom colors, sizing, and an optional link.
+
+## Usage
+
+Use Icon to display a single icon from the built-in icon libraries, with optional title text rendered next to it. The module outputs an icon paired with editor-driven content, supports an optional link wrapper around the icon and text, and exposes screen reader text for accessibility. Icon colors, hover colors, background colors, and sizing are all configurable, with extra controls for Font Awesome DuoTone icons and an optional gradient background.
+
+Use Icon for feature lists, service highlights, social or contact links, callouts, list bullets, and any layout that needs a recognizable glyph next to short supporting text. It fits placements where you want a styled icon with consistent sizing and color treatment without writing custom HTML or CSS.
+
+## Module Settings
+
+The Icon module settings control which icon is shown, the optional link and accessibility text, the title content rendered next to the icon, and the icon and text styling.
+
+### General Tab
+
+The General tab selects the icon, configures the optional link, sets accessibility text, and provides the title content shown next to the icon.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon</strong> <small>Default: dashicons-wordpress-alt; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects the icon shown by the module. Opens the icon picker, which includes the bundled icon sets such as Dashicons and Font Awesome. Supports adding extra CSS classes to the icon element.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Wraps the icon and title text in a link when a destination is provided.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link settings</strong></summary>
+
+Link settings control the URL, link target, nofollow behavior, download behavior, and other link attributes where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Screen Reader Text</strong></summary>
+
+
+Text read by assistive technologies when the icon is decorative or when the link needs additional context. Leave blank when the icon is purely decorative and already has surrounding text.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The title or supporting content rendered next to the icon. Uses the WordPress Classic Editor WYSIWYG, which lets you format text, add links, and include basic HTML.
+</details>
+
+### Style Tab
+
+The Style tab controls icon size and alignment, icon colors, gradient background, and the spacing, color, and typography of the text rendered next to the icon.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Icon section controls the size and alignment of the icon itself.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Size</strong> <small>Default: 30; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the rendered size of the icon. Accepts values in `px`, `em`, or `rem`.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Alignment</strong> <small>Default: Left; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the horizontal alignment of the icon within its wrapper.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon Colors</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Icon Colors section controls the icon foreground, hover, background, and DuoTone colors, plus the optional gradient background style.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon Color Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Color</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive, Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The base color applied to the icon glyph.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive, Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The color applied to the icon glyph on hover and focus.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>DuoTone Icon Primary Color (DuoTone Icons Only)</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The primary color applied to Font Awesome DuoTone icons. This field applies only when the selected icon is a Font Awesome DuoTone icon.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>DuoTone Icon Secondary Color (DuoTone Icons Only)</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The secondary color applied to Font Awesome DuoTone icons. This field applies only when the selected icon is a Font Awesome DuoTone icon.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive, Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The background color rendered behind the icon.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive, Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The background color rendered behind the icon on hover and focus.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Gradient</strong> <small>Default: No</small></summary>
+
+
+Applies a gradient background style to the icon background.
+
+- **No:** Renders a flat background using the configured background color.
+- **Yes:** Renders a gradient background derived from the configured background color.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Text section controls the spacing, color, and typography of the title text rendered next to the icon.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text Spacing</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The horizontal space between the icon and the text. Accepts values in `px`.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text Color</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive, Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The color applied to the title text rendered next to the icon.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for the title text rendered next to the icon.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+
+The Advanced tab contains common Icon module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+
+</details>
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/index.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/index.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 75033620..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/index.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,130 +0,0 @@
----
-id: index
-title: Modules
-sidebar_label: Modules
-description: Beaver Builder is equipped with an extensive collection of modules that provide users with a wide range of options to create and design websites that cater to their needs and preferences.
----
-
-<head>
-  <body className="mermaid-module-diagram" />
-</head>
-
-Beaver Builder is equipped with an extensive collection of modules that provide users with a wide range of options to create and design websites that cater to their needs and preferences.
-
-## What are Modules?
-
-In Beaver Builder, modules are building blocks that contain content and can be added to any column. These modules are similar to WordPress widgets, but provide more advanced customization and styling choices. Each module serves a specific purpose, such as text, images, videos, buttons, and more. You can configure and arrange each module to create unique designs and layouts without requiring any coding experience.
-
-:::tip
-
-You can [override modules](/beaver-builder/developer/custom-modules/18-override-modules.md) to add custom functionality, as well as create custom modules using our API. For more information, refer to the [Custom Module API](/beaver-builder/developer/custom-modules/index.md) developer article.
-
-:::
-
-### Module Types
-
-There are three types of modules available:
-
-- **Content Modules:** These are standard modules that add content to the layout, such as Heading or Photo modules.
-
-- **Container Modules:** These modules act as containers, do not require rows or columns for structure, and offer specific layout controls. Examples include [Box](box/index.md) and [Loop](loop/index.md) modules.
-
-- **Block Modules:** These modules are available in the [WordPress Block editor](module-blocks.md).
-
-### Inherit Styling
-
-In order to ensure consistent color and typography, Beaver Builder modules follow a cascading inheritance model whereby they inherit the styling provided by the current theme. This means that when users add headings or text to layouts using modules such as the Heading or Text modules, they will automatically adopt the heading and text styling of the theme.
-
-You can override this behavior by using the module styling options. For instance, if a user adds a Heading module to their layout, they can adjust the heading font size or change the heading text color using the Heading module styling options.
-
-The following diagram provides a visual representation of how the process works.
-
-```mermaid
-
-flowchart LR
-    A(WordPress Theme) .-> |Inherits Theme Styling| B(Beaver Builder Modules)
-    B ---> |Overrides Theme Styling| A
-
-    style A fill:#e2e8f0,stroke:#cbd5e1,stroke-width:0px,color:#373737
-    style B fill:#e2e8f0,stroke:#cbd5e1,stroke-width:0px,color:#373737
-
-```
-
-## Access Modules
-
-1. Launch Beaver Builder on your page or post.
-2. On the **Top bar**, click the Plus symbol **(+)** to open the **Content Panel**.
-3. Click the **Modules tab** to access all **Standard Modules**.
-
-![Module subgroups](/img/beaver-builder/modules--index--1.jpg)
-
-### Module Subgroups
-
-Beaver Builder groups modules into different subgroups for better organization. These subgroups can be accessed via the Modules group dropdown menu. There may also be subgroups of third-party modules, depending on other plugins you have installed.
-
-The following are the different module subgroups available.
-
-- **Standard Modules**
-  All modules included with Beaver Builder are listed in the Standard Modules group. If you disable modules via the Beaver Builder settings, they do not appear in the Standard Modules group.
-
-- **ACF Blocks**
-  If you have the [Advanced Custom Fields](https://www.advancedcustomfields.com/) plugin installed, any ACF blocks you create will appear in the ACF Blocks group.
-
-- **WordPress Patterns** (Reusable Blocks)
-  Any [WordPress Patterns](https://wordpress.org/support/article/reusable-blocks/) (Reusable Blocks) created will appear in the WordPress Patterns group.
-
-- **Themer Modules**
-  The **Themer Modules** subgroup displays a list of all Beaver Themer modules that are available when using the builder on a Beaver Themer layout.
-
-- **WordPress Widgets**
-  Most WordPress widgets, including third-party ones, can be integrated into your Beaver Builder layout. Third-party widgets, however, may require custom code to work properly.
-
-  See the [WordPress Widgets](widgets.md) article for more information.
-
-- **Saved Modules**
-  Any modules [saved for reuse](../reusable-content/index.md) will appear in the **Saved Modules group**, this includes [global modules](#global-saved-module) as well.
-
-## Add Modules
-
-1. Click the Plus symbol **(+)** to open the **Content Panel**.
-2. Click the **Modules tab** to access all modules.
-3. Drag and drop the module you want to use into our layout.
-
-![Drag and drop modules into your layout](/img/beaver-builder/modules--index--2.jpg)
-
-## Module Settings
-
-1. Move your mouse cursor over the module you want to configure.
-2. In the Module overlay actions click the **Wrench** <i className="fas fa-wrench"></i> icon.
-3. Configure the module according to your preferences in the module settings window.
-4. Click **Save** when you're happy with your changes.
-
-![Access Module Settings](/img/beaver-builder/modules--index--3.jpg)
-
-:::tip
-
-You can also access the module settings by [right-clicking on the module in the Outline Panel](user-interface/outline-panel.md#right-click).
-
-:::
-
-## Move modules
-
-Modules can be moved from one column to another or be used to create a new column.
-
-1. Move your mouse cursor over the module you want to move.
-2. In the Module overlay actions click and hold the **Move** <i className="fas fa-arrows-alt"></i> icon.
-3. Drag the module to move to another position in your layout.
-
-![Move modules to different positions in your layout](/img/beaver-builder/modules--index--4.jpg)
-
-## Delete modules
-
-1. Move your mouse cursor over the module you want to delete.
-2. In the Module overlay actions click the **Close** <i className="fas fa-times"></i> icon to delete the module.
-3. Verify that you want to remove the module.
-
-## In this section:
-
-import DocCardList from '@theme/DocCardList';
-
-<DocCardList />
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/index.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/index.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d303954d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/index.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+---
+title: Module Overview
+sidebar_label: Overview
+icon: "file-text"
+description: "Use modules to add, organize, and customize content in your Beaver Builder layouts."
+---
+
+
+Use modules to add, organize, and customize content in your Beaver Builder layouts.
+
+## What Are Modules?
+
+Modules are the individual elements used to add content to your layouts. Each module is built for a specific purpose, such as adding text, images, videos, buttons, galleries, forms, or advanced features like sliders, tabs, and accordions.
+
+Modules are flexible and reusable. You can add multiple instances of the same module, configure each one differently, and rearrange them at any time. This makes it easy to experiment with layouts, adapt content for different pages, and refine your design as your site evolves.
+
+## Module Types
+
+There are three types of modules available:
+
+- **Content Modules:** Standard modules that add content to a layout, such as Heading or Photo modules.
+- **Container Modules:** Modules that act as containers, do not require rows or columns for structure, and provide specific layout controls. Examples include Box and Loop container modules.
+- **Block Modules:** Modules available in the WordPress Block Editor.
+
+## Access Modules
+
+Access modules through the **Content Panel** by clicking the **Modules tab**. From there, use the Modules dropdown to browse modules by category and subgroup.
+
+The available module subgroups include:
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Standard Modules</strong></summary>
+
+
+All modules included with Beaver Builder appear in the Standard Modules group. If you disable modules in Beaver Builder settings, they will no longer appear in this group.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>ACF Blocks</strong></summary>
+
+
+If the Advanced Custom Fields (ACF) plugin is installed, any ACF blocks you create will appear in the ACF Blocks group.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>WordPress Patterns (Reusable Blocks)</strong></summary>
+
+
+Any WordPress Patterns (Reusable Blocks) you create will appear in the WordPress Patterns group.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Themer Modules</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Themer Modules subgroup lists all Beaver Themer modules available when using the builder on a Beaver Themer layout.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>WordPress Widgets</strong></summary>
+
+
+Most WordPress widgets, including third-party widgets, can be added to Beaver Builder layouts. Some third-party widgets may require custom code to function properly. See the [WordPress Widgets](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/widgets) article for more information.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Saved Modules</strong></summary>
+
+
+Any modules saved for reuse appear in the Saved Modules group, including global modules.
+</details>
+
+
+## Add a Module
+
+After opening the Modules tab, you can place modules directly into your layout and then customize them as needed.
+
+1. Click the Plus icon **(+)** to open the **Content Panel**.
+2. Click the **Modules tab** to access all modules.
+3. Drag and drop the module you want to use into your layout.
+
+:::tip
+
+If you drag a module into an empty area of the layout, Beaver Builder automatically creates a new row with a single column and places the module inside it.
+:::
+
+## Delete Modules
+
+1. Hover over the module you want to delete.
+2. In the module overlay actions, click the **Close** icon.
+3. Confirm that you want to remove the module.
+
+## Move Modules
+
+Modules can be moved between columns or used to create a new column.
+
+1. Hover over the module you want to move.
+2. In the module overlay actions, click and hold the **Move** icon.
+3. Drag the module to its new position in the layout.
+
+## Configuring Modules
+
+Each module includes a structured settings panel that controls its content, layout behaviour, and visual presentation. Although the available options vary by module type, the panel layout remains consistent across modules. Any changes you make are rendered immediately on the page, providing real-time visual feedback and allowing for more precise layout adjustments.
+
+In addition to the standard module settings, you may notice that some settings include icons next to the setting name. These icons indicate that the setting supports one or more additional setting controls. These controls are not available for every setting, as they depend on the field type and on how that particular setting has been configured. Refer to the legend table below for more information about each setting control.
+
+| Setting Control | Description                                                                 |
+|-----------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+|  Responsive      | Adjust settings separately for different devices, such as desktop, tablet, and mobile. |
+|  Link Values     | Allows one value to be applied to all related sides or dimensions, such as top, right, bottom, and left. |
+|  Field Connection| Can pull in dynamic data from another source, such as WordPress data or an ACF field. |
+
+## Styling Modules
+
+By default, modules inherit styling from your active theme, providing a consistent baseline across your site. You can customize individual modules using the built-in styling controls available directly in the module settings panel.
+
+For styling not covered by the module settings, you can apply custom CSS. Modules can be targeted using their CSS classes or unique node identifiers, allowing styles to be applied globally across all instances of a module or locally to a specific module.
+
+By combining built-in styling options with custom CSS, you can handle both routine design adjustments and more advanced visual customizations.
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Module HTML Markup</strong></summary>
+
+
+Each module outputs its own HTML structure. While markup differs by module type, class naming follows consistent conventions.
+
+Example output from the **HTML module**:
+
+```html
+<div class="fl-module fl-module-html fl-html fl-node-unique-id">
+  <!-- Custom HTML added in the HTML module editor appears here. -->
+</div>
+```
+</details>
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Module CSS Classes and IDs</strong></summary>
+
+
+Every module outputs CSS classes that let you style or target it with CSS or JavaScript. Each module output includes:
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Shared base class</strong></summary>
+
+
+Each Beaver Builder module includes `fl-module`. This class marks the element as a module and provides a consistent selector for global CSS or JavaScript.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Module-type classes</strong></summary>
+
+
+Modules also include one or more module-type classes, such as `fl-module-html`. These classes describe the module type and remain the same across all instances of that module.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Unique node class</strong></summary>
+
+
+Every module instance receives a unique class in the format `fl-node-<unique-id>`, such as `fl-node-ol97v1bcsjw5`. The `unique-id` is generated automatically and is different for each module instance, which allows precise targeting of a single module.
+
+This example uses a unique node class to style only one Beaver Builder module instance.
+
+```css
+    .fl-node-ol97v1bcsjw5 {
+      font-size: 36px;
+    }
+
+    @media (max-width: 768px) {
+      .fl-node-ol97v1bcsjw5 {
+        font-size: 24px;
+      }
+    }
+```
+</details>
+
+
+:::tip
+
+These classes allow you to style modules globally or target individual instances.
+:::
+</details>
+
+
+## Included Modules
+
+Beaver Builder includes over 40 built-in modules that let you add content, media, layouts, and interactive elements to your pages.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/list.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/list.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b14ada3..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/list.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,218 +0,0 @@
----
-id: list
-title: List module
-sidebar_label: List
-description: The List module displays lists based on the Bootstrap concept of a List Group with optional headings, content, and list marker icons.
----
-
-While it's easy to add bulleted and numbered lists in a text editor, the List module offers you an easy way to shape them into beautiful designs.
-
-The List module is based on the Bootstrap concept of a [List Group](https://getbootstrap.com/docs/4.0/components/list-group/#custom-content), with optional headings, content, and list marker icons. If you choose to display list markers, they can be to the right or the left of either the headings or the content.
-
-## List group examples
-
-### Unordered lists
-
-This is the typical bulleted list, but you can choose your list marker and adjust its size. You can choose from the standard circle and square icons that are available as list item markers for standard unordered lists.
-
-![](/img/list-800a64f4.png)
-
-The advantage of the List module is that you can style the markers by easily changing the size, adding padding to change their position, and placing them to the right or left of the list.
-
-Here's an example of an unordered list with both headings and content and list markers displayed to the left of headings.
-
-![](/img/list-07ce218b.png)
-
-Here's the same list with list markers displayed to the left of the content instead.
-
-![](/img/list-d17bcba2.png)
-
-Unordered lists are represented by the standard `<ul>` tag in the HTML output.
-
-### Ordered lists
-
-This is the typical numbered list with an `<ol>` tag in the HTML output, but you can choose from various ordering notations for the list item marker, such as numeric, alphabetic, or Roman, Hebrew, Armenian, or Greek numerals.
-
-![](/img/list-eb77e45b.png)
-
-Here's an example of an ordered list with just headings and markers, no content.
-
-![](/img/list-44ced35e.png)
-
-In this example, the icon size was increased. By default, the icon is vertically centered with the heading, but you can change the position by adjusting the icon padding setting.
-
-:::info
-Ordered list item markers do not include a period after the number.
-:::
-
-Here's an example with just content and no headings, plus a separator between items.
-
-![](/img/list-9ed3d8ae.png)
-
-:::tip
-
-There's no setting to increase space between list items, but you can add a CSS rule by [creating a custom class name for your List module](layouts/advanced-tab/html-element.md#id) (we'll call the custom class name `my-list-padding`) and then [adding the following CSS rule](basics/custom-code.md):
-
-```css
-.my-list-padding li {
-  padding: 20px 0 20px 0;
-}
-```
-
-:::
-
-### Generic
-
-Generic lists let you select from your [regular icon set](settings/icons.md) instead of using standard list markers. They are represented by the `<div>` tag in the HTML output, with the option to choose an icon from your regular icon set as the marker.
-
-Here's an example of a generic list with a Font Awesome icon, set at 30px, and icon padding-right adjusted for more room between the icon and the heading.
-
-![](/img/list-pig-icon-example.png)
-
-Here's another example that shows two List modules, one for the list of advantages and one for the list of disadvantages, both with content and icons but no headings. The arrow icons are from the Font Awesome set and are displayed to the right of the content. The headings for each list are Heading modules.
-
-![](/img/list-7eab1ed5.png)
-
-:::tip **Tip**
-When you select markers or icons to the right of the headings or content, they are right-aligned. You can adjust their position by using icon padding.
-:::
-
-Here's another example of a Generic-type list with heading, content, and icons, in which the icons are set to the right of the headings.
-
-![](/img/list-8afff47e.png)
-
-And here's an example with headings and content but no icons:
-
-![](/img/list-63d28cc4.png)
-
-See the settings below for more information about how to control the placement and style of the headings, content, and markers of items.
-
-## Settings for the entire list
-
-### General tab
-
-The **General** tab contains three sections: **List items**, **Display**, and **List item tags**.
-
-#### List items section
-
-This is where you add the content and style for individual list items. Click **Edit list item** to add the first item, after you save click **Add list item** for additional items. See [the section on individual list item settings](#settings-for-each-list-item) for details of editing list items.
-
-#### Display section
-
-- **List type**
-  **Generic**, **Unordered**, or **Ordered**, as described above.
-  - **List icon**
-    Chose the icon for the list item marker. The choices depend on which type of list you choose, as described in the first section of this article.
-    - **List icon placement**
-      Choose where the list item marker will appear. The choices are to the left or the right of the heading or the content. Choosing **Right of heading** or **Right of content** places the list item markers flush with the right margin of the list container. You can fine-tune the positioning of the icons by changing the **Icon width** and **Icon padding** settings in [the **Icon style** section](#icon-style-section) of the **Style** tab.
-
-#### List Item Tags section
-
-- **List item heading tag**
-  Choose the HTML tag that will be used for the list item's heading. You can choose from `<h1>` - `<h6>` or the `<span>` or `<div>` tag.
-- **List item content tag**
-  Choose the HTML tag that will be used for the list item's content. You can choose the `<div>`, `<aside>`, or `<section>` tag. If you're not sure, choose the generic `<div>` tag.
-
-### Style tab
-
-#### Top section
-
-- **List background color**
-  Puts a background color around the entire list.
-- **List padding** (responsive)
-  Adds padding between the list border and the list items. This is especially useful when you've set a background color or border, as shown in this screenshot.
-  ![](/img/list-2c8bcc7e.png)
-- **List item padding** (responsive)
-  Adds padding around the list items themselves, as shown in this screenshot. If you want even more control over padding around list items, use the **List item padding** setting on the **Style** tab for individual list items.
-  ![](/img/list-item-padding.png)
-- **Border around list** (responsive)
-  Adds a border, radius, or shadow around the list, using [standard Beaver Builder border settings](basics/border.md).
-
-#### Icon style section
-
-This section sets style properties for the list item markers selected on the **General** tab.
-
-- **Icon color**
-- **Icon size**
-  Size of the icon, in pixels.
-- **Icon width**
-  Determines the width of the icon's boundary box. This setting is useful when some icons in your list are wider than others and you want to vertically align them.
-  To achieve vertical alignment, the **Icon width** setting must be greater than the sum of icon size + icon right padding + icon left padding.
-  Here's a method to adjust **Icon width**, and **Icon padding** so the icons are vertically centered but the widest icon is aligned to the left edge of the list.
-  First, here's a list with Icon size set to 100px with no settings for **Icon width** or **Icon padding**. You can see that the icons are not vertically centered.
-  ![](/img/list-icon-no-width-no-padding.png)
-  Click in the **Icon width** field and use the slider to vertically align the icons and create the distance you want between the icons and the heading text. Because the icon size is 100px, the icon width will have to be at least 100px for the icons to be vertically aligned.
-  ![](/img/list-icon-width-no-padding.png)
-  Click in the **Right** setting for **Icon padding** and move the slider to the right until the widest icon is as far to the left as you want it:
-  ![](/img/list-icon-width-right-padding.png)
-
-- **Icon padding** (responsive)
-  Increases padding between the icon and icon's border-box. If you have icons on the left, increasing the left icon padding indents the line and increasing the right icon padding increases the space between the icon and the text, as shown in this screenshot.
-  ![](/img/list-db5b4afd.png)
-  To adjust the vertical position of the icons, tweak the top or bottom padding.
-
-:::tip **Tip**
-There's no setting to align the heading with content when there's a list item marker to the left of the heading, like this:
-
-![](/img/list-ce393451.png)
-
-As a workaround, you can use some inline CSS in the text editor to increase the indent for the content.
-
-- For the content text of each list item, go to the **Text** tab of the text editor and wrap the content with an HTML tag such as `<p>`, then add a **style** attribute and adjust the number of pixels of padding to indent the content to what you want, as in this example:
-
-```html
-<p style="padding-left:20px;">
-  This is the content text under the heading, indented by 20px.
-</p>
-```
-
-:::
-
-#### Heading style section
-
-- **Heading color**
-  The color of the heading text in every list item.
-- **Typography** (responsive)
-  The standard Beaver Builder [Typography section](basics/typography.md) for setting font family, weight, spacing, and so on.
-
-#### Content style section
-
-- **Content color**
-  The color of the content in every list item.
-- **Typography** (responsive)
-  The standard Beaver Builder [Typography section](basics/typography.md).
-
-#### Item separator section
-
-- **Item separator style**
-  Choices are the same as for borders: **None**, **Solid**, **Dashed**, **Dotted**, **Double**.
-- **Line color**
-  The color of the separator line.
-- **Separator size** (responsive)
-  The height in pixels of the separator line.
-  **Tip:** This item is responsive. Click the icon to toggle the setting for desktop, tablet, and mobile displays.
-
-### Advanced tab
-
-There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
-
-## Settings for each list item
-
-When you edit individual list items, there are additional settings that override the general settings for that specific list item.
-
-### General tab (specific list item)
-
-- **Heading text**
-  Enter the text for the heading of the list item.
-- **List item content**
-  Enter the item content. This field is the same as the Text Editor module, where you can set typical WordPress styles on the text that you enter.
-
-### Style tab (specific list item)
-
-These settings override any global settings.
-
-- **Heading text color**
-- **Content text color**
-- **Background color**
-- **Icon color**
-- **List item padding** (responsive)
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/list.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/list.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..aae1dcc5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/list.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,437 @@
+---
+title: List
+sidebar_label: List
+icon: "list"
+description: "Use List to output a structured list of items with optional icons, headings, and rich content using ordered, unordered, or generic list markup."
+---
+
+
+Use List to output a structured list of items with optional icons, headings, and rich content using ordered, unordered, or generic list markup.
+
+## Usage
+
+Use List to render a series of items as an unordered list, ordered list, or generic `div`-based list. Each advanced item can include an icon, a heading, and rich content, with control over icon placement, heading and content tags, and the markers used for ordered or unordered lists. A simpler basic mode accepts one entry per line for quick lists without per-item formatting.
+
+Use List for feature lists, step summaries, service breakdowns, key takeaways, and any layout that needs more structure than a plain WYSIWYG list. The module suits both content-heavy lists with headings and supporting copy as well as compact bullet or numbered lists styled inside Beaver Builder.
+
+## Module Settings
+
+The List module settings control how list items are sourced and rendered, the list and item markup, and the appearance of the list, icons, headings, content, and item separators.
+
+### General Tab
+
+The General tab sets the list layout, the items themselves, the list type and icons, and the HTML tags used for item headings and content.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>List Items</strong></summary>
+
+
+The List Items section controls how items are added and which markup wraps each item heading.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>List Items</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Layout</strong> <small>Default: Advanced</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects how list items are authored.
+
+- **Advanced:** Adds items through a repeater where each item supports an icon, heading, and rich content. Reveals **List Item** entries and the **List Item Heading Tag** field.
+- **Basic:** Accepts one item per line in a single text field. Reveals **Text For List**.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>List Item</strong></summary>
+
+
+The repeater used when **Layout** is set to **Advanced**. Each entry opens its own settings form.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>List Item Icon</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The icon shown for this item. Overrides the icon configured at the module level in **Display**.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>List Item Heading</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Heading Text</strong></summary>
+
+
+The heading shown for this item. Leave empty to omit the heading. Supports a limited set of inline HTML tags.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>List Item Content</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Content</strong></summary>
+
+
+The rich text content for this item, edited with the WordPress Classic Editor WYSIWYG.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>List Item Style</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Heading Text Color</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive, Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Overrides the module-level heading color for this item.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Content Text Color</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive, Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Overrides the module-level content color for this item.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive, Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the background color of this item.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon Color</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive, Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Overrides the module-level list icon color for this item.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>List Item Padding</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive, Link Values</small></summary>
+
+
+Overrides the module-level **List Item Padding** for this item.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text For List (Basic Only)</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+A plain-text list used when **Layout** is set to **Basic**. Enter one item on each new line.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Display</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Display section controls the list markup, the icon shown next to items, and where that icon sits in each item.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Display</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>List Type</strong> <small>Default: Generic List (div)</small></summary>
+
+
+The HTML markup used for the list. Each type has its own icon control.
+
+- **Generic List (div):** Renders the list as a `div` with role `list` and reveals the **List Icon** picker for choosing a custom icon.
+- **Unordered List (ul):** Renders a `<ul>` and reveals a marker selector with **Square**, **Circle**, and **Disc** options.
+- **Ordered List (ol):** Renders an `<ol>` and reveals a numbering selector with **Numeric**, **Numeric With Leading Zeros**, **Alphabetic (Upper)**, **Alphabetic (Lower)**, **Roman Numerals (Upper)**, **Roman Numerals (Lower)**, **Hebrew Numerals**, **Armenian Numerals (Lower)**, **Armenian Numerals (Upper)**, and **Greek Numerals (Lower)** markers.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>List Icon (Unordered List Only)</strong> <small>Default: Disc</small></summary>
+
+
+The marker style applied to the unordered list. Appears when **List Type** is set to **Unordered List (ul)**.
+
+- **Square:** A solid square marker.
+- **Circle:** A hollow circle marker.
+- **Disc:** A solid disc marker.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>List Icon (Ordered List Only)</strong> <small>Default: Numeric</small></summary>
+
+
+The numbering style applied to the ordered list. Appears when **List Type** is set to **Ordered List (ol)**.
+
+- **Numeric:** Standard decimal numbers, for example 1, 2, 3.
+- **Numeric With Leading Zeros:** Decimal numbers padded with leading zeros, for example 01, 02, 03.
+- **Alphabetic (Upper):** Uppercase letters, for example A, B, C.
+- **Alphabetic (Lower):** Lowercase letters, for example a, b, c.
+- **Roman Numerals (Upper):** Uppercase Roman numerals, for example I, II, III.
+- **Roman Numerals (Lower):** Lowercase Roman numerals, for example i, ii, iii.
+- **Hebrew Numerals:** Traditional Hebrew numbering.
+- **Armenian Numerals (Lower):** Lowercase Armenian numbering.
+- **Armenian Numerals (Upper):** Uppercase Armenian numbering.
+- **Greek Numerals (Lower):** Lowercase Greek numbering.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>List Icon (Generic List Only)</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The icon shown next to each item when **List Type** is set to **Generic List (div)**. Individual items can override this through their own **Icon** setting.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>List Icon Placement</strong> <small>Default: Left of Content</small></summary>
+
+
+Controls where the list icon sits inside each item.
+
+- **Left of Heading:** Places the icon before the item heading.
+- **Left of Content:** Places the icon before the item content.
+- **Right of Heading:** Places the icon after the item heading.
+- **Right of Content:** Places the icon after the item content.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>List Item Tags</strong></summary>
+
+
+The List Item Tags section controls the HTML tags used for each item's heading and content wrappers.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>List Item Tags</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>List Item Heading Tag (Advanced Only)</strong> <small>Default: h3</small></summary>
+
+
+The wrapper tag used for each item heading. The heading appears above the text content. Available when **Layout** is set to **Advanced**.
+
+- **h1:** First-level heading tag.
+- **h2:** Second-level heading tag.
+- **h3:** Third-level heading tag.
+- **h4:** Fourth-level heading tag.
+- **h5:** Fifth-level heading tag.
+- **h6:** Sixth-level heading tag.
+- **span:** Inline `span` wrapper for non-semantic headings.
+- **div:** Block `div` wrapper for non-semantic headings.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>List Item Content Tag</strong> <small>Default: div</small></summary>
+
+
+The wrapper tag used for each item's text content. Sits directly below the item heading.
+
+- **div:** Generic block wrapper.
+- **aside:** Semantic wrapper for tangentially related content.
+- **section:** Semantic wrapper for a self-contained section.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+### Style Tab
+
+The Style tab controls the appearance of the list container, icons, headings, content, and item separators.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>List Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive, Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The background color applied to the list container.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>List Padding</strong> <small>Default: 0; Supports: Responsive, Link Values</small></summary>
+
+
+The inner spacing of the list container.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>List Item Padding</strong> <small>Default: 5; Supports: Responsive, Link Values</small></summary>
+
+
+The inner spacing applied to every list item. Individual items can override this in their own style settings.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Border Around List</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The border style, width, color, and radius applied to the list container.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon Style</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Icon Style section controls the appearance of list icons.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon Style</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>List Icon Color</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive, Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The color of the list icon.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon Size</strong> <small>Default: 10; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font size of the list icon, in pixels.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon Width</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+A fixed width for the icon container, in pixels. Useful for aligning headings or content across items.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon Padding</strong> <small>Default: 5; Supports: Responsive, Link Values</small></summary>
+
+
+The inner spacing applied around the list icon.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Heading Style (Advanced Only)</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Heading Style section controls the appearance of item headings. Available when **Layout** is set to **Advanced**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Heading Style</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Heading Color</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive, Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The text color used for item headings.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for item headings.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Content Style</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Content Style section controls the appearance of item content.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Content Style</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Content Color</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive, Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The text color used for item content.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for item content.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Item Separator</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Item Separator section controls the line drawn between adjacent list items.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Item Separator</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Line Separator Style</strong> <small>Default: None (No Separator); Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The border style drawn between items.
+
+- **None (No Separator):** No line is drawn between items.
+- **Solid:** A continuous line.
+- **Dashed:** A dashed line.
+- **Dotted:** A dotted line.
+- **Double:** Two parallel lines.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Line Color</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive, Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The color of the separator line. Set this to a transparent color to use the separator as spacing only.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Separator Size</strong> <small>Default: 0; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The thickness of the separator line, in pixels.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+
+The Advanced tab contains common List module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+
+</details>
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/login-form.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/login-form.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b03d233a..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/login-form.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
----
-id: login-form
-title: Login Form module
-sidebar_label: Login Form
-description: The Login Form module adds a login form to your layout. This is useful to create restricted areas of the site, such as member-only pages.
----
-
-The Login Form module lets you add a login to Beaver Builder layouts. A typical use of this module is to provide a login for registered members to access restricted areas of the site.
-
-:::info
-If you have two-factor authentication enabled for some user roles, for example by using a security plugin, this module may not work for those user roles because the plugin hooks into/replaces the standard WordPress login form. If you find the login is hanging at "Please wait," check your security settings. You could consider disabling two-factor authentication for the roles you want to be able to log in.
-:::
-
-The default settings of the Login module are shown in this screenshot:
-
-![](/img/button-group-fef47f3d.png)
-
-:::info
-If you're using the Beaver Builder Theme, the buttons' initial style comes from the settings at **Customize > General > Buttons**. The button's default text color
-is white text for darker accent colors and black text for lighter colors. The
-default font family for the button text depends on the font family set for the
-`<body>` tag.
-:::
-
-Here are the configuration options.
-
-## General tab options
-
-By default, the layout is **Stacked**, as shown in the screenshot above. You can show or hide the **Remember me** option and the forgotten password option.
-
-You can also choose **Inline**, with the following result:
-
-![](/img/login-form-3783f52d.png)
-
-Note that the inline layout doesn't allow the **Remember me** option or the forgotten password option. However, the user gets feedback while checking in. If the user name fails, the user sees a message that the user name is unknown:
-
-![](/img/login-form-6e63cdc6.png)
-
-If the password is incorrect, the user gets that message and a link to correct a forgotten password.
-
-![](/img/login-form-a3c87642.png)
-
-If the user chooses the forgotten password option or link, the user is taken to the standard WordPress _my-account/lost-password/_ page with the WordPress password reset form.
-
-![](/img/login-form-6b2eb675.png)
-
-With both the stacked and inline layout options, you can change the placeholder text for the user name and password fields.
-
-## Login Button tab options
-
-This tab has three sections, listed here and described below:
-
-- The main section
-- **Button icon** section
-- **Button background** section
-
-### Main section
-
-For **Redirect URL**, provide URL for where to go when the user clicks the **Login** button.
-
-You can also change the login button label.
-
-:::tip **Tip**
-You can set other button style options on the [**Shared styles** tab](#shared-styles-tab-options).
-:::
-
-### Button icon section
-
-Optionally select an icon to appear on the login button. After you select the icon, you can also set options whether the icon appears to the left or right of the login text and whether the icon is always visible or fades in on mouse hover.
-
-### Button background section
-
-You can change the button background color and background hover colors.
-
-## Logout Button tab options
-
-If the **Show logout button** option is set to **Yes**, then after the user successfully logs in, the login form is replaced by a **Logout** button.
-
-![](/img/login-form-85a02c2a.png)
-
-After the user logs out, the login form returns. One use case would be in a restricted member area, where there's a login form on the main login page and every page in your restricted area. This gives the users a prominent logout button on any page they visit. You can set a redirect URL for the **Logout** button, for example, to send them back to the main member login page.
-
-You can also customize the button text, add an icon before or after the text, and set button background color and hover color.
-
-## Shared styles tab options
-
-You can set options that are applied to both the Login and Logout buttons, namely:
-
-- Button padding
-- Input field padding
-- Button text color
-- Button text hover color
-- Button typography ([all the settings in the standard Typography section](basics/typography.md))
-- Input field typography
-
-## Advanced tab
-
-There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/login-form.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/login-form.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5eb91b3c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/login-form.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,731 @@
+---
+title: Login Form
+sidebar_label: Login Form
+icon: "log-in"
+description: "Use Login Form to add a front-end login and logout form with configurable fields, icons, and post-submit redirects."
+---
+
+
+Use Login Form to add a front-end login and logout form with configurable fields, icons, and post-submit redirects.
+
+## Usage
+
+Use Login Form to add an AJAX-powered login form to any layout. The module renders username and password inputs with optional icons, a Remember Me checkbox, and a forgotten password link, then signs the user in through `wp_signon()`. When the visitor is already authenticated, the module switches to a logout button that ends the session and follows the configured redirect.
+
+Use Login Form on membership pages, restricted-content gates, course portals, and custom account areas where the standard `wp-login.php` page does not match the site design. It fits inline header logins, dedicated sign-in pages, and any layout that needs a styled, themer-friendly alternative to the default WordPress login screen.
+
+## Module Settings
+
+The Login Form module settings control the form layout, input labels and icons, redirect behavior, and the appearance of the login and logout buttons.
+
+### General Tab
+
+The General tab sets the form structure, the username and password fields, and the icon styling shared by both inputs.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Layout</strong> <small>Default: Stacked</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets how the username and password inputs are arranged.
+
+- **Stacked:** Stacks each input on its own row with optional labels, the Remember Me checkbox, and the forgotten password link.
+- **Inline:** Places the inputs and submit button on a single row. Labels are hidden in this layout, and the Remember Me and forgotten password options are not available.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Show Input Label</strong> <small>Default: Yes</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the visible labels above the username and password inputs. This field is available when **Layout** is set to **Stacked**. Selecting **Yes** also reveals the **Labels** group in the Style tab.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Show Remember Login</strong> <small>Default: Yes</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the Remember Me checkbox below the inputs. This field is available when **Layout** is set to **Stacked**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Remember Me Text</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Remember Me Text</strong> <small>Default: Remember Me</small></summary>
+
+
+The label displayed next to the Remember Me checkbox when **Show Remember Login** is set to **Yes**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Show Forget Password Link</strong> <small>Default: Yes</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides a link to the WordPress lost password screen. This field is available when **Layout** is set to **Stacked**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Forget Text Position</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Forget Text Position</strong> <small>Default: Beside Remember Me</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the placement of the forgotten password link when **Show Forget Password Link** is set to **Yes**.
+
+- **Beside Remember Me:** Displays the link inline next to the Remember Me checkbox.
+- **Below Login Button:** Displays the link on its own line below the login button.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Forgotten Password Text</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Forgotten Password Text</strong> <small>Default: Forgotten Password</small></summary>
+
+
+The text used for the forgotten password link when **Show Forget Password Link** is set to **Yes**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Name Field</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Name Field section controls the username input label and its optional icon.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Name Field</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Name Field Text</strong> <small>Default: Username</small></summary>
+
+
+The text used for the username field label and placeholder.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Adds an optional icon inside the username field.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Color</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The color applied to the username field icon.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Password Field</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Password Field section controls the password input label and its optional icon.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Password Field</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Password Field Text</strong> <small>Default: Password</small></summary>
+
+
+The text used for the password field label and placeholder.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Adds an optional icon inside the password field.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Color</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The color applied to the password field icon.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Icon section controls placement and sizing for the username and password field icons. This section is available when an icon is selected for either field.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon Position</strong></summary>
+
+
+Places the icon before or after the input text.
+
+- **Before:** Aligns the icon to the start of the input.
+- **After:** Aligns the icon to the end of the input.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Size</strong> <small>Default: 16</small></summary>
+
+
+The size of the field icons. Accepts `px`, `em`, or `rem` values.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Top Spacing</strong></summary>
+
+
+The vertical offset of the icon inside the input. Use this to fine-tune alignment when the icon does not sit centered with the field text.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+### Style Tab
+
+The Style tab controls the appearance of labels, inputs, and the shared button typography for the login and logout buttons.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Labels</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Labels section is available when **Show Input Label** is set to **Yes** in the General tab.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Labels</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Padding</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive, Link Values</small></summary>
+
+
+The inner spacing around each input label.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The text color of the input labels.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for the input labels.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Inputs</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Inputs section controls the appearance of the username and password text inputs.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Inputs</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Padding</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive, Link Values</small></summary>
+
+
+The inner spacing of the username and password inputs.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Color</strong></summary>
+
+
+The text and placeholder color of the inputs.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for the input text.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The background color of the inputs.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The background color used when the inputs are hovered or focused.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Border</strong></summary>
+
+
+The border style, width, radius, and color for the inputs.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Border settings</strong></summary>
+
+Border settings control border style, width, color, radius, and related responsive border controls where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Border Hover</strong></summary>
+
+
+The border style used when the inputs are hovered or focused.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Buttons</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Buttons section controls the shared padding, text color, and typography applied to both the login and logout buttons.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Buttons</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Padding</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive, Link Values</small></summary>
+
+
+The inner spacing of the login and logout buttons.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The text color of the login and logout buttons.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The text color of the login and logout buttons on hover and focus.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for the login and logout button text.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+### Login Button Tab
+
+The Login Button tab sets the submit button text, the post-login redirect, and the button-specific icon, layout, background, and border styling.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Text</strong> <small>Default: Login</small></summary>
+
+
+The label displayed on the login submit button.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Redirect To</strong> <small>Default: URL</small></summary>
+
+
+Determines where the visitor is sent after a successful login.
+
+- **URL:** Redirects to the URL set in **Redirect URL**.
+- **Current URL:** Reloads the current page.
+- **Referrer URL:** Sends the visitor back to the page they came from.
+- **Show Message:** Replaces the form with a success message.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Redirect URL</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Redirect URL</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The destination URL used after login when **Redirect To** is set to **URL**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link settings</strong></summary>
+
+Link settings control the URL, link target, nofollow behavior, download behavior, and other link attributes where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Success Message</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Success Message</strong> <small>Default: You are logged in successfully!; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The confirmation message displayed after login when **Redirect To** is set to **Show Message**. Uses the WordPress Classic Editor WYSIWYG.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Icon</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Button Icon section adds an optional icon to the login button and controls its placement and visibility.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Icon</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Icon</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The icon displayed alongside the login button text.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Icon Position</strong> <small>Default: Before Text</small></summary>
+
+
+Places the icon before or after the button text when an icon is selected.
+
+- **Before Text:** Displays the icon to the left of the button label.
+- **After Text:** Displays the icon to the right of the button label.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Icon Visibility</strong> <small>Default: Always Visible</small></summary>
+
+
+Controls when the button icon is shown.
+
+- **Always Visible:** Keeps the icon visible at all times.
+- **Fade In On Hover:** Hides the icon until the button is hovered.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Style</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Button Style section controls the width and alignment of the login button.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Style</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Width</strong> <small>Default: Full Width</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the width of the login button.
+
+- **Auto:** Sizes the button to fit its content.
+- **Full Width:** Stretches the button to fill its container.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Align</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Align</strong> <small>Default: Left; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The horizontal alignment of the login button when **Button Width** is set to **Auto**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Background</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Button Background section controls the default and hover background colors of the login button.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Background</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The background color of the login button.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Background Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The background color of the login button on hover and focus.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Border</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Button Border section controls the border styling of the login button.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Border</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Border</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The border style, width, radius, and color of the login button.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Border Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The border color of the login button on hover and focus.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+### Logout Button Tab
+
+The Logout Button tab controls the button shown to authenticated visitors and the redirect that runs after logout.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Show Logout Button</strong> <small>Default: Yes</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the logout button for authenticated visitors. Selecting **Yes** reveals the button text, redirect URL, and the button icon, style, background, and border sections.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Text</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Text</strong> <small>Default: Logout</small></summary>
+
+
+The label displayed on the logout button.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Redirect URL</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Redirect URL</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The destination URL used after logout.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link settings</strong></summary>
+
+Link settings control the URL, link target, nofollow behavior, download behavior, and other link attributes where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Icon</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Button Icon section adds an optional icon to the logout button and controls its placement and visibility. This section is available when **Show Logout Button** is set to **Yes**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Icon</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Icon</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The icon displayed alongside the logout button text.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Icon Position</strong> <small>Default: Before Text</small></summary>
+
+
+Places the icon before or after the button text when an icon is selected.
+
+- **Before Text:** Displays the icon to the left of the button label.
+- **After Text:** Displays the icon to the right of the button label.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Icon Visibility</strong> <small>Default: Always Visible</small></summary>
+
+
+Controls when the button icon is shown.
+
+- **Always Visible:** Keeps the icon visible at all times.
+- **Fade In On Hover:** Hides the icon until the button is hovered.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Style</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Button Style section controls the width and alignment of the logout button. This section is available when **Show Logout Button** is set to **Yes**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Style</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Width</strong> <small>Default: Full Width</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the width of the logout button.
+
+- **Auto:** Sizes the button to fit its content.
+- **Full Width:** Stretches the button to fill its container.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Align</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Align</strong> <small>Default: Left; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The horizontal alignment of the logout button when **Button Width** is set to **Auto**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Background</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Button Background section controls the default and hover background colors of the logout button. This section is available when **Show Logout Button** is set to **Yes**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Background</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The background color of the logout button.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Background Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The background color of the logout button on hover and focus.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Border</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Button Border section controls the border styling of the logout button. This section is available when **Show Logout Button** is set to **Yes**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Border</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Border</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The border style, width, radius, and color of the logout button.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Border Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The border color of the logout button on hover and focus.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+
+The Advanced tab contains common Login Form module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+
+</details>
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/loop.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/loop.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..832cb4ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/loop.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,288 @@
+---
+title: Loop Module
+sidebar_label: Loop
+icon: "repeat"
+description: "Use the Loop module to build fully custom post loops with complete design control over each item, using any Beaver Builder module as the template. Requires Beaver Themer."
+tag: Container
+---
+
+
+Use the Loop module to build fully custom post loops with complete design control over each item, using any Beaver Builder module as the template. Requires Beaver Themer.
+
+<img
+src="/images/beaver-builder/modules--loop--1.webp"
+alt="Loop Module"
+style={{ height: "auto", width: "100%" }}
+className="block rounded-lg shadow-lg"
+/>
+
+
+## Usage
+
+The Loop module builds fully custom post loops where you have complete control over the layout and design of each loop item. Unlike the [Posts](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/post-grid) module which provides a fixed set of layout options, the Loop module is a container that accepts any Beaver Builder modules as children. Design the template for a single loop item using modules like Heading, Photo, Rich Text, and Box, then the Loop repeats that template for each item in the query. Field connections pull in dynamic data such as the post title, featured image, excerpt, and custom fields for each iteration.
+
+:::note
+
+The Loop module requires [Beaver Themer](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/beaver-themer/). When adding the module, four pre-configured variations are available: **Blank**, **List**, **Columns**, and **Categories**. Each variation comes with a starter template of child modules and field connections that you can customize after inserting. A **Product Categories** variation is also available when WooCommerce is active.
+:::
+
+The Loop module is most useful in Beaver Themer archive and singular layouts, where the query is tied to the page context. Common applications include blog post grids, category directories, team member listings, product archives, and related posts sections on single post templates.
+
+## Module Settings
+
+The Loop module provides settings organized across three tabs for controlling grid layout, content queries, and pagination.
+
+### General tab
+
+The General tab controls how loop items are arranged in the grid.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Item Sizing</strong> <small>Default: Columns</small></summary>
+
+
+Determines how the grid column widths are calculated.
+
+- **Columns:** Sets a fixed number of columns per row. The grid distributes items evenly across the specified column count.
+- **Item Size:** Sets minimum and maximum width values per item. The grid auto-fills as many items as can fit per row based on the size constraints.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Columns settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Number of Columns</strong> <small>Default: 3 (large), 2 (medium), 1 (small); Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets how many items appear per row when **Item Sizing** is set to **Columns**.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Item Size settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Minimum Width</strong> <small>Default: 100px; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the minimum width each loop item can be when **Item Sizing** is set to **Item Size**. Accepts `px` and `fr` units.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Maximum Width</strong> <small>Default: 300px; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the maximum width each loop item can be when **Item Sizing** is set to **Item Size**. Accepts `px` and `fr` units.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Gap</strong> <small>Default: 20px; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Controls the row and column spacing between loop items. Row and column gaps can be set independently. Accepts `px`, `em`, `%`, `vw`, and `vh` units.
+</details>
+
+### Query tab
+
+The Query tab controls the data source that powers the loop.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Source</strong> <small>Default: Custom Query</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects where the loop gets its data.
+
+- **Custom Query:** Build a custom WordPress query by specifying post type, filters, and sort order.
+- **Main Query:** Use the current page's main WordPress query. Ideal for archive templates in Beaver Themer where the query is determined by the page context, such as a category archive, author archive, or search results.
+- **Taxonomy Query:** Query taxonomy terms such as categories, tags, or custom taxonomies instead of posts. Use this to build category grids, tag listings, or custom taxonomy directories.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Custom Query settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Type</strong></summary>
+
+
+Selects which WordPress post type or types to query. Supports Posts, Pages, and any registered custom post types. Multiple post types can be selected.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Ordering settings</strong></summary>
+
+Ordering settings control how queried posts or items are sorted, such as by date, title, menu order, or custom ordering options where available.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Offset</strong> <small>Default: 0</small></summary>
+
+
+Skips a specified number of posts from the beginning of the query results. Useful for excluding the most recent posts when they are featured elsewhere on the page.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Exclude Current Post</strong> <small>Default: No</small></summary>
+
+
+When enabled, the post currently being viewed is excluded from the query results. Useful for related posts loops on single post templates.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Filtering settings</strong></summary>
+
+Filtering settings control which posts, terms, authors, or content types are included or excluded from the module output.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Authors</strong></summary>
+
+
+Filters the query to posts by specific authors entered by username. This field appears in the Filter section.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Custom field filter settings</strong></summary>
+
+Custom field filters limit queried content by matching custom field keys, values, and comparison rules where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Taxonomy Query settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Taxonomy</strong> <small>Default: Category</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects which taxonomy to query. Options include all registered taxonomies such as Categories, Tags, and any custom taxonomies.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Select Terms to Display</strong> <small>Default: All Terms</small></summary>
+
+
+Filters which terms are included in the results.
+
+- **All Terms:** Display all terms in the taxonomy.
+- **Top Level Terms:** Display only parent terms with no parent of their own.
+- **Child Terms:** Display only child terms of a specified parent term.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Child Terms settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Parent Term</strong></summary>
+
+
+Selects which parent term's children to display when **Select Terms to Display** is set to **Child Terms**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Order</strong> <small>Default: Ascending</small></summary>
+
+
+Controls the sort direction of the taxonomy terms.
+
+- **Ascending:** A to Z or lowest to highest.
+- **Descending:** Z to A or highest to lowest.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Order By</strong> <small>Default: Name</small></summary>
+
+
+Determines which field is used to sort the terms.
+
+- **Name:** Sort alphabetically by term name.
+- **Term Count:** Sort by the number of posts assigned to each term.
+- **ID:** Sort by term ID.
+- **Meta Value (Alphabetical):** Sort by a term meta value alphabetically.
+- **Meta Value (Numeric):** Sort by a term meta value numerically.
+- **Parent:** Sort by parent term ID.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Meta Value settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Meta Key</strong></summary>
+
+
+The term meta key used to sort results when **Order By** is set to **Meta Value (Alphabetical)** or **Meta Value (Numeric)**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Hide Empty</strong> <small>Default: Yes</small></summary>
+
+
+When enabled, terms that have no posts assigned to them are hidden from the results.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+### Pagination tab
+
+The Pagination tab controls how visitors navigate through multiple pages of loop results and what happens when no results are found.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Pagination</strong> <small>Default: Numbers</small></summary>
+
+
+Controls how visitors navigate through pages of results.
+
+- **Numbers:** Standard numbered pagination links.
+- **Scroll:** Infinite scroll that loads more items as the visitor scrolls down.
+- **None:** No pagination; only the initial set of items is displayed.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Numbers settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Auto-scroll on Pagination</strong> <small>Default: Yes</small></summary>
+
+
+Automatically scrolls the page to the top of the loop module when the visitor clicks a pagination link.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Posts Per Page</strong> <small>Default: 10</small></summary>
+
+
+The number of items to display per page. When pagination is enabled, this controls how many items appear before the visitor must paginate.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>No Results Message</strong> <small>Default: Sorry, we couldn't find any posts. Please try a different search.</small></summary>
+
+
+A custom message displayed when the query returns no results.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Show Search</strong> <small>Default: Show</small></summary>
+
+
+When no results are found, shows or hides a search form below the no results message.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+
+The Advanced tab contains common Loop module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+
+</details>
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/loop/index.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/loop/index.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 72da5df9..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/loop/index.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
----
-id: index
-title: Loop Module
-sidebar_label: Loop
-tags:
-    - 2.9
-    - loop
-    - layout
-    - posts
-    - beaver themer
----
-
-The Loop module is a powerful container module that enables you to build custom layouts for queried content using modules, without needing to write any custom HTML or CSS. You can freely position these modules and assign field connections to dynamically pull in the relevant data, ensuring accurate content for each item within the loop.
-
-:::info
-
-The Loop module is a Beaver Themer module available in version 1.5 and requires Beaver Builder version 2.9 or later.
-
-:::
-
-:::caution
-
-You can not nest loops within each other, meaning you can not add a Loop module within another Loop module.
-
-:::
-
-## Usage
-
-You can use the Loop module to create custom layouts for various types of content—not only posts or custom post types. Here are just a few examples of how you can leverage the Loop module to showcase your content:
-
-- **WooCommerce Categories or Tags** – Use the Taxonomies query source to dynamically display WooCommerce product categories or tags on individual product pages.
-- **Custom Content Grid** – Utilize the Advanced Custom Field's Repeater query source to dynamically present custom content, such as team members on a dedicated team page.
-- **Related Posts** – Use the Advanced Custom Field's Relationship query source to dynamically feature related posts on single post pages.
-
-## Building a Loop
-
-When you first add a Loop module to your page, you will be presented with a variety of preset layouts to choose from: List, Columns, Categories, and Product Categories. These layouts are designed to help you quickly create visually appealing content displays without having to manually configure each module within the loop.
-
-![Loop module ready-made layouts](/img/beaver-builder/modules--loop--index--1.jpg)
-
-Using a preset layout, you can customize the loop settings according to your preferences and refine the layout by rearranging existing modules, removing those you don’t need, or adding new modules of your choice.
-
-Alternatively, you can build a loop from scratch by selecting the Blank layout. Once chosen, you’ll be presented with a blank canvas to create your custom loop layout. To get started, follow these steps:
-
-1. Add the Loop module to your page or post.
-2. Choose the Blank layout.
-3. Customize the loop settings according to your preferences.
-4. Add modules to the loop container and use field connections to display the dynamic content.
-5. Refine the loop layout by arranging your modules in a way that suits your design needs.
-
-:::tip
-
-You can enhance your layout further by integrating multiple Box modules. You can add your Loop module into a Box module and use the Box modules to control the width of your loop container as well as give it some styling, such as a background color.
-
-You can also use a Box module within the Loop module to create a container for your content modules. This setup allows you to take advantage of the Box module's advanced layout options—such as CSS Grid or Flexbox—providing precise control over the structure and presentation of your loop content.
-
-:::
-
-## Loop Module vs Posts Module
-
-Both the Loop and Posts modules enable you to display content from various sources, such as posts and custom post types, but they serve different purposes and offer varying levels of customization.
-
-|                            | **Loop Module**                                                                                                                                                                                          | **Posts Module**                                                                                                                                                                               |
-| -------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **Content Sources**        | - Posts, custom post types, taxonomies (categories, tags, WooCommerce product categories) <br /> - Advanced Custom Fields repeater or relationship field types                                           | - Posts and custom post types <br /> - Advanced Custom Fields relationship field type                                                                                                          |
-| **Customization & Layout** | - Build layouts using individual modules for each piece of content <br /> - Extensive customization without needing HTML or CSS <br /> - Capable of creating complex layouts (e.g., with the Box module) | - Provides ready-made layouts with options to select displayed content <br /> - Additional customization is possible, but advanced adjustments require custom HTML, CSS, and field connections |
-
-Choose the Loop module when you need maximum flexibility and complete control over your design. Opt for the Posts module if you prefer a streamlined, out-of-the-box solution with some additional customization options.
-
-## In this Section
-
-import DocCardList from '@theme/DocCardList';
-
-<DocCardList />
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/loop/settings.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/loop/settings.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 8721aeb6..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/loop/settings.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,194 +0,0 @@
----
-id: settings
-title: Loop Module Settings
-sidebar_label: Settings
----
-
-The Loop module consists of three primary settings tabs: General, Content, and Pagination, along with the customary Advanced tab. These setting tabs offer you the flexibility to create a wide variety of complex layouts for your loop content.
-
-## General tab
-
-The General tab includes settings for controlling the layout of your loop content, such as the number of columns, spacing between items, and width.
-
-- **Item Sizing** - Toggle between Columns and Item Size.
-
-  - **Number of Columns** - Control the number of columns in your loop layout. Selecting a value of `1` displays your loop content as a single column, creating a list of items similar to a traditional blog layout.
-
-  - **Item Size** - Control the minimum and maximum width of each item in your loop layout. The Maximum Width value determines the number of columns, setting a smaller values increases the number of columns, and a larger value decreases the number of columns.
-
-    - **Minimum Width** - Control the minimum width of each item in your loop layout. You can choose between `px` and `fr` units.
-    - **Maximum Width** - Control the maximum width of each item in your loop layout. You can choose between `px` and `fr` units.
-
-  - **Gap** - The Gap option is available for both Columns and Item Sizing, allowing you to control the vertical and horizontal spacing between items in your loop layout. Setting a value of 0 removes any spacing between items.
-
-## Content tab
-
-The Content tab includes settings for controlling the display of loop content, such as query source, number of items to show, order, and filter options.
-
-- **Source** - Select the source of your loop content. You can choose between:
-
-  - **Custom Query:**
-    Define your own query parameters to filter and display content exactly how you need it. This option gives you complete control over what data is pulled into your loop layout.
-
-    <details><summary>Custom Query Options</summary>
-
-    The following options are available for custom queries:
-
-    - **Post Type** - Choose the post type you want to query, you may select multiple post types.
-    - **Order** - Specify the direction either ascending (ASC) or descending (DESC).
-    - **Orderby** - The choices are: Author, Comment count, Date, Date last modified, ID, Menu order, Meta value (alphabetic or numeric), Random, Title, Selection order.
-
-      - **Menu order** can be used with a plugin such as Post Types Order to order the posts or custom posts in the same way you arrange them in the back end.
-
-      - **Meta value** option enables ordering by a custom field. If you select either the alphabetic or numeric Meta value option, a Meta key field appears so you can enter the key (meta_key).
-
-      - **Selection Order** allows you to use drag and drop to reorder posts, pages, or custom post types added to the Filter settings. The order in which your posts, pages, or custom post types appear is reflected in the order of the items that appear on the page.
-
-    - **Offset** - Specify the number of items to skip at the beginning of the query.
-    - **Exclude Current Post** - Exclude the current post from the loop.
-
-    </details>
-
-  - **Main Query:**
-    Utilizes WordPress’s default query for the current page, automatically displaying the standard content determined by your site’s main loop.
-
-    :::info
-
-    The main query cannot be customized or filtered through the Loop module. To modify the main query, you must use the [`pre_get_posts()`](https://developer.wordpress.org/reference/hooks/pre_get_posts/) hook.
-
-    :::
-
-  - **Taxonomy Query:**
-    Filters content based on taxonomy terms such as categories, tags, or custom taxonomies. Use this to display items that belong to specific groups or classifications.
-
-    <details><summary>Taxonomy Query Options</summary>
-
-    The following options are available for taxonomy queries:
-
-    - **Taxonomy:** Select the taxonomy to filter by.
-    - **Parent Term:** Choose the parent term.
-    - **Order:** Specify the order of terms (ascending or descending).
-    - **Hide Empty:** Hide terms that don't have any posts associated with them.
-    - **Order By:** Choose how to sort the terms (alphabetically, by ID, etc.).
-
-    </details>
-
-  - **Advanced Custom Fields Relationship Query:**
-    Leverages ACF relationship fields to pull related posts or custom post types. This is ideal for showcasing content connections that you’ve defined using Advanced Custom Fields.
-
-    <details><summary>ACF Relationship Query Options</summary>
-
-    The following options are available for relationship queries:
-
-    - **Type** - Choose the type of relationship to query. You can choose between Relationship and Users.
-    - **Key** - Choose the key (field name) of the relationship field to query.
-    - **Order:** _(Relationship field type only)_ Specify the order of relationship items (ascending or descending).
-    - **Order By:** Choose how to sort the relationship items (alphabetically, by ID, etc.).
-    - **Post Type:** _(Users field type only)_ Specify which post types to display for user-authored content. You can select multiple post types to include in the results.
-
-    </details>
-
-  - **Advanced Custom Fields Repeater Query:**
-    Retrieves data from ACF repeater fields, allowing you to display a series of custom field entries as part of your loop. This is perfect for repeating data structures like testimonials, features, or lists.
-
-    <details><summary>ACF Repeater Query Options</summary>
-
-    The following option is available for Repeater queries:
-
-    - **Key** - Choose the key (field name) of the relationship field to query.
-
-    </details>
-
-- **Filter** - Available only with Custom Query. Include or exclude posts, pages, or custom post types by title, taxonomy, and author. Filter options vary by post type. Note: category and tag filters are unavailable when Products (WooCommerce) is selected.
-
-  - **Post** - Include or exclude a post or multiple posts, by typing the post title(s).
-
-  - **Page** - Include or exclude a page or multiple pages, by typing the page title(s)
-
-  - **Custom Post Type** - Include or exclude a set of posts from the custom post type, by the custom post type title(s).
-
-  - **Categories** - Include or exclude posts assigned to a specific category.
-
-  - **Custom Taxonomies** - Include or exclude custom post types assigned to custom taxonomies. For example, if WooCommerce is installed, the Product Categories and Product Tag taxonomies are available.
-
-  - **Tags** - Include or exclude posts assigned to a specific tag.
-
-  - **Authors** - Include or exclude posts or pages by specific authors.
-
-* **Custom Field Filter** - Available only with Custom Query. Include or exclude posts, pages, or custom post types by custom field. You can add as many custom fields as you want.
-
-  - **Relation** - The Relation option allows you to apply logic when filtering by custom fields. The rules operate with either `AND` or `OR` logic.
-
-  - **Edit/Add Custom Field**
-
-    - **Label**
-      Labels are used to identify custom fields. They appear in the Custom Field Filter section.
-
-    - **Meta Key**
-      Custom field key or field name.
-
-    - **Meta Value**
-      Custom field value.
-
-    - **Type**
-      A list of all available field types supported. Choose between:
-
-      - **Numeric**
-      - **Binary**
-      - **Text**
-      - **Date**
-      - **Date Time**
-      - **Decimal**
-      - **Signed**
-      - **Time**
-      - **Unsigned**
-
-    - **Compare**
-      You can use the Compare option to check whether or not the field value matches, or if it is greater than, less than, or the same as, depending on the comparison operator. Choose from the following operators:
-
-      - **Equals**
-      - **Does not equal**
-      - **Greater than**
-      - **Less than**
-      - **Greater than or equal to**
-      - **Less than or equal to**
-      - **Exists**
-      - **Not Exists**
-
-## Pagination
-
-The Pagination tab has settings that let you divide a large collection of posts or query items into multiple pages.
-
-- **Numbers**
-  The pagination appears as numbers under the posts, and when a different number is clicked, a new page loads with the new set of posts.
-
-- **Scroll**
-  A new set of posts/items are loaded into subsequent rows on the same page as the user scrolls down.
-
-- **None**
-  No Pagination. Use this setting when you want to display only a subset of posts. For example, you might want to display only the three most recent posts.
-
-- **Posts Per Page**
-  Determines how many posts/items appear in your query per page. The default is 10 posts.
-
-  :::info
-
-  When the Source is set to Main Query, Taxonomy, or ACF Repeater Queries, the **Posts per page** setting does not appear.
-
-  :::
-
-- **No Results Message**
-  The message displayed when there are no posts to display.
-
-  :::tip
-  This option also supports shortcodes, which lets you add more complex layouts (rows, columns, modules, templates) than just text.
-  :::
-
-- **Show Search**
-  Show or hide a search form when no posts are found. See the screenshot below the table.
-
-## Advanced tab
-
-The Advanced tab includes all the standard settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML configurations.
-
-See the [Advanced tab](../../advanced-tab/index.md) section for more information.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/map.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/map.md
deleted file mode 100644
index d1a82024..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/map.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
----
-id: map
-title: Map
-sidebar_label: Map
-description: The Map module inserts a Google map with a marker pointing to an address you specify.
----
-
-The Map module inserts a Google map with a marker pointing to an address you specify. The map automatically adjusts in size to fit in the column, and you can specify map height. The default is 400px. You can also use either `px` or `vh` as units for map height.
-
-There's a setting to add a map title. This title is not visible on the web page but rather is placed in a `title` attribute to improve accessibility. Use the same considerations in creating this title as when creating an `alt` tag for images.
-
-:::important **Notes:**
-
-- Page load times can be affected by this module, because the embedded map is loaded from Google.
-- This module uses Beaver Builder's API key to display the map. You don't need to create your own API key or store credit card information with Google.
-  :::
-
-![](/img/map-module-1.jpg)
-
-:::tip **Tip:**
-For people who want to minimize load time, an alternative way to
-display a map is to take a screenshot of the Google map, use that in a Photo
-module, and link to the online Google map.
-:::
-
-## Advanced tab
-
-There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/map.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/map.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9513990e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/map.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+---
+title: Map
+sidebar_label: Map
+icon: "map-pin"
+description: "Use Map to embed a Google map for any street address inside your layout."
+---
+
+
+Use Map to embed a Google map for any street address inside your layout.
+
+## Usage
+
+Use Map to embed a Google map for any street address inside your layout. The module renders an iframe pointed at Google Maps using the address you provide, with a configurable height and an optional border.
+
+Use Map on contact pages, store locator pages, event pages, and other layouts that need to show visitors where a business or location is. It fits straightforward single-location use cases where a basic embedded map is enough and a full mapping plugin is not needed.
+
+## Module Settings
+
+The Map module settings control the address shown on the map, the height of the embed, the accessibility title, and the border around the map.
+
+### General Tab
+
+The General tab sets the location displayed on the map and the dimensions and border of the embed.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Address</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The street address used to generate the embedded Google map. Enter a full address on a single line or across multiple lines.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Height</strong> <small>Default: 400; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The height of the embedded map. Accepts values in `px` or `vh`.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Map title attribute for accessibility</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The `title` attribute applied to the map iframe for assistive technology. When left empty, the module uses no title attribute.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Border</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The border style, width, radius, and color applied around the map iframe.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+
+The Advanced tab contains common Map module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+
+</details>
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/menu.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/menu.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..876010cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/menu.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,857 @@
+---
+title: Menu
+sidebar_label: Menu
+icon: "menu"
+description: "Use Menu to render a WordPress navigation menu with horizontal, vertical, accordion, or expanded layouts and a configurable responsive toggle."
+---
+
+
+Use Menu to render a WordPress navigation menu with horizontal, vertical, accordion, or expanded layouts and a configurable responsive toggle.
+
+## Usage
+
+Use Menu to render a WordPress menu created under **Appearance > Menus** as a fully styled navigation. The module supports horizontal, vertical, accordion, and expanded layouts, optional submenu indicators, an inline logo for centered horizontal menus, an optional search field, and an optional WooCommerce cart item. It also handles responsive behavior with a hamburger, labeled hamburger, text button, or always-expanded toggle, and supports inline, below-row, overlay, and flyout reveal styles.
+
+Use Menu in headers, footers, sidebars, and saved templates that need a configurable site navigation without a separate menu plugin. It fits theme builder header layouts, mobile-first navigation patterns, and pages that combine navigation with search or cart entry points.
+
+## Module Settings
+
+The Menu module settings control which WordPress menu is rendered, its layout and submenu behavior, optional centered logo, search and WooCommerce additions, the responsive toggle, and the appearance of links, dropdowns, and the responsive UI.
+
+### General Tab
+
+The General tab selects the source menu, the desktop layout, submenu icons, and the responsive toggle behavior, and configures the optional inline logo and search additions.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Menu</strong></summary>
+
+
+Selects a WordPress menu created in the admin under **Appearance > Menus**. When no menus exist, the field shows a link to add one.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Layout</strong> <small>Default: Horizontal</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the desktop layout used to render the menu.
+
+- **Horizontal:** Lays the menu out in a single row with hover-revealed dropdowns.
+- **Vertical:** Stacks menu items in a column with hover-revealed dropdowns.
+- **Accordion:** Stacks menu items in a column with click-revealed dropdowns suitable for sidebars and mobile patterns.
+- **Expanded:** Renders all submenu items inline beneath their parent without a hover or click toggle.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Horizontal Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Submenu Icon</strong> <small>Default: None</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects the indicator displayed next to items that have a submenu when **Layout** is set to **Horizontal** or **Vertical**.
+
+- **Arrows:** Shows a directional arrow next to items with a submenu.
+- **Plus sign:** Shows a plus sign next to items with a submenu.
+- **None:** Hides the submenu indicator.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Accordion Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Submenu Icon click</strong> <small>Default: Arrows</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects the indicator displayed next to items that have a submenu when **Layout** is set to **Accordion**.
+
+- **Arrows:** Shows a directional arrow that rotates when the submenu is expanded.
+- **Plus sign:** Shows a plus sign that toggles when the submenu is expanded.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Collapse Inactive</strong> <small>Default: Yes</small></summary>
+
+
+Controls whether multiple accordion items can stay open at the same time. **Yes** keeps only one item open at a time. **No** allows multiple items to be open at the same time.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Menu Name</strong> <small>Default: Menu</small></summary>
+
+
+Used as the menu `aria` attribute for accessibility and as the label shown by the responsive menu toggle.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Centered + Inline Logo</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Centered + Inline Logo section adds a logo image positioned inline with the top-level menu items. This section is available when **Layout** is set to **Horizontal**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Centered + Inline Logo</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Logo Image</strong></summary>
+
+
+The image rendered inline within the top-level menu items.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Inline Logo Position</strong> <small>Default: Left</small></summary>
+
+
+Places the inline logo on the left or right side of odd menu items.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Search</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Search section adds a search trigger to the menu. This section is available when **Layout** is set to **Horizontal** or **Vertical**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Search</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Menu</strong> <small>Default: Hide</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the search item appended to the menu.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Label</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Label</strong> <small>Default: Show</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the text label rendered next to the search icon when **Menu** is set to **Show**.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon</strong> <small>Default: fas fa-search; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The icon displayed for the search trigger when **Menu** is set to **Show**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Responsive</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Responsive section configures the toggle used to reveal the menu on smaller screens.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Responsive</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Responsive Toggle</strong> <small>Default: Hamburger Icon</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects the control rendered when the responsive breakpoint is met.
+
+- **Hamburger Icon:** Renders an icon-only toggle button.
+- **Hamburger Icon + Label:** Renders the hamburger icon next to the **Menu Name** label.
+- **Menu Button:** Renders a text-only toggle button using the **Menu Name** label.
+- **None:** Skips the toggle and keeps the menu visible at all sizes.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Responsive Style</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Responsive Style</strong> <small>Default: Inline</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects how the revealed responsive menu is positioned. This field appears when **Responsive Toggle** is not set to **None**.
+
+- **Inline:** Renders the revealed menu inline with the toggle.
+- **Below Row:** Renders the revealed menu below the parent row.
+- **Overlay:** Renders the revealed menu as a full-width overlay.
+- **Flyout Overlay:** Slides the menu in over the page from the side.
+- **Flyout Push:** Slides the menu in from the side and pushes the page content.
+- **Flyout Push with Opacity:** Slides the menu in from the side, pushes the page content, and fades the page.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Flyout Position</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Flyout Position</strong> <small>Default: Left</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the side that flyout menus enter from. This field appears when **Responsive Style** is set to a flyout option.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Flyout Width</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Flyout Width</strong> <small>Default: 250</small></summary>
+
+
+The width of the flyout panel in pixels. This field appears when **Responsive Style** is set to a flyout option.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Responsive Breakpoint</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Responsive Breakpoint</strong> <small>Default: Small Devices Only</small></summary>
+
+
+The viewport size at which the responsive toggle takes over from the desktop layout. This field appears when **Responsive Toggle** is not set to **None**.
+
+- **Always:** Uses the responsive toggle at every screen size.
+- **Large, Medium & Small Devices Only:** Switches to the toggle below the large breakpoint.
+- **Medium & Small Devices Only:** Switches to the toggle below the medium breakpoint.
+- **Small Devices Only:** Switches to the toggle below the responsive breakpoint.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Stacked Layout</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Stacked Layout</strong> <small>Default: Yes</small></summary>
+
+
+Stacks menu items vertically when **Responsive Toggle** is set to **None**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Sub-menu Item Icon</strong> <small>Default: None</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects the icon used next to submenu items in the responsive menu.
+
+- **None:** Hides the submenu item icon.
+- **Arrow:** Shows an arrow next to submenu items.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+### WooCommerce Tab
+
+The WooCommerce tab adds a cart entry to the menu and configures how the cart count and total are displayed.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Menu Cart</strong> <small>Default: Hide</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides a WooCommerce cart item appended to the menu. The cart item only renders when WooCommerce is active.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Cart Icon</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Cart Icon</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The icon displayed next to the cart content when **Menu Cart** is set to **Show**.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Show on Checkout</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Show on Checkout</strong> <small>Default: No</small></summary>
+
+
+Controls whether the cart item remains visible on the WooCommerce cart and checkout pages when **Menu Cart** is set to **Show**.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Display Type</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Display Type</strong> <small>Default: Items Count</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects what is rendered inside the cart link when **Menu Cart** is set to **Show**.
+
+- **Items Count:** Shows the number of items currently in the cart.
+- **Total Amount:** Shows the cart subtotal.
+- **Items Count and Total Amount:** Shows both the item count and the cart subtotal.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+### Style Tab
+
+The Style tab controls the appearance of the menu container, links, separators, dropdowns, the responsive dropdowns, the responsive toggle, the search field, and the WooCommerce menu cart.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Menu</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Menu section controls alignment and background color of the menu container.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Menu</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Menu Alignment</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The horizontal alignment of menu items within the menu container.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Menu Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The background color of the desktop menu container.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Menu Background Color (Mobile)</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The background color used for the menu container at the responsive breakpoint.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Links</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Links section controls the appearance of top-level menu links.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Links</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The text color of top-level menu links.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The text color used when a top-level link is hovered or matches the current page.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link Hover Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The background color used when a top-level link is hovered or matches the current page.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link Padding</strong> <small>Default: 14; Supports: Responsive, Link Values</small></summary>
+
+
+The inner spacing applied to each top-level link.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for top-level menu links.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Separators</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Separators section adds dividing lines between menu items.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Separators</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Show Separators</strong> <small>Default: No</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides separator lines between menu items.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Separator Color</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Separator Color</strong> <small>Default: #000000; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The color of the separator lines drawn between menu items when **Show Separators** is set to **Yes**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Dropdowns</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Dropdowns section controls the appearance of submenu panels and submenu links on desktop.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Dropdowns</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The text color of submenu links.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The text color used when a submenu link is hovered or matches the current page.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link Hover Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The background color used when a submenu link is hovered or matches the current page.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Dropdown Background Color</strong> <small>Default: #ffffff; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The background color of the submenu panel.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Dropdown Shadow</strong> <small>Default: Yes</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides a drop shadow on submenu panels.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Dropdown Padding</strong> <small>Default: 0; Supports: Link Values</small></summary>
+
+
+The inner spacing of the submenu panel.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Dropdown Link Padding</strong> <small>Supports: Link Values</small></summary>
+
+
+The inner spacing applied to each submenu link.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Dropdown Border</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The border style, width, radius, and color of the submenu panel.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Dropdown Border Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The border color used when the submenu panel or its links are hovered.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Dropdown Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for submenu links.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Responsive Dropdowns</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Responsive Dropdowns section overrides submenu colors when the responsive toggle is active.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Responsive Dropdowns</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The text color of submenu links inside the responsive menu.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The text color used when a submenu link inside the responsive menu is hovered or matches the current page.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link Hover Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The background color used when a submenu link inside the responsive menu is hovered or matches the current page.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Dropdown Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The background color of submenu panels inside the responsive menu.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Responsive Toggle</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Responsive Toggle section controls the appearance of the hamburger or text toggle button. This section is available when **Responsive Toggle** in the General tab is not set to **None**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Responsive Toggle</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Size</strong> <small>Default: 16</small></summary>
+
+
+The font size of the toggle button, which scales the hamburger icon and label text.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The background color of the toggle button.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Hover Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The background color used when the toggle button is hovered or focused.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The icon and text color of the toggle button.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The icon and text color used when the toggle button is hovered or focused.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Padding</strong> <small>Default: 14; Supports: Link Values</small></summary>
+
+
+The inner spacing of the toggle button.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Border settings</strong></summary>
+
+Border settings control border style, width, color, radius, and related responsive border controls where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Search Menu</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Search Menu section controls the appearance of the search trigger and reveal form. This section is available when **Menu** in the Search section is set to **Show**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Search Menu</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon Size</strong> <small>Default: 16; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font size of the search icon.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon Color</strong> <small>Default: #808080; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The color of the search icon.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The color of the search icon when hovered or focused.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Form Width</strong> <small>Default: 400</small></summary>
+
+
+The width of the revealed search form input.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Form Padding</strong> <small>Default: 10; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The inner spacing around the search form input.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Form Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The background color of the search form wrapper.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Form Background Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The background color of the search form wrapper when hovered or focused.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Form Border</strong></summary>
+
+
+The border style, width, radius, and color of the search form wrapper.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Form Border Hover</strong></summary>
+
+
+The border style used when the search form wrapper is hovered or focused.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Label Padding</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The inner spacing around the search label. This field appears when **Label** in the Search section is set to **Show**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Label Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The color of the search label text. This field appears when **Label** in the Search section is set to **Show**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Label Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for the search label. This field appears when **Label** in the Search section is set to **Show**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Input Padding</strong> <small>Default: 12; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The inner spacing of the search input.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Input Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for text typed into the search input.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Input Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The text and placeholder color of the search input.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Input Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The text and placeholder color used when the search input is hovered or focused.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Input Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The background color of the search input.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Input Background Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The background color of the search input when hovered or focused.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Input Border</strong></summary>
+
+
+The border style, width, radius, and color of the search input.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Input Border Hover</strong></summary>
+
+
+The border style used when the search input is hovered or focused.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>WooCommerce Menu Cart</strong></summary>
+
+
+The WooCommerce Menu Cart section controls the appearance of the cart entry. This section is available when **Menu Cart** in the WooCommerce tab is set to **Show**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>WooCommerce Menu Cart</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The background color of the cart menu item.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Hover Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The background color of the cart menu item on hover and focus.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The text and icon color of the cart menu item.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The text and icon color of the cart menu item on hover and focus.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography</strong></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for the cart menu item text.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+
+The Advanced tab contains common Menu module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+
+</details>
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/menu/add-a-menu-item-that-links-to-a-page-section.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/menu/add-a-menu-item-that-links-to-a-page-section.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 886a601d..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/menu/add-a-menu-item-that-links-to-a-page-section.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
----
-id: add-a-menu-item-that-links-to-a-page-section
-title: Add a menu item that links to a page section
-sidebar_label: Add a menu item that links to a page section
-description: Here's how to create an anchor for a specific part of the page and link to it from a menu.
----
-
-<div className="embed-responsive embed-responsive-16by9">
-  <iframe width="560" height="315" src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/PofxCzgqbN8" title="YouTube video player" frameBorder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture" allowFullScreen></iframe>
-</div>
-
-You can add a menu item whose link goes to a specific section on the same page
-or a section on a different page. This works both with menus you set up in your theme and menus in the Beaver Builder Menu module. It's particularly useful for single-page websites where you have a menu for the various sections on that  page.
-
-:::info
-If the section is on the same page as the link, there's a smooth scroll to the
-linked section. If the link goes to a section on a different page, there's an
-immediate jump to that section on the other page.
-:::
-
-This technique involves two steps: adding a unique ID (called an *anchor*) to the target section in a Beaver Builder layout, then adding the link with that anchor to your menu.
-
-## 1. Create the anchor for the link target
-
-:::tip **Tip**
-You can add the ID to a module, a column, or a row, but the target
-tends to position best if you add the ID to the row containing the item you
-want to link to. Also, if the section is near the end of the page, the
-scrolling may not go all the way down to the section with the ID. This is a
-property of how browsers handle links to anchors.
-:::
-
-  1. In the Beaver Builder editor, open the row (or column or module) that you plan to link to.
-  2. Click the **Advanced** tab and scroll down to the **HTML elements** section.
-  3. For the **ID** setting, add a unique value such as `my-unique-id`.   
-ID values may only contain alphanumeric characters, hyphens, or underscores.
-
-:::tip **Tip:** 
-It's a best practice to prefix ID and class values with a namespace. The namespace prefix plays a double role. 
-
-First, it helps identify where the ID or class comes from. For example, Beaver Builder uses the namespace `fl-`, so when you're inspecting the HTML source for a page, it's easy to identify the Beaver Builder code as opposed to, say, that of other plugins. 
-
-Second, a namespace helps to avoid accidentally using words that are reserved for use in coding languages like [PHP](https://www.php.net/manual/en/reserved.php) and [JavaScript](https://www.w3schools.com/js/js_reserved.asp) or duplicating IDs and classes from other products. 
-
-For example, if your business name is Best Website Designs, you might choose `bwd-` as your namespace prefix and your ID value might be `bwd-menutarget-1`. Just make sure each ID value is unique on your site.
-:::
-
-## 2. Add the unique ID to a menu item
-
-  1. On the WordPress admin menu, click **Appearance > Menus** and make sure the menu you want to use is displayed.
-  2. In the left column expand the **Custom links** category.  
-![](/img/how-to-tips-add-menu-that-links-1.png)
-
-  3. Enter the full URL of the target page in which the section occurs, followed by the pound sign and your ID. For example, if the section occurs on the page *<https://www.example.com/goals/>* , then your URL would be:  
-*<https://www.example.com/goals/#my-unique-id>*
-
-  4. Enter whatever link text you want your menu item to display.
-  5. Click **Add to menu**.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/menu/menu.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/menu/menu.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 50b57b2f..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/menu/menu.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,325 +0,0 @@
----
-id: menu
-title: Menu
-sidebar_label: Menu module
-description: The Menu module inserts any WordPress menu into your layout, with many layout and style options that can be tailored for responsiveness.
----
-
-The Menu module can give you more options for menu content, style, and layout than the menu available in your theme or widget area. It also gives you the ability to insert a menu anywhere in your layout.
-
-The Menu module displays items from [a WordPress menu that you designate](#menu). It has [several choices of layout](#layout). Menu alignment, colors, and typography are set on [the **Style** tab](#style-everything).
-
-## Ideas for using a Menu module
-
-- Use special menus in your Beaver Builder page layouts. For example, if you have one group of static pages on your site related to a particular topic, you could create a special menu for the pages in that particular group and display the links in a Menu module on the main page in that group.
-- If you have FAQs that contain fairly long answers, create a separate post for each individual FAQ, then create a menu item for each post, then use that menu in a Menu module embedded in your page content. That menu serves as a table of contents linking to the post that contains the answer. The following screenshot shows an example of a menu used as an FAQ table of contents.
-
-![Menu module used to display an FAQ](/img/menu-module-1.jpg)
-
-## General tab
-
-### Menu
-
-In the **Menu** field, choose the WordPress menu that you have defined in **Appearance > Menus** from the WordPress admin panel. This menu defines which items are displayed in the menu.
-
-If the website has no menu, this field says **No menu found** with a link to add one, which opens **Appearance > Menus** in a new tab. When you're finished, close the additional tab and reload your layout page in the previous tab to display the new menu choice.
-
-### Layout
-
-The **Layout** setting has four layout options, described in detail in the following sections.
-
-On large screens, **Horizontal** layouts tend to work better in wide short columns, while **Vertical**, **Accordion**, and **Expanded** layouts tend to work better in narrow tall columns.
-
-Why? The horizontal layout's menu boundary is fit to the menu items. In the following screenshot, you can see a horizontal menu with a color background, inside its column.
-
-![](/img/menu-module-horizontal-layout-in-column.png)
-
-The following screenshot shows a vertical layout with a color background in the same column. The menu's boundary is sized to fill the column width and the submenu and search icons are right-justified. You can adjust the width of the module by changing the column width or adding margins or padding to the containing row or column, or increase the margin of the Menu module itself.
-
-![](/img/menu-module-vertical-layout-in-column.png)
-
-The Accordion and Expanded layouts look the same as the vertical layout. Their differences lie in how their submenus behave.
-
-#### Layout: Horizontal
-
-This option is a standard horizontal layout that supports dropdown submenus, with a **Submenu layout** choice of a down arrow, plus sign, or nothing. This screenshot shows a horizontal menu with a down arrow for the item with a submenu.
-
-![](/img/menu-module-horizontal-layout.jpg)
-
-You can also add an image to a horizontal layout that appears centered between the menu items by using the [**Centered + inline logo** settings](#centered--inline-logo).
-
-#### Layout: Vertical
-
-As described above, the vertical menu fills the width of the column, with the submenu icon and search icon right-justified.
-
-The submenu expands to the right and overlays the next column, as shown here:
-
-![](/img/menu-module-vertical-layout-submenu-outside.jpg)
-
-:::tip **Tip**
-Vary the submenu color opacity at **Style > Dropdowns > Dropdown background color** to control whether content displayed underneath the submenu bleeds through or not.
-:::
-
-If the vertical menu is in the rightmost column, the submenu displays to the right if there is room between the right edge of the menu and the edge of the browser screen, as shown in this screenshot.
-
-![](/img/menu-module-vertical-layout-submenu-outside-browser-edge.jpg)
-
-If there's no room to expand to the right, it expands to the left. For narrower menus, this means the submenu can cover items in the main menu while it's displayed:
-
-![](/img/menu-module-vertical-layout-submenu-inside-browser-edge.jpg)
-
-The behavior changes when the menu is displayed as an icon. See [the section on responsive behavior](#set-responsive-behavior).
-
-#### Layout: Accordion
-
-The Accordion layout is a vertical layout that expands the menu to display submenu items inline when the toggle icon is clicked. Here's a screenshot showing two submenu items after the down arrow on the **Home** menu link was clicked.
-
-![Menu module, submenu items in an accordion layout](/img/menu-module-accordion-layout-submenu-flush.png)
-
-:::tip
-You can see from the screenshot that the submenu is left-aligned with the main menu items, so it's a good idea to change the submenu background color at **Style > Dropdown**.
-:::
-
-#### Layout: Expanded
-
-The Expanded layout is similar to the [WordPress Navigation Menu widget](https://en.support.wordpress.com/widgets/navigation-menu-widget/). The following screenshot shows an example. Top-level menu and submenu items are displayed in a list and both top-level and submenu items are left-aligned.
-
-![Menu module, expanded layout](/img/menu-module-expanded-layout.png)
-
-:::tip
-
-- You can distinguish submenu items from main menu items with different background colors. The hover color shown in the screenshot comes from the **Style > Dropdowns > Link hover background color**. The **Style > Dropdowns > Dropdown background color** is ignored.
-  :::
-
-### Submenu icon
-
-The **Submenu icon** option is available for **Horizontal**, **Vertical**, and **Accordion** layouts. The choices are as follows:
-
-- Horizontal and vertical layouts: down **Arrows**, **Plus sign**, **None**
-- Accordion layout: **Arrows** or **Plus sign**
-
-### Menu name
-
-The value you set for **Menu name** appears in two places:
-
-- The responsive Menu button, if you have chosen that in the [**Responsive Toggle** section](#responsive-toggle).
-- The ARIA label in the HTML output, to help accessibility tools identify the menu.
-  For example, if you change the default value **Menu** to **primary menu**, the HTML included with the Menu module appears like this:
-
-```html
-<nav
-  aria-label="primary menu"
-  itemscope="itemscope"
-  itemtype="https://schema.org/SiteNavigationElement"
-  class="focus"
-></nav>
-```
-
-### Centered + inline logo
-
-When **Layout** is set to **Horizontal**, there's a **Centered + inline logo** section with an option to add a logo that appears in the center of the menu items, as in this example.
-
-![Menu module centered inline logo](/img/2-5-features-menu-module-centered-inline-logo.png)
-
-This section has two fields:
-
-- **Logo image**
-  Click **Select photo** to add the image.
-- **Inline logo position**
-  When there's an odd number of menu items, the logo cannot appear exactly in the center, so you can choose whether it appears to the left or the right of center. In the following screenshot, **Inline logo position** is set to **Right**, so there are four menu items on the left and three on the right. The [WooCommerce Dynamic Cart](#), which shows information about the cart contents, counts as one menu item, as does the search icon.
-
-![Menu module centered inline logo Right](/img/menu-module-centered-inline-logo-right.png)
-
-:::tip
-Horizontal menu items wrap onto a second line as screen size decreases, so be sure to test responsive behavior. The alignment of the wrapped line follows the alignment setting in the **Style > Menu** section.
-:::
-
-### Add search
-
-In the **Search** section of the **General** tab, you can show or hide a search icon to the menu, shown in this screenshot.
-
-![Menu module, search icon clicked](/img/menu-module-vertical-expanded-search-form.jpg)
-
-You can replace the default icon with an icon from the [available icon sets](settings/icons.md).
-
-In the [**Search menu** section of the **Style** tab](#search-menu-section), you can style both the search icon and the search form that appears when you click the icon.
-
-### Set responsive behavior
-
-The **Responsive** section on the **General** tab controls how the menu layout changes as screen width becomes smaller, with the following settings.
-
-#### Responsive toggle
-
-- **Hamburger icon**
-  The hamburger icon is three horizontal lines. If you want a background color, as shown in this screenshot, set it at **Style > Dropdowns > Dropdown background color**.
-  ![Hamburger icon with background color](/img/menu-module-hamburger-icon.png)
-- **Hamburger icon + label**
-  This setting includes both the Hamburger icon and a MENU label, with an optional background (set on the **Style** tab).
-  ![Hamburger icon plus label with background color](/img/menu-module-hamburger-icon-plus-label.png)
-- **Menu button**
-  This setting is a button with a label. By default, the menu button label is **Menu** unless you have a custom setting for [**Menu name**](#menu-name).
-  ![Menu button example](/img/menu-module-menu-button.png)
-- **None**
-  With this setting, the menu items continue to be displayed on smaller devices rather than changing to a Hamburger icon or Menu button.
-  For a menu whose **Layout** setting is **Horizontal**, another setting appears immediately underneath the **None** setting, called **Stacked layout**. As shown in the following screenshot, if this setting **No**, the menu remains horizontal and wraps on small devices. If **Yes**, then on smaller devices the menu items are displayed in an Accordion (vertical) list.
-  ![Menu module, resonsive toggle non, stacking option](/img/menu-module-responsive-section.png)
-  For all other menu layouts, the **None** setting displays an [Accordion layout](#layout-accordion).
-  With the **None** setting, you won't see the settings for **Responsive style** and **Responsive breakpoint** described in the following two sections.
-
-#### Responsive style
-
-This setting has the following options for menu expansion when the responsive icon or button is clicked.
-
-- **Inline**
-  The expanded menu falls below the hamburger. This works for centered menus but doesn’t work if, for example, you have a hamburger in a small column on the right. The menu gets squished.
-- **Below row**
-  This option removes the menu in the markup and puts it below the column that the menu is in. This means that expanded menus in small columns still appear inline but don’t get squished.
-- **Overlay**
-  See [this Beaver Builder Theme article](/bb-theme/defaults-for-layouts-content/headers-nav-menus/choose-how-menus-open-responsively#responsive-menu-dropdown) for an example.
-- **Flyout overlay**
-  See [this Beaver Builder Theme article](/bb-theme/defaults-for-layouts-content/headers-nav-menus/choose-how-menus-open-responsively#flyout-overlay) for an example.
-- **Flyout push**
-  See [this Beaver Builder Theme article](/bb-theme/defaults-for-layouts-content/headers-nav-menus/choose-how-menus-open-responsively#flyout-push) for an example.
-- **Flyout push with opacity**
-  See [this Beaver Builder Theme article](/bb-theme/defaults-for-layouts-content/headers-nav-menus/choose-how-menus-open-responsively#flyout-push-with-opacity) for an example.
-
-#### Responsive breakpoint
-
-By default, the responsive menu appears on small devices only, but you can change the behavior to medium and small devices, or all devices.
-
-## WooCommerce tab
-
-If the WooCommerce plugin is installed, there's a **WooCommerce** tab with settings for the WooCommerce dynamic cart, which includes quantity or pricing information. The following screenshot shows the difference between the **Cart** menu item added to the WordPress menu at **Appearance > Menus** versus the dynamic cart added with the Menu module:
-
-![Menu module WooCommerce tab](/img/menu-module-woocommerce-tab.png)
-
-This tab has the following settings.
-
-- **Menu cart**
-  If you choose **Hide**, the word **Cart** appears instead of the dynamic cart.
-- **Cart icon**
-  You can replace the default Cart icon with another icon from your [icon library](settings/icons.md).
-- **Show on checkout**
-  This setting determines whether the dynamic cart icon appears in the menu on the Checkout page.
-- **Display type**
-  This setting lets you choose which dynamic information appears with the icon: number of items in the cart, total purchased, or both.
-
-You can style the options you choose in the **WooCommerce dynamic cart** section of the **Style** tab.
-
-## Style tab
-
-The **Style** tab has the following options.
-
-### Menu section
-
-This section has two settings:
-
-- **Menu alignment**
-  Left, center, or right alignment of main menu items.
-- **Menu background color**
-
-### Links section
-
-- **Link color**
-  Set the color of the menu items when they're not active.
-- **Link hover color**
-  Set the color of the menu items that are either active (displaying that page), on hover with a mouse, or immediately after being tapped.
-- **Link hover background color**
-  You can optionally set a background color for the menu items that are either active (displaying that page), on hover with a mouse, or immediately after being tapped.
-
-:::info
-If you're using the Beaver Builder Theme, the default menu link colors appear in the color you defined in **Appearance > Customize > General > Accent Color**, and you can customize this color.
-:::
-
-- **Link padding**
-  The number of pixels or ems of padding between menu item text and the menu item boundary.
-- **Link typography**
-  See the article about typography settings [Typography section](basics/typography.md) to style your menu text.
-
-:::note **Notes:**
-If you are using the Beaver Builder Theme, the default font family is what you defined for content in **Customize > General > Text**.
-:::
-
-### Separators section
-
-Set **Show separators** to **Yes** to display horizontal lines between menu items.
-
-### Dropdowns section
-
-These settings control submenu items in the following categories
-
-#### Dropdown color settings
-
-This screenshot shows an example of the dropdown color settings listed below.
-
-![Style tab Dropdowns section color settings](/img/menu-module-style-dropdowns-section.png)
-
-- **Link color**
-- **Link hover color**
-- **Link hover background color**
-- **Dropdown background color**
-- **Dropdown shadow**
-  Shows a drop shadow on the submenu items.
-
-#### Dropdown padding
-
-- **Dropdown padding**
-  Adds padding between the dropdown boundary box border and the block of menu item text. Here's an example of **Dropdown padding** set to 20px, **Dropdown link padding** set to 0px:
-  ![Dropdown padding 20, dropdown link padding 0](/img/menu-module-dropdown-padding-set.png)
-- **Dropdown link padding**
-  Adds padding around the text for each dropdown menu item. Here's an example of **Dropdown padding** set to 0px, **Dropdown link padding** set to 20px. Because the dropdown link padding is set both on top and bottom, the distance between the two submenu items increases to 40px:
-  ![Dropdown padding 0, dropdown link padding 20](/img/menu-module-dropdown-link-padding-set.png)
-
-#### Dropdown border
-
-You can add a border, round the corners, and add a shadow around the dropdown submenus. See the article about [border settings](basics/border.md).
-
-#### Dropdown typography
-
-See the article about typography settings [Typography section](basics/typography.md) to style your submenu text.
-
-### Responsive dropdowns
-
-You can style the following responsive dropdown settings differently from the dropdown settings for larger devices:
-
-- Link color
-- Link hover color
-- Link hover background color
-- Dropdown background color
-
-### Responsive Toggle section
-
-If **General > Responsive toggle** is set to anything other than **None**, there's also a **Responsive toggle** section on the **Style** tab where you can set the size of the Responsive toggle plus submenu dropdown background colors, text colors, and borders, as shown in this screenshot.
-
-![Menu module responsive toggle on Style tab](/img/menu-module-style-tab-responsive-toggle.png)
-
-### Search Menu section
-
-If **General > Search menu** is set to **Show**, there's a **Search menu** section on the **Style** tab where you can style not only the search icon but also the search form, which appears when you click the search icon. This section has the following settings.
-
-- **Icon size**
-- **Icon color**
-- **Icon hover color**
-- **Form width**
-- **Form background color**
-- **Form background hover color**
-- **Form border**
-  See the article about [border settings](basics/border.md).
-- **Form border hover**
-- **Form padding**
-
-### WooCommerce Menu Cart style settings
-
-If you have WooCommerce installed and the **Menu Cart** option set to **Show** on the WooCommerce tab, then the **Style** tab has a **WooCommerce menu cart** section with the following settings.
-
-- **Background color**
-- **Hover background color**
-- **Color**
-  This setting changes the color of both the icon and any other options you have set to display.
-- **Hover color**
-- **Typography**
-  See the article about typography settings [Typography section](basics/typography.md).
-
-## Advanced tab
-
-There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/module-blocks.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/module-blocks.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 4b020066..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/module-blocks.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
----
-id: module-blocks
-title: Module Blocks
-sidebar_label: Module Blocks
-description: Learn how to use Module Blocks in the WordPress Editor.
----
-
-Module Blocks are Beaver Builder modules that are developed as WordPress blocks for use in the WordPress block editor. These blocks maintain all the features and settings found in their module counterparts.
-
-## Using Module Blocks
-
-1. In the WordPress block editor, click the + plus icon.
-2. Click the **Browser All** button.
-3. In the block library sidebar, scroll down to the Beaver Builder section where you can find all module blocks.
-
-:::tip
-
-You can also use the `/beaver` command to quickly access a list of all Beaver Builder module blocks. Simply type `/beaver` in the WordPress block editor and a modal window will appear with a list of all available module blocks. You can then select the module block you want to use.
-
-![Use the `/beaver` command in the WordPress block editor](/img/beaver-builder/settings--module-blocks--2.jpg)
-
-:::
-
-## Configure Module Blocks
-
-Each module block has the same features and settings as its module counterpart. When you add a module block to the block editor, you can configure the module block in the block settings sidebar _(right-hand side of the block editor)_.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/north-commerce.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/north-commerce.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e0244487..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/north-commerce.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
----
-id: north-commerce
-title: North Commerce
-sidebar_label: North Commerce
-description: If you have the North Commerce plugin installed, you can use the Beaver Builder North Commerce module to display products in your layouts.
----
-
-The North Commerce module is a Beaver Builder module that allows you to display North Commerce products on your website. The module becomes available in the Beaver Builder UI when you have the North Commerce plugin installed.
-
-:::info
-
-The North Commerce module utilizes North Commerce shortcodes to showcase various layouts, offering a convenient and straightforward method to present your North Commerce products on your website. This eliminates the need to manually write any shortcodes.
-
-See the [North Commerce documentation](https://docs.northcommerce.com/north-commerce/shortcodes/product-collections) for more information on shortcodes and how to use them.
-
-:::
-
-## General Tab
-
-The General tab allows you to select the layout of your North Commerce module.
-
-### Layout
-
-You can choose from the following display layout options:
-
-- **None**  
-  No layout is selected. This is the default option.
-
-- **Product Page**  
-  The Product Page layout displays a single product.  
-
-  - **Product Slug**  
-    Enter the product slug to display a specific product.
-
-- **Product Gallery** 
-  The Product Gallery layout displays a gallery of products.
-
-- **Product Slider** 
-  The Product Slider layout displays a slider of products.
-
-- **Checkout** 
-  The Checkout layout displays the North Commerce checkout form.
-
-- **Cart** 
-  The Cart layout displays the contents of the user's cart.
-
-## Style Tab
-
-The Style tab allows you to style the North Commerce module.
-
-### Button
-
-- **Style**  
-  Choose the style for the state of the button. This toggle allows you to select the button style for the default and hover states.  
-
-  - **Default Style**  
-    The default button style.
-
-  - **Hover Style**  
-    The button style when hovered over.
-
-- **Text Color**  
-  Choose the color of the button text.
-
-- **Icon Color**  
-  Choose the color of the button icon.
-
-- **Background Color**  
-  Choose the background color of the button.
-
-### Button Border
-
-The Button Border settings allow you to style the border of the button. When the Hover option is enabled, you can style the button border when hovered over.
-
-See the [Border](basics/border.md) article for more information on the border settings.
-
-## Advanced tab
-
-There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](../advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/north-commerce.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/north-commerce.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b5138755
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/north-commerce.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+---
+title: North Commerce
+sidebar_label: North Commerce
+icon: "shopping-bag"
+description: "Use North Commerce to display products, galleries, sliders, cart, and checkout from your North Commerce store."
+---
+
+
+Use North Commerce to display products, galleries, sliders, cart, and checkout from your North Commerce store.
+
+## Usage
+
+Use North Commerce to render store content from the North Commerce plugin inside a Beaver Builder layout. The module outputs the North Commerce shortcode that matches the selected layout, which can render a single product page, a product gallery, a product slider, the cart, or the checkout. The module is available only when the North Commerce plugin is active.
+
+Use this module on storefront pages, landing pages, and templates that need to surface North Commerce content without writing the shortcode by hand. It fits store layouts that mix Beaver Builder rows and modules with native North Commerce flows for browsing products and completing a purchase.
+
+## Module Settings
+
+The North Commerce module settings choose which store layout the module renders and style the action button used in the cart and checkout flows.
+
+### General Tab
+
+The General tab selects the North Commerce layout to render and the product targeted by a single product page.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Layout</strong> <small>Default: None</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects which North Commerce layout the module renders. The selected layout determines which shortcode the module outputs.
+
+- **None:** Renders nothing. Use this state while configuring the module.
+- **Product Page:** Renders a single product page. Reveals the **Product Slug** field for choosing which product to display.
+- **Product Gallery:** Renders a grid of products from the North Commerce store.
+- **Product Slider:** Renders products in a horizontal slider.
+- **Cart:** Renders the North Commerce cart.
+- **Checkout:** Renders the North Commerce checkout.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Product Page Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Product Slug</strong></summary>
+
+
+The slug of the product to display when **Layout** is set to **Product Page**. When left empty, the shortcode runs without a target product.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+### Style Tab
+
+The Style tab controls the appearance of the Add to Cart and checkout action buttons rendered by North Commerce.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Button section controls the colors used for the Add to Cart and checkout action buttons in the default and hover states.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Style</strong> <small>Default: Default Style</small></summary>
+
+
+Switches the color controls between the button's default and hover states.
+
+- **Default Style:** Reveals the **Text Color**, **Icon Color**, **Background Color**, and **Border** controls used in the resting state.
+- **Hover Style:** Reveals the **Text Hover Color**, **Icon Hover Color**, and **Background Hover Color** controls used on hover and focus.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The text color of the action button in its default state. This field appears when **Style** is set to **Default Style**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The fill color applied to icons inside the action button in its default state. This field appears when **Style** is set to **Default Style**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The background color of the action button in its default state. This field appears when **Style** is set to **Default Style**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The text color of the action button on hover and focus. This field appears when **Style** is set to **Hover Style**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The fill color applied to icons inside the action button on hover and focus. This field appears when **Style** is set to **Hover Style**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The background color of the action button on hover and focus. This field appears when **Style** is set to **Hover Style**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Border</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Button Border section controls the border of the action button in the default and hover states.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Border settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Border</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The border style, width, radius, and color of the action button. This field appears when **Style** is set to **Default Style**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Border Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The border color of the action button on hover and focus.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+
+The Advanced tab contains common North Commerce module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+
+</details>
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/number-counter.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/number-counter.md
deleted file mode 100644
index d543705f..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/number-counter.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
----
-id: number-counter
-title: Number Counter
-sidebar-label: Number Counter
-description: The Number Counter module displays a number in an animated fashion, with the counter going from zero to the number or percent you specify.
----
-
-The Number Counter module displays a number in an animated fashion, with the counter going from zero to the number or percent you specify.
-
-You can configure the Number Counter module in many different ways, as you can see in this screenshot with four Number Counter modules.
-
-![Examples of circle and bar number counters with various labels](/img/number-counter-21086a65.png)
-
-- You can choose a circle, a horizontal bar, or just the number.
-- You can choose the number to be displayed as a percent or standard (an absolute value).
-- If you choose standard numbers, you can add a prefix (such as the dollar sign) or a suffix (such as a euro sign) to the number.
-- You can add text over or under the number, or neither.
-- You can specify colors and typography for the counter and text, and
-- You can change the animation speed and delay for the counter, circle, and bar to progress from zero to its number value.
-
-If you want to compare two or more numbers, add a Number Counter module to display each number, as shown in the screenshot example. Here are the same four Number Counter modules moved into a different layout:
-
-![Number counters from previous example in a different layout](/img/number-counter-f3441c12.png)
-
-## Number Counter module settings
-
-### General tab
-
-- **Layout**
-  See the screenshots above for examples of the choices of circles, bars, or only numbers. If you choose **Bars counter**, there's an additional setting for **Number position**: the number can appear inside, above, or below the bar, or be hidden entirely.
-- **Number type**
-  Choose **Percent** or **Standard**. The **Standard** setting means the actual number provided in the next setting.
-- **Number**
-  The number that represents progress so far.
-- **Total**
-  The number that represents the total amount, the goal, and so on.
-  If you choose **Percent** as the number type, the number is displayed as a percent with a percent symbol following. It's calculated as the value in the **Number** field divided by the number in the **Total** field.
-  If you choose **Standard** as the number type, the value in the **Number** field is displayed as the number. The progress counter in the circle or bar is shown as the percent of the value in the **Number** field divided by the number in the **Total** field.
-- **Text before number**
-  This setting is to optionally add any text that you want to appear above the number.
-- **Text after number**
-  This setting is to optionally add any text that you want to appear below the number.
-- **Number prefix**
-  This option is only available when the number type is **Standard**. It lets you add a symbol or text immediately before the number with no intervening space, such as **$**.
-- **Number suffix**
-  This option is only available when the number type is **Standard**. It lets you add a symbol or text immediately after the number with no intervening space, such as **€**.
-  For another example, if your number type is **Standard** and you entered a percent value such as **50** in the **Number** field and **100** in the **Total** field, you could add a **%** symbol here as a suffix.
-- **Animation speed**
-  The number of seconds to reach the **Number** value, shown in the circle, the bar, and the number itself. You can use decimals for partial seconds.
-- **Animation delay**
-  Number of seconds before the animation begins. You can use decimals for partial seconds.
-
-### Style tab
-
-The **Style** tab has an unnamed top section with text color and typography settings, and a section with style options for the circle or bar, depending on what you selected for **Layout**.
-
-#### Top section
-
-- **Text color**
-  If you have settings for **Text before number** or **Text after number** on the **General** tab, this setting controls the color of that text.
-- **Text typography**
-  This is the [standard Beaver Builder **Typography** section](basics/typography.md), with settings for the font family, weight, size, spacing, and so on. It applies to the text before or after the number if you have added any.
-- **Number color**
-  The color of the number displayed, plus the color of the optional **Number prefix** or **Number suffix** for **Standard** number types.
-- **Number typography**
-  The standard **Typography** section.
-
-#### Bar Styles section
-
-This section appears only when **Layout** on the **General** tab is set to **Bars counter**.
-
-- **Bar foreground color**
-  Sets the color of the portion of the bar that indicates the **Number** value.
-- **Bar background color**
-  Sets the color of the portion of the bar that indicates the **Total** value.
-- **Bar height** (responsive)
-  Sets the height of the bar. This number can be varied by device size, using the [responsive settings icon](/beaver-builder/layouts/responsive-design/toggle.md).
-
-#### Circle Bar Styles section
-
-This section appears only when **Layout** on the **General** tab is set to **Circle counter**.
-
-- **Circle size**
-  Sets the outer diameter of the circle.
-- **Circle stroke size**
-  Sets the width of the stroke.
-- **Circle foreground color**
-  Sets the color of the portion of the circle that indicates the **Number** value.
-- **Circle background color**
-  Sets the color of the portion of the circle not taken up by the foreground circle.
-
-### Advanced tab
-
-There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/numbers.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/numbers.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8fc1b712
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/numbers.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,248 @@
+---
+title: Number Counter
+sidebar_label: Number Counter
+icon: "tally-5"
+description: "Use Number Counter to display an animated number, percentage, circle, or bar that counts up when it scrolls into view."
+---
+
+
+Use Number Counter to display an animated number, percentage, circle, or bar that counts up when it scrolls into view.
+
+## Usage
+
+Use Number Counter to render an animated number that counts from a start value to an end value when the module scrolls into view. The module supports three layouts: a plain number, a circular progress indicator, and a horizontal bar. Numbers can display as a percentage or as a standard number with optional prefix and suffix text, and the animation speed and delay are configurable.
+
+Use Number Counter on landing pages, About pages, statistics sections, and pricing or service pages where animated metrics reinforce a key figure. It fits any layout that needs a single, focused stat such as customer counts, completion rates, satisfaction scores, or fundraising progress.
+
+## Module Settings
+
+The Number Counter module settings control the layout, the counter values, the surrounding text, and the appearance of the number, circle, and bar styles.
+
+### General Tab
+
+The General tab sets the layout, counter values, surrounding text, and animation timing.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Layout</strong> <small>Default: Only Numbers</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects the visual style used for the counter.
+
+- **Only Numbers:** Renders the animated number on its own with no progress indicator.
+- **Circle Counter:** Renders a circular SVG progress ring around the number.
+- **Bars Counter:** Renders a horizontal progress bar with the number positioned relative to it.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Number Position</strong> <small>Default: Inside Bar</small></summary>
+
+
+Controls where the number appears relative to the bar. This field is available when **Layout** is set to **Bars Counter**.
+
+- **Inside Bar:** Places the number inside the progress bar.
+- **Above Bar:** Places the number above the bar.
+- **Below Bar:** Places the number below the bar.
+- **Hidden:** Hides the number and shows only the bar.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Number Type</strong> <small>Default: Percent</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects how the counter value is interpreted and displayed.
+
+- **Percent:** Treats the value as a percentage and appends a `%` sign automatically.
+- **Standard:** Displays the value as a plain number and reveals the **Number Prefix** and **Number Suffix** fields.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Start Counter</strong> <small>Default: 0; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The starting value the counter animates from.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>End Counter</strong> <small>Default: 100; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The final value the counter animates to.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Total Units</strong> <small>Default: 100; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The total number of units used to calculate progress for the **Circle Counter** and **Bars Counter** layouts. For example, if **End Counter** is set to 250 and **Total Units** is set to 500, the counter animates to 50 percent. **Total Units** should not be less than **Start Counter** or **End Counter**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text Before Number</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Optional text displayed above the number. Leave it empty for none.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text After Number</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Optional text displayed after the number. Leave it empty for none.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Number Prefix</strong></summary>
+
+
+Text inserted directly before the number when **Number Type** is set to **Standard**. For example, use `US$ ` to render values such as `US$ 10`.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Number Suffix</strong></summary>
+
+
+Text inserted directly after the number when **Number Type** is set to **Standard**. For example, use `%` to render values such as `10%`.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Animation Speed</strong> <small>Default: 1</small></summary>
+
+
+The number of seconds the counter takes to complete its animation.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Animation Delay</strong> <small>Default: 1</small></summary>
+
+
+The number of seconds to wait before the counter animation starts after the module scrolls into view.
+</details>
+
+### Style Tab
+
+The Style tab controls the colors and typography of the surrounding text and the number, along with the appearance of the circle and bar layouts when they are selected.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text Color</strong></summary>
+
+
+The color applied to the **Text Before Number** and **Text After Number** content.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for the **Text Before Number** and **Text After Number** content.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Number Color</strong></summary>
+
+
+The color applied to the animated number, including any prefix and suffix.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Number Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for the animated number, including any prefix and suffix.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Circle Bar Styles</strong></summary>
+
+
+This group is available when **Layout** is set to **Circle Counter**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Circle Bar Styles</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Circle Size</strong> <small>Default: 200</small></summary>
+
+
+The overall width and height of the circle, in pixels.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Circle Stroke Size</strong> <small>Default: 10</small></summary>
+
+
+The stroke thickness of the circle, in pixels.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Circle Foreground Color</strong> <small>Default: #f7951e</small></summary>
+
+
+The color of the active progress portion of the circle.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Circle Background Color</strong> <small>Default: #eaeaea</small></summary>
+
+
+The color of the unfilled track behind the circle.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Bar Styles</strong></summary>
+
+
+This group is available when **Layout** is set to **Bars Counter**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Bar Styles</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Bar Foreground Color</strong> <small>Default: #f7951e</small></summary>
+
+
+The color of the active progress portion of the bar.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Bar Background Color</strong> <small>Default: #eaeaea</small></summary>
+
+
+The color of the unfilled track behind the bar.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Bar Height</strong> <small>Default: 42; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The height of the bar, in pixels.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+
+The Advanced tab contains common Number Counter module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+
+</details>
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/photo.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/photo.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9d610a08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/photo.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+---
+title: Photo
+sidebar_label: Photo
+icon: "image"
+description: "Use Photo to upload an image or display one from the Media Library with cropping, alignment, captions, and link options."
+---
+
+
+Use Photo to upload an image or display one from the Media Library with cropping, alignment, captions, and link options.
+
+## Usage
+
+Use Photo to display a single image from the WordPress Media Library or from an external URL. The module outputs a responsive image with optional crop presets, alignment controls, container fill behavior, and an optional caption shown on hover or below the image. It can also wrap the image in a link to a custom URL, a lightbox, the photo file, or a generated photo page.
+
+Use Photo for hero images, content figures, profile or team headshots, product shots, gallery thumbnails, and any layout that needs a single configurable image with consistent styling. It fits straightforward image placements where you want crop and alignment controls without building a custom HTML block.
+
+## Module Settings
+
+The Photo module settings control the image source, link behavior, caption display, and image styling.
+
+### General Tab
+
+The General tab sets the photo source, hover title, caption display, and link behavior.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Photo Source</strong> <small>Default: Media Library</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects whether the image comes from the WordPress Media Library or an external URL.
+
+- **Media Library:** Picks an image from the WordPress Media Library.
+- **URL:** Loads an image from an external URL.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Media Library Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Photo</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The image selected from the WordPress Media Library. This field appears when **Photo Source** is set to **Media Library**.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>URL Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Photo URL</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The external URL of the image to display. This field appears when **Photo Source** is set to **URL**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Image title attribute</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The text used for the image `title` attribute. When left blank, the module uses the image filename. This field appears when **Photo Source** is set to **URL**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Show title attribute on mouse hover</strong> <small>Default: No</small></summary>
+
+
+Controls whether the image `title` attribute is rendered so browsers display it as a tooltip on hover.
+
+- **No:** Omits the `title` attribute on the image.
+- **Yes:** Renders the `title` attribute so it appears as a hover tooltip.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Caption</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Caption section controls whether a caption is displayed and what text it uses.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Caption Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Show Caption</strong> <small>Default: Never</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects when the caption appears.
+
+- **Never:** Hides the caption.
+- **On Hover:** Reveals the caption when the visitor hovers over the image.
+- **Below Photo:** Renders the caption beneath the image.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Caption</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Caption</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The caption text shown with the image. When left blank, the module falls back to the caption stored on the Media Library attachment. This field appears when **Show Caption** is set to **On Hover** or **Below Photo**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Link section controls whether the image is wrapped in a link and where that link points.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link Type</strong> <small>Default: None</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects how the image is linked when clicked.
+
+- **None:** Renders the image without a link.
+- **URL:** Wraps the image in a custom link.
+- **Lightbox:** Opens the image in a lightbox.
+- **Photo File:** Links directly to the original image file.
+- **Photo Page:** Links to the WordPress attachment page for the image.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link URL</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link URL</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The destination used when **Link Type** is set to **URL**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link settings</strong></summary>
+
+Link settings control the URL, link target, nofollow behavior, download behavior, and other link attributes where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Lightbox Photo Size</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Lightbox Photo Size</strong> <small>Default: Large</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects which registered image size is loaded in the lightbox when **Link Type** is set to **Lightbox**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+### Style Tab
+
+The Style tab controls cropping, sizing, alignment, border, caption typography, and container fill behavior.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Crop</strong></summary>
+
+
+Applies a preset aspect ratio to the image. The module generates and caches a cropped copy of the source image.
+
+- **None:** Uses the original image without cropping.
+- **Landscape:** Crops to a wide landscape ratio.
+- **Panorama:** Crops to an ultra-wide panoramic ratio.
+- **Portrait:** Crops to a tall portrait ratio.
+- **Square:** Crops to a 1:1 square.
+- **Circle:** Crops to a 1:1 square and renders the image as a circle.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Width</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the rendered width of the image using `px`, `vw`, or `%`.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Align</strong> <small>Default: Center; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the horizontal alignment of the image within its wrapper.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Border settings</strong></summary>
+
+Border settings control border style, width, color, radius, and related responsive border controls where available.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Caption Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for the caption text.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Fill Container</strong></summary>
+
+
+Controls how the image fits and positions itself when the wrapper has a fixed width and height. Uses CSS `object-fit` and `object-position` so the image can fill the container without distortion.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+
+The Advanced tab contains common Photo module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+
+</details>
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/photo/add-hover-effects-to-the-photo-module.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/photo/add-hover-effects-to-the-photo-module.md
deleted file mode 100644
index cf05d6b4..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/photo/add-hover-effects-to-the-photo-module.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,181 +0,0 @@
----
-id: add-hover-effects-to-the-photo-module
-title: Add hover effects to the Photo module
-sidebar_label: Add hover effects to the Photo module
-description: Here's how to add cool hover effects to Photo module images.
----
-
-Using a custom class and some custom CSS, you can add some really cool hover
-effects to images.
-
-<div className="embed-responsive">
-<iframe width="560" height="315" src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/u4i9rkAB1Rw" title="YouTube video player" frameBorder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture" allowFullScreen></iframe>
-</div>
-
-1. Add a [Photo module](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/photo/photo.md) to your page.
-2. Configure the Photo module as you normally would.
-3. Click the **Advanced** Tab
-4. In the **HTML element** section, add one of the following values to the **Class** field, depending on which effect you want. See the description of each effect in the sections below.
-
-   - Hover Zoom In: `hover-zoom-in`
-   - Hover Zoom Out: `hover-zoom-out`
-   - Hover Zoom Out and Rotate: `hover-zoom-out-rotate`
-   - Hover Unblur: `hover-unblur`
-   - Grayscale to Color: `gray-scale-img`
-   - Sepia to Color: `sepia-img`
-
-5. Add the CSS for the effect wherever you put your custom CSS.
-   Copy the CSS for the effect you want from one of the following sections and see [this article](basics/custom-code.md) about where to add custom CSS code.
-
-:::tip
-If you have multiple Photo modules in a row and want to apply an effect to the entire set, add the effect’s CSS to the **Class** field on the **Advanced** tab in the row settings rather than the Photo module settings. The effect will apply to every Photo module contained in the row.
-:::
-
-## CSS for hover effects
-
-:::info
-The transition speeds in these CSS examples are set to `.3s`. You can change the
-value to speed up or slow down the effect. For example, `1s` will slow the
-change.
-:::
-
-### Hover Zoom In
-
-This effect adds a smooth zoom effect when you hover over the image.
-
-```css
-/* Zoom in on hover */
-.hover-zoom-in .fl-photo-content {
-  overflow: hidden;
-}
-.hover-zoom-in .fl-photo-content .fl-photo-img {
-  -webkit-transition: 0.3s ease-in-out;
-  transition: 0.3s ease-in-out;
-  will-change: transform;
-}
-.hover-zoom-in .fl-photo-content .fl-photo-img:hover {
-  -webkit-transition: 0.3s ease-in-out;
-  transition: 0.3s ease-in-out;
-  -webkit-transform: scale(1.3);
-  transform: scale(1.3);
-}
-```
-
-### Hover Zoom Out
-
-This effect adds a smooth zoom out effect when you hover over the image.
-
-```css
-/*  Zoom out on hover*/
-.hover-zoom-out .fl-photo-content {
-  overflow: hidden;
-}
-.hover-zoom-out .fl-photo-content .fl-photo-img {
-  -webkit-transition: 0.3s ease-in-out;
-  transition: 0.3s ease-in-out;
-  -webkit-transform: scale(1.3);
-  transform: scale(1.3);
-  will-change: transform;
-}
-.hover-zoom-out .fl-photo-content .fl-photo-img:hover {
-  -webkit-transition: 0.3s ease-in-out;
-  transition: 0.3s ease-in-out;
-  -webkit-transform: scale(1);
-  transform: scale(1);
-}
-```
-
-### Hover Zoom Out and Rotate
-
-This effect shows the image zoomed in and rotated 45 degrees in its default
-state and adds a smooth zoom out and rotates to upright when you hover over
-the image.
-
-```css
-/* Zoom out & rotate on hover */
-.hover-zoom-out-rotate .fl-photo-content {
-  overflow: hidden;
-}
-.hover-zoom-out-rotate .fl-photo-content .fl-photo-img {
-  -webkit-transform: rotate(15deg) scale(1.4);
-  transform: rotate(15deg) scale(1.4);
-  -webkit-transition: 0.3s ease-in-out;
-  transition: 0.3s ease-in-out;
-  will-change: transform;
-}
-.hover-zoom-out-rotate .fl-photo-content .fl-photo-img:hover {
-  -webkit-transform: rotate(0) scale(1);
-  transform: rotate(0) scale(1);
-}
-```
-
-### Hover Unblur
-
-This effect displays the image in a blurred state and unblurs it on hover.
-
-```css
-/* Unblur on hover */
-.hover-unblur .fl-photo-content {
-  overflow: hidden;
-  -webkit-backface-visibility: hidden;
-}
-.hover-unblur .fl-photo-content .fl-photo-img {
-  -webkit-filter: blur(3px);
-  filter: blur(3px);
-  -webkit-transition: 0.3s ease-in-out;
-  transition: 0.3s ease-in-out;
-  will-change: filter;
-}
-.hover-unblur .fl-photo-content .fl-photo-img:hover {
-  -webkit-filter: blur(0);
-  filter: blur(0);
-}
-```
-
-### Grayscale to Color
-
-This effect displays the image in grayscale and brings the color back on
-hover.
-
-```css
-/* Grayscale To Color */
-.gray-scale-img .fl-photo-content {
-  overflow: hidden;
-  -webkit-backface-visibility: hidden;
-}
-.gray-scale-img .fl-photo-content .fl-photo-img {
-  -webkit-filter: grayscale(100%);
-  filter: grayscale(100%);
-  -webkit-transition: 0.3s ease-in-out;
-  transition: 0.3s ease-in-out;
-  will-change: filter;
-}
-.gray-scale-img .fl-photo-content .fl-photo-img:hover {
-  -webkit-filter: grayscale(0);
-  filter: grayscale(0);
-}
-```
-
-### Sepia to Color
-
-This effect displays the image in sepia tones and brings the color back on
-hover.
-
-```css
-/* Sepia To Color */
-.sepia-img .fl-photo-content {
-  overflow: hidden;
-  -webkit-backface-visibility: hidden;
-}
-.sepia-img .fl-photo-content .fl-photo-img {
-  -webkit-filter: sepia(100%);
-  filter: sepia(100%);
-  -webkit-transition: 0.3s ease-in-out;
-  transition: 0.3s ease-in-out;
-  will-change: filter;
-}
-.sepia-img .fl-photo-content .fl-photo-img:hover {
-  -webkit-filter: sepia(0);
-  filter: sepia(0);
-}
-```
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/photo/display-full-captions-under-photos.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/photo/display-full-captions-under-photos.md
deleted file mode 100644
index bdb24e13..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/photo/display-full-captions-under-photos.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
----
-id: display-full-captions-under-photos
-title: Display full captions under photos
-sidebar_label: Display full captions under photos
-description: Here's how to avoid captions under images getting truncated in the Photo or Gallery module.
----
-
-By default, if you display captions in the Photo or Gallery module, the
-caption is cut off at the first line with an ellipsis mark. This happens
-whether the caption is set to **On hover** or **Below photo**.
-
-![](/img/how-to-tips-display-full-caption-1.jpg)
-
-If you display the caption below the photo, you can use the following CSS
-snippet to display the full caption. See [this article](basics/custom-code.md) about where to add custom CSS code.
-
-```css
-.fl-photo-caption.fl-photo-caption-below {
-  text-overflow: initial;
-  white-space: normal;
-}
-```
-
-Now you'll get the full caption, and it will wrap as the screen is sized down:
-
-![](/img/how-to-tips-display-full-caption-2.jpg)
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/photo/photo.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/photo/photo.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 233752c3..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/photo/photo.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
----
-id: photo
-title: Photo
-sidebar-label: Photo module
-description: The Photo module displays individual photos from your WordPress Media Library or a custom URL and style options such as cropping, borders, and shadows.
----
-
-The Photo module lets you insert an individual photo from your WordPress Media
-Library or a custom URL.
-
-![](/img/photo-module-1.png)
-
-Here are some of the options with the Photo module:
-
-* You can select the photo from your Media Library or use a URL. If the file is from the Media Library, you can select the size of the photo to display.
-
-* You can crop the photo into several geometric shapes: Landscape, Panorama (longer and shorter than landscape), Portrait, Square, Circle.
-
-  :::info
-  Cropping will cut off parts of your photo, depending on the shape of
-  the original photo and the shape of the crop.
-  :::
-
-* You can specify the alignment of the photo within the column: left, center, or right. If you display a caption, both the photo and the caption will be aligned according to this selection.
-
-* You can display the caption of the image and specify how and where the caption appears in relation to the photo: on hover (appearing at the inside bottom of the photo) or below the photo. If you're getting the photo from an external URL, there's a field for you to enter a caption.
-
-  :::note **Note:**
-  Longer captions are truncated at the end of the first line. See [this article](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/photo/display-full-captions-under-photos.md) for how to display the full caption.
-  :::
-
-* You can add a link to the photo, with several choices of where the link goes:
-  * A URL, for example, to another web page.
-  * A lightbox  
-  A popup where the photo appears in a dark background over the page. If you've
-  set the **Show caption** field to **On hover** or **Below photo**, the
-  caption will appear below the photo in the lightbox in both cases.  
-  ![](/img/photo-module-2.jpg)
-
-  * Photo file  
-  The photo file is displayed by itself.  
-  ![](/img/photo-module-3.jpg)
-
-  * Photo page (for Media Library photos only)  
-  The photo is displayed with the header, footer, and sidebar of the website.  
-  ![](/img/photo-module-4.jpg)
-
-* There are the standard Advanced tab features: margins, animation, and showing/hiding on particular device sizes.
-
-:::tip **Tip**
-It's a best practice to keep photos to the exact size that you need.
-Although the photos are automatically sized to fit your display, a larger
-photo increases page open time.
-:::
-
-## Advanced tab
-
-There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/popup.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/popup.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f17391ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/popup.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,420 @@
+---
+title: Popup
+sidebar_label: Popup
+icon: "picture-in-picture-2"
+description: "Use Popup to build dialogs, popovers, and flyouts that overlay page content with configurable triggers, scheduling, and dismiss behavior."
+---
+
+
+Use Popup to build dialogs, popovers, and flyouts that overlay page content with configurable triggers, scheduling, and dismiss behavior.
+
+## Usage
+
+The Popup module renders a container using the HTML Popover API, creating a dialog, popover, or flyout that appears over page content. You add any Beaver Builder content inside it — text, images, forms, or other modules — and control when it opens through automatic triggers such as a time delay, scroll depth, or exit intent, or by linking an anchor element or Invoker Command to its Popup ID.
+
+Use the Popup module to build newsletter opt-ins, promotional overlays, confirmation dialogs, video players, or side drawers that appear at the right moment in the visitor's session.
+
+:::note
+
+The Popup module relies on the HTML Popover API, which is supported in all current major browsers. Visitors using significantly outdated browser versions may not see the popup correctly.
+:::
+
+## Module Settings
+
+The Popup module settings control the popup ID, automatic trigger behavior, active dates, dismiss options, and visual appearance.
+
+### General Tab
+
+The General tab sets the popup ID, trigger conditions, scheduling dates, and how visitors dismiss the popup.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Trigger</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Trigger section sets the popup ID and controls when the popup opens automatically.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Trigger Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Popup ID</strong></summary>
+
+
+Sets a custom ID for the popup element. Use this ID to open the popup with an anchor link (for example, `#my-popup-id`) or with an Invoker Command. The ID must be unique and must not contain spaces. When left empty, a unique ID is generated automatically.
+
+:::note
+
+If you leave this field empty, Beaver Builder generates an ID automatically using the format `fl-popup-` followed by a unique string it assigns to each module instance, for example `fl-popup-3a8f21bc`. Because the generated ID is not predictable, set a custom ID whenever you need to open this popup from a button, link, or other element.
+:::
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Show On</strong></summary>
+
+
+Selects when the popup appears automatically. Multiple options can be active at the same time. When no options are selected, the popup only opens when triggered directly via its ID.
+
+- **Delay:** Opens the popup after the set number of seconds. Setting the delay to `0` shows the popup as soon as the page loads.
+- **Scroll:** Opens the popup when the visitor has scrolled the set percentage of the page. Values of `0%` have no effect — the scroll trigger only activates for values above `0%`.
+- **Exit:** Opens the popup when the visitor moves their cursor toward the top of the browser window, which typically indicates they are about to switch tabs or navigate away. The exit trigger fires once per page load.
+
+When multiple triggers are selected, the popup opens as soon as any one condition is met. The remaining triggers do not fire after the popup has already been shown.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Automatic Trigger Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Show Delay (Delay Only)</strong> <small>Default: 0</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the number of seconds to wait before showing the popup. This field appears when **Show On** includes **Delay**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Show on Percent Scrolled (Scroll Only)</strong> <small>Default: 0</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the percentage of the page the visitor must scroll before the popup appears. This field appears when **Show On** includes **Scroll**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Show Once</strong> <small>Default: Disabled</small></summary>
+
+
+Prevents the popup from appearing again after it has already been shown. This field appears when any automatic trigger is active.
+
+- **Per User:** Shows the popup once and sets a browser cookie to prevent it appearing again. The popup can reappear if the visitor clears their cookies or visits from a different browser or device.
+- **Per Session:** Shows the popup once per browser session using session storage. The session clears when the visitor closes the tab or browser window, so the popup may appear again on their next visit.
+- **Disabled:** Shows the popup every time the trigger condition is met, on every page load.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Schedule</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Schedule section limits when the popup is active based on date.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Schedule Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Show Start Date</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the date from which the popup begins displaying. Leave empty to show the popup immediately.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Show End Date</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the date after which the popup stops displaying. Leave empty to show the popup indefinitely.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Dismiss</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Dismiss section controls how visitors close the popup.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Dismiss Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Close on ESC/Click Outside</strong> <small>Default: Disabled</small></summary>
+
+
+Enables or disables closing the popup by pressing the Escape key or clicking outside the popup container.
+
+- **Enabled:** Closes the popup when the visitor presses Escape or clicks outside the popup.
+- **Disabled:** Keeps the popup open unless the visitor uses the close button or another dismiss action.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Close Button</strong> <small>Default: Enabled</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the built-in close button inside the popup.
+
+- **Enabled:** Renders a close button inside the popup.
+- **Disabled:** Removes the close button from the popup.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Loop Options</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Loop Options section controls navigation between popup instances when the Popup is placed inside a Loop module.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Loop Options Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Loop Navigation Arrows</strong> <small>Default: Enabled</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the previous and next navigation arrows that let visitors move between popup instances rendered by a Loop module. When enabled, the arrows can be styled in the **Loop Navigation Arrows** section on the Style tab.
+
+- **Enabled:** Renders the loop navigation arrows.
+- **Disabled:** Removes the loop navigation arrows.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+### Style Tab
+
+The Style tab controls the popup's position, dimensions, background, border, close button appearance, and loop navigation arrows.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Sizing &amp; Placement</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Sizing & Placement section sets where the popup appears on the screen and its dimensions.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Sizing &amp; Placement Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Position</strong> <small>Default: Center</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets where the popup appears on the screen.
+
+- **Center:** Centers the popup on both axes.
+- **Center Left:** Centers the popup vertically on the left edge.
+- **Center Right:** Centers the popup vertically on the right edge.
+- **Top Left:** Places the popup in the top-left corner.
+- **Top Center:** Centers the popup horizontally at the top.
+- **Top Right:** Places the popup in the top-right corner.
+- **Bottom Left:** Places the popup in the bottom-left corner.
+- **Bottom Center:** Centers the popup horizontally at the bottom.
+- **Bottom Right:** Places the popup in the bottom-right corner.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Width &amp; Height</strong> <small>Default: 500px, 100%, &amp; 200px; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the width, max-width, min-height, height, max-height, and min-width of the popup container. Defaults to a width of 500px, a max-width of 100%, and a min-height of 200px.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Padding</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive, Link Values</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the inner spacing of the popup container.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Appearance</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Appearance section controls the popup background, backdrop overlay, and border.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Appearance Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background settings</strong></summary>
+
+Background settings control background type, color, image, gradient, overlay, and related responsive background options where available.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Backdrop</strong> <small>Default: rgba(171, 183, 196, 0.3); Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the background style of the overlay layer shown behind the popup.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Border settings</strong></summary>
+
+Border settings control border style, width, color, radius, and related responsive border controls where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Close Button</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Close Button section controls the appearance of the built-in close button. These settings apply when **Close Button** is set to **Enabled** in the General tab.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Close Button Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Type</strong> <small>Default: Icon</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets whether the close button displays an icon or a text label.
+
+- **Icon:** Renders the close button as an icon.
+- **Text:** Renders the close button as a text label.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Icon</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the icon used for the close button when **Button Type** is set to **Icon**. When left empty, a default × icon is used.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Text</strong> <small>Default: Close</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the text label used for the close button when **Button Type** is set to **Text**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Attachment</strong> <small>Default: Popup; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Controls whether the close button is positioned relative to the popup container or the browser window.
+
+- **Popup:** Positions the close button relative to the popup container.
+- **Window:** Positions the close button relative to the browser window, keeping it visible even when the popup is taller than the viewport.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Position</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive, Link Values</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the top, right, bottom, and left offset of the close button. Defaults to −45px from the top and right edges.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Padding</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive, Link Values</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the inner spacing of the close button. Defaults to 5px on all sides.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Size</strong> <small>Default: 40; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the width and height of the close button icon, or the font size when **Button Type** is set to **Text**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Color</strong> <small>Default: #333333; Supports: Responsive, Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the icon fill color or text color of the close button.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Background</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive, Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the background color of the close button.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Border settings</strong></summary>
+
+Border settings control border style, width, color, radius, and related responsive border controls where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Loop Navigation Arrows</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Loop Navigation Arrows section styles the previous and next navigation buttons rendered when a Popup is placed inside a Loop module. Each loop item gets its own popup instance. The navigation arrows let visitors move between those popups without closing and reopening each time.
+
+For example, you can build a grid of blog post cards where each card has a "Read more" button that opens the full post content in a popup. Once a popup is open, the previous and next arrows let visitors cycle through the other posts without closing the popup.
+
+:::tip
+
+When the popup is placed inside a loop, include the current post ID in the [Popup ID value](#param-popup-id), such as `my-popup-[wpbb post:id]`, so each popup instance stays unique.
+:::
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Loop Navigation Arrow Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Horizontal Offset</strong> <small>Default: 0; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the horizontal distance of the previous and next arrow buttons from the popup edges.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Size</strong> <small>Default: 42; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the width and height of each navigation arrow button.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon Color</strong> <small>Default: #333333; Supports: Responsive, Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the icon color of the navigation arrow buttons.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Background</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive, Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the background color of the navigation arrow buttons.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Border</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Configures the border style, width, radius, and color of the navigation arrow buttons.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+
+The Advanced tab contains common Popup module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+
+</details>
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/post-carousel.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/post-carousel.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6e74f382
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/post-carousel.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,678 @@
+---
+title: Posts Carousel
+sidebar_label: Posts Carousel
+icon: "gallery-horizontal"
+description: "Use Posts Carousel to display a sliding carousel of WordPress posts with configurable layout, content, and slider controls."
+---
+
+
+Use Posts Carousel to display a sliding carousel of WordPress posts with configurable layout, content, and slider controls.
+
+## Usage
+
+Use Posts Carousel to display queried WordPress posts in a horizontal sliding carousel built on bxSlider. The module renders each post as a slide that can include the featured image, post title, post info such as author and date, post content or excerpt, an optional more link, and an optional icon. Slider behavior, autoplay, transition direction, navigation arrows, dots, and play/pause controls are all configured per instance.
+
+Use Posts Carousel on home pages, blog landing pages, and template parts that need to surface multiple posts in a compact area. It fits featured-content sections, related-post strips, product or portfolio highlights driven by a custom post type, and any layout where a static grid takes up too much space.
+
+## Module Settings
+
+The Posts Carousel module settings control the slider behavior, the post query, the layout of each slide, and the styling of the carousel items, text, and navigation arrows.
+
+### Slider Tab
+
+The Slider tab configures the carousel layout, autoplay, transition behavior, and slider controls.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Layout</strong> <small>Default: Grid</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects the visual layout used for each slide.
+
+- **Grid:** Renders each post as a card with the featured image, title, info, and content stacked. This layout exposes the **Content** section, **Post Content** style section, and **More Link** style section.
+- **Gallery:** Overlays the post title and info on top of the featured image with a hover transition. This layout exposes the **Icons** section and the **Post Hover Transition** field.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Auto Play</strong> <small>Default: Yes</small></summary>
+
+
+Starts the carousel automatically on page load. Options are **Yes** and **No**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Loop</strong> <small>Default: No</small></summary>
+
+
+Continues the carousel from the first slide after the last slide. Options are **Yes** and **No**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Delay</strong> <small>Default: 5</small></summary>
+
+
+The delay between slide transitions, in seconds.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Transition Direction</strong> <small>Default: Right To Left</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the direction the carousel slides.
+
+- **Right To Left:** Advances slides toward the left.
+- **Left To Right:** Advances slides toward the right.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Transition Speed</strong> <small>Default: 1</small></summary>
+
+
+The duration of the transition animation between slides, in seconds.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Slider Controls</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Slider Controls section configures the navigation elements shown with the carousel.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Slider Controls</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Show Dots</strong> <small>Default: Yes</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the pagination dots beneath the carousel.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Show Arrows</strong> <small>Default: No</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the previous and next arrows on the sides of the carousel. Setting this to **Yes** reveals the **Nav Arrows** section in the Style tab.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Show Play/Pause</strong> <small>Default: No</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides a play and pause control for the carousel.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+### Layout Tab
+
+The Layout tab controls how many posts appear, how each slide is sized and spaced, and what content each slide includes.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Posts</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Posts section controls the number of slides, slide sizing, and the per-slide hover transition used for the **Gallery** layout.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Posts</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Number of Posts</strong> <small>Default: 10</small></summary>
+
+
+The total number of posts to load into the carousel.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Number of Posts to Move</strong> <small>Default: 1</small></summary>
+
+
+The number of slides advanced on each transition.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Max Width</strong> <small>Default: 300</small></summary>
+
+
+The maximum width of each slide, in pixels.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Spacing</strong> <small>Default: 30</small></summary>
+
+
+The horizontal space between slides, in pixels.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Equalize Column Heights (Grid Only)</strong> <small>Default: No</small></summary>
+
+
+Forces all visible slides to share the same height. This field appears when **Layout** is set to **Grid**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Hover Transition (Gallery Only)</strong> <small>Default: Fade</small></summary>
+
+
+The animation used when hovering each slide in the **Gallery** layout.
+
+- **Fade:** Fades the overlay in on hover.
+- **Slide Up:** Slides the overlay up into view.
+- **Slide Down:** Slides the overlay down into view.
+- **Scale Up:** Scales the overlay up into view.
+- **Scale Down:** Scales the overlay down into view.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Featured Image</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Featured Image section controls whether each slide displays the post's featured image and how the image is sized and cropped.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Featured Image</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Image</strong> <small>Default: Show</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the featured image on each slide. Setting this to **Show** reveals the **Size** and **Crop** fields.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Image Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Size</strong> <small>Default: medium</small></summary>
+
+
+The registered WordPress image size used for the featured image.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Crop</strong> <small>Default: Landscape</small></summary>
+
+
+The crop ratio applied to the featured image.
+
+- **None:** Uses the original aspect ratio from the selected size.
+- **Landscape:** Crops to a wide landscape ratio.
+- **Panorama:** Crops to a wider panoramic ratio.
+- **Portrait:** Crops to a tall portrait ratio.
+- **Square:** Crops to a 1:1 square.
+- **Circle:** Crops to a 1:1 square and applies a circular mask.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icons (Gallery Only)</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Icons section adds an optional icon to each slide. This section appears when **Layout** is set to **Gallery**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icons</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Use Icon for Posts</strong> <small>Default: No</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides an icon on each slide. Setting this to **Yes** reveals the icon configuration fields.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Icon</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The icon displayed on each slide.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Icon Position</strong> <small>Default: Above Text</small></summary>
+
+
+The position of the icon relative to the post text.
+
+- **Above Text:** Places the icon above the title and info.
+- **Below Text:** Places the icon below the title and info.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Icon Size</strong> <small>Default: 24</small></summary>
+
+
+The size of the icon, in pixels.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Info</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Post Info section controls the author and date metadata shown on each slide.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Info</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Author</strong> <small>Default: Show</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the post author on each slide.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Date</strong> <small>Default: Show</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the post date on each slide. Setting this to **Show** reveals the **Date Format** field.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Date Format</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Date Format</strong> <small>Default: Default</small></summary>
+
+
+The format used for the post date. **Default** uses the WordPress site date format. The remaining options are PHP date formats such as `M j, Y`, `F j, Y`, `m/d/Y`, `m-d-Y`, `d M Y`, `d F Y`, `Y-m-d`, and `Y/m/d`.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Content (Grid Only)</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Content section controls the post content and more link shown on each slide. This section appears when **Layout** is set to **Grid**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Content</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Content</strong> <small>Default: Hide</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the post excerpt on each slide. Setting this to **Show** reveals the **Content Length** field and the **Post Content** section in the Style tab.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Content Length</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Content Length</strong></summary>
+
+
+The maximum number of words shown in the excerpt. Leave empty to use the WordPress default excerpt length.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>More Link</strong> <small>Default: Hide</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides a read-more link below the excerpt. Setting this to **Show** reveals the **More Link Text** field and the **More Link** section in the Style tab.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>More Link Text</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>More Link Text</strong> <small>Default: Read More</small></summary>
+
+
+The text displayed on the more link.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+### Style Tab
+
+The Style tab controls colors and typography for the slide background, post title, post info, post content, more link, and navigation arrows.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Carousel Item</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Carousel Item section sets the slide background and the icon colors used in the **Gallery** layout.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Carousel Item</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Color</strong> <small>Default: #ffffff; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The color applied to the overlay behind the text on each slide.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon Color (Gallery Only)</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The color of the post icon. This field appears when **Layout** is set to **Gallery** and **Use Icon for Posts** is set to **Yes**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>DuoTone Icon Primary Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+For Font Awesome DuoTone icons only: the primary color applied to the icon.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>DuoTone Icon Secondary Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+For Font Awesome DuoTone icons only: the secondary color applied to the icon.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Title</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Post Title section styles the post title text on each slide.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Title</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The color of the post title.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Hover Color (Grid Only)</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The color of the post title on hover and focus. This field appears when **Layout** is set to **Grid**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for the post title.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Info</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Post Info section styles the author and date text on each slide.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Info</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The color of the post info text.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link Color (Grid Only)</strong> <small>Default: #cccccc; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The color of links inside the post info, such as the author link. This field appears when **Layout** is set to **Grid**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link Hover Color (Grid Only)</strong> <small>Default: #ffffff; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The color of post info links on hover and focus. This field appears when **Layout** is set to **Grid**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for the post info text.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Content (Grid Only)</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Post Content section styles the excerpt text on each slide. This section appears when **Layout** is set to **Grid** and **Content** is set to **Show**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Content</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The color of the post content text.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The color of links inside the post content.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The color of post content links on hover and focus.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for the post content text.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>More Link (Grid Only)</strong></summary>
+
+
+The More Link section styles the read-more link on each slide. This section appears when **Layout** is set to **Grid** and **More Link** is set to **Show**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>More Link</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The color of the more link text.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The color of the more link on hover and focus.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for the more link text.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Nav Arrows</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Nav Arrows section styles the previous and next arrow controls. This section appears when **Show Arrows** is set to **Yes** in the Slider tab.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Nav Arrows</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Arrows Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The background color of the arrow controls.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Arrows Background Style</strong> <small>Default: Circle</small></summary>
+
+
+The shape used behind each arrow.
+
+- **Circle:** Renders the arrow background as a circle.
+- **Square:** Renders the arrow background as a square.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Arrows Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The color of the arrow icons.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+### Query Tab
+
+The Query tab configures the data source used to populate the carousel.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Source</strong> <small>Default: Custom Query</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects whether the carousel runs its own query or inherits the main page query.
+
+- **Custom Query:** Builds a query inside the module using the **Custom Query** and **Filter** sections below.
+- **Main Query:** Reuses the main WordPress query for the current page, such as an archive or search results page.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Custom Query</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Custom Query section configures the query used when **Source** is set to **Custom Query**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Custom Query</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Type</strong> <small>Default: Post</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects one or more post types to query for the carousel.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Ordering settings</strong></summary>
+
+Ordering settings control how queried posts or items are sorted, such as by date, title, menu order, or custom ordering options where available.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Offset</strong> <small>Default: 0</small></summary>
+
+
+Skips the specified number of posts that match the query before returning results.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Exclude Current Post</strong> <small>Default: No</small></summary>
+
+
+Excludes the post being viewed from the carousel results. Useful in single templates that show related posts.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Filtering settings</strong></summary>
+
+Filtering settings control which posts, terms, authors, or content types are included or excluded from the module output.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+
+The Advanced tab contains common Posts Carousel module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+
+</details>
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/post-grid.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/post-grid.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c6715c5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/post-grid.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,1001 @@
+---
+title: Posts
+sidebar_label: Posts
+icon: "layout-grid"
+description: "Use Posts to display a queried list of WordPress posts in columns, masonry, gallery, or list layouts with full control over content, style, and pagination."
+---
+
+
+Use Posts to display a queried list of WordPress posts in columns, masonry, gallery, or list layouts with full control over content, style, and pagination.
+
+## Usage
+
+Use Posts to render queried WordPress content as a grid, masonry layout, image gallery, or vertical list. The module wires WordPress query controls to a configurable layout, exposes the featured image, post info, terms, and excerpt or full content per post, and supports paginated, infinite scroll, or load-more navigation.
+
+Use Posts on blog index pages, archive replacements, related-content sections, taxonomy landing pages, portfolio galleries, and singular templates that surface secondary content. It fits any layout that needs a flexible loop driven by post type, taxonomy, author, or custom field criteria.
+
+## Module Settings
+
+The Posts module settings control the loop layout, the featured image and post meta that appear, the visual styling of cards and text, the underlying query, and the pagination behavior at the bottom of the list.
+
+### Layout Tab
+
+The Layout tab selects the overall layout style and configures the post container, featured image, post info, terms, and content for each item.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Layout</strong> <small>Default: Masonry</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the overall layout used to render the loop. Each option exposes its own dedicated styling and posts settings.
+
+- **Columns:** Renders posts in equal-width, fixed-column rows.
+- **Masonry:** Renders posts in a flexible grid with variable item heights.
+- **Gallery:** Renders only featured images with a hover overlay.
+- **List:** Renders posts in a single vertical stack with optional left or right images.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Posts</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Posts section controls the per-item dimensions, spacing, container element, and title heading tag. Available when **Layout** is **Columns**, **Masonry**, or **List**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Posts settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Equal Heights (Columns Only)</strong> <small>Default: No; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Forces every post in the same row to share the tallest item's height. Available when **Layout** is **Columns**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Width (Masonry Only)</strong> <small>Default: 300</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the target column width in pixels for each post tile. Available when **Layout** is **Masonry**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Columns (Columns Only)</strong> <small>Default: 3; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the number of columns rendered per row. Available when **Layout** is **Columns**. Default values per breakpoint are 3 (default), 3 (large), 2 (medium), and 1 (responsive).
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Spacing (Columns and Masonry Only)</strong> <small>Default: 60</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the gap in pixels between posts. Available when **Layout** is **Columns** or **Masonry**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Spacing (List Only)</strong> <small>Default: 40</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the bottom margin in pixels between posts. Available when **Layout** is **List**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Padding (Columns and Masonry Only)</strong> <small>Default: 20</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the inner padding in pixels around each post's text content. Available when **Layout** is **Columns** or **Masonry**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Padding (List Only)</strong> <small>Default: 0</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the inner padding in pixels for each post in a List layout. Available when **Layout** is **List**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Posts Element</strong> <small>Default: &lt;li&gt;(unwrapped in divs)</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects the HTML5 element used for each post item to improve accessibility and machine readability.
+
+- **\<div\>:** Renders each post inside a generic `div` element.
+- **\<article\>:** Renders each post inside an `article` element, the most semantically appropriate option for blog content.
+- **\<li\>(wrapped in divs):** Renders each post as an `li` element wrapped inside container `div` elements.
+- **\<li\>(unwrapped in divs):** Renders each post as an `li` element without the additional wrapping `div` elements.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Posts Element Class for UL</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Posts Element Class for UL</strong></summary>
+
+
+Adds a custom CSS class to the parent `ul` element. This field appears when **Posts Element** is set to **\<li\>(unwrapped in divs)**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Posts Element Class</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Adds a custom CSS class to each post element.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Posts Title Tag</strong> <small>Default: &lt;h2&gt;</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects the heading tag used for each post title. Options are `<h1>`, `<h2>`, `<h3>`, `<h4>`, `<h5>`, `<h6>`, and `<p>`.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Featured Image</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Featured Image section controls whether the featured image is rendered, where it sits relative to the post content, its size and dimensions, and the fallback used when a post has no thumbnail.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Featured Image settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Image</strong> <small>Default: Show</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the featured image for each post.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Image Position (Columns and Masonry Only)</strong> <small>Default: Above Title</small></summary>
+
+
+Places the image above the title or above the rest of the content for **Columns** and **Masonry** layouts.
+
+- **Above Title:** Renders the image above the post title.
+- **Above Content:** Renders the image above the content but below the title.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Image Position (List Only)</strong> <small>Default: Above Content</small></summary>
+
+
+Places the image relative to the post text in a **List** layout.
+
+- **Above Title:** Renders the image above the post title.
+- **Above Content:** Renders the image above the content but below the title.
+- **Left:** Floats the image to the left of the entire post.
+- **Left Content:** Floats the image to the left of the content only.
+- **Right:** Floats the image to the right of the entire post.
+- **Right Content:** Floats the image to the right of the content only.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Image Width</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Image Width (Beside Layout Only)</strong> <small>Default: 33</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the percentage of the post width that the image occupies. Appears when **Image Position** is **Left**, **Left Content**, **Right**, or **Right Content**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Image Size</strong> <small>Default: medium</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects the registered WordPress image size used to render the featured image.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Equal Height Image</strong> <small>Default: Disabled</small></summary>
+
+
+Normalizes featured image dimensions across posts.
+
+- **Disabled:** Uses the natural dimensions of each image.
+- **Fixed Height:** Forces every image to the height set in **Image Height**.
+- **Aspect Ratio:** Forces every image to a CSS aspect ratio set in **Aspect Ratio**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Image Height</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Image Height (Fixed Height Only)</strong> <small>Default: 200; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets a fixed image height in pixels when **Equal Height Image** is **Fixed Height**.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Aspect Ratio</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Aspect Ratio (Aspect Ratio Only)</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the CSS aspect ratio in `width/height` notation, for example `16/9`. Used when **Equal Height Image** is **Aspect Ratio**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Image Spacing (Columns and Masonry Only)</strong> <small>Default: 0</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the spacing in pixels between the featured image and the post text. Available when **Layout** is **Columns** or **Masonry**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Image Spacing (List Only)</strong> <small>Default: 0</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the spacing in pixels between the featured image and the post text. Available when **Layout** is **List**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Fallback Image</strong></summary>
+
+
+Selects an image used when a post has no featured image. Leave empty to skip the image entirely for those posts.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Info</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Post Info section controls which post meta fields appear with each item. Available when **Layout** is **Columns**, **Masonry**, or **List**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Info settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Author</strong> <small>Default: Show</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the post author. Available when **Layout** is **Columns**, **Masonry**, or **List**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Enable Author Link</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Enable Author Link</strong> <small>Default: Yes</small></summary>
+
+
+Wraps the author name in a link to the author archive when **Author** is **Show**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Date</strong> <small>Default: Show</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the post date.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Date Format</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Date Format</strong> <small>Default: Default</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects the format used to render the post date when **Date** is **Show**. **Default** uses the WordPress general date format. Other options are formatted samples such as `M j, Y`, `F j, Y`, `m/d/Y`, `m-d-Y`, `d M Y`, `d F Y`, `Y-m-d`, and `Y/m/d`.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Comments (List Only)</strong> <small>Default: Show</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the comment count next to each post. Available when **Layout** is **List**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Comments (Columns and Masonry Only)</strong> <small>Default: Hide</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the comment count next to each post. Available when **Layout** is **Columns** or **Masonry**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Separator</strong> <small>Default:  | </small></summary>
+
+
+The character or string rendered between the visible post info items.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Terms</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Post Terms section controls the rendering of taxonomy terms attached to each post. Available when **Layout** is **Columns**, **Masonry**, or **List**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Terms settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Terms</strong> <small>Default: Hide</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the list of hierarchical taxonomy terms assigned to each post.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Terms Label</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Terms Label</strong> <small>Default: Posted in </small></summary>
+
+
+The label rendered before the list of terms when **Terms** is **Show**.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Terms Separator</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Terms Separator</strong> <small>Default: , </small></summary>
+
+
+The character or string rendered between individual terms when **Terms** is **Show**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Content</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Post Content section controls the rendered post body and the optional read-more link. Available when **Layout** is **Columns**, **Masonry**, or **List**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Content settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Content</strong> <small>Default: Show</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the post content area for each item.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Content Type (List Only)</strong> <small>Default: Excerpt</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects whether the post body renders as a trimmed excerpt or the full post content. Available when **Layout** is **List**.
+
+- **Excerpt:** Renders the WordPress excerpt, optionally trimmed to a fixed word count.
+- **Full Text:** Renders the complete post content.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Content Length</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Content Length (Excerpt Only)</strong></summary>
+
+
+Sets the maximum number of words rendered in the excerpt when **Content Type** is **Excerpt**. Leave empty to use the default WordPress excerpt length.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>More Link</strong> <small>Default: Hide</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides an inline read-more link at the end of each post.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>More Link Text</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>More Link Text</strong> <small>Default: Read More</small></summary>
+
+
+The text used for the inline read-more link when **More Link** is **Show**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+### Style Tab
+
+The Style tab controls the visual appearance of post cards, text, gallery overlays, and the gallery hover icon.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Posts</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Posts section controls per-card styling. Available when **Layout** is **Columns**, **Masonry**, or **List**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Posts settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Alignment</strong></summary>
+
+
+Sets the horizontal text alignment used inside each post.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the background color of each post container.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Border settings</strong></summary>
+
+Border settings control border style, width, color, radius, and related responsive border controls where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Text section controls the typography and color of the title, post info, content, and inline links. Available when **Layout** is **Columns**, **Masonry**, or **List**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Title Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the color of the post title link.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Title Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for the post title.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Info Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the color of post info text such as the author, date, and comment count.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Info Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for the post info row.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Content Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the color of the post content text.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Content Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for the post content.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the color of inline links inside the post content.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the color of inline links inside the post content on hover.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Hover Transition (Gallery Only)</strong> <small>Default: Fade</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the transition used when the gallery overlay appears on hover. Available when **Layout** is **Gallery**.
+
+- **Fade:** Cross-fades the overlay over the image.
+- **Slide Up:** Slides the overlay in from the bottom.
+- **Slide Down:** Slides the overlay in from the top.
+- **Scale Up:** Scales the overlay in from a smaller size.
+- **Scale Down:** Scales the overlay in from a larger size.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Overlay Colors (Gallery Only)</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Overlay Colors section styles the text and background of the hover overlay rendered on top of each gallery image. Available when **Layout** is **Gallery**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Overlay Colors settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Overlay Text Color</strong> <small>Default: ffffff; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the color of the post title displayed inside the overlay.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Overlay Background Color</strong> <small>Default: 333333; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the background color of the overlay panel rendered behind the title text.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icons (Gallery Only)</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Icons section adds an optional decorative icon to each gallery item. Available when **Layout** is **Gallery**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icons settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Use Icon for Posts</strong> <small>Default: No</small></summary>
+
+
+Enables a per-post icon rendered inside the gallery overlay.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Icon</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Icon (Use Icon for Posts Only)</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects the icon used for each gallery item when **Use Icon for Posts** is **Yes**.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Icon Position</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Icon Position (Use Icon for Posts Only)</strong> <small>Default: Above Text</small></summary>
+
+
+Places the icon above or below the gallery title text when **Use Icon for Posts** is **Yes**. Options are **Above Text** and **Below Text**.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Icon Color</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Icon Color (Use Icon for Posts Only)</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the icon color when **Use Icon for Posts** is **Yes**.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Icon Size</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Icon Size (Use Icon for Posts Only)</strong> <small>Default: 24</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the icon size in pixels when **Use Icon for Posts** is **Yes**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>DuoTone Icon Primary Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+For Font Awesome DuoTone icons only: the primary color applied to the icon.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>DuoTone Icon Secondary Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+For Font Awesome DuoTone icons only: the secondary color applied to the icon.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+### Query Tab
+
+The Query tab configures the source of the loop, the post type, sorting, dynamic and custom field filters, and how many posts are returned.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Source</strong> <small>Default: Custom Query</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects whether the module renders its own custom query or inherits the current page's main WordPress query.
+
+- **Custom Query:** Builds a query using the post type, ordering, dynamic filters, and custom field filters configured in this tab.
+- **Main Query:** Uses the current page's main query, for example the archive query on a category page or the search query on a search results page.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Custom Query</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Custom Query section configures the post type, sorting, offset, and self-exclusion behavior used when **Source** is **Custom Query**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Custom Query settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Type</strong> <small>Default: Post</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects one or more registered post types used in the query.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Ordering settings</strong></summary>
+
+Ordering settings control how queried posts or items are sorted, such as by date, title, menu order, or custom ordering options where available.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Offset</strong> <small>Default: 0</small></summary>
+
+
+Skips this many matching posts from the start of the query before returning results.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Exclude Current Post</strong> <small>Default: No</small></summary>
+
+
+Excludes the post being viewed from the query when the module renders inside a singular template or Themer layout.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Filtering settings</strong></summary>
+
+Filtering settings control which posts, terms, authors, or content types are included or excluded from the module output.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Custom field filter settings</strong></summary>
+
+Custom field filters limit queried content by matching custom field keys, values, and comparison rules where available.
+
+</details>
+
+### Pagination Tab
+
+The Pagination tab controls how additional pages of results are displayed and includes the styling controls for the load-more button.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Pagination Style</strong> <small>Default: Numbers</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects how additional posts are loaded after the first page.
+
+- **Numbers:** Renders standard numbered pagination links below the loop.
+- **Scroll:** Loads additional posts automatically as the visitor scrolls toward the end of the loop.
+- **Load More Button:** Renders a button below the loop that loads additional posts on click.
+- **None:** Hides pagination and displays only the first page of results.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Auto-scroll on Pagination</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Auto-scroll on Pagination (Numbers Only)</strong> <small>Default: Yes</small></summary>
+
+
+Scrolls the page to the top of the loop when a new page of results is loaded. Appears when **Pagination Style** is **Numbers**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Posts Per Page</strong> <small>Default: 10</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the maximum number of posts returned per page of results.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>No Results Message</strong> <small>Default: Sorry, we couldn't find any posts. Please try a different search.</small></summary>
+
+
+The message displayed when the query returns no posts.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Show Search</strong> <small>Default: Show</small></summary>
+
+
+Renders a WordPress search form below the no-results message when no posts are found.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Load More Button (Load More Button Only)</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Load More Button section configures the button text and the loading-state label used during AJAX requests. Available when **Pagination Style** is **Load More Button**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Load More Button settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Text</strong> <small>Default: Load More</small></summary>
+
+
+The label displayed on the load-more button.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Loading text</strong></summary>
+
+
+The label displayed on the button while the next page of posts is being fetched. Falls back to **Loading...** when left empty.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Icon (Load More Button Only)</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Button Icon section adds an optional icon to the load-more button. Available when **Pagination Style** is **Load More Button**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Icon settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Icon</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects the icon rendered next to the button text.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Icon Position</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Icon Position</strong> <small>Default: Before Text</small></summary>
+
+
+Places the icon before or after the button text when an icon is selected. Options are **Before Text** and **After Text**.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Icon Visibility</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Icon Visibility</strong> <small>Default: Always Visible</small></summary>
+
+
+Keeps the icon visible or fades it in on hover when an icon is selected. Options are **Always Visible** and **Fade In On Hover**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Style (Load More Button Only)</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Button Style section sets the size and inner spacing of the load-more button. Available when **Pagination Style** is **Load More Button**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Style settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Width</strong> <small>Default: Auto</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the button width to **Auto** or **Full Width**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Padding</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive, Link Values</small></summary>
+
+
+The inner spacing of the load-more button.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Text (Load More Button Only)</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Button Text section controls the typography and color of the load-more button label. Available when **Pagination Style** is **Load More Button**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Text settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Text Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the text color of the button label.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Text Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the text color of the button label on hover and focus.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for the button label.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Background (Load More Button Only)</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Button Background section controls the background color, fill style, and hover transition of the load-more button. Available when **Pagination Style** is **Load More Button**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Background settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the default background color of the button.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Background Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the background color of the button on hover and focus.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Background Style</strong> <small>Default: Flat</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects a **Flat** or **Gradient** background style for the button.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Background Animation</strong> <small>Default: Disabled</small></summary>
+
+
+Enables or disables the transition between the normal and hover background colors. Options are **Disabled** and **Enabled**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Border (Load More Button Only)</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Button Border section controls the border style and hover color of the load-more button. Available when **Pagination Style** is **Load More Button**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Border settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Border</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The border style, width, color, and radius for the load-more button.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Border Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the border color of the button on hover and focus.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+
+The Advanced tab contains common Posts module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+
+</details>
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/post-slider.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/post-slider.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..48a6d6f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/post-slider.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,647 @@
+---
+title: Posts Slider
+sidebar_label: Posts Slider
+icon: "gallery-horizontal-end"
+description: "Use Posts Slider to display a slider of WordPress posts with featured image, post info, and excerpt content."
+---
+
+
+Use Posts Slider to display a slider of WordPress posts with featured image, post info, and excerpt content.
+
+## Usage
+
+Use Posts Slider to render a slideshow of queried WordPress posts, pages, or custom post types in a single rotating panel. Each slide combines the post's featured image with optional post title, author, date, comment count, excerpt, and a Read More link, and the slideshow is driven by configurable height, autoplay, loop, transition, and timing controls.
+
+This module is most useful for blog feature areas, homepage hero sections, related-content blocks, and landing pages where a small set of posts should rotate automatically with strong visual emphasis. It works well anywhere a static post grid would feel too dense and a single highlighted post at a time better matches the page design.
+
+## Module Settings
+
+The Posts Slider module settings control the slider behavior, the layout of each slide, the visual styling of slide content, and the underlying post query.
+
+### Slider Tab
+
+The Slider tab controls the slider dimensions, autoplay, transitions, and the visible navigation controls.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Height</strong> <small>Default: 400px</small></summary>
+
+
+The minimum height of the slider in pixels. Slide content can expand the height beyond this value.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Auto Play</strong> <small>Default: Yes</small></summary>
+
+
+Starts each slide rotating automatically on page load.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Loop</strong> <small>Default: No</small></summary>
+
+
+Returns the slider to the first slide after the last slide, so the rotation continues without stopping.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Delay</strong> <small>Default: 5</small></summary>
+
+
+The time in seconds each slide remains visible before advancing to the next slide.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Transition</strong> <small>Default: Slide</small></summary>
+
+
+The animation used when moving between slides.
+
+- **Fade:** Cross-fades between slides without moving them horizontally.
+- **Slide:** Slides each post horizontally into view.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Transition Speed</strong> <small>Default: 1</small></summary>
+
+
+The duration in seconds of the transition animation between slides.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Number of Posts</strong> <small>Default: 10</small></summary>
+
+
+The maximum number of posts loaded into the slider as slides.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Slider Controls</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Slider Controls section sets which navigation elements appear on top of the slider.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Slider Controls</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Show Dots</strong> <small>Default: Yes</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the pagination dots used to jump between slides.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Show Arrows</strong> <small>Default: No</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the previous and next arrow controls. Selecting **Yes** also reveals the **Nav Arrows** group in the Style tab.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Show Play/Pause</strong> <small>Default: No</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides a play and pause toggle for the slider rotation.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+### Layout Tab
+
+The Layout tab controls how the featured image, post info, and post content appear on each slide.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Featured Image</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Featured Image section controls whether and how the featured image is displayed on each slide.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Featured Image</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Show Featured Image?</strong> <small>Default: Show</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the featured image on each slide. Selecting **Hide** removes the related image fields from the layout.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Image Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Image</strong> <small>Default: Background</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects how the featured image is rendered on the slide.
+
+- **Background:** Renders the featured image as the slide background, with the post content overlaid on top.
+- **Thumbnail:** Renders the featured image as an inline thumbnail next to the post content.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Size</strong> <small>Default: Large</small></summary>
+
+
+The registered image size used for the featured image.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Crop</strong> <small>Default: Landscape</small></summary>
+
+
+The crop applied to the thumbnail image when **Image** is set to **Thumbnail**.
+
+- **None:** Uses the original image without cropping.
+- **Landscape:** Crops the image to a wide horizontal aspect ratio.
+- **Panorama:** Crops the image to a very wide panoramic aspect ratio.
+- **Portrait:** Crops the image to a tall vertical aspect ratio.
+- **Square:** Crops the image to a 1:1 square.
+- **Circle:** Crops the image to a circle.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Info</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Post Info section controls which metadata appears next to each post title.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Info</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Author</strong> <small>Default: Show</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the post author on each slide.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Date</strong> <small>Default: Show</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the post date on each slide.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Date Format</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Date Format</strong> <small>Default: Default</small></summary>
+
+
+The format used to display the post date when **Date** is set to **Show**.
+
+- **Default:** Uses the date format configured in the WordPress settings.
+- **M j, Y:** Short month name, day, and four-digit year, for example `Jan 1, 2025`.
+- **F j, Y:** Full month name, day, and four-digit year, for example `January 1, 2025`.
+- **m/d/Y:** Numeric month, day, and four-digit year separated by slashes.
+- **m-d-Y:** Numeric month, day, and four-digit year separated by hyphens.
+- **d M Y:** Day, short month name, and four-digit year.
+- **d F Y:** Day, full month name, and four-digit year.
+- **Y-m-d:** Four-digit year, numeric month, and day separated by hyphens.
+- **Y/m/d:** Four-digit year, numeric month, and day separated by slashes.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Comments</strong> <small>Default: Show</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the post comment count on each slide.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Content</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Post Content section controls the post excerpt and the optional Read More link displayed on each slide.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Content</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Content</strong> <small>Default: Show</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the post excerpt on each slide. Selecting **Show** also reveals the **Post Content** style group in the Style tab.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Content Length</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Content Length</strong></summary>
+
+
+The maximum number of words used for the excerpt when **Post Content** is set to **Show**. Leave empty to use the default WordPress excerpt length.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>More Link</strong> <small>Default: Hide</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the Read More link below the excerpt. Selecting **Show** also reveals the **More Link** style group in the Style tab.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>More Link Text</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>More Link Text</strong> <small>Default: Read More</small></summary>
+
+
+The text displayed for the Read More link when **More Link** is set to **Show**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+### Style Tab
+
+The Style tab controls the appearance of the slide content area, post title, post info, post content, More Link, and the optional navigation arrows.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Content</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Content section controls the position, sizing, and background of the text overlay on each slide.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Content</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Position</strong> <small>Default: Left</small></summary>
+
+
+The horizontal or vertical placement of the text content over the slide background. Available when **Image** is set to **Background**.
+
+- **Left:** Aligns the content to the left side of the slide.
+- **Right:** Aligns the content to the right side of the slide.
+- **Bottom:** Aligns the content to the bottom of the slide.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Position (Thumbnail Only)</strong> <small>Default: Left</small></summary>
+
+
+The placement of the text content next to the featured image when **Image** is set to **Thumbnail**.
+
+- **Left:** Places the content to the left of the thumbnail.
+- **Right:** Places the content to the right of the thumbnail.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text Width</strong> <small>Default: 50%</small></summary>
+
+
+The width of the text content area as a percentage of the slide width. Available when **Position** is set to **Left** or **Right**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text Padding</strong> <small>Default: 50px</small></summary>
+
+
+The inner spacing around the text content area in pixels.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Color</strong> <small>Default: #333333; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The color of the overlay placed behind the text content when the featured image is rendered as a background.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Gradient</strong> <small>Default: No</small></summary>
+
+
+Fades the background color overlay into a transparent edge in the direction set by **Position**, instead of filling a flat block.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Height</strong> <small>Default: 100%</small></summary>
+
+
+Controls how the background overlay sizes to the slide.
+
+- **Auto:** Sizes the overlay to fit the height of the text content.
+- **100%:** Stretches the overlay to fill the full height of the slide.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Title</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Post Title section controls the markup and appearance of each post title.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Title</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Title Tag</strong> <small>Default: h2</small></summary>
+
+
+The HTML tag used for each post title. Options are **h1**, **h2**, **h3**, **h4**, **h5**, and **h6**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Color</strong> <small>Default: #cccccc; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The text color of each post title.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Hover Color</strong> <small>Default: #ffffff; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The text color of each post title on hover.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for post titles.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Info</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Post Info section controls the appearance of the author, date, and comment count metadata.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Info</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Color</strong> <small>Default: #ffffff; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The text color of the post info metadata.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link Color</strong> <small>Default: #cccccc; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The link color of the post info metadata.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link Hover Color</strong> <small>Default: #ffffff; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The link color of the post info metadata on hover.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for the post info metadata.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Content</strong></summary>
+
+
+This group is available when **Post Content** is set to **Show** in the Layout tab.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Content</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Color</strong> <small>Default: #ffffff; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The text color of the post excerpt content.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link Color</strong> <small>Default: #cccccc; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The color of inline links inside the post excerpt content.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link Hover Color</strong> <small>Default: #ffffff; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The color of inline links inside the post excerpt content on hover.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for the post excerpt content.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>More Link</strong></summary>
+
+
+This group is available when **More Link** is set to **Show** in the Layout tab.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>More Link</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The text color of the Read More link.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The text color of the Read More link on hover.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for the Read More link.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Nav Arrows</strong></summary>
+
+
+This group is available when **Show Arrows** is set to **Yes** in the Slider tab.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Nav Arrows</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Arrows Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The background color of the previous and next arrow controls.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Arrows Background Style</strong> <small>Default: Circle</small></summary>
+
+
+The shape of the background behind each arrow control.
+
+- **Circle:** Renders the arrow background as a circle.
+- **Square:** Renders the arrow background as a square.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Arrows Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The fill color of the previous and next arrow icons.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+### Query Tab
+
+The Query tab configures the WordPress query used to load posts into the slider.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Source</strong> <small>Default: Custom Query</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects how the slider gets its posts.
+
+- **Custom Query:** Build a custom WordPress query by specifying post type, sort order, and filters.
+- **Main Query:** Use the current page's main WordPress query, useful inside Beaver Themer archive layouts where the page context determines the query.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Custom Query settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Type</strong> <small>Default: Post</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects one or more post types to query. Supports posts, pages, and registered custom post types.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Ordering settings</strong></summary>
+
+Ordering settings control how queried posts or items are sorted, such as by date, title, menu order, or custom ordering options where available.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Offset</strong> <small>Default: 0</small></summary>
+
+
+Skips the specified number of posts at the start of the query results, useful when the most recent posts appear elsewhere on the page.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Exclude Current Post</strong> <small>Default: No</small></summary>
+
+
+Excludes the post currently being viewed from the query results. Useful for related-post sliders on single post templates.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Filtering settings</strong></summary>
+
+Filtering settings control which posts, terms, authors, or content types are included or excluded from the module output.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Authors</strong></summary>
+
+
+Filters the query to posts by specific authors entered by username.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Custom field filter settings</strong></summary>
+
+Custom field filters limit queried content by matching custom field keys, values, and comparison rules where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+
+The Advanced tab contains common Posts Slider module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+
+</details>
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts/increase-space-between-images-in-posts-module-gallery.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts/increase-space-between-images-in-posts-module-gallery.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 097127d3..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts/increase-space-between-images-in-posts-module-gallery.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
----
-id: increase-space-between-images-in-posts-module-gallery
-title: Increase space between Posts in Posts Gallery module
-sidebar_label: Increase space between Posts in Posts Gallery module
-description: Here's some CSS code to use if you want space between the post images in a Posts module Gallery layout.
----
-
-When you choose the **Gallery** layout style in the Posts module, by default there is no space between the featured images for each Post in the gallery, such as in the following screenshot.
-
-![](/img/how-to-tips-space-in-post-gallery-1.png)
-
-You can use the following CSS rule to increase spacing between the featured images in the display:
-
-```css
-.fl-post-gallery-post {
-  margin: 20px;
-}
-```
-
-Increasing to a `20px` margin separates the space between images as shown in the following screenshot. You can see that the increased margins can also lead to different break points in the rows.
-
-![](/img/how-to-tips-space-in-post-gallery-2.png)
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts/posts-carousel.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts/posts-carousel.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 911f8ae1..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts/posts-carousel.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
----
-id: posts-carousel
-title: Posts Carousel
-sidebar-label: Posts Carousel module
-description: The Posts Carousel module displays a set of posts or pages that moves horizontally across the screen, with many layout and content filtering options.
----
-
-In the Posts Carousel module, a set of posts or pages is displayed as a single row of posts in either Grid layout (with post title and info underneath the featured image) or Gallery view (with post title and info replacing the featured image on mouseover), as shown in the following screenshots of the two layouts.
-
-![](/img/post-carousel-module-1.jpg)
-
-Autoplay, looping of the posts, and navigation icons (dots, arrows) are all optional.
-
-:::tip **Tip**
-Not sure which Posts module to use? See [the comparison article](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts/posts-posts-carousel-and-posts-slider-modules-examples.md).
-:::
-
-## Slider tab
-
-| Section             | Field                              | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           |
-| ------------------- | ---------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| &nbsp;              | Layout                             | **Grid** displays the post title and post info below the featured image. **Gallery** displays the featured image, with post title and info replacing the featured image on mouseover. In Grid layout, you can hide the featured image on the **Layout** tab, with the result that the post info displays where the image normally appears. Gallery layout does not have the option to hide the featured image, since the result would be the same as for Grid layout. |
-| &nbsp;              | Auto play                          | If **Yes**, the display moves through the posts automatically, unless the user intervenes by clicking on the dots or arrows or moving the cursor over one of the posts. If **No**, there is no animation and user must use the navigational aids.                                                                                                                                                                                                                     |
-| &nbsp;              | Delay                              | Number of seconds each post is displayed. This setting is used only if **Auto play** is enabled.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      |
-| &nbsp;              | Loop                               | If **Yes**, the list of posts is displayed in a repeating continuous carousel. If **No**, the list of posts ends when the last post is reached. This behavior occurs whether autoplay is enabled or not.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              |
-| &nbsp;              | Transition speed                   | When autoplay is enabled, the speed in seconds at which one slide moves to the next when the **Delay** time has finished.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             |
-| &nbsp;              | Number of posts                    | Maximum number of posts to display. Which posts are selected depends on the filters set on the **Content** tab.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       |
-| &nbsp;              | Number of slides to move at a time | Advances the display of posts or pages forward by the number in this field. By default the value is **1**.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            |
-| **Slider controls** | Show dots                          | If **Yes**, a set of horizontal dots is displayed at the bottom of the carousel. The number of dots equals the **Number of posts** value, and one dot is highlighted to indicate which post in the sequence is being displayed. Visitors can manually change the display by clicking one of the dots.                                                                                                                                                                 |
-| &nbsp;              | Show arrows                        | If **Yes**, a left and right arrow is displayed on either side of the post list so user can move ahead or back manually. You can style the arrow color, background color, and background shape on the **Style** tab.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  |
-
-## Layout tab
-
-| Section                         | Field                   | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   |
-| ------------------------------- | ----------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **Posts**                       | Post max width          | Determines the maximum width of each post in the list. Depending on display width of the browser, a larger max width means larger featured images and fewer items visible in the carousel row. As browser width decreases, the display decreases to a single item and eventually the idth of that single item decreases.                                                      |
-| &nbsp;                          | Post spacing            | Number of pixels between posts in the list.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   |
-| &nbsp;                          | Equalize column heights | **(Grid** layout only) If set to **Yes**, the border around every post is the same size.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      |
-| &nbsp;                          | Post hover transition   | **(Gallery** layout only) The type of animation when the post title and post info replace the featured image on mouseover.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    |
-| **Featured image**              | Image                   | **(Grid** layout only) Show or hide the featured image.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       |
-| &nbsp;                          | Size                    | Which size image from the WordPress Media Library to use.<br/>**Note:** The image will always be sized to fit the post max width, so this setting affects image resolution rather than the actual size of the image on the page. This setting doesn't change the amount of crop. Increasing mage size increases the size of the file loaded, which can affect page load time. |
-| &nbsp;                          | Crop                    | Crops the featured image to a particular shape. Note that this may cut out some parts of the image.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           |
-| **Icons (Gallery layout only)** | Use icon for posts      | Choose **Yes** to display an icon on the line above or below the text when the post title and post info are displayed on mouseover.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           |
-| &nbsp;                          | Post icon               | (Appears when Post icon is set to **Yes** for **Gallery** layout)<br/>Choose the icon to be displayed.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        |
-| &nbsp;                          | Post icon position      | (Appears when Post icon is set to Yes for **Gallery** layout)<br/>Choose whether the icon appears above or below the post title and post info.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                |
-| &nbsp;                          | Post icon size          | (Appears when **Post icon** is set to **Yes** for **Gallery** layout)<br/>Specify icon size in pixels.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        |
-| **Post info**                   | Author                  | Show or hide the post author.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 |
-| &nbsp;                          | Date                    | Show or hide the post date.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   |
-| &nbsp;                          | Date format             | (Appears when **Date** is set to **Show** )<br/>Select **Default** to use the WordPress date format specified in **Settings > General** or override the default with a specific date format.                                                                                                                                                                                  |
-| &nbsp;                          | Comments                | Show or hide the number of comments.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          |
-| **Content (Grid layout only)**  | Content                 | Show or hide post content. If set to **Yes**, the entire post excerpt is displayed, if the post has content in the **Excerpt** field. If there's no excerpt, the WordPress default of the first 55 words of the post content is displayed, with an ellipsis of three dots at the end to show there is more content.                                                           |
-| &nbsp;                          | More link               | Show or hide the **Read more** link after the post content.<br/>If set to **Show**, you can also customize the default **Read more** text.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    |
-| &nbsp;                          | More link text          | Customize the default **Read more** text.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     |
-
-## Style tab
-
-| Section                                                                            | Field                   | Description                                                                                                                                  |
-| ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **Carousel item**                                                                  | Background color        | A background color that can be seen for items with no featured image.                                                                        |
-| &nbsp;                                                                             | Icon color              | The color of the icon, when one has been set on the **Layout** tab.                                                                          |
-| **Post title**                                                                     | Color                   | Text color of the post title.                                                                                                                |
-| &nbsp;                                                                             | Typography              | The standard Beaver Builder [typography section](basics/typography.md) for the post title.                                                   |
-| **Post info**                                                                      | Color                   | Text color of the post info.                                                                                                                 |
-| &nbsp;                                                                             | Typography              | The standard Beaver Builder [typography section](basics/typography.md) for the post info.                                                    |
-| **Nav arrows** (Only when **Show arrows** is set to **Yes** on the **Slider** tab) | Arrows background color | Sets the color of a circle or square background behind the navigation arrows. When no color is set, there is no background circle or square. |
-| &nbsp;                                                                             | Arrows background style | When Arrows background color is set, this option sets the arrow background to a circle or a square.                                          |
-| &nbsp;                                                                             | Arrows color            | Sets the color of the arrows themselves.                                                                                                     |
-
-## Content tab
-
-| Section          | Field                        | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               |
-| ---------------- | ---------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| &nbsp;           | Source                       | Main query or custom query. The default for a standard Beaver Builder layout is **Custom query**, which enables all the other fields on this tab.<br/> In Beaver Themer, the default is **Main query**, because normally for a Themer layout you want the query for posts to be based on whatever archive page the query is created for.                                                                                                                                                                                                                  |
-| **Custom query** | Post type                    | Choose pages, posts, or a custom post type, such as WooCommerce Products or a custom post type that you create yourself.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  |
-| &nbsp;           | Order                        | Descending or ascending, and whether it is by date, numerical, or alphabetical depends on the **Order by** setting.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       |
-| &nbsp;           | Order by                     | The choices are **Author**, **Comment count**, **Date**, **Date last modified**, **ID**, **Menu order**, **Meta value** (alphabetic or numeric), **Random**, **Title**.<br/> If you display pages in **Menu order**, you are effectively displaying a menu, with the added ability to display a content summary of the page.<br/> The **Meta value** option enables ordering by a custom field. If you select either the alphabetic or numeric **Meta value** option, a **Meta key** field appears so you can enter the key (`meta_key`).                 |
-| &nbsp;           | Offset                       | Enter an integer if you want to skip a certain number of posts in the order specified in the **Order** setting.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           |
-| &nbsp;           | Exclude current post         | Excludes the current post from the query. This is useful when you are using the module to create a list of related posts on a single post page.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           |
-| **Filter**       | Posts, Pages, Products, etc. | (The label matches the single post name for the **Post type** you set)<br/> Include or exclude a set of posts, page, products, etc., by title. Start typing a word, and the titles containing that word will be displayed for you to choose. Keep selecting titles until you have the set you want to include or exclude. You can reorder matched selections and they are reflected in the front end. See an example for the Posts module at [Selection Order in Filtering](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts/posts.md#selection-order-in-filtering). |
-| &nbsp;           | Categories                   | (Hidden when the **Post type** setting is **Pages** )<br/> You can include or exclude categories to display. The third setting, **Match related categories except**, is useful in Singular-type Themer layouts when you want to use the Posts module to display a list of related posts, and you want to display the related posts in a family of categories except for the specific categories that you name.                                                                                                                                            |
-| &nbsp;           | Tags                         | (Hidden when the **Post type** setting is **Pages** )<br/> You can include or exclude tags to display. The choices are the same as for including or excluding categories.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 |
-| &nbsp;           | Authors                      | You can include or exclude posts or pages by specific authors.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            |
-
-## Advanced tab
-
-There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts/posts-posts-carousel-and-posts-slider-modules-examples.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts/posts-posts-carousel-and-posts-slider-modules-examples.md
deleted file mode 100644
index c1ffb686..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts/posts-posts-carousel-and-posts-slider-modules-examples.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,136 +0,0 @@
----
-id: posts-posts-carousel-and-posts-slider-modules-examples
-title: Posts, Posts Carousel, and Posts Slider modules examples
-sidebar_label: Posts, Posts Carousel, and Posts Slider modules examples
-description: Here are a number of visual examples of Posts, Posts Carousel, and Posts Slider modules to help you decide which one to choose.
----
-
-There are three modules that insert a display of Posts or Pages into a Beaver Builder layout: Posts, Posts Carousel, and Posts Slider. The difference in the modules is the way the posts or pages are displayed and the settings that are available to configure layout, content, and style. In addition, the modules can have more than one layout. See the individual articles about the [Posts](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts/posts.md), [Posts Carousel](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts/posts-carousel.md), and [Posts Slider](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts/posts-slider.md) modules for details about settings.
-
-## Which of the posts modules to choose?
-
-The main distinction between the Posts module and the other two modules is that the Posts Carousel and Posts Slider modules can be animated, while the Posts module cannot.
-
-The Posts module displays a subset of posts in a variety of layouts. You can control the number of posts displayed and also control pagination of the display. There are a number of screenshot examples in the following section.
-
-:::tip **Tip**
-If you want to display the full text of a post, you must use a Posts module and choose the **List** layout type.
-:::
-
-In a carousel, a few items are presented in a horizontal row, with animation or the manual ability to progress through a larger set. In the Posts Carousel module, the post or page title and other information are overlaid on the featured image. The following screenshot shows one of the variations of the Posts Carousel module, with the navigation shown as dots below the posts. See more examples later in this article.
-
-![](/img/post-modules-examples-1.jpg)
-
-In a slider, an image is usually displayed in a background that fills the screen horizontally, overlaid by text, cycling through a set of image/text combinations. Here's an example of a Posts Slider module layout. See more examples later in this article.
-
-![](/img/post-modules-examples-2.jpg)
-
-## Posts module examples
-
-### Posts module – Columns layout
-
-Posts or pages are displayed in top-aligned column groups. In this example, the columns are not set to equal height, so each group is top- aligned, but the bottom borders are adjusted to fit the posts.
-
-![](/img/post-modules-examples-3.jpg)
-
-### Posts module – Masonry layout
-
-Posts or pages are displayed with alternating heights, as shown in this screenshot:
-
-![](/img/post-modules-examples-4.jpg)
-
-### Posts module – Gallery layout
-
-Gallery layout displays featured images in blocks of equal height and width with no space between. Mousing over an image shows post information, as shown in the following screenshot. You cannot display post content with Gallery layout.
-
-![](/img/post-modules-examples-5.jpg)
-
-When the post has no featured image, only the post information is displayed.
-
-### Posts module – List layout
-
-In **List** layout, posts or pages are displayed in a vertical list takes up the full single-column width. The featured image can be set to appear in any of the following locations:
-
-  * **Above title**  
-![](/img/post-modules-examples-6.jpg)
-
-  * **Above content**  
-![](/img/post-modules-examples-7.jpg)
-
-  * **Left**  
-The image is top-aligned with the title.  
-![](/img/post-modules-examples-8.jpg)
-
-  * **Left content (Version 1.10.7)**  
-The image is top-aligned with the post content.  
-![](/img/post-modules-examples-9.jpg)
-
-  * **Right**  
-The image is top-aligned with the title.  
-![](/img/post-modules-examples-10.jpg)
-
-  * **Right content**  
-The image is top-aligned with the post content.  
-![](/img/post-modules-examples-11.jpg)
-
-## Posts Carousel module
-
-### Gallery layout
-
-The Gallery layout of the Posts Carousel module displays the featured image in a single row of blocks of uniform height and width, and when you mouse over the image the title and post info are displayed with a color background, as shown in the screenshot below. You can't display post content with the Gallery layout.
-
-![](/img/post-modules-examples-12.jpg)
-
-### Grid layout
-
-The Grid layout of the Posts Carousel module displays the thumbnails of featured images with post title, optional post info, and optional post excerpt underneath. The column height can be equalized, which means the content borders are the same size and the columns are top-aligned.
-
-![](/img/post-modules-examples-13.png)
-
-## Posts Slider module
-
-The Posts Slider module only has one layout style: an animated display of one post or page at a time, with post or page text overlaid.
-
-The featured image can be displayed in two ways.
-
-  * The featured image can be set to display as the background with the post info and post excerpt appearing on top, as in the following screenshot:
-
-![](/img/post-modules-examples-14.jpg)
-
-  * The featured image can be set to a thumbnail, with the post info and excerpt appearing to the left or right of it, as in this screenshot:
-
-![](/img/post-modules-examples-15.jpg)
-
-When the featured image appears in the background, you can set the post text to the left, right, or bottom of the slide. When the featured image appears as a thumbnail you can set the post text to appear to the left or right of the image.
-
-You can also set a background color for the text portion of the slide. You can choose whether the background color is the full height of the slide or covers only the portion of the slide where the text is displayed. You can also choose the opacity of the background color and whether the background has a gradient.
-
-:::tip **Tip**
-To stretch the slides to the full width of the browser window, in the Row settings make the row full width, the content full width, and set the row padding to 0px on left and right. Change the Posts Slider module margins to 0px on left and right.
-:::
-
-The following screenshots show some more examples of the text background settings.
-
-In the next screenshot, **Text background height** is set to **Auto**, and text padding is set to 50 px. With text placed on the left, the text background extends to the slide border on the top and left and extends 50px beyond the text on the right and bottom.
-
- **Posts Slider with text left, featured image in background, text background color #333333,  80% opacity, auto height, no gradient:**
-
-![](/img/post-modules-examples-16.jpg)
-
-Compare with the next screenshot, in which **Text background height** is set to **100%**. In this case, the text background extends to the slide border on the top , left, and bottom and extends 50px beyond the text on the right.
-
-**Posts Slider with text left, featured image in background, text background 50% opacity, full height, no gradient:**
-
-![](/img/post-modules-examples-17.jpg)
-
-The following slide matches the settings in the previous slide, but with a gradient. Note how the opacity is the full 50% opacity at the left edge and decreases towards the center.
-
-**Posts Slider with text left, featured image in background, text background 50% opacity, full height, gradient:**
-
-![](/img/post-modules-examples-18.jpg)
-
-With thumbnail images, the text background is always a solid color and fills the slide background, as shown in the following screenshot. Text background opacity and gradient do not apply to thumbnail layouts.
-
-**Posts Slider with text right, featured image as thumbnail, text background set to dark gray:**
-
-![](/img/post-modules-examples-19.jpg)
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts/posts-slider.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts/posts-slider.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 2950f5f2..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts/posts-slider.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
----
-id: posts-slider
-title: Posts Slider
-sidebar_label: Posts Slider module
-description: The Posts Slider module displays a set of posts or pages that display one at a time, either sliding or fading to the next slide.
----
-
-In the Posts Slider module, a set of posts or pages is displayed with either a
-sliding or a fade-in animation. The featured image of each post becomes the
-background image in the slide (unless you select the option to hide it), with
-post info and content overlaid on the slide. See examples of Posts Slider
-layouts in [this article](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts/posts-slider.md).
-
-:::info
-Some features are distributed across more than one tab. For example,
-you can set the featured image to display as a thumbnail instead of a
-background on the **Layout** tab. On the **Style** tab, you can then set the
-post title, post info, and excerpt to appear to the left or right of the
-thumbnail.
-:::
-
-## Slider tab
-
-| Section             | Field            | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           |
-| ------------------- | ---------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| &nbsp;              | Height           | Minimum height of the posts slider. The height will expand to fit the photo being displayed.<br/> **Tip:** If you don't like the expanding and shrinking to accommodate various photo heights, preprocess your photos so they are all the same height.                                                |
-| &nbsp;              | Auto play        | If **Yes**, the display moves through the posts automatically, unless the user intervenes by clicking on the dots or arrows or moving the cursor over one of the posts. If **No**, there is no animation and user must use the navigational aids.                                                     |
-| &nbsp;              | Delay            | Number of seconds each post is displayed. This setting is used only if **Auto play** is enabled.                                                                                                                                                                                                      |
-| &nbsp;              | Loop             | If **Yes**, the list of posts is displayed in a repeating continuous carousel. If **No**, the list of posts ends when the last post is reached. This behavior occurs whether autoplay is enabled or not.                                                                                              |
-| &nbsp;              | Transition       | Choose the type of animation for the transition to the next post: **Fade** or **Slide**.                                                                                                                                                                                                              |
-| &nbsp;              | Transition speed | When autoplay is enabled, the speed in seconds at which one slide moves to the next when the **Delay** time has finished.                                                                                                                                                                             |
-| &nbsp;              | Number of posts  | Maximum number of posts to display. Which posts are selected depends on the filters set on the **Content** tab.                                                                                                                                                                                       |
-| **Slider controls** | Show dots        | If **Yes**, a set of horizontal dots is displayed at the bottom of the carousel. The number of dots equals the **Number of posts** value, and one dot is highlighted to indicate which post in the sequence is being displayed. Visitors can manually change the display by clicking one of the dots. |
-| &nbsp;              | Show arrows      | If **Yes**, a left and right arrow is displayed on either side of the post list so user can move ahead or back manually. You can style the arrow color, background color, and background shape on the **Style** tab.                                                                                  |
-
-## Layout tab
-
-| Section                                                         | Field                | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    |
-| --------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
-| &nbsp;                                                          | Show featured image? | Choose **Show** to display the post featured image. Choose **Hide** to show only text with a solid color background.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           |
-| **Featured image (appears when featured image is set to Show)** | Image                | Display image as the slide background or as a thumbnail. **Thumbnail** displays the post title and post info to the left and the featured image thumbnail to the right in each slide.                                                                                                                                                                                          |
-| &nbsp;                                                          | Size                 | Which size image from the WordPress Media Library to use.<br/> **Note:** The image will always be sized to fit the post max width, so this setting affects image resolution rather than the actual size of the image on the page. This setting doesn't change the amount of crop. Increasing mage size increases the size of the file loaded, which can affect page load time. |
-| &nbsp;                                                          | Crop                 | (Appears when **Image** is set to **Thumbnail**)<br/> Crops the featured image to a particular shape. Note that this may cut out some parts of the image.                                                                                                                                                                                                                      |
-| **Post info**                                                   | Author               | Show or hide the post author.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  |
-| &nbsp;                                                          | Date                 | Show or hide the post date.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    |
-| &nbsp;                                                          | Date format          | (Appears when **Date** is set to **Show**)<br/> Select **Default** to use the WordPress date format specified in **Settings > General** or override the default with a specific date format.                                                                                                                                                                                   |
-| &nbsp;                                                          | Comments             | Show or hide the number of comments.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           |
-| **Content**                                                     | Content              | Show or hide post content. If set to **Yes**, the entire post excerpt is displayed, if the post has content in the **Excerpt** field. If there's no excerpt, the WordPress default of the first 55 words of the post content is displayed, with an ellipsis of three dots at the end to show there is more content.                                                            |
-| &nbsp;                                                          | More link            | Show or hide the **Read more** link after the post content.<br/> If set to **Show**, you can also customize the default **Read more** text.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    |
-| &nbsp;                                                          | More link text       | Customize the default **Read more** text.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      |
-
-## Style tab
-
-| Section                                                                            | Field                   | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           |
-| ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **Content**                                                                        | Position                | If **Image** on the **Layout** tab is set to **Background**, this setting determines which part of the slide the post text appears in: **Left**, **Right**, or **Bottom**. If **Image** is set to **Thumbnail**, this setting determines the orientation of post text in relation to the thumbnail: post text on the left or post text on the right.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  |
-| &nbsp;                                                                             | Text width              | (Applies only when **Position** is set to **Left** or **Right**)<br/>The percent of the width of the slide that the post content covers.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              |
-| &nbsp;                                                                             | Text padding            | Sets the amount of space on all four sides of the post text.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          |
-| &nbsp;                                                                             | Background color        | Color of the text background.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         |
-| &nbsp;                                                                             | Background gradient     | (Applies only when the featured image is set to **Background**)<br/>If set to **Yes** , automatically adds an opacity gradient to the specified text background color. The gradient uses the text background color and the text background opacity at the left edge (for text on the left) or right edge (for text on the right) and decreases in opacity towards the center of the slide. There's an example of a text background gradient [in the Posts Slider section of this article](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts/posts-posts-carousel-and-posts-slider-modules-examples.md/#posts-slider-module).                                                                                                                                                                                      |
-| &nbsp;                                                                             | Text background height  | (Applies only when the featured image is set to **Background**)<br/> If set to **Auto** , the text background color adjusts to fit the area of text shown on the slide plus the **Text padding** specified in the **Text** section.<br/> If set to **100%** , the text background color covers the entire height of the slide. (The text background width is the width of the text plus padding.) See examples [in the Posts Slider section of this article](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts/posts-posts-carousel-and-posts-slider-modules-examples.md/#posts-slider-module).<br/> **Note:** When **Position** in the **Text** section on the **Style** tab is set to **Bottom** , the text background effect will always be the equivalent of the **Auto** setting, even when set to **100%**. |
-| **Post title**                                                                     | Title tag               | The heading style of the post title.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  |
-| &nbsp;                                                                             | Color                   | Color of the post title.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              |
-| &nbsp;                                                                             | Hover color             | Hover color of the post title.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        |
-| &nbsp;                                                                             | Typography              | The standard Beaver Builder [typography section](basics/typography.md) for the post title.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            |
-| **Post info**                                                                      | Color                   | Color of the post info text.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          |
-| &nbsp;                                                                             | Link color              | Color of text links.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  |
-| &nbsp;                                                                             | Link hover color        | Hover color of text links.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            |
-| &nbsp;                                                                             | Typography              | The standard Beaver Builder [typography section](basics/typography.md) for the post info.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             |
-| **Post content**                                                                   | Color                   | Color of the post content.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            |
-| &nbsp;                                                                             | Link color              | Color of text links.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  |
-| &nbsp;                                                                             | Link hover color        | Hover color of text links.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            |
-| &nbsp;                                                                             | Typography              | The standard Beaver Builder [typography section](basics/typography.md) for the post content.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          |
-| **Nav arrows** (Only when **Show arrows** is set to **Yes** on the **Slider** tab) | Arrows background color | Sets the color of a circle or square background behind the navigation arrows. When no color is set, there is no background circle or square.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          |
-| &nbsp;                                                                             | Arrows background style | Sets the arrow background to a circle or a square.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    |
-| &nbsp;                                                                             | Arrows color            | Sets the color of the arrows themselves.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              |
-
-## Content tab
-
-| Section          | Field                        | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               |
-| ---------------- | ---------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| &nbsp;           | Source                       | Main query or custom query. The default for a standard Beaver Builder layout is **Custom query**, which enables all the other fields on this tab.<br/> In Beaver Themer, the default is **Main query**, because normally for a Themer layout you want the query for posts to be based on whatever archive page the query is created for.                                                                                                                                                                                                                  |
-| **Custom query** | Post type                    | Choose pages, posts, or a custom post type, such as WooCommerce Products or a custom post type that you create yourself.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  |
-| &nbsp;           | Order                        | Descending or ascending, and whether it is by date, numerical, or alphabetical depends on the **Order by** setting.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       |
-| &nbsp;           | Order by                     | The choices are **Author**, **Comment count**, **Date**, **Date last modified**, **ID**, **Menu order**, **Meta value** (alphabetic or numeric), **Random**, **Title**.<br/> If you display pages in **Menu order**, you are effectively displaying a menu, with the added ability to display a content summary of the page.<br/> The **Meta value** option enables ordering by a custom field. If you select either the alphabetic or numeric **Meta value** option, a **Meta key** field appears so you can enter the key (`meta_key`).                 |
-| &nbsp;           | Offset                       | Enter an integer if you want to skip a certain number of posts in the order specified in the **Order** setting.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           |
-| &nbsp;           | Exclude current post         | Excludes the current post from the query. This is useful when you are using the module to create a list of related posts on a single post page.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           |
-| **Filter**       | Posts, Pages, Products, etc. | (The label matches the single post name for the **Post type** you set)<br/> Include or exclude a set of posts, page, products, etc., by title. Start typing a word, and the titles containing that word will be displayed for you to choose. Keep selecting titles until you have the set you want to include or exclude. You can reorder matched selections and they are reflected in the front end. See an example for the Posts module at [Selection Order in Filtering](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts/posts.md#selection-order-in-filtering). |
-| &nbsp;           | Categories                   | (Hidden when the **Post type** setting is **Pages**)<br/> You can include or exclude categories to display.<br/> The third setting, **Match related categories except**, is useful in Singular-type Themer layouts when you want to use the Posts module to display a list of related posts, and you want to display the related posts in a family of categories except for the specific categories that you name.                                                                                                                                        |
-| &nbsp;           | Tags                         | (Hidden when the **Post type** setting is **Pages** )<br/> You can include or exclude tags to display. The choices are the same as for including or excluding categories.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 |
-| &nbsp;           | Authors                      | You can include or exclude posts or pages by specific authors.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            |
-
-## Advanced tab
-
-There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts/posts.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts/posts.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ad36e177..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts/posts.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,691 +0,0 @@
----
-id: posts
-title: Posts
-sidebar_label: Posts
-description: The Posts module allows you to display posts, pages, or custom post types in a variety of layouts, such as columns, gallery, list, or masonry.
-toc_min_heading_level: 2
-toc_max_heading_level: 2
----
-
-The Posts module allows you to display posts, pages, or custom post types in a variety of layouts, such as columns, gallery, list, or masonry. You can display posts by taxonomy or author using the filter options.
-
-![Beaver Builder Posts module](/img/beaver-builder/modules--post-module--1.jpg)
-
-## Layout tab
-
-Using the Layout tab, you can customize the layout and control which elements are displayed in your posts, such as the featured image, date, and comments.
-
-### Layout
-
-![Posts module layouts](/img/beaver-builder/modules--post-module--2.jpg)
-
-#### Columns
-
-Posts are displayed in top-aligned rows. Title, metadata, and content appear under featured image. Columns layout lets you choose number of columns.
-
-#### Masonry
-
-Posts are displayed in columns but vertical spacing is fit to the height of the post (unless the equal heights setting is selected). Masonry layout lets you choose the width of each post in pixels.
-
-#### Gallery
-
-Post title and metadata are overlaid on the featured image and displayed on mouseover. There is no option to display content. if there is no featured image, an image icon is displayed. Gallery layout offers no options to set number of columns or post width.
-
-:::tip
-It is recommended that all featured images have similar dimensions in order to achieve the best results and to maintain consistency
-:::
-
-#### List
-
-The posts are listed vertically in a single column.
-
-### Post layout
-
-:::caution
-Post Layout is only available when Beaver Themer is installed.
-:::
-
-#### Default
-
-Use the layout selected from the [Layout option](#layout).
-
-#### Custom
-
-Enables the Custom Post Layout Editor, allowing you to customize the post layout using HTML, shortcodes, and Beaver Themer field connections. A CSS tab is also available in the Custom Post Layout Editor for entering CSS that applies only to that Post module.
-
-![Post module's custom post layout editor](/img/beaver-builder/modules--post-module--3.jpg)
-
-:::info
-The Custom Post Layout Editor overrides whatever layout you select from the [Layout option](#layout).
-:::
-
-#### WooCommerce Classes
-
-Adds the `woocommerce` and `woocommerce-page` classes to module wrapper.
-
-:::caution
-Only available when **Custom** is selected.
-:::
-
-```markup
-<div class="fl-module fl-module-post-grid fl-node-123456789 woocommerce woocommerce-page">
-```
-
-### Equal Heights
-
-Equalizes the height of all posts to fit the post with the greatest height.
-
-:::caution
-Available for Columns and Masonry layouts only.
-:::
-
-:::tip
-Setting **Equal Heights** to **Yes** for the **Masonry** layout changes the masonry appearance to look like the **Columns** layout. The major difference is that you set width of each post in **Masonry** layout and number of columns in **Columns** layout.
-:::
-
-### Columns
-
-Control the maximum number of columns for the Post module. Automatically adjusts as screen size reduces. The Column option supports the [Responsive Toggle](/beaver-builder/layouts/responsive-design/toggle.md) allowing you to choose a different number of columns per-device.
-
-:::caution
-Available for Columns layout only.
-:::
-
-### Post width
-
-Width of each post display in pixels. The default value is `300px`.
-
-:::caution
-Masonry layout only.
-:::
-
-### Post Spacing
-
-Allows you to control the distance between the individual posts horizontally and vertically, in pixels. The Post spacing value does not affect the spacing above the top layer of posts, but it does affect the spacing below the bottom layer of posts.
-
-### Post Padding
-
-Allows you to control the padding inside the individual posts. The featured image is not affected by this setting, so if there is a featured image the upper post padding occurs between the featured image and the post text.
-
-### Posts Element
-
-Allows you to choose an appropriate HTML5 sectioning content element replacing the default `<div>`. Choose between `<div>` (default), `<article>`, and `<li>`. Using these elements on your pages gives your content more semantic meaning, improving accessibility and machine-readability.
-
-### Posts Element Class
-
-Allows you assign a custom class to the `<div class="fl-post-grid-post">`.
-
-```markup title="Example"
-<div class="fl-post-grid-post my-custom-class"> <!-- Post Element Class -->
-  <div class="fl-post-text">
-    <h2 class="fl-post-title">Hello World</h2>
-    <div class="fl-post-excerpt">
-      <p>Welcome to WordPress. This is your first post. Edit or delete it, then start writing!</p>
-    </div>
-    <div class="fl-post-more-link">
-      <a href="https://my-website.com/hello-world" title="Read More...">Read More...</a>
-    </div>
-  </div>
-</div>
-```
-
-### Post Title Tag
-
-Choose an appropriate heading tag for the post title. You can choose between `<h1>`, `<h2>`, `<h3>`, `<h4>`, `<h5>`, and `<h6>`.
-
-Default is `<h2>`.
-
-### Featured Image
-
-Show or hide the post's featured image.
-
-:::tip
-It is recommended that all featured images have similar dimensions in order to achieve the best results and to maintain consistency.
-:::
-
-:::caution
-Available for all layouts except Gallery. Gallery layouts automatically use the featured image as the background image.
-:::
-
-### Fallback image
-
-Choose a fallback image to appear for posts without featured images.
-
-### Image position
-
-Set the position of the featured image relative to post title or post content.
-
-- **Columns & Masonry** - Above Post Title or Above Post Content.
-- **List** - Above Title, Above Content, Left, Left Content, Right, and Right Content.
-
-:::caution
-Available for all layouts except Gallery.
-:::
-
-### Image Size
-
-Choose which image size from the WordPress Media Library to use.
-
-:::tip
-Any [Custom Image Sizes](advanced/custom-image-sizes.md) added also become available in the list.
-:::
-
-:::caution
-Available for all layouts except Gallery.
-:::
-
-### Equal Height Images
-
-Choose whether all featured images should have the same height. You can select from the following options:
-
-- **Disabled:** Featured images will display at their natural height.
-- **Fixed Height:** All featured images will have a consistent, fixed height.
-- **Aspect Ratio:** All featured images will maintain the same aspect ratio.
-
-When selecting **Fixed Height** or **Aspect Ratio**, the CSS property `object-fit` will be set to `cover` to maintain each image's aspect ratio.
-
-### Image Spacing
-
-Adds padding to the around the image. Where the spacing occurs depends on the Image position setting.
-
-- **Above Title**: The number of pixels above, left, and right of the image.
-- **Above Content**: The number of pixels left and right of the image.
-- **Left or Left Content** _(List only)_: Spacing between the image and the text to the right.
-- **Right or Right Content** _(List only)_: Spacing between the image and the text to the left.
-
-### Image width
-
-When Image position is **Left**, **Left Content**, **Right** or **Right Content** the Image width setting determines the column width for the image.
-
-:::caution
-Available for List layout only.
-:::
-
-### Author
-
-Show or hide the post author.
-
-### Enable Author Link
-
-Enable or disable the author link.
-
-### Date
-
-Show or hide the post date.
-
-### Date format
-
-Select **Default** to use the WordPress date format specified in **WordPress Admin Dashboard Settings > General** or override the default with a specific date format.
-
-:::info
-Appears when **Date** is set to **Show**.
-:::
-
-### Comments
-
-Show or hide the number of comments.
-
-:::caution
-Available for Columns, Masonry, and List layouts only.
-:::
-
-### Separator
-
-Choose the character that separates the display of author, date, and comments on the same line.
-
-The default is the Pipe `|` symbol.
-
-:::caution
-Available for Columns, Masonry, and List layouts only.
-:::
-
-### Terms
-
-Show or hide the post terms.
-
-### Terms Label
-
-Choose the text that prefixes the post terms. The default is **Posted in**. For example, **Posted in Uncategorized**.
-
-### Terms Separator
-
-Choose the character that separates the display of terms on the same line.
-
-The default is a comma `,`.
-
-### Content
-
-Show or hide post content. If set to **Yes**, the post excerpt is displayed, with an ellipsis of three dots at the end to show there is more content.
-
-### Content Type
-
-- **Excerpt** - Show the post excerpt.
-- **Full Text** - Show the full content of each post.
-  If **Full Text** is selected, the **Content Length** option is no longer available.
-
-:::caution
-Available for List layout only.
-:::
-
-:::tip
-WordPress removes all formatting from excerpts by default. If the post contains HTML formatting, the excerpt may appear incorrectly. To solve this problem, add a [custom excerpt](https://wordpress.org/support/article/excerpt-b/) that includes the HTML formatting.
-:::
-
-### Content length
-
-Set a custom number of words in the post excerpt to display.
-
-The default is **55**.
-
-### More link
-
-Show or hide the Read more link after the post content. If set to **Show**, you can also customize the default Read more text.
-
-### More Link Text
-
-Customize the default **Read more...** text.
-
-:::info
-Appears if **More Link** is set to **Show**
-:::
-
-### WooCommerce
-
-The WooCommerce options appear in the [Layout tab](#layout-tab) when WooCommerce is installed.
-
-- **Product Ordering**
-  Show or hide product ordering and product results information (Showing 1–16 of 22 results).
-- **Sale**
-  Show or hide the On Sale label.
-- **Rating**
-  Show or hide the product rating.
-- **Price**
-  Show or hide the product price.
-- **Cart**
-  Show or hide the add to cart button.
-- **Show Hidden Products**
-  Show or hide [hidden products](https://woocommerce.com/document/managing-products/#setting-catalog-visibility-options-and-feature-status).
-
-### Events Calendar
-
-The Events Calendar options appear in the [Layout tab](#layout-tab) when the Events Calendar is installed.
-
-- **Event Date**
-  Show or hide the event date.
-- **Event Venue**
-  Show or hide the event venue.
-- **Event Address**
-  Show or hide the event address.
-- **Event Cost**
-  Show or hide the event cost.
-- **Events Order By**
-  The choices are: Default, Start Date, and End Date. Selecting **Default** uses the sorting option via the [Content tab](#content-tab).
-- **Events Order**
-  Choose between descending or ascending.
-- **Show Events**
-  The choices are: Future Events, Past Events, Todays Events, All Events, and [Featured Events](https://theeventscalendar.com/knowledgebase/k/featured-events/).
-
-## Style tab
-
-The Style tab allows you to style the individual elements of the post, including the post title, contents, and the read more link, by adjusting the colors and typography.
-
-:::info
-Style tab options vary based on [Post Layout](#post-layout).
-:::
-
-:::caution
-The Style tab is unavailable if [Post Layout](#post-layout) is set to **Custom**. Posts can be styled using the CSS tab in the Custom Layout Editor.
-:::
-
-### Post alignment
-
-Sets the overall alignment of the post title, post info, and post content. This setting can be overridden for each component in the **Typography** subsection for each component (title, info, content) in the **Text** section of the **Style** tab.
-
-### Post Background Color
-
-Set a background color for each post using the color picker.
-
-### Border
-
-The Border section has settings for border, radius, and shadow.
-
-:::info
-The Post module has a `1px` border by default. To remove the border, set the **Border > Style** option to **None**.
-:::
-
-See the [Borders](../../../basics/border.md) article for more information.
-
-### Title Color
-
-Set the color of the post title.
-
-### Title Typography
-
-You can style the title of the post using the [Typography](basics/typography.md) options, including font size, family, line height, and more.
-
-### Post Info Color
-
-Color of the post info (author, date, comments, separator).
-
-:::info
-By default the link color in the Post Info is set by the theme's accent color, if there is one. If you set Post info color, the color of the entire Post Info line is this color, with no distinction between text and links.
-:::
-
-### Post Info Typography
-
-You can style the post info using the [Typography](basics/typography.md) options, including font size, family, line height, and more.
-
-### Content Color
-
-Color of post content.
-
-### Content Typography
-
-You can style the content of the post using the [Typography](basics/typography.md) options, including font size, family, line height, and more.
-
-### Link Color
-
-Sets the color of links in full-text post content or custom excerpts.
-
-### Link Hover Color
-
-Sets the hover color of links in full-text post content or custom excerpts.
-
-### Gallery Layout
-
-The following styling options are available for the [Gallery layout](#layout) only.
-
-- **Hover transition**
-  The type of transition when a user mouses over a post in the display: fade, slide up or down, scale up or down.
-- **Overlay Text Color**
-  The color of text overlaid on the featured image.
-- **Overlay Background Color**
-  The color of the overlay placed on the featured image. This setting is generally used to make the overlay text color more legible. Opacity is set in the color picker.
-- **Use Icon for Posts**
-  Choose **Yes** to display an icon on the line above or below the text.
-- **Post Icon**
-  Select the icon you want to display.
-- **Post Icon Position**
-  Above or below the text.
-- **Post Icon Color**
-  Set the Icon color.
-- **Post Icon Size**
-  Icon size in pixels.
-
-### WooCommerce
-
-The WooCommerce options appear in the [Style tab](#style-tab) when WooCommerce is installed.
-
-- **Product Sale Background**
-  Set the Sale background color.
-- **Product Sale Text Color**
-  Set the Sale text color.
-- **Product Rating Foreground**
-  Set the product rating foreground color.
-- **Product Rating Background**
-  Set the product rating background color.
-- **Product Rating Font Size**
-  Set the product rating font size.
-- **Product Price Text Color**
-  Set the product price color.
-- **Product Price Font Size**
-  Set the product price font size.
-
-#### WooCommerce Cart Button
-
-- **Background Color**
-  Set the background color for the add to cart button.
-- **Text Color**
-  Set the text color for the add to cart button.
-- **Hover Background Color**
-  Set the background hover color for the add to cart button.
-- **Hover Text Color**
-  Set the text hover color for the add to cart button.
-
-## Content tab
-
-The Content tab allows you to control the source of your posts and what content is displayed using the filter options.
-
-### Source
-
-Choose between Main Query or Custom Query. The default query is **Custom Query**.
-
-#### Main Query
-
-The main query is used to display the primary content on that page or post. Most of the time, the main query will not be appropriate for Beaver Builder layouts and a custom query should be used instead.
-
-:::tip
-It is recommended to use the main query over the custom query when creating Beaver Themer archive layouts, such as the blog page, categories, tags, and search results.
-:::
-
-:::info Example
-Suppose you create a Beaver Themer archive layout and assign it to all archives on your website with a custom query as the source in the Post module. All archives on your website will display the same posts.
-
-However, when you use the main query as the source and view your archive pages, the posts will display correctly.
-:::
-
-:::caution
-The custom query and filter options are removed when main query is selected. The main query cannot be customized or filtered via the Post module. To do this, you will need to use the [`pre_get_posts()`](https://developer.wordpress.org/reference/hooks/pre_get_posts/) hook.
-:::
-
-#### Custom Query
-
-The custom query is the most appropriate option for Beaver Builder layouts, as it reflects the configuration of the custom query options and filters.
-
-You can use the custom query option if you wish to display specific pages, posts, or custom post types on any of your pages or posts. For example, your homepage could be used as a showcase for WooCommerce products.
-
-### Post Type
-
-Select the post type(s) you wish to populate the Post module with. You can choose pages, posts, or a custom post type, such as WooCommerce Products or a custom post type that you created yourself.
-
-You can also select more than one post type with the Post Type option. For example, you can display both posts and pages, or both posts and WooCommerce products.
-
-### Order
-
-Descending or ascending, and whether it is by date, numerical, or alphabetical depends on the **Order by** setting.
-
-:::info Example
-A featured post could be displayed on your homepage using a Post module configured to display one post. You could then place another Post module below and use an offset of 1 to skip over the featured post.
-:::
-
-### Order By
-
-The choices are: **Author**, **Comment count**, **Date**, **Date last modified**, **ID**, **Menu order**, **Meta value** (alphabetic or numeric), **Random**, **Title**, **Selection order**.
-
-- **Menu order** can be used with a plugin such as [Post Types Order](https://wordpress.org/plugins/post-types-order/) to order the posts or custom posts in the same way you arrange them in the back end.
-
-- **Meta value** option enables ordering by a custom field. If you select either the alphabetic or numeric **Meta value** option, a **Meta key** field appears so you can enter the key (`meta_key`).
-
-- **Selection Order** allows you to use drag and drop to reorder posts, pages, or custom post types added to the Filter settings. The order in which your posts, pages, or custom post types appear is reflected in the order of the items that appear on the page.
-
-  ![Reorder posts, pages, or custom post types using drag and drop](/img/beaver-builder/modules--post-module--4.gif)
-
-  :::info
-  Selection order works only for selected posts, pages, and custom posts. It doesn't work for selected categories, tags, or authors.
-
-  The Ascending and Descending settings don't affect the order of posts when Selection order is used.
-  :::
-
-### Offset
-
-The Offset option allows you to exclude a certain number of pages or posts from the Post module.
-
-For example, using the Offset option, you can skip the most recent post on your website on pages that use more than one Post module.
-
-### Exclude Current Post
-
-Excludes the current post from the query. This is useful when you are using the Post module to create a list of related posts on a single post page.
-
-### Filter
-
-The Filter section allows you to include or exclude a set of posts, pages or custom post types by title, taxonomy, and author.
-
-Filter options vary depending on the post type selected. The post category and tag filters will not be available if you select Products (WooCommerce).
-
-:::caution
-If you use [Multi-select Post Types](#post-type), filters from one post type apply to all post types because there is an AND filter relationship. For example, if you choose to display both posts and pages but filter to show only one specific page for pages, there will be no posts displayed.
-:::
-
-:::info
-Start typing a word, and the filter options will display any title that matches what you typed. Keep selecting titles until you have the set you want to include or exclude. You can reorder the selections and how they are reflected in the front end. See also Selection Order in Filtering.
-:::
-
-- **Post** - Include or exclude a post or multiple posts, by typing the post title(s).
-- **Page** - Include or exclude a page or multiple pages, by typing the page title(s)
-- **Custom Post Type** - Include or exclude a set of posts from the custom post type, by the custom post type title(s).
-- **Categories** - Include or exclude posts assigned to a specific category.
-- **Custom Taxonomies** - Include or exclude custom post types assigned to custom taxonomies. For example, if WooCommerce is installed, the Product Categories and Product Tag taxonomies are available.
-
-  :::info
-  **Match related categories except**, is useful in Singular-type Themer layouts when you want to use the Posts module to display a list of related posts, and you want to display the related posts in a family of categories except for the specific categories that you name.
-  :::
-
-- **Tags** - Include or exclude posts assigned to a specific tag.
-- **Authors** - Include or exclude posts or pages by specific authors.
-
-### Custom Field Filter
-
-The Custom Field Filter section allows you to include or exclude a set of posts, pages or custom post types by custom field. You can add as many custom fields as you want.
-
-#### Relation
-
-The Relation option allows you to apply logic to filter by custom fields. The rules operate with `AND` or `OR` logic.
-
-#### Edit/Add Custom Field
-
-- **Label**
-  Labels are used to identify custom fields. They appear in the Custom Field Filter section.
-- **Meta Key**
-  Custom field key or field name.
-- **Meta Value**
-  Custom field value.
-- **Type**
-  A list of all available field types supported. Choose between:
-
-  - **Numeric**
-  - **Binary**
-  - **Text**
-  - **Date**
-  - **Date Time**
-  - **Decimal**
-  - **Signed**
-  - **Time**
-  - **Unsigned**
-
-- **Compare**
-  You can use the Compare option to check whether or not the field value matches, or if it is greater than, less than, or the same as, depending on the comparison operator. Choose from the following operators:
-
-  - **Equals**
-  - **Does not equal**
-  - **Greater than**
-  - **Less than**
-  - **Greater than or equal to**
-  - **Less than or equal to**
-  - **Exists**
-  - **Not Exists**
-
-## Pagination tab
-
-The **Pagination** tab has settings that let you divide a large collection of posts into multiple pages.
-
-### Pagination style
-
-- **Numbers**
-  The pagination appears as numbers under the posts, and when a different number is clicked, a new page loads with the new set of posts.
-- **Scroll**
-  A new set of posts are loaded into subsequent rows on the same page as the user scrolls down.
-- **Load More Button**
-  The Load More Button appears under the initial set of posts, and when clicked it generates the next set of posts. The user must keep clicking to get each next set of posts. This setting works better than Scroll when you want your users to have more control over the display, or when network bandwidth is low and you don't want to use resources loading more sets of posts unless the user really wants to see them.
-
-  :::tip
-  You can use the Load More Button style options to control the button's background, text, and icon colors.
-  :::
-
-- **None**
-  No Pagination. Use this setting when you want to display only a subset of posts. For example, you might want to display only the three most recent posts.
-
-### Posts Per Page
-
-Determines how many posts constitute each set. The default is 10 posts.
-
-:::tip
-Posts Per Page does not set the number of columns across the page. That is controlled automatically according settings on the [Layout tab](#layout-tab) and screen width. For example, if the screen size allows 3 posts per row and your **Posts Per Page** is set to **5**, you will see three posts in the first row and two posts in the second row in the first chunk of posts.
-:::
-
-:::info
-When **Source** on the [Content tab](#content-tab) is set to **Main query**, the **Posts per page** setting does not appear. In this case, the number of posts that appears on the page is determined by the WordPress value for the **Blog pages show at most** field at **WordPress Admin Dashboard > Settings > Reading**.
-:::
-
-### No Results Message
-
-The message displayed when there are no posts to display.
-
-:::tip
-This option also supports shortcodes, which lets you add more complex layouts (rows, columns, modules, templates) than just text.
-:::
-
-### Show Search
-
-Show or hide a search form when no posts are found. See the screenshot below the table.
-
-### Load More Button Styling
-
-This section appears when [Pagination Style](#pagination-style) is set to **Load More Button**.
-
-- **Button Text**
-  The text that appears on the Load More Button.
-- **Button Icon**
-  Optional icon to appear on the button. If you select an icon, there are two additional fields:
-  - **Icon position**: Before or after the button text.
-  - **Icon visibility**: The icon can be always visible or appear on hover only.
-- **Button Width**
-  - **Auto Width**: Width adjusts to fit the text and icon.
-  - **Full Width**: The width expands to the content area minus the module's margin settings.
-- **Button Padding**
-  Set a specific padding value in pixels. Click the Link Value icon to automatically make all four padding values the same.
-- **Button Text Color**
-  Set the button text color in the resting state.
-- **Button Text Hover Color**
-  Set the button color on hover. If this setting is left blank, the Text color setting applies for hover also.
-- **Button Typography**
-  See the [Typography](basics/typography.md) article for more information.
-- **Button Background Color**
-  Set the fill color for the button in the resting state.
-- **Button Background Hover Color**
-  Set the button's fill color on hover. If this setting is left blank, the Background Color setting applies to hover also.
-- **Button Background Style**
-  - **Flat**: consistent fill color
-  - **Gradient**: gradient of the background color, lighter on top and darker on the bottom.
-- **Button Background Animation**
-  Disabled by default. If set to Enabled, there's a 0.2-second linear transition from resting state to hover state.
-- **Button Border**
-  See the Border article for more information.
-- **Button Border Hover Color**
-  Set the border hover color for the button.
-
-## Advanced tab
-
-There are all the usual Advanced tab settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
-
-See the [Advanced tab](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for more information.
-
-## Sticky Posts
-
-The [Sticky Post](https://wordpress.org/support/article/sticky-posts/) feature in WordPress allows you to place a post at the top of the [Posts page (blog)](https://wordpress.org/support/article/creating-a-static-front-page/), regardless of when it was published, and it will remain there until a new sticky post is published.
-
-By default, the Post module **ignores** the sticky posts feature and displays them in the order specified in the [Order By](#order-by) option.
-
-You can override this behavior by using the `fl_builder_loop_query_args_filter` filter.
-
-```php
-function fl_builder_loop_query_args_filter($query_args)
-{
-  $query_args["ignore_sticky_posts"] = false;
-  return $query_args;
-}
-add_filter("fl_builder_loop_query_args", "fl_builder_loop_query_args_filter");
-```
-
-:::caution
-The Sticky Post feature is only available for Post type post and not for custom post types.
-:::
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/pricing-table.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/pricing-table.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 8e397440..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/pricing-table.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,231 +0,0 @@
----
-id: pricing-table
-title: Pricing Table
-sidebar_label: Pricing Table
-description: The Pricing Table module inserts a table of columns that display columns that compare features and pricing.
----
-
-The Pricing Table module is a table with as many columns
-as you like and settings that make it easy to compare pricing and features across columns. You can control nearly every aspect of the table.
-
-Here's an example of a simple pricing table:
-
-_Figure 1: Simple pricing table example_
-![Screenshot of a simple pricing table](/img/layouts--modules--pricing-table-module--4.png)
-
-Pricing tables created with a previous version of Beaver Builder may use a legacy border, shown in the following screenshot.
-
-_Figure 2: Legacy borders in the Pricing Table module_
-![Pricing table with thicker "legacy" borders](/img/pricing-module-1.png)
-
-The Legacy border style has fewer customization options but is the default for backward compatibility.
-
-Here's an example of some of the features you can build into the Pricing Table module:
-
-_Figure 3: Example of advanced features in the Pricing Table module_
-![Ribbon, icons, tooltips, monthly vs. yearly toggle](/img/layouts--modules--pricing-table-module--3.png)
-
-The tooltip has text that appears when the user clicks the Tooltip icon, shown in this screenshot.
-
-_Figure 4: The result of clicking a tooltip in a feature list_
-![Pricing module feature showing tooltip icon and tooltip](/img/layouts--modules--pricing-table-module--5.png)
-
-You can add HTML markup to any of the settings that accept text, such as the title, price, and features.
-
-For example, suppose you want to show a crossed-out price with a sale price
-displayed in red, shown in Figure 5. In the **Price** field for
-that line, enter the following markup:
-
-```html
-<s>$99</s> <span style="color:red;" ;>$79</span>
-```
-
-_Figure 5: HTML markup example to display the sale price_
-![Example of using HTML markup to show a sale price](/img/pricing-module-2.jpg)
-
-## Settings for the overall pricing table
-
-### Pricing Boxes tab
-
-#### Pricing Options section
-
-This section displays the pricing boxes that form each column in the table.
-
-- Click **Add pricing box** to create a new pricing column.
-  This opens the panel with setting for individual pricing boxes
-- You can click an icon to the right of any existing price to move the pricing box up or down in the list, duplicate the pricing box, or delete the pricing box.
-
-#### General section
-
-- **Enable dual billing**
-  **Yes** creates the **Monthly/Yearly** toggle at the top of the page, or whatever custom billing intervals you specify. This lets users click the slider button to compare monthly and yearly prices for the items in the table.
-  If this feature is enabled, there are two additional settings: **Billing option 1** and **Billing option 2**, where you can change the monthly/yearly toggle to different time intervals.
-
-#### Icons section
-
-- **Default feature icon**
-  If you want every feature in every pricing column to show an icon before the feature, such as the checkmarks shown in Figure 1, you can select the icon here.
-- **Feature tooltip icon**
-  By default, the tooltips are displayed with a question mark, shown in Figure 3 You can choose a different icon for this setting if you want.
-
-### Style tab
-
-The **Style** tab has three sections: **General style**, **Border**, and **Feature list style**.
-
-:::info
-Style settings in individual pricing boxes override the corresponding general settings.
-:::
-
-#### General Style section
-
-- **Highlight**
-  You can choose which row in the column headers to highlight with a color background: the Price row, the Title row, or neither row. The default is a dark gray background and white text but you can adjust these colors on the **Style** tab for the individual pricing boxes.
-- **Column height**
-  **Auto** makes the length of the pricing box fit the content in the column. **Equalize** makes every pricing box the length of the longest one and the bottom buttons in all the pricing boxes are aligned.
-- **Features min height**
-  Sets a custom minimum height for the features in all of the pricing boxes.
-- **Advanced spacing**
-  Creates space to the left and right of all the pricing boxes.
-
-#### Border section
-
-- **Border type**
-  You have a choice of **Standard** (Figure 1) or **Legacy** (Figure 2).
-
-The **Standard** border type has the regular Border section with settings for a [border and border effects](basics/border.md).
-
-The **Legacy** border type has the following settings:
-
-- **Border style**
-  This option controls the width of the border. The choices are **Rounded** or **Straight**.
-- **Border size**
-  The choices are **Large**, **Medium**, or **Small**. Figure 2 has a **Large** border width.
-
-#### Feature List Style section
-
-This section has styles that apply to all of the features in all of the pricing boxes.
-
-- **Show list separator**
-  Shows a horizontal line between the features in the list.
-- **Separator line color**
-  Sets the color of the separator.
-- **Feature icon size**
-  Sets the size of icons in the feature lists.
-- **Feature icon color**
-  Sets the color of icons in the feature lists.
-- **Feature text color**
-  Sets the color of the feature text.
-- **Feature list text typography**
-  The standard Beaver Builder [Typography section](basics/typography.md) for setting font family, weight, spacing, and so on.
-- **Tooltip icon size**
-- **Tooltip icon color**
-  The color of the circular background behind the tooltip icon. By default, the color is gray (#808080).
-- **Tooltip text color**
-  The color of the text in the tooltip that appears after you click the tooltip icon. By default, the color is light black (#333333).
-- **Tooltip background color**
-  The color that appears behind the tooltip text.
-
-### Advanced tab
-
-There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
-
-## Individual pricing box settings
-
-If you click any of the pricing boxes in the list on the **Pricing boxes** tab, a new panel opens with three tabs: **General**, **Button**, and **Style**.
-
-### General tab for each pricing box
-
-The **General** tab has four sections: **Title**, **Ribbon**, **Price box**, and **Features**.
-
-#### Title section
-
-- Title
-  Enter the text you want for the title.
-
-#### Ribbon section
-
-- **Show ribbon**
-  If you choose **Yes**, there are two additional options:
-- **Ribbon Text**
-  Enter the text you want for the ribbon.
-- **Ribbon position**
-  The **Top** setting places the ribbon in a box above the title. The **Top left** and **Top right** choices are diagonal. If the ribbon occludes the title of the pricing box, you can adjust the **Ribbon height** and **Ribbon offset** on the **Style** tab.
-
-#### Price box section
-
-- **Price**
-  Enter the price you want to display. Include the currency symbol here if you want one.
-- **Duration**
-  If there is a duration to the price, or other information you want to display after the price, enter the text here.
-
-#### Features section
-
-This section lets you enter the individual features. Each feature has the following settings.
-
-- **Description**
-  Enter the feature text.
-
-If you want to enter additional settings for this feature, click the down arrow to reveal the following two settings.
-
-- **Feature icon**
-  If you want to add an icon for this feature only, select it here.
-
-- **Tooltip**
-  If you want a tooltip for this feature, enter the tooltip text.
-
-Click the **Add price features** button to enter the next feature.
-
-### Button tab for each pricing box
-
-These settings are the same as settings for the [Button module](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/button/button.md).
-
-- **Button text**
-- **Button URL**
-- **Button icon**
-- **Button style**
-- **Button text**
-- **Button background**
-- **Button border**
-
-### Style tab for each pricing box
-
-This tab has the following sections: **General style**, **Title style**, **Price style**, **Ribbon style**, and **Feature list style**.
-
-#### General Style section
-
-- **Box color**
-- **Accent color**
-- **Accent text color**
-- **Box top margin**
-
-#### Title Style section
-
-- **Title color**
-- **Title typography**
-
-#### Price Style section
-
-- **Typography**
-
-#### Ribbon Style section
-
-Here's a screenshot example of settings for a ribbon in the **Top position**.
-
-_Figure 6: Ribbon style settings, individual pricing box_
-![Screenshot of ribbon style settings, individual pricing box](/img/layouts--modules--pricing-table-module--6.png)
-
-- **Ribbon text color**
-- **Ribbon background color**
-- **Ribbon height**
-  Sets the height of the ribbon color background.
-- **Ribbon height offset** or **Ribbon side offset**
-  Adjusts the ribbon height when the location for the ribbon is **Top**. Adjusts the ribbon side offset when the location for ribbon is **Top right** or **Top left**.
-
-#### Feature List Style section
-
-This section styles the individual feature icon and text and the tooltip icon and text.
-
-- **Feature icon color**
-- **Feature text color**
-- **Tooltip icon color**
-- **Tooltip text color**
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/pricing-table.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/pricing-table.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4c5d92bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/pricing-table.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,1036 @@
+---
+title: Pricing Table
+sidebar_label: Pricing Table
+icon: "table-properties"
+description: "Use Pricing Table to build side-by-side pricing boxes with feature lists, ribbons, dual billing, and call-to-action buttons."
+---
+
+
+Use Pricing Table to build side-by-side pricing boxes with feature lists, ribbons, dual billing, and call-to-action buttons.
+
+## Usage
+
+Use Pricing Table to compare plans, packages, or tiers in a row of pricing boxes. Each box supports a title, ribbon, price with duration, feature list with optional icons and tooltips, and a call-to-action button. The module renders an embedded Button module per box and supports an optional dual billing toggle so visitors can switch between two billing options, such as monthly and yearly.
+
+Use Pricing Table on sales pages, product pages, signup flows, and landing pages where prospects need a quick comparison of plans and a clear path to convert. It fits SaaS pricing, membership tiers, service packages, and donation levels where each option needs its own feature list and CTA.
+
+## Module Settings
+
+The Pricing Table module settings control the pricing boxes and their content, the icons and tooltips used in feature lists, and the shared styling for borders, feature lists, the dual billing toggle, and billing terms.
+
+### Pricing Boxes Tab
+
+The Pricing Boxes tab manages the individual pricing boxes shown in the table, the dual billing toggle, and the default icons used across feature lists.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Pricing Box</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Pricing Box repeater adds, removes, and reorders the columns shown in the pricing table. Each entry opens its own settings form with **General**, **Button**, and **Style** tabs.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>General Tab</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Title</strong></summary>
+
+
+The heading shown at the top of the pricing box.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Ribbon</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Ribbon section adds a labeled banner to the pricing box, often used to mark a featured or recommended plan.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Ribbon Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Show Ribbon</strong> <small>Default: No</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the ribbon on this pricing box. Selecting **Yes** reveals the ribbon text and position fields and the **Ribbon Style** section in the Style tab.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Ribbon Text</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The text displayed inside the ribbon. Nothing displays if left empty.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Ribbon Position</strong> <small>Default: Top</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets where the ribbon attaches to the pricing box.
+
+- **Top:** Places a full-width ribbon above the pricing box.
+- **Top Right:** Places a diagonal ribbon in the top right corner of the box.
+- **Top Left:** Places a diagonal ribbon in the top left corner of the box.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Price Box</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Price Box section sets the price values displayed in the box.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Price Box Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Price</strong> <small>Default: $ 0.00</small></summary>
+
+
+The primary price displayed in the box. When **Enable Dual Billing?** is set to **No**, this is the only price shown.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Duration</strong></summary>
+
+
+The text shown next to the price, such as `per Year`. Used when **Enable Dual Billing?** is set to **No**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Price Option 2</strong> <small>Default: $ 0.00</small></summary>
+
+
+The price shown for the second billing option. Displayed when **Enable Dual Billing?** is set to **Yes** and the visitor toggles to the second option.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Features</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Features section manages the feature list shown inside the pricing box.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Price Features</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Price Features</strong></summary>
+
+
+A repeater of feature rows for this pricing box. Each row accepts a description, an optional icon that overrides the default feature icon, and optional tooltip text shown when the visitor activates the tooltip icon.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Tab</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Text</strong> <small>Default: Get Started</small></summary>
+
+
+The label displayed on the call-to-action button.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button URL</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The destination link used when the button is clicked.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link settings</strong></summary>
+
+Link settings control the URL, link target, nofollow behavior, download behavior, and other link attributes where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Separate Billing Option URLs</strong> <small>Default: No</small></summary>
+
+
+Controls whether the button uses a single URL for both billing options or a separate URL for each. Set to **Yes** to reveal **Button URL (Option 2)**, which is used when the visitor toggles to the second billing option.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button URL (Option 2)</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button URL (Option 2)</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The link used for the second billing option when **Separate Billing Option URLs** is set to **Yes**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link settings</strong></summary>
+
+Link settings control the URL, link target, nofollow behavior, download behavior, and other link attributes where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Icon</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Button Icon section adds and styles an optional icon on the button.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Icon Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Icon</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects an icon from the icon picker, or removes the current icon.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Icon Position</strong> <small>Default: Before Text</small></summary>
+
+
+Places the icon before or after the button text when an icon is selected.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Icon Visibility</strong> <small>Default: Always Visible</small></summary>
+
+
+Keeps the icon visible or fades it in on hover when an icon is selected.
+
+- **Always Visible:** The icon is shown at all times.
+- **Fade In On Hover:** The icon fades in when the button is hovered.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Style</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Button Style section controls the size, alignment, and inner spacing of the button.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Style Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Width</strong> <small>Default: Full Width</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the button width.
+
+- **Auto:** The button width fits its text and padding. Reveals **Button Align**.
+- **Full Width:** The button stretches to fill the column.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Align</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Align</strong> <small>Default: Center; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The horizontal alignment of the button when **Button Width** is set to **Auto**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Padding</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The inner spacing of the button.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Text</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Button Text section controls the color and typography of the button label.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Text Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Text Color</strong> <small>Default: ffffff; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The color of the button label.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Text Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The color of the button label on hover and focus.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for the button label.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Background</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Button Background section controls the background color, fill style, and hover transition of the button.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Background Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The default background color of the button.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Background Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The background color used when the button is hovered or focused.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Background Style</strong> <small>Default: Flat</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects between a solid or gradient button background.
+
+- **Flat:** Uses the **Button Background Color** as a solid fill.
+- **Gradient:** Renders a gradient based on the configured background colors.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Background Animation</strong> <small>Default: Disabled</small></summary>
+
+
+Enables or disables the transition between the normal and hover background states.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Border</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Button Border section controls the border around the button.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Border Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Border</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The border style, width, radius, and color applied to the button.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Border Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The border color used when the button is hovered or focused.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Style Tab</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>General Style</strong></summary>
+
+
+The General Style section controls the box colors, accent colors, and top margin for this pricing box.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>General Style Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Box Border</strong> <small>Default: F2F2F2; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The color used for the border around this pricing box.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Box Color</strong> <small>Default: ffffff; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The background color of the pricing box body.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Accent Color</strong> <small>Default: 66686b; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The accent color used for the highlighted area, such as the price or title region depending on the **Highlight** setting.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Accent Text Color</strong> <small>Default: ffffff; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The text color used inside the highlighted area.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Box Top Margin</strong> <small>Default: 0; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The top margin applied to this pricing box, useful for offsetting a featured column.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Title Style</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Title Style section controls the appearance of the pricing box title.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Title Style Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Title Color</strong> <small>Default: 333333</small></summary>
+
+
+The color of the pricing box title.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Title Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for the pricing box title.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Price Style</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Price Style section controls the appearance of the price value.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Price Style Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Price Color</strong></summary>
+
+
+The color of the price text.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for the price text.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Ribbon Style</strong></summary>
+
+
+This section is available when **Show Ribbon** is set to **Yes** in the General tab.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Ribbon Style Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Ribbon Text Color</strong> <small>Default: FFFFFF; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The text color used inside the ribbon.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Ribbon Background Color</strong> <small>Default: F8463F; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The background color of the ribbon.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for the ribbon text.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Ribbon Height</strong> <small>Default: 30</small></summary>
+
+
+The height of the ribbon, in pixels.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Ribbon Top Margin</strong> <small>Default: -15</small></summary>
+
+
+The top margin applied to the ribbon when **Ribbon Position** is set to **Top**, in pixels.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Top Ribbon Padding</strong> <small>Default: 0</small></summary>
+
+
+The inner spacing of the ribbon when **Ribbon Position** is set to **Top**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Top Ribbon Border</strong></summary>
+
+
+The border style, width, radius, and color applied to the ribbon when **Ribbon Position** is set to **Top**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Ribbon Side Offset</strong> <small>Default: 40</small></summary>
+
+
+The horizontal offset of the ribbon, in pixels, when **Ribbon Position** is set to **Top Right** or **Top Left**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Feature List Style</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Feature List Style section overrides the shared feature list colors for this pricing box.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Feature List Style Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Feature Icon Color</strong></summary>
+
+
+The color applied to the feature icons in this box. Overrides the shared **Feature Icon Color** in the Style tab.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Feature Text Color</strong></summary>
+
+
+The color applied to the feature text in this box. Overrides the shared **Feature Text Color** in the Style tab.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Tooltip Icon Color</strong></summary>
+
+
+The color applied to the tooltip icon in this box. Overrides the shared **Tooltip Icon Color** in the Style tab.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Tooltip Text Color</strong></summary>
+
+
+The text color used inside tooltips in this box. Overrides the shared tooltip text color set in the Style tab.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Tooltip Background Color</strong></summary>
+
+
+The background color used for tooltips in this box. Overrides the shared tooltip background color set in the Style tab.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>General</strong></summary>
+
+
+The General section controls the dual billing toggle and the labels used for each billing option.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>General Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Enable Dual Billing?</strong> <small>Default: No</small></summary>
+
+
+Adds a toggle that lets visitors switch between two billing options, such as monthly and yearly. Selecting **Yes** reveals the billing option labels, billing term fields, the **Toggle Price Button** style section, and the **Billing Term Style** section.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Billing Option 1</strong> <small>Default: Monthly</small></summary>
+
+
+The label shown next to the first billing toggle option.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Billing Option 2</strong> <small>Default: Yearly</small></summary>
+
+
+The label shown next to the second billing toggle option.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Billing Term (Option 1)</strong></summary>
+
+
+The text shown next to the first price when dual billing is enabled, such as `per month`. Leave empty to hide.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Billing Term (Option 2)</strong></summary>
+
+
+The text shown next to the second price when dual billing is enabled, such as `per year`. Leave empty to hide.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icons</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Icons section sets the default icons used across all pricing boxes for feature list items and tooltips. Individual feature rows can override the feature icon.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icons Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Default Feature Icon</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The icon shown next to each feature when no icon is set on the feature row. Individual feature rows can override this.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Feature Tooltip Icon</strong> <small>Default: fas fa-question-circle; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The icon used to trigger feature tooltips. Defaults to the question mark icon when not specified.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+### Style Tab
+
+The Style tab controls the shared appearance of the pricing table, including the highlight area, column heights, borders, feature list styling, the dual billing toggle button, and billing term text.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>General Style</strong></summary>
+
+
+The General Style section controls the highlighted area, column height behavior, and outer spacing of the pricing table.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>General Style Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Highlight</strong> <small>Default: Price</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects which region of each pricing box is rendered with the **Accent Color** background.
+
+- **Price:** Highlights the price region of each box.
+- **Title:** Highlights the title region of each box.
+- **None:** Disables the accent highlight.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Column Height</strong></summary>
+
+
+Controls how box heights align across the pricing table.
+
+- **Equalize:** Sets all columns to the same height as the tallest column.
+- **Auto:** Lets each column size to its own content. Reveals **Features Min Height**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Features Min Height</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Features Min Height</strong> <small>Default: 0</small></summary>
+
+
+The minimum height applied to the feature list area, in pixels. Use this to normalize box heights when columns have different numbers of features.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Advanced Spacing</strong> <small>Default: 12; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The horizontal spacing between pricing boxes, in pixels.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Border</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Border section controls how borders are drawn around each pricing box.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Border Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Border Type</strong> <small>Default: Legacy</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects which border system the module uses.
+
+- **Standard:** Uses a single border control with style, width, radius, and color. Reveals **Standard Border**.
+- **Legacy:** Uses the original preset-based border. Reveals **Border Style** and **Border Size**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Standard Border Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Standard Border</strong></summary>
+
+
+The border style, width, radius, and color applied to each pricing box when **Border Type** is set to **Standard**.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Legacy Border Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Border Style</strong> <small>Default: Rounded</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects between rounded or straight corners when **Border Type** is set to **Legacy**.
+
+- **Rounded:** Applies rounded corners to each pricing box.
+- **Straight:** Uses square corners on each pricing box.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Border Size</strong> <small>Default: Wide</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the visual weight of the legacy border preset.
+
+- **Large:** A wide border around each pricing box.
+- **Medium:** A balanced border weight.
+- **Small:** A thin border around each pricing box.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Feature List Style</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Feature List Style section controls the shared appearance of feature lists, separator lines, and tooltips across all pricing boxes.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Feature List Style Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Show List Separator</strong> <small>Default: Yes</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides a horizontal separator line between feature rows. Selecting **Yes** reveals **Separator Line Color**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Separator Line Color</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Separator Line Color</strong> <small>Default: rgba(0,0,0,0.15)</small></summary>
+
+
+The color of the line drawn between feature rows.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Feature Icon Size</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The size of each feature icon, in pixels.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Feature Icon Color</strong> <small>Default: 808080</small></summary>
+
+
+The color applied to feature icons across all pricing boxes.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Feature Text Color</strong> <small>Default: 808080</small></summary>
+
+
+The color applied to feature text across all pricing boxes.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Feature List Text Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for feature list text.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Tooltip Style</strong> <small>Default: Dark</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects the visual style used by feature tooltips.
+
+- **Dark:** Uses a dark tooltip background with light text. Reveals **Tooltip Text Color** and **Tooltip Background Color** for the dark variant.
+- **Light:** Uses a light tooltip background with dark text. Reveals **Tooltip Text Color** and **Tooltip Background Color** for the light variant.
+- **Legacy:** Uses the original tooltip styling. Reveals **Tooltip Text Color** and **Tooltip Background Color** for the legacy variant.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Tooltip Trigger</strong> <small>Default: Click</small></summary>
+
+
+Determines how a tooltip opens.
+
+- **Click:** Opens the tooltip when the visitor clicks the tooltip icon.
+- **Hover:** Opens the tooltip when the visitor hovers the tooltip icon.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Tooltip Icon Size</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The size of each tooltip icon, in pixels.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Tooltip Icon Color</strong> <small>Default: 808080</small></summary>
+
+
+The color of the tooltip icon shown next to feature text.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Tooltip Text Color</strong> <small>Default: 333333</small></summary>
+
+
+The text color used inside legacy tooltips. Applies when **Tooltip Style** is set to **Legacy**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Tooltip Background Color</strong></summary>
+
+
+The background color used inside legacy tooltips. Applies when **Tooltip Style** is set to **Legacy**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Tooltip Text Color (Dark Only)</strong> <small>Default: ffffff</small></summary>
+
+
+The text color used inside dark tooltips. Applies when **Tooltip Style** is set to **Dark**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Tooltip Background Color (Dark Only)</strong> <small>Default: 1f2937</small></summary>
+
+
+The background color used inside dark tooltips. Applies when **Tooltip Style** is set to **Dark**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Tooltip Text Color (Light Only)</strong> <small>Default: 111111</small></summary>
+
+
+The text color used inside light tooltips. Applies when **Tooltip Style** is set to **Light**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Tooltip Background Color (Light Only)</strong> <small>Default: ffffff</small></summary>
+
+
+The background color used inside light tooltips. Applies when **Tooltip Style** is set to **Light**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Toggle Price Button</strong></summary>
+
+
+This section is available when **Enable Dual Billing?** is set to **Yes** in the Pricing Boxes tab.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Toggle Price Button Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>first_option Price Button Color</strong> <small>Default: #d5d5d5; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The background color of the toggle slider when the first billing option is active.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>second_option Price Button Color</strong> <small>Default: #919293; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The background color of the toggle slider when the second billing option is active.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Toggle Price Label Color</strong> <small>Default: 333333</small></summary>
+
+
+The color of the labels shown on either side of the toggle.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Toggle Price Button Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for the toggle labels.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Billing Term Style</strong></summary>
+
+
+This section is available when **Enable Dual Billing?** is set to **Yes** in the Pricing Boxes tab.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Billing Term Style Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Price Term Color</strong></summary>
+
+
+The color applied to the billing term text shown next to each price.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Price Term Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for the billing term text shown next to each price.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+
+The Advanced tab contains common Pricing Table module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+
+</details>
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/rich-text.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/rich-text.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1f613a8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/rich-text.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,331 @@
+---
+title: Rich Text Editor Module
+sidebar_label: Rich Text Editor
+icon: "type"
+description: "Add and format rich text in your layouts using the WordPress Classic Editor."
+---
+
+
+Add and format rich text in your layouts using the WordPress Classic Editor.
+
+## Usage
+
+Use the Text Editor module to insert paragraphs, headings, lists, links, and other rich text content into your layout. It uses the classic WordPress visual editor, making it easy to format content without writing HTML.
+
+The module supports both visual and text (HTML) editing modes, allowing you to fine-tune markup when needed. Styling options let you control text color, alignment, typography, and spacing so your content stays consistent with the rest of your design.
+
+:::tip
+
+The Text module is best for content-focused editing. If you need advanced custom markup, scripts, or embedded code snippets, use the HTML module instead.
+:::
+
+## Module Settings
+
+The Text Editor module settings control the content and visual appearance of text in your layout.
+
+### General Tab
+
+The General tab contains the core content for the Text Editor module.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text Editor</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The Text Editor uses the WordPress Classic Editor, a WYSIWYG editor built on top of TinyMCE, with two editing modes.
+
+- **Visual:** The default WYSIWYG mode. Content is displayed roughly as it will appear on the front end, and formatting is applied through toolbar buttons.
+- **Text:** A raw HTML editing mode for writing or editing HTML directly. The toolbar in this mode offers simplified quick-tag buttons that insert HTML tags around selected text.
+
+</details>
+
+### Style Tab
+
+The Style tab controls the visual appearance of the text content.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text Color</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive, Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the text color.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for the text content.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+
+The Advanced tab contains common Text Editor module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+
+</details>
+
+## Using the Toolbar
+
+The toolbar provides formatting controls available in the Visual editing mode. To use them, highlight the text you want to format, then click the corresponding toolbar button.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Rich text toolbar</strong></summary>
+
+The rich text toolbar provides formatting controls for text, links, lists, alignment, media, and other editor actions available in the text editor.
+
+</details>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Paragraph Format Dropdown</strong></summary>
+
+
+A dropdown menu that lets you change the block-level format of the selected text. Options include:
+
+- **Paragraph**: Standard body text, wrapped in a `<p>` tag. This is the default.
+- **Heading 1**: The largest heading, `<h1>`. Typically reserved for the page or post title.
+- **Heading 2**: A major section heading, `<h2>`.
+- **Heading 3**: A subsection heading, `<h3>`.
+- **Heading 4**: A smaller subsection heading, `<h4>`.
+- **Heading 5**: A minor heading, `<h5>`.
+- **Heading 6**: The smallest heading, `<h6>`.
+- **Preformatted**: Monospaced, whitespace-preserving text wrapped in a `<pre>` tag. Useful for displaying code snippets or ASCII art.
+
+</details>
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Bold</strong></summary>
+
+
+Applies strong emphasis to the selected text. This wraps the content in a `<strong>` HTML tag, which renders the text in **bold**. Use this to highlight important words or phrases.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Italic</strong></summary>
+
+
+Applies emphasis to the selected text. This wraps the content in an `<em>` HTML tag, rendering the text in *italics*. Use this for titles, foreign words, or subtle emphasis.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Bulleted List (Unordered List)</strong></summary>
+
+
+Converts the selected lines into a bulleted, unordered list using the `<ul>` and `<li>` HTML tags. Each line becomes a separate list item preceded by a bullet point.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Numbered List (Ordered List)</strong></summary>
+
+
+Converts the selected lines into a numbered, ordered list using the `<ol>` and `<li>` HTML tags. Each line becomes a sequentially numbered list item.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Blockquote</strong></summary>
+
+
+Wraps the selected text in a `<blockquote>` HTML tag. This is used to visually set apart quoted content from the rest of the text, typically rendered as an indented block with a left border, depending on the theme.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Align Left</strong></summary>
+
+
+Aligns the selected block of text to the left margin. This is typically the default text alignment.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Align Center</strong></summary>
+
+
+Centers the selected block of text horizontally within the content area.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Align Right</strong></summary>
+
+
+Aligns the selected block of text to the right margin.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Insert/Edit Link</strong></summary>
+
+
+Opens a dialog to insert a hyperlink on the selected text, or to edit an existing link. You can specify:
+
+- **URL**: The destination web address.
+- **Link Text**: The clickable text that is displayed, defaults to the selected text.
+- **Open in New Tab**: A checkbox to set the link's `target` attribute to `_blank`.
+- **Search for existing content**: An expandable field that lets you search for and link to existing pages or posts on your site.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Remove Link (Unlink)</strong></summary>
+
+
+Removes the hyperlink from the selected linked text, leaving the text itself intact. The `<a>` tag is stripped while the inner text content is preserved.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Distraction-Free Writing Mode</strong></summary>
+
+
+An icon in the toolbar area (or accessible from the editor's top bar) that expands the editor to fill the entire browser window, hiding the WordPress admin sidebar, menus, and other interface elements. This provides a clean, focused writing environment. Press <kbd>Escape</kbd> or click the exit button to return to the normal view.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Toolbar Toggle (Kitchen Sink)</strong></summary>
+
+
+Toggles the visibility of the second row of toolbar buttons. When the editor first loads, only Row 1 is shown. Clicking this button expands the toolbar to reveal the additional formatting options described below.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Font Size</strong></summary>
+
+
+A dropdown menu in the second toolbar row that lets you adjust the size of the selected text. Options typically range from 8pt to 36pt (such as 8, 10, 12, 14, 18, 24, and 36). The selected size is applied using an inline font-size style. This is useful when you need specific text to appear larger or smaller than the surrounding content without changing its heading level.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Horizontal Line</strong></summary>
+
+
+Inserts a horizontal rule (`<hr>`) at the cursor position. This creates a thematic break or visual divider between sections of content.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text Color</strong></summary>
+
+
+Opens a color picker that lets you change the color of the selected text. The editor provides a palette of preset colors as well as the option to enter a custom hex color value. The color is applied using an inline `style` attribute.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Paste as Text</strong></summary>
+
+
+Toggles "Paste as Text" mode on or off. When enabled, any content you paste into the editor is stripped of all formatting, bold, italic, colors, links, and more, and inserted as plain text. This is useful when copying content from external sources like Word, Google Docs, or web pages, where you want to avoid importing unwanted styles and markup.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Clear Formatting (Eraser)</strong></summary>
+
+
+Removes all inline formatting, bold, italic, underline, text color, font size, and so forth, from the selected text. Block-level formatting such as headings and lists is not affected. This is useful for cleaning up text that has accumulated excessive or inconsistent formatting.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Special Character</strong></summary>
+
+
+Opens a dialog containing a grid of special characters and symbols that are not readily available on a standard keyboard. Examples include em dashes, copyright symbols, currency signs, accented characters, arrows, and mathematical symbols. Clicking a character inserts it at the cursor position.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Decrease Indent (Outdent)</strong></summary>
+
+
+Reduces the indentation level of the selected block by one step. This is primarily used within nested lists to move a list item up one level, or to remove indentation from a paragraph.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Increase Indent</strong></summary>
+
+
+Increases the indentation level of the selected block by one step. Within lists, this nests the selected list item under the item above it. For paragraphs, it adds a visual indentation from the left margin.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Undo</strong></summary>
+
+
+Reverts the most recent change made in the editor. Each click steps back one action in the editing history.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Redo</strong></summary>
+
+
+Re-applies the most recently undone change. This is the opposite of Undo and only works after an Undo action has been performed.
+</details>
+
+
+## Additional Features
+
+Beyond the toolbar buttons, the Classic Editor includes several other features worth knowing.
+
+### Drag-and-drop
+
+The editor supports drag-and-drop for reordering content and for uploading media. You can drag an image file directly from your desktop into the editor area, and WordPress will automatically upload it and insert it into your content.
+
+### Visual and text tab switching
+
+You can freely switch between Visual and Text mode at any time. WordPress preserves your content when switching, though be aware that certain complex HTML structures may be slightly reformatted by the Visual editor's parser when toggling back and forth.
+
+:::tip
+
+To avoid these issues, it is best to choose one tab and stay with it for the duration of your editing session.
+:::
+
+### HTML and shortcode considerations
+
+The Text module supports standard content markup, but it is intended for editorial content first. For advanced custom HTML structures, inline stylesheets, JavaScript, shortcodes, or third-party embed scripts, use the HTML module instead for better control and maintainability.
+
+### Underline and justify
+
+The toolbar is missing Underline and Justify controls as WordPress removed them in version 4.7. Underline was removed since underlined text on the web is often mistaken for a hyperlink, which can create confusion and accessibility issues. Justify was removed as it was considered inconsistent across browsers and could reduce readability by creating uneven spacing between words.
+
+However, the [keyboard shortcuts](#keyboard-shortcuts) still remain, so you can still use them if you wish to underline text, which is generally not recommended, or justify your text.
+
+:::warning
+
+Underlining regular text is generally considered poor web writing practice because it can be mistaken for a link, so it should be avoided or used sparingly.
+:::
+
+:::tip
+
+If you prefer to restore the Underline and Justify toolbar controls, you can install the [Advanced Editor Tools plugin](https://wordpress.org/plugins/tinymce-advanced/). It adds additional editor features and brings the Underline and Justify buttons back to the toolbar.
+:::
+
+### Style tab vs text color toolbar
+
+Using the Text Color toolbar control will override any text color set in the Style tab for the selected text, as the toolbar applies the color as an inline style on a `<span>` element, and inline styles take precedence over CSS-based styling.
+
+## Keyboard Shortcuts
+
+The following table summarizes the most useful keyboard shortcuts available in the Classic Editor. On Mac, replace `Ctrl` with `Cmd` unless otherwise noted.
+
+| Action              | Windows / Linux         | Mac                     |
+| ------------------- | ----------------------- | ----------------------- |
+| Bold                | `Ctrl + B`              | `Cmd + B`               |
+| Italic              | `Ctrl + I`              | `Cmd + I`               |
+| Underline           | `Ctrl + U`              | `Cmd + U`               |
+| Insert Link         | `Ctrl + K`              | `Cmd + K`               |
+| Undo                | `Ctrl + Z`              | `Cmd + Z`               |
+| Redo                | `Ctrl + Y`              | `Cmd + Shift + Z`       |
+| Strikethrough       | `Alt + Shift + D`       | `Ctrl + Option + D`     |
+| Insert Read More    | `Alt + Shift + T`       | `Ctrl + Option + T`     |
+| Bulleted List       | `Alt + Shift + U`       | `Ctrl + Option + U`     |
+| Numbered List       | `Alt + Shift + O`       | `Ctrl + Option + O`     |
+| Blockquote          | `Alt + Shift + Q`       | `Ctrl + Option + Q`     |
+| Align Left          | `Alt + Shift + L`       | `Ctrl + Option + L`     |
+| Align Center        | `Alt + Shift + C`       | `Ctrl + Option + C`     |
+| Align Right         | `Alt + Shift + R`       | `Ctrl + Option + R`     |
+| Justify             | `Alt + Shift + J`       | `Ctrl + Option + J`     |
+| Heading 1           | `Alt + Shift + 1`       | `Ctrl + Option + 1`     |
+| Heading 2           | `Alt + Shift + 2`       | `Ctrl + Option + 2`     |
+| Heading 3           | `Alt + Shift + 3`       | `Ctrl + Option + 3`     |
+| Heading 4           | `Alt + Shift + 4`       | `Ctrl + Option + 4`     |
+| Heading 5           | `Alt + Shift + 5`       | `Ctrl + Option + 5`     |
+| Heading 6           | `Alt + Shift + 6`       | `Ctrl + Option + 6`     |
+| Keyboard Shortcuts  | `Alt + Shift + H`       | `Ctrl + Option + H`     |
+| Distraction-Free    | `Alt + Shift + W`       | `Ctrl + Option + W`     |
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/search.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/search.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..35641320
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/search.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,641 @@
+---
+title: Search
+sidebar_label: Search
+icon: "search"
+description: "Use Search to add a WordPress search form with configurable layout, optional inline AJAX results, and post type filtering."
+---
+
+
+Use Search to add a WordPress search form with configurable layout, optional inline AJAX results, and post type filtering.
+
+## Usage
+
+Use Search to add a WordPress search form to a layout with control over the input, button, and form layout. The module submits queries to the standard WordPress search and can either redirect visitors to the site search results page or render results inline below the form using AJAX. When AJAX results are enabled, the module renders each match with optional featured image, title link, and excerpt, and supports filtering the query by one or more post types.
+
+Use Search in site headers, hero sections, dedicated search pages, or any layout where visitors need to find content quickly. The Layout setting covers compact icon-only buttons, full-screen overlay search, expanding inputs, and stacked or inline arrangements, which makes the module suitable for both prominent search experiences and minimal utility placements.
+
+## Module Settings
+
+The Search module settings control the form layout, the appearance of the input and button, and how search results are returned to the visitor.
+
+### Layout Tab
+
+The Layout tab sets the form structure, input label, placeholder, and button options.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Layout</strong> <small>Default: All Inline</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects the structural arrangement of the input and the search button.
+
+- **Input Only:** Shows only the search input with no visible button.
+- **All Inline:** Places the label, input, and button on a single row.
+- **Button Only:** Shows only a search button that triggers an expanding input, a full-screen overlay, or a reveal action.
+- **All Stacked:** Stacks the label, input, and button vertically.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Input Label</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Input Label</strong> <small>Default: Show</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the label above or beside the input. This field appears when **Layout** is set to **All Inline** or **All Stacked**, or when **Layout** is **Button Only** with **Action** set to **Reveal**.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Placeholder Text</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Placeholder Text</strong> <small>Default: Search...</small></summary>
+
+
+The placeholder text displayed inside the search input.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Text</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Text</strong> <small>Default: Search</small></summary>
+
+
+The text displayed on the search button. This field appears when **Layout** is set to **All Inline**, **All Stacked**, or **Button Only**.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Action</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Action</strong> <small>Default: Expand on click</small></summary>
+
+
+Determines how the search input is presented when **Layout** is set to **Button Only**.
+
+- **Expand on click:** The input expands inline from the button when the button is clicked.
+- **Full Screen:** The input opens in a full-screen overlay with a close button.
+- **Reveal:** The button reveals an inline input alongside or below the button.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Expand Position</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Expand Position</strong> <small>Default: Left</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the side the input expands toward when **Action** is set to **Expand on click**. Options are **Left** and **Right**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Icon</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Button Icon section adds an optional icon to the search button and configures DuoTone colors and icon position.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button Icon</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects an icon displayed on the search button. The Icon Position field appears when an icon is selected.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>DuoTone Primary Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+For Font Awesome DuoTone icons only: the primary color applied to the icon.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>DuoTone Secondary Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+For Font Awesome DuoTone icons only: the secondary color applied to the icon.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon Position</strong> <small>Default: Before Text</small></summary>
+
+
+Places the icon before or after the button text when an icon is selected. Options are **Before Text** and **After Text**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+### Style Tab
+
+The Style tab controls the appearance of the form wrapper, the full-screen overlay, the label, the input, and the button.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Form</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Form section controls the dimensions, alignment, padding, background, and border of the search form wrapper.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Form</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Width</strong> <small>Default: Full Width</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the width of the form wrapper.
+
+- **Auto:** Sizes the wrapper to its content.
+- **Full Width:** Stretches the wrapper to the full width of its container.
+- **Custom:** Uses a fixed maximum width set in **Custom Width**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Custom Width</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Custom Width</strong> <small>Default: 1100</small></summary>
+
+
+The maximum width of the search form container. This field appears when **Width** is set to **Custom**. Supports `px` and `%` units.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Alignment</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Alignment</strong> <small>Default: center; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The horizontal alignment of the form within its container. This field appears when **Width** is set to **Auto** or **Custom**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Height</strong> <small>Default: 0; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The minimum height of the form wrapper. Content expands the height automatically. Supports `px`, `vw`, and `vh` units.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Padding</strong> <small>Default: 10; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The inner spacing of the form wrapper.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The background color of the form wrapper.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The background color of the form wrapper on hover.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Border</strong></summary>
+
+
+The border style, width, radius, and color of the form wrapper.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Border Hover</strong></summary>
+
+
+The border style used when the form wrapper is hovered or focused.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Fullscreen</strong></summary>
+
+
+This section is available when **Layout** is set to **Button Only** and **Action** is set to **Full Screen**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Fullscreen</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Input Width</strong> <small>Default: 600</small></summary>
+
+
+The maximum width of the input field inside the full-screen overlay. Supports `px` and `%` units.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Overlay Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The background color of the full-screen overlay behind the input.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Close Button</strong> <small>Default: Show</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the close button used to dismiss the full-screen overlay.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Label</strong></summary>
+
+
+This section is available when **Input Label** is set to **Show**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Label</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Padding</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The inner spacing around the input label.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The text color of the input label.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for the input label.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Input</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Input section controls the appearance of the search input field.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Input</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Padding</strong> <small>Default: 12; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The inner spacing of the search input.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for the search input.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The text and placeholder color of the search input.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The text and placeholder color of the search input on hover and focus.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The background color of the search input.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The background color of the search input on hover and focus.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Border</strong></summary>
+
+
+The border style, width, radius, and color of the search input.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Border Hover</strong></summary>
+
+
+The border style used when the search input is hovered or focused.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Button section controls the appearance of the search button. This section is available when **Layout** is set to **All Inline**, **All Stacked**, or **Button Only**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Alignment</strong> <small>Default: center</small></summary>
+
+
+The horizontal alignment of the button within its wrapper. This field appears when **Width** is set to **Auto** or **Custom**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Width</strong> <small>Default: Auto</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the width of the search button.
+
+- **Auto:** Sizes the button to its content.
+- **Custom:** Uses a fixed width set in **Custom Width**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Custom Width</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Custom Width</strong> <small>Default: 200</small></summary>
+
+
+The fixed width of the search button. This field appears when **Width** is set to **Custom**. Supports `px`, `vw`, and `%` units.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Padding</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The inner spacing of the search button.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The text color of the search button.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The text color of the search button on hover and focus.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for the search button.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The background color of the search button.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The background color of the search button on hover and focus.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Style</strong> <small>Default: Flat</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects a **Flat** or **Gradient** background for the search button.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Border</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The border style, width, radius, and color of the search button.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Border Hover</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The border style used when the search button is hovered or focused.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The color applied to the button icon. This section is available when an **Icon** is selected in the Layout tab.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The color applied to the button icon on hover and focus. This section is available when an **Icon** is selected in the Layout tab.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+### Content Tab
+
+The Content tab determines how search results are returned and configures the inline AJAX result layout.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Results</strong> <small>Default: Redirect to search page</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects how submitted searches are presented.
+
+- **Redirect to search page:** Submits the form to the WordPress search results page.
+- **Display results below via Ajax:** Loads matching posts inline below the form without a page reload.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Type</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Type</strong></summary>
+
+
+Narrows AJAX search results to one or more selected post types. This field appears when **Results** is set to **Display results below via Ajax**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Ajax Result</strong></summary>
+
+
+This section is available when **Results** is set to **Display results below via Ajax**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Ajax Result</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Width</strong> <small>Default: Full Width</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the width of the inline result container.
+
+- **Full Width:** Stretches the result container to the full width of its parent.
+- **Custom:** Uses a fixed maximum width set in **Custom Width**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Custom Width</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Custom Width</strong> <small>Default: 1100</small></summary>
+
+
+The maximum width of the AJAX result container. This field appears when **Width** is set to **Custom**. Supports `px` and `%` units.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Featured Image</strong> <small>Default: Show</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the featured image for each result. When set to **Show**, the **Size**, **Crop**, and **Fallback Image** fields appear.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Size</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Size</strong> <small>Default: medium</small></summary>
+
+
+The registered WordPress image size used to render the featured image.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Crop</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Crop</strong> <small>Default: landscape</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects the crop applied to the featured image. Options are **None**, **Square**, and **Circle**.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Fallback Image</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Fallback Image</strong></summary>
+
+
+The image displayed when a result has no featured image set.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Content</strong> <small>Default: Hide</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the post excerpt for each result.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Content Length (Words)</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Content Length (Words)</strong> <small>Default: 55</small></summary>
+
+
+The maximum number of words shown in each result excerpt. This field appears when **Content** is set to **Show**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>No Results Message</strong> <small>Default: Sorry, we couldn't find any posts. Please try a different search.</small></summary>
+
+
+The message displayed when an AJAX search returns no matching posts.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+
+The Advanced tab contains common Search module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+
+</details>
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/search/limit-post-types-search-module.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/search/limit-post-types-search-module.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 7bd68564..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/search/limit-post-types-search-module.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
----
-id: limit-post-types-search-module
-title: Limit post types in Search module results
-sidebar_label: Limit post types in Search module results
-description:  Here's some code that limits which post types are searched in all of the Search modules on your site.
----
-
-By default, the Search module searches pages, posts, and any custom post types that exist. You can limit the search to specific post types with some custom code. For example, you could search the WooCommerce **product** post type only.
-
-The code varies according to whether or not AJAX is enabled on your site.
-
-## AJAX enabled
-
-Set a filter that uses `fl_builder_loop_query_args` to specify which post types are allowed in search.
-
-In the following code example, `post` and `product` are specified in the array as the post types to search. Add your code to *functions.php* in your child theme.
-
-```php
-add_filter( 'fl_builder_loop_query_args', function( $args ){
-	if ( isset( $args['s'] ) ) {
-		$args['post_type'] = array( 'post', 'product' );
-	}
-	return $args;
-});
-```
-
-:::info
-The code affects all Search modules on your site.
-:::
-
-## AJAX disabled
-
-If AJAX is disabled, use `pre_get_posts` instead. See [this WordPress documentation](https://developer.wordpress.org/reference/hooks/pre_get_posts/).
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/search/search.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/search/search.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 2415a519..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/search/search.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,169 +0,0 @@
----
-id: search
-title: Search module
-sidebar_label: Search
-description: The Search module adds a search input field and Submit button to your layout with many layout and style options.
----
-
-The Search module lets you place a standard WordPress search form in your layout. It has a standard input form and a button to activate the search query.
-
-The search functionality and search results are the same as a standard WordPress search widget.
-
-## Layout choices and behavior
-
-### Layout
-On the **Layout** tab you can choose from the layouts shown in this screenshot and described below:
-
-![](/img/search-fbe9a433.png)
-
-#### Input text only
-
-Only the search input field appears, not the button. Search is activated by using the Return key on the keyboard. With this option, you can customize the text on the Search button.
-
-#### Inline  
-
-The Search button appears to the right of the search field at all device sizes. You can customize the input field placeholder text or the button text. You can add a button icon to the left or right of the button text.
-
-#### Button only  
-
-Only the Search button appears, and clicking the button expands to display the input field according to the option set in the *Action* field. When the action is **Expand on click**, the search input field appears to the left of the button. The user enters the search terms and presses Return on the keyboard.
-
-:::info
-Clicking the Search button when the input field is expanded serves to collapse the input field to show only the button again. In this configuration, you might consider changing the placeholder text to indicate that the user should enter text and hit Return.
-:::
-
-When the action is **Full screen**, clicking the Search button opens a fullscreen window with the search input field displayed there. The user enters the search terms and presses Return on the keyboard, which opens the standard WordPress Search Results archive page.
-
-In either configuration, you can also change the placeholder text, the button text, and add an icon to the left or right of the button text.
-
-#### Stacked  
-
-The Search button is centered under the search field at all device sizes. The user enters the search terms and clicks the Search button or presses Return on the keyboard.
-
-### Text and icons on the Layout tab
-
-You can customize the placeholder text message. For the button, you can change the button text and add an icon to the left or right. Other settings for the placeholder and button text and icons, such as color, are on the **Style** tab. See the next section.
-
-## Style choices
-
-:::note Note:
-If you're using the Beaver Builder Theme, the buttons' initial style comes from the settings at **Customize > General > Buttons**. The button's default text color
-is white text for darker accent colors and black text for lighter colors. The
-default font family for the button text depends on the font family set for the
-`<body>` tag.
-:::
-
-The **Style** tab has settings for nearly every aspect of the search form. The settings are divided into the following categories: the main settings, an **Input text** section, a **Button** section, and a **Button icon colors** section.
-
-### Main settings on the Style tab
-
-In this section, you can customize settings that apply to the module: width, minimum height, horizontal alignment, background color, border, and padding. Some of the same settings are available specifically for the input field and button in other sections of the **Style** tab, as described later in this article.
-
-#### Width  
-
-The **Width** field applies to the width of the module, regardless of layout type. Choices are:
-* **Auto**  
-No width is set for the module.
-* **Full width**  
-The module width is set to 100%.
-**Custom**  
-A **Custom width** field appears so you can set a custom maximum width.
-
-For **Button only** layouts with a **Fullscreen** input field, the **Width** setting applies to the module that displays the button, not to the input field in the fullscreen view. The Width setting doesn't change the button width but rather the module width, so the width setting is most apparent when you set a background color or border.
-
-:::tip **Tip**
-The Button width itself can be set in the **Button** section. For the **Fullscreen** option, a **Fullscreen** section appears at the bottom of the **Style** tab where you can adjust the width of the input field in the window that opens to display it.
-:::
-
-#### Height  
-
-Optionally set a minimum height for the form. Note that this setting does not change the height of the form or the Search button but rather the height of the module, with the search form vertically centered. You can change the input form and button height in other sections.
-
-#### Alignment  
-
-If the **Width** setting is **Auto** or **Custom**, you can select a **Left**, **Right**, or **Center** horizontal alignment. No alignment setting (none of the alignment icons selected) means the alignment will follow the browser default.
-
-#### Background color
-
-Sets a background color for the module. The size of the background is affected by the **Width**, **Height**, and **Padding** settings.
-
-#### Hover background color
-
-Upon mouse hover over the module, the background color is replaced with the hover background color.
-
-#### Border
-
-The **Border** section has the standard Beaver Builder border settings. The border appears outside the background color if one is set. If no background color is set, the placement of the border is affected by the **Width**, **Height**, and **Padding** settings.
-
-#### Border hover
-
-These settings apply on mouse hover over the module.
-
-#### Padding
-
-Increases the space between the module border and the search controls (input field, button). Note that there are Padding settings in other sections of the **Style** tab that apply to the padding inside the input field or button.
-
-### Input text section on the Style tab
-
-These settings affect the input field's text and styles.
-
-* **Color** section  
-Changes the color of the text in the input field, both the placeholder text and the text that the user enters.
-* **Typography**  
-Standard Beaver Builder typography options for the input field text, both placeholder and search input.
-* **Border**  
-The input field border by default is light gray but you can use this Border section to change the border type, color, width, and radius, and you can add a border shadow.
-* **Border hover**  
-Set border options that replace the input field's border settings on mouse hover.
-* **Padding**  
-Set padding options for the space between the input field's border and its text.
-
-### Button section on the Style tab
-
-This section's settings affect the text and styles for the button. This section does not appear when the layout is set to **Input text only**.
-
-* **Alignment**  
-Select a **Left**, **Right**, or **Center** horizontal alignment. No alignment setting (none of the alignment icons selected) means the alignment will follow the browser default.
-* **Width**  
-Choose between **Auto** and **Custom** width to control the width of the button. If **Custom** is chosen, a new field open for you to input the custom max width of the button.
-* **Padding**  
-Set the padding for the button to change the distance between the button edges and the button text.
-* **Text color**  
-Set the text color for the button.
-* **Text hover color**  
-Set the color of the text on mouse hover.
-* **Typography**  
-Set the typography options for the button text.
-* **Button background color**  
-Set the background color for the button
-* **Button background hover color**  
-Set the background color for the button on mouse hover.
-* **Button background style**    
-  Choose between:  
-    * **Flat**
-    * **Gradient** – the gradient is automatically generated.
-* **Border**   
-Set the border options for the button.
-* **Border hover**  
-Set the border options for the button on mouse hover.
-
-### Button icon colors section on the Style tab
-
-If you chose an icon on the Layout tab, you can set the **Icon color** and **Icon hover color** in this section.
-
-## Set where to display search results
-
-On the **Content** tab, you can choose where to display the search results. There are two choices:
-
-* **Redirect to Search page**  
-This option opens the standard WordPress search results page, which is a type of WordPress archive. If you have the Beaver Themer add-on, you can style this page with an Archive-type Themer layout.
-* **Display results below via Ajax**  
-This choice displays the results immediately below the input field in a bordered box such as this:  
-  ![](/img/search-29516eda.png)
-  By default, the bordered search box is **Full width**, which means the same width as the search input field. You can set a custom width in the **Width** setting to change the size of the search results box. You can also choose whether to display the featured image, a fallback image, and an excerpt of the content. An example of these options is shown in this screenshot, in which **Width** is set to **800px** and both **Featured image** and **Content** are set to **Show**.  
-  ![](/img/search-10ac9fea.png)  
-  You can also customize the text when no results are found.
-
-## Advanced tab
-
-There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/separator.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/separator.md
deleted file mode 100644
index f254bdf9..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/separator.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
----
-id: separator
-title: Separator
-sidebar_label: Separator
-description: The Separator module inserts a horizontal line to separate content with options to control width, color, alignment, and thickness of the line.
----
-
-The Separator module inserts a horizontal line to separate content.
-
-## **General** tab
-
-- **Color**
-  By default, the line is a light gray color.
-- **Height** (responsive)
-  This is the thickness of the line style. For double lines, as the **Height** value increases, the thickness of both lines and the space between them increases. This setting can be set differently for each device size. By default, the height is 1px.
-- **Width** (responsive)
-  The width of the line relative to row width. You can choose a **%**, **px**, or **vw** unit of measurement. By default, the line is 100% wide.
-- **Alignment** (left, center, right) (responsive)
-- **Style**
-  The choices are **Solid**, **Dashed**, **Dotted**, **Double**.
-
-:::info
-The **Double** line style must have a height of at least 3px set to display as a double line.
-:::
-
-## Advanced tab
-
-There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/separator.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/separator.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8da8e66c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/separator.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+---
+title: Separator
+sidebar_label: Separator
+icon: "minus"
+description: "Use Separator to add a configurable horizontal divider line that breaks up content within a layout."
+---
+
+
+Use Separator to add a configurable horizontal divider line that breaks up content within a layout.
+
+## Usage
+
+Use Separator to render a horizontal divider line that visually breaks up content. The module outputs a single styled line whose color, height, width, alignment, and border style are all configurable, with responsive support for adjusting each setting per device.
+
+Use Separator between sections, paragraphs, or grouped elements when you need a clean visual break without adding a full row or background. It fits long-form content, landing page sections, and any layout where a simple rule helps separate ideas or call attention to a transition.
+
+## Module Settings
+
+The Separator module settings control the divider's color, dimensions, alignment, and border style.
+
+### General Tab
+
+The General tab contains all of the divider's appearance settings.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Color</strong> <small>Default: cccccc; Supports: Responsive, Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the color of the divider line. Supports alpha transparency.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Height</strong> <small>Default: 1; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the thickness of the divider line in pixels.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Width</strong> <small>Default: 100; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the length of the divider line. Accepts **%**, **px**, or **vw** units.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Align</strong> <small>Default: Center; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the horizontal alignment of the divider within its wrapper.
+
+- **Left:** Aligns the divider to the left edge of its wrapper.
+- **Center:** Centers the divider horizontally within its wrapper.
+- **Right:** Aligns the divider to the right edge of its wrapper.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Style</strong> <small>Default: Solid; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the border style used to render the divider line. Double borders must have a **Height** of at least 3px to render properly.
+
+- **Solid:** Renders the divider as a single continuous line.
+- **Dashed:** Renders the divider as a series of short dashes.
+- **Dotted:** Renders the divider as a series of dots.
+- **Double:** Renders the divider as two parallel lines.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+
+The Advanced tab contains common Separator module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+
+</details>
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/sidebar.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/sidebar.md
deleted file mode 100644
index c0719f9d..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/sidebar.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
----
-id: sidebar
-title: Sidebar
-sidebar_label: Sidebar
-description: The Sidebar module creates a WordPress sidebar in a Beaver Builder layout, containing any set of WordPress widgets that your theme allows.
----
-
-The Sidebar module gives you the ability to insert any of your WordPress
-sidebars into your layouts.
-
-The widgets in the sidebar can be configured by going to **Appearance > Widgets** in the WordPress admin panel.
-
-:::info
-The Beaver Builder Theme has only one sidebar, called the Primary
-Sidebar. If you want to create a different sidebar or which widgets appear
-there, you must use a plugin or write code.
-:::
-
-There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/sidebar.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/sidebar.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5665bfef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/sidebar.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+---
+title: Sidebar
+sidebar_label: Sidebar
+icon: "panel-right"
+description: "Use Sidebar to display a WordPress sidebar registered by the current theme inside a Beaver Builder layout."
+---
+
+
+Use Sidebar to display a WordPress sidebar registered by the current theme inside a Beaver Builder layout.
+
+## Usage
+
+Use Sidebar to render a WordPress sidebar registered by the active theme directly inside a Beaver Builder layout. The module outputs the selected sidebar in place, so any widgets assigned to it through **Appearance > Widgets** appear wherever the module is placed.
+
+Use Sidebar when you want to reuse an existing widget area inside a custom layout, such as adding a blog sidebar to a landing page, placing a footer widget area inside a row, or surfacing theme-registered widget areas in builder-driven templates without recreating the widgets manually.
+
+## Module Settings
+
+The Sidebar module settings select which registered sidebar to display.
+
+### General Tab
+
+The General tab selects the sidebar to render.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Sidebar</strong></summary>
+
+
+Selects which registered WordPress sidebar to display. The dropdown is populated from sidebars registered by the active theme or by other plugins through WordPress's `register_sidebar()` function. Manage the widgets shown inside the selected sidebar from **Appearance > Widgets** in the WordPress admin.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+
+The Advanced tab contains common Sidebar module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+
+</details>
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/slideshow.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/slideshow.md
deleted file mode 100644
index a0a4b705..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/slideshow.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,257 +0,0 @@
----
-id: slideshow
-title: Slideshow
-sidebar_label: Slideshow
-description: The Slideshow module displays a gallery of image "slides" with a choice of transitions.
----
-
-## Uses of this module
-
-Use a slideshow module when you want to display a set of images in the foreground, one at a time. Besides the traditional horizontal slide transition, there are a number of other types of transitions from one image to the next, as described in the Playback tab section below. The images come from a gallery you create either in the WordPress Media Library or in SmugMug. You can display the image title, but if there is other content you want to display and the image is of secondary importance, see the related modules described below.
-
-## Display options
-
-Besides various types of transitions of the slides themselves, there are various options to display navigation and play controls, an image caption, social media links, thumbnails of the gallery, and a fullscreen toggle, all described in the following sections.
-
-Here's a screenshot of an image slideshow, showing the three main areas:
-
-* The slides are taken from a gallery of images that you specify.
-* Large navigation arrows can be displayed on either side of the slides, or with wider slides the icons are overlaid on the slides.
-* The control bar appears above or below the images, depending on your settings.  
-All of the icons that appear in the control bar can be displayed or hidden, as explained in more detail below.
-
-*Figure 1: Slideshow module, annotated*
-
-![Screenshot pointing out the slides, navigation arrows, and control bar](/img/slideshow-module-1.jpg)
-
-## Slideshow module settings
-
-### General tab
-
-This tab has the following settings.
-
-* **Source**  
-WordPress Media Library or SmugMug.
-
-* **Photos** (Media Library only)  
-Contains links to create a gallery of images in your Media Library or to edit an existing gallery.
-
-* **Feed URL** (SmugMug galleries only)  
-Enter the URL for the RSS feed here. For help with linking to a SmugMug gallery, see the [Gallery module overview](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/gallery/gallery.md#use-a-smugmug-gallery).
-
-#### Display section
-
-* **Height**  
-Sets the height of the box in which images and controls are displayed. The default height is 500px.
-
-* **Skin color**  
-There's not much difference, but choose **Light** if you have light-colored images and background and **Dark** if you have dark-colored images and backgroiund. Individual image size is adjusted to maintain this height.
-
-* **Crop**  
-Since the Height setting keeps the height of each image constant, the Crop setting determines whether the width of the image will adjust to display the full image (so width will vary depending on each image) or the image width expands to the full width of the column (minus margin and padding) and crops the left and right edges if necessary.
-
-* **Disable right-click**  
-Does not allow image to be downloaded.
-
-#### Click Action section
-
-* **Type**  
-None, or choose **Link**  to add a URL that will serve as a single destination for the entire set of images. You can't set a separate link for each image.
-
-* **Link URL**  
-If you selected **Link** for the **Click action**, enter the destination URL here.
-
-### Playback tab
-
-* **Auto Play**  
-**Yes** (the default) means the images transition automatically and can be overridden by any navigation controls that are displayed. **No** means the user must advance the images using the navigation controls.
-
-* **Speed**  
-Number of seconds the full image is displayed. The default is 3 seconds.
-
-* **Transition**  
-Choose among the following types of transitions from one image to the next.
-The default transition is **Fade**.
-
-  * **None**  
-  The next image is immediately displayed instead of a transition effect.
-
-  * **Fade**  
-  Slide loses opacity while the next slide comes into view.
-
-  * **Ken Burns**  
-  The Ken Burns movement is applied during both the display and transition times with a quick fade transition to the next slide.
-
-  * **Slide horizontal**  
-  Typical horizontal movement from right to left
-
-  * **Slide vertical**  
-  Current slide moves upwards followed by next slide. There is no white space between the current and next slide.
-
-  * **Blinds**  
-  Vertical bands of white space appear over the image and become narrower until the full image is displayed.
-
-  * **Bars**  
-  The next image appears with an overlay of nearly transparent gray squares during a fade transition..The effect works best at short transition times. For longer transitions the effect more resembles the Fade transition.
-
-  * **Random bars**  
-  Vertical light gray bars of random width and spacing overlay the next image and fade out.
-
-  * **Boxes**  
-  The next image appears with an overlay of nearly transparent gray squares during a fade transition.
-
-  * **Random boxes**  
-  Random gray rectangles overlay the next image and fade out.
-
-  * **Boxes grow**  
-  The next image appears with a gray grid overlay that shrinks and disappears.
-
-* **Transition speed**  
-Number of seconds spent transitioning to the next image. The default
-transition speed is one second.
-
-* **Randomize photos**  
-**No** (default) means photos are displayed in the same order as they appear in the gallery. **Yes** means the images are randomized. The randomization order stays the same with autoplay loops and navigation.
-
-### Controls tab
-
-This tab lets you select which controls you want to display.
-
-The following figure shows the control icons in the control bar that you can see in the Beaver Builder editor, with the icon labels underneath the figure. Any of the icons can be displayed or hidden.
-
-*Figure 2: Control bar icons displayed in the Beaver Builder editor*
-
-![Control bar icons displayed in the Beaver Builder editor, see legend below figure](/img/layouts--modules--slideshow--2.png)
-
-1 Navigation arrows  
-2 Thumbs button  
-3 Caption button  
-4 Fullscreen button  
-5 Social button  
-6 Play button  
-7 (shown in the front end but not in the Beaver Builder editor preview: Photo count control)
-
-There are six sections on this tab: an unnamed top section, **Control bar**, **Control bar buttons**, **Control bar overlay**, **Thumbs**, and **Social**.
-
-#### Unnamed top section
-
-* **Navigation arrows**  
-Choose whether or not to display larger arrows that appear on each side of the slides, shown in Figure 1. If the image is wide enough, they are overlaid on the image.  
-The actual color of the arrows depends on whether you set **Light** or **Dark** as the **Skin color** on the **General** tab. These arrows may appear inside or outside of the image, depending on image width and the **Crop** setting on the **General** tab.
-
-:::info
-The navigation arrows in the control bar are controlled in the **Control bar** section.
-:::
-
-#### Control Bar section
-This section lets you choose the type of control bar and where to display it.
-
-* **Nav type**  
-    * If you don't want to display any control bar, choose **None**.   
-    If set to **None**, then the other **Controls** tab sections described below are hidden.
-    * The **Buttons** choice displays the control bar in the layout shown in Figure 3, depending on the control buttons selected for display.  
-
-    *Figure 3: Control bar Buttons layout displayed in the front end*  
-
-    ![Control bar Buttons layout displayed in the front end, see legend below figure](/img/layouts--modules--slideshow--3.jpg)  
-    1 Thumbs button  
-    2 Caption button  
-    3 Social button  
-    4 Navigation arrows  
-    5 Play button  
-    6 Photo count  
-    7 Fullscreen button
-
-    * The **Thumbs** choice displays thumbnails of the gallery images, which can be clicked to navigate to a different slide.  
-    By default, the size of the thumbnail images is **50px**, but you can change that in the **Thumbs size** field in the  **Thumbs** section.  
-
-    *Figure 4: Control bar Thumbs layout displayed in the front end*  
-
-    ![Control bar Thumbs layout displayed in the front end, see legend below figure](/img/layouts--modules--slideshow--4.jpg)  
-    1 Caption button  
-    2 Social button  
-    3 Navigation arrows  (do not appear unless there are two many thumbnail images to display in the width available)
-    4 Thumbnail images  
-    5 Photo count  
-    6 Fullscreen button
-
-* **Nav position**  
-By default, the control bar is displayed below the slides. To move it above the slides, set it to **Top**.  
-**Tip:** You can also display the control bar in an overly at the top or bottom of the slide. See the [Control bar overlay section](#control-bar-overlay-section).
-
-#### Control Bar Buttons section
-
-You can show or hide any of the icons in the control bar. See Figures 3 and 4 for identification of the button icons.
-
-* **Navigation arrows**  (only visible when **NavType** is set to **Buttons**)
-**Yes** provides the ability to move the slides forward and backward manually.
-* **Play button**  
-**Yes** provides the ability to begin automated playback of the slider.  
-**Note:** The Play/Pause icon is only visible in the control bar when it is
-set to **Yes** and the  **Nav Style**  setting in the  **Control Bar** section is  **Buttons.**
-* **Fullscreen button**  
-If set to **Yes**, this button is displayed and the slideshow expands to fullscreen when clicked.
-* **Photo count button**  
-If set to **Yes**, the photo count is displayed as current photo position /
-total photos.
-* **Thumbs button**  (only visible when **NavType** is set to **Buttons**)  
-**Yes** displays this icon, and clicking the icon opens thumbnails of all the images in the gallery, as shown in this screenshot. By default, the size of the thumbnail images is a square **50px**, but you can change that in the  **Thumbs size**  field in the  **Thumbs**  section.  
-
-*Figure 5: Control bar Buttons layout when Thumbs button is clicked*  
-![Control bar Buttons layout when Thumbs button is clicked](/img/slideshow-module-3.png)
-* **Caption button**  
-**Yes** displays the Information icon, shown in this screenshot, and clicking the icon displays the image's caption from the Media Library in an overlay over the slide.  
-
-*Figure 6: Control bar when Caption button is clicked*   
-
-![When Caption button is clicked, caption displays in an overlay](/img/slideshow-module-4.png)
-* **Social button**  
-**Yes** displays a Heart icon, shown in this screenshot, and clicking the icon displays whatever social buttons you have enabled in the **Social** section on this tab.  
-
-*Figure 7: Control bar Buttons layout when Social button is clicked*   
-![When Social button is clicked, social icons displays in an overlay](/img/slideshow-module-5.png)
-
-#### Control Bar Overlay section
-
-This section has an **Overlay enabled** field, which by default is set to
-**No**, meaning the control bar is displayed below or above the slides. If
-set to **Yes**, the control bar is placed in a narrow semitransparent band
-along the bottom or top of the slides themselves. In this case, there
-are two additional settings: Overlay Hide and Overlay Hide Delay. If set to
-**No**, the control bar overlay is always visible. If set to **Yes**, the
-control bar overlay disappears after the number of seconds that you specify.
-
-#### Thumbs section
-
-* **Thumbs size**  
-Sets the size of the thumbnails in pixels. The thumbnails are cropped squares, both in **Buttons** and **Thumbs** control bar layouts.
-
-#### Social section
-This section only appears when **Social button** is set to **Yes** in the **Control bar buttons** section. It controls which social icons appear when the Social icon is clicked.
-
-The choices:
-
-* **Facebook button**
-* **Twitter button**
-* **Pinterest button**
-
-### Advanced tab
-
-There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
-
-##  Related modules
-
-Other modules that display a set of images one at a time with automatic
-transitions or navigation controls or both:
-
-  * Content slider module  
-Displays individual images in a set in the background, with the option of a
-foreground content overlay on the image. Images displayed in the background to
-fill the space often get cropped and the focus of the image usually changes as
-screen sizes decreases, so this module is best used when the focus is on the
-content overlay and the background image is used for effect.
-
-  * Posts Carousel and Posts Slider modules  
-These module display a set of posts or pages one at a time with the option to
-display a featured or fallback image. Use these modules when you want to
-display information about a set of pages or posts.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/slideshow.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/slideshow.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..66f4f0d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/slideshow.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,395 @@
+---
+title: Slideshow
+sidebar_label: Slideshow
+icon: "images"
+description: "Use Slideshow to display multiple photos in a full-featured slideshow with transitions, navigation controls, and optional thumbnails."
+---
+
+
+Use Slideshow to display multiple photos in a full-featured slideshow with transitions, navigation controls, and optional thumbnails.
+
+## Usage
+
+Use Slideshow to display multiple photos in a slideshow view sourced from the WordPress Media Library or a SmugMug RSS feed. The module supports a range of transitions, automatic playback with adjustable speed, optional Ken Burns motion, and a configurable control bar with navigation arrows, play, fullscreen, photo count, captions, thumbnails, and social sharing buttons.
+
+Use Slideshow on photography pages, portfolios, event recaps, hero sections, and any layout that needs an interactive multi-photo viewer with built-in navigation. It fits projects that need a richer presentation than a static gallery without adding a separate slider plugin.
+
+## Module Settings
+
+The Slideshow module settings control where photos come from, how they display, how playback behaves, and which navigation and control bar elements appear.
+
+### General Tab
+
+The General tab sets the photo source, display sizing, and click behavior for slides.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Source</strong> <small>Default: Media Library</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects where the slideshow pulls images from.
+
+- **Media Library:** Uses photos selected from the WordPress Media Library.
+- **SmugMug:** Uses photos from a SmugMug gallery RSS feed URL.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Media Library Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Photos</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The photos shown in the slideshow when **Source** is set to **Media Library**. Selects multiple images from the WordPress Media Library.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>SmugMug Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Feed URL</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The SmugMug gallery RSS feed URL used when **Source** is set to **SmugMug**. The RSS feed URL is available through the get a link function in the SmugMug gallery.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Display</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Display section controls slideshow sizing, color scheme, image cropping, and right-click protection.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Display Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Height</strong> <small>Default: 500; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The height of the slideshow in pixels.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Skin Color</strong> <small>Default: Light</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the color scheme used for control buttons and overlays.
+
+- **Light:** Pairs with lighter themes and images by displaying buttons in a darker color scheme.
+- **Dark:** Pairs with darker themes and images by displaying buttons in a lighter color scheme.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Crop</strong> <small>Default: No</small></summary>
+
+
+Controls how images fit the slideshow area.
+
+- **No:** Fits images to the specified height and keeps the width proportional.
+- **Yes:** Fills the full content area at the specified height and crops the left and right edges to fit.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Disable Right-Click</strong> <small>Default: Yes</small></summary>
+
+
+Blocks the browser right-click menu on slideshow images to discourage casual image saving.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Click Action</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Click Action section configures what happens when a visitor clicks a slide.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Click Action Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Type</strong> <small>Default: None</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects whether clicking a slide does nothing or follows a link.
+
+- **None:** Clicks on the slide perform no action.
+- **Link:** Clicks on the slide follow the URL set in **Link URL**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link settings</strong></summary>
+
+Link settings control the URL, link target, nofollow behavior, download behavior, and other link attributes where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+### Playback Tab
+
+The Playback tab controls auto-play behavior, transition style, and timing.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Auto Play</strong> <small>Default: Yes</small></summary>
+
+
+Starts the slideshow automatically on page load. Set to **No** to require visitor interaction before slides advance.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Speed</strong> <small>Default: 3</small></summary>
+
+
+The number of seconds each slide stays visible before transitioning to the next slide.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Transition</strong> <small>Default: Fade</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects the animation used between slides.
+
+- **None:** Switches slides instantly with no animation.
+- **Fade:** Cross-fades between slides.
+- **Ken Burns:** Applies a slow pan-and-zoom motion to each slide.
+- **Slide Horizontal:** Slides photos in from the side.
+- **Slide Vertical:** Slides photos in from the top or bottom.
+- **Blinds:** Reveals the next slide using a vertical blinds effect.
+- **Bars:** Reveals the next slide with sequential bars.
+- **Random Bars:** Reveals the next slide with bars in a random order.
+- **Boxes:** Reveals the next slide with sequential boxes.
+- **Random Boxes:** Reveals the next slide with boxes in a random order.
+- **Boxes Grow:** Reveals the next slide with growing boxes.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Transition Speed</strong> <small>Default: 1</small></summary>
+
+
+The duration of the transition animation in seconds.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Randomize Photos</strong> <small>Default: No</small></summary>
+
+
+Shuffles the photo order on each page load when set to **Yes**.
+</details>
+
+### Controls Tab
+
+The Controls tab configures the navigation arrows that overlay slides and the control bar shown beneath or over the slideshow.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Navigation Arrows</strong> <small>Default: Yes</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows large navigation arrows that overlay the slideshow images so visitors can move freely between slides. These are separate from the smaller arrows in the control bar.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Control Bar</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Control Bar section sets the navigation type and the position of the control bar.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Control Bar Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Nav Type</strong> <small>Default: None</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects the style of navigation displayed in the control bar.
+
+- **None:** Hides the control bar.
+- **Buttons:** Shows a control bar with configurable buttons such as arrows, play, fullscreen, photo count, thumbs, caption, and social sharing.
+- **Thumbs:** Shows a control bar with thumbnail navigation for jumping directly to specific slides.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Nav Position</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Nav Position</strong> <small>Default: Bottom</small></summary>
+
+
+Places the control bar at the **Bottom** or **Top** of the slideshow when **Nav Type** is set to **Buttons** or **Thumbs**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Control Bar Buttons</strong></summary>
+
+
+This section is available when **Nav Type** is set to **Buttons** or **Thumbs**, and controls which buttons appear in the control bar.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Control Bar Buttons</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Navigation Arrows</strong> <small>Default: Yes</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows previous and next arrow buttons in the control bar.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Play Button</strong> <small>Default: Yes</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows a play and pause toggle button in the control bar.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Fullscreen Button</strong> <small>Default: Yes</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows a button that expands the slideshow to fullscreen.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Photo Count</strong> <small>Default: Yes</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows the current slide number and total photo count in the control bar.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Thumbs Button</strong> <small>Default: Yes</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows a button that toggles a thumbnail strip when **Nav Type** is set to **Buttons**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Caption Button</strong> <small>Default: Yes</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows a button that toggles caption visibility for slides that have captions.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Social Button</strong> <small>Default: Yes</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows a button that opens social sharing options for the current slide.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Control Bar Overlay</strong></summary>
+
+
+This section is available when **Nav Type** is set to **Buttons** or **Thumbs**, and controls whether the control bar overlays the slides and how it auto-hides.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Control Bar Overlay</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Overlay Enabled</strong> <small>Default: No</small></summary>
+
+
+Displays the control bar in an overlay at the bottom or top of the slides instead of below or above them.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Overlay Hide</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Overlay Hide</strong> <small>Default: No</small></summary>
+
+
+Hides the control bar overlay after the delay specified in **Overlay Hide Delay** when set to **Yes**. The overlay reappears on mouseover.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Overlay Hide Delay</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Overlay Hide Delay</strong> <small>Default: 3</small></summary>
+
+
+The number of seconds before the control bar overlay hides when **Overlay Hide** is set to **Yes**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Thumbs</strong></summary>
+
+
+This section is available when **Nav Type** is set to **Buttons** or **Thumbs**, and sets the size of slideshow thumbnails.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Thumbs</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Thumbs Size</strong> <small>Default: 50</small></summary>
+
+
+The size of the thumbnail images in pixels.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Social</strong></summary>
+
+
+This section is available when **Nav Type** is set to **Buttons** or **Thumbs**, and controls which social sharing buttons appear when the social button is opened.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Social</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Facebook Button</strong> <small>Default: Yes</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows a Facebook share button in the social sharing menu.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Twitter Button</strong> <small>Default: Yes</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows a Twitter share button in the social sharing menu.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Pinterest Button</strong> <small>Default: Yes</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows a Pinterest share button in the social sharing menu.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+
+The Advanced tab contains common Slideshow module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+
+</details>
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/social-buttons.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/social-buttons.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 89d1757b..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/social-buttons.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
----
-id: social-buttons
-title: Social Buttons
-sidebar_label: Social Buttons
-description: The Social Buttons module is a legacy module that displays social icons. There are a number of social icon plugins that can replace this module.
----
-
-:::info
-The Social Buttons module is no longer displayed in the content
-panel by default in the Beaver Builder editor. We recommend a plugin such as
-[Scriptless Social Sharing](https://wordpress.org/plugins/scriptless-social-sharing/) to display social icons in content layouts. If you're using the Social Buttons module in a layout, it will continue to work. If you want to add the Social Buttons module to a layout, go to **Settings > Beaver Builder > Modules** and select the **Social buttons** checkbox to enable it in the
-Modules list in the editor.
-:::
-
-Use the Social Buttons module to let visitors share, like, or post content to
-their own social network pages and automatically inserts a link to the current
-page or any other URL you specify, such as the home page for your site.
-
-The Social Buttons module includes Facebook, Twitter, and Google+, and you can
-choose which to display. Note that the social buttons use the branding of each
-social site.
-
-![](/img/social-module-1.png)
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/social-buttons.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/social-buttons.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4f97eb28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/social-buttons.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+---
+title: Social Buttons Module
+sidebar_label: Social Buttons
+icon: "share-2"
+tag: "Deprecated"
+description: "Use the Social Buttons module to add social sharing buttons for Facebook, Twitter, and Google+ to encourage visitors to share your content."
+---
+
+
+Use the Social Buttons module to add social sharing buttons for Facebook, Twitter, and Google+ to encourage visitors to share your content.
+
+:::danger
+
+The Social Buttons module has been deprecated since 2018, starting with version 2.1 of Beaver Builder, and is no longer recommended for use. Its code has not been updated in several years and remains available only for backwards compatibility. For better performance, compatibility, and ongoing support, we strongly recommend using a dedicated social sharing plugin instead.
+:::
+
+## Usage
+
+Use the Social Buttons module to add social media sharing buttons to your layout. Visitors can share your content on Facebook, Twitter, and Google+. You can configure the buttons to share the current page URL or a custom URL.
+
+For more social networks or advanced sharing features, use a dedicated social sharing plugin embedded through the [HTML](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/html) module, or create individual social buttons with the [Button Group](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/button-group) module.
+
+## Module Settings
+
+The Social Buttons module settings control which social buttons display and what URL they share.
+
+### General tab
+
+The General tab configures which social buttons appear and the URL they share.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Target URL</strong> <small>Default: Current Page</small></summary>
+
+
+Determines which URL the social buttons share.
+
+- **Current Page:** Shares the URL of the page where the module is placed.
+- **Custom:** Shares a specific URL you provide.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Custom URL</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Custom URL</strong></summary>
+
+
+The specific URL to share when **Target URL** is set to **Custom**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Alignment</strong> <small>Default: left</small></summary>
+
+
+Controls the horizontal alignment of the social buttons within their container.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Show Facebook</strong> <small>Default: yes</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the Facebook share button.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Show Twitter</strong> <small>Default: yes</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the Twitter share button.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Show Google+</strong> <small>Default: yes</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the Google+ share button.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+
+The Advanced tab contains common Social Buttons module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+
+</details>
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/star-rating.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/star-rating.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 97bafd22..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/star-rating.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
----
-id: star-rating
-title: Star Rating
-sidebar_label: Star Rating
-description: The Star Rating module makes it simple to showcase feedback, reviews, and ratings directly on your site.
----
-
-The Star Rating module makes it simple to showcase feedback, reviews, and ratings directly on your site.
-
-![Star Rating module](/img/beaver-builder/modules--star-rating--1.webp)
-
-## Usage
-
-Easily display feedback and highlight quality across your site with customizable star ratings. Adjust the number of stars, style, size, and color to match your design, creating a seamless way to showcase satisfaction and credibility. Common use cases include:
-
-- Displaying customer ratings within testimonial sections.
-- Showcasing product or service ratings on sales pages.
-- Adding star ratings to pricing tables for comparison.
-- Highlighting feedback in review or case study layouts.
-- Enhancing landing pages with visual trust indicators.
-
-## Settings
-
-The Star Rating module consists of two primary settings tabs: General, and Style, along with the customary Advanced tab.
-
-### General
-
-The General tab lets you control the total number of stars, set the rating, and choose the star icon.
-
-- **Total Stars** - Enter a numeric value to define the total number of stars to display.
-- **Start Rating** - Enter a numeric value to set the star rating, which determines the displayed rating. This value cannot exceed the Total Stars setting.
-- **Star Icon** - Choose the star rating icon you want to use. You can select from any icons available in your installed and enabled icon library sets, such as Font Awesome.
-
-### Style
-
-The Style tab allows you to customize the star rating, including fill and background colors, alignment, size, and spacing. It is divided into two sections: Colors, where you control the fill, background, and border settings, and Layout, where you adjust alignment, size, and spacing.
-
-- **Colors**  
-  
-  - **Star Fill**: Sets the color of the filled stars that represent the actual rating value.  
-  - **Star Background**: Sets the color of the unfilled stars, representing the remaining stars up to the total number set.  
-  - **Star Border**: Sets the border color of the star icons, applied to both the filled stars representing the rating and the unfilled stars representing the total number.
-
-- **Layout**  
-  
-  - **Star Alignment**: Choose the alignment of the stars (left, center, or right).  
-  - **Star Size**: Set the size of the star rating icons.  
-  - **Star Spacing**: Adjust the space between each star rating icon.  
-  - **Star Stroke**: Set the border stroke for the star icons.  
-  
-## Advanced tab
-
-There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/star-rating.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/star-rating.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d9ae8042
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/star-rating.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+---
+title: Star Rating
+sidebar_label: Star Rating
+icon: "star"
+description: "Use Star Rating to display a configurable star rating with custom totals, fill levels, icons, colors, and sizing."
+---
+
+
+Use Star Rating to display a configurable star rating with custom totals, fill levels, icons, colors, and sizing.
+
+## Usage
+
+Use Star Rating to display a visual rating made up of stars, with control over the total number of stars, the current rating value, and the icon used. The module renders both filled and unfilled portions of the rating using CSS, and supports fractional values so partial stars represent ratings such as 3.5 or 4.2 accurately.
+
+Use Star Rating on review pages, product showcases, testimonial layouts, case studies, and any context where a numeric score benefits from a visual representation. Pairing the **Total Stars** and **Star Rating** fields with Field Connections lets you drive the rating from custom field values stored on the post or another dynamic source.
+
+## Module Settings
+
+The Star Rating module settings control the rating value, the total number of stars, the icon used, and the colors, alignment, size, spacing, and stroke width applied to the stars.
+
+### General Tab
+
+The General tab sets the rating value, the total number of stars, and the icon used to render each star.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Total Stars</strong> <small>Default: 5; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The total number of stars displayed in the rating. Accepts whole numbers between 1 and 10.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Star Rating</strong> <small>Default: 0; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The current rating value. Accepts decimal values between 0 and 5 in 0.1 increments to support partial stars.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Star Icon</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The icon used to render each star. When left empty, the module falls back to the default star character. Selecting an icon replaces the default with the chosen icon for both the filled and unfilled portions of the rating.
+</details>
+
+### Style Tab
+
+The Style tab controls the colors, alignment, size, spacing, and stroke width applied to the stars.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Colors</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Colors section controls the fill, background, and border colors used to render each star.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Colors</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Star Fill</strong> <small>Default: #fd0; Supports: Responsive, Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The color used for the filled portion of each star, representing the rating value.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Star Background</strong> <small>Default: #fff; Supports: Responsive, Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The color used for the unfilled portion of each star.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Star Border</strong> <small>Default: #000; Supports: Responsive, Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The outline color applied to each star.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Layout</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Layout section controls how the stars are positioned and sized within the module.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Layout</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Star Alignment</strong> <small>Default: Auto; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The horizontal alignment of the stars within the module wrapper.
+
+- **Left:** Aligns the stars to the left edge of the wrapper.
+- **Center:** Centers the stars within the wrapper.
+- **Right:** Aligns the stars to the right edge of the wrapper.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Star Size</strong> <small>Default: 30; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The size of each star in pixels.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Star Spacing</strong> <small>Default: 5; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The horizontal space between stars in pixels.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Star Stroke</strong> <small>Default: 1; Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The width of the star outline in pixels, drawn using the **Star Border** color.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+
+The Advanced tab contains common Star Rating module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+
+</details>
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/subscribe-form.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/subscribe-form.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e3903d84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/subscribe-form.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,1844 @@
+---
+title: Subscribe Form
+sidebar_label: Subscribe Form
+icon: "mail-plus"
+description: "Use Subscribe Form to add a name and email opt-in form that sends new subscribers to a connected email marketing service."
+---
+
+
+Use Subscribe Form to add a name and email opt-in form that sends new subscribers to a connected email marketing service.
+
+## Usage
+
+Use Subscribe Form to add a lightweight opt-in form that captures a name and email address and sends the subscriber to a connected email marketing service. The module submits over AJAX, supports an optional terms and conditions checkbox, can be protected with Google reCAPTCHA, and either shows a confirmation message or redirects to a thank-you page after a successful signup.
+
+Use Subscribe Form on landing pages, sidebars, footers, and anywhere a list-building call to action fits. It works well for newsletter signups, lead magnets, and product launch waitlists where the goal is to add subscribers to an existing email service rather than collect detailed inquiries.
+
+## Module Settings
+
+The Subscribe Form module settings control the connected email marketing service, the form structure and fields, the success behavior, the appearance of labels, inputs, and the submit button, and optional reCAPTCHA protection.
+
+### General Tab
+
+The General tab connects the form to an email marketing service, configures the visible fields, and sets what happens after a successful signup.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Service</strong> <small>Default: Choose a service...</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects the email marketing service that receives new subscribers. Choosing a service reveals the connection fields and post-connection settings for that provider. The available options are:
+
+- Email Address (sends submissions to a WordPress email address rather than a third-party service)
+- ActiveCampaign
+- AWeber
+- Brevo (formerly SendinBlue)
+- Campaign Monitor
+- Campayn
+- Constant Contact
+- Constant Contact (deprecated)
+- ConvertKit
+- Drip
+- Enormail
+- GetResponse
+- GoDaddy Email Marketing
+- Groundhogg
+- Hatchbuck
+- iContact
+- iContact Pro
+- Keap (formerly InfusionSoft)
+- Mad Mimi
+- MailChimp
+- MailerLite
+- Mailjet
+- MailPoet
+- Mailrelay
+- Mautic
+- Ontraport
+- Sendy
+
+See the [Services guide](#services-guide) below for the connection and post-connection settings for each service.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Structure</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Structure section controls the form layout, whether labels are visible, which fields appear, and whether the form requires terms acceptance before submission.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Form Fields</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Layout</strong> <small>Default: Stacked</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets how form fields are arranged.
+
+- **Stacked:** Stacks the name field, email field, and submit button on separate lines. Field labels can be shown above each input.
+- **Inline:** Places the fields and submit button on a single line. Selecting **Inline** automatically hides field labels.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Field Labels</strong> <small>Default: Show</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the labels rendered above each input. This field is only available when **Layout** is set to **Stacked**. Setting **Field Labels** to **Show** reveals the **Labels** group in the Style tab.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Name Field</strong> <small>Default: Show</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the name input.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Name Field Text</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Name Field Text</strong> <small>Default: Name</small></summary>
+
+
+The text used for the name field label and placeholder. This field appears when **Name Field** is set to **Show**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Email Field Text</strong> <small>Default: Email Address</small></summary>
+
+
+The text used for the email field label and placeholder.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Terms and Conditions Checkbox</strong> <small>Default: Hide</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides a required acceptance checkbox below the form fields.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Checkbox Text</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Checkbox Text</strong> <small>Default: I Accept the Terms and Conditions</small></summary>
+
+
+The text displayed next to the checkbox.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Terms and Conditions</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Terms and Conditions</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The Terms and Conditions custom text uses the WordPress Classic Editor WYSIWYG, which lets you format text, add links, and include basic HTML. This content is displayed above the checkbox.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Success</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Success section sets the notification subject line and configures the action that runs after a successful signup.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Success Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Notification Subject</strong></summary>
+
+
+The subject line used for any notification email sent by the connected service. When left empty, the module falls back to **Subscribe Form Signup**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Success Action</strong> <small>Default: Show Message</small></summary>
+
+
+Determines what happens after a successful signup.
+
+- **Show Message:** Replaces the form with a custom confirmation message.
+- **Redirect:** Sends the subscriber to another URL after they sign up.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Success Message</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Success Message</strong> <small>Default: Thanks for subscribing! Please check your email for further instructions.; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The confirmation message displayed after a successful signup when **Success Action** is set to **Show Message**. Uses the WordPress Classic Editor WYSIWYG.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Success URL</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Success URL</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The destination used after a successful signup when **Success Action** is set to **Redirect**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Link settings</strong></summary>
+
+Link settings control the URL, link target, nofollow behavior, download behavior, and other link attributes where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+### Style Tab
+
+The Style tab controls the appearance of labels, inputs, and the submit button.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Labels</strong></summary>
+
+
+This group is available when **Field Labels** is set to **Show** in the General tab.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Labels</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Padding</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The inner spacing around each field label.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The text color of form labels.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for form labels.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Inputs</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Inputs section controls the appearance of the name and email inputs.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Inputs</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Gap</strong></summary>
+
+
+The vertical spacing between each form field.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Padding</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The inner spacing of the name and email inputs.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The text color of the name and email inputs.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The text color used when the name and email inputs are hovered or focused.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for the name and email inputs.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The background color of the name and email inputs.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The background color used when the name and email inputs are hovered or focused.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Border settings</strong></summary>
+
+Border settings control border style, width, color, radius, and related responsive border controls where available.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Border Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The border color used when the name and email inputs are hovered or focused.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Button section controls the appearance of the submit button.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Button settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text</strong> <small>Default: Subscribe!</small></summary>
+
+
+The label displayed on the submit button.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Adds an optional icon to the submit button.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>DuoTone Primary Color</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>DuoTone Primary Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+For Font Awesome DuoTone icons only: the primary color applied to the icon.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>DuoTone Secondary Color</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>DuoTone Secondary Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+For Font Awesome DuoTone icons only: the secondary color applied to the icon.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon Position</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon Position</strong> <small>Default: Before Text</small></summary>
+
+
+Places the icon before or after the button text when an icon is selected.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon Visibility</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Icon Visibility</strong> <small>Default: Always Visible</small></summary>
+
+
+Keeps the icon visible or fades it in on hover when an icon is selected.
+
+- **Always Visible:** Displays the icon at all times.
+- **Fade In On Hover:** Fades the icon in when the button is hovered.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Padding</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The inner spacing of the submit button.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The text color of the submit button.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The text color of the submit button on hover and focus.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for the submit button text.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The default background color of the submit button.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The background color of the submit button on hover and focus.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Style</strong> <small>Default: Flat</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects a **Flat** or **Gradient** background for the submit button.
+
+- **Flat:** Renders a solid background color.
+- **Gradient:** Renders a gradient between the background color and a darker shade.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Animation</strong> <small>Default: Disabled</small></summary>
+
+
+Enables or disables the transition between the normal and hover background states.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Border</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The border style, width, radius, and color of the submit button.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Border Hover Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The border color of the submit button on hover and focus.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+### Captcha Tab
+
+The Captcha tab configures Google reCAPTCHA for spam protection.
+
+:::note
+
+Set up your reCAPTCHA keys in the [Google Admin Console](https://www.google.com/recaptcha/admin). Each reCAPTCHA validation type requires its own unique site key and secret key pair.
+
+For more information, see the [reCAPTCHA v3 documentation](https://developers.google.com/recaptcha/docs/v3).
+:::
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>reCAPTCHA Field</strong> <small>Default: Hide</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the Google reCAPTCHA field. Enabling it requires valid site and secret keys.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Validate Type</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Validate Type</strong> <small>Default: {`&quot;I'm not a robot&quot; checkbox (V2)`}</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects the reCAPTCHA challenge mode.
+
+- **"I'm not a robot" checkbox (V2):** Shows the standard reCAPTCHA checkbox widget.
+- **Invisible (V2):** Validates submissions in the background using the v2 invisible flow.
+- **Invisible (V3):** Validates submissions in the background using v3 scoring.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Action</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Action</strong></summary>
+
+
+An optional action name passed to Google for v3 verification when **Validate Type** is set to **Invisible (V3)**. Use letters, numbers, and underscores only.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Site Key</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Site Key</strong></summary>
+
+
+The public site key from the Google reCAPTCHA Admin Console.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Secret Key</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Secret Key</strong></summary>
+
+
+The private secret key from the Google reCAPTCHA Admin Console.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Theme</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Theme</strong> <small>Default: Light</small></summary>
+
+
+The color scheme used for visible reCAPTCHA widgets.
+
+- **Light:** Renders the widget on a light background.
+- **Dark:** Renders the widget on a dark background.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+
+The Advanced tab contains common Subscribe Form module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+
+</details>
+
+## Services guide
+
+Each service connects in the same way. After you choose a value in the **Service** field, the module displays an **Account Name** field, the credentials needed by the selected provider, and a **Connect** button:
+
+1. Enter an **Account Name** to identify the connection in your saved accounts list. The name can be anything you choose.
+2. Fill in the credentials shown for the selected service.
+3. Click **Connect** to save the account.
+4. Once connected, choose the saved account in the **Account** field and configure any remaining service-specific settings.
+
+The sections below list the connection and post-connection settings for each service. Email Address appears first because it is not a third-party integration. The remaining services are listed alphabetically.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Email Address</strong></summary>
+
+
+Sends the subscriber's name and email to a WordPress email address rather than to a third-party email marketing service. There are no post-connection settings.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Connection settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Email Address</strong></summary>
+
+
+The email address that receives the form submission.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>ActiveCampaign</strong></summary>
+
+
+Adds subscribers to an ActiveCampaign list or form, with optional tagging.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Connection settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>API URL</strong></summary>
+
+
+Your ActiveCampaign API URL, found in your ActiveCampaign account under **My Settings > Developer > API**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>API Key</strong></summary>
+
+
+Your ActiveCampaign API key, found in your ActiveCampaign account under **My Settings > Developer > API**.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Settings after connecting</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Account</strong></summary>
+
+
+The saved ActiveCampaign account used for this form.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Type</strong></summary>
+
+
+Whether to add the subscriber to a **List** or to a **Form**. Selecting a value reveals the matching selector below.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>List</strong></summary>
+
+
+The ActiveCampaign list that receives the subscriber. Available when **Type** is set to **List**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Form</strong></summary>
+
+
+The ActiveCampaign form to associate with the submission. Available when **Type** is set to **Form**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Tags</strong></summary>
+
+
+One or more tags to apply to the subscriber.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>AWeber</strong></summary>
+
+
+Adds subscribers to an AWeber list, with optional tagging. AWeber connects through OAuth: the connection field provides a link that opens AWeber's authorization page, where you generate the code to paste back into the field.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Connection settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Authorization Code</strong></summary>
+
+
+The authorization code returned by AWeber after you authorize Beaver Builder to access your account. Use the **Register Now** link displayed with the field to begin the AWeber authorization flow, then paste the code into this field.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Settings after connecting</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Account</strong></summary>
+
+
+The saved AWeber account used for this form.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>List</strong></summary>
+
+
+The AWeber list that receives the subscriber.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Tags</strong></summary>
+
+
+A comma-separated list of tags to apply to the subscriber.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Brevo (formerly SendinBlue)</strong></summary>
+
+
+Adds subscribers to a Brevo list. The service ID remains `sendinblue` for backwards compatibility.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Connection settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>API Key</strong></summary>
+
+
+Your Brevo API key, found in your Brevo account under **SMTP & API > API Keys**.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Settings after connecting</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Account</strong></summary>
+
+
+The saved Brevo account used for this form.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>List</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Brevo list that receives the subscriber.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Campaign Monitor</strong></summary>
+
+
+Adds subscribers to a Campaign Monitor list under a selected client.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Connection settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>API Key</strong></summary>
+
+
+Your Campaign Monitor API key, found in your Campaign Monitor account under **Account Settings > API Key**.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Settings after connecting</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Account</strong></summary>
+
+
+The saved Campaign Monitor account used for this form.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Client</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Campaign Monitor client that owns the target list.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>List</strong></summary>
+
+
+The list under the selected client that receives the subscriber.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Campayn</strong></summary>
+
+
+Adds subscribers to a Campayn list.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Connection settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Host</strong></summary>
+
+
+The host you chose when you signed up for your Campayn account, for example `demo.campayn.com`. Enter it without the leading `http://`.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>API Key</strong></summary>
+
+
+Your Campayn API key, found in your Campayn account under **Settings > API Key**.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Settings after connecting</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Account</strong></summary>
+
+
+The saved Campayn account used for this form.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>List</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Campayn list that receives the subscriber.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Constant Contact</strong></summary>
+
+
+Adds subscribers to a Constant Contact list. Connection requires a developer application registered in the Constant Contact API portal so you can generate the OAuth tokens used by the form.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Connection settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Client ID</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Client ID from your Constant Contact API application.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Client Secret</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Client Secret from your Constant Contact API application.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Access Token</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Access Token generated for your Constant Contact API application.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Refresh Token</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Refresh Token generated for your Constant Contact API application.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Settings after connecting</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Account</strong></summary>
+
+
+The saved Constant Contact account used for this form.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>List</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Constant Contact list that receives the subscriber.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Constant Contact (deprecated)</strong></summary>
+
+
+Adds subscribers to a Constant Contact list using the legacy v2 API.
+
+:::warning
+
+This service is deprecated. Use the **Constant Contact** service for new forms.
+:::
+
+:::note
+
+You must already have registered a Developer Account with Constant Contact and obtained an API key and access token. Creating new v2 API Keys is no longer supported by Constant Contact. If you do not already have a v2 API key, please use the other Constant Contact option that supports the v3 API.
+:::
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Connection settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>API Key</strong></summary>
+
+
+Your Constant Contact v2 API key.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Access Token</strong></summary>
+
+
+Your Constant Contact v2 access token.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Settings after connecting</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Account</strong></summary>
+
+
+The saved Constant Contact (v2) account used for this form.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>List</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Constant Contact list that receives the subscriber.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>ConvertKit</strong></summary>
+
+
+Adds subscribers to a ConvertKit form, with optional custom field mapping.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Connection settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>API Key</strong></summary>
+
+
+Your ConvertKit API key, found in your ConvertKit account under **Account > Account Settings > API Key**.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Settings after connecting</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Account</strong></summary>
+
+
+The saved ConvertKit account used for this form.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>List</strong></summary>
+
+
+The ConvertKit form that receives the subscriber.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Custom Fields</strong></summary>
+
+
+One or more ConvertKit custom fields to populate from the submission.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Drip</strong></summary>
+
+
+Adds subscribers to a Drip account, with optional tags, campaign enrollment, and workflow enrollment.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Connection settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>API Token</strong></summary>
+
+
+Your Drip API token.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Account ID</strong></summary>
+
+
+Your Drip Account ID, found in your Drip account under **Settings > Site Setup**.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Settings after connecting</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Account</strong></summary>
+
+
+The saved Drip account used for this form.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Campaign</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Drip campaign to enroll the subscriber in.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Tags</strong></summary>
+
+
+A comma-separated list of tags to apply to the subscriber.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Workflow</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Drip workflow to enroll the subscriber in after they are added.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Enormail</strong></summary>
+
+
+Adds subscribers to an Enormail list.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Connection settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>API Key</strong></summary>
+
+
+Your Enormail API key, found in your Enormail account settings.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Settings after connecting</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Account</strong></summary>
+
+
+The saved Enormail account used for this form.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>List</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Enormail list that receives the subscriber.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>GetResponse</strong></summary>
+
+
+Adds subscribers to a GetResponse list, with an optional autoresponder cycle day.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Connection settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>API Key</strong></summary>
+
+
+Your GetResponse API key, found in your GetResponse account under **My Account > API & OAuth**.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Settings after connecting</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Account</strong></summary>
+
+
+The saved GetResponse account used for this form.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>List</strong></summary>
+
+
+The GetResponse list that receives the subscriber.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Cycle Day</strong></summary>
+
+
+The autoresponder cycle day to assign to the subscriber. This should match the cycle day configured for the selected list's autoresponder.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>GoDaddy Email Marketing</strong></summary>
+
+
+Adds subscribers to a GoDaddy Email Marketing signup form.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Connection settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>API Username</strong></summary>
+
+
+The username associated with your GoDaddy Email Marketing account.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>API Key</strong></summary>
+
+
+The API key from your GoDaddy Email Marketing account.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Settings after connecting</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Account</strong></summary>
+
+
+The saved GoDaddy Email Marketing account used for this form.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Form</strong></summary>
+
+
+The GoDaddy Email Marketing signup form that receives the subscriber.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Groundhogg</strong></summary>
+
+
+Adds subscribers to your Groundhogg installation and applies one or more tags. Groundhogg runs inside WordPress, so no API credentials are required, but the [Groundhogg plugin](https://wordpress.org/plugins/groundhogg/) must be installed and active. If the plugin is not active, the connection panel shows an installation notice instead of the connection fields.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Connection settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Plugin requirement</strong></summary>
+
+
+No credentials are needed. Click **Connect** after the Groundhogg plugin is installed and active.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Settings after connecting</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Account</strong></summary>
+
+
+The saved Groundhogg connection used for this form.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Apply Tag</strong></summary>
+
+
+One or more Groundhogg tags to apply to the subscriber.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Hatchbuck</strong></summary>
+
+
+Adds subscribers to Hatchbuck and applies a tag.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Connection settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>API Key</strong></summary>
+
+
+Your Hatchbuck API key, found in your Hatchbuck account under **Account Settings > Web API**.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Settings after connecting</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Account</strong></summary>
+
+
+The saved Hatchbuck account used for this form.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Tag</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Hatchbuck tag to apply to the subscriber.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>iContact</strong></summary>
+
+
+Adds subscribers to an iContact list.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Connection settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Username</strong></summary>
+
+
+Your iContact username.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>App ID</strong></summary>
+
+
+Your iContact app ID.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>App Password</strong></summary>
+
+
+Your iContact app password.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Settings after connecting</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Account</strong></summary>
+
+
+The saved iContact account used for this form.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>List</strong></summary>
+
+
+The iContact list that receives the subscriber.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>iContact Pro</strong></summary>
+
+
+Adds subscribers to an iContact Pro list. Pro accounts require additional company and profile identifiers.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Connection settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Username</strong></summary>
+
+
+Your iContact Pro username.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>App ID</strong></summary>
+
+
+Your iContact Pro app ID.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>App Password</strong></summary>
+
+
+Your iContact Pro app password.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Company ID</strong></summary>
+
+
+Your iContact Pro company ID.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Profile ID</strong></summary>
+
+
+Your iContact Pro profile ID.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Settings after connecting</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Account</strong></summary>
+
+
+The saved iContact Pro account used for this form.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>List</strong></summary>
+
+
+The iContact Pro list that receives the subscriber.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Keap (formerly InfusionSoft)</strong></summary>
+
+
+Adds subscribers to Keap and tags them. The service ID remains `infusionsoft` for backwards compatibility.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Connection settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>App ID</strong></summary>
+
+
+Your Keap App ID. The App ID is the subdomain in your account URL. For example, if your account URL is `myaccount.infusionsoft.com`, the App ID is `myaccount`.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>API Key</strong></summary>
+
+
+Your Keap API key, found in your Keap account under **Admin > Settings > Application > API > Encrypted Key**.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Settings after connecting</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Account</strong></summary>
+
+
+The saved Keap account used for this form.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Select Tag</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Keap tag to apply to the subscriber.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Mad Mimi</strong></summary>
+
+
+Adds subscribers to a Mad Mimi list.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Connection settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Email Address</strong></summary>
+
+
+The email address associated with your Mad Mimi account.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>API Key</strong></summary>
+
+
+Your Mad Mimi API key, found in your Mad Mimi account under **Account > Settings & Billing > API**.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Settings after connecting</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Account</strong></summary>
+
+
+The saved Mad Mimi account used for this form.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>List</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Mad Mimi list that receives the subscriber.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>MailChimp</strong></summary>
+
+
+Adds subscribers to a MailChimp audience, with optional tags and interest groups.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Connection settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>API Key</strong></summary>
+
+
+Your MailChimp API key, found in your MailChimp account under **Account > Extras > API Keys**.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Settings after connecting</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Account</strong></summary>
+
+
+The saved MailChimp account used for this form.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>List</strong></summary>
+
+
+The MailChimp audience that receives the subscriber.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Tags</strong></summary>
+
+
+A comma-separated list of tags to apply to the subscriber.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Groups</strong></summary>
+
+
+One or more MailChimp interest groups to assign to the subscriber.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>MailerLite</strong></summary>
+
+
+Adds subscribers to a MailerLite group.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Connection settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>API Key</strong></summary>
+
+
+Your MailerLite API key, found in your MailerLite account under **Integrations > Developer API**.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Settings after connecting</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Account</strong></summary>
+
+
+The saved MailerLite account used for this form.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Group</strong></summary>
+
+
+The MailerLite group that receives the subscriber.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Mailjet</strong></summary>
+
+
+Adds subscribers to a Mailjet contact list.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Connection settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>API Key</strong></summary>
+
+
+Your Mailjet API key, found in your Mailjet account under **Account Settings > Rest API > Master API Key & Sub API Key Management**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Secret Key</strong></summary>
+
+
+Your Mailjet secret key, found alongside the API key in **Account Settings > Rest API > Master API Key & Sub API Key Management**.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Settings after connecting</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Account</strong></summary>
+
+
+The saved Mailjet account used for this form.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>List</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Mailjet contact list that receives the subscriber.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>MailPoet</strong></summary>
+
+
+Adds subscribers to a MailPoet list. MailPoet runs inside WordPress, so no API credentials are required, but the MailPoet plugin must be installed and active.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Connection settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Plugin requirement</strong></summary>
+
+
+No credentials are needed. Click **Connect** after the MailPoet plugin is installed and active.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Settings after connecting</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Account</strong></summary>
+
+
+The saved MailPoet connection used for this form.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>List</strong></summary>
+
+
+The MailPoet list that receives the subscriber.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Mailrelay</strong></summary>
+
+
+Adds subscribers to one or more Mailrelay groups.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Connection settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Host</strong></summary>
+
+
+The host you chose when you signed up for your Mailrelay account, for example `demo.ip-zone.com`. Enter it without the leading `http://`.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>API Key</strong></summary>
+
+
+Your Mailrelay API key, found in your Mailrelay account under **Menu > Settings > API access**.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Settings after connecting</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Account</strong></summary>
+
+
+The saved Mailrelay account used for this form.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Group</strong></summary>
+
+
+One or more Mailrelay groups that receive the subscriber.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Mautic</strong></summary>
+
+
+Adds subscribers to a Mautic segment by authenticating against your self-hosted Mautic installation.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Connection settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Installation URL</strong></summary>
+
+
+The URL where your Mautic application is installed, for example `http://mautic.mywebsite.com`.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Mautic Username</strong></summary>
+
+
+A Mautic username with full system access. As a best practice, create a dedicated user for each external site.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Mautic Password</strong></summary>
+
+
+The password for the Mautic user. Use a long passphrase.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Settings after connecting</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Account</strong></summary>
+
+
+The saved Mautic account used for this form.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>List</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Mautic segment that receives the subscriber.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Ontraport</strong></summary>
+
+
+Adds subscribers to an Ontraport campaign.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Connection settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>APP ID</strong></summary>
+
+
+Your Ontraport APP ID, found in your Ontraport account.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>API Key</strong></summary>
+
+
+Your Ontraport API key, found in your Ontraport account.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Settings after connecting</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Account</strong></summary>
+
+
+The saved Ontraport account used for this form.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Campaign</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Ontraport campaign that the subscriber is added to.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Sendy</strong></summary>
+
+
+Adds subscribers to a list in your self-hosted Sendy installation. Sendy is unusual in that the list ID is part of the connection rather than a post-connection setting, so each Sendy account corresponds to a single list.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Connection settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Installation URL</strong></summary>
+
+
+The URL where your Sendy application is installed, for example `http://mywebsite.com/sendy`.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>API Key</strong></summary>
+
+
+Your Sendy API key, found in your Sendy application under **Settings**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>List ID</strong></summary>
+
+
+The ID of the Sendy list that receives the subscriber. The list ID is shown under **View all lists** in the **ID** column.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Settings after connecting</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Account</strong></summary>
+
+
+The saved Sendy account used for this form. Because the list is part of the connection, no additional fields appear after connecting.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/subscribe-form/configure-subscribe-form-module-for-mailchimp-double-opt-in.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/subscribe-form/configure-subscribe-form-module-for-mailchimp-double-opt-in.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b7c17b8a..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/subscribe-form/configure-subscribe-form-module-for-mailchimp-double-opt-in.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
----
-id: configure-subscribe-form-module-for-mailchimp-double-opt-in
-title: Configure the Subscribe Form module for MailChimp double opt-in
-sidebar_label: Configure MailChimp double opt-in
-description: Use a filter to configure the Beaver Builder Subscribe Form module to use MailChimp double opt-in.
----
-
-MailChimp changed their default subscriber setting to single opt-in – in other words, a subscriber submits a subscription form connected to the MailChimp API and is automatically subscribed. Double opt-in is when the subscriber submits the form and receives an email asking for subscription verification.
-
-If you're using the Beaver Builder Subscribe Form module, you can enable double opt-in with a Beaver Builder filter. See the [filter examples article for the MailChimp opt-in filter code](/beaver-builder/developer/tutorials-guides/common-beaver-builder-plugin-filter-examples.md/#enable-double-opt-in-for-mailchimp-integrations).
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/subscribe-form/subscribe-form.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/subscribe-form/subscribe-form.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 56986885..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/subscribe-form/subscribe-form.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,193 +0,0 @@
----
-id: subscribe-form
-title: Subscribe Form
-sidebar_label: Subscribe Form
-description: The Subscribe Form module displays a form for visitors to sign up, with back-end connections to many email services or just a simple email notification.
----
-
-Use the Subscribe Form module to provide a form for visitors to subscribe to an email list or to collect email addresses for your own use. See the list of supported email subscription services at the end of this article.
-
-The Subscribe Form module displays a simple form with five parts:
-
-- Name (can be displayed or hidden; if displayed it's a required field)
-- Email address
-- An optional **Terms & Conditions** checkbox, for which you can customize the terms and the checkbox label.
-- Subscribe button
-- An optional Google reCaptcha checkbox to reduce the incidence of junk submissions.
-
-## Example in use
-
-Here's an example of the Subscribe Form module as used in the Sign Up content
-template included with the Beaver Builder plugin. An example of the **Terms
-and Conditions** checkbox has been added to the template. If you enable this
-option, users must select the checkbox to submit the form
-successfully. If they don't, they receive the message "You must accept the
-Terms and Conditions."
-
-![](/img/subscribe-module-1.png)
-
-This template consists of a single row with two columns. In the left column, there's a Photo module for the envelope image, and in the right column there's
-a Text Editor module for the text and then the Subscribe form beneath that. In
-the template, the fields and the button are stacked, but you can also display them
-inline, which means the fields and the button are laid out horizontally for a more
-full-width presentation, for example in a ribbon top bar banner.
-
-## Notifications and confirmations
-
-Email notifications depend on the service and your account settings there. For
-example, if you connect a MailChimp account, after the subscriber clicks
-**Submit**, MailChimp takes over and sends a notification email. The list owner doesn't get notified of the
-subscription unless that notification is configured in the Mail Chimp account.
-
-On the other hand, if you choose **Email Address** as the service, you have to
-supply an email address that the subscription information will forward to. In
-this case, you receive a notification with the subject line in the Subscribe
-Form Signup field, but the subscriber doesn't get a notification by default.
-That's something you'd have to configure in the email account that you're
-forwarding to, such as setting up an autoresponder.
-
-You can choose whether the person who submits the form gets confirmation on
-screen, and if so, whether clicking the button sends that person to another
-URL or displays the confirmation message in place of the form. You can also
-style the button label (the default label is **Send** ), add a button icon,
-change the button color, and so on.
-
-## Supported services
-
-The Subscribe Form module supports a connection to the following services:
-
-- ActiveCampaign
-- AWeber
-- Campaign Monitor
-- Campayn
-- Constant Contact
-- ConvertKit
-- Drip
-- Email Address
-  This choice sends the subscriber name and email to an email address of your
-  choosing. You must then handle it in that email account--for example, set up
-  an autoresponse to the subscriber, set up an email filter to channel the
-  subscribe emails into a special folder, add them to your contact list, and so
-  on.
-- Enormail
-- GetResponse
-- Godaddy Email Marketing
-- Groundhogg
-  **Note**: You must have the Groundhogg plugin installed for Groundhogg to appear in the list in the Subscribe Form module.
-- Hatchbuck
-- iContact
-- iContact Pro
-- Infusionsoft
-- Mad Mimi
-- MailChimp
-- MailerLite
-- Mailjet
-- MailPoet
-  **Note**: You must have the MailPoet plugin installed for MailPoet to appear in the list in the Subscribe Form module. MailPoet shows all of your lists for you to choose from.
-- Mailrelay
-- Mautic
-- Ontraport
-- SendinBlue
-- Sendy
-
-## Settings
-
-### General tab
-
-:::tip **Tip**
-If you're mocking up a website but don't have a subscription service enabled yet, choose **Email address** in the **Service** field. That way you can keep the form in the layout and connect the service later.
-:::
-
-| Section       | Field                             | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     |
-| ------------- | --------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-|               | **Service**                       | The mail service you want to use, or choose **Email address** if you just want to get notifications rather than use a subscription service.                                                                                                     |
-|               | **Account**                       | Depending on which service you select, you'll get the appropriate fields to connect to your service account. If you chose **Email address** for your account, provide the email address where you want to receive notifications of subscribers. |
-| **Structure** | **Layout**                        | Choose **Stacked** (vertical layout) or **Inline** (horizontal layout).                                                                                                                                                                         |
-|               | **Name field**                    | (Default is **Show**.) Show or hide on the form.                                                                                                                                                                                                |
-|               | **Name field text**               | (Default is "Name.") Modify if you want to customize the field's placeholder text.                                                                                                                                                              |
-|               | **Email field text**              | (Default is "Email Address.") Modify if you want to customize the field's placeholder text.                                                                                                                                                     |
-|               | **Terms and Conditions checkbox** | (Default is **Hide**.) If set to **Show**, new settings appear to customize the text label and to enter the terms and conditions. If you enable this setting, users are required to accept them for form submission to be successful.           |
-| **Success**   | **Notification subject**          | The subject of the notification email that the subscriber receives. The default subject is "Subscribe Form Signup."                                                                                                                             |
-|               | **Success action**                | **Show message** means the confirmation message is displayed in place of the Subscribe Form. **Redirect** lets you provide a URL to a different page where you can provide your own message.                                                    |
-|               | **Message**                       | (Optional) Enter a custom message for the **Show message** confirmation. Note that the text you provide here doesn't appear in the email notification.                                                                                          |
-
-### Button tab
-
-| Section                                                                                  | Field                             | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                                               |
-| ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-|                                                                                          | **Button text**                   | (Optional) Enter custom text for the Subscribe button.                                                                                                                                                                                    |
-| **Button icon**                                                                          | **Button icon**                   | (Optional) Select an icon for the Subscribe button.                                                                                                                                                                                       |
-| **Button style**                                                                         | **Button padding**                | (Optional) Specify the number of pixels of space between the button edge and the button text.                                                                                                                                             |
-| **Button text**                                                                          | **Button text color**             | (Optional) Choose the color of the button. Note: If you're using the Beaver Builder Theme, the default button and button hover colors come from **Customize > General > Buttons**, but you override the default colors with this setting. |
-|                                                                                          | **Button text hover color**       | (Optional) Enter a hover color.                                                                                                                                                                                                           |
-|                                                                                          | **Button typography**             | The [standard typography section](basics/typography.md) to style the button text.                                                                                                                                                         |
-| **Button background**                                                                    | **Button background color**       | Set the fill color for the button in the resting state.                                                                                                                                                                                   |
-|                                                                                          | **Button background hover color** | Set the button's fill color on hover. If this setting is left blank, the **Background color** setting applies to hover also.                                                                                                              |
-|                                                                                          | **Button background style**       | **Flat**: consistent fill color.                                                                                                                                                                                                          |
-| **Gradient**: gradient of the background color, lighter on top and darker on the bottom. |
-|                                                                                          | **Button background animation**   | **Disabled** by default. If set to **Enabled**, there's a 0.2-second linear transition from resting state to hover state.                                                                                                                 |
-| **Button border**                                                                        | **Button border**                 | (Optional) The [standard border settings](basics/border.md).                                                                                                                                                                              |
-
-### Captcha tab
-
-See [this article](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/contact-form/add-a-google-recaptcha-checkbox-to-a-form.md) for instructions on how to implement Google reCaptcha.
-
-### Advanced tab
-
-There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
-
-## Accessibility
-
-The Subscribe Form module's rendered HTML output contains a number of labels and classes to help screen readers understand the form. Here's an example.
-
-```html
-<div
-  class="fl-subscribe-form fl-subscribe-form-stacked fl-subscribe-form-name-show fl-form fl-clearfix"
->
-  <div class="fl-form-field">
-    <label for="fl-subscribe-form-name" class="hidden">Name</label>
-    <input
-      type="text"
-      aria-describedby="name-error"
-      name="fl-subscribe-form-name"
-      placeholder="Name"
-      id="fl-subscribe-form-name"
-    />
-    <div class="fl-form-error-message" id="name-error">
-      Please enter your name.
-    </div>
-  </div>
-
-  <div class="fl-form-field">
-    <label for="fl-subscribe-form-email" class="hidden">Email Address</label>
-    <input
-      type="email"
-      aria-describedby="email-error"
-      name="fl-subscribe-form-email"
-      placeholder="Email Address"
-      id="fl-subscribe-form-email"
-    />
-    <div class="fl-form-error-message" id="email-error">
-      Please enter a valid email address.
-    </div>
-  </div>
-
-  <div class="fl-form-button" data-wait-text="Please Wait...">
-    <div class="fl-button-wrap fl-button-width-full fl-button-left">
-      <a href="#" target="_self" class="fl-button" role="button">
-        <span class="fl-button-text">Subscribe!</span>
-      </a>
-    </div>
-  </div>
-
-  <div class="fl-form-success-message">
-    <p>
-      Thanks for subscribing! Please check your email for further instructions.
-    </p>
-  </div>
-
-  <div class="fl-form-error-message">
-    Something went wrong. Please check your entries and try again.
-  </div>
-</div>
-```
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/tabs.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/tabs.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..96d4f93e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/tabs.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,417 @@
+---
+title: Tabs
+sidebar_label: Tabs
+icon: "folder-closed"
+description: "Use Tabs to display a collection of tabbed content built from manual items or post-based content."
+---
+
+
+Use Tabs to display a collection of tabbed content built from manual items or post-based content.
+
+## Usage
+
+Use Tabs to display a collection of content panels that visitors switch between using a row of labels. Build tabs manually with custom content, or generate them dynamically from posts, pages, or custom post types. The module supports both horizontal and vertical layouts and provides a separate behavior for how tabs collapse on mobile.
+
+This module is useful for product details, feature comparisons, documentation sections, pricing breakdowns, and other layouts that group related content into compact, switchable panels.
+
+## Module Settings
+
+The Tabs module settings control where tab items come from, how labels and content render, and how the tabs look on the front end.
+
+### Items Tab
+
+The Items tab defines the tab source and the content shown inside each tab panel.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Content Source</strong> <small>Default: Custom Content</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects whether tab items come from WordPress posts or manual entries created inside the module.
+
+- **Post:** Builds tab items from queried WordPress posts, pages, or custom post types.
+- **Custom Content:** Builds tab items from manual items added directly in the module.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Post section configures the query used when **Content Source** is set to **Post**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Query</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Post Type</strong> <small>Default: Post</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects one or more post types to query for tab items.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Posts Per Page</strong> <small>Default: 5</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets how many queried posts appear as tab items.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Ordering settings</strong></summary>
+
+Ordering settings control how queried posts or items are sorted, such as by date, title, menu order, or custom ordering options where available.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Filtering settings</strong></summary>
+
+Filtering settings control which posts, terms, authors, or content types are included or excluded from the module output.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Display Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Display</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Display section controls post output for tab content. This section is available when **Content Source** is set to **Post**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Display</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Content Type (Post Only)</strong> <small>Default: Post Content</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects whether post-based items render full post content or post excerpts.
+
+- **Post Content:** Displays the full post content inside each tab panel.
+- **Post Excerpt:** Displays the post excerpt and reveals excerpt display settings.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Excerpt Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Excerpt Length (Post Excerpt Only)</strong></summary>
+
+
+Sets the number of words shown in each post excerpt.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Excerpt More Text (Post Excerpt Only)</strong> <small>Default: ...</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the text appended after each excerpt.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>More Link (Post Excerpt Only)</strong> <small>Default: Hide</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides a link below each post excerpt.
+
+- **Show:** Displays a link below the excerpt and reveals **More Link Text**.
+- **Hide:** Removes the excerpt link.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>More Link Text</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>More Link Text (Show Only)</strong> <small>Default: Read More</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the label used for the post excerpt link when **More Link** is set to **Show**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Custom Content Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Custom Content</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Custom Content section manages manual tab items created inside the module.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Tab Items</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Item</strong></summary>
+
+
+Adds one or more tab items and stores the label and content settings for each item.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Item Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Label</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the label text displayed for the tab.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Type</strong> <small>Default: Custom Content</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects whether the item uses custom editor content or a saved Beaver Builder asset.
+
+- **Saved Row:** Loads a saved row into the tab panel.
+- **Saved Column:** Loads a saved column into the tab panel.
+- **Saved Module:** Loads a saved module into the tab panel.
+- **Saved Template:** Loads a saved template into the tab panel.
+- **Custom Content:** Uses editor content added directly in the tab item.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Select Row</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Select Row (Saved Row Only)</strong></summary>
+
+
+Lists all saved rows you have created. Select one to use that saved row as the tab panel content when **Type** is set to **Saved Row**.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Select Column</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Select Column (Saved Column Only)</strong></summary>
+
+
+Lists all saved columns you have created. Select one to use that saved column as the tab panel content when **Type** is set to **Saved Column**.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Select Modules</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Select Modules (Saved Module Only)</strong></summary>
+
+
+Lists all saved modules you have created. Select one to use that saved module as the tab panel content when **Type** is set to **Saved Module**.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Select Template</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Select Template (Saved Template Only)</strong></summary>
+
+
+Lists all templates you have created. Select one to use that template as the tab panel content when **Type** is set to **Saved Template**.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Content</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Content (Custom Content Only)</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Adds custom content using the WordPress Classic Editor when **Type** is set to **Custom Content**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+### Style Tab
+
+The Style tab controls layout, colors, borders, label appearance, and content styling for the tabs.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Layout</strong> <small>Default: Horizontal</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the orientation of the tab labels in relation to the panels.
+
+- **Horizontal:** Places the labels in a row above the tab panels.
+- **Vertical:** Places the labels in a column to the side of the tab panels.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the background color of the active tab label and the tab panels.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Border Color</strong> <small>Default: e5e5e5; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the border color used around tab labels and the tab panels.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Border Width</strong></summary>
+
+
+Sets the border width in `px` for tab labels and the tab panels.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Active Tab</strong> <small>Default: 1</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets which tab is open when the module loads. If the value exceeds the number of tabs, the first tab is used. Set to `0` or leave blank to load with no active tab.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Tab(s) Status on Mobile</strong> <small>Default: Keep Active Tab Open</small></summary>
+
+
+Controls how tabs behave when the module collapses to a stacked layout on mobile.
+
+- **Keep Active Tab Open:** Keeps the active tab open when the layout collapses on mobile.
+- **Close All Tabs:** Closes all tabs when the layout collapses on mobile.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Label</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Label section controls the appearance of tab labels.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Label Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Inactive Label Text Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the text color of inactive tab labels.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Inactive Label Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the background color of inactive tab labels.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Active Label Text Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the text color of the active tab label.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Active Label Background Color</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the background color of the active tab label.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Padding</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive, Link Values</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the inner spacing of tab labels.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for tab labels.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Content</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Content section controls the appearance of tab panels.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Content Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text Color (Custom Content Only)</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the text color for custom content shown inside tab panels. This field appears when **Content Source** is set to **Custom Content**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Padding</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive, Link Values</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the inner spacing of tab panels.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography (Custom Content Only)</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for custom content shown inside tab panels. This field appears when **Content Source** is set to **Custom Content**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+
+The Advanced tab contains common Tabs module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+
+</details>
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/tabs/index.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/tabs/index.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e4b14319..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/tabs/index.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
----
-id: index
-title: Tabs
-sidebar_label: Tabs
----
-
-The Tabs module displays horizontal or vertical tabbed content, ideal for inserting sets of content into a small space.
-
-![Tabs module](/img/beaver-builder/modules--tabs--1.jpg)
-
-## Usage
-
-The Accordion module is ideal when you have a list of items with detailed information that you want to keep easily accessible without cluttering up the main page. Below are some examples of useful applications for the Accordion module:
-
-* FAQs
-* Q&A
-* Feature Lists for products or services
-
-<div className="embed-responsive">
-<iframe width="560" height="315" src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/W8PkT4fMoNs" title="YouTube video player" frameBorder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture" allowFullScreen></iframe>
-</div>
-
-## In this Section
-
-import DocCardList from '@theme/DocCardList';
-
-<DocCardList />
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/tabs/link-specific-item.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/tabs/link-specific-item.md
deleted file mode 100644
index fdf5f6cc..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/tabs/link-specific-item.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
----
-id: link-specific-item
-title: Link to a Specific Tab Item
-sidebar_label: Link to a Specific Item
----
-
-In this article, you will learn how to create a link that navigates to a specific item in an Tab module.
-
-## Adding an `ID`
-
-To begin, first assign an `ID` to the Tab module, which can be accomplished by following the instructions below:
-
-1. Open the Tab module settings and click the [Advanced tab](../../advanced-tab/index.md).
-
-2. Scroll to the `ID` setting, and set a unique `ID` name for the module.  
-  See the [Advanced tab](../../advanced-tab/html-element.md#id) article for more information about `ID` selectors.
-
-3. Save changes.
-
-## Index Values
-
-Every item in the Tab module is given a unique index value that starts at `0`. The index value of the initial Tab item is `0`, the second item is assigned an index value of `1`, the third item has an index value of `2`, and so on. By using these index values in an HTML link, you can generate a link to a specific Tab item and set it as the active item.
-
-The below HTML code example demonstrates how the index values are allocated to each Tab item. In this instance, the Tab module has been given a unique ID name of `my-tab` and consists of three Tab items.
-
-```html
-<div id="my-tab" class="fl-module fl-module-tab">
-  <div class="fl-module-content fl-node-content">
-    <div class="fl-tab">
-      <div id="my-tab-0" class="fl-tab-item"></div>
-      <div id="my-tab-1" class="fl-tab-item"></div>
-      <div id="my-tab-2" class="fl-tab-item"></div>
-    </div>
-  </div>
-</div>
-```
-
-## Linking to a Specific Item
-
-The link structure will differ based on whether the Tab module is on the same page as your link. To create the link, you can use either the Button or HTML modules in your layout.
-
-### Same Page
-
-When the link is on the same page as the Tab module, you can use a hash character (`#`) followed by an `ID` name and the item's index value separated by a hyphen. For instance, using our example `ID` name of `my-tab`, the link would be structured as follows:
-
-```html title='Button module link option'
-#my-tab-1
-```
-
-```html title='HTML module link'
-<a href="#my-tab-1">My Tab link</a>
-```
-
-### Different Page
-
-To create a link to the Tab module from a different page on your website, use the complete URL of the target page along with the hash symbol (`#`) followed by the `ID` and index value. For instance, if you want to add the link to your homepage, and the Tab module is located on a page named Sample Page, the link should appear like this:
-
-```html title='Button module link option'
-https://my-website.com/sample-page#my-tab-1
-```
-
-```html title='HTML module link'
-<a href="https://my-website.com/sample-page#my-tab-1">My Tab link</a>
-```
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/tabs/settings/index.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/tabs/settings/index.md
deleted file mode 100644
index d56268b3..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/tabs/settings/index.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
----
-id: index
-title: Tabs Module Settings
-sidebar_label: Tabs Module Settings
----
-
-The Tabs module consists of two primary setting tabs: Items and Style, along with the customary Advanced tab. These setting tabs offer you the flexibility to personalize various aspects of the tab items to suit your preferences.
-
-![Tabs module settings](/img/beaver-builder/modules--tabs--settings--1.jpg)
-
-import DocCardList from '@theme/DocCardList';
-
-<DocCardList />
-
-## Advanced tab
-
-The Advanced tab includes all the standard settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML configurations.
-
-See the [Advanced tab](../../../advanced-tab/index.md) section for more information.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/tabs/settings/items.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/tabs/settings/items.md
deleted file mode 100644
index f0805686..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/tabs/settings/items.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
----
-id: items
-title: Items tab
-sidebar_label: Items tab
----
-
-In the Items tab, you have the option to select the content source and manage tab items by adding, editing, or removing them.
-
-## Content Source
-
-The content source allows you to determine what content is displayed. You can choose between posts and custom content.
-
-### Post
-
-The Post content source option allows you to automatically populate the Tabs module with pages, posts, or custom post types.
-
-:::info
-The post title becomes the item label of the Tabs item.
-:::
-
-:::caution
-
-- Posts with long titles can cause the Tab module layout to be distorted.
-- The Featured Image and Post info (author, date, categories, or tags) are not displayed.
-  :::
-
-- **Post Type**
-  Select the post type you wish to populate the Tabs module with. You can choose pages, posts, or a custom post type, such as WooCommerce Products or a custom post type that you created yourself.
-
-- **Posts Per Page**
-  Determines how many tabs items are created. Each item contains one page, post, or custom post type. The default is 5.
-
-- **Order**
-  Choose between descending or ascending.
-
-- **Order By**
-  The choices are: Author, Comment count, Date, Date last modified, ID, Menu order, Meta value (alphabetic or numeric), Random, Title, Selection order.
-
-  See the [Order By](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts/posts.md#order-by) section in the Post module for more information.
-
-- **Filter By**
-  The Filter section allows you to include or exclude a set of posts, pages or custom post types by title, and taxonomy.
-
-  See the [Filter](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts/posts.md#filter) section in the Post module article for more information regarding the filter options.
-
-### Custom Content
-
-The Custom Content source option allows you to add your own content using the WordPress classic editor or populate the tab item with content from a saved row, column, module, or template.
-
-#### Edit items
-
-When you first add an Tabs module to your layout, a blank item will be created for you to edit. To edit an item, click the **Edit Items** link.
-
-![Edit tab items](/img/beaver-builder/modules--tabs--2.jpg)
-
-- **Label**
-  Name your tab item.
-
-- **Content Type**
-  The choices are: Saved Row, Saved Column, Saved Module, Saved Template, and Custom Content. The Saved content drop down menu automatically lists all previously saved rows, columns, modules, or templates when you select Saved content.
-
-  The Custom Content option allows you to add your own content using the WordPress classic editor.
-
-  :::caution
-  Shortcodes used too frequently on the same page or post may impact performance.
-  :::
-
-- **Content**
-  Use the WordPress classic editor to add text to your tab item. You can also add images using the **Add Media** button.
-
-#### Add items
-
-To add more tab items, click the **Add Item** button.
-
-## Display
-
-The Display section is available when **Post** is selected as a **Content Source** and contains the following options:
-
-- **Content Type**
-  _(Available when [Post](#post) is selected as a Content Source)_
-
-  - **Post Content** - Show the full content of each post.
-  - **Post Excerpt** - Show the post excerpt.
-
-- **More Link**
-  _(Available when **Post Excerpt** is selected as the **Content Type**)_
-
-  Show or hide the Read more link after the post content. If set to Show, you can also customize the default Read more text.
-
-- **More Link Text**
-  _(Available when **Post Excerpt** is selected as the **Content Type**)_
-
-  Customize the default Read more... text.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/tabs/settings/style.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/tabs/settings/style.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 9a368007..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/tabs/settings/style.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
----
-id: style
-title: Style tab
-sidebar_label: Style tab
-description: The Tabs module displays horizontal or vertical tabbed content, ideal for inserting sets of content into a small space.
----
-
-In the Style tab, you can change the color of the tab items, such as the text and tab background color.
-
-### Layout
-
-- **Layout**
-  You can choose a horizontal layout or you can choose a vertical layout.
-
-  ![Horizontal or vertical tab layouts](/img/beaver-builder/modules--tabs--3.jpg)
-
-  :::info
-  As the screen width shrinks, the tabs turn into an accordion layout.
-  :::
-
-- **Background Color**
-  Set the background color for the tab.
-
-- **Border Color**
-  Set the border color.
-
-- **Border Width**
-  Set the border width in pixels.
-
-- **Active Tab**
-  Set which tab should be active. The value should not exceed the total number of tab items.
-
-- **Tab(s) Status on Mobile**
-  Control how the tabs display on mobile devices. You can choose between **Keep Active Tab Open**, and **Close All Tabs**.
-
-### Label
-
-- **Inactive Label Text Color**
-  Set the text color for the inactive tab(s).
-
-- **Inactive Label Background Color**
-  Set the background color for the inactive tab(s).
-
-- **Active Label Color**
-  Set the text color for the active tab.
-
-- **Active Label Background Color**
-  Set the background color for the active tab.
-
-- **Padding**
-  Set a specific padding value in pixels for the tab label. Click the **Link Value** icon to automatically make all four padding values the same.
-
-- **Typography**
-  Set the font size, family, line-height and more for the tab label. See the [Typography](basics/typography.md) article for more information.
-
-### Content
-
-- **Text Color**
-  _(Available when **Custom Content** is selected as a **Content Source**)_
-
-  Set the text color of the tab content.
-
-- **Padding**
-  Set a specific padding value in pixels for the tab content. Click the **Link Value** icon to automatically make all four padding values the same.
-
-- **Typography**
-  _(Available when **Custom Content** is selected as a **Content Source**)_
-
-  Set the font size, family, line-height and more for the tab content. See the [Typography](basics/typography.md) article for more information.
-
-## Advanced
-
-There are all the usual [Advanced tab](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/testimonials.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/testimonials.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 39b85dee..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/testimonials.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
----
-id: testimonials
-title: Testimonials
-sidebar_label: Testimonials
-description: The Testimonials module is a basic slider that offers an animiated way to display testimonials or any other combination of heading, text, and media.
----
-
-Use the Testimonials module to add a basic slider with testimonials to your
-layouts, or any other set of text and images that you want to display one by
-one with either autoplay or navigation.
-
-If the Testimonials module is the only module in a row, select **Wide** so it
-takes up the entire row. If you are using the Testimonials module with other
-modules in the same row, set the layout to  **Compact**.
-
-You can add as many testimonials as you like and customize a variety of
-options, such as autoplay, animation effects, and navigation choices. Each
-individual testimonial has a Text Editor box, so you can add anything that a
-WordPress editing box accepts, such as headings, text, and images.
-
-Note that although it's called a Testimonials module, there's nothing to stop
-you from using it for other purposes, because it's basically a slider for any
-headings, text or media.  For example, you could use this module on an About
-Us page, where you want to introduce each of your team members. And not just
-people – you could set up something like a portfolio of your creations, in
-which each image has a description that's too long for a caption. Or, you
-could have a selection of your favorite quotations, displayed one by one.
-
-This module has the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/testimonials.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/testimonials.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0a9060b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/testimonials.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,303 @@
+---
+title: Testimonials
+icon: "message-square-quote"
+description: "Use Testimonials to display an animated slider of customer quotes with configurable autoplay, transitions, and styling."
+---
+
+
+Use Testimonials to display an animated slider of customer quotes with configurable autoplay, transitions, and styling.
+
+## Usage
+
+Use Testimonials to display an animated slider of customer quotes that rotates automatically or on user interaction. The module renders each entry as a styled blockquote and uses bxSlider to handle the slide and fade transitions, autoplay, and navigation controls.
+
+Use Testimonials on home pages, landing pages, sales pages, and About pages where social proof needs to occupy a fixed area without taking up the full vertical space of multiple stacked quotes. The compact layout fits multi-column rows for grouped testimonials, and the wide layout suits single-column sections that need a prominent featured quote.
+
+## Module Settings
+
+The Testimonials module settings control the testimonial entries shown in the slider, the slider playback and transition behavior, and the layout, heading, text, and navigation styling.
+
+### Items Tab
+
+The Items tab is where you build and manage the list of testimonials displayed in the slider.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Add Testimonials</strong></summary>
+
+
+Manages the list of testimonials in the slider. Click **Add Testimonial** to add a new testimonial to the slider, or click **Edit** on an existing testimonial to open its settings.
+
+Each row in the list also includes **Move**, **Duplicate**, and **Delete** action icons:
+
+-  **Move:** Drag and drop the testimonial row to change the order in which testimonials appear in the slider.
+-  **Duplicate:** Creates a copy of the testimonial, including its content, and adds it to the end of the list.
+-  **Delete:** Removes the testimonial from the slider.
+
+:::note
+
+The **Move** and **Delete** actions only appear once the slider contains more than one testimonial.
+:::
+
+Each testimonial has its own General tab, described in [Individual testimonial settings](#individual-testimonial-settings).
+
+:::note
+
+Deleting a testimonial cannot be undone after you click **Publish**.
+:::
+</details>
+
+### Slider Tab
+
+The Slider tab controls how testimonials advance, including playback, timing, and transition direction.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Auto Play</strong> <small>Default: Yes</small></summary>
+
+
+Determines whether the slider advances automatically.
+
+- **No:** Keeps the slider on the current entry until the visitor uses the navigation.
+- **Yes:** Cycles through testimonials automatically using the configured **Delay**.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Show Play/Pause</strong> <small>Default: No</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides a play and pause control for the slider.
+
+- **No:** Hides the play and pause control.
+- **Yes:** Displays a play and pause control that lets visitors stop and resume autoplay.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Delay</strong> <small>Default: 4</small></summary>
+
+
+The number of seconds each testimonial stays visible before the slider advances. The Delay value should be greater than the Transition Speed.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Transition</strong> <small>Default: Slide</small></summary>
+
+
+The animation used when moving between testimonials.
+
+- **Slide:** Slides the next testimonial in horizontally.
+- **Fade:** Crossfades between the current and next testimonial.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Transition Speed</strong> <small>Default: 0.5</small></summary>
+
+
+The number of seconds the transition animation runs. The Transition Speed value should be less than the Delay.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Transition Direction</strong> <small>Default: Right To Left</small></summary>
+
+
+The direction of the slide transition.
+
+- **Right To Left:** Brings the next testimonial in from the right.
+- **Left To Right:** Brings the next testimonial in from the left.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Loop</strong> <small>Default: Yes</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets whether the slider loops continuously after reaching the last testimonial.
+
+- **Yes:** Returns to the first testimonial after the last one.
+- **No:** Stops on the last testimonial.
+
+</details>
+
+### Style Tab
+
+The Style tab controls the layout and the appearance of the heading, text, and slider navigation.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Layout</strong> <small>Default: Wide</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects the slider layout. Wide is for single-column rows, and compact is for multi-column rows.
+
+- **Wide:** Displays a single testimonial across the full width of the column and reveals the **Dots** group.
+- **Compact:** Displays a smaller testimonial layout suited to multi-column rows and reveals the **Heading** and **Arrows** groups.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Heading</strong></summary>
+
+
+This group is available when **Layout** is set to **Compact**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Heading</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Heading</strong> <small>Default: Testimonials</small></summary>
+
+
+The heading text displayed above the compact testimonials slider.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Color</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive, Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The color of the heading text.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for the heading text.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Text section controls the appearance of the testimonial content.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text Color</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive, Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The color of the testimonial text.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Text Typography</strong> <small>Supports: Responsive</small></summary>
+
+
+The font settings for the testimonial text.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Typography settings</strong></summary>
+
+Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spacing, text transform, and responsive text styling where available.
+
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Arrows</strong></summary>
+
+
+This group is available when **Layout** is set to **Compact**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Arrows</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Show Arrows</strong> <small>Default: Yes</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the previous and next navigation arrows.
+
+- **No:** Hides the navigation arrows.
+- **Yes:** Displays the navigation arrows and reveals **Arrow Color**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Arrow Color</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Arrow Color</strong> <small>Default: #999999; Supports: Responsive, Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The color of the navigation arrows. This field appears when **Show Arrows** is set to **Yes**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Dots</strong></summary>
+
+
+This group is available when **Layout** is set to **Wide**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Dots</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Show Dots</strong> <small>Default: Yes</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the pagination dots beneath the slider.
+
+- **No:** Hides the pagination dots.
+- **Yes:** Displays the pagination dots and reveals **Dot Color**.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Dot Color</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Dot Color</strong> <small>Default: #999999; Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The color of the pagination dots. This field appears when **Show Dots** is set to **Yes**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+### Individual testimonial settings
+
+Each testimonial in the slider has its own settings, accessible by clicking **Edit** on any testimonial in the Items tab.
+
+#### General tab
+
+The General tab holds the testimonial's content.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Testimonial</strong></summary>
+
+
+The testimonial content for the entry, edited in the WordPress Classic Editor WYSIWYG. Use it to add the quote text along with attribution, formatting, links, or basic HTML.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+
+The Advanced tab contains common Testimonials module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+
+</details>
+
+:::note
+
+The Advanced tab is global, so it is not available for individual testimonial items in the Testimonials module. As a result, the ID setting applies to the parent node div, not to each testimonial.
+:::
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/text.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/text.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 06d49c7a..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/text.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
----
-id: text
-title: Text Editor
-sidebar_label: Text Editor module
-description: The Text Editor module displays an editor derived from the classic WordPress editor to enter formatted text, headings, and images.
----
-
-The Text Editor module uses an instance of the classic WordPress editor, with [some differences in the toolbar](/beaver-builder/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/classic-wordpress-and-beaver-builder-text-editor-toolbars-dont-match.md).
-
-You can add headings images, and make simple changes to text formatting directly in this editor.
-
-:::tip **Tip**
-If you want more control over the vertical or columnar spacing and stacking of headings, images, and text, use separate [Heading](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/heading.md) and [Photo](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/photo/photo.md) modules. If you want text to wrap around an image, then add the image to the Text Editor module.
-:::
-
-You can style your text using either the toolbar on this text editor or the **Style** tab. If you want to style specific parts of the text, use the toolbar above the editor. You can expose the second row of the toolbar by clicking the rightmost icon in the first row:
-
-![](/img/how-to-tips-change-font-color.png)
-
-## Style tab
-
-The **Style** tab has a variety of settings that apply to all of the text in the module, such as text color and a [Typography section](basics/typography.md), which gives you many choices not available in the text editor, starting with font family.
-
-## Advanced tab
-
-There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/video.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/video.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8e2c3cb3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/video.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
+---
+title: Video
+sidebar_label: Video
+icon: "clapperboard"
+description: "Use Video to render a self-hosted media library video or an embedded video from providers like YouTube and Vimeo."
+---
+
+
+Use Video to render a self-hosted media library video or an embedded video from providers like YouTube and Vimeo.
+
+## Usage
+
+Use Video to render a self-hosted video from the WordPress media library or an embedded video from a provider such as YouTube or Vimeo. The module outputs a responsive player with optional poster image, autoplay, looping, lightbox playback, sticky-on-scroll behavior, and Schema.org `VideoObject` structured data for SEO.
+
+Use Video for product demonstrations, tutorials, testimonials, hero backgrounds, and any layout where video is the primary content. Choose the **Media Library** type when you need full control over native player controls, and the **Embed** type when a provider should handle delivery and playback.
+
+## Module Settings
+
+The Video module settings control the video source, playback behavior, lightbox display, sticky scroll behavior, and structured data markup.
+
+### General Tab
+
+The General tab configures the video source, poster image, playback options, and native player controls.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Video Type</strong> <small>Default: Media Library</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects the source of the video content.
+
+- **Media Library:** Plays a video file uploaded to the WordPress media library using the native WordPress player.
+- **Embed:** Renders an oEmbed URL or custom embed markup from a provider such as YouTube or Vimeo.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Media Library Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Main Video (MP4)</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The primary video file. Supports mp4, m4v, webm, ogv, and wmv formats. This format is supported by most modern browsers.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Fallback Video (WebM)</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+An optional WebM file used as a fallback. This format is required to support browsers such as Firefox and Opera.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Auto Play</strong> <small>Default: No</small></summary>
+
+
+Starts playback automatically when the page loads. Most browsers require muted playback for autoplay to succeed.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Loop</strong> <small>Default: No</small></summary>
+
+
+Restarts playback from the beginning each time the video reaches the end.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Video Controls</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Video Controls section toggles the visibility of individual native player controls.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Video Controls</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Play/Pause</strong> <small>Default: Show</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the play and pause button.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Timer</strong> <small>Default: Show</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the current playback time indicator.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Time Rail</strong> <small>Default: Show</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the progress bar and scrubber.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Duration</strong> <small>Default: Show</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the total video duration display.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Volume</strong> <small>Default: Show</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the volume control.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Fullscreen</strong> <small>Default: Show</small></summary>
+
+
+Shows or hides the fullscreen toggle button.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Embed Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Embed Code</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+A URL from a supported oEmbed provider such as YouTube or Vimeo, or custom embed markup using `<iframe>`, `<video>`, or `<object>` tags. WordPress oEmbed handles URL embedding automatically.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Show Video on Lightbox</strong> <small>Default: No</small></summary>
+
+
+Controls whether the video plays inline or opens in a fullscreen lightbox when the poster image is clicked. A poster image is required for lightbox playback to work.
+
+- **Yes:** Hides the inline player and opens the video in a Magnific Popup lightbox triggered by the poster image.
+- **No:** Plays the video inline in the page.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Poster</strong></summary>
+
+
+An image displayed before playback begins, and used as the lightbox trigger when **Show Video on Lightbox** is set to **Yes**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Sticky on Scroll</strong> <small>Default: No</small></summary>
+
+
+Controls whether the player detaches and remains visible in a fixed position once the user scrolls past its original location.
+
+- **No:** Keeps the player in its original position on the page.
+- **Yes:** Pins the player to a fixed position on scroll so playback continues while the user reads further down the page.
+
+</details>
+
+### Structured Data Tab
+
+The Structured Data tab adds Schema.org `VideoObject` markup so search engines can index the video with richer metadata. The module renders the metadata as inline HTML Microdata on the player's wrapping element. Only fields with values are emitted.
+
+```html Rendered output
+<div class="fl-video fl-wp-video" itemscope itemtype="https://schema.org/VideoObject">
+  <meta itemprop="name" content="Product Walkthrough" />
+  <meta itemprop="uploadDate" content="2026-04-12T09:30:00+00:00" />
+  <meta itemprop="thumbnailUrl" content="https://example.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/poster.jpg" />
+  <meta itemprop="description" content="A two-minute overview of the new dashboard." />
+  <meta itemprop="contentUrl" content="https://example.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/walkthrough.mp4" />
+  <meta itemprop="embedUrl" content="https://example.com/embed/walkthrough" />
+  <!-- video player markup -->
+</div>
+```
+
+The `uploadDate` value is normalized to ISO 8601 (`DATE_ATOM`) at render time, regardless of the format entered in the field.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Enable Structured Data?</strong> <small>Default: No</small></summary>
+
+
+Enables Schema.org `VideoObject` markup for the video. Setting this to **Yes** reveals the metadata fields used to populate the markup.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Structured Data Settings</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Video Name</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The title of the video used for the `name` property.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Video Description</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+A short description of the video used for the `description` property.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Content URL</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The direct URL to the video file used for the `contentUrl` property.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Embed URL</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The URL used to embed the video used for the `embedUrl` property.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Video Thumbnail</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+A representative still image used for the `thumbnailUrl` property.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Upload Date</strong> <small>Supports: Field Connections</small></summary>
+
+
+The date the video was uploaded, used for the `uploadDate` property.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+
+The Advanced tab contains common Video module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+
+</details>
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/video/open-a-video-in-a-lightbox.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/video/open-a-video-in-a-lightbox.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 84d08b09..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/video/open-a-video-in-a-lightbox.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
----
-id: open-a-video-in-a-lightbox
-title: Open a video in a lightbox
-sidebar_label: Open a video in a lightbox
-description: You can use a Video module or a Button module to open a video in a lightbox.
----
-
-As an alternative to embedding a video directly in your page, you can have a
-visitor click to play a video in a lightbox.
-
-You can use either a [Button module](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/button/button.md) or a [Video module](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/video/video.md) to play a video in a lightbox.
-
-## Button module lightbox features
-
-* The user clicks from a button to open the video in the lightbox.
-* You must use embed code or a URL to a location that can play the video, such as Youtube or Vimeo. It will not work with a video uploaded to your media library.
-* This feature works from the **Button** module, not from buttons in other modules such as a Callout.
-
-## Video module features
-
-* The user clicks a preview or poster image of the video on the page to open the video in the lightbox.
-* The video can be in the Media LIbrary or played from a location such as Youtube or Vimeo, using embed code or a URL.
-* The Video module has a **Structured data** tab where you can enter metadata about the video that assists search engines.
-
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/video/video.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/video/video.md
deleted file mode 100644
index f69e0a8c..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/video/video.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,123 +0,0 @@
----
-id: video
-title: Video
-sidebar_label: Video module
-description: The Video module displays a video from the Media Library or with embed code and includes the ability to enter structrured data, important for SEO.
----
-
-Use the Video module to insert a video into your layout or play it in a lightbox. The source can be either of the following:
-
-  * A video from the WordPress Media Library
-  * Embed code provided by a third party such as Vimeo or YouTube.
-
-An important part of the Video module is what goes on behind the scenes. You
-can add structured data to meet [Google's Rich Results
-Test](https://search.google.com/test/rich-results). The Video module also does
-a great job of being responsive on smaller devices.
-
-## Module settings
-
-### General tab
-
-#### Video type
-
-There are two choices:
-
-* **Media Library**
-* **Embed**
-
-These choices are described in the following sections.
-
-**Media Library**
-
-If you choose **Media Library**, the following additional settings are available.
-
-Field  |  Description  
----|-----  
-**Video (MP4)** |  Add an MP4 video that you have uploaded to your media library.  
-**Video (WebM)** |  (Optional) Select a WebM-format video from the media library to display in browsers that can't play MP4. WebM was required on some older versions of Firefox and Safari.
-**Show video on lightbox** |  (Default is **No**) The video plays in a lightbox rather than directly on the page. If set to **Yes**, you must select **Enable Poster** and select a poster image, described in the following table rows.
-**Enable poster** |  Enable or disable a poster image that displays before the video is loaded, whether the video is displayed in a lightbox or not. If set to *Yes*, you must add an image to the next **Poster** setting.<br/>**Note:** If a poster image is specified, the attribute `preload="none"` is added to the rendered output to ask the browser not to load the video when the page loads. However, this attribute is ignored if  **Autoplay**  is set to **Yes**. See [this article](https://www.w3schools.com/tags/att_video_preload.asp) for more information about the `preload` attribute.  
-**Poster** |  (Optional for videos that play on the page, required for videos that play in a lightbox) Select a poster image from the Media Library.  If the video plays in a lightbox, the poster image displays on the main page and the video plays in the lightbox.
-**Autoplay** |  (Default is **No**) Choose whether the video should start automatically.<br/>**Note:** Selecting *Yes* doesn't guarantee your video will autoplay in all environments. Standards frequently change for whether browsers and mobile devices will autoplay videos. [Here's a good recent summary.](https://help.outofthesandbox.com/hc/en-us/articles/360000661568-Why-won-t-my-video-autoplay-)
-**Loop** |  (Default is **No** ) Choose whether to automatically replay the video when it ends.  
-**Sticky on scroll**  |  (Default is **No**) If set to **Yes** and the lightbox is set to **No**, the video stays displayed on the page while the rest of the page scrolls beneath it.  
-
-There's also a **Video Controls** section, with the following settings. All are set to **Show** by default. Here's a screenshot to explain the controls, also described in the table below.
-
-![](/img/video-3f16ea5f.png)
-
-Field  |  Description  
----|-----  
-**Play/pause** |  Show or hide the play and pause controls.  
-**Timer**  | Show or hide the timer control.  
-**Time Rail**  |  Show the bar that displays the time progression while the video plays.
-**Duration**  |  Show the time duration.  
-**Volume**  | Show the volume control.  
-**Full screen**  |  Show the control to enable full-screen viewing.  
-
-**Embed**
-
-If you set **Video type** to **Embed**, a code box appears where you can add
-the `<iframe>` embed code provided by your video service. For Youtube videos,
-go to the video you want to embed and click **Share**, then choose **Embed**
-to get the code. The `StartTime` and `EndTime` YouTube embed parameters are passed to the YouTube Player API, so you can start and end an embedded video at selected points.
-
-With the **Embed** setting, the following settings are also available. See the previous section for an explanation of these settings:
-
-* **Show video on lightbox**
-* **Enable poster**
-* **Poster**
-* **Sticky on scroll**
-
-**oEmbed**
-
-Instead of adding an iFrame you can add the URL for your video as long as the video service is supported by [WordPress oEmbed](https://wordpress.org/support/article/embeds/#okay-so-what-sites-can-i-embed-from).
-
-
-### Structured data tab
-
-This tab lets you set information about the video that is provided in the
-rendered HTML output that search engines make use of, particularly [Google's
-Rich Results](https://search.google.com/test/rich-results) feature.
-
-If you choose **Yes** for **Enable structured data**, the following fields
-become available.
-
-* **Video name**
-* **Video description**
-* **Content URL**  
-Google defines this as "The URL of the actual content bytes, either on the local site or on a streaming service."
-* **Embed URL**  
-Google defines this as "The URL of the custom player. This is often the src value for an <iframe\> or <embed\> tag on the page."  
-For more information about both of these URLs, see this Google [Video Best Practices](https://developers.google.com/search/docs/advanced/guidelines/video#which-url-is-which) page.
-* **Video thumbnail**
-* **Upload date**
-
-Here's an example of the rendered HTML output as a result of this structured
-data in the outer  `<div>` wrapper for the video. The `itemtype` attribute
-identifies the object as a schema.org video, and the `meta` attributes include
-the structured data provided.
-
-```html
-<div class="fl-video fl-embed-video" itemscope="" itemtype="https://schema.org/VideoObject">
-  <meta itemprop="name" content="BLT 2005-2017">
-  <meta itemprop="uploadDate" content="April 10, 2017">
-  <meta itemprop="thumbnailUrl" content="https://example.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/history-embed-thumbnail.png">
-  <meta itemprop="description" content="A photo slideshow of memorable moments in our history">
-  <div className="fluid-width-video-wrapper" style="padding-top: 56.25%;">
-    <iframe src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/AbCdEfG" frameBorder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture" allowFullScreen="" name="fitvid0"></iframe>
-  </div>
-</div>
-```
-
-### Advanced tab
-
-There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
-
-### Related modules
-
-* You can also play a video in a lightbox using a Button module.  
-For a description of the differences, see the article about [opening a video in a lightbox](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/video/open-a-video-in-a-lightbox.md).
-* You can  embed the code for videos using an HTML module.  
-However, if you want the structured metadata in the output, you'll have to provide your own code. Use the example above for how to structure this information around your video iframe.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/widgets.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/widgets.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 8cfd853d..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/widgets.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
----
-id: widgets
-title: WordPress Widgets
-sidebar_label: WordPress Widgets
-description: Beaver Builder has transformed all the standard WordPress widgets into modules, allowing you to effortlessly utilize them anywhere within your layout.
----
-
-You can easily include almost any WordPress widget from the **WordPress Admin Dashboard > Appearance > Widgets** section in your Beaver Builder layout as a content module. Additionally, if you have WooCommerce installed, the WooCommerce widgets will also be visible in the list of available widgets.
-
-:::info
-When accessing the **Content Panel > Modules > WordPress Widgets**, you may notice that certain widgets like Audio, Custom HTML, Gallery, Image, Text, and Video are not included. This deliberate exclusion is because Beaver Builder provides module equivalents that offer advanced functionality. As a result, these specific widgets are not necessary within your Beaver Builder layouts.
-
-Nevertheless, you can still make use of these WordPress widgets in theme sidebars or widgetized areas that utilize native WordPress widgets.
-:::
-
-## Adding Widgets
-
-In the Content panel, click in the **Group** field and choose **WordPress
-widgets**. Drag a widget into your layout.
-
-## Third-party Widgets
-
-When adding third-party widgets into your Beaver Builder layout, you may encounter limited or non-functional behavior. This is because most third-party widgets are designed to function within the WordPress admin dashboard (back-end) and are primarily intended for use at **Appearance > Widgets**. In contrast, Beaver Builder functions on the front end of your website.
-
-Technically speaking, these third-party widgets utilize the [`admin_enqueue_script()`](https://developer.wordpress.org/reference/hooks/admin_enqueue_scripts/) function to load their scripts (JavaScript) and styles (CSS) into the WordPress Admin dashboard.
-
-To make these widgets function properly within your Beaver Builder layouts, you can include custom code in your child theme's *functions.php* file. This code will ensure that the widgets are enqueued and loaded on the front end as well. Below is an example snippet that demonstrates how to enqueue scripts and styles when the builder is active on your pages or posts:
-
-```php
-add_action( 'wp_enqueue_scripts', function() {
-  if ( FLBuilderModel::is_builder_active() ) {
-    wp_enqueue_script( // Add URL to widgets script here );
-    wp_enqueue_style( // Add URL to widgets styles here  );
-  }
-});
-```
-
-:::info
-If you are unsure about the URL for your widget assets, we recommend reaching out to the respective plugin developer for assistance.
-:::
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/widgets.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/widgets.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cb5cd9b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/widgets.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+---
+title: WordPress Widgets
+sidebar_label: Widgets
+icon: "wordpress"
+tag: "Deprecated"
+description: "Use WordPress widgets inside Beaver Builder layouts for plugin-specific features not covered by native modules."
+---
+
+
+Use WordPress widgets inside Beaver Builder layouts for plugin-specific features not covered by native modules.
+
+:::warning
+
+On newer installations, the WordPress Widgets module is disabled by default. You can enable it at any time in [Beaver Builder module settings](MISSINGLINK).
+:::
+
+## Usage
+
+Any registered WordPress widget is automatically available as a module in the Beaver Builder editor. You'll find them listed in the WordPress Widgets group of the content panel. Drag and drop any widget module into your Beaver Builder layout without the need for a widgetized area.
+
+## Access Widgets
+
+:::note
+
+WordPress replaced traditional widgets with blocks starting in WordPress 5.8. For the best experience, use native Beaver Builder modules or third-party modules instead of legacy widgets.
+:::
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Launch Builder</strong></summary>
+
+
+Launch Beaver Builder on your page or post.
+</details>
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Open the Content Panel</strong></summary>
+
+
+Click the + button in the top-right corner to open the Content Panel.
+</details>
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Go to the Modules tab</strong></summary>
+
+
+Select the Modules tab (if not already selected), then scroll down to the WordPress Widgets subgroup.
+</details>
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Drag and drop</strong></summary>
+
+
+Drag the desired widget module into your layout and configure its settings in the panel that appears.
+</details>
+
+
+## Widget Module Settings
+
+Each Widget module includes a General settings tab, along with the standard Advanced tab.
+
+### General Tab
+
+The General tab displays the native settings for the specific widget you’ve added. Each widget includes its own built-in configuration form, the options shown here will vary from widget to widget.
+
+:::tip
+
+Refer to the widget plugin’s documentation for details on how to configure the widget and for an explanation of each available setting.
+:::
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+
+The Advanced tab contains common Widget module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+
+</details>
+
+## Available Widgets
+
+The available widgets depend on your theme and installed plugins. Common widgets include:
+
+- Recent Posts
+- Categories
+- Tag Cloud
+- Custom HTML
+- Navigation Menu
+- Search
+- Calendar
+- RSS
+
+## Excluded widgets
+
+Beaver Builder excludes several core WordPress widgets because they overlap with existing Beaver Builder modules or do not work reliably in the builder context. These widgets remain available in native theme sidebars and widgetized areas.
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Excluded core classes</strong></summary>
+
+
+The following widget classes are excluded by default:
+
+- Audio
+- Image
+- Video
+- Gallery
+- Text
+- Custom HTML
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>WPML-specific exclusion</strong></summary>
+
+
+When WPML is active, Beaver Builder also excludes the WPML language switcher because it must run inside a registered sidebar.
+</details>
+
+
+## Third-party widget compatibility
+
+Third-party widgets are built primarily for the WordPress admin widget screen and may not fully initialize in front-end builder rendering. The most common issue is scripts or styles that only load in admin contexts.
+
+If a third-party widget does not render correctly in the builder, enqueue its required assets on the front end while Beaver Builder is active:
+
+```php title="functions.php"
+add_action( 'wp_enqueue_scripts', function() {
+  if ( FLBuilderModel::is_builder_active() ) {
+    wp_enqueue_script( 'my-widget-script-handle' );
+    wp_enqueue_style( 'my-widget-style-handle' );
+  }
+} );
+```
+
+If you do not know which asset handles to enqueue, check the widget plugin's documentation or contact that plugin's developer.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/woocommerce.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/woocommerce.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 6779e8b3..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/woocommerce.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,190 +0,0 @@
----
-id: woocommerce
-title: WooCommerce
-sidebar_label: WooCommerce
-description: If you have the WooCommerce plugin installed, you can use the Beaver Builder WooCommerce module to display products in your layouts.
----
-
-Use the WooCommerce module to insert WooCommerce content into any page.
-
-:::info
-You must have the WooCommerce plugin installed and activated for
-this module to appear.
-:::
-
-Here are some ways you can use the WooCommerce module to display products on
-regular pages. Note that the WooCommerce module comes with the [Beaver Builder](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com) plugin – you don't need to have Beaver Themer installed to implement these ideas.
-
-## Display a single product
-
-Suppose you want to display a featured product each month that you select, as
-shown in this screenshot:
-
-![](/img/woocommerce-module-1.jpg)
-
-The product is identified by its ID number in the
-WooCommerce module, and in the screenshot there's a Heading module above it to
-identify the product.
-
-The display is what you'd see on an archive page, not on a true product page.
-There's the title of the product, the price, and an **Add to Cart** button
-displayed under the featured image. Clicking this item takes you to the
-product page.
-
-**To display a single product:**
-
-  1. Add a WooCommerce module to the layout.
-  2. In the **Layout** field choose **Single product**, then enter the product ID. Mouse over the question mark in the **Product ID** field for how to find the product ID.
-
-## Display a single product page
-
-You can display the same details that you'd see in a true product page, as
-shown in the following screenshot.
-
-![](/img/woocommerce-module-2.jpg)
-
-The single product page display is identical to what you'd see on an actual
-single product page, but you can embed it anywhere in a layout on another
-page.
-
-**To display a single product page:**
-
-  * In the **Layout** field choose **Single product page**, then enter the product ID. Mouse over the question mark in the **Product ID** field for how to find the product ID.
-
-## Display multiple products, all or a subset
-
-You can display all of your products, or display a subset of products based on
-various sources, described below. The module displays the products themselves,
-and in most cases you'll want to add a Heading to describe the set of products
-you're displaying. For example, in the screenshot below the WooCommerce module
-displays the products with basic product information, and there's a Heading
-module above the WooCommerce module that says "Our products."
-
-![](/img/woocommerce-module-3.jpg)
-
-To display multiple products (all or a subset), drag a WooCommerce module into
-your page layout and in the **Layout** field choose **Multiple products**.
-
-**To display the entire set of products:**
-
-  * In the **Products source** field, choose **Products IDs**, then leave the **Product IDs** field blank.
-
-**To display a custom list of products:**
-
-  * In the **Products source** field, choose **Products IDs**, then in the **Product IDs** add a list of product IDs, separated by commas.
-
-**To display the products in a particular category (or combined categories):**
-
-  * In the **Products source** field, choose **Product category**, then add the category's slug. You can display products from more than one category by entering multiple category slugs separated by commas, but note that the products will still be grouped into a single display, not broken out by category.
-
-**Tip:** If you want to display multiple categories of products, use a
-WooCommerce module for each category, and use a Heading module to name each
-category.
-
-**Other displays of multiple products:**
-
-You can display multiple products in any of the following ways:
-
-  * Recent
-  * Featured
-  * Sale
-  * Best selling
-  * Top rated
-
-:::info
-These categories are determined by WooCommerce and cannot be
-individualized. If you want to display a different set of items, follow the
-procedure above for inserting a custom list of IDs for multiple products.
-:::
-
-  1. Drag a WooCommerce module into your page layout.
-  2. In the **Layout** field, choose **Multiple Products**.
-  3. In the **Products source** field, choose how the products will be selected.  
-      * To display all products, choose **Products IDs** for **Products Source**, then leave the **Product IDs** field blank.  
-      * To display a custom list of products, choose **Products IDs** for **Products Source**, then in the **Product IDs** field, add the list of Product IDs you want to display, separated by commas.
-
-## Display price and the Add to Cart button for a single product
-
-In the WooCommerce API, the product price and **Add to Cart** button are
-displayed as a unit, and you can display this part of an individual product
-without showing the rest of the product, as shown in the following screenshot,
-in which there's a Heading module that says "Our price," then a WooCommerce
-module with **Layout** designated **"Add to Cart" button**.
-
-![](/img/woocommerce-module-4.png)
-
-## Display categories
-
-You can display your entire set of product categories, or you can display all the subcategories of one parent category that you identify by its ID number.
-
-:::note **Notes**
-* If you display more than one category, choose how to sort them in the **Sort product category by** field.  
-You can sort by name, category ID, category slug, or menu order.
-* The behavior when you click a category in the display is the same as
-for standard WooCommerce pages. If you click a top-level category, you'll get a display of the subcategories, if there are any. If you click a top-level category with no subcategories, you'll see a display of products within the category.
-:::
-
-**To display the entire set of top-level categories:**
-
-This is equivalent to what you see on the standard WooCommerce Shop page when
-you have selected **Categories** as the Shop page display preference in your
-WooCommerce settings.
-
-  * In the **Layout** field, choose **Categories**, then leave the both the **Product category IDs to include** and **Parent category ID** fields blank.
-
-**To display only top-level categories:**
-
-* In the **Layout** field, choose **Categories**, then in the **Parent category ID** field, enter **0**.
-
-**To display all the subcategories of a category:**
-
-If you have a hierarchical system of categories, you can display all the child categories of a parent category that you specify.
-
-  * In the **Layout** field, choose **Categories**, then in the **Parent category ID** field add the ID for the parent category. Mouse over the question mark in the **Parent category ID** field for how to find the category ID.  
-  Leave the **Product category IDs to include** field blank. Leave **Autoselect parent** set to **No**.
-
-:::info
-WooCommerce doesn't handle the display of subsubcategories well
-without a plugin or custom coding. However, by using Beaver Builder's WooCommerce module, it's possible to display a subcategory's subategories by entering the ID of the subcategory in the **Parent category ID** field.
-:::
-
-**To display categories by autoselecting the parent category:**
-
-The **Autoselect parent** field is used specifically for Beaver Themer layouts on Product Category pages so that each category page displays the correct categories for that page. If this setting is **Yes**, leave the **Product category IDs to include** and **Parent category ID** fields blank.
-
-## Display the cart
-
-You can use the WooCommerce module to display what you'd normally see on the
-Cart page. In the **Layout** field, choose **Cart** and you'll see something
-like the screenshot example below.
-
-![](/img/woocommerce-module-5.png)
-
-## Display the Checkout content area
-
-You can use the WooCommerce module to display what you'd normally see on the
-Checkout page. In the **Layout** field, choose **Checkout**.
-
-## Display order tracking
-
-You can display the normal WooCommerce order tracking, such as in this
-screenshot, with fields for the customer to enter Order ID and billing email.
-
-![](/img/woocommerce-module-6.png)
-
-## Display the My Account area
-
-You can display what the customer normally sees on the **My Account** page.
-
-## More WooCommerce options
-
-### WooCommerce shortcodes
-
-Besides the options available in the WooCommerce module, you can use any
-WooCommerce shortcodes in an HTML module. See the WooCommerce documentation
-for a list of [shortcodes](https://docs.woothemes.com/document/woocommerce-shortcodes/).
-
-### WooCommerce widgets
-
-When you have WooCommerce installed, all of the WooCommerce widgets appear in
-the **WordPress Widgets** group in the Content panel.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/woocommerce.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/woocommerce.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c3fb25d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/woocommerce.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,271 @@
+---
+title: WooCommerce
+sidebar_label: WooCommerce
+icon: "shopping-cart"
+description: "Use WooCommerce to display products, categories, and core WooCommerce pages from your store inside a Beaver Builder layout."
+---
+
+
+Use WooCommerce to display products, categories, and core WooCommerce pages from your store inside a Beaver Builder layout.
+
+:::info
+
+The WooCommerce module requires the WooCommerce plugin to be active.
+:::
+
+## Usage
+
+Use WooCommerce to embed products, product categories, and core WooCommerce pages into a Beaver Builder layout without writing shortcodes. The module renders a single product, a full product page, multiple products, an "Add to Cart" button, product categories, the cart, the checkout, the order tracking form, or the My Account page based on the selected layout.
+
+Use this module on storefront landing pages, custom shop layouts, promotional sections, or templates that need to surface specific products or category groupings. It is most useful when you want to mix WooCommerce output with other Beaver Builder content on the same page and control which products or categories appear without leaving the builder.
+
+:::note
+
+The module is a wrapper around WooCommerce's own shortcodes. Each layout option maps to a [WooCommerce shortcode](https://woocommerce.com/document/woocommerce-shortcodes/), so the rendered output and behavior are controlled by WooCommerce, not Beaver Builder.
+:::
+
+## Module Settings
+
+The WooCommerce module settings control which layout is rendered and which products or categories the layout pulls from your store.
+
+### General Tab
+
+The General tab selects the layout type and configures the source product, category, or product collection used for that layout.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Layout</strong> <small>Default: Choose...</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects which WooCommerce output the module renders. The available source fields below change based on the selected layout.
+
+- **Single Product:** Renders a single product by ID.
+- **Product Page:** Renders the full WooCommerce product page for a single product by ID.
+- **Multiple Products:** Renders a grid of products built from the **Multiple Products** section.
+- **"Add to Cart" Button:** Renders the Add to Cart button for a single product by ID.
+- **Categories:** Renders product categories using the category settings below.
+- **Cart:** Renders the WooCommerce cart page.
+- **Checkout:** Renders the WooCommerce checkout page.
+- **Order Tracking:** Renders the WooCommerce order tracking form.
+- **My Account:** Renders the WooCommerce My Account page.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Single Product</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Product ID</strong></summary>
+
+
+The unique product ID used to render the single product. Find the ID in the WooCommerce **Products** area by hovering over a product row.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Product Page</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Product ID</strong></summary>
+
+
+The unique product ID used to render the full product page. Find the ID in the WooCommerce **Products** area by hovering over a product row.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Multiple Products</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Multiple Products</strong></summary>
+
+
+The Multiple Products section configures the query used when **Layout** is set to **Multiple Products**. See [Multiple Products section](#multiple-products-section) below.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>&amp;quot;Add to Cart&amp;quot; Button</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Product ID</strong></summary>
+
+
+The unique product ID used to render the Add to Cart button. Find the ID in the WooCommerce **Products** area by hovering over a product row.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Categories</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Autoselect Parent</strong> <small>Default: No</small></summary>
+
+
+Controls whether the module automatically uses the current page's parent category as the source. When set to **No**, the **Parent Category ID** field becomes available so you can specify a parent category manually.
+
+- **Yes:** Uses the parent category of the current page.
+- **No:** Uses the **Parent Category ID** value below.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Parent Category ID</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Parent Category ID</strong> <small>Default: 0</small></summary>
+
+
+The unique parent category ID used when **Autoselect Parent** is set to **No**. Find the ID by hovering over a category in the WooCommerce **Products → Categories** area and reading the number in the URL.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Product Category IDs to include</strong></summary>
+
+
+A comma-separated list of product category IDs to include. Leave blank to include all product categories.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Sort Product Category By</strong> <small>Default: Name</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the field used to sort the displayed categories.
+
+- **Name:** Sorts by category name.
+- **Category ID:** Sorts by the numeric category ID.
+- **Category Slug:** Sorts by the category slug.
+- **Menu Order:** Sorts by the menu order assigned to each category.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Product Category Sort Direction</strong> <small>Default: Ascending</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the sort direction applied to the **Sort Product Category By** value.
+
+- **Ascending:** Sorts categories in ascending order.
+- **Descending:** Sorts categories in descending order.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Columns</strong> <small>Default: 4</small></summary>
+
+
+The number of columns used to lay out the category grid. Options are **1**, **2**, **3**, and **4**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+#### Multiple Products section
+
+The Multiple Products section appears when **Layout** is set to **Multiple Products** and configures how products are queried and displayed.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Products Source</strong> <small>Default: Products IDs</small></summary>
+
+
+Selects how products are retrieved. The fields revealed below depend on the selected source.
+
+- **Products IDs:** Builds the grid from a comma-separated list of product IDs.
+- **Product Category:** Builds the grid from one or more product category slugs.
+- **Product Tags:** Builds the grid from one or more product tag slugs.
+- **Recent Products:** Lists the most recent products.
+- **Featured Products:** Lists products marked as featured.
+- **Sale Products:** Lists products currently on sale.
+- **Best Selling Products:** Lists best-selling products.
+- **Top Rated Products:** Lists products with the highest ratings.
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Products IDs</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Product IDs</strong></summary>
+
+
+A comma-separated list of product IDs used to build the grid when **Products Source** is set to **Products IDs**. Find each ID in the WooCommerce **Products** area by hovering over a product row.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Product Category</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Category Slug</strong></summary>
+
+
+A comma-separated list of product category slugs used to build the grid when **Products Source** is set to **Product Category**. Find slugs in the WooCommerce **Products → Categories** area.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Product Tags</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Tags Slug</strong></summary>
+
+
+A comma-separated list of product tag slugs used to build the grid when **Products Source** is set to **Product Tags**. Find slugs in the WooCommerce **Products → Tags** area.
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Number of Products</strong></summary>
+
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Number of Products</strong> <small>Default: 12</small></summary>
+
+
+The maximum number of products to display. Available when **Products Source** is set to **Product Category**, **Product Tags**, **Recent Products**, **Featured Products**, **Sale Products**, **Best Selling Products**, or **Top Rated Products**.
+</details>
+</details>
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Columns</strong> <small>Default: 4</small></summary>
+
+
+The number of columns used to lay out the product grid. Options are **1**, **2**, **3**, **4**, **5**, and **6**.
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Sort By</strong> <small>Default: Default</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the field used to sort the products. Not available when **Products Source** is set to **Best Selling Products**.
+
+- **Default:** Uses the WooCommerce menu order.
+- **Popularity:** Sorts by popularity.
+- **Rating:** Sorts by average rating.
+- **Date:** Sorts by publish date.
+- **Price:** Sorts by price.
+- **Product ID:** Sorts by the numeric product ID.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Sort Direction</strong> <small>Default: Ascending</small></summary>
+
+
+Sets the sort direction applied to the **Sort By** value. Not available when **Products Source** is set to **Best Selling Products**.
+
+- **Ascending:** Sorts products in ascending order.
+- **Descending:** Sorts products in descending order.
+
+</details>
+
+<details>
+<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+
+The Advanced tab contains common WooCommerce module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+
+</details>
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/wordpress-patterns.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/wordpress-patterns.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 8655f9b4..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/wordpress-patterns.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
----
-id: wordpress-patterns
-title: WordPress Patterns
-sidebar_label: WordPress Patterns
-description: Learn how to use WordPress Patterns in Beaver Builder layouts.
----
-
-You can use [WordPress Patterns](https://wordpress.org/support/article/reusable-blocks/) (Reusable Blocks) in Beaver Builder layouts. If a Pattern is updated in WordPress, it's also updated in any Beaver Builder layout where it's used.
-
-## Access WordPress Patterns
-
-1. Launch Beaver Builder on your page or post.
-
-2. Open the **Content Panel** and select the **WordPress Patterns subgroup**.
-
-3. Drag the pattern that you want to use into your layout.
-
-4. Click the **Done** button and Save your changes.
-
-:::info
-
-The WordPress Patterns subgroup becomes available in the Content Panel after you have created and saved WordPress Patterns.
-
-:::
-
-![Access WordPress Patterns from the Content Panel](/img/beaver-builder/modules--wordpress-patterns--1.jpg)
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/wordpress-patterns.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/wordpress-patterns.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2e871d80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/wordpress-patterns.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+---
+title: WordPress Patterns
+sidebar_label: WordPress Patterns
+icon: "wordpress"
+description: "Drag saved WordPress Patterns directly into Beaver Builder layouts and keep them in sync with the source content."
+---
+
+
+Drag saved WordPress Patterns directly into Beaver Builder layouts and keep them in sync with the source content.
+
+## Usage
+
+WordPress Patterns (formerly Reusable Blocks) are saved blocks created in the WordPress block editor. Beaver Builder reads every published `wp_block` post and surfaces each one as its own draggable item in the Content Panel, so existing patterns can be dropped into a row, column, or layout without leaving the builder.
+
+When the underlying pattern is edited in WordPress, every Beaver Builder layout that uses it reflects the change. This makes WordPress Patterns useful for content that needs to be authored once and reused, such as shared callouts, banners, footers, and marketing blocks.
+
+:::note
+
+Beaver Builder does not add a single "WordPress Pattern" module to the Content Panel. Instead, each saved pattern is registered individually under the **WordPress Patterns** subgroup using its post title.
+:::
+
+## Add a WordPress Pattern to a layout
+
+1. Launch Beaver Builder on your page or post.
+2. Open the **Content Panel** and select the **WordPress Patterns** subgroup.
+3. Drag the pattern you want to use into your layout.
+4. Click **Done** and save your changes.
+
+:::note
+
+The **WordPress Patterns** subgroup appears in the Content Panel only after at least one pattern has been created and saved in the WordPress block editor. If no patterns exist yet, the subgroup is not registered.
+:::
+
+## How patterns stay in sync
+
+Beaver Builder renders the selected pattern's saved block markup at the position where it is dropped, and re-reads the source `wp_block` post each time the layout renders. Editing the pattern in **Appearance > Editor > Patterns** (or **Pages > Patterns** depending on the WordPress version) updates every layout that references it, with no need to re-open the layout in Beaver Builder.
+
+Patterns are listed in the Content Panel ordered by menu order, then alphabetically by title. New or renamed patterns appear automatically the next time the builder is opened.
+
+## Manage patterns
+
+Patterns are managed in the WordPress block editor, not in Beaver Builder. To create, rename, or delete a pattern, use the standard WordPress workflow for the `wp_block` post type. Beaver Builder picks up the changes the next time the Content Panel is loaded.

From c362930ff274a4e03b5a995a628a6334b02ff7c2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Danny <zad4ifsv@anonaddy.me>
Date: Wed, 27 May 2026 14:01:40 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 05/24] Add versioning

---
 .../beaver-themer-conditional-logic.md        | 225 ++++
 ...add-custom-attributes-to-themer-layouts.md |  42 +
 .../developer/add-themer-support.md           | 110 ++
 .../developer/conditional-logic-apis.md       | 628 +++++++++++
 .../customize-field-connections-themer.md     | 173 +++
 .../developer/customize-themer-modules.md     |  33 +
 ...ide-node-when-field-connection-is-empty.md | 104 ++
 .../developer/hooks-reference-themer.md       |   7 +
 .../developer/wp-cli-for-beaver-themer.md     |  88 ++
 .../field-connections/conditionals.md         |  73 ++
 .../field-connections/examples/combining.md   | 105 ++
 .../field-connections/examples/conditional.md | 132 +++
 .../field-connections/examples/expressions.md | 235 +++++
 .../field-connections/examples/index.md       |  12 +
 .../field-connections/expressions.md          | 227 ++++
 .../field-connections/getting-started.md      |  79 ++
 .../version-1.5/field-connections/index.md    | 101 ++
 .../version-1.5/field-connections/syntax.md   | 111 ++
 .../field-connections/third-party.md          |  45 +
 .../wordpress-custom-fields.md                | 102 ++
 .../field-connections/wordpress-data.md       | 605 +++++++++++
 .../i-installed-beaver-themer-now-what.md     | 101 ++
 .../version-1.5/getting-started/install.md    |  35 +
 ...ordpress-content-and-theme-areas-themer.md |  31 +
 .../getting-started/requirements.md           |  25 +
 .../getting-started/supported-themes.md       |  42 +
 .../what-can-i-do-with-beaver-themer.md       |  83 ++
 .../acf/field-types/button-group.md           |  38 +
 .../integrations/acf/field-types/checkbox.md  |  43 +
 .../acf/field-types/color-picker.md           |  43 +
 .../acf/field-types/date-picker.md            |  29 +
 .../acf/field-types/date-time-picker.md       |  29 +
 .../integrations/acf/field-types/email.md     |  29 +
 .../integrations/acf/field-types/file.md      |  80 ++
 .../acf/field-types/flexible-content.md       | 160 +++
 .../integrations/acf/field-types/gallery.md   |  15 +
 .../acf/field-types/google-map.md             |  43 +
 .../integrations/acf/field-types/group.md     |  66 ++
 .../integrations/acf/field-types/image.md     |  35 +
 .../integrations/acf/field-types/index.md     |  16 +
 .../integrations/acf/field-types/number.md    |  29 +
 .../integrations/acf/field-types/oembed.md    |  29 +
 .../integrations/acf/field-types/page-link.md |  29 +
 .../integrations/acf/field-types/password.md  |  29 +
 .../acf/field-types/post-object.md            | 113 ++
 .../acf/field-types/radio-button.md           |  35 +
 .../acf/field-types/relationship.md           |  42 +
 .../integrations/acf/field-types/repeater.md  | 260 +++++
 .../integrations/acf/field-types/select.md    |  43 +
 .../acf/field-types/smart-slider.md           |  29 +
 .../integrations/acf/field-types/taxonomy.md  |  43 +
 .../integrations/acf/field-types/text-area.md |  29 +
 .../integrations/acf/field-types/text.md      |  29 +
 .../acf/field-types/time-picker.md            |  29 +
 .../acf/field-types/true-false.md             |  35 +
 .../integrations/acf/field-types/url.md       |  29 +
 .../integrations/acf/field-types/user.md      |  53 +
 .../integrations/acf/field-types/wysiwyg.md   |  29 +
 .../integrations/acf/getting-started.md       | 167 +++
 .../version-1.5/integrations/acf/index.md     |  70 ++
 .../integrations/acf/options-page.md          |  40 +
 .../beaver-themer-layouts-for-bigcommerce.md  |  25 +
 ...to-display-a-single-bigcommerce-product.md |  70 ++
 ...n-archive-themer-layout-for-bigcommerce.md |  76 ++
 .../bigcommerce/field-connections.md          | 101 ++
 .../products-posts-module-for-bigcommerce.md  |  95 ++
 .../beaver-themer-and-the-edd-plugin.md       |  27 +
 ...er-layout-for-edd-download-items-themer.md |  54 +
 ...ive-themer-layout-for-edd-download-sets.md |  63 ++
 .../field-connections.md                      |  64 ++
 .../integrations/tec/archive-layout.md        |  53 +
 .../integrations/tec/field-connections.md     | 314 ++++++
 .../integrations/tec/getting-started.md       |  42 +
 .../version-1.5/integrations/tec/index.md     |  22 +
 .../tec/modules/event-calendar.md             |  16 +
 .../integrations/tec/modules/event-cost.md    |  26 +
 .../tec/modules/event-countdown.md            |  30 +
 .../tec/modules/event-date-time.md            |  26 +
 .../tec/modules/event-description.md          |  16 +
 .../integrations/tec/modules/event-details.md |  18 +
 .../tec/modules/event-export-links.md         |  27 +
 .../integrations/tec/modules/event-map.md     |  22 +
 .../tec/modules/event-navigation.md           |  31 +
 .../integrations/tec/modules/event-notices.md |  25 +
 .../tec/modules/event-organizer.md            |  22 +
 .../integrations/tec/modules/event-posts.md   |  11 +
 .../tec/modules/event-related-events.md       |  26 +
 .../integrations/tec/modules/event-tickets.md |  34 +
 .../integrations/tec/modules/event-title.md   |  42 +
 .../integrations/tec/modules/event-venue.md   |  22 +
 .../integrations/tec/modules/event-website.md |  26 +
 .../integrations/tec/modules/index.md         |  14 +
 .../integrations/tec/singular-layout.md       |  58 +
 ...for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md |  46 +
 ...rce-singular-and-archive-themer-layouts.md |  25 +
 ...-singular-themer-layout-for-woocommerce.md |  64 ++
 ...n-archive-themer-layout-for-woocommerce.md |  65 ++
 .../woocommerce/field-connections.md          | 181 ++++
 .../integrations/woocommerce/index.md         |  26 +
 ...for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md |  23 +
 ...for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md |  27 +
 ...for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md |  31 +
 ...for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md |  23 +
 ...for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md |  26 +
 ...for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md |  21 +
 ...for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md |  20 +
 ...for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md |  17 +
 ...-for-woocommerce-archive-themer-layouts.md |  44 +
 ...for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md |  13 +
 ...for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md |  23 +
 .../version-1.5/introduction/about-release.md |  57 +
 .../version-1.5/introduction/faq.md           |  80 ++
 .../version-1.5/introduction/index.md         |  27 +
 .../404-layout-type/themer-404-layout-type.md |  25 +
 .../create-a-card-layout-for-posts-themer.md  | 119 +++
 ...-layout-for-custom-post-type-categories.md |  24 +
 ...chive-layout-archive-description-module.md |  35 +
 ...mer-archive-layout-archive-title-module.md |  18 +
 ...st-columns-gallery-list-masonry-modules.md |  22 +
 .../themer-archive-layout-type.md             | 131 +++
 ...-create-an-author-archive-themer-layout.md | 107 ++
 .../themer-footer-layout-type.md              | 190 ++++
 .../themer-header-layout-type.md              | 226 ++++
 .../tutorial-create-a-header-layout-themer.md | 141 +++
 .../version-1.5/layout-types-modules/index.md |  80 ++
 ...dd-yoast-breadcrumbs-with-beaver-themer.md |  31 +
 .../themer-part-layout-type.md                |  35 +
 ...ut-to-the-wordpress-page-template-field.md |  49 +
 ...-singular-layout-attached-images-module.md |  17 +
 ...hemer-singular-layout-author-bio-module.md |  29 +
 .../themer-singular-layout-comments-module.md |  21 +
 ...r-singular-layout-featured-image-module.md |  17 +
 ...mer-singular-layout-post-content-module.md |  15 +
 ...themer-singular-layout-post-info-module.md |  80 ++
 ...-singular-layout-post-navigation-module.md |  59 ++
 ...hemer-singular-layout-post-title-module.md |  18 +
 .../themer-singular-layout-type.md            | 106 ++
 ...he-posts-module-to-create-related-posts.md | 120 +++
 .../locations/themer-locations-reference.md   |  37 +
 .../full-width-layout-types.md                |  38 +
 ...-this-post-has-a-themer-layout-assigned.md |  22 +
 .../themer-layouts-menu-missing.md            |  19 +
 ...post-preview-but-not-actual-post-themer.md |  39 +
 ...y-does-my-themer-layout-say-unsupported.md |  16 +
 .../version-1.5-sidebars.json                 | 338 ++++++
 beaver-themer_versions.json                   |   3 +
 sidebarBeaverBuilder.js                       | 194 +---
 src/css/custom.css                            |   4 +-
 .../version-2.10/account/affiliate-program.md |  52 +
 .../version-2.10/account/billing-info.md      |  67 ++
 .../version-2.10/account/domain-manager.md    | 100 ++
 versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/index.md  |  50 +
 .../account/license/activations.md            |  37 +
 .../version-2.10/account/license/cancel.md    |  47 +
 .../version-2.10/account/license/downgrade.md |  37 +
 .../version-2.10/account/license/expiry.md    |  33 +
 .../version-2.10/account/license/index.md     |  57 +
 .../version-2.10/account/license/renew.md     |  55 +
 .../account/license/suspension.md             |  31 +
 .../version-2.10/account/license/transfer.md  |   9 +
 .../version-2.10/account/license/types.md     |  48 +
 .../version-2.10/account/license/upgrade.md   |  47 +
 .../account/license/view-activate.md          |  35 +
 .../version-2.10/account/request-invoice.md   |   9 +
 .../account/suggest-new-features.md           |  10 +
 .../account/update-email-password.md          |  42 +
 .../version-2.10/advanced/adding-pdf.md       |  30 +
 .../version-2.10/advanced/convert-content.md  | 103 ++
 .../version-2.10/advanced/css-gradients.md    |  58 +
 .../advanced/custom-image-sizes.md            |  69 ++
 .../advanced/diy-website-builder-platform.md  |  27 +
 versioned_docs/version-2.10/advanced/index.md |  13 +
 .../version-2.10/advanced/migration.md        |  38 +
 .../version-2.10/advanced/performance.md      | 135 +++
 .../advanced/smooth-scrolling-tweaks.md       | 180 ++++
 versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/border.md  |  67 ++
 .../version-2.10/basics/color-picker.md       | 249 +++++
 .../version-2.10/basics/custom-code.md        | 135 +++
 .../basics/display-only-bb-content.md         |  23 +
 .../version-2.10/basics/duplicate-layout.md   |  61 ++
 versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/index.md   |  11 +
 .../version-2.10/basics/inline-editing.md     |  84 ++
 .../basics/multi-layer-backgrounds.md         | 148 +++
 .../basics/restore-previous-version.md        |  44 +
 .../basics/show-hide-page-title.md            |  59 ++
 .../version-2.10/basics/smooth-scrolling.md   | 115 ++
 .../version-2.10/basics/typography.md         | 138 +++
 .../version-2.10/basics/undo-redo.md          |  82 ++
 .../version-2.10/developer/acf-blocks.md      | 173 +++
 .../developer/conditionally-hidden-content.md |  39 +
 .../developer/container-modules.md            | 130 +++
 .../custom-modules/01-create-a-plugin.md      |  39 +
 .../02-add-a-module-to-your-plugin.md         |  63 ++
 .../03-define-module-settings.md              |  82 ++
 .../04-module-settings-css-javascript.md      |  34 +
 .../custom-modules/05-module-html.md          |  35 +
 .../developer/custom-modules/06-module-css.md |  70 ++
 .../custom-modules/07-module-javascript.md    |  57 +
 .../08-module-property-reference.md           |  83 ++
 .../09-module-method-reference.md             | 120 +++
 .../10-setting-fields-reference.md            | 994 ++++++++++++++++++
 .../11-responsive-fields-reference.md         |  49 +
 .../12-repeater-fields-reference.md           |  31 +
 .../13-sanitize-field-values.md               |  31 +
 .../custom-modules/14-create-custom-fields.md | 109 ++
 .../developer/custom-modules/15-helpers.md    | 134 +++
 .../16-live-preview-reference.md              | 211 ++++
 .../17-partial-refresh-reference.md           | 120 +++
 .../custom-modules/18-override-modules.md     |  55 +
 .../custom-modules/19-localization.md         |  11 +
 .../custom-modules/20-module-aliases.md       |  64 ++
 .../developer/custom-modules/index.md         |  39 +
 ...m-attributes-to-rows-columns-or-modules.md |  76 ++
 ...a-video-lightbox-for-an-amazon-s3-video.md |  46 +
 .../developer/how-to-tips/data-storage.md     |  17 +
 ...e-minification-and-caching-with-wpdebug.md |  40 +
 .../disable-schema-markup-beaver-builder.md   |  11 +
 .../display-subset-typography-controls.md     |  11 +
 .../html-css-and-javascript-reference.md      |  42 +
 .../load-css-and-javascript-inline.md         |  19 +
 .../load-google-fonts-locally-gdpr.md         |  46 +
 .../how-to-tips/map-module-filter-google.md   |  16 +
 ...avascript-from-loading-on-archive-pages.md |  22 +
 .../how-to-tips/render-layouts-with-php.md    |  36 +
 .../version-2.10/developer/iframe-ui.md       | 194 ++++
 .../version-2.10/developer/module-blocks.md   |  29 +
 .../developer/module-deprecations.md          | 124 +++
 .../add-a-custom-shape-layer.md               | 190 ++++
 .../add-icons-to-your-custom-modules.md       |  54 +
 ...hange-how-css-and-javascript-are-loaded.md |  19 +
 ...n-beaver-builder-plugin-filter-examples.md | 604 +++++++++++
 ...-module-to-compare-images-with-a-slider.md | 248 +++++
 ...r-to-customize-the-display-of-post-data.md |  82 ++
 .../customize-keyboard-shortcuts.md           | 203 ++++
 .../customize-row-resizing-behavior.md        | 102 ++
 .../customize-settings-forms.md               |  44 +
 .../install-beaver-builder-via-composer.md    |  78 ++
 .../remove-rename-tools-menu-items.md         |  50 +
 .../tutorials-guides/wp-cli-plugin-theme.md   | 123 +++
 .../version-2.10/getting-started/install.md   |  58 +
 .../getting-started/launch-builder.md         |  59 ++
 .../getting-started/system-requirements.md    |  65 ++
 .../what-can-i-do-with-beaver-builder.md      | 203 ++++
 .../version-2.10/integrations/font-awesome.md |  92 ++
 .../version-2.10/integrations/index.md        |  26 +
 .../version-2.10/integrations/popup-maker.md  |  37 +
 .../integrations/query-monitor.md             |  25 +
 .../version-2.10/integrations/rankmath.md     |  31 +
 .../version-2.10/integrations/woocommerce.md  |  57 +
 .../version-2.10/integrations/yoast.md        |  31 +
 .../introduction/about-release.md             | 132 +++
 .../introduction/accessibility.md             | 177 ++++
 .../version-2.10/introduction/faq.md          | 210 ++++
 .../version-2.10/introduction/gdpr.md         |  58 +
 .../version-2.10/introduction/index.md        |  40 +
 .../introduction/releases-versioning.md       | 127 +++
 .../introduction/support-policy.md            |  31 +
 .../version-2.10/introduction/translations.md |  47 +
 .../layouts/advanced-tab/animation.md         |  62 ++
 .../layouts/advanced-tab/copy-paste.md        |  57 +
 .../layouts/advanced-tab/css-js.md            |  92 ++
 .../layouts/advanced-tab/html-element.md      | 263 +++++
 .../layouts/advanced-tab/index.md             |  28 +
 .../layouts/advanced-tab/spacing.md           |  55 +
 .../layouts/advanced-tab/visibility.md        |  98 ++
 .../column-layouts-overview-10400ffc.png      | Bin 0 -> 41563 bytes
 .../column-layouts-overview-675008fe.png      | Bin 0 -> 161504 bytes
 .../columns/column-layouts-overview.md        |  99 ++
 .../layouts/columns/duplicate-a-column.md     |  20 +
 .../layouts/columns/edit-a-column.md          |  99 ++
 .../layouts/columns/insert-columns.md         |  30 +
 .../layouts/columns/move-a-column.md          |  41 +
 .../columns/resize-or-reset-column-width.md   |  61 ++
 .../version-2.10/layouts/columns/stacking.md  |  81 ++
 .../columns/tips-for-working-with-columns.md  |  77 ++
 .../modules/accordion/css-customization.md    |  82 ++
 .../layouts/modules/accordion/index.md        |  27 +
 .../modules/accordion/link-specific-item.md   |  64 ++
 .../modules/accordion/settings/index.md       |  19 +
 .../modules/accordion/settings/items.md       | 119 +++
 .../modules/accordion/settings/style.md       |  65 ++
 .../version-2.10/layouts/modules/audio.md     |  98 ++
 .../layouts/modules/bigcommerce-products.md   |  32 +
 .../version-2.10/layouts/modules/box/index.md |  93 ++
 .../layouts/modules/box/settings/children.md  |  71 ++
 .../layouts/modules/box/settings/container.md | 204 ++++
 .../layouts/modules/box/settings/index.md     |  19 +
 .../modules/box/using-align-options.md        |  13 +
 .../layouts/modules/button-group.md           | 173 +++
 .../layouts/modules/button/button.md          | 172 +++
 .../button/make-a-button-transparent.md       |  26 +
 .../modules/callout-and-call-to-action.md     | 284 +++++
 ...d-a-google-recaptcha-checkbox-to-a-form.md |  73 ++
 .../modules/contact-form/contact-form.md      | 117 +++
 .../layouts/modules/content-slider.md         |  80 ++
 .../version-2.10/layouts/modules/countdown.md |  91 ++
 .../layouts/modules/gallery/gallery.md        | 108 ++
 ...open-a-gallery-lightbox-on-button-click.md |  75 ++
 .../version-2.10/layouts/modules/heading.md   |  73 ++
 .../version-2.10/layouts/modules/html.md      |  44 +
 .../layouts/modules/icon-and-icon-group.md    |  79 ++
 .../version-2.10/layouts/modules/index.md     | 130 +++
 .../version-2.10/layouts/modules/list.md      | 218 ++++
 .../layouts/modules/login-form.md             |  98 ++
 .../layouts/modules/loop/index.md             |  74 ++
 .../layouts/modules/loop/settings.md          | 194 ++++
 .../version-2.10/layouts/modules/map.md       |  28 +
 ...-menu-item-that-links-to-a-page-section.md |  58 +
 .../version-2.10/layouts/modules/menu/menu.md | 325 ++++++
 .../layouts/modules/module-blocks.md          |  26 +
 .../layouts/modules/north-commerce.md         |  79 ++
 .../layouts/modules/number-counter.md         |  94 ++
 .../add-hover-effects-to-the-photo-module.md  | 181 ++++
 .../display-full-captions-under-photos.md     |  26 +
 .../layouts/modules/photo/photo.md            |  58 +
 ...-between-images-in-posts-module-gallery.md |  22 +
 .../layouts/modules/posts/posts-carousel.md   |  86 ++
 ...ousel-and-posts-slider-modules-examples.md | 136 +++
 .../layouts/modules/posts/posts-slider.md     |  95 ++
 .../layouts/modules/posts/posts.md            | 691 ++++++++++++
 .../layouts/modules/pricing-table.md          | 231 ++++
 .../search/limit-post-types-search-module.md  |  33 +
 .../layouts/modules/search/search.md          | 169 +++
 .../version-2.10/layouts/modules/separator.md |  28 +
 .../version-2.10/layouts/modules/sidebar.md   |  19 +
 .../version-2.10/layouts/modules/slideshow.md | 257 +++++
 .../layouts/modules/social-buttons.md         |  23 +
 .../layouts/modules/star-rating.md            |  53 +
 ...form-module-for-mailchimp-double-opt-in.md |  10 +
 .../modules/subscribe-form/subscribe-form.md  | 193 ++++
 .../layouts/modules/tabs/index.md             |  27 +
 .../modules/tabs/link-specific-item.md        |  64 ++
 .../layouts/modules/tabs/settings/index.md    |  19 +
 .../layouts/modules/tabs/settings/items.md    |  93 ++
 .../layouts/modules/tabs/settings/style.md    |  73 ++
 .../layouts/modules/testimonials.md           |  29 +
 .../version-2.10/layouts/modules/text.md      |  26 +
 .../video/open-a-video-in-a-lightbox.md       |  24 +
 .../layouts/modules/video/video.md            | 123 +++
 .../version-2.10/layouts/modules/widgets.md   |  40 +
 .../layouts/modules/woocommerce.md            | 190 ++++
 .../layouts/modules/wordpress-patterns.md     |  26 +
 ...modules-to-index-archive-and-post-pages.md | 142 +++
 ...rdpress-handles-blog-posts-and-archives.md | 100 ++
 ...-archives-versus-beaver-builder-layouts.md |  33 +
 ...-blogs-and-custom-post-types-start-here.md |  23 +
 ...-beaver-builder-to-lay-out-post-content.md | 110 ++
 .../post-layouts/wordpress-archive-types.md   |  80 ++
 .../assets/responsive-columns-163bfe78.png    | Bin 0 -> 167046 bytes
 .../layouts/responsive-design/breakpoints.md  |  88 ++
 .../layouts/responsive-design/disable.md      |  20 +
 .../layouts/responsive-design/editor.md       |  78 ++
 .../layouts/responsive-design/index.md        |  65 ++
 .../responsive-design/responsive-columns.md   |  23 +
 .../layouts/responsive-design/toggle.md       | 128 +++
 .../layouts/reusable-content/components.md    | 145 +++
 .../layouts/reusable-content/globals.md       | 141 +++
 .../layouts/reusable-content/index.md         |  49 +
 .../layouts/reusable-content/templates.md     | 141 +++
 .../rows/add-prebuilt-rows-to-your-content.md |  21 +
 ...ackground-image-on-table-or-mobile-view.md |  32 +
 .../layouts/rows/customize-the-row-height.md  |  16 +
 .../rows/full-width-and-fixed-width.md        |  67 ++
 .../full-width-rows-on-third-party-themes.md  |  36 +
 ...-a-ken-burns-effect-in-a-row-background.md |  24 +
 ...for-using-background-colors-and-effects.md | 124 +++
 .../row-effects/parallax-row-backgrounds.md   |  33 +
 .../rows/row-effects/row-shape-overlays.md    | 180 ++++
 .../row-effects/video-backgrounds-in-rows.md  |  92 ++
 ...set-global-site-wide-default-row-widths.md |  53 +
 .../rows/set-width-for-rows-and-content.md    |  63 ++
 .../layouts/rows/work-with-rows.md            | 150 +++
 .../version-2.10/layouts/templates/index.md   |  75 ++
 .../layouts/templates/prebuilt-templates.md   |  55 +
 .../layouts/templates/saved-templates.md      | 148 +++
 .../layouts/templates/template-site.md        |  53 +
 .../templates/theme-template-authors.md       | 153 +++
 .../version-2.10/settings/advanced.md         | 251 +++++
 .../version-2.10/settings/blocks.md           |  43 +
 .../version-2.10/settings/branding.md         | 117 +++
 .../version-2.10/settings/export-import.md    |  77 ++
 .../version-2.10/settings/help-button.md      |  34 +
 versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/icons.md | 118 +++
 .../settings/import-export-settings.md        |  44 +
 versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/index.md |  53 +
 .../version-2.10/settings/layouts-menu.md     |  32 +
 .../version-2.10/settings/license.md          |  38 +
 .../version-2.10/settings/modules.md          |  38 +
 .../version-2.10/settings/post-types.md       |  43 +
 .../settings/template-exporter.md             |  23 +
 .../version-2.10/settings/templates.md        |  60 ++
 versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/tools.md | 241 +++++
 .../version-2.10/settings/user-access.md      | 157 +++
 .../version-2.10/settings/version-control.md  |  31 +
 .../version-2.10/settings/welcome.md          |  34 +
 .../version-2.10/shortcode/find-id-slug.md    |  47 +
 .../version-2.10/shortcode/index.md           |  46 +
 .../version-2.10/shortcode/syntax.md          |  60 ++
 .../version-2.10/shortcode/using-css.md       |  64 ++
 .../version-2.10/shortcode/using-php-files.md | 185 ++++
 .../version-2.10/shortcode/using-shortcode.md |  76 ++
 .../403-forbidden-or-blocked-error.md         |  46 +
 .../404-error-when-trying-to-open-editor.md   |  25 +
 ...3-errors-when-loading-background-images.md |  34 +
 .../destination-folder-already-exists.md      |  17 +
 .../common-issues/dreamhost.md                |  13 +
 .../common-issues/error-settings-not-saved.md | 117 +++
 .../error-when-trying-to-install-update.md    |  20 +
 .../exceeds-php-max-input-vars.md             |  51 +
 .../http-error-when-uploading-images.md       |  19 +
 .../i-am-getting-a-blank-screen.md            |  14 +
 ...-because-it-is-unzipped-when-i-download.md |  26 +
 ...d-a-site-but-my-image-urls-didnt-change.md |  22 +
 .../im-getting-a-permission-denied-error.md   |  16 +
 ...rease-the-wordpress-allowed-memory-size.md |  34 +
 .../internal-server-500-error.md              |  19 +
 .../common-issues/require-once.md             |  17 +
 ...-uploadmaxfilesize-directive-in-php-ini.md |  23 +
 .../common-issues/title-bar-incorrect.md      |  18 +
 .../use-smtp-to-send-form-notifications.md    |   9 +
 .../common-issues/zlib-output-compression.md  |  11 +
 .../debugging/cache-clearing-tool.md          |  35 +
 .../enable-beaver-builder-debug-mode.md       |  44 +
 .../debugging/issue-fixer-clear-the-cache.md  |  21 +
 .../known-beaver-builder-incompatibilities.md | 237 +++++
 .../debugging/plugin-conflicts.md             |  31 +
 .../troubleshooting/debugging/safe-mode.md    |  73 ++
 .../debugging/theme-conflict.md               | 103 ++
 ...background-color-or-image-doesnt-appear.md |  24 +
 ...s-not-open-for-editing-on-nginx-servers.md |  54 +
 ...-beaver-builder-menu-in-the-admin-panel.md |  28 +
 .../cant-open-page-in-beaver-builder.md       |  42 +
 ...builder-text-editor-toolbars-dont-match.md |  82 ++
 ...ws-beaver-builder-customizer-and-beyond.md |  73 ++
 .../miscellaneous/font-awesome-icons.md       |  71 ++
 ...r-builder-renders-the-title-of-an-image.md |  57 +
 .../i-cant-drag-and-drop-modules.md           |  16 +
 .../miscellaneous/limit-on-adding-rows.md     |  17 +
 ...criber-popup-form-breaks-beaver-builder.md |  18 +
 .../my-custom-column-width-keeps-changing.md  |  16 +
 ...dont-appear-on-siteground-staging-sites.md |  43 +
 .../reduce-disable-undo-redo-manager.md       |  59 ++
 ...ibe-form-mailchimp-merge-fields-invalid.md |  19 +
 .../uploaded-icon-set-is-blank.md             |  12 +
 ...seeing-an-eye-icon-in-my-module-toolbar.md |  13 +
 .../wordpress-admin-bar-is-hidden.md          |  18 +
 ...ver-builder-not-working-after-upgrading.md |  79 ++
 .../manually-reinstall-beaver-builder.md      |  46 +
 .../not-getting-beaver-builder-updates.md     |  64 ++
 ...or-deactivate-the-beaver-builder-plugin.md |  52 +
 .../version-2.10/user-interface/cloud.md      |  59 ++
 .../user-interface/content-panel.md           |  83 ++
 .../user-interface/global-settings.md         | 193 ++++
 .../user-interface/global-styles.md           | 143 +++
 .../version-2.10/user-interface/index.md      |  29 +
 .../user-interface/layout-css-js.md           |  31 +
 .../user-interface/link-values.md             |  20 +
 .../user-interface/outline-panel.md           |  91 ++
 .../version-2.10/user-interface/overlay.md    |  82 ++
 .../user-interface/settings-window.md         |  54 +
 .../tools-menu-styles.module.css              |  13 +
 .../version-2.10/user-interface/tools-menu.md | 189 ++++
 .../version-2.10/user-interface/top-bar.md    | 139 +++
 versioned_sidebars/version-2.10-sidebars.json | 679 ++++++++++++
 464 files changed, 35696 insertions(+), 166 deletions(-)
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/conditional-logic/beaver-themer-conditional-logic.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/developer/add-custom-attributes-to-themer-layouts.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/developer/add-themer-support.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/developer/conditional-logic-apis.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/developer/customize-field-connections-themer.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/developer/customize-themer-modules.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/developer/hide-node-when-field-connection-is-empty.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/developer/hooks-reference-themer.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/developer/wp-cli-for-beaver-themer.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/field-connections/conditionals.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/field-connections/examples/combining.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/field-connections/examples/conditional.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/field-connections/examples/expressions.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/field-connections/examples/index.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/field-connections/expressions.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/field-connections/getting-started.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/field-connections/index.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/field-connections/syntax.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/field-connections/third-party.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/field-connections/wordpress-custom-fields.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/field-connections/wordpress-data.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/getting-started/i-installed-beaver-themer-now-what.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/getting-started/install.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/getting-started/primer-on-wordpress-content-and-theme-areas-themer.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/getting-started/requirements.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/getting-started/supported-themes.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/getting-started/what-can-i-do-with-beaver-themer.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/button-group.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/checkbox.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/color-picker.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/date-picker.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/date-time-picker.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/email.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/file.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/flexible-content.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/gallery.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/google-map.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/group.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/image.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/index.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/number.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/oembed.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/page-link.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/password.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/post-object.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/radio-button.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/relationship.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/repeater.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/select.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/smart-slider.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/taxonomy.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/text-area.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/text.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/time-picker.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/true-false.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/url.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/user.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/wysiwyg.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/getting-started.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/index.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/options-page.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/bigcommerce/beaver-themer-layouts-for-bigcommerce.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/bigcommerce/create-a-themer-layout-to-display-a-single-bigcommerce-product.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/bigcommerce/create-an-archive-themer-layout-for-bigcommerce.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/bigcommerce/field-connections.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/bigcommerce/products-posts-module-for-bigcommerce.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/easy-digital-downloads/beaver-themer-and-the-edd-plugin.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/easy-digital-downloads/create-a-singular-themer-layout-for-edd-download-items-themer.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/easy-digital-downloads/create-an-archive-themer-layout-for-edd-download-sets.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/easy-digital-downloads/field-connections.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/archive-layout.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/field-connections.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/getting-started.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/index.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-calendar.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-cost.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-countdown.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-date-time.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-description.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-details.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-export-links.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-map.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-navigation.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-notices.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-organizer.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-posts.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-related-events.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-tickets.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-title.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-venue.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-website.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/index.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/singular-layout.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/add-to-cart-button-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/breadcrumb-module-for-woocommerce-singular-and-archive-themer-layouts.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/create-a-singular-themer-layout-for-woocommerce.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/create-an-archive-themer-layout-for-woocommerce.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/field-connections.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/index.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/product-description-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/product-images-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/product-meta-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/product-price-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/product-rating-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/product-tabs-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/product-title-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/product-upsells-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/products-module-for-woocommerce-archive-themer-layouts.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/related-products-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/woo-notices-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/introduction/about-release.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/introduction/faq.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/introduction/index.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/404-layout-type/themer-404-layout-type.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/archive-layout-type/create-a-card-layout-for-posts-themer.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/archive-layout-type/example-themer-archive-layout-for-custom-post-type-categories.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/archive-layout-type/themer-archive-layout-archive-description-module.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/archive-layout-type/themer-archive-layout-archive-title-module.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/archive-layout-type/themer-archive-layout-post-columns-gallery-list-masonry-modules.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/archive-layout-type/themer-archive-layout-type.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/archive-layout-type/tutorial-create-an-author-archive-themer-layout.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/footer-layout-type/themer-footer-layout-type.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/header-layout-type/themer-header-layout-type.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/header-layout-type/tutorial-create-a-header-layout-themer.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/index.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/part-layout-type/add-yoast-breadcrumbs-with-beaver-themer.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/part-layout-type/themer-part-layout-type.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/add-a-singular-themer-layout-to-the-wordpress-page-template-field.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-attached-images-module.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-author-bio-module.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-comments-module.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-featured-image-module.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-post-content-module.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-post-info-module.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-post-navigation-module.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-post-title-module.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-type.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/use-the-posts-module-to-create-related-posts.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/locations/themer-locations-reference.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/troubleshooting/full-width-layout-types.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/troubleshooting/message-this-post-has-a-themer-layout-assigned.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/troubleshooting/themer-layouts-menu-missing.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/troubleshooting/troubleshooting-singular-layout-appears-in-post-preview-but-not-actual-post-themer.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/troubleshooting/why-does-my-themer-layout-say-unsupported.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versioned_sidebars/version-1.5-sidebars.json
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer_versions.json
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/affiliate-program.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/billing-info.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/domain-manager.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/index.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/license/activations.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/license/cancel.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/license/downgrade.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/license/expiry.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/license/index.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/license/renew.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/license/suspension.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/license/transfer.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/license/types.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/license/upgrade.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/license/view-activate.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/request-invoice.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/suggest-new-features.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/update-email-password.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/advanced/adding-pdf.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/advanced/convert-content.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/advanced/css-gradients.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/advanced/custom-image-sizes.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/advanced/diy-website-builder-platform.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/advanced/index.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/advanced/migration.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/advanced/performance.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/advanced/smooth-scrolling-tweaks.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/border.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/color-picker.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/custom-code.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/display-only-bb-content.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/duplicate-layout.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/index.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/inline-editing.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/multi-layer-backgrounds.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/restore-previous-version.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/show-hide-page-title.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/smooth-scrolling.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/typography.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/undo-redo.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/acf-blocks.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/conditionally-hidden-content.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/container-modules.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/01-create-a-plugin.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/02-add-a-module-to-your-plugin.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/03-define-module-settings.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/04-module-settings-css-javascript.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/05-module-html.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/06-module-css.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/07-module-javascript.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/08-module-property-reference.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/09-module-method-reference.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/10-setting-fields-reference.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/11-responsive-fields-reference.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/12-repeater-fields-reference.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/13-sanitize-field-values.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/14-create-custom-fields.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/15-helpers.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/16-live-preview-reference.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/17-partial-refresh-reference.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/18-override-modules.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/19-localization.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/20-module-aliases.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/index.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/how-to-tips/add-custom-attributes-to-rows-columns-or-modules.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/how-to-tips/create-a-video-lightbox-for-an-amazon-s3-video.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/how-to-tips/data-storage.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/how-to-tips/disable-minification-and-caching-with-wpdebug.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/how-to-tips/disable-schema-markup-beaver-builder.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/how-to-tips/display-subset-typography-controls.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/how-to-tips/html-css-and-javascript-reference.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/how-to-tips/load-css-and-javascript-inline.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/how-to-tips/load-google-fonts-locally-gdpr.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/how-to-tips/map-module-filter-google.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/how-to-tips/prevent-css-and-javascript-from-loading-on-archive-pages.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/how-to-tips/render-layouts-with-php.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/iframe-ui.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/module-blocks.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/module-deprecations.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/tutorials-guides/add-a-custom-shape-layer.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/tutorials-guides/add-icons-to-your-custom-modules.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/tutorials-guides/change-how-css-and-javascript-are-loaded.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/tutorials-guides/common-beaver-builder-plugin-filter-examples.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/tutorials-guides/create-a-custom-module-to-compare-images-with-a-slider.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/tutorials-guides/create-a-filter-to-customize-the-display-of-post-data.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/tutorials-guides/customize-keyboard-shortcuts.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/tutorials-guides/customize-row-resizing-behavior.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/tutorials-guides/customize-settings-forms.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/tutorials-guides/install-beaver-builder-via-composer.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/tutorials-guides/remove-rename-tools-menu-items.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/tutorials-guides/wp-cli-plugin-theme.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/getting-started/install.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/getting-started/launch-builder.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/getting-started/system-requirements.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/getting-started/what-can-i-do-with-beaver-builder.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/integrations/font-awesome.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/integrations/index.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/integrations/popup-maker.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/integrations/query-monitor.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/integrations/rankmath.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/integrations/woocommerce.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/integrations/yoast.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/introduction/about-release.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/introduction/accessibility.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/introduction/faq.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/introduction/gdpr.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/introduction/index.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/introduction/releases-versioning.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/introduction/support-policy.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/introduction/translations.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/advanced-tab/animation.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/advanced-tab/copy-paste.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/advanced-tab/css-js.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/advanced-tab/html-element.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/advanced-tab/spacing.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/advanced-tab/visibility.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/columns/assets/column-layouts-overview-10400ffc.png
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/columns/assets/column-layouts-overview-675008fe.png
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/columns/column-layouts-overview.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/columns/duplicate-a-column.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/columns/edit-a-column.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/columns/insert-columns.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/columns/move-a-column.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/columns/resize-or-reset-column-width.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/columns/stacking.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/columns/tips-for-working-with-columns.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/accordion/css-customization.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/accordion/index.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/accordion/link-specific-item.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/accordion/settings/index.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/accordion/settings/items.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/accordion/settings/style.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/audio.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/bigcommerce-products.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/box/index.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/box/settings/children.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/box/settings/container.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/box/settings/index.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/box/using-align-options.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/button-group.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/button/button.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/button/make-a-button-transparent.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/callout-and-call-to-action.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/contact-form/add-a-google-recaptcha-checkbox-to-a-form.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/contact-form/contact-form.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/content-slider.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/countdown.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/gallery/gallery.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/gallery/open-a-gallery-lightbox-on-button-click.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/heading.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/html.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/icon-and-icon-group.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/index.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/list.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/login-form.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/loop/index.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/loop/settings.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/map.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/menu/add-a-menu-item-that-links-to-a-page-section.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/menu/menu.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/module-blocks.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/north-commerce.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/number-counter.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/photo/add-hover-effects-to-the-photo-module.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/photo/display-full-captions-under-photos.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/photo/photo.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/posts/increase-space-between-images-in-posts-module-gallery.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/posts/posts-carousel.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/posts/posts-posts-carousel-and-posts-slider-modules-examples.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/posts/posts-slider.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/posts/posts.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/pricing-table.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/search/limit-post-types-search-module.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/search/search.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/separator.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/sidebar.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/slideshow.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/social-buttons.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/star-rating.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/subscribe-form/configure-subscribe-form-module-for-mailchimp-double-opt-in.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/subscribe-form/subscribe-form.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/tabs/index.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/tabs/link-specific-item.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/tabs/settings/index.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/tabs/settings/items.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/tabs/settings/style.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/testimonials.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/text.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/video/open-a-video-in-a-lightbox.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/video/video.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/widgets.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/woocommerce.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/wordpress-patterns.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/post-layouts/add-rows-and-modules-to-index-archive-and-post-pages.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/post-layouts/basics-how-wordpress-handles-blog-posts-and-archives.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/post-layouts/generated-wordpress-archives-versus-beaver-builder-layouts.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/post-layouts/how-beaver-builder-works-with-blogs-and-custom-post-types-start-here.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/post-layouts/use-beaver-builder-to-lay-out-post-content.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/post-layouts/wordpress-archive-types.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/responsive-design/assets/responsive-columns-163bfe78.png
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/responsive-design/breakpoints.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/responsive-design/disable.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/responsive-design/editor.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/responsive-design/index.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/responsive-design/responsive-columns.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/responsive-design/toggle.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/reusable-content/components.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/reusable-content/globals.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/reusable-content/index.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/reusable-content/templates.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/rows/add-prebuilt-rows-to-your-content.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/rows/change-row-background-image-on-table-or-mobile-view.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/rows/customize-the-row-height.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/rows/full-width-and-fixed-width.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/rows/full-width-rows-on-third-party-themes.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/rows/row-effects/create-a-ken-burns-effect-in-a-row-background.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/rows/row-effects/ideas-for-using-background-colors-and-effects.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/rows/row-effects/parallax-row-backgrounds.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/rows/row-effects/row-shape-overlays.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/rows/row-effects/video-backgrounds-in-rows.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/rows/set-global-site-wide-default-row-widths.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/rows/set-width-for-rows-and-content.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/rows/work-with-rows.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/templates/index.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/templates/prebuilt-templates.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/templates/saved-templates.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/templates/template-site.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/templates/theme-template-authors.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/advanced.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/blocks.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/branding.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/export-import.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/help-button.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/icons.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/import-export-settings.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/index.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/layouts-menu.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/license.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/modules.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/post-types.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/template-exporter.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/templates.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/tools.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/user-access.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/version-control.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/welcome.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/shortcode/find-id-slug.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/shortcode/index.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/shortcode/syntax.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/shortcode/using-css.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/shortcode/using-php-files.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/shortcode/using-shortcode.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/403-forbidden-or-blocked-error.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/404-error-when-trying-to-open-editor.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/cloudflare-and-403-errors-when-loading-background-images.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/destination-folder-already-exists.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/dreamhost.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/error-settings-not-saved.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/error-when-trying-to-install-update.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/exceeds-php-max-input-vars.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/http-error-when-uploading-images.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/i-am-getting-a-blank-screen.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/i-cant-upload-the-installer-zip-file-because-it-is-unzipped-when-i-download.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/i-migrated-a-site-but-my-image-urls-didnt-change.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/im-getting-a-permission-denied-error.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/increase-the-wordpress-allowed-memory-size.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/internal-server-500-error.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/require-once.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/the-uploaded-file-exceeds-the-uploadmaxfilesize-directive-in-php-ini.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/title-bar-incorrect.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/use-smtp-to-send-form-notifications.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/zlib-output-compression.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/debugging/cache-clearing-tool.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/debugging/enable-beaver-builder-debug-mode.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/debugging/issue-fixer-clear-the-cache.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/debugging/known-beaver-builder-incompatibilities.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/debugging/plugin-conflicts.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/debugging/safe-mode.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/debugging/theme-conflict.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/background-color-or-image-doesnt-appear.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/beaver-builder-does-not-open-for-editing-on-nginx-servers.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/cant-find-the-beaver-builder-menu-in-the-admin-panel.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/cant-open-page-in-beaver-builder.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/classic-wordpress-and-beaver-builder-text-editor-toolbars-dont-match.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/device-previews-beaver-builder-customizer-and-beyond.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/font-awesome-icons.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/how-beaver-builder-renders-the-title-of-an-image.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/i-cant-drag-and-drop-modules.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/limit-on-adding-rows.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/mailchimp-subscriber-popup-form-breaks-beaver-builder.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/my-custom-column-width-keeps-changing.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/new-slideshow-images-dont-appear-on-siteground-staging-sites.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/reduce-disable-undo-redo-manager.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/subscribe-form-mailchimp-merge-fields-invalid.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/uploaded-icon-set-is-blank.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/why-am-i-seeing-an-eye-icon-in-my-module-toolbar.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/wordpress-admin-bar-is-hidden.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/updates-license/beaver-builder-not-working-after-upgrading.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/updates-license/manually-reinstall-beaver-builder.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/updates-license/not-getting-beaver-builder-updates.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/updates-license/uninstall-or-deactivate-the-beaver-builder-plugin.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/user-interface/cloud.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/user-interface/content-panel.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/user-interface/global-settings.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/user-interface/global-styles.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/user-interface/index.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/user-interface/layout-css-js.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/user-interface/link-values.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/user-interface/outline-panel.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/user-interface/overlay.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/user-interface/settings-window.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/user-interface/tools-menu-styles.module.css
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/user-interface/tools-menu.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_docs/version-2.10/user-interface/top-bar.md
 create mode 100644 versioned_sidebars/version-2.10-sidebars.json

diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/conditional-logic/beaver-themer-conditional-logic.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/conditional-logic/beaver-themer-conditional-logic.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..91ccc11d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/conditional-logic/beaver-themer-conditional-logic.md
@@ -0,0 +1,225 @@
+---
+id: beaver-themer-conditional-logic
+title: Beaver Themer conditional logic
+sidebar_label: Beaver Themer conditional logic
+description: Conditional logic lets you create rules that determine when to display a Themer layout or a Beaver Builder row, column, or module.
+---
+
+Beaver Themer's conditional logic feature gives you the power to fine-tune when Themer layouts or parts of Beaver Builder layouts are displayed.
+
+## The conditional logic if-then statement
+
+The basic logic is an if-then statement, but with Beaver conditional logic, you only specify the if-expression. The form of the statement is always:
+
+_If {my expression is true} then display this item_
+
+The if-expression can contain both rules and rule groups. Rules in the same group use AND logic, while rules groups use OR logic. See the examples in the following section and more details further below.
+
+## Where you can apply conditional logic
+
+You can apply conditional logic in two different locations:
+
+- In the **Rules** section of the Beaver Themer editing panel:
+  ![](/img/conditional-logic-themer-edit-panel_800.png)
+  This screenshot shows the editing panel for a Part layout. In addition to the **Position** and the **Location** of the part, there's a **Rules** section where you can set up a complex conditional logic rule. See the first example in the next section.
+- In the **Display** setting on the **Advanced** tab of any row, column, or module in a Beaver Builder layout:
+  ![](/img/conditional-logic-module_800.png)
+
+:::info
+The **Display** setting is always available in Beaver Builder layouts, but the **Conditional Logic** choice only appears when Beaver Themer is installed.
+:::
+
+There are a huge number of ways that you can use conditional logic, but here are a couple of examples, followed by more details about the rules and lists of choices and comparison operators for the if-expressions.
+
+## Conditional logic examples
+
+### Display a Themer layout only when users are Editors
+
+Suppose you want to display a banner at the top of the page with special instructions to editors when they are logged in, showing how to open a page for editing in Beaver Builder, as in this screenshot:
+
+![](/img/conditional-logic-themer-editing-banner_800.png)
+
+This is easy to accomplish with a Part-type Themer layout and conditional logic, following the steps here.
+
+1. Create a Part-type Themer layout.
+2. In the editor panel for the Themer layout, set **Position** to **Before header**.
+3. Set **Location** to **Page > All pages**.
+4. In the **Rules** section, create a rule for **User Role** **equals** **Editor**, as shown in the following screenshot.
+   ![](/img/conditional-logic-themer-banner-setup_800.png)
+5. Click **Update** to save the edits.
+
+In other words, this banner will display above the header whenever the user is logged into the site with the role of Editor.
+
+### Display a button only when a specific ACF custom field has a value
+
+Suppose you have created an Advanced Custom Fields (ACF) field for posts so that you can display the company title below the Author's name in the post title row. But company title is not a required field, and you want to display the row or column containing it only when the company title field has a value. For example, here's a screenshot of a post that has the company title in a column group below the author name:
+
+![](/img/beaver-themer-conditional-logic-74fe4598.jpg)
+
+And here's the same page when the ACF field is blank:
+
+![](/img/beaver-themer-conditional-logic-2f30569a.jpg)
+
+While the difference is subtle, the column group containing the custom field for company title is no longer displayed, and the rest of the text has recentered vertically. The need to hide a row is much more obvious in the following case, where the lack of the custom field value would leave an empty blue band.
+
+![](/img/beaver-themer-conditional-logic-9cd20ed7.png)
+
+The solution is to set a normal field connection to the custom field in the module and then add conditional logic to the row or column containing it to display the row or column only when the custom field value exists. Here's how.
+
+:::info
+With this procedure, if you have any other content in the row or column in addition to the custom field, it will also be hidden when the custom field has no value. Plan your rows, columns, and modules so you'll be showing and hiding what you want.
+:::
+
+**To hide a row or column containing an ACF custom field that doesn't have a value:**
+
+1. Create a module to display your ACF custom field.
+   For example, add a Heading module, and in the **Heading** field, add a field connection to the ACF field.
+2. Open the settings for the row or column containing that module and go to the **Advanced** tab.
+3. Go to the **Visibility** section, and in the **Display** field, choose **Conditional logic**, then click **Open Conditional logic settings.**
+4. Click **Choose**, scroll down to the **Advanced Custom Fields** section, and choose **ACF post field**.
+5. In the second column, enter the field name of your custom field.
+6. In the third column, scroll down and choose **is set**.
+   This means that this row or column will display when this custom field has a value.
+7. Click **Save**.
+
+## Conditional logic details
+
+### Rules and rule groups
+
+You can add one or more rules to form a rule group. You can add as many rule groups as you want. Rules operate with AND logic. Rule groups operate with OR logic.
+
+For example, you could have two rule groups with two rules each for the following conditions:
+
+> Display this module if a particular ACF custom field isn't empty AND the post category is "news"
+> OR
+> Display this module if a particular ACF custom field isn't empty AND the post category is "events"
+
+#### Bulk Options
+
+Bulk options are available for the conditional logic for nodes (rows, columns, modules) and allow you to quickly duplicate or delete rules, saving valuable time. This is especially useful when you need to create a similar rule with only minor differences; you can duplicate an existing rule and then modify the condition to your preference, rather than creating a new rule from scratch.
+
+:::tip
+
+Bulk options become available only when you have more than one rule and are limited to individual rule groups, meaning you can only duplicate or delete rules within the same group. You cannot apply bulk actions across different rule groups.
+
+:::
+
+### Comparison operators
+
+You can set rules for various aspects of posts, archives, authors, users, and ACF custom fields. The items you choose for the rule determine which comparison operators are available. For example, **Post title**, **Post excerpt**, **Post featured image** have some or all of the following comparison operators:
+
+- **is set** or **exists**, **is not set** or **doesn't exist**
+  Used to show or hide rows, columns, or modules if the value is set (such as a featured image) or exists (such as a custom field)
+- **equals** or **does not equal**, **starts with**, **ends with**, **contains**, **doesn't contain**
+  Used to evaluate text values for a particular item.
+
+### Conditional logic for Themer layouts
+
+The conditional logic selections that appear in Themer layouts depend on the type of layout. In most cases, you can select not only logged-in vs. logged-out and user status, but also user properties such as user role, user capability, or even a specific username, as shown in the following screenshot.
+
+![](/img/beaver-themer-conditional-logic-60a0bbc2.png)
+
+In Singular-type Themer layouts, you can also set conditions that control whether layouts appear depending on the value or status of items in the post, as shown in this screenshot.
+
+![](/img/beaver-themer-conditional-logic-fc83f077.png)
+
+In Archive-type layouts, you can set conditions based on the archive properties of title, description, or meta, as shown in the following screenshot.
+
+![](/img/beaver-themer-conditional-logic-8d1c438d.png)
+
+### Visibility setting for rows, columns, and modules
+
+In a standard Beaver Builder layout without Beaver Themer activated, there's a **Display** field on the **Advanced** tab where you can choose to display the module **Never**, only to logged-out users, or only to logged-in users, as shown in this screenshot. The default display choice is **Always**.
+
+![](/img/beaver-themer-conditional-logic-ab689e66.png)
+
+With Beaver Themer installed, in either a standard Beaver Builder layout or a Themer layout, the Display field has an additional **Conditional Logic** choice, as you can see in this screenshot.
+
+![](/img/beaver-themer-conditional-logic-dbd8a972.png)
+
+The rules you set there determine the conditions under which the row, column, or module is visible.
+
+:::info
+You can use conditional logic in any Beaver Builder layout, but conditional logic is only available when Beaver Themer is installed.
+:::
+
+### Conditional logic categories
+
+Rows, columns, and modules have the following conditional logic selections for rules.
+
+#### Posts
+
+- Post
+- Post parent
+- Post type
+- Post title
+- Post excerpt
+- Post content
+- Post featured image
+- Post comments number
+- Post template
+- Post taxonomy term
+- Post status
+- Post custom field
+
+#### Archive
+
+- Archive
+- Archive title
+- Archive description
+- Archive taxonomy term
+- Archive term meta
+
+#### Author
+
+- Author
+- Author bio
+- Author meta
+- Author login status
+
+#### User
+
+- User
+- User bio
+- User meta
+- User login status
+- User role
+- User capability
+- User registered
+
+#### Browser
+
+- Cookie
+  You can base the visibility on a particular key in your cookie.
+- Referer
+  **Referer** means the page that contains a link that the user follows to get to the page containing the conditional logic, such as a link from the layout or a menu link. [Here's some more information about HTTP Referers.](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Referer)
+  **Note:** This misspelling of `referer` is built into WordPress.
+- URL variable
+
+### 3rd party integrations
+
+The following conditional rules appear when the following third-party plugins are installed.
+
+#### WooCommerce
+
+- Customer products purchased
+- Customer first ordered
+- Customer last ordered
+- Customer total orders
+- Customer total products
+- Customer total spent
+- Customer billing address
+- Customer shipping address
+- Cart
+- Cart products
+- Cart total
+
+#### Advanced Custom Fields
+
+These choices refer to the source or destination of the ACF field on your site. For more information, see [the article about ACF field connections](../integrations/acf/index.md).
+
+- ACF Archive field
+- ACF Post field
+- ACF Post Author field
+- ACF User field
+- ACF Option field
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/developer/add-custom-attributes-to-themer-layouts.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/developer/add-custom-attributes-to-themer-layouts.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5d0d3e10
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/developer/add-custom-attributes-to-themer-layouts.md
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+---
+id: add-custom-attributes-to-themer-layouts
+title: Add custom attributes to Beaver Themer layouts
+sidebar_label: Add custom attributes to Beaver Themer layouts
+---
+
+You can easily add custom attributes when you need them for your Beaver Themer layouts. 
+The code example below uses the `fl_render_content_by_id_attrs` filter to add the attribute(s) to your Beaver Themer layout whose ID you have specified in the code. This example will add an attribute of `role` with a value of `banner`. This is useful for [Header Layout Types](/beaver-themer/layout-types-modules/header-layout-type/themer-header-layout-type.md).
+
+The code example below uses an ID of `2168` this is the ID of your Beaver Themer layout. To get the ID, copy the post number from the URL in your browser’s address bar, as shown in this screenshot.
+
+![](/img/how-to-tips-get-slug-id-shortcode-2.jpg)
+
+Substitute your own attribute name and value and your Themer layout ID in the code and place the code in
+the _functions.php_ file of your child theme.
+
+```php
+add_filter( 'fl_render_content_by_id_attrs', function( $attrs, $post_id ) {
+	
+	if ( '2168' === $post_id ) {
+		$attrs['role'] = 'banner';
+	}
+	
+	return $attrs;
+	
+}, 10, 2 );
+```
+
+This example demonstrates how to use the filter to add multiple attributes to a Themer layout.
+
+```php
+add_filter( 'fl_render_content_by_id_attrs', function( $attrs, $post_id ) {
+	
+	if ( '2168' === $post_id ) {
+		$attrs['role'] = 'banner';
+		$attrs['data-foo'] = 'bar';
+	}
+	
+	return $attrs;
+	
+}, 10, 2 );
+```
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/developer/add-themer-support.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/developer/add-themer-support.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..74263f38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/developer/add-themer-support.md
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+---
+id: add-themer-support
+title: Add Themer Support
+sidebar_label: Add Themer Support
+---
+
+Most themes support Archive, Singular, and 404 layout types out of the box. However, to support the Header, Footer, and Part layout types, the theme must allow its header, footer, and parts to be removed using hooks.
+
+See the [list of themes that are currently supported](/beaver-themer/developer/add-themer-support). If your theme isn't currently supported, you can add support for headers, footers, and parts by following the instructions below.
+
+## Add Header & Footer Support
+
+There are other ways than using hooks to remove the theme's headers and footers, but using hooks is the easiest and cleanest. For example, in Genesis you can remove the header with the following code.
+
+```php
+remove_action( 'genesis_header', 'genesis_do_header' );
+```
+
+If your theme's header and footer can be removed with hooks, the first step to providing support for Beaver Themer is by declaring it on the `after_setup_theme` action in your _functions.php_ file:
+
+```php
+add_action( 'after_setup_theme', 'my_theme_header_footer_support' );
+
+function my_theme_header_footer_support() {
+  add_theme_support( 'fl-theme-builder-headers' );
+  add_theme_support( 'fl-theme-builder-footers' );
+}
+```
+
+The next step varies from theme to theme, but the general idea is to check to see if a header or footer exists for the current page. If it does, remove the theme's default header or footer and add an action to render the header or footer built by Beaver Themer. Here's what the code looks like to do that for Genesis:
+
+```php
+add_action( 'wp', 'my_theme_header_footer_render' );
+
+function my_theme_header_footer_render() {
+  // Get the header ID.
+  $header_ids = FLThemeBuilderLayoutData::get_current_page_header_ids();
+
+  // If we have a header, remove the theme header and hook in Beaver Themer'
+  if ( ! empty( $header_ids ) ) {
+    remove_action( 'genesis_header', 'genesis_do_header' );
+    add_action( 'genesis_header', 'FLThemeBuilderLayoutRenderer::render_header' );
+  }
+
+  // Get the footer ID.
+  $footer_ids = FLThemeBuilderLayoutData::get_current_page_footer_ids();
+
+  // If we have a footer, remove the theme footer and hook in Beaver Themer.
+  if ( ! empty( $footer_ids ) ) {
+    remove_action( 'genesis_footer', 'genesis_do_footer' );
+    add_action( 'genesis_footer', 'FLThemeBuilderLayoutRenderer::render_footer' );
+  }
+}
+```
+
+:::tip
+
+If you're interested in an object-oriented approach to theme support, check out how we implemented Genesis support in the _extensions/themes/class-fl-theme-builder-support-genesis.php_ file.
+
+:::
+
+## Add Parts Support
+
+Theme parts are references to actions in your theme that a layout can be hooked into. For example, if your theme has a `before_header` action, you can register that so Part layout types can be rendered there.
+
+Adding support for part layout types is basically the same as adding support for headers and footers layout types. In fact, you can declare support for headers, footers, and parts at the same time:
+
+```php
+add_action( 'after_setup_theme', 'my_theme_header_footer_support' );
+
+function my_theme_header_footer_support() {
+  add_theme_support( 'fl-theme-builder-headers' );
+  add_theme_support( 'fl-theme-builder-footers' );
+  add_theme_support( 'fl-theme-builder-parts' );
+}
+```
+
+After you've declared support for parts, you can use the `fl_theme_builder_part_hooks` filter to register your parts. The function for your filter should return an array of arrays for each group of parts, as shown below. Within the hooks array, set your actions to the array key, and set the human-readable label to the array value.
+
+Here's an example of what that would look like for Genesis:
+
+```php
+add_filter( 'fl_theme_builder_part_hooks', 'my_theme_register_part_hooks' );
+
+function my_theme_register_part_hooks() {
+  return array(
+    array(
+      'label' => 'Header',
+      'hooks' => array(
+        'genesis_before_header' => 'Before Header',
+        'genesis_after_header'  => 'After Header',
+      )
+    ),
+    array(
+      'label' => 'Content',
+      'hooks' => array(
+        'genesis_before_content' => 'Before Content',
+        'genesis_after_content'  => 'After Content',
+      )
+    ),
+    array(
+      'label' => 'Footer',
+      'hooks' => array(
+        'genesis_before_footer' => 'Before Footer',
+        'genesis_after_footer'  => 'After Footer',
+      )
+    )
+  );
+}
+```
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/developer/conditional-logic-apis.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/developer/conditional-logic-apis.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..034649e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/developer/conditional-logic-apis.md
@@ -0,0 +1,628 @@
+---
+id: conditional-logic-apis
+title: Conditional Logic APIs
+sidebar_label: Conditional Logic APIs
+---
+
+This document covers APIs for writing custom rules for the Beaver Themer conditional logic feature in third-party plugins.
+
+:::info
+
+- Add these rules via a plugin as `bb_logic_init` is fired during the `plugins_loaded` WordPress action, which occurs before the theme is loaded.
+
+- Beaver Themer’s conditional logic feature does not currently support dynamic rules that are specific to each unique visitor of your website, such as cookies and geotargeting. Caching prevents those rules from working, because a single cached copy of the page is returned and cannot be modified using conditional logic. In the future, we will be working on making dynamic rules possible with caching.
+
+:::
+
+## What is a rule?
+
+A rule is a set of data edited by a simple form and evaluated into a true or false boolean value to decide if a particular action should happen or not. For example, in Beaver Builder we use conditional logic to decide if a piece of content should render. In Beaver Themer we use conditional logic to decide if entire layouts should render. The following screenshot shows an example of a conditional rule form in the Beaver Themer UI.
+
+![](/img/conditional-logic-apis-50280878.png)
+
+## Add a Custom Rule
+
+There are two steps to adding a custom rule:
+
+- Frontend rule registration in JavaScript
+- Server-side rule processing in PHP.
+
+You can follow along by [downloading the example plugin here](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/downloads/beaver-themer-example-rules.zip).
+
+### 1. Frontend Rule Registration
+
+1. Create a new JavaScript file in your plugin.
+   In this example, a file called _rules.js_ in the example plugin is created and enqueued on the `bb_logic_enqueue_scripts` action, as follows.
+
+```php
+add_action( 'bb_logic_enqueue_scripts', function() {
+  wp_enqueue_script(
+    'bb-logic-example-rules',
+    BB_LOGIC_EXAMPLE_URL . 'js/rules.js',
+    array( 'bb-logic-core' ),
+    '1.0',
+    true
+  );
+} );
+```
+
+2. Add a new rule type in your _rules.js_ file using the `BBLogic.api.addRuleType` function.
+   The following example shows a rule created to match the number of posts the current user has authored. See the section below on the Frontend API for more information about using the functions in the API object `BBLogic` for creating new rule types.
+
+```javascript
+// Frontend rule registration step2
+var addRuleType = BBLogic.api.addRuleType;
+var __ = BBLogic.i18n.__;
+
+addRuleType("bb-logic-example/user-post-count", {
+    label: __("User Post Count"),
+    category: "user",
+    form: {
+        operator: {
+            type: "operator",
+            operators: [
+                "equals",
+                "does_not_equal",
+                "is_less_than",
+                "is_greater_than",
+            ],
+        },
+        count: {
+            type: "number",
+            defaultValue: "0",
+        },
+    },
+});
+```
+
+### 2. Server-side rule processing
+
+1. Create a new PHP file in your plugin. In this example, a file called _rules.php_ in the example plugin is included on the `bb_logic_init` action.
+
+```php
+add_action( 'bb_logic_init', function() {
+  require_once BB_LOGIC_EXAMPLE_DIR . 'includes/rules.php';
+} );
+```
+
+2. Register a callback function for processing your rule using `BB_Logic_Rules::register`.
+   See the section below on the backend API for more information about using the `BB_Logic_Rules` methods for processing rules.
+
+```php
+BB_Logic_Rules::register( array(
+  'bb-logic-example/user-post-count' => 'bb_logic_example_user_post_count',
+) );
+
+function bb_logic_example_user_post_count( $rule ) {
+    $user = wp_get_current_user();
+    return BB_Logic_Rules::evaluate_rule( array(
+      'value' => count_user_posts( $user->ID ),
+      'operator' => $rule->operator,
+      'compare' => $rule->count,
+    ) );
+}
+```
+
+That’s it! You’ve successfully created your first rule.
+
+## Frontend API
+
+To make it easy to work with the rules API, there's an object on the global window object called `BBLogic`. That object provides the following functions for your convenience.
+
+### BBLogic.api
+
+This API object contains the following functions for working with rules and rule categories. This is the main object you'll use to create new rule types.
+
+#### addRuleType( id, props )
+
+Adds a new rule to the conditional logic form. It accepts two arguments: a rule ID and a `props` configuration object.
+
+**id** string
+A unique value assigned to each rule. The value should follow the format of _namespace_ / _rule_ , where namespace is the name of your plugin, theme, or other identifying information. For example, if my company name was Acme Co. and my rule was for movies, my rule I would be `acme-co/movies`.
+
+**props** object
+The required properties that must be defined on the `props` object for a rule to be added.
+
+- **label** string
+  The human-readable label for each rule that is shown in the conditional logic form.
+
+- **category** string
+  The ID of a registered rule category. See the `addRuleTypeCategory` function for information about adding custom rule categories.
+
+- **form** object | function
+  Specifies the conditional logic form field config for a rule. Each property on the `form` object must be the key for a field as well as an object for the field’s config. This is similar to but much simpler than Beaver Builder’s module form API, written in JavaScript. See the Form Field API section below for details about each type of field that you can register.
+
+Examples of `addRuleType()`:
+
+```js
+// Example of BBLogic.api.addRuleType()
+BBLogic.api.addRuleType("my-plugin/my-rule", {
+    label: BBLogic.i18n.__("My Rule"),
+    category: "my-category",
+    form: {
+        operator: {
+            type: "operator",
+            operators: ["equals", "does_not_equal"],
+        },
+        compare: {
+            type: "text",
+        },
+    },
+});
+```
+
+The `form` property may also be a function that returns a form config object, as described above. That function receives an object with the current form’s data, which is useful for modifying your form config based on user input, as in the following example.
+
+```php
+// Example of BBLogic.api.addRuleType()
+BBLogic.api.addRuleType( 'my-plugin/my-rule', {
+  label: BBLogic.i18n.__( 'My Rule' ),
+  category: 'my-category',
+  form: function( props ) {
+    var operator = props.rule.operator
+    return {
+      operator: {
+        type: 'operator',
+        operators: [
+          'equals',
+          'does_not_equal',
+          'is_set',
+          'is_not_set',
+        ],
+      },
+      compare: {
+        type: 'text',
+        visible: 'is_set' !== operator || 'is_not_set' !== operator,
+      },
+    }
+  },
+} )
+```
+
+The `form` property can also be populated by using the `getFormPreset` function. That function lets you utilize common form configurations without having to define them yourself. See the `getFormPreset` function for more info on how that works.
+
+```php
+// Example of BBLogic.api.addRuleType()
+BBLogic.api.addRuleType( 'my-plugin/my-rule', {
+  label: BBLogic.i18n.__( 'My Rule' ),
+  category: 'my-category',
+  form: BBLogic.api.getFormPreset( 'string' ),
+} )
+```
+
+#### removeRuleType( id )
+
+Removes a registered rule type with the provided ID. This must be called after the rule has been added. Calling it before will have no effect.
+
+**id** string
+The ID of the rule to remove.
+
+Example of `removeRuleType()`:
+
+```php
+BBLogic.api.removeRuleType( 'my-plugin/my-rule' )
+```
+
+#### addRuleTypeCategory( id, props )
+
+The `addRuleTypeCategory` function allows you to add a new rule category to the conditional logic form. It accepts two arguments, a rule category `id` and a `props` configuration object.
+
+**id** string
+A value assigned to that must be unique and cannot be defined for another category.
+
+**props** object
+The required properties that must be defined on the `props` object for a category.
+
+- **label** string
+  The human-readable label for each category that is shown in the conditional logic form.
+
+Example of `addRuleTypeCategory()`:
+
+```php
+// Example of BBLogic.api.addRuleTypeCategory()
+BBLogic.api.addRuleTypeCategory( 'my-category', {
+  label: BBLogic.i18n.__( 'My Category' )
+} )
+```
+
+#### getFormPreset( id )
+
+Defines the form value of the `props` object for the `addRuleType` function. This function lets you utilize common form configurations without having to define them yourself.
+
+**id** string
+The ID for the form preset. The following form presets are currently available as `id` values.
+
+- **address** \- for matching the various parts of an address
+- **date** \- for matching complex date rules such as on, over, before or after
+- **key-value** \- for matching key/value pairs
+- **number** \- for matching a specific number
+- **string** \- for matching a specific string
+
+Example of `getFormPreset()`:
+
+```php
+BBLogic.api.getFormPreset( 'string' )
+```
+
+### BBLogic.i18n
+
+The i18n object contains methods for making your rules available for translation.
+
+#### `__( string )`
+
+Makes a string available for translation.
+
+**string** string
+The string to make available for translation.
+
+Example of `BBLogic.i18n`:
+
+```php
+BBLogic.i18n.__( 'My Label' )
+```
+
+## Form Field API
+
+The form field API provides a basic set of fields that you can register for your rule forms when calling `BBLogic.api.addRuleType`.
+
+### date
+
+A text input that displays a date picker when focused.
+
+```js
+// A text input that displays a date picker when focused.
+my_date: {
+  type: 'date',
+},
+```
+
+### datetime
+
+A text input that displays a date and time picker when focused.
+
+```js
+// A text input that displays a date and time picker when focused.
+my_datetime: {
+  type: 'datetime',
+},
+```
+
+### number
+
+An input for entering a number.
+
+```js
+// An input for entering a number.
+my_number: {
+  type: 'number',
+  defaultValue: 0,
+  placeholder: '0',
+},
+```
+
+### operator
+
+A select input for picking one of the provided core operators for your rules.
+
+Instead of using the `operator` field, you can create a select field with custom operators. However, the `operator` field provides common operators that can be used with the `evaluate_rule` method on the server side, saving you the hassle of having to write that logic yourself.
+
+Here’s the complete list of operators. Include only the ones needed for your rule.
+
+```js
+// Complete list of operators.
+my_operator: {
+  type: 'operator',
+  operators: [
+    'equals',
+    'does not equal',
+    'is less than',
+    'is less than or equal to',
+    'is greater than',
+    'is greater than or equal to',
+    'starts with',
+    'ends with',
+    'contains',
+    'does not contain',
+    'include',
+    'includes',
+    'do not include',
+    'does not include',
+    'is set',
+    'is not set',
+    'is empty',
+    'is not empty',
+    'on',
+    'is on',
+    'not on',
+    'is not on',
+    'before',
+    'is before',
+    'on or before',
+    'is on or before',
+    'after',
+    'is after',
+    'on or after',
+    'is on or after',
+    'within',
+    'is within',
+    'not within',
+    'is not within',
+    'between',
+    'is between',
+    'not between',
+    'is not between',
+    'in the past',
+    'over',
+  ],
+},
+```
+
+### select
+
+A select input for picking one of the provided values.
+
+```js
+// A select input for picking one of the provided values.
+my_select: {
+  type: 'select',
+  options: [
+    {
+      label: 'Option 1',
+       value: '1',
+    },
+    {
+      label: 'Option 2',
+      value: '2',
+    },
+  ]
+},
+```
+
+In addition to providing an array of predefined options, you can also specify a REST API route that will request the options from the server. This is useful when you need dynamically generated options such as the taxonomies available on a site. See the REST API Routes section for more information about the core routes that are available.
+
+```js
+// Example of specifying a REST API route that will
+// dynamically generate form options from the server.
+my_select: {
+  type: 'select',
+  route: 'bb-logic/v1/wordpress/taxonomies',
+},
+```
+
+You can also use a function to define your form and modify the route based on user input. For example, you can change the route form terms based on the selected taxonomy, as in the following example.
+
+```js
+// Example of modifying the REST API route based on user input.
+form: function( props ) {
+  var taxonomy = props.rule.taxonomy
+  return {
+    operator: {
+      type: 'operator',
+      operators: [
+        'equals',
+        'does_not_equal',
+      ],
+    },
+    taxonomy: {
+      type: 'select',
+      route: 'bb-logic/v1/wordpress/taxonomies',
+    },
+    term: {
+      type: 'select',
+      route: taxonomy ? 'bb-logic/v1/wordpress/terms?taxonomy=' + taxonomy : null,
+      visible: taxonomy,
+    },
+  }
+},
+```
+
+### suggest
+
+A text input that shows a list of suggestions based on the text that was entered. Suggestions are populated using a REST API route as shown in the following example.
+
+```js
+// A text input that shows a list of suggestions based on the text that was entered.
+username: {
+  type: 'suggest',
+  placeholder: 'Username',
+  route: 'bb-logic/v1/wordpress/users?suggest={search}',
+},
+```
+
+:::info
+The `{search}` string will be replaced with the user’s current search string.
+:::
+
+### text
+
+An input for entering text.
+
+```js
+// An input for entering text.
+my_text: {
+  type: 'text',
+  defaultValue: 'My Text',
+  placeholder: 'My Text',
+},
+
+```
+
+### time
+
+A text input that displays a time picker when focused.
+
+```js
+// A text input that displays a time picker when focused.
+my_time: {
+  type: 'time',
+},
+```
+
+## Form Field Visibility
+
+Using the **visible** property on a field’s configuration object lets you determine if a field should be visible to the user or not. This is useful when you have rules that require an additional field that should only be visible when other fields have a specific value. For example, below we are showing that the `compare` field is only visible when the operator field does not equal `is_set`.
+
+```js
+// Example showing that the compare field is only visible when
+// the operator field does not equal is_set.
+form: function( props ) {
+  var operator = props.rule.operator
+  return {
+    key: {
+      type: 'text',
+      placeholder: 'Key',
+    },
+    operator: {
+      type: 'operator',
+      operators: [
+        'equals',
+        'does_not_equal',
+        'is_set',
+      ],
+    },
+    compare: {
+      type: 'text',
+      placeholder: 'Value',
+      visible: 'is_set' !== operator,
+    },
+  }
+}
+```
+
+## Backend API
+
+While the frontend APIs deal with registering rules, the backend APIs primarily deal with processing rules.
+
+### BB_Logic_Rules::register( $rules )
+
+This method registers an array of rule callback functions that will be called to evaluate each instance of a rule.
+
+The callback function receives a rule object (shown below) that contains all of the data from the rule form that was registered on the frontend. You must use that data to decide whether a rule callback function should return true or false. That is typically done with the `evaluate_rule` method, but it doesn’t have to be. You can use any custom logic you want with the provided rule data to decide whether a callback function should return true or false for a rule.
+
+**$rules** array
+An array of rule callback functions to register. The key is the rule ID and the value is the callback function.
+
+Example of `BB_Logic_Rules::register()`:
+
+```js
+// Example of BB_Logic_Rules::register()
+BB_Logic_Rules::register( array(
+  'my-plugin/my-rule' => 'my_plugin_rule_callback',
+) );
+
+function my_plugin_rule_callback( $rule ) {
+  return BB_Logic_Rules::evaluate_rule( array(
+    'value' => 'my-value',
+    'operator' => $rule->operator,
+    'compare' => $rule->compare,
+  ) );
+}
+```
+
+### BB_Logic_Rules::evaluate_rule( $data )
+
+Helper method that helps to decide whether a rule is true or false. This method is not required to evaluate a rule. Any custom logic that returns true or false based on rule data will do. However, this method provides logic for common operations such as equals, does not equal, greater than or less than, and it can save you the hassle of having to write that logic yourself.
+
+**$data** array
+An array of rule data that will be evaluated as either true or false.
+
+- **value** mixed
+  A value to test other data (such as compare) against.
+- **operator** string
+  A registered core operator string from the operator field such as equals, does_not_equal, starts_with or ends_with.
+- **compare** mixed (optional)
+  Used to compare against the provided value. This is only required for operators that use a compare value such as `equals` or `does_not_equal`. Operators such as `is_set` or `is_empty` do not require a compare value.
+- **isset** boolean (optional)
+  Used for the `is_set` and `is_not_set` operators to check if a value is set or not.
+- **start** integer (optional)
+  Used as the start value for `within`, `not_within`, `between` or `not_between` operators to check if an integer is within a range or not.
+- **end** integer (optional)
+  Used as the end value for `within`, `not_within`, `between` or `not_between` operators to check if an integer is within a range or not.
+
+Example of `BB_Logic_Rules::evaluate_rule`:
+
+```js
+// Example of BB_Logic_Rules::evaluate_rule to help decide whether a rule is true or false
+BB_Logic_Rules::evaluate_rule( array(
+  'value' => 'my-value',
+  'operator' => $rule->operator,
+  'compare' => $rule->compare,
+  'isset' => isset( $my_var ),
+  'start' => strtotime( $my_date ),
+  'end' => strtotime( $my_date ),
+) );
+```
+
+## REST API Routes
+
+The core REST API Routes are available for populating your fields with data for the user to choose from. If one of these routes doesn’t fit your needs, you can create a custom route for your fields.
+
+**Archives**
+Returns an array of `select` options for selecting a type of archive.
+
+```js
+bb - logic / v1 / wordpress / archives;
+```
+
+**Capabilities**
+Returns an array of `select` options for selecting a user capability.
+
+```js
+bb - logic / v1 / wordpress / capabilities;
+```
+
+**Posts**
+Returns an array of `select` options for selecting a post.
+
+```js
+bb-logic/v1/wordpress/posts?post_type=<post_type>
+```
+
+**Post Stati**
+Returns an array of `select` options for selecting a post status.
+
+```js
+bb - logic / v1 / wordpress / post - stati;
+```
+
+**Post Templates**
+Returns an array of `select` options for selecting a post template.
+
+```js
+bb - logic / v1 / wordpress / post - templates;
+```
+
+**Post Types**
+Returns an array of `select` options for selecting a post type.
+
+```js
+bb - logic / v1 / wordpress / post - types;
+```
+
+**Roles**
+Returns an array of `select` options for selecting a user role.
+
+```js
+bb - logic / v1 / wordpress / roles;
+```
+
+**Taxonomies**
+Returns an array of `select` options for selecting a taxonomy.
+
+```js
+bb - logic / v1 / wordpress / taxonomies;
+```
+
+**Terms**
+Returns an array of `select` options for selecting a taxonomy term.
+
+```js
+bb-logic/v1/wordpress/terms?taxonomy=<taxonomy>
+```
+
+**User**
+Returns an array of `suggest` options for selecting a username.
+
+```
+bb-logic/v1/wordpress/users?suggest=<text>
+```
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/developer/customize-field-connections-themer.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/developer/customize-field-connections-themer.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..067da3b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/developer/customize-field-connections-themer.md
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+---
+id: customize-field-connections-themer
+title: Customize field connections
+sidebar_label: Customize field connections
+---
+
+There are several ways to customize field connections:
+
+* Add custom connections to the field connections menu
+* Create a custom settings form for field connections
+* Add a new group to organize field connections displayed in the connections menu
+* Add support for field connections to your module fields
+
+## Add New Connections
+
+You can use the APIs to add custom connections to the field connections menu in order to connect any kind of data you want.
+
+There are three main methods for adding new connections:
+
+* `FLPageData::add_post_property( $key, $config )`  
+Adds a connection related to posts.
+
+* `FLPageData::add_archive_property( $key, $config )`  
+Adds a connection related to archives.
+
+* `FLPageData::add_site_property( $key, $config )`  
+Adds a connection related to the site.
+
+Use these methods to add your connections within the `fl_page_data_add_properties` action. Each method accepts a key for your connection and a config array.
+
+:::caution
+Be sure to namespace the key for your connection in order to avoid possible collisions with other custom connections. For example, if your connection is called Post Title, the key should be `my_namespace_post_title`, where *my_namespace* is your custom namespace.
+:::
+
+The following code example shows the method `FLPageData::add_post_property()` used within the `fl_page_data_add_properties` action.
+
+```php
+add_action( 'fl_page_data_add_properties', function() {
+
+	FLPageData::add_post_property( 'my_connection', array(
+		'label'   => 'My Connection',
+		'group'   => 'general',
+		'type'    => 'string',
+		'getter'  => 'my_connection_getter',
+	) );
+} );
+
+function my_connection_getter() {
+	return 'My text';
+}
+```
+
+The config array accepts the following properties:
+
+**label (required)**  
+ The label for your connection that will show in the menu.
+
+**group (required)**  
+  The group you want your connection to appear in. Currently, the following groups are built in (array key values in parentheses):
+  
+* General (`general`)
+* Archives (`archives`)
+* Posts (`posts`)
+* Comments (`comments`)
+* Author (`author`)
+* User (`user`)
+* Site (`site`)
+* Advanced (`advanced`)
+* Advanced Custom Fields (`acf`)
+* BigCommerce (`bigcommerce`)
+* Easy Digital Downloads (`edd`)
+* The Events Calendar (`the-events-calendar`)
+* WooCommerce (`woocommerce`)
+
+See the section below to [add custom groups](customize-field-connections-themer.md/#adding-custom-groups).
+
+**type (required)**
+The type of connection. Use this when you connect a field to indicate what type of connections are available. For example, when you add a text field to a settings form, you can indicate that all of the string and HTML-based connections are available.
+
+You can set the type to anything you want. However, we recommend that you stick with the built-in connection types if you want your connections to appear in built-in modules. Currently, the following connection types are built in:
+
+* color
+* string
+* html
+* photo
+* multiple-photos
+* url
+* custom_field
+
+**getter (required)**
+A reference to a function or class method that is used to retrieve the data for your connection.
+
+## Add a Settings Form
+
+Creating custom forms for field connections is very similar to [creating custom modules](/beaver-builder/developer/custom-modules). There are three main methods for adding settings, the choice of which depends on the type of connection:
+
+* `FLPageData::add_post_property_settings_fields( $key, $config )`  
+Adds settings to a post connection.
+
+* `FLPageData::add_archive_property_settings_fields( $key, $config )`  
+Adds settings to a archive connection.
+
+* `FLPageData::add_site_property_settings_fields( $key, $config )`  
+Adds settings to a site connection.
+
+Each method accepts a key for your form and a config array.
+
+:::caution
+Be sure to namespace the key for your form in order to avoid possible collisions with other forms. For example, if your form is for the post title, the key should be `my_namespace_post_title_form`, where *my_namespace* is your custom namespace.
+:::
+
+The following code example shows the use of the method that adds settings to a post connection.
+
+```php
+FLPageData::add_post_property_settings_fields( 'my_connection', array(
+	'css'    => 'https://www.mysite.com/path-to-settings.css',
+	'js'     => 'https://www.mysite.com/path-to-settings.js',
+	'my_setting' => array(
+		'type'          => 'text',
+		'label'         => 'My Setting'
+	)
+) );
+```
+
+The config array for adding settings should have field config as discussed in the [custom module documentation](/beaver-builder/developer/custom-modules). It can also have a `css` and `js` property for defining CSS and JavaScript files that should be loaded along with your settings.
+
+See also the Beaver Builder Plugin article about [customizing settings forms](/beaver-builder/developer/tutorials-guides/customize-settings-forms).
+
+## Adding Custom Groups
+
+You can add a group to the list of field connections. In the following screenshot, **Posts**, **Author**, and **User** are groups that organize the field connections.
+
+![](/img/beaver-themer/developer--field-connection-api--1.jpg)
+
+To add a new group, use the `FLPageData::add_group( $key, $config )` method, as shown in the following example:
+
+```php
+FLPageData::add_group( 'my_group', array(
+	'label' => 'My Group'
+) );
+```
+
+## Connect Module Fields
+
+You can add support for field connections to your module fields by defining what kind of connections they should support. Use the `connections` property in the field config. The following code example shows how you would add support for all connections registered as strings:
+
+```php
+'text' => array(
+	'type'          => 'text',
+	'label'         => 'My Text Field',
+	'connections'   => array( 'string' )
+)
+```
+
+You can support multiple connection types:
+
+```php
+'text' => array(
+	'type'          => 'text',
+	'label'         => 'My Text Field',
+	'connections'   => array( 'string', 'html', 'url' )
+)
+```
+
+See the type section above for the list of built-in field types.
+
+You can simply declare support for connections in your field config, and the rest is taken care of. In your module's _frontend.php_ file, you can access all of your settings on the `$settings` object, just as you normally would, whether they are connected or not. For example, if your setting key is `text`, you would still access it like this:
+
+```php
+<?php
+
+echo $settings->text;
+```
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/developer/customize-themer-modules.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/developer/customize-themer-modules.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dceb0b33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/developer/customize-themer-modules.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+id: customize-themer-modules
+title: Customize Themer modules
+sidebar_label: Customize Themer modules
+---
+
+Beaver Themer includes a set of modules designed specifically for Themer layouts, such as the Post Navigation module used in Singular layout types. You can modify or extend the functionality of these Themer-specific modules by overriding them.
+
+The process is the same as [overriding regular Beaver Builder modules](/beaver-builder/developer/custom-modules/override-modules). Simply create a `/fl-builder` directory in your child theme, then add a `/modules` directory inside it. From there, copy the module folder you want to override from the Beaver Themer plugin `/bb-theme-builder/modules/` into the `/modules` directory, as shown in the example below:
+
+```bash
+/bb-theme-child
+├── /fl-builder
+│   └── /modules
+│       └── /fl-post-navigation
+├── functions.php
+└── style.css
+```
+
+:::info
+
+Beaver Themer includes a mix of regular modules and a special type of module called module aliases. Unfortunately, module aliases cannot be overridden. You can use the list below to identify which modules are aliases:
+
+- Archive Title
+- Attached Images
+- Featured Image
+- Post Gallery
+- Post Columns
+- Post List
+- Post Masonry
+- Post Title
+
+:::
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/developer/hide-node-when-field-connection-is-empty.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/developer/hide-node-when-field-connection-is-empty.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d7165a88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/developer/hide-node-when-field-connection-is-empty.md
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+---
+id: hide-node-when-field-connection-is-empty
+title: Hide Node when a Field Connection is Empty
+sidebar_label: Hide Node when Field Connection is Empty
+---
+
+There may be times when you don't want entire rows or modules to show up when a field connection is empty.
+
+:::tip
+
+If you don't need to hide entire rows or modules, you can use conditional shortcodes instead of PHP code to [display field connections only when they return content](/beaver-themer/field-connections/conditionals/).
+
+:::
+
+You can use the following code to hide rows or modules that have empty field connections. Add it to your child theme's _functions.php_ file.
+
+:::info
+
+This code is just a starting point and will not work in every situation. Use your knowledge of PHP to extend this code, using the `$node` variable to choose which rows, columns or modules are hidden based on a number of circumstances such as `$node->type` or `$node->settings`.
+
+:::
+
+```php
+add_filter( 'fl_builder_is_node_visible', function ( $is_visible, $node ) {
+	if ( isset( $node->settings->connections ) ) {
+		foreach ( $node->settings->connections as $key => $connection ) {
+			if ( ! empty( $connection ) && empty( $node->settings->$key ) ) {
+				return false;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return $is_visible;
+}, 10, 2 );
+```
+
+## Hide Row
+
+The example below removes a row if row has a [class](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/html-element#class) of `my-target-row`.
+
+```php
+add_filter( 'fl_builder_is_node_visible', function ( $is_visible, $node ) {
+	if ( 'row' === $node->type ) {
+		if ( ! empty( $node->settings->class ) && false !== strpos( $node->settings->class, 'my-target-row' ) ) {
+			return false;
+		}
+	}
+	return $is_visible;
+}, 10, 2 );
+```
+
+## Hide Column
+
+The example below removes a column if column has a [class](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/html-element#class) of `my-target-column`.
+
+```php
+add_filter( 'fl_builder_is_node_visible', function ( $is_visible, $node ) {
+	if ( 'column' === $node->type ) {
+		if ( ! empty( $node->settings->class ) && false !== strpos( $node->settings->class, 'my-target-column' ) ) {
+			return false;
+		}
+	}
+	return $is_visible;
+}, 10, 2 );
+```
+
+## Hide Module
+
+The example below removes a module if module has a [class](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/html-element#class) of `my-target-module`.
+
+```php
+add_filter( 'fl_builder_is_node_visible', function ( $is_visible, $node ) {
+    if ("module" === $node->type) {
+        if ( !empty($node->settings->class) && false !== strpos($node->settings->class, "my-target-module") ) {
+            return false;
+        }
+    }
+    return $is_visible;
+}, 10, 2 );
+```
+
+## Hide on Specific Pages
+
+To hide a specific row on a certain page—when the row has a class of `my-target-row` and the page `ID` is 123—use the following approach. This can be easily refactored to target other types of WordPress pages, such as archives or the front page, by leveraging [WordPress conditional tags](https://developer.wordpress.org/themes/basics/conditional-tags/).
+
+```php
+add_filter( 'fl_builder_is_node_visible', function ( $is_visible, $node ) {
+    if ( 'row' === $node->type ) {
+        if ( ! empty( $node->settings->class ) && false !== strpos( $node->settings->class, 'my-target-row' ) && is_page( 123 ) ) {
+            return false;
+        }
+    }
+    return $is_visible;
+}, 10, 2 );
+```
+
+You can also target different elements like columns or modules by replacing the `$node->type`:
+
+- `if ( 'column' === $node->type ) {` for Column
+- `if ( 'module' === $node->type ) {` for Module.
+
+**Customization Tips:**
+
+- Replace `is_page(123)` with any other WordPress conditional to adapt the behavior to archives, the front page, category pages, etc.
+- Adjust `my-target-row` to match the actual class you’re targeting in your Advanced tab settings.
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/developer/hooks-reference-themer.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/developer/hooks-reference-themer.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..330c1eb8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/developer/hooks-reference-themer.md
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+---
+id: hooks-reference-themer
+title: Themer hooks reference
+sidebar_label: Themer hooks reference
+---
+
+The list of Beaver Themer hooks is autogenerated from the code at <https://hooks.wpbeaverbuilder.com/bb-themer/>.
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/developer/wp-cli-for-beaver-themer.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/developer/wp-cli-for-beaver-themer.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bc27e235
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/developer/wp-cli-for-beaver-themer.md
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+---
+id: wp-cli-for-beaver-themer
+title: WP-CLI for Beaver Themer
+sidebar_label: WP-CLI for Beaver Themer
+---
+
+[WP-CLI](https://wp-cli.org/) is a set of command-line tools for managing WordPress installations. You can update plugins, configure multisite installs and much more, without using a web browser.
+
+After you've installed WP-CLI, you can enter the following command to get a list of all Beaver Builder commands:
+
+`wp beaver`
+
+The on-screen information will tell you what commands are available and the syntax of each command, with options and examples.
+
+Currently, the following commands are available for Beaver Themer. To see a description of the Beaver Builder Plugin and Theme commands, see [this article](/beaver-builder/developer/tutorials-guides/wp-cli-plugin-theme).
+
+## List all Themer layouts
+
+The following command lists all of the Themer layouts with the following values:
+
+* ID of the Themer layout
+* Name of the Themer layout
+* Status of the Themer layout (Publish or Draft)
+* Type of Themer layout (part, footer, etc.)
+* Hook where the Part will appear, if the Themer layout is of type Part.
+* Locations to which the Themer layout applies  
+  
+  ```
+    wp beaver themer list
+  ```  
+  ![](/img/wp-cli-for-beaver-themer-178c944c.png)
+
+You can also use this command to list the values that can be used for the `--hooks` option to specify the location of a Part type, as described in the section below on setting the type for the Themer layout.
+
+## Change status for a Themer layout to Published or Draft
+
+Changes the Themer layout status to either **Published** or **Draft** with the following commands.
+
+```
+wp beaver themer set-status --id=123 --status=publish
+```
+```
+wp beaver themer set-status --id=456 --status=draft
+```
+
+Setting a Themer layout to Draft status effectively disables the Themer layout from being applied.
+
+## Set type for Themer layout
+
+The following command sets the Themer layout type to Archive:
+
+```
+wp beaver themer set-type --id=123 --type=archive
+```
+
+The following command sets the Themer layout type to Part, using the `-hook` argument to determine the Part location, in this case before the content area:
+
+```
+wp beaver themer set-type --id=456 --type=part --hook=fl_before_content
+```
+
+To get a list of `--hook` values for -`-type=part`, use the following command:
+
+```
+wp beaver themer list-hooks
+```
+
+## Add a location to the Themer layout
+
+Set the location of the Themer layout:
+
+```
+wp beaver themer add-location --id=123 --location=general:single
+```
+
+Add location `general:site` to Themer layout with ID 456 as the first element of the array:
+
+```
+wp beaver themer add-location --id=456 --location=general:single --position=0
+```
+
+## Delete location from Themer layout
+
+Remove a specified location from a Themer layout. Use the `wp beaver themer list` command to find the value for the location you want to remove.
+
+```
+wp beaver themer del-location --id=123 --location=general:single
+```
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/field-connections/conditionals.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/field-connections/conditionals.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..728c097c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/field-connections/conditionals.md
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+---
+id: conditionals
+title: Conditionals
+sidebar_label: Conditionals
+---
+
+The Field Connections shortcode syntax supports conditionals, allowing you to display dynamic content based on the evaluation of statements as `TRUE` or `FALSE`. This functionality is available for all Beaver Themer field connection shortcodes, including Advanced Custom Fields (ACF), BigCommerce, Easy Digital Downloads, The Events Calendar, and WooCommerce.
+
+## Statements
+
+The conditional shortcode syntax supports three statements: `if`, `if not`, and `else`.
+
+### If `[wpbb-if]`
+
+The `[wpbb-if]` statement enables you to display custom content if the statement evaluates to `TRUE`.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb-if some-field-connection]
+
+  If True, show this!
+
+[/wpbb-if]
+```
+
+### Else `[wpbb-else]`
+
+The `[wpbb-else]` statement extends the `[wpbb-if]` statement to display custom content when the `[wpbb-if]` statement evaluates to `FALSE`.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb-if some-field-connection]
+
+    If True, show this!
+
+[wpbb-else]
+
+    If False, show this instead!
+
+[/wpbb-if]
+```
+
+### If Not `[wpbb-if !]`
+
+The `[wpbb-if !]` statement allows you to display custom content when the statement evaluates to `FALSE`. The exclamation mark `!` functions as the logical operator `NOT`.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb-if !some-field-connection]
+
+    If False, show this!
+
+[/wpbb-if]
+```
+
+## Limitation
+
+Nested `if` statements are not supported. Meaning you can't place an `if` statement inside another, as shown in the example below. If you need more complex conditional logic, we recommend creating a custom shortcode instead.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb-if some-field-connection]
+
+    If True, show this!
+
+    [wpbb-if some-field-connection]
+
+        If also True, show this!
+
+    [/wpbb-if]
+
+[wpbb-else]
+
+    If False, show this instead!
+
+[/wpbb-if]
+```
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/field-connections/examples/combining.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/field-connections/examples/combining.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f3cd70f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/field-connections/examples/combining.md
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+---
+id: combining
+title: Combining Shortcode Examples
+sidebar_label: Combining Shortcodes
+toc_min_heading_level: 2
+toc_max_heading_level: 2
+description: The following examples demonstrate how you can combine field connections. You can also use HTML and CSS to give you greater control over the markup and style the field connection output.
+---
+
+import Tabs from '@theme/Tabs';
+import TabItem from '@theme/TabItem';
+
+This article offers various examples demonstrating how to effectively combine field connections to grant you greater freedom and flexibility over the output. This includes the ability to wrap the field connection within HTML tags and apply custom CSS classes.
+
+## Post Title with Custom HTML & CSS
+
+To display a post title into your layout, the easiest approach involves utilizing a Heading module with the [Post Title](../wordpress-data.md#post-title) field connection.
+
+In the following code example, we have made use of the [Post Title](../wordpress-data.md#post-title) and [Post URL](../wordpress-data.md#post-url) field connections, alongside custom HTML markup and CSS, to generate the Post Title with a personalized HTML structure and CSS classes.
+
+```markup
+<h1 class="my-post-title">
+
+  <a href="[wpbb post:url]" class="my-post-title-link" title="[wpbb post:title]">
+    [wpbb post:title]
+  </a>
+
+</h1>
+```
+
+### Output
+
+```markup
+<h1 class="my-post-title">
+
+  <a href="https://my-website.com/hello-world/" class="my-post-title-link" title="Hello World">
+    Hello World
+  </a>
+
+</h1>
+```
+
+## Featured image using custom HTML and CSS
+
+It's possible to use multiple field connections to output the featured image. As a result, you have more control over the HTML structure and can use your own CSS classes.
+
+```markup
+<img src="[wpbb post:featured_image size='large' display='url']" class="my-feat-img" alt="[wpbb post:featured_image display='alt']">
+```
+
+### Output
+
+```markup
+<img src="https://my-website.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/image.jpg" class="my-feat-img" alt="My Post's Featured Image">
+```
+
+## Post Title & Post Author
+
+In this particular example, the [Post Title](../wordpress-data.md#post-title) and [Author Name](../wordpress-data.md#author-name) field connections are used, with the word "by" inserted between them. This allows for displaying both the post title and author within a single heading tag.
+
+```markup
+<h3>[wpbb post:title] by [wpbb post:author_name type='display' link='no']</h3>
+```
+
+### Output
+
+> Hello World by Beaver Builder
+
+## Categories or Tag Name as CSS Class
+
+In this example, the [Post Term List](../wordpress-data.md#post-terms-list) field connection is used to implement the category slug as a CSS class name. This proves beneficial for customizing individual categories, like assigning unique colors or adding category-specific icons.
+
+```markup
+<h3>
+  <a href="[wpbb post:url]" class="[wpbb post:terms_list taxonomy='category' html_list='no' display='slug' separator=', ' limit='1' linked='no']-category">
+    [wpbb post:title]
+  </a>
+</h3>
+```
+
+### Output
+
+```markup
+<h3>
+  <a href="https:://my-website.com/blog/hello-world" class="movies-category">
+    Some Movie Title
+  </a>
+</h3>
+```
+
+## Featured Image as Background Image
+
+In this example, the [Featured Image](../wordpress-data.md#featured-image) field connection is applied as an inline CSS value for the CSS `background-image` property. This allows you to set the post's featured image as a background image, which can be conveniently overlaid with additional content, like the post title. This provides a great example of how to use field connections as inline CSS values.
+
+:::info
+Some custom CSS is required to make this display the featured image correctly. The CSS code is not included in this example.
+:::
+
+```markup
+<div class="featured-image-bg" style="background-image: url([wpbb post:featured_image size='large' display='url'])">
+
+  <h3 class="featured-img-heading">[wpbb post:title]</h3>
+
+</div>
+```
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/field-connections/examples/conditional.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/field-connections/examples/conditional.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..035511c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/field-connections/examples/conditional.md
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+---
+id: conditional
+title: Conditional Shortcode Examples
+sidebar_label: Conditional Shortcodes
+description: The examples in this article demonstrates how to use conditional field connections for standard WordPress fields, custom WordPress fields and Advanced Custom Fields.
+---
+
+The examples in this article demonstrates how to use conditional field connections for standard WordPress fields, custom WordPress fields and Advanced Custom Fields.
+
+## If `[wpbb-if]`
+
+Below are some examples that showcase the practical use of the `[wpbb-if]` shortcode:
+
+### Check for the existence of a featured image.
+
+In this example, we are verifying whether a post contains a featured image or not. When the statement evaluates to `TRUE`, the post's featured image will be displayed. However, if the statement evaluates to `FALSE`, no image will be shown for the post.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb-if post:featured_image]
+
+  <div class="fl-post-image">
+  
+    [wpbb post:featured_image size="large" display="tag" linked="yes"]
+
+  </div>
+
+[/wpbb-if]
+```
+
+### Display content based on User Role
+
+In this example, the [User Logged In](../wordpress-data.md#user-logged-in) field connection is utilized to show content for any user assigned to the administrator role.
+
+:::tip
+You can replace the administrator role with any other WordPress user role.
+:::
+
+```markup
+[wpbb-if site:logged_in role='administrator']
+
+  <h3>This text will only be visible to users assigned to the administrator role.</h3>
+
+[/wpbb-if]
+```
+
+### Display tags for posts that have tags
+
+In this example, the [Post Term List](../wordpress-data.md#post-terms-list) field connection is utilized to display all tags assigned to a post. If a post has no tags, then no tags will be shown.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb-if post:terms_list taxonomy='post_tag']
+
+	<p>Tagged in: [wpbb post:terms_list taxonomy='post_tag' html_list='no' display='name' separator=', ' limit='' linked='yes']</p>
+
+[/wpbb-if]
+```
+
+## Else `[wpbb-else]`
+
+Below are some examples that showcase the practical use of the Else `[wpbb-else]` shortcode:
+
+### Fallback Featured Image
+
+This example demonstrates the use of the `[wpbb-else]` statement to verify the presence of a featured image in a post. When the statement is `TRUE`, the post's featured image will be shown. If the statement is `FALSE`, the fallback image will be displayed instead.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb-if post:featured_image]
+
+  <div class="fl-post-image">
+  
+    [wpbb post:featured_image size="large" display="tag" linked="yes"]
+
+  </div>
+
+[wpbb-else]
+
+  <div class="fl-post-image">
+
+    <img src="https://my-website.com/images/fallback.jpg" alt="Fallback Image">
+
+  </div>
+
+[/wpbb-if]
+```
+
+### Show Content if Field is Empty
+
+This example demonstrates the use of the `[wpbb-else]` statement to verify whether a post's Advanced Custom Field (ACF) field is empty or not. When the statement is `TRUE`, the post's ACF field value will be shown. If the statement is `FALSE`, the fallback content will be displayed instead.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb-if post:acf type='text' name='ACF_FIELD_NAME']
+
+    <p>[wpbb post:acf type='text' name='ACF_FIELD_NAME']</p>
+
+[wpbb-else]
+
+    <p>This post's ACF field is empty!</p>
+    
+[/wpbb-if]
+```
+
+## If Not `[wbpp-if !]`
+
+Below are some examples that showcase the practical use of the If Not `[wpbb-if !]` shortcode:
+
+### Test for Absence of Featured Image
+
+This example tests for the absence of a featured image.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb-if !post:featured_image]
+
+<div class="fl-post-image">
+		
+	<img src="[wpbb post:acf type='image' name='FIELD_NAME' image_size='large' display='url']">
+
+</div>
+
+[/wpbb-if]
+```
+
+### Test for Absence of Field Value
+
+This example tests for the absence of a post's Advanced Custom Field (ACF) field value. If the statement evaluates to `TRUE`, the text *"This post's FIELD_NAME has no value."* will be displayed. This is a great way to locate posts that are missing a value for a specific field.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb-if !post:acf type='image' name='acfimg']
+
+    <h3>This post's FIELD_NAME has no value.</h3>
+
+[/wpbb-if]
+```
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/field-connections/examples/expressions.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/field-connections/examples/expressions.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4b9debdd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/field-connections/examples/expressions.md
@@ -0,0 +1,235 @@
+---
+id: expressions
+title: Expression Examples
+sidebar_label: Expression Examples
+---
+
+This article provides examples of practical uses for expressions in your field connections, demonstrating how to effectively incorporate them with WordPress data, WordPress custom fields, and Advanced Custom Fields.
+
+## Equals
+
+Below are some examples that showcase the practical use of the `equals` operator:
+
+### Show Content Based on Author Name
+
+In this example, we're using the `equals` operator to check whether the authors name has a specific value in this case **Beaver Builder**. If the statement is `TRUE`, the content inside the shortcode will display. If the statement is `FALSE` meaning the authors name isn't **Beaver Builder**, but something else, then no content will return.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb-if post:author_name exp='equals' value='Beaver Builder']
+
+  <p>This content will only display if the author name is Beaver Builder.</p>
+
+[/wpbb-if]
+```
+
+### Style elements based on Post Type
+
+In this example, the [Post Type](../wordpress-data.md#post-type) field connection is utilized to style elements based on the post type. In this example, we are styling the post title differently based on the post type when a Post module is set up to showcase multiple post types within the same module.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb-if post:post_type display='slug' exp='equals' value='post']
+
+  <h2 style="color: green;">[wpbb post:title]</h2>
+
+[wpbb-else]
+
+  <h2 style="color: black;">[wpbb post:title]</h2>
+
+[/wpbb-if]
+```
+
+:::tip
+
+You can replace `value='post'` with the slug of your chosen post type or custom post type. For instance, `value='movies'`.
+
+:::
+
+### Style Specific Taxonomy
+
+In this example, we're using the equals operator to check whether the post has a specific taxonomy term assigned to it called **New**. If the statement is `TRUE`, the **New** tag will be styled with a red background and white text. If the statement is `FALSE` meaning the post doesn't have the taxonomy term assigned, then no styling will return.
+
+This is a great way to style specific taxonomy terms differently than others.
+
+**Tag Name:** New
+
+```markup
+[wpbb-if post:terms_list taxonomy='post_tag' exp='equals' value='New']
+
+  <span style="background: red; color: white; padding: 2px 4px;">New</span>
+
+[/wpbb-if]
+```
+
+#### Output
+
+> <span style={{ background: "red", color: "white", padding: "2px 4px" }}>New</span>
+
+### Hide End Date for All Day Events
+
+In this example, we're using the `equals` expression to check whether the event's end date is the same day as the start date. If the statement is `true`, only the start date displays. If the statement is `false` meaning the start date and end date do not match, both the start date and end date display.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb-if post:the_events_calendar_start_date exp='equals' value='[wpbb post:the_events_calendar_end_date']']
+
+  <p><strong>Date:</strong> [wpbb post:the_events_calendar_start_date format='']</p>
+
+[wpbb-else]
+
+  <p><strong>Date:</strong> [wpbb post:the_events_calendar_start_date format=''] - [wpbb post:the_events_calendar_end_date format='']</p>
+
+[/wpbb-if]
+```
+
+## Not Equals
+
+Below are some examples that showcase the practical use of the `notequals` operator:
+
+### Display Categories, Hide Uncategorized
+
+This example utilizes the "terms_list" field connection to display all categories assigned to a post. By using the `notequals` operator, it checks for the existence of the **"uncategorized"** category and, if `TRUE`, excludes it from displaying.
+
+This is a great way to hide specific taxonomy terms from displaying, such as **Uncategorized**.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb-if post:terms_list taxonomy='category' exp='notequals' value='uncategorized']
+
+  [wpbb post:terms_list taxonomy='category' html_list='no' display='name' separator=', ' limit='' linked='yes']
+
+[/wpbb-if]
+```
+
+## Contains
+
+Below are some examples that showcase the practical use of the `contains` operator:
+
+### Display Extra Content Based on Post Title
+
+In this example, we're using the `contains` operator to check whether the post title contains a specific value in this case **What's New**.
+
+If the statement is `TRUE`, meaning any post that has a title containing the words **What's New**, such as **What's New in Beaver Builder 2.8**, a Font Awesome icon will prefix the post title. If the statement is `FALSE` meaning the post title doesn't contain **What's New**, then no Font Awesome icon will display.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb-if post:title exp='contains' value='What’s New']
+
+  <h3><i class="fa-solid fa-sparkles"></i> [wpbb post:title]</h3>
+
+[wpbb-else]
+
+  <h3>[wpbb post:title]</h3>
+
+[/wpbb-if]
+```
+
+#### Output
+
+> <i className="fa-solid fa-sparkles"></i> What's New in Beaver Builder 2.8
+
+## Greater
+
+Below are some examples that showcase the practical use of the `greater` operator:
+
+### Test for Value of ACF Number Field using Greater
+
+The following example uses the ACF number field along with the `greater` operator and a comparison value of `500`. If the field value is greater than **500** then the statement is `TRUE` and will return the **TRUE** markup in the example.
+
+**Field Value:** 501
+
+```markup
+[wpbb-if post:acf type='number' name='FIELD_NAME' exp='greater' value='500']
+
+  TRUE: The ACF Number field FIELD_NAME value is greater than 500.<br>
+  The number field value is [wpbb post:acf type='number' name='FIELD_NAME']
+
+[wpbb-else]
+
+  FALSE: The ACF Number field FIELD_NAME value isn't greater than 500. .<br>
+  The number field value is [wpbb post:acf type='number' name='FIELD_NAME'].
+
+[/wpbb-if]
+```
+
+#### Output
+
+> TRUE: The ACF Number field FIELD_NAME value is greater than 500.
+> The number field value is 501.
+
+## Greater Equals
+
+### Test for Value of ACF Number Field using Greater Equals
+
+The following example uses the ACF number field along with the `greaterequals` operator with a comparison value of `100`. If the field value is equal to or greater than 100 then the statement is `TRUE` and will return the **TRUE** markup from the example.
+
+**Field Value:** 100
+
+```markup
+[wpbb-if post:acf type='number' name='FIELD_NAME' exp='greaterequals' value='100']
+
+  TRUE: The ACF Number field FIELD_NAME value is equal to or greater than 100.<br>
+  The number field value is [wpbb post:acf type='number' name='FIELD_NAME']
+
+[wpbb-else]
+
+  FALSE: The ACF Number field FIELD_NAME value is less than 100.<br>
+  The number field value is [wpbb post:acf type='number' name='FIELD_NAME'].
+
+[/wpbb-if]
+```
+
+#### Output
+
+> TRUE: The ACF Number field FIELD_NAME value equal to or greater than 100.
+> The number field value is 100.
+
+## Less
+
+### Test for Value of ACF Number Field using Less
+
+The following example uses the ACF number field along with the `less` operator with a comparison value of `100`. If the field value is less than 100 then the statement is `TRUE` and will return the **TRUE** markup in the example.
+
+**Field Value:** 50
+
+```markup
+[wpbb-if post:acf type='number' name='FIELD_NAME' exp='less' value='100']
+
+  TRUE: The ACF Number field FIELD_NAME value is less than 100.<br>
+  The number field value is [wpbb post:acf type='number' name='FIELD_NAME']
+
+[wpbb-else]
+
+  FALSE: The ACF Number field FIELD_NAME value isn't less than 100. .<br>
+  The number field value is [wpbb post:acf type='number' name='FIELD_NAME'].
+
+[/wpbb-if]
+```
+
+#### Output
+
+> TRUE: The ACF Number field FIELD_NAME value is less than 100.
+> The number field value is 50.
+
+## Less Equals
+
+### Test for value of ACF number field
+
+The following example uses the ACF number field along with the `lessequals` operator with a comparison value of `100`. If the field value is equal to or less than 100 then the statement is `TRUE` and will return the **TRUE** markup in the example.
+
+**Field Value:** 90
+
+```markup
+[wpbb-if post:acf type='number' name='FIELD_NAME' exp='lessequals' value='100']
+
+  TRUE: The ACF Number field FIELD_NAME value is equal to or less than 100.<br>
+  The number field value is [wpbb post:acf type='number' name='FIELD_NAME']
+
+[wpbb-else]
+
+  FALSE: The ACF FIELD_NAME field isn't equal to or less than 100. .<br>
+  The number field value is [wpbb post:acf type='number' name='FIELD_NAME'].
+
+[/wpbb-if]
+```
+
+#### Output
+
+> True: The ACF number_value field is equal to or less than 100.
+> The number field value is 90.
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/field-connections/examples/index.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/field-connections/examples/index.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1fdd4dc8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/field-connections/examples/index.md
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+---
+id: index
+title: Shortcode Examples
+sidebar_label: Shortcode Examples
+description: The examples in this article demonstrates how to use conditional field connections for standard WordPress fields, custom WordPress fields and Advanced Custom Fields.
+---
+
+The purpose of this section is to provide examples of how to use field connections, including conditionals, expressions, default values, and combining multiple field connections with HTML.
+
+import DocCardList from '@theme/DocCardList';
+
+<DocCardList />
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/field-connections/expressions.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/field-connections/expressions.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..49f7654b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/field-connections/expressions.md
@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
+---
+id: expressions
+title: Expressions
+sidebar_label: Expressions
+---
+
+Expressions enhance the capabilities of conditional field connection shortcodes, allowing you to showcase content depending on the value retrieved from the field. For instance, you can create an expression where if the field's value is **less** than `2`, it will display the text *"This field has a value less than 2"*. If the value is **greater** than `2`, it will show the text *"This field has a value greater than 2"*.
+
+By utilizing expressions, you gain the ability to dynamically manage the content displayed, tailoring it based on the specific field values. This approach offers a more versatile and adaptable way to present your content, making it responsive to different scenarios.
+
+## Syntax
+
+The syntax for expressions involves an [Operator](#operators) and a [Comparison Value](#comparison-value), both added as parameters to the conditional field connection shortcode. The `exp=` parameter is used to specify the operator, while the `value=` parameter is used to indicate the comparison value.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb-if some-field-connection exp='<operator>' value='<comparison value>']
+    
+  Display this text when the value test is True.
+
+[wpbb-else]
+  
+  Display this text when the value test is False.
+
+[/wpbb-if]
+```
+
+## Operators
+
+Expression operators offer the ability to execute logical operations on comparison values, enabling you to display content based on the field's returned value.
+
+When dealing with **Strings** (Text), you have the option to utilize the following operators:
+
+* `equals`
+* `notequals`
+* `contains`
+
+When working with **Integers** (Numbers), you have access to the following operators:
+
+* `equals`
+* `notequals`
+* `contains`
+* `greater`
+* `greaterequals`
+* `less`
+* `lessequals`
+
+### Equals
+
+The **Equals** operator (`exp='equals'`) compares the exact text or number provided as the comparison value and verifies if it is identical to the value obtained from the field.
+
+**Field Value:** Beaver Builder
+
+```markup
+[wpbb-if post:author_name type='display' link='no' exp='equals' value='Beaver Builder']
+
+  TRUE: The author's name is Beaver Builder!
+
+[wpbb-else]
+      
+  FALSE: The author's name is <strong>not</strong> Beaver Builder!
+    
+[/wpbb-if]
+```
+
+**Output:**
+
+> TRUE: The author's name is Beaver Builder!
+
+### Not Equals
+
+The **Not Equals** operator (`exp='notequals'`) compares the exact text or number provided as the comparison value and verifies if it is **not equal** to the value obtained from the field.
+
+**Field Value:** Justin Busa
+
+```markup
+[wpbb-if post:author_name type='display' link='no' exp='notequals' value='Beaver Builder']
+
+  TRUE: The author's name is not Beaver Builder!
+
+[wpbb-else]
+      
+  FALSE: The author's name is not Beaver Builder!
+    
+[/wpbb-if]
+```
+
+**Output:**
+
+> FALSE: The author's name is not Beaver Builder!
+
+### Contains
+
+The **Contains** operator (`exp='contains'`) verifies if the comparison value includes similar characters or numbers. For example, if a field has a value of **Hello World** and the comparison value you're testing for is **ello** this will be `TRUE`.
+
+**Post Title:** Hello World
+
+```markup
+[wpbb-if post:title exp='contains' value='ello']
+
+  TRUE: The post title is Hello World.
+    
+[wpbb-else]
+
+  FALSE: The post title is not Hello World.
+    
+[/wpbb-if]
+```
+
+**Output:**
+
+> TRUE: The post title is Hello World.
+
+### Greater
+
+The **Greater** operator (`exp='greater'`) verifies if the comparison value is greater than the value obtained from the field.
+
+**Field Value:** 1001
+
+```markup
+[wpbb-if post:custom_field key='my-number-field' exp='greater' value='1000']
+    
+  TRUE: my-number-field is greater than comparison value "1000".
+
+[wpbb-else]
+  
+  FALSE: my-number-field is not greater than comparison value "1000".
+
+[/wpbb-if]
+```
+
+**Output:**
+
+> True: my-number-field is greater than test value "1000".
+
+### Greater Equals
+
+The **Greater Equals** operator (`exp='greaterequals'`) verifies if the comparison value is greater than or equal to the value obtained from the field.
+
+**Field Value:** 1000
+
+```markup
+[wpbb-if post:custom_field key='my-number-field' exp='greaterequals' value='1000']
+    
+  TRUE: my-number-field is greater than or equals comparison value "1000".
+
+[wpbb-else]
+
+  FALSE:  my-number-field isn't greater than or equals comparison value "1000".
+
+[/wpbb-if]
+```
+
+**Output:**
+
+> TRUE: my-number-field is greater than or equals comparison value "1000".
+
+### Less
+
+The **Less** operator (`exp='less'`) verifies if the comparison value is less than the value obtained from the field.
+
+**Field Value:** 999
+
+```markup
+[wpbb-if post:custom_field key='my-number-field' exp='less' value='1000']
+  
+  TRUE: my-number-field is less than comparison value "1000".
+  
+[wpbb-else]
+
+  FALSE: my-number-field is not less than comparison value "1000".
+
+[/wpbb-if]
+```
+
+**Output:**
+
+> TRUE: my-number-field is less than comparison value "1000".
+
+### Less Equals
+
+The **Less Equals** operator (`exp='lessequals'`) verifies if the comparison value is less than or equal to the value obtained from the field.
+
+**Field Value:** 1000
+
+```markup
+[wpbb-if post:custom_field key='my-number-field' exp='lessequals' value='1000']
+  
+  TRUE: my-number-field is less than or equals than test value "1000".
+  
+[wpbb-else]
+  
+  FALSE: isn't less than or equals test value "1000"
+
+[/wpbb-if]
+```
+
+**Output:**
+
+> TRUE: my-number-field is less than or equals to the comparison value "1000".
+
+## Comparison Value
+
+The comparison value represents the value you wish to test against the value of your field. It can be either a string (text) or an integer (number). The `value=""` parameter is used to specify this comparison value.
+
+:::caution
+The `value=''` attribute **is case-sensitive**.
+:::
+
+:::warning warning
+When performing a comparison value test, it is essential to ensure that the fields being evaluated contain a value. If a field is empty, the comparison value test will always yield a `FALSE` result.
+
+For instance, if you are testing whether a field `equals` the string "abc" and the field happens to be empty, both an `equals` and a `notequals` test will produce a `FALSE` outcome. To guarantee that the field has a value, the most effective approach is to make it a required field.
+:::
+
+### Dates
+
+You can perform a comparison value test for a date value as long as it is using the data format `YYYYMMDD`. This allows the value to be compared as an integer (number).
+
+### Numbers
+
+When using operators such as `greater`, `greaterequals`, `less`, or `lessequals`, both the Number field value and the value specified in the comparison value parameter are converted to integers before comparison. However, for `equals` and `notequals`, the comparison is made using the exact strings as they are.
+
+For instance, if you are testing whether **377.78** is `lessequals` **377.77**, the result is `TRUE` because both values are converted to **377** before the comparison occurs, making them equal. Conversely, if you test whether **377.77** `equals` **377.78**, the result is `FALSE` because the two strings are compared as they are without any conversions.
+
+### URLs
+
+When conducting **URL** tests, any trailing slash is disregarded in both the field value and the comparison value. For instance, whether the URL is provided as `https://my-website.com` or `https://my-website.com/`, the result will be `TRUE` as the trailing slash is ignored in the comparison.
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/field-connections/getting-started.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/field-connections/getting-started.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fa08dc3e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/field-connections/getting-started.md
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+---
+id: getting-started
+title: Getting Started
+sidebar_label: Getting Started
+---
+
+This article serves as a comprehensive guide to help you get started with field connections. We will walk you through the process of adding, editing, and deleting field connections, as well as explain the distinctions between "connect" and "insert" functions and field connection limitations.
+
+## Access Field Connections
+
+To gain access to field connections, ensure Beaver Themer is installed on your website. After the plugin installation, you will see the field connection toggle denoted by a plus (+) icon positioned on the right-hand side of specific row, column, and module options, as depicted in the screenshot below. This toggle provides access to the field connection menu, allowing you to explore the various available field connections.
+
+:::caution
+Please be aware that any row, column, or module option lacking a plus (+) icon does not support field connections.
+:::
+
+![Access Field Connections](/img/beaver-themer/field-connections--getting-started--1.png)
+
+## Field Connection Menu
+
+When you click the field connection toggle, it activates the field connection menu, which presents a comprehensive list of available field connections tailored specifically for the layout you are currently editing. Additionally, the inclusion of a search feature further streamlines the process, enabling you to quickly find the exact field connection you want to use without having to scroll through a long list.
+
+![Field Connection Menu](/img/beaver-themer/field-connections--getting-started--2.png)
+
+## Add Field Connection
+
+To add a field connection, mouse over the connection you want to use and click either **Connect** or **Insert**. If the field connection has parameters (options), a window of settings for that field connection may pop up. Configure the settings and click **Save**.
+
+![Add Field Connections](/img/beaver-themer/field-connections--getting-started--3.png)
+
+## Connect vs Insert
+
+Connect and Insert both apply the field connection to the chosen option. However, they do have subtle differences in their function.
+
+### Connect
+
+When you choose to "Connect," the field connection is applied directly to the option, and it effectively locks the option to the field connection. This means that no additional content can be added to the option, and it remains linked exclusively to the field connection.
+
+![Connect Field Connections](/img/beaver-themer/field-connections--getting-started--4.png)
+
+### Insert
+
+When you opt for "Insert," the field connection is applied to the option as a field connection shortcode. This approach allows you to incorporate additional content, such as plain text, HTML, or other shortcodes, both before and after the field connection within the option.
+
+![Insert Field Connections](/img/beaver-themer/field-connections--getting-started--5.png)
+
+## Field Connection Parameters (Options)
+
+Some field connections, such as Post Date or Post Excerpt, have parameters (options) that you can configure. For example, you can choose the date format for the Post Date field connection or the number of words for the Post Excerpt field connection.
+
+These parameters (options) are available when you first apply the field connection to the option, and they can be edited later.
+
+![Field Connection Parameters](/img/beaver-themer/field-connections--getting-started--6.png)
+
+## Edit/Modify Field Connections
+
+Field connections applied to row, column, and module options can be edited or modified. The process, however, varies slightly depending on how you initially applied the field connection to the option.
+
+- **Connect**  
+  If you selected the **Connect** option while adding your field connection, you can easily modify it by hovering your mouse over the connection and clicking the <i className="fa-solid fa-wrench"></i> Wrench icon. This will provide you with access to the field connection options once again, allowing you to reconfigure it.
+
+  However, keep in mind that if you want to switch to a different field connection, you will need to delete the current field connection first before making the switch.
+
+  ![Delete Field Connections](/img/beaver-themer/field-connections--getting-started--7.png)
+
+  :::info
+  If the field connection has no parameters (options), the <i className="fa-solid fa-wrench"></i> Wrench icon will not appear.
+  :::
+
+- **Insert**  
+  When adding your field connection using the **Insert** option, the process to modify it differs slightly. Knowing the field connection parameters (options) enables you to add them to the shortcode, replacing the existing ones. However, if you're not familiar with the parameters, you'll have to remove the field connection shortcode from the option and then add the field connection again.
+
+## Delete Field Connections
+
+When a field connection is applied to a row, column, or module option using **Connect**, it can be deleted by hovering your mouse over the connection and clicking the (<i className="fa-solid fa-times"></i>) X icon. This will remove the field connection from the option, allowing you to add a new one.
+
+![Delete Field Connections](/img/beaver-themer/field-connections--getting-started--8.png)
+
+When a field connection is applied to a row, column, or module option using **Insert**, it can be deleted by removing the field connection shortcode from the option. This will remove the field connection from the option, allowing you to add a new one.
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/field-connections/index.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/field-connections/index.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..defe9dad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/field-connections/index.md
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+---
+id: index
+title: Field Connections 
+sidebar_label: Field Connections 
+---
+
+Field connections enable you to seamlessly retrieve data from your website's WordPress database and effortlessly integrate it into designated row, column, and module options, presenting the data beautifully within your Beaver Themer layouts.
+
+The versatility of these connections allows data extraction from a multitude of sources, including WordPress data, WordPress custom fields, and popular plugins like Advanced Custom Fields, Big Commerce, Easy Digital Downloads, The Events Calendar, and WooCommerce.
+
+Furthermore, field connections extend their support to [shortcodes](syntax.md), granting you the flexibility to apply them not only within row, column, or module options but also throughout your entire layout wherever text can be inserted. This includes HTML modules or the custom layout option for the Post module.
+
+```mermaid
+flowchart LR
+  A(WordPress)                --> F(Field Connection)
+  B(Advanced Custom Fields)   --> F(Field Connection)
+  C(WooCommerce)              --> F(Field Connection)
+  F(Field Connection)         --> G(Template/Layout)
+
+  style A fill:#21759b,stroke:#21759b,stroke-width:0px,color:#ffffff
+  style B fill:#00e4bc,stroke:#00e4bc,stroke-width:0px,color:#ffffff
+  style C fill:#96588a,stroke:#96588a,stroke-width:0px,color:#ffffff
+  style F fill:#ffffff,stroke:#373737,stroke-width:1px,color:#373737
+  style G fill:#e2e8f0,stroke:#e2e8f0,stroke-width:0px,color:#373737
+```
+
+*Note: The above diagram showcases WordPress, Advanced Custom Fields and WooCommerce as data sources, but field connections can also be used with other supported plugin, such as BigCommerce, Easy Digital Downloads, and The Events Calendar.*
+
+## Why use Field Connections?
+
+Field Connections allow you to streamline your workflow by eliminating the need to create separate layouts for individual posts or pages. Instead, you can create one singular layout, assign this to all posts on your website and use field connections to dynamically display the correct data for each post or page.
+
+## Data Sources & Natively Supported Plugins
+
+Field Connections natively support the following data sources and plugins.
+
+* [WordPress Data](wordpress-data.md)
+* [WordPress Custom Fields](wordpress-custom-fields.md)
+* [Advanced Custom Fields](../integrations/acf/index.md)
+* [BigCommerce](../integrations/bigcommerce/field-connections.md)
+* [Easy Digital Downloads](../integrations/easy-digital-downloads/field-connections.md)
+* [The Events Calendar](../integrations/tec/field-connections.md)
+* [WooCommerce](../integrations/woocommerce/field-connections.md)
+
+[Toolset](third-party.md#toolset) custom fields are fully compatible and function in a manner similar to WordPress custom fields. However, to utilize Toolset custom fields effectively, it is necessary to prefix your field's name (key) with `wpcf-`.
+
+Additionally, third-party plugins like Pods, and Meta Box have integrated their own field connections, ensuring smooth compatibility with Beaver Themer.
+
+* [Meta Box](third-party.md#meta-box)
+* [Pods](third-party.md#pods)
+
+## Data Types
+
+When applying field connections to options, ensuring the data type aligns with the intended option is crucial. This ensures that the option you are connecting can accurately output the data.
+
+For example, when using a field connection that outputs an image, like the Featured Image field connection, it should be applied to an option that can display images, such as the option found in the Photo module. If you attempt to apply the Featured Image field connection to a text option, like those present in the Header and Text modules, the connection can still be made. But, you will only be able to output details about the image, such as URL, Title, Caption, Description, or Alt Text, as these details can be presented as text.
+
+```mermaid
+flowchart LR
+  F(Featured Image Field Connection) --> P[Photo Module]
+  F(Featured Image Field Connection) --> H[Heading Module]
+
+  P(Photo Module) --> OP(Photo Option) --> O1(Output: Display Image)
+  
+  H(Heading Module) --> OP1(Heading Option)
+  OP1(Heading Option)  --> O2(Output: Image Alt Text)
+  OP1(Heading Option)  --> O3(Output: Image Caption Text)
+  OP1(Heading Option)  --> O4(Output: Image URL)
+
+  style F fill:#ffffff,stroke:#373737,stroke-width:1px,color:#373737
+  style H fill:#2563eb,stroke:#2563eb,stroke-width:0px,color:#ffffff
+  style P fill:#2563eb,stroke:#2563eb,stroke-width:0px,color:#ffffff
+  style OP fill:#334155,stroke:#334155,stroke-width:0px,color:#ffffff
+  style OP1 fill:#334155,stroke:#334155,stroke-width:0px,color:#ffffff
+  style O1 fill:#475569,stroke:#475569,stroke-width:0px,color:#ffffff
+  style O2 fill:#475569,stroke:#475569,stroke-width:0px,color:#ffffff
+  style O3 fill:#475569,stroke:#475569,stroke-width:0px,color:#ffffff
+  style O4 fill:#475569,stroke:#475569,stroke-width:0px,color:#ffffff
+```
+
+## Theme Data
+
+Due to variations in how each theme manages customizer settings, it is not possible to utilize field connections for outputting theme data from the WordPress Customizer settings.
+
+:::tip
+An alternative is to utilize the Advanced Custom Fields (ACF) Options Page feature, which allows you to create an additional admin page in your WordPress Dashboard. Any fields you include on the Options Page become global, meaning the data can be accessed and used throughout your entire website.
+
+See the [ACF Options Page](integrations/acf/options-page.md) article for more information.
+:::
+
+## WordPress Multisite Support
+
+Field Connection are supported in [WordPress Multisite Network](https://wordpress.org/support/article/create-a-network/) installations. However, it is important to be aware that these field connections cannot be used to retrieve data between sub-sites.
+
+For instance, if you have a WordPress Multisite network with three sub-sites - Site A, Site B, and Site C - using field connections, you cannot retrieve data from Site A and display it on Site B or Site C. The data retrieval is limited to within each individual sub-site and cannot be extended across the network.
+
+## In this Section
+
+import DocCardList from '@theme/DocCardList';
+
+<DocCardList />
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/field-connections/syntax.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/field-connections/syntax.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ea711cfd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/field-connections/syntax.md
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+---
+id: syntax
+title: Field Connection Shortcode Syntax
+sidebar_label: Shortcode Syntax
+---
+
+
+The Field Connection shortcode offers a straightforward way to showcase data from custom fields in your layouts. This reference illustrates the syntax for the field connection shortcode.
+
+:::tip
+To make things even easier, you can generate the shortcode automatically by using an [HTML module](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/html) and the Field Connection [Insert](getting-started.md#connect-vs-insert) function.
+:::
+
+## Syntax
+
+The Field Connections shortcode syntax varies based on the data type, the location where it is applied, and whether it supports [parameters](#parameters). Below are two examples that demonstrate how the syntax can vary depending on the data's location.
+
+```markup title="Post Title"
+[wpbb post:title]
+```
+
+```markup title="Archive Title"
+[wpbb archive:title]
+```
+
+## Conditional Shortcodes
+
+The Field Connections shortcode syntax supports conditionals, allowing you to display dynamic content based on the evaluation of statements as `TRUE` or `FALSE`.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb-if some-field-connection]
+
+  If True, show this!
+
+[/wpbb-if]
+```
+
+See the [Conditionals](conditionals.md) article for more information.
+
+## Parameters
+
+The Field Connection shortcode syntax provides support for a range of parameters, enabling you to perform various actions, such as modifying the output, displaying content based on the field's returned value, or setting a default value.
+
+### Modifiers
+
+The modifier parameter is available for field connections that have option support. These options grant you the ability to configure the field connection output according to your preferences. After configuring the options, they are incorporated into the shortcode syntax as modifier parameters. The value you selected for each individual option is then utilized as the corresponding value for the modifier parameter.
+
+The two examples below demonstrate how the modifier parameters can differ for each field connection.
+
+* **Example: Post Date**  
+  The post date field connection comes with a parameter named `format`, which allows you to modify the date format returned using PHP `date()`.
+  
+  ```markup title="Post Date"
+  [wpbb post:date format='F Y, J']
+  ```
+
+* **Example: Featured Image**  
+  The featured image field connection offers parameters like `size`, `display`, `align`, and `linked`, allowing you to adjust the output accordingly.
+  
+  ```markup title="Featured Image"
+  [wpbb post:featured_image size='large' display='tag' align='default' linked='no']
+  ```
+
+### Expressions
+
+Expressions extend the functionality of the conditional field connection shortcode through two parameters: `exp` (operator) and `value` (comparison value). This allows you to display content based on the value returned by the field.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb-if some-field-connection exp='<operator>' value='<comparison value>']
+    
+  Display this text when the value test is True.
+
+[wpbb-else]
+  
+  Display this text when the value test is False.
+
+[/wpbb-if]
+```
+
+See the [Expressions](expressions.md) article for more information.
+
+### Defaults
+
+Field Connection shortcodes support default modifier parameters that enable the addition of a default value to a Field Connection shortcode. These two default modifiers have slightly different functions, depending on the default value you’re adding.
+
+:::warning Warning
+The parameters `default=''` and `wpbb_default=''` are incompatible with [Conditional](conditionals.md) shortcodes, as they enforce the statement to be consistently `TRUE`.
+:::
+
+#### `default=''`
+
+The `default=''` parameter is optional and specifies a default value that is returned if the field has no value. The default value can include plain text, or HTML markup.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:custom_field key='name' default='John Doe']
+```
+
+* **Example: Default Featured Image**  
+  In this example, the default value is a URL to a default image (default.jpg). If the post has no featured image, the default image is displayed.
+
+  ```markup
+  <img src="[wpbb post:featured_image size='large' display='url' default='https://my-website.com/wp-content/uploads/default.jpg']">
+  ```
+
+#### `wpbb_default=''`
+
+The `wpbb_default=''` parameter is optional and used instead of `default=''` when the default value is sourced from a custom field.
+
+```markup title="wpbb_default Example"
+[wpbb post:custom_field key='FIELD_NAME' wpbb_default="wpbb post:custom_field key='FIELD_NAME'"]
+```
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/field-connections/third-party.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/field-connections/third-party.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..38f61722
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/field-connections/third-party.md
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+---
+id: third-party
+title: Third-party Custom Fields
+sidebar_label: Third-party 
+description: This article gives a brief introduction to using field connections with fields created in third-party plugins that are not inherently supported by Beaver Themer.
+---
+
+This article gives a brief introduction to using field connections with fields created in third-party plugins that are not inherently supported by Beaver Themer.
+
+:::caution
+If you encounter any issues with field connections related to Toolset, Pods, or Meta Box, we advise reaching out to their respective support teams for assistance.
+:::
+
+## Meta Box
+
+By utilizing the [Meta Box - Beaver Themer Integrator](https://metabox.io/plugins/meta-box-beaver-themer-integrator/) plugin, you can seamlessly integrate custom fields generated with Meta Box. This integration enables you to effortlessly select and display custom fields, created using the Meta Box plugin, through a dropdown menu in Beaver Themer.
+
+Below is an example of a Meta Box field connection shortcode. It's important to be aware that the shortcode syntax may differ based on the type of field you aim to display and the layout type to which you are applying it.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:meta_box field='FIELD_NAME']
+```
+
+## Pods
+
+By installing the [Pods Beaver Themer Add-On](https://wordpress.org/plugins/pods-beaver-builder-themer-add-on/), you gain the ability to effortlessly select Pods fields in Beaver Themer field connections through a dropdown menu. This dropdown menu corresponds to the currently displayed item, whether it's a Custom Post Type or Taxonomy.
+
+Below is an example of a Pods field connection shortcode. It's important to be aware that the shortcode syntax may differ based on the type of field you aim to display and the layout type to which you are applying it.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:pods_display field='FIELD_NAME']
+```
+
+## Toolset
+
+Toolset fields are compatible with Beaver Themer and function almost identically to [WordPress Custom fields](wordpress-custom-fields.md). The only difference is that you should prefix your field's name (key) with `wpcf-`.
+
+1. In the field connection panel list, select **Post Custom Field**.
+2. In the **Field Key** field, enter the name of your Toolset custom field, prefixed with `wpcf-`.  
+
+For example, if your Toolset custom field is named `my_tc_field`, in Themer, it should be specified as `wpcf-my_tc_field`.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:custom_field key='wpcf-my_tc_field']
+```
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/field-connections/wordpress-custom-fields.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/field-connections/wordpress-custom-fields.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..30ed80c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/field-connections/wordpress-custom-fields.md
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+---
+id: wordpress-custom-fields
+title: WordPress Custom Fields
+sidebar_label: WordPress Custom Fields
+---
+
+[WordPress Custom Fields](https://wordpress.org/support/article/custom-fields/) is a feature in WordPress which allows you to add additional information to your pages, posts, and custom post types. You do this by adding a `key` which is the custom field name and a value which is the information you want to display on your page or post. You can then use Beaver Themer field connections to display this data into your layout.
+
+## Enable WordPress Custom Fields
+
+By default, Custom fields are hidden. You can make the custom fields panel visible on your post edit screen in two ways depending on whether you're using the default WordPress editor (Gutenberg) or the [Classic Editor plugin](https://wordpress.org/plugins/classic-editor/). 
+
+:::info
+When the Advanced Custom Fields plugin is installed and active on your website, the functionality of WordPress custom fields is deactivated. To utilize WordPress custom fields, you need to disable the Advanced Custom Fields plugin.
+:::
+### Block Editor (Gutenberg)
+
+To enable WordPress custom fields while utilizing the Block editor, follow these steps:
+
+1. On the **WordPress Edit Screen** for pages or posts and access the **Options** panel by clicking the (<i className="fa-solid fa-ellipsis-vertical"></i>) vertical ellipsis icon.
+2. Choose **Preferences** from the dropdown menu.
+3. In the popup window, select the **Panel** option.
+4. Toggle the **Custom Fields** option to enable and finalize the process by clicking the **Enable & Reload** button.
+
+![Access custom fields using WordPress default editor](/img/beaver-themer/field-connections--wp-custom-fields--1.jpg)
+
+### Classic Editor Plugin
+
+To enable WordPress custom fields while using the Classic Editor plugin, follow these steps:
+
+1. On the **WordPress Edit Screen** for pages or posts, access the **Screen Options** panel located in the upper right corner.
+2. Mark the checkbox for **Custom Fields**.
+3. The **Custom Fields** panel will now become visible beneath the Classic Editor.
+
+![Access custom fields using WordPress classic editor](/img/beaver-themer/field-connections--wp-custom-fields--2.jpg)
+
+## Add a WordPress Custom Field
+
+To add a WordPress custom field:
+
+1. Input the name (key) for your custom field and provide a value for the field.
+2. Apply the changes by clicking **Publish**.
+
+:::info
+If you have previously added WordPress custom fields, you'll notice a dropdown menu that presents a list of all existing custom fields. To add a new custom field, click on the **Enter New** button.
+:::
+
+![Add a WordPress Custom Field](/img/beaver-themer/field-connections--wp-custom-fields--3.jpg)
+
+## Apply WordPress Custom Field
+
+A WordPress custom field can be assigned to a row, column, or module option using the following steps:
+
+1. Access the specific row, column, or module to which you intend to apply the WordPress custom field.
+2. Click the [Field Connection toggle](getting-started.md#access-field-connections) and within the [Field Connection menu](getting-started.md#field-connection-menu), choose **Post Custom Field**.
+3. Select either [Connect](getting-started.md#connect) or [Insert](getting-started.md#insert) to apply the WordPress custom field onto the chosen option.
+
+![Apply a WordPress Custom Field](/img/beaver-themer/field-connections--wp-custom-fields--4.jpg)
+
+## WordPress Custom Field Shortcode
+
+You also have the option to display WordPress custom fields within your layouts using the Field Connection shortcode. This can be accomplished by choosing **Post Custom Field** from the [Field Connection Menu](getting-started.md#field-connection-menu) and then inputting the field name (key).
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:custom_field key='FIELD_NAME']
+```
+
+### Conditionals & Expressions Support
+
+WordPress custom fields also have support for [conditionals](conditionals.md) and [expressions](expressions.md).
+
+#### Conditionals
+
+The following code provides a simple example of the syntax used for applying conditionals with your WordPress custom field connection shortcodes.
+
+```html
+[wpbb-if post:custom_field key='FIELD_NAME']
+
+  <p>Show this if TRUE.</p>
+
+[wpbb-else]
+
+  <p>Show this if FALSE.</p>
+
+[/wpbb-if]
+```
+
+Check out the [Conditional](conditionals.md) article to delve deeper into understanding how conditionals work. Also, take a look at the [Conditional Examples](examples/conditional.md) article for more instances that showcase how conditionals can be applied.
+
+#### Expressions
+
+The following code provides a simple example of the syntax used for applying expressions with your WordPress custom field connection shortcodes.
+
+```html
+[wpbb-if post:custom_field key='FIELD_NAME' exp='equal' value='Beaver Builder']
+
+  <p>This content will only display if the field's value is Beaver Builder.</p>
+
+[/wpbb-if]
+```
+
+Check out the [Expressions](expressions.md) article to delve deeper into understanding how expressions work. Also, take a look at the [Expression Examples](examples/expressions.md) article for more instances that showcase how expressions can be applied.
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/field-connections/wordpress-data.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/field-connections/wordpress-data.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2be6bb98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/field-connections/wordpress-data.md
@@ -0,0 +1,605 @@
+---
+id: wordpress-data
+title: WordPress Data
+sidebar_label: WordPress Data
+---
+
+In this article, you'll find a comprehensive list of available WordPress data field connection shortcodes. These shortcodes enable you to retrieve various types of data, including the title of your page or post, page or post content, publishing date, archive title, and more.
+
+:::info
+
+You can locate Field Connection shortcodes for our third-party integrations by following the links provided below.
+
+- [Advanced Custom Fields (ACF)](../integrations/acf/index.md)
+- [BigCommerce](../integrations/bigcommerce/field-connections.md)
+- [Easy Digital Downloads](../integrations/easy-digital-downloads/field-connections.md)
+- [The Events Calendar](../integrations/tec/field-connections.md)
+- [WooCommerce](../integrations/woocommerce/field-connections.md)
+
+:::
+
+:::tip
+WordPress data field connection shortcodes also support conditionals and expressions. Learn more by visiting the following links:
+
+- [Conditionals](conditionals.md)
+- [Expressions](expressions.md)
+- [Conditional Examples](examples/conditional.md)
+- [Expression Examples](examples/expressions.md)
+
+:::
+
+## Archive
+
+### Archive Title
+
+Outputs an archive's title.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb archive:title]
+```
+
+### Archive Description
+
+Outputs an archive's description.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb archive:description]
+```
+
+### Archive Count
+
+Outputs an archive's count. Example: _(Showing 1-5 of 25.)_
+
+```markup
+[wpbb archive:show_count]
+```
+
+### Archive Page Count
+
+Outputs an archive page count. Example: _(Page 1 of 3.)_
+
+```markup
+[wpbb archive:show_page_count]
+```
+
+### Archive Term Meta
+
+Outputs an archive’s meta term, such as the value of a custom field assigned to a taxonomy (a post category or tag or a custom taxonomy).
+
+```markup
+[wpbb archive:term_meta key='']
+```
+
+## Author
+
+### Author Name
+
+Outputs the authors name.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:author_name]
+```
+
+- Options
+
+  - **Type** - Choices are display (default), first name, last name, first last, last first, nickname, and username.
+  - **Link** - Enable/Disable a link to the author's archive or to the website in the author's user profile.
+
+- Example
+
+  ```markup
+  [wpbb post:author_name type='first' link='yes' link_type='website']
+  ```
+
+### Author Bio
+
+Outputs the author's bio (**WordPress Dashboard > Users > Profile > Biographical Info**).
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:author_bio]
+```
+
+### Author URL
+
+Outputs the author's website or archive e.g. `https://my-website.com/author/name/`.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:author_url type='archive']
+```
+
+- Options
+
+  - **Type** - Post Archive or Profile Website.
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+You can wrap the field connection shortcode with `<a>` tags to make a link.
+
+```markup
+<a href="[wpbb post:author_url type=archive]" title="Author Website">Author Website</a>
+```
+
+:::
+
+### Author Picture
+
+Outputs the authors profile picture.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:author_profile_picture link='no' link_type='archive' size='100']
+```
+
+- Options
+
+  - **Type** - Choices are display (default), first name, last name, first last, last first, nickname, and username.
+  - **Link** - Enable/Disable a link to the author's archive or to the website in the author's user profile.
+
+- Example
+
+  ```markup
+  [wpbb post:author_name type='first' link='yes' link_type='website']
+  ```
+
+### Author Picture URL
+
+Outputs the authors profile picture URL.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:author_profile_picture_url size='100']
+```
+
+- Options
+
+  - **Size** - Set the pixel size of the image e.g. 100px.
+
+### Author Meta
+
+Outputs the author’s meta term, such as the value of a custom field assigned to the user profile page.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:author_meta key='']
+```
+
+## Comments
+
+### Comments Number
+
+Outputs a post's comment number. Example: 21 Comments.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:comments_number link='yes' none_text='No Comments' one_text='1 Comment' more_text='% Comments']
+```
+
+- Options
+
+  - **Link** - Enable/Disable link.
+  - **No Comments Text** - Set the text for when there are no comments. Default is "No Comments".
+  - **One Comment Text** - Set the text for when there is one comment. Default is "1 Comment".
+  - **Comments Text** - Set the text for when there are multiple comments. Default is "% Comments".
+
+### Comments URL
+
+Outputs a post's comment URL. Example: `https://my-website.com/hello-world/#respond`
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:comments_url]
+```
+
+## Post/Page
+
+The Post/Page field connections work for all public post types this includes custom post types.
+
+### Post Title
+
+Outputs the post's title.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:title]
+```
+
+### Post ID
+
+Outputs the post's ID.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:id]
+```
+
+### Post Excerpt
+
+Outputs the post excerpt.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:excerpt length='55' more='']
+```
+
+- Options
+
+  - **Length** - Accepts a number (number of words). Default is 55.
+  - **More** - Accepts text to appear after the excerpt
+
+- Example
+
+  ```markup
+  [wpbb post:excerpt length='100' more='Continue Reading']
+  ```
+
+### Post Content
+
+Outputs the post's content.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:content]
+```
+
+### Post Custom Field
+
+Outputs [WordPress custom fields](https://wordpress.org/support/article/custom-fields/) added to the page, post or custom post type.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:custom_field key='']
+```
+
+- Options
+
+  - **Key** - Your custom field key/name
+
+- Example
+
+  ```markup
+  [wpbb post:custom_field key='my_field_name']
+  ```
+
+  - **Format** - Accepts date formats, such as `F j, Y` if the field value is a date.
+
+  - Example
+
+    ```markup
+    [wpbb post:custom_field key='my_field_name' format='F j, Y']
+    ```
+
+    - Output
+
+      ```markup
+      December 25, 2025
+      ```
+
+### Post Link
+
+Outputs the post's Link.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:link text='title']
+```
+
+- Options
+
+  - **Link Text** - Choice of Post Title or Custom.
+
+- Example
+
+  ```markup
+  [wpbb post:link text='custom' custom_text='Read More...']
+  ```
+
+### Post URL
+
+Outputs the post's URL. Example: `https://my-website.com/hello-world/`.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:url]
+```
+
+### Post Slug
+
+Outputs the post's slug. Example: `hello-world`.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:slug]
+```
+
+### Post Type
+
+Outputs the post types name, singular name, or slug. Example: `post`.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:post_type display='slug']
+```
+
+**Options**
+
+- **Display** - Choices are Slug, Singular Same, Name, or No Posts Found.
+
+:::tip
+
+This field connection comes in handy when you're utilizing a Post module that's set up to showcase various post types and you wish to apply distinct styling to individual elements based on the post type.
+
+See the [Expression Examples](examples/expressions.md#style-elements-based-on-post-type) article for more details.
+
+:::
+
+### Post Date
+
+See the [PHP date() document](https://secure.php.net/manual/en/function.date.php) for a list of date formats or use the Insert functionality in the Beaver Builder UI to choose from a list of date formats when you insert this field connection.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:date format='']
+```
+
+- Options
+
+  - **Format** - Accepts date formats
+
+- Example
+
+  ```markup
+  [wpbb post:date format='F j, Y']
+  ```
+
+  - Output
+
+    ```markup
+    December 25, 2021
+    ```
+
+### Post Modified Date
+
+See the [PHP date() document](https://secure.php.net/manual/en/function.date.php) for a list of date formats or use the Insert functionality in the Beaver Builder UI to choose from a list of date formats when you insert this field connection.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:modified_date format='']
+```
+
+- Options
+
+  - **Format** - Accepts date formats.
+
+- Example
+
+  ```markup
+  [wpbb post:modified_date format='F j, Y']
+  ```
+
+### Post Featured Image
+
+Outputs the post's [featured image](https://wordpress.org/support/article/settings-sidebar/#featured-image).
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:featured_image size='thumbnail' display='tag' align='left' linked='yes']
+```
+
+- Options
+
+  - **Size** - Thumbnail, Medium, Large, Full Size and any custom sizes you have.
+  - **Display** - Image Tag ([`<img>`](https://www.w3schools.com/tags/tag_img.asp)), URL, Title, Caption, Description or Alt.
+  - **Align** - default, left, center, right.
+  - **Linked** - Enable or disable the link on the featured image.
+
+- Example
+
+  ```markup
+  [wpbb post:featured_image size='medium' display='tag' align='center' linked='yes']
+  ```
+
+### Post Attached Image
+
+Outputs any [images attached to the post](https://wordpress.org/support/article/using-image-and-file-attachments/#attachment-to-a-post).
+
+:::info
+This field connection only appears in modules that have a gallery field setting, such as the Gallery or Slideshow modules.
+:::
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:attached_images]
+```
+
+### Post Terms List
+
+Outputs the post's terms assigned to the post type you are editing.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:terms_list taxonomy='category' html_list='no' display='name' separator=', ' limit= linked='yes']
+```
+
+**Options**
+
+- **Taxonomy** (`taxonomy=''`)
+  Displays the taxonomy terms assigned to the post type your Themer layout applies to.
+  Examples: For standard posts, the terms are Categories and Tags. For WooCommerce Products, the terms are Product Categories and Product Tags.
+
+- **Layout** (`html_list=''`)
+  Choose how the terms are displayed from Separator, Unordered List (`<ul>`), Ordered List (`<ol>`), Div/Span (`<span>`).
+
+:::info
+
+The list layouts are not hierarchical. For example, if you have both parent and child categories selected for posts, they will appear at the same level in the list layout.
+
+:::
+
+- **Display** (`display=''`)
+  Choose how the terms are displayed from Name, or Slug.
+
+- **Separator** (`separator=''`)
+  Leave blank or add in something to separate the terms (if Layout is set to Separator). Default is comma (,).
+
+- **Limit** (`limit=''`)
+  Limit the number of terms returned.
+
+- **Linked** (`linked=''`)
+  Enable or disable the link to the taxonomy term.
+
+**Example**
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:terms_list taxonomy='category' html_list='no' display='name' separator='* ' limit='5' linked='yes']
+```
+
+## Site
+
+### Site Title
+
+Outputs the site's title from the [WordPress Customizer](https://wordpress.org/support/article/appearance-customize-screen/#site-identity).
+
+```markup
+[wpbb site:title]
+```
+
+### Site Tagline
+
+Outputs the site's tagline from the [WordPress Customizer](https://wordpress.org/support/article/appearance-customize-screen/#site-identity).
+
+```markup
+[wpbb site:tagline]
+```
+
+### Site URL
+
+Outputs the site's URL.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb site:url]
+```
+
+### Current Year
+
+Outputs the site's year. Useful for adding a dynamic year in footer layouts.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb site:year format='Y']
+```
+
+- Example:
+
+  `Copyright © 2010 - [wpbb site:year format='Y'] My Company Name.`
+
+  - Output:
+
+    > © 2010 - 2023 My Company Name.
+
+## User
+
+### User Name
+
+Outputs the user's name.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb site:user_name type='display' link='yes' user='current']
+```
+
+- Options
+
+  - **Type** - Choices are Display Name (Default), First Name, Last Name, First & Last Name, Last, First Name, Nickname, and Username.
+  - **Link** - Enable/Disable a link to the user's archive or to the website in the user profile.
+  - **Link_type** - Post Archive or Profile Website (if Link set to yes).
+  - **User** - Current or Specific
+  - **User ID** Enter the User ID number (if User is set to Specific).
+
+- Example
+
+  ```markup
+  [wpbb site:user_name type='display' link='yes' link_type='archive' user='specific' user_id='1']
+  ```
+
+### User Bio
+
+Outputs the user's bio **(WordPress Dashboard > Users > Profile > Biographical Info)**.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb site:user_bio user=current user_id='']
+```
+
+- Options
+
+  - **User** - Current, Specific
+  - **User ID** - User ID number (if User set to Specific).
+
+- Example
+
+  ```markup
+  [wpbb site:user_bio user='specific' user_id='2']
+  ```
+
+### User URL
+
+Outputs the user's URL. Example: `https://my-website.com/author/name/`.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb site:user_url type='archive' user='current']
+```
+
+- Options
+
+  - **Type** - Post Archive or Profile Website
+  - **User** - Current or Specific
+  - **User ID** Enter the User ID number (if User is set to Specific).
+
+- Example
+
+  ```markup
+  [wpbb site:user_url type='website' user='specific' user_id='1']
+  ```
+
+### User Picture
+
+```markup
+[wpbb site:user_profile_picture link='yes' size='300' user='current']
+```
+
+- Options
+
+  - **Link** - Yes or No.
+  - **Link Type** - Post Archive or Users Profile Website
+  - **Size** - Image Size in pixels (px).
+  - **User** - Current or Specific
+  - **User ID** - User ID number (if User set to Specific).
+
+- Example
+
+  ```markup
+  [wpbb site:user_profile_picture link='yes' link_type='archive' size='300' user='specific' user_id='5']
+  ```
+
+### User Meta
+
+Outputs the user's meta term, such as the value of a users profile setting or custom field assigned to a user profile.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb site:user_meta key=?? user=current user_id=??]
+```
+
+- Options
+
+  - **Key** - User Meta key value
+  - **User** - Current or Specific
+  - **User ID** - User ID number (if User set to Specific).
+
+- Example
+
+  This is an example using [WooCommerce meta terms](https://docs.woocommerce.com/document/tutorial-customising-checkout-fields-using-actions-and-filters/#section-2) to output the user's company from the Customer billing address.
+
+  ```markup
+  [wpbb site:user_meta key='billing_company' user='specific' user_id='5']
+  ```
+
+### User Logged In
+
+This shortcode returns True (1) or False (0) and is used mostly as a conditional shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb site:logged_in role='' user='current' user_id='']
+```
+
+- Options
+
+  - **Role/Roles** - User role, in lower case. Separate multiple roles with commas.
+  - **User** - Current or Specific
+  - **User ID** - User ID number (if User set to Specific).
+
+- Example
+
+  ```markup
+  [wpbb-if site:logged_in role='administrator' user='current']
+
+    Display this message if currently logged-in user has role Administrator.
+
+  [/wpbb-if]
+  ```
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/getting-started/i-installed-beaver-themer-now-what.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/getting-started/i-installed-beaver-themer-now-what.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..29e7f837
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/getting-started/i-installed-beaver-themer-now-what.md
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+---
+id: i-installed-beaver-themer-now-what
+title: I installed Beaver Themer, now what?
+sidebar_label: I installed Beaver Themer, now what?
+description: Provides basic information and examples about what you can do with Beaver Themer after it's installed.
+---
+
+Let's take a quick tour of Beaver Themer. If you're still not clear on where it works, there are examples plus screenshots [in this article](/beaver-themer/getting-started/what-can-i-do-with-beaver-themer.md).
+
+## What can I build with Beaver Themer?
+
+The Beaver Themer plugin is an add-on to the Beaver Builder plugin. Beaver Themer lets you use Beaver Builder to create layouts for the areas of a page or post that are normally controlled by the theme, plus a couple other layouts that you can't create directly in WordPress. This includes the following areas:
+
+- Headers and footers
+- Post title, post info, featured image, comments, sidebar – in other words, [everything but post content](#beaver-builder-layouts-in-beaver-themer-vs-post-content-area) – on single posts.
+- Index and archive pages that are generated by WordPress to list blog posts by date or by specific categories, tags, authors, etc.
+- The page displayed after a 404 error.
+- Parts of pages such as banners inserted into specific locations on the page, such as before the header, after the header, before the content.
+
+For more information about theme-controlled areas, see the [primer on WordPress content and theme areas](/beaver-themer/getting-started/primer-on-wordpress-content-and-theme-areas-themer). For some screenshots and descriptions of Themer layouts, see the [Beaver Builder introductory article](/beaver-themer/getting-started/what-can-i-do-with-beaver-themer.md).
+
+## Which themes support Beaver Themer?
+
+See [this article](getting-started/supported-themes.md) for which themes support Beaver Themer. If your theme isn't on the list, see whether you can [add code to make your theme support Header, Footer, and Part layouts](developer/add-themer-support.md) in Beaver Themer.
+
+## Where do I find Beaver Themer after I install it?
+
+Beaver Themer has been integrated with the Beaver Builder plugin, and you'll see it mainly in two places in the UI, as described in the following sections.
+
+### 1. Beaver Builder menu in the WordPress admin panel
+
+There's a **Beaver Builder** admin panel nested in the WordPress admin panel, and when you install Beaver Themer, a new submenu appears called **Themer layouts**, as shown in the following screenshot.
+
+![](/img/i-installed-beaver-themer-now-what-84e9b397.png)
+
+:::tip
+Can't see **Beaver Builder** in your WordPress admin panel? See the article about [how to enable it](/beaver-builder/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/cant-find-the-beaver-builder-menu-in-the-admin-panel).
+:::
+
+### 2. Identify and edit Themer layouts from the WordPress admin bar
+
+You'll also see Beaver Themer options in the WordPress admin bar at the top of the screen when you're logged in.
+
+#### New menu
+
+The **New** menu has a **Themer layout** selection, as shown in this screenshot.
+
+![](/img/i-installed-beaver-themer-now-what-11c637e0.png)
+
+#### Edit Themer Layout and Beaver Builder in the admin bar
+
+When you're viewing a Themer layout, you'll see options to edit the Themer layout's settings or to open Beaver Builder to modify the Themer layout itself.
+
+![](/img/i-installed-beaver-themer-now-what-c0fc0dc1.png)
+
+If there's already a Beaver Builder layout on the page you're viewing, Beaver Builder will appear with a green dot next to it in the WordPress admin bar. If the dot is gray or white, it means there's currently no Beaver Builder layout.
+
+If you're viewing a regular page and mouse over the Beaver Builder link, you'll see options to edit the page itself or any of the Themer layouts that apply to that page. For example, in the following screenshot you can choose to open either the page that you're viewing in Beaver Builder, or the Header-type Themer layout called "Sneak Peek home page," which is controlling the header on that page.
+
+![](/img/i-installed-beaver-themer-now-what-bf74dcc9.png)
+
+### 3. Field connections
+
+When you open a module for editing in a Themer layout, you'll notice a plus sign next to some of the setting fields, as you can see in the following screenshot.
+
+![](/img/i-installed-beaver-themer-now-what-34d69222.png)
+
+These plus signs indicate that you can set [field connections](field-connections/index.md) to add information from your site's database. In the screenshot example above, the field connection was set to display the site title as the heading text and use the site's URL as the link. This means that whenever you change the title of your site or its URL in your WordPress settings, your site automatically reflects the new information.
+
+There are many types of field connections. For example, the following screenshot shows part of a Singular Themer layout, in which the featured image is displayed as the row background, and the title, date, and author's name come from the post that's being displayed, all by means of field connections. In other words, no matter which post the Themer layout appears on, it displays the content from that post.
+
+![](/img/i-installed-beaver-themer-now-what-f3cdb7e1.jpg)
+
+## Beaver Builder layouts in Beaver Themer vs. Post content area
+
+As mentioned, Beaver Themer lets you create layouts that apply outside the content area of a page or post. In particular, Singular layouts apply to post titles, post info, the featured image, and so on, but not to the post content area. For the post content, you can use standard Beaver Builder layouts or the WordPress editor.
+
+For example, the following screenshot shows a single post. In the WordPress admin bar you can see that the dot following Beaver Builder is white, indicating that the post content doesn't have a Beaver Builder layout. The submenu indicates that there's a Header-type Themer layout and a Singular-type Themer layout applied to this page.
+
+![](/img/i-installed-beaver-themer-now-what-4073ffa6.jpg)
+
+If you want to use Beaver Builder to lay out the content of posts, make sure that [Posts are enabled for editing](/beaver-builder/settings/post-types), then navigate to any single post in the back end and open it in the Beaver Builder editor, the same way you'd edit a page layout..
+
+## Got it. What's next?
+
+Try out [this quick tutorial on designing a Header layout](/beaver-themer/layout-types-modules/header-layout-type/tutorial-create-a-header-layout-themer.md).
+
+Have a look at the layout types in Beaver Themer, their special modules, and where you can use them on your site:
+
+- [Header](/beaver-themer/layout-types-modules/header-layout-type/themer-header-layout-type.md)
+- [Footer](/beaver-themer/layout-types-modules/footer-layout-type/themer-footer-layout-type.md)
+- [Archive](/beaver-themer/layout-types-modules/archive-layout-type/themer-archive-layout-type.md)
+- [Singular](/beaver-themer/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-type.md) (for single posts)
+- [404](/beaver-themer/layout-types-modules/404-layout-type/themer-404-layout-type.md)
+- [Part](/beaver-themer/layout-types-modules/part-layout-type/themer-part-layout-type.md)
+
+Find out the power of using [field connections](field-connections/index.md) and [field connection shortcodes](field-connections/syntax.md), both in your Themer layouts and regular Beaver Builder layouts.
+
+Use [conditional logic](/beaver-themer/conditional-logic/beaver-themer-conditional-logic.md) to fine-tune the locations where your Themer layouts appear.
+
+If you're a developer, have a look at the articles on how to customize [Themer modules](/beaver-themer/developer/customize-themer-modules.md) and [field connections](/beaver-themer/developer/customize-field-connections-themer).
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/getting-started/install.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/getting-started/install.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3c50f623
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/getting-started/install.md
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+---
+id: install
+title: Install Beaver Themer
+sidebar_label: Installation
+---
+
+This article walks you through every step of installing and activating the Beaver Themer add-on plugin on your WordPress site.
+
+<div className="embed-responsive">
+  <iframe width="560" height="315" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/lNM7B8_1IRE" frameBorder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture" allowFullScreen></iframe>
+</div>
+
+## Download
+
+Download the Beaver Themer plugin zip from the [My Account](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/my-account/) page. The download file is named _bb-theme-builder.zip_.
+
+## Install
+
+1. From your WordPress Admin Dashboard, go to **Plugins > Add New**.
+2. Click the **Upload plugin** button at the top of the screen.
+3. Click **Browse** and select the downloaded zip file (_bb-theme-builder.zip_) on your local system.
+4. After you have selected the file, click on the **Install Now** button.
+5. Once the installation is complete, click on the **Activate** button.
+
+:::tip
+
+You can also install Beaver Themer from the Beaver Builder settings page by going to the [License tab](/beaver-builder/settings/license) and clicking the Install link in the [Available Downloads](/beaver-builder/settings/license#available-downloads) section.
+
+:::
+
+## Activation
+
+If you activate the Beaver Themer plugin without having the Beaver Builder plugin installed, you’ll see a warning. Additionally, Beaver Themer is not compatible with the [Lite version](https://wordpress.org/plugins/beaver-builder-lite-version/) of the Beaver Builder plugin. If both the Lite version and Beaver Themer are installed, the following message will appear at the top of the WordPress Plugins page:
+
+> _Beaver Themer is not compatible with the lite version of Beaver Builder. Please purchase a premium version before continuing._
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/getting-started/primer-on-wordpress-content-and-theme-areas-themer.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/getting-started/primer-on-wordpress-content-and-theme-areas-themer.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..415dd7b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/getting-started/primer-on-wordpress-content-and-theme-areas-themer.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+id: primer-on-wordpress-content-and-theme-areas-themer
+title: Primer on WordPress content and theme areas
+sidebar_label: Primer on WordPress content and theme areas
+---
+
+To understand how Beaver Themer works, it helps to understand some aspects of the WordPress architecture.
+
+In WordPress, a post or page has a single content area, and you fill in that content using the WordPress text editor. In the following diagrams, boxes shaded in gray are controlled by the active theme, whereas the content area is the place where contributors enter content on individual posts or pages.
+
+![](/img/primer-on-wordpress-content-and-theme-areas-themer-1b03e8f2.png)
+
+Traditionally, if you wanted to add a more complex layout to the content area, you'd add a widget area as a sidebar or a footer. The active theme also controls the option to add a particular sidebar or footer widget area in a particular location on the page.
+
+![](/img/primer-on-wordpress-content-and-theme-areas-themer-c390a462.png)
+
+In addition, the theme controls display and placement of information about Posts: Post title, Post info such as author and date, comments, categories, and post navigation.
+
+![](/img/primer-on-wordpress-content-and-theme-areas-themer-0b6e8cb1.png)
+
+The Beaver Builder plugin gives you the ability to lay out and add content to many small pieces of content inside the WordPress content area. Suddenly layouts became much more interesting than adding widgets in a sidebar.
+
+**Beaver Themer** is an add-on to the Beaver Builder plugin. It lets you use the Beaver Builder editor to create "Themer layouts" in areas that are traditionally handled by themes. While an active theme is still required, Beaver Themer layouts override the active theme's control when necessary.
+
+:::info
+
+- The header, footer, location of the sidebar, and Post information and metadata are controlled by the active WordPress theme. Beaver Themer overrides this control as appropriate.
+- WordPress allows only one content area on a Post or Page.
+- The [Singular Themer layout](/beaver-themer/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-type.md) lets you create Beaver Builder layouts for the information that lies outside the countent area of a single post. To use Beaver Builder for the content area of a post, use a regular Beaver Builder layout. Be sure to [enable the **Posts** post type in the Beaver Builder settings](/beaver-builder/settings/post-types).
+
+:::
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/getting-started/requirements.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/getting-started/requirements.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6b115fd8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/getting-started/requirements.md
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+---
+id: requirements
+title: Requirements
+sidebar_label: Requirements
+---
+
+This article outlines all the requirements for installing and using the Beaver Themer add-on plugin on your website.
+
+## Beaver Builder Plugin
+
+The Beaver Themer add-on plugin requires the **premium version** of the Beaver Builder plugin and is **not compatible** with the Lite version.
+
+## WordPress and PHP
+
+Beaver Themer shares the same WordPress and PHP [requirements](/beaver-builder/getting-started/system-requirements) as the Beaver Builder plugin. For details, see our Beaver Builder System Requirements article.
+
+## WordPress Theme
+
+You will need a WordPress theme that is either compatible with Beaver Themer or can be made compatible with custom code.
+
+For more details, see our articles on [Supported Themes](supported-themes.md) and how to [Add Support for Beaver Themer](developer/add-themer-support.md).
+
+## WordPress Multisite Networks
+
+Beaver Themer is compatible with WordPress Multisite network installations, as long as you have the **Professional** or **Unlimited** license, or a legacy **Pro**, **Agency**, or **Ultimate** license of the Beaver Builder plugin installed.
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/getting-started/supported-themes.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/getting-started/supported-themes.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2a7aef45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/getting-started/supported-themes.md
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+---
+id: supported-themes
+title: Supported Themes
+sidebar_label: Supported Themes
+---
+
+Most WordPress themes support archive, singular, and 404 layouts. However, to support the Beaver Themer header, footer, and part layouts, themes must allow its header, footer, and parts to be removed using hooks.
+
+## Built-in Support
+
+Beaver Themer was built to fully support the following themes:
+
+- [Beaver Builder Theme](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/wordpress-framework-theme/)
+- [Genesis](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/go/genesis)
+- [GeneratePress](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/go/generatepress)
+- [Storefront theme from WooCommerce](https://woocommerce.com/storefront/)
+
+If you have any problem with Beaver Themer compatibility with these themes, contact the Beaver Builder Support team.
+
+## Third-party Support
+
+The following theme developers have added full support for Beaver Themer:
+
+- [Playground for Beaver Themer](https://webmandesign.github.io/playground-for-beaver-themer/)  
+  A free bare-bones theme for experienced WordPress users, specifically designed to be used together with Beaver Themer for layouts.
+- [Astra](https://wpastra.com)
+- [Page Builder Framework](https://wp-pagebuilderframework.com/)
+- [Monument Valley](https://themeforest.net/item/monument-valley-accessible-woocommerce-business-masterpiece/19252657?ref=fastline-media), [Icelander](https://themeforest.net/item/icelander-accessible-business-portfolio-woocommerce-wordpress-theme/20138825?ref=fastline-media) (Version 1.1.8 or higher), and [Reykjavik](https://wordpress.org/themes/reykjavik/) by Webmandesign
+- [Hestia](https://wordpress.org/themes/hestia/)
+- [OceanWP](https://oceanwp.org) (Version 1.2.5 or higher)
+
+If you have a problem with Beaver Themer compatibility with these themes, contact the theme developer.
+
+If you have coding skills, you can [add custom support for header, footer, and parts layouts](/beaver-themer/developer/add-themer-support.md) for other themes with some PHP code.
+
+:::tip
+
+When you add a new Themer layout, the Layout list will show you if\ any of the layout types are not supported, as shown in the following screenshot.
+
+![](/img/beaver-themer-supported-themes-44be4aa9.png)
+
+:::
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/getting-started/what-can-i-do-with-beaver-themer.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/getting-started/what-can-i-do-with-beaver-themer.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..685d65e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/getting-started/what-can-i-do-with-beaver-themer.md
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+---
+id: what-can-i-do-with-beaver-themer
+title: "What can I do with Beaver Themer?"
+sidebar_label: "What can I do with Beaver Themer?"
+---
+
+Beaver Themer is an add-on plugin that integrates with the Beaver Builder  plugin. It lets you build layouts for the [pages and parts of pages normally controlled by the theme](/beaver-themer/getting-started/primer-on-wordpress-content-and-theme-areas-themer): 
+* header
+* footer
+* index and archive pages generated by WordPress
+* single posts
+* 404 pages
+* "parts" (specific locations on posts and pages to add rows such as banners)
+
+![](/img/what-can-i-do-with-beaver-themer-424499ee.png)
+
+Beaver Themer is fully integrated with the Beaver Builder Theme and is [fully supported by a number of popular themes](/beaver-themer/developer/add-themer-support).
+
+Beaver Themer gives you much more flexibility and control in customizations than any theme could ever provide. For example, you can create a custom header layout for your home page and a different header for the other pages on your site. Or on an ecommerce site, you can have one Themer header for regular pages and a different Themer header for store pages. Or you can use [conditional logic ](/beaver-themer/conditional-logic/beaver-themer-conditional-logic.md) to create rules that display a Themer layout only when certain conditions are met. For example, you could display a special header or banner only when users are logged in.
+
+Themer layouts work for custom post types as well as standard WordPress pages and posts. Once you have created a custom post type (using your own code or a plugin like Pods or Custom Post Type UI), it will automatically show up in the list of Locations for your Themer layout, as in the screenshot example below, where two custom posts types show up at the bottom of the list of locations for an Archive layout.
+
+![](/img/what-can-i-do-with-beaver-themer-d4ba41cd.png)
+
+:::info
+You could think of Themer layouts as overriding the theme's control of a particular area of the page. This means that for any page to which a Themer layout does NOT apply, the standard theme options you have set take over. For example, if you have a Header-type Themer layout applied to the home page only, your theme's header will apply on every other page of your site.
+:::
+
+## Beaver Themer layout types and examples
+
+Here are the types of Themer layouts you can create, with an example of each.
+
+### Header layout
+
+In this example, a Header Themer layout was created with a tow background photo that creates a hero image and applies to the home page only. For the other pages, a different Header-type Themer layout could be created to apply to all pages except the home page, or you could just let your theme take over displaying its header on the other pages.
+
+![](/img/what-can-i-do-with-beaver-themer-0b6556d7.jpg)
+
+### Footer layout
+
+You can create layouts that appear where your theme normally displays the footer.
+
+In the example shown in this screenshot, the Footer-type Themer layout on the left has a typical footer row at the bottom and another row above it that resembles a footer widget area except it contains module content, not WordPress widgets, giving you more control over layout and style. If you want to a widget in this layout, simple use a WordPress Widget module.
+
+The Footer-type Themer layout on the right applies to product category and product archive pages, with a customer care section, a search box for products, and a list of recently viewed products. Beaver Themer has integrations with WooCommerce, Easy Digital Downloads, and The Event Calendar plugins, with special modules that make it easy to display this type of information and limit the locations in which it appears.
+
+![](/img/what-can-i-do-with-beaver-themer-8a3640e5.jpg)
+
+### Archive layouts for generated WordPress pages
+
+Normally, you can only control the appearance of the index and archive pages through your theme's settings or by directly customizing WordPress PHP templates or creating custom CSS. Beaver Themer lets you apply Beaver Builder layouts to these generated pages. Archives include lists of posts, authors, post categories, post dates, and search results.
+
+Here's an example of how an Archive-type layout was used to create an index page displaying recent posts for the custom post type called Events, with custom fields for date and time.
+
+![](/img/what-can-i-do-with-beaver-themer-e7b6af02.jpg)
+
+You can apply Archive-type layouts to the index page (list of recent posts), or to posts written by a particular author, or organized by date, or for a particular category or tag. An Archive-type layout can also apply to a page displaying search results.
+
+Here's another example of an Archive-type layout, this one for a WooCommerce product category page. In this layout, the category image appears as a row background behind the category title and a search bar, and the products within the category are displayed in a Posts module that lets you display only products that fit that WooCommerce product category.
+
+![](/img/what-can-i-do-with-beaver-themer-73211a38.jpg)
+
+### Singular layout
+
+Singular-type Themer layouts apply to single posts. They are different from regular Beaver Builder layouts for posts, in that regular layouts apply to the content area, whereas Singular Themer layouts apply everywhere *except* the content area. Beaver Themer supports custom post types and custom fields used in WordPress, the Advanced Custom Fields (ACF) plugin, and the Pods plugin (through the use of an add-on plugin provided by the Pods team that integrates with Beaver Themer).
+
+The following screenshot shows an example of a custom post type called Events. The post title row includes two custom fields for event date and time, and the featured image of each custom post is set to display in the row background. In the row below the image, the left column shows the post content, and the right column displays three custom fields (special notes, where to meet, and a map).
+
+![](/img/what-can-i-do-with-beaver-themer-c1e32baa.jpg)
+
+### Custom 404 page
+
+You can create a Themer layout for a custom 404 page, as shown in this screenshot.
+
+![](/img/what-can-i-do-with-beaver-themer-514f3b2c.jpg)
+
+### Parts
+
+Besides the Themer layout types that apply to standard theme locations, you can create Themer layouts for targeted locations outside the content area, such as after the header, after the title, above the footer, and so on.
+
+For example, you could create a site banner that you display below the header on certain pages. In the following screenshot, a Part-type Themer layout inserts a banner notice about shipping prices under the header on all the shop pages in a WooCommerce site.
+
+![](/img/what-can-i-do-with-beaver-themer-da962e46.jpg)
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/button-group.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/button-group.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..83d82e41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/button-group.md
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+---
+id: button-group
+title: Button Group field
+sidebar_label: Button Group
+---
+
+The Advanced Custom Fields (ACF) Button Group field is supported in Beaver Themer via a field connection shortcode.
+
+:::caution
+The Button Group field connection **does not** output an HTML button.
+:::
+
+## Getting started
+
+To get started, create your Button Group field in ACF and use the shortcode to display the Button Group field on your pages or posts. You can use the shortcode inside any module that supports HTML such as a HTML or Text Editor module.
+
+:::info
+The Button Group field connection can output either the **Value** or **Label** from the Button Group field **Return Format** setting.
+
+![Button Group Value or Label output](/img/beaver-themer/integrations--acf--button-group-field--1.jpg)
+:::
+
+## Shortcode
+
+Here is an example of the Beaver Themer Button Group field connection shortcode.
+```markup
+[wpbb post:acf type='button_group' name='']
+```
+
+The `name=''` attribute is where you enter your Button Group field name.
+
+## Options Page
+
+The Beaver Themer Button Group field connection shortcode also supports Button Group fields added to the ACF [Options page](../options-page.md) by adding `site:acf_option` to the field connection shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb site:acf_option type='button_group' name='']
+```
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/checkbox.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/checkbox.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6cbae522
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/checkbox.md
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+---
+id: checkbox
+title: Checkbox field
+sidebar_label: Checkbox
+---
+
+The Advanced Custom Fields (ACF) Checkbox field is supported in Beaver Themer via a field connection shortcode.
+
+## Getting started
+
+To get started, create your Checkbox field in ACF and use the shortcode to display the Checkbox field on your pages or posts. You can use the shortcode inside any module that supports HTML such as a HTML or Text Editor module.
+
+:::info
+The Checkbox field connection can output either the **Value** or **Label** from the Checkbox field **Return Format** setting.
+
+![](/img/beaver-themer/integrations--acf--checkbox-field--1.jpg)
+:::
+
+## Shortcode
+
+Here is an example of the Beaver Themer Checkbox field connection shortcode. The Checkbox shortcode can output your choices in three formats text, unordered list, ordered list and this example uses the ordered list format.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:acf type='checkbox' name='' checkbox_format='ol']
+```
+
+The `name=''` attribute is where you enter your Checkbox field name.
+
+* Options
+
+	* **Format** (`select_format=''`) - Choices are Text (default), Ordered List and Unordered List.
+	
+		* **Text** - Displays the Select field choices inline inside a `<p>` tag and comma separated.
+		* **Ordered List** - Displays the Select field choices in an ordered list (`<ol>`).
+		* **Unordered List** - Displays the Select field choices in an unordered list (`<ul>`).
+
+## Options Page
+
+The Beaver Themer Checkbox field connection shortcode also supports Checkbox fields added to the ACF [Options page](../options-page.md) by adding `site:acf_option` to the field connection shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb site:acf_option type='checkbox' name='' checkbox_format='ol']
+```
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/color-picker.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/color-picker.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..97fab0ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/color-picker.md
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+---
+id: color-picker
+title: Color Picker field
+sidebar_label: Color Picker
+---
+
+The Advanced Custom Fields (ACF) Color Picker field is supported in Beaver Themer via a field connection shortcode.
+
+## Getting started
+
+To get started, create your [Color Picker](https://www.advancedcustomfields.com/resources/color-picker/) field in ACF and use the shortcode to display the email field on your pages or posts. You can use the shortcode inside any module that supports HTML such as a Header, HTML, Button or Text module.
+
+## Shortcode
+
+Here is an example of the Beaver Themer Color Picker field connection shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:acf_color name='FIELD_NAME']
+```
+
+The `name=''` attribute is where you enter your Color Picker field name.
+
+## Options Page
+
+The Beaver Themer Color Picker field connection shortcode also supports Color Picker fields added to the ACF [Options page](../options-page.md) by adding `site:acf_color` to the field connection shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb site:acf_color name='FIELD_NAME']
+```
+
+## Using with CSS
+
+Color Picker field connections can be used with HTML to add color values to inline CSS.
+
+```markup
+<div style="background-color: #[wpbb post:acf_color name='FIELD_NAME'];">
+	<h1 style="color: #[wpbb post:acf_color name='FIELD_NAME'];">Hello World</h1>
+</div>
+```
+
+:::info
+To use Color Picker fields added to the ACF [Options page](../options-page.md), replace `post:acf_color` in the example code above with `site:acf_color`.
+:::
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/date-picker.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/date-picker.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f1d54d94
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/date-picker.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+id: date-picker
+title: Date Picker field
+sidebar_label: Date Picker
+---
+
+The Advanced Custom Fields (ACF) Date Picker field is supported in Beaver Themer via a field connection shortcode.
+
+## Getting started
+
+To get started, create your Date Picker field in ACF and use the shortcode to display the Date Picker field on your pages or posts. You can use the shortcode inside any module that supports HTML such as a Header, HTML, Button or Text module.
+
+## Shortcode
+
+Here is an example of the Beaver Themer Date Picker field connection shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:acf type='date_picker' name='']
+```
+
+The `name=''` attribute is where you enter your Date Picker field name.
+
+## Options Page
+
+The Beaver Themer Date Picker field connection shortcode also supports Date Picker fields added to the ACF [Options page](../options-page.md) by adding `site:acf_option` to the field connection shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb site:acf_option type='date_picker' name='']
+```
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/date-time-picker.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/date-time-picker.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..208ebbfe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/date-time-picker.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+id: date-time-picker
+title: Date Time Picker field
+sidebar_label: Date Time Picker
+---
+
+The Advanced Custom Fields (ACF) Date Time Picker field is supported in Beaver Themer via a field connection shortcode.
+
+## Getting started
+
+To get started, create your Date Time Picker field in ACF and use the shortcode to display the Date Time Picker field on your pages or posts. You can use the shortcode inside any module that supports HTML such as a Header, HTML, Button or Text module.
+
+## Shortcode
+
+Here is an example of the Beaver Themer Date Time Picker field connection shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:acf type='date_time_picker' name='']
+```
+
+The `name=''` attribute is where you enter your Date Time Picker field name.
+
+## Options Page
+
+The Beaver Themer Date Time Picker field connection shortcode also supports Date Time Picker fields added to the ACF [Options page](../options-page.md) by adding `site:acf_option` to the field connection shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb site:acf_option type='date_time_picker' name='']
+```
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/email.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/email.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e82e67dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/email.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+id: email
+title: Email field
+sidebar_label: Email
+---
+
+The Advanced Custom Fields (ACF) Email field is supported in Beaver Themer via a field connection shortcode.
+
+## Getting started
+
+To get started, create your Email field in ACF and use the shortcode to display the email field on your pages or posts. You can use the shortcode inside any module that supports HTML such as a Header, HTML, Button or Text module.
+
+## Shortcode
+
+Here is an example of the Beaver Themer Email field connection shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:acf type='email' name='']
+```
+
+The `name=''` attribute is where you enter your Email field name.
+
+## Options Page
+
+The Beaver Themer Email field connection shortcode also supports Email fields added to the ACF [Options page](../options-page.md) by adding `site:acf_option` to the field connection shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb site:acf_option type='email' name='']
+```
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/file.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/file.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7805fc79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/file.md
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+---
+id: file
+title: File field
+sidebar_label: File
+---
+
+The Advanced Custom Fields (ACF) File field is supported in Beaver Themer via a field connection shortcode.
+
+## Getting started
+
+To get started, create your File field in ACF and use the shortcode to display the File field on your pages or posts. You can use the shortcode inside any module that supports HTML such as a Header, HTML, Button or Text module.
+
+## Shortcode
+
+Here is an example of the Beaver Themer File field connection shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:acf type='file' name='']
+```
+
+The `name=''` attribute is where you enter your File field name.
+
+### Options
+
+The File field connection shortcode supports the following options.
+
+* **Display** - The display option allows you to choose what to display from the File field. The default is `url`. The following options are available:  
+
+  * **URL** - Displays the file URL.
+  * **Name** - Displays the file name.
+  * **Title** - Displays the file title.
+  * **Description** - Displays the file description.
+  * **Base Name** - Displays the file basename.
+  * **Extension** - Displays the file extension. Example: `jpg`.
+  * **Alt** - Displays the file alt text.
+  * **Caption** - Displays the file caption.
+
+### Shortcode Parameters
+
+The File field options can also be added using the following parameters.
+
+```markup title="URL"
+[wpbb post:acf type='file' name='' display='url']
+```
+
+```markup title="Name"
+[wpbb post:acf type='file' name='' display='name']
+```
+  
+```markup title="Title"
+[wpbb post:acf type='file' name='' display='title']
+```
+
+```markup title="Description"
+[wpbb post:acf type='file' name='' display='description']
+```
+
+```markup title="Base Name"
+[wpbb post:acf type='file' name='' display='basename']
+```
+
+```markup title="Extension"
+[wpbb post:acf type='file' name='' display='ext']
+```
+
+```markup title="Alt"
+[wpbb post:acf type='file' name='' display='alt']
+```
+
+```markup title="Caption"
+[wpbb post:acf type='file' name='' display='caption']
+```
+
+## Options Page
+
+The Beaver Themer File field connection shortcode also supports File fields added to the ACF [Options page](../options-page.md) by adding `site:acf_option` to the field connection shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb site:acf_option type='file' name='']
+```
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/flexible-content.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/flexible-content.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3b253a87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/flexible-content.md
@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+---
+id: flexible-content
+title: Flexible Content
+sidebar_label: Flexible Content
+---
+
+The Advanced Custom Fields (ACF) Flexible Content field is supported in Beaver Themer via a field connection shortcode.
+
+## Getting started
+
+To get started, create your [Flexible Content field](https://www.advancedcustomfields.com/resources/flexible-content/) in ACF and use the shortcode to display the flexible content field on your page or posts. You can use the shortcode inside any module that supports HTML such as a Text or HTML module.
+
+## Shortcode
+
+Here is an example of the Beaver Themer Flexible Content field connection shortcode, with a description below.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb-acf-flex name='my_flexible_content']
+
+  [wpbb-acf-layout name='layout']
+
+    <h3>[wpbb post:acf type='text' name='flexible_content_text']</h3>
+  
+    <img src="[wpbb post:acf type='image' name='flexible_content_img' image_size='large' display='url']">
+
+  [/wpbb-acf-layout]
+
+[/wpbb-acf-flex]
+```
+
+* `my_flexible_content` is the name of your flexible content field.
+* `layout` is the name of your layout.
+* `flexible_content_text`, and `flexible_content_img` are the names of your nested fields inside your layout.
+
+## Multiple Layouts
+
+The Flexible Content field supports multiple layouts which allow you to use different field types. The flexible content field connection shortcode supports multiple layouts using `[wpbb-acf-layout name='']` with the `name=''` attribute being where you enter the layouts name.
+
+### Adding Layouts
+
+To add a new layout to the ACF Flexible Content field, click the **Add New** link on the flexible content settings located in the **layout** section, see image below.
+
+![](/img/beaver-themer/integrations--acf--flex-content-1.jpg)
+
+### Shortcode
+
+This example demonstrates how to use Beaver Themer conditional shortcodes with multiple layouts in your Flexible Content field.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb-acf-flex name='my_flexible_content']
+
+  [wpbb-acf-layout name='layout_1']
+
+    <h3>[wpbb post:acf type='text' name='flexible_content_text']</h3>
+  
+    <img src="[wpbb post:acf type='image' name='flexible_content_img' image_size='large' display='url']">
+
+  [/wpbb-acf-layout]
+  
+  [wpbb-acf-layout name='layout_2']
+
+    <h3>[wpbb post:acf type='text' name='flexible_content_text']</h3>
+  
+    <img src="[wpbb post:acf type='image' name='flexible_content_img' image_size='large' display='url']">
+  
+  [/wpbb-acf-layout]
+
+[/wpbb-acf-flex]
+```
+
+* `my_flexible_content` is the name of your flexible content field.
+* `layout_1` and `layout_2` are the names of your layouts.
+* `flexible_content_text`, and `flexible_content_img` are the names of your nested fields inside your layout.
+
+## Conditional Fields
+
+This example demonstrates how to use Beaver Themer conditional shortcodes with Flexible Content to handle cases when one of the fields is empty. The example code works in the case where the flexible content has a text field and image field.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb-acf-flex name='my_flexible_content']
+
+  [wpbb-acf-layout name='layout']
+  
+    [wpbb-if post:acf type='text' name='flexible_content_text']
+  
+      <h3>[wpbb post:acf type='text' name='flexible_content_text']</h3>
+      
+    [/wpbb-if]
+      
+    [wpbb-if post:acf type='image' name='flexible_content_img' image_size='large' display='url']
+  
+      <img src="[wpbb post:acf type='image' name='flexible_content_img' image_size='large' display='url']">
+      
+    [/wpbb-if]
+  
+  [/wpbb-acf-layout]
+
+[/wpbb-acf-flex]
+```
+
+## Repeater
+
+This example demonstrates how you can combine a Repeater field inside a Flexible Content field.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb-acf-flex name='my_flexible_content']
+
+  [wpbb-acf-layout name='layout']
+
+    <p>[wpbb post:acf type='text' name='flexible_content_text']</p>
+    <img src="[wpbb post:acf type='text' name='flexible_content_img']">
+
+    [wpbb-acf-repeater name='my_repeater']
+
+      <p>[wpbb post:acf type='text' name='repeater_text']</p>
+      <img src="[wpbb post:acf type='image' name='repeater_img' image_size='large' display='url']">
+
+    [/wpbb-acf-repeater]
+
+  [/wpbb-acf-layout]
+
+[/wpbb-acf-flex]
+```
+
+* `my_flexible_content` is the name of your Flexible Content field.
+* `layout` is the name of your Flexible Content layout.
+* `flexible_content_text` and `flexible_content_img` are the names of your flexible content fields.
+* `my-repeater` is the name of your Repeater field.
+* `repeater_text` and `repeater_img` are the names of your repeater field sub-fields.
+
+## Taxonomy
+
+The Flexible Content field connection shortcode supports flexible content fields assigned to the ACF Taxonomy [location rule](https://www.advancedcustomfields.com/resources/custom-location-rules/) by adding `type='archive'` to the field connection shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb-acf-flex type='archive' name='my_flexible_content']
+
+  [wpbb-acf-layout name='layout']
+  
+    <h3>[wpbb archive:acf type='text' name='flexible_content_text']</h3>
+  
+    <img src="[wpbb archive:acf type='image' name='flexible_content_img' image_size='large' display='url']">
+  
+  [/wpbb-acf-layout]
+
+[/wpbb-acf-flex]
+```
+
+## ACF Options page
+
+The Beaver Themer Repeater field connection shortcode also supports flexible content fields added to the ACF [Options page](../options-page.md) by adding `type='option'` and `site:acf_option` to the field connection shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb-acf-flex type='option' name='my_flexible_content']
+
+  <p>[wpbb site:acf_option type='text' name='flexible_content_text']</p>
+  <img src="[wpbb post:acf type='image' name='flexible_content_img' image_size='large' display='url']">
+
+[/wpbb-acf-flex]
+```
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/gallery.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/gallery.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..52c135ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/gallery.md
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+---
+id: gallery
+title: Gallery field
+sidebar_label: Gallery
+---
+
+The Advanced Custom Fields (ACF) Gallery field is supported in Beaver Themer via a field connection to a [Gallery module](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/gallery/).
+
+## Getting started
+
+To get started, create your Gallery field in ACF and add your images to the field. In your Beaver Builder or Beaver Themer layout, add a Gallery module and connect the Gallery module's **Photos** option to your ACF gallery field.
+
+## Shortcode
+
+Beaver Themer field connections **do not support** the ACF Gallery field. A Gallery module is the only way to output the gallery field.
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/google-map.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/google-map.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b204261c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/google-map.md
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+---
+id: google-map
+title: Google Map field
+sidebar_label: Google Map
+---
+
+The Advanced Custom Fields (ACF) Google Map field is supported in Beaver Themer via a field connection shortcode.
+
+## Getting started
+
+To get started, create your Google Map field in ACF and use the shortcode to display the Google Map field on your pages or posts. You can use the shortcode inside any module that supports HTML such as a HTML or Text Editor module.
+
+:::info
+In order use of the ACF Google Maps field, you must first register a valid API key. To obtain an API key, follow Advanced Custom Fields [instructions](https://www.advancedcustomfields.com/resources/google-map/#requirements).
+:::
+
+## Shortcode
+
+Here is an example of the Beaver Themer Google Map field connection shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:acf type='google_map' name='']
+```
+
+The `name=''` attribute is where you enter your Google Map field name.
+
+## Options Page
+
+The Beaver Themer Google Map field connection shortcode also supports Google Map fields added to the ACF [Options page](../options-page.md) by adding `site:acf_option` to the field connection shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb site:acf_option type='google_map' name='']
+```
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/group.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/group.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..43351dd0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/group.md
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+---
+id: group
+title: Group
+sidebar_label: Group
+---
+
+The Advanced Custom Fields (ACF) Group field is supported in Beaver Themer via a field connection shortcode.
+
+## Getting started
+
+To get started, create your [Group field](https://www.advancedcustomfields.com/resources/group/) in ACF and add your subfields. In the shortcode, use the group name as a prefix for each subfield, separated by an underscore. For example, suppose you created a Group field with a name of `mygroup` and a Text subfield named `mytext`. Then the field name would be `mgroup_mytext`.
+
+## Shortcode
+
+Here is an example of the Beaver Themer Group field connection shortcode to display an Image subfield.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:acf type='image' name='group_subfieldimage' image_size='large' display='tag']
+```
+
+The `name=''` attribute is where you enter your Group field name as a prefix for each subfield, separated by an underscore followed by your subfield name.
+
+## Repeater
+
+This example demonstrates how you can use a Repeater field inside a Group field.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb-acf-repeater name='my_group_repeater']
+
+	<p>[wpbb post:acf type='text' name='repeater_text']</p>
+	<img src="[wpbb post:acf type='image' name='repeater_img' image_size='large' display='url']">
+
+[/wpbb-acf-repeater]
+```
+
+* `my_group` is the name of the Group field which is used as a prefix for your subfield. In this example, the subfield is the Repeater field with a name of `repeater`.
+* `repeater_text` and `repeater_img` are the names of your Repeater field sub-fields.
+
+## Flexible Content
+
+This example demonstrates how you can use a Flexible Content field inside a Group field.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb-acf-flex name='my_group_flexible']
+
+	[wpbb-acf-layout name='layout_1']
+
+		<p>[wpbb post:acf type='text' name='layout_1_text']</p>
+		<img src="[wpbb post:acf type='image' name='layout_1_img' image_size='large' display='url']">
+
+	[/wpbb-acf-layout]
+
+[/wpbb-acf-flex]
+```
+
+* `my_group` is the name of the Group field which is used as a prefix for your subfield. In this example, the subfield is the Flexible Content field with a name of `flexible`.
+* `layout_1` is the name of your Flexible Content layout.
+* `layout_1_text` and `layout_1_img` are the names of your flexible content sub-fields.
+
+## Options Page
+
+The Beaver Themer Group field connection shortcode also supports Group fields added to the ACF [Options page](../options-page.md) by adding `site:acf_option` to the field connection shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb site:acf_option type='image' name='group_subfieldimage' image_size='large' display='tag']
+```
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/image.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/image.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1d061f39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/image.md
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+---
+id: image
+title: Image field
+sidebar_label: Image
+---
+
+The Advanced Custom Fields (ACF) Image field is supported in Beaver Themer via a field connection shortcode.
+
+## Getting started
+
+To get started, create your [Image fields](https://www.advancedcustomfields.com/resources/image/) in ACF and use the shortcode to display the image field on your pages or posts. You can use the shortcode inside any module that supports HTML such as a Text or HTML module.
+
+## Shortcode
+
+Here is an example of the Beaver Themer Image field connection shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:acf type='image' name='' image_size='large' display='tag' linked='yes']
+```
+
+The `name=''` attribute is where you enter your Image field name.
+
+* Options
+
+	* **Image Size** - Thumbnail, Medium, Large, Full Size and any custom sizes you have.
+	* **Display** - Image Tag ([`<img>`](https://www.w3schools.com/tags/tag_img.asp)), URL, Title, Caption, Description or Alt.
+	* **Linked** - Enable or disable the link on the featured image (if Display is set to Image Tag).
+
+## Options Page
+
+The Beaver Themer Image field connection shortcode also supports image fields added to the ACF [Options page](../options-page.md) by adding `site:acf_option` to the field connection shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb site:acf_option type='image' name='' image_size='large' display='tag']
+```
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/index.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/index.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f791d8d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/index.md
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+---
+id: index
+title: Field Types
+sidebar_label: Field Types
+description: A list of all Advanced Custom Fields field types supported by Beaver Themer can be found in this section.
+---
+
+A list of all Advanced Custom Fields field types supported by Beaver Themer can be found in this section.
+
+:::tip
+Is a field type missing? You can add support for missing field types or third-party field types using our [Field Connection API](../../../developer/customize-field-connections-themer.md).
+:::
+
+import DocCardList from '@theme/DocCardList';
+
+<DocCardList />
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/number.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/number.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..94f5ba98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/number.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+id: number
+title: Number field
+sidebar_label: Number
+---
+
+The Advanced Custom Fields (ACF) Number field is supported in Beaver Themer via a field connection shortcode.
+
+## Getting started
+
+To get started, create your Number field in ACF and use the shortcode to display the number field on your pages or posts. You can use the shortcode inside any module that supports HTML such as a Text or HTML module.
+
+## Shortcode
+
+Here is an example of the Beaver Themer Number field connection shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:acf type='number' name='']
+```
+
+The `name=''` attribute is where you enter your Number field name.
+
+## Options Page
+
+The Beaver Themer Number field connection shortcode also supports Number fields added to the ACF [Options page](../options-page.md) by adding `site:acf_option` to the field connection shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb site:acf_option type='number' name='']
+```
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/oembed.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/oembed.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0f3f2417
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/oembed.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+id: oembed
+title: oEmbed field
+sidebar_label: oEmbed
+---
+
+The Advanced Custom Fields (ACF) oEmbed field is supported in Beaver Themer via a field connection shortcode.
+
+## Getting started
+
+To get started, create your oEmbed field in ACF and use the shortcode to display the oEmbed field on your pages or posts. You can use the shortcode inside any module that supports HTML such as a Text or HTML module.
+
+## Shortcode
+
+Here is an example of the Beaver Themer oEmbed field connection shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:acf type='oembed' name='']
+```
+
+The `name=''` attribute is where you enter your oEmbed field name.
+
+## Options Page
+
+The Beaver Themer oEmbed field connection shortcode also supports oEmbed fields added to the ACF [Options page](../options-page.md) by adding `site:acf_option` to the field connection shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb site:acf_option type='oembed' name='']
+```
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/page-link.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/page-link.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d3db5ef8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/page-link.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+id: page-link
+title: Page Link field
+sidebar_label: Page Link
+---
+
+The Advanced Custom Fields (ACF) Page Link field is supported in Beaver Themer via a field connection shortcode and can be used to output a page or post link.
+
+## Getting started
+
+To get started, create your [Page Link field](https://www.advancedcustomfields.com/resources/page-link/) in ACF and use the shortcode to display the Page Link field on your pages or posts. You can use the shortcode inside any module that supports HTML such as a HTML or Text Editor module.
+
+## Shortcode
+
+Here is an example of the Beaver Themer Page Link field connection shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:acf type='page_link' name='']
+```
+
+The `name=''` attribute is where you enter your Page Link field name.
+
+## Options Page
+
+The Beaver Themer Page Link field connection shortcode also supports Page Link fields added to the ACF [Options page](../options-page.md) by adding `site:acf_option` to the field connection shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb site:acf_option type='page_link' name='']
+```
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/password.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/password.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4d58bc8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/password.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+id: password
+title: Password field
+sidebar_label: Password
+---
+
+The Advanced Custom Fields (ACF) Password field is supported in Beaver Themer via a field connection shortcode.
+
+## Getting started
+
+To get started, create your Password field in ACF and use the shortcode to display the Password field on your pages or posts. You can use the shortcode inside any module that supports HTML such as a Text or HTML module.
+
+## Shortcode
+
+Here is an example of the Beaver Themer Password field connection shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:acf type='password' name='']
+```
+
+The `name=''` attribute is where you enter your Password field name.
+
+## Options Page
+
+The Beaver Themer Password field connection shortcode also supports Password fields added to the ACF [Options page](../options-page.md) by adding `site:acf_option` to the field connection shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb site:acf_option type='password' name='']
+```
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/post-object.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/post-object.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..53c8ac5d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/post-object.md
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+---
+id: post-object
+title: Post Object
+sidebar_label: Post Object
+---
+
+import Tabs from '@theme/Tabs';
+import TabItem from '@theme/TabItem';
+
+The [Post Object field](https://www.advancedcustomfields.com/resources/post-object/) of Advanced Custom Fields (ACF) is supported in Beaver Themer through a field connection shortcode. This field enables the creation of a list of posts.
+
+![ACF Post Object field](/img/beaver-themer/integrations--acf--field-types--post-object--1.jpg)
+
+## Getting Started
+
+Begin by creating a Post Object field in ACF, and then customize the field to your preferences using the available options provided, such as Filter by Post Type, Taxonomy, allowing Multiple, and assigning a Location Rule.
+
+:::caution
+The Post Object field connection **is not** compatible with [ACF Option Pages](../options-page.md).
+:::
+
+After configuring the field, navigate to the WordPress Edit Screen for the page, post or custom post type that you specified in the Location Rule option, and add your pages, posts, or custom post type items to the field.
+
+## Using the Post Object Field
+
+To use the Post Object field and generate a list of posts in a page, post or custom post type, add an HTML module to your layout, and click the Plus **(+)** icon to open the Field Connection list panel. Next, select between Connect or Insert and configure the shortcode using the available options.
+
+![Adding Post Object field](/img/beaver-themer/integrations--acf--field-types--post-object--2.jpg)
+
+## Shortcode
+
+Below is an example of the Post Object field connection shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:acf_relational type='post_object' name='FIELD_NAME' list_type='ul' post_title_link='yes']
+```
+
+You can enter your Post Object field name in the `name=''` attribute.
+
+### Options
+
+* **List Type** - There are three options available: Regular, which uses the `<div>` tag, Ordered List, which uses the `<ol>` tag, and Unordered List, which uses the `<ul>` tag.
+
+* **Wrapper Class** - Add a custom class to the wrapper element.  
+  
+  ```html
+  <ul class="my-wrapper-class"> <!-- Wrapper Class -->
+    <li class="post-123">
+      <a href="https://my-website.com/hello-world" title="Hello World">Hello World</a>
+    </li>
+  </ul>
+  ```
+
+* **Add Post Title Link** - You can choose between "Yes" and "No." Selecting "Yes" allows you to add a link to the post, while choosing "No" will result in the post title being displayed as plain text.
+
+### Markup Output
+
+Depending on the [List Type](#options) option you choose, the HTML markup generated by the field connection will differ. Nevertheless, in all three List Type options, a distinct classname for the post ID is given to every list or div item, allowing you to apply custom CSS and style your post object list to your liking.
+
+The following three code examples showcase the distinct HTML markup for each List Type option, along with the post ID classname, which is `post-123` in all of the examples.
+
+<Tabs>
+<TabItem value="unordered_list" label="Unordered List (<ul>" default>
+
+```html
+<ul class="my-wrapper-class">
+  <li class="post-123">
+    <a href="https://my-website.com/hello-world" title="Hello World">Hello World</a>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+```
+
+</TabItem>
+<TabItem value="ordered_list" label="Ordered List (<ol>)">
+
+```html
+<ol class="wrapper-class">
+  <li class="post-123">
+    <a href="https://my-website.com/hello-world" title="Hello World">Hello World</a>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+```
+
+</TabItem>
+<TabItem value="regular" label="Regular (<div>)">
+
+```html
+<div class="wrapper-class">
+  <div class="post-123">
+    <a href="https://my-website.com/hello-world" title="Hello World">Hello World</a>
+  </div>
+</div>
+```
+
+</TabItem>
+</Tabs>
+
+## Ordering your Post Object Items
+
+To sort your Post Object field items, access the WordPress Edit Screen of the page, post, or custom post type to which you assigned the field using the ACF Location Rule option.
+
+You can then rearrange the items in any order you prefer by dragging your pages, posts, or custom post type items. The field connection shortcode will respect the changes made when publishing.
+
+<video autoPlay loop>
+  <source
+    src="/video/beaver-themer/integrations--acf--post-object--drag-drop.mp4"
+    type="video/mp4"
+  />
+  <source
+    src="/video/beaver-themer/integrations--acf--post-object--drag-drop.webm"
+    type="video/webm"
+  />
+</video>
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/radio-button.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/radio-button.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4e3068df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/radio-button.md
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+---
+id: radio-button
+title: Radio Button
+sidebar_label: Radio Button
+---
+
+You can use the Advanced Custom Field (ACF) plugin's Radio button field type as a field connection, as a conditional shortcode, and as conditional shortcode testing for a value.
+
+## Getting started
+
+To get started, create your [Radio Button field](https://www.advancedcustomfields.com/resources/radio-button/) in ACF and use the shortcode to display the flexible content field on your page or posts. You can use the shortcode inside any module that supports HTML such as a Text or HTML module.
+
+## Shortcode
+
+Here is an example of the Beaver Themer Radio Button field connection shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:acf type='radio' name='my_radio_button']
+```
+
+## ACF Options page
+
+The Beaver Themer radio button field connection shortcode also supports radio button fields added to the ACF [Options page](../options-page.md) by adding `site:acf_option` to the field connection shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb site:acf_option type='radio' name='my_radio_button']
+```
+
+## Notes
+
+* If you add a default value, the Themer field connection will only display the default value for new posts or when an existing post is updated. This is true whether or not you make the field required.
+
+* If you set **Allow null** to **Yes**, the radio button group can be blank, so the field will not display in the published page but there will be a vertical space in the published page where that field value should appear, because the HTML markup is there but the content isn't.
+
+* If you allow the user to set other values by setting the **Other** field to **Yes**, the field connection and shortcodes will display user-assigned values without a problem.
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/relationship.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/relationship.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fb17ece2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/relationship.md
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+---
+id: relationship
+title: Relationship
+sidebar_label: Relationship
+---
+
+You can use the Advanced Custom Fields (ACF) Relationship field in a Posts, Posts Slider, or Posts Carousel module in Beaver Themer layouts. It is used to create a related items section in Themer Singular layouts. For example, you could use the ACF Relationship field to connect posts with related posts, or related products for your shop products, and display them with one of the Posts modules.
+
+## Getting started
+
+1. To get started, create your [Relationship field](https://www.advancedcustomfields.com/resources/relationship/) in ACF and assign the field to your preferred location such as posts, pages or custom post types.
+
+2. In your WordPress Admin Dashboard, create or edit a post or page for the post type you assigned the relationship field to.
+
+3. On the edit screen, scroll down to the ACF Relationship field and click the posts you want to add the relationship field then publish the changes.
+  
+  ![](/img/beaver-themer/integrations--acf--relationship--1.jpg)
+
+4. Create a new Themer layout or edit an existing one and open it in the Beaver Builder editor.
+
+5. Add one of the Posts modules to your page (Posts, Post Slider or Post Carousel) to the location where you want to display the related posts.
+   
+6. Click the **Content** tab, and in the **Source** field choose **ACF Relationship**.
+
+7. In the **Type** field, choose **Relationship**.
+
+8. In the **Key** field, enter the ACF Relationship field name.
+
+9. Save the changes and the module should display the related posts you added to the field on the edit page, post screen.
+
+:::info Shortcode
+The ACF Relationship field has no field connection shortcode support. Instead, you must use a Post, Post Slider or Post Carousel module to display the relationship content field on your page, posts or custom post types.
+:::
+
+## Ordering
+
+You can order your related items using the ordering options available in any of the Posts modules. The **Selection Order** option allows you to order your related items by dragging the items into position in the relationship field on the edit page, post or custom post type screen.
+
+<video autoPlay muted loop>
+  <source src="/video/integrations--acf--relationship.mp4" type="/video/mp4" />
+  <source src="/video/integrations--acf--relationship.webm" type="video/webm" />
+</video>
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/repeater.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/repeater.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5f7769ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/repeater.md
@@ -0,0 +1,260 @@
+---
+id: repeater
+title: Repeater
+sidebar_label: Repeater
+description: Learn how to use the ACF Repeater field in Beaver Themer using a field connection shortcode.
+---
+
+Beaver Themer provides support for the Advanced Custom Fields (ACF) Repeater field through the usage of a field connection shortcode.
+
+## Getting Started
+
+To get started, create your [Repeater fields](https://www.advancedcustomfields.com/resources/repeater/) in ACF and use the shortcode to display the repeater field on your pages or posts. You can use the shortcode inside any module that supports HTML such as a Text or HTML module.
+
+## Shortcode
+
+Here is an example of the Beaver Themer Repeater field connection shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb-acf-repeater name='my_repeater']
+
+  <p>[wpbb post:acf type='text' name='sub_field_text']</p>
+  <img src="[wpbb post:acf type='image' name='sub_field_img' image_size='large' display='url']">
+
+[/wpbb-acf-repeater]
+```
+
+- `my_repeater` is the name of your repeater field.
+- `sub_field_text` and `sub_field_img` are the names given to your sub fields.
+
+### Output Specific Row Field
+
+By utilizing the Repeater field name and row index number, it's possible to display the field from a particular Repeater row without requiring the ACF Repeater field connection shortcode wrapper.
+
+```markup
+<p>[wpbb post:acf name='repeater_0_fieldname']</p>
+
+<img src="[wpbb post:acf name='repeat_1_fieldname']">
+```
+
+- `repeater` is the name of your Repeater field.
+- `_0_` and `_1_` in the code example above are the Repeater row index numbers. Indexes start from `0` for the first row. For example, the first Repeater row is `0`, the second item is `1`, and so on.
+- `fieldname` is the name of the field in the Repeater row.
+
+:::info
+Due to the shortcode not accepting attributes, outputting specific Repeater row fields works best with text fields.
+:::
+
+## Nested Repeater
+
+This example demonstrates how to use a nested Repeater field using the repeater field connection shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb-acf-repeater name='my_repeater']
+
+  [wpbb-acf-nested-repeater name='nested_repeater']
+
+    <p>[wpbb post:acf type='text' name='nested_sub_field_text']</p>
+    <img src="[wpbb post:acf type='image' name='nested_sub_field_img' image_size='large' display='url']">
+
+  [/wpbb-acf-nested-repeater]
+
+[/wpbb-acf-repeater]
+```
+
+- `my_repeater` is the name of your Repeater field.
+- `nested_repeater` is the name of your nested Repeater field.
+- `nested_sub_field_text` and `nested_sub_field_img` are the names of your fields inside a nested repeated field.
+
+:::caution
+The Repeater field shortcode supports only one nested Repeater field.
+:::
+
+### Output Specific Nested Field
+
+By utilizing the Repeater field name, row index number, Nested Repeater field name, and Nested row index number, it's possible to display the field from a particular Nested Repeater row without requiring the ACF Repeater field connection shortcode wrapper.
+
+```markup
+<p>[wpbb post:acf name='repeater_0_nested_0_nested_fieldname']</p>
+```
+
+- `repeater` is the name of your Repeater field.
+- `_0_` is the Repeater row index number. Indexes start from `0` for the first row. For example, the first Repeater row is `0`, the second item is `1`, and so on.
+- `nested` is the name of your Nested Repeater field.
+- `_0_` is the Nested Repeater row index number.
+- `nested_fieldname` is the name of the field in the Nested Repeater.
+
+:::info
+Due to the shortcode not accepting attributes, outputting specific Repeater row fields works best with text fields.
+:::
+
+## `repeater_index`
+
+The `repeater_index` shortcode allows you to output the current row index number.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:acf type='repeater_index']
+```
+
+This can be useful in helping you style specific rows, such as using the `repeater_index` shortcode to apply the row index number as a class name.
+
+```markup
+<div class="my-repeater">
+    [wpbb-acf-repeater name='repeat']
+
+    <p class="my-repeater-row-[wpbb post:acf type='repeater_index']">
+      [wpbb post:acf type='text' name='repeat_text']
+    </p>
+
+    [/wpbb-acf-repeater]
+</div>
+```
+
+**HTML Output**
+
+```html
+<div class="my-repeater">
+  <p class="my-repeater-row-1">This is Row 1 of my Repeater field</p>
+  <p class="my-repeater-row-2">This is Row 2 of my Repeater field</p>
+  <p class="my-repeater-row-3">This is Row 3 of my Repeater field</p>
+  <p class="my-repeater-row-4">This is Row 4 of my Repeater field</p>
+</div>
+```
+
+You can also use the `repeater_index` shortcode with conditionals and expressions to output specific fields based on the row index number.
+
+## Conditional Fields
+
+This example demonstrates how to use Beaver Themer conditional shortcodes with a Repeater field to handle cases when one of the fields is empty. The example code works in the case where the repeater has a text field and image field.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb-acf-repeater name='my_repeater']
+
+  [wpbb-if post:acf type='text' name='sub_field_text']
+
+    <p>[wpbb post:acf type='text' name='sub_field_text']</p>
+
+  [/wpbb-if]
+
+  [wpbb-if post:acf type='image' name='sub_field_img']
+
+    <img src="[wpbb post:acf type='image' name='sub_field_img' image_size='large' display='url']">
+
+  [/wpbb-if]
+
+[/wpbb-acf-repeater]
+```
+
+## Flexible Content
+
+This example demonstrates how you can combine a Flexible Content field inside a Repeater field.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb-acf-repeater name='repeater']
+
+  <p>[wpbb post:acf type='text' name='text-repeat']</p>
+  <img src="[wpbb post:acf type='image' name='image-repeat' image_size='large' display='url']">
+
+  [wpbb-acf-flex name='my_flexible_content']
+
+    [wpbb-acf-layout name='layout_1']
+
+      <p>[wpbb post:acf type='text' name='layout_1_text']</p>
+      <img src="[wpbb post:acf type='image' name='layout_1_img' image_size='large' display='url']">
+
+    [/wpbb-acf-layout]
+
+  [/wpbb-acf-flex]
+
+[/wpbb-acf-repeater]
+```
+
+- `repeater` is the name of your Repeater field.
+- `text-repeat` and `image-repeat` are the names of your repeater field sub-fields.
+- `my_flexible_content` is the name of your Flexible Content field.
+- `layout_1` is the name of your Flexible Content layout.
+- `layout_1_text` and `layout_1_img` are the names of your flexible content sub-fields.
+
+## Group
+
+This example demonstrates how you can combine a [Group](group.md) field inside a Repeater field.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb-acf-repeater name='repeater']
+
+  [wpbb post:acf type='text' name='my_group_text']
+
+[/wpbb-acf-repeater]
+```
+
+- `repeater` is the name of your Repeater field.
+- `my_group` is the name of the Group field which is used as a prefix for your subfield. In this example, the subfield is the Text field with a name of `text`.
+
+## Taxonomy
+
+The Repeater field connection shortcode supports repeater fields assigned to the ACF Taxonomy [location rule](https://www.advancedcustomfields.com/resources/custom-location-rules/) by adding `type='archive'` to the field connection shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb-acf-repeater type='archive' name='repeat']
+
+  <p>[wpbb archive:acf type='text' name='firstname']</p>
+
+  <p>[wpbb archive:acf type='text' name='lastname']</p>
+
+[/wpbb-acf-repeater]
+```
+
+## ACF Options page
+
+The Beaver Themer Repeater field connection shortcode also supports repeater fields added to the ACF [Options page](../options-page.md) by adding `type='option'` and `site:acf_option` to the field connection shortcode.
+
+### Repeater
+
+```markup
+[wpbb-acf-repeater type='option' name='repeat']
+
+  <p>[wpbb site:acf_option type='text' name='firstname']</p>
+
+  <p>[wpbb site:acf_option type='text' name='lastname']</p>
+
+[/wpbb-acf-repeater]
+```
+
+### Nested Repeater
+
+```markup
+[wpbb-acf-repeater type='option' name='my_repeater']
+
+  [wpbb-acf-nested-repeater type='option' name='nested_repeater']
+
+    <p>[wpbb post:acf type='text' name='nested_sub_field_text']</p>
+    <img src="[wpbb post:acf type='image' name='nested_sub_field_img' image_size='large' display='url']">
+
+  [/wpbb-acf-nested-repeater]
+
+[/wpbb-acf-repeater]
+```
+
+- `my_repeater` is the name of your Repeater field.
+- `nested_repeater` is the name of your nested Repeater field.
+- `nested_sub_field_text` and `nested_sub_field_img` are the names of your fields inside a nested repeated field.
+
+:::caution
+The Repeater field shortcode supports only one nested Repeater field.
+:::
+
+## ACF User Forms
+
+The Beaver Themer Repeater field connection shortcode also supports repeater fields added to User Forms by adding `type='user'` to the repeater shortcode and `site:acf_user` to the fields inside the repeater.
+
+### Repeater
+
+```markup
+[wpbb-acf-repeater type='user' name='repeat']
+
+  <p>[wpbb site:acf_user type='text' name='firstname']</p>
+
+  <p>[wpbb site:acf_user type='text' name='lastname']</p>
+
+[/wpbb-acf-repeater]
+```
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/select.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/select.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3510f92f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/select.md
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+---
+id: select
+title: Select field
+sidebar_label: Select
+---
+
+The Advanced Custom Fields (ACF) Select field is supported in Beaver Themer via a field connection shortcode.
+
+## Getting started
+
+To get started, create your Select field in ACF and use the shortcode to display the Select field on your pages or posts. You can use the shortcode inside any module that supports HTML such as a HTML or Text Editor module.
+
+:::info
+The Select field connection can output either the **Value** or **Label** from the Select field **Return Format** setting.
+
+![](/img/beaver-themer/integrations--acf--select-field--1.jpg)
+:::
+
+## Shortcode
+
+Here is an example of the Beaver Themer Select field connection shortcode. The Select shortcode can output your choices in three formats text, unordered list, ordered list and this example uses the ordered list format.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:acf type='select' name='' select_format='ol']
+```
+
+The `name=''` attribute is where you enter your Select field name.
+
+* Options
+
+	* **Format** (`select_format=''`) - Choices are Text (default), Ordered List and Unordered List.
+	
+		* **Text** - Displays the Select field choices inline inside a `<p>` tag and comma separated.
+		* **Ordered List** - Displays the Select field choices in an ordered list (`<ol>`).
+		* **Unordered List** - Displays the Select field choices in an unordered list (`<ul>`).
+
+## Options Page
+
+The Beaver Themer Select field connection shortcode also supports Select fields added to the ACF [Options page](../options-page.md) by adding `site:acf_option` to the field connection shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb site:acf_option type='select' name='' select_format='ol']
+```
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/smart-slider.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/smart-slider.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bebd8823
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/smart-slider.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+id: smart-slider
+title: Smart Slider
+sidebar_label: Smart Slider (3rd party)
+---
+
+The Advanced Custom Fields (ACF) Smart Slider field is supported in Beaver Themer via a field connection shortcode.
+
+## Getting started
+
+To get started, install the [Smart Slider plugin](https://smartslider3.com/pricing/) (free or pro), create your [Smart Slider field](https://smartslider.helpscoutdocs.com/article/1798-acf-publishing) in ACF and use the shortcode to display the Smart Slider field on your pages or posts. You can use the shortcode inside any module that supports HTML such as a Text or HTML module.
+
+## Shortcode
+
+Here is an example of the Beaver Themer Smart Slider field connection shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:acf type='acf_smartslider3' name='']
+```
+
+The `name=''` attribute is where you enter your Smart Slider field name.
+
+## Options Page
+
+The Beaver Themer Smart Slider field connection shortcode also supports Smart Slider fields added to the ACF [Options page](../options-page.md) by adding `site:acf_option` to the field connection shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb site:acf_option type='acf_smartslider3' name='']
+```
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/taxonomy.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/taxonomy.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4d25fb8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/taxonomy.md
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+---
+id: taxonomy
+title: Taxonomy field
+sidebar_label: Taxonomy
+---
+
+The Advanced Custom Fields (ACF) Taxonomy field is supported in Beaver Themer via a field connection shortcode.
+
+## Getting started
+
+To get started, create your [Taxonomy field](https://www.advancedcustomfields.com/resources/taxonomy/) in ACF and use the shortcode to display the Taxonomy field on your pages or posts. You can use the shortcode inside any module that supports HTML such as a HTML or Text modules.
+
+## Field Connection List Panel
+
+To use the Taxonomy field in a page or post, after you click the plus **(+)** icon to add the field connection or shortcode, select **ACF Relational** in the [Field Connection list panel](../../../field-connections/getting-started#field-connection-menu).
+
+![](/img/beaver-themer/integrations--acf--taxonomy-field--1.jpg)
+
+## Shortcode
+
+Here is an example of the Beaver Themer Taxonomy field connection shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:acf_relational type='taxonomy' name='' list_type='ul' term_archive_link='yes' term_post_count='yes' hide_empty='yes']
+```
+
+The `name=''` attribute is where you enter your Taxonomy field name.
+
+* Options
+
+	* **List Type** - Choices are Regular (`<div>`), Ordered List (`<ol>`) and Unordered List (`<ul>`).
+	
+	* **Add Term Archive Link** - Adds a link to the taxonomies archive page. For example: `https://my-website.com/category/uncategorized/`.
+	
+	* **Show Post Counts** - Displays the number of posts assigned to the taxonomy in parentheses `()`. For example: `Uncategorized (15)`.
+	
+	* **Hide Term If No Posts** - Removes the taxonomy from the list if the selected taxonomy has no posts assigned.
+
+
+:::info
+The Taxonomy field connection **does not** work on **ACF Option Pages**.
+:::
+
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/text-area.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/text-area.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4a3b75f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/text-area.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+id: text-area
+title: Text Area field
+sidebar_label: Text Area
+---
+
+The Advanced Custom Fields (ACF) Text Area field is supported in Beaver Themer via a field connection shortcode.
+
+## Getting started
+
+To get started, create your [Textarea fields](https://www.advancedcustomfields.com/resources/textarea/) in ACF and use the shortcode to display the text area field on your pages or posts. You can use the shortcode inside any module that supports HTML such as a Text or HTML module.
+
+## Shortcode
+
+Here is an example of the Beaver Themer Text Area field connection shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:acf type='textarea' name='']
+```
+
+The `name=''` attribute is where you enter your Text Area field name.
+
+## Options Page
+
+The Beaver Themer Text Area field connection shortcode also supports text area fields added to the ACF [Options page](../options-page.md) by adding `site:acf_option` to the field connection shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb site:acf_option type='textarea' name='']
+```
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/text.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/text.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5ee83bde
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/text.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+id: text
+title: Text field
+sidebar_label: Text
+---
+
+The Advanced Custom Fields (ACF) Text field is supported in Beaver Themer via a field connection shortcode.
+
+## Getting started
+
+To get started, create your [Text fields](https://www.advancedcustomfields.com/resources/text/) in ACF and use the shortcode to display the text field on your pages or posts. You can use the shortcode inside any module that supports HTML such as a Text or HTML module.
+
+## Shortcode
+
+Here is an example of the Beaver Themer Text field connection shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:acf type='text' name='']
+```
+
+The `name=''` attribute is where you enter your Text field name.
+
+## Options Page
+
+The Beaver Themer Text field connection shortcode also supports text fields added to the ACF [Options page](../options-page.md) by adding `site:acf_option` to the field connection shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb site:acf_option type='text' name='']
+```
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/time-picker.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/time-picker.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4127f256
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/time-picker.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+id: time-picker
+title: Time Picker field
+sidebar_label: Time Picker
+---
+
+The Advanced Custom Fields (ACF) Time Picker field is supported in Beaver Themer via a field connection shortcode.
+
+## Getting started
+
+To get started, create your Time Picker field in ACF and use the shortcode to display the Time Picker field on your pages or posts. You can use the shortcode inside any module that supports HTML such as a Header, HTML, Button or Text module.
+
+## Shortcode
+
+Here is an example of the Beaver Themer Time Picker field connection shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:acf type='time_picker' name='']
+```
+
+The `name=''` attribute is where you enter your Time Picker field name.
+
+## Options Page
+
+The Beaver Themer Time Picker field connection shortcode also supports Time Picker fields added to the ACF [Options page](../options-page.md) by adding `site:acf_option` to the field connection shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb site:acf_option type='time_picker' name='']
+```
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/true-false.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/true-false.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1f1c913c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/true-false.md
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+---
+id: true-false
+title: True / False field
+sidebar_label: True / Field
+---
+
+The Advanced Custom Fields (ACF) True / False field is supported in Beaver Themer via a field connection shortcode.
+
+## Getting started
+
+To get started, create your [True / False field](https://www.advancedcustomfields.com/resources/true-false/) in ACF and use the shortcode to display the True / False field on your pages or posts. You can use the shortcode inside any module that supports HTML such as a HTML or Text modules.
+
+The True / False field connection shortcode supports the **Stylized UI** and will output the **On Text** (True) and **Off Text** (False) content.
+
+:::note
+If you don’t enable **Stylized UI** the True / False field connection will not output anything if the field is set to `False` and if `True`, the output will be `1`.
+:::
+
+## Shortcode
+
+Here is an example of the Beaver Themer True / False field connection shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:acf type='true_false' name='']
+```
+
+The `name=''` attribute is where you enter your True / False field name.
+
+## Options Page
+
+The Beaver Themer True / False field connection shortcode also supports True / False fields added to the ACF [Options page](../options-page.md) by adding `site:acf_option` to the field connection shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb site:acf_option type='true_false' name='']
+```
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/url.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/url.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e5e24e5d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/url.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+id: url
+title: URL field
+sidebar_label: URL
+---
+
+The Advanced Custom Fields (ACF) URL field is supported in Beaver Themer via a field connection shortcode.
+
+## Getting started
+
+To get started, create your URL field in ACF and use the shortcode to display the URL field on your pages or posts. You can use the shortcode inside any module that supports HTML such as a Text or HTML module.
+
+## Shortcode
+
+Here is an example of the Beaver Themer URL field connection shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:acf type='url' name='']
+```
+
+The `name=''` attribute is where you enter your URL field name.
+
+## Options Page
+
+The Beaver Themer URL field connection shortcode also supports URL fields added to the ACF [Options page](../options-page.md) by adding `site:acf_option` to the field connection shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb site:acf_option type='url' name='']
+```
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/user.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/user.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c916d1c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/user.md
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+---
+id: user
+title: User
+sidebar_label: User
+---
+
+The Advanced Custom Fields (ACF) User field can be used in a Posts, Posts Slider, or Posts Carousel module in Beaver Themer layouts to display posts from a specific user or output a specific user when using the field connection shortcode.
+
+## Getting started
+
+To get started, create your [User field](https://www.advancedcustomfields.com/resources/user/) in ACF and use the shortcode to display the Taxonomy field on your pages or posts. You can use the shortcode inside any module that supports HTML such as a HTML or Text modules.
+
+## Field Connection List Panel
+
+To use the User field to output a user in a page or post, after you click the plus **(+)** icon to connect or insert the field connection shortcode, select **ACF Relational** in the Field Connection list panel.
+
+![](/img/beaver-themer/integrations--acf--user-field--1.jpg)
+
+## Shortcode
+
+Here is an example of the Beaver Themer User field connection shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:acf_relational type='user' name='' display_type='display' link='yes' link_type='archive']
+```
+
+The `name=''` attribute is where you enter your Taxonomy field name.
+
+* Options
+
+	* **Display Type** - Choices are display (default), first name, last name, first last, last first, nickname, and username.
+	* **Link** - Yes or No.
+	* **Link Type** - Enable/Disable a link to the user's post archive or to the website in the users's profile (if Link is set to Yes).
+
+
+:::info
+The User field connection **does not** work on **ACF Option Pages**.
+:::
+
+## Post Modules
+
+The Post modules (Posts, Posts Slider, or Posts Carousel) can be used with the User field to output posts from a specific user.
+
+1. Add one of the Posts modules to your page (Posts, Post Slider or Post Carousel) to the location where you want to display the user posts.
+
+2. Click the **Content** tab, and in the **Source** field choose **ACF Relationship**.
+
+3. In the **Type** field, choose **User**.
+
+4. In the **Key** field, enter the ACF User field name.
+
+5. Save the changes and the module should display posts from the user you selected.
+
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/wysiwyg.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/wysiwyg.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0467b8ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/field-types/wysiwyg.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+id: wysiwyg
+title: WYSIWYG field
+sidebar_label: WYSIWYG
+---
+
+The Advanced Custom Fields (ACF) WYSIWYG field is supported in Beaver Themer via a field connection shortcode.
+
+## Getting started
+
+To get started, create your WYSIWYG field in ACF and use the shortcode to display the WYSIWYG field on your pages or posts. You can use the shortcode inside any module that supports HTML such as a Text or HTML module.
+
+## Shortcode
+
+Here is an example of the Beaver Themer WYSIWYG field connection shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:acf type='wysiwyg' name='']
+```
+
+The `name=''` attribute is where you enter your WYSIWYG field name.
+
+## Options Page
+
+The Beaver Themer WYSIWYG field connection shortcode also supports WYSIWYG fields added to the ACF [Options page](../options-page.md) by adding `site:acf_option` to the field connection shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb site:acf_option type='wysiwyg' name='']
+```
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/getting-started.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/getting-started.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c45ba1a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/getting-started.md
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+---
+id: getting-started
+title: Getting Started
+sidebar_label: Getting Started
+---
+
+This article covers how to get started using field connections with Advanced Custom Fields.
+
+## Access ACF Field Connections
+
+To access Advanced Custom Fields (ACF) field connections, follow these steps:
+
+1. Open the Settings Window for the desired row, column, or module in Beaver Builder.
+2. Look for an option that supports field connections. This option is usually marked by a plus icon (+) located on the right side.
+3. Click the plus icon (+) to open the Field Connection panel.
+4. In the Field Connection panel, you will find a list of available field connections.
+5. Scroll down the list until you reach the Advanced Custom Fields section.
+
+:::info
+The Advanced Custom Fields section will only appear if you have the Advanced Custom Fields plugin installed and activated.
+:::
+
+![ACF field connection panel list](/img/beaver-themer/integrations--acf--getting-started--1.jpg)
+
+## ACF Field Connection UI Choices
+
+When selecting options from the Field Connection Panel List for Advanced Custom Fields, the choices are determined by the [ACF Location Rules](https://www.advancedcustomfields.com/resources/custom-location-rules/), rather than the specific field types you created. The available options will vary depending on the type of Beaver Themer layout you are designing and the Beaver Builder option to which you are applying them.
+
+For example, if you create an Image field and assign it to a Post Type using the ACF location rule, then you should choose the ACF Post Field option. Similarly, if you apply a field to an archive or taxonomy, you should select the ACF Archive Field option.
+
+- **ACF Archive Field**  
+  The **ACF Archive Field** option pulls data from ACF fields whose Location rule is set to display in Taxonomy edit screens such as categories, tags or custom taxonomy archives.
+
+- **ACF Archive Field - URL**  
+  The **ACF Archive Field URL** option allows you to pull the URL from your field. For example, the URL from an Image field used on an archive such as a WordPress post category.
+
+- **ACF Post Field**  
+  The **ACF Post Field** option pulls data from ACF fields whose Location rule is set to display in Post Type edit screens such as pages, posts or custom post types.
+
+- **ACF Post Field URL**  
+  The **ACF Post Field URL** option allows you to pull the URL from your field. For example, the URL from an Image field used on a post type such as a WordPress page or post.
+
+- **ACF Post Author Field**  
+  The **ACF Post Author Field** option pulls data from ACF fields whose Location rule is set to **User Form**. These fields appear on the user profile edit screen (**WordPress Admin Dashboard > Users > Profile**) and can be used to display the data for the author of your page, post or custom post type.
+
+- **ACF Post Author Field URL**  
+  The **ACF Author Field URL** option allows you to pull the URL from your field for the author of the page, post or custom post type. For example, the URL from an Image field used on a user profile.
+
+- **ACF Options Field**  
+  The **ACF Options Field** option pulls data from ACF fields whose Location rule is set to [Options Page](options-page.md).
+
+- **ACF Options Field URL**  
+  The **ACF Options Field URL** option allows you to pull the URL from your field. For example, the URL from an Image field used on the ACF options page.
+
+- **ACF User Field**  
+  The **ACF User Field** option pulls data from ACF fields whose Location rule is set to **User Form**. These fields appear on the user profile edit screen (**WordPress Admin Dashboard > Users > Profile**) and can be used to display the data for the logged in user.
+
+- **ACF User Field URL**  
+  The **ACF User Field URL** option allows you to pull the URL from your field for the logged in user. For example, the URL from an Image field used on a user profile.
+
+- **ACF Relational**  
+  The **ACF Relational** option pulls data from ACF relational field types such as [Page Link](field-types/page-link.md), [Post Object](field-types/post-object.md), [Taxonomy](field-types/taxonomy.md) and [User](field-types/user.md), regardless of their location.
+  For example, if you create a [Taxonomy field](field-types/taxonomy.md) with a location rule of **Post Type > Is equal to > Post** you would use **ACF Relational** instead of **ACF Post Field** to output the field's data.
+
+## ACF Options
+
+After selecting an item from the ACF field connection list, a new settings window will be displayed. In this window, you can specify the ACF field type and enter the field name, typically in text format separated by underscores.
+
+Depending on the ACF field type and Beaver Builder settings, additional options may be available. For instance, if you opt for an ACF Image field type, you will also have the option to select an image size, as shown in the screenshot below.
+
+![ACF field connection options](/img/beaver-themer/integrations--acf--getting-started--2.jpg)
+
+## Automatic Field Detection & Population
+
+Beaver Themer automatically detects any custom fields created in Advanced Custom Fields. When you select any ACF field category from the Field Connection Panel List as a field connection, the Detected Fields dropdown lists all ACF fields available.
+
+The detected fields in the dropdown have the following format:
+
+```markup
+Field Label (Field Name) [Field Type]
+```
+
+Suppose you have created an [Image field](field-types/image.md) with a label of **Movie Poster**, a field name of **movie_poster**. Then the ACF field detection will display the field in the following format.
+
+```markup
+Movie Poster (movie_poster) [image]
+```
+
+Selecting a field from this list automatically populates the Field type and Field name settings.
+
+## Data Types
+
+When integrating ACF fields with Beaver Builder options for rows, columns, and modules, it is crucial to consider the compatibility of data types. Here are specific behaviors demonstrated by different data types in various scenarios:
+
+### Text & Images
+
+ACF Text and Image fields can be connected interchangeably, but the output will vary depending on the Beaver Builder option they are connected to.
+
+For instance, connecting an ACF Image field to a Beaver Builder text option, such as the heading option in the Heading module, will only provide the image URL as output. This is because Beaver Builder text options are designed to handle text content and do not support image display.
+
+Similarly, Beaver Builder photo options, such as row background images or Photo module options, exclusively accept images and cannot process text. Therefore, it is not possible to connect an ACF text field to a Beaver Builder photo option.
+
+### Galleries
+
+ACF Gallery fields are compatible with specific options in Beaver Builder that support multiple images, such as the row background slideshow and the Gallery module in Beaver Builder. Due to this, there is no field connection shortcode available for the ACF Gallery field.
+
+![ACF Gallery and Gallery module](/img/beaver-themer/integrations--acf--getting-started--3.jpg)
+
+For more information, see the [ACF Gallery Field Type](field-types/gallery.md) article.
+
+### Colors
+
+ACF Color Picker fields can be utilized in both Beaver Builder text and color picker options. If you intend to use the ACF Color Picker field value to display a color, such as for background or text color, it is essential to connect the field to a Beaver Builder color picker option.
+
+![ACF Color and Row Background color](/img/beaver-themer/integrations--acf--getting-started--4.jpg)
+
+When using the ACF Color Picker field with a Beaver Builder text option, it will output the hexadecimal value of the color as plain text, for example: `#ff0000`. However, this allows you to leverage the value in inline CSS for styling elements, as demonstrated in the following example:
+
+```html
+<p style="color:[wpbb post:acf type='color_picker' name='FIELD NAME' prefix='1']">
+  Lorem ipsum...
+</p>
+```
+
+## ACF Field Connection Shortcodes
+
+Most of the [ACF field types](field-types/index.md) can be used with field connection shortcodes, allowing you to display your field data in various areas that can accommodate text, like the HTML module and the custom layout option within the Post module. The syntax of the ACF field connection shortcode can vary depending on the particular field type and the location in which you are using it.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:acf type='text' name='ACF_FIELD_NAME']
+```
+
+### Conditionals & Expressions Support
+
+The ACF field connection shortcode also has support for [conditionals](../../field-connections/conditionals.md) and [expressions](../../field-connections/expressions.md).
+
+#### Conditionals
+
+The following code provides a simple example of the syntax used for applying conditionals with your ACF field connection shortcodes.
+
+```html
+[wpbb-if post:acf type='text' name='ACF_FIELD_NAME']
+
+  <p>Show this if TRUE.</p>
+
+[wpbb-else]
+
+  <p>Show this if FALSE.</p>
+
+[/wpbb-if]
+```
+
+Check out the [Conditional](../../field-connections/conditionals.md) article to delve deeper into understanding how conditionals work. Also, take a look at the [Conditional Examples](../../field-connections/examples/conditional.md) article for more instances that showcase how conditionals can be applied.
+
+#### Expressions
+
+The following code provides a simple example of the syntax used for applying expressions with your ACF field connection shortcodes.
+
+```html
+[wpbb-if post:acf type='text' name='ACF_FIELD_NAME' exp='equal' value='Beaver Builder']
+
+  <p>This content will only display if the field's value is Beaver Builder.</p>
+
+[/wpbb-if]
+```
+
+Check out the [Expressions](../../field-connections/expressions.md) article to delve deeper into understanding how expressions work. Also, take a look at the [Expression Examples](../../field-connections/examples/expressions.md) article for more instances that showcase how expressions can be applied.
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/index.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/index.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0487e514
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/index.md
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+---
+id: index
+title: Advanced Custom Fields
+sidebar_label: Advanced Custom Fields
+description: This article covers the Beaver Themer integration with Advanced Custom Fields.
+---
+
+<!-- Do not remove!
+Adds class to body for styling this pages list
+-->
+<head>
+  <body className="ul-col-2"/>
+</head>
+
+The Advanced Custom Fields (ACF) plugin provides a way to add more data to your pages, posts, and custom post types in WordPress. With Beaver Themer, you can use field connections to retrieve the data of custom fields you have created with ACF ([free](https://www.advancedcustomfields.com/) or [premium](https://www.advancedcustomfields.com/pro/)) plugin.
+
+:::info
+Field connections are available not only in Beaver Themer layouts, but also in Beaver Builder layouts, provided that Beaver Themer is installed.
+:::
+
+## Preqrequisites
+
+Before you begin, ensure that you have the following installed and activated:
+
+- [Beaver Builder Plugin](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/)
+- [Beaver Themer](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/beaver-themer/)
+- Advanced Custom Fields - [Free](https://www.advancedcustomfields.com/) or [Premium](https://www.advancedcustomfields.com/pro/)
+
+## Supported Field Types
+
+Beaver Themer supports the following ACF field types:
+
+- [Button Group](field-types/button-group.md)
+- [Checkbox](field-types/checkbox.md)
+- [Date Picker](field-types/date-picker.md)
+- [Date Time Picker](field-types/date-time-picker.md)
+- [Email](field-types/email.md)
+- [File](field-types/file.md)
+- [Flexible Content](field-types/flexible-content.md)
+- [Google Map](field-types/google-map.md)
+- [Group](field-types/group.md)
+- [Image](field-types/image.md)
+- [Number](field-types/number.md)
+- [oEmbed](field-types/oembed.md)
+- [Page Link](field-types/page-link.md)
+- [Password](field-types/password.md)
+- [Post Object](field-types/post-object.md)
+- [Radio](field-types/radio-button.md)
+- [Relationship](field-types/relationship.md)
+- [Repeater](field-types/repeater.md)
+- [Select](field-types/select.md)
+- [Smart Slider](field-types/smart-slider.md)
+- [Taxonomy](field-types/taxonomy.md)
+- [Text](field-types/text.md)
+- [Textarea](field-types/text-area.md)
+- [Time Picker](field-types/time-picker.md)
+- [True/False](field-types/true-false.md)
+- [URL](field-types/url.md)
+- [User](field-types/user.md)
+- [WYSIWYG](field-types/wysiwyg.md)
+
+:::tip
+You can add support for missing field types or third-party fields using our [Field Connection API](../../developer/customize-field-connections-themer.md).
+:::
+
+## In this section:
+
+import DocCardList from '@theme/DocCardList';
+
+<DocCardList />
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/options-page.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/options-page.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a69069b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/acf/options-page.md
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+---
+id: options-page
+title: ACF Options Page
+sidebar_label: Options Page
+description: Beaver Themer supports Advanced Custom Fields Pro's options page feature for adding custom fields and displaying their data on any page, post, or custom post type.
+---
+
+The Advanced Custom Fields Pro **Options Page** feature is fully supported by Beaver Themer. With this feature, users can add extra option pages to their WordPress admin dashboard, which can be populated with fields. Any data saved on an options page field is considered global, and can be displayed on any page, post, or custom post type throughout the website by utilizing Beaver Themer field connections.
+
+![Advanced Custom Fields Options page](/img/beaver-themer/integrations--acf--options-page--1.jpg)
+
+:::info
+See the [Advanced Custom Fields Options Pages](https://www.advancedcustomfields.com/resources/options-page/) documentation for more information.
+:::
+
+## Output Data
+
+Once you've created your Options Page(s), added your custom fields, and assigned them to your Options Page(s), you can display the data stored in those fields using two methods. One involves utilizing a field connection shortcode within an HTML module, while the other requires connecting or inserting the field connection into a row, column, or module option.
+
+### Field Connection Shortcode
+
+The Beaver Themer field connection shortcode can be used to pull data from fields assigned to the **Options page** by adding `site:acf_option` to the shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb site:acf_option type='text' name='FIELD_NAME']
+```
+
+For example, suppose you have created an ACF Image field named **Site Logo** and assigned it to the ACF Options Page. You can use this field to display your website's logo image by adding the field connection shortcode in an HTML module. This will output the image from the **Site Logo** field using an `<img>` tag.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb site:acf_option type='image' name='site_logo' image_size='large' display='tag' linked='yes']
+```
+
+### Connect or Insert
+
+You can also display fields that are added to the ACF Options Page by connecting or inserting the field connection to row, column, or module options.
+
+For instance, you can add a Photo module to your Beaver Themer header layout and connect or insert the Site Logo image field, which is added to an ACF Options Page, into the **Photo** option as shown in the screenshot below.
+
+![Options Page image field connected to Photo module](/img/beaver-themer/integrations--acf--options-page--2.jpg)
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/bigcommerce/beaver-themer-layouts-for-bigcommerce.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/bigcommerce/beaver-themer-layouts-for-bigcommerce.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9b8a1213
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/bigcommerce/beaver-themer-layouts-for-bigcommerce.md
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+---
+id: beaver-themer-layouts-for-bigcommerce
+title: Beaver Themer layouts for BigCommerce
+sidebar_label: Beaver Themer layouts for BigCommerce
+---
+
+The [BigCommerce plugin](https://www.bigcommerce.com/essentials/wordpress-ecommerce-plugin/) for WordPress synchs products from your BigCommerce store to your WordPress website. It displays individual products as single custom posts and product groupings (categories, brands) on archive pages.
+
+With the Beaver Themer integration for the BigCommerce plugin for WordPress, you can design custom layouts for these single product and product archive pages.
+
+To display single products, use the Singular Themer layout type. See [this article](/beaver-themer/integrations/bigcommerce/create-a-themer-layout-to-display-a-single-bigcommerce-product.md) for more information.
+
+To customize layouts for archive pages generated by WordPress that display the entire set of products, products by category, or products by brand, use an Archive Themer layout type. See [this article](/beaver-themer/integrations/bigcommerce/products-posts-module-for-bigcommerce.md) for more information.
+
+The BigCommerce integration inserts a new section called **BigCommerce** into the **Themer group** in the Content panel, with one module, called the Products module. This module appears in the BigCommerce section only in Archive-type Themer layouts, but you can also access all of its features in the Posts module in the **Standard modules** section of the Content panel. See [this article](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/bigcommerce-products) for more information.
+
+Note that both the BigCommerce plugin and Beaver Themer have to be installed to access these features.
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+You can also use the regular Beaver Builder plugin to customize the layouts on BigCommerce pages that appear in the All Pages list in the WordPress admin panel, such as Cart, Checkout, and so on. These pages all have shortcodes to display BigCommerce information, so be sure to preserve the shortcodes.
+
+![](/img/beaver-themer-layouts-for-bigcommerce-8b8977d8.jpg)
+
+The Store and single product pages are generated by WordPress and so require Themer layouts.
+:::
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/bigcommerce/create-a-themer-layout-to-display-a-single-bigcommerce-product.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/bigcommerce/create-a-themer-layout-to-display-a-single-bigcommerce-product.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0eb757ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/bigcommerce/create-a-themer-layout-to-display-a-single-bigcommerce-product.md
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+---
+id: create-a-themer-layout-to-display-a-single-bigcommerce-product
+title: Create a Singular layout for individual BigCommerce products
+sidebar_label: Singular layout for BigCommerce 
+---
+
+Here's how to create a Singular Themer layout to display individual BigCommerce products.
+
+This screenshot shows the default single product listing that is produced by the BigCommerce plugin, without any Themer support:
+
+![](/img/create-a-themer-layout-to-display-a-single-bigcommerce-product-ad2f93b7.jpg)
+
+## 1 Create a Singular themer layout
+
+1. In the WordPress admin panel, click **Beaver Builder > Themer layouts**.
+2. Click the **Add New** button at the top of the page.
+3. Enter a title for your Themer layout.
+4. Verify that **Type** is **Themer layout** and for **Layout** select **Singular**, then click **Add Themer layout**.  
+  The **Edit Themer layout** screen opens.
+## 2 Add the location
+
+1. For **Location**, click **Choose**, then select **Product** from the **Products** category. In the field next to it, select **All products**.  
+  This displays all products, or constrain the location in any way you like.
+2. Click **Publish.**
+
+## 3 Add the BigCommerce template to the layout
+
+This task is optional, but starting with the BigCommerce template adds all nine of the BigCommerce modules into your Singular Themer layout, and you can modify from there.
+
+1. From the **Edit Themer Layout** page, click **Launch Beaver Builder**.
+2. Click the Plus icon in the upper right corner, then click the **Templates** tab.
+3. Select the **BigCommerce** layout template, then click **Replace existing layout**.
+
+The template layout for a BigCommerce single product page looks about identical to the original layout, as you can see in this screenshot, but now it contains all nine of the special BigCommerce modules for Singular Themer layouts. See the full list of BigCommerce modules for Singular Themer layouts in the next section.
+
+![](/img/create-a-themer-layout-to-display-a-single-bigcommerce-product-165dfd94.png)
+
+You can preview this Themer layout with any of your products by clicking the down arrow in the **Preview** box at the top of the editor, then expanding the **Product** category as shown in the following screenshot, then choosing one of your products. If you haven't yet added any products to BigCommerce, you won't see any products in this list.
+
+![](/img/create-a-themer-layout-to-display-a-single-bigcommerce-product-a2881d0d.png)
+
+## 4 Design the Singular Themer layout
+
+Besides the nine BigCommerce modules, you can use any module in the **Standard** or **Themer** module group for your Singular Themer layout.
+
+**To access the special BigCommerce modules:**
+
+1. In the upper right corner, click the Plus icon to expand the Content panel.
+2. On the **Modules** tab, click **Group**, then select **Themer modules**.
+
+You'll see the BigCommerce section containing the following BigCommerce modules:
+
+* Add to Cart Form
+* Product Description
+* Product Images
+* Product Price
+* Product Rating
+* Product Reviews
+* Product Specs
+* Product Title
+* Related Products
+
+These nine modules have only a **Style** tab and an **Advanced** tab because their layout and content come from the BigCommerce plugin.
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+You can insert a BigCommerce product image gallery into a layout by inserting the **Product Gallery Images** field connection into the **photos** field of a standard Gallery module, as shown in the following screenshot.
+
+![](/img/create-a-themer-layout-to-display-a-single-bigcommerce-product-59ab2daa.png)
+
+:::
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/bigcommerce/create-an-archive-themer-layout-for-bigcommerce.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/bigcommerce/create-an-archive-themer-layout-for-bigcommerce.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3745b680
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/bigcommerce/create-an-archive-themer-layout-for-bigcommerce.md
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+---
+id: create-an-archive-themer-layout-for-bigcommerce
+title: Create an Archive layout for BigCommerce
+sidebar_label: Archive layout for BigCommerce
+---
+
+You can use the Archive-type Themer layout to design the following BigCommerce archive pages:
+
+* An All Products or Store page that displays products
+* A page that lists products for a specific product category
+* A page that lists products for a specific product brand
+
+Archive pages are generated by WordPress to display posts organized in various ways. The concept is described more in [this article](/beaver-builder/layouts/post-layouts/basics-how-wordpress-handles-blog-posts-and-archives).
+
+Here's how to create a basic Archive-type Themer layout for a BigCommerce archive page.
+
+## 1 Create an Archive Themer layout
+
+1. In the WordPress admin panel, click **Beaver Builder > Themer layouts**.
+2. Click the **Add New** button at the top of the page.
+3. Enter a title for your Themer layout.
+4. Verify that **Type** is **Themer layout** and for **Layout** select **Archive**, then click **Add Themer layout**.  
+  The **Edit Themer layout** screen opens.
+
+## 2 Add the location
+
+1. For **Location**, click **Choose**, then from the **Product archive** section choose one or of the following:  
+    * **Product archive**  
+    Applies to any product page that is generated by WordPress.
+    * **Product category archive**  
+    Applies to any generated page that lists all products for a particular product category. Product category information is set in BigCommerce. 
+    * **Product brand archive**  
+    Applies to any generated page listing all products for a particular product brand. Product brand information is set in BigCommerce.
+
+  If you want the layout to apply to all types of product archive pages, create three rules: **Product archive**, **Product category archive**, and **Product brand archive**.
+
+2. Click **Publish**.
+
+## 3 Add the BigCommerce template to the layout
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+It's easier to design the layout if you already have some products created in BigCommerce. You can preview the list of products in the archive as you work on the Themer layout.
+:::
+
+1. From the **Edit Themer Layout** page, click **Launch Beaver Builder**.
+2. Click the Plus icon in the upper right corner, then click the **Templates** tab.
+3. Select the **BigCommerce** layout template, then click **Replace existing layout**.
+4. In the **Preview** box at the top of the screen, select the type of archive you want to preview as you modify the page layout.
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+The **Product archive** preview is located under the **Archives** category.
+:::
+
+The BigCommerce template consists of just three modules:
+
+* A Heading module with a field connection to **Archive Title**.  
+  The field connection ensures the correct title is displayed no matter which type of archive you view.
+* A Products module from the **BigCommerce** section in the **Themer modules** group.  
+  The Products module is actually a Posts module with some presets for BigCommerce product displays. It also has a **BigCommerce** tab, which lets you add fields to search and filter the products.
+* A Separator module to provide more visual separation between the heading and the display of products.  
+  ![](/img/create-an-archive-themer-layout-for-bigcommerce-86e171e9.png)
+  
+## 4 Design the Archive Themer layout
+
+You can use any module in the Standard or Themer module group in Beaver Builder for your Archive Themer layout. Also, there is one BigCommerce module (a modified Posts module) that appears in Archive-type Themer layouts when the BigCommerce plugin is installed.
+
+**To access the special Products module in Themer Archive layouts:**
+
+1. In the upper right corner, click the Plus icon to expand the Content panel.
+2. On the **Modules** tab, click **Group**, then select **Themer modules**.
+
+You'll see the section containing the Products, as shown in the following screenshot. The layout template uses the Products module, but you can use either one.
+
+![](/img/create-an-archive-themer-layout-for-bigcommerce-3ea06dbe.png)
+
+The Products module has a few default settings that are different from the Posts module but it is the same otherwise. In the Content panel, both the Products module in the **Themer groups** section and Posts module in the **Standard modules** group have a **BigCommerce** tab, so you can choose either module in a Themer Archive layout and use the standard Posts module in any other Beaver Builder layout.
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/bigcommerce/field-connections.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/bigcommerce/field-connections.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ca30c432
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/bigcommerce/field-connections.md
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+---
+id: field-connections
+title: BigCommerce Field Connections
+sidebar_label: Field Connections
+description: The article covers all available field connections for the BigCommerce plugin.
+---
+
+The article covers all available field connections for the [BigCommerce](https://wordpress.org/plugins/bigcommerce/) plugin. The field connections listed in this article require the BigCommerce plugin to be installed and active on your WordPress site and connected store.
+
+## Product Title
+
+Outputs a product's title.
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+You can wrap the field connection with Heading tags e.g. `<h3>[wpbb post:bigcommerce_product_title]</h3>`
+:::
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:bigcommerce_product_title]
+```
+
+## Product Brand
+
+Outputs a product's brand. The brand is wrapped in `<span>` tags. 
+
+For example: `<span class="bc-product__brand">Brand Name</span>`.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:bigcommerce_product_brand]
+```
+
+## Product Pricing
+
+Outputs a product’s price. Example: $12.00 or $9.99.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:bigcommerce_product_price]
+```
+
+## Product Original Price
+
+Outputs a product’s original price. Example: $12.00 or $9.99.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:bigcommerce_product_original_price]
+```
+
+## Product Sales Price
+
+Outputs a product’s sales price. Example: $12.00 or $9.99.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:bigcommerce_product_sale_price]
+```
+
+## Product Description
+
+Outputs a product's description.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:bigcommerce_product_description]
+```
+
+## Product Images
+
+Outputs a product's images.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:bigcommerce_product_images]
+```
+
+## Product Rating
+
+Outputs a product's rating with link to reviews. Example: :star: :star: :star: :star: :star: 1 review
+
+## Product Rating - Star Count
+
+Outputs a product's rating star count. Example: 5
+
+## Product Rating - Percentage
+
+Outputs a product's rating percentage. Example: 100
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:bigcommerce_product_rating_percentage]
+```
+
+## Add to Cart Button
+
+Outputs a purchase button with input field for choosing quantity.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:bigcommerce_cart_button]
+```
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/bigcommerce/products-posts-module-for-bigcommerce.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/bigcommerce/products-posts-module-for-bigcommerce.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..00066406
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/bigcommerce/products-posts-module-for-bigcommerce.md
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+---
+id: products-posts-module-for-bigcommerce
+title: "Archive layout: Products module for BigCommerce"
+sidebar_label: "Archive layout: Products module"
+---
+
+The Products module in the BigCommerce section of the Themer modules tab is only available when you are editing Archive-type Themer layouts and the BigCommerce plugin is installed:
+
+![](/img/products-posts-module-for-bigcommerce-3ea06dbe.png)
+
+However, the Products module is nothing more than a Posts module with some presets and a BigCommerce tab, and the Posts modules with the BigCommerce tab is available in the Standard Modules group, meaning you can create a product display and access these settings anywhere in your layouts with a Posts module.
+
+## The BigCommerce tab in the Products and Posts modules
+
+The BigCommerce tab in the Products and Posts module has the following sections:
+
+![](/img/products-posts-module-for-bigcommerce-8afd460b.png)
+
+* Refinery
+* Sale Display
+* Product Brand
+* Product Rating
+* Product Price
+* Add to Cart Button (and product options)
+
+###  Refinery
+
+The Refinery section in the UI is the set of search, sort, and filter boxes that appear above the product display, as shown in this screenshot.
+
+![](/img/products-posts-module-for-bigcommerce-a765d825.png)
+
+The show/hide choice in this section shows or hides all of the following items as a unit:
+
+* Search bar
+* **Sort by** options  
+  This dropdown list lets the visitor sort on various parameters, as shown in this screenshot.  
+  ![](/img/products-posts-module-for-bigcommerce-8875e3f6.png)
+* **Search by categories** filter  
+  Filters list to a single category.
+* **Search by brands** filter  
+  Filters list to a single brand.
+
+In the **Refinery** section of the **BigCommerce** tab, you can show or hide the Refinery section and also configure the style for the **Search** button background, text color, and button border, as shown in this screenshot.
+
+![](/img/products-posts-module-for-bigcommerce-7666d132.png)
+
+### Sale Display
+
+The Sale Display section shows or hides the Sale icon in the upper right corner of the product. You can also change the background and text colors of the icon.
+
+![](/img/products-posts-module-for-bigcommerce-0b39484e.png)
+
+Note that hiding the sale display does not affect the display of the sale price.
+
+### Product Brand
+
+This section has only a show/hide field that is set to **Hide** by default. Showing the field displays the product brand underneath the product name. If the product brand is not specified for an item, the line doesn't appear, as you can see with the item on the right in this screenshot.
+
+![](/img/products-posts-module-for-bigcommerce-57da9491.png)
+
+### Product Rating
+
+You can show or hide the product rating, and if you click the link to edit the product rating style, a different screen opens where you can adjust the star foreground (the color to show the strength of the rating) and background (the color of the stars that display without ratings). The **Reviews link** section has the standard Typography section, and you can set link text and hover colors.
+
+![](/img/products-posts-module-for-bigcommerce-d8ed1aab.png)
+
+:::info
+You may not see changes in the layout until you save the **Product Ratings** screen.
+:::
+
+### Product Price
+
+You can show or hide the product price, including the sale price. If you click the link to edit the product price style, a different form opens where you can style the original and sale price separately. Each section has the standard Typography section and a text color field.
+
+![](/img/products-posts-module-for-bigcommerce-8d0f6d7f.png)
+
+:::info
+You may not see changes in the layout until you save the  Product Price screen.
+:::
+
+### Add to Cart Button (and product options)
+
+The **Add to Cart** section in the UI controls the display and styling of both the **Add to Cart** button and the product options, which by default are hidden. In the main **Add to Cart** section, which you can see in the following screenshot, you can show or hide the **Add to cart** and **Choose options** buttons.
+
+In the **Add to Cart** section in the settings, if you click **Edit Cart Form**, a different screen opens with two tabs. As shown in the following screenshot, the **Cart Button** tab includes the standard **Typography** and **Border** sections to style button text and button border respectively. You can also set the button text color. These settings apply to both the **Add to Cart** and **Choose Options** buttons.
+
+![](/img/products-posts-module-for-bigcommerce-d285c34c.png)
+
+The **Product Options Form** tab has settings to show/hide the product options and style the text. As this screenshot shows, when you set **Product Options** to **Show**, the options become visible, the **Choose options** button changes to an **Add to cart** button, and a **Quantity** selection appears in the UI. The typography and color settings apply to the option labels and the **Quantity** label.
+
+![](/img/products-posts-module-for-bigcommerce-0daaa9b4.png)
+
+:::info
+You may not see changes in the layout until you save the **Add to Cart Form** screen.
+:::
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/easy-digital-downloads/beaver-themer-and-the-edd-plugin.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/easy-digital-downloads/beaver-themer-and-the-edd-plugin.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5ea67344
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/easy-digital-downloads/beaver-themer-and-the-edd-plugin.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+id: beaver-themer-and-the-edd-plugin
+title: Beaver Themer and the Easy Digital Downloads plugin
+sidebar_label: Beaver Themer and the EDD plugin
+---
+
+You can create Beaver Themer layouts for the Easy Digital Downloads (EDD) plugin. Beaver Themer supports both the free and the premium versions of the EDD plugin. This documentation focuses on the free version, and this article gives you an overview of how the integration works and what types of Themer layouts you can create.
+
+## Basics of the EDD plugin
+
+EDD is really a custom post type, and in its simplest form it's intended for digital downloads, free or paid, so we'll use that as the example.
+
+In EDD, you create download items, which are the equivalent of single posts. If you want to view a set of download items, in other words, a custom post archive, you would normally use the [downloads] shortcode in a page and add various parameters to tailor the display of content. The shopping cart and checkout portions of EDD are automated, once the user clicks the **Purchase** button (or whatever name you assign it).
+
+## Beaver Themer layouts for EDD plugin pages
+
+Using Beaver Themer, you can create the following types of Themer layouts for EDD:
+
+  * Singular Themer layouts for individual product download pages
+  * Archive Themer layouts to display a set of download items
+  * Archive Themer layouts to display sets of download items by their category or tag
+
+When you create an Archive or Singular layout and you have the EDD plugin installed, you can start building a Themer layout with an EDD template, preview individual EDD pages, and you'll have access to a number of EDD modules. You'll also see field connections to EDD fields.
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+If you want to embed EDD download items or groups of items on regular pages in your site, use the shortcodes and widgets provided by the EDD plugin and various add-ons. You can use the Posts module on regular pages to display sets of Download items, with the usual ability to filter what is displayed by category, tag, or individual item.
+:::
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/easy-digital-downloads/create-a-singular-themer-layout-for-edd-download-items-themer.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/easy-digital-downloads/create-a-singular-themer-layout-for-edd-download-items-themer.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..923ea39c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/easy-digital-downloads/create-a-singular-themer-layout-for-edd-download-items-themer.md
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+---
+id: create-a-singular-themer-layout-for-edd-download-items-themer
+title: Create a Singular layout for EDD download items
+sidebar_label: Singular layout for EDD items
+---
+
+Use a Singular Themer layout to display single download items that you've created in the Easy Digital Downloads (EDD) plugin.
+
+  * For an introduction to how Themer layouts work with the EDD plugin, see the [overview article](/beaver-themer/integrations/easy-digital-downloads/beaver-themer-and-the-edd-plugin.md).
+
+Here's how to create and design a Themer layout for a page displaying a single download item.
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+It helps to have some download items created first so that you have something to preview as you design the layout in Beaver Themer.
+:::
+
+## 1 Create a Singular Themer layout for EDD
+
+  1. In the WordPress admin panel, click **Beaver Builder > Themer layouts**.
+  2. Click the **Add New** button at the top of the page.
+  3. Enter a title for your Themer layout.
+  4. Verify that **Type** is **Themer layout** and for  Layout select **Singular**, then click **Add Themer layout**.  
+  The **Edit Themer layout** screen opens.
+
+## 2 Edit the Singular Themer layout
+
+  1. For **Location**, click **Choose**, then from the **Downloads** section choose **Download**.  
+  By default, the location will apply to all download item pages, but you can include or exclude specific pages by setting up inclusion or exclusion rules.
+  2. Click **Publish**.
+
+## 3 Design the page
+
+  1. Click **Launch Beaver Builder**.
+  2. In the **Preview as** field at the top of the page, select **Download**, then select a particular download item, assuming you've created one already.
+  3. The Themer layout opens with the Singular template for standard posts. To use the template for EDD to start building your page, click **Templates** in the upper right corner and make sure **General** is selected. Select the **Download** template, then click **Replace existing layout**.
+  4. Build the page in Beaver Builder in the normal fashion, by adding and configuring modules.  
+  See the next section.
+
+## EDD modules for the Singular Themer layout
+
+When you edit a Singular Themer layout and have the EDD plugin installed, there's a special content group in the Content panel called **EDD Modules**. This group contains the following modules:
+
+  * Add to Cart Button
+  * Download Description
+  * Download Price
+  * Download Title
+
+These modules can be used to display the custom fields that you may have filled in when you created the download item. Ifyou added the Download template to your Themer layout when you created it, you will see these modules in use.
+
+:::info
+The **Download Image** section in the EDD **Edit download** screen is the featured image with a different label, so it is treated as a featured image in Beaver Builder. If you use the **Download** template with the Singular layout, you'll notice that the download image is a Photo module with a field connection to **Post featured image**, as shown in this screenshot.
+
+![](/img/create-a-singular-themer-layout-for-edd-download-items-themer-967680ea.png)
+:::
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/easy-digital-downloads/create-an-archive-themer-layout-for-edd-download-sets.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/easy-digital-downloads/create-an-archive-themer-layout-for-edd-download-sets.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0acd338c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/easy-digital-downloads/create-an-archive-themer-layout-for-edd-download-sets.md
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+---
+id: create-an-archive-themer-layout-for-edd-download-sets
+title: Create an Archive layout for EDD downloads
+sidebar_label: Archive layout for EDD downloads
+---
+
+Use an Archive-type Themer layout to design the following types of archive pages for the Easy Digital Downloads (EDD) plugin:
+
+  * A page that displays entire list of downloadable items or a subset
+  * A page that lists downloads for a specific category or tag
+
+For an introduction to how Themer layouts work with the EDD plugin, see the [overview article](/beaver-themer/integrations/easy-digital-downloads/beaver-themer-and-the-edd-plugin.md).
+
+Here's how to create and design a Themer layout for an EDD archive page.
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+It helps to have some download items created first so that you have something to preview as you design the layout in Beaver Themer.
+:::
+
+## 1 Create an Archive Themer layout
+
+  1. In the WordPress admin panel, click **Beaver Builder > Themer layouts**.
+  2. Click the **Add New** button at the top of the page.
+  3. Enter a title for your Themer layout.
+  4. Verify that **Type** is **Themer layout** and for **Layout** select **Archive**, then click **Add  Themer **  layout**.  
+  The **Edit Themer layout** screen opens.
+
+## 2 Edit the Archive Themer layout
+
+  1. For **Location**, click **Choose**, then from the **Download Archive** section choose one of the following:
+    * **Download archive**  
+    Displays a list of download items in all categories.
+    * **Download category archive**  
+    Lists all the download items assigned to the categories you choose.
+    * **Download tag archive**  
+    Lists all the download items assigned to the tags you choose.
+  2. Click **Publish**.
+
+## 3 Design the page
+
+  1. Click **Launch Beaver Builder**.
+  2. If you have already created posts for downloads, download categories, or download tags, the **Preview as** field at the top of the layout should automatically match the location you selected in the previous procedure: **Download archive**, **Download category archive**, or **Download tag archive**, or you can manually change it.  
+  See the screenshot below.
+  3. A new Archive Themer layout for EDD Downloads opens with the **Posts** template layout, which is for standard posts, but there's a special template for EDD Downloads. To switch to the **Downloads** template for EDD, do the following and see the screenshot below:
+    * Click **Templates** in the upper right corner and make sure **General** is selected.
+    * Select the **Downloads** template.
+    * Click **Replace existing layout**.
+
+  ![](/img/create-an-archive-themer-layout-for-edd-download-sets-37f284cc.png)
+  4. Customize your  layout in Beaver Builder in the normal fashion by adding and configuring modules.  
+  See the next section for a description of EDD modules.
+
+## EDD modules for the Archive Themer layout
+
+When you edit an Archive Themer layout and have the EDD plugin installed, there's a special content group in the Content panel called **EDD Modules**. There's only one EDD-specific module, called **Downloads**.
+
+The Downloads module is a "shortcut" module. It's actually a Posts module with settings to display download items, which you can then tweak to customize further.
+
+That's why you can add a Downloads module from the EDD modules group in the Content panel, but when you mouse over the wrench icon in the layout, you'll see the label **Posts settings**.
+
+:::info
+The **Download Image** section in the EDD **Edit download** screen is the featured image with a different label, so it is treated as a featured image in Beaver Builder. If you show or hide the featured image in the Posts module, it will show or hide this download image.
+:::
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/easy-digital-downloads/field-connections.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/easy-digital-downloads/field-connections.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dc1ff2ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/easy-digital-downloads/field-connections.md
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+---
+id: field-connections
+title: Easy Digital Downloads Field Connections
+sidebar_label: Field Connections
+description: The article covers all available field connections for Easy Digital Downloads plugin.
+---
+
+The article covers all available field connections for the [Easy Digital Downloads](https://wordpress.org/plugins/easy-digital-downloads/) plugin. The field connections listed in this article require the Easy Digital Downloads plugin to be installed and active on your WordPress site.
+
+## Product Title
+
+Outputs a product's title.
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+You can wrap the field connection with Heading tags e.g. `<h3>[wpbb post:edd_product_title]</h3>`
+:::
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:edd_product_title]
+```
+
+## Product Price
+
+Outputs a product’s price. Examples: $12.00 or $9.99 - $14.99 (for [variable pricing](https://docs.easydigitaldownloads.com/article/1849-variable-pricing)).
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:edd_product_price]
+```
+
+## Product Content
+
+Outputs a product's content i.e. the content added to the [WordPress editor when creating or editing a product](https://docs.easydigitaldownloads.com/article/177-creating-products).
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:edd_product_content]
+```
+
+## Product Short Description
+
+Outputs a product's short description (content added to the Excerpt panel on the edit product page).
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:edd_product_short_description]
+```
+
+## Add to Cart Button
+
+Outputs a purchase button. If [**Variable Pricing**](https://docs.easydigitaldownloads.com/article/1849-variable-pricing) is enabled, the purchase options will appear above the button as radio buttons. If [**Multi-option purchase mode**](https://docs.easydigitaldownloads.com/article/1849-variable-pricing) is enabled, the radio buttons will be replaced with checkboxes allowing for multiple purchases.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:edd_add_to_cart_button]
+```
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/archive-layout.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/archive-layout.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..48d76f97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/archive-layout.md
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+---
+id: archive-layout
+title: Create an Archive Layout
+sidebar_label: Archive Layout
+---
+
+Use an Archive layout to design the following types of archive pages for The Events Calendar plugin:
+
+  * A page that displays the event calendar or lists a set of events
+  * A page that lists events for a specific category or tag
+
+For an introduction to how Themer layouts work with The Events Calendar plugin, see the [overview article](/beaver-themer/integrations/tec/getting-started.md).
+
+Here's how to create and design a Themer layout for an Events archive page.
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+It helps to have some events created first so you have something to preview as you design the layout in Beaver Themer.
+:::
+
+## 1 Create an Archive-type Themer layout
+
+1. In the WordPress admin panel, click **Beaver Builder > Themer layouts**.
+2. Click the **Add New** button at the top of the page.
+3. Enter a title for your Themer layout.
+4. Verify that **Type** is **Themer layout** and for **Layout** select **Archive**, then click **Add Themer layout**.
+The **Edit Themer layout** screen opens.
+
+## 2 Edit the Archive Themer layout
+
+1. For **Location**, click **Choose**, then from the **Event Archive** section choose one of the following:
+  * **Event archive**  
+  Displays a list of events in all categories.
+  * **Event category archive**  
+  Lists all the events assigned to the categories you choose.
+  * **Event tag archive**  
+  Lists all the events assigned to the tags you choose.
+2. Click **Publish**.
+
+## 3 Design the page
+
+1. Click **Launch Beaver Builder**.
+2. In the **Preview as** field at the top of the page, select **Event Archive** if you want to apply this layout to the Events page. Select a category or tag archive if you are designing one of those types of archive pages.
+3. The Themer layout opens with the Archive template for standard posts. To use the Events template to start building your page, click **Templates** in the upper right corner and make sure **General** is selected. Select the **Events** template, then click **Replace existing layout**.  
+This template contains only the Event Calendar module.  
+  **Note:** The calendar will only display if you have **Preview as: Event archive** selected.
+4. Build the page in Beaver Builder in the normal fashion, by adding and configuring modules.  
+See the next section.
+
+## Events Calendar modules for the Archive Themer layout
+
+When you edit an Archive-type Themer layout and have The Events Calendar plugin installed, there's a special content group in the Content panel called **Themer modules**, and under that is a section called **The Events Calendar** containing two modules: **Event calendar** and **Event posts**. See the other articles in this category for a detailed description of each module.
+
+![](/img/create-an-archive-themer-layout-for-the-events-calendar-plugin-ce3e36e1.png)
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/field-connections.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/field-connections.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..86a2ceb6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/field-connections.md
@@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
+---
+id: field-connections
+title: The Events Calendar Field Connections
+sidebar_label: Field Connections
+description: The article covers all available field connections for The Events Calendar plugin.
+---
+
+The article covers all available field connections for [The Events Calendar](https://wordpress.org/plugins/the-events-calendar/) plugin.
+
+The field connections listed in this article supports both the free and the premium versions of The Events Calendar plugin with the [Event Field](#event-field) becoming available only when the premium version is installed.
+
+:::tip
+Some of the date field connections allow you to configure the date format using PHP `date()` function. You can learn more from the [WordPress formatting date and time](https://wordpress.org/support/article/formatting-date-and-time/) article.
+:::
+
+## Event Date and Time
+
+Outputs an event's date and time e.g. August 1st @ 12:00 am - 9:00 am UTC+0. All day events return only the date e.g. August 1st.
+
+The field connection uses [`tribe_events_event_schedule_details()`](https://docs.theeventscalendar.com/reference/functions/tribe_events_event_schedule_details/) function and has no format options. The date format can be adjusted from **Events > Settings > Display** within your WordPress dashboard.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:the_events_calendar_date_and_time]
+```
+
+## Event Start Date
+
+Outputs an event's start date e.g. August 1st with the option to set the date format using the `format=''` attribute.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:the_events_calendar_start_date format='']
+```
+
+If `format=''` remains empty the format will default to what is configured in **Events > Settings > Display** within your WordPress dashboard.
+
+## Event Start Time
+
+Outputs an event's start time e.g. 12:00am.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:the_events_calendar_start_time]
+```
+
+## Event End Date
+
+Outputs an event's end date e.g. August 2nd with the option to set the date format using the `format=''` attribute.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:the_events_calendar_end_date format='']
+```
+
+## Event End Time
+
+Outputs an event's end time e.g. 13:00pm.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:the_events_calendar_end_time]
+```
+
+## Event Cost
+
+Outputs an event's cost e.g. 100. A value of "Free" is returned when "0" is entered as the event cost.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:the_events_calendar_cost]
+```
+
+## Event Website URL
+
+Outputs the event's website URL e.g. `https://www.my-event-website.com/`.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:the_events_calendar_website_url]
+```
+
+:::tip
+You can wrap the field connection shortcode with `<a>` tags to make a link.
+
+```markup
+<a href="[wpbb post:the_events_calendar_website_url]" title="My Event URL">My Event URL</a>
+```
+:::
+
+## Event Website Link
+
+Outputs the event's website URL as a HTML link and uses "View Event Website" as link text.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:the_events_calendar_website_link]
+```
+
+## Event Full Address
+
+Outputs the event's full address which includes address, city, country, state or province, and postal code.
+
+For example, `Hoover Dam, Boulder City, NV 89005 United States`.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:the_events_calendar_address]
+```
+
+## Event Map URL
+
+Outputs an event's map URL. For example:
+
+```markup
+https://maps.google.com/maps?f=q&source=s_q&hl=en&geocode=&q=Hoover+Dam+Boulder+City+NV+86445+United+States
+```
+
+Similar to the [website URL](#event-website-url) field connection you can wrap this in `<a>` tags to create a link.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:the_events_calendar_map_url]
+```
+
+## Event Map Link
+
+Outputs an event's URL as a HTML link and uses "**+ Google Map**" as link text. 
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:the_events_calendar_map_link]
+```
+
+## Event Address
+
+Outputs an event's address first line e.g. Hoover Dam.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:the_events_calendar_address_first_line]
+```
+
+## Event City
+
+Outputs an event's address city e.g. Boulder City.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:the_events_calendar_address_city]
+```
+
+## Event State
+
+Outputs an event's address state. US states are abbreviated e.g. NV instead of Nevada.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:the_events_calendar_address_state]
+```
+
+## Event Region
+
+Outputs an event's address region e.g. NV (effectively the same as Event State).
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:the_events_calendar_address_region]
+```
+
+## Event Zip
+
+Outputs an event's zip code e.g. 89005.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:the_events_calendar_address_zip]
+```
+
+## Event Phone
+
+Outputs an event's phone number e.g. +1 702-494-2517.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:the_events_calendar_phone]
+```
+
+## Event Venue
+
+Outputs an event's venue e.g. Hoover Dam.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:the_events_calendar_venue]
+```
+
+## Event Venue Content
+
+Outputs an event's venue content i.e. the content added to the [WordPress editor when creating or editing a venue](https://theeventscalendar.com/knowledgebase/k/venue-and-organizer-pages/).
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:the_events_calendar_venue_content]
+```
+
+## Event Venue URL
+
+Outputs an event's venue URL e.g. `https://my-event-website.com/venue/hoover-dam/`.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:the_events_calendar_venue_url]
+```
+
+## Event Venue Link
+
+Outputs an event's venue URL as a HTML link and uses the venue name as link text.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:the_events_calendar_venue_link]
+```
+
+## Event Venue Website URL
+
+Outputs an event's venue website URL.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:the_events_calendar_venue_website_url]
+```
+
+## Event Venue Website Link
+
+Outputs an event's website URL as a HTML link and uses "View Venue Website" as link text.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:the_events_calendar_venue_website_link]
+```
+
+## Event Organizer
+
+Outputs an event's organizer name.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:the_events_calendar_organizer]
+```
+
+## Event Organizer Content
+
+Outputs an event's organizer content i.e. the content added to the [WordPress editor when creating or editing a venue](https://theeventscalendar.com/knowledgebase/k/venue-and-organizer-pages/).
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:the_events_calendar_organizer_content]
+```
+
+## Event Organizer URL
+
+Outputs an event's organizer URL e.g. `https://my-event-website.com/organizer/name/`.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:the_events_calendar_organizer_url]
+```
+
+## Event Organizer Link
+
+Outputs an event's organizer URL as a HTML link and uses organizer title as link text.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:the_events_calendar_organizer_link]
+```
+
+## Event Organizer Website URL
+
+Outputs an event's organizer website URL.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:the_events_calendar_organizer_website_url]
+```
+
+## Event Organizer Website Link
+
+Outputs an event's organizer website URL as a HTML link and uses "View Organizer Website" as link text.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:the_events_calendar_organizer_website_link]
+```
+
+## Event Organizer Phone
+
+Outputs an event's organizer phone number.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:the_events_calendar_organizer_phone]
+```
+
+## Event Organizer Email
+
+Outputs an event's organizer email address.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:the_events_calendar_organizer_email]
+```
+
+## Event Field
+
+:::info
+This field connection is only available when you have the Pro version of [The Events Calendar plugin](https://theeventscalendar.com/products/wordpress-events-calendar/) installed.
+:::
+
+The Event field outputs any [custom fields](https://theeventscalendar.com/knowledgebase/k/pro-additional-fields/) created from the **Events > Settings > Additional Fields** tab within your WordPress dashboard.
+
+The field connection supports all field types which are Text, Text Area, URL, Radio, Checkbox, and Dropdown. Add the **Field Label** into the shortcodes `name=''` attribute for the field you wish to display.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:the_events_calendar_field name='']
+```
+
+## Events Back Link
+
+Outputs an event's back url as a HTML link and uses "« All Events" as link text.
+
+Outputs an event's organizer website URL as a HTML link and uses "View Organizer Website" as link text.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:the_events_calendar_back_link]
+```
+
+## Events Back URL
+
+Outputs an event's back url e.g. `https://my-event-website.com/events/`.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:the_events_calendar_back_url]
+```
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/getting-started.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/getting-started.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..edb6cf65
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/getting-started.md
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+---
+id: getting-started
+title: Getting Started
+sidebar_label: Getting Started
+---
+
+This article covers how to get started using Beaver Themer with The Events Calendar plugin.
+
+## Basics of The Events Calendar plugin
+
+The Events Calendar is really a custom post type. By default, events are posted on a page called events (_mysite.com/events_). This page is a custom WordPress index page, and by default, it displays events in three views:
+
+* Month view  
+Displays a visual calendar for the current month with events listed, with navigation to following months.
+
+* List view  
+Displays a list of upcoming events organized by month, as shown in this screenshot:  
+![](/img/beaver-themer-and-the-events-calendar-plugin-e0c3d989.png)
+
+* Day view  
+Displays a list of events for today, with navigation to each following day.
+
+Clicking an individual event takes you to the single event page, which has all the details. This screenshot shows what the default single event page looks like:
+
+![](/img/beaver-themer-and-the-events-calendar-plugin-be8876d8.png)
+
+If you have assigned categories or tags to your event, you can click individual categories or tags in the event listing to see a list of all events in the same category or with the same tag. These are WordPress custom archive pages.
+
+## Beaver Themer layouts for The Events Calendar pages
+
+You can create two different types of Themer layouts for The Events Calendar to replace the following default pages.
+
+  * Use one or more Archive-type Themer layouts to override the main Events page and other pages that list events by category or tag.
+  * Use a Singular-type Themer layout to override the single event page layout.
+
+The advantage of using Themer layouts to build your events pages is that you have more flexibility in layout and style. For example, instead of displaying just the Month, List, or Day views on the Events page, you could add a banner, a heading, the calendar, and add a list of the next few upcoming events, as shown in this screenshot.
+
+![](/img/beaver-themer-and-the-events-calendar-plugin-8e702e07.gif)
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+The Archive-type Themer layout overrides archive pages that are generated by WordPress -- in this case, the lists of events and single event pages that you normally see in The Events Calendar. If you want to embed portions of The Events Calendar plugin elsewhere on your site, such as display a list of events on a page, use the shortcodes and widgets provided by The Events Calendar plugin and various add-ons.
+:::
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/index.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/index.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ca7ad4aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/index.md
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+---
+id: index
+title: The Events Calendar
+sidebar_label: The Events Calendar
+description: This article covers the Beaver Themer integration with The Events Calendar plugin.
+---
+
+Beaver Themer offers seamless integration with The Events Calendar plugin, enabling you to design captivating layouts for Event archives as well as individual event pages. This integration caters to both the free and premium versions of The Events Calendar plugin.
+
+## Preqrequisites
+
+Before you begin, ensure that you have the following installed and activated:
+
+* [Beaver Builder Plugin](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/)
+* [Beaver Themer](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/beaver-themer/)
+* The Events Calendar - [Free](https://wordpress.org/plugins/the-events-calendar/) or [Premium](https://theeventscalendar.com/product/wordpress-events-calendar-pro/)
+
+## In this section:
+
+import DocCardList from '@theme/DocCardList';
+
+<DocCardList />
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-calendar.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-calendar.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ec65b127
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-calendar.md
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+---
+id: event-calendar
+title: "Archive: Event Calendar module"
+sidebar_label: "Archive: Event Calendar"
+---
+
+The Event Calendar module is in **The Events Calendar Modules** section of the **Themer modules group** in the Content panel when you're editing an Archive-type Themer layout in Beaver Themer and you have The Events Calendar plugin installed.
+
+The Event Calendar module inserts the calendar that you normally see on the _mysite.com_ /events page. The published page will show the view that is set in **Events > Settings > Display > Default view.** If you have it set to list, the Events page will display List view.
+
+:::note **Notes**
+* When you insert the Event Calendar module into your Themer layout, it will always display the Calendar view, even when the **Default view** is set to **List**.
+* When you publish the Themer layout, the URL is still set to _mysite.com/fl-theme-layout/events-archive/_. To see the correct view of the page, change the URL to _mysite.com/events_.
+:::
+
+The Event Calendar module has only a **Style** tab and an **Advanced** tab. For style, you can set the foreground color and background color of the calendar and the text color and background color of error notices. The **Advanced** tab has the usual Beaver Builder settings.
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-cost.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-cost.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f049fdbe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-cost.md
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+---
+id: event-cost
+title: Event Cost module
+sidebar_label: "Singular: Event Cost"
+description: The article covers the Event Cost module which displays an event's cost.
+---
+
+The Event Cost module is based on the Beaver Builder [Text Editor module](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/text). It uses an instance of the classic WordPress editor and displays the [event cost](https://theeventscalendar.com/knowledgebase/k/creating-an-event/#Event_Cost) if one is added to your events. A value of "Free" is returned when "0" is entered as the event cost.
+
+It does this by automatically inserting the [`the_event_calendar_cost`](../field-connections.md#event-cost) field connection into the text area, as shown in the image below.
+
+![](/img/beaver-themer/integrations--tec--event-cost--1.jpg)
+
+You can use the classic text editor to add text, HTML, or shortcodes before or after the field connection. This lets you add any additional information you want to display. You can also use the toolbar options to format the event cost. For more control, use the settings on the **Style** tab.
+
+## Availability
+
+The Event Cost module appears in **The Events Calendar** section of the **Themer modules** group in the Content Panel when you're editing a [Singular-type](../../../layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-type.md) Themer layout.
+
+## Style tab
+
+The **Style** tab has a variety of settings that apply to the [`the_event_calendar_cost`](../field-connections.md#event-cost) field connection and any other text in the module, such as text color and the Beaver Builder [Typography section](/beaver-builder/basics/typography), which gives you many choices not available in the text editor, starting with font family.
+
+## The Advanced tab
+
+There are all the usual [Advanced tab](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab) settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-countdown.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-countdown.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4bf85d8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-countdown.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+id: event-countdown
+title: Event Countdown module
+sidebar_label: 'Singular: Event Countdown'
+description: The article covers the Event Countdown module which displays a countdown for your upcoming event.
+---
+
+:::info **Info**
+The Event Countdown module is available when you have **The Events Calendar Pro** plugin installed.
+:::
+
+The Events Countdown module allows you to display a published event and show a countdown to the start date of the event. The countdown displays how many days, hours, minutes, and seconds are remaining until the event start date. You can disable the seconds digits from the style tab.
+
+![](/img/beaver-themer/integrations--tec--event-countdown--1.jpg)
+
+## Availability
+
+The Event Countdown module appears in **The Events Calendar** section of the **Themer modules** group in the Content Panel when you're editing a [Singular-type](../../../layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-type.md) Themer layout.
+
+## Style tab
+
+The **Style** tab has two settings:
+
+* **Alignment**. Allows you to control the alignment of the module you can choose between left (default), center, and right.
+
+* **Show Seconds**. This option allows you to hide the seconds digits from the module. This is useful if you have an event that is far off in the future or you find the constantly ticking down irritating.
+
+## The Advanced tab
+
+There are all the usual [Advanced tab](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab) settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-date-time.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-date-time.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..28f725de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-date-time.md
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+---
+id: event-date-time
+title: Event Date & Time module
+sidebar_label: "Singular: Event Date & Time"
+description: The article covers the Event Date & Time module which displays an event's date and time.
+---
+
+The Events Date & Time module display an event's date and time e.g. August 1st @ 12:00 am - 9:00 am UTC+0. All day events return only the date e.g. August 1st.
+
+![](/img/beaver-themer/integrations--tec--event-date-time--1.jpg)
+
+The Event Date & Time module is based on the Beaver Builder [Text Editor module](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/text). It uses an instance of the classic WordPress editor and automatically inserts the [`the_events_calendar_date_and_time`](../field-connections.md#event-date-and-time) field connection into the text area, as shown in the image below.
+
+![](/img/beaver-themer/integrations--tec--event-date-time--2.jpg)
+
+## Availability
+
+The Event Date & Time module appears in **The Events Calendar** section of the **Themer modules** group in the Content Panel when you're editing a [Singular-type](../../../layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-type.md) Themer layout.
+
+## Style tab
+
+The **Style** tab has a variety of settings that apply to the [`the_events_calendar_date_and_time`](../field-connections.md#event-date-and-time) field connection and any other text in the module, such as text color and the Beaver Builder [Typography section](/beaver-builder/basics/typography), which gives you many choices not available in the text editor, starting with font family.
+
+## The Advanced tab
+
+There are all the usual [Advanced tab](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab) settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-description.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-description.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8dac2d1d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-description.md
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+---
+id: event-description
+title: Event Description module
+sidebar_label: 'Singular: Event Description'
+description: The article covers the Event Description module which displays the content added to the WordPress editor.
+---
+
+The Event Description module is a basic module which has no configuration or styling options and simply displays an event's description i.e. the content added to the [WordPress editor when creating or editing an event](https://theeventscalendar.com/knowledgebase/k/creating-an-event/).
+
+## Availability
+
+The Event Description module appears in **The Events Calendar** section of the **Themer modules** group in the Content Panel when you're editing a [Singular-type](../../../layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-type.md) Themer layout.
+
+## The Advanced tab
+
+There are all the usual [Advanced tab](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab) settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-details.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-details.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1b7063f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-details.md
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+---
+id: event-details
+title: Event Details module
+sidebar_label: 'Singular: Event Details'
+description: The article covers the Event Details module which displays an event's details.
+---
+
+The Event Details module is a basic module which has no configuration or styling options and simply displays an event's details. An event's details content consists of date, time, cost, and a link to the event's website.
+
+![](/img/beaver-themer/integrations--tec--event-details--1.jpg)
+
+## Availability
+
+The Event Details module appears in **The Events Calendar** section of the **Themer modules** group in the Content Panel when you're editing a [Singular-type](../../../layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-type.md) Themer layout.
+
+## The Advanced tab
+
+There are all the usual [Advanced tab](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab) settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-export-links.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-export-links.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3795f72c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-export-links.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+id: event-export-links
+title: Event Export Links module
+sidebar_label: 'Singular: Event Export Links'
+description: The article covers the Event Export Links module which displays an event's export links such as Google Calendar and iCal.
+---
+
+The Event Export Links module displays an event's two export links. One link lets you export the event to your Google Calendar, and one that exports the event into iCal format (the .ics file format).
+
+![Export Links module](/img/beaver-themer/integrations--tec--event-export-links--1.jpg)
+
+## Availability
+
+The Event Export Links module appears in **The Events Calendar** section of the **Themer modules** group in the Content Panel when you're editing a [Singular-type](../../../layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-type.md) Themer layout.
+
+## Style tab
+
+The **Style** tab has four options:
+
+* **Alignment**. This setting horizontally aligns both export links you can align left, center, and right.
+* **Text Color**. Set the text color for the export links.
+* **Background Color**. Set the fill color for the module.
+* **Border Radius**. Set the border radius using pixel. The one value will effect all four corners.
+
+## The Advanced tab
+
+There are all the usual [Advanced tab](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab) settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-map.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-map.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..377b6f55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-map.md
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+---
+id: event-map
+title: Event Map module
+sidebar_label: 'Singular: Event Map'
+description: The article covers the Event Map module which displays an event's address using Google Maps.
+---
+
+The Event Map module displays an event's address using Google Maps with an option to set the maps height in pixels.
+
+![](/img/beaver-themer/integrations--tec--event-map--1.jpg)
+
+## Availability
+
+The Event Map module appears in **The Events Calendar** section of the **Themer modules** group in the Content Panel when you're editing a [Singular-type](../../../layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-type.md) Themer layout.
+
+## Style tab
+
+The **Style** tab has one options which allows you to set the maps height using the pixel unit and has a default height of `350px`.
+
+## The Advanced tab
+
+There are all the usual [Advanced tab](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab) settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-navigation.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-navigation.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f248b66f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-navigation.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+id: event-navigation
+title: Event Navigation module
+sidebar_label: 'Singular: Event Navigation'
+description: The article covers the Event Navigation module which displays links to previous and next events, in reverse chronological order.
+---
+
+The Event Navigation module displays links to previous and next events, in reverse chronological order.
+
+![](/img/beaver-themer/integrations--tec--event-navigation--1.jpg)
+
+## Availability
+
+The Event Navigation module appears in **The Events Calendar** section of the **Themer modules** group in the Content Panel when you're editing a [Singular-type](../../../layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-type.md) Themer layout.
+
+## Style tab
+
+The **Style** tab has two options allowing to set the **Previous** and **Next** link text. 
+
+The default values are:
+
+* **Previous**: `<span>&laquo;</span> %title%`.
+* **Next**: `%title% <span>&raquo;</span>`.
+
+The `&laquo;` and `&raquo;` are [HTML Entities](https://www.w3schools.com/charsets/ref_html_entities_4.asp) to display the arrows. You can replace these with anything you like such as Font Awesome icons.
+
+The `%title%` is a placeholder for the event title.
+
+## The Advanced tab
+
+There are all the usual [Advanced tab](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab) settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-notices.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-notices.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9c2ca09e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-notices.md
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+---
+id: event-notices
+title: Event Notices module
+sidebar_label: 'Singular: Event Notices'
+description: The article covers the Event Notices module which displays a notice in certain situations such as when an event has passed.
+---
+
+The Event Notices module displays a notice in certain situations such as when an event has passed. The module has options to configure the text and background colors.
+
+![Events Notices module](/img/beaver-themer/integrations--tec--event-notices--1.jpg)
+
+## Availability
+
+The Event Notices module appears in **The Events Calendar** section of the **Themer modules** group in the Content Panel when you're editing a [Singular-type](../../../layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-type.md) Themer layout.
+
+## Style tab
+
+The **Style** tab has two options:
+
+* **Text Color**. Set the text color for the notice.
+* **Background Color**. Set the fill color for the notice.
+
+## The Advanced tab
+
+There are all the usual [Advanced tab](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab) settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-organizer.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-organizer.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0e02c327
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-organizer.md
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+---
+id: event-organizer
+title: Event Organizer module
+sidebar_label: 'Singular: Event Organizer'
+description: The article covers the Event Organizer module which displays an event's organizer details.
+---
+
+The Event Organizer module is a basic module which has no configuration or styling options and simply displays an event's organizer details. An organizer details content consists of name, phone number, email address and a link to the organizer's website.
+
+![Events Notices module](/img/beaver-themer/integrations--tec--event-organizer-details--1.jpg)
+
+## Availability
+
+The Event Organizer module appears in **The Events Calendar** section of the **Themer modules** group in the Content Panel when you're editing a [Singular-type](../../../layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-type.md) Themer layout.
+
+## The Advanced tab
+
+There are all the usual [Advanced tab](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab) settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-posts.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-posts.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9e727001
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-posts.md
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+---
+id: event-posts
+title: "Event Posts module"
+sidebar_label: "Archive: Event Posts"
+---
+
+The Event Posts module is in **The Events Calendar Modules section** in the **Themer Modules group** in the Content panel when you're editing an Archive- type Themer layout in Beaver Themer and you have The Events Calendar plugin installed.
+
+The Event Posts module has all of the [regular Posts module settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts/) on the **Layout** tab plus an extra **Events Calendar** section, which lets you show or hide the **Event date** (and time) and the **Event address**.
+
+When a Posts module is used in a Themer layout, the **Source** field on the **Content** tab is usually set to **Main Query**. This displays a list of posts that is filtered to match the location in which it occurs. For example, if you create an Archive Themer layout and specify the location as all Event Category archives, then add a Posts module to the Themer layout, every event category archive page will display the posts for just that category.
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-related-events.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-related-events.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..be87505e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-related-events.md
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+---
+id: event-related-events
+title: Event Related Events module
+sidebar_label: 'Singular: Event Related Events'
+description: The article covers the Event Related Events module which displays an event's organizer details.
+---
+
+:::info **Info**
+The Event Countdown module is available when you have **The Events Calendar Pro** plugin installed.
+:::
+
+The Event Organizer module allows you to display additional upcoming events on your single event pages, based on the event category. The module has no configuration or styling options.
+
+![Events Notices module](/img/beaver-themer/integrations--tec--event-related-events--1.jpg)
+
+## Availability
+
+The Event Related Events module appears in **The Events Calendar** section of the **Themer modules** group in the Content Panel when you're editing a [Singular-type](../../../layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-type.md) Themer layout.
+
+## The Advanced tab
+
+There are all the usual [Advanced tab](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab) settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-tickets.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-tickets.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..013cdacd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-tickets.md
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+---
+id: event-tickets
+title: Event Tickets module
+sidebar_label: 'Singular: Event Tickets'
+description: The article covers the Event Tickets module which displays an event's ticket information and fees.
+---
+
+:::info
+The Event Tickets module is available when you have **The Events Calendar** & **Event Tickets Free/Pro** plugin installed.
+:::
+
+The Events Tickets module displays an event's ticket information and fees for any [tickets created](https://theeventscalendar.com/knowledgebase/k/making-tickets/).
+
+![](/img/beaver-themer/integrations--tec--event-tickets--1.jpg)
+
+## Availability
+
+The Event Tickets module appears in **The Events Calendar** section of the **Themer modules** group in the Content Panel when you're editing a [Singular-type](../../../layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-type.md) Themer layout.
+
+## Style tab
+
+The **Style** tab has two settings:
+
+* **Background Color**. Set the fill color for the module.
+* **Text Color**. Set the text color for the export links.
+* **Separator Color**. Set the separator color.
+* **Active Button Background Color**. Set the active button background color.
+* **Active Button Text Color**. Set the active button text color.
+* **Disabled Button Background Color**. Set the disabled button background color.
+* **Disabled Button Text Color**. Set the disabled button text color.
+
+## The Advanced tab
+
+There are all the usual [Advanced tab](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab) settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-title.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-title.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..953245be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-title.md
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+---
+id: event-title
+title: Event Title module
+sidebar_label: "Singular: Event Title"
+description: The article covers The Event Title module is based on the Beaver Builder Heading module and displays an events title using the post_title field connection.
+---
+
+The Event Title module is based on the Beaver Builder [Heading module](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/heading) and displays an events title by automatically connecting the `[wpbb post:title]` field connection.
+
+## Availability
+
+The Event Related Events module appears in **The Events Calendar** section of the **Themer modules** group in the Content Panel when you're editing a [Singular-type](../../../layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-type.md) Themer layout.
+
+## General tab
+
+The General tab contains the following fields.
+
+- **Heading**
+  The `[wpbb post:title]` field connection is automatically connected to the Heading setting to display the event title. You can disconnect the field connection and insert if you want to enter text, basic HTML tags (such as a `<br>` tag), or a Beaver Builder shortcode.
+
+- **HTML tag**
+  Select the heading level (H1, H2, etc.). This automatically inserts the
+  correct heading tags into the rendered page.
+
+- **Link**
+  Add a URL if you want the heading to contain a live link. Click **Select** for
+  assistance in creating the URL to another page on your site.
+
+## Style tab
+
+The Style tab contains the following settings.
+
+- **Color**
+  Default heading color is usually specified in the theme, but you can choose a
+  custom color here.
+
+- **Typography** section
+  This is the [standard Beaver Builder **Typography** section](/beaver-builder/basics/typography), with settings for the font family, weight, size, spacing, and so on.
+
+## The Advanced tab
+
+There are all the usual [Advanced tab](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab) settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-venue.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-venue.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c3446469
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-venue.md
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+---
+id: event-venue
+title: Event Venue module
+sidebar_label: 'Singular: Event Venue'
+description: The article covers the Event Organizer module which displays an event's organizer details.
+---
+
+The Event Venue module is a basic module which has no configuration or styling options and simply displays an event's venue details. A venue details content consists of venue name, address, link to Google Maps, phone number, and a link to the venue's website.
+
+![Events Venue module](/img/beaver-themer/integrations--tec--event-venue--1.jpg)
+
+## Availability
+
+The Event Venue module appears in **The Events Calendar** section of the **Themer modules** group in the Content Panel when you're editing a [Singular-type](../../../layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-type.md) Themer layout.
+
+## The Advanced tab
+
+There are all the usual [Advanced tab](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab) settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-website.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-website.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ff87a8de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/event-website.md
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+---
+id: event-website
+title: Event Website module
+sidebar_label: "Singular: Event Website"
+description: The article covers the Event Website module which displays an event's website link.
+---
+
+The Event Website module is based on the Beaver Builder [Text Editor module](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/text). It uses an instance of the classic WordPress editor and displays the [event website](https://theeventscalendar.com/knowledgebase/k/creating-an-event/#Event_Website) if one is added to your event.
+
+It does this by automatically inserting the [`the_events_calendar_website_link`](../field-connections.md#event-website-link) field connection into the text area, as shown in the image below.
+
+![](/img/beaver-themer/integrations--tec--event-website-link--1.jpg)
+
+You can use the classic text editor to add text, HTML, or shortcodes before or after the field connection. This lets you add any additional information you want to display. You can also use the toolbar options to format the event cost. For more control, use the settings on the **Style** tab.
+
+## Availability
+
+The Event Website module appears in **The Events Calendar** section of the **Themer modules** group in the Content Panel when you're editing a [Singular-type](../../../layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-type.md) Themer layout.
+
+## Style tab
+
+The **Style** tab has a variety of settings that apply to the [`the_events_calendar_website_link`](../field-connections.md#event-website-link) field connection and any other text in the module, such as text color and the Beaver Builder [Typography section](/beaver-builder/basics/typography/), which gives you many choices not available in the text editor, starting with font family.
+
+## The Advanced tab
+
+There are all the usual [Advanced tab](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab) settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/index.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/index.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..212da46d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/modules/index.md
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+---
+id: index
+title: The Events Calendar Modules
+sidebar_label: The Events Calendar Modules
+description: The articles in this section cover The Events Calendar modules included in Beaver Themer.
+---
+
+The articles in this section cover the The Events Calendar modules included in Beaver Themer.
+
+## In this Section
+
+import DocCardList from '@theme/DocCardList';
+
+<DocCardList />
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/singular-layout.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/singular-layout.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..15b153b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/tec/singular-layout.md
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+---
+id: singular-layout
+title: Create a Singular Layout
+sidebar_label: Singular Layout
+---
+
+Use a Singular Themer layout to display single events with The Events Calendar plugin.
+
+* For an introduction to how Themer layouts work with The Events Calendar plugin, see the [Getting Started](getting-started.md) article.
+
+Here's how to create and design a Themer layout for a single-event page.
+
+:::tip
+It helps to have some events created first so that you have something to preview as you design the layout in Beaver Themer.
+:::
+
+## 1 Create a Singular Themer layout
+
+1. In the WordPress admin panel, click **Beaver Builder > Themer layouts**.
+2. Click the **Add New** button at the top of the page.
+3. Enter a title for your Themer layout.
+4. Verify that **Type** is **Themer layout** and for **Layout** select **Singular**, then click **Add Themer layout**.  
+The **Edit Themer layout** screen opens.
+
+## 2 Edit the Singular Themer layout
+
+1. For **Location**, click **Choose**, then from the **Events** section choose **Event**.  
+By default, the location will apply to every single event page, but you can include or exclude specific items by setting up inclusion or exclusion rules.
+2. Click **Publish**.
+
+## 3 Design the page
+
+1. Click **Launch Beaver Builder**.
+2. In the **Preview as**  field at the top of the page, select **Event**, then select a particular event page, assuming you've created one already.
+3. The Themer layout opens with the singular template for standard posts. To use the Event template to start building your page, click **Templates** in the upper right corner and make sure **General** is selected. Select the **Event** template, then click **Replace existing layout**.
+4. Build the page in Beaver Builder in the normal fashion, by adding and configuring modules.  
+See the next section.
+
+## Events Calendar modules for the Singular Themer layout
+
+When you edit a Singular Themer layout and have The Events Calendar plugin installed, there's a special content group in the Content panel called **Themer modules**  and under that is a section called **The Events Calendar** containing the following modules:
+
+* Event cost
+* Event countdown
+* Event date and time
+* Event description
+* Event details
+* Event export links
+* Event map
+* Event navigation
+* Event notices
+* Event organizer
+* Event title
+* Event venue
+
+These modules can be used to display the event description and the many custom event fields that you may have filled in when you created the event. If you added the Event template to your page, you will see many of these modules.
+
+![](/img/create-a-singular-themer-layout-for-the-events-calendar-plugin-eb1f1455.png)
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/add-to-cart-button-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/add-to-cart-button-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fc375ca5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/add-to-cart-button-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+---
+id: add-to-cart-button-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts
+title: "Singular layout: Add to Cart Button module"
+sidebar_label: "Singular layout: Add to Cart Button module"
+description: The Add to Cart Button module lets you add the Add to Cart button plus product variations to your Themer Singular Layout for WooCommerce.
+---
+
+The Add to Cart Button module is in the **WooCommerce modules** category, which appears only when you're editing a Singular-type layout in Beaver Themer and you've assigned a single product page as the location.
+
+Besides the **Add to Cart** button, this module also displays the following controls when they apply (the same as default WooCommerce behavior).
+
+* A **Quantity** selection list
+* The **Add to Cart** button
+* Variation labels and options if the product has variations set, as shown in this screenshot:  
+![Product variations are included in the Add to Cart module](/img/themer--third-party--woocommerce--singular-add-to-cart-module--1.png)
+
+## Module settings
+
+### Style tab
+
+**Text** section:
+
+* **Text color**
+* **Text hover color**
+
+**Background** section:
+
+* **Background color**
+* **Background hover color**
+
+The colors are applied as follows to the three button states:
+
+  * **Disabled** (the state that applies if there are variations and an option hasn't been selected yet)  
+  A lighter version of the background and text color.
+  * **Enabled** (ready to be clicked)  
+  The default or custom background and text color.
+  * **Hover** (cursor moves over the button)  
+  A darker version of the background and text color.
+
+### Advanced tab
+
+There's are the standard features on the [**Advanced** tab](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab).
+
+:::info
+The **Advanced** settings apply to the entire module block. Using the screenshot above as an example if you set a **Slide left** animation, the variation (mug color), quantity, and **Add to Cart** button will all slide left as a block.
+:::
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/breadcrumb-module-for-woocommerce-singular-and-archive-themer-layouts.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/breadcrumb-module-for-woocommerce-singular-and-archive-themer-layouts.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f2be1833
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/breadcrumb-module-for-woocommerce-singular-and-archive-themer-layouts.md
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+---
+id: breadcrumb-module-for-woocommerce-singular-and-archive-themer-layouts
+title: "Singular or Archive layout: Breadcrumb module"
+sidebar_label: "Singular or Archive layout: Breadcrumb module"
+---
+
+The Breadcrumb module is in the **WooCommerce modules** category, which appears when you're editing a Singular or Archive-type layout in Beaver Themer and the WooCommerce plugin is installed.
+
+The breadcrumb path is standard WooCommerce functionality. If you have more than one category assigned to a product, WooCommerce uses the first category it finds as the path.
+
+![](/img/breadcrumb-module-for-woocommerce-singular-and-archive-theme-layouts-themer-ac47cc58.png)
+
+To change the breadcrumb path functionality, such as the Home page link, you can use a plugin such as [WooCommerce Breadcrumbs](https://wordpress.org/plugins/woocommerce-breadcrumbs/).
+
+## Module settings
+
+This module has a **Style** tab and an **Advanced** tab.
+
+On the **Style** tab of the **Breadcrumb** module, you can customize the following settings:
+
+  * Alignment (left center, right)
+  * Font size
+  * Text color
+
+On the **Advanced** tab, you can customize margins, responsive layout, visibility, animation, and assign an ID or class name.
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/create-a-singular-themer-layout-for-woocommerce.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/create-a-singular-themer-layout-for-woocommerce.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9bd97df9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/create-a-singular-themer-layout-for-woocommerce.md
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+---
+id: create-a-singular-themer-layout-for-woocommerce
+title: Singular layout for WooCommerce
+sidebar_label: Singular layout for WooCommerce
+---
+
+You can use the Singular Themer layout to design WooCommerce single product pages.
+
+:::info 
+The WooCommerce modules that you use in Beaver Themer to lay out single product pages have standard WooCommerce functionality. The WooCommerce modules provide a convenient way to style the page and show or hide various WooCommerce components.
+:::
+
+<div className="embed-responsive">
+<iframe width="560" height="315" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/Jz8MXyPrF50" frameBorder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture" allowFullScreen="">
+</iframe>
+</div>
+
+Here's how to create a Themer layout for a WooCommerce single product page.
+
+## 1 Create a Singular themer layout
+
+  1. In the WordPress admin panel, click **Beaver Builder > Themer layouts**.
+  2. Click the **Add New** button at the top of the page.
+  3. Enter a title for your Themer layout.
+  4. Verify that **Type** is **Themer layout** and for **Layout** select **Singular**, then click **Add Themer layout**.  
+  The **Edit Themer layout** screen opens.
+
+## 2 Edit the Singular themer layout
+
+  1. For **Location**, click **Choose**, then select **Product** from the **Products** category. In the field next to it, select **All products**.
+  2. Click **Publish**, then click **Launch Beaver Builder**.
+  3. Click the Plus icon in the upper right corner, then click the **Templates** tab.
+  4. Select the **Product**  layout template, then click **Replace existing layout**.
+
+Now you have an initial layout for a WooCommerce single product page, previewing one of the WooCommerce sample products.
+
+![](/img/create-a-singular-themer-layout-for-woocommerce-49d7f0a9.png)
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+It's easier to design the layout if you already have at least one product created. You can preview the product as you work and see the information that will appear. If you're not ready to create your own products, you can [upload WooCommerce sample product data](https://docs.woocommerce.com/document/importing-woocommerce-sample-data/).
+:::
+
+You can preview any of your products by clicking the down arrow in the **Preview as** box at the top of the editor, then expanding the **Product** category as shown in the following screenshot, then choosing one of your products.
+
+![](/img/create-a-singular-themer-layout-for-woocommerce-227d25be.png)
+
+In the template that you added, if the product that you're previewing doesn't have any data to display, the connection code is displayed instead, which you can recognize as words connected with underscores. In the screenshot above of the template, you can see several modules with their connection codes, such as `woocommerce_template_single_rating`.
+
+## Special WooCommerce modules for the Singular Themer layout
+
+To access the special WooCommerce modules:
+
+  1. In the upper right corner, click the Plus icon to expand the Content panel.
+  2. On the **Modules** tab, click **Group**, then select **Themer modules**.
+
+You'll see the section containing all the WooCommerce modules, as shown in the following screenshot. Most of these modules are used in the Themer Product layout template that you chose in the previous procedure.
+
+![](/img/create-a-singular-themer-layout-for-woocommerce-3648ac58.png)
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+You can insert a WooCommerce product image gallery into a layout by inserting the **Product Gallery Images** field connection into the **Photos** field of a standard Gallery module, as shown in the following screenshot.
+
+![](/img/create-a-singular-themer-layout-for-woocommerce-b101bc56.png)
+:::
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/create-an-archive-themer-layout-for-woocommerce.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/create-an-archive-themer-layout-for-woocommerce.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b5c559f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/create-an-archive-themer-layout-for-woocommerce.md
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+---
+id: create-an-archive-themer-layout-for-woocommerce
+title: Archive layout for WooCommerce
+sidebar_label: Archive layout for WooCommerce
+description: Create a Themer Archive layout specifically for WooCommerce Shop pages and product category pages.
+---
+
+You can use the Archive-type Themer layout to design the following WooCommerce archive pages:
+
+  * A Shop page that displays products
+  * A page that lists products for a specific category or tag
+
+:::info
+Themer layouts created in Beaver Themer can only display lists of products, not lists of categories or subcategories. In other words, if your WooCommerce product display settings are set to **Categories** or **Subcategories** (as shown in the following screenshot), a Themer layout that applies to those pages will override those settings and show products instead.
+
+![](/img/create-an-archive-themer-layout-for-woocommerce-9d809e4b.png)
+:::
+
+Here's a video of how to make a WooCommerce Archive Page (start at 2 min 54 sec):
+
+<div className="embed-responsive">
+<iframe width="560" height="315" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/Jz8MXyPrF50" frameBorder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture" allowFullScreen="">
+</iframe>
+</div>
+
+Here are the instructions to create a Themer layout for a WooCommerce archive page.
+
+## 1 Create an Archive Themer layout
+
+  1. In the WordPress admin panel, click **Beaver Builder > Themer layouts**.
+  2. Click the **Add New** button at the top of the page.
+  3. Enter a title for your Themer layout.
+  4. Verify that **Type** is **Themer layout** and for **Layout** select **Archive**, then click **Add Themer layout**.  
+  The **Edit Themer layout** screen opens.
+
+## 2 Edit the Archive Themer layout
+
+  1. For **Location**, click **Choose**, then from the **Product archive** section choose one of the following:
+    * **Product archive**  
+    Applies to the Shop page (or an archive page you have designated instead of Shop).
+    * **Product category archive**  
+    Applies to any single Category archive page, which will list all the products assigned to that category.
+    * **Product tag archive**  
+    Applies to any single tag archive page, which will list all the products that are associated with that tag.
+  2. Add more location or exclusion rules so the layout applies only to the archive pages you want this layout to apply to.
+  3. Click **Publish**, then click **Launch Beaver Builder**.
+  4. Click the Plus icon in the upper right corner, then click the **Templates** tab.
+  5. Select the **Products** template, then click **Replace existing layout**.
+  6. Now you have the initial layout for a WooCommerce product archive page.
+  7. In the **Preview** box at the top of the screen, select the type of product archive you want to preview as you modify the page layout.  
+  Publish or save your Themer layout when you're done.
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+It's easier to design the layout if you already have a couple products created or have imported the set of [WooCommerce sample data](https://docs.woocommerce.com/document/importing-woocommerce-sample-data/). You can preview the list of products in the archive as you work and see the information that will appear.
+:::
+
+## Special WooCommerce modules for the Archive Themer layout
+
+When you edit an Archive-type Themer layout and have the WooCommerce plugin installed, there's a special content category in the **Themer modules** group of the Content panel called **WooCommerce modules**. The Archive-type Themer layout has two WooCommerce modules: Breadcrumb and Products.
+
+![](/img/create-an-archive-themer-layout-for-woocommerce-5de76f05.png)
+
+:::info
+The WooCommerce modules that you use in Beaver Themer to lay out archive pages have standard WooCommerce functionality because Beaver Builder uses the WooCommerce API. The advantage of the WooCommerce modules is that they provide a convenient way to style the page and show or hide various WooCommerce components.
+:::
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/field-connections.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/field-connections.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d737cbc8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/field-connections.md
@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+---
+id: field-connections
+title: WooCommerce Field Connections
+sidebar_label: Field Connections
+---
+
+The article covers all available field connections for the [WooCommerce](https://wordpress.org/plugins/woocommerce/) plugin. The field connections listed in this article require the WooCommerce plugin to be installed and active on your WordPress site.
+
+
+## Add to Cart Button
+
+Outputs an add to cart button. A [**Variable Product**](https://docs.woocommerce.com/document/variable-product/) will display dropdown boxes to select variation options above the add to cart button.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:woocommerce_add_to_cart_button]
+```
+
+## Product Attributes
+
+You can use the Term List field connection to output [product attributes](https://woocommerce.com/document/managing-product-taxonomies/#product-attributes) created via **WordPress Admin Dashboard > Products > Attributes**. This is done by prefixing the slug of the product attribute with `pa_` as shown in the example below.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:terms_list taxonomy='pa_attributeName' html_list='no' display='name' separator=', ' limit= linked='yes']
+```
+
+:::tip
+The attribute slug can be found in the **WordPress Admin Dashboard > Products > Attributes** menu.
+:::
+
+## Product Images
+
+Outputs a [product image and gallery](https://docs.woocommerce.com/document/adding-product-images-and-galleries/).
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:woocommerce_product_images]
+```
+
+## Product Meta
+
+Outputs a product's meta. Example: `SKU: beaver-builder-vneck-tee Category: Tshirts Tag: orange`
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:woocommerce_product_meta]
+```
+
+## Product Ordering
+
+Outputs the dropdown sort list that has choices for Default, Popularity, Price, etc.
+
+:::info
+Available on archive layouts only.
+:::
+
+```markup
+[wpbb archive:woocommerce_catalog_ordering]
+``` 
+
+## Product Price
+
+Outputs a product’s price.  
+Examples: $12.00 or $9.99 - $14.99 (for variable products) or <del>$45.00</del> $20.00 for products with a sale price.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:woocommerce_product_price]
+```
+
+## Product Rating
+
+Outputs a product's rating with a link to the reviews tab e.g. :star::star::star::star::star: (1 customer review)
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:woocommerce_product_rating]
+```
+
+## Product Result Count
+
+Outputs the number of products displayed in the layout, such as "Showing 1–10 of 18 results."
+
+:::info
+Available on archive layouts only.
+:::
+
+```markup
+[wpbb archive:woocommerce_result_count]`  
+```
+
+## Product Sale
+
+Outputs a sale label if a product has a sale price e.g. <span style={{backgroundColor: "steelblue", color: "white", padding: "5px"}}>SALE</span>
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:woocommerce_sale_flash]
+```
+
+## Product Short Description
+
+Outputs a product's short description.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:woocommerce_product_short_description]
+```
+
+## Product SKU
+
+Outputs a product's stock-keeping unit (SKU).
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:woocommerce_product_sku]
+```
+
+* Options  
+
+  * **Prefix Text** - Accepts either `1` ("True") to allow a custom prefix in the next field or `0` ("False") to display only the SKU.
+  * **Prefix** - The prefix text to display (Default text is "SKU: ")
+
+* Example
+
+  ```markup
+  [wpbb post:woocommerce_product_sku sku_prefix='1' prefix_text='Item Number:']
+  ```
+
+## Product Tabs
+
+Outputs the product tabs Description, Additional Information and Reviews.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:woocommerce_product_tabs]
+```
+
+## Product Title
+
+Outputs a product's title.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:woocommerce_product_title]
+```
+
+## Product Upsells
+
+Outputs [upsell products](https://docs.woocommerce.com/document/related-products-up-sells-and-cross-sells/#section-1).
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:woocommerce_product_upsells]
+```
+
+## Product Weight
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:woocommerce_product_weight]
+```
+
+* Options 
+
+  * **Prefix Text** Accepts either `1` ("True") to allow a custom prefix in the next field or `0` ("False") to display only the Weight.
+  * **Prefix** The prefix text to display (Default text is "Weight: ")
+
+* Example
+
+  ```markup
+  [wpbb post:woocommerce_product_weight show_prefix='yes' prefix='Weight:']
+  ```
+
+## Related Products
+
+Outputs [related products](https://docs.woocommerce.com/document/related-products-up-sells-and-cross-sells/#section-3).
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:woocommerce_related_products]
+```
+
+## Store Breadcrumbs
+
+Outputs WooCommerce breadcrumbs. Example: `Home / Mugs / Beaver Builder Mug`
+
+:::info
+Available on both archive & singular layouts.
+:::
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:woocommerce_breadcrumb]
+```
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/index.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/index.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0f345750
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/index.md
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+---
+id: index
+title: WooCommerce
+sidebar_label: WooCommerce
+description: This article covers the Beaver Themer integration with WooCommerce plugin.
+---
+
+Beaver Themer offers seamless integration with WooCommerce, enabling you to design captivating layouts for WooCommerce archives as well as individual product pages.
+
+## Preqrequisites
+
+Before you begin, ensure that you have the following installed and activated:
+
+- [Beaver Builder Plugin](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/)
+- [Beaver Themer](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/beaver-themer/)
+- [WooCommerce](https://wordpress.org/plugins/woocommerce/)
+
+## Limitations
+
+The WooCommerce integration is currently missing several WooCommerce hooks that may be required for third-party WooCommerce add-ons to work properly.
+
+## In this section:
+
+import DocCardList from '@theme/DocCardList';
+
+<DocCardList />
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/product-description-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/product-description-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f65f9c59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/product-description-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+---
+id: product-description-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts
+title: "Singular layout: Product Description module"
+sidebar_label: "Singular layout: Product Description module"
+---
+
+The Product Description module is in the **WooCommerce modules** category, which appears only when you're editing a Singular-type layout in Beaver Themer and you've assigned a single product page as the location.
+
+## Module settings
+
+This module has a **General** tab and an **Advanced** tab.
+
+On the **General** tab there is one setting:
+
+  * **Type** (Short description, Full description)
+
+The short and full description come from what you've entered for each product. If you have **Type** set to **Short description** and you preview a product\ without a short description, you'll see the placeholder `woocommerce_template_single_excerpt` displayed. In the published product page, if a product has no short description then nothing is displayed.
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+There are two modules that can display the full product description: the Production Description module and the Product Tabs module. The Product Tabs module displays the full description in the context of appearing on the **Description** tab, with an **Additional Information** tab if there are product attributes and a **Review** tab if reviews are enabled for a specific product. The initial WooCommerce Singular-type layout for single products uses the Product Description module for the short description and the Product Tabs module for the full description set into tabs.
+:::
+
+On the **Advanced** tab, you can customize margins, responsive layout, visibility, animation, and assign an ID or class name.
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/product-images-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/product-images-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..63fb4c9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/product-images-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+id: product-images-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts
+title: "Singular layout: Product Images module"
+sidebar_label: "Singular layout: Product Images module"
+---
+
+The Product Images module is in the **WooCommerce modules** category, which appears only when you're editing a Singular-type layout in Beaver Themer and you've assigned a single product page as the location.
+
+The Product Images module has the following properties when it appears on the product page:
+
+  * It displays the featured image set for the product. If the product has gallery images, it displays those images below the main image.
+  * Like the standard WooCommerce product image on a single product page, there's a magnifying glass icon that zooms in on the image when you mouse over it and displays a larger version when you click the image.
+  * If you set the **Sale Flash** setting to **Show** in the Product Images module, then any single product that has a sale price will display a **Sale** box in the upper left corner.
+
+  ![](/img/product-images-module-for-woocommerce-singular-theme-layouts-themer-bfda5beb.jpg)
+
+In the Themer layout, if you have **Sale Flash** set to **Show** and preview a product page that doesn't have a sale price, you'll see `woocommerce_show_product_sale_flash` set above the photo, to let you know that the Sale box will appear only when a sale price is listed for a product.
+
+![](/img/product-images-module-for-woocommerce-singular-theme-layouts-themer-e00f621c.jpg)
+
+## Module settings
+
+This module has a **General** tab and an **Advanced** tab.
+
+The **Sale Flash** field is the only setting on the **General** tab.
+
+On the **Advanced** tab, you can customize margins, responsive layout, visibility, animation, and assign an ID or class name.
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/product-meta-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/product-meta-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e49931e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/product-meta-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+id: product-meta-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts
+title: "Singular layout: Product Meta module"
+sidebar_label: "Singular layout: Product Meta module"
+---
+
+The Product Meta module is in the **WooCommerce modules** category, which appears only when you're editing a Singular-type layout in Beaver Themer and you've assigned a single product page as the location.
+
+The Product Meta module displays the same product meta information that is displayed on a default WooCommerce product page, namely:
+
+  * SKU number
+  * Categories
+  * Tags
+
+The visibility also behaves the same as the default WooCommerce product meta information. When there is no category or tag set, the Category and Tag labels are not displayed. When there is no SKU number, simple products do not display the SKU label, but when the product has variations, you see "SKU: N/A" instead, as shown in the following screenshot. This is because the main product may not have a SKU number, but there could be one set for one or more variations, which appear once an option is selected.
+
+![](/img/product-meta-module-for-woocommerce-singular-theme-layouts-themer-1697e037.png)
+
+## Module settings
+
+This module has a **Style** tab and an **Advanced** tab.
+
+On the **Style** tab you can customize the following settings:
+
+  * Alignment (left center, right)
+  * Font size
+  * Text color
+
+The Post Meta is included in the initial Singular Themer layout for a Woo single product page. You can disable the display of post meta information by removing the module from the Themer layout.
+
+On the **Advanced** tab, you can customize margins, responsive layout, visibility, animation, and assign an ID or class name.
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/product-price-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/product-price-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2235339a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/product-price-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+---
+id: product-price-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts
+title: "Singular layout: Product Price module"
+sidebar_label: "Singular layout: Product Price module"
+---
+
+The Product Price module is in the **WooCommerce modules** category, which appears only when you're editing a Singular-type layout in Beaver Themer and you've assigned a single product page as the location.
+
+Like the price display on the default WooCommerce product page, when the product has variations with different prices, the Product Price module displays the price range. The exact price after an option is selected is displayed in the area handled by the Add to Cart Button module, as shown in the following screenshot.
+
+![](/img/product-price-module-for-woocommerce-singular-theme-layouts-themer-27b0fa4c.png)
+
+## Module settings
+
+This module has a **Style** tab and an **Advanced** tab.
+
+On the **Style** tab you can customize the following settings:
+
+  * Alignment (left center, right)
+  * Font size
+  * Text color
+
+On the **Advanced** tab, you can customize margins, responsive layout, visibility, animation, and assign an ID or class name.
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/product-rating-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/product-rating-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4a7362e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/product-rating-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+---
+id: product-rating-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts
+title: "Singular layout: Product Rating module"
+sidebar_label: "Singular layout: Product Rating module"
+---
+
+The Product Rating module is in the **WooCommerce modules** category, which appears only when you're editing a Singular-type layout in Beaver Themer and you've assigned a single product page as the location.
+
+If you have reviews enabled for the product displayed, this module displays the number of customer reviews. It also displays the average customer rating, displayed in stars, if you have enabled ratings in your WooCommerce settings. In the following screenshot, both reviews and ratings have been enabled for this product.
+
+![](/img/product-rating-module-for-woocommerce-singular-theme-layouts-themer-f45c7ca8.png)
+
+The initial Themer layout includes a Product Rating module. When you preview\ products that don't have any customer reviews or ratings to display, you'll see the `woocommerce_single_template_rating` placeholder.
+
+## Module settings
+
+This module has a **Style** tab and an **Advanced** tab.
+
+On the **Style** tab there are the following settings:
+
+  * Alignment (left center, right)
+  * Font size
+  * Foreground color
+  * Background color
+
+On the **Advanced** tab, you can customize margins, responsive layout, visibility, animation, and assign an ID or class name.
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/product-tabs-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/product-tabs-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bed22ff7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/product-tabs-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+---
+id: product-tabs-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts
+title: "Singular layout: Product Tabs module"
+sidebar_label: "Singular layout: Product Tabs module"
+---
+
+The Product Tabs module is in the **WooCommerce modules** category, which appears only when you're editing a Singular-type layout in Beaver Themer and you've assigned a single product page as the location.
+
+The Product Tabs module displays the product tabs that you get on a standard WooCommerce product page, including:
+
+  * Tab 1: Full description of product  
+  If the product's full description field is blank, this tab isn't visible.
+  * Tab 2: Additional Information  
+  Additional information includes weight, dimensions, and product attributes, as in the following screenshot. If there is no additional information specified in the product, this tab isn't visible.  
+  ![](/img/product-tabs-module-for-woocommerce-singular-theme-layouts-themer-34d46c6d.png)
+  * Tab 3: Reviews  
+  Displays a list of the customer reviews with their ratings. If reviews are not enabled, this tab isn't visible
+
+## Module settings
+
+This module has only an **Advanced** tab, where you can customize margins, responsive layout, visibility, animation, and assign an ID or class name.
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/product-title-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/product-title-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b68fd9f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/product-title-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+---
+id: product-title-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts
+title: "Singular layout: Product Title module"
+sidebar_label: "Singular layout: Product Title module"
+---
+
+The Product Title module is in the **WooCommerce modules** category, which appears only when you're editing a Singular-type layout in Beaver Themer and you've assigned a single product page as the location.
+
+The Product Title module is included in the initial Themer layout when you create a Singular type theme for a Woo single product page.
+
+This module has a **Style** tab and an **Advanced** tab. On the **Style** tab, you can customize the following settings:
+
+  * Alignment (left center, right)
+  * Font family and weight
+  * Font size
+  * Text color
+
+## Module settings
+
+This module has only an **Advanced** tab, on which you can customize margins, responsive layout, visibility, animation, and assign an ID or class name.
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/product-upsells-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/product-upsells-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a1cd1e39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/product-upsells-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+---
+id: product-upsells-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts
+title: "Singular layout: Product Upsells module"
+sidebar_label: "Singular layout: Product Upsells module"
+---
+
+The Product Upsells module is in the **WooCommerce modules** category, which appears only when you're editing a Singular-type layout in Beaver Themer and you've assigned a single product page as the location.
+
+If you have selected products for the **Up-sells** field on the **Linked Products** tab for your product, they are displayed with the heading **You may also like...**
+
+![](/img/product-upsells-module-for-woocommerce-singular-theme-layouts-themer-6c20dae3.jpg)
+
+If there aren't any upsells specified for a product, the module is not displayed  in published output. If you preview a product in the Themer layout that doesn't have any upsells associated with it, you'll see the placeholder `woocommerce_upsell_display`.
+
+## Module settings
+
+This module has only an **Advanced** tab, on which you can customize margins, responsive layout, visibility, animation, and assign an ID or class name.
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/products-module-for-woocommerce-archive-themer-layouts.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/products-module-for-woocommerce-archive-themer-layouts.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7666ff63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/products-module-for-woocommerce-archive-themer-layouts.md
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+---
+id: products-module-for-woocommerce-archive-themer-layouts
+title: "Archive layout: Products module"
+sidebar_label: "Archive layout: Products module"
+---
+
+In Archive-type Themer layouts, the Products module is in the **WooCommerce modules** category on the **Modules** tab in the Content menu, assuming you have the WooCommerce plugin installed.
+
+![](/img/products-module-for-woocommerce-archive-themer-layouts-d4600d40.png)
+
+The Products modules is a "shortcut" module. It's actually a Posts module with the default settings optimized to display products.
+
+On the **Layout** tab, there's a special **WooCommerce** section that lets you choose whether to show or hide particular product features, as shown in the following screenshot and described below.
+
+![](/img/products-module-for-woocommerce-archive-themer-layouts-f7d2a225.png)
+
+By default, all of these items are set to **Show** by default.
+
+  * **Product ordering**  
+  Shows or hides the sort box at the top of the product display, as shown in the screenshot below. You may have to view the result on the actual published site page (such as the Shop page) to see the sort box if **Product ordering** set to **Show**.  
+    **Tip:** To change the default sort order in this box, go to **Customize > WooCommerce > Product catalog > Default product sorting**.  
+  ![](/img/products-module-for-woocommerce-archive-themer-layouts-1f812226.png)
+  * **Product sale**  
+  A small circle or rectangle containing 'Sale' appears in upper left corner of the image. Note the full price and sale price appear in the product price field whether or not this field is set to **Show**.
+  * **Product rating**  
+  Show or hide the star rating for the product. This only appears when at least one rating has been assigned to a product.
+  * **Product price**  
+  Show or hide the product price.
+  * **Cart button**  
+  Show or hide the Cart button.
+
+The **Style** tab also has a special WooCommerce section with special style settings, as shown in this screenshot.
+
+![](/img/products-module-for-woocommerce-archive-themer-layouts-b25db982.png)
+
+On the **Content** tab, if you leave the query set to **Main query**, the products displayed will be the default products for the particular type of archive page you're viewing. For example, if you had product categories called pants and jackets, the archive page for the pants category would display all products in the category of pants, whereas the archive page for the jackets category would display all products in the category of jackets.
+
+On the other hand, if you choose **Custom query** for the query type, you can change how products are ordered, or in the **Filters** section you can include or exclude particular products, product categories, or product tags. To specify which products, categories, or tags, start typing the name, and the autocomplete will let you select the one you want.
+
+:::info
+If you use a custom query in a Themer layout, you will get the same products displayed on every type of archive page. For example, suppose you exclude the product category of hoodies in your custom query filter. If your Themer layout applies to product category archive pages, you'll get a listing of every product except hoodies, even on the Hoodies category archive page. In other words, the products no longer depend on the type of archive page they appear in, they only depend on the custom query in the Themer layout. 
+
+This means that in most cases, a custom query will only work well when the Themer layout applies to one particular page. For example, you might want to exclude a few specific hoodies from the Hoodies product archive page, so you could create a Themer archive layout that applies only to the Hoodies product category archive, then use a custom query with a filter that excludes the particular hoodies you don't want to display.
+:::
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/related-products-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/related-products-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bc90c249
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/related-products-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+---
+id: related-products-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts
+title: "Singular layout: Related Products module"
+sidebar_label: "Singular layout: Related Products module"
+---
+
+The Related Products module is in the **WooCommerce modules** category, which appears only when you're editing a Singular-type layout in Beaver Themer and you've assigned a single product page as the location.
+
+This module displays related products using standard WooCommerce functionality, which pulls products from your store that share the same tags or categories as the current product. If there aren't any categories or tags specified for a product, the module is not displayed in published output. If you preview a product in the Themer layout that doesn't have any related products to display, you'll see the placeholder `woocommerce_output_related_products`.
+
+## Module settings
+
+This module has only an **Advanced** tab, on which you can customize margins, responsive layout, visibility, animation, and assign an ID or class name.
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/woo-notices-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/woo-notices-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2eb13130
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/integrations/woocommerce/woo-notices-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts.md
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+---
+id: woo-notices-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts
+title: "Singular layout: Woo Notices module"
+sidebar_label: "Singular layout: Woo Notices module"
+description: Describes the Woo Notices module for Beaver Themer Singular layouts that have the WooCommerce plugin installed.
+---
+
+The Woo Notices module is in the WooCommerce modules category of Themer layouts, which appears only when you're editing a Singular-type layout in Beaver Themer and you've assigned a single product page as the location.
+
+![Woo Notices module location in Content panel](/img/themer--third-party--woocommerce--singular-woocommerce-notices-module--1.png)
+
+The Woo Notices module lets you reposition WooCommerce notices from the default position at the top of the product listing to any other location in your Themer layout. In the following example, the Woo Notices module was placed above the Add to Cart Button module in a Singular layout.
+
+![Beaver Themer 1.4 new Woo Notices module enhancements](/img/themer--third-party--woocommerce--singular-woocommerce-notices-module--2.png)
+
+This module also lets you style the notices with the following settings on the **Style** tab:
+
+- **Text color**
+- **Background color**
+- The [standard **Border** section settings](/beaver-builder/basics/border)
+- The [standard **Typography** section](/beaver-builder/basics/typography)
+
+There are also the standard features on the [**Advanced** tab](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab).
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/introduction/about-release.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/introduction/about-release.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5525b7b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/introduction/about-release.md
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+---
+id: about-release
+title: About this Release
+sidebar_label: About this Release
+toc_min_heading_level: 2
+toc_max_heading_level: 2
+---
+
+Beaver Themer 1.5 includes the following new features and improvements.
+
+:::info
+Please note that Themer 1.5 requires Beaver Builder version 2.9+.
+:::
+
+## :rocket: New Features
+
+The following new features have been added:
+
+### The Loop Module
+
+The Loop module is a powerful container module that allows you to easily display dynamic content on your website—no coding required. Select content from posts, pages, custom post types, taxonomies, or Advanced Custom Fields (ACF) repeater or relationship fields.
+
+Then, use modules such as Heading, Text, and Photo to build your layout. Field Connections automatically pull in data from your selected content sources and dynamically display it, ensuring your layouts always reflect the latest information.
+
+See the [Loop Module](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/loop) article for more information.
+
+## :boom: Improvements
+
+The following improvements have been made:
+
+### Singular Layouts as Custom Templates
+
+You can now save your Singular layouts as custom templates in the Beaver Themer UI and select them from the page, post, or custom post type edit screen. Previously this required custom code.
+
+See the [Singular Layouts](layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-type.md#singular-layouts-as-selectable-templates) article for more information.
+
+### Conditional Logic
+
+We've added some quality of life improvements to Conditional Logic, including the ability to drag and drop rules from one section to another, duplicate a rule, and bulk select and edit or duplicate rules.
+
+See the [Conditional Logic](conditional-logic/beaver-themer-conditional-logic.md#bulk-options) article for more information.
+
+### Search added to Preview As section
+
+A search box now makes it easier to find the page/post or archive you'd like to preview when editing a Themer layout.
+
+### Format Date
+
+Added format parameter for [`post_custom_field`](field-connections/wordpress-data.md#post-custom-field) shortcode.
+
+### ACF
+
+Added [`repeater_index`](integrations/acf/field-types/repeater.md#repeater_index) support to ACF shortcodes.
+
+### The Events Calendar
+
+The organizers shortcode will now output all organizers if there are multiple selected.
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/introduction/faq.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/introduction/faq.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4f3f7923
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/introduction/faq.md
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+---
+id: faq
+title: Beaver Themer FAQ
+sidebar_label: FAQ
+description: Frequently asked questions for the Beaver Themer add-on plugin.
+---
+
+Frequently asked questions for the Beaver Themer add-on plugin.
+
+## Difference between Beaver Themer & BB Theme?
+
+<div className="embed-responsive">
+  <iframe width="560" height="315" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/KNpGTrCguEA" title="YouTube video player" frameBorder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture" allowFullScreen></iframe>
+</div>
+
+The [Beaver Builder Theme](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/wordpress-framework-theme/) is a WordPress theme. The [Beaver Builder plugin](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com) and [Beaver Themer](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/beaver-themer/) are both plugins.
+
+Every WordPress installation requires a theme. Themes control the header and
+footer on the page, as well as options such as a sidebar or footer for widgets
+and how blog posts are displayed. Themes also usually allow you to set some
+global styling options for your pages, such as fonts and colors.
+
+The Beaver Builder plugin lets you create layouts in the content area
+of the page. That's the part of the page that is not controlled by a theme.
+For more information on the difference between the content area and theme
+areas of a page, see [the primer article](/beaver-themer/getting-started/primer-on-wordpress-content-and-theme-areas-themer).
+
+The Beaver Themer plugin is an add-on plugin that uses Beaver Builder to
+create layouts that you can apply anywhere on the page _except_ the content
+area. For example, you could create a Themer layout for a header and use it to
+replace the standard theme header on all pages on your site or a subset.
+
+Which of the three Beaver Builder products do you need?
+
+The Beaver Builder plugin is the base product, and it's used for creating
+content layouts. It works with most themes and does not require the Beaver
+Builder Theme or Beaver Themer.
+
+The Beaver Builder Theme is a well-coded framework theme that is tightly
+integrated with the Beaver Builder plugin. The Beaver Builder plugin plus
+Beaver Builder Theme give you enough flexibility that you'll probably never
+have to buy another theme.
+
+Beaver Themer is the add-on to get if you want to do any of the following:
+
+* Create header or footer layouts that override your theme.
+* Create layouts for index, archive, search, and 404 pages that are dynamically generated by WordPress.
+* Create layouts to display single posts, which override the parts of the page that lie outside the content area.  
+With this type of layout, you use the WordPress editor to create the content that appears in the content area of the page.
+* Create layout "parts" that can be inserted above or below headers, footers, or the content area and specify where they will appear.  
+This layout type is ideal for inserting items like banners on a number of
+pages.
+
+Beaver Themer requires the Beaver Builder plugin, but it doesn't require the
+Beaver Builder Theme, even though all three are designed to integrate well
+together. See the [list of themes that are fully supported by Beaver Themer](getting-started/supported-themes.md).
+
+## Which Licenses include Beaver Themer?
+
+Beaver Themer is included with all premium licenses (Start, Plus, Professional, and Unlimited).
+
+For Legacy license holders, Beaver Themer was exclusively bundled with the Beaver Builder Ultimate license. If you own or purchase a Beaver Builder Standard, Pro, or Agency license, you’ll need to buy a separate Beaver Themer license.
+
+## Does Beaver Themer work with the lite version?
+
+Unfortunately, Beaver Themer is an add-on for the premium version of Beaver Builder (Standard, Pro, Agency, and Ultimate) and is not compatible with the lite version.
+
+## What themes can I use Beaver Themer with?
+
+Most themes support archive, singular, and 404 layout types out of the box. However, to support the Theme Builder header, footer, and part layouts, themes must be built a certain way.
+
+Currently, Beaver Themer pairs well with the [Beaver Builder Theme](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/wordpress-framework-theme/) and is supported by [several 3rd party themes listed here](getting-started/supported-themes.md).
+
+## Does Beaver Themer require Page Builder?
+
+Yes! Beaver Themer is an add-on to Page Builder and will not function if Page Builder is not installed alongside.
+
+## How many sites can I use Beaver Themer on?
+
+Beaver Themer follows the same site activation limit as your Beaver Builder license plan. This means the number of websites you can use Beaver Themer on depends on the plan you purchased.
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/introduction/index.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/introduction/index.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..44bf3adc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/introduction/index.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+id: index
+title: Beaver Themer Introduction
+sidebar_label: Beaver Themer Introduction
+description: Welcome to the Beaver Themer documentation. Whether you are new to Beaver Themer or an experienced user, this documentation offers a wealth of information and guidance.
+slug: /
+---
+
+<head>
+  <body className="introduction-article" />
+</head>
+
+Welcome to the Beaver Themer documentation. This serves as a go-to resource, providing in-depth explanations, step-by-step instructions, and practical examples to help you harness the full potential of Beaver Themer.
+
+## What is Beaver Themer?
+
+The Beaver Themer plugin is an add-on for the Beaver Builder page builder plugin. While Beaver Builder focuses on building custom content layouts for individual pages and posts, Beaver Themer allows you to create theme layout templates and apply them to various parts of your website, such as headers, footers, single post templates, archive pages, and more.
+
+With Beaver Themer, you can design and customize your website's overall appearance and structure, including dynamic content using field connections and advanced layout options. It provides a user-friendly interface that allows you to visually create and edit theme layout templates without requiring coding knowledge.
+
+## What's New
+
+The [About this Release](about-release.md) article offers an overview and insight into the recent enhancements introduced in the current stable version of Beaver Builder.
+
+## Changelog
+
+For a comprehensive list of all new features, enhancements, and bug fixes introduced in each version of Beaver Builder, visit the Beaver Builder [Changelog](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/change-logs/#change-logs-1).​
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/404-layout-type/themer-404-layout-type.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/404-layout-type/themer-404-layout-type.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..636d44bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/404-layout-type/themer-404-layout-type.md
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+---
+id: themer-404-layout-type
+title: Themer 404 layout type
+sidebar_label: Themer 404 layout type
+parse_number_prefixes: false
+---
+
+The 404-type layout in Beaver Themer is used to create a custom 404 page. This Themer layout is different from other types, in that it can only apply to a single page, so in the usual case you'll be creating static content rather than using field connections in your modules.
+
+<div className="embed-responsive">
+<iframe width="560" height="315" src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/IHoq5tWPDlU" title="YouTube video player" frameBorder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture" allowFullScreen></iframe>
+</div>
+
+## Default Layout
+
+The layout has two rows with three Heading modules, a Separator module, and a Button module. Notice that the **Heading** field has text instead of the usual field connections in a Themer layout, again because this layout applies to only one page. Here's a screenshot of the initial layout:
+
+![](/img/themer-404-layout-type-7f324f0a.png)
+
+You can certainly use field connections if you want to. For example, by using the Site Title field connection in your connectionm you'll ensure that if you change your website name it will automatically update on the 404 page.
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+If you ever want to revert to this default layout, click the **Templates** button when you're editing the Themer layout in Beaver Builder.
+:::
+
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/archive-layout-type/create-a-card-layout-for-posts-themer.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/archive-layout-type/create-a-card-layout-for-posts-themer.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ff4aa25e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/archive-layout-type/create-a-card-layout-for-posts-themer.md
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+---
+id: create-a-card-layout-for-posts-themer
+title: Create a card layout for posts
+sidebar_label: Create a card layout for posts
+---
+
+The Custom Layout Editor in the Post module is an option available when [Beaver Themer](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/beaver-themer/) is installed. You can use it to customize the HTML or tweak the CSS for more fine-tuned control over how posts are displayed.
+
+![](/img/create-a-card-layout-for-posts-themer-f0f89f23.gif)
+
+This article covers how to customize the layout structure using HTML, field connections, and a bit of CSS to crease a card layout.
+
+### Card Layout
+
+This procedure shows how to create a basic card layout, such as the one shown in this screenshot. This layout requires that Beaver Themer is installed but works both in Themer layouts and in regular Beaver Builder layouts for pages and posts.
+
+![](/img/create-a-card-layout-for-posts-themer-d469f69e.png)
+
+1. Add a Posts module to your layout.
+2. In the **Layout** field, select **Columns**.  
+  **Tip:** For best results, we recommend three columns of equal heights and 30px on post spacing options.
+3. For **Post Layout,** select **Custom**.
+4. Click **Edit Custom Post Layout**. This opens the custom post layout HTML editor.
+5. Replace the existing HTML with the following code to create a card layout.  
+  ```markup
+[wpbb-if post:featured_image]
+<a class="post-card-image-link" href="[wpbb post:url]">
+    <div class="post-card-image" style="background-image: url([wpbb post:featured_image size='full' display='url']);"></div>
+</a>
+<div class="post-card-content">
+    <a class="post-card-content-link" href="[wpbb post:url]">
+        <header class="post-card-header">
+            <span class="post-card-category">[wpbb post:terms_list taxonomy='category' separator=', ' linked='no']</span>
+            <h2 class="post-card-title">[wpbb post:title]</h2>
+        </header>
+        <section class="post-card-excerpt">
+            [wpbb post:excerpt length='12' more='']
+        </section>
+    </a>
+</div>
+[wpbb-else]
+<div class="post-card-content">
+    <a class="post-card-content-link" href="[wpbb post:url]">
+        <header class="post-card-header">
+            <span class="post-card-category">[wpbb post:terms_list taxonomy='category' separator=', ' linked='no']</span>
+            <h2 class="post-card-title">[wpbb post:title]</h2>
+        </header>
+        <section class="post-card-excerpt">
+            [wpbb post:excerpt length='46' more='']
+        </section>
+    </a>
+</div>
+[/wpbb-if]
+  ```
+6. Click the **CSS** tab and replace the existing CSS with the following rules.  
+  ```css
+.fl-post-grid-post {
+  -webkit-transition: all 0.5s ease;
+          transition: all 0.5s ease;
+  border-radius: 5px;
+  -webkit-box-shadow: 8px 14px 38px rgba(39, 44, 49, 0.06), 1px 3px 8px rgba(39, 44, 49, 0.03);
+          box-shadow: 8px 14px 38px rgba(39, 44, 49, 0.06), 1px 3px 8px rgba(39, 44, 49, 0.03);
+  -webkit-backface-visibility: hidden;
+          backface-visibility: hidden;
+}
+.fl-post-grid-post:hover {
+  -webkit-transition: all 0.3s ease;
+          transition: all 0.3s ease;
+  -webkit-transform: translate3D(0, -1px, 0);
+          transform: translate3D(0, -1px, 0);
+  -webkit-box-shadow: 0 0 1px rgba(39, 44, 49, 0.1), 0 3px 16px rgba(39, 44, 49, 0.07);
+          box-shadow: 0 0 1px rgba(39, 44, 49, 0.1), 0 3px 16px rgba(39, 44, 49, 0.07);
+}
+.fl-post-grid-post a,
+.fl-post-grid-post a:hover {
+  text-decoration: none;
+}
+.post-card-image-link {
+  overflow: hidden;
+  position: relative;
+  display: block;
+  border-radius: 5px 5px 0 0;
+}
+.post-card-image {
+  height: 150px;
+  background-position: center;
+  background-size: cover;
+}
+.post-card-content {
+  display: block;
+  padding: 25px;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+.post-card-content-link {
+  color: #15171a;
+}
+.post-card-content-link:hover {
+  text-decoration: none;
+}
+.post-card-category {
+  display: block;
+  margin-bottom: 4px;
+  letter-spacing: 0.5px;
+  text-transform: uppercase;
+  color: #999999;
+  font-size: 12px;
+  font-weight: 500;
+  line-height: 1;
+}
+.post-card-title {
+  margin-top: 0;
+  margin-bottom: 20px;
+  font-size: 18px;
+  font-weight: bold;
+}
+  ```
+7. Click **Save** to close the module, then click **Done > Publish** to publish the page.  
+  Your Post module should now display using a card layout.
+8. If you want to make style changes, open the page for editing again and modify the custom post layout CSS as necessary.
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/archive-layout-type/example-themer-archive-layout-for-custom-post-type-categories.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/archive-layout-type/example-themer-archive-layout-for-custom-post-type-categories.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a7ae0f53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/archive-layout-type/example-themer-archive-layout-for-custom-post-type-categories.md
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+---
+id: example-themer-archive-layout-for-custom-post-type-categories
+title: "Example: Archive layout for custom post type categories"
+sidebar_label: "Example: Archive layout for custom post type categories"
+---
+
+Without some advanced custom coding, you cannot set up an archive for a custom taxonomy, but you can set up an archive for categories within a custom taxonomy.
+
+Suppose you have a custom post type for movie reviews and a custom taxonomy called **Types of movies**. You can create an archive for any of the categories under Types of movies, but not for the taxonomy types of movies. Create a blank page with the title Movie reviews, and you add that to your nav menu with the custom categories from that taxonomy beneath it, as shown in this screenshot.
+
+![](/img/example-themer-archive-layout-for-custom-post-type-categories-f641d454.png)
+
+This displays in the nav menu as in this screenshot, with the menu item Movie reviews and the categories in the Type of movies taxonomy as submenu items.
+
+![](/img/example-themer-archive-layout-for-custom-post-type-categories-33b5b9a6.png)
+
+
+Then you can create an Archive-type themer layout for the taxonomy Type of movie, and in this case, we'll apply it to all of the categories within that taxonomy.
+
+![](/img/example-themer-archive-layout-for-custom-post-type-categories-957be61d.png)
+
+Now when you click any of those movie types in the nav menu, the archive will open with that Themer layout.
+
+![](/img/example-themer-archive-layout-for-custom-post-type-categories-37a3aff2.jpg)
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/archive-layout-type/themer-archive-layout-archive-description-module.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/archive-layout-type/themer-archive-layout-archive-description-module.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cb6f8ee8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/archive-layout-type/themer-archive-layout-archive-description-module.md
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+---
+id: themer-archive-layout-archive-description-module
+title: Archive Description module
+sidebar_label: Archive Description module
+---
+
+The Archive Description module appears on the **Modules** tab of the Content panel in the **Themer modules** group in the section **Archives**. This section appears only when you're editing an Archive-type Themer layout.
+
+This module displays the archive description if there is one, such as the category description on a Post Category Archive page. The module has just the standard **Advanced** tab for settings (renamed as the **Spacing** tab), as shown in the following screenshot.
+
+![](/img/themer-archive-layout-archive-description-module-5524d215.jpg)
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+As you can see in the screenshot, this module uses a `<p>` tag with the default font settings for text that you set in your theme, and it is left-justified. If you want to style the text, change the alignment, or use a heading tag, use a standard Beaver Builder module, such as a Heading or Text Editor module, with an **Archive Description** field connection.
+:::
+
+## Example
+
+Suppose you have added descriptions to the categories you use for your posts, as shown in the following screenshot, and you want to add those descriptions to all of your category archive pages.
+
+![](/img/themer-archive-layout-archive-description-module-2ab6fd95.png)
+
+Create an Archive-type Themer layout with the location set to **Post category archive** and **All categories**.
+
+![](/img/themer-archive-layout-archive-description-module-68957768.png)
+
+Then add an Archive Description module to the layout. If you preview an archive page for one of your categories, you'll see the archive description appear, such as in the following screenshot.
+
+![](/img/themer-archive-layout-archive-description-module-912934b7.png)
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+For a description of the author to appear on Author archive pages, use a standard Heading module with a field connection to **Author Bio**.
+:::
+
+![](/img/themer-archive-layout-archive-description-module-764417c1.jpg)
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/archive-layout-type/themer-archive-layout-archive-title-module.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/archive-layout-type/themer-archive-layout-archive-title-module.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c6d5b4cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/archive-layout-type/themer-archive-layout-archive-title-module.md
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+---
+id: themer-archive-layout-archive-title-module
+title: Archive Title module
+sidebar_label: Archive Title module
+---
+
+The Archive Title module is in the **Archive modules** category in Themer, which appears on when you're editing an Archive-type themer layout.
+
+The Archive Title module displays the title of the archive. If it's an index (general archive), it displays the title *Posts*. If it's a category Archive, it displays the name of the category as the title. And so on.
+
+## Under the hood
+
+The Archive Title module is a "shortcut" module. It's actually a Heading module with a field connection set to **Archive title** in the **Heading** field. When you open this module for editing, you'll have the regular Heading module settings, such as:
+
+  * Adding an optional link
+  * Style settings for text, including font family
+  * Special settings for mobile devices
+  * The usual **Advanced** tab settings
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/archive-layout-type/themer-archive-layout-post-columns-gallery-list-masonry-modules.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/archive-layout-type/themer-archive-layout-post-columns-gallery-list-masonry-modules.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..37f3be25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/archive-layout-type/themer-archive-layout-post-columns-gallery-list-masonry-modules.md
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+---
+id: themer-archive-layout-post-columns-gallery-list-masonry-modules
+title: "Post Columns, Gallery, List, Masonry modules"
+sidebar_label: "Post Columns, Gallery, List, Masonry modules"
+---
+
+There are four Post modules in the **Archive modules** category. This category appears in the **Add Content** menu when you're editing an Archive-type Themer layout in Beaver Themer:
+
+* Post columns
+* Post Gallery
+* Post List
+* Post Masonry
+
+These four modules display posts in various visual layouts. For a more detailed description of each of these layouts in the Posts module for the Beaver Builder plugin, see the [Posts module overview](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts/posts-posts-carousel-and-posts-slider-modules-examples).
+
+## Under the hood
+
+The four Post modules are "shortcut" modules. They're actually a Posts module with the **Layout** field set to **Columns**, **Gallery**, **List**, or **Masonry**. When you open this module for editing, you'll have all of the [regular Posts module settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts/posts-posts-carousel-and-posts-slider-modules-examples), including the ability to customize the HTML markup for the post layout.
+
+The difference in the Posts module when used in a Themer layout is the **Content** tab. In a Themer layout, the **Source** field should usually be set to **Main query**, which means the items that are displayed depend on the archive page on which they occur. For example, if you create a Themer layout for all your Post category archives, each different category archive page will display the posts for that category. You can preview any of the category archive pages and see the correct posts displayed.
+
+For any of these Themer Post modules, you can accept [the **Layout** tab has a **Post layout** setting](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts#layout-tab). You can accept the setting of `default` or you can choose `Custom` and edit the layout HTML to control what is displayed on the page. Custom post layouts are helpful when you want to display custom fields for the posts displayed in your archives. You can also use [field connection shortcodes](field-connections/syntax.md) and [conditional shortcodes](field-connections/conditionals.md) in these custom layouts.
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/archive-layout-type/themer-archive-layout-type.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/archive-layout-type/themer-archive-layout-type.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..295c63ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/archive-layout-type/themer-archive-layout-type.md
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+---
+id: themer-archive-layout-type
+title: Archive layout type
+sidebar_label: Archive layout type
+---
+
+The Archive-type layout in Beaver Themer applies to the type of page in which WordPress automatically generates lists of posts.
+
+![](/img/themer-archive-layout-type-90f1b12f.png)
+
+:::tip
+If you're not sure what types of archives there are in WordPress, take a look at this [basic information about WordPress indexes, archives, and posts](/beaver-builder/layouts/post-layouts/basics-how-wordpress-handles-blog-posts-and-archives).
+:::
+
+## Locations for Themer Archive layouts
+
+Here are the types of archives that WordPress generates by default, how to find an example of each, and which Location setting to choose to limit the Archive Themer layout to this type only.
+
+### Blog posts index (Posts page)
+
+The blog posts index is the generated list of posts that appears in reverse chronological order on the page that you designate as your blog page: either on the home page of your site or a regular page that you specify in **Settings > Reading**. For example, the following screenshot shows that the blog posts index has been set to a regular Page titled "Blog." A website can have only one blog posts index.
+
+![](/img/themer-archive-layout-type-db40ba81.png)
+
+The Themer **Location** setting to choose for this type of archive is **Post archive**.
+
+### Author archives
+
+An author archive is any list of posts by a single author. If you click an author's name in a single post, you'll see an author archive.
+
+Choose **Author archives** in the **Location** field to make the Themer layout apply to all author archives.
+
+### Date archives
+
+A date archive is any lists of posts within a particular date range. The WordPress Archives widget displays year and month dates. Clicking any link there will take you to a Date archive page for that month or year.
+
+Choose **Date archives** in the **Location** field to make the Themer layout apply to all date archives.
+
+### Search results
+
+When you use the built-in WordPress search, which you can enable in your theme or by using the WordPress Search widget, the display of posts in the search results is just another type of archive.
+
+Choose **Search results** in the **Location** field to make the Themer layout apply to all WordPress search result archive pages.
+
+### Category archives
+
+A post category archive lists posts that are assigned to a particular category. The WordPress Categories widget lists all the categories used in your posts. Clicking one of the category links in that display will open a post category archive page.
+
+Choose **Post category archive** in the **Location** field to make the Themer layout apply only to category archives. You can further refine where the layout appears by selecting a single category from a submenu.
+
+### Tag archives
+
+A tag archive lists posts that have been assigned a particular tag item. The WordPress Tag Cloud widget can list all of the tags used in posts. Clicking one of those tag links opens a tag archive page.
+
+Choose **Post tag archive** in the **Location** field to make the Themer layout apply only to tag archives. You can further refine where the layout appears by selecting a single tag item from a submenu.
+
+### Custom post type archives
+
+If you create a custom post type, the name will show up as a separate group in the **Location** list on the Themer layout editing page. If you create categories or tags for your custom post type, the custom category archive or tag archive also appears in the list.
+
+This also applies to plugins that create their own custom post types, such as the [WooCommerce plugin](/beaver-themer/integrations/woocommerce/create-an-archive-themer-layout-for-woocommerce.md), [The Events Calendar plugin](/beaver-themer/integrations/tec/archive-layout.md), and the [Easy Digital Downloads plugin](/beaver-themer/integrations/easy-digital-downloads/create-an-archive-themer-layout-for-edd-download-sets.md). 
+
+### Locations that Archive layouts don't apply to
+
+Archive-type Themer layouts apply only to archive pages that are automatically generated by WordPress. They do not apply to the following cases:
+
+* **Pages built using Beaver Builder with one of the Posts modules**  
+If you use a Beaver Builder Posts modules on a regular page to create an archive, it's not a true WordPress-generated archive page, so the Archive Themer layout will not apply. For more information, see the article about [configuring how WordPress handles your blog](/bb-theme/defaults-for-layouts-content/blog-settings/configure-how-wordpress-handles-your-blog).
+* **An archive of categories**  
+You can display an archive of posts in a single category but you can't display an archive page with a list of categories.
+
+## Add or exclude locations
+
+To create an Archive layout for more than one location, you can click **Add location rule** to add another location selection.
+
+If you want the Archive layout to apply to all types of archives, you can choose **All archives** in the **Location** field. In this case, the Archive layout applies to all archives for standard posts and all archives for any custom post types. For example, if you have both a standard blog and WooCommerce products, an All archives location applies to all the standard posts archives plus the Shop page, product category archives, and so on.
+
+In this case, you can also set up exclusion rules. For example, you could set a **Location** rule that applies to **All archives** and then create three exclusion rules: one for the WooCommerce **Product archive**, **Product category archive**, and **Product tag archive**.
+
+## Archive layout templates and Archive modules
+
+When you create an Archive Themer layout and open it in Beaver Builder, the Posts layout template (from the **Templates** tab of the Content panel) is automatically applied, as shown in this screenshot.
+
+![](/img/themer-archive-layout-type-173b3cc3.jpg)
+
+This layout template contains the following rows and modules. (See the following section for a description of the special Archive layout modules.)
+
+  * A row that contains the Archive Title module and a Separator module underneath it.  
+  This module has a top and bottom margin of 100px, which you can change on the **Advanced** tab.
+  * A row that contains a Post List module (which is actually a Posts module with **Layout** set to **List** ).
+  You can change to any of the other layout types by opening the module and selecting a different one in the **Layout** field.
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+If you ever want to revert to the default Themer layout for your Themer Archive layout, open it in Beaver Builder editor, click the **Templates** tab in the Content panel , then click the **Posts** template. Note that this will replace all your existing settings for the layout.
+:::
+
+## Special modules for Archive layouts
+
+On the Modules tab of the Content panel, select the **Themer Modules** group and you'll see an **Archives** section with the following modules:
+
+  * Archive description
+  * Archive title  
+    This is a shortcut module, consisting of a Heading module with an **Archive Title** field connection.
+  * Post columns
+  * Post gallery
+  * Post list
+  * Post masonry
+
+If you have WooCommerce, The Events Calendar, or Easy Digital Downloads (EDD) installed, there are extra tabs with modules specifically for these plugins.
+
+## Archive field connections
+
+In addition to specialized modules for Archives, you can use standard Beaver Builder modules in your Archive-type Themer layouts and add field connections, so the content adjusts according to the page the layout applies to. All of the following field connections can be used in standard Beaver Builder modules with text fields (such as Heading and Text Editor).
+
+:::info
+All of the items in this list work as field connections but not as field connection shortcodes.
+:::
+
+  * **Archive title**  
+  Displays the archive title, such as "Posts" for a standard Posts archive, or the Category title for a Category archive. The screenshot below shows a Category archive for the category "Local businesses".
+  * **Archive description**  
+  Displays the archive description when there is one. For example, this screenshot shows a category archive, where the **Archive description** field connection pulls content from the **Description** field of a post category.
+
+![](/img/themer-archive-layout-type-fd1b0b96.png)
+
+  * **Archive count**  
+  Inserts text such as "Showing 1-5 of 25".
+  * **Archive page count**  
+  Inserts text such as "Page 1 of 3".
+  * **Archive term meta**  
+  Inserts custom metadata for terms if they exist. For example, you might want to create and display custom category thumbnails. You'll need to provide the key for the metadata you want to show.
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/archive-layout-type/tutorial-create-an-author-archive-themer-layout.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/archive-layout-type/tutorial-create-an-author-archive-themer-layout.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..aeab168e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/archive-layout-type/tutorial-create-an-author-archive-themer-layout.md
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+---
+id: tutorial-create-an-author-archive-themer-layout
+title: "Example: Create an author archive layout"
+sidebar_label: "Example: Author archive layout"
+---
+
+An author archive page in WordPress is what you see, for example, when you click the author's name on a single post, and a list of that author's posts are displayed. When you create an Archive Themer layout and apply it to author archives, the field connections are a little different from the typical archive layout.
+
+In this tutorial, we'll create the author archive Themer layout shown in this screenshot.
+
+![](/img/tutorial-create-an-author-archive-themer-layout-a3737b5b.jpg)
+
+Here's what we're aiming for:
+
+* The author's photo as a row background, with the author's name and author bio placed over the image
+* A Posts module with Masonry layout, displaying all of the posts by that author.
+
+Here are the tasks to complete, described in detail in the following sections:
+
+* Make sure that at least one author has their author bio and image set up for their user profile, so you can see the result of your layout.
+* Make sure that author has published at least one post, or create one by that author.
+* Create an Archive Themer layout that will apply only to author archive pages.
+
+## 1 Check for at least one author's user profile
+
+It will greatly help with the Themer layout if you have an author who already has an author bio and an image. You can add this information to an existing user or create a test user.
+
+1. In the WordPress admin panel, click **Users**.
+2. Open a user for editing, or set up a test user, complete the basic information, and open that user for editing.
+3. In the field **Display name publicly as**, set the way you want the name to appear. In this tutorial, we are using first name and last name, which requires that the **First name** and **Last name** fields be filled in.  
+  ![](/img/tutorial-create-an-author-archive-themer-layout-e3379cde.png)
+4. In the **About yourself** section, add some information in the **Biographical info** box and an image for the **Profile picture**.  
+  By default WordPress points uses a [Gravatar](https://en.gravatar.com) as the user's profile picture. As an alternative, you can install a plugin that lets users upload and choose an image from the Media Library for their user profile picture.
+5. Click **Update profile** to save this user information.
+
+## 2 Make sure one or more posts are associated with that user or create one
+
+Your author in the first task may have already authored a Post, or you can create a test post. This task is not required, but it will help you to see what a typical author archive will look like in your Themer layout.
+
+1. Check to see whether any Posts have been authored by the author in Task 1. If not, continue to the next step.
+2. Create a test post and publish it. If you are logged in as a different user, open the Post using **Quick edit** and change the author's name to the one in the first task.
+
+## 3 Create an Archive Themer layout for author archives
+
+We'll break this down into segments.
+
+### 3a Create the Themer layout
+
+1. In the WordPress admin panel, click **Beaver Builder**.  
+  A list of your Themer layouts displays.
+2. Next to the **Themer layouts** title, click the **Add new** button.
+3. In the **Title** field, enter *Author archive* , or any other name that will help you remember what this Themer layout is. In the **Type** field, select **Themer layout** and click **Add Themer layout**.  
+  ![](/img/tutorial-create-an-author-archive-themer-layout-11cd0572.png)
+4. On the **Edit Themer layout** screen, for **Location** choose **Author archives**, then click **Launch Beaver Builder.**  
+  ![](/img/tutorial-create-an-author-archive-themer-layout-a450c46d.png)
+
+The initial layout is set up for regular Post and Category archives, so we'll make a few modifications.
+
+### 3b Set the preview to Author archive
+
+* In the Preview pane of the title bar, set the preview to Author Archives. This setting defaults to the currently logged-in user.  
+  ![](/img/tutorial-create-an-author-archive-themer-layout-a14af058.png)
+
+The Author Archive preview displays the archive title as the name of the currently logged-in user, and it limits the display of archive posts to those authored by the currently logged-in user. Now we'll customize the layout by adding the author image and author bio and checking the author name options.
+
+### 3c Modify the row background
+
+1. Open the top row in the initial layout for editing.
+2. On the **Style** tab, change the text color to white (`#ffffff`).
+3. In the **Background** section, change **Type** to **Photo**.
+4. In the **Background photo** section, click the plus sign on the right of the **Photo** field and choose **Author picture**.  
+  ![](/img/tutorial-create-an-author-archive-themer-layout-be1a5676.png)
+5. In the **Author picture** options box, choose a size for the image. In this case, we chose **300px**.   
+  If you want a placeholder image to display when the author doesn't have an image in their user profile, select an image from your Media Library. Click **Save** to close the **Author picture** options box.
+6. In the **Background overlay** section, change the **Overlay color** to black (`#000000`) and change the **Overlay opacity** to `50%`.
+7. Click **Save** to save all the row settings.
+
+### 3d Modify the existing Heading module
+
+1. Open the Heading module for editing.
+2. In the **Heading** field, click the plus sign on the right and choose **Author name**.
+3. In the **Author name** box, choose how to display the author name. Leave the **Link** setting to **No** and click **Save** to exit the **Author name** settings box.
+4. On the **Style** tab, in the **Alignment** field choose **Left** to left-align the text.
+5. Save the module.
+
+### 3e Add an author bio
+
+To display an author bio, you can use a Heading module or a Text Editor module. We'll use a Text Editor module this time.
+
+1. Drag a Text Editor module into the layout between the author title and the separator.
+2. Click the plus sign to the right of the editing box to open the field connections.  
+  ![](/img/tutorial-create-an-author-archive-themer-layout-6bb02a41.png)
+3. Scroll down and click **Author bio**, then save the module.
+
+You should now be seeing the author's bio if you're previewing a post page authored by a user with a bio. If the author doesn't have a bio, the module will not display.
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+If you put the author bio in a heading, you can use the Style tab to center the text. If you use a Text Editor module, you can use CSS to center the text. To do that, you can use the same procedure as the one given for centering text in an [Archive Description module](/beaver-themer/layout-types-modules/archive-layout-type/themer-archive-layout-archive-description-module.md).
+:::
+
+### Change the Posts layout to Masonry
+
+The Posts display in the initial layout uses a List layout. Let's change that to Masonry.
+
+1. Open the Posts module for editing.
+2. In the **Layout** field, choose Masonry, then save the module.
+3. Publish the page and test your layout by navigating to an archive or single post page on your site and clicking the author link for a post.
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/footer-layout-type/themer-footer-layout-type.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/footer-layout-type/themer-footer-layout-type.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8f0a9282
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/footer-layout-type/themer-footer-layout-type.md
@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+---
+id: themer-footer-layout-type
+title: Footer layout type
+sidebar_label: Footer layout type
+---
+
+The Footer-type Themer layout in Beaver Themer overrides your theme's footer and footer widget area at the bottom of a page, as shown in the following diagram.
+
+![Diagram of a typical web page structure, highlighting the footer area](/img/themer-footer-layout-type-1abdc414.png)
+
+## Choose a Themer Footer layout template
+
+After you create a new Footer-typeThemer layout and launch Beaver Builder, the initial layout contains the **Footer 1**  layout template, shown in the following screenshot.
+
+![Screenshot of the default Themer Footer 1 layout template](/img/themer--layout-types-modules--footer-layout-type--1.png)
+
+There are several Themer Footer layout templates to choose from. Open the Content panel and click the **Templates** tab:
+
+![Screenshot of all Themer Footer layout templates](/img/themer--layout-types-modules--footer-layout-type--2.png)
+
+You can start with any template and modify or delete whatever you like.
+
+### Footer 1 template
+
+![Screenshot of Themer Footer 1 layout template with modules identified](/img/themer--layout-types-modules--footer-layout-type--3.png)
+
+The structure of the Footer 1 template is shown in the following screenshot of the Outline panel:
+
+![Outline panel for Themer Footer 1 layout template](/img/themer--layout-types-modules--footer-layout-type--4.png)
+
+**Layout**
+
+  * Two rows, one that resembles a footer widget area but uses a Beaver Builder layout instead, and one for what's normally thought of as the footer.
+
+**Modules**
+
+In the first row:
+* The first column has a Heading module and three Icon modules.
+* The second column has a Heading module and a Text Editor module.
+* The third column has a Heading module and a Text Editor module.
+
+In the second row, the single column has a Text Editor module, which contains the copyright symbol plus two [field connection shortcodes](../../field-connections/index.md): one for the current year and the other for the site title. If you look on the **Text** tab of the Text Editor module, it has the following markup:
+
+```markup
+<p style="text-align: center;">© [wpbb site:year format=Y] [wpbb site:title]. All Rights Reserved.</p>
+```
+
+### Footer 2 template
+
+![Screenshot of Themer Footer 2 layout template with modules identifie2](/img/themer--layout-types-modules--footer-layout-type--5.png)
+
+The structure of the Footer 2 template is shown in the following screenshot of the Outline panel:
+
+![Outline panel for Themer Footer 2 layout template](/img/themer--layout-types-modules--footer-layout-type--6.png)
+
+**Layout**
+
+* One row with two column layers, with three columns in the first column layer and two columns in the second.
+
+**Modules**
+
+In the first column layer:
+* A Photo module pointing to the site logo image in the Media Library.
+The **Link type** setting is **None**.
+* Icon Group module
+* Subscribe Form module
+
+In the second column layer:
+* Text editor module
+If you want to insert a copyright year that dynamically supplies the current year,  see the [Themer Footer 1 template](#footer-1-template).
+* A Menu module
+There are some custom margins set on the **Advanced** tab and custom padding set in various sections on the **Style** tab.
+
+### Footer 3 template
+
+![Screenshot of Themer Footer 3 layout template with modules identified](/img/themer--layout-types-modules--footer-layout-type--7.png)
+
+The structure of the Footer 3 template is shown in the following screenshot of the Outline panel:
+
+![Outline panel for Themer Footer 3 layout template](/img/themer--layout-types-modules--footer-layout-type--8.png)
+
+**Layout**
+
+* One row with three column layers and two or more columns in each layer, as described below.
+
+**Modules**
+
+In the first column layer, there are two columns:
+* Column 1: Photo module pointing to the site logo image in the Media Library. The **Link type** setting is **None**.
+* Column 2: Subscribe Form module
+
+In the second column layer, there are four columns:
+* Column 1:
+  * Heading module
+  * Menu module
+* Column 2:
+  * Heading module
+  * Menu module
+* Column 3:
+  * Heading module
+  * Posts module
+* Column 4:
+  * Heading module
+  * Text editor module
+  * Icon Group module
+
+In the third column layer, there are two columns:
+* Text Editor module
+**Tip:** If you want to insert a copyright year that dynamically supplies the current year,  see the [Themer Footer 1 template](#footer-1-template).
+* Menu module
+There are some custom margins set on the **Advanced** tab and custom padding set in various sections on the **Style** tab.
+
+### Footer 4 template
+
+![Screenshot of Themer Footer 4 layout template with modules identifie2](/img/themer--layout-types-modules--footer-layout-type--9.png)
+
+The structure of the Footer 4 template is shown in the following screenshot of the Outline panel:
+
+![Outline panel for Themer Footer 4 layout template](/img/themer--layout-types-modules--footer-layout-type--10.png)
+
+**Layout**
+
+* One row with two column layers, as described below.
+
+**Modules**
+
+The first column layer has three columns:
+
+* Column 1:
+  * A Photo module pointing to the site logo image in the Media Library.
+The **Link type** setting is **None**.
+  * Text Editor module
+  * Icon Group module
+* Column 2:
+  * Heading module
+  * Menu module
+* Column 3:
+  * Heading module
+  * Text Editor module
+
+The second column layer has two columns:
+
+* Column 1: Text editor module
+If you want to insert a copyright year that dynamically supplies the current year,  see the [Themer Footer 1 template](#footer-1-template).
+* Column 2: Menu module
+There are some custom margins set on the **Advanced** tab and custom padding set in various sections on the **Style** tab.
+
+### Footer 5 template
+
+![Screenshot of Themer Footer 5 layout template with modules identifie2](/img/themer--layout-types-modules--footer-layout-type--11.png)
+
+The structure of the Footer 5 template is shown in the following screenshot of the Outline panel:
+
+![Outline panel for Themer Footer 5 layout template](/img/themer--layout-types-modules--footer-layout-type--12.png)
+
+**Layout**
+
+* One row with two column layers, as described below.
+
+**Modules**
+
+The first column layer has three columns:
+
+* Column 1:
+  * A Photo module pointing to the site logo image in the Media Library.
+The **Link type** setting is **None**.
+  * Text Editor module
+  * Icon Group module
+* Column 2:
+  * Heading module
+  * Menu module
+* Column 3:
+  * Heading module
+  * Contact Form module
+
+The second column layer has two columns:
+
+* Column 1: Text editor module
+If you want to insert a copyright year that dynamically supplies the current year,  see the [Themer Footer 1 template](#footer-1-template).
+* Column 2: Menu module
+There are some custom margins set on the **Advanced** tab and custom padding set in various sections on the **Style** tab.
+
+## Edit Themer Layout settings
+
+The **Edit Themer layout** screen has the following settings for Footer layouts:
+
+![Themer Footer layout overlay example](/img/themer--layout-types-modules--footer-layout-type--13.png)
+
+* The [locations](/beaver-themer/locations/themer-locations-reference.md) on your site where the header applies.
+* Optional [conditional logic](/beaver-themer/conditional-logic/beaver-themer-conditional-logic.md) rules.
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/header-layout-type/themer-header-layout-type.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/header-layout-type/themer-header-layout-type.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b7b20e89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/header-layout-type/themer-header-layout-type.md
@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
+---
+id: themer-header-layout-type
+title: Header layout type
+sidebar_label: Header layout type
+description: Describes the Beaver Themer Header type layout, which replaces the header controlled by the Theme in locations you specify.
+---
+
+The Themer Header layout in Beaver Themer overrides the theme's top bar, header, and nav area, as shown in the following diagram, with a typical page on the left and a typical post on the right.
+
+![Diagram of a typical web page structure, highlighting the header area](/img/themer-header-layout-type-7fc6ca05.png)
+
+:::tip
+For more information about working with WordPress headers, see [this blog post](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/wordpress-website-header/).
+:::
+
+## Choose a Themer Header layout template
+
+After you create a new Header-type Themer layout and launch Beaver Builder, the initial layout contains the **Header 1**  layout template, shown in the following screenshot. 
+
+![Screenshot of the default Themer Header 1 layout template](/img/themer--layout-types-modules--header-layout-type--1.png)
+
+One advantage of starting with a Themer layout template is that some of the common [field connections](../../field-connections/index.md) are built in. For example, shown in the next screenshot, the Heading module's **Heading** setting, where you'd normally enter the text for the heading, contains the **Site title** field connection. On the front end, this field connection is replaced with the setting in the **Site title** field on the **General** tab in your WordPress settings. This means that if you ever change your site title, you only need to change it in one place. 
+
+![Themer Header layout template's Heading module field connection to Site Title](/img/themer--layout-types-modules--header-layout-type--2.png)
+
+You can replace any field connection with static text if you prefer. 
+
+There are several Themer Header layout templates to choose from. Open the Content panel and click the **Templates** tab:
+
+![Screenshot of all Themer Header layout templates](/img/themer--layout-types-modules--header-layout-type--3.png)
+
+You can start with any template and modify or delete whatever you like.
+
+### Header 1 template  
+
+![Screenshot of Themer Header 1 layout template with modules identified](/img/themer--layout-types-modules--header-layout-type--5.png)
+
+The structure of the Header 1 template is shown in the following screenshot of the Outline panel:
+
+![Outline panel for Themer Header 1 layout template](/img/themer--layout-types-modules--header-layout-type--4.png)
+
+**Layout**
+
+  * Two rows, one for the top bar and one for the header area. 
+  * Two columns in each row, with one module in each column.
+
+:::tip  **Tip**
+The eye icon next to the row in the Outline panel indicates there's a special setting in the **Visibility** section of the **Advanced** tab. In this case, **Breakpoint** is set to **Large & medium devices only**, meaning this row is not visible on small devices.
+:::
+
+**Modules**
+
+The first row has the following modules.
+
+* An HTML module containing placeholder text for the phone number and email address.  
+See the [Header 2 layout template](#header-2-template) for a different way to present the phone number.
+* An Icon Group module containing social icons.
+
+The second row has the following modules:  
+
+* A Heading module  
+The **Heading** field contains a **Site Title** field connection.   
+Also, there are custom font settings in the **Typography** section on the **Style** tab. If you want to use the default heading style settings from your theme, delete these custom settings.
+* A Menu module  
+There are some custom margins set on the **Advanced** tab and custom padding set in various sections on the **Style** tab.   
+On the **Style** tab, there are custom colors set in the following sections:
+  * **Links**
+  * **Dropdowns**
+
+### Header 2 template  
+
+![Screenshot of Themer Header 2 layout template with modules identifie2](/img/themer--layout-types-modules--header-layout-type--6.png)
+
+The structure of the Header 2 template is shown in the following screenshot of the Outline panel:
+
+![Outline panel for Themer Header 2 layout template](/img/themer--layout-types-modules--header-layout-type--7.png)
+
+**Layout**
+
+  * Two rows, one for the top bar and one for the header area. 
+  * Two columns in each row, with one module in each column.
+
+**Modules**
+
+The first row has a custom background color and contains the following modules.
+
+* An Icon module containing a mobile icon and a phone number.  
+**Tip:** The link in the placeholder phone number is `#`.  A clickable telephone link would take the following form:  
+`<a href="tel:123-456-7890">123-456-7890</a>`
+* An Icon group module containing social icons.
+
+The second row has a custom background color and the following features:  
+
+* A Photo module pointing to the site logo image in the Media Library.   
+**Tip:** The Link type is set to `URL` in this template and the link is set to `#`.  Normally the corporate logo in the header links to the home page, so you'd create a field connection to the **Site URL**. Find more information about the **Site URL** field connection in this [Themer Header tutorial](/beaver-themer/layout-types-modules/header-layout-type/tutorial-create-a-header-layout-themer.md/#4-create-the-themer-layout).
+* A Menu module  
+There are some custom margins set on the **Advanced** tab and custom padding set in various sections on the **Style** tab.  
+On the **Style** tab, there are custom colors set in the following sections:
+  * **Menu** – the **Menu background color (Mobile)** setting
+  * **Links**
+  * **Dropdowns**
+  * **Responsive dropdowns**
+
+### Header 3 template  
+
+![Screenshot of Themer Header 3 layout template with modules identified](/img/themer--layout-types-modules--header-layout-type--8.png)
+
+The structure of the Header 3 template is shown in the following screenshot of the Outline panel:
+
+![Outline panel for Themer Header 3 layout template](/img/themer--layout-types-modules--header-layout-type--9.png)
+
+**Layout**
+
+* One row with two columns and one module in each column.
+
+**Modules**
+
+The row has a custom background color and contains a Photo module and a Menu module with the same settings as the [Header 2 template](#header-2-template).
+
+### Header 4 template  
+
+![Screenshot of Edit settings for Themer Header layout](/img/themer--layout-types-modules--header-layout-type--10.png)
+
+The structure of the Header 4 template is shown in the following screenshot of the Outline panel:
+
+![Outline panel for Themer Header 4 layout template](/img/themer--layout-types-modules--header-layout-type--11.png)
+
+:::tip  **Tip**
+The eye icon next to the column in the Outline panel indicates there's a special setting in the **Visibility** section of the **Advanced** tab. In this case, the column's **Breakpoint** is set to **Large & medium devices only**.
+:::
+
+**Layout**
+
+* Two rows, one for the header area and one for a nav bar. 
+* Two columns in the first row and one in the second, with one module in each column.
+
+**Modules**
+
+The first row has a custom background color and contains the following modules.
+
+* A Photo module pointing to the site logo image in the Media Library.   
+**Tip:** The Link type is set to `URL` in this template and the link is set to `#`.  Normally the corporate logo in the header links to the home page, so you'd create a field connection to the **Site URL**. Find more information about the **Site URL** field connection in this [Themer Header tutorial](/beaver-themer/layout-types-modules/header-layout-type/tutorial-create-a-header-layout-themer.md/#4-create-the-themer-layout).
+* A Search module  
+The **Style** tab has a custom width set and there are also custom margins and padding set in various locations on the **Style** and **Advanced** tabs.
+
+The second row has a Menu module with the following custom settings:  
+
+* There are  custom margins set on the **Advanced** tab and custom padding set in various sections on the **Style** tab.
+* On the **Style** tab, there are custom colors set in the following sections:
+  * **Links**
+  * **Dropdowns**
+  * **Responsive dropdowns**
+
+### Header 5 template  
+
+![Screenshot of Themer Header 1 layout template with modules identified](/img/themer--layout-types-modules--header-layout-type--12.png)
+
+The structure of the Header 5 template is shown in the following screenshot of the Outline panel:
+
+![Outline panel for Themer Header 1 layout template](/img/themer--layout-types-modules--header-layout-type--13.png)
+
+:::tip  **Tip**
+The eye icon next to the second column and the Icon Group module in the Outline panel indicates there's a special setting in the **Visibility** section of the **Advanced** tab. In both cases, the column's **Breakpoint** is set to **Large & medium devices only**.
+:::
+
+**Layout**
+
+* One row with two column layers, described below.
+
+**Modules**
+
+The first column layer has two columns:
+
+* Column 1: Photo module pointing to the site logo image in the Media Library.   
+  **Tip:** The Link type is set to `URL` in this template and the link is set to `#`.  Normally the corporate logo in the header links to the home page, so you'd create a field connection to the **Site URL**. Find more information about the **Site URL** field connection in this [Themer Header tutorial](/beaver-themer/layout-types-modules/header-layout-type/tutorial-create-a-header-layout-themer.md/#4-create-the-themer-layout).
+* Column 2: Search module
+
+The second column layer has two columns:
+
+* Column 1: Menu module   
+There are  custom margins set on the **Advanced** tab and custom padding set in various sections on the **Style** tab.  
+On the **Style** tab, there are custom colors set in the following sections:  
+  * **Links**
+  * **Dropdowns**
+  * **Responsive dropdowns**
+* Column 2: Icon Group module
+
+## Edit Themer Layout settings
+
+The **Edit Themer layout** screen has the following settings for Header layouts:
+
+![Themer Header layout overlay example](/img/themer--layout-types-modules--header-layout-type--14.png) 
+
+* Header properties (sticky, shrink, overlay, described below).
+* The [locations](/beaver-themer/locations/themer-locations-reference.md) on your site where the header applies.
+* Optional [conditional logic](/beaver-themer/conditional-logic/beaver-themer-conditional-logic.md) rules.
+
+:::info
+If you set the WordPress edit page's [Page Template](/bb-theme/getting-started/built-in-theme-templates-for-single-pages-and-posts) to a template that has no header for a particular post or page, it will not remove the header produced by a Themer layout. You must control where the Themer header occurs through the **Location** settings here.
+:::
+
+### Sticky, Shrink, and Overlay settings
+
+There are several settings that control how the header behaves.
+
+![Header Themer layout, Sticky Breakpoint setting](/img/themer--layout-types-modules--header-layout-type--15.png)
+
+* **Sticky**
+This is equivalent to the fixed header in the Beaver Builder Theme. The header stays in place at the original size while the page is scrolled.  
+If you set **Sticky** to **Yes**, you then choose device size breakpoints in the **Sticky breakpoint** setting.  The **Default** setting supports large devices only (the legacy setting). It also supports the `fl_theme_builder_sticky_header_breakpoint` filter, which enables the sticky header for medium but not small devices. 
+* **Shrink** (applies to large devices only)
+If you choose a sticky header, you also get the option to shrink it as the page scrolls up. The amount of shrink is determined by the height required for the full-size header logo, text, and menu.   
+If the **Shrink** setting is set to **Yes** it also follows the **Sticky header** setting for device size. 
+* **Overlay**  (applies at all screen sizes)
+The row background for the header becomes transparent, and the content row moves up to the top of the window.  
+Here's an example of a header overlay:  
+![Themer Header layout overlay example](/img/themer-header-layout-type-98c672a3.jpg)  
+In this screenshot, the background image is set on the first row in the content area (along with a dark gray background overlay color set to 50% opacity). That row's bottom padding is set to 160px to push down the page title so it doesn't interfere with the header.  
+The **Overlay** setting is independent of the "Sticky header" setting and works at all device sizes.
+
+You can enable all three sticky, shrink, and overlay settings, and here's how they work in combination.
+
+* If you enable **Overlay** plus **Sticky**, on large devices the transparent header converts to a sticky header as soon as you start to scroll. The sticky header background is whatever you set for the header row background.  
+![Overlay plus sticky Themer header](/img/themer-header-layout-type-b17904f2.jpg)
+* If you enable **Overlay** plus **Sticky** plus **Shrink**, the header shrinks as you continue to scroll down, just the way it does when there's no overlay.  
+![Overlay plus sticky plus shrink Themer header](/img/themer-header-layout-type-74192844.jpg)
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/header-layout-type/tutorial-create-a-header-layout-themer.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/header-layout-type/tutorial-create-a-header-layout-themer.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5d947ecf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/header-layout-type/tutorial-create-a-header-layout-themer.md
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+---
+id: tutorial-create-a-header-layout-themer
+title: "Example: Create a header layout"
+sidebar_label: "Example: Create a header layout"
+---
+
+This is a quick tutorial to show you the basics how to create a Themer layout and choose where to display it on your site.
+
+<div className="embed-responsive">
+<iframe width="560" height="315" src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/0uq8Hm6gBUQ" title="YouTube video player" frameBorder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture" allowFullScreen></iframe>
+</div>
+
+In this tutorial, you'll create a header that will replace the header on all pages of your site, but not posts or custom post types. Then we'll set an exclusion rule so the header occurs on every page except for a landing page.
+
+It's assumed you've already installed Beaver Themer into the appropriate environment. Or you can create the layout on [the Themer Demo on the Beaver Builder website](http://demo.wpbeaverbuilder.com). If you don't feel like going through the effort yourself, we've tried to include enough screenshots to give you an idea of how it works.
+
+## 1. Set up what you're going to connect to
+
+One of the great aspects of Beaver Themer is that you can create field connections so the content on the published page changes according to your site information or the location at which the Themer layout occurs. In this tutorial, we're going to use field connections for the following content:
+
+* The site's tagline
+* The header logo
+
+We're also going to need a menu ready to use. Here's an example of what we're gong for.
+
+![](/img/tutorial-create-a-header-layout-themer-a50badfb.png)
+
+You need to have those things ready to go first, so do the following if you haven't already.
+
+* Have an image ready to use as a logo.
+* Create a site tagline in **Settings > General > Tagline**.  
+In this tutorial, we're using the tagline "We keep it simple".
+* Create a menu at **Appearance > Menu** or **Customize > Menu**.
+
+## 2. Create a new themer layout
+
+1. In the WordPress admin panel, click **Beaver Builder**.  
+The **Themer layouts** screen opens by default if you have Beaver Themer
+installed.
+2. Click the **Add new** button at the top of the **Themer layouts** page.  
+See the screenshot below to enter the settings, or follow these steps.
+3. Enter a title.  
+We'll use **My header** as the layout title in this tutorial.
+4. In the **Type** field, select **Themer layout**.
+5. In the **Layout** field, select **Header.**
+6. Click **Add themer layout**.  
+The **Edit Themer layout** screen will open automatically.
+
+Here's the screen with these choices:
+
+![](/img/tutorial-create-a-header-layout-themer-feae07c0.png)
+
+## 3. Edit the Themer layout
+
+Configure the layout settings on the **Edit Themer layout** screen as in the screenshot below, or use the following procedure for details.
+
+1. Verify that **Type** is **Header**.
+2. Leave **Sticky** and **Overlay** set to **No**.  
+Set to **No**, the header will scroll out of sight as the page moves up, and the header won't overlay the page content.
+3. For **Location**, choose **Page** in the left field and **All Pages** in the right field.  
+This makes the header apply to all Pages (as opposed to Posts, archives, etc.).  
+![](/img/tutorial-create-a-header-layout-themer-1401139d.png)
+4. Click **Publish**.
+
+You can set up additional location rules or create exclusion rules. For example, you could choose all pages except your landing page.
+
+The **Rules** section also lets you set up advanced conditional logic rules, based on a number of different conditions. See [the article about conditional logic](/beaver-themer/conditional-logic/beaver-themer-conditional-logic.md).
+
+![](/img/tutorial-create-a-header-layout-themer-d427c4fb.png)
+
+## 4. Create the Themer layout
+
+The Beaver Builder editor is used to build Themer layouts. When the new Header layout opens for editing in Beaver Builder, it displays the default template for this type of layout, as shown in the following screenshot.
+
+![](/img/tutorial-create-a-header-layout-themer-56c35dff.png)
+
+There are two rows, one for the top bar and one for the main header area. The top bar has two columns. The left column contains an HTML module and the right contains an Icon Group module. The second row also has two columns. The left column contains a Heading module, and the right column contains a Menu module.
+
+How does the Heading module display the name of the company? If you open the Heading module, as you can see in the screenshot below, there's a field connection to the **Site Title**, which means the information is being pulled from **Settings > General > Site title**, accessed from the WordPress admin panel. The plus sign to the right of the field indicates that it's possible to set a field connection for this field.
+
+![](/img/tutorial-create-a-header-layout-themer-1fb56cc8.png)
+
+You can also see there's a field connection set to **Site URL** for the **Link** setting. This field connection pulls the content from **Settings > General > Site address (URL)**, accessed from the WordPress admin panel.
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+
+With Beaver Themer installed, you can use this **Site Title** field connection throughout your site, even in regular Beaver Builder layouts. If you ever change the information at **Settings > General > Site title**, your site will instantly reflect the new information wherever it's displayed. Likewise, if you update your site URL and migrate your site to another location, once you change the WordPress setting your site's links are updated.
+:::
+
+For this tutorial, we're going to modify the template layout as follows:
+
+* Remove the top bar
+* Replace the site title with the site tagline
+* Add the business logo above that.
+
+1. From the editing screen for the Header layout that you edited in the previous procedure, click **Launch Beaver Builder**.
+2. Mouse over the top-bar row and click the **X** tool to remove the entire row.
+3. Open the Heading module for editing, make the following changes, and save the module.  
+
+   * Click the plus sign to the right of the **Heading** field.
+   * Scroll to the bottom of the list and choose **Site tagline**.  
+   ![](/img/tutorial-create-a-header-layout-themer-63421990.png)
+   * Click the **Style** tab and in the **Typography** section, click **Font** and change **Size** to **20 px**.
+4. Click the Menu module to open it for editing and on the **General** tab in the **Menu** field, select the menu you want to use.  
+You must have already created a menu for it to appear in the **Menu** field.
+5. Add and edit a Photo module as follows:
+  1. Open the Content panel by clicking the Plus sign in the upper right corner of the screen
+  2. Drag a Photo module into the layout above the Heading module in the left column.
+  3. In the Photo field, click **Select photo** and add a photo to serve as the logo.
+6. Publish or save the page.
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+
+When you're editing a Themer layout in Beaver Builder, you can preview specific pages and posts in your site by selecting them in the Preview list at the top of the editing
+screen.
+
+![](/img/tutorial-create-a-header-layout-themer-9b6a1059.png)
+
+:::
+
+Here's a screenshot of what we ended up with:
+
+![](/img/tutorial-create-a-header-layout-themer-3b1f1ad0.png)
+
+This isn't beautiful yet, but feel free to tinker with any other parts of the layout, just as you would with a regular Beaver Builder layout. Try it out for responsiveness to see how it behaves.
+
+## 5. View the header layout on a page
+
+Now it's time to view your handiwork on your site. Because we set this header to apply to the entire site, you can view any page on your site to see if the header has replaced the standard theme header, as in this screenshot:
+
+![](/img/tutorial-create-a-header-layout-themer-55c4fee6.png)
+
+## 6. Extra credit
+
+You added a field connection to the site tagline in the header layout. When the field is text-based, you can use a shortcode instead to mix and match field connections or add your own text. For example, instead of just the site tagline in that Header module, you could add the site name _and_ the site tagline in the **Heading** field.
+
+To see how to add field connections as shortcode, see the [field connections article](field-connections/syntax.md).
+
+## Done!
+
+Now you've got the essence of how easy it is to build a Themer layout!
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/index.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/index.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4956e2a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/index.md
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+---
+id: index
+title: Layout Types
+---
+
+Beaver Themer layout types let you replace your WordPress theme’s default layouts with custom layouts built using Beaver Builder. These layout types determine how content is displayed across your site, allowing you to create a consistent design without coding.
+
+## Available Layout Types
+
+Each layout type serves a specific purpose, giving you full control over different areas of your site:
+
+- **Singular** – Defines the layout for individual content items such as single posts, pages, or custom post types.
+- **Archive** – Controls how lists of posts, pages, or custom post types appear, including blog archives, category pages, search results, and author archives.
+- **404** – Customizes the “Page Not Found” (404) page, allowing you to provide helpful messages or alternative navigation.
+- **Header** – Replaces the default theme header with a custom design, typically including logos, navigation menus, and call-to-action buttons.
+- **Footer** – Replaces the default theme footer with a custom design, often containing links, copyright information, and social media icons.
+- **Part** – A reusable layout that can be inserted anywhere on your site using your theme’s hooks, commonly used for calls to action, subscription forms, testimonials, or banners.
+
+## Theme Compatibility
+
+Most themes natively support Singular, Archive, and 404 layouts without any additional setup. However, using Header, Footer, and Part layouts requires a theme that allows these elements to be removed via hooks. If your theme doesn’t support them, you can manually enable compatibility by following the steps in our Add Support for Beaver Themer guide.
+
+## Themer Layout Settings
+
+Each layout type includes a set of configurable settings, accessible within the Themer Layout Settings panel on the layout editing screen. These settings vary based on the layout type.
+
+Some examples include:
+
+- **Header Layout**: Offers a Sticky setting which keeps the header fixed at the top of the page as users scroll.
+
+- **Singular Layout**: Offers a Custom Template setting, which lets you save your layout as a WordPress Page Template. This allows you to reuse the same design for multiple pages without rebuilding it from scratch.
+
+- **Part Layout**: Includes a Position setting that lets you control where the layout appears on your site. It uses your theme’s built-in “hooks” to place content in specific areas, such as above or below a post title, inside a sidebar, or before the footer.
+
+Additionally, all layout types include Location and Rule options. The Location option determines where the layout appears on your website, such as site-wide or on specific pages. The Rule option allows you to set conditions for displaying the layout, such as whether a user is logged in or not.
+
+## Default Layouts
+
+A default layout is automatically applied when you first open Beaver Builder for a new layout, providing a starting point that can be customized or removed to build from scratch.
+
+The Part layout type is the only exception, as it does not include a default layout and starts as a blank canvas when the builder is launched.
+
+## Create a Themer Layout
+
+Beaver Themer layouts can be created from both the **WordPress Admin Dashboard** and the **WordPress Admin Bar**.
+
+### From the WordPress Admin Dashboard
+
+1. Open your site's **WordPress Admin Dashboard**.
+2. Go to **Beaver Builder > Themer Layouts**.
+3. Click the **Add New** button to create a new Beaver Themer layout.
+
+### From the WordPress Admin Bar
+
+You can also create a Beaver Themer layout directly from the **WordPress Admin Bar** when logged in:
+
+1. Click **+ New** in the admin bar.
+2. Select **Themer Layout**.
+3. You’ll be redirected to the **Add New** Beaver Themer layout page.
+
+## Edit a Themer Layout
+
+Beaver Themer layouts can be edited from both the **WordPress Admin Dashboard** and the **WordPress Admin Bar**.
+
+### From the WordPress Admin Dashboard
+
+1. Open your site's **WordPress Admin Dashboard**.
+2. Navigate to **Beaver Builder > Themer Layouts**.
+3. Click the layout you want to edit.
+
+### From the WordPress Admin Bar
+
+- When viewing a **Themer Layout**, click **Edit Themer Layout** in the admin bar to quickly access the edit screen.
+- When viewing a **page or post**, hover over the **Beaver Builder** menu item to see options for editing the page itself or any Beaver Themer layouts applied to it.
+
+The following screenshot shows two Beaver Themer layouts (**Header & Footer**) and a **Beaver Builder layout** applied to the homepage. Clicking a layout name will launch Beaver Builder for editing.
+
+:::tip
+You can also access the **Edit Themer Layout** screen by clicking the <i className="fas fa-cog"></i> **Cog** icon in the drop-down menu.
+:::
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/part-layout-type/add-yoast-breadcrumbs-with-beaver-themer.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/part-layout-type/add-yoast-breadcrumbs-with-beaver-themer.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..343874aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/part-layout-type/add-yoast-breadcrumbs-with-beaver-themer.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+id: add-yoast-breadcrumbs-with-beaver-themer
+title: Add Yoast breadcrumbs
+sidebar_label: Add Yoast breadcrumbs
+---
+
+Here’s how to use a Beaver Themer Part-type layout to add a breadcrumb provided by the Yoast SEO plugin to any page of your site. This procedure also works with any other other shortcode from a plugin or that you've created.
+
+<div className="embed-responsive">
+<iframe width="560" height="315" src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/VZ_ntbMt2pw" title="YouTube video player" frameBorder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture" allowFullScreen></iframe>
+</div>
+
+1. Enable Yoast breadcrumbs by clicking **SEO > Advanced** on the WordPress admin panel, then on the **Breadcrumbs** tab click **Enabled** in the **Breadcrumbs settings** section.
+
+2. On the WordPress admin panel, click **Beaver Builder > Themer Layouts**.
+
+3. Create a new Themer layout, and for **Layout** choose **Part**.  
+![](/img/add-yoast-breadcrumbs-with-beaver-themer-d863ac48.png)
+
+4. For **Position** choose where you want the breadcrumb to be located. In the following screenshot, the position has been set to **Content Open**, which means this part will appear at the top of the post or page content area.
+
+5. For **Location** choose which types of pages you want the breadcrumb to appear on.  
+![](/img/add-yoast-breadcrumbs-with-beaver-themer-4e6ab245.png)
+
+6. Click **Launch Beaver Builder**.
+
+7. Add an HTML module to your layout and add the Yoast breadcrumb shortcode:  
+`[wpseo_breadcrumb]`
+
+8. Click **Done > Publish**.  
+The Yoast breadcrumb should now appear in the location you specified.
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/part-layout-type/themer-part-layout-type.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/part-layout-type/themer-part-layout-type.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4f77f65b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/part-layout-type/themer-part-layout-type.md
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+---
+id: themer-part-layout-type
+title: Part layout type
+sidebar_label: Part layout type
+---
+
+The Part layout in Beaver Themer is used to display pieces of content in in various areas of the page outside the content area. For example, you could display a sale banner between the heading and the content area on particular pages of your site. In the screenshot, the Part layout contains a single row with a Heading module and Button module:
+
+![](/img/themer-part-layout-type-eee5c85b.png)
+
+When the sale is over, simply turn off the Part layout at **Beaver Builder > Themer layouts**, and the sale banner disappears from view everywhere.
+
+![](/img/themer-part-layout-type-c14fd7b8.png)
+
+## Part location and position
+
+The Part-type  layout has the same **Location** field as other Themer layouts, where you can specify which pages of your site on which you want the layout to appear.
+
+The Part layout has an additional field called **Position**, where you can specify which location within a page the layout should occur. The following screenshot shows the list of positions available when the Beaver Builder Theme is installed:
+
+![](/img/themer-part-layout-type-68352acd.png)
+
+:::info
+The list of positions depends on hooks in the Beaver Builder Theme. You don’t need to use the Beaver Builder Theme to get support for Themer Parts, but you do need to use one of the [themes that support Beaver Themer](/beaver-themer/developer/add-themer-support). 
+:::
+
+If you’re not sure which position to choose, check the [Theme action reference](/bb-theme/developer/theme-action-reference) for more information about where in the rendered page's HTML each position fires. 
+
+The **Order** field requires an integer from 0 to any number. You only need to change this number if you have two part layouts in the same position. The lower number appears above the higher number. For example, if you have a warning with order 0 and a banner with order one, the warning will appear above the banner in the same position on the page.
+
+## Initial layout
+
+Rather than an initial layout for the Part Themer layout, the full set of templates from Beaver Builder pops up when you launch Beaver Builder to edit the Themer layout for the first time. This lets you insert any of the default templates or your own saved layout templates.
+
+For example, if you've already built a banner on a regular page with Beaver Builder, you can save it as a template and then use it in a Part Themer layout in a number of new locations outside of the content area.
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/add-a-singular-themer-layout-to-the-wordpress-page-template-field.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/add-a-singular-themer-layout-to-the-wordpress-page-template-field.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d9ee8509
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/add-a-singular-themer-layout-to-the-wordpress-page-template-field.md
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+---
+id: add-a-singular-themer-layout-to-the-wordpress-page-template-field
+title: Add a Singular layout to the WordPress Page Template field
+sidebar_label: Add a Singular layout to the Page Template field
+---
+
+Singular-type Themer layouts that you create in Beaver Themer do not by default appear in the WordPress **Template** dropdown list on page or post editing screens. However, you can treat them like other [WordPress page templates](https://developer.wordpress.org/themes/template-files-section/page-template-files/) and add them to the **Template** dropdown list with a bit of PHP code. You can add the choice to pages only, single posts only, or both.
+
+In this example, we'll add a Singular Themer layout to the **Template** field for both posts and pages, as shown in the following screenshot.
+
+![](/img/add-a-singular-themer-layout-to-the-wordpress-page-template-field-8fd299ae.png)
+
+Once you've completed this procedure, you can choose the new template to change any single page or post.
+
+:::info
+The name in the **Template** field dropdown list comes from the information you add to a file in the following procedure. The Themer layout is related by its ID, not by its title.
+:::
+
+This procedure has the following requirements:
+
+  * The Beaver Themer plugin is installed and activated.
+  * You have created a Singular-type layout in Beaver Themer.
+  * You are using a child theme, so your changes won't get overwritten with theme updates.
+
+**To add a Beaver Themer Singular Themer layout to the Template field of all pages and posts:**
+
+  1. Get the ID of the Beaver Themer Singular Themer layout that you want to use.  
+  On the WordPress admin panel, click **Beaver Builder**, then click **Edit** for the Singular-type layout that you want to use. Make a note of the ID number, which is displayed in the URL when the layout is open for editing.
+  2. In a text editor, create a file that will hold the code for the custom page template.  
+  Just to help us remember the purpose of that custom file, we'll follow the [WordPress global template naming suggestion](https://developer.wordpress.org/themes/template-files-section/page-template-files/#creating-custom-page-templates-for-global-use) and use `page_` followed by the template name we want to use:  
+  `page_test_singular.php`  
+  **Note:** Do not use `page-` with a hyphen, use `page_` with an underscore.
+  3. Paste the following code into the file.  
+  ```php
+  <?php
+  /*
+  Template Name: Test Singular
+  Template Post Type: page, post
+  */
+  //Substitute your own page ID in the following line
+  FLThemeBuilderLayoutRenderer::render_all( 88 );
+  ```
+  4. In the third line, replace `Test Singular` with the term you want to appear in the **Template** dropdown list.
+  5. In the fourth line, leave as is for the template name to appear for both pages and Posts, or leave one and delete the other if you want it to apply selectively to pages or posts.
+  6. In the last line, replace `88` with the ID number of your Singular-type Themer layout.
+  7. Save the file and place it in the following location on your WordPress site:
+  *site-root/wp-content/themes/bb-theme-child/*
+
+Open a page or post for editing and check for the name of your layout in the **Template** dropdown list.
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-attached-images-module.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-attached-images-module.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8d74208e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-attached-images-module.md
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+---
+id: themer-singular-layout-attached-images-module
+title: Attached Images module
+sidebar_label: Attached Images module
+---
+
+The Attached Images module is in the **Post modules** category, which appears when you're editing a Singular-type themer layout in Themer.
+
+The Attached Images module displays all of the images from your media library that are attached to a single Post.
+
+## Under the hood
+
+The Attached Images module is a "shortcut" module. It's actually a Gallery module with a field connection set to **Post attached images** in the **Photos** field. When you open this module for editing, you can change the settings for layout, image size, and spacing, just like a regular Gallery module.
+
+:::info
+The field connection requires that the **Source** field be set to Media Library because that's where WordPress attachments come from.
+:::
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-author-bio-module.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-author-bio-module.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..274339db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-author-bio-module.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+id: themer-singular-layout-author-bio-module
+title: Author Bio module
+sidebar_label: Author Bio module
+---
+
+The Author Bio module is in the **Post modules** category, which appears only when you're editing a Singular-type themer layout in Themer. It displays a box with information about the author, drawn from that user's profile.
+
+![](/img/themer-singular-layout-author-bio-module-44d853ac.png)
+
+The Author Bio module is identical to the **Author box** setting in the Beaver Builder Theme, available at **Customize > Content > Post layout**, but in this module, you can vary text and background color and image size, plus the usual settings on the **Advanced** tab. It is only available when you're designing a Singular Themer layout.
+
+##  Under the hood
+
+The Author Bio module pulls information from the post author's WordPress user
+profile, specifically the following fields:
+
+  * **Display name publicly as**  
+  This field maps to the post author's name in the bio box
+
+  * **Biographical info**  
+  This field displays the post author's bio in the bio box.
+
+  * **Profile picture**  
+  The post author's photo come from the **Profile picture** field in that author's user profile. By default, WordPress uses the user's Gravatar as the profile picture. If you use a plugin that lets users upload their own image or use one from the Media Library for their profile picture, that image is used.
+
+:::info 
+If any of this information is missing from the user profile, the bio box still displays, but without that object.
+:::
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-comments-module.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-comments-module.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2b09556c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-comments-module.md
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+---
+id: themer-singular-layout-comments-module
+title: Comments module
+sidebar_label: Comments module
+---
+
+The Comments module is in the **Post modules** category, which appears only when you're editing a Singular-type Themer layout. It displays the entire Comments section with the "Leave a Comment" heading, the user who is logged in, and a text box for the comment, as shown in the following screenshot.
+
+![Comments module output for logged-in users](/img/themer-singular-layout-comments-module-5061aaa8.png)
+
+The "Leave a Comment" title appears in whatever font you assigned for headings.
+
+If the user is not logged in, there are some extra fields to fill in underneath the comment box as shown in the following screenshot: name, email, and website.
+
+![Comments module output for users not logged in](/img/themer-singular-layout-comments-module-a20144d7.png)
+
+The only Comments module settings available are those on the **Advanced** tab, which means you can customize margins, responsive layout, visibility, animation, and assign an ID or class name.
+
+:::tip
+It's easy to [use code](/bb-theme/defaults-for-layouts-content/blog-settings/remove-website-field-url-from-post-comments) or a URL-removal plugin to remove the **Website** field if you don't want users to be able to enter a URL.
+:::
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-featured-image-module.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-featured-image-module.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..97cfce25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-featured-image-module.md
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+---
+id: themer-singular-layout-featured-image-module
+title: Featured Image module
+sidebar_label: Featured Image module
+---
+
+The Featured Image module is in the **Post modules** category, which appears on when you're editing a Singular-type Themer layout.
+
+The Featured images module displays the featured image that you set on an individual post or page in the WordPress editing screen.
+
+## Under the hood
+
+The Featured image module is a "shortcut" module. It's actually a Photo module with a field connection set to **Post featured image** in the **Photo** field. When you open this module for editing, you'll have the regular Photo module settings for cropping, alignment, captioning, and linking.
+
+:::info
+The field connection requires that the **Photo source** field be set to **Media Library** because that's where WordPress featured images come from.
+:::
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-post-content-module.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-post-content-module.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..741aa525
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-post-content-module.md
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+---
+id: themer-singular-layout-post-content-module
+title: Post Content module
+sidebar_label: Post Content module
+---
+
+The Post Content module is in the **Post modules** category, which appears only when you're editing a Singular-type Themer layout. It creates a placeholder for the content area in the layout, and it displays the content that authors create for an individual post.
+
+:::note **Notes**
+* For whatever post or page is being viewed, the Post Content module pulls the content from either the WordPress editor (standard or classic) or a Beaver Builder layout. Here's [how to use Themer Singular layouts with Beaver Builder content](/beaver-themer/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-type.md/#extra-step-for-singular-layouts-with-beaver-builder-layouts-in-the-content-area).
+* WordPress has only one content area. Although you can add more than one Post Content module to a Singular themer layout, the content in whatever page or post is viewed appears in every place you add the module, so you'll have duplicated content.
+:::
+
+The only settings available for the Post Content module are those on [the Advanced tab](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab) to customize settings such as margins, responsive layout, visibility, animation, and HTML values.
+
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-post-info-module.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-post-info-module.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9b35028a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-post-info-module.md
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+---
+id: themer-singular-layout-post-info-module
+title: Post Info module
+sidebar_label: Post Info module
+---
+
+The Post Info module is available when editing a Singular-type Beaver Themer layout and displays a single post or page's date, author, number of comments and terms (categories, tags, or custom taxonomies).
+
+## General
+
+The post date, modified Date, comments, and terms may all be shown, hidden, and configured on the General tab.
+
+### Date
+
+- **Date** - Show or hide the date.
+
+- **Format** - Set the date format.
+  See the [WordPress formatting date & time](https://wordpress.org/support/article/formatting-date-and-time/) documentation for a list of date formats.d connection.
+
+- **Prefix** - Prefix the date. For example, `Post on January 27, 2022`.
+
+### Modified Date
+
+- **Modified Date** - Show or hide the modified date.
+
+- **Modified Date Format** - Set the modified date format.
+  See the [WordPress formatting date & time](https://wordpress.org/support/article/formatting-date-and-time/) documentation for a list of date formats.d connection.
+
+- **Prefix** - Prefix the modified date. For example, `Last Updated February 21, 2022`.
+  Default value is `Last Updated&nbsp;`.
+
+### Author
+
+Show or hide the post author.
+
+### Comments
+
+- **Comments** - Show or hide comments.
+
+- **No Comments Text** - Set the text for when there are no comments.
+  Default is `No Comments`.
+
+- **One Comment Text** - Set the text for when there is one comment.
+  Default is `1 Comment`.
+
+- **Comments Text** - Set the text for when there are multiple comments. See [comments_number()](https://developer.wordpress.org/reference/functions/comments_number/) for more information.
+  Default is `% Comments`.
+
+### Terms
+
+- **Terms** - Show or hide the terms.
+
+- **Taxonomy** - Displays the taxonomy terms assigned to the post type your Themer layout applies to.
+
+- **Display** - Display the taxonomy Name or Slug.
+
+- **Separator** - Leave blank or add in something to separate the terms.
+  Default is comma (,).
+
+## Style
+
+The Style tab has a variety of settings that apply to all of the text in the module.
+
+- [Typography section](/beaver-builder/basics/typography)
+
+- **Color** - Sets a text color.
+
+- **Link Color** - Sets a link color.
+
+- **Link Hover Color** - Sets a link hover color.
+
+- **Separator** - Sets a link color.
+
+## Order
+
+Drag and drop the Post Info module's items into whatever order you like.
+
+## Advanced
+
+There are all the usual [Advanced tab](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab) settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-post-navigation-module.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-post-navigation-module.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a38b77cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-post-navigation-module.md
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+---
+id: themer-singular-layout-post-navigation-module
+title: Post Navigation module
+sidebar_label: Post Navigation module
+description: Describes settings available for the Post Navigation module in Beaver Themer Singular layouts.
+---
+
+The Post Navigation module is in the **Post modules** category, which appears only when you're editing a Singular-type themer layout in Themer. It displays links to previous and next posts in reverse chronological order and it includes styling options, shown in this screenshot example.
+
+![Beaver Themer Post Navigation module with styling example](/img/themer-singular-layout-post-navigation-module-1.png)
+
+On large and medium devices, the Previous post link is left-aligned and the Next post link is right-aligned. On small devices they're stacked.
+
+## Settings tab
+
+The **Settings** tab is divided into an unnamed top section and an **Accessibility** section.
+
+### Top section
+
+- **Navigation Links**
+  You can choose to display previous, next, or both links.
+- **Previous link text**
+  By default, this field contains the left-arrow HTML entity plus the post title, encoded as `&larr; %title`, which produces the display shown in the screenshot above.
+- **Next link text**
+  By default, this field contains the right-arrow HTML entity plus the post title, encoded as `%title &rarr;`.
+- **Navigate in same taxonomy**
+  You can limit the navigation to be within the same taxonomy (standard post category or custom taxonomy) as the current post.
+
+## Style tab
+
+The Style tab is divided into two sections: **Container style** and **Text style**.
+
+### Container Style section
+
+The container refers to the container surrounding both navigation links.
+
+See the [Margins and Padding](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/spacing) article for a refresher on the relationship between margins, borders, and padding.
+
+- **Container padding** (responsive)
+  Sets the padding for the container.
+- **Container margins** (responsive)
+  Sets the margins for the container.
+- **Container border** (responsive)
+  This is the standard [Border section](/beaver-builder/basics/border).
+
+### Text Style section
+
+- **Text padding** (responsive)
+  Controls padding around the individual text items. You can see text padding at work if you set a text background color.
+- **Text color**
+  Controls the color of the navigation text plus any symbols.
+- **Text background color**
+  Sets a text background color.
+- **Text typography** (responsive)
+  The standard Beaver Builder [Typography section](/beaver-builder/basics/typography) for setting font family, weight, spacing, and so on.
+
+### Advanced tab
+
+There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-post-title-module.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-post-title-module.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..479e58ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-post-title-module.md
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+---
+id: themer-singular-layout-post-title-module
+title: Post Title module
+sidebar_label: Post Title module
+---
+
+The Post Title module is in the **Post modules** category, which appears on when you're editing a Singular-type themer layout in Themer.
+
+The Post Title module displays the title of the post or page – just like you'd imagine.
+
+## Under the hood
+
+The Post Title module is a "shortcut" module. It's actually a Heading module with a field connection set to **Post title** in the **Heading** field. When you open this module for editing, you'll have the regular Heading module settings, such as:
+
+  * Adding an optional link
+  * Style settings for text, including font family
+  * Special settings for mobile devices
+  * The usual **Advanced** tab settings
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-type.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-type.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7a93cca8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-type.md
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+---
+id: themer-singular-layout-type
+title: Singular layout type
+sidebar_label: Singular layout type
+---
+
+The Singular layout type in Beaver Themer (which [can be purchased here](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/beaver-themer/)) is most often applied to single posts and custom post types, though it can also be applied to pages.
+
+The Singular layout includes the parts of the page shown in the following diagram, which includes standard information that is associated with single posts: the post title and post info, post content, post categories or tags, an author bio, post navigation, and post comments.
+
+![](/img/themer-singular-layout-type-8934fe9e.png)
+
+You can add a sidebar to a Singular layout by adding a second column to the layout.
+
+:::tip
+If you'd like a short refresher on the WordPress content area versus other parts of the page, see [this primer](/beaver-themer/getting-started/primer-on-wordpress-content-and-theme-areas-themer.md).
+:::
+
+## Properties of the Singular Themer layout
+
+Here are the special properties of the Singular Themer layout:
+
+- It has special Themer modules that display post title, author, date, category, comments, post navigation, and featured image, as shown in this screenshot.
+  ![](/img/themer-singular-layout-type-97aeeacd.png)
+  The [template](#singular-themer-layout-template) for the Singular Themer layout already includes most of these modules.
+- These modules use [field connections](field-connections/index.md) to display the correct information for each post.
+- The Post Content module pulls the post's content from the post itself.
+  The post content is pulled from either the WordPress text editor or a Beaver Builder layout. In the following screenshot of a Singular layout, the post content area contains a Beaver Builder layout pulled from a post.
+  ![Singular Themer layout with Beaver Builder post content layout](/img/singular-layout-3.jpg)
+- There can only be one content area for a post or page. If you include more than one Post Content module in a Singular Themer layout, the content from the post will repeat.
+- The **Themer layout** group in the Content panel has additional sections of modules specifically for these plugins, if they're installed:
+  - BigCommerce
+  - WooCommerce
+  - Easy Digital Downloads
+  - The Events Calendar
+
+## Extra step for Singular layouts with Beaver Builder layouts in the content area
+
+By default, when a post or page has a Beaver Builder layout, any Singular Themer layout that applies is overridden to make sure content area layouts and Themer layouts don't look bad together. More specifically, a standard Beaver Builder in an individual page or post overrides the setting in the Themer **Location** field.
+
+To make a Themer layout apply to a post or page with a Beaver Builder layout, you have to set each post page to accept the Singular Themer layout. Here's how.
+
+**To set a page or post with Beaver Builder content to accept or override a Themer layout:**
+
+1. Add a new page or post or open an existing page or post in the Beaver Builder editor.
+   A choice box appears when the editor opens. If you don't see the choice box, open the [Tools menu](/beaver-builder/user-interface/tools-menu) and click **Themer override** to open the choice box.
+2. Choose one of the following options:
+   - **Override layout**
+     Block the Singular Themer layout and use Beaver Builder in the content area only.
+   - **Edit content only**
+     Accept the Singular Themer layout and use Beaver Builder in the content area also.
+3. Publish the post or page.
+
+## Singular Themer layout template
+
+When you create a Singular Themer layout and open it in Beaver Builder, the Singular layout template is automatically applied. It contains most of the post information and post content that you'd want for a single Post, and you can add or delete modules as you like.
+
+![](/img/themer-singular-layout-type-6db209d1.jpg)
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+
+- It's easier to design a Singular Themer layout if you already have one or more Posts created so you can preview the posts as you work.
+  :::
+
+The template has two rows, one for the post title area with the post featured image as the background, the other for the rest of the content on the page. For the post title row, there's a background photo set to the **Featured Image** field connection, shown in the following screenshot. There's also a dark row overlay set to 50% opacity. Text color is set to white.
+
+![](/img/themer-singular-layout-type-9df72af1.png)
+
+:::tip **Tip**:
+If you prefer to display your featured image as a photo rather than a background image, use the Featured Image module.
+:::
+
+This template has the following modules:
+
+- The [Post Title](/beaver-themer/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-post-title-module.md) module is a "shortcut" module.
+  It's actually a Heading module with a field connection set to **Post title** in the **Heading** field.
+  ![](/img/themer-singular-layout-type-7b3fd62f.png)
+- The [Post Info module](/beaver-themer/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-post-info-module.md) has the following components, any of which you can show or hide.
+  - **Post date**
+  - **Post modified date**
+    Displays the Last Updated date.
+  - **Number of comments**
+  - **Terms**
+    By default the Taxonomy is **Categories**, but you can also choose **Tags**.
+- The [Post Content module](/beaver-themer/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-post-content-module.md) contains the post's content.
+- The [HTML module](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/html) is a standard Beaver Builder module. In this template, it contains a field connection shortcode to display the Post terms list, which for standard posts are either categories or tags. The template contains the following string in the HTML module:
+  `Posted in [wpbb post:terms_list taxonomy="category" separator=", "]`
+  There is an additional **Layout** option for the Post Terms List shortcode, which can be used to display the post terms as an unordered or ordered list, rather than a list separated by commas. Note that hierarchical categories are displayed as a flat list. See the [Post Terms List entry in the Themer shortcode reference](../../field-connections/index.md) for how to code this option.
+- The [Author Bio module](/beaver-themer/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-author-bio-module.md)
+  This module pulls the information from the **Biographical Info** and **Profile Picture** fields in the post author's profile.
+- The [Post Navigation module](/beaver-themer/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-post-navigation-module.md) displays links to the previous and next posts.
+- The [Comments module](/beaver-themer/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-comments-module.md) displays the standard information about Post comments.
+  You cannot configure which information is displayed. You can only configure what's typically on the **Advanced** tab of a module: margins, responsive display conditions, visibility, animation, and custom ID or class names.
+
+:::tip **Tips**
+
+- If you want to revert to this default layout, click the **Templates** tab in the Content panel when you're editing the Singular Themer layout in Beaver Builder.
+- You can [add a Related Posts section with a Posts module](/beaver-themer/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/use-the-posts-module-to-create-related-posts.md).
+
+:::
+
+## Singular Layouts As Page Templates
+
+Singular layouts can be saved as WordPress Page Templates, which can then be selected from the **Templates** menu for pages, posts, and custom post types. This allows you to create multiple layouts for your website. For example, full-width, sidebar-left, sidebar-right, and more. Your users can then select their preferred layout for each individual post or page.
+
+To enable this feature, simply check the Custom Template option in the Singular Layout’s Themer Settings. After saving your layout as a template, it will become available in the Custom Templates menu when editing pages, posts, or custom post types.
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/use-the-posts-module-to-create-related-posts.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/use-the-posts-module-to-create-related-posts.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..41bc0388
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/use-the-posts-module-to-create-related-posts.md
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+---
+id: use-the-posts-module-to-create-related-posts
+title: Create a Related Posts section
+sidebar_label: Create a Related Posts section
+---
+
+In  Beaver Builder layouts, you can add a Related Posts section (posts, pages, custom post types, etc.) to your layout by adding one of the Posts modules and using **Match these categories** to filter content. However, this doesn't work in a Themer layout, because the category of the post  depends on the post you're viewing. 
+
+There's another option for the settings to filter posts on the **Content** tab that works in Themer layouts: the **Match all related categories except** option. This option displays all posts that share whatever categories or parent categories assigned to whatever post is being viewed, with optional exceptions.
+
+We'll show you the general procedure for adding this filter, then show examples of it in use. If you find you're getting unexpected results, see [the final section](#how-related-categories-and-exceptions-work) with details about related categories and how the exceptions work.
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+There's a special Related Products module that's available for Singular Themer layouts when you have WooCommerce installed. That module uses the WooCommerce API and so is highly suited for that use.
+:::
+
+## How to add a Related Posts section
+
+Here's the basic procedure, with examples in the next section.
+
+:::info
+The **Match all related categories except** option comes with the Beaver Builder plugin. You don't need to have Beaver Themer installed to use it but it's particularly useful for Themer layouts. The [third example](#example-3-related-items-in-a-saved-layout-template-for-pages) shows how it can also be useful for saved layout templates.
+:::
+
+1. Add a Posts, Posts Slider, or Posts Carousel module to your layout.  
+This will become the Related Posts section.
+2. Click the **Content** tab and make sure the **Source** field is set to **Custom query**.
+3. If you don't want to include the current post as a related post, set **Exclude current post** to **Yes**.  
+![](/img/use-the-posts-module-to-create-related-posts-f4b29a40.png)
+4. In the **Filter** section, set **Categories** to **Match all related categories except**.  
+This setting includes all posts in the same category or ancestor category as the current post.
+5. If you want to exclude one or more categories, start typing a category name in the field below this option.  
+You'll see a list of matching categories as you type.  
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+The **Match all related \[items\] except** option is available with any of the settings listed in the **Filter** section: post types, categories, tags, authors, and custom taxonomies. The list of settings you see can change with the post type you select.
+
+![](/img/related-post-filters.png)
+
+:::
+
+## Examples
+
+The first two examples use a Posts/Carousel/Slider module to set up a related posts section in a Singular-type Themer layout. The third example sets up a related posts section in a saved layout template that is applied to standard pages.
+
+### Example 1: Standard post, display related items except for one category
+
+You have a news blog with a category called **News** but those posts are also assigned to a category called **Archived** after a certain period of time. You want to display a section called "Other news" that shows other posts in the **News** category except when they are also categorized as **Archived**. 
+
+To accomplish this, in the **Categories** section on the **Content** tab, choose **Match all related except** and add the category **Archived** to the selection box, as shown in the screenshot. 
+
+![](/img/related-news-not-archived.jpg)
+
+The module will display all posts that are in the **News** category unless they are also categorized as **Archived**.
+
+### Example 2: Custom post type, custom taxonomy, posts assigned to multiple terms
+
+Here's a single item from a portfolio, created with a custom post type (CPT) and a custom taxonomy. The custom taxonomy terms (human, oils) are shown here so you can see how they apply in the final section called Related Items.
+
+![](/img/portfolio-singular-layout_800.jpg)
+
+The following screenshot shows the relevant **Content** tab settings of the Posts Carousel module. The **Exclude Current Post** option is set to **Yes**. In the **Filters** section, the custom taxonomy called **Portfolio categories** is set to **Match all related portfolio categories except**. The exceptions box is left blank.
+
+![](/img/portfolio-posts-category-matching_800.jpg)
+
+This post is assigned to two categories, **human** and **oils**, so the result includes all the portfolio items categorized as EITHER **human** OR **oils**. So, for example, you can see an oil painting called Palette, which is not a human subject, but it is an oil painting. If you use the filter **Match all related portfolio categories except oils**, all of the items categorized as **oils** are eliminated, including all items categorized as both **human** and **oils**. See the [section about exclusions](#how-related-categories-and-exceptions-work) for details and an alternate architecture that lets you eliminate **oils** that aren't human instead of all **oils**.
+
+### Example 3: Related items in a saved layout template for pages
+
+This example shows a Related Posts section in a custom layout template that is applied to static pages. Each page summarizes one of the client's business projects. The following  screenshot shows portions of one of the project pages. 
+
+<hr/>
+
+![](/img/related-pages-3.jpg)
+
+<hr/>
+
+Why use a layout template and pages instead of a Themer layout with a custom post type to display each project summary? The client wanted a consistent content layout on every project page but the projects themselves have enough variation that there needed to be more flexibility in the layout and content than a custom post type could easily accommodate. The client also wanted the flexibility to change the layout template moving forward to apply to new projects without affecting previous project pages. 
+
+The layout template has sections where the client enters static information about the project but also has sections that use Themer field connections and Themer custom post layouts to pull in existing information. In the header, the project title uses the **Post Title** field connection and the columns of bulleted information are heading modules with field connection shortcodes to custom properties. 
+
+News and documents related to the project are posted to other areas of the site so there's a custom taxonomy called **Projects** that ties all the information together. The News and Related Documents sections on the summary page use Posts modules with various filters to display information pulled from these locations.
+
+For the Related Projects section, the Posts module's **Filter** section includes a setting for the custom taxonomy **Projects**, and **Match all related Projects except** is selected, plus the **Exclude current post** setting:
+
+![](/img/related-post-saved-layout.png) 
+
+When the layout template is applied to each new page, the Related Projects section, as well as the News and Related Documents sections, show the correct content without the need to make further modifications to the page layout.
+
+:::info
+Beaver Themer must be installed to make use of the field connections and custom post layouts in standard Beaver Builder layouts, including layout templates. 
+:::
+
+## How related categories and exceptions work
+
+Any category that shares a node in the hierarchy is considered related. Here are a couple of diagrams showing examples of related categories how exception categories work. This also applies to custom taxonomies.
+
+### Sister categories (nonhierarchical)
+
+Here's a diagram that uses the two categories from Example 2: **human** and **oils**. Let's suppose these two categories are siblings in a flat structure, so we'll call them A1 and A2 in the following diagram. Posts 1 and 2 are assigned to **human** and Posts 2 and 3 are assigned to **oils**.
+
+![](/img/match-all-related-except-2-cats.png)
+
+If you specify **Match all related categories except** with no exceptions, the diagram shows which items appear in the Related Posts list on each page. (If you've set the option to exclude the current post, the current post is eliminated from the list.) 
+
+If you specify one category as an exception, such as **Match all related categories except oils**, any post assigned to **oils** is discarded as a related post, even if it's also assigned to **human**. 
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+If you prefer to display all posts categorized as **human** and exclude any non-human art done in oil, a better design is to create two different custom taxonomies: one for **Art subjects**, with terms such as **human**, and one for **Art Media**, with terms such as **oils**. Then in the Posts module, you can choose **Match all related categories except** for the **Art subjects** taxonomy with no exceptions, as shown in this screenshot. You don't need to make any changes to the **Art media** taxonomy.
+
+![](/img/portfolio-two-taxonomies.jpg)
+::: 
+
+### Hierarchical categories
+
+In a more complex and realistic example, let's suppose that the **human** category has a parent called **Subject** and the **oils** category has a parent called **Medium**. The parent categories are labeled A and B in the following diagram. 
+
+![](/img/match-all-related-except-subcats.png)
+
+If you know that the Related Posts section is an important part of your site, you can plan for the posts you want to show as related when you create your category architecture.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/locations/themer-locations-reference.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/locations/themer-locations-reference.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4839ced8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/locations/themer-locations-reference.md
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+---
+id: themer-locations-reference
+title: Themer locations reference
+sidebar_label: Themer locations reference
+---
+
+When you create a Themer layout, you specify a location and a location scope for where the layout will apply. This article lists and describes the locations and scopes.
+
+This can be confusing because of vague semantic boundaries of terms used for websites and WordPress. For example, the word "page" can refer to the WordPress Page template, which is actually a post type in WordPress architecture, or it can refer to site pages without regard to what WordPress post type they are.
+
+The following information uses lower case "page" when referring to any website page, regardless of WordPress type, and it uses title case "Page" and "Post" when referring to specific WordPress post types. The acronym CPT refers to Custom Post Type, and it includes both CPTs that you create yourself and CPTs created by plugins such as WooCommerce.
+
+:::info 
+The 404 layout type has no **Location** options, because it always applies to the page that appears for 404 Page Not Found errors.
+:::
+
+Category  |  Location field  |  Scope field  |  Description  |  Layout type
+---|---|---|---|---
+**General** |  Entire site  |  n/a  |  Applies indiscriminately to every page of the site, including 404 pages.  |  Header, Footer, Part
+ &nbsp;  |  All singular  |  n/a  |  Applies to all single Posts, Pages, and single custom posts. For WooCommerce, applies to single products, Cart, Checkout, My Account, but not the Shop page or product category archive pages. (Doesn't apply to archive or 404 pages.)  &nbsp;  |  Header, Footer, Singular, Part
+ &nbsp;  |  All archives  |  n/a  |  Applies to the index, Posts page, and archive pages generated by WordPress for standard Posts. Applies to the WooCommerce Shop page. See [this article for definitions of the index, posts, and archives](/beaver-builder/layouts/post-layouts/basics-how-wordpress-handles-blog-posts-and-archives). (Doesn't apply to Pages that have Beaver Builder layouts with Posts modules.)  |  Header, Footer, Archive, Part
+ &nbsp;  |  Author archives  |  n/a  |  Applies to all archive pages displaying posts by single authors for Posts and CPTs that use author metadata.  |  Header, Footer, Archive, Part
+ &nbsp;  |  Date archives  |  n/a  |  Applies to all archive pages displaying posts by date groups for Posts and CPTs that use date metadata.  |  Header, Footer, Archive, Part
+ &nbsp;  |  Search results  |  n/a  |  Applies to all pages displaying search results |  Header, Footer, Archive, Part
+ &nbsp;  |  404 page  |  n/a  |  Applies to the page that appears to indicate a 404 Page Not Found error.  |  Header, Footer, Part
+**Posts** |  Post  |  **All posts** or one specific Post  |  Applies to all standard single Posts or one specified standard single Post. (Doesn't apply to custom posts, including WooCommerce products.)  |  Header, Footer, Singular, Part
+|  &nbsp;  |  Post Category  |  **All categories** or one specific post category | Applies to all standard single Posts that belong to the category specified. (Doesn't apply to custom posts including WooCommerce products, even if the custom post uses WordPress categories. Doesn't apply to category archive pages.)  |  Header, Footer, Singular, Part
+|  &nbsp;  |  Post Category Parent | One specific category | Applies to all single Posts assigned to the direct child of selected category. |  Header, Footer, Single, and Part
+|   &nbsp; | Post tag  |  **All tags** or one specific tag you have defined  |  Applies to all standard single Posts that are marked for the tag specified. (Doesn't apply to custom posts. Doesn't apply to tag archive pages.)  |  Header, Footer, Singular, Part
+**Post archives** |  Post archive  |  n/a  |  Applies to the index, Posts page, and archive pages generated by WordPress for standard Posts. See [this article for definitions of the index, posts, and archives](/beaver-builder/layouts/post-layouts/basics-how-wordpress-handles-blog-posts-and-archives). (Doesn't apply to CPT archives or Pages that have Beaver Builder layouts with Posts modules.)  |  Header, Footer, Archive, Part
+| &nbsp; |  Post category archive  |  **All categories** or one specific post category |  Applies to any category archive page that displays standard Posts for the specified category. (Doesn't apply to CPT category archives, such as WooCommerce, or to CPTs that allow standard Post categories.)  |  Header, Footer, Archive, Part
+| &nbsp; |  Post tag archive  |  **All tags** or one specific post tag  |  Applies to any tag archive page that displays standard Posts for the specified tag. (Doesn't apply to CPT tag archives.)  |  Header, Footer, Archive, Part
+**Pages** |  Page  |  **All pages** or one specific page  |  Applies to any page that matches the specified location scope. For **All pages**, applies to the WooCommerce **Cart**, **Checkout**, and **My account** pages but not **Shop**. (Doesn't apply to any WordPress-generated archive.)  |  Header, Footer, Singular, Part
+|  &nbsp;  |  Page parent  |  One specific page that has children  |  Applies to any child page whose parent is the specified page. (Doesn't apply to the parent page itself or to grandchildren of the specified page.)  |  Header, Footer, Singular, Part
+|  &nbsp;  |  Page ancestor |  One specific page that has children  |  Applies to all descendants underneath the specified ancestor page, at any level. (Doesn't apply to the ancestor page itself.)  |  Header, Footer, Singular, Part
+**Media** |  Media  |  All media or one specific media item  |  Applies to the page that displays the specified media item in an individual Page. (For example, the Photo module includes **Photo page** as a **Link type** selection.)  |  Header, Footer, Singular, Part
+**CPT posts and archives**  |  (depends on CPT)  |  All items or one specific item |  If you have any CPTs, including plugins, they appear as sections for single posts and archives. For example, WooCommerce appears as a **Products** and **Product archives** section. Single custom posts and product custom post archive selections work the same way as for standard posts.  |  Matches choices for standard Posts and Archives
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/troubleshooting/full-width-layout-types.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/troubleshooting/full-width-layout-types.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..01690349
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/troubleshooting/full-width-layout-types.md
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+---
+id: full-width-layout-types
+title: "Full Width Layout Types"
+sidebar_label: "Full Width Layout Types"
+---
+
+If you use a third-party theme with Beaver Themer you may need to add some additional CSS to get your layouts to be full width. A full-width layout spans the entire width of the page from edge to edge.
+
+Here's something you can try.
+
+First, find the ID or class name of your theme’s content wrapper. If you look at the HTML source for a page, the content wrapper is usually a `<div>` tag that occurs after the header block, and it often uses an ID or class with the selector`content`, for example:
+
+```html
+<div id="content"></div>
+```
+
+Next, write a rule for the CSS class of the type of layout you want full width with that content wrapper ID or class inside it.
+
+For Singular layouts use `.fl-theme-builder-singular`
+For Archive layouts use `.fl-theme-builder-archive`
+For 404 layouts use `.fl-theme-builder-404`
+
+If `id="content"` is the selector for your content wrapper, then the rule would look like this:
+
+```css
+.fl-theme-builder-singular #content,
+.fl-theme-builder-archive #content,
+.fl-theme-builder-404 #content {
+  padding: 0;
+  margin: 0;
+  max-width: none;
+  width: auto;
+}
+```
+
+See the article on [where to put custom CSS code](/beaver-builder/basics/custom-code).
+
+If you cannot get this rule to work, [contact Support](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/beaver-builder-support/) for help.
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/troubleshooting/message-this-post-has-a-themer-layout-assigned.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/troubleshooting/message-this-post-has-a-themer-layout-assigned.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b68f7121
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/troubleshooting/message-this-post-has-a-themer-layout-assigned.md
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+---
+id: message-this-post-has-a-themer-layout-assigned
+title: "Message: This post has a Themer layout assigned"
+sidebar_label: "Message: This post has a Themer layout assigned"
+---
+
+The following warning appears when you launch Beaver Builder on a page or post that already has a Beaver Themer layout applied. 
+
+> This post has a Themer layout assigned to it. Would you like Beaver Builder to override the entire layout or only the content for this post?
+
+![](/img/beaver-themer/troubleshooting--layout-assigned--1.jpg)
+
+The warning provides three options:
+
+* **Override Layout**  
+  Allows you to edit the layout of the page or post using Beaver Builder. This will replace the Beaver Themer layout you assigned to the page or post.
+
+* **Edit Content Only**  
+  Allows you to edit the Post Content using Beaver Builder instead of the WordPress editor.
+
+* **Cancel**
+  Closes Beaver Builder and returns you to [WordPress edit post screen](https://wordpress.org/support/article/posts-screen/).
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/troubleshooting/themer-layouts-menu-missing.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/troubleshooting/themer-layouts-menu-missing.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..82b54f2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/troubleshooting/themer-layouts-menu-missing.md
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+---
+id: themer-layouts-menu-missing
+title: Themer Layouts Menu Missing
+sidebar_label: Themer Layouts Menu Missing
+---
+
+If the Themer Layouts menu item isn't available under the Beaver Builder menu in your WordPress Admin Dashboard, it's typically due to one of the following reasons:
+
+- **The Beaver Themer plugin isn't installed.**  
+  Beaver Themer is an add-on plugin designed for use with the premium version of Beaver Builder. If the Themer Layouts menu item doesn't appear, it indicates that you haven't installed the Beaver Themer plugin.
+
+- **Insufficient User Access.**  
+  If you've installed Beaver Themer but still can't locate the Themer Layouts menu in your WordPress Admin Dashboard, you should review the Beaver Builder [User Access settings](/beaver-builder/settings/user-access#themer-layout-editing).
+
+  :::info
+
+  By default, the Themer Layouts menu item is visible only to users with the **Administrator** role. To allow other users access to the **Themer Layouts** menu, you can grant them the **Themer Layouts Editor** capability, which permits users to edit and manage Themer layouts.
+
+  :::
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/troubleshooting/troubleshooting-singular-layout-appears-in-post-preview-but-not-actual-post-themer.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/troubleshooting/troubleshooting-singular-layout-appears-in-post-preview-but-not-actual-post-themer.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bc1e8914
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/troubleshooting/troubleshooting-singular-layout-appears-in-post-preview-but-not-actual-post-themer.md
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+---
+id: troubleshooting-singular-layout-appears-in-post-preview-but-not-actual-post-themer
+title: Singular layout appears in post preview but not actual post
+sidebar_label: Singular layout appears in post preview but not actual post
+---
+
+If you have a Singular Themer layout type that appears when you preview a post but does not work when you view the actual post. It's likely caused by the theme template being used on that page or post.
+
+## 1. Already Using Beaver Builder
+
+A Beaver Themer layout will not appear if Beaver Builder is already active on a Page or Post. To correct this, navigate to the WordPress Edit Screen for your page or post and switch to the WordPress Editor. When you return to the page or post, the Beaver Themer layout should now be applied.
+
+## 2. Themer Override
+
+You can use Beaver Builder to either override the Beaver Themer layout or edit only the post content.
+
+If you use the Override Layout option, you can revert back to the Beaver Themer Singular layout by navigate to the WordPress Edit Screen for your page or post and switch to the WordPress Editor. When you return to the page or post, the Beaver Themer layout should now be applied.
+
+:::tip
+You can determine whether your page or post is using the Override Layout option by looking for a green dot next to Themer Override in the Tools Menu.
+:::
+
+## 3. Theme Page Template
+
+There are usually a few page and post templates available in your theme. The template selection field appears on the WordPress Edit Screen. For Singular Beaver Themer layouts, some templates other than **Default** may cause the Beaver Themer layout not to display.
+
+You can fix the problem by changing the template of your page or post to the **Default** template from the WordPress Edit Screen.
+
+### Standard Editor (Gutenberg)
+
+If you use the WordPress standard editor (Gutenberg), your post's template can be found in the **Template** section of the WordPress Edit Screen.
+
+### Classic Editor
+
+If you use the Classic Editor plugin, you can find which template is assigned to your post under the **Post Attributes** section.
+
+:::info
+If your Singular layout applies to a page, you can find out what template is assigned in the **Page Attributes** section.
+:::
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/troubleshooting/why-does-my-themer-layout-say-unsupported.md b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/troubleshooting/why-does-my-themer-layout-say-unsupported.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3e23ee14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_docs/version-1.5/troubleshooting/why-does-my-themer-layout-say-unsupported.md
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+---
+id: why-does-my-themer-layout-say-unsupported
+title: "Why does my Themer layout say Unsupported?"
+sidebar_label: "Why does my Themer layout say Unsupported?"
+---
+
+You might get a message that a certain type of Themer layout is Unsupported in two different situations:
+
+  * You are creating a new Themer layout  
+  ![](/img/why-does-my-themer-layout-say-unsupported-52155a7a.png)
+  * You have one or more existing Themer layouts and the Unsupported label suddenly appears.  
+  ![](/img/why-does-my-themer-layout-say-unsupported-d8d101a3.png)
+
+This happens because you're using a theme that doesn't support that type of Themer layout.
+
+If you want to use that Themer layout, you'll have to switch to [a theme that supports it](getting-started/supported-themes.md), or in some cases you can [add code so your theme will support it](developer/add-themer-support.md).
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versioned_sidebars/version-1.5-sidebars.json b/beaver-themer_versioned_sidebars/version-1.5-sidebars.json
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f747808c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versioned_sidebars/version-1.5-sidebars.json
@@ -0,0 +1,338 @@
+{
+  "beaverthemer": [
+    {
+      "type": "category",
+      "label": "Introduction",
+      "link": {
+        "type": "doc",
+        "id": "introduction/index"
+      },
+      "items": [
+        "introduction/faq",
+        "introduction/about-release"
+      ]
+    },
+    {
+      "type": "category",
+      "label": "Getting Started",
+      "link": {
+        "type": "generated-index",
+        "title": "Getting Started"
+      },
+      "items": [
+        "getting-started/what-can-i-do-with-beaver-themer",
+        "getting-started/requirements",
+        "getting-started/install",
+        "getting-started/supported-themes",
+        "getting-started/i-installed-beaver-themer-now-what",
+        "getting-started/primer-on-wordpress-content-and-theme-areas-themer"
+      ]
+    },
+    {
+      "type": "category",
+      "label": "Layout Types & Modules",
+      "link": {
+        "type": "doc",
+        "id": "layout-types-modules/index"
+      },
+      "items": [
+        {
+          "type": "category",
+          "label": "Header layout type",
+          "items": [
+            "layout-types-modules/header-layout-type/themer-header-layout-type",
+            "layout-types-modules/header-layout-type/tutorial-create-a-header-layout-themer"
+          ]
+        },
+        {
+          "type": "category",
+          "label": "Footer layout type",
+          "items": [
+            "layout-types-modules/footer-layout-type/themer-footer-layout-type"
+          ]
+        },
+        {
+          "type": "category",
+          "label": "Archive layout type",
+          "items": [
+            "layout-types-modules/archive-layout-type/themer-archive-layout-type",
+            "layout-types-modules/archive-layout-type/themer-archive-layout-archive-title-module",
+            "layout-types-modules/archive-layout-type/themer-archive-layout-archive-description-module",
+            "layout-types-modules/archive-layout-type/themer-archive-layout-post-columns-gallery-list-masonry-modules",
+            "layout-types-modules/archive-layout-type/example-themer-archive-layout-for-custom-post-type-categories",
+            "layout-types-modules/archive-layout-type/tutorial-create-an-author-archive-themer-layout",
+            "layout-types-modules/archive-layout-type/create-a-card-layout-for-posts-themer"
+          ]
+        },
+        {
+          "type": "category",
+          "label": "Singular layout type",
+          "items": [
+            "layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-type",
+            "layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-attached-images-module",
+            "layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-author-bio-module",
+            "layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-comments-module",
+            "layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-featured-image-module",
+            "layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-post-content-module",
+            "layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-post-info-module",
+            "layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-post-navigation-module",
+            "layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-post-title-module",
+            "layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/use-the-posts-module-to-create-related-posts",
+            "layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/add-a-singular-themer-layout-to-the-wordpress-page-template-field"
+          ]
+        },
+        {
+          "type": "category",
+          "label": "404 layout type",
+          "items": [
+            "layout-types-modules/404-layout-type/themer-404-layout-type"
+          ]
+        },
+        {
+          "type": "category",
+          "label": "Part layout type",
+          "items": [
+            "layout-types-modules/part-layout-type/themer-part-layout-type",
+            "layout-types-modules/part-layout-type/add-yoast-breadcrumbs-with-beaver-themer"
+          ]
+        }
+      ]
+    },
+    {
+      "type": "category",
+      "label": "Integrations",
+      "link": {
+        "type": "generated-index",
+        "title": "Integrations"
+      },
+      "items": [
+        {
+          "type": "category",
+          "label": "Advanced Custom Fields",
+          "link": {
+            "type": "doc",
+            "id": "integrations/acf/index"
+          },
+          "items": [
+            "integrations/acf/getting-started",
+            "integrations/acf/options-page",
+            {
+              "type": "category",
+              "label": "Field Types",
+              "link": {
+                "type": "doc",
+                "id": "integrations/acf/field-types/index"
+              },
+              "items": [
+                "integrations/acf/field-types/button-group",
+                "integrations/acf/field-types/checkbox",
+                "integrations/acf/field-types/color-picker",
+                "integrations/acf/field-types/date-picker",
+                "integrations/acf/field-types/date-time-picker",
+                "integrations/acf/field-types/email",
+                "integrations/acf/field-types/file",
+                "integrations/acf/field-types/flexible-content",
+                "integrations/acf/field-types/gallery",
+                "integrations/acf/field-types/google-map",
+                "integrations/acf/field-types/group",
+                "integrations/acf/field-types/image",
+                "integrations/acf/field-types/number",
+                "integrations/acf/field-types/oembed",
+                "integrations/acf/field-types/page-link",
+                "integrations/acf/field-types/password",
+                "integrations/acf/field-types/post-object",
+                "integrations/acf/field-types/radio-button",
+                "integrations/acf/field-types/relationship",
+                "integrations/acf/field-types/repeater",
+                "integrations/acf/field-types/select",
+                "integrations/acf/field-types/smart-slider",
+                "integrations/acf/field-types/taxonomy",
+                "integrations/acf/field-types/text-area",
+                "integrations/acf/field-types/text",
+                "integrations/acf/field-types/time-picker",
+                "integrations/acf/field-types/true-false",
+                "integrations/acf/field-types/url",
+                "integrations/acf/field-types/user",
+                "integrations/acf/field-types/wysiwyg"
+              ]
+            }
+          ]
+        },
+        {
+          "type": "category",
+          "label": "WooCommerce",
+          "link": {
+            "type": "doc",
+            "id": "integrations/woocommerce/index"
+          },
+          "items": [
+            "integrations/woocommerce/create-an-archive-themer-layout-for-woocommerce",
+            "integrations/woocommerce/create-a-singular-themer-layout-for-woocommerce",
+            "integrations/woocommerce/breadcrumb-module-for-woocommerce-singular-and-archive-themer-layouts",
+            "integrations/woocommerce/products-module-for-woocommerce-archive-themer-layouts",
+            "integrations/woocommerce/add-to-cart-button-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts",
+            "integrations/woocommerce/product-description-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts",
+            "integrations/woocommerce/product-images-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts",
+            "integrations/woocommerce/product-meta-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts",
+            "integrations/woocommerce/product-price-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts",
+            "integrations/woocommerce/product-rating-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts",
+            "integrations/woocommerce/product-tabs-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts",
+            "integrations/woocommerce/product-title-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts",
+            "integrations/woocommerce/product-upsells-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts",
+            "integrations/woocommerce/related-products-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts",
+            "integrations/woocommerce/woo-notices-module-for-woocommerce-singular-themer-layouts",
+            "integrations/woocommerce/field-connections"
+          ]
+        },
+        {
+          "type": "category",
+          "label": "BigCommerce",
+          "link": {
+            "type": "generated-index",
+            "title": "BigCommerce"
+          },
+          "items": [
+            "integrations/bigcommerce/beaver-themer-layouts-for-bigcommerce",
+            "integrations/bigcommerce/create-an-archive-themer-layout-for-bigcommerce",
+            "integrations/bigcommerce/create-a-themer-layout-to-display-a-single-bigcommerce-product",
+            "integrations/bigcommerce/products-posts-module-for-bigcommerce",
+            "integrations/bigcommerce/field-connections"
+          ]
+        },
+        {
+          "type": "category",
+          "label": "Easy Digital Downloads",
+          "link": {
+            "type": "generated-index",
+            "title": "Easy Digital Downloads"
+          },
+          "items": [
+            "integrations/easy-digital-downloads/beaver-themer-and-the-edd-plugin",
+            "integrations/easy-digital-downloads/create-an-archive-themer-layout-for-edd-download-sets",
+            "integrations/easy-digital-downloads/create-a-singular-themer-layout-for-edd-download-items-themer",
+            "integrations/easy-digital-downloads/field-connections"
+          ]
+        },
+        {
+          "type": "category",
+          "label": "The Events Calendar",
+          "link": {
+            "type": "doc",
+            "id": "integrations/tec/index"
+          },
+          "items": [
+            "integrations/tec/getting-started",
+            "integrations/tec/field-connections",
+            "integrations/tec/archive-layout",
+            "integrations/tec/singular-layout",
+            "integrations/tec/field-connections",
+            {
+              "type": "category",
+              "label": "Modules",
+              "link": {
+                "type": "doc",
+                "id": "integrations/tec/modules/index"
+              },
+              "items": [
+                "integrations/tec/modules/event-calendar",
+                "integrations/tec/modules/event-posts",
+                "integrations/tec/modules/event-cost",
+                "integrations/tec/modules/event-countdown",
+                "integrations/tec/modules/event-date-time",
+                "integrations/tec/modules/event-description",
+                "integrations/tec/modules/event-details",
+                "integrations/tec/modules/event-export-links",
+                "integrations/tec/modules/event-map",
+                "integrations/tec/modules/event-navigation",
+                "integrations/tec/modules/event-notices",
+                "integrations/tec/modules/event-organizer",
+                "integrations/tec/modules/event-related-events",
+                "integrations/tec/modules/event-tickets",
+                "integrations/tec/modules/event-title",
+                "integrations/tec/modules/event-venue",
+                "integrations/tec/modules/event-website"
+              ]
+            }
+          ]
+        }
+      ]
+    },
+    {
+      "type": "category",
+      "label": "Field Connections",
+      "link": {
+        "type": "doc",
+        "id": "field-connections/index"
+      },
+      "items": [
+        "field-connections/getting-started",
+        "field-connections/syntax",
+        "field-connections/conditionals",
+        "field-connections/expressions",
+        "field-connections/wordpress-data",
+        "field-connections/wordpress-custom-fields",
+        "field-connections/third-party",
+        {
+          "type": "category",
+          "label": "Shortcode Examples",
+          "link": {
+            "type": "doc",
+            "id": "field-connections/examples/index"
+          },
+          "items": [
+            "field-connections/examples/conditional",
+            "field-connections/examples/expressions",
+            "field-connections/examples/combining"
+          ]
+        }
+      ]
+    },
+    {
+      "type": "category",
+      "label": "Locations",
+      "items": [
+        "locations/themer-locations-reference"
+      ]
+    },
+    {
+      "type": "category",
+      "label": "Conditional Logic",
+      "items": [
+        "conditional-logic/beaver-themer-conditional-logic"
+      ]
+    },
+    {
+      "type": "category",
+      "label": "Troubleshooting",
+      "link": {
+        "type": "generated-index",
+        "title": "Troubleshooting"
+      },
+      "items": [
+        "troubleshooting/themer-layouts-menu-missing",
+        "troubleshooting/full-width-layout-types",
+        "troubleshooting/why-does-my-themer-layout-say-unsupported",
+        "troubleshooting/message-this-post-has-a-themer-layout-assigned",
+        "troubleshooting/troubleshooting-singular-layout-appears-in-post-preview-but-not-actual-post-themer"
+      ]
+    },
+    {
+      "type": "category",
+      "label": "Developer",
+      "link": {
+        "type": "generated-index",
+        "title": "Developer"
+      },
+      "items": [
+        "developer/add-themer-support",
+        "developer/conditional-logic-apis",
+        "developer/customize-field-connections-themer",
+        "developer/add-custom-attributes-to-themer-layouts",
+        "developer/customize-themer-modules",
+        "developer/hide-node-when-field-connection-is-empty",
+        "developer/hooks-reference-themer",
+        "developer/wp-cli-for-beaver-themer"
+      ]
+    }
+  ]
+}
diff --git a/beaver-themer_versions.json b/beaver-themer_versions.json
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..63fdda0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer_versions.json
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+[
+  "1.5"
+]
diff --git a/sidebarBeaverBuilder.js b/sidebarBeaverBuilder.js
index 0a974cfa..f0356ad5 100644
--- a/sidebarBeaverBuilder.js
+++ b/sidebarBeaverBuilder.js
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ module.exports = {
         "user-interface/tools-menu",
         "user-interface/global-settings",
         "user-interface/global-styles",
-        "user-interface/layout-css-js",
+        "user-interface/layout-settings",
         "user-interface/content-panel",
         "user-interface/cloud",
         "user-interface/settings-window",
@@ -114,6 +114,7 @@ module.exports = {
         "settings/branding",
         "settings/help-button",
         "settings/tools",
+        "settings/maintenance",
         "settings/advanced",
         "settings/import-export-settings",
         "settings/version-control",
@@ -212,187 +213,51 @@ module.exports = {
             id: "layouts/modules/index",
           },
           items: [
-            {
-              type: "category",
-              label: "Accordion",
-              link: {
-                type: "doc",
-                id: "layouts/modules/accordion/index",
-              },
-              items: [
-                {
-                  type: "category",
-                  label: "Settings",
-                  link: {
-                    type: "doc",
-                    id: "layouts/modules/accordion/settings/index",
-                  },
-                  items: [
-                    "layouts/modules/accordion/settings/items",
-                    "layouts/modules/accordion/settings/style",
-                  ],
-                },
-                "layouts/modules/accordion/link-specific-item",
-                "layouts/modules/accordion/css-customization",
-              ],
-            },
+            "layouts/modules/accordion",
+            "layouts/modules/acf-block",
             "layouts/modules/audio",
-            "layouts/modules/bigcommerce-products",
-            {
-              type: "category",
-              label: "Box",
-              link: {
-                type: "doc",
-                id: "layouts/modules/box/index",
-              },
-              items: [
-                {
-                  type: "category",
-                  label: "Settings",
-                  link: {
-                    type: "doc",
-                    id: "layouts/modules/box/settings/index",
-                  },
-                  items: [
-                    "layouts/modules/box/settings/container",
-                    "layouts/modules/box/settings/children",
-                  ],
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            {
-              type: "category",
-              label: "Button",
-              items: [
-                "layouts/modules/button/button",
-                "layouts/modules/button/make-a-button-transparent",
-              ],
-            },
+            "layouts/modules/bigcommerce",
+            "layouts/modules/box",
+            "layouts/modules/button",
             "layouts/modules/button-group",
-            "layouts/modules/callout-and-call-to-action",
-            {
-              type: "category",
-              label: "Contact Form",
-              items: [
-                "layouts/modules/contact-form/contact-form",
-                "layouts/modules/contact-form/add-a-google-recaptcha-checkbox-to-a-form",
-              ],
-            },
+            "layouts/modules/callout",
+            "layouts/modules/contact-form",
             "layouts/modules/content-slider",
             "layouts/modules/countdown",
-            {
-              type: "category",
-              label: "Gallery",
-              items: [
-                "layouts/modules/gallery/gallery",
-                "layouts/modules/gallery/open-a-gallery-lightbox-on-button-click",
-              ],
-            },
+            "layouts/modules/cta",
+            "layouts/modules/gallery",
             "layouts/modules/heading",
             "layouts/modules/html",
-            "layouts/modules/icon-and-icon-group",
+            "layouts/modules/icon",
+            "layouts/modules/icon-group",
+            "layouts/modules/index",
             "layouts/modules/list",
             "layouts/modules/login-form",
-            {
-              type: "category",
-              label: "Loop",
-              link: {
-                type: "doc",
-                id: "layouts/modules/loop/index",
-              },
-              items: ["layouts/modules/loop/settings"],
-            },
+            "layouts/modules/loop",
             "layouts/modules/map",
-            {
-              type: "category",
-              label: "Menu",
-              items: [
-                "layouts/modules/menu/menu",
-                "layouts/modules/menu/add-a-menu-item-that-links-to-a-page-section",
-              ],
-            },
-            "layouts/modules/module-blocks",
-            "layouts/modules/number-counter",
+            "layouts/modules/menu",
             "layouts/modules/north-commerce",
-            {
-              type: "category",
-              label: "Photo",
-              items: [
-                "layouts/modules/photo/photo",
-                "layouts/modules/photo/display-full-captions-under-photos",
-                "layouts/modules/photo/add-hover-effects-to-the-photo-module",
-              ],
-            },
-            {
-              type: "category",
-              label: "Posts",
-              items: [
-                "layouts/modules/posts/posts",
-                "layouts/modules/posts/posts-carousel",
-                "layouts/modules/posts/posts-slider",
-                "layouts/modules/posts/posts-posts-carousel-and-posts-slider-modules-examples",
-                "layouts/modules/posts/increase-space-between-images-in-posts-module-gallery",
-              ],
-            },
+            "layouts/modules/numbers",
+            "layouts/modules/photo",
+            "layouts/modules/popup",
+            "layouts/modules/post-carousel",
+            "layouts/modules/post-grid",
+            "layouts/modules/post-slider",
             "layouts/modules/pricing-table",
-            {
-              type: "category",
-              label: "Search",
-              items: [
-                "layouts/modules/search/search",
-                "layouts/modules/search/limit-post-types-search-module",
-              ],
-            },
+            "layouts/modules/rich-text",
+            "layouts/modules/search",
             "layouts/modules/separator",
             "layouts/modules/sidebar",
             "layouts/modules/slideshow",
-            "layouts/modules/star-rating",
             "layouts/modules/social-buttons",
-            {
-              type: "category",
-              label: "Subscribe Form",
-              items: [
-                "layouts/modules/subscribe-form/subscribe-form",
-                "layouts/modules/subscribe-form/configure-subscribe-form-module-for-mailchimp-double-opt-in",
-                "layouts/modules/contact-form/add-a-google-recaptcha-checkbox-to-a-form",
-              ],
-            },
-            {
-              type: "category",
-              label: "Tabs",
-              link: {
-                type: "doc",
-                id: "layouts/modules/tabs/index",
-              },
-              items: [
-                {
-                  type: "category",
-                  label: "Settings",
-                  link: {
-                    type: "doc",
-                    id: "layouts/modules/tabs/settings/index",
-                  },
-                  items: [
-                    "layouts/modules/tabs/settings/items",
-                    "layouts/modules/tabs/settings/style",
-                  ],
-                },
-                "layouts/modules/tabs/link-specific-item",
-              ],
-            },
+            "layouts/modules/star-rating",
+            "layouts/modules/subscribe-form",
+            "layouts/modules/tabs",
             "layouts/modules/testimonials",
-            "layouts/modules/text",
-            {
-              type: "category",
-              label: "Video",
-              items: [
-                "layouts/modules/video/video",
-                "layouts/modules/video/open-a-video-in-a-lightbox",
-              ],
-            },
+            "layouts/modules/video",
+            "layouts/modules/widgets",
             "layouts/modules/woocommerce",
             "layouts/modules/wordpress-patterns",
-            "layouts/modules/widgets",
           ],
         },
         {
@@ -407,6 +272,7 @@ module.exports = {
             "layouts/advanced-tab/visibility",
             "layouts/advanced-tab/animation",
             "layouts/advanced-tab/html-element",
+            "layouts/advanced-tab/custom-attributes",
             "layouts/advanced-tab/copy-paste",
             "layouts/advanced-tab/css-js",
           ],
diff --git a/src/css/custom.css b/src/css/custom.css
index 88359689..665ecf7e 100644
--- a/src/css/custom.css
+++ b/src/css/custom.css
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
   --bb-assistant-color: #ffb202;
 }
 
-html[data-theme="dark"] {
+/*html[data-theme="dark"] {
   --ifm-background-color: #242526;
   --ifm-navbar-background-color: #313131;
   --ifm-navbar-link-hover-color: var(--ifm-color-info);
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ html[data-theme="dark"] {
   --docusaurus-highlighted-code-line-bg: rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.3);
   --bb-details-border: #545454;
   --bb-details-background: #313131;
-}
+}*/
 
 .button {
   font-weight: 400;
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/affiliate-program.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/affiliate-program.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1bb8c663
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/affiliate-program.md
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+---
+id: affiliate-program
+title: Affiliate Program
+sidebar_label: Affiliate Program
+---
+
+This section contains information about the Beaver Builder Affiliate Program.
+
+## Signup fee
+
+Registering is free! Just complete our [affiliate application](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/affiliates/) to apply to our program.
+
+## Where can I find your Affiliate Agreement?
+
+You'll find the Affiliate Agreement on our website via this URL: [https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/affiliate-program-terms-conditions/](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/affiliate-program-terms-conditions/).
+
+## What are the payment options and minimum payout limits?
+
+All affiliate payouts are paid via PayPal and all payouts will be made when the affiliate's accumulated eligible earnings meet or exceed the threshold of US$100.
+
+## What is your cookie duration?
+
+Our affiliate program uses cookies to track sales generated by your affiliate link. The cookies will remain valid for 60 days.
+
+## Do I need to have an active Beaver Builder subscription?
+
+No, you do not need to have an active subscription to be an affiliate. However, the more familiar you are with Beaver Builder, the easier it will be to recommend and sell.
+
+## How often will I be paid?
+
+Affiliate earnings will be eligible for payout 30 days after the end of the month in which they accrue.
+
+For example, earnings accrued any time during the month of January will be eligible for payment when payouts are processed in March. All eligible payouts will be processed for payment by the Company by the 20th of each month.
+
+## How do I get banners and text links for affiliate ads?
+
+You can find all of the banners and affiliate links with your unique affiliate link within your [Affiliate area](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/affiliate-area/). All banners are found on the Creatives tab.
+
+## How much can I earn with your Affiliate Program?
+
+There is no limit on your earning. As long as the sales you refer are made legitimately, we are happy to pay for them.
+
+## Am I allowed to bid for Beaver Builder related keywords on Search Engines?
+
+Affiliates are not allowed to bid on keywords or phrases containing the "Beaver Builder" trademark or any variation of the trademarked term on Pay-Per-Click or Pay per Impression campaigns on any search engine, including but not limited to Google, Yahoo, MSN, Ask, or Bing.
+
+## Am I allowed to use Beaver Builder in my domain or website name?
+
+We do not permit using any of the Company intellectual property (IP) or any confusingly similar variation of the Company IP. This includes a restriction on using the Company IP in any domain or website name, in any keywords or advertising, in any metatags or code, or in any way that is likely to cause consumer confusion.
+
+
+
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/billing-info.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/billing-info.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0c5cee98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/billing-info.md
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+---
+id: billing-info
+title: Billing Information
+sidebar_label: Billing Info
+---
+
+If you elected to store your credit card information during a Beaver Builder
+purchase that information is available in the **Payment methods** section on
+your [My Account](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/my-account/) page.
+
+You can manage stored credit card information in the following ways:
+
+* You can delete a stored credit card entry.
+* You can add more than one credit card and choose whether to apply the new card to existing subscriptions.
+* You can change which card is the default for new purchases.
+
+:::caution
+You cannot edit information for existing entries, so if you need to update information for a particular card, follow the procedures below to delete the old entry and add a new one.
+:::
+
+## Delete a saved credit card entry
+
+In the **Payment methods** section, click the **Delete** button next to the credit card entry you want to delete.
+
+## Add a new credit card
+
+:::tip
+Be sure to check the box in Step 3 if you want your new card to apply to existing subscriptions.
+:::
+
+1. Do one of the following:
+  1. In the **Payment methods** section, click **Add payment method**.
+  2. Mouse over **Account** in the menu at the top of the [My Account](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/my-account/) page and choose **Add/change payment method**.
+2. Add the card number, the expiration date, and the CVC security number on the back of the card.
+3. **Important:** If you want to use this card to renew subscriptions (automatic or manual), select the checkbox **Update the Payment Method used for all of my active subscriptions (optional)**.  
+If you don't select this checkbox, the renewal process will continue to charge
+your previous card. See the last procedure in this article if you want to
+change the credit card used for existing subscriptions.
+
+4. Click **Add payment method**.
+
+## Change the default credit card for new purchases
+
+:::caution
+Changing the default card only applies to new purchases, not to existing subscriptions. To change the default for subscriptions, see the next procedure.
+:::
+
+In the **Payment methods** section, click **Make default** next to the credit card that you want to use by default for new purchases.  
+
+:::info
+The card that does not have a **Make default** button is the current default.
+:::
+
+## Change the credit card used to renew existing subscriptions
+
+If you added a credit card but didn't select the checkbox **Update the Payment
+Method used for all of my active subscriptions (optional)** at that time and
+want to use that credit card for your existing subscription renewals, you have
+to delete the card and add it back, following this procedure.
+
+1. In the **Payment methods** section, click **Delete** next to the card that you want to use for your recurring subscriptions.  
+The resulting screen shows your remaining payment methods.
+
+2. Click **Add payment method**.
+3. Add the card number, the expiration date, and the CVC security number on the back of the card.
+4. Select the checkbox **Update the Payment Method used for all of my active subscriptions (optional)**.
+5. Click **Add payment method**.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/domain-manager.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/domain-manager.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..732ba45b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/domain-manager.md
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+---
+id: domain-manager
+title: Domain Manager
+sidebar_label: Domain Manager
+description: Learn what the Domain Manager is, and how to use it.
+---
+
+The Domain Manager is a tool that displays a list of all domains utilizing your license key, along with the products installed on those domains and their respective versions.
+
+With this feature, you can remotely deactivate and remove a domain, effectively preventing it from using your license key or receiving updates. Additionally, you have the ability to reactivate any previously deactivated domain.
+
+## Accessing the Domain Manager
+
+To access the Domain Manager, follow these steps:
+
+1. Log in to your Beaver Builder [My Account](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/my-account/) page.
+2. Navigate to the **Domain Manager** section.
+3. Click on **Manage Domains**.
+
+## Notifications
+
+Enabling notifications means you will receive an email whenever a new website is added to the Domain Manager through the activation of your license key on the new website.
+
+## Site Limit Checker
+
+The Site Limit Checker is a useful tool for determining whether a domain will count against your site limit before adding it to the Domain Manager.
+
+To use the Site Limit Checker:
+
+1. Enter the domain name (e.g., `dev.example.com`) in the provided field.
+2. Click the **Submit** button.
+
+After submitting, the Site Limit Checker evaluates the domain against our [ruleset](license/activations.md) and displays the result.
+
+:::info
+
+The Site Limit Checker is only available to users with a Starter or Professional license. Unlimited license holders and legacy license holders are not subject to site limits.
+
+:::
+
+## Staging Label
+
+A **"Staging"** label will appear next to the domain name if it is a staging or development domain. This label helps identify domains that are not intended for production use.
+
+You can also enter the term **"staging"** into the search field to filter all staging domains. This is especially useful if you have many domains using your license key and want to quickly exclude all production websites.
+
+## Product & PHP Version
+
+Within the Domain Manager, you can obtain information about the products currently installed on each domain, including their version numbers and the PHP version being used.
+
+![Domain Manager product info and version](/img/beaver-builder/account--domain-manager--1.jpg)
+
+:::info
+Domains running the latest product version will display the version info text in <span style={{ color: "green", fontWeight: "bold" }}>Green</span>, while out-of-date products will be highlighted in <span style={{ color: "red", fontWeight: "bold" }}>Red</span>.
+:::
+
+## Search
+
+Utilizing the search function in the Domain Manager allows you to filter the list of domain names, making it easier to locate a specific website. You can search by domain name, product name, or version to identify domains with outdated products.
+
+For example, if you are interested in finding websites using Beaver Themer version 1.0, you can search using the term `Beaver Themer: 1.0`. Domains not using Beaver Themer version 1.0 will be excluded from the list.
+
+## Deactivate a Domain
+
+Deactivating a domain disables the site from receiving remote updates from our server. However, the existing version of Beaver Builder will continue to function normally.
+
+Deactivation prevents the activation of the Beaver Builder license on the local site via **Settings > Beaver Builder > License**. If you wish to restrict a client from using your Beaver Builder license, this option should be chosen.
+
+:::tip
+The Domain Manager stores deactivated sites for future reactivation. You can delete deactivated domains from the Domain Manager by clicking the Remove button.
+:::
+
+## Reactivate a Domain
+
+The Reactivate option allows previously deactivated domains to once again receive remote updates from our servers.
+
+## Remove a Domain
+
+The Remove option provides the ability to delete a domain from the Domain Manager.
+
+:::warning Warning
+
+The Remove option **does not** result in the removal of the license key from the website. Beaver Builder does not possess the functionality to remotely delete license keys from websites.
+
+If the license key remains active and you choose to proceed with the Remove option, the specific domain will be reintegrated into the Domain Manager when it performs its subsequent check for Beaver Builder updates.
+
+:::
+
+:::tip
+
+In scenarios where you intend to prevent former clients from utilizing your license key to update their website(s), the recommended course of action involves deleting your license key from the website and then utilizing the Remove option. If you lack access to the website of a former client, the [Deactivate](#deactivate-a-domain) option is more suitable.
+
+:::
+
+## Restore Removed Domain
+
+1. Visit the **WordPress Admin Dashboard** of the website whose domain you want to restore.
+2. Go to **Settings > Beaver Builder > License**.
+3. Enter or paste your license key and click the **Save License Key** button.
+4. Return to the Domain Manager, and the domain should be listed again.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/index.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/index.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e7db157e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/index.md
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+---
+id: index
+title: My Account
+sidebar_label: My Account
+---
+
+Beaver Builder’s [My Account](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/my-account/) page gives you access to essential items and information such as your downloads, license, orders, support, documentation and more.
+
+![Beaver Builder Account page](/img/beaver-builder/account--index--1.jpg)
+
+## Create Account
+
+To create a Beaver Builder account, you must first purchase a Beaver Builder license. During the purchase, you'll need to provide your first and last name, along with your email address. After completing the purchase, a password will be sent to the email address you provided.
+
+:::info
+
+If you have not received an email with your password, check your spam folder. If you still can't find it, you can reset your password by visiting the [password reset page](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/my-account/lost-password/).
+
+:::
+
+## Access My Account
+
+1. Access your Beaver Builder account by visiting our [website](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/).
+2. Click **Account** in the main menu, then **Downloads & Order** from the drop-down menu.
+
+### My Downloads
+
+In the My Downloads section, you will find all product .zip files included with your license. It is also possible to download previously released versions in case you encounter a problem with the current release, as well as developer previews, alphas, and beta versions if they are available.
+
+:::info
+By enabling the Prerelease Updates option in Beaver Builder settings, you can easily install Beaver Builder product alpha and beta releases.
+:::
+
+### Domain Manager
+
+The Domain Manager displays a comprehensive list of all domains utilizing your license key, along with detailed information on the products being used on each domain, including their versions.
+
+See the [Domain Manager](domain-manager.md) article for more information.
+
+### My Subscriptions
+
+In the My Subscriptions section, you can view, upgrade, or cancel your subscription, and change your payment method.
+
+See the [License](license/index.md) section and [Billing Info](billing-info.md) article for more information.
+
+## In this Section
+
+import DocCardList from '@theme/DocCardList';
+
+<DocCardList />
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/license/activations.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/license/activations.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..21ffdd36
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/license/activations.md
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+---
+id: activations
+title: Site Activations
+sidebar_label: Site Activations
+---
+
+Site activation is required to enable automatic updates and qualify for support on a domain. Activating your license key connects your website to our update server and adds it to the [domain manager](../domain-manager.md) in your account.
+
+## Development & Staging Activations
+
+Beaver Builder license types have a site limit on the number of production websites they can be activated on. However, we allow unlimited activations on development and staging websites.
+
+We detect if a site is a development or staging website using the following ruleset:
+
+- **IP address:** 192.168.0.1
+- **Subdomain:** test.example.com, testing.example.com, sandbox.example.com, dev.example.com, local.example.com, stage.example.com, staging.example.com.
+- **TLD:** example.local, example.loc, example.localhost, example.test, example.dev.
+- **No TLD:** localhost.
+- **Host Staging:** .flywp.xyz, .instawp.xyz, .temp-site.link, .wp1.site, bigscoots-staging.com, closte.com, cloudwaysapps.com, cloudwayssites.com, flywheelstaging.com, kinsta.cloud, myftpupload.com, onrocket.site, tempurl.host, wpcomstaging.com, wpengine.com, wpenginepowered.com.
+
+When your development or staging URL aligns with any of the above, it will be categorized as a development or staging site and will not be included in your license site limit count.
+
+:::tip
+
+The Domain Manager displays a **"Staging"** label next to the domain name if it is a staging or development domain. This label helps identify sites that are not intended for production use.
+
+:::
+
+:::info
+
+We use the [WordPress Site URL](https://wordpress.org/documentation/article/settings-general-screen/#site-address-url) to determine the website domain. Therefore, any website served in a subdirectory (e.g., _https&#58;//example.com/staging_) will be treated as a production URL.
+
+:::
+
+## WordPress Multisite
+
+In WordPress Multisite network installations, subsites are not considered separate sites and do not count towards your license site activation limit.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/license/cancel.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/license/cancel.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dd5f2d09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/license/cancel.md
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+---
+id: cancel
+title: Cancel License
+sidebar_label: Cancel License
+---
+
+You can cancel your Beaver Builder license at any time. Cancelling your license will prevent it from renewing automatically at the end of the billing period.
+
+## Cancel License
+
+To cancel your Beaver Builder license, follow these steps:
+
+1. Log into your Beaver Builder [My Account page](../index.md).
+2. Scroll to the **Subscriptions** tab.
+3. Click the **Cancel** button next to the subscription you want to cancel.
+
+:::info
+
+If you don't see the **Cancel** button, it means your subscription is not set to [renew automatically](renew.md). You'll need to renew it manually each year.
+
+:::
+
+## What Happens After Cancelling
+
+Once you cancel your subscription, you will still have access to Beaver Builder until the end of the billing period. After that, your license will expire, and you will no longer have access to updates, support, or the ability to download Beaver Builder products.
+
+See the [License Expiry](expiry.md) article for more information.
+
+## PayPal Billing Agreement
+
+One of the payment options available is PayPal. When you pay for your Beaver Builder license using PayPal, you’re entering a billing agreement with us. A PayPal Billing Agreement functions much like keeping a credit card on file for automated payments. This is facilitated by our payment administrator PayPal and allows us to collect the payment for your purchase and/or renewal.
+
+### Cancelling Agreement
+
+You can cancel your PayPal Billing Agreement at any time. Cancelling your PayPal Billing Agreement will cancel your Beaver Builder subscription at the end of the billing period.
+
+If you do not want your subscription to renew automatically, you can [cancel auto-renew](renew.md#cancel-automatic-renewal) within your Beaver Builder account area. You’ll then need to renew manually each year.
+
+:::warning
+
+Once the subscription cancels, it cannot be reactivated. A new subscription will need to be purchased to continue using Beaver Builder.
+
+:::
+
+## Reactivating License
+
+If you decide to reactivate your license after cancelling, you can do so by purchasing a new subscription. You can purchase a new subscription from the Beaver Builder website.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/license/downgrade.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/license/downgrade.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5c835798
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/license/downgrade.md
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+---
+id: downgrade
+title: Downgrade License
+sidebar_label: Downgrade license
+---
+
+You can downgrade from one premium version either to another, or downgrade to the free Beaver Builder Lite plugin.
+
+## Downgrade License
+
+If you've purchased a Beaver Builder license, you may downgrade your license within 30 days of purchase. Upon downgrading, we'll refund the difference in price between the licenses.
+
+For more information, please refer to our refund policy in the [Terms and Conditions](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/terms-and-conditions/).
+
+### Request a Downgrade
+
+To request a downgrade, simply [submit a support ticket](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/beaver-builder-support/) and specify the plan you'd like to switch to. Please include the email address associated with your purchase or your subscription number to help us locate your account efficiently.
+
+:::caution
+
+Please note that downgrading will result in the loss of features from the higher-tier version. You can view the specific features of each plan on our [pricing page](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/pricing/).
+
+For example, downgrading from the Professional license to the Starter license reduces your license usage from 50 sites to 1 site and removes Multisite Support and Multisite Network Settings.
+
+:::
+
+Once your downgrade has been processed and confirmed, you will have access to the new plugin version in your Beaver Builder Account area.
+
+## Legacy Licenses
+
+For users on legacy licenses (Standard, Pro, Agency, and Ultimate), your plan and pricing will remain unchanged as long as you continue renewing your subscription.
+
+These legacy licenses are no longer available for new purchases or downgrades. If you wish to downgrade, we recommend allowing your legacy subscription to expire, after which you can select a plan from our current [pricing page](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/pricing/).
+
+## Downgrade to Lite Version
+
+Alternatively, you may opt to switch to our free Beaver Builder Lite Version plugin. To do so, navigate to the Plugins page, deactivate and delete the premium version, then [install the Lite version](https://wordpress.org/plugins/beaver-builder-lite-version/).
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/license/expiry.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/license/expiry.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..aa0023d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/license/expiry.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+id: expiry
+title: License Expiry
+sidebar_label: License Expiry
+---
+
+Your Beaver Builder license will expire under any of the following conditions:
+
+- Your subscription renewal payment fails due to issues with your payment method.
+- Your subscription has been cancelled.
+- You have requested a refund.
+
+You can view your subscription renewal date by logging into your Beaver Builder [My Account page](../index.md).
+
+## What Happens After?
+
+When your Beaver Builder license expires, the following will occur:
+
+- Updates will no longer be available.
+- No longer eligible for support.
+- Ability to download any Beaver Builder products from your account page is no longer available.
+
+:::info
+
+You can still install and use any copies you've already downloaded. However, you're restricted to the Beaver Builder version that was available at the time your license expired.
+
+:::
+
+## Functionality After Expiry
+
+Beaver Builder will continue to function as expected even after your license expires. However, we can only guarantee compatibility with the latest version of Beaver Builder and its add-ons. If you are using an outdated version, you may eventually encounter compatibility issues, particularly when updating other components of your website, such as WordPress, PHP, or third-party plugins and themes.
+
+If you decide not to renew your license, we recommend exploring alternative solutions and planning a migration to another page builder plugin.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/license/index.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/license/index.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4bf99929
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/license/index.md
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+---
+id: index
+title: License
+sidebar_label: License
+---
+
+The articles in this section explain what Beaver Builder licenses are, why you need one, how they work, and how to obtain one. They also detail the different types of Beaver Builder licenses, what each one offers, and how to manage and use your license keys effectively.
+
+## What is a License?
+
+Licenses are used to activate premium versions of Beaver Builder products on your website by connecting them to our update server. Activating your license on a site enables automatic updates and support for that domain.
+
+## License Key
+
+After purchasing a Beaver Builder license, you will receive a unique license key that can be found in [your account page](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/my-account) on the Beaver Builder website.
+
+:::danger
+
+We recommend not sharing your license key with others. This may lead to unauthorized use of your license and may require the creation of a new license key. Please note that issuing a new license key is not an automated process, may take time, and will only be performed a limited number of times.
+
+When a license key is regenerated, the previous key becomes invalid. It is necessary to update the new key on all sites where the original key was previously utilized.
+
+:::
+
+## License Length
+
+All Beaver Builder licenses work on an annual subscription basis. After the first year, you can [renew your license](renew.md) to continue receiving updates and support. Your existing installations will continue to work even if you don't renew, but you won't receive new features or support.
+
+:::info
+
+Lifetime licenses **are not** available for purchase. In order to continue receiving updates and support, you must renew your license annually. If you choose not to renew, you can still use the software, but you will not receive updates or support.
+
+See our [License Renewal](renew.md) article for more information on how to renew your license.
+
+:::
+
+## Benefits of a License?
+
+While there is a [free version of Beaver Builder](https://wordpress.org/plugins/beaver-builder-lite-version/) available, a premium license offers several benefits:
+
+1. Access to advanced features and modules.
+2. Premium templates and pre-built layouts.
+3. Access to dedicated support from the Beaver Builder team.
+4. Regular updates and improvements.
+5. Use on multiple websites (depending on the license tier).
+
+## Obtain a License
+
+A Beaver Builder license **can only** be obtained by purchasing one from the official Beaver Builder website. There are different license tiers available, each offering different features, support levels, and the number of sites where Beaver Builder products can be installed and used.
+
+Visit the [Beaver Builder pricing page](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/pricing/) to view the available license options and choose the one that best suits your needs.
+
+## In this Section
+
+import DocCardList from '@theme/DocCardList';
+
+<DocCardList />
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/license/renew.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/license/renew.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..02787b35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/license/renew.md
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+---
+id: renew
+title: Renew License
+sidebar_label: Renew License
+---
+
+Beaver Builder licenses renewal every year and are set to auto-renew by default for purchases made after May 1st, 2017.
+
+If you purchased Beaver Builder license before May 1st, 2017, you will need to manually renew your license from your account page. You’ll be able to renew one month before your subscription expires.
+
+:::info
+
+You can view your subscription renewal date by logging into your Beaver Builder [My Account page](../index.md).
+
+:::
+
+## Cancel Automatic Renewal
+
+If you cancel autorenewal, you will need to manually renew your subscription each year. You can cancel autorenewal at any time from your account page and follow these steps:
+
+1. Go to your [My Account](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/my-account/) page and scroll to the **My Subscriptions** section.
+2. Click the **Cancel Renewal** button next to the subscription you'd like to cancel.
+   If you don't see the **Cancel Renewal** button, it means you're not in the autorenewal program and you'll have to renew it manually each year.
+
+:::caution
+
+We cannot reinstate auto-renewal once you cancel it, but you can still renew your subscription manually.
+
+:::
+
+If you do not renew your Beaver Builder license, see the [License Expiry](expiry.md) article for more information.
+
+## Renew Notifcations
+
+You will receive an email notification one week before your subscription expires and another email one week after your subscription expires. These emails will contain a link to renew your subscription.
+
+## Renewal Discount
+
+You're eligible for a 40% discount if you purchased Beaver Builder **before October 13, 2022**. Your subscription discount pricing will remain unchanged as long as you renew within 2 weeks of the expiration date.
+
+In addition, licenses can be renewed up to 30 days early without changing the renewal date. So in total, you have 44 days to renew and still receive the renewal discount.
+
+You'll receive an email the day your subscription expires with a reminder to renew. You can renew your subscription after logging into your Beaver Builder account area. We will also send out a reminder email one week from the day your subscription expires.
+
+If for some reason you don't receive these emails, [contact us](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/contact/) and we'll get you fixed right up!
+
+### Legacy Plans
+
+If a customer is currently eligible for a renewal discount on their legacy plan and decides to upgrade to one of our new plans, they will no longer be eligible for that discount.
+
+:::warning Important
+
+The new plans do not include renewal discounts, and once the upgrade is made, any previously applied renewal discounts from the legacy plan will not carry over. Switching from your legacy license is permanent and cannot be reversed, so customers should carefully consider this when deciding whether to upgrade, as the pricing structure differs between the legacy and new plans.
+
+:::
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/license/suspension.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/license/suspension.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..aae1d316
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/license/suspension.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+id: suspension
+title: License Suspension
+sidebar_label: License Suspension
+---
+
+As a license holder of our product(s), you are allowed to use Beaver Builder products on websites that you own or manage. However, you cannot distribute, freely give away, or resell your license.
+
+If we believe license abuse is occurring, as per our [terms and conditions](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/terms-and-conditions/) we reserve the right to suspend or even terminate subscriptions when necessary.
+
+If you feel this was in error, please [contact us immediately](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/beaver-builder-support/).
+
+## License Suspension Errors
+
+In the case of a suspended license, you'll see errors on the Beaver Builder [My Account page](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/my-account/) and when attempting to enter your license key.
+
+### My Account
+
+You will receive the following error when visiting Beaver Builder's [My Account page](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/my-account/):
+
+> The key associated with this account has been blocked. Your downloads may be unavailable.
+
+![My Account license key blocked message](/img/beaver-builder/account--license-suspended--1.jpg)
+
+### Entering License Key
+
+The following error will appear when you attempt to enter your license key on a website:
+
+> Key has been blocked
+
+![WordPress Admin Dashboard license key blocked message](/img/beaver-builder/account--license-suspended--2.jpg)
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/license/transfer.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/license/transfer.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..185902a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/license/transfer.md
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+---
+id: transfer
+title: Transfer License
+sidebar_label: Transfer License
+---
+
+As a license holder of our products, you cannot distribute, freely give away, or resell your license key. You may not transfer the license key to a new owner. In the event that an [email address changes](../update-email-password.md), ownership of the license does not transfer as a result.
+
+Visit our [terms and conditions](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/terms-and-conditions/) to see our full policy regarding Licenses.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/license/types.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/license/types.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2608148e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/license/types.md
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+---
+id: types
+title: License Types
+sidebar_label: License Types
+---
+
+Each license type has its own set of features and limitations, such as the level of support and the number of sites where Beaver Builder products can be installed and used.
+
+## Current License Types
+
+We offer the following licenses for sale through our website:
+
+- Starter License
+- Plus License
+- Professional License
+- Unlimited License
+
+For more information and a detailed comparison of each license type, see our [Pricing](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/pricing) page.
+
+## Legacy License Types
+
+Legacy licenses refer to any Beaver Builder license purchased before September 10th, 2024. This date marks when Beaver Builder introduced its current licensing structure, which includes the Starter, Professional, and Unlimited license tiers.
+
+The following license types are considered legacy licenses:
+
+- Standard License
+- Pro License
+- Developer License
+- Agency License
+- Ultimate License
+
+You can continue to use your legacy license as long as you maintain an active subscription.
+
+### Switching License Plans
+
+If your legacy license was purchased or renewed more than 30 days ago, you’ll have the option to switch to one of our new plans at your next renewal.
+
+:::caution
+
+Before switching to one of our new license plans, please consider the following:
+
+- Renewal discounts associated with your legacy license will not carry over to the new plan.
+- Some new license plans include site usage limits.
+- Switching from your legacy license is permanent and cannot be reversed.
+  
+We recommend reviewing the new license options and their features on our pricing page before making your decision.
+
+:::
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/license/upgrade.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/license/upgrade.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6c7a4ecb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/license/upgrade.md
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+---
+id: upgrade
+title: Upgrade License
+sidebar_label: Upgrade License
+description: Instructions for how to upgrade from one premium version of Beaver Builder to a higher one.
+---
+
+You can upgrade your license from one premium version to another at any time. When you upgrade, you’ll only be charged the cost difference between your license and the one you’re upgrading to, prorated to expire one year after your original purchase.
+
+For example, if you buy a license on January 1 and upgrade on July 1, you will be charged for a half year of the difference between the two licenses' annual prices. The license expiration date remains the same, so on the following January 1, your license expires and you can renew at the price of your current package.
+
+:::warning Legacy License Upgrades
+
+When customers who are eligible for a renewal discount on their legacy plan choose to upgrade to one of our new plans, they should keep the following in mind:
+
+- Renewal discounts associated with your legacy license will not carry over to the new plan.
+- Some new license plans include site usage limits.
+- Switching from your legacy license is permanent and cannot be reversed.
+  
+We recommend reviewing the new license options and their features on our pricing page before making your decision.
+
+:::
+
+## 1. Purchase Upgrade
+
+1. Go to your [My Account](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/my-account/) page and scroll to the **My Subscriptions** section.
+
+![My Subscriptions section](/img/beaver-builder/account--upgrade--1.jpg)
+
+2. Click the **Upgrade** button and on the pricing page select the package that you want.
+   Only eligible upgrades are shown in this section. If you already have the
+   Ultimate license, you won't see any upgrade options.
+
+3. Complete the checkout process.
+   Your license number remains the same but is now associated with the upgrade
+   version.
+
+## 2. Download and Install the Upgrade
+
+1. Download the Beaver Builder .zip file from your [My Account](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/my-account/).
+2. [Install](../../getting-started/install.md) the Beaver Builder .zip file and replace the current version of Beaver Builder.  
+  
+  :::info
+  If you don't install the upgraded version immediately, your previous premium version of the plugin will continue to notify you of updates on the WordPress **Plugins** menu.
+  :::
+
+3. Activate the plugin and [enter your license key](index.md#activate-license-key).
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/license/view-activate.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/license/view-activate.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..77d5f19d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/license/view-activate.md
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+---
+id: view-activate
+title: View & Activate License
+sidebar_label: View & Activate License
+---
+
+This article explains how to view and activate your Beaver Builder license key.
+
+## View License Key
+
+You can view your license key by logging into your Beaver Builder account. The license key is located at the top of the [My Account page](../index.md).
+
+:::tip
+
+Clicking on the license key will copy it to your clipboard. You can then paste it into the [Beaver Builder License tab](settings/license.md) on your WordPress site.
+
+:::
+
+## Activate License Key
+
+To activate your Beaver Builder license key, follow these steps:
+
+1. Log into your Beaver Builder [My Account page](../index.md).
+2. Copy the license key to your clipboard by clicking it.
+3. Access your site's WordPress Admin Dashboard.
+4. Navigate to **Settings > Beaver Builder**.
+5. Click the **License** tab and paste your license key.
+
+:::tip
+
+If you have a [WordPress Multisite network](https://codex.wordpress.org/Create_A_Network) and want to activate your license key on all sites, you can network activate the license key.
+
+See our [Network-wide settings](settings/index.md) section for more information.
+
+:::
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/request-invoice.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/request-invoice.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dea53c79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/request-invoice.md
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+---
+id: request-invoice
+title: Request Invoice
+sidebar_label: Request Invoice
+---
+
+To request your invoice, simply login to your [My Account](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/my-account/) page and submit a support request.
+
+It's important that you also send along your billing address and any other pertinent information you would like to see on the invoice.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/suggest-new-features.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/suggest-new-features.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..04e6cfd2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/suggest-new-features.md
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+---
+id: suggest-new-features
+title: Suggest New Features
+sidebar_label: Suggest New Features
+---
+
+We're always happy to get feedback from you about features you would like to
+see in our products.
+
+To suggest a new feature or an enhancement of an existing feature, [submit a request](https://github.com/beaverbuilder/feature-requests) via our GitHub feature requests and roadmap board.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/update-email-password.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/update-email-password.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8f2e3449
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/account/update-email-password.md
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+---
+id: update-email-password
+title: Update Email Address & Password
+sidebar_label: Update Email & Password
+---
+
+In this article, you will learn how to update your Beaver Builder account's email address and password.
+
+## Change Email Address
+
+It is not possible to update your email address through your Beaver Builder account page. If you need to update your account email address, please [contact our support team](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/beaver-builder-support/).
+
+:::warning Warning
+Ownership of the license **does not** transfer when the email address is changed.
+
+See the [Transfer License](license/transfer.md) article for more information.
+:::
+
+## Change Password
+
+1. Log into your Beaver Builder [My Account](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/my-account/).
+2. Once logged in, hover your mouse cursor over the **Account** menu item in the Beaver Builder website navigation.
+3. In the drop-down menu, select [Edit Account](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/my-account/edit-account/).
+4. Enter your current password, then add a new one and confirm it.
+5. Click the **Save Changes** button.
+
+You can change your password for your Beaver Builder account on the [Edit Account](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/my-account/edit-account/) page at the Beaver Builder website.
+
+## Reset Password
+
+In the event that you forget your account password, you can reset your password if you have forgotten it.
+
+1. Visit the [Beaver Builder website](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/).
+2. Click the [Account](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/my-account/) menu item in the Beaver Builder website navigation.
+3. Click the **Lost your password?** link on the login form and enter the email address associated with your account.
+4. An email with instructions on how to reset your password should be sent to you.
+
+:::info
+
+Check your junk or spam folder if you don't receive the email within 5 minutes. If you still don't receive the email, please [contact our support team](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/beaver-builder-support/).
+
+:::
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/advanced/adding-pdf.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/advanced/adding-pdf.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..990bf528
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/advanced/adding-pdf.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+id: adding-pdf
+title: Add a PDF to your Layout
+sidebar_label: Add a PDF to your Layout
+---
+
+There are two ways to add a PDF file to your layout, depending on whether you
+want to merely provide a download link or to view the contents of a PDF file
+on-screen.
+
+## Download a PDF file through a link
+
+Sometimes viewers don't need to see the PDF file contents before they
+download, you'd rather just provide a download button or link. Use the
+following procedure.
+
+1. On the WordPress Admin Dashboard, click **Media**.
+
+2. Upload the PDF file by dragging it into the Media window or click **Add new** and select the file for upload.
+
+3. Click the file you added to open the **Attachment details** sidebar and copy the URL and close the **Media Library**.
+
+4. [Launch Beaver Builder](getting-started/launch-builder.md) on your page or post and open the module into which you want to insert the link.  
+  We recommend using the Button module
+
+5. Enter the URL to the PDF in the appropriate field and save changes.
+
+## Display a PDF for viewing
+
+If you want to display the contents of a PDF in a viewport on your web page, you'll have to use a plugin. Use one that lets you insert a shortcode into your layout. Make sure you're happy with the plugin's responsive capabilities so the PDFs can be viewed on small devices. If you also want your users to be able to download the PDF they're viewing, make sure the plugin offers that as well.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/advanced/convert-content.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/advanced/convert-content.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..40d00c07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/advanced/convert-content.md
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+---
+id: convert-content
+title: Convert content
+sidebar_label: Convert Content
+description: This article explains how to convert content from the Standard (block) or Classic editor in WordPress 5 to Beaver Builder and vice versa.
+---
+
+This article explains how to convert content from the Standard (block) or Classic editor in WordPress 5 to Beaver Builder and vice versa. It also describes the result of each type of conversion. [Follow this link](getting-started/launch-builder.md) for how to install the Classic Editor plugin and how to open the Beaver Builder editor in WordPress 5.
+
+:::warning **Warning:**
+
+You can start editing a new page in either WordPress editor
+(Standard or Classic) and convert to Beaver Builder and vice versa, but beware
+of switching back and forth after that--you may lose data.
+
+If you open a Beaver Builder layout in the Standard or Classic editor and
+make further edits, and then you convert back to Beaver Builder, you'll see
+your previous Beaver Builder layout. You won't see the new WordPress edits
+that you made. If you publish the Beaver Builder layout and open the page
+again in Standard or Classic Editor, you'll lose the previous edits that you
+made in the Standard or Classic Editor.
+
+:::
+
+:::tip
+
+Unless you enable Posts in **Settings > Beaver Builder > Post
+types**, you will only see the option to [launch Beaver Builder](getting-started/launch-builder.md) for Pages, not Posts.
+
+:::
+
+## Standard (block) Editor to Beaver Builder
+
+This section applies when a page has content created with the WordPress Standard (block) Editor and you want to convert that content to Beaver Builder. You can use [any of the methods for opening a page in Beaver Builder](getting-started/launch-builder.md), or you can convert directly from within the Standard Editor, as follows. No matter what method you use to open Beaver Builder,
+the content is automatically converted. Pay attention to the warning above.
+
+**Convert content to Beaver Builder from within the WordPress Standard Editor:**
+
+1. Click the **More** icon (three vertical dots) in the upper right corner of the standard edit screen.
+2. In the **Plugins** section, choose **Convert to Beaver Builder**, as shown in the following screenshot.
+
+![](/img/beaver-builder/advanced--convert-content--1.jpg)
+
+**Result:** The block content is converted to a single Beaver Builder Text
+Editor module.
+
+## Classic Editor to Beaver Builder
+
+This section applies when you have the Classic Editor plugin activated and
+allow it to be used in **Settings > Writing**, and you have a page or post of
+content in Classic Editor that you want to convert to Beaver Builder.
+
+1. From the WordPress admin panel, choose **Pages > All Pages**.
+2. Mouse over the page that you want to convert.  
+The dot following the Beaver Builder link will be light gray, as in the
+following screenshot, showing that the layout is not currently in Beaver
+Builder.
+
+![](/img/beaver-builder/advanced--convert-content--2.jpg)
+
+3. Click the **Beaver Builder** link to open the page in the Beaver Builder editor.
+
+**Result:** The Classic Editor text and images are converted to a single Text
+Editor module in Beaver Builder.
+
+## Beaver Builder to the Standard (block) Editor
+
+This section applies when you have a page or post with Beaver Builder content
+that you want to convert to the Standard (block) Editor.
+
+1. From the WordPress admin panel, choose **Pages > All Pages**.
+2. Mouse over the page that you want to convert to reveal the choices.  
+The dot following the Beaver Builder link will be green, showing that the
+layout is currently in Beaver Builder.
+
+3. Click either **Edit** or **Block Editor**, depending on your editor settings in **Settings > Writing**.  
+If you have the Classic Editor installed, then click either **Edit** or **Block Editor**, depending on your editor settings in **Settings > Writing**.
+
+**Result:** Opening a Beaver Builder layout in the Standard Editor
+converts the layout into a single Classic block. From there, you can select
+the option to convert the item to blocks, as shown in the following screenshot.
+
+![](/img/beaver-builder/advanced--convert-content--3.jpg)
+
+## Beaver Builder to Classic Editor
+
+This section applies when you have the **Classic Editor** plugin activated and
+allow it to be used in **Settings > Writing**, and you have a page or post
+with Beaver Builder content that you want to convert to the Classic Editor.
+
+1. From the WordPress admin panel, choose **Pages > All Pages**.
+
+2. Mouse over the page that you want to convert and check to ensure that the dot following the Beaver Builder link is green, as shown in the following screenshot.  
+This ensures that there is an existing Beaver Builder layout for this page. If
+there is no existing Beaver Builder layout, the dot is light gray or white.  
+
+![](/img/beaver-builder/advanced--convert-content--4.jpg)
+
+3. Click **Edit**.  
+If you have the Classic Editor installed, then click either **Edit** or **Classic Editor**, depending on your settings in **Settings > Writing**.
+
+**Result:** The text and images are converted from Beaver Builder to Classic
+Editor.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/advanced/css-gradients.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/advanced/css-gradients.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2e9b85b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/advanced/css-gradients.md
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+---
+id: css-gradients
+title: CSS Gradients
+sidebar_label: CSS Gradients
+description: This article explains how to convert content from the Standard (block) or Classic editor in WordPress 5 to Beaver Builder and vice versa.
+---
+
+If you want to add a gradient to the background of a row or column, you can do so with the color gradient background options built into the rows and columns. Alternatively, if you need a gradient effect with more complexity, such as one created using a gradient generator, you can follow the steps below.
+
+## Get the CSS for your Gradient
+
+There are many gradient generators on the internet that generate CSS code.
+Here are just a few:
+
+- [Ultimate CSS gradient generator](http://www.colorzilla.com/gradient-editor/)
+- [CSS Gradient](https://cssgradient.io/)
+- [Web gradients](https://webgradients.com/)
+- [UI gradients](https://uigradients.com/)
+
+Once you've generated the gradient you want, copy the CSS and save it
+somewhere.
+
+## Add a Custom CSS Class to your Row or Column
+
+Adding custom styling is possible by using the unique node class name, however, we recommend that you create your own class.
+
+1. Open your row or column for editing and click the [Advanced tab](layouts/advanced-tab/index.md).
+2. Scroll to the [HTML Element](layouts/advanced-tab/html-element.md#class) section and enter a custom name in the **Class** field. _(Do not use a period.)_
+
+:::tip
+It's a best practice to add a custom prefix to your class names to avoid conflict with other class names used by the theme and plugins. In this example, we'll use the class name `bb-gradient`. Repeat this step for any other rows or columns that you want to have the same color gradient background.
+:::
+
+3. Click **Save**.
+
+## Add the Custom CSS for the Gradient
+
+Your custom CSS should use the [class name you added to the row or column](#add-a-custom-css-class-to-your-row-or-column). Based on our `bb-gradient` class name example, here's what the CSS should look like.
+
+```css
+.bb-gradient {
+  background-image: linear-gradient(
+    -225deg,
+    #231557 0%,
+    #44107a 29%,
+    #ff1361 67%,
+    #fff800 100%
+  );
+}
+```
+
+Copy the CSS from the gradient generator and paste into your preferred location. See the [Custom Code](basics/custom-code.md) article for more information on where to place your custom CSS.
+
+:::tip
+If your CSS gradient doesn't appear on your row or column, make sure that the row or column background is set to **None**.
+:::
+
+As soon as you add your custom class name you should see the row or column on your page take on the background gradient color.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/advanced/custom-image-sizes.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/advanced/custom-image-sizes.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..123550c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/advanced/custom-image-sizes.md
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+---
+id: custom-image-sizes
+title: Custom image sizes
+sidebar_label: Custom Image Sizes
+description: This article explains how to add custom image sizes to Beaver Builder modules.
+---
+
+Suppose you want a custom panorama background image that is sized exactly to your content width and height. Or, you want your Callout modules to have photos of an identical size.
+
+With the following code, you can create custom image size options that appear in the size selection box for anywhere in Beaver Builder that you can insert an image from the media library: row and column backgrounds, Photo module, Callout module, and so on.
+
+In the following screenshot, there are two custom image size options, labeled "Video gallery" and "Full panorama."
+
+![](/img/beaver-builder/advanced--custom-image-sizes--1.jpg)
+
+## Code
+
+Add the following code to the _functions.php_ file in your [child theme](/bb-theme/getting-started/do-i-need-to-install-the-beaver-builder-child-theme) and see the tips below for customizing it further.
+
+```php
+add_image_size("video-gallery", 300, 169, true);
+add_image_size("full-panoramica", 1920, 650, true);
+function insert_custom_image_sizes($sizes)
+{
+  global $_wp_additional_image_sizes;
+  if (empty($_wp_additional_image_sizes)) {
+    return $sizes;
+  }
+  foreach ($_wp_additional_image_sizes as $id => $data) {
+    if (!isset($sizes[$id])) {
+      $sizes[$id] = ucfirst(str_replace("-", " ", $id));
+    }
+  }
+
+  return $sizes;
+}
+add_filter("image_size_names_choose", "insert_custom_image_sizes");
+```
+
+### Reserved Names
+
+When adding your own image sizes with this code, you can't use any of the following image size names that WordPress has reserved.
+
+- `thumb`
+- `thumbnail`
+- `medium`
+- `medium_large`
+- `large`
+- `post-thumbnail`
+
+You can learn more from the [WordPress Developer docs](https://developer.wordpress.org/reference/functions/add_image_size/#reserved-image-size-names).
+
+### Image Names
+
+The custom image name must be a string, such as `my-img-size` or `my-img-600`. Do not use integers on their own: for example, `add_image_size( '400', 500, 750, true );` does NOT work.
+
+## Regenerate Thumbnails
+
+The custom size choice only applies to images that you upload to your media library **after** adding this custom code. If you want to apply the custom size to an image that's already in your media library, either upload it again, or use a plugin such as [Regenerate Thumbnails](https://wordpress.org/plugins/regenerate-thumbnails/) to change the sizes of all your previously uploaded images.
+
+## Tips
+
+- Change the labels and the image widths and heights as you like. If you want the image to have a relatively unlimited height, use `9999` for the second value. For example:
+
+  ```php
+  add_image_size("full-panoramica", 1920, 9999, true);
+  ```
+
+- A hyphen in the custom image name converts to a space in the front-end selection label, and the first word is automatically capitalized. For example, `video-gallery` converts to **Video gallery**, as you can see in the screenshot above.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/advanced/diy-website-builder-platform.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/advanced/diy-website-builder-platform.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..09c4e4d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/advanced/diy-website-builder-platform.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+id: diy-website-builder-platform
+title: DIY Website Builder Platform
+sidebar_label: DIY Website Builder Platform
+---
+
+This article explains how Beaver Builder can be used to provide page builder functionality for DIY website builder platforms using WordPress Multisite.
+
+## Introduction
+
+In general, DIY website-building platforms are SaaS (software as a service) that offer an all-in-one solution to create a website, similar to Wix or SquareSpace.
+
+A similar platform can be created using [WordPress Multisite](https://wordpress.org/support/article/create-a-network/), where each subsite on the network represents a customer site. By using [Beaver Builder Unlimited License](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/pricing/), you can provide page builder functionality as well as create and offer your own templates. In addition to this, you can also white label the Beaver Builder plugin and BB Theme with your own brand and logo by using the [Branding options](settings/branding.md) available in the Unlimited license.
+
+:::caution
+Although Beaver Builder Unlimited license may be used as part of a DIY Hosted Website Builder, we **do not permit** the bundling or reselling of Beaver Builder as part of a traditional hosting package.
+
+However, if you wish to include Beaver Builder in a traditional hosting package, you may auto-install or bundle the [Beaver Builder Lite version](https://wordpress.org/plugins/beaver-builder-lite-version/).
+:::
+
+## Caveat
+
+The Beaver Builder Unlimited only provides page building features; there is no functionality for registering a customer, managing user accounts, or creating packages/plans. This functionality can either be achieved through custom coding or using third-party plug-ins.
+
+:::info
+As most of the functionality is provided by WordPress Multisite and either custom code or third-party plugins, we cannot provide assistance or support in setting up DIY website builder platforms.
+:::
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/advanced/index.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/advanced/index.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2d5af5f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/advanced/index.md
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+---
+id: index
+title: Advanced
+sidebar_label: Advanced
+---
+
+The articles in this section are intended for advanced users since some of the articles require familiarity with coding or server configuration.
+
+## In this Section
+
+import DocCardList from '@theme/DocCardList';
+
+<DocCardList />
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/advanced/migration.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/advanced/migration.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..595a2c6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/advanced/migration.md
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+---
+id: migration
+title: Migration
+sidebar_label: Migration
+description: This article explains the different methods for adding custom code to Beaver Builder layouts.
+---
+
+There are third-party plugins you can use to migrate Beaver Builder sites to a
+new domain or location, but you can also migrate manually if you are careful
+about a couple things: updating the database and clearing the Beaver Builder
+cache. See the [Moving WordPress](https://wordpress.org/support/article/moving-wordpress/)
+article for information about migrating sites manually, and pay attention to the
+following sections.
+
+## Always use serialized search & replace
+
+It’s important to use a serialized search and replace tool when changing URLs
+in the WordPress database, because many plugins, themes, and WordPress itself
+store arrays and objects in a serialized format, which becomes corrupted if
+you try to do a standard search and replace. If you use a backup plugin, make
+sure it uses serialized search and replace.
+
+## Database Search and Replace Script in PHP
+
+The proper way to manually migrate a WordPress database is by doing a
+serialized search and replace on the database. The fine folks at
+**inter.connect/it** offer a [Serialized Search and Replace](https://interconnectit.com/products/search-and-replace-for-wordpress-databases/) tool.
+
+If you prefer to use a plugin, we recommend the [Better Search Replace plugin](https://wordpress.org/plugins/better-search-replace/) by Delicious Brains.
+
+:::danger **Warning:**
+Always make a backup of your database before running a search and replace!
+:::
+
+## Clear the Beaver Builder Cache
+
+The Beaver Builder plugin caches image and asset URLs, so it’s also important
+to [clear the Beaver Builder cache](settings/tools.md#cache) after migrating.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/advanced/performance.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/advanced/performance.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2677fba0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/advanced/performance.md
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+---
+id: performance
+title: Performance
+sidebar_label: Performance
+description: This article provides suggestions and recommendations for improving your website's performance.
+---
+
+Beaver Builder is optimized for speed and efficiency, but your website’s performance depends on more than just the builder. Factors like hosting, server configuration, image optimization, active plugins, and your theme all play a role in how fast your site loads. In this article, we’ll share best practices and recommendations to help you maximize performance and deliver a faster, smoother experience for your visitors.
+
+## Hosting
+
+When it comes to WordPress hosting, there are several options to choose from, each with its own advantages and trade-offs. The most common entry point is shared hosting, where multiple websites share the same server resources such as CPU, memory, and storage. While this makes it the cheapest option, the downside is that your site’s performance depends on how those shared resources are being used by others. Even a well-optimized site can feel slow or experience downtime because of limits outside your control.
+
+For that reason, we don’t recommend shared hosting if you care about speed, stability, or long-term growth. Better options include managed WordPress hosting, VPS hosting, or dedicated hosting.
+
+:::tip
+
+To check if your site is on shared hosting, visit [ViewDNS.Info](https://viewdns.info/reverseip/) and run a reverse IP lookup using only your domain (e.g., enter `my-website.com`, not the full URL).
+
+The results will show other domains on the same server. If you see many, it likely means your site is on shared hosting, where resources are divided among multiple users and performance can suffer. If only your domain or a few others appear, you’re likely on VPS, managed WordPress hosting, or dedicated hosting, which generally provide stronger performance, security, and control. 
+
+:::
+
+## PHP
+
+You can further improve your website’s performance by making sure your server is running the latest version of PHP, or at least the [minimum version required by WordPress](https://wordpress.org/about/requirements/).
+
+:::tip
+
+To check your PHP version, enable Beaver Builder [Debug Mode](settings/tools.md#debug-mode) or visit the [WordPress Site Health screen](https://wordpress.org/support/article/site-health-screen/).
+
+:::
+
+## CDN
+
+Using a content delivery network (CDN) can significantly improve the performance of your Beaver Builder website because it stores and distributes assets like HTML pages, JavaScript files, stylesheets, images, and videos across a global network of servers. By serving these files from a location closer to each visitor, a CDN reduces latency, speeds up load times, and ensures a smoother, more reliable browsing experience, even during traffic spikes or high demand.
+
+:::info
+
+By default, Beaver Builder’s CSS and JavaScript do not use your CDN URL. For instance, row background images load directly from your site URL instead of the CDN.
+
+To ensure Beaver Builder’s CSS and JavaScript use your CDN URL, you can apply the hooks [`fl_builder_render_css`](/beaver-builder/developer/tutorials-guides/common-beaver-builder-plugin-filter-examples.md#modify-beaver-builder-css-for-cdns) and [`fl_builder_render_js`](/beaver-builder/developer/tutorials-guides/common-beaver-builder-plugin-filter-examples/#modify-beaver-builder-javascript-for-cdns).
+
+:::
+
+## Plugins & Themes
+
+The suggestions below can improve the performance of your website, particularly in [shared hosting environments](#hosting).
+
+- Ensure WordPress, all plugins and themes are up-to-date.
+- Only use plugins and themes that are maintained by the developer.
+- Deactivate and delete any unnecessary plugins.
+
+## Caching
+
+Installing and configuring a caching plugin can significantly improve your website’s performance by reducing server load and speeding up page delivery. Caching works by storing static versions of your website’s pages and assets, so they can be served quickly to visitors without repeatedly processing the same requests. This results in faster load times, improved user experience, and better overall efficiency. All [caching plugins](settings/tools.md#cache-clearing-tool) should be compatible with Beaver Builder.  
+
+:::warning
+
+Avoid using multiple caching solutions at the same time, also known as *compound caching*. Combining a cache plugin, server-side caching, and a service like Cloudflare adds unnecessary complexity and increases the risk of conflicts. If your host already provides server-side caching, choose either a caching plugin *or* a service like Cloudflare, but not both. Overlapping caching layers can cause issues such as outdated content being displayed, broken layouts, or difficulties when making updates to your site. Keep your setup simple and streamlined to get the best performance results.  
+
+:::
+
+
+## Optimize Assets
+
+Optimizing assets like images, videos, and scripts is essential for improving website performance. Large or uncompressed files can slow down your site, increase bandwidth usage, and negatively impact the user experience. Many plugins and services are available to help with image optimization, such as tools that automatically compress and resize images without sacrificing quality.
+
+For videos, we strongly recommend **not** uploading them directly to your WordPress media library. Hosting videos on your server can quickly consume storage space, slow down load times, and put unnecessary strain on your hosting resources. Instead, upload your videos to a platform such as YouTube or Vimeo, then embed them on your site using the [Video module](../layouts/modules/video/video.md). This reduces server load, improves streaming quality, and provides a smoother experience for your visitors.
+
+Managing scripts and stylesheets with optimization plugins requires caution when configuring settings. Minifying files is safe and reduces file size, but options like “combine CSS” or “combine JavaScript” should generally be avoided. Combining CSS can cause styling issues, while combining JavaScript may load assets out of order and break layouts or functionality. Since HTTP/2 efficiently manages multiple requests, combining is unnecessary. For best results, stick to minification and only combine files if absolutely required and thoroughly tested.
+
+## WordPress Revisions
+
+Just like published posts and pages, [revisions](https://wordpress.org/support/article/revisions/) are stored in your database. Each time a revision is created, a new record is added, and these can accumulate over time. By default, WordPress does not limit the number of revisions, but setting a limit helps reduce database size and improve efficiency.
+
+For instance, 50 posts with 5 revisions each would add 250 extra records. Limiting or disabling revisions keeps your database lean and enhances overall performance.
+
+### Limit Revisions via Advanced Settings
+
+You can increase or decrease the number of revisions for any page, post, or custom post type built with Beaver Builder. To update these settings, go to WordPress Admin Dashboard > Settings > Beaver Builder > [Advanced tab](../settings/advanced#limit-wp-revisions-for-layouts) and find the Limit WP revisions for layouts option. Once enabled, a Revisions Limit field will appear where you can set the maximum number of revisions allowed for Beaver Builder layouts.
+
+:::tip
+
+We recommend setting the revision limit to 5, as it provides a balanced approach between functionality and performance. With five revisions, you’ll have enough history to roll back recent changes if needed, while keeping your database from becoming overloaded with unnecessary records.
+
+:::
+
+### Disable Revisions via Advanced Settings
+
+To disable revisions entirely for any page, post, or custom post type, enter a value of 0.
+
+
+### Limit Revisions via `wp-config.php`
+
+The Revision Limit option in Beaver Builder’s Advanced settings allows you to increase, decrease, or completely disable revisions for any page, post, or custom post type built with Beaver Builder. This setting does not affect content created with the WordPress editor. To apply a global revision limit across all post types, add the following line to your `wp-config.php` file, replacing `5` with the maximum number of revisions you’d like to keep for each post or page:
+
+```php
+define( 'WP_POST_REVISIONS', 5 );
+```
+:::tip
+
+Setting the value to `0` disables revisions globally, preventing WordPress from storing them for any post type.
+
+:::
+
+## Beaver Builder History
+
+[History](basics/undo-redo.md) enables you to undo and redo changes, but it can sometimes make the editor feel sluggish, especially on shared hosting environments or when working with pages that contain many rows, columns, and modules. By default, it tracks 20 changes, but you can reduce this number—or disable it entirely—either temporarily or permanently using several methods:
+
+### Disable History Temporarily
+
+Add &`nohistory` to the end of your Beaver Builder editor URL to disable history tracking. For example:
+
+```markup
+https://mysite.com/?fl_builder&nohistory
+```
+
+When this parameter is active, clicking **History** in the [Tools menu](user-interface/tools-menu.md) will show that changes are no longer being tracked.
+
+### Reduce or Disable History via Advanced Settings
+
+You can control the number of history records in the [Advanced tab settings](/beaver-builder/settings/advanced.md#limit-the-amount-of-undoredo-history-in-builder-ui). Entering a value sets the maximum number of history items stored, while setting the value to 0 completely disables Beaver Builder’s history tracking.
+
+## Beaver Builder Shortcode
+
+Beaver Builder includes a [layout shortcode](../shortcode/index.md) that makes it easy to display reusable content within pages, posts, custom post type layouts, and even inside other modules such as accordions and tabs. However, using too many shortcodes on a single page or post can negatively impact performance. Each shortcode loads the CSS and JavaScript assets required for the content it represents, so the more shortcodes you add, the more assets are loaded. In some cases, this can result in dozens of additional files, slowing down page performance.
+
+The impact will vary depending on your site’s setup and how important load time optimization is for your needs. As a general rule, using a handful of shortcodes is fine, but adding several dozen or more may lead to noticeable performance issues.
+
+:::tip
+
+Consider using [Beaver Themer](/beaver-themer/) as a more efficient way to add content to posts and pages. It’s often easier to manage and delivers better performance than relying heavily on shortcodes.
+
+:::
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/advanced/smooth-scrolling-tweaks.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/advanced/smooth-scrolling-tweaks.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..be69aaa8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/advanced/smooth-scrolling-tweaks.md
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+---
+id: smooth-scrolling-tweaks
+title: Smooth scrolling tweaks
+sidebar_label: Smooth Scrolling Tweaks
+description: This article explains how to customize the Beaver Builder smooth scrolling.
+---
+
+You can use JavaScript to customize the following aspects of Beaver Builder smooth scrolling: duration,
+the type of animation, and the offset of the target from the top of the
+screen. 
+
+Here's the JavaScript that you can use to tweak all these changes.
+
+```js
+jQuery(function () {
+  if ("undefined" != typeof FLBuilderLayoutConfig) {
+	FLBuilderLayoutConfig.anchorLinkAnimations.duration = 1000;
+	FLBuilderLayoutConfig.anchorLinkAnimations.easing = "swing";
+	FLBuilderLayoutConfig.anchorLinkAnimations.offset = 100;
+  }
+});
+```
+
+These lines are explained in the following sections.
+
+## Change the duration
+
+By changing the duration of the scroll, you can make it slower or faster. The
+value is in milliseconds. The default duration is one second ( which is 1000
+milliseconds).
+
+To change the duration of the scroll, change the value in this line in the JQuery example above:
+
+```js
+FLBuilderLayoutConfig.anchorLinkAnimations.duration = nn;
+```
+where `nn` is the duration in milliseconds.
+
+## Change animation type
+
+Type of animation, in this case, refers to the speed of scroll throughout the scroll time. The values are `swing` and `linear`. The default value is `swing`. [Here's a visual demonstration of the difference](https://jqueryui.com/easing/). 
+
+To change to linear animation, change the value in this line in the JQuery example above:
+
+```js
+FLBuilderLayoutConfig.anchorLinkAnimations.easing = 'linear';
+```
+
+## Change the target offset
+
+By default, when smooth scrolling finishes, the target sits `100px` below the
+top of the page. This vertical displacement downwards is called the *offset*.
+
+The default of `100px` works for the Beaver Builder Theme and other themes with
+normal-sized headers, but in other cases, you might want the target to sit
+higher or lower on the page when the scroll finishes, to ensure it's high
+enough on the page but not obscured by something like a fixed or shrink
+header.
+
+To change the offset, change the value in this line in the JQuery example above:
+
+```js
+FLBuilderLayoutConfig.anchorLinkAnimations.offset = nn;
+```
+where `nn` is the value you want to use.
+
+## More complex offset examples
+
+You can add `if` conditional statements to change the offset for each screen size or add an offset when the WordPress admin bar is present. This will make use of a longer jQuery code block, so we'll show you that first and then show how to make some additional tweaks to customize smooth scrolling offsets.
+
+### The full jQuery code block for smooth scrolling
+
+Here's a longer jQuery code block for smooth scrolling. This example contains the default settings, so if you copied in this code with no changes, nothing would change. In the following sections, we'll show you how to tweak this code block to get the effects you want.
+
+```js
+jQuery(function ($) {
+  var win = $(window);
+
+  function bbScroll() {
+	if ("undefined" != typeof FLBuilderLayoutConfig) {
+	  var offset = 100;
+
+	  if ("undefined" === typeof FLBuilderLayout) {
+		return;
+	  }
+
+	  if (FLBuilderLayout._isMobile() && win.width() < 992) {
+		offset = offset;
+	  }
+
+	  if ($("body.admin-bar").length > 0) {
+		offset += 0;
+	  }
+
+	  FLBuilderLayoutConfig.anchorLinkAnimations.duration = 1000;
+	  FLBuilderLayoutConfig.anchorLinkAnimations.easing = "swing";
+	  FLBuilderLayoutConfig.anchorLinkAnimations.offset = offset;
+	}
+  }
+
+  bbScroll();
+  win.on("resize", bbScroll);
+});
+```
+
+### Adjust offset depending on screen width
+
+If you have different fixed header settings on smaller devices or no fixed header at all, you can add an offset that applies only to smaller devices. 
+
+In the following line from the full jQuery example above, the value is changed so the offset is 0 if the
+window width is less than `992px`, which means both medium and small devices
+will have no offset, but large devices will. 
+
+
+```js
+	if ( FLBuilderLayout._isMobile() && win.width() < 992 ) {
+	  offset = 0;
+	}  
+  }
+});
+```
+
+Next is a full jQuery example where the offset for medium devices (`<992px`) is `10px` and the offset for small devices (`<768px`) is `0px`. Large devices retain the default offset of `100px`.
+
+```js
+jQuery(function ($) {
+  var win = $(window);
+
+  function bbScroll() {
+	if ("undefined" != typeof FLBuilderLayoutConfig) {
+	  var offset = 100;
+
+	  if ("undefined" === typeof FLBuilderLayout) {
+		return;
+	  }
+
+	  if ( FLBuilderLayout._isMobile() && win.width() < 768 ) {
+		offset = 0;
+	  }  
+	  if ( FLBuilderLayout._isMobile() && win.width() < 992 ) {
+		offset = 10;
+	  }  
+
+	  if ($("body.admin-bar").length > 0) {
+		offset += 0;
+	  }
+
+	  FLBuilderLayoutConfig.anchorLinkAnimations.duration = 1000;
+	  FLBuilderLayoutConfig.anchorLinkAnimations.easing = "swing";
+	  FLBuilderLayoutConfig.anchorLinkAnimations.offset = offset;
+	}
+  }
+
+  bbScroll();
+  win.on("resize", bbScroll);
+});
+```
+
+### Adjust the offset to compensate for the WordPress admin bar
+
+You can add an extra offset to compensate for the height of the WordPress admin bar when a user is logged in. In this section from the full code example, 32 pixels are added to the offset value to accommodate the WordPress admin bar.
+
+```js
+jQuery(function () {
+  if ("undefined" != typeof FLBuilderLayoutConfig) {
+	var offset = 100;
+	if ( $( 'body.admin-bar' ).length > 0 ) {
+	  offset += 32;
+	}
+  }
+});
+```
+
+In this example, the standard offset is `100px`, so when the admin bar is present the total offset is `132px`. 
+
+## How to add the code
+
+Depending on where you add the code, you can make these smooth scrolling tweaks specific to one page or apply them globally across your site.
+
+For more information, see the [Custom Code](basics/custom-code.md) article.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/border.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/border.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..49e6456c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/border.md
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+---
+id: border
+title: Border
+sidebar_label: Border
+description: Each row, column, and some modules have a Border section that lets you decide how your content is framed with borders, radius, and shadows.
+---
+
+Each row, column, and some modules have a Border section that lets you decide how your content is framed using CSS [borders](https://www.w3schools.com/css/css_border.asp), [border-radius](https://www.w3schools.com/css/css_border_rounded.asp), and [box-shadow](https://www.w3schools.com/css/css3_shadows_box.asp).
+
+![](/img/beaver-builder/editor-basics--borders--1.jpg)
+
+## General
+
+The General subsection has the following settings:
+
+![](/img/beaver-builder/editor-basics--borders--2.jpg)
+
+:::tip
+The [Responsive Toggle](layouts/responsive-design/toggle.md) can be used to adjust all border settings on a per-device basis.
+:::
+
+### Style
+
+Let's you choose what kind of [`border-style`](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_border-style.asp) to display. The following values are allowed:
+
+- **Default** - Inherit from the theme.
+- **None** - Defines no border
+- **Solid** - Defines a solid border
+- **Dashed** - Defines a dashed border
+- **Dotted** - Defines a dotted border
+- **Double** - Defines a double border
+
+### Color
+
+Set the [`border-color`](https://www.w3schools.com/css/css_border_color.asp) using the [Color Picker](color-picker.md).
+
+### Width
+
+Set the [`border-width`](https://www.w3schools.com/css/css_border_width.asp) for each side (top, right, bottom, and left) of a row, column, or module using the `px` CSS unit.
+
+When you click on any of the **Width** value fields, a slider appears allowing you to quickly adjust the value. You can also type a **Width** value instead of using the slider. By clicking the [Link Values](user-interface/link-values.md) icon, you can set all four corners to the same value.
+
+## Radius & Shadow
+
+The Radius & Shadow subsection has the following settings:
+
+![](/img/beaver-builder/editor-basics--borders--3.jpg)
+
+### Radius
+
+Set the [`border-radius`](https://www.w3schools.com/css/css_border_rounded.asp) for each side (top, right, bottom, and left) of a row, column, or module using the `px` CSS unit.
+
+When you click on any of the **Radius** value fields, a slider appears to allow you to quickly adjust the value. You can also type a **Radius** value instead of using the slider. By clicking the [Link Values](user-interface/link-values.md) icon, you can set all four corners to the same value.
+
+### Box Shadow
+
+Set the [`box-shadow`](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/css3_pr_box-shadow.asp) of a row, column, or module using the `px` CSS unit. When you click on any of the **Box Shadow** value fields, a slider appears allowing you to quickly adjust the value. You can also type a **Box Shadow** value.
+
+- **Color** - Set the `box-shadow` color using the [Color Picker](color-picker.md).
+
+- **X** allows you to adjust the horizontal offset of the shadow. When the value is positive, the shadow appears on the right side of the content, when the value is negative, the shadow appears on the left side of the content.
+
+- **Y** allows you to adjust the vertical offset of the shadow. When the value is positive, the shadow appears on the bottom side of the content, when the value is negative, the shadow appears on the top side of the content.
+
+- **Blur** is optional and allows you to adjust the blur radius. A higher number will result in a blurrier shadow.
+
+- **Spread** is optional and allows you to adjust the size of the shadow. A negative value will decrease the shadow size, while a positive value will increase it.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/color-picker.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/color-picker.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9fa8b3fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/color-picker.md
@@ -0,0 +1,249 @@
+---
+id: color-picker
+title: Color Picker
+sidebar_label: Color Picker
+---
+
+The Color Picker is used to select and adjust color values throughout the Beaver Builder user interface, such as backgrounds, buttons, text, and links. You can also adjust hue, alpha, and save your favorite color presets.
+
+## Using the Color Picker
+
+To pick a color, click and drag your cursor inside the color selection area to select a color. The color picker will display the color value in either `rgb` (red, green, blue) format or `rgba` (red, green, blue, alpha) format if you adjust the alpha slider.
+
+To select a color, click and drag your cursor inside the color selection area. The color picker displays the value in either `rgb` (red, green, blue) format or `rgba` (red, green, blue, alpha) format when you adjust the alpha slider.
+
+:::tip
+
+You can also enter a color value manually in the input field at the top of the color picker. This field accepts hex, rgb, rgba, hsl, hsla, and CSS variables. When entering a CSS variaable, make sure to include the `var()` function.
+
+```css
+var(--css-var-name)
+```
+
+:::
+
+## sRGB Tab
+
+The sRGB (Standard Red Green Blue) tab allows you to view and adjust colors within the sRGB color space, the standard used for displaying colors on the web. You can adjust the hue and alpha of the selected color, as well as switch between multiple color spaces for more precise color adjustments.
+
+### Color Scale
+
+The color scale can be found to the bottom of color selection area and offers an easy way to select transparent, white, or black. It also includes a smooth gradient of grey tones, ranging from light grey near white to dark grey approaching black, providing a quick way to select a shade of grey.
+
+### Hue
+
+The Hue slider allows you to modify the hue of the selected color, enabling you to change it to any shade across the color spectrum. As you adjust the slider, the RGB values are updated in real time to reflect the new hue.
+
+### Alpha
+
+The Alpha slider lets you adjust the opacity of the selected color, enabling the creation of transparent or semi-transparent colors. As you move the slider, the color’s opacity changes, and the RGB value is updated to include an alpha channel, transitioning from rgb to rgba. For example, `rgb(255, 255, 255)` becomes `rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.5)` when the alpha value is set to 0.5.
+
+## Mix Tab
+
+The Mix tab allows you to blend two colors together using the `color-mix()` function. This feature is perfect for creating unique shades or transitioning smoothly between two colors.
+
+The Mix tab includes a grid that visually represents how two colors blend at different percentages across multiple color spaces. This grid makes it easy to compare and choose the perfect mix for your needs. Each row corresponds to a different color space, and each column represents a percentage mix between the two selected colors, starting from 0% (completely the first color) on the left and progressing to 100% (completely the second color) on the right.
+
+If you're familar with `color-mix()` already, you can use the input field at the top of the color picker to enter the `color-mix()` function directly. The color picker will display the result of the mix. For example, entering `color-mix(#ff0000, #00ff00, 50%)` will display the color that results from mixing red and green at a 50% ratio.
+
+<details><summary>How to use the Mix Tab</summary>
+
+1. **Select Two Colors:** Choose the first and second colors you want to mix. These colors will serve as the starting points for blending.
+
+2. **Adjust the Mix Ratio:** Use the slider to control how much of each color is blended. For example, setting the slider to 50% will create an even mix of both colors, while shifting it closer to one color will make that color more dominant.
+
+3. **Choose a Color Space:** From the dropdown menu, select a color space to define how the colors are blended. Options include:
+
+   - **sRGB:** The standard color space for web use.
+   - **Linear sRGB:** A more precise version of sRGB for smoother transitions.
+   - **OKLAB and OKLCH:** Modern color spaces designed for perceptual accuracy.
+   - **LCH:** A color space based on lightness, chroma, and hue.
+   - **display-P3:** A wider color space for vibrant colors on supported devices.
+
+Each color space provides a slightly different result, so feel free to experiment to see how it affects the final blend.
+
+:::tip
+
+If you’re unsure which color space to use, start with sRGB, as it’s the most commonly used and widely supported. As you gain confidence, you can explore other color spaces for more advanced mixing and fine-tuned results.
+
+:::
+
+</details>
+
+## Presets Tab
+
+The Presets tab displays a list of color presets that you can use. These presets can be added manually, or automatically loaded from your theme or WordPress Core colors.
+
+You can add a color preset by clicking the plus (+) icon in the top right corner of the color picker. To remove a color preset, click the X icon in the top right corner of the color preset item.
+
+<details><summary>Theme Colors</summary>
+
+If you have enabled the **Load Theme Colors** option in the [Advanced tab](settings/advanced.md#load-theme-colors) of the Beaver Builder settings, the color picker presets will automatically include the colors defined in Block themes or themes that register colors using the Block theme JSON API, such as BB Theme.
+
+</details>
+
+<details><summary>WordPress Core Colors</summary>
+
+If you have enabled the **Load WordPress Colors** option in the [Advanced tab](settings/advanced.md#load-wordpress-colors) of the Beaver Builder settings, the color picker presets will automatically include the WordPress Core colors.
+
+</details>
+
+<details><summary> CSS Variable</summary>
+
+You can add CSS variables as color presets by entering the variable name into the input field at the top of the Color Picker. Then, click the **plus (+)** icon in the top-right corner. The CSS variable will be saved as a preset under the Saved Colors section.
+
+</details>
+
+## Eyedropper Tool
+
+The Eyedropper tool allows you to select a color from any part of your screen. This feature is particularly useful when you want to quickly match a color from something you see on your screen, such as a logo or image.
+
+1. Click the Eyedropper icon located at the top-left of the color picker.
+2. Move your cursor to the desired color on your screen and click to select it.
+3. The color picker will automatically update to display the selected color.
+
+:::info
+
+The Eyedropper tool uses the Eyedropper API, which is currently only supported in Google Chrome (version 95+), Microsoft Edge (version 95+), and Opera (version 81+).
+
+:::
+
+## Legacy Color Picker
+
+Version 2.9 of Beaver Builder introduces a redesigned color picker, offering users greater flexibility, precision, and ease of use when working with colors. This update includes several new features, such as support for multiple color spaces.
+
+:::info
+
+The information below pertains to the legacy color picker, for users who are still using Beaver Builder version 2.8 or earlier.
+
+We recommend upgrading to version 2.9 for improved color picker functionality.
+
+:::
+![Beaver Builder color picker](/img/beaver-builder/basics--color-picker--1.jpg)
+
+<details><summary>Legacy Color Picker Features</summary>
+
+### Opacity
+
+The opacity slider located on the right-hand side uses the RGBa alpha channel (`rgba(red, green, blue, alpha)`) and when you adjust the opacity, you'll see the `hex` color value (`#ffffff`) change to the RGBa value (`rgba(255,255,255,0.8)`). Additionally, you can enter your own RGBa values in the input field at the top of the color picker.
+
+![Opacity slider](/img/beaver-builder/basics--color-picker--2.jpg)
+
+### Saturation
+
+You can adjust the saturation of colors using the saturation slider located at the bottom. Color saturation is defined as the intensity of a color. For example:
+
+- There are no shades of gray in 100%, it is pure color.
+- 50% is 50% gray, but you can still see the color.
+- 0% is completely gray and you cannot discern the color.
+
+![Saturation slider](/img/beaver-builder/basics--color-picker--3.jpg)
+
+### CSS Variables
+
+Instead of selecting a color from the color picker or entering a hex or rgba value, you have the option to use CSS variables. This is particularly useful when you intend to utilize a color that's already established in [Global Styles](user-interface/global-styles.md#colors-tab), your theme, or a color defined in your custom CSS.
+
+To integrate a CSS variable, input the name into the field at the upper part of the color picker. Remember to enclose the CSS variable name within `var()`.
+
+```css
+var(--css-var-name)
+```
+
+![Add colors manually](/img/beaver-builder/basics--color-picker--4.jpg)
+
+### Color Presets
+
+You can add single colors or color palettes to the Beaver Builder editor both
+manually and programmatically.
+
+<div className="embed-responsive">
+  <iframe width="560" height="315" src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/zN9h8GiYGU8" title="YouTube video player" frameBorder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture" allowFullScreen></iframe>
+</div>
+
+These two procedures will not replace existing colors in existing modules, but it makes it easier for you to select the new color in the future. Each of these procedures saves the colors so they are usable wherever you edit in Beaver Builder.
+
+#### Add color manually
+
+1. [Launch Beaver Builder](getting-started/launch-builder.md) on your page or post.
+
+2. Click on any **Color** setting for a row, columns, or module to open the Color Picker.
+
+3. Select a color in the Color Picker or type/paste in a hex or RGBA color value for one of your colors.
+   **#1** in the screenshot below.
+
+4. Click the **Plus** symbol (+) in the upper right corner of the Color Picker to create a preset.
+   **#2** in the screenshot below.
+
+5. Review your color presets by clicking the **Color Presets** at the bottom of the Color Picker.
+   **#3** in the screenshot below.
+
+![Add colors manually](/img/beaver-builder/basics--color-picker--5.jpg)
+
+#### Add color programmatically
+
+You can register custom colors programmatically by using the `fl_builder_color_presets` filter.
+
+1. Check your current color presets by opening a module for editing in Beaver Builder, then choose a color field and click **Color presets**. Delete any presets that you don't want to keep by clicking the **X** icon next to the color.
+
+2. Add the following code to your child theme's _functions.php_ file.
+
+:::tip
+
+You can edit this file in **Appearance > Editor**, but make sure you choose the correct file.
+
+:::
+
+```php
+//Add color presets for Beaver Builder
+function my_builder_color_presets($colors)
+{
+  $colors = [];
+
+  $colors[] = "8E181B";
+  $colors[] = "D11C23";
+  $colors[] = "1A4688";
+  $colors[] = "D6E1EE";
+  $colors[] = "fdfffc";
+  $colors[] = "f1d302";
+
+  return $colors;
+}
+
+add_filter("fl_builder_color_presets", "my_builder_color_presets");
+```
+
+3. Replace the hex values in the code with the hex value for each color you want to define. Add or remove `$colors[]` lines accordingly.
+
+:::caution
+
+Do not include the hash symbol (`#`) when specifying hex values.
+
+:::
+
+:::tip
+
+You can also [add color presets to the Customizer settings](/bb-theme/defaults-for-styles/colors/add-color-presets-to-customizer) in the Beaver Builder child theme.
+
+:::
+
+#### CSS Variable Preset
+
+You can also include CSS Variables as color presets. To do this, [input the name of your CSS Variable](#css-variables) into the field at the top of the Color Picker and then click the **Plus** symbol (+) situated in the top-right corner of the Color Picker. The CSS variable will be incorporated as a color preset.
+
+Please be aware that the name of the CSS variable will function as the color preset's name, and it cannot be altered.
+
+![CSS Variable Preset](/img/beaver-builder/basics--color-picker--6.jpg)
+
+#### Theme Colors
+
+Theme Colors support are disabled by default and can be enabled by visiting the Beaver Builder settings page in the WordPress admin area and enabling the **Load Theme Colors** option in the [Advanced tab](settings/advanced.md#load-theme-colors).
+
+When enabled, the color picker presets will automatically include the colors defined in Block themes or themes that register colors using the Block theme JSON API, such as BB Theme.
+
+#### WordPress Core Colors
+
+WordPress Core Colors are disabled by default and can be enabled by visiting the Beaver Builder settings page in the WordPress admin area and enabling the **Load WordPress Colors** option in the [Advanced tab](settings/advanced.md#load-wordpress-colors).
+
+When enabled, the color picker presets will automatically include the WordPress Core colors.
+
+</details>
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/custom-code.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/custom-code.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..823418df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/custom-code.md
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+---
+id: custom-code
+title: Custom Code
+sidebar_label: Custom Code
+description: This article explains the different methods for adding custom code to Beaver Builder layouts.
+---
+
+This article explains the different methods for adding custom code to Beaver Builder layouts.
+
+## CSS
+
+You can add custom CSS to any Beaver Builder layout, per-page or sitewide.
+
+:::tip
+To override theme styling, add the CSS to **Customize > Additional CSS** or your child theme's _style.css_ file.
+:::
+
+### Per-Page or Per-Post CSS
+
+This procedure applies if you only want your CSS to apply to specific page or post using Beaver Builder. For example, suppose you have a contact form and know that you only want your custom CSS to apply to that form on that single page.
+
+To add CSS code that is restricted to a single Beaver Builder page or post:
+
+1. Open the [Tools Menu](user-interface/tools-menu.md) from the [Top Bar](user-interface/top-bar.md).
+2. Click **Layout CSS & JavaScript**.
+3. On the **CSS** tab, enter your CSS code.
+4. Click **Save**.
+
+### Sitewide CSS
+
+This procedure applies if you want your CSS to apply globally for all pages and posts which are using Beaver Builder.
+
+To add CSS code that is applied globally to all Beaver Builder pages or posts:
+
+1. Open the [Tools Menu](user-interface/tools-menu.md) from the [Top Bar](user-interface/top-bar.md).
+2. Click [Global Settings](user-interface/global-settings.md#css--javascript).
+3. On the **CSS** tab, enter your CSS code.
+4. Click **Save**.
+
+### Utility Classes
+
+Beaver Builder contains two utility classes that can be helpful when writing custom CSS.
+
+#### `fl-builder`
+
+The `fl-builder` class allows your custom CSS to only style pages or posts using Beaver Builder.
+
+```css
+.fl-builder .page-id-1 .fl-module-heading h1 {
+  /* CSS here will only apply to the heading module on page ID 1 */
+}
+.fl-builder .page-id-1 .fl-module-button a {
+  /* CSS here will only apply to the button module on page ID 1 */
+}
+```
+
+#### `fl-builder-edit`
+
+The `fl-builder-edit` class is only available when the Beaver Builder editor is active on your page or post. This is useful if your theme styling is impacting the builder UI styling.
+
+```css
+.fl-builder-edit button {
+  /* CSS here will only apply to buttons when the builder is active */
+}
+```
+
+You can also use `fl-builder-edit` with the [`:not()`](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/sel_not.asp) selector to apply complex styling, such as changing the position of a row, column, or module without affecting the builder's functionality.
+
+```css
+body:not(.fl-builder-edit).fl-builder .fl-module-heading {
+  position: relative;
+  top: -100px;
+  left: 200px;
+}
+```
+
+## JavaScript
+
+You can add custom JavaScript to any Beaver Builder layout, per-page or sitewide.
+
+:::info
+To override theme **JavaScript**, add the code to your theme settings or use the WordPress [wp_enqueue_script()](https://developer.wordpress.org/reference/functions/wp_enqueue_script/) function.
+:::
+
+:::caution
+The JavaScript tab does not support JavaScript code wrapped with `<script>...</script>` tags.
+:::
+
+### Per-Page or Per-Post JavaScript
+
+This procedure applies if you only want your JavaScript to apply to specific page or post using Beaver Builder. For example, suppose you have anchor points and wish to tweak the smooth scrolling effect for that page only.
+
+To do this:
+
+1. Open the [Tools Menu](user-interface/tools-menu.md) from the [Top Bar](user-interface/top-bar.md).
+2. Click **Layout CSS & JavaScript**.
+3. On the **JavaScript** tab, enter your JavaScript code.
+4. Click **Save**.
+
+### Sitewide JavaScript
+
+This procedure applies if you want your JavaScript to apply globally for all pages and posts which are using Beaver Builder.
+
+To do this:
+
+1. Open the [Tools Menu](user-interface/tools-menu.md) from the [Top Bar](user-interface/top-bar.md).
+2. Click [Global Settings](user-interface/global-settings.md#css--javascript).
+3. On the **JavaScript** tab, enter your JavaScript code.
+4. Click **Save**.
+
+### Specific point in the page or post
+
+You can add the JavaScript code to a specific point in your page or post using the HTML module.
+
+### Tracking Scripts
+
+It is not possible to add tracking scripts to Beaver Builder layouts, such as Google Analytics and Facebook pixels. Due to the fact that they need to be added to the `<head>` of your HTML page. In contrast, JavaScript added to either the **Global Settings** or **Layout CSS & JavaScript** is merged into the _layout.js_ file, which loads in the footer of your website.
+
+If you're using the BB Theme, you can add your tracking code using [these instructions](/bb-theme/code/insert-google-analytics-code).
+
+For third-party themes, check to see if it has an option to add JavaScript to the `<head>` section. If not, you'll need to use WordPress [`wp_head()`](https://developer.wordpress.org/reference/functions/wp_head/) function.
+
+## Per-Node CSS & JS
+
+The Enable Code Settings option in Beaver Builder [Advanced settings](settings/advanced.md) allows you to add CSS and JavaScript to each node (rows, columns, and modules) individually.
+
+See the [CSS & JavaScript](layouts/advanced-tab/css-js.md) article in the [Advanced tab section](layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for more information.
+
+## HTML
+
+To add custom HTML to your Beaver Builder pages and posts you can use either the Text or HTML modules.
+
+## PHP
+
+Beaver Builder doesn't allow you to insert PHP code into post or page layouts. Instead, we recommend using the [WordPress Shortcode API](https://developer.wordpress.org/apis/handbook/shortcode/) to create your own shortcode, then add it to a HTML module.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/display-only-bb-content.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/display-only-bb-content.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b8c42050
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/display-only-bb-content.md
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+---
+id: display-only-bb-content
+title: Display only Beaver Builder pages or posts
+sidebar_label: Display only Beaver Builder content
+description: Global settings allow you to configure certain Beaver Builder settings globally.
+---
+
+When you view the lists of Pages or Posts in WordPress (either **Pages > All Pages** or **Posts > All Posts** from the **WordPress admin dashboard**), you can limit the list to those with Beaver Builder layouts, as shown in the following screenshot.
+
+![Filter Beaver Builder content](/img/beaver-builder/basics--display-only-bb-content--1.jpg)
+
+Click the **Beaver Builder** link to limit the display of posts or pages to just the ones that have been edited with Beaver Builder.
+
+:::info
+
+- If you don’t see Beaver Builder in the post status line, it means there are no posts in the list that use the Beaver Builder plugin for the content layout or that Beaver Builder is not [enabled for this post type](settings/post-types.md).
+
+- The Beaver Builder label in the post status line will change if you have used the [Branding](settings/branding.md) options in the Unlimited version of Beaver Builder.
+  :::
+
+:::tip
+If you want to remove this Beaver Builder link to limit the display of posts or pages, you can use the `fl_builder_admin_edit_sort_bb_enabled` filter as described here.
+:::
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/duplicate-layout.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/duplicate-layout.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6a1d2c36
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/duplicate-layout.md
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+---
+id: duplicate-layout
+title: Duplicate Layout
+sidebar_label: Duplicate Layout
+description: See the ways to duplicate a Beaver Builder page or post with the same layout and metadata.
+---
+
+You can duplicate any Beaver Builder layout to a new page with the same layout
+and metadata. Duplication copies the entire page and all metadata from the back end, including Yoast SEO data. This works with all Beaver Builder layouts: pages and posts, Beaver Themer layouts, and saved layout templates, rows, columns, and modules.
+
+:::warning
+Do not use duplicator plugins to duplicate Beaver Builder layouts. Use one of the following procedures instead.
+:::
+
+When you duplicate the layout, a new page is automatically created and opens for editing. The new page has the following initial title and slug, which you can modify:
+
+- Title: _`Copy of <original page title>`_
+- Slug: _`<original-slug-title>-copy`_
+
+:::tip
+If your purpose is to use one page as a template for a number of other pages in your site, an alternative is to [save your page as a layout as a template](layouts/templates/saved-templates.md). You can apply layout templates to other pages, [export them to other sites](layouts/templates/saved-templates.md#export--import), or [make them available for clients to use in themes you deliver to them](settings/template-exporter.md#template-author-guide).
+:::
+
+There are two ways to duplicate any page or post that uses a Beaver Builder layout: from the list of all pages or posts in the WordPress admin panel or from the **Tools** menu in the Beaver Builder editor. Both methods have the same result: a duplicate page or post with the same Beaver Builder layout and metadata.
+
+## From the WordPress admin dashboard
+
+Here's a screenshot of where this procedure occurs.
+
+![Duplicate a page or post layout](/img/beaver-builder/basics--duplicate-layout--1.jpg)
+
+Look for the green or gray dot after **Duplicate page** to know that this functionality is coming from Beaver Builder. Where possible, this feature hides the Duplicate option that comes from other plugins for pages and posts that have Beaver Builder layouts. These other plugins often don't work well with Beaver Builder.
+
+1. From the WordPress admin panel, go to **Pages > All Pages** or **Posts > All Posts** or the equivalent for your custom post type.
+2. Mouse over the page or post you want to duplicate to show the options.
+3. Click **Add Duplicate**.
+   The duplicated page or post opens in the Beaver Builder editor.
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+You can change the page title and slug from within the Beaver Builder editor. From the [Tools menu](user-interface/tools-menu.md#wordpress-admin), click **WordPress admin > Edit page**. A new browser tab opens with the WordPress editor open for that page, where you can change the page title and slug and publish the page, then close that tab.
+
+The first tab continues to show the old page title in the upper left corner of the Beaver Builder editor, so you can either reload the page in your browser or just save or publish the Beaver Builder page and it will save under the renamed page slug and title.
+:::
+
+## From within the Beaver Builder editor
+
+Follow this video or use the written instructions below.
+
+:::caution
+Publish or save your current Beaver Builder layout before you duplicate it. If you've made editing changes to the layout and then duplicate it before saving the page, the duplicated page will not show the changes and the changes may be lost on the source page as well.
+:::
+
+<div className="embed-responsive">
+  <iframe width="560" height="315" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/CQGuGVLDSnI" title="YouTube video player" frameBorder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture" allowFullscreen></iframe>
+</div>
+
+1. Open the page you want to duplicate in Beaver Builder.
+2. Click the arrow in the page title bar in the upper left corner to open the **Tools** menu.
+3. Click **Duplicate layout**.
+
+The new page opens in the WordPress editor. From there, you can change the page title and slug and launch the Beaver Builder editor.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/index.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/index.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..543a2e11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/index.md
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+---
+id: index
+title: Builder Basics
+sidebar_label: Builder Basics
+---
+
+## In this Section
+
+import DocCardList from '@theme/DocCardList';
+
+<DocCardList />
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/inline-editing.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/inline-editing.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..df4b303c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/inline-editing.md
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+---
+id: inline-editing
+title: Inline editing
+sidebar_label: Inline Editing
+tags: [Editing, Basics, fl_inline_editing_enabled]
+description: Inline Editing enables users to make rapid adjustments or create content without having to open the module settings.
+---
+
+Inline Editing enables users to make rapid adjustments or create content without having to open the module settings.
+
+:::tip
+
+Inline editing works best if the [Content panel and settings window are pinned](user-interface/content-panel.md#pinunpin-the-user-interface-ui) to one side of the layout. Use the drag handle at the top of the panel to move it to the right or left of your page until a vertical blue bar appears.
+
+:::
+
+## How To Use Inline Editing
+
+To edit inline, move your cursor into the module you want to edit and click.
+The [overlay actions toolbar](user-interface/overlay.md) will change to editing toolbar that vary depending on the type of module you're editing. The cursor also changes to an editing cursor, so click your cursor where you want and start editing. For a new module, drag the
+module into your layout as usual, then click inside the empty module in the layout.
+
+![Using Inline editing](/img/beaver-builder/basics--inline-editing--1.gif)
+
+:::tip
+If you add a shortcode or embed an object such as a video, when you start
+editing inline, the shortcode or embed renders and you can edit the text
+around it, and when you click outside of the module layout area, the shortcode
+or embed code returns. To edit the shortcode or embed code itself, edit it in
+the editing window.
+:::
+
+## Editing toolbar
+
+The formatting actions accessible to you are determined by the type of module you are editing. To use these formatting actions, highlight the text to be formatted and then click the formatting action icon.
+
+### Text editors
+
+For Text editor fields (fields that use the WordPress classic editor/TinyMCE editor) the following formatting actions are available.
+
+![Text editor toolbar actions](/img/beaver-builder/basics--inline-editing--2.jpg)
+
+- Bold
+- Italic
+- Strikethrough
+- Link
+- Underline
+- Align Left
+- Align Center
+- Align Right
+
+### Headings
+
+For basic text fields, such as the **Heading** field in a [Heading module](layouts/modules/heading.md) the following formatting actions are available.
+
+![Text editor toolbar actions](/img/beaver-builder/basics--inline-editing--3.jpg)
+
+- Bold
+- Italic
+- Strikethrough
+- Underline
+
+## When should you use Inline Editing?
+
+Inline editing allows you to see how your content will look while you type and instantly correct any spelling or grammar errors.
+
+## Modules that can be edited inline
+
+Any module that contains a text field or text editor area can be edited
+inline. Here are some examples:
+
+- [Button module](layouts/modules/button/button.md)
+  You can edit the text in the button.
+
+- [Callout module](layouts/modules/callout-and-call-to-action.md)
+  You can edit the heading, the text area, and the call-to-action text if you've
+  selected text rather than a button..
+
+- [Number counter module](layouts/modules/number-counter.md)
+  You can edit both the text and the number inline.
+
+## Disable inline editing
+
+You can globally disable inline editing functionality in the Beaver Builder editor by using the `fl_inline_editing_enabled` filter.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/multi-layer-backgrounds.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/multi-layer-backgrounds.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..05063420
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/multi-layer-backgrounds.md
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+---
+id: multi-layer-backgrounds
+title: Multi-Layer Backgrounds
+sidebar_label: Multi-Layer Backgrounds
+---
+
+Multi-Layer Backgrounds enables you to add multiple backgrounds to an individual row, column, or Box module.
+
+![Multiple backgrounds](/img/beaver-builder/basics--multiple-backgrounds--1.jpg)
+
+## Background Types
+
+You can choose from three background types: Color, Photo, and Gradient. Other background types, such as video, are not available because videos cannot be added as a background using CSS.
+
+:::info
+
+Please note that Field Connections and Global Colors are not currently supported.
+
+:::
+
+### Color
+
+The Color background type applies a solid color to the entire row, column, or Box module. You can use the color picker to quickly adjust the color. The background color is then applied using CSS.
+
+See the [Color Picker](color-picker.md) article for more infomration.
+
+### Gradient
+
+The Gradient background type applies a CSS gradient effect to the entire row, column, or Box module. You can add multiple gradient colors to create unique gradient combinations.
+
+<details><summary>Adding Gradient Colors</summary>
+
+When you open the gradient color picker, it includes two preset color stop items by default, giving you a basic gradient to work with. To change a color in the gradient:
+
+1. Click on one of the color stop items in the gradient range control (the bar showing the gradient).
+2. The color swtch will update to show the color of the selected color stop.
+3. Click the color swatch to open the color picker.
+4. Choose your preferred color from the picker. Once selected, the gradient updates automatically.
+5. Repeat these steps to change the other color in the gradient.
+
+</details>
+
+<details><summary>Adding More Colors</summary>
+
+You can add more color stops to the gradient:
+
+1. Click anywhere on the gradient range control where there isn’t already a color stop item.
+2. A new color stop item will appear at that spot.
+3. Click the new color stop item, then the color swatch, and use the color picker to choose a color for it.
+
+</details>
+
+<details><summary>Adjusting the Gradient</summary>
+
+You can drag the color stop items left or right to adjust the position of each color in the gradient.
+
+</details>
+
+<details><summary>Delete a Gradient Item</summary>
+
+If you want to remove a color from the gradient:
+
+1. Click the gradient color swatch item you want to delete.
+2. Click the **Trash** button to the right-hand side of the color swatch.
+
+</details>
+
+<details><summary>Distribute Gradient Items</summary>
+
+If your gradient has multiple color stops, you can easily distribute them evenly across the gradient. Simply click the Distribute button, and all color stops will be spaced out evenly.
+
+This feature is especially helpful when working with several color stops and aiming for a balanced look. After distributing, you can still fine-tune the colors and positions to achieve your desired gradient effect.
+
+</details>
+
+### Photo
+
+The Photo background type applies an image to the entire row, column, or Box module. You can choose images from the WordPress media library, a URL, or an SVG using SVG code.
+
+The Photo background type offers the following options:
+
+<details><summary>WordPress Media Library</summary>
+
+- **Select Image** - The Select Image button allows you to choose an image from the WordPress media library.
+- **WordPress Image Size** - Choose the WordPress media image size to use. You can choose from the default thumbnail, medium, large, or full size and any custom image size you have added.
+- **Replace** - Allows you to select a different image from the WordPress Media Library to replace the current background image.
+- **Remove** - Remove the image from the background.
+
+</details>
+
+<details><summary>URL</summary>
+
+- **URL** - Enter or paste the URL of the image you want to use into the URL field.
+
+</details>
+
+<details><summary>SVG</summary>
+
+- **SVG Code** - Enter or paste the SVG code into the SVG Code field for the SVG you want to use. For best results, use simple SVG code, such as:
+
+  ```html
+  <svg width="100" height="100" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg">
+    <circle cx="50" cy="50" r="40" fill="blue" />
+  </svg>
+  ```
+
+</details>
+
+<details><summary>Background Properties</summary>
+
+The background properties for repeat, position, size and clip to are available for all Photo options (WordPress Media Library, URL, and SVG).
+
+- **Repeat** - Choose whether to repeat the image or not.
+- **Position** - Choose the position of the image.
+- **Size** - Choose the size of the image, either default, cover, or contain.
+- **Clip To** - Choose whether to clip the image to the background or not.
+
+</details>
+
+## Using Multiple Backgrounds
+
+You can add as many background types as you like in any order and combination. To add multiple backgrounds to a row, column, or box module:
+
+1. Open a row, column, or Box module for editing.
+2. Navigate to the **Background** section and choose the **Multiple Backgrounds** option.
+3. Click the **+** icon to add a background type and select the one you want to add (color, photo, or gradient).
+4. Configure the background settings.
+5. Click the **+** icon again to add another background type.
+6. Repeat steps 3 and 4 for each background type you want to add.
+7. Click **Save** to save your changes.
+
+### Background Layer Order
+
+The order in which background types are displayed on the page is determined by the order in which you add them to the Multi-layer Backgrounds option. The first background type added appears on top of the background, and the last background type added appears on the bottom.
+
+For example, if you add a color type first and a photo second, the photo background will appear behind the color background and isn't visible. In order to see the photo behind the color background, you must reduce the [background color alpha value](color-picker.md).
+
+### Reorder Background Types
+
+You can change the order of the background types any way you like. To reorder the background types, click and drag them up or down the list to the desired positions.
+
+### Duplicating Background Types
+
+To duplicate a background type, click the **Duplicate** <i className="fa-regular fa-copy" /> icon to the right of the background type you want to duplicate.
+
+### Remove Background Types
+
+You can also remove a background type by clicking the **Trash** <i className="fa-solid fa-trash-can" /> icon to the right of the background type you want to remove.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/restore-previous-version.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/restore-previous-version.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6798401b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/restore-previous-version.md
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+---
+id: restore-previous-version
+title: Restore previous version
+sidebar_label: Restore Previous Version
+---
+
+The **Revisions** menu item in the [Tools menu](user-interface/tools-menu.md) uses the native [WordPress revision](https://wordpress.org/support/article/revisions/) functionality to let you restore to previously published versions of WordPress content using Beaver Builder.
+
+![WordPress Revisions in Beaver Builder](/img/beaver-builder/editor-basics--revisions--1.jpg)
+
+## What are WordPress revisions?
+
+Whether you're editing a post, page, or custom post type in WordPress, it keeps track of the changes you make. Every time you click the Save Draft or the Update button, WordPress saves a copy of your content.
+
+These copies are called revisions. Your revisions can be viewed directly from the 
+WordPress [Page/Post Settings Sidebar](https://wordpress.org/support/article/settings-sidebar/) or within the Beaver Builder user interface for the page or post you're editing in Beaver Builder.
+
+:::tip
+WordPress Revisions are available for all Beaver Builder layouts: pages, posts, templates, saved rows, columns, modules, and Beaver Themer layout types if Beaver Themer installed.
+:::
+
+## Access Revisions
+
+1. Launch Beaver Builder on any layout using Beaver Builder.
+
+2. On the [Tools menu](user-interface/tools-menu.md), click **Revisions**.  
+  The number of revisions available is displayed in brackets. For example, `[10]` means this layout has **10** revisions.
+
+3. The previous versions of that page or post are displayed in a list. Click one of the revisions to preview the layout.  
+  The preview screen is shown in the following screenshot.
+  
+  ![Access WordPress revisions in Beaver Builder](/img/beaver-builder/editor-basics--revisions--2.jpg)
+  
+4. Click **Apply** to accept that revision or **Cancel** to revert to your current layout.
+
+5. Publish the page to finish accepting the older revision, or discard your changes to return to the currently published page.
+
+:::info
+Any custom CSS and JS code set in a layout version are restored along with the layout.
+:::
+
+:::tip
+Only published pages count as revisions. Saved drafts of pages are not available as revisions. 
+:::
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/show-hide-page-title.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/show-hide-page-title.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..00d04361
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/show-hide-page-title.md
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+---
+id: show-hide-page-title
+title: Show/Hide Page Title
+sidebar_label: Show/Hide Page Title
+---
+
+If you are using Beaver Builder Theme, the title that you assign to the page
+in WordPress is hidden on pages using Beaver Builder by default, though you can set it
+to [show if you prefer](user-interface/global-settings.md#default-page-heading).
+
+<div className="embed-responsive">
+  <iframe width="560" height="315" src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/39fRCRyVSJ0" title="YouTube video player" frameBorder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture" allowFullScreen></iframe>
+</div>
+
+## Benefits for hiding page title
+
+There are several advantages to adding your own page titles in Beaver Builder using the [Heading module](layouts/modules/heading.md). As an example, styling your theme's page title may require custom CSS, whereas you can use the included styling options with the Heading module.
+
+## Show or hide the page title
+
+This works for [BB Theme](/bb-theme/) and third-party themes.
+
+1. Click the title bar in the upper left corner to expose
+   the [Tools Menu](user-interface/tools-menu.md), then choose [Global Settings](user-interface/global-settings.md#default-page-heading), or just use the keyboard
+   shortcut:
+
+   - <kbd>command ⌘</kbd> + <kbd>U</kbd> (<i className="fab fa-apple"></i> Mac)
+   - <kbd>Ctrl</kbd> + <kbd>U</kbd> (<i className="fab fa-windows"></i> Windows).
+
+2. On the **General** tab, navigate to the **Default Page Heading** section.
+
+3. To display the WordPress page title, set **Show** to **Yes**. To hide the default page title, set **Show** to **No**.
+
+4. Click **Save**.
+   If you don't see the change, try publishing, saving, or reloading the page in
+   your browser.
+
+If you're using BB Theme, you're done. If you're using a third-party theme and you can't hide the title in your theme's settings, follow the next procedure.
+
+## Third-Party theme CSS class
+
+First, you need to find the CSS class selector used by your theme for the page title. The easiest method is to use your browser's developer tools to inspect the page title. This will let you see what class(es) are assigned to the page title.
+
+The screenshot below, shows an example, where the page title is **"Sample Page"** and the relevant class is `.entry-title`.
+
+![Use CSS to hide page title](/img/beaver-builder/editor-basics--show-hide-title--1.jpg)
+
+1. Go to [Global Settings > Default Page Heading](user-interface/global-settings.md#default-page-heading).
+2. In the **CSS selector** field, replace `.fl-post-header` with the correct CSS selector for your theme's page title.
+   The CSS selector must start with a period. In the previous example, you would add `.entry-title`.
+
+:::tip
+You can use the links below to learn how to open your preferred browser's developer tools.
+
+- [Chrome](https://developer.chrome.com/docs/devtools/overview/)
+- [Edge](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/microsoft-edge/devtools-guide-chromium/)
+- [FireFox](https://firefox-dev.tools/)
+- [Safari](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/safari/sfri20948/mac)
+  :::
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/smooth-scrolling.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/smooth-scrolling.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a45dc407
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/smooth-scrolling.md
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+---
+id: smooth-scrolling
+title: Smooth scrolling
+sidebar_label: Smooth Scrolling
+description: This article explains the different methods for adding custom code to Beaver Builder layouts.
+---
+
+Smooth scrolling lets you jump to a specific row, column, or module with just one click, without manually scrolling up and down. This is especially useful for navigating one-page websites.
+
+<div className="embed-responsive embed-responsive-16by9">
+<iframe width="560" height="315" src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/Aatomn_Nxuc" title="YouTube video player" frameBorder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture" allowFullScreen></iframe>
+</div>
+
+:::caution
+Smooth scrolling is intended to work for links that target nodes on the same page only. Smooth scrolling is not available if the target node is located on another page or post on your site.
+:::
+
+## Add a unique `ID` to the target node
+
+1. Open the target node's settings.
+2. Click the [Advanced tab](../layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) and scroll down to the [HTML Element](layouts/advanced-tab/html-element.md#id) section.
+3. In the `ID` option, add a unique value such as `my-unique-id`.
+   `ID` values must only contain alphanumeric characters, hyphens, or underscores.
+
+![](/img/beaver-builder/basics--smooth-scrolling--1.jpg)
+
+## Add the unique `ID` to a link
+
+You can add the unique `ID` to a a link option in a node, link in text within a [Text](layouts/modules/text.md) or [HTML](../layouts/modules/html.md) modules or WordPress menu item.
+
+### Node
+
+1. Open the node settings where you will create the link.
+2. In the link option, enter your unique `ID` with a pound sign (`#`) as the prefix.
+   Following our example, your link will be `#my-unique-id` , as shown in the Button module screenshot below.
+
+![](/img/beaver-builder/basics--smooth-scrolling--2.jpg)
+
+### Link within Text
+
+If the link is created within the [Text](layouts/modules/text.md) or [HTML](layouts/modules/html.md) modules rather than an module with a **Link** option, set up the link the same way, with `#my-unique-id`, as shown in this screenshot.
+
+![](/img/beaver-builder/basics--smooth-scrolling--3.jpg)
+
+If you are using the [HTML module](layouts/modules/html.md), create your link using HTML like the example below.
+
+```markup
+<a href="#my-unique-id">My link text</a>
+```
+
+### WordPress Menu Item
+
+1. In the **WordPress Admin Dashboard**, navigate to **Appearance > Menus**.
+
+2. Add a new menu item using the **Custom Links** item.
+
+3. In the **URL** field, enter your unique `ID` with a pound symbol (`#`) as the prefix and enter your menu item name in the **Link Text** field.
+   Following our example, your link will be `#my-unique-id`, as shown in the screenshot below.
+
+![](/img/beaver-builder/basics--smooth-scrolling--4.jpg)
+
+4. Click the **Add to Menu** button, then click **Save Menu**.
+
+When your link is clicked, it will go to directly to the target node, with a smooth scrolling effect if both are on the same page.
+
+## Smooth Scroll to Text
+
+By default, Beaver Builder’s scrolling JavaScript only works with links to nodes (rows, columns, or modules), in which you set the anchor `ID` on the [Advanced tab](layouts/advanced-tab/index.md). If you link to a target HTML element inside a Text Editor or HTML module, such as a `<div>` element, the link will jump up or down the page rather than smooth scroll. If you are also linking from a Text Editor or HTML link where you can modify the `<a href>` link, you can set up smooth scrolling.
+
+1. Create an `<a>` anchor for the target node. For example, you could create a target anchor called `my-div` for a `<div>` element in an HTML module, as follows:
+
+```markup
+<a id="my-div"></a>
+<div>
+	 <p>I want to link to this spot.</p>
+</div>
+```
+
+2. Open the element where the link will be and add the class `fl-scroll-link` to the `<a href>` link. For example:
+
+```markup
+<a href="#my-div" class="fl-scroll-link">Click Here</a>
+```
+
+## Customize Smooth Scrolling
+
+You can [use JavaScript to customize aspects of the smooth scroll](advanced/smooth-scrolling-tweaks.md): duration, scroll pattern, and offset for various devices
+
+## Fixed Header
+
+You may encounter an issue where the target node is hidden behind the header if you're using a theme with a fixed header. The browser navigates to the anchor by directly scrolling to it, but scrolling that far down places the anchor under the fixed header.
+
+This can be resolved by adjusting the offset value. For more information, please see the [Smooth Scrolling Tweaks](advanced/smooth-scrolling-tweaks.md) article.
+
+:::tip
+Although not related to Beaver Builder smooth scrolling, the issue can also occur when navigating to an anchor on another page. Adjusting the offset value for smooth scrolling will not solve this problem in these cases. However, the CSS below may resolve your issue. Simply change `-100px` and `100px` values in the example to the height of your fixed header.
+
+```css
+:target:before {
+  content: "";
+  display: block;
+  margin-top: -100px; /* Height of header */
+  height: 100px; /* Height of header */
+}
+```
+
+:::
+
+## Disable Smooth Scrolling
+
+You can disable smooth scrolling for a specific target from any link that occurs on the same page using the `fl-no-scroll` class name.
+
+1. When you add a unique `ID` to the target element's **ID** field on the [Advanced tab](layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) in the [previous procedure](#add-a-unique-id-to-the-target-node), add `fl-no-scroll` to the **Class** field below it.
+
+2. Create the link to the ID using the instructions above.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/typography.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/typography.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..09ed0412
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/typography.md
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+---
+id: typography
+title: Typography
+sidebar_label: Typography
+---
+
+The Typography section is available for most modules that support custom text. Typography options can be used to format the text in a particular module, overriding the theme's default typography.
+
+![Typography section in modules](/img/beaver-builder/editor-basics--typography--1.jpg)
+
+:::tip
+The [Responsive Toggle](layouts/responsive-design/toggle.md) can be used to adjust the Typography settings on a per-device basis.
+
+![Typography responsive toggle](/img/beaver-builder/editor-basics--typography--2.jpg)
+:::
+
+:::info
+You can only set the **Family** and **Weight** settings for extra large devices. These settings are not available for large, medium or small devices.
+:::
+
+## Font
+
+The Font subsection has the following settings:
+
+![Typography Font subsection](/img/beaver-builder/editor-basics--typography--3.jpg)
+
+### Family
+
+Set the font family here: a system font or any of the [Google fonts](https://fonts.google.com/).
+
+:::tip
+If you have a Google font that includes Latin Extended characters, you can add
+that capability to your Beaver Builder layouts using the `fl_builder_google_font_args` and for the BB Theme use the `fl_font_subset` filter.
+:::
+
+### Weight
+
+If you chose a system font in **Family**, you can choose **Light**,
+**Normal**, or **Bold** in the **Weight** field. If you choose a Google font,
+the **Weight** field lists any of the styles included with that font. For
+example, the Google Cabin font includes Normal, Medium, Semi-Bold, and Bold.
+The Google italic forms of the font family can be selected in the **Style**
+field of the **Style & Spacing** subsection. If you select a custom web font
+in **Family**, the **Weight** choices are limited to the weights you
+configured for your font.
+
+### Size
+
+Choose the font size, with **px**, **em**, **rem**, or **vw** as the unit of measurement. If this field is empty, the default setting is used.
+
+:::info
+The **vw** unit refers to viewport width, where viewport is usually the browser window for purposes of Beaver Builder.
+
+To use this **vw** unit, check the [**Base font size**](user-interface/global-settings.md#base-font-size) setting in **Global Settings**. Base font size must be set in pixels, and the default is **16px**. As the tooltip for that setting explains, this global setting only applies when vw is used in the **Typography** section of modules.
+
+When you set a font size in **vw** units in a module's **Typography** section, the actual font size in pixels is calculated using the [CSS `calc()` function](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/func_calc.asp), with the formula `calc( base-font-size + 1vw)`. If the global **Base font size** is **16px**, the calculation is `calc( 16px + 1vw )`.
+
+By using a base font size in this calculation, the font size scales more slowly as viewport width decreases, producing a better result at all device sizes.
+
+Refer to this [CSS-Tricks article](https://css-tricks.com/fun-viewport-units) for insights on creating responsive typography through the implementation of the `calc()` function and viewport units.
+:::
+
+### Line height
+
+Set the amount of space used for lines of text. Specify a number value and a
+unit of measurement. The dash value in the units list, shown in the screenshot
+below, means a unit-less value, which means the number value is multiplied by
+the element's font size.
+
+In most cases this is the preferred way to set line
+height, but you can also choose **px** or **em**. If this field is empty, the
+default line height is used.
+
+![Typography line-height](/img/beaver-builder/editor-basics--typography--4.jpg)
+
+### Align
+
+Select one of the icons to align the text to the left, center or right. These alignment options are toggles, which can be turned on and off. If no option is selected (default), the alignment is set by the theme.
+
+![Typography align text](/img/beaver-builder/editor-basics--typography--5.jpg)
+
+## Style & Spacing
+
+This subsection includes the following settings.
+
+![Typography Style & Spacing subsection](/img/beaver-builder/editor-basics--typography--6.jpg)
+
+### Spacing
+
+Controls the horizontal spacing between letters, in pixels. It corresponds to the CSS `letter-spacing` property.
+
+### Transform
+
+Allows you to change the case of the text string without retyping. It
+corresponds to the CSS `text-transform` property.
+
+The choices are, from left to right: Normal (as typed), capitalize the first
+letter of every word, convert all letters to uppercase, and convert all
+letters to lowercase.
+
+### Decoration
+
+The choices are **Default** (whatever decoration is already set in the CSS for
+that element), **None** (which overrides any default decoration),
+**Underline**, **Overline**, and **Line through**.
+
+### Style
+
+This setting corresponds to the font-style property and is used for italic and
+oblique settings. The **Style** field offers the choices of **Default**
+(whatever style is inherited), **None** (font is regular, meaning upright, not
+italic or oblique), **Italic**, or **Oblique**.
+
+:::info
+
+- If you set **Style** to **Italic**, Beaver Builder loads the italic version of the font family you selected, if one exists. If not, the browser provides a computer-generated italic version of the font.
+
+- Here's a good article on the difference between italic and oblique fonts and the difference between glyphs designed by a typographer and computer-generated versions: [TypeTalk: Italic vs. Oblique](https://creativepro.com/typetalk-italic-vs-oblique/).
+  :::
+
+### Variant
+
+This field offers the choices of **Default** (whatever style is inherited),
+**Normal** (font is regular, meaning upright, overriding any inherited variant
+setting), or **Small Caps**.
+
+The difference between **Small Caps** and the **Transform** field's **Uppercase** is that **Small Caps** uses larger letters for letters that are capitalized in the original text, whereas **Uppercase** uses capital letters of uniformly equal height. The **Small Caps** effect is
+shown in the screenshot below.
+
+![Typography Small Caps comparison](/img/beaver-builder/editor-basics--typography--7.jpg)
+
+## Text shadow
+
+Adds a shadow effect behind the text, letting you control the
+shadow color, direction of offset ( **X** is horizontal, **Y** is vertical),
+and blur, as shown in the following screenshot.
+
+![Typography align text](/img/beaver-builder/editor-basics--typography--8.jpg)
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/undo-redo.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/undo-redo.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bd88aac4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/basics/undo-redo.md
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+---
+id: undo-redo
+title: Undo & Redo
+sidebar_label: Undo & Redo
+---
+
+The **History** menu item in the [Tools menu](user-interface/tools-menu.md) allows you to undo or redo any changes you have made.
+
+![Undo or redo using Beaver Builder History](/img/beaver-builder/editor-basics--undo-redo--1.jpg)
+
+## Access History
+
+1. Click **History** in the [Tools menu](user-interface/tools-menu.md).
+
+2. Click any of the items listed in the history and the layout reverts to the layout at that point.
+   You can keep clicking in the history at various points to undo or restore layout.
+
+:::info
+
+You can't pick and choose which items to keep: whatever item you select, that item and the ones lower on the list remain in the layout, while the higher ones are removed.
+
+:::
+
+3. When you're done, click **Done** and then **Publish**, **Save as draft**, or **Discard**.
+
+:::warning
+
+When you publish the page, the history is reset, so you'll no
+longer have access to the items that you chose not to keep. If the **Save as
+Draft** or **Discard** your layout, the history remains and you can undo and
+redo the next time you open the editor. For other implications of saving vs.
+discarding vs. publishing a page, see [this article](user-interface/top-bar.md#done-button).
+
+Don't forget you can use the [Revisions feature](user-interface/tools-menu.md/#revisions) to revert to a previously published version.
+
+:::
+
+## Keyboard shortcuts
+
+You can use the undo and redo keyboard shortcuts to cycle backwards and
+forwards through the items listed in **Tools > History**. The keystrokes
+depend on your operating system, as follows:
+
+### Undo
+
+- <kbd>command ⌘</kbd> + <kbd>Z</kbd> (<i className="fab fa-apple"></i> Mac)
+- <kbd>Ctrl</kbd> + <kbd>Z</kbd> (<i className="fab fa-windows"></i> Windows)
+
+### Redo
+
+- <kbd>command ⌘</kbd> + <kbd>Shift ⇧</kbd> + <kbd>Z</kbd> (<i className="fab fa-apple"></i> Mac)
+- <kbd>Ctrl</kbd> + <kbd>Shift ⇧</kbd> + <kbd>Z</kbd> (<i className="fab fa-windows"></i> Windows)
+
+## Tracking
+
+The Beaver Builder editor keeps track of editing changes, recorded at the following level of granularity:
+
+### Objects tracked
+
+- Rows
+- Columns
+- Modules
+- Templates and prebuilt rows
+- Saved rows, columns, or modules
+
+### Events tracked
+
+- Add
+- Edit
+- Delete
+- Move
+- Duplicate
+
+### Initial state
+
+The initial state of **History** when you [launch Beaver Builder](getting-started/launch-builder.md) is **Draft created**. When you publish or save the layout, the history is erased and the next time you open the Beaver Builder editor, the status is once again **Draft created** until you make further changes.
+
+## Reduce or disable History
+
+You can reduce or disable the Beaver Builder history to improve your website performance.
+
+See the [Advanced Settings](settings/advanced.md#limit-the-amount-of-undoredo-history-in-builder-ui) article for more information.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/acf-blocks.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/acf-blocks.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..857582fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/acf-blocks.md
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+---
+id: acf-blocks
+title: ACF Blocks
+sidebar_label: ACF Blocks
+description: This article covers everything related to using ACF Blocks in Beaver Builder including why it’s useful, how it works, and how to create your first block.
+---
+
+This article covers everything related to using ACF Blocks in Beaver Builder including why it’s useful, how it works, and how to create your first block.
+
+:::caution
+ACF Blocks require **[Advanced Custom Fields Pro](https://www.advancedcustomfields.com/pro/)**.
+:::
+
+## What are ACF Blocks?
+
+ACF blocks allow you to create configurable content (e.g. blocks or modules) that work in both Beaver Builder and Gutenberg. If you use Beaver Builder for site building and page layout and Gutenberg for post content, ACF blocks are for you.
+
+See the [ACF Blocks documentation](https://www.advancedcustomfields.com/resources/blocks/) for more information.
+
+## Accessing ACF Blocks in Beaver Builder
+
+Blocks created with ACF can be found in [The Content Panel](user-interface/content-panel.md) under **Modules > ACF Blocks** subgroup. Any block categories or icons used to organize and display your blocks in Gutenberg will show there as well.
+
+:::tip
+See the [Defining Custom Groups](#defining-custom-groups) section for customizing the group location of your ACF Blocks.
+:::
+
+![Access ACF Blocks in BB UI](/img/beaver-builder/developer--acf-blocks--1.jpg)
+
+## Creating an ACF Block For Beaver Builder
+
+The documentation for [ACF Blocks](https://www.advancedcustomfields.com/resources/blocks/) and [WordPress handbook](https://developer.wordpress.org/block-editor/reference-guides/block-api/block-metadata/) provide most of the information you need to create an ACF block in Beaver Builder. We have also created an [example ACF blocks plugin](https://github.com/beaverbuilder/bb-example-acf-blocks) you can use for reference.
+
+The bare minimum required to create an ACF block is two files: ***block.json*** and ***template.php***. It’s also possible to load style and script files specific to your block by defining those in ***block.json***.
+
+:::caution
+There are, however, a few things you should keep in mind.
+
+* **JSX Support** – Blocks that declare JSX support aren’t currently supported in Beaver Builder and won’t be available. When using `block.json`, you need to explicitly set this to `FALSE` as shown in the example below and in [Configuring `block.json`](#configuring-blockjson) section.
+
+  ```json
+	"supports": {
+		"jsx": false
+	},
+	```
+
+* **Block Features** – Beaver Builder doesn’t currently support additional block features that can be configured in block.json including things like alignment, colors, and variations. We only support the basics shown in the examples.
+:::
+
+### Configuring `block.json`
+
+This is a standard WordPress ***block.json*** file with the addition of the `acf` param for defining where your template is located. Without that, you won’t be able to select it in ACF when building your form.
+
+Additionally, this is where you need to set **JSX support** to `FALSE`, otherwise, your block won’t load in Beaver Builder. The paths to the template file (and style or script files) are relative to your ***block.json*** file and need to be stored in the same location.
+
+```json
+{
+	"name": "acf/bb-example-acf-block",
+	"title": "ACF Example Block",
+	"description": "An example ACF block that can be used in Beaver Builder.",
+	"category": "bb-example-acf-blocks",
+	"icon": "admin-appearance",
+	"script": "file:./js/scripts.js",
+	"style": "file:./css/styles.css",
+	"supports": {
+		"jsx": false
+	},
+	"acf": {
+		"mode": "preview",
+		"renderTemplate": "template.php"
+	}
+}
+```
+
+### Defining Custom Groups
+
+You can assign your block to a group other than **Standard Modules** in The Content Panel by adding the following code to ***block.json***.
+
+```json
+"beaverBuilder": {
+	"group": "ACF Blocks"
+}
+```
+
+<details>
+	<summary>Example</summary>
+
+```json
+{
+	"name": "acf/bb-example-acf-block",
+	"title": "ACF Example Block",
+	"description": "An example ACF block that can be used in Beaver Builder.",
+	"category": "bb-example-acf-blocks",
+	"icon": "admin-appearance",
+	"script": "file:./js/scripts.js",
+	"style": "file:./css/styles.css",
+	"supports": {
+		"jsx": false
+	},
+	"acf": {
+		"mode": "preview",
+		"renderTemplate": "template.php"
+	}
+	// highlight-start
+	"beaverBuilder": {
+		"group": "ACF Blocks"
+	}
+	// highlight-end
+}
+```
+
+</details>
+
+### Configuring template.php
+
+The ***template.php*** file is where you output the content for your block. In it, you can query ACF fields like normal with `get_field` and use the result in your output. You should be familiar with this if you have previously worked with ACF.
+
+```php
+<?php
+
+$heading = get_field( 'heading' );
+$content = get_field( 'content' );
+
+?>
+<div>
+	<h3><?php echo $heading; ?></h3>
+	<p><?php echo $content; ?></p>
+</div>
+```
+
+### Loading the Block
+
+Once you’ve created the code for your block, you need to load it using the core function [`register_block_type`](https://developer.wordpress.org/reference/functions/register_block_type/). Your block won’t be available to select in ACF when building your form until you do this.
+
+```php
+add_action( 'init', function() {
+	register_block_type( 'path/to/block.json' );
+} );
+```
+
+## Creating the Block Form
+
+Now create the form for your block. You can do this before or after you code the block — it’s entirely up to you. The block won’t appear in the field group rules until you create the form.
+
+If you’ve created an ACF form before, this should all be fairly standard. Simply create a form, set the location to your block, and your block is ready.
+
+![Creating Block Form](/img/beaver-builder/developer--acf-blocks--3.jpg)
+
+## Exporting the Block Form
+
+This step is optional but can come in handy if you’d like to ship your blocks in a plugin. Under ACF’s tools, you have the option to export or import fields as JSON. This will allow you to store your block’s form in a plugin and even manage it with version control.
+
+![Exporting Block Form](/img/beaver-builder/developer--acf-blocks--4.jpg)
+
+After exporting your block’s form, you can always reimport it later if you need to make changes. Once you’re done, just export it again and push those changes to your git repo.
+
+ACF does provide a way to automatically handle `JSON` files but unfortunately, it only works with a single location. If you do that in a plugin, it could break something else on your site using ACF’s local JSON.
+
+If you’re interested in working with fields this way, here’s how we’re loading them in the example plugin.
+
+```php
+add_action( 'acf/init', function() {
+	$fields = json_decode( file_get_contents( 'path/to/fields.json' ), 1 );
+
+	/**
+	 * Only load if no fields exist in the database with this key.
+		* This allows you to work on the fields if they have been imported.
+	 */
+	if ( empty( acf_get_fields( $fields[0]['key'] ) ) ) {
+		acf_add_local_field_group( $fields[0] );
+	}
+} );
+```
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/conditionally-hidden-content.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/conditionally-hidden-content.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d4b15ad8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/conditionally-hidden-content.md
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+---
+id: conditionally-hidden-content
+title: Conditionally Hidden Content
+sidebar_label: Conditionally Hidden Content
+---
+
+# The Problem with Conditionally Hidden Content
+
+We were alerted to an issue with content that is hidden by Beaver Builder's visibility options or Beaver Themer's conditional logic. When viewed via the REST API or on archive layouts with modules that show a post loop, content that should be hidden was being displayed to all.
+
+## How did this happen?
+
+When you add a text-based or image-based module to a page, the raw text and image data are saved to the native WordPress `post_content`. This ensure that if you deactivate Beaver Builder you will still have that data for WordPress to display.
+
+Up until now, visibility settings were ignored when you published your layout. This meant that when WordPress displayed the post excerpt, it used everything it found in the `post_content`, which included anything that was supposed to be hidden.
+
+## The Fixes We Implemented
+
+We added some clever filters for the REST API so it respects any node visibility settings, so from 2.5.1 onwards, only visible text is added to the backup `post_content`.
+
+## How To Get The Fixes
+
+Update to Beaver Builder 2.5.1. All of the fixes with conditionally hidden content are contained within the Beaver Builder Plugin 2.5.1 release.
+
+If you are using hidden content in your layouts and hidden text is showing up in post modules or archives, we have a small utility plugin that removes the hidden content from the `post_content`. This does not change your layouts in any way.
+
+### Download the utility plugin
+
+Download here: https://updates.wpbeaverbuilder.com/public/bb-excerpt-data-fix.zip
+
+### How to use the plugin
+
+1. Make a full backup of your site, following best practice before updating WordPress, plugins or themes or adding new themes or plugins.  
+
+2. Install and activate the `Beaver Builder Excerpt Fix` plugin.  Upon activation, it will fix your data to make sure the hidden content is not in `post_content`.
+
+3. Check your post modules and archives and make sure the hidden data is not showing in the excerpt.
+
+4. After the plugin runs, it deactivates itself and you can then delete it.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/container-modules.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/container-modules.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7bb4a53b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/container-modules.md
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+---
+id: container-modules
+title: Container Modules
+sidebar_label: Container Modules
+---
+
+Container modules are modules that can accept other modules as children, similar to rows and columns. The Box module in Beaver Builder and Loop module in Beaver Themer are examples of container modules.
+
+Creating a container module is very similar to creating a regular module, with a few additional things you need to do.
+
+### Excluding Wrappers
+
+While this isn't necessary for container modules, it's often desired. By default, the builder will include legacy wrapper divs on modules. To exclude those, you need to set [`'include_wrapper' => false`](custom-modules/08-module-property-reference.md#include_wrapper-boolean) in the module config and render the module attributes on the top-level element in the `frontend.php` file.
+
+```php
+<?php
+
+$custom_attrs = [
+  'class' => [
+  	'my-class-name',
+  ],
+];
+
+?>
+<div <?php $module->render_attributes( $custom_attrs ); ?>>
+...
+</div>
+```
+
+:::info
+
+The module will not work correctly in the builder if you fail to render attributes on the top-level element.
+
+:::
+
+### Define Accepted Children
+
+In order for the module to act as a container, you need to define what children it can accept. By placing `'accepts' => 'all'` in the module config, your module will be able to accept any type of module, including itself.
+
+If you'd like to limit it to only certain modules, you can define an array of modules slugs you want it to accept like so:
+
+```php
+class MyModule extends FLBuilderModule {
+ 	public function __construct() {
+		parent::__construct( [
+ 			'name' => __( 'My Module' ),
+ 			'accepts' => [ 'heading', 'rich-text', 'button' ],
+ 			...
+		] );
+ 	}
+}
+```
+
+### Render Children
+
+In order for your module to display its children, you need to render them in the `frontend.php` file for the module by calling `$module->render_children`. Once you've set `accepts` in the module config and rendered the children, the module will act as a container.
+
+```php
+<div <?php $module->render_attributes(); ?>>
+ 	<?php $module->render_children(); ?>
+</div>
+```
+
+:::info
+
+Calling `$module->render_children` should be done in the top-level element for the module. The builder expects the top-level element to be the sortable element for drag and drop operations. If you need to render children in a nested structure, use the following instead:
+
+```php
+$module->render_children_with_wrapper( 'div', [
+ 	'class' => [
+		'my-class-name',
+ 	],
+] );
+```
+
+:::
+
+### Child Template (Optional)
+
+By default, when you drop a container module on the page, it is empty without any children. However, it is possible to define a default layout for container modules by setting a `template` in the module config.
+
+The template config is an array of arrays for each child module you'd like rendered when the container is added to the page.
+
+The format for each child array is:
+
+```php]
+[ $slug, $settings, $children ]
+```
+
+#### `$slug` String
+
+The child module's slug such as `heading`, `button`, or `rich-text`.
+
+#### `$settings` Array
+
+An array of default settings for this child module.
+
+#### `$children` Array
+
+An array of child module arrays if this is a nested container module. Has no effect on regular modules.
+
+#### Example Template
+
+This is an example child module template with a heading and rich text.
+
+```php
+class MyModule extends FLBuilderModule {
+ 	public function __construct() {
+		parent::__construct( [
+ 			'name' => __( 'My Module' ),
+ 			'template' => [
+				[
+ 					'heading',
+ 					[
+						'heading' => 'Lorem Ipsum Dolor',
+						'tag' => 'h3',
+ 					],
+				],
+				[
+ 					'rich-text',
+ 					[
+						'text' => 'Suspendisse condimentum non nulla.'
+ 					],
+				],
+ 			],
+ 			...
+		] );
+ 	}
+}
+```
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/01-create-a-plugin.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/01-create-a-plugin.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fc171121
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/01-create-a-plugin.md
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+---
+id: 01-create-a-plugin
+title: '01: Create a plugin'
+sidebar_label: '01: Create a plugin'
+slug: create-a-plugin
+---
+
+To create custom modules, you will first need to create a simple plugin. This will ensure that your modules are not overwritten when updating Beaver Builder via the remote updates interface.
+
+## Create a Plugin
+
+To create a plugin, navigate to the WordPress plugins directory located in _`/wp-content/plugins`_ and create a new folder. You should give this folder a unique name using lowercase letters and dashes such as _`my-builder-modules`_.
+
+Next, create a PHP file within your new folder and give it the same name such as _`my-builder-modules.php`_.
+
+Finally, copy and paste the code below into your plugin's PHP file and edit the information such as Plugin Name and Author. You should also rename the constants `MY_MODULES_DIR` and `MY_MODULES_URL` to match your plugin's
+namespace, keeping the `_DIR` and `_URL` suffixes.
+
+```php
+/**
+ * Plugin Name: My Custom Modules
+ * Plugin URI: http://www.mywebsite.com
+ * Description: Custom modules for the Beaver Builder Plugin.
+ * Version: 1.0
+ * Author: Your Name
+ * Author URI: http://www.mywebsite.com
+ */
+define( 'MY_MODULES_DIR', plugin_dir_path( __FILE__ ) );
+define( 'MY_MODULES_URL', plugins_url( '/', __FILE__ ) );
+
+function my_load_module_examples() {
+  if ( class_exists( 'FLBuilder' ) ) {
+      // Include your custom modules here.
+  }
+}
+add_action( 'init', 'my_load_module_examples' );
+```
+
+Now that you've created a plugin, you can activate it within the WordPress Admin Dashboard and move on to the next step.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/02-add-a-module-to-your-plugin.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/02-add-a-module-to-your-plugin.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9ae3dad7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/02-add-a-module-to-your-plugin.md
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+---
+id: 02-add-a-module-to-your-plugin
+title: '02: Add a module to your plugin'
+sidebar_label: '02: Add a module to your plugin'
+slug: add-a-module-to-your-plugin
+---
+
+To add a module, create a folder in your plugin folder and **give it a unique name using lowercase letters and dashes** such as _`my-module`_.
+
+:::caution
+Module folders and file names must be namespaced with a prefix to avoid conflicts with core modules.  
+
+For example, if your name is **John** and you would like to create a button module, your module path
+would be `john-button/john-button.php`, because a non-prefixed `button/button.php` would be overridden by the core button module.
+
+If two modules have the same folder name or slug, even if they are in different plugins, there will be
+a conflict.
+:::
+
+Next, create a PHP file within your module folder and give it the same name, such as _`my-module.php`_.
+
+Finally, you will need to configure your module's class so it can be registered with Beaver Builder in the next step. To do so, copy and paste the code below into your module's PHP file. For more detailed information about the module class, see the [Module Property Reference](08-module-property-reference.md) and [Module Method Reference](09-module-method-reference.md) sections.
+
+This code block contains a `group` item in the array, which defines the group in which your module will appear in the Content Panel in the Beaver Builder editor.
+
+:::info
+Rename the class to reflect the name of your module and change out the module info in the construct method.
+:::
+
+```php
+class MyModuleClass extends FLBuilderModule {
+
+  public function __construct()
+  {
+    parent::__construct(array(
+      'name'            => __( 'My Module', 'fl-builder' ),
+      'description'     => __( 'A totally awesome module!', 'fl-builder' ),
+      'group'           => __( 'My Group', 'fl-builder' ),
+      'category'        => __( 'My Category', 'fl-builder' ),
+      'dir'             => MY_MODULES_DIR . 'my-module/',
+      'url'             => MY_MODULES_URL . 'my-module/',
+      'icon'            => 'button.svg',
+      'editor_export'   => true, // Defaults to true and can be omitted.
+      'enabled'         => true, // Defaults to true and can be omitted.
+      'partial_refresh' => false, // Defaults to false and can be omitted.
+      'include_wrapper' => false, // Defaults to true but is recommended to be set to false
+    ));
+  }
+}
+```
+
+Once you've configured your module class, you'll need to include it within your plugin. To do so, open your main plugin file and include it as shown in the following example.
+
+```php
+function my_load_module_examples() {
+  if ( class_exists( 'FLBuilder' ) ) {
+      require_once 'my-module/my-module.php';
+  }
+}
+```
+
+
+Now that you've added a module to your plugin, it's time to move on to the next step to register it with Beaver Builder and create the settings form.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/03-define-module-settings.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/03-define-module-settings.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5bf8793b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/03-define-module-settings.md
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+---
+id: 03-define-module-settings
+title: '03: Define module settings'
+sidebar_label: '03: Define module settings'
+slug: define-module-settings
+---
+
+Registering your module is done through the `FLBuilder::register_module`
+method call. That method accepts two parameters: the name of your module class
+and an associative array of information for building your settings form.
+
+```php
+FLBuilder::register_module( 'MyModuleClass', array() );
+```
+
+## The Settings Array
+
+The settings array is a nested set of information that allows you to define
+tabs, sections within your tabs and fields within your sections. The top-level
+array items should be associative arrays with the slug for the tabs as the
+array keys. The title of the tabs should also be defined within these arrays
+as shown in the example below.
+
+```php
+FLBuilder::register_module( 'MyModuleClass', array(
+  'my-tab-1'      => array(
+      'title'         => __( 'Tab 1', 'fl-builder' ),
+  ),
+  'my-tab-2'      => array(
+      'title'         => __( 'Tab 2', 'fl-builder' ),
+  ),
+) );
+```
+
+Within your tab arrays should be another array that defines your sections,
+with the slug for the sections as the array keys. The title of the sections
+should also be defined within these arrays, as shown in the example below.
+
+```php
+FLBuilder::register_module( 'MyModuleClass', array(
+  'my-tab-1'      => array(
+    'title'         => __( 'Tab 1', 'fl-builder' ),
+    'sections'      => array(
+      'my-section-1'  => array(
+        'title'            => __( 'Section 1', 'fl-builder' ),
+      ),
+      'my-section-2'  => array(
+        'title'            => __( 'Section 2', 'fl-builder' ),
+      )
+    )
+  )
+) );
+```
+
+Within your section arrays should be another array that defines your fields, with the slug for the fields as the array keys. Please see the [Settings Field Reference](10-setting-fields-reference.md) for an in-depth look at all of the field types as well as additional configuration properties.
+
+```php
+FLBuilder::register_module( 'MyModuleClass', array(
+  'my-tab-1'      => array(
+    'title'         => __( 'Tab 1', 'fl-builder' ),
+    'sections'      => array(
+      'my-section-1'  => array(
+        'title'         => __( 'Section 1', 'fl-builder' ),
+        'fields'        => array(
+          'my-field-1'     => array(
+            'type'          => 'text',
+            'label'         => __( 'Text Field 1', 'fl-builder' ),
+          ),
+          'my-field-2'     => array(
+            'type'          => 'text',
+            'label'         => __( 'Text Field 2', 'fl-builder' ),
+          )
+        )
+      )
+    )
+  )
+) );
+```
+
+:::info
+The slug for tabs, sections and fields should be unique or you will run into conflicts. For example, you will run into issues if you have two tabs that use the slug `my-tab-1`.
+:::
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/04-module-settings-css-javascript.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/04-module-settings-css-javascript.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..528bd31f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/04-module-settings-css-javascript.md
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+---
+id: 04-module-settings-css-javascript
+title: '04: Module Settings CSS & JavaScript'
+sidebar_label: '04: Module Settings CSS & JavaScript'
+slug: module-settings-css-javascript
+---
+
+Now that you've defined your settings, you're ready to customize them using CSS and JavaScript. Beaver Builder gives you two entry points for doing this.
+
+:::info
+It isn't necessary to include any CSS or JavaScript for your settings to work. Doing so is optional.
+:::
+
+## Module Settings CSS
+
+Any CSS you add to this file will be loaded when the settings panel for your
+module is loaded.
+
+```bash
+/wp-content/my-plugin/my-module/css/settings.css
+```
+
+## Module Settings JavaScript
+
+The JavaScript in this file will be loaded when the settings panel for your
+module is loaded. This is where you can register a helper object for your
+settings for initialization, validation rules, and prechecking before the form
+is submitted.
+
+See the example provided in the [Example plugin](index.md) located in *example/js/settings.js* for detailed info and examples of working with form settings JavaScript.
+
+```bash
+/wp-content/my-plugin/my-module/js/settings.js
+```
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/05-module-html.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/05-module-html.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9ad5879c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/05-module-html.md
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+---
+id: 05-module-html
+title: '05: Module HTML'
+sidebar_label: '05: Module HTML'
+slug: module-html
+---
+
+It is essential that the *frontend.php* file is present for a module to function. This file should be placed in the `/includes/` directory of your module, as shown in the example below.
+
+```bash
+/wp-content/my-plugin/my-module/includes/frontend.php
+```
+
+The *frontend.php* file is used to render the HTML markup for each individual instance of your module and provides access to the full WordPress environment in addition to the following variables.
+
+## `$module` Object
+
+An instance of your module class that has all of the properties and methods of
+the parent `FLBuilderModule` class in addition to the properties and methods
+that you define.
+
+## `$id` String
+
+The module's node `ID`.
+
+## `$settings` Object
+
+An object that contains the module settings you defined when registering your module. Use these to output content or check for certain conditions before doing so.
+
+```php
+<div class="fl-example-text">
+  <?php echo $settings->textarea_field; ?>
+  <?php $module->example_method(); ?>
+</div>
+```
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/06-module-css.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/06-module-css.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5c671aba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/06-module-css.md
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+---
+id: 06-module-css
+title: '06: Module CSS'
+sidebar_label: '06: Module CSS'
+slug: module-css
+---
+
+Now that you have a completed module, it's time to style it! Beaver builder
+gives you three entry points for defining CSS for your module, all of which
+are optional and don't need to be included for your module to work. These
+entry points are as follows.
+
+## Global CSS
+
+```bash
+my-plugin/my-module/css/frontend.css
+```
+
+This file should contain styles that will be applied to all module instances within a builder layout.
+
+## Global Responsive CSS
+
+```bash
+my-plugin/my-module/css/frontend.responsive.css
+```
+
+This file should contain styles that will be applied to all module instances
+within a builder layout once the responsive breakpoint has been reached. The
+responsive breakpoint can be set or disabled in the global settings panel.
+
+## Instance CSS
+
+```bash
+my-plugin/my-module/includes/frontend.css.php
+```
+
+This file is used to render the CSS for each individual instance of your module. Note that this is CSS that applies to each instance, such as a color, not global styles that should be applied to all instances. Use
+*css/frontend.css* if you would like to include global module styles for your layouts.
+
+In addition to the full WordPress environment, within this file, you have access to these variables.
+
+### `$module` Object
+
+An instance of your module class that has all of the properties and methods of the parent `FLBuilderModule` class in addition to the properties and methods that you define.
+
+### `$id` String
+
+The module's node `ID`.
+
+### `$settings` Object
+
+An object that contains the module settings you defined when registering your module. Use these to output styles or check for certain conditions before doing so.
+
+```php
+.fl-node-<?php echo $id; ?> {
+  background-color: #<?php echo $settings->bg_color; ?>;
+}
+```
+
+## Auto CSS
+
+Auto-css is a system for using a module’s form preview settings to generate the server-side CSS rules for the module rather than needing to create a separate frontend.css.php file. Fields that use preview ’type' ⇒ 'css’ can opt into auto-css by setting the preview configuration's ’auto' ⇒ true. Auto-css works for most simple css scenarios and the following compound fields: `border, dimension`
+
+```php
+'preview' => [
+  'type' => 'css',
+  'auto' => true,
+  'property' => 'display'
+]
+```
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/07-module-javascript.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/07-module-javascript.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ffd78f3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/07-module-javascript.md
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+---
+id: 07-module-javascript
+title: '07: Module JavaScript'
+sidebar_label: '07: Module JavaScript'
+slug: module-js
+---
+
+Beaver Builder gives you two entry points for defining JavaScript for your
+module, both of which are optional and don't need to be included for your
+module to work.
+
+## Global JavaScript
+
+```bash
+my-plugin/my-module/js/frontend.js
+```
+
+This file should contain JavaScript that will be applied to all module
+instances within a builder layout.
+
+## Instance JavaScript
+
+```bash
+my-plugin/my-module/includes/frontend.js.php
+```
+
+This file is used to render the JavaScript for each individual instance of
+your module. Note that this is JavaScript that applies to each instance, not
+global JavaScript that should be applied to all instances. Use
+_js/frontend.js_ if you would like to include global JavaScript for your
+module.
+
+In addition to the full WordPress environment, within this file, you have
+access to the following variables:
+
+### $module object
+
+An instance of your module class that has all of the properties and methods of
+the parent `FLBuilderModule` class in addition to the properties and methods
+that you define.
+
+### $id string
+
+The module's node ID.
+
+### $settings object
+
+An object that contains the module settings you defined when registering your
+module. Use these to output JavaScript or check for certain conditions before
+doing so.
+
+Example:
+
+```js
+console.log('Module ID: <?php echo $id; ?>');
+console.log('Text: <?php echo $settings->text_field; ?>');
+```
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/08-module-property-reference.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/08-module-property-reference.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3ec27acf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/08-module-property-reference.md
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+---
+id: 08-module-property-reference
+title: "08: Module property reference"
+sidebar_label: "08: Module property reference"
+slug: module-property-reference
+---
+
+## `$category` string
+
+The category that your module will appear in the Beaver Builder editor's
+module list.
+
+## `$description` string
+
+A short description of what your module does. It is not currently used within
+Beaver Builder but may be in the future.
+
+## `$dir` string
+
+The directory path to your module. This should include the trailing slash.
+
+## `$editor_export` boolean
+
+Set this to false if you do not want a stripped down version of your module
+exported to the default WordPress editor when publishing a layout.
+
+## `$enabled` boolean
+
+Set this to false to disable your module and keep it from appearing in Beaver
+Builder's module list.
+
+## `$group` string
+
+The group that your module will appear in Beaver Builder's group selector. You
+may omit this property if you would like your module to appear in the main
+Standard Modules group.
+
+## `$icon` string
+
+An SVG icon for your module. Check out the guide [adding icons to your custom modules](/beaver-builder/developer/tutorials-guides/add-icons-to-your-custom-modules.md) for a complete reference. You may omit this property if you would
+like to use the default icon.
+
+## `$name` string
+
+The name of your module that will appear in Beaver Builder's module list.
+
+## `$node` string
+
+The module's unique ID that doesn't change, even if it is exported and
+imported into another database.
+
+## `$partial_refresh` boolean
+
+Set this to true if you would like to enable partial refresh for your module.
+Please see the [partial refresh reference](17-partial-refresh-reference.md) before doing so.
+
+## `$url` string
+
+The URL path to your module. This should include the trailing slash.
+
+## `$include_wrapper` boolean
+
+This determines whether the normal wrapper divs are included when rendering this module. Defaults to true for backwards compatibility but is recommended to be set to false.
+
+If set to false, the module attributes need to be rendered in the frontend.php file.
+
+```php
+<div <?php $module->render_attributes(); ?>>
+	<!-- Module Content -->
+</div>
+```
+
+:::info
+
+This does not currently work with self-closing tags like `<img />`. A top level element must exist and there must only be one. There cannot be two root elements side by side.
+
+:::
+
+## `$accepts` string or array
+
+Accepts an array of module slugs that can be nested inside the module. Or use the string `all` to allow all modules to be nested.
+
+Defaults to an empty string so that no modules can be nested.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/09-module-method-reference.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/09-module-method-reference.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..300e752f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/09-module-method-reference.md
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+---
+id: 09-module-method-reference
+title: '09: Module method reference'
+sidebar_label: '09: Module method reference'
+slug: module-method-reference
+---
+
+### add_css( $handle, $src, $deps, $ver, $media )
+
+Use this method to register and enqueue additional styles for your module.
+Using this method ensures that your styles will only be loaded when the module
+is present on the page, instead of loading it on every page. This method can
+be used just like you would use the `wp_enqueue_style` function.
+
+Example:
+
+```php
+// Already registered by Beaver Builder.
+$this->add_css( 'font-awesome' );
+
+// Register and enqueue your own.
+$this->add_css( 'example-lib', $this->url . 'css/example-lib.css' );
+```
+
+### add_js( $handle, $src, $deps, $ver, $in_footer )
+
+Use this method to register and enqueue additional scripts for your module.
+Using this method ensures that your scripts will only be loaded when the
+module is present on the page, instead of loading it on every page. This
+method can be used just like you would use the `wp_enqueue_script` function.
+
+Example:
+
+```php
+// Already registered by Beaver Builder.
+$this->add_js( 'jquery-bxslider' );
+
+// Register and enqueue your own.
+$this->add_js( 'example-lib', $this->url . 'js/example-lib.js', array(), '', true );
+```
+
+### remove()
+
+This method should not be called directly by developers. It is called by
+Beaver Builder when a module is being removed from the page. Developers should
+override this method in their module class if they need to work with a module
+before it is removed from the page.
+
+Example:
+
+```php
+public function remove() {     
+  if( !empty( $this->settings->photo_path ) )
+      unlink( $this->settings->photo_path );
+}
+```
+
+### delete()
+
+This method should not be called directly by developers. It is called by
+Beaver Builder when a module is being deleted. Developers should override this
+method in their module class if they need to work with a module before it is
+deleted.
+
+:::info
+
+This method is called when a module is updated and when it's removed
+from the page and should be used for things like clearing photo cache from
+Beaver Builder's cache directory. If you only need to run logic when a module
+is actually removed from the page, use the remove method instead.
+
+:::
+
+Example:
+
+```php
+public function delete() {     
+  if( !empty( $this->settings->photo_path ) )
+      unlink( $this->settings->photo_path );
+}
+```
+
+### enqueue_scripts()
+
+This method should not be called directly by developers. It is called by
+Beaver Builder when module scripts and styles are being enqueued. Developers
+should override this method in their module class if they need to
+conditionally enqueue styles and scripts for their modules.
+
+Example:
+
+```php
+public function enqueue_scripts()
+{
+  if ( $this->settings && $this->settings->link_type == 'lightbox' ) {
+      $this->add_js( 'jquery-magnificpopup' );
+      $this->add_css( 'jquery-magnificpopup' );
+  }
+}
+```
+
+### update( $settings )
+
+This method should not be called directly by developers. It is called by
+Beaver Builder when a module is being updated and passed the module settings
+that can be modified before they are saved to the database. Developers should
+override this method in their module class if they need to work with settings
+before they are saved.
+
+Example:
+
+```php
+public function update( $settings )
+{
+  if( empty( $settings->my_field ) )
+      $settings->my_field = 'Default Text';  
+
+  return $settings;
+}
+```
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/10-setting-fields-reference.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/10-setting-fields-reference.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..74545ccd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/10-setting-fields-reference.md
@@ -0,0 +1,994 @@
+---
+id: 10-setting-fields-reference
+title: '10: Setting fields reference'
+sidebar_label: '10: Setting fields reference'
+slug: setting-fields-reference
+---
+
+:::caution
+
+Please refrain from using the `type` or `connection` keys within the settings fields, as they have been designated for internal purposes and should not be used.
+
+:::
+
+### Align field
+
+The align field displays a button group used to select either left, center or right values. The following screenshot shows the **Alignment** field button group in the UI and what the choices are:
+
+![Align field](/img/developer/custom-modules--10-settings-fields-reference--1.jpg)
+
+You can also set custom return values using the optional `values` param as shown in the example.
+
+**Return value**  
+Returns left, center or right unless custom values have been defined.
+
+```php
+'text-align' => array(
+	'type'    => 'align',
+	'label'   => 'Text Align',
+	'default' => 'center',
+	'preview' => array(
+		'type'       => 'css',
+		'selector'   => '.my-selector',
+		'property'   => 'text-align',
+	),
+),
+```
+
+Here is an example of an align field with custom return values.
+
+```php
+'text-align' => array(
+	'type'    => 'align',
+	'label'   => 'Text Align',
+	'values'  => array(
+		'left'   => '0 auto 0 0',
+		'center' => '0 auto',
+		'right'  => '0 0 0 auto',
+	),
+),
+```
+
+### Border field
+
+The border field displays a compound field with inputs for constructing borders. Using [our live preview system](16-live-preview-reference.md) will take care of the complexities of previewing the border field for you.
+
+**Return value**  
+An array of border data.
+
+```php
+'my_border' => array(
+	'type'       => 'border',
+	'label'      => 'My Border',
+	'responsive' => true,
+	'preview'    => array(
+		'type'     => 'css',
+		'selector' => '.my-selector',
+	),
+),
+```
+
+To render the CSS for your border field, use the `FLBuilderCSS::border_field_rule` helper method in your `frontend.css.php` file as shown below.
+
+```php
+FLBuilderCSS::border_field_rule( array(
+	'settings' 	=> $settings,
+	'setting_name' 	=> 'my_border',
+	'selector' 	=> ".fl-node-$id .my-selector",
+) );
+```
+
+### Button Group field
+
+The button group field displays a group of buttons for selecting a single value when one of the buttons is clicked. Only one button can be selected at a time. When no button is selected, the default setting applies. Here's a screenshot example of a button group used in the **Typography** section.
+
+![Button Group field](/img/developer/custom-modules--10-settings-fields-reference--2.jpg)
+
+**Return value**  
+The selected string value.
+
+```php
+'my_setting' => array(
+	'type'    => 'button-group',
+	'label'   => 'My Setting',
+	'default' => 'two',
+	'options' => array(
+		'one'    => 'One',
+		'two'    => 'Two',
+		'three'  => 'Three',
+	),
+),
+```
+
+#### Align Icons
+
+Horizontal by default, but vertical sets icon above label
+
+```php
+'my_setting' => array(
+	'type'    => 'button-group',
+	'label'   => 'My Setting',
+	'default' => 'two',
+	'align_icons' => 'vertical',
+	'options' => array(
+		'one'    => 'One',
+		'two'    => 'Two',
+		'three'  => 'Three',
+	),
+),
+```
+
+#### Custom Icons
+
+Takes an array matching the options keys for icon HTML.
+
+```php
+'my_setting' => array(
+	'type'    => 'button-group',
+	'label'   => 'My Setting',
+	'options'     => [
+							'flex'    => __( 'Flex', 'fl-builder' ),
+							'grid'    => __( 'Grid', 'fl-builder' ),
+							'z_stack' => __( 'Layers', 'fl-builder' ),
+						],
+	'icons'       => [
+							'flex'    => '<svg width="24" height="10"><use href="#fl-h-stack-icon" /></svg>',
+							'z_stack' => '<svg width="24" height="10"><use href="#fl-z-stack-icon" /></svg>',
+							'grid'    => '<svg width="26" height="10"><use href="#fl-grid-display-icon" /></svg>',
+						],
+
+),
+```
+
+#### More Padding
+
+Normal by default, but ‘padded’ gives more space around the buttons
+
+```php
+'my_setting' => array(
+	'type'    => 'button-group',
+	'label'   => 'My Setting',
+	'default' => 'two',
+	'appearance' => 'padded',
+	'options' => array(
+		'one'    => 'One',
+		'two'    => 'Two',
+		'three'  => 'Three',
+	),
+),
+```
+
+
+#### Fill Space
+
+False by Default. True causes the button group to take up the entire horizontal area
+```php
+'my_setting' => array(
+	'type'    => 'button-group',
+	'label'   => 'My Setting',
+	'default' => 'two',
+	'fill_space' => true,
+	'options' => array(
+		'one'    => 'One',
+		'two'    => 'Two',
+		'three'  => 'Three',
+	),
+),
+```
+
+### Code field
+
+The code field displays an Ace editor for working with code.
+
+**Return value**  
+A string containing the user-submitted code.
+
+```php
+'my_code_field' => array(
+  'type'          => 'code',
+  'editor'        => 'html',
+  'rows'          => '18'
+),
+```
+
+### Color field
+
+The color field displays a color picker that can be used to pick a custom color. If `show_reset` is set to true, users will also be able to clear the color which results in an empty value. You can also set `show_alpha` to true
+to show the alpha slider in the picker.
+
+**Return value**  
+The hexadecimal color value.
+
+```php
+'my_color_field' => array(
+  'type'          => 'color',
+  'label'         => __( 'Color Picker', 'fl-builder' ),
+  'default'       => '333333',
+  'show_reset'    => true,
+  'show_alpha'    => true
+),
+```
+
+#### Rendering Color Fields
+
+There are helper functions to render color fields.
+
+##### FLBuilderColor::hex_or_rgb
+This function ensures that the right color is rendered no matter the format.
+
+**Example Usage**
+```php
+FLBuilderCSS::rule( array(
+	'enabled'  => 'flat' === $settings->style && ! empty( $settings->bg_hover_color ),
+	'selector' => ".fl-builder-content .fl-node-$id a.fl-button:hover, .fl-page .fl-builder-content .fl-node-$id a.fl-button:hover, .fl-page .fl-builder-content .fl-node-$id a.fl-button:hover, .fl-page .fl-page .fl-builder-content .fl-node-$id a.fl-button:hover",
+	'props'    => array(
+		'background-color' => FLBuilderColor::hex_or_rgb( $settings->bg_hover_color ),
+	),
+) );
+```
+
+
+
+### Date field
+
+The date field displays a simple date picker input. This field uses the native browser picker instead of a third-party JavaScript library.
+
+**Return value**  
+A date/time string.
+
+```php
+'my_date' => array(
+	'type'  => 'date',
+	'label' => 'My Date',
+	'min'	=> '2000-01-01', // Optional
+	'max'	=> '2018-12-31', // Optional
+),
+```
+
+### Dimension field
+
+The dimension field displays four number inputs for top, right, bottom, and left values.
+
+**Return value**
+The dimension field doesn’t return a single value on your `$settings` object. Instead, it will return four values corresponding to top, right, bottom, and left, using the key for your setting as a prefix. For example, if
+my setting has a key of `margin`, the values returned will be as follows:
+
+```php
+$settings->margin_top
+$settings->margin_right
+$settings->margin_bottom
+$settings->margin_left
+```
+
+The dimension field is configured as follows.
+
+```php
+'margin' => array(
+	'type'        => 'dimension',
+	'label'       => 'Margins',
+	'description' => 'px',
+),
+```
+
+The dimension field type allows custom unit selects and popup value sliders.
+See the code examples for the unit field.
+
+### Editor field
+
+The editor field displays a WordPress editor that can be used to insert text just as you would on the post edit screen. If `media_buttons` is set to true, the Add Media button will be available above the editor.
+
+**Return value**  
+The HTML content generated by the editor.
+
+```php
+'my_editor_field' => array(
+  'type'          => 'editor',
+  'media_buttons' => true,
+  'wpautop'       => true
+),
+```
+
+If you would like to enable oEmbed in your editor fields, set the `wpautop` param to `false` and output your text in frontend.php like so.
+
+```php
+global $wp_embed;
+echo wpautop( $wp_embed->autoembed( $settings->text ) );
+```
+
+### Font field
+
+The font field displays a select for choosing a font family and a select for choosing a corresponding weight.
+
+**Return value**  
+An array with the family and weight values as shown below.
+
+```php
+Array
+(
+  [family] => Helvetica
+  [weight] => 300
+)
+```
+
+```php
+'my_font_field' => array(
+  'type'          => 'font',
+  'label'         => __( 'Font', 'fl-builder' ),
+  'default'       => array(
+    'family'        => 'Helvetica',
+    'weight'        => 300
+  )
+),
+```
+
+### Form field
+
+A form field is a nested form that can be launched from within an existing form. For a live example of this, check out the Items tab of the Accordion module. There you will see that when you click the Edit Item link, a nested form is displayed for you to edit that particular item.
+
+:::caution
+Form fields cannot be nested.
+:::
+
+**Return value**  
+An object containing a property for each of the settings defined in the form.
+
+**Usage**  
+In order to use the form field, you must have a form defined. That is done similar to registering a module but instead uses the `FLBuilder::register_settings_form` method. That method takes your form ID as well as an array of form config data (again similar to a module's form).
+
+```php
+FLBuilder::register_settings_form('my_form_field', array(
+  'title' => __('My Form Field', 'fl-builder'),
+  'tabs'  => array(
+    'general'      => array(
+      'title'         => __('General', 'fl-builder'),
+      'sections'      => array(
+        'general'       => array(
+          'title'         => '',
+          'fields'        => array(
+            'label'         => array(
+              'type'          => 'text',
+              'label'         => __('Label', 'fl-builder')
+            )
+          )
+        ),
+      )
+    )
+  )
+));
+```
+
+Once you have a form defined, you can reference it in your field's config array by setting the `form` value to the ID of the form you registered. You should also set the `preview_text` value to the ID of a field that is defined in your form.
+
+```php
+'my_form_field' => array(
+  'type'          => 'form',
+  'label'         => __('My Form', 'fl-builder'),
+  'form'          => 'my_form_field', // ID of a registered form.
+  'preview_text'  => 'label', // ID of a field to use for the preview text.
+)
+```
+
+### Gradient field
+
+The gradient field displays a compound field with color, stop, type, angle, and position inputs for constructing a gradient. Using [our live preview system](15-helpers.md) will take care of the complexities of previewing the gradient field for you.
+
+**Return value**  
+An array of gradient data.
+
+```php
+'my_gradient' => array(
+	'type'    => 'gradient',
+	'label'   => 'Gradient',
+	'preview' => array(
+		'type'     => 'css',
+		'selector' => '.my-selector',
+		'property' => 'background-image',
+	),
+),
+```
+
+To render the CSS for your gradient field, use the `FLBuilderColor::gradient` helper method in your `frontend.css.php` as shown below.
+
+```php
+background-image: <?php echo FLBuilderColor::gradient( $settings->my_gradient ); ?>
+```
+
+### Icon field
+
+The icon field displays an icon selector that can be used to pick a custom icon. If `show_remove` is set to true, users will also be able to clear the icon, which results in an empty value.
+
+**Return value**  
+The icon class names, such as `fa fa-flag`.
+
+```php
+'my_icon_field' => array(
+  'type'          => 'icon',
+  'label'         => __( 'Icon Field', 'fl-builder' ),
+  'show_remove'   => true
+),
+```
+
+You can toggle other fields like the [select field](#select-field) type using the `show` value, as seen in the following code example.
+
+```php
+'icon' => array(
+	'type'     => 'icon',
+	'label'    => 'My Icon',
+	'show'	   => array(
+		'fields'    => array( 'field_1', 'field_2' ),
+		'sections'  => array( 'section_1', 'section_2' ),
+		'tabs'      => array( 'tab_1', 'tab_2' ),
+	),
+),
+```
+
+### Link field
+
+The link field displays a text input for entering a URL and a select button that shows a dialog when clicked for selecting a post of any type to link to.
+
+**Return value**  
+The link entered by the user.
+
+```php
+'my_link_field' => array(
+  'type'          => 'link',
+  'label'         => __('Link Field', 'fl-builder')
+  'placeholder'   => __( 'http://www.example.com', 'fl-builder' ),
+),
+```
+
+You can show **Target** or **No Follow** checkboxes without having to code those fields yourself. The following screenshot shows how they appear in the UI.
+
+![Link field](/img/developer/custom-modules--10-settings-fields-reference--3.jpg)
+
+To enable these checkboxes, set the `show_target`, `show_nofollow`, or `show_download` values to `true` in your field config, as shown in the following code example.
+
+```php
+'link' => array(
+  'type'          => 'link',
+  'label'         => 'Link',
+  'placeholder'   => __( 'http://www.example.com', 'fl-builder' ),
+  'show_target'   => true,
+  'show_nofollow' => true,
+  'show_download' => true,
+),
+```
+
+### Loop Settings fields
+
+Loop settings aren't actually a single field but a collection of fields that make up a tab in the settings panel. That tab allows users to select things like Post Type, Order, Terms and more that you can use to create a WordPress loop using the `FLBuilderLoop::query` method.
+
+**Return value**  
+All of the values for the loop settings will be stored in your module's settings object. You shouldn't need to access those settings directly (although you can if you want to). Instead, just pass them to the `FLBuilderLoop::query` method, as shown below, and it will take care of everything for you.
+
+**Usage**  
+To use the loop settings, simply create a new tab array that links to the _ui-loop-settings.php_ file instead of defining sections and fields like a standard tab array.
+
+```php
+'my_loop_settings' => array(
+  'title'     => __( 'Loop Settings', 'fl-builder' ),
+  'file'      => FL_BUILDER_DIR . 'includes/ui-loop-settings.php',
+)
+```
+
+When a user saves your module, you can create a loop in your _frontend.php_ file, as follows:
+
+```php
+$query = FLBuilderLoop::query( $settings );
+
+if ( $query->have_posts() ) {
+  while ( $query->have_posts() ) {
+      $query->the_post();
+  }
+}
+
+wp_reset_postdata();
+```
+
+You can also display pagination for your loop:
+
+```php
+if ( $query->have_posts() ) {
+    FLBuilderLoop::pagination( $query );
+}
+```
+
+### Multiple Audios field
+
+The multiple audios field displays a WordPress media lightbox that allows users to select multiple audio files.
+
+**Return value**  
+A JSON-encoded array of attachment IDs for each audio file selected.
+
+```php
+'my_multiple_audios_field' => array(
+  'type'          => 'multiple-audios',
+  'label'         => __( 'Multiple Audios Field', 'fl-builder' )
+),
+```
+
+### Multiple Photos field
+
+The multiple photos field displays a WordPress media lightbox that allows users to select multiple photos.
+
+**Return value**  
+A JSON encoded array of attachment ids for each photo selected.
+
+```php
+'my_multiple_photos_field' => array(
+  'type'          => 'multiple-photos',
+  'label'         => __( 'Multiple Photos Field', 'fl-builder' )
+),
+```
+
+### Photo field
+
+The photo field displays a WordPress media lightbox that allows users to select a single photo.
+
+**Return value**  
+The attachment ID for the selected photo. In addition to the attachment ID, the photo field also provides the photo URL as a separate variable in your module's settings object. That variable has the same name as your photo field with the suffix `_src` appended to it, such as `my_photo_field_src`.
+
+This is useful if all you need is the URL and don't need to deal with the attachment ID or data. If `show_remove` is set to true, users will also be able to clear the photo which results in an empty value.
+
+```php
+'my_photo_field' => array(
+  'type'          => 'photo',
+  'label'         => __('Photo Field', 'fl-builder'),
+  'show_remove'   => false,
+),
+```
+
+You can toggle other fields like the [select field](#select-field) type using the `show` value. See the Icon field section for a code example.
+
+### Photo sizes field
+
+The photo sizes field displays a select input containing the available WordPress photo sizes as values.
+
+**Return value**  
+The photo size string that can be used in functions such as `the_post_thumbnail($size)` to retrieve a specific photo size.
+
+```php
+'my_photo_sizes_field' => array(
+  'type'          => 'photo-sizes',
+  'label'         => __('Photo Sizes Field', 'fl-builder'),
+  'default'       => 'medium'
+),
+```
+
+### Post Type field
+
+The post type field displays a select input containing the available WordPress post types as values.
+
+**Return value**  
+The post type slug, such as post or page.
+
+```php
+'my_post_type_field' => array(
+  'type'          => 'post-type',
+  'label'         => __('Post Type', 'fl-builder'),
+  'default'       => 'post'
+),
+```
+You can also make a post type field that has the ability to select multiple values by setting the multi-select config value to true as shown below. If that is set, this field will return an array of selected values.
+```php
+'my_post_type_field' => array(
+  'type'          => 'post-type',
+  'label'         => __('Post Type', 'fl-builder'),
+  'default'       => 'post',
+  'multi-select'  => true
+),
+```
+
+### Raw HTML field
+
+The raw HTML field displays raw HTML specified using the `content` param. It does not return a value to your settings because it is only meant for output, not input.
+
+**Return value**  
+This field does not return a value.
+
+```php
+'my_date' => array(
+	'type'    => 'raw',
+	'label'   => 'My Raw Field',
+	'content' => '<p>Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit.</p>',
+),
+```
+
+### Select field
+
+The select field displays a standard HTML select input. Select fields can also be setup to show/hide other tabs, sections and fields within your settings by using the toggle array as shown in the example below. If the value selected by the user matches one defined in your toggle array, those tabs, sections and fields will be shown; otherwise, they will be hidden.
+
+**Return value**  
+The value selected by the user.
+
+```php
+'my_select_field' => array(
+  'type'          => 'select',
+  'label'         => __( 'Select Field', 'fl-builder' ),
+  'default'       => 'option-1',
+  'options'       => array(
+    'option-1'      => __( 'Option 1', 'fl-builder' ),
+    'option-2'      => __( 'Option 2', 'fl-builder' )
+  ),
+  'toggle'        => array(
+    'option-1'      => array(
+      'fields'        => array( 'my_field_1', 'my_field_2' ),
+      'sections'      => array( 'my_section' ),
+      'tabs'          => array( 'my_tab' )
+    ),
+    'option-2'      => array()
+  )
+),
+```
+
+You can also make a select field that has the ability to select multiple values by setting the multi-select config value to true as shown below. If that is set, this field will return an array of selected values.
+
+```php
+'my_multi_select_field' => array(
+  'type'          => 'select',
+  'label'         => __( 'Multi Select Field', 'fl-builder' ),
+  'default'       => 'option-1',
+  'options'       => array(
+    'option-1'      => __( 'Option 1', 'fl-builder' ),
+    'option-2'      => __( 'Option 2', 'fl-builder' )
+  ),
+  'multi-select'  => true
+),
+```
+
+### Service fields
+
+The service field isn't actually a single field but a collection of fields that make up a section in a settings form tab. These fields allow users to enter account information for a specific service (such as MailChimp) and save API connection data. You can then use the saved data in your modules to do things such as subscribe someone to a mailing list.
+
+**Return value**  
+The values for the service fields will be stored in your module's settings object.
+
+**Usage**  
+To use the service fields, simply create a new section array that links to the _service-settings.php_ file instead of defining fields like a standard section array. You also need to define the type of services that you would like available in the services list. Beaver Builder currently supports the `autoresponder` type.
+
+```php
+'service' => array(
+  'title'         => __( 'Service Settings', 'fl-builder' ),
+  'file'          => FL_BUILDER_DIR . 'includes/service-settings.php',
+  'services'      => 'autoresponder'
+),
+```
+
+Once your module is saved, you can access the service instance:
+
+```php
+// Subscribe to an autoresponder service.
+$instance = FLBuilderServices::get_service_instance( $settings->service );
+$response = $instance->subscribe( $settings, $email, $name );
+```
+
+You can also access the saved account data by doing the following...
+
+```php
+$instance = FLBuilderServices::get_service_instance( $settings->service );
+$account_data = $instance->get_account_data( $settings->service_account );
+```
+
+### Shadow field
+
+The shadow field displays a compound field with inputs for constructing a shadow effect. Using [our live preview system](15-helpers.md) will take care of the complexities of previewing the shadow field for you.
+
+**Return value**  
+An array of shadow data.
+
+```php
+'my_shadow' => array(
+	'type'        => 'shadow',
+	'label'       => 'My Shadow',
+	'show_spread' => true,
+	'preview'     => array(
+		'type'     => 'css',
+		'selector' => '.my-selector',
+		'property' => 'box-shadow',
+	),
+),
+```
+
+To render the CSS for your shadow field, use the `FLBuilderColor::shadow` helper method in your `frontend.css.php` file as shown below.
+
+```php
+box-shadow: <?php echo FLBuilderColor::shadow( $settings->my_shadow ); ?>
+```
+
+### Suggest field
+
+The suggest field displays a text input that returns a list of suggested results as the user types. It is currently designed to work with posts (of any type), terms (tags, categories, etc.), users and links (to a post of any type).
+
+The action value of the config array currently accepts one of four values.
+
+* `fl_as_posts` \- Search posts. The data value of the config array must be the slug of the post type you want to search. Returns an array of post IDs.
+* `fl_as_terms` \- Search terms. The data value of the config array must be the slug of the term you want to search. Returns an array of term IDs.
+* `fl_as_users` \- Search users. Returns an array of user IDs.
+* `fl_as_links` \- Search links. Returns an array of permalinks.
+
+**Return value**  
+A string of comma-separated values that the user has selected.
+
+```php
+// Search all pages.
+'my_suggest_field' => array(
+  'type'          => 'suggest',
+  'label'         => __( 'Suggest Field', 'fl-builder' ),
+  'action'        => 'fl_as_posts', // Search posts.
+  'data'          => 'page', // Slug of the post type to search.
+  'limit'         => 3, // Limits the number of selections that can be made.
+),
+```
+
+### Text field
+
+The text field displays a standard HTML text input.
+
+**Return value**  
+The text entered by the user.
+
+```php
+'my_text_field' => array(
+  'type'          => 'text',
+  'label'         => __( 'Text Field', 'fl-builder' ),
+  'default'       => '',
+  'maxlength'     => '2',
+  'size'          => '3',
+  'placeholder'   => __( 'Placeholder text', 'fl-builder' ),
+  'class'         => 'my-css-class',
+  'description'   => __( 'Text displayed after the field', 'fl-builder' ),
+  'help'          => __( 'Text displayed in the help tooltip', 'fl-builder' )
+),
+```
+
+### Textarea field
+
+The textarea field displays a standard HTML textarea input. There is an optional `maxlength` key-value pair, shown in this example, and you can set any value you want. Beaver Builder has no maximum number of characters in its textareas, but you can use `maxlength` if you want to limit the number of characters that a user can enter.
+
+**Return value**  
+The text entered by the user.
+
+```php
+'my_textarea_field' => array(
+  'type'          => 'textarea',
+  'label'         => __( 'Textarea Field', 'fl-builder' ),
+  'default'       => '',
+  'placeholder'   => __( 'Placeholder Text', 'fl-builder' ),
+  'maxlength'		=> '255',
+  'rows'          => '6'
+),
+```
+
+### Time field
+
+The time field displays inputs for selecting the hour, minutes and period of the day (am/pm).
+
+**Return value**  
+An array containing the hour, minutes and period.
+
+```php
+'my_time_field' => array(
+  'type'       => 'time',
+  'label'      => __( 'Time', 'fl-builder' ),
+  'default'		=> array(
+    'hours'		=> '01',
+    'minutes'	=> '00',
+    'day_period'	=> 'am'
+  )			
+),
+```
+
+Once your module is saved, you can access the values:
+
+```php
+$settings->my_time_field['hour'];
+$settings->my_time_field['minutes'];
+$settings->my_time_field['day_period'];
+```
+
+### Time Zone field
+
+The time zone field displays an input for selecting a specific time zone.
+
+**Return value**  
+The time zone string.
+
+```php
+'my_timezone_field' => array(
+  'type'          => 'timezone',
+  'label'         => __( 'Time Zone', 'fl-builder' ),
+  'default'       => 'UTC',
+),
+```
+
+### Typography field
+
+The typography field displays a compound field with font, style, spacing, and shadow inputs for customizing the look of text.
+
+![Link field](/img/developer/custom-modules--10-settings-fields-reference--4.jpg)
+
+Using [our live preview system](15-helpers.md) will take care of the complexities of previewing the typography field for you.
+
+**Return value**  
+An array of typography data.
+
+```php
+'my_typography' => array(
+  'type'       => 'typography',
+  'label'      => 'Typography',
+  'responsive' => true,
+  'preview'    => array(
+    'type'	    => 'css',
+    'selector'  => '.my-selector',
+  ),
+),
+```
+
+To render the CSS for your typography field, use the `FLBuilderCSS::typography_field_rule` helper method in your `frontend.css.php` file as shown below.
+
+```php
+FLBuilderCSS::typography_field_rule( array(
+  'settings'	=> $settings,
+  'setting_name' 	=> 'my_typography',
+  'selector' 	=> ".fl-node-$id .my-selector",
+) );
+```
+
+### Unit field
+
+The unit field displays a text input for entering a number.
+
+**Return value  
+**The number entered by the user.
+
+```php
+'font_size' => array(
+  'type'        => 'unit',
+  'label'       => 'Font Size',
+  'description' => 'px',
+),
+```
+
+#### Custom Unit select
+
+You can add a custom unit select (such as `px`, `vh`, `%`) to unit fields. These selects allow you to choose from a predefined list of values, as shown below. When using custom unit selects, you don't have to define the unit in your preview config, also shown below.
+
+```php
+'width' => array(
+  'type'         => 'unit',
+  'label'        => 'Width',
+  'units'	       => array( 'px', 'vw', '%' ),
+  'default_unit' => '%', // Optional
+  'preview'	   => array(
+    'type'          => 'css',
+    'selector'      => '.my-class',
+    'property'      => 'width',
+  ),
+),
+```
+
+Settings with a custom unit select will receive a related setting with the `_unit` suffix, as shown in the example below. Together with the original setting, you can build the full value.
+
+```php
+$value = $settings->width . $settings->width_unit
+```
+
+:::info
+If you choose to set only one value for your custom unit select (such as `px`), it will still show up but won't be a selectable field.
+:::
+
+#### Popup Value slider
+
+You can enable a popup slider control for unit fields when they are focused. This lets users change the values using a slider instead of the keyboard.
+
+To enable the popup slider for a field, simply set the `slider` value in your field config to `true`.
+
+```php
+'width' => array(
+  'type'   => 'unit',
+  'label'  => 'Width',
+  'slider' => true,
+),
+```
+
+Examples of more advanced setups are shown below, allowing you to customize the `min`, `max`, and `step` values for the slider. If you are using custom units, you can customize the values for each unit as well.
+
+```php
+'width' => array(
+  'type'   => 'unit',
+  'label'  => 'Width',
+  'slider' => array(
+    'min'  	=> 0,
+    'max'  	=> 1000,
+    'step' 	=> 10,
+  ),
+),
+```
+
+```php
+'width' => array(
+  'type'   => 'unit',
+  'label'  => 'Width',
+  'units'  => array( 'px', 'vw', '%' ),
+  'slider' => array(
+    'px'	=> array(
+      'min'	=> 0,
+      'max'	=> 1000,
+      'step'	=> 10,
+    ),
+  ),
+),
+```
+
+### Video field
+
+The video field displays a WordPress media lightbox that allows users to select a single video.
+
+**Return value**  
+The attachment id for the selected video.
+
+```php
+'my_video_field' => array(
+  'type'          => 'video',
+  'label'         => __( 'Video Field', 'fl-builder' )
+),
+```
+
+### Field Modifiers
+
+#### Toggle
+
+The Toggle array can be used to show or hide other tabs, sections, or fields. If the value selected by the user matches one defined in your toggle array, those tabs, sections and fields will be shown; otherwise, they will be hidden.
+
+The following field types support the toggle array:
+
+* button group
+* select
+
+```php
+'my_select_field' => array(
+  'type'          => 'select',
+  'label'         => __( 'Select Field', 'fl-builder' ),
+  'default'       => 'option-1',
+  'options'       => array(
+    'option-1'      => __( 'Option 1', 'fl-builder' ),
+    'option-2'      => __( 'Option 2', 'fl-builder' )
+  ),
+  'toggle'        => array(
+    'option-1'      => array(
+      'fields'        => array( 'my_field_1', 'my_field_2' ),
+      'sections'      => array( 'my_section' ),
+      'tabs'          => array( 'my_tab' )
+    ),
+    'option-2'      => array()
+  )
+),
+```
+
+#### Set
+
+The Set array can be used to set another field's value.
+
+The following field types support the set array:
+
+* button group
+* select
+
+```php
+ 'my_set_field'   => array(
+  'type'          => 'select',
+  'label'         => __('Set Field', 'fl-builder'),
+  'default'       => 'option-1',
+  'description'	=> 'Choose Option 2 and see the Set Text get populated',
+  'options'       => array(
+   'option-1'      => __('Option 1', 'fl-builder'),
+   'option-2'      => __('Option 2', 'fl-builder')
+    ),
+  'set' => [
+    'option-2'    => [
+     'set_text'     => 'Hello',
+     ],
+   ],
+),
+```
+
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/11-responsive-fields-reference.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/11-responsive-fields-reference.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bcf1ad8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/11-responsive-fields-reference.md
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+---
+id: 11-responsive-fields-reference
+title: '11: Responsive fields reference'
+sidebar_label: '11: Responsive fields reference'
+slug: responsive-fields-reference
+---
+
+Users can enter different responsive breakpoint values for a single field by clicking on the device toggle icon associated with that field. You can see an example of this in the Beaver Builder editor if you visit the margins setting for rows, columns or modules.
+
+The following field types support responsive breakpoints:
+
+* [`align`](10-setting-fields-reference.md#align-field)
+* [`border`](10-setting-fields-reference.md#border-field)
+* [`button-group`](10-setting-fields-reference.md#button-group-field)
+* [`dimension`](10-setting-fields-reference.md#dimension-field)
+* [`photo`](10-setting-fields-reference.md#photo-field)
+* [`select`](10-setting-fields-reference.md#select-field)
+* [`typography`](10-setting-fields-reference.md#typography-field)
+* [`unit`](10-setting-fields-reference.md#unit-field)
+
+The easiest way to enable this for your fields is to define `responsive` as `true` in your field config, as shown below.
+
+```php
+'font_size' => array(
+  'type'        => 'unit',
+  'label'       => 'Font Size',
+  'description' => 'px',
+  'placeholder' => 24,
+  'responsive'  => true,
+),
+```
+
+You can have more granular control by defining `responsive` as an array of standard field config keys, with each providing a value for the `default`, `large`, `medium`, and `responsive` breakpoints, as follows.
+
+```php
+'font_size' => array(
+  'type'        => 'unit',
+  'label'       => 'Font Size',
+  'description' => 'px',
+  'responsive'  => array(
+    'placeholder' => array(
+      'default'     =>  36, // Extra Large
+      'large'       =>  26, // Large Breakpoint
+      'medium'      =>  20, // Medium Breakpoint
+      'responsive'  =>  16, // Small Breakpoint
+    ),
+  ),
+),
+```
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/12-repeater-fields-reference.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/12-repeater-fields-reference.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bf692018
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/12-repeater-fields-reference.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+id: 12-repeater-fields-reference
+title: '12: Repeater fields reference'
+sidebar_label: '12: Repeater fields reference'
+slug: repeater-fields-reference
+---
+
+A repeater field is a field that can be duplicated multiple times, reordered
+and deleted. For a live example of this, check out the Items tab of the
+Accordion module. There you will see that when you click the Add Item button,
+another item field is added. This works for any field type, including form
+fields (as in the Accordion module). The only field types it currently doesn't
+work with are Border Fields, Editor Fields, Loop Settings Fields, Photo Fields, Service
+Fields and Typography Fields.
+
+## Return value  
+An array of values for each of the repeated fields.
+
+## Usage
+Creating a repeater field is simple. Just set the `multiple` value in the
+field config array to true and your field will automatically become a
+repeater.
+
+```php
+'my_text_field' => array(
+  'type'          => 'text',
+  'label'         => __( 'My Text Field', 'fl-builder' ),
+  'limit'         => 5, // limit the number of repeaters
+  'multiple'      => true,
+),
+```
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/13-sanitize-field-values.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/13-sanitize-field-values.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..85324431
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/13-sanitize-field-values.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+id: 13-sanitize-field-values
+title: '13: Sanitize field values'
+sidebar_label: '13: Sanitize field values'
+slug: sanitize-field-values
+---
+
+You can provide a sanitization callback function for your field's value. For
+example, you may want to ensure that the value entered by a user for your
+field is returned as a number no matter what they enter.
+
+To do that, first define your sanitization callback function that returns the
+sanitized value:
+
+```php
+function sanitize_number( $value ) {
+  return absint( $value );
+}
+```
+
+Then specify that function in your field config using the `sanitize`
+parameter:
+
+```php
+'font_size' => array(
+  'type'          => 'unit',
+  'label'         => 'Font Size',
+  'description'   => 'px',
+  'sanitize'	=> 'sanitize_number',
+),
+```
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/14-create-custom-fields.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/14-create-custom-fields.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..364290e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/14-create-custom-fields.md
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+---
+id: 14-create-custom-fields
+title: '14: Create custom fields'
+sidebar_label: '14: Create custom fields'
+slug: create-custom-fields
+---
+
+In addition to creating custom modules, developers can also define custom
+fields for use in settings forms using their own HTML.
+
+:::info
+The custom fields in settings forms are purely JavaScript-based.
+:::
+
+## Create custom field files
+
+Create a new PHP or HTML file for your custom field. This file should contain
+markup for an Underscores JavaScript template in the same flavor that
+WordPress core uses for wp.template. If you're not familiar with those type of
+templates, read up on [Underscores templates](http://underscorejs.org/#template) and
+[wp.template](https://codex.wordpress.org/Javascript_Reference/wp.template).
+
+:::info
+You do not need to wrap your template in `<script></script>` tags
+with an ID. Beaver Builder will handle that for you.
+:::
+
+Inside your field file you will have access to the following properties on the
+`data` object.
+
+### data.field object  
+The config that you defined for this field in your module's PHP file.
+
+### data.globalSettings object  
+The global settings object for Beaver Builder.
+
+### data.name string  
+The name (or key) for this field as it will be stored on the settings object
+when saved.
+
+### data.settings object  
+The saved settings for the form this field is a part of.
+
+### data.value string  
+The saved value for this field.
+
+Using those properties, you can create any type of field markup that you wish.
+Just make sure something is using the `data.name` and `data.value` properties
+so it can be properly saved. Here is an example of a simple text field file.
+
+```html
+<input type="text" name="{{data.name}}" value="{{data.value}}" />
+```
+
+## Register custom field files
+
+Once you have created your custom field files, you'll need to register them
+using the `fl_builder_custom_fields` filter. That filter will pass a `$fields`
+array to your callback function with the array keys being the field types and
+the array values being the paths to the fields. The field type you enter will
+be what you need to use in your module's form config to use that field.
+
+:::info
+Your field type should be prefixed so it doesn't clash with core
+field types or other custom fields. For example, if you have a field type
+`toggle`, it should be `my-toggle` in case the core plugin ever introduces a
+`toggle` field type.
+:::
+
+Register your custom fields to be autoloaded by Beaver Builder, as shown
+below.
+
+```php
+function my_custom_builder_fields( $fields ) {
+  $fields['my-field'] 	  = '/path/to/my/fields/my-field.php';
+  $fields['my-other-field'] = '/path/to/my/fields/my-other-field.php';
+  return $fields;
+}
+add_filter( 'fl_builder_custom_fields', 'my_custom_builder_fields' );
+```
+
+After you have registered your custom field file, it can be used in your
+module settings as follows.
+
+```php
+'example_custom_field' => array(
+  'type'          => 'my-field',
+  'label'         => 'My Field',
+  'default'       => '',
+  'foo'           => 'bar'       
+),
+```
+
+## Enqueue custom field assets
+
+Developers may also wish to enqueue CSS and JavaScript assets for their fields
+while Beaver Builder is active. This is done in the same way you typically
+enqueue assets, except that the enqueue calls are wrapped in an if statement
+that checks to see if Beaver Builder is active:
+
+```php
+function fl_my_custom_field_assets() {
+  if ( class_exists( 'FLBuilderModel' ) && FLBuilderModel::is_builder_active() ) {
+      wp_enqueue_style( 'my-custom-fields', FL_MODULE_EXAMPLES_URL . 'assets/css/fields.css', array(), '' );
+      wp_enqueue_script( 'my-custom-fields', FL_MODULE_EXAMPLES_URL . 'assets/js/fields.js', array(), '', true );
+  }
+}
+add_action( 'wp_enqueue_scripts', 'fl_my_custom_field_assets' );
+```
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/15-helpers.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/15-helpers.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d2f0a388
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/15-helpers.md
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+---
+id: 15-helpers
+title: '15: Helpers'
+sidebar_label: '15: Helpers'
+slug: helpers
+---
+
+There are helpers for CSS rendering and settings compatibility, as follows.
+
+## CSS Rendering Helper
+
+The CSS helper makes it simple to render complex CSS rules with your settings,
+especially settings for multiple device sizes. Just use the methods described
+below in your `frontend.css.php` and we'll handle the rest for you.
+
+### Render a single rule for a single device size
+
+```php
+/**
+ * Render a single rule for a single device size.
+ */
+FLBuilderCSS::rule( array(
+  'selector' => ".fl-node-$id .some-element",
+  'media' => 'max-width: 980px', // Optional. Can be 'default', 'medium', 'responsive' or a custom statement.
+  'enabled' => 'bar' === $settings->foo, // Optional.
+  'props' => array(
+    'background-image' => $settings->bg_image_src,
+    'background-repeat' => $settings->bg_repeat_responsive,
+  ),
+) );
+```
+
+### Render a single rule/property for all device sizes
+
+```php
+/**
+ * Render a single rule/property for all device sizes (default, medium, responsive).
+ * For this to work, your field must be defined as 'responsive' => `true`.
+ */
+FLBuilderCSS::responsive_rule( array(
+  'settings'	=> $settings,
+  'setting_name'	=> 'align', // As in $settings->align.
+  'selector'	=> ".fl-node-$id .some-element",
+  'prop'		=> 'text-align',
+) );
+```
+
+### Render the rule/properties for a dimension field
+
+```php
+/**
+ * Renders the rule/properties for a dimension field.
+ */
+FLBuilderCSS::dimension_field_rule( array(
+  'settings'	=> $settings,
+  'setting_name' 	=> 'padding',
+  'selector' 	=> ".fl-node-$id .some-element",
+  'unit'		=> 'px', // Omit if custom unit select is used.
+  'props'		=> array(
+    'padding-top' 	 => 'padding_top', // As in $settings->padding_top
+    'padding-right'  => 'padding_right',
+    'padding-bottom' => 'padding_bottom',
+    'padding-left' 	 => 'padding_left',
+  ),
+) );
+```
+
+### Render the rule/properties for a typography field
+
+```php
+/**
+ * Renders the rule/properties for a typography field.
+ */
+FLBuilderCSS::typography_field_rule( array(
+  'settings'	=> $settings,
+  'setting_name' 	=> 'typography', // As in $settings->typography
+  'selector' 	=> ".fl-node-$id .some-element",
+) );
+```
+
+### Render the rule/properties for a border field
+
+```php
+/**
+ * Renders the rule/properties for a border field.
+ */
+FLBuilderCSS::border_field_rule( array(
+  'settings' 	=> $settings,
+  'setting_name' 	=> 'item_border', // As in $settings->item_border
+  'selector' 	=> ".fl-node-$id .some-element",
+) );
+```
+
+## Settings Compatibility Helper
+
+You can change or remove settings for a module in a backwards compatible way
+using the settings compatibility helper. All module instances receive a
+`filter_settings` method that can be overridden to transform your settings
+before they are consumed by Beaver Builder, as in the following example.
+
+```php
+class FLExampleModule extends FLBuilderModule {
+
+  public function __construct() {
+    parent::__construct( array(
+      'name'        => 'Example',
+    ) );
+  }
+
+  public function filter_settings( $settings ) {
+
+    /**
+     * Convert an old setting to a new setting.
+     * Don't forget to unset the old setting!
+     */
+    if ( isset( $settings->old_setting ) ) {
+      $settings->new_setting = do_something_with_old_setting( $settings->old_setting );
+      unset( $settings->old_setting );
+  }
+
+  /**
+   * Change an existing setting.
+   */
+  if ( isset( $settings->existing_setting ) ) {
+  	$settings->existing_setting = do_something( $settings->existing_setting );
+  }
+
+  /**
+   * Always return the settings when you are done.
+   */
+  return $settings;
+  }
+}
+```
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/16-live-preview-reference.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/16-live-preview-reference.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2a5d4cb6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/16-live-preview-reference.md
@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+---
+id: 16-live-preview-reference
+title: '16: Live preview reference'
+sidebar_label: '16: Live preview reference'
+slug: live-preview-reference
+---
+
+By default, whenever a user changes a module setting, the Beaver Builder
+layout will refresh to reflect that change. The default refresh functionality
+works in many cases but can be overridden as detailed in the examples below
+for an instant preview that doesn't require a refresh.
+
+Additionally, when developing a module, you must write it in a way that you
+account for the default settings as modules are rendered as soon as they are
+dropped into a layout. As such, your code should never expect that it's
+dealing with user submitted settings as it could be dealing with the default
+settings.
+
+## Important Preview
+
+You can declare preview rules as important using the `important` param.
+
+```php
+'text_color' => array(
+  'type'    => 'color',
+  'label'   => 'Text Color',
+  'preview' => array(
+    'type'	    => 'css',
+    'selector'  => '.my-selector',
+    'property'  => 'color',
+    'important' => true,
+  ),
+),
+```
+
+## Attribute Preview
+
+Attribute previews allow you to preview an HTML attribute change on an
+element. For example, you can have a text field update the `data-foo`
+attribute on an element as shown below.
+
+```php
+'my_text' => array(
+  'type'    => 'text',
+  'label'   => 'My Text',
+  'preview' => array(
+    'type'	    => 'attribute',
+    'attribute' => 'data-foo',
+    'selector'  => '.my-selector',
+    'format_callback' => '', // Optional JS format callback.
+  ),
+),
+```
+
+## Callback Preview
+
+Callback previews allow you to specify the name of a JavaScript function in
+your field config for implementing custom preview logic.
+
+```php
+'my_color' => array(
+  'type' => 'color',
+  'label' => 'My Color',
+  'preview' => array(
+    'type' => 'callback',
+    'callback' => 'myPreviewCallback',
+  ),
+),
+```
+
+Then define your callback function in JavaScript:
+
+```php
+function myPreviewCallback( args ) {
+  /**
+   * Use `args` for any kind of preview logic you can dream of!
+   */
+  console.log( args )
+}
+```
+
+## Text Preview
+
+A text preview will insert the text of a field into the element specified by
+the selector value. The selector value for all preview types is scoped to your
+module and only needs to include the selector of the element you wish to
+modify.
+
+```php
+'my_text' => array(
+  'type'          => 'text',
+  'label'         => __('My Text', 'fl-builder'),
+  'preview'       => array(
+    'type'          => 'text',
+    'selector'      => '.fl-example-text'
+  )
+),
+```
+
+## CSS Preview
+
+A CSS preview will use the value of a field combined with the property value
+to change the style of the element specified by the selector value. A unit
+value (as shown below) must also be specified for style properties such as
+font-size or line-height.
+
+```php
+'my_font_size' => array(
+  'type'          => 'text',
+  'label'         => __('My Font Size', 'fl-builder'),
+  'description'   => 'px',
+  'preview'       => array(
+    'type'          => 'css',
+    'selector'      => '.fl-example-text',
+    'property'      => 'font-size',
+    'unit'          => 'px'
+  )
+),
+```
+
+You can also define an array of rules for your CSS previews that allows a
+field to affect more than one selector and property.
+
+```php
+'my_color' => array(
+  'type'          => 'color',
+  'label'         => __('My Color', 'fl-builder'),
+  'preview'       => array(
+    'type'          => 'css',
+    'rules'           => array(
+      array(
+        'selector'     => '.selector-1',
+        'property'     => 'color'
+      ),
+      array(
+        'selector'     => '.selector-2',
+        'property'     => 'background-color'
+      ),   
+    )
+  )
+),
+```
+
+## CSS Color Preview
+
+A CSS color preview is similar to the standard CSS preview except that it only
+applies to color picker fields. The value of the color picker field will be
+combined with the property value to change the style of the element specified
+by the selector value.
+
+```php
+'my_color' => array(
+  'type'         => 'color',
+  'label'        => __('My Color', 'fl-builder'),
+  'preview'      => array(
+    'type'         => 'css',
+    'selector'     => '.fl-example-text',
+    'property'     => 'color'
+  )
+),
+```
+
+## None
+
+A preview type of none will prevent any preview from occurring when a module
+setting field is changed. This preview type can be useful if you wish to code
+your own custom preview functionality in the module's _settings.js_ file.
+
+```php
+'my_select' => array(
+  'type'          => 'select',
+  'label'         => __('My Select', 'fl-builder'),
+  'default'       => 'option-2',
+  'options'       => array(
+    'option-1'      => __('Option 1', 'fl-builder'),
+    'option-2'      => __('Option 2', 'fl-builder')
+  ),
+  'preview'      => array(
+    'type'         => 'none'
+  )
+),
+```
+
+## JavaScript Events
+
+There are two JavaScript events available to you when working with live
+previews that may come in handy:
+
+### fl-builder.layout-rendered  
+This event fires on the main builder content wrapper `.fl-builder-content`
+every time the layout is rendered or rerendered, typically when saving
+settings. It can be used to run additional logic once the render has been
+completed.
+
+**Example:**
+
+```js
+$( '.fl-builder-content' ).on( 'fl-builder.layout-rendered', myCallbackFunction );
+```
+
+### fl-builder.preview-rendered  
+This event fires on the main builder content wrapper `.fl-builder-content`
+every time the layout _preview_ is rendered or rerendered when editing
+settings. It can be used to run additional logic once the render has been
+completed.
+
+**Example:**
+
+```js
+$( '.fl-builder-content' ).on( 'fl-builder.preview-rendered', myCallbackFunction );
+```
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/17-partial-refresh-reference.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/17-partial-refresh-reference.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e4cc2369
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/17-partial-refresh-reference.md
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+---
+id: 17-partial-refresh-reference
+title: '17: Partial refresh reference'
+sidebar_label: '17: Partial refresh reference'
+slug: partial-refresh-reference
+---
+
+Current versions of Beaver Builder plugin employ Partial Refresh for layout,
+in which only the row, column, or module that you are currently editing is
+updated when you click Save (or a preview refresh is triggered). However,
+custom module developers need to enable this for their modules and be sure
+that they are compatible for partial refresh to work. Custom modules that do
+not support partial refresh will trigger a full layout refresh when edited.
+
+### Partial refresh compatibility
+
+:::info
+If your module doesn't use JavaScript, you can skip this section and
+enable partial refresh.
+:::
+
+To make your custom modules compatible with partial refresh, any JavaScript
+written for them must only run for the current instance that is being edited.
+If it doesn't, then when your module is refreshed, the JavaScript will run for
+all instances on the page (if any are present) potentially causing things to
+break.
+
+Here's an example of JavaScript code that is NOT partial-refresh compatible
+and runs for all instances on the page.
+
+```js
+$( '.my-module-class' ).each( function(){
+	// Do something to each module on the page.
+} );
+```
+
+As you can see, that code will run the same function for each module on the
+page, even when just a single module is updated.
+
+Here's an example of JavaScript code that **is** partial-refresh compatible
+and only runs for an individual instance. **Note:** this should be in
+_frontend.js.php_.
+
+```js
+$( '.fl-node-<?php echo $id; ?>' ).css( 'background', '#ffffff' );
+```
+
+That code will only run for a module with a specific ID.
+
+At this point, you may be wondering how you can accomplish this without having
+to use _frontend.js.php_ for everything. We typically do that by using
+_frontend.js.php_ for the instance code and _frontend.js_ to house the bulk of
+the logic. Here's an example:
+
+In _frontend.js.php_ , we instantiate the module's JavaScript logic for the
+individual instance. Any number of parameters can be passed here. We're just
+using `id` for this module.
+
+```js
+(function($) {
+  $(function() {
+    new FLBuilderAccordion({
+      id: '<?php echo $id ?>'
+    });
+  });
+})(jQuery);
+```
+
+In _frontend.js_ we build the `FLBuilderAccordion` object, which has all of
+the module's JavaScript logic and uses the parameters passed in <
+_frontend.js.php_ (some code omitted for brevity).
+
+```js
+(function($) {
+
+  FLBuilderAccordion = function( settings ) {
+    this.settings 	= settings;
+    this.nodeClass  = '.fl-node-' + settings.id;
+    this._init();
+  };
+
+  FLBuilderAccordion.prototype = {
+
+    _init: function() {
+      $( this.nodeClass + ' .fl-accordion-button' ).click( $.proxy( this._buttonClick, this ) );
+    },
+
+    _buttonClick: function( e ) {
+      ...
+    },
+
+    _slideUpComplete: function() {
+      ...
+    },
+
+    _slideDownComplete: function() {
+      ...
+    }
+  };
+
+})(jQuery);
+```
+
+### Enable partial refresh
+
+Once your module is compatible, enabling partial refresh is easy. Just set the
+partial_refresh parameter in your module's constructor to true as shown in the
+example below and partial refresh will be enabled for your module.
+
+```php
+class MyModuleClass extends FLBuilderModule {
+
+  public function __construct()
+  {
+    parent::__construct(array(
+      'partial_refresh' => true // Set this to true to enable partial refresh.
+    ));
+  }
+}
+```
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/18-override-modules.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/18-override-modules.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..18473066
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/18-override-modules.md
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+---
+id: 18-override-modules
+title: '18: Override modules'
+sidebar_label: '18: Override modules'
+slug: override-modules
+---
+
+Overriding Beaver Builder modules can be beneficial when you need to modify the module's functionality beyond what is available through its settings or options. This approach can be applied to all Beaver Builder modules.
+
+:::caution
+This article assumes you're using a child theme.
+:::
+
+## Getting Started
+
+To begin overriding Beaver Builder modules, you must have access to your website's files. This can be achieved by using a file manager plugin or an FTP/SFTP client. Once you have access, follow these steps:
+
+1. Create a folder named _`fl-builder`_ inside the directory of your child theme: _`/wp-content/themes/THEME_NAME/`_
+
+2. Inside the _`fl-builder`_ folder, create another folder named _`modules`_.
+
+3. Copy the entire folder of the module that you want to override from _`/wp-content/plugins/bb-plugin/modules`_ to your theme's _`fl-builder/modules`_ folder located at _`/wp-content/themes/THEME_NAME/fl-builder/modules`_.
+
+:::caution
+For the module override to work correctly, make sure to copy the entire module folder, including all of its files, instead of just the specific files you want to customize.
+:::
+
+After copying the folder, you can customize the module's code to your liking, but ensure that the module's folder name, main PHP file name, and main class name remain the same as the original module to be recognized by Beaver Builder.
+
+:::tip
+If you’re not seeing your changes, try clearing the Beaver Builder cache.
+:::
+
+## Example
+
+Although overridden modules can work with any theme, it's recommended to use a child theme to safeguard them from theme updates. In the example below, you can see the folder and file structure that would result from duplicating the Audio, Button, Menu, and Post modules into a BB Theme Child.
+
+```bash
+/bb-theme-child
+├── /fl-builder
+│   └── /modules
+│       ├── /audio
+│       ├── /button
+│       ├── /menu
+│       └── /post-grid
+├── functions.php
+└── style.css
+```
+
+## Outdated Modules
+
+Overridden modules remain unaffected by Beaver Builder updates, which may introduce new features and bug fixes to modules. If you want to ensure that your overridden modules stay current, you need to update the overridden module files on your own.
+
+To compare the changes made in the Beaver Builder update, you can examine the default module files located in the Beaver Builder modules directory (_`/wp-content/plugins/bb-plugin/modules`_).
+
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/19-localization.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/19-localization.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..79ecf246
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/19-localization.md
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+---
+id: 19-localization
+title: '19: Localization'
+sidebar_label: '19: Localization'
+slug: localization
+---
+
+You will notice that in all of the examples we are using WordPress' built-in
+translation functions such as `__()` and `_e()`. The default text domain that
+we have provided, `fl-builder`, should be changed out to your plugin folder's
+name should you decide to translate your plugin. See the [WordPress codex](https://make.wordpress.org/polyglots/handbook/) for more info on translating your plugin.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/20-module-aliases.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/20-module-aliases.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bda819d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/20-module-aliases.md
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+---
+id: 20-module-aliases
+title: '20: Module Aliases'
+sidebar_label: '20: Module Aliases'
+slug: module-aliases
+---
+Module aliases are a way to create copies of modules with pre-configured settings without having to completely write a new module from scratch.   While the module aliases settings are pre-configured when a user drops the module on the page, the settings can still be changed by the user. 
+
+## Registering your Module Alias
+Registering your Module Alias is done through the `FLBuilder::register_module_alias` method call. That method accepts two parameters: the name of your module class and an associative array of information for building your settings form with the pre-configured settings.
+
+You can see examples uses of Module Aliases in Beaver Themer and with the Box Module preset options in Beaver Builder.  
+## Examples
+
+### Box Module Example
+This creates an alias of the Box Module that then is a module for Horizontal Flex Columns.
+
+```php
+FLBuilder::register_module_alias( 'horizontal-stack', [
+	'module'      => 'box',
+	'name'        => __( 'Flex Columns', 'fl-builder' ),
+	'description' => __( 'A simple flex column', 'fl-builder' ),
+	'category'    => __( 'Box', 'fl-builder' ),
+	'icon'        => 'layout.svg',
+	'settings'    => [
+		'layout'         => 'flex',
+		'flex_direction' => 'row',
+		'child_flex'     => [ 'grow' => '1' ],
+		'margin_top'     => '0',
+		'margin_right'   => '0',
+		'margin_bottom'  => '0',
+		'margin_left'    => '0',
+	],
+	'template'    => [
+		[ 'box', [] ],
+		[ 'box', [] ],
+		[ 'box', [] ],
+	],
+] );
+```
+### Themer Example
+This creates a Module alias of the Heading module to create an Archive Title Module by pre-configuring the Heading field to be connected to the Archive title field connection. 
+
+```php
+FLBuilder::register_module_alias( 'fl-archive-title', array(
+	'module'      => 'heading',
+	'name'        => __( 'Archive Title', 'bb-theme-builder' ),
+	'description' => __( 'Displays the title for the current archive.', 'bb-theme-builder' ),
+	'group'       => __( 'Themer Modules', 'bb-theme-builder' ),
+	'category'    => __( 'Archives', 'bb-theme-builder' ),
+	'enabled'     => FLThemeBuilderLayoutData::current_post_is( 'archive' ),
+	'settings'    => array(
+		'tag'         => 'h1',
+		'connections' => array(
+			'heading' => (object) array(
+				'object'   => 'archive',
+				'property' => 'title',
+				'field'    => 'text',
+			),
+		),
+	),
+) );
+```
+
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/index.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/index.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..62d2d6f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/custom-modules/index.md
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+---
+id: index
+title: Custom Modules
+sidebar_label: Custom Modules
+---
+
+Creating custom modules for [Beaver Builder](https://wpbeaverbuilder.com) can
+open up a world of possibilities for you and your clients. You can extend and
+modify our existing modules to fit a specific use case, or create brand new
+modules.
+
+:::info Beaver Builder Course
+
+We highly recommend taking advantage of our [Custom Module Developer Course](https://courses.wpbeaverbuilder.com/create-a-custom-beaver-builder-module), which offers a comprehensive guide on creating an Image Comparison Slider module.
+
+:::
+
+## Getting Started
+
+To begin, feel free to download our example plugin below. You can explore the code or refer to the [step-by-step](#step-by-step-guide) guide provided below.
+
+1. [Download the Example Plugin](https://github.com/beaverbuilder/bb-custom-module-examples/releases/latest/download/bb-custom-module-examples.zip) zip to your computer.
+2. Go to your website's **WordPress Admin Dashboard > Plugins > Add New > Upload Plugin**.
+3. Upload the *`bb-custom-module-examples-2.0.zip`* file.
+4. **Activate** the plugin.
+5. Launch Beaver Builder on a page and find the new **Example Modules** section in the Content Panel, containing the **Basic Example** and **Example** modules.
+
+:::tip
+You can override any of the built-in modules by following the steps in the [Override Built-In Modules](18-override-modules.md) article.
+:::
+
+## Step by Step Guide
+
+In this step-by-step guide, we'll go over how to code custom modules with
+their own settings panel just like the modules included with the builder.
+
+import DocCardList from '@theme/DocCardList';
+
+<DocCardList/>
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/how-to-tips/add-custom-attributes-to-rows-columns-or-modules.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/how-to-tips/add-custom-attributes-to-rows-columns-or-modules.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d4672b7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/how-to-tips/add-custom-attributes-to-rows-columns-or-modules.md
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+---
+id: add-custom-attributes-to-rows-columns-or-modules
+title: Add custom attributes to rows, columns or modules
+sidebar_label: Add custom attributes to rows, columns or modules
+---
+
+You can easily add custom attributes when you need them for a particular row,
+column or module. The code examples below use filters to add the attributes to
+a row, column or module that has a custom ID.
+
+In all of these examples, assign your own custom ID to the **ID** field in the
+**HTML attributes** section of the **Advanced** tab. Substitute your own
+attribute name and value and your custom ID in the code and place the code in
+the _functions.php_ file of your child theme.
+
+![](/img/custom-attributes-1.png)
+
+## Add an attribute to a row
+
+This example adds an attribute of `data-foo="bar"` to a row that has a custom
+ID of `my-row-id`.
+
+```php
+add_filter('fl_builder_row_attributes', function ($attrs, $row) {
+  if ('my-row-id' == $row->settings->id) {
+    $attrs['data-foo'] = 'bar';
+  }
+  return $attrs;
+}, 10, 2);
+```
+
+## Add an attribute to a column
+
+This example adds an attribute of `data-foo="bar"` to a column that has a
+custom ID of `my-column-id`.
+
+```php
+add_filter('fl_builder_column_attributes', function ($attrs, $row) {
+  if ('my-column-id' == $row->settings->id) {
+    $attrs['data-foo'] = 'bar';
+  }
+  return $attrs;
+}, 10, 2);
+```
+
+## Add an attribute to a module
+
+This example adds an attribute of `data-foo="bar"` to a module that has a
+custom ID of `my-module-id`.
+
+```php
+add_filter('fl_builder_module_attributes', function ($attrs, $row) {
+  if ('my-module-id' == $row->settings->id) {
+    $attrs['data-foo'] = 'bar';
+  }
+  return $attrs;
+}, 10, 2);
+```
+
+## Add multiple attributes to a row
+
+This example demonstrates how to use the filter to add multiple attributes to
+a row that has an ID of `my-row-id`. Use this code for columns by changing the
+`fl_builder_row_attributes` filter to the column
+`fl_builder_column_attributes` filter. Use this code for modules by changing
+it to the `fl_builder_module_attributes` filter.
+
+```php
+add_filter('fl_builder_row_attributes', function ( $attrs, $row ) {
+  if ( 'my-row-id' == $row->settings->id ) {
+    $attrs['data-foo'] = 'bar';
+    $attrs['data-foo-2'] = 'bar-2';
+  }
+  return $attrs;
+}, 10, 2);
+```
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/how-to-tips/create-a-video-lightbox-for-an-amazon-s3-video.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/how-to-tips/create-a-video-lightbox-for-an-amazon-s3-video.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2eb4f50a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/how-to-tips/create-a-video-lightbox-for-an-amazon-s3-video.md
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+---
+id: create-a-video-lightbox-for-an-amazon-s3-video
+title: Create a video lightbox for an Amazon S3 video
+sidebar_label: Create a video lightbox for an Amazon S3 video
+---
+
+These instructions assume that you haven't uploaded your video to Amazon S3 yet but also describe the folder structure and file permissions you need to get the video lightbox to work. Thanks to one of our members for providing this information!
+
+1. Create a folder on Amazon S3 that ends as a domain name.  
+  For example, create a folder with your domain name at the end, such as
+*name.myurl.com*.
+
+2. Under that folder, create another folder with any name.
+3. Upload the video.
+4. Change the permissions of the video file to the following:
+   * Group: **All user**
+   * Privilege: **Read Only**
+   * ACP: **None**  
+    
+   The method to change the permissions varies depending on the tool you’re using to access the file on Amazon S3. [This article](http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/UG/EditingPermissionsonanObject.html) may be helpful.
+
+5. In the Beaver Builder editor, create an HTML module where you want your video to appear in your layout.
+
+6. Add the following code to the HTML module. Substitute an `ID`, your video URL, and your cover image or text URL in the `<a>` tag. See the previous procedure for an example of how to add the cover image tag or text.  
+  
+  ```markup
+  <a id="ADD-YOUR-ID" href="https://name.myurl.com.s3.amazonaws.com/SUBFOLDER-NAME/VIDEO-FILENAME.mp4">ADD TEXT or IMAGE URL</a>
+
+  <script type="text/javascript">
+
+  jQuery(function () {
+    jQuery("#ADD-YOUR-ID").magnificPopup({
+      type: "iframe",
+      mainClass: "mfp-fade",
+      fixedContentPos: false,
+    });
+  });
+
+  </script>
+  ```
+
+:::info
+If you use this code more than once on the same page, make sure the
+ID is unique in each occurrence. In CSS, classes can repeat, but ID values
+must always be unique on a page.
+:::
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/how-to-tips/data-storage.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/how-to-tips/data-storage.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..32d1a315
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/how-to-tips/data-storage.md
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+---
+id: data-storage
+title: Data storage
+sidebar_label: Data storage
+---
+
+Layout data for Beaver Builder is stored in the WordPress postmeta table in a
+serialized array.
+
+Live Beaver Builder data is stored using the postmeta key  `_fl_builder_data,` ,
+while draft data is stored using the postmeta key `_fl_builder_draft`.
+
+When you activate Beaver Builder, any content that is already in the WordPress
+editor is migrated to a text module within Beaver Builder. In addition, every
+time you make changes and publish a Beaver Builder layout, a stripped-down
+version of the layout is saved to the WordPress editor so your content is
+available should you ever decide to deactivate Beaver Builder.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/how-to-tips/disable-minification-and-caching-with-wpdebug.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/how-to-tips/disable-minification-and-caching-with-wpdebug.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..be5a9d16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/how-to-tips/disable-minification-and-caching-with-wpdebug.md
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+---
+id: disable-minification-and-caching-with-wpdebug
+title: Disable minification and caching with WP_DEBUG
+sidebar_label: Disable minification and caching with WP_DEBUG
+---
+
+It is a best practice to set [WP_DEBUG](https://wordpress.org/support/article/debugging-in-wordpress/)
+to `true` during development to catch errors that might not otherwise show.
+Setting `WP_DEBUG` to **true** in your *wp-config.php* file will have the
+following effects:
+
+* The compiled css/js files that are normally stored in the */uploads/bb-plugin/cache* directory will be unminified and regenerated on every page load.
+* It will disable minification and concatenation of the core UI files in the */plugins/bb-plugin/js/_ and */plugins/bb-plugin/css/* directories.
+
+By default, `WP_DEBUG` is set to false in *wp-config.php*.
+
+**To change the WP_DEBUG setting:**
+
+  1. In the main WordPress directory for your site, open *wp-config.php* for editing.
+  2. Search for `WP_DEBUG` and change the setting to **true**, as follows:
+
+  ```php
+  define( 'WP_DEBUG', true );
+  ```
+
+This is especially useful during the development of custom modules. The CSS
+and JavaScript for the current layout will be refreshed on each page load
+instead of cached, as it is by default.
+
+When WP_DEBUG is set to **false**, all of the core UI files in the */plugins
+/bb-plugin/js/* and **/plugins/bb-plugin/css/** directories will be minified
+and concatenated into *fl-builder.min.css* and *fl-builder.min.js*.
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+Alternatively, you can use the `fl_is_debug` filter which performs the same as setting `WP_DEBUG` to `true`. Simply add the snippet below to your child theme's *functions.php* file.
+
+```php
+add_filter( 'fl_is_debug', '__return_true' );
+```
+:::
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/how-to-tips/disable-schema-markup-beaver-builder.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/how-to-tips/disable-schema-markup-beaver-builder.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..31f5e1e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/how-to-tips/disable-schema-markup-beaver-builder.md
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+---
+id: disable-schema-markup-beaver-builder
+title: Disable schema markup in Beaver Builder
+sidebar_label: Disable schema markup in Beaver Builder
+---
+
+If you'd like to disable [Schema](https://schema.org/) markup within Beaver Builder, use the filter:
+
+```php
+add_filter( 'fl_builder_disable_schema', '__return_true' );
+```
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/how-to-tips/display-subset-typography-controls.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/how-to-tips/display-subset-typography-controls.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..60a7eab8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/how-to-tips/display-subset-typography-controls.md
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+---
+id: display-subset-typography-controls
+title: Limit Typography section controls
+sidebar_label: Limit Typography section controls
+---
+
+You can add code that displays only a subset of the **Typography** section in modules that include it. For example, if you add the following code to a modules typography array, it will disable font size controls for mobile device settings.
+
+```
+'disabled' => array( 'responsive' => array( 'font_size' ) )
+```
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/how-to-tips/html-css-and-javascript-reference.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/how-to-tips/html-css-and-javascript-reference.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0ff7638f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/how-to-tips/html-css-and-javascript-reference.md
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+---
+id: html-css-and-javascript-reference
+title: 'HTML, CSS, and JavaScript reference'
+sidebar_label: 'HTML, CSS, and JavaScript reference'
+---
+
+Each Beaver Builder layout has a dynamically generated and compressed CSS and
+JavaScript file, which is cached each time you update or save a layout.
+
+Each file name starts with the current post ID, followed by either _-layout_ ,
+_-layout-draft_ , or _-layout-preview_.
+
+Additionally, instead of loading the CSS and JavaScript for every possible
+module, Beaver Builder only loads the CSS and JavaScript for the modules
+currently on the page. That includes only enqueuing when needed third-party
+libraries such as sliders, tabs, or accordions.
+
+Beaver Builder’s markup is based on a grid system that consists of five types
+of responsive elements. Each element gets a unique class name (for example,
+`.fl-node-530d81d3093f5`), which developers can style accordingly. Here are
+the five responsive elements and their corresponding CSS classes:
+
+## Layout (.fl-builder-content)  
+There is only one layout element per page. It contains all of the other Beaver
+Builder elements.
+
+## Rows (.fl-row)
+Rows are child elements of the main layout and contain column groups.
+
+## Column Groups (.fl-col-group)
+Column groups can be thought of as rows within rows. A column group can
+contain any number of columns, but column groups cannot be nested.
+
+## Columns (.fl-col)
+Columns come in many shapes and sizes and can contain as many modules as you
+want to put in them. As the screen size becomes smaller, a row of columns will
+be stacked vertically. Larger columns become 100% width when viewed on smaller
+screens, while smaller columns have a max width of 400 px.
+
+## Modules (.fl-module) 
+Modules are the last level of elements that can be added to a builder layout.
+They contain the dynamically generated markup for each unique module.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/how-to-tips/load-css-and-javascript-inline.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/how-to-tips/load-css-and-javascript-inline.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9f381a18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/how-to-tips/load-css-and-javascript-inline.md
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+---
+id: load-css-and-javascript-inline
+title: Load CSS and JavaScript inline
+sidebar_label: Load CSS and JavaScript inline
+---
+
+Instead of loading Beaver Builder CSS and JavaScript as an asset file, you can
+render the CSS inline in the `<head>` tag and the JavaScript inline right
+before the closing `<body>` tag.
+
+This can be a solution to some rare caching issues, but in most cases you
+don’t need to do it.
+
+Add the following line of code to your _functions.php_ file in your child
+theme:
+
+```php
+add_filter( 'fl_builder_render_assets_inline', '__return_true' );
+```
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/how-to-tips/load-google-fonts-locally-gdpr.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/how-to-tips/load-google-fonts-locally-gdpr.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fe50fc7c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/how-to-tips/load-google-fonts-locally-gdpr.md
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+---
+id: load-google-fonts-locally-gdpr
+title: Load Google Fonts Locally (GDPR)
+sidebar_label: Load Google Fonts Locally (GDPR)
+---
+
+Beaver Builder accesses Google Fonts through its Content Delivery Network (CDN). Google claims to be compliant with GDPR in their use of personal information. If you still want to load Google fonts locally from your own server, this article has the procedure to disable the remote calls to Google Fonts server.
+
+:::caution
+
+The complete Google Fonts library will continue to appear in the typography dropdown menu within Beaver Builder modules and the BB Theme Customizer options, but cannot be used unless you load them locally.
+
+:::
+
+## Beaver Builder (plugin)
+
+You can stop all remote calls to Google Fonts made by Beaver Builder by adding the following code to your child theme’s _functions.php_ file.  
+  
+```php
+// Beaver Builder module enqueued Google Fonts
+add_filter( 'fl_builder_google_fonts_pre_enqueue', function( $fonts ) {
+  return array();
+} );
+```
+
+## BB Theme
+
+You can stop all remote calls to Google Fonts made by the BB Theme by adding the following code to your child theme’s _functions.php_ file.
+  
+```php
+// BB Theme enqueued Google Fonts
+add_action( 'wp_enqueue_scripts', function() {
+  global $wp_styles;
+    if ( isset( $wp_styles->queue ) ) {
+      foreach ( $wp_styles->queue as $key => $handle ) {
+        if ( false !== strpos( $handle, 'fl-builder-google-fonts-' ) ) {
+          unset( $wp_styles->queue[ $key ] );
+        }
+      }
+    }
+}, 101 );
+```
+
+## Loading Google Fonts Locally
+
+If you want to load Google Fonts locally, you need to download the font files and add them to your site. You can do this by following the steps in the [Google Fonts self-hosting guide](https://fonts.google.com/knowledge/using_type/self_hosting_web_fonts) or by using a third-party font plugin.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/how-to-tips/map-module-filter-google.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/how-to-tips/map-module-filter-google.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c1ec7f02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/how-to-tips/map-module-filter-google.md
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+---
+id: map-module-filter-google
+title: Filter Google Map arguments in the Map module
+sidebar_label: Google Map arguments in the Map module
+---
+
+The `fl_builder_map_args` filter lets you add or change Google map arguments to filter the location on the map, add language parameters for WPML, or even change the key. Here's an example.
+
+```php
+add_filter( 'fl_builder_map_args', function( $args, $settings ) {
+    if ( defined( 'ICL_LANGUAGE_CODE' ) ) {
+        $args['language'] = ICL_LANGUAGE_CODE;
+    }
+    return $args;
+}, 10, 2 );
+```
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/how-to-tips/prevent-css-and-javascript-from-loading-on-archive-pages.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/how-to-tips/prevent-css-and-javascript-from-loading-on-archive-pages.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d0ad020e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/how-to-tips/prevent-css-and-javascript-from-loading-on-archive-pages.md
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+---
+id: prevent-css-and-javascript-from-loading-on-archive-pages
+title: Prevent CSS and JavaScript from loading on archive pages
+sidebar_label: Prevent CSS and JavaScript from loading on archive pages
+---
+
+When you have blog posts or custom posts displayed on an archive page that was
+built with Beaver Builder, the CSS and JavaScript might be loaded onto the
+archive page.
+
+Sometimes you want this functionality, other times, not. This behavior occurs
+because of the way Beaver Builder taps into the loop to know which CSS and
+JavaScript files to load.
+
+To prevent the CSS and JavaScript files from loading on archive pages, add the
+following code to your child theme’s _functions.php_ file.
+
+```php
+if ( is_archive() ) {
+    remove_action( 'wp_enqueue_scripts', 'FLBuilder::layout_styles_scripts' );
+}
+```
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/how-to-tips/render-layouts-with-php.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/how-to-tips/render-layouts-with-php.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9878afcb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/how-to-tips/render-layouts-with-php.md
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+---
+id: render-layouts-with-php
+title: Render layouts with PHP
+sidebar_label: Render layouts with PHP
+---
+
+You can render Beaver Builder layouts using PHP. This is typically done in
+theme files to create editable headers and footers, but there are other uses
+as well, such as an editable callout below your posts.
+
+Use the `FLBuilder::render_query` method for this purpose. It accepts an array
+of query parameters and works exactly the same way `WP_Query` works, except
+that it renders Beaver Builder layout for any posts that are found instead of
+returning them.
+
+See the [WordPress Codex on WP_Query](https://developer.wordpress.org/reference/classes/wp_query/) for
+more information about the query parameters that can be passed to this method.
+
+### Examples
+
+* Render a page with the ID of 123.
+
+  ```php
+  FLBuilder::render_query( array(
+      'page_id' => 123
+  ) );
+  ```
+
+* Render a Beaver Builder template with the ID of 123. Note that templates, saved rows, and saved modules are all stored using the `fl-builder-template` post type.
+
+  ```php
+  FLBuilder::render_query( array(
+      'post_type' => 'fl-builder-template',
+      'p'         => 123
+  ) );
+  ```
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/iframe-ui.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/iframe-ui.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..802f2b9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/iframe-ui.md
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+---
+id: iframe-ui
+title: Beaver Builder Responsive iFrame UI
+sidebar_label: Responsive iFrame UI
+description: The purpose of this article is to explain what the responsive iframe UI is, how it works, and how it can be extended and integrated.
+---
+
+The purpose of this article is to explain what the responsive iframe UI is, how it works, and how it can be extended and integrated.
+
+## Introduction
+
+Responsive iFrame User Interface (UI) displays the layout that you are editing for accurate previews on a variety of devices. The interface has been updated so that you can preview the layout at any size you choose while you are editing.
+
+The iframe UI works by using two "windows." One is the browser window you use to view the builder, also referred to as the parent window. The other is an iframe window used to render the page content for you to edit.
+
+### What's in the Parent Window?
+
+The parent window contains everything needed for the iframe to load and function properly. Once loaded, the iframe also renders the builder's UI. This includes the majority of the UI including the toolbar, menu, panels, and settings. The parent window loads everything, but the iframe controls the majority of the execution.
+
+### What's in the iFrame?
+
+The iframe currently contains the entire page and the builder. When the builder loads, if it is in an iframe, its UI will be displayed in the parent window rather than in the window in which it is loaded. The overlays are the only UI elements rendered within the iframe.
+
+## How the iFrame UI Loads
+
+### Loading the UI
+
+The iframe UI works by intercepting the `template_redirect` hook and rendering a custom HTML document with only what's needed to render the iframe when the `fl_builder_ui` `GET` variable is present.
+
+As the iframe loads the same page, the builder knows to load the iframe's content rather than the iframe's parent by including the `fl_builder_ui_iframe` `GET` variable. This allows the builder to send AJAX requests from both the parent and the child because the URL is the same.
+
+### Loading Scripts
+
+The majority of scripts are loaded within the iframe, allowing the builder to continue working in the legacy UI. In contrast to legacy, the UI renders itself in the parent window once loaded instead of the current one.
+
+Some scripts are loaded in the parent window as they work on the current window and cannot be adjusted through the config to render and work on the parent window. The media library, for example, must render in the parent in order for it to span the width of the page with smaller devices, which we cannot do with the iframe.
+
+:::info
+See `FLBuilderUIIFrame::enqueue_scripts` in `classes/fl-builder-ui-iframe.php` for more information on script loading in the parent window. Script loading in the iframe remains the same.
+:::
+
+### Loading Styles
+
+In order to provide a consistent UI for the iframe and the parent window, styles are loaded in both. The reason for this is that the styles for the iframe (mainly overlays) and the parent window UI (toolbar, settings, etc.) are all combined within a few files and plugins, especially if you have Beaver Themer installed.
+
+It is currently necessary to load those stylesheets in both the iframe and parent window so that they can be applied to elements rendered in both. Third-party developers may also encounter this issue since we recommend enqueuing builder assets using `wp_enqueue_scripts` and checking `FLBuilderModel::is_builder_active`.
+
+## Developing in the IFrame UI
+
+### Accessing the Parent Window
+
+```js
+// Within the iframe
+const win = window.parent
+
+// Within the parent window
+const win = window
+```
+
+Since the builder's iframe is loaded on the same domain, we do not have to use `postMessage` to communicate. We can access the parent window from the iframe using `parent.window`, which enables you to execute scripts attached to the parent window or manipulate its DOM with native functions.
+
+Despite not being in an iframe, `parent.window` is still set. In that legacy context, it'll resolve to the only window that's available, the current window, and your logic should still function as expected. For example, if you called `parent.window.document.getElementById` in your script to access a UI element in the parent window, it would still access that same UI element in the legacy UI.
+
+### Accessing the IFrame Window
+
+```js
+// Within the iframe
+const win = window
+
+// Within the parent window
+const win = FLBuilder.UIIFrame.getIFrameWindow()
+```
+
+When executing code within the parent window, you can access the iframe's window object by using the `FLBuilder.UIIFrame.getIFrameWindow()` helper function. That will return the iframe's window object or the current window object if the legacy UI is enabled.
+
+In an iframe, you can access the `window` object or call any globals directly if you need something on the iframe window. If you use the legacy user interface, that will fall back to the current window.
+
+### Selecting Elements with jQuery
+
+```js
+// Accessing parent UI from within the iframe
+$( '.fl-builder-bar', parent.window.document )
+$( 'body', parent.window.document ).find( '.fl-builder-bar' )
+
+// Accessing iframe UI from within the parent
+var win = FLBuilder.UIIFrame.getIFrameWindow();
+$( '.fl-row', win.document )
+$( 'body', win.document ).find( '.something' )
+```
+
+Selecting elements with jQuery works the same, however, there are cases when you need to specify which document you are checking in. jQuery's select function has a second parameter that's not often used (shown above) that lets you specify the document you'd like it to check in.
+
+That matters because only calling `$( '.fl-builder-bar' )` won't select it if you're selecting from a script within the iframe. That element is rendered in the parent window, so to select it, you need to tell jQuery to look there. Both of the examples above will also fallback to the same window object in the legacy UI.
+
+When the builder is loaded, jQuery's select function is modified at runtime to also check in the parent window. That will help catch most of the time you forget to specify which document to check but it won't catch everything. The rule of thumb going forward is to know what window you're executing in and to specify the document if you're accessing something outside of that window.
+
+### Triggering Events with jQuery
+
+```js
+// Triggering parent events within the iframe
+parent.window.jQuery( '.fl-button' ).trigger( 'click' )
+
+// Triggering iframe events within the parent
+var win = FLBuilder.UIIFrame.getIFrameWindow();
+win.jQuery( '.fl-row' ).trigger( 'mouseenter' )
+```
+
+Triggering events across windows using jQuery requires you to use that window's copy of jQuery to select the element. That's because jQuery internally stores event data that won't be available if you trigger using the wrong copy. Triggering in the same window requires no changes.
+
+### Working with TinyMCE
+
+```js
+// When working with settings forms in the iframe
+const t = parent.window.tinymce
+
+// When working with inline editing in the iframe
+const t = tinymce
+```
+
+TinyMCE is one of the scripts that's loaded in both the iframe and parent window. This is because TinyMCE needs to load in the window that it renders. The parent window's copy of TinyMCE is used to work with settings forms since that's where they render. The iframe's copy is used to work with inline editing since that is rendered in the iframe.
+
+### Enqueuing in the Parent Window
+
+```php
+add_action( 'fl_builder_ui_enqueue_scripts', function() {
+		// Enqueue builder UI assets.
+} );
+```
+
+Even though we lock down script loading in the parent window, we still allow scripts to be explicitly enqueued using the `fl_builder_ui_enqueue_scripts` action. Most scripts should still be enqueued in the `FLBuilder` class for backwards compatibility with the legacy UI until we decide to sunset that.
+
+### Disabling the IFrame UI
+
+The iframe UI can be disabled with a filter or by going to **Admin > Settings > Beaver Builder > Advanced** and toggling the **Responsive IFrame UI** setting.
+
+```php
+add_filter( 'fl_builder_iframe_ui_enabled', '__return_false' );
+```
+
+## Migrating Existing Code
+
+In most cases, existing code should continue to work in the iFrame UI. However, there are some cases where it will need to be adjusted.
+
+### Selecting Elements with jQuery
+
+The most common issue is selecting elements with jQuery. If you have been selecting an element that is now located in the parent window, your code will need to be updated to target it there. If the element is in the iframe window, your code can stay the same.
+
+```js
+// OLD WAY - Only targets elements in the iframe.
+$( '.my-element' )
+
+// NEW WAY - Targets elements in the parent window.
+$( '.my-element', parent.window.document )
+```
+
+### Loading Scripts
+
+The majority of scripts are loaded within the iframe. However, there are some cases where you need to load a script in the parent window. That can be done by enqueuing on the `fl_builder_ui_enqueue_scripts` action.
+
+Additionally, there may be times where a script reference needs to be shared across windows. TinyMCE is a great example of this. We only want to load it in one place but we need the global variable available to both windows. Below are examples of passing global variables between windows.
+
+```js
+// Passing from the iframe to the parent window.
+window.parent.FooBar = FooBar
+
+// Passing from the parent to the iframe window.
+var win = FLBuilder.UIIFrame.getIFrameWindow()
+win.FooBar = FooBar
+```
+
+## Frontend Code Reference
+
+* `FLBuilder.UIIFrame.isEnabled`  
+  Returns `TRUE` if the iFrame UI is enabled. The legacy UI is enabled if this returns `FALSE`.
+
+* `FLBuilder.UIIFrame.isUIWindow`  
+  Returns `TRUE` if the script is currently executing in the parent window that renders the builder's UI.
+
+* `FLBuilder.UIIFrame.isIFrameWindow`  
+  Returns `TRUE` if the script is currently executing in the iframe window.
+
+* `FLBuilder.UIIFrame.getIFrameWindow`  
+  Returns the iframe's window object. Falls back to the current window for the legacy UI.
+
+## Backend Code Reference
+
+* `FLBuilderUIIFrame::is_enabled`  
+  Returns `TRUE` if the iFrame UI is enabled. The legacy UI is enabled if this returns `FALSE`.
+
+* `FLBuilderUIIFrame::is_ui_request`  
+  Returns `TRUE` if the current request is for the iframe's parent window.
+
+* `FLBuilderUIIFrame::is_iframe_request`  
+  Returns `TRUE` if the current request is for what should load in the iframe.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/module-blocks.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/module-blocks.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dae4ca21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/module-blocks.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+id: module-blocks
+title: Module Blocks
+sidebar_label: Module Blocks
+---
+
+Module blocks are modules that work in the WordPress block editor. This is useful if you want to create a module that can be used in both Beaver Builder and the WordPress block editor.
+
+These modules are built the same way regular modules are built and can be set up to work in the block editor by setting `'block_editor' => true` in your module config.
+
+```php
+class MyModule extends FLBuilderModule {
+  public function __construct() {
+  	parent::__construct( [
+  		'name' => __( 'My Module' ),
+  		'block_editor' => true,
+  		...
+  	] );
+  }
+}
+```
+
+While modules should work the same in both editors, they are two very different environments, so inconsistencies may occur. The most common issues are almost always with module JavaScript. So, be sure to double check that if you run into issues.
+
+:::info
+
+Modules in the block editor are disabled by default. To enable modules in the block editor, go to Settings > Beaver Builder > Blocks and select the modules you'd like to enable.
+
+:::
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/module-deprecations.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/module-deprecations.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b91d32ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/module-deprecations.md
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+---
+id: module-deprecations
+title: Module Deprecations
+sidebar_label: Module Deprecations
+---
+
+Module deprecations is a new API in Beaver Builder that allows you to deprecate certain parts of a module in favor of newer code without affecting existing layouts.
+
+### Why is This Important
+
+Module deprecations are important because making significant changes to a module could change the layout of published pages, leading to a poor user experience.
+
+Additionally, we're working towards leaner data handling in Beaver Builder. Currently, when you save a module, _all_ of the settings are saved, even ones you didn't change. In the future, we'd like to only save the settings you changed, making it imperative we have a way to deprecate defaults. Otherwise, if you changed a default that wasn't saved, a module in a published layout could change.
+
+:::info
+
+For those building modules as blocks, this is already the case. Only the settings that have changed are saved, making it imperative you deprecate any changes to the defaults.
+
+:::
+
+### Filtering Settings Instead of Deprecation
+
+In some cases, you won't need to deprecate anything. Instead, you can filter the module's settings to make backward-compatible changes before it is saved or rendered. Our [Settings Compatibility documentation](custom-modules/helpers/#settings-compatibility-helper) has more info if that is a better approach for what you are trying to do.
+
+### Module Deprecation Examples
+
+We've already used this new API in Beaver Builder 2.9 to remove the wrapper divs from all of the basic modules. You'll see this most notably in the heading module, though others serve as good examples as well. If you need more references than this doc covers, those modules are a good place to look.
+
+### How Does it Work?
+
+The module deprecations API works by sticking a version number on each module when added to the layout. If no deprecated versions are defined, the version will be 1. If deprecated versions are defined, the highest version number + 1 will be used as the latest instead.
+
+That version number is used to load the code associated with it. For example, let's say you deprecated a module's `frontend.php` file and are now on version 2 of the module. For any modules on version 1, `my-module/deprecated/v1/includes/frontend.php` will be loaded instead of the latest at `my-module/includes/frontend.php`.
+
+### Registering Deprecations
+
+Three parts of a module can currently be deprecated: **config, files, and defaults.** That is done by adding a `deprecated.php` file in the top-level module directory and calling `FLBuilder::register_module_deprecations` as shown below.
+
+All of the deprecations for a module must live under an array key in the deprecations array that corresponds to the version with the letter `v` as a prefix. Version numbers must be integers resulting in `v1`, `v2`, `v3`, etc. for versions.
+
+```php
+FLBuilder::register_module_deprecations( 'my-module', [
+	'v1' => [
+		'config' => [
+			'include_wrapper' => true,
+		],
+		'files' => [
+			'includes/frontend.php',
+			'css/frontend.css',
+		],
+		'defaults' => [
+			'key' => 'value'
+		],
+	],
+] );
+```
+
+In the example above, we are deprecating all three parts of the module as version 1. Any existing module will use these deprecations, while any new module added to the page will be version 2 and use the default code.
+
+#### Deprecating Config
+
+In the example, we are deprecating the `include_wrapper` config for the module by setting it to `true` for version 1. In our main module file, we set it to `false` so version 2 modules won't have the wrapper.
+
+```php
+class MyModule extends FLBuilderModule {
+	public function __construct() {
+		parent::__construct( [
+			'name' => __( 'my-module' ),
+			'include_wrapper' => false,
+			...
+		] );
+	}
+}
+```
+
+While that's all that needs to be done to deprecate the wrapper for new modules, you may have HTML, CSS, or JS code that expects it to be present. If so, you'll need to deprecate some files as well.
+
+#### Deprecating Files
+
+Any module file except the main class can be deprecated using relative paths in the `files` array, as shown in the example above. Those files must live in a top-level directory named `deprecated` followed by a subdirectory with the version number (e.g., `v1`).
+
+If you deprecate the files in the example, your directory structure should look like this...
+
+```bash
+my-module
+├── css
+│   └── frontend.css
+├── includes
+│   └── frontend.php
+├── deprecated
+│   └── v1
+│       ├── css
+│       │   └── frontend.css
+│       └── includes
+│           └── frontend.php
+├── deprecated.php
+└── my-module.php
+```
+
+By deprecating these files, any modules on version 1 will use the files under `deprecated/v1`, while new modules will use the latest code at the top level.
+
+#### Deprecating Defaults
+
+Deprecating defaults allows you to deprecate the defaults for any of the settings your module has defined. For example, if you have a text field...
+
+```php
+'my_text' => [
+'type' => 'text',
+'label' => __( 'My Text' ),
+'default' => 'Hello World!',
+],
+```
+
+The default can be deprecated like so...
+
+```php
+FLBuilder::register_module_deprecations( 'my-module', [
+	'v1' => [
+		'defaults' => [
+			'my_text' => 'Foo Bar!'
+		],
+	],
+] );
+```
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/tutorials-guides/add-a-custom-shape-layer.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/tutorials-guides/add-a-custom-shape-layer.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ecfe0dde
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/tutorials-guides/add-a-custom-shape-layer.md
@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+---
+id: add-a-custom-shape-layer
+title: Add a custom shape layer
+sidebar_label: Add a custom shape layer
+---
+
+This tutorial provides instructions on how to register a custom shape programmatically, allowing you to select it from the list of available shapes when configuring top or bottom shapes in row settings.
+
+Even if you don't have a background in development, you should be able to follow this tutorial successfully. For further details on SVG art and an overview of the process involved in registering shape art in Beaver Builder, along with a screenshot showcasing the final outcome, refer to the article on custom shape art.
+
+:::tip
+
+Another way to include Custom Row Shapes is by copying and pasting your shape's SVG code into the Custom Row Shape user interface (UI) within the Beaver Builder Global Settings.
+
+For additional details, please refer to the [Global Settings](user-interface/global-settings.md#custom-row-shapes) article.
+
+:::
+
+## 1. Copy the SVG shape markup
+
+You'll need an SVG file that defines a shape. If you need to create one, you
+can use a vector graphics tool to create a vector shape and export it in SVG
+format (or use Inkscape, which uses SVG as its native file format).
+
+1. Open the SVG file in a text editor. You should see an XML and Doctype declaration at the top of the file, followed by an `<svg>` tag.  
+In the boomerang example, the XML markup for the shape in the exported file is
+shown below. (Click the file name to see the XML and Doctype declarations at
+the top of the file.)  
+
+  ```html
+  <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+  <!DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD SVG 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/Graphics/SVG/1.1/DTD/svg11.dtd">
+
+  <svg width="100%" height="100%" viewBox="0 0 347 85" version="1.1" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:space="preserve" xmlns:serif="http://www.serif.com/" style="fill-rule:evenodd;clip-rule:evenodd;stroke-linejoin:round;stroke-miterlimit:1.41421;">
+    <g transform="matrix(1,0,0,1,-10,-38)">
+      <clipPath id="_clip1">
+        <rect x="10" y="38" width="172" height="85"/>
+      </clipPath>
+      <g clip-path="url(#_clip1)">
+        <path d="M183.5,38C87.743,38 10,57.044 10,80.5C10,103.956 87.743,123 183.5,123C154.773,113.083 131.45,97.454 131.45,80.5C131.45,63.546 154.773,47.917 183.5,38Z" style="fill:rgb(186,168,168);"/>
+      </g>
+    </g>
+  </svg>
+  ```
+
+2. Make a note of the values in the `viewBox` attribute, which appears in Line 1 in this example, because you'll use at least the width and height values in the plugin code. The four values (in this example, "0 0 347 85") represent the following information.
+
+   * x position (horizontal position: `0` means the left edge of the viewbox). The value `10` means 10px to the right of the left edge of the viewbox. This is an optional value to set in the plugin code, generally used in cases in which the value is other than 0.
+
+   * y position (vertical position: 0 means the top edge of the viewbox). The value `15` means 15px below the top edge of the viewbox. This is also an optional value in the plugin settings.
+
+   * width (initial width of the shape, in pixels). This is a required value in the plugin code.
+
+   * height (initial height of the shape, in pixels). This is a required value in the plugin code.
+
+3. Copy the contents of the `<svg>` tag, in other words everything in between `<svg>` and `</svg>`.
+
+
+## 2. Embed the SVG markup in a PHP file
+
+1. Create a new file in a text editor and paste in the SVG markup that you copied in the previous task.
+
+2. Add the `fl-shape` class to the outermost element of the SVG shape definition. In the boomerang example, this is the `<g>` tag in Line 5 of the following file:
+
+  ```php
+  <?php
+
+  /*Contents of the <svg> element with fl-shape class added */
+  ?>
+  <g class="fl-shape" transform="matrix(1,0,0,1,-10,-38)">
+    <clipPath id="_clip1">
+      <rect x="10" y="38" width="172" height="85"/>
+    </clipPath>
+    <g clip-path="url(#_clip1)">
+      <path d="M183.5,38C87.743,38 10,57.044 10,80.5C10,103.956 87.743,123 183.5,123C154.773,113.083 131.45,97.454 131.45,80.5C131.45,63.546 154.773,47.917 183.5,38Z" />
+    </g>
+  </g>
+  ```
+
+3. Copy Lines 1-4 of the code displayed in the previous step and paste it into the top of your file.
+
+4. Save the file with a *.php* extension.   
+The name of the example file is *boomerang.svg.php*.
+
+## 3. Create the folder structure for the plugin
+
+Here's a screenshot of the folder structure created for the boomerang example
+to help visualize the following instructions. The example plugin is named _bb-
+custom-shapes-boomerang_.
+
+![](/img/dev-custom-shape-1.png)
+
+  1. Create a folder and give it the name (ID) of the plugin. Hyphens are allowed, but no spaces.
+  2. Create a subfolder called _shapes_. Move the PHP file you created in the previous task into the _shapes_ folder.
+
+## 4. Create the plugin code
+
+1. Create a new file in a text editor and paste in the following code.
+
+  ```php
+  <?php
+  /*
+  Plugin Name: Boomerang Custom Shape for Beaver Builder
+  Description: Adds a boomerang shape to the list of custom shapes in Beaver Builder
+  Author: <insert name of plugin author here>
+  Version: 1.0
+  */
+
+  function bb_register_custom_shapes() {
+
+    if ( ! class_exists( 'FLBuilder' ) ) {
+              return;
+    }
+    FLBuilder::register_shape(array(
+
+      'label' => __( 'Boomerang', 'bb-custom-shapes-boomerang' ),
+      'name' => 'boomerang',
+
+      /* Optional x and y origin values, from SVG viewBox
+       ex: viewBox="x y width height" */
+      // 'x' => 0,
+      // 'y' => 0,
+      /* Required width and height values from SVG definition */
+      'width' => 347,
+      'height' => 85,
+      /* Optional aspect ratio setting, from the SVG element - see svg spec */
+      // 'preserve_aspect_ratio' => 'none'
+
+    /* Include the path to your artwork */
+      'render' => dirname(__FILE__) . '/shapes/boomerang.svg.php',
+    ));
+  }
+  add_action('init', 'bb_register_custom_shapes');
+  ```
+
+2. Make the following changes to the plugin description in Lines 2-7. This information appears in the plugin title and description in **Plugins > All plugins** on the WordPress admin panel.
+
+  Line 3: Change the plugin name to what you want to appear as the plugin title.  
+  Line 4: Change the description to match your shape.  
+  Line 5: Change to the name of the plugin author.  
+  Line 6: Leave the version 1.0 for a new plugin, or bump this up if you revise the published code.
+
+3. Change the label and name:  
+
+  Line 12: Change the first value (`Boomerang`) to the name that you want to
+  appear in the list of shapes in the Beaver Builder row settings. Change the
+  second value (`bb-custom-shapes-boomerang`) to the name you assigned to the
+  plugin folder in the previous task.  
+  Line 13: Give the shape an ID in lowercase, no spaces.
+
+4. Insert the values from the `viewBox` attribute of the `<svg>` tag (described in the first task above), as follows.  
+
+  Lines 17-18: (Optional) If the `viewBox` attribute's x and y values are other
+  than 0 and you want the upper left corner of the shape to be offset from the
+  upper left corner of the row by default, uncomment these lines (remove the
+  double slash) and add the values from the `viewBox` attribute or the values
+  you prefer.  
+  
+  Lines 20-21: Add the width and height values from the `viewBox` attribute from
+  the first task above.  
+  Line 23: (Optional) If you want the default aspect ratio of the shape to stay
+  the same regardless of the aspect ratio of the viewport (in other words, the
+  shape of the row), uncomment this line and add a value. By default, the value
+  is `none`. See [this article](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/SVG/Attribute/preserveAspectRatio) for a description of the possible values.
+
+5. In Line 26, change the name of the file to your PHP file in the _shapes_ folder that contains the SVG shape definition.
+
+6. Save the file to the top-level folder with the plugin name. In other words, the plugin folder should be structured as shown in the following screenshot.  
+![](/img/dev-custom-shape-2.png)
+
+## 5. Compress the file and install the plugin
+
+  1. Create a zip file containing the top-level folder (in this example, _bb-custom-shapes-boomerang_ ) and its content.
+  2. In the WordPress admin panel, go to **Plugins > Add new**. Upload, install, and activate the zip file in the normal fashion.  
+When the plugin is installed, you should see your plugin title in the list of
+installed plugins (in this example, "Boomerang Custom Shape for Beaver
+Builder").
+
+## 6. Test the plugin
+
+  1. Open a page for editing in Beaver Builder.
+  2. Add a row or open an existing row.
+  3. On the **Settings** tab, scroll down to the **Top shape** or **Bottom shape** section and click the **Shape** field to see the list of shapes. Your shape should appear at the bottom of the list.
+  4. Select the shape and test the other fields, such as width, height, color, transformations, and skew, to make sure they are all working correctly.
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+If these fields don't respond to the values you enter, verify that
+you inserted the `fl-shape` class into the outermost tag of the SVG
+definition.
+:::
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/tutorials-guides/add-icons-to-your-custom-modules.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/tutorials-guides/add-icons-to-your-custom-modules.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..263404f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/tutorials-guides/add-icons-to-your-custom-modules.md
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+---
+id: add-icons-to-your-custom-modules
+title: Add icons to your custom modules
+sidebar_label: Add icons to your custom modules
+---
+
+If you're a developer and have created a custom module, there are several ways to add an icon to its display in the **Content** panel.
+
+* You can reuse any icon used by a Beaver Builder module.
+* You can add a custom icon by copying it into the module's root directory.
+* You can add an icon programmatically.
+
+## Reuse an Existing Icon
+
+Icons used for Beaver Builder modules are stored in _wpcontent/bb-plugin/img/svg_ , and you are welcome to use any of those icons for your own module.
+
+To use an existing icon, modify the `construct` method shown in the chapter on
+[adding a module](/beaver-builder/developer/custom-modules/02-add-a-module-to-your-plugin.md) in the custom module developer guilde. Add an `icon` key and reference any icon file in that directory. (You don't need a
+path.) For example:
+
+```php
+'icon' => 'button.svg'
+```
+
+## Add Custom Icon
+
+You can easily use your own SVG icon. Name it `icon.svg` and place it in the module’s root directory. The icon will be used automatically. No coding required.
+
+```bash {6}
+/my-custom-module
+├── /css
+├── /includes
+├── /js
+├── my-custom-module.php
+└── icon.svg
+```
+
+Custom icons should be prepared and tested for 20x20 pixels, which is the size the Content Panel displays them. Avoid any fills or strokes applied to the icon markup because the system will style them differently according to UI circumstances such as dark vs light mode.
+
+All of the current icons come from the [Dashicons](https://developer.wordpress.org/resource/dashicons/) set, though they may come from other sources in future. Dashicons are a good reference for anyone not familiar with SVG.
+
+See the Dashicons GitHub repository's [`/svg-min` directory](https://github.com/WordPress/dashicons) for a comprehensive list of all available SVG names.
+
+## Add an Icon Programmatically
+
+If you need more programmatic control over which icon displays or want to use
+a custom icon with a different file name, you can override your module’s
+`get_icon()` method and return an svg string.
+
+```php
+public function get_icon( $icon = '' ) {
+  return file_get_contents( 'path/to/icon.svg' );
+}
+```
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/tutorials-guides/change-how-css-and-javascript-are-loaded.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/tutorials-guides/change-how-css-and-javascript-are-loaded.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..077faa4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/tutorials-guides/change-how-css-and-javascript-are-loaded.md
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+---
+id: change-how-css-and-javascript-are-loaded
+title: Change how CSS and JavaScript are loaded
+sidebar_label: Change how CSS and JavaScript are loaded
+---
+
+Instead of loading Beaver Builder CSS and JavaScript as an asset file, you can
+render the CSS inline in the `<head>` tag and the JavaScript inline right
+before the closing `<body>` tag. This can be a solution to some rare caching
+issues, but in most cases you don’t need to do it.
+
+Add the following line of code to your functions.php file in your child theme:
+
+```php
+add_filter( 'fl_builder_render_assets_inline', '__return_true' );
+```
+
+You'll also see a change in the name of the installed Beaver Themer plugin on
+the **Plugins** page. It's now displayed as **Beaver Builder - Themer Add-On**. This change makes it more apparent that Beaver Themer requires the Beaver Builder Plugin to work.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/tutorials-guides/common-beaver-builder-plugin-filter-examples.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/tutorials-guides/common-beaver-builder-plugin-filter-examples.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..79bc2259
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/tutorials-guides/common-beaver-builder-plugin-filter-examples.md
@@ -0,0 +1,604 @@
+---
+id: common-beaver-builder-plugin-filter-examples
+title: Common Beaver Builder filter examples
+sidebar_label: Common Beaver Builder filter examples
+description: Beaver Builder has many filters. This article describes how to use some of the common ones.
+---
+
+import Tabs from '@theme/Tabs';
+import TabItem from '@theme/TabItem';
+
+There is a comprehensive [Hook & Filter Reference](https://hooks.wpbeaverbuilder.com/bb-plugin/) but here's a list of some commonly used filters with their potential uses. This article is aimed at developers and assumes that you know where to put the code and how to tweak it.
+
+## Remove Beaver Builder filter option in WP post lists
+
+**Filter:** `fl_builder_admin_edit_sort_bb_enabled`
+
+In WP admin lists of pages, posts, and custom post types in the back end, there's a Beaver Builder link in the list of post display filters, which limits the display to items that have Beaver Builder layouts. The Beaver Builder link to filter the display is shown in this screenshot.
+
+![Screenshot of Beaver Builder filter link in WP lists of pages and posts](/img/beaver-builder--bb-common-filter-examples-1.png)
+
+:::info
+The link for the Beaver Builder display filter will only be visible on post types where Beaver Builder has been enabled under **WordPress Admin Dashboard > Settings > Beaver Builder > Post types**.
+:::
+
+If you'd like to remove this Beaver Builder display filter link, add the following line of code to the _functions.php_ file in your child theme.
+
+```php
+add_filter("fl_builder_admin_edit_sort_bb_enabled", "__return_false");
+```
+
+## Adding SVG & Other File Type Support
+
+**Filter:** `fl_module_upload_regex`
+
+The `fl_module_upload_regex` filter allows developers to modify the regular expression used to validate the file types that can be uploaded to Beaver Builder image fields. These fields are used for incorporating background images in rows and adding images to modules, such as the Photo module. You can also add support for multiple file types by listing each file extension separated by the pipe symbol (`|`).
+
+:::tip
+The [Regex101](https://regex101.com/) website is a valuable resource for obtaining assistance with regular expressions.
+:::
+
+:::caution
+The `fl_module_upload_regex` filter only provides support for Beaver Builder and not for WordPress as a whole. In order for it to function, support must also be added to WordPress, which can be achieved through custom code or a third-party plugin. Failing to add support to WordPress will prevent the `fl_module_upload_regex` filter from functioning properly.
+:::
+
+The example code demonstrates how to enable support for SVG files in Beaver Builder image fields. To add support for more file types, you can adjust the code by substituting `svg` with the extension of the desired file type.
+
+```php
+add_filter( 'fl_module_upload_regex', function ( $regex, $type, $ext, $file ) {
+    $regex['photo'] = '#(jpe?g|png|gif|bmp|tiff?|webp|svg)#i';
+    return $regex;
+}, 10, 4 );
+```
+
+## Filter to remove Box module Aliases
+
+**Filter:** `fl_builder_content_elements_data`
+
+
+Use the following code snippet to remove all alias modules, including Flex Columns, 3x2 Grid, 4x2 Grid, Split Header, and Photo Grid, leaving only the main Box module in the Content Panel.
+
+```php
+add_filter( 'fl_builder_content_elements_data', function( $data ) {
+	foreach ( $data['module'] as $key => $config ) {
+		if ( $config->isAlias && 'box' == $config->slug ) {
+			unset( $data['module'][ $key ] );
+		}
+	}
+	$data['module'] = array_values( $data['module'] );
+	return $data;
+} );
+```
+
+## Filter to add a mail service to the Subscribe module
+
+**Filter:** `fl_builder_subscribe_form_services`
+
+The fl_builder_subscribe_form_services filter lets you add a service to the list displayed in the Subscribe Form module. Here's an example.
+
+```php
+function bb_subscribe_form_custom_service( $services ) {
+    $services['convertkit_custom'] = [
+        'type'  => 'autoresponder',
+        'name'  => 'ConvertKitCustom',
+        'class' => 'FLBuilderServiceConvertKitCustom',
+        'file'  => FL_CHILD_THEME_DIR . '/classes/class-fl-builder-service-convertkit.php',
+    ];
+
+    return $services;
+}
+
+add_filter( 'fl_builder_subscribe_form_services', 'bb_subscribe_form_custom_service' );
+```
+
+## Add Latin-Extended capabilities for a Google font
+
+If you have a Google font that includes Latin Extended characters, you can add
+that capability to your Beaver Builder layouts.
+
+Add the following filter to the _functions.php_ file of your child theme and
+replace the font name in Line 2 with the name of your Google font family.
+
+```php {2}
+function my_font_subset( $subset, $name ) {
+    if ( 'Acme' === $name ) {
+        $subset = '&subset=latin,latin-ext';
+    }
+    return $subset;
+}
+add_filter( 'fl_font_subset', 'my_font_subset', 10, 2 );
+```
+
+:::info
+
+Not all Google fonts have Latin-extended characters, so make sure the Google font you choose has them.
+
+:::
+
+## White label the Ajax crash message
+
+When Beaver Builder detects a fatal PHP error in AJAX, a popup appears with
+instructions for what to do to troubleshoot, as shown in the following
+screenshot.
+
+![](/img/tutorial-guides-white-label-crash.png)
+
+Add the following filter to your child theme's functions.php file and replace
+the placeholder text in this example with your white-labeled product name.
+
+```php
+add_filter("fl_builder_crash_white_label_text", function () {
+  return "My white-labeled product name";
+});
+```
+
+## Lightbox & Special Characters
+
+**Filter:** `fl_photocaptionregex`
+
+The Beaver Builder lightbox supports a limited number of special characters as a security measure.
+Default allowed characters: `'":() !.,-_|`
+
+In the example below, the `$` Dollar and `£` Pound Sterling are added to the list of allowed characters.
+
+```php
+add_filter("fl_photocaptionregex", function ($regex) {
+  return 'a-zA-Z0-9\$£';
+});
+```
+
+:::tip
+The `$` Dollar symbol is a regex control character, so it must be escaped (`\$`).
+:::
+
+## Always open first tab in row/column/module settings
+
+**Filter:** `fl_remember_settings_tabs_enabled`
+
+The Beaver Builder editor remembers the last tab used in the row/column/module settings window. If you want to disable that behavior and have the row, column, or module settings window always open at the first tab, add the following line of code to the _functions.php_ file in your child theme.
+
+```php
+add_filter("fl_remember_settings_tabs_enabled", "__return_false");
+```
+
+## Show which modules are in use in a website
+
+**Filter:** `is_module_disable_enabled`
+
+You can use this filter to show which Beaver Builder modules and how many of each type are used on the front end of your website. This information is displayed on the **Modules** tab at **Settings > Beaver Builder**, as shown in the following screenshot.
+
+![Screenshot of the Modules tab in Beaver Builder settings showing which modules are in use](/img/beaver-builder--bb-common-filter-examples-2.png)
+
+You can see how many times each module is used in pages, posts, and "Templates." The "Templates" category applies both to [saved layout templates](layouts/templates/saved-templates.md) and to [saved rows, columns, and modules](layouts/reusable-content/index.md).
+
+To display these module counts, add the following line of code to the _functions.php_ file in your child theme.
+
+```php
+add_filter("is_module_disable_enabled", "__return_true");
+```
+
+:::info
+If you uncheck modules on this tab with this filter applied, it will prevent them from being displayed on the front end of your site. See the following section about [preventing modules from loading site-wide](#prevent-modules-from-loading-site-wide).
+:::
+
+## Prevent modules from loading site-wide
+
+**Filter:** `is_module_disable_enabled`
+
+By default, when you disable modules in **Settings > Beaver Builder > Modules**, they do not appear in the module list in the Beaver Builder editor, but any modules of that type already used in layouts are still displayed on web pages.
+
+If you apply the `is_module_disable_enabled` filter, then when you clear a checkbox to disable a module, it will not be visible in the editor and existing modules of that type will not load or render on the front end either.
+
+This filter is the same one [described in the previous section about displaying module counts](#show-which-modules-are-in-use-in-a-website). After you apply the filter as shown there, go to **Settings > Beaver Builder** and click the **Modules** tab to view which modules are used where, then uncheck the box for any modules that you don't want to display either on the front end or in the editor.
+
+:::caution
+The Slideshow module is required for row background slideshows to function.
+:::
+
+## Disable inline editing
+
+**Filter:** `fl_inline_editing_enabled`
+
+You can use this filter to completely disable inline editing in the Beaver Builder editor. Add the following line of code to the _functions.php_ file in your child theme.
+
+```php
+add_filter("fl_inline_editing_enabled", "__return_false");
+```
+
+## Disable notifications from Beaver Builder in the UI
+
+**Filter:** `fl_disable_notifications`
+
+There's a bell icon in the Beaver Builder editor UI that, when clicked, shows notifications that are issued by Beaver Builder. You can use this filter to disable these notifications. Add the following line of code to the _functions.php_ file in your child theme.
+
+```php
+add_filter("fl_disable_notifications", "__return_true");
+```
+
+## Enable double opt-in for MailChimp integrations
+
+**Filter:** `fl_builder_mailchimp_double_option`
+
+Use this filter to enable double opt-in for MailChimp integrations. Returning `true` enables double opt-in; returning `false` enables single opt-in. The default return value for this filter is `false`.
+
+**Example:**
+
+```php
+// Enable double opt-in.
+add_filter("fl_builder_mailchimp_double_option", "__return_true");
+```
+
+## Filter front-end AJAX actions in Beaver Builder
+
+**Filters:** `fl_ajax_*` , appended with an AJAX action listed in _classes/class-fl-builder-ajax.php_
+
+Use this set of filters to filter the results of Beaver Builder’s front-end AJAX actions. For example, for the `save_settings` action, the filter would be `fl_ajax_save_settings`, as shown in this example.
+
+**Example:**
+
+```php
+function my_ajax_save_settings( $result, $args ) {
+    return $result;
+}
+
+add_filter( 'fl_ajax_save_settings', 'my_ajax_save_settings' );
+```
+
+See the _classes/class-fl-builder-ajax.php_ file for a complete list of core AJAX actions that can be appended to the `fl_ajax_*` filter.
+
+## Modify the post types that are shown in Beaver Builder Settings
+
+**Filter:** `fl_builder_admin_settings_post_types`
+
+Use this filter to modify the post types that are shown at **Settings > Beaver Builder > Post types**, where you can choose which post types have the Beaver Builder editor enabled.
+
+Add the following code to the _functions.php_ file in your child theme and modify it for the post types you want to filter. In this example, the `unset( $post_types['post'] );` line means that standard posts do not appear in the **Settings > Beaver Builder > Post types** list and cannot have the Beaver Builder editor enabled.
+
+**Example:**
+
+```php
+function my_builder_admin_settings_post_types( $post_types ) {
+    unset( $post_types['post'] );
+    return $post_types;
+}
+
+add_filter( 'fl_builder_admin_settings_post_types', 'my_builder_admin_settings_post_types' );
+```
+
+## Modify custom class names for rows
+
+**Filter:** `fl_builder_row_custom_class`
+
+Use this filter to work with the custom class a user adds to a row under **Row Settings > Advanced > Class**. In the following example, if the user enters a custom class called **my-red-class** for a particular column, it appears on the front end as `my-blue-class`.
+
+**Example:**
+
+```php
+function my_builder_row_custom_class( $class ) {
+    $class = str_replace( 'red', 'blue', $class );
+    return $class;
+}
+
+add_filter( 'fl_builder_row_custom_class', 'my_builder_row_custom_class' );
+```
+
+## Modify custom class names for columns
+
+**Filter:** `fl_builder_column_custom_class`
+
+Use this filter to work with the custom class a user adds to a column under **Column Settings > Advanced > Class**. In the following example, if the user enters a custom class called **my-red-class** for a particular column, it appears on the front end as `my-blue-class`.
+
+**Example:**
+
+```php
+function my_builder_column_custom_class( $class ) {
+    $class = str_replace( 'red', 'blue', $class );
+    return $class;
+}
+
+add_filter( 'fl_builder_column_custom_class', 'my_builder_column_custom_class' );
+```
+
+## Modify custom class names for modules
+
+**Filter:** `fl_builder_module_custom_class`
+
+Use this filter to work with the custom class a user adds to a module in the **Class** field on the **Advanced tab**. In the following example, if the user enters a custom class called **my-red-class** for a particular module, it appears on the front end as `my-blue-class`.
+
+**Example:**
+
+```php
+function my_builder_module_custom_class( $class ) {
+    $class = str_replace( 'red', 'blue', $class );
+    return $class;
+}
+
+add_filter( 'fl_builder_module_custom_class', 'my_builder_module_custom_class' );
+```
+
+## Modify the cache directory path
+
+**Filter:** `fl_builder_get_cache_dir`
+
+Use this filter to modify the cache directory path and URL that the Beaver Builder editor uses to store cached images, JavaScript, and CSS files.
+
+**Example:**
+
+```php
+function my_builder_get_cache_dir( $dir_info ) {
+    $dir_info['path'] = '/your/custom/path/cache/';
+    $dir_info['url']  = 'http://www.yourdomain.com/your/custom/url/cache/';
+    return $dir_info;
+}
+
+add_filter( 'fl_builder_get_cache_dir', 'my_builder_get_cache_dir' );
+```
+
+## Modify the upload directory path
+
+**Filter:** `fl_builder_get_upload_dir`
+
+Use this filter to modify the upload directory path and URL that the builder uses to store things like the cache and custom icons.
+
+**Example:**
+
+```php
+function my_builder_get_upload_dir( $dir_info ) {
+    $dir_info['path'] = '/your/custom/path/';
+    $dir_info['url']  = 'http://www.yourdomain.com/your/custom/url/';
+    return $dir_info;
+}
+
+add_filter( 'fl_builder_get_upload_dir', 'my_builder_get_upload_dir' );
+```
+
+## Specify posts to load CSS and JavaScript assets globally
+
+**Filter** `fl_builder_global_posts`
+
+Use this filter to specify a post or posts whose CSS and JavaScript assets should be loaded globally. This is useful when you want to display a Beaver Builder layout on every page of your site, such as in a sidebar. This filter is passed in an array to which you can add post IDs that should be loaded globally.
+
+**Example:**
+
+```php
+function my_global_builder_posts( $post_ids ) {
+    $post_ids[] = '123';
+    return $post_ids;
+}
+
+add_filter( 'fl_builder_global_posts', 'my_global_builder_posts' );
+```
+
+## Add dependencies to the dependency array
+
+**Filter:** `fl_builder_layout_style_dependencies`
+
+Use this filter to add dependencies to the dependency array when the main builder layout CSS file is enqueued using `wp_enqueue_style()`.
+
+**Example:**
+
+```php
+function my_builder_layout_style_dependencies( $deps ) {
+    $deps[] = 'font-awesome';
+    return $deps;
+}
+
+add_filter( 'fl_builder_layout_style_dependencies', 'my_builder_layout_style_dependencies' );
+```
+
+## Add custom module categories before default module categories
+
+**Filter:** `fl_builder_module_categories`
+
+Use this filter to add custom module categories that will show up before the default module categories in the Beaver Builder UI. These categories only display if they contain modules.
+
+**Example:**
+
+```php
+function my_builder_module_categories( $categories ) {
+    $categories[] = 'My Custom Category';
+    return $categories;
+}
+
+add_filter( 'fl_builder_module_categories', 'my_builder_module_categories' );
+```
+
+## Modify the post types that can use Beaver Builder
+
+**Filter:** `fl_builder_post_types`
+
+Use this filter to modify the post types that the Beaver Builder editor works with.
+
+**Example**
+
+```php
+function my_builder_post_types( $post_types ) {
+    $post_types[] = 'post';
+    return $post_types;
+}
+
+add_filter( 'fl_builder_post_types', 'my_builder_post_types' );
+```
+
+## Override modules enabled in Beaver Builder
+
+**Filter:** `fl_builder_register_module`
+
+Use this filter to override the modules that are enabled in the Beaver Builder editor.
+
+**Example:**
+
+```php
+function my_builder_register_module( $enabled, $instance ) {
+    $disable = [ 'accordion', 'button', 'separator' ];
+
+    if ( in_array( $instance->slug, $disable, true ) ) {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    return $enabled;
+}
+
+add_filter( 'fl_builder_register_module', 'my_builder_register_module', 10, 2 );
+```
+
+## Customize a Beaver Builder settings form
+
+**Filter:** `fl_builder_register_settings_form`
+
+Use this filter to modify the config array for a settings form when it is registered. See [this article on customizing settings](/beaver-builder/developer/tutorials-guides/customize-settings-forms.md) for a more complete description of the code.
+
+**Example:**
+
+```php
+function my_builder_register_settings_form( $form, $id ) {
+    if ( 'row' === $id ) {
+        // Modify the row settings $form config array.
+    } elseif ( 'button' === $id ) {
+        // Modify the button settings $form config array.
+    }
+    return $form;
+}
+
+add_filter( 'fl_builder_register_settings_form', 'my_builder_register_settings_form', 10, 2 );
+```
+
+## Modify the CSS compiled and cached
+
+**Filter:** `fl_builder_render_css`
+
+Use this filter to modify the CSS that is compiled and cached for each Beaver Builder layout.
+
+```php
+function my_builder_render_css( $css, $nodes, $global_settings ) {
+    $css .= '#my-selector { property:value; }';
+    return $css;
+}
+
+add_filter( 'fl_builder_render_css', 'my_builder_render_css', 10, 3 );
+```
+
+## Modify Beaver Builder CSS for CDNs
+
+**Filter:** `fl_builder_render_css`
+
+You can utilize the filter to modify URLs, adapting Beaver Builder CSS for CDNs and cloud storage buckets.
+
+```php
+add_filter( 'fl_builder_render_css', function ( $css, $nodes, $global_settings, $include_global ) {
+    $site_url = 'https://example.com';
+    $cdn_url  = 'https://123456abcdef.mycdn.net';
+
+    $css = str_replace( $site_url, $cdn_url, $css );
+    return $css;
+}, 10, 4 );
+```
+
+:::tip
+This filter can also be used to solve a [403 error when CloudFlare or another CDN is used to serve images](/beaver-builder/troubleshooting/common-issues/cloudflare-and-403-errors-when-loading-background-images.md/#add-a-filter).
+:::
+
+## Modify the JavaScript compiled and cached
+
+**Filter:** `fl_builder_render_js`
+
+Use this filter to modify the JavaScript that is compiled and cached for each Beaver Builder layout.
+
+```php
+function my_builder_render_js( $js, $nodes, $global_settings ) {
+    $js .= 'console.log("Hello World!");';
+    return $js;
+}
+
+add_filter( 'fl_builder_render_js', 'my_builder_render_js', 10, 3 );
+```
+
+## Modify Beaver Builder JavaScript for CDNs
+
+**Filter:** `fl_builder_render_js`
+
+You can utilize the filter to modify URLs, adapting Beaver Builder JS for CDNs and cloud storage buckets.
+
+```php
+add_filter( 'fl_builder_render_js', function ( $js, $nodes, $global_settings, $include_global ) {
+    $site_url = 'https://example.com';
+    $cdn_url  = 'https://123456abcdef.mycdn.net';
+
+    $js = str_replace( $site_url, $cdn_url, $js );
+    return $js;
+}, 10, 4 );
+```
+
+## Modify the config array for a field
+
+**Filter:** `fl_builder_render_settings_field`
+
+Use this filter to modify the config array for a field before it is rendered.
+
+**Example:**
+
+```php
+function my_builder_render_settings_field( $field, $name, $settings ) {
+    $field['default'] = 'My Default Value';
+    return $field;
+}
+
+add_filter( 'fl_builder_render_settings_field', 'my_builder_render_settings_field', 10, 3 );
+```
+
+## Don't render shortcodes in the Beaver Builder editor
+
+**Filter:** `fl_builder_render_shortcodes`
+
+Use this filter to prevent Beaver Builder from rendering shortcodes in the editor. It is useful if you don’t want shortcodes rendering while the builder UI is active.
+
+**Example:**
+
+```php
+function my_builder_render_shortcodes( $render ) {
+    if ( FLBuilderModel::is_builder_active() ) {
+        remove_filter( 'the_content', 'do_shortcode', 11 );
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    return $render;
+}
+
+add_filter( 'fl_builder_render_shortcodes', 'my_builder_render_shortcodes' );
+```
+
+## Change defaults for editor settings
+
+**Filter:** `fl_builder_settings_form_defaults`
+
+Use this filter to change the defaults for any of the settings forms in Beaver Builder, including global, row, column, and module settings.
+
+**Example:**
+
+```php
+function my_builder_settings_form_defaults( $defaults, $form_type ) {
+    if ( 'global' === $form_type ) {
+        $defaults->default_heading_selector = '.my-heading-selector';
+    }
+
+    return $defaults; // Must be returned!
+}
+
+add_filter( 'fl_builder_settings_form_defaults', 'my_builder_settings_form_defaults', 10, 2 );
+```
+
+## Modify the upgrade URL in Beaver Builder Lite
+
+**Filter:** `fl_builder_upgrade_url`
+
+Use this filter to modify the upgrade URL in Beaver Builder Lite. This is useful to add an affiliate ID.
+
+**Example:**
+
+```php
+function my_bb_upgrade_link() {
+    return 'YOUR_LINK_HERE';
+}
+
+add_filter( 'fl_builder_upgrade_url', 'my_bb_upgrade_link' );
+```
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/tutorials-guides/create-a-custom-module-to-compare-images-with-a-slider.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/tutorials-guides/create-a-custom-module-to-compare-images-with-a-slider.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cc29e662
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/tutorials-guides/create-a-custom-module-to-compare-images-with-a-slider.md
@@ -0,0 +1,248 @@
+---
+id: create-a-custom-module-to-compare-images-with-a-slider
+title: Create a custom module to compare images with a slider
+sidebar_label: Create a custom module to compare images with a slider
+---
+
+In this tutorial, you'll create a module plugin for Beaver Builder that lets you
+add a third-party jQuery plugin called TwentyTwenty to your layouts.
+
+The [TwentyTwenty jQuery plugin by ZURB](https://github.com/Pross/custom-module-example-twentytwenty) compares two images with a sliding bar, as shown in the following animation. This is useful for comparing two images with the
+same dimensions.
+
+![](/img/dev-create-slider-module-1.gif)
+
+You can see a working example and all the code contained in this tutorial at
+<https://github.com/Pross/custom-module-example-twentytwenty>.
+
+## 1. Create the plugin
+
+Create the folders, files, and code for WordPress to recognize the plugin
+correctly, display the information on the WordPress plugins admin screen, and
+load the module correctly.
+
+1. Navigate to your WordPress plugins folder, typically *wp-content/plugins/*, and create a new subfolder named *custom-module-example-twentytwenty*.
+2. Create a file in that subfolder called *fl-module-twentytwenty.php*.
+3. Add the following code to create the name, description, and version information that WordPress uses on the plugins admin screen.
+
+  ```php
+  <?php
+  /**
+   * Plugin Name: Beaver Builder TwentyTwenty Module
+   * Plugin URI: https://github.com/Pross/custom-module-example-twentytwenty
+   * Description: An example plugin that's demonstrates how to create a simple module for BeaverBuilder using a jQuery plugin.
+   * Version: 1.0
+   * Author: The Beaver Builder Team
+   * Author URI: https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com
+  */
+  ```
+
+4. Add the code for the main plugin class, which will load the module file:
+
+  ```php
+  <?php
+  /**
+   * Plugin Name: Beaver Builder TwentyTwenty Module
+   * Plugin URI: https://github.com/Pross/custom-module-example-twentytwenty
+   * Description: An example plugin that's demonstrates how to create a simple module for BeaverBuilder using a jQuery plugin.
+   * Version: 1.0
+   * Author: The Beaver Builder Team
+   * Author URI: https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com
+   */
+  class TwentyTwentyExamplePlugin {
+
+    public static function init() {
+
+      if( class_exists( 'FLBuilder' ) ) {
+      	require_once 'modules/twentytwenty/twentytwenty.php';
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  add_action( 'init', array( 'TwentyTwentyExamplePlugin', 'init' ) );
+  ```
+
+## 2. Create the module folders and files
+
+1. In the *custom-module-example-twentytwenty* folder, create a subfolder called *modules*.
+2. Inside that folder, create another folder called *twentytwenty*.  
+  This will be the folder for the Beaver Builder module's code and assets.
+
+3. Now create a new file in your *twentytwenty* module folder called *twentytwenty.php*.  
+  This will be the module file.
+
+## 3. Register the module
+
+Add the following code to *twentytwenty.php*.  
+This code extends the `FLBuilderModule` class to register the module as a
+BeaverBuilder module.
+
+```php
+<?php
+/**
+ * This is an example module that uses the TwentyTwenty jQuery plugin.
+ *
+ * @class TwentyTwentyExampleModule
+ */
+class TwentyTwentyExampleModule extends FLBuilderModule {
+
+  /**
+   * The module construct, we need to pass some basic info here.
+   */
+  public function __construct() {
+
+    parent::__construct(array(
+      'name'            => __( 'Twenty Twenty', 'fl-builder' ),
+      'description'     => __( 'An basic example module using jQuery TwentyTwenty.', 'fl-builder' ),
+      'category'        => __( 'Example Modules', 'fl-builder' ),
+      'dir'             => __DIR__,
+      'partial_refresh' => true,
+      'url'             => plugins_url( '', __FILE__ ),
+    ));
+  }
+}
+```
+
+## 4. Add module assets
+
+Put three jQuery plugin files into the right folders and add code for the
+module assets.
+
+1. Download the TwentyTwenty zip file from <https://zurb.com/playground/twentytwenty>.
+2. Unzip the file.
+3. In the *modules/twentytwenty* folder create two new folders named *css* and *js*.
+4. Upload *twentytwenty.css* into the *css* folder.
+5. Upload *jquery.twentytwenty.js* and *jquery.event.move.js* into the *js* folder.
+6. Open the module file again and add the following code into the `__construct` function.  
+  This code enqueues the assets properly when the module is on the page.
+
+  ```php
+  <?php
+  /**
+   * This is an example module that uses the TwentyTwenty jQuery plugin.
+   *
+   * @class TwentyTwentyExampleModule
+   */
+  class TwentyTwentyExampleModule extends FLBuilderModule {
+
+    /**
+     * The module construct, we need to pass some basic info here.
+     */
+    public function __construct() {
+
+      parent::__construct(array(
+        'name'            => __( 'Twenty Twenty', 'fl-builder' ),
+        'description'     => __( 'An basic example module using jQuery TwentyTwenty.', 'fl-builder' ),
+        'category'        => __( 'Example Modules', 'fl-builder' ),
+        'dir'             => __DIR__,
+        'partial_refresh' => true,
+        'url'             => plugins_url( '', __FILE__ ),
+      ));
+
+      /**
+       * Now we include our js and css files using the module classes built in methods.
+       */
+      $this->add_js( 'jquery-event-move',   $this->url . 'js/jquery.event.move.js',   array( 'jquery' ) );
+      $this->add_js( 'jquery-twentytwenty', $this->url . 'js/jquery.twentytwenty.js', array( 'jquery' ) );
+      $this->add_css( 'twentytwenty',       $this->url . 'css/twentytwenty.css' );
+    }
+  }
+  ```
+
+## 5. Add module options
+
+The module will have two options, one for each photo. The following code uses
+the `FLBuilder::register_module` method to register the two options.
+
+Add the following code to the bottom of *twentytwenty.php*.
+
+```php
+/**
+ * Register the module and its form settings.
+ * We are using a very simple form here with only two options, photo_one and photo_two.
+ */
+FLBuilder::register_module( 'TwentyTwentyExampleModule', array(
+  'general' => array(
+    'title' => __( 'General', 'fl-builder' ),
+    'sections' => array(
+      'general' => array(
+        'title' => __( 'Section Title', 'fl-builder' ),
+        'fields' => array(
+        	'photo_one' => array(
+            'type' => 'photo',
+            'label' => __( 'Photo One', 'fl-builder' ),
+            'preview' => array(
+              'type' => 'none',
+            ),
+          ),
+          'photo_two' => array(
+          	'type' => 'photo',
+          	'label' => __( 'Photo Two', 'fl-builder' ),
+          	'preview' => array(
+          		'type' => 'none',
+          	),
+          ),
+      	),
+      ),
+    ),
+  ),
+));
+```
+
+## 6. Create frontend.php to render the module
+
+For any Beaver Builder module to render, it needs a *frontend.php* file.
+
+1. Create a new folder called *includes* inside the *modules/twentwenty* folder.
+2. Create a new file *frontend.php* in the *includes* folder.
+3. Add the following code.  
+  This will be the HTML output by the module when it is inserted into a layout.
+
+  ```php
+  <?php
+
+  /**
+   * This file should be used to render each module instance.
+   * You have access to two variables in this file:
+   *
+   * $module An instance of your module class.
+   * $settings The module's settings.
+   *
+   */
+
+  ?>
+  <div class="fl-twenty-twenty twentytwenty-container">
+
+   <!-- The before image is first -->
+   <img src="<?php echo $settings->photo_one_src; ?>" />
+   <!-- The after image is last -->
+   <img src="<?php echo $settings->photo_two_src; ?>" />
+  </div>
+  ```
+
+As you can see this code simply creates a `<div>` with the two classes `fl-
+twenty-twenty` and `twentytwenty-container` and includes the two images using
+the settings we previously registered.
+
+The TwentyTwenty jQuery plugin will do the rest.
+
+## 7. Create frontend.js.php to tie it together
+
+Now add the jQuery snippet needed to make all this work.
+
+1. Create a file named *frontend.js.php* in the *includes* folder.
+2. Add the following code.
+
+  ```js
+  jQuery(function($) {
+    $('.fl-node-<?php echo $id; ?> .fl-twenty-twenty').twentytwenty();
+  });
+  ```
+
+
+## 8. Test your new module
+
+1. In the WordPress admin panel, click **Plugins** and find your new plugin listed. As determined by the code you added in Task 1, the plugin name is **Beaver Builder TwentyTwenty Module**.
+2. Activate the plugin.
+3. Open a page for editing in Beaver Builder and click the Plus button to open the Content panel.
+4. Search for **TwentyTwenty** or scroll to the last section labeled **Example modules** and try using your new module in a layout  
+If you can't see the images, clear your caches.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/tutorials-guides/create-a-filter-to-customize-the-display-of-post-data.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/tutorials-guides/create-a-filter-to-customize-the-display-of-post-data.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a50a364b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/tutorials-guides/create-a-filter-to-customize-the-display-of-post-data.md
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+---
+id: create-a-filter-to-customize-the-display-of-post-data
+title: Create a filter to customize the display of post data
+sidebar_label: Create a filter to customize the display of post data
+---
+
+If you want to display a custom set of posts and custom post types (CPTs) in a Posts or Search module, you can create a filter to override query args in the `FLBuilderLoop` class.
+
+:::info
+This code applies to custom queries only and doesn't work with the main query. If you want to override the main query, see [this WordPress codex article.](https://developer.wordpress.org/reference/hooks/pre_get_posts/)
+:::
+
+## Code for a custom query that applies to the entire site
+
+The following code applies to the whole site, so wherever you use a Posts or Search module, the display will show the post types that you enumerated in your array.
+
+Add the following code to the _functions.php_ file in your child theme.
+
+```php
+function fl_builder_loop_query_args_filter( $query_args ) {
+  $query_args['post_type'] = array( 'post', 'another-post-type', 'or-another-post-type' );
+  return $query_args;
+}
+add_filter( 'fl_builder_loop_query_args', 'fl_builder_loop_query_args_filter' );
+```
+
+In Line 2, replace the post types in the array with the posts types that you want the custom query to display. In this example, the Posts or Search module will display three post types: standard posts, the posts belonging to a CPT called "another-post-type," and the posts from another CPT called "or-another-post-type".
+
+:::info
+In the Custom Query list on the **Content** tab in the Posts or Search module,
+you'll still see the list of post types (Posts Pages, and any CPTs that you
+have), but it won't matter which one you choose because this custom query is
+overriding that selection.
+:::
+
+## Code that applies to specific pages, nodes, or custom IDs
+
+In actual use, you probably want to add a conditional to make this query apply only to certain pages, nodes, or custom IDs. Here are a couple of code examples.
+
+### Apply an override only to a Posts module on the home page
+
+Suppose you want the Posts and Search modules to display both standard posts and WooCommerce products on the front page of your site. Use this code instead of the code in the previous section.
+
+```php
+function bb_custom_loop_query_args( $args ) {
+  if ( is_front_page() ) {
+    $args['post_type'] = array( 'post', 'product' );
+  }
+  return $args;
+}
+add_filter( 'fl_builder_loop_query_args', 'bb_custom_loop_query_args' );
+```
+
+### Apply an override to a specific Posts or Search module
+
+The following code example displays both standard posts and WooCommerce products for a specific Posts module or Search module ID. Note that the conditional statement for the Search module is slightly different from that of the Posts module so we provide both code examples here.
+
+1. Set a custom ID on the Posts or Search module.  
+![](/img/dev-filter-post-data-1.png)
+2. Add the following code, replacing `id` in Line 2 with the ID you assigned in the previous step.
+
+**Posts module:**  
+```php
+function fl_builder_loop_query_args_filter( $query_args ) {
+  if ( 'example-module' == $query_args['settings']->id ) {
+    $query_args['post_type'] = array( 'post', 'product' );
+  }
+  return $query_args;
+}
+add_filter( 'fl_builder_loop_query_args', 'fl_builder_loop_query_args_filter' );
+```
+
+**Search module:**  
+```php
+function fl_builder_loop_query_args_filter( $query_args ) {
+  if ( isset($query_args['settings']->settings->id) && 'example-module' == $query_args['settings']->settings->id ) {
+    $query_args['post_type'] = array( 'post', 'product' );
+  }
+  return $query_args;
+}
+add_filter( 'fl_builder_loop_query_args', 'fl_builder_loop_query_args_filter' );
+```
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/tutorials-guides/customize-keyboard-shortcuts.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/tutorials-guides/customize-keyboard-shortcuts.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bd51e976
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/tutorials-guides/customize-keyboard-shortcuts.md
@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+---
+id: customize-keyboard-shortcuts
+title: Customize keyboard shortcuts
+sidebar_label: Customize keyboard shortcuts
+---
+
+The [keyboard shortcut system](user-interface/tools-menu.md#keyboard-shortcuts) in the Beaver Builder editor offers many keyboard shortcuts, and they are customizable. You can remove keyboard
+shortcuts, modify them, or register your own.
+
+:::info
+Some browsers or operating systems may override particular keyboard
+combinations with actions of their own. Be sure to test! Also, if your
+keyboard shortcut does override a browser or operating system's keyboard
+shortcut, keep in mind that you may have some unhappy users.
+:::
+
+## Find the keys of currently registered keyboard shortcuts
+
+Each keyboard shortcut has both a key (the string you use to access an item in
+an associative array, which we refer to as the dictionary) and a `keyCode`
+(the particular key or key combination that is associated with the action).
+
+To remove or modify a keyboard shortcut, you'll need to find its key in the
+`$shortcuts` dictionary. Here's how to find it. As an example, we'll use the
+_Open Global Settings_ shortcut.
+
+### To find the keys for currently registered keyboard shortcuts
+
+1. Open the Beaver Builder editor.
+2. Open the browser’s JavaScript console.
+   The procedure to open the console depends on your browser. Here are
+   [instructions for Google Chrome](https://developers.google.com/web/tools/chrome-devtools/console/).
+
+3. Type `FLBuilderConfig.keyboardShortcuts` into the console and press _Enter_.
+   In Google Chrome, you'd type this command directly into the console, as shown
+   in the following screenshot.
+   ![](/img/dev-keyboard-shortcuts-1.png)
+
+4. If necessary, expand the `showModules` line, as shown in this screenshot from Google Chrome.
+   ![](/img/dev-keyboard-shortcuts-2.png)
+   This produces a list of all of the currently registered keyboard shortcuts.
+
+5. Find the command you want to modify and make a note of its key, which is the first item in each row. In this example, it's `showGlobalSettings.`
+   ![](/img/dev-keyboard-shortcuts-3.png)
+
+6. If you plan to modify the shortcut, inspect the `keyCode` values for the entire set of shortcuts to make sure that the key combination you want to use isn't already registered for another keyboard shortcut.
+
+:::info
+The word `mod` in some of the `keyCode` values is a special token
+used to signify the current platform’s standard modifier key. On <i class="fab fa-windows"></i> Windows,
+`mod` will be translated to <kbd>Ctrl</kbd> for the control key, while on <i class="fab fa-apple"></i> macOS, mod
+will be translated to the <kbd>command &#8984;</kbd> key.
+:::
+
+### Keyboard shortcut list
+
+- **showModules:** <kbd>j</kbd>
+- **showRows:** <kbd>k</kbd>
+- **showTemplates:** <kbd>l</kbd>
+- **showSaved:** <kbd>;</kbd>
+- **saveTemplate:** <kbd>mod</kbd> + <kbd>j</kbd>
+- **previewLayout:** <kbd>p</kbd>
+- **responsiveEditing:** <kbd>r</kbd>
+- **showGlobalSettings:** <kbd>mod</kbd> + <kbd>u</kbd>
+- **showLayoutSettings:** <kbd>mod</kbd> + <kbd>y</kbd>
+- **toggleUISkin:** <kbd>o</kbd>
+- **showSearch:** <kbd>mod</kbd> + <kbd>i</kbd>
+- **showSavedMessage:** <kbd>mod</kbd> + <kbd>s</kbd>
+- **publishAndRemain:** <kbd>mod</kbd> + <kbd>p</kbd>
+- **cancelTask:** <kbd>esc</kbd>
+- **undo:** <kbd>mod</kbd> + <kbd>z</kbd>
+- **redo:** <kbd>shift</kbd> + <kbd>mod</kbd> + <kbd>z</kbd>
+
+## The fl_builder_keyboard_shortcuts filter
+
+The `fl_builder_keyboard_shortcuts` filter is used to remove or modify
+existing keyboard shortcuts or to register new ones. It expects one argument –
+the `$shortcuts` array – which is a dictionary of all the registered
+shortcuts.
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+Since this is a filter, not an action, always return the `$shorcuts`
+variable at the end of your filter function, as shown in the code examples
+below.
+:::
+
+## Remove a keyboard shortcut
+
+Remove any keyboard by unsetting its key. The following code removes the _Go
+to Previous Tab_ keyboard shortcut.
+
+```php
+add_filter("fl_builder_keyboard_shortcuts", function ($shortcuts) {
+  unset($shortcuts["goToPrevTab"]);
+  return $shortcuts;
+});
+```
+
+This will remove the _Go to previous tab_ command from Beaver Builder and also
+remove it from the list displayed at **Tools > Keyboard shortcuts**.
+
+To remove another keyboard shortcut, replace `goToPrevTab` with the key of the
+shortcut you want to remove.
+
+## Modify a keyboard shortcut
+
+You can change the key combination that a shortcut uses by using the
+`fl_builder_keyboard_shortcuts` filter with the key value of that particular
+shortcut entry.
+
+### To change the keyboard shortcut
+
+1. Add the following code to the _functions.php_ file in your child theme and modify it as described in the following steps.
+
+```php
+add_filter("fl_builder_keyboard_shortcuts", function ($shortcuts) {
+  $shortcuts["showGlobalSettings"]["keyCode"] = "mod+b";
+  return $shortcuts;
+});
+```
+
+2. In the `$shortcuts` parameter, change the key to the one you want to modify.
+3. Set the new `keyCode` value that you want to use for the keyboard shortcut. You can use the following keys or key combinations.
+
+### Options for `keyCode` values
+
+- A single lowercase letter, symbol, or special key
+- mod+ a single lowercase letter, symbol, or special key
+
+**Special keys** use the following values: `backspace`, `tab`, `enter`,
+`return`, `capslock`, `esc`, `escape`, `space`, `pageup`, `pagedown`, `end`,
+`home`, `left`, `up`, `right`, `down`, `ins`, `del`, `plus`.
+
+## Register a new keyboard shortcut
+
+You can use the `fl_builder_keyboard_shortcuts` filter to create an entirely
+new keyboard shortcut. Virtually anything that you can accomplish in
+JavaScript can be registered as a shortcut – you just need a function or
+object method in your JavaScript to fire when your shortcut is invoked.
+
+### To register a new keyboard shortcut
+
+1. In your child theme's _functions.php_ file, add a new entry with a key for your keyboard shortcut and assign it a dictionary array containing a `label` and a `keyCode` item.
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+Make a note of the key string you set for your action
+(doMyCustomShortcut in this case) because you’ll need it to handle the event
+firing in a later step.
+:::
+
+```php
+add_filter("fl_builder_keyboard_shortcuts", function ($shortcuts) {
+  $shortcuts["doMyCustomShortcut"] = [
+    "label" => __("Do My Custom Action", "my-plugin"),
+    "keyCode" => "mod+t",
+  ];
+  return $shortcuts;
+});
+```
+
+2. Open a page for editing in Beaver Builder or reload a page that's open and check to see if the shortcut is displayed in the list at **Tools > Keyboard Shortcuts**.
+3. Enqueue your custom JavaScript to run when Beaver Builder is active, using the following code.
+
+```php
+add_action("wp_enqueue_scripts", function () {
+  // Check if Beaver Builder is active
+  if (class_exists("FLBuilderModel") && FLBuilderModel::is_builder_active()) {
+    /**
+     * Enqueue your custom JavaScript file
+     *
+     * Be sure to use the appropriate url reference function for whether your
+     * code is contained in a custom plugin or theme.
+     *
+     * Include fl-builder-min as a dependency for your script to ensure
+     * Beaver Builder as well as jQuery are available when your script runs.
+     */
+    wp_enqueue_script(
+      "my-builder-script",
+      get_stylesheet_directory_uri() . "/js/my-builder-script.js",
+      ["fl-builder-min"]
+    );
+  }
+});
+```
+
+4. Inside your JavaScript file, create a function that will fire when your shortcut is triggered and register the script with Beaver Builder, using the key from the first step.
+
+```php
+(function( $ ) {
+  // Create a function to fire when your custom shortcut is triggered
+  function doMyCustomShorcut() {
+    // Work done here
+    alert( 'Hey, it worked!' );
+  }
+  $(function() { // Once the document is ready
+    // Register a hook listener using the key that you registered
+    // your shortcut with along with the function it should fire.
+    FLBuilder.addHook('doMyCustomShortcut', doMyCustomShorcut );
+  });
+})( jQuery );
+```
+
+5. Reload the Beaver Builder editing page in your browser and try out your new keyboard shortcut!
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/tutorials-guides/customize-row-resizing-behavior.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/tutorials-guides/customize-row-resizing-behavior.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fe7733fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/tutorials-guides/customize-row-resizing-behavior.md
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+---
+id: customize-row-resizing-behavior
+title: Customize row resizing behavior
+sidebar_label: Customize row resizing behavior
+---
+
+Row resizing behavior controls the max width of the content container within
+rows. Row resizing capability is enabled by default for any user with
+unrestricted editing permissions.
+
+If you don't want to allow rows to be resized or you want to choose a
+different max-width limitation, there's a filter to modify this behavior:
+`fl_row_resize_settings`.
+
+## Filter overview
+
+The filter is passed an array that configures whether or not row resize is
+enabled and what the `max` and `min` widths should be, as shown in the
+following code.
+
+```php
+$settings = array(
+  'userCanResizeRows' => true,
+  'minAllowedWidth' => 300, /* Integer or false */
+  'maxAllowedWidth' => false, /* Integer or false */
+);
+```
+
+The `userCanResizeRows` key accepts a boolean value. If it is set to `false`,
+the two other keys (`minAllowedWidth` and `maxAllowedWidth`) are not required.
+
+The `minAllowedWidth` and `maxAllowedWidth` keys either take an integer
+representing a pixel width or `false` to express that there is no limit.
+
+:::important **Notes:**
+* For UI integrity, even if `minAllowedWidth` is set to `false`, the system will not allow rows to shrink lower than 100px in width.
+* If you remove unrestricted editing capabilities from certain user roles in  **Settings > Beaver Builder > User access > Unrestricted editing**, it will override the code shown here for users with those roles.
+:::
+
+## Filter examples
+
+Here are some examples that you can just copy and paste into your child
+theme's _functions.php_ file.
+
+### Remove row resize capability
+
+The following code removes the drag handles from the layout and the max
+content width setting from the row settings screen for individual rows.
+
+```php
+//Remove row resize ability
+add_filter( 'fl_row_resize_settings', function( $settings ) {
+    $settings['userCanResizeRows'] = false;
+    return $settings;
+});
+```
+
+To re-enable row resizing capabilities, remove the code.
+
+### Limit minimum or maximum row content width
+
+The following code sets a minimum and maximum width of the content container.
+You can modify the values for each setting to either a specific number of
+pixels or `false` for no limit. In this example, there is no limit on the
+minimum width, and the maximum width is 1100px.
+
+```php
+add_filter( ‘fl_row_resize_settings’, function( $settings ) {
+  $settings = array(
+    ‘userCanResizeRows’ => true,
+    ‘minAllowedWidth’ => false, /* Integer or false */
+    ‘maxAllowedWidth’ => 1100, /* Integer or false */
+  );
+  return $settings;
+});
+```
+
+### Disable row resize for a specific post type
+
+The following code disables row resizing ability for standard posts.
+
+```php
+add_filter( 'fl_row_resize_settings', function( $settings ) {
+  if ( 'post' == get_post_type() ) {
+    $settings['userCanResizeRows'] = false;
+  }
+  return $settings;
+});
+```
+
+### Tie the max possible width to global settings
+
+To cap the max possible width to the global row max width, use the global
+`row_width` setting, as shown in the following code.
+
+```php
+add_filter( 'fl_row_resize_settings', function( $settings ) {
+  $global_settings = FLBuilderModel::get_global_settings();
+  $settings['maxAllowedWidth'] = $global_settings->row_width;
+  return $settings;
+});
+```
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/tutorials-guides/customize-settings-forms.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/tutorials-guides/customize-settings-forms.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e5de9444
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/tutorials-guides/customize-settings-forms.md
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+---
+id: customize-settings-forms
+title: Customize settings forms
+sidebar_label: Customize settings forms
+description: Information about using a Beaver Builder filter to customize Beaver Builder settings forms.
+---
+
+
+It is possible to customize any of the settings forms in Beaver Builder,
+including the ones built in.
+
+You'll need a solid grasp of how settings forms are created to understand how to customize them, so If you haven't already, see our [custom module guide](/beaver-builder/developer/custom-modules/index.md) before continuing. That guide has everything you'll need.
+
+To customize a settings form, use `fl_builder_register_settings_form`, as shown in the following code.
+
+```php
+function my_builder_register_settings_form( $form, $id ) {
+  if ( 'row' == $id ) {
+    // Modify the $form array for rows as needed.
+  }
+  elseif ( 'button' == $id ) {
+    // Modify the $form array for button modules as needed.
+  }
+  return $form;
+}
+add_filter( 'fl_builder_register_settings_form', 'my_builder_register_settings_form', 10, 2 );
+```
+
+In the callback function for that filter, you will receive the following two variables.
+
+## $form (array)
+This is the configuration array for the form that was passed to the
+register method when it was created. You can modify this as needed to
+customize a settings form.
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+Removing settings can lead to errors, so it's usually best to add and
+not remove core settings.
+:::
+
+## $id (string)
+This is the ID for the form that was passed to the register method when it was created. For modules, this is the module's folder slug.
+
+See also the Beaver Themer information about [adding settings forms](/beaver-themer/developer/customize-field-connections-themer#add-a-settings-form).
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/tutorials-guides/install-beaver-builder-via-composer.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/tutorials-guides/install-beaver-builder-via-composer.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..00d3ba0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/tutorials-guides/install-beaver-builder-via-composer.md
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+---
+id: install-beaver-builder-via-composer
+title: Install Beaver Builder via Composer
+sidebar_label: Install Beaver Builder via Composer
+---
+
+You can install Beaver Builder Plugin, Beaver Builder Theme, or Beaver Themer
+via [Composer](https://getcomposer.org).
+
+## Install with composer.json
+
+Create a composer.json file in your WordPress root folder and add the
+following code. Replace KEY with your key from your [My Account](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/my-account/) page.
+
+```json
+{
+  "repositories": {
+    "beaver-builder": {
+      "type": "composer",
+      "url": "https://composer.wpbeaverbuilder.com/KEY"
+    }
+  },
+  "require": {
+    "beaver-builder/bb-plugin-starter": "*",
+    "beaver-builder/bb-theme": "*",
+    "beaver-builder/bb-theme-builder": "*"
+  }
+}
+```
+
+:::info
+
+Substitute `-starter` for your license type, for example `-professional` or `-unlimited`.
+
+:::
+
+Run `composer install` in CLI to install the latest versions of all three
+packages in their correct plugin and theme folders. To install specific
+versions, substitute the `*` in the JSON file with the version you require.
+
+## Using a global config
+
+You can add your repo link to the global composer config so you can then
+install the packages via CLI without even needing a composer.json file. Run
+the following command in CLI:
+
+```bash
+composer config --global repositories.beaver-builder composer https://composer.wpbeaverbuilder.com/KEY
+```
+
+After the global config is added you can then install any version of any
+package with a single-line command. Here are a few examples:
+
+- `composer require beaver-builder/bb-plugin-starter`
+  Installs the latest available Starter plan of Beaver Builder.
+
+Substitute `starter` for your license type:
+
+- Starter license: `bb-plugin-starter`
+- Professional license: `bb-plugin-professional`
+- Unlimited license: `bb-plugin-unlimited`
+
+Legacy license types
+
+- Standard license: `bb-plugin-standard`
+- Pro license: `bb-plugin-pro`
+- Agency license: `bb-plugin-agency`
+
+You can also install specific versions of Beaver Builder, BB Theme, or Beaver Themer specific versions:
+
+- `composer require beaver-builder/bb-plugin-starter:2.8.4.1`
+  Installs the Starter plan 2.8.4.1 version of Beaver Builder.
+
+- `composer require beaver-builder/bb-theme`
+  Installsthe latest version of the Beaver Builder Theme.
+
+- `composer require beaver-builder/bb-theme-builder`
+  Ininstall the latest version of Beaver Themer.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/tutorials-guides/remove-rename-tools-menu-items.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/tutorials-guides/remove-rename-tools-menu-items.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..148e3257
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/tutorials-guides/remove-rename-tools-menu-items.md
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+---
+id: remove-rename-tools-menu-items
+title: Rename or remove Tools menu items
+sidebar_label: Rename or remove Tools menu items
+---
+
+This tutorial gives you details of how to customize the [Tools menu](user-interface/tools-menu.md), such as removing or renaming menu items.
+
+
+## Remove menu items
+
+The code example below shows how to remove menu items and includes some of the main **Tools** menu items. You can find all **Tools** menu `$views` item ID's by searching for `// Tools` in the */bb-plugin/classes/class-fl-builder.php* file. 
+
+```php
+add_filter( 'fl_builder_main_menu', function( $views ) {
+
+  unset( $views['main']['items'][04] ); //Publish Layout
+  unset( $views['main']['items'][05] ); //Separator Line
+  unset( $views['main']['items'][10] ); //Save Layout
+  unset( $views['main']['items'][20] ); //Duplicate Layout
+  unset( $views['main']['items'][30] ); //Preview Layout
+  unset( $views['main']['items'][31] ); //Responsive Editing
+  unset( $views['main']['items'][35] ); //Revisions
+  unset( $views['main']['items'][40] ); //Separator Line
+  unset( $views['main']['items'][50] ); //Layout CSS & Javascript
+  unset( $views['main']['items'][60] ); //Global Settings
+  unset( $views['main']['items'][65] ); //Themer Layouts (Beaver Themer required)
+  unset( $views['main']['items'][70] ); //Separator Line
+  unset( $views['main']['items'][80] ); //Change UI Brightness
+  unset( $views['main']['items'][100] ); //WordPress Admin
+  unset( $views['main']['items'][110] ); //Help
+  unset( $views['main']['items'][120] ); //Keyboard Shortcuts
+  
+  return $views;
+});
+```
+
+## Rename menu items
+
+The code example below renames **Save Layout** to **Save My Layout**. 
+
+```php
+add_filter( 'fl_builder_main_menu', function( $views ) {
+
+  $views['main']['items'][10]['label'] = 'Save My Layout';
+  
+  return $views;
+
+});
+```
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/tutorials-guides/wp-cli-plugin-theme.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/tutorials-guides/wp-cli-plugin-theme.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ce935440
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/developer/tutorials-guides/wp-cli-plugin-theme.md
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+---
+id: wp-cli-plugin-theme
+title: WP-CLI for Beaver Builder Plugin and Theme
+sidebar_label: WP-CLI for Beaver Builder Plugin and Theme
+description: Description of Beaver Builder's commands to use with WP-CLI.
+---
+
+[WP-CLI](https://wp-cli.org/) is a set of command-line tools for managing
+WordPress installations without using a web browser. You can perform WordPress tasks such as updating plugins and configuring multisite installs. 
+
+You can also use WP-CLI to perform certain tasks in Beaver Builder. This article describes the commands available for the Beaver Builder plugin and theme. To see a description of the Beaver Themer commands, see [this article](/beaver-themer/developer/wp-cli-for-beaver-themer).
+
+## Accessing WP-CLI
+
+After you've installed WP-CLI, use SSH to access your hosting server. Navigate to the WordPress installation directory that you want to work in and enter the following command to get a list of all options:
+
+```bash
+wp beaver
+```
+
+The on-screen information tells you what commands are available and the
+syntax of each command, with options and examples.
+
+## Clear the Beaver Builder and Beaver Theme cache
+
+This command clears the Beaver Builder [plugin cache](/beaver-builder/troubleshooting/debugging/issue-fixer-clear-the-cache.md) or both the Beaver Builder plugin and Beaver Builder Theme caches:
+
+```bash
+wp beaver clearcache
+```
+
+**Options:**
+
+*  `--network`  
+Clears the Beaver Builder cache for all sites on a network.
+*  `--all`  
+Clears both the Beaver Builder plugin and Beaver Builder Theme caches.
+
+### Examples
+
+#### Single Site
+
+* Clear the Beaver Builder Plugin cache on your site.  
+`wp beaver clearcache`
+
+* Reset the Beaver Theme cache on your site.  
+`wp beaver theme clearcache`
+
+* If the Beaver Builder Theme is active, clear both caches. 
+`wp beaver clearcache --all`
+
+#### Multisite
+
+* Clear the Beaver Builder plugin cache on all subsites of a multisite installation.  
+`wp beaver clearcache --network`
+
+* Clear the Beaver Builder plugin cache and reset the Beaver Builder Theme cache on all subsites of a multisite installation. Beaver Theme must be active on the root site.  
+`wp beaver clearcache --network --all`
+
+##  Activate or deactivate the Beaver Builder license key for a domain
+
+The following command activates or deactivates the Beaver Builder license key and registration of the domain in your account at *wpbeaverbuilder.com*.
+
+```bash
+wp beaver register
+```
+
+**Options:**
+
+* `--deactivate`  
+Deactivates this domain at *wpbeaverbuilder.com* and removes the license.
+* `--license`  
+License key value to use
+
+### Examples
+
+* Activate the license (substitute your license key number) and register the domain whose directory you are in:  
+`wp beaver register --license=01234567890`
+
+* Activate the license when the license is defined in *wp-config.php* using `FL_LICENSE_KEY global`:   
+`wp beaver register`
+
+* Deactivate the license for the domain whose directory you are in:
+`wp beaver register --deactivate`
+
+## List Beaver Builder global settings
+
+Returns the list of Beaver Builder global settings.
+
+```bash
+wp beaver global --list
+```
+
+## Update a Beaver Builder global setting
+
+Normally you manage global settings at **Tools > Global Settings** in the Beaver Builder editor, but you can also change individual global settings with a WP-CLI command by using the setting's ID and assigning a new value. Here's the basic command:
+
+```bash
+wp beaver global-update
+```
+
+**Options:**
+
+* `--id`  
+The ID for the global option.
+
+* `--value`  
+The value for the global option.
+
+### Example
+
+Hide the page title for the WordPress theme you're using by changing the value of the **CSS selector** option in **Tools > Global settings** in the Beaver Builder editor.  
+
+```bash
+wp beaver global-update --id=default_heading_selector --value=.fl-post-header  
+```
+This command assigns the value `.fl-post-header` to the **CSS selector** field in **Tools > Global Settings**.
+
+:::info
+
+`.fl-post-header` is the selector for the Beaver Builder Theme and is the default **CSS selector** value. [Follow this article](basics/show-hide-page-title.md) to find the selector for your theme.
+
+:::
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/getting-started/install.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/getting-started/install.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..71616439
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/getting-started/install.md
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+---
+id: install
+title: Install Beaver Builder
+sidebar_label: Installation
+---
+
+This article walks you through every step of installing and activating Beaver Builder on your WordPress site.
+
+<div className="embed-responsive">
+  <iframe width="560" height="315" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/x6FrwCHgaT4" frameBorder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture" allowFullScreen></iframe>
+</div>
+
+## Download
+
+Download the Beaver Builder plugin zip from the [My Account](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/my-account/) page. Your license key also appears on that page.
+
+:::tip
+If you're a macOS/Safari user, by default your zip files are unzipped when you download them. This will cause a problem for installing the Beaver Builder plugin because you need to upload the zip file to your WordPress site.
+
+This is easy to fix by disabling a preference in Safari, either temporarily or permanently, following the instructions below. Alternatively, you can download the Beaver Builder plugin and theme files with a different browser, such as Firefox or Chrome.
+
+1. In the Safari menu, go to **Safari > Preferences**. At the bottom of the **General** tab, clear the checkbox **Open "safe" files for downloading**.
+
+2. Go to your [My Account](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/my-account/) page and download the plugin again, and optionally the theme and child theme if you are licensed to use it.
+
+3. The files will now download as zip files, which you can use to upload to your WordPress site.
+:::
+
+## Install
+
+1. From your WordPress Admin Dashboard, go to **Plugins > Add New**.
+
+2. Click the **Upload plugin** button at the top of the screen.
+
+3. Click **Browse** and select the downloaded zip file on your local system.
+
+4. After you have selected the file, click on the **Install Now** button.  
+
+  :::info
+  If you have the [Lite version](https://wordpress.org/plugins/beaver-builder-lite-version/) of the plugin installed, it is automatically deactivated when you install a premium version. You can delete the Lite plugin without losing your layouts.
+  :::
+  
+  :::tip
+  With the introduction of [WordPress 5.5](https://make.wordpress.org/core/2020/07/29/miscellaneous-developer-focused-changes-in-wordpress-5-5/), it is no longer necessary to uninstall your existing Beaver Builder plugins when upgrading or downgrading to a new version.
+
+  By following the steps mentioned earlier to install the zip file, WordPress will present a prompt that allows you to choose whether you want to replace the currently installed version with the one you are uploading. Simply click on the "Replace current with uploaded" button, and WordPress will handle the rest of the process.
+  :::
+
+5. If you're doing a fresh installation of any premium version, click **Activate** to activate the plugin.
+ 
+## Activate your license
+
+1. From your WordPress Admin Panel, go to **Settings > Beaver Builder**.
+
+2. Click the **License tab**.
+
+3. For new installations, add your license key, which you can find on the [My Account](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/my-account/) page.  
+  For upgrades and downgrades, check to make sure your license is still active. The license number should remain the same.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/getting-started/launch-builder.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/getting-started/launch-builder.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ff895675
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/getting-started/launch-builder.md
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+---
+id: launch-builder
+title: Launch Beaver Builder
+sidebar_label: Launch Beaver Builder
+description: Instructions for launching the Beaver Builder editor.
+---
+
+This article contains both video and written instructions for accessing the Beaver Builder editor from both the WordPress standard and classic editors and from other locations in the WordPress admin dashboard or admin bar.
+
+<div className="embed-responsive">
+<iframe width="560" height="315" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/zpAnDlIUbio" title="YouTube video player" frameBorder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture" allowFullScreen></iframe>
+</div>
+
+## WordPress Gutenberg
+
+When you create a page or open an existing page in the WordPress block editor,
+you'll see the choice of **Launch Beaver Builder** or Use Standard Editor, as shown in the following screenshot.
+
+![Launch Beaver Builder using WordPress Gutenberg](/img/beaver-builder/getting-started--launch-builder--1.jpg)
+
+## Classic Editor
+
+Create a new page  and click the **Beaver Builder** tab or open an existing page for editing in WordPress and click **Launch Beaver Builder** on the **Beaver Builder** tab, as in the following screenshot.
+
+![Launch Beaver Builder using WordPress classic editor](/img/beaver-builder/getting-started--launch-builder--2.jpg)
+
+## All Pages list
+
+Mouse over a page in the **WordPress Admin Dashboard > Pages > All Pages** list, then click the **Beaver Builder** link. When a Beaver Builder layout already exists for a page, the Beaver Builder link is followed by a green button, as you can see in the screenshot.
+
+When a Beaver Builder layout hasn't been created yet, it's followed by a pale
+gray or white button.
+
+![Launch Beaver Builder from the WordPress all pages list](/img/beaver-builder/getting-started--launch-builder--3.jpg)
+
+:::tip
+By default, the Beaver Builder editor is enabled for the Pages post type only. You can [enable posts and custom post types in the Beaver Builder settings](settings/post-types.md).
+:::
+
+## WordPress admin bar
+
+If you're viewing a page and you're logged in, the WordPress admin bar appears
+on a large screen, and you can click the **Beaver Builder** link to edit the
+page.
+
+![Launch Beaver Builder from the WordPress admin bar](/img/beaver-builder/getting-started--launch-builder--4.jpg)
+
+
+When a Beaver Builder layout already exists for the page, the Beaver Builder
+link is followed by a green button, as you can see in the screenshot. When a
+Beaver Builder layout hasn't been created yet, it's followed by a pale gray
+button.
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+After the page is open for editing in Beaver Builder, you can watch a
+video with tips on how to create a layout. Click the down arrow in the title
+bar in the upper left corner of the editing page to expose the [Tools menu](user-interface/tools-menu.md).
+Choose [Help](user-interface/tools-menu.md#help) and then start the video that's displayed.
+:::
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/getting-started/system-requirements.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/getting-started/system-requirements.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..525b1602
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/getting-started/system-requirements.md
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+---
+id: system-requirements
+title: System Requirements
+sidebar_label: System Requirements
+---
+
+This article covers the recommended system requirements for installing and using Beaver Builder on your sites.
+
+## WordPress
+
+- Beaver Builder is compatible with WordPress version 6.6 or higher.
+- The WordPress REST API must be enabled: Beaver Builder relies on the REST API for key features. You can verify it’s active by visiting `/wp-json/` on your site (e.g., `https://yourwebsite.com/wp-json/`).
+
+We recommend a [WP memory limit](https://wordpress.org/support/article/editing-wp-config-php/#increasing-memory-allocated-to-php) of at least 128 MB, with 256 MB or more preferred for optimal performance.
+
+## Server
+
+To ensure smooth functionality of the Beaver Builder user-interface (UI), it is important to configure the server with the following settings, as failure to do so may lead to issues:
+
+- Set `X-Frame-Options` to `SAMEORIGIN`.
+- Configure Content-Security-Policy (CSP) with the directive [`frame-ancestors`](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Content-Security-Policy/frame-ancestors) to `self`.
+
+Contact your web host provider for assistance with configuring these settings.
+
+:::caution
+
+Setting `script-src` to `none` in your Content Security Policy (CSP) will break the Beaver Builder UI, as it prevents all JavaScript from running—including the scripts essential for the builder's functionality. Since CSP configurations can be highly complex and vary widely depending on your setup, it's crucial to thoroughly test your website after making any changes to ensure that the Beaver Builder UI continue to work as expected.
+
+:::
+
+## PHP
+
+Beaver Builder follows the WordPress requirements for PHP version. See the [Wordpress Requirements page](https://wordpress.org/support/article/requirements/) for current recommendations.
+
+:::info
+
+PHP 8 is supported for all Beaver Builder products with some warnings, which are fixed in Beaver Builder 2.5, Beaver Builder Theme 1.7.9, and Beaver Themer 1.4.
+
+:::
+
+## jQuery
+
+Beaver Builder enqueues the version of jQuery that is bundled with WordPress core and only supports that version. It is quite possible that other versions of jQuery will work, but use them at your own risk.
+
+## Browsers
+
+Beaver Builder supports all modern browsers (Chrome, FireFox, Safari and Edge).
+
+### Viewing Beaver Builder content
+
+To view content added by Beaver Builder to your pages, posts, or custom post types we support the latest three versions of Chrome, Firefox, Safari, and Edge. For example, if the latest version is 66, then any release of versions 64-66 is supported.
+
+:::info
+
+As of [WordPress 5.8](https://wordpress.org/news/2021/05/dropping-support-for-internet-explorer-11/), Internet Explorer 11 is no longer supported.
+
+:::
+
+### Working with the Beaver Builder editor
+
+We only support the latest browser version when using the Beaver Builder editor.
+
+## Mobile Devices
+
+The Beaver Builder editor can be used on tablets and smartphones to edit layouts. Note the functionality is still subject to limitations inherent on smaller screens.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/getting-started/what-can-i-do-with-beaver-builder.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/getting-started/what-can-i-do-with-beaver-builder.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..14efd11f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/getting-started/what-can-i-do-with-beaver-builder.md
@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+---
+id: what-can-i-do-with-beaver-builder
+title: What can I do with Beaver Builder?
+sidebar_label: What can I do with Beaver Builder?
+---
+
+Here's an overview of the Beaver Builder plugin, Beaver Builder Theme, and a
+little bit about what Beaver Themer adds if you need it. See also the article [What can I do with Beaver Themer?](/beaver-themer/getting-started/what-can-i-do-with-beaver-themer)
+
+## Plugin vs. Theme vs. Beaver Themer
+
+WordPress makes a distinction between the content area of a web page and all
+the other areas, including header, sidebar, and footer, as shown in this
+diagram:
+
+![](/img/what-can-i-do-with-beaverbuilder-1.png)
+
+Here's how Beaver Builder fits into that.
+
+- The Beaver Builder plugin lets you create intricate layouts in the _content area_ of the page. Out of the box, Beaver Builder is enabled for pages, but there are settings to enable it for the content area of posts and custom posts.
+
+- A WordPress _theme_ is a mandatory component of a WordPress site. It controls the header, footer, and sidebar areas of your site. For a single Post, it also controls the display of post information (post title, author, featured images, categories, and so on). Depending on the theme you choose, you may also be able to configure or suppress these areas on individual pages and posts, using [WordPress page templates](/bb-theme/getting-started/built-in-theme-templates-for-single-pages-and-posts).
+
+- The [Beaver Themer plugin](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/beaver-themer/) lets you build layouts in areas outside the content area, which are normally controlled by the theme. You can specify which pages the Themer layouts apply to and which users can see them. Beaver Themer is an add-on that uses the Beaver Builder plugin to build these layouts. See the examples below.
+
+The following sections show you the basic concepts underlying content layouts
+with the Beaver Builder plugin, the parts of the page controlled by the theme,
+and how the Beaver Builder Theme integrates with and enhances the plugin.
+
+## Beaver Builder Plugin
+
+The Beaver Builder plugin is a front-end layout and style designer that gives
+you a WYSIWYG view of the content area as you develop it. Starting with one of
+the Beaver Builder layout templates or a blank page, you can easily modify and
+add content modules in complex arrangements of rows and columns, as shown in
+this example:
+
+![](/img/what-can-i-do-with-beaverbuilder-2.png)
+
+### Start with a layout template, prebuilt rows, or a blank page
+
+When you create a new WordPress Page, you'll see the Beaver Builder launch
+button on posts and pages for which the WordPress Standard (block) editor is enabled:
+
+![](/img/what-can-i-do-with-beaverbuilder-3.png)
+
+Or you'll see the **Beaver Builder** tab on posts and pages for which the
+WordPress Standard editor is disabled:
+
+![](/img/what-can-i-do-with-beaverbuilder-4.png)
+
+On the editing page, you'll see the Beaver Builder admin bar at the top of the
+screen. Click the Plus icon on the upper right side, and do any of the
+following to get started.
+
+- Start with a content layout for the page and modify it. Click the **Templates** tab and click any template to insert it.
+  Choose a different template type in the **Group** field for more choices. [See this article on layout templates](layouts/templates/index.md) for more information.
+
+![](/img/what-can-i-do-with-beaverbuilder-5.png)
+
+- Add one or more prebuilt row layouts and modify them. Click the **Rows** tab, in the **Group** field select **Prebuilt rows**, then choose a category and drag your selection into the layout. [See this article on prebuilt rows.](/beaver-builder/layouts/rows/add-prebuilt-rows-to-your-content.md)
+
+![](/img/what-can-i-do-with-beaverbuilder-6.png)
+
+- Design your content from scratch by dragging individual modules into the content area. Click the **Modules** tab and drag a module into the layout.
+
+![](/img/what-can-i-do-with-beaverbuilder-7.png)
+
+:::tip
+After you or your clients open a page for editing, there's a great
+quick-start video that you can access by clicking the down arrow in the Beaver
+Builder admin bar and then in the **Tools** menu click **Help**.
+:::
+
+### The basics of content area layouts
+
+When you drag content modules from the Content panel to the layout, the rows and columns are automatically created. As your layouts become more complex, with child columns, sometimes it's easier to drag in row layouts first, then drag content modules into them.
+
+For example, here is a single row with three _column groups_, which can be thought of as rows within rows.
+
+![](/img/what-can-i-do-with-beaverbuilder-8.png)
+
+For more information about how columns work, see the [column layouts overview](/beaver-builder/layouts/columns/column-layouts-overview.md).
+
+In the screenshot above, all three column groups are inside a single row,
+but you could also put each column group into a different row, as shown in
+this screenshot:
+
+![](/img/what-can-i-do-with-beaverbuilder-9.png)
+
+What determines when you start a new row in your layout? See the article on
+[working with rows](/beaver-builder/layouts/rows/work-with-rows.md) for some considerations.
+
+### Think responsive
+
+Beaver Builder makes layouts look good on medium devices (tablets) and small
+devices (mobile) with no extra effort on your part. You can check the layout
+and tweak settings at each device size by entering Responsive Editing Mode
+inside your layout.
+
+![](/img/what-can-i-do-with-beaverbuilder-10.gif)
+
+For more information about responsive editing settings, start with this
+[overview article on responsiveness.](/beaver-builder/layouts/responsive-design/index.md)
+
+### Save Beaver Builder layouts for use elsewhere
+
+You can save rows and modules globally, so that any change you make in one
+place is reflected everywhere, or you can save the rows and modules so you can
+reuse them but can modify them differently in each location. Or you can save
+the entire layout as a layout template, which you can [use on any other page of your site](layouts/templates/index.md) or [export for use on another site](layouts/templates/saved-templates.md#export--import).
+
+If you have the Unlimited license version of the Beaver Builder plugin, you can white-label the Beaver Builder UI. And with any edition of Beaver Builder, you can create custom editing environments for your clients by controlling which
+layout templates, rows, and modules are available to them.
+
+### Use Beaver Builder layouts for posts
+
+By default, Beaver Builder is enabled only for WordPress pages, not for posts.
+When you enable posts or custom post types, you can use Beaver Builder to lay
+out the content area of single posts or custom post types. See the article on
+[using Beaver Builder with Posts](/beaver-builder/layouts/post-layouts/how-beaver-builder-works-with-blogs-and-custom-post-types-start-here/) for more information.
+
+:::info
+Because WordPress index and archive pages are generated on the fly, you cannot use Beaver Builder to lay out those pages, though you can create Beaver Builder layouts that simulate the generated WordPress pages. For more information, see the article on [generated WordPress archives vs. Beaver Builder layouts](/beaver-builder/layouts/post-layouts/generated-wordpress-archives-versus-beaver-builder-layouts.md). Or, you can use the add-on Beaver Themer plugin to create custom WordPress index, archive, and search result layouts.
+:::
+
+## Beaver Builder Theme
+
+WordPress requires use of a theme to control areas of the page like the
+header, footer, and sidebar areas. Themes allow you some degree of
+customization of appearance in these areas.
+
+The Beaver Builder Theme has many layout and style options to control theme
+areas of the page, on both large screens and smaller devices. In addition, the
+Beaver Builder Theme is fully compatible with both the Beaver Builder and
+Beaver Themer plugins. All theme settings are made in the WordPress
+Customizer, which you can access from the **Appearance** menu in the WordPress
+admin panel. The Beaver Builder Theme has customizations for the following
+general categories:
+
+- Presets, which apply built-in styling to the page if you don't want to customize all the theme settings yourself.
+- Layout and styling of the header (top bar, header, nav bar), footer (widgets and footer bar), and sidebar.
+- Layout and options for blog archives, single posts, and WooCommerce.
+- Default style settings for Beaver Builder, such as accent color, heading and text fonts, and buttons.
+- A section where you can add code to the head or body of your pages.
+
+### Header, footer, sidebar areas in the Beaver Builder Theme
+
+The header contains two separate areas:
+
+- The top bar, an optional strip above the header, which can contain one or two columns.
+- The main header, which includes the logo and the nav area with a number of choices of layout.
+  Some header choices allows separate styling of the nav area.
+
+The footer also contains two separate areas, each optional:
+
+- The main footer, similar to the top bar in allowing one or two columns.
+- The footer widgets area, which appears above the footer.
+
+Here's a diagram showing the header and footer subareas.
+
+![](/img/what-can-i-do-with-beaverbuilder-11.png)
+
+The sidebar is optional but if enabled, it will appear on every archive and
+post page, and also on any individual page when you set the WordPress template setting to display it.
+
+Note that by default there is only one sidebar in Beaver Builder Theme, whose widget
+content will appear wherever you enable it (all Posts or individual Pages).
+You can't customize the sidebar widgets differently for individual posts and
+pages unless you use a third-party plugin or write code. Another way to
+customize the sidebar is to use the Beaver Builder plugin to create a Sidebar
+module in your content layout.
+
+### Beaver Builder Theme default settings for Beaver Builder
+
+Beaver Builder Theme lets you set some of the defaults for Beaver Builder
+layouts. This saves time and makes it easy to get conformity in your page
+layouts site-wide unless you choose to override that behavior.
+
+Here are some Beaver Builder Theme settings that apply to Beaver Builder
+layouts:
+
+- Accent color
+  Sets the default color of both Theme and Beaver Builder links and buttons.
+
+- Headings
+  Sets the default font family, size, and other font properties of headings in
+  the content area.
+
+- Text
+  Sets the default font family, size, and other font properties of non-heading
+  text in the content area.
+
+- Background
+  Sets a background color or image for the entire content area.
+
+- Lightbox
+  Controls the default behavior or whether images open in a lightbox when
+  clicked.
+
+- Current year shortcode
+  The theme has a shortcode that automatically inserts the current year, both in
+  theme areas of the page and in Beaver Builder and Beaver Themer layouts.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/integrations/font-awesome.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/integrations/font-awesome.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e18cc162
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/integrations/font-awesome.md
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+---
+id: font-awesome
+title: Font Awesome
+sidebar_label: Font Awesome
+---
+
+The official Font Awesome WordPress plugin seamlessly integrates with Beaver Builder. This integration enables you to utilize the latest Font Awesome version within Beaver Builder, gain access to Font Awesome Pro Kits, use custom icons and leverage DuoTone icons in your Beaver Builder layouts.
+
+## Getting Started
+
+To get started using the [Font Awesome WordPress plugin](https://wordpress.org/plugins/font-awesome/) with Beaver Builder, install and activate the plugin on your website.
+
+## Font Awesome Free
+
+To utilize the most up-to-date free version of Font Awesome with Beaver Builder:
+
+1. Install and activate the [Font Awesome WordPress plugin](https://wordpress.org/plugins/font-awesome/).
+2. Navigate to the Font Awesome plugin's settings page within your WordPress admin dashboard **(Settings > Font Awesome)**.
+3. On the settings page, make the following configurations:
+
+    - **Use CDN**.
+    - Under Icons, select **Free**.
+    - For Technology, choose **Web Font**.
+    - For version, select **Latest**.
+
+4. Save Changes.
+
+## Font Awesome Pro
+
+To utilize the most up-to-date Font Awesome Pro version with Beaver Builder:
+
+1. Install and activate the [Font Awesome WordPress plugin](https://wordpress.org/plugins/font-awesome/).
+2. Log into your [Font Awesome account](https://fontawesome.com/account) and create a kit.
+
+    :::caution
+
+    While setting up your Kit, ensure that it is configured for **Webfont** usage rather than SVG.
+
+    :::
+
+3. Copy your [API token](https://fontawesome.com/account#api-tokens) and paste into **WordPress Admin Dashboard > Settings > Font Awesome > API Token**.
+4. Select a kit from the dropdown menu and click **Save Changes**.
+
+:::tip
+
+You can learn more from the [Font Awesome documentation](https://fontawesome.com/v6/docs/web/use-with/wordpress/).
+
+:::
+
+## Confirm Integration & Enable Font Awesome Icons
+
+Once you have the Font Awesome plugin installed and configured, you will be able to confirm that Font Awesome is integrated with Beaver Builder, and you can enable Font Awesome icons.
+
+1. Access your **WordPress Admin Dashboard**.
+2. Go to **Settings > Beaver Builder > Icons**.
+3. You should see a new section titled **Font Awesome Integration** which confirms that Font Awesome plugin is integrated with Beaver Builder.
+4. Mark the checkboxes corresponding to the Font Awesome Free or Pro icon styles you want to enable in Beaver Builder.
+5. Click **Save Icon Settings**.
+
+![Font Awesome Integration](/img/beaver-builder/integrations--font-awesome--1.jpg)
+
+## Access Font Awesome Icons
+
+Once you have enable the Font Awesome icon styles, you can access them from any module that has an icon picker.
+
+![Enable Font Awesome Pro icons](/img/beaver-builder/integrations--font-awesome--2.jpg)
+
+## Using Duotone Icons
+
+Upon activating Font Awesome Pro icons within Beaver Builder and enabling the duotone icon style, you gain the ability to utilize duotone icons directly within Beaver Builder.
+
+Upon entering any module that supports icons, choosing a duotone icon prompts the module's icon style choices to adjust, offering the capability to designate both primary and secondary colors for the icon.
+
+:::info
+
+The **DuoTone Icon Secondary Color** automatically has reduced opacity. Also, Duotone icons don't have different hover colors.
+
+:::
+
+![Duo-Tone icons](/img/beaver-builder/integrations--font-awesome--3.jpg)
+
+## Custom Icons
+
+Any custom icons you upload to Font Awesome can be accessed through any Beaver Builder module that supports icons, such as the Icon or Button modules. Simply upload your custom icons to your kit, then [enable the kit within Beaver Builder](#font-awesome-pro).
+
+To confirm that your kit includes custom icons, navigate to the [Font Awesome Integration section](#confirm-integration--enable-font-awesome-icons) on the Beaver Builder [Icon Settings](settings/icons.md) page. There, you'll see the message: **"Custom Icons: Kit contains X custom icons,"** where **X** represents the number of custom icons you've added to your kit.
+
+:::tip
+
+Be sure to follow the [Font Awesome custom icon guidelines](https://docs.fontawesome.com/web/add-icons/upload-icons) to ensure your custom icons are compatible.
+
+:::
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/integrations/index.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/integrations/index.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..67a44a27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/integrations/index.md
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+---
+id: index
+title: Beaver Builder Integrations
+sidebar_label: Beaver Builder Integrations
+description: Beaver Builder Integrations
+---
+
+Beaver Builder provides integration with a number of third-party plugins and services. This section of the documentation provides information on how to use these integrations.
+
+## Integrations
+
+- [Font Awesome](./font-awesome.md)
+- [Popup Maker](./popup-maker.md)
+- [Query Monitor](./query-monitor.md)
+- [Rank Math](./rankmath.md)
+- [Woocommerce](./woocommerce.md)
+- [Yoast SEO](./yoast.md)
+
+## Third-Party Integrations
+
+The following integrations are provided by third-party developers. For support, please contact the developer directly.
+
+- [FacetWP](https://facetwp.com/)
+- [Gridbuilder WP](https://wpgridbuilder.com/)
+- [PowerPack Beaver Builder Addon](https://wpbeaveraddons.com/)
+- [Ultimate Addons for Beaver Builder](https://www.ultimatebeaver.com/)
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/integrations/popup-maker.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/integrations/popup-maker.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..47036bb9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/integrations/popup-maker.md
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+---
+id: popup-maker
+title: Popup Maker
+sidebar_label: Popup Maker
+---
+
+The Popup Maker plugin is a WordPress plugin that allows you to create and manage popups on your website. The integration enables you to use Beaver Builder to design the content of your popups.
+
+## Getting Started
+
+To get started using the [Popup Maker plugin](https://wordpress.org/plugins/popup-maker/) with Beaver Builder:
+
+1. Install and activate the Popup Maker plugin on your website.
+2. Upon activation, the Popup Maker post type (`popups`) will be automatically enabled within the Beaver Builder settings.  
+  You can locate this setting in your WordPress Admin Dashboard under **Settings > Beaver Builder > Post Types**.
+
+## Create a Popup
+
+1. Access your **WordPress Admin Dashboard**.
+2. Navigate to **Popup Maker > Create Popup**.
+3. Provide a title for your popup.
+4. Configure the popup settings to your preferences.
+5. Click on the Beaver Builder tab to launch the Beaver Builder interface.
+6. Utilize the builder to design your popup layout and remember to save your work.
+
+## Displaying a Popup
+
+Once you've successfully created a popup, you can display it within your Beaver Builder layout by using any module that supports the Link option, such as the Button or Callout modules.
+
+1. Add a module that supports the **Link** option to your layout, such as the Button module.
+2. Open the module settings and locate the **Link** option.
+3. Click on the **Select** button and search for the name of your popup.
+4. Choose your popup from the list and click Save.
+
+When you or your website visitors click on the link or button associated with that module, your popup will appear on the screen.
+
+![Displaying a Popup Maker popup](/img/beaver-builder/integrations--popup-maker--1.jpg)
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/integrations/query-monitor.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/integrations/query-monitor.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9d29f12e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/integrations/query-monitor.md
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+---
+id: query-monitor
+title: Query Monitor
+sidebar_label: Query Monitor
+---
+
+Beaver Builder offers integration with the Query Monitor plugin, allowing you to conveniently access the Query Monitor interface directly within the Beaver Builder page builder interface.
+
+## Getting Started
+
+To get started using the [Query Monitor plugin](https://wordpress.org/plugins/query-monitor/) with Beaver Builder, install and activate the plugin on your website.
+
+## Access Query Monitor in Beaver Builder
+
+1. Launch Beaver Builder on your page or post.
+2. In the Tool Bar click the **Query Monitor** icon.
+3. The Query Monitor interface will open at the bottom of the page.
+
+![Access Query Monitor in Beaver Builder UI](/img/beaver-builder/integrations--query-monitor--1.jpg)
+
+:::info
+
+If the Query Monitor logo is not visible in the Beaver Builder user interface, it indicates that you either have an outdated version of Beaver Builder installed or that the Query Monitor plugin is not installed and activated on your website.
+
+:::
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/integrations/rankmath.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/integrations/rankmath.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8f659547
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/integrations/rankmath.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+id: rankmath
+title: Rank Math
+sidebar_label: Rank Math
+---
+
+Beaver Builder integrates with Rank Math, allowing you to utilize Rank Math for the analysis and optimization of your Beaver Builder content for SEO.
+
+## Getting Started
+
+To get started using the [Rank Math plugin](https://wordpress.org/plugins/seo-by-rank-math/) with Beaver Builder, install and activate the plugin on your website.
+
+## Analyze Content with Rank Math
+
+To analyze your Beaver Builder content with Rank Math, follow these steps:
+
+1. Build your page or post layout as usual and publish your changes.
+2. Access your **WordPress Admin Dashboard**.
+3. Go to the **WordPress Edit Screen** for the page or post you want to analyze.
+4. Access the Rank Math SEO analysis by clicking the **Rank Math** buttons in the WordPress Edit Screen.
+5. Launch Beaver Builder on your page or post again to make changes to your content based on the Rank Math recommendations.
+
+Repeat this process until you are satisfied with the SEO analysis of your content.
+
+:::tip
+
+An efficient workflow includes opening two browser tabs: one for your WordPress Edit Screen to review the Rank Math analysis of your content, and the other for Beaver Builder with your page or post loaded. This setup allows you to edit your content in the Beaver Builder browser tab and then switch to the other browser tab containing the WordPress Edit Screen.
+
+Remember to refresh each time you make a change in Beaver Builder.
+
+:::
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/integrations/woocommerce.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/integrations/woocommerce.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..48a28b4e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/integrations/woocommerce.md
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+---
+id: woocommerce
+title: WooCommerce
+sidebar_label: WooCommerce
+---
+
+Beaver Builder is compatible with the WooCommerce plugin, but with some limitations.
+
+## Limitations
+
+When utilizing Beaver Builder with WooCommerce, the following limitations apply:
+
+- **WooCommerce Archive Pages:**  
+  You can not use Beaver Builder to edit the layout of WooCommerce archive pages, such as the Shop/Store, Product Category, and Tag pages. This is due to Beaver Builder not being able to edit the layout for WordPress archive pages.
+
+- **Individual Products:**  
+  Beaver Builder is limited in editing the content of the entire product page. It can only be used to edit the content within the products' Description tab.
+
+- **Additional/Review Tabs:**  
+  Editing content for tabs like Additional Information and Review tabs, as well as any tabs added by third-party WooCommerce add-on plugins, is not supported by Beaver Builder.
+
+:::info
+
+You can overcome these limitations by combining Beaver Builder with our Beaver Themer add-on plugin. This combination allows you to create archive layouts for your shop/store, product category, and tag pages. Additionally, you can design a layout for individual product pages by creating a singular layout type and assigning it to the Product location.
+
+:::
+
+## Using Beaver Builder with WooCommerce
+
+While Beaver Builder can't be used to edit entire WooCommerce individual product pages due to the structure of WooCommerce templates, you can utilize it to modify the content within the **Description** tab of a product.
+
+1. Access your website's WordPress Admin Dashboard.
+2. Navigate to **Settings > Beaver Builder > Post Types**.
+3. Mark the **Products** checkbox and click **Save Post Types**.
+4. Launch Beaver Builder on a product page.
+5. Scroll down to the **Description** tab and the Beaver Builder overlay interface should be available.
+6. Make your desired changes and click **Done** to save your changes.
+
+![Using Beaver Builder WooCommerce Description Tab](/img/beaver-builder/integrations--woocommerce--1.jpg)
+
+## WooCommerce Module
+
+Upon installing WooCommerce and launching Beaver Builder, the WooCommerce module becomes accessible. This module offers various options for displaying WooCommerce content in your layout. It's worth noting that this module utilizes WooCommerce's built-in shortcodes, providing a quicker alternative compared to using WooCommerce shortcodes in an HTML module.
+
+See the [WooCommerce module](/layouts/modules/woocommerce.md) article for more information.
+
+## WooCommerce Shortcodes
+
+In addition to the choices within the WooCommerce module, you have the flexibility to use any WooCommerce shortcodes in an HTML module.
+
+Visit the [WooCommerce documentation](https://woocommerce.com/document/woocommerce-shortcodes/) for a comprehensive list of available shortcodes.
+
+## WooCommerce Widgets
+
+Upon installing WooCommerce, all WooCommerce widgets are accessible in the WordPress Widgets subgroup within the Content Panel.
+
+Visit the [WooCommerce documentation](https://woocommerce.com/document/woocommerce-widgets/) for a comprehensive list of available widgets.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/integrations/yoast.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/integrations/yoast.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6fc17ade
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/integrations/yoast.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+id: yoast
+title: Yoast
+sidebar_label: Yoast
+---
+
+Beaver Builder integrates with Yoast, allowing you to utilize Yoast for the analysis and optimization of your Beaver Builder content for SEO.
+
+## Getting Started
+
+To get started using the [Yoast SEO plugin](https://wordpress.org/plugins/wordpress-seo/) with Beaver Builder, install and activate the plugin on your website.
+
+## Analyze Content with Yoast
+
+To analyze your Beaver Builder content with Yoast, follow these steps:
+
+1. Build your page or post layout as usual and publish your changes.
+2. Access your **WordPress Admin Dashboard**.
+3. Go to the **WordPress Edit Screen** for the page or post you want to analyze.
+4. Scroll down to the **Yoast SEO** section view the recommendations for your content.
+5. Launch Beaver Builder on your page or post again to make changes to your content based on the Yoast recommendations.
+
+Repeat this process until you are satisfied with the SEO analysis of your content.
+
+:::tip
+
+An efficient workflow includes opening two browser tabs: one for your WordPress Edit Screen to review the Yoast analysis of your content, and the other for Beaver Builder with your page or post loaded. This setup allows you to edit your content in the Beaver Builder browser tab and then switch to the other browser tab containing the WordPress Edit Screen.
+
+Remember to refresh each time you make a change in Beaver Builder.
+
+:::
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/introduction/about-release.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/introduction/about-release.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..66974842
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/introduction/about-release.md
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+---
+id: about-release
+title: About this Release
+sidebar_label: About this Release
+toc_min_heading_level: 2
+toc_max_heading_level: 2
+---
+
+Beaver Builder 2.10 includes the following new features and improvements.
+
+## :rocket: New Features
+
+The following features have been added:
+
+### Beaver Builder Cloud
+
+Powered by Assistant Pro, Beaver Builder Cloud offers cloud storage and template sharing, making it easy to manage creative assets directly within Beaver Builder, without the need to install the Assistant plugin.
+
+See the [Beaver Builder Cloud](../user-interface/cloud.md) article for more information.
+
+### Components
+
+A new Reusable Content type has been added called Components, which allow you to strike a balance between consistency and flexibility. Unlike templates, which are fully independent, or globals, which update universally, Components let you define which options stay fixed and which can be customized per instance.
+
+See the [Components](../layouts/reusable-content/components.md) article for more information.
+
+### Star Rating Module
+
+Star Rating is a new module that allows you to easily display ratings, making it ideal for building testimonial sections and other content that benefits from visual feedback.
+
+See the [Star Rating Module](../layouts/modules/star-rating.md) article for more information.
+
+### Pre-built Box Module Templates
+
+We’ve added over 60 pre-built layout templates powered by the Box module, including callouts, team member profiles, testimonials, hero sections, and more. You’ll also find Bento Grid layouts that showcase different ways to design grid-based sections with the Box module. These layouts not only give you ready-to-use designs but also serve as hands-on examples to help you learn and create your own Bento Grid layouts.
+
+### Version Control
+
+Version Control is now available, giving you the ability to quickly install any of the last 10 releases of Beaver Builder, Beaver Themer, or the Beaver Builder Theme (BB Theme) without manually downloading files. Designed primarily for troubleshooting and development, it lets you roll back or switch between recent releases directly from your settings panel, making it simple to test, troubleshoot, and manage versions.
+
+See the [Version Control](../settings/version-control.md) article for more information.
+
+## :boom: Improvements
+
+The following improvements have been made:
+
+### Accessibility
+
+We’ve introduced a wide range of accessibility enhancements to improve usability and ensure compliance with modern standards. These updates focus on better keyboard navigation, proper use of ARIA attributes and roles, improved focus management, and more semantic HTML markup across modules. Any markup changes noted here have been implemented using the Deprecation API, ensuring they only affect new modules added to your layouts. The following list highlights the key accessibility improvements included in this release.
+
+<details><summary>Accessibility Enhancements & Improvements</summary>
+
+- **Accordion Module**  
+  Updated HTML tags for new modules, increased the focus ring size, and changed the key event listener from `keypress` to `keydown`. Ensured proper ARIA attributes are applied. Replaced the `.fl-menu-mobile-toggle` class with the generic `.fl-content-ui-button` class so these buttons are excluded from Global Styles button styling. Implemented support for closing tabs with the Escape key and ensured event handlers only target interactive buttons. All items now close when focus moves outside the accordion.  
+
+- **Content Slider Module**  
+  Improved accessibility by ensuring the focus ring is visible for links, adding support for reduced-motion preferences, preventing autoplay on focus in or out, and including ARIA labels and roles. Enhanced keyboard navigation with focus on slider dot navigation, updated HTML to use list and button tags, and made several other refinements.  
+
+- **Gallery Module**  
+  Deprecated `div` tags in favor of list tags and added ARIA roles for any remaining `div` elements.  
+
+- **Menu Module**  
+  Introduced multiple accessibility enhancements, including improved keyboard navigation, the use of appropriate ARIA attributes and roles, and adjustments to markup and sub-menu icon sizing.  
+
+- **Photo Module**  
+  Updated markup to use `figcaption` for captions, following accessibility best practices.  
+
+- **Posts Module**  
+  Improved accessibility by replacing the `div` container tag with an unordered list. Added a new option in the post container field.  
+
+- **Post Slider & Post Carousel**  
+  Enhanced accessibility by using list tags for slides, button tags for navigation and pagination, proper ARIA attributes, and ensuring visible focus on all controls.  
+
+- **All Posts Modules**  
+  Ensured redundant links are hidden from screen readers and excluded from keyboard navigation.  
+
+- **Tabs Module**  
+  Replaced links and `div` elements with button tags for interactive elements, using the module deprecation API so changes only affect new modules. Ensured proper ARIA attributes are applied.  
+
+- **Testimonials Module**  
+  Changed the HTML structure from `div` to `blockquote`, applied through the module deprecation API so it only affects new modules. Added support for the reduced-motion preference and introduced an option to display play/pause buttons.
+  
+- **Row Shapes**  
+  Added generic titles and descriptions to row shapes to improve accessibility.
+
+- **Modules Displaying Excerpts**  
+  Updated the default “Read More” text to provide clearer context, following accessibility recommendations.
+
+</details>
+
+### Modules
+
+The following improvements have been added for the modules listed below.
+
+- **Box Module**   
+  We’ve added a new global setting that applies row spacing to top-level boxes for Grid & Spacing. This setting is enabled by default on new sites, but remains disabled for sites updating from version 2.9 to 2.10 to maintain backward compatibility.
+
+- **Button Module**  
+  Added responsive support for more fields, including custom width, text color, background color, and border color.
+
+- **Menu Module**  
+  Introduced a new width option for the flyout menu.
+
+### User Interface (UI)
+
+The following improvements have been added for the Beaver Builder user interface.
+
+- **Content Panel**  
+  Reworked the pre-built rows and modules panels to show categories instead of a dropdown.
+
+- **Saved Tab**  
+  Added the ability to collapse the sections in the Saved panel.
+
+- **Nodes** _(rows, columns, & modules)_  
+  Added a "Save As" action to the settings dropdown on overlays. Added a "Type" select in the "Save As" form to include Template, Global, and Component.
+
+- **Outline Panel**  
+  Added [copy and paste options to the context menu](/beaver-builder/user-interface/outline-panel.md#context-menu-right-click) in the Outline Panel.
+
+### WordPress Admin
+
+- Updated the WP Admin list table to display **Global** or **Component** labels.  
+- Refined user access settings to allow editing of per-page component settings without granting access to the component itself.  
+- Added a new user access option to enable or [disable cloud access based on user role](/beaver-builder/settings/user-access.md#cloud-access).  
+
+### Other Changes
+
+- **Performance**  
+  Improved the time it takes for settings to initially render when first opened.
+
+- **Subscribe Module**  
+  Added support for ConvertKit custom fields
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/introduction/accessibility.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/introduction/accessibility.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..84b335f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/introduction/accessibility.md
@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+---
+id: accessibility
+title: Accessibility
+sidebar_label: Accessibility
+---
+
+This article contains general information about accessibility requirements and
+specific information about Beaver Builder plugin and Beaver Builder Theme
+accessibility.
+
+## Why care about accessibility?
+
+Even if you're not required to make your website accessible, it's a good idea
+to follow at least high-level accessibility principles. Why?
+
+* Your site will be more readable
+  For example, the site has appropriately sized print.
+
+* Your site will be more searchable  
+  For example, there are text alternatives for content graphics.
+
+* Your site will reach a larger audience  
+  Your site becomes more accessible for the estimated 20% of people with
+disabilities, but it also becomes easier to use in general, because the basic
+principles of accessibility hold true for everyone.
+
+* Your site's SEO will benefit.  
+  For example, [Google's Mobile-Friendly Test](https://search.google.com/search-console/mobile-friendly), which judges your site on criteria that contribute to Google Search rankings, will fail for some of the same reasons, such as the
+text being too small and horizontal scrolling required because the viewport wasn't set.
+
+* If you're an agency, it's a benefit to say you test for basic accessibility, even when you can't guarantee that the site is fully accessible, for all of the reasons above.
+
+## WCAG 2.0 accessibility standard
+
+The current standard for web content accessibility is the [Web Content
+Accessibility Guidelines](https://www.w3.org/TR/WCAG20/), or WCAG 2.0,
+maintained by the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C). The WCAG 2.0 specification
+is based on four _principles_ :
+
+* Perceivable  
+Users must be able to perceive the information with at least one of their
+senses.
+
+* Operable  
+The interface cannot require interaction that a user cannot perform.
+
+* Understandable  
+Users must be able to understand the information as well as the operation of
+the user interface.
+
+* Robust  
+Content must be interpreted reliably by a wide variety of user agents,
+including assistive technologies.
+
+Each of these principles has both _guidelines_ , which define goals to achieve
+the principles, and _success criteria_ , which are measurable outcomes. In
+addition, the WCAG 2.0 specification assigns one of three levels of
+conformance to each of their success criteria: A (lowest), AA, and AAA
+(highest). Here's a page that lists the guidelines, success criteria, and
+conformance level for each:
+
+[https://www.w3.org/WAI/WCAG20/quickref/](https://www.w3.org/WAI/WCAG20/quickref/)
+
+## The WAI-ARIA standard
+
+The [WAI-ARIA standard](https://www.w3.org/TR/wai-aria/#aria-label) is a set of specifications on how to use "aria labels" to provide semantic information about widgets, structures, and behaviors to assistive devices. Beaver Builder adds default ARIA labels and some modules have an aria setting that lets you assign your own ARIA label.
+
+Here's an example of HTML output from a [Menu module](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/menu/menu.md), which has the custom ARIA label set to "primary menu":
+
+```html
+<nav aria-label="primary menu" itemscope="itemscope" itemtype="https://schema.org/SiteNavigationElement" class="focus">
+```
+
+## Make your sites accessible
+
+Full accessibility is rarely achieved, and meeting accessibility criteria is
+an ongoing effort, requiring new testing with each website revision and each
+authoring tool release. For this reason, meeting accessibility requirements at
+any level makes creating and maintaining a website significantly more costly.
+
+On the other hand, checking a site for basic conformance, and learning how to
+meet basic accessibility conformance when you construct a site, are best
+practices, for all the reasons laid out above.
+
+Most of the basic accessibility guidelines are met by standard practices you
+follow when you design the page, such as the following:
+
+* Ensure there is good contrast between text and background.
+
+* Make link text contextual. Rather than this language:  
+To view our brochure _click here_.  
+use this:  
+_View our brochure_.  
+Screen readers read the link text, and "click here" gives people no context as
+to what they're clicking or why they should do it.
+
+* Make sure you have descriptions for non-text media that contain content (i.e., are not just decorative). This means filling in the **Alt** field for images in your media library that convey content, or making sure your image is described in the text preceding or following the image, or linking to an external text file that describes the image.
+
+* Ensure you have at least one `<h1>` tag, and use heading tags in order: `<h1>`, `<h2>`, `<h3>` and so on, so the structure of your page is obvious to search bots and screen readers. Note that [the use of the section tag in HTML 5 has blurred the requirement of sequential headings a bit](http://www.brucelawson.co.uk/2009/headings-in-html-5-and-accessibility/).
+
+* Check the HTML rendering of icons and form fields. For anything interactive without an `alt` attribute, or text inside, or a label, such as an icon's `<I>` tag, you can [add hidden text specifically targeted for screen readers](https://make.wordpress.org/accessibility/2015/02/09/hiding-text-for-screen-readers-with-wordpress-core/). Beaver Builder has met accessibility requirements for form fields and icons, but check the HTML output of any plugins you use.
+
+* Changing the stacking order of items to accommodate different device sizes (using any technical method) doesn't change the DOM order, so screen readers will continue to see the original stacking order, which can be confusing. If you're designing for accessibility it's a best practice to design the page such that changing stacking order is unnecessary. See [this Mozilla article](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/CSS/CSS_Flexible_Box_Layout/Ordering_Flex_Items#The_order_property_and_accessibility) and [this best practice](https://www.webaccessibility.com/best_practices.php?best_practice_id=894).
+
+It's also a best practice to start testing your site early and throughout the
+design/development process, rather than wait until you have what you think is
+a perfect site, only to find out that there are a number of basic
+accessibility issues that should have been addressed at the design stage, such
+as color contrast.
+
+For testing, you could try the [WP Accessibility Plugin](https://make.wordpress.org/accessibility/handbook/which-tools-can-i-use/wp-accessibility-plugin/) recommended by WordPress, or there are other tools that you can use to test rendered pages that are web-based or can be installed as browser extensions.
+
+Whether you want to make your own site more accessible or do it for a client
+at their request, decide in advance what level of the standard you will meet.
+Agreeing on a particular WCAG 2.0 conformance level is a good way for you and
+the client to reach a very specific agreement, since each conformance level is
+associated with a set of measurable outcomes. Another way is to agree on a
+certain testing tool. For example, you might agree to address all issues
+listed on the Known Problems tab of the [AChecker](https://achecker.ca/checker/index.php) web accessibility checking
+tool.
+
+## ATAG 2.0 accessibility standard
+
+The W3C also has a specification for [Authoring Tool Accessibility
+Guidelines](https://www.w3.org/WAI/intro/atag.php), ATAG 2.0, which are
+guidelines for two aspects of web authoring tools:
+
+* Making the tool accessible when using it for authoring
+* Helping authors create accessible sites
+
+[WordPress has its own accessibility team](https://make.wordpress.org/accessibility/), which monitors and reports
+accessibility of the admin UI. Some of the Beaver Builder editor's user interface (UI) accessibility comes from and is limited by WordPress accessibility.
+
+## Beaver Builder accessibility
+
+### Beaver Builder plugin (includes Beaver Themer)
+
+Beaver Builder modules are accessible at a basic level on both the authoring
+side (keyboard navigation, color contrast) and on the HTML rendering side
+(attributes useful to screen readers).
+
+Beaver Builder has made the following fixes for specific modules
+that previously failed to meet accessibility standards:
+
+* Menu module  
+You can tab through submenu items, in addition to main menu items.  
+The Menu module also has a **Menu label** setting so you can assign a custom ARIA label to the output.
+
+* Slideshow Module  
+Images use `alt` tags.  
+Arrows pass the accessibility check.
+
+* Map Module  
+Added the ability to enter a title for accessibility in the Map module
+settings, which results in a  `title` attribute being rendered in the `iFrame`
+tag.
+
+### Beaver Builder Theme
+
+Beaver Builder Theme has the following accessibility
+improvements:
+
+  * Navigation search has keyboard tabbing support and an ARIA label.
+  * Search widgets have ARIA labels (created through the Beaver Builder Theme's _searchform.php_ ).
+  * The Comments form fields have ARIA labels.
+  * The Scroll-to top icon (when enabled) has nonvisible "Scroll to Top" text for screenreaders.
+  * Submenus allow keyboard tabbing.
+  * At the top of each web page there is a nonvisible "Skip to content" label with a link to the content area for use by screenreaders.
+  * Thumbnail images, comment counts, and social icons have ARIA labels.
+
+### Changes to HTML output
+
+Here are some examples of how the modules implement [ARIA design practices](https://w3c.github.io/using-aria/) to improve accessibility for assistive devices such as screen readers.
+
+  * Content Slider, Posts Carousel, Posts Slider modules: There are additional ARIA`label` and `role` attributes to clarify the **Previous** and **Next** arrow controls.
+  * Contact Form and Subscribe form modules: The input tag for each field has an added `id` attribute that connects the input to the label for that field. This meets the requirement that form fields have the proper labels associated with them.
+  * Icon and Icon Group modules: The link has added ARIA attributes that relate the link to the icon and any accompanying text.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/introduction/faq.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/introduction/faq.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..38ea5775
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/introduction/faq.md
@@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
+---
+id: faq
+title: Beaver Builder FAQ
+sidebar_label: FAQ
+description: Frequently asked questions for the Beaver Builder page builder plugin.
+---
+
+Frequently asked questions for the Beaver Builder page builder plugin.
+
+## Difference between Lite & Premium
+
+Beaver Builder comes in two flavors: Lite and Premium. The Lite version is free and available in the [WordPress plugin repository](https://wordpress.org/plugins/beaver-builder-lite-version/). The Premium version is available from the [Beaver Builder website](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/pricing). The Lite version is a great way to get started with Beaver Builder and see if it's a good fit for your needs.
+
+Here are some of the differences between the Lite and Premium versions:
+
+- [Limited Modules in comparison to Premium](#what-modules-are-included-in-the-lite-version).
+- Incompatibility with Beaver Themer.
+- Access to only a few pre-made Templates.
+- Inability to save modules/rows/columns for re-use or to save custom Templates.
+
+<details>
+<summary>Comparison Table</summary>
+
+Here's a table listing differences, and see [pricing page](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/pricing) for the differences
+between the free and premium versions.
+
+| Features                        | Lite      | Starter | Professional | Unlimited |
+| ------------------------------- | --------- | ------- | ------------ | --------- |
+| Site Activations                | Unlimited | 1       | 50           | Unlimited |
+| Beaver Builder                  | ✅        | ✅      | ✅           | ✅        |
+| Beaver Themer                   | ❌        | ✅      | ✅           | ✅        |
+| BB Theme                        | ❌        | ❌      | ✅           | ✅        |
+| WordPress Multisite Network     | ❌        | ❌      | ✅           | ✅        |
+| Network-wide settings           | ❌        | ❌      | ❌           | ✅        |
+| White Labeling                  | ❌        | ❌      | ❌           | ✅        |
+| Advanced Courses                | ❌        | ❌      | ❌           | ✅        |
+| Priority Support                | ❌        | ❌      | ❌           | ✅        |
+| Assistant Pro _(6-Months Free)_ | ❌        | ❌      | ❌           | ✅        |
+
+</details>
+
+The video below offers a comprehensive comparison, and for more details, please visit our [pricing page](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/pricing/).
+
+<div className="embed-responsive">
+  <iframe width="560" height="315" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/xw9F_qJY4FA" title="YouTube video player" frameBorder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture" allowFullScreen></iframe>
+</div>
+
+## What Modules are included in the Lite version?
+
+The lite (free) version of Beaver Builder contains the following subset of modules:
+
+- [ACF Blocks](../developer/acf-blocks.md)
+- [Audio](../layouts/modules/audio.md)
+- [Box](../layouts/modules/box/index.md)
+- [Button](../layouts/modules/button/button.md)
+- [Button-Group](../layouts/modules/button-group.md)
+- [Callout](../layouts/modules/callout-and-call-to-action.md)
+- [CTA](../layouts/modules/callout-and-call-to-action.md)
+- [Heading](../layouts/modules/heading.md)
+- [HTML](../layouts/modules/html.md)
+- [Icon](../layouts/modules/icon-and-icon-group.md)
+- [Menu](../layouts/modules/menu/menu.md)
+- [North-Commerce](../layouts/modules/north-commerce.md)
+- [Numbers](../layouts/modules/number-counter.md)
+- [Photo](../layouts/modules/photo/photo.md)
+- [WordPress Patterns](../layouts/modules/wordpress-patterns.md) _(Reusable-Blocks)_
+- [Text](../layouts/modules/text.md)
+- [Sidebar](../layouts/modules/sidebar.md)
+- [Video](../layouts/modules/video/video.md)
+- [Widget](../layouts/modules/widgets.md)
+
+See the [Modules](../layouts/modules/index.md) section for a complete list of all available modules in the premium versions of Beaver Builder.
+
+## What is Multisite Capable?
+
+Multisite capable refers to a WordPress feature that allows you to install WordPress once and manage multiple websites from a single installation. This setup is known as a WordPress Multisite network. You can learn more about network and multisite configurations in the [WordPress documentation](https://wordpress.org/support/article/create-a-network/).
+
+:::info
+Please note that WordPress Multisite network installations are supported only on our Professional and Unlimited license plans. The Starter and Plus license plans do not include support for WordPress Multisite.
+:::
+
+## How many sites can I use Beaver Builder on?
+
+All Beaver Builder licenses have a site activation limit, which determines how many websites you can install and activate your license on, depending on your plan.
+
+For more information, visit the [Beaver Builder Pricing page](https://wpbeaverbuilder.com/pricing).
+
+## Is Beaver Builder a plugin or a theme?
+
+Beaver Builder is a front-end page builder plugin for WordPress, which can be installed through the WordPress plugin installer.
+
+We also offer the [Beaver Builder Theme](/bb-theme/), included with all premium packages.
+
+See our [Pricing page](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/pricing/) for more information.
+
+## Does Beaver Builder work with other CMS's?
+
+Beaver Builder is a page builder plugin for WordPress and therefore, is only compatible with the WordPress Content Management System (CMS). The same goes for our BB Theme and Beaver Themer products.
+
+You're free to fork the Beaver Builder lite version available from [WordPress.org](https://wordpress.org/plugins/beaver-builder-lite-version/) and add your own support for other content management systems.
+
+## Can I edit my blog page with Beaver Builder?
+
+Beaver Builder doesn't work on archive pages like the Posts page (blog), categories, tags etc. If you want to use Beaver Builder to design your archive pages you will need to use a combination of Beaver Builder and Beaver Themer.
+
+## Can I use Beaver Builder to create websites for clients?
+
+You must use your license on websites that you own or manage. You may use your license on a client site in situations in which you maintain an ongoing relationship with your client as a consultant. By using your license on a client site, you acknowledge and agree that your client will come to you for support.
+
+## Can I include Beaver Builder with my theme?
+
+As a license holder of our products, you cannot distribute, freely give away, or resell your license key. You may not transfer the license key to a new owner. However, you may include the lite version.
+
+## What's your refund policy?
+
+Although we don’t think you’ll ever want a refund, we'll gladly refund your **first** purchase if it’s requested within 30 days. No refunds will be given after 30 days from the initial purchase or for repeat purchases under any circumstances.
+
+For complete refund policy, [please visit this link](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/terms-and-conditions/).
+
+## Do you offer a trial version?
+
+We do not provide trial version of our premium Beaver Builder, Beaver Themer plugins or BB theme, but we do provide a free 24-hour demo service, simply click [here to generate a demo](http://demo.wpbeaverbuilder.com/?new).
+
+:::caution
+Due to security concerns, you are not able to install plugins, themes, or export content that you have created in the demo service.
+:::
+
+## Do you provide hosting?
+
+We do not offer a hosting server, but you can find several recommended web host providers on our [recommended resources](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/recommended-resources/) page.
+
+## Do you provide a design service?
+
+We do not offer a design service, but we you can hire one of our [recommended builders](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/recommended-builders/).
+
+## Is our pricing monthly, annually or one-time?
+
+All Beaver Builder licenses are billed annually and we do not offer payment plans or one time payment.
+
+## Which Beaver Builder Packages include Beaver Themer?
+
+Beaver Themer is included in all premium license plans.
+
+## What payment methods do you accept?
+
+We accept payment via PayPal and Stripe (Visa, MasterCard, JCB, Discover, Diner’s Club and American Express card).
+
+## What happens if I don't renew my license?
+
+Upon the expiration of your Beaver Builder license, you will lose the ability to download Beaver Builder products, receive updates, and access support.
+
+Furthermore, we cannot assure the continued functionality of older versions of Beaver Builder, especially if you update other elements of your website, such as WordPress, PHP, or third-party extensions.
+
+See the [Renew License](../account/license/renew.md#what-happens-if-i-dont-renew) article for more information.
+
+## Upgrade from Lite to Premium
+
+Yes, of course, you can upgrade from the free version to a premium version and keep your content intact.
+
+See the [Upgrade License](../account/license/upgrade.md) article for more information.
+
+## Is Beaver Builder compatible with Gutenberg?
+
+The Beaver Builder plugin is compatible with the [WordPress block editor (Gutenberg)](https://wordpress.org/gutenberg/) in the same way that it's compatible with the ["classic" WordPress text editor](https://wordpress.org/plugins/classic-editor/). Depending on whether you set WordPress to prefer the block editor or use a plugin to maintain the classic editor, you can move text and images between Beaver Builder and the WordPress editor on a limited scale.
+
+## Can I use Beaver Builder with any theme?
+
+Beaver Builder has been developed to work with almost any theme. However, there are some exceptions to this rule.
+
+## Can I modify the header and footer with Beaver Builder?
+
+Beaver Builder works within the WordPress content area and does not interact with the header or footer of the theme. Even though you can replace the theme's header and footer using saved content such as rows and custom code, we recommend using Beaver Themer, which does not require any custom coding on your part.
+
+## Convert my website to Beaver Builder?
+
+There is no automated tool to convert your website content into Beaver Builder, but the solution may still be fairly easy.
+
+Many other page builders work by adding shortcodes to the WordPress editor. This makes it nearly impossible to easily migrate your content to any other format. In fact, that may be a reason why you're considering or have chosen Beaver Builder.
+
+If the old site had pages created using the standard WordPress text editor, the text and media in the WordPress editor will convert to a single Text Editor module when you open it in Beaver Builder.
+
+## Can I create my own modules for Beaver Builder?
+
+Yes! See our [custom module developer guide](../developer/custom-modules/index.md) article to get started. The guide contains a example plugin with a custom module that you can download.
+
+## Does Beaver Builder work with Posts and Custom Post Types?
+
+Yes! By default, Beaver Builder is only enabled for pages, but you can easily enable it for posts and custom post types from the Beaver Builder settings by going to **Settings > Beaver Builder > Post Types** from the WordPress admin panel.
+
+## How does White Labeling work?
+
+The [Unlimited license](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/pricing/) allows you to white label Beaver Builder and give your clients a truly white-glove experience. White labeling allows you to replace the words Beaver Builder and the Beaver Builder logo with your own company's name or logo in the Beaver Builder and WordPress UI.
+
+## Can I include Beaver Builder as part of a premium or free WordPress theme?
+
+We don't support bundling or redistributing the premium versions of Beaver Builder with a theme, but you're free to do this with [the free version](https://wordpress.org/plugins/beaver-builder-lite-version/).
+
+For more information, see this [blog post about bundling the free version](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/integrating-a-page-builder-with-your-wordpress-themes/) of Beaver Builder or Template Authors.
+
+## Does Beaver Builder support shortcodes?
+
+If you add the shortcode to a HTML module, you should be able to use shortcodes from your favorite plugins.
+
+Additionally, Beaver Builder comes with its own shortcode that lets you insert templates, rows, columns, and modules directly into your layout.
+
+See [the shortcodes article](../shortcode/index.md) for more information.
+
+## Can I include Beaver Builder as part of my hosted website builder platform?
+
+Yes! The features included in our Unlimited license are geared towards those that wish to create their own [DIY hosted website publishing business](advanced/diy-website-builder-platform.md) (like SquareSpace).
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/introduction/gdpr.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/introduction/gdpr.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..70c8c5ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/introduction/gdpr.md
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+---
+id: gdpr
+title: GDPR
+sidebar_label: GDPR
+---
+
+On 25 May 2018, the [General Data Protection Regulation](https://ico.org.uk/for-organisations/data-protection-reform/overview-of-the-gdpr/) (GDPR) will be enforced across Europe, including the UK. The law aims to give European
+Union "data subjects" (natural persons) more control over their data and to
+create a uniformity of rules to enforce across the continent. It applies, in
+general, to anyone who sells goods or services to data subjects or processes
+or holds personal information about data subjects in the EU.
+
+:::important Tip:
+See this Beaver Builder blog post with specific recommendations for
+[how to make WordPress sites GDPR-compliant with Beaver Builder](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/how-to-make-wordpress-sites-gdpr-compliant/).
+:::
+
+##  Are Beaver Builder products GDPR-compliant?
+
+Our Beaver Builder products are compliant with your use of them as a web
+designer because we do not collect any personal information about you through
+your use of our products.
+
+As for your clients' use of websites rendered with Beaver Builder, our modules
+and theme do not collect any personal information from users. However, the
+GDPR lays out other requirements that, interpreted in the extreme, could even
+apply to the use of Content Delivery Networks (CDNs), which could prohibit
+embedding videos and even inserting links to photos hosted on CDNs and other
+websites.
+
+We cannot give you instructions on how to make your sites GDPR-compliant, or
+whether you need to make your sites GDPR-compliant at all. It is up to you to
+interpret the regulation and decide what you need to do. If you need help
+understanding GDPR or assistance on being GDPR compliant, we recommend you
+consult with a lawyer. Some resources explaining the GDPR further are listed
+in the last section.
+
+Once you decide what you need to do to meet GDPR requirements, the Beaver
+Builder team will do their best to give you information to help you modify
+standard Beaver Builder functionality to achieve your goals, both through our
+[Support services](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/beaver-builder-support/)
+and in [our Knowledge Base](https://docs.wpbeaverbuilder.com).
+
+## The Beaver Builder website
+
+The purchase pages and [customer account](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/my-account/) areas on the Beaver Builder website are compliant with GDPR. See our [Privacy Policy](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/privacy-policy/).
+
+## Some GDPR resources
+
+  * EU GDPR Information Portal  
+[https://www.eugdpr.org](https://www.eugdpr.org/)  
+An unofficial resource that describes the main elements of the GDPR.
+
+  * The final version of the [General Data Protection Regulation, April 27, 2016](http://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:32016R0679&qid=1490179745294&from=en)  
+This is the official wording of the regulation in English.
+
+  * [GDPR Compliance Tools in WordPress](https://wordpress.org/news/2018/04/gdpr-compliance-tools-in-wordpress/)  
+Statement about the WordPress GDPR Compliance Team, with a link to the [new chapter on privacy in the Plugin handbook](https://developer.wordpress.org/plugins/privacy/).  
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/introduction/index.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/introduction/index.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c9e2c403
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/introduction/index.md
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+---
+id: index
+title: Beaver Builder Introduction
+sidebar_label: Beaver Builder Introduction
+description: Welcome to the Beaver Builder documentation. Whether you are new to Beaver Builder or an experienced user, this documentation offers a wealth of information and guidance.
+slug: /
+---
+
+<head>
+  <body className="introduction-article" />
+</head>
+
+Welcome to the Beaver Builder documentation. Whether you are new to Beaver Builder or an experienced user, this documentation offers a wealth of information and guidance. It provides detailed instructions on installation, explores the core concepts of Beaver Builder, and offers a range of tutorials and tips to enhance your page building workflow.
+
+## What is Beaver Builder?
+
+Beaver Builder is a page builder plugin for WordPress that allows you to create custom page layouts using a drag-and-drop interface. With Beaver Builder, you can easily create professional-looking pages without the need for any coding knowledge. The plugin includes a variety of pre-designed templates and modules that you can use to add different types of content to your pages, such as images, videos, buttons, and more.
+
+You can also customize the appearance of your pages using the plugin's built-in design options, including the ability to change colors, fonts, and other design elements. Beaver Builder is a popular choice for creating landing pages, sales pages, and other types of promotional pages on WordPress websites.
+
+## Community
+
+* Read and subscribe to the [official Beaver Builder Blog](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/blog/).
+* Chat with fellow Beaver Builder users using [Slack](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/go/slack) or [Discord](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/discord).
+* Connect with Beaver Builder users on our [Official Community Forums](https://community.wpbeaverbuilder.com/) and [Facebook Group](https://www.facebook.com/groups/beaverbuilders/).
+* Subscribe to our [YouTube channel](https://www.youtube.com/@BeaverBuilderWP) for video tutorials.
+* You can follow [@beaverbuilder](https://twitter.com/beaverbuilder) on Twitter.
+* Submit your ideas and feature suggestions to our [GitHub Feature Requests & Roadmap board](https://github.com/beaverbuilder/feature-requests/).
+
+:::info
+In order to maintain a positive and respectful environment within the Beaver Builder communities, we kindly request that all community members adhere to the guidelines established within those communities.
+:::
+
+## What's New
+
+The [About this Release](about-release.md) article offers an overview and insight into the recent enhancements introduced in the current stable version of Beaver Builder.
+
+## Changelog
+
+For a comprehensive list of all new features, enhancements, and bug fixes introduced in each version of Beaver Builder, visit the Beaver Builder [Changelog](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/change-logs/#change-logs-0).​
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/introduction/releases-versioning.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/introduction/releases-versioning.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ea7c5e7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/introduction/releases-versioning.md
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+---
+id: releases-versioning
+title: Releases & Versioning
+sidebar_label: Releases & Versioning
+---
+
+When you purchase a subscription for a Beaver Builder product, you not only receive software updates throughout your subscription period but also gain access to dev, alpha, and beta releases.
+
+## Semantic Versioning
+
+Beaver Builder product updates adhere to a semantic version numbering system consisting of four number positions, where each position corresponds to a particular type of release.
+
+Using Beaver Builder version `2.5.4.3` as an example:
+
+```bash
+2[major-milestone].5[major].4[minor].3[patch]
+```
+
+* The **Major Milestone** is represented by the number `2`.
+* The **Major** version is denoted by `.5`.
+* The **Minor** version is indicated by `.4`.
+* The **Patch** version is symbolized by `.3`.
+
+### Major Milestone
+
+Mark a substantial improvement in the product. They contain significant new features, redesign of the user interface, or new developer features, while maintaining backward compatibility. Beaver Builder major milestone releases go through [alpha and beta testing](#alpha-beta--dev-releases).
+
+The production release date depends on the point at which the version is considered stable enough to use and support.
+
+:::info
+
+During a **Major Milestone** or **Major Update** releases, remote updates within your WordPress Admin Dashboard are temporarily unavailable. To update to the latest major version, you must manually download the corresponding zip file from your Beaver Builder account. Once downloaded, you can install the new version by replacing the existing one on your website.
+
+This manual update process ensures that any bugs or issues can be resolved before enabling remote updates in the WordPress Admin Dashboard. Typically, remote updates become available a few weeks after the initial **Major Milestone** or **Major Update** releases.
+
+:::
+
+### Major Update
+
+Contain enhancements (such as new settings or new actions and filters for developers) plus bug fixes. Beaver Builder major releases also go through [alpha and beta testing](#alpha-beta--dev-releases), and the production release date depends on the point at which the product is considered stable enough to use and support.
+
+### Minor Updates
+
+Contain bug fixes and possibly minor enhancements. The need for a minor update is reviewed at the beginning of each month and, if deemed necessary, the release occurs at the end of the month.
+
+### Patches
+
+Contain important bug fixes that affect product functionality or security and warrant an immediate release. Patches are released as needed.
+
+Each new release increases its version number position sequentially while
+resetting the following numbering positions to zero. For example, the next
+release after 2.1 could be 2.1.1 (a new minor update), 2.2 (a new major update) or 3.0 (a new major milestone release). Or, if the current version is patch 2.1.1.5, the next release could be 2.1.1.6 (another patch), 2.1.2 (a
+minor update), 2.2 (a major update), or 3.0 (a new major milestone release).
+
+## Alpha, Beta, & Dev Releases
+
+The development process for major updates to the Beaver Builder plugin and theme includes an alpha release, beta release, and the final stable release. If you are interested in trying out the new features for the next release and want to test and provide feedback, we encourage you to try out alpha and beta releases.
+
+If you like to live on the edge and want to try out dev builds on your test site, see the last section of this article. These builds are even rougher than alpha builds and are for purposes of giving users a chance to try out features and provide feedback while they're still in the development stage. They are
+
+:::warning warning
+
+**We strongly recommend that you do not install alpha and beta releases on live sites.** Use them in a test environment so you can try out the new features, see what breaks without worrying about the consequences, and give us feedback.
+
+No Support is provided for alpha releases. Features may change without notice. Use at your own risk.
+
+:::
+
+:::info
+Both the alpha and beta releases may contain multiple minor updates (for example 2.0-alpha.3 and 2.0-alpha.4) until we are comfortable moving forward to the next stage in the release cycle.
+
+Before you decide to test out an alpha or beta release, please read the following sections so you know what to expect.
+:::
+
+### Alpha Releases
+
+Alpha releases are *very* early versions of the next major update. They may be made available months before the beta release. They typically receive minimal testing by our team and have the potential to be unstable or be missing features planned for the first stable release.
+
+When you report bugs and provide feedback on new features during the alpha release, we can catch bugs more quickly and improve features based on user feedback before the final stable release. Look at [the change log](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/change-logs/) during the alpha release stage for a list of what is available in each alpha version.
+
+### Beta Releases
+
+Beta releases are early versions of the next major update. They follow the alpha release and are typically made available 2 to 4 weeks before the final stable release. They have been thoroughly tested by our team, but may still contain bugs that need to be fixed.
+
+During the beta release stage, there is a freeze on any new code, aside from what’s needed to fix remaining bugs. This means that aside from bugs, any feedback on new features during the beta stage will be held until the next major update.
+
+There will typically be a post on our blog announcing the first beta release.
+
+### Install Alpha or Beta Releases
+
+Beaver Builder alpha or beta releases can be installed by enabling the Prerelease Updates option in the Beaver Builder settings.
+
+:::tip Install via FTP
+1. Download the alpha/beta zip file from your [My Account](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/my-account/) page via Alpha/Beta Testing Downloads section.
+
+2. FTP to your site and delete the `/wp-content/plugins/bb-plugin/` folder. Then unzip the alpha/beta plugin on your local system and upload the `/bb-plugin` folder to the same location.  
+
+3. Activate the plugin.
+
+This installation procedure works for Beaver Themer & BB Theme alpha/beta releases also.
+
+* The **Beaver Themer** folder location is `/wp-content/plugins/bb-theme-builder/`.
+* The **BB Theme** folder location is `/wp-content/plugins/bb-theme/`.
+:::
+
+### Bug Reports & Feedback
+
+If you run into any bugs or notice something that can be improved during your testing, please [submit a Support ticket](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/beaver-builder-support/) under the category Alpha/Beta Feedback.
+
+### Dev Releases (Pre-Alpha)
+
+The dev releases use the `-dev` suffix and are earlier and rougher than an alpha releases, in that they can contain incomplete features for testing, may introduce breaking changes, and almost certainly contain bugs. It's a great chance for early adopters to try out new features in a dev environment and give us early feedback. 
+
+In contrast, the alpha/beta releases are better documented, don’t introduce any breaking changes, and contain most if not all of the features the final release will have.
+
+:::info
+We expect you to know your way around WordPress and be able to install Beaver Builder into test environments. Dev releases are available for download in the same location as alpha and beta releases on the [My Account](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/my-account/) page. Once you manually install a dev release, it will automatically update when new versions are issued.
+:::
+
+Since early feedback is what we are after with dev releases, we've tried to make that easy by providing a **Dev feedback** button in the upper right corner of the editing page in Dev versions. Clicking that automatically opens a contact form with the topic **Pre-release Feedback**. As an alternative, you can go to the [contact form at the Beaver Builder site](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/contact/) yourself and choose the topic **Pre-Release Feedback**.
+
+We're interested in all your feedback: bugs, usability issues, how you like the feature and what you'd like to add or change. Please try to be as detailed as possible about reporting your testing environment (for bugs) or the improvements you'd like to see and for what end result. We don't promise to implement everything you suggest, but we do promise to pay attention to it.
+
+:::warning warning
+It bears repeating that dev releases are not expected to perform reliably and should only be used in a dev environment. Don't create anything on a dev site that you'd want to preserve or use elsewhere.
+:::
+
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/introduction/support-policy.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/introduction/support-policy.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..02bb21bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/introduction/support-policy.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+id: support-policy
+title: Support Policy
+sidebar_label: Support Policy
+---
+
+We take great pride in offering outstanding support and look forward to helping you as best we can if needed. This support policy outlines the level of support you can expect from the Beaver Builder Support Team. Please contact us if you have any questions or concerns about this support policy.
+
+By accessing or using our website or products you consent to this support policy. We reserve the right to change our support policy without notice at any time. It is your responsibility to review periodically.
+
+*Last Modified: 02/08/18*
+*Created: 12/01/2013*
+
+## What Our Support Covers
+
+We support any product sold on this site ( www.wpbeaverbuilder.com) and only our respective products. We are happy to help with general questions, installation, configuration and general usage of our products. It is always recommended you first check our knowledge base before submitting a ticket. Older versions are supported until your subscription expires, but in most cases, you’ll be asked to update to the latest stable version for assistance.
+
+Our support covers bug fixes and once brought to our attention we will attempt to fix as quickly as possible and/or provide an interim solution until a maintenance, minor, or, major release depending on our product release schedule. If you do in fact believe you have found a bug, please ensure you follow our troubleshooting guide before submitting a ticket as we will most likely ask you to perform these steps before proceeding.
+
+## What Our Support Doesn’t Cover
+We do not provide support for third-party products, services, add-ons, extensions, code or other products/services/code not otherwise provided by us. This does not include specific integrations or code we provide as part of our products. While we are happy to answer questions related to/or about WordPress itself and our products to the best of our ability, we do not provide general WordPress support, installation, and or customization.
+
+Our products are provided on an “as is” basis as stipulated in our Terms and Conditions and as such we do not provide customization support/services for our products. Customization can be categorized as changes that otherwise affect the appearance and/or functionality of how our products are offered. If you are in need of customization support/services, please refer to our Recommended Builders page.
+
+## How We Offer Support
+We offer support exclusively through our website ( www.wpbeaverbuilder.com), specifically, our support ticketing system. We do not provide phone support or support via social channels. Our support ticketing system is extremely secure and any information you submit pertaining to your support request will only be accessible to you and our support team.
+
+In addition, Beaver Builder has a very robust and helpful ecosystem. We encourage you to join the Facebook, Slack, or Forum communities. You may find these a helpful source of information and assistance in addition to our internal support.
+
+## Support Availability
+We offer support Monday to Friday, 7:00 am – 7:00 pm PST. Most support requests are responded to within a few hours, but we do our best to answer all questions by the next business day. We are unavailable on weekends and US Holidays.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/introduction/translations.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/introduction/translations.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..155825a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/introduction/translations.md
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+---
+id: translations
+title: Translations
+sidebar_label: Translations
+---
+
+There are three aspects to translations:
+
+  * Using POT files to get the translatable text for translations into new languages
+  * Getting a translated version of the Beaver Builder Plugin and Theme
+  * Building multilingual websites
+
+## New translations
+
+To facilitate new translations, Beaver Theme's translatable text is provided
+in a POT file at _bb-theme/languages/fl-automator.pot_.
+
+## Translated versions
+
+The Beaver Builder Plugin and Theme are currently available in a number of
+languages. Please visit the following links for an overview of which languages
+Beaver Builder is currently translated in and how complete those translations
+are.
+
+* [Beaver Builder Plugin](https://translate.wpbeaverbuilder.com/glotpress/projects/bb-plugin/)
+* [Beaver Builder Theme](https://translate.wpbeaverbuilder.com/glotpress/projects/bb-theme/)
+* [Beaver Themer](https://translate.wpbeaverbuilder.com/glotpress/projects/bb-theme-builder/)
+
+We're always looking to increase the number of available translations, so let us know if you're interested in helping and we'll hook you up with a free year of our Pro membership. Please note we cannot comp a higher package of Beaver Builder. If a higher package is necessary, we can comp the Pro membership pricing and you will be responsible for the difference in pricing.
+
+Beaver Builder is currently translated using GlotPress. To get access and
+become a translator, please [contact us using this form](https://translate.wpbeaverbuilder.com/contact-the-administrator/).
+
+## Multilingual websites
+
+There are various plugins that assist with translating your site, but there
+are two that have specific integrations with Beaver Builder:
+
+* [TranslatePress](https://translatepress.com)  
+See [this blog post](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/how-to-create-a-multilingual-wordpress-site/) for information about how to translate a Beaver Builder site using TranslatePress.
+
+* [WPML](https://wpml.org)  
+  For more information, see WPML's documentation.
+  
+  * [Beaver Builder](https://wpml.org/documentation/plugins-compatibility/beaver-builder)
+  * [Beaver Themer](https://wpml.org/documentation/plugins-compatibility/how-to-build-multilingual-websites-using-beaver-themer-and-wpml/)
+  * [BB Theme](https://wpml.org/documentation/theme-compatibility/how-to-build-multilingual-sites-using-beaver-builder-theme-and-wpml/)
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/advanced-tab/animation.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/advanced-tab/animation.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d4a92025
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/advanced-tab/animation.md
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+---
+id: animation
+title: Animation
+sidebar_label: Animation
+description: The Animation section in the Advanced tab lets you apply an entrance animation effect to any row, column or module when it becomes visible for the first time on a page.
+---
+
+The **Animation** section in the Advanced tab lets you apply an entrance animation effect to any row, column or module when it becomes visible for the first time on a page.
+
+:::info
+Animations in Beaver Builder cannot be looped and are triggered once upon page load. If you want to create animations on a loop, you'll need to use the `@keyframes` rule and write your own CSS animations.
+
+The [W3Schools @keyframes](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/css3_pr_animation-keyframes.php) article provides more information.
+:::
+
+![Animation section in the Advanced tab](/img/beaver-builder/advanced-tab--animation--1.jpg)
+
+## Animations
+
+There are 38 different entrance animations to choose from, including:
+
+* **None** (default)
+
+* **Fade**   
+  Fade In, Fade Left, Fade Right, Fade Up, and Fade Down.
+
+* **Slide**		
+  Slide Left, Slide Right, Slide Up, and Slide Down.
+
+* **Zoom**  
+  Zoom In, Zoom Left, Zoom Right, Zoom Up, and Zoom Down.
+
+* **Bounce**  
+  Bounce, Bounce In, Bounce Left, Bounce Right, Bounce Up, and Bounce Down.
+
+* **Rotate**  
+  Rotate In, Rotate Down Left, Rotate Down Right, Rotate Up Left, and Rotate Up Right.
+
+* **Flip**  
+  Flip Vertical and Flip Horizontal.
+
+* **Fancy**  
+  Flash, Pulse, Rubber Band, Shake, Swing, Tada, Wobble, Jello, Light Speed, Jack in the Box, and Roll In.
+
+## Delay
+
+You can configure the time delay (seconds) before the animation begins. Decimals are allowed.
+
+## Duration
+
+You can configure the time duration (seconds) of the animation. Decimals are allowed.
+
+## Adding an Animation
+
+1. Open the row, column, or module settings.
+2. Click the **Advanced** tab and scroll to the **Animation** section.
+3. Select an animation effect from the **Animation** drop-down menu.
+4. Specify a time delay and duration in seconds.
+
+:::tip
+During the delay period the item will not display, so don't set the delay time so long that your visitors scroll past the item without seeing it.
+:::
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/advanced-tab/copy-paste.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/advanced-tab/copy-paste.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4cc7c145
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/advanced-tab/copy-paste.md
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+---
+id: copy-paste
+title: Copy & Paste
+sidebar_label: Copy/Paste
+description: The Spacing section in the Advanced tab lets you change the default margin and padding for rows and columns. For modules, you can change the default margin values only.
+---
+
+The **Export/Import** section in the Advanced tab lets you copy and paste module settings or styles into another module.
+
+![](/img/beaver-builder/advanced-tab--export-import--1.jpg)
+
+## Export
+
+You can copy any module's settings or styles to the [clipboard](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Clipboard_(computing)) and paste them into another module in the same layout or any other Beaver Builder layout on the internet.
+
+1. Open a module for editing.
+
+2. On the **Advanced** tab in the **Export/Import** section, click **Copy Settings** or **Copy Styles** to copy the settings or styles to your clipboard.  
+  See the descriptions below for more information about the difference.
+
+### Copy Settings
+
+Copy Settings duplicates the module: images backgrounds, text, and settings.
+
+### Copy Styles
+
+Copy Styles copies only a portion of the settings, specifically:
+
+* Align
+* Animation
+* Border
+* Button group
+* Color
+* Dimension
+* Font
+* Gradient
+* Photo sizes
+* Select
+* Shadow
+* Shape transforms
+* Typography
+* CSS Unit (for example `px`, `em`, `%`)
+
+## Import
+
+1. Create or open the target module for editing.  
+  The module must be of the same type as the module you copied.
+
+2. On the **Advanced** tab in the **Export/Import** section, paste the clipboard contents into the Import field.
+
+3. Click **Import**.  
+  If the import is unsuccessful (for example, the target module is of the wrong type or you pasted in the wrong clipboard content), you'll get an error message **"Missing header or wrong module type!"**.
+
+
+:::tip
+Importing the settings or style appears in the history as `<module-name> edited`.
+:::
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/advanced-tab/css-js.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/advanced-tab/css-js.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b5f36d8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/advanced-tab/css-js.md
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+---
+id: css-js
+title: CSS & JavaScript
+sidebar_label: CSS & JavaScript
+description: The CSS & JavaScript sections lets you add custom CSS & JavaScript to the node (rows, columns, and modules) you're configuring.
+---
+
+import Tabs from '@theme/Tabs';
+import TabItem from '@theme/TabItem';
+
+The **CSS & JavaScript** sections are available for all nodes (rows, columns, and modules) and allow you add custom CSS & JavaScript to that particular node.
+
+![CSS & JavaScript sections in the Advanced tab](/img/beaver-builder/advanced-tab--css-js--1.jpg)
+
+## Enable & Disable
+
+CSS and JavaScript are the only sections found in the Advanced tab that are enabled by default, but can be disabled if needed. You can disable the CSS & JavaScripts section by disabling the [Enable Code Settings](settings/advanced.md#enable-code-settings) option in Beaver Builder [Advanced settings](settings/advanced.md).
+
+## CSS Section
+
+The CSS section can be found in the [Advanced tab](index.md) and is available for all nodes (rows, columns, and modules). By using the CSS section, you can add custom CSS that will only be applied to that specific node.
+
+For example, suppose you have a [Text module](layouts/modules/text.md) with a node id class name of `fl-node-1d43q3gf56s` and you add custom CSS to style the `<p>` tags with a specific color or font size. The following CSS rule will only affect paragraph (`<p>`) tags for that Text module.
+
+```css
+p {
+  color: tomato;
+  font-size: 36px;
+}
+```
+
+The CSS rules are then rewritten using the Text module's node id class name (`fl-node-1d43q3gf56s`) as a prefix.
+
+```css
+.fl-node-1d43q3gf56s p {
+  color: tomato;
+  font-size: 36px;
+}
+```
+
+:::info
+
+The `!important` declaration may be necessary if your custom CSS styles options already defined in the row, column, or module settings, such as text color or font size options. This ensures that your custom CSS takes priority over the configured options.
+
+```css
+p {
+  color: tomato !important;
+  font-size: 36px !important;
+}
+```
+
+:::
+
+## JavaScript Section
+
+In contrast to the CSS section, the JavaScript section cannot automatically scope your JavaScript code to the node.
+
+:::warning Important
+In order for your JavaScript to be scoped to the specific node, you must either include the [node id class name](#identify-the-node-id) in your code, or [assign a custom ID or class name](#assign-custom-id-or-class-name), and include that in your JavaScript.
+:::
+
+### Assign Custom ID or Class Name
+
+- Add a [custom ID](html-element.md#id).
+- Add a [custom class](html-element.md#class).
+
+### Identify the Node ID
+
+You can find the unique class name of a node in two ways: by checking the page source or by using the inspection tool in your browser. The node's parent div is labeled with a class name that starts with `fl-node-`. For example, in the code provided below, the unique class name for the Heading module is `fl-node-8zdpmqybf7sr`.
+
+```markup
+<div class="fl-module fl-module-heading fl-node-8zdpmqybf7sr">
+  <div class="fl-module-content fl-node-content">
+    <h2 class="fl-heading">
+    <span class="fl-heading-text">Hello World</span>
+  </h2>
+  </div>
+</div>
+```
+
+Learn more about your browser's developer tools by clicking on the links below.
+
+- [Edge](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/microsoft-edge/devtools-guide-chromium/overview)
+- [FireFox](https://firefox-dev.tools/)
+- [Google Chrome](https://developer.chrome.com/docs/devtools/overview/)
+- [Safari](https://support.apple.com/guide/safari/use-the-developer-tools-in-the-develop-menu-sfri20948/mac)
+
+## Outline Panel Indicator
+
+If you've added custom CSS or JavaScript to your row, column, or module, a code <i className="fa-solid fa-code"></i> icon will appear in the [Outline Panel](user-interface/outline-panel.md). This helps you easily identify which rows, columns, or modules have custom CSS or JavaScript.
+
+![Outline Panel Custom Code Indicator](/img/beaver-builder/advanced-tab--css-js--2.jpg)
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/advanced-tab/html-element.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/advanced-tab/html-element.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..06356b36
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/advanced-tab/html-element.md
@@ -0,0 +1,263 @@
+---
+id: html-element
+title: HTML Element
+sidebar_label: HTML Element
+description: The HTML Element section lets you apply custom ID's, classes, labels and choose the HTML5 sectioning content element to improve accessibility and machine-readability.
+---
+
+The **HTML Element** section in the Advanced tab lets you apply a custom ID, classes, labels and choose the HTML5 sectioning content element to improve accessibility and machine-readability.
+
+![HTML Elements section in the Advanced tab](/img/beaver-builder/advanced-tab--html-element--1.jpg)
+
+## Container Element
+
+The **Content Element** section allows you to choose an appropriate HTML5 sectioning content element replacing the default `<div>`. Using these elements on your pages gives your content more semantic meaning, improving accessibility and machine-readability.
+
+### `<div>`
+
+Defines a [division](https://www.w3schools.com/TAGs/tag_div.asp) in your layout (default).
+
+```markup title="Row using the <div> container element (default)"
+<div class="fl-row fl-row-fixed-width fl-row-bg-none fl-node-4m98zgeu7tyc" data-node="4m98zgeu7tyc">
+    <div class="fl-row-content-wrap">
+      <div class="fl-row-content fl-row-fixed-width fl-node-content">
+        <div class="fl-col-group fl-node-gy3dorte1pkb" data-node="gy3dorte1pkb">
+          <!-- Column markup -->
+            <!-- Module markup -->
+          <!-- End of Column markup -->
+        </div>
+      </div>
+    </div>
+</div>
+```
+
+### `<section>`
+
+Defines a [section](https://www.w3schools.com/TAGs/tag_section.asp) in your layout.
+
+```markup title="Row using the <section> container element"
+<section class="fl-row fl-row-fixed-width fl-row-bg-none fl-node-4m98zgeu7tyc" data-node="4m98zgeu7tyc">
+    <div class="fl-row-content-wrap">
+      <div class="fl-row-content fl-row-fixed-width fl-node-content">
+        <div class="fl-col-group fl-node-gy3dorte1pkb" data-node="gy3dorte1pkb">
+          <!-- Column markup -->
+            <!-- Module markup -->
+          <!-- End of Column markup -->
+        </div>
+      </div>
+    </div>
+</section>
+```
+
+### `<article>`
+
+Defines an [article](https://www.w3schools.com/TAGs/tag_article.asp) in your layout.
+
+```markup title="Row using the <article> container element"
+<article class="fl-row fl-row-fixed-width fl-row-bg-none fl-node-4m98zgeu7tyc" data-node="4m98zgeu7tyc">
+  <div class="fl-row-content-wrap">
+    <div class="fl-row-content fl-row-fixed-width fl-node-content">
+      <div class="fl-col-group fl-node-gy3dorte1pkb" data-node="gy3dorte1pkb">
+        <!-- Column markup -->
+          <!-- Module markup -->
+        <!-- End of Column markup -->
+      </div>
+    </div>
+  </div>
+</article>
+```
+
+### `<aside>`
+
+Defines content [aside](https://www.w3schools.com/TAGs/tag_aside.asp) from the page content.
+
+```markup title='Column using <aide> container element'
+<!-- Row markup -->
+  <aside class="fl-col fl-node-jkv0cyspnrgu" data-node="jkv0cyspnrgu">
+    <div class="fl-col-content fl-node-content">
+      <!-- Module markup -->
+    </div>
+  </aside>
+<!-- End of Row markup -->
+```
+
+### `<main>`
+
+Defines the [main](https://www.w3schools.com/TAGs/tag_main.asp) content in your layout.
+
+```markup title="Row using the <main> container element"
+<main class="fl-row fl-row-fixed-width fl-row-bg-none fl-node-4m98zgeu7tyc" data-node="4m98zgeu7tyc">
+  <div class="fl-row-content-wrap">
+    <div class="fl-row-content fl-row-fixed-width fl-node-content">
+      <div class="fl-col-group fl-node-gy3dorte1pkb" data-node="gy3dorte1pkb">
+        <!-- Column markup -->
+          <!-- Module markup -->
+        <!-- End of Column markup -->
+      </div>
+    </div>
+  </div>
+</main>
+```
+
+### `<header>`
+
+Defines a [header](https://www.w3schools.com/TAGs/tag_header.asp) in your layout.
+
+```markup title="Heading module using the <header> container element"
+<!-- Row markup -->
+  <!-- Column markup -->
+    <header class="fl-module fl-module-heading fl-node-lrqwuvkn30px" data-node="lrqwuvkn30px">
+      <div class="fl-module-content fl-node-content">
+        <h2 class="fl-heading">
+          <span class="fl-heading-text">Hello World</span>
+        </h2>
+      </div>
+    </header>
+  <!-- End of Column markup -->
+<!-- End of Row markup -->
+```
+
+### `<footer>`
+
+Defines a [footer](https://www.w3schools.com/TAGs/tag_footer.asp) in your layout.
+
+```markup title="Row using the <footer> container element"
+<footer class="fl-row fl-row-fixed-width fl-row-bg-none fl-node-4m98zgeu7tyc" data-node="4m98zgeu7tyc">
+  <div class="fl-row-content-wrap">
+    <div class="fl-row-content fl-row-fixed-width fl-node-content">
+      <div class="fl-col-group fl-node-gy3dorte1pkb" data-node="gy3dorte1pkb">
+        <!-- Column markup -->
+          <!-- Module markup -->
+        <!-- End of Column markup -->
+      </div>
+    </div>
+  </div>
+</footer>
+```
+
+## ID
+
+Using the ID option, you can assign a custom [ID](https://www.w3schools.com/htmL/html_id.asp) to a specific node (row, column, or module) on your layout.
+
+![Assign ID name](/img/beaver-builder/advanced-tab--html-element--2.jpg)
+
+<details><summary>Custom ID HTML Markup</summary>
+
+```markup title='Heading module with an ID of page-title'
+<div id="page-title" class="fl-module fl-module-heading fl-node-3eacnxf28pt0">
+  <div class="fl-module-content fl-node-content">
+    <h2 class="fl-heading">
+      <span class="fl-heading-text">Hello World</span>
+    </h2>
+  </div>
+</div>
+```
+
+</details>
+
+### Usage
+
+This unique identifier can then be used for various purposes, such as:
+
+- **Styling**: You can use CSS to [target specific elements](#id-css-example) on a web page using their ID. This allows you to apply custom styles to that particular element, which may differ from the rest of the page.
+
+- **Identifying**: You can use the ID to identify specific elements in your code. For example, if you are using JavaScript to manipulate the elements on your layout, you can use the ID to reference a specific element and perform actions on it.
+
+- **Anchoring**: You can use the ID to create [anchor fragments](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Basics_of_HTTP/Identifying_resources_on_the_Web#fragment). This allows you to [create links that jump directly to a specific section of your page or post](basics/smooth-scrolling.md).
+
+:::caution
+An important point to remember is that IDs on a page or post should be unique, meaning that no two elements should share the same ID.
+:::
+
+:::info
+Adding the pound symbol (`#`) to the ID option is not necessary, just the name of the ID is needed.
+
+<ul className="fa-ul">
+  <li>
+    <span className="fa-li"><i className="fa-solid fa-check fa-xl" style={{ color: "lightseagreen" }} /></span><code>page-title</code></li>
+  <li><span className="fa-li"><i className="fa-solid fa-xmark fa-xl" style={{ color: "tomato" }} /></span><code>#page-title</code></li>
+</ul>
+:::
+
+### CSS Example {#id-css-example}
+
+Once you've added the custom **ID** to your node (row, column, or module), you can use it in your custom CSS by prefixing it with the pound symbol (`#`), like this:
+
+```css
+#custom-id {
+  color: tomato;
+}
+```
+
+This can be taken a step further by targeting a specific element. For example, if you have a Heading module with the ID `page-title`, and you would like to style the heading tag (`h2`), you can use the `.fl-heading` class which is assigned to the heading tag in your custom CSS, as shown in the example below:
+
+```css
+#page-title .fl-heading {
+  color: tomato;
+  font-size: 48px;
+}
+```
+
+## Class
+
+Lets you apply a [class](https://www.w3schools.com/html/html_classes.asp) or multiple classes to a row, column or module HTML. Must start with a letter and only contain dashes, underscores, letters or numbers. A **class** can be used to apply custom CSS rules and be used multiple times on the same page.
+
+Separate multiple classes with spaces. The screenshot below shows an example of two classes being applied to the Class setting: `text-white` and `heading-right`.
+
+![Custom Classes Example](/img/beaver-builder/advanced-tab--html-element--3.jpg)
+
+<details><summary>Custom Class HTML Markup</summary>
+
+```markup title='Heading module with two custom classes text-white heading-right'
+<div class="fl-module fl-module-heading fl-node-3eacnxf28pt0 text-white heading-right">
+  <div class="fl-module-content fl-node-content">
+    <h2 class="fl-heading">
+      <span class="fl-heading-text">Hello World</span>
+    </h2>
+  </div>
+</div>
+```
+
+</details>
+
+:::info
+Adding the period (`.`) to the class option is not necessary, just the name of the class is needed.
+
+<ul className="fa-ul">
+  <li>
+    <span className="fa-li"><i className="fa-solid fa-check fa-xl" style={{ color: "lightseagreen" }} /></span><code>text-white</code> <code>heading-right</code></li>
+  <li><span className="fa-li"><i className="fa-solid fa-xmark fa-xl" style={{ color: "tomato" }} /></span><code>.text-white</code> <code>.heading-right</code></li>
+</ul>
+:::
+
+### CSS Example {#class-css-example}
+
+Once you've added the custom class to your node (row, column, or module), you can use it in your custom CSS by prefixing it with a period `(.)`, like this:
+
+```css
+.text-white {
+  color: white;
+}
+
+.heading-right {
+  text-align: right;
+}
+```
+
+This can be taken a step further by targeting a specific element. For example, if you have a Text module with a class name `heading-text`, and you would like to style only the heading tag (`h3`), you can use the `h3` element selector in your custom CSS, as shown in the example below:
+
+```css
+.heading-text h3 {
+  color: tomato;
+  font-size: 36px;
+  font-weight: 900;
+}
+```
+
+## Label
+
+The Label option is available for all rows, columns, and modules. It is used to provide a concise description of the content or purpose of the row, column, or module.
+
+Labels appear in the Beaver Builder user interface overlay, settings window, and Outline panel once they are added, as shown below.
+
+![Label in Outline panel](/img/beaver-builder/advanced-tab--html-element--4.jpg)
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ee0312b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+id: index
+title: Advanced tab
+sidebar_label: Advanced tab
+---
+
+The Advanced tab provides advanced settings for rows, columns, and modules, including options for spacing, animations, visibility, and custom code.
+
+![Advanced tab](/img/beaver-builder/advanced-tab--getting-started--1.jpg)
+
+## Access the Advanced tab
+
+The Advanced tab can be found in all row, column, and module settings.
+
+1. [Launch the Beaver Builder](getting-started/launch-builder.md) on your page or post.
+
+2. Click the wrench icon in the Overlay Actions Toolbar for a row or module.  
+   For columns, click the Edit Column <i className="fas fa-columns"></i> icon.
+
+3. This will bring up the row, column or module settings.
+
+4. Click the **Advanced** tab to access the advanced settings.
+
+## In this section
+
+import DocCardList from '@theme/DocCardList';
+
+<DocCardList />
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/advanced-tab/spacing.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/advanced-tab/spacing.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..42b72159
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/advanced-tab/spacing.md
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+---
+id: spacing
+title: Spacing - Margin & Padding
+sidebar_label: Spacing - Margin & Padding
+description: The Spacing section in the Advanced tab lets you change the default margin for rows, columns, modules and padding for rows and columns.
+---
+
+The **Spacing** section in the Advanced tab lets you change the default margin for rows, columns, modules and padding for rows and columns.
+
+![Spacing section in the Advanced tab](/img/beaver-builder/advanced-tab--spacing--1.jpg)
+
+## Global Defaults
+
+Beaver Builder adds the following default margins and padding via the [Global Settings](user-interface/global-settings.md):
+
+* `0px` margin on each side of all rows and columns.
+* `20px` padding on each side of all rows.
+* `0px` padding for columns.
+* `20px` margin on each side of all modules.  
+
+  :::info
+
+  Modules **do not** support padding.
+  
+  :::
+
+If you didn't change a single margin or padding anywhere, these defaults would apply on every device, though mobile devices may be different if [Auto Spacing](user-interface/global-settings.md#auto-spacing) is enabled, which is enabled by default.
+
+## Margin
+
+Beaver Builder gives you complete control over [Margin](https://www.w3schools.com/csS/css_margin.asp). Margin can be set for each side of an element (top, right, bottom, and left). You can also choose from the following CSS units `px`, `%`, `vw` and `vh`.
+
+### Negative Margins
+
+While margin property values can be negative, there may be visual inconsistencies between browsers, especially when using large values, such as `-50px` or greater. If you need to move your content slightly to one side, then `-15px` or less should work without causing any inconsistency between browsers, but higher values should be avoided.
+
+For content positioning, we recommend using [position](https://www.w3schools.com/Css/css_positioning.asp), [top](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_pos_top.asp), [right](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_pos_right.asp), [bottom](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_pos_bottom.asp), [left](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_pos_left.asp), and [z-index](https://www.w3schools.com/Css/css_z-index.asp) properties instead of negative margins.
+
+For example, suppose you need to position your Heading module higher up the page. You can use a negative `margin-top` value such as `-150px`, but this may appear differently between browsers. As a result, you should give your Heading module a [custom class](html-element.md#class) and then use this with the `position`, `top`, `right`, `bottom`, `left`, and `z-index` properties, see the example CSS below. By using this method, browser inconsistencies caused by high negative margin values should be eliminated.
+
+```css title='Example'
+.my-heading-module {
+	position: relative;
+	top: -150px;
+	z-index: 10
+}
+```
+
+## Padding
+
+Beaver Builder gives you complete control over [Padding](https://www.w3schools.com/csS/css_padding.asp). Padding can be set for each side of an element (top, right, bottom, and left). You can also choose from the following CSS units `px`, `em`, `%`, `vw` and `vh`.
+
+:::caution
+Negative values **are not supported** by padding.
+:::
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/advanced-tab/visibility.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/advanced-tab/visibility.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9111a765
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/advanced-tab/visibility.md
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+---
+id: visibility
+title: Visibility
+sidebar_label: Visibility
+description: The Visibility section in the Advanced tab lets you determine when your rows, columns or modules display in your layout using breakpoints and conditional logic.
+---
+
+The **Visibility** section in the Advanced tab lets you determine when your rows, columns or modules display in your layout using breakpoints and conditional logic.
+
+![Visibility section in the Advanced tab](/img/beaver-builder/advanced-tab--visibility--1.jpg)
+
+:::info
+The **Reverse Stacking Order** option is only available for Columns.
+:::
+
+## Breakpoint
+
+By default, every row, column, and module is visible on every device size. You can use the [Breakpoint](/beaver-builder/layouts/responsive-design/breakpoints.md) setting to hide individual rows, columns, and modules for certain device sizes. In the [Global Settings](user-interface/global-settings.md#medium-device-breakpoint), you can view the default breakpoints and set custom values.
+
+### Device Toggle Icons
+
+Using the device toggle icons, you can quickly select which devices display or hide a row, column, or module. Simply click the device icon to toggle whether the element is displayed (blue) or hidden (gray) for those devices.
+
+You can choose one of the following device toggle icons:
+
+* ![Extra Large Device](/img/desktop-dashicons.svg) **Extra Large Device**  
+  The element will be visible or hidden for desktop computers or TVs with a browser.
+
+* ![Large Device](/img/laptop-dashicons.svg) **Large Device**  
+  The element will be visible or hidden for small desktop computers, laptops, and landscape tablets.
+
+* ![Medium Device](/img/tablet-dashicons.svg) **Medium Device**  
+  The element will be visible or hidden for devices like small tablets.
+
+* ![Small Device](/img/smartphone-dashicons.svg) **Small Device**  
+  The element will be visible or hidden for devices like portrait tablets, and smartphones.
+
+### Multi-selection
+
+All device toggle icons are enabled (blue) by default, indicating that the corresponding row, column, or module is always displayed. The device toggle feature allows for multi-selection, enabling users to choose more than one device at a time. This eliminates the restriction of pre-defined combinations such as Large & Medium or Medium & Small, giving users the freedom to create any combination they desire.
+
+For instance, users can choose to display a row on Extra Large, Large, and Small devices while hiding it on Medium devices. Similarly, a Heading module can be hidden on Extra Large and Small devices but displayed on Large and Medium devices.
+
+![Device Toggle Combinations](/img/beaver-builder/advanced-tab--visibility--2.jpg)
+
+## Stacking Order *(Columns only)*
+
+This option only applies to columns, allowing you to reverse the stacking order of columns for medium and small devices. You can choose from the following options:
+
+* **Disabled** *(Default)*
+* **Small**
+* **Medium**
+* **Small & Medium**
+
+See the [Columns Stacking](/beaver-builder/layouts/columns/stacking.md) article for more information.
+
+## Display
+
+The **Display** option lets you display your row, column or module based certain conditions such as never, always, logged out users, logged in users and conditional logic (requires Beaver Themer).
+
+* **Never**  
+  The row, column, or module is only visible to the user editing the page. This is useful if the design isn’t complete and ready for publishing. Using this feature is an excellent way to ensure that your design is exactly how you want it before making it public on your page layout.
+
+* **Always**  
+  The row, column, or module is visible at all times for every user.
+
+* **Logged Out Users**  
+  The row, column or module will only be visible for logged out users.
+
+* **Logged In Users**  
+  The row, column, or module is only visible to users who have logged in to your website. You can also use a [WordPress capability](https://wordpress.org/support/article/roles-and-capabilities/) to limit the visibility to certain user roles. To achieve this, specify a capability that is unique to the user role and not shared by other.
+
+  As an example, if you wish to hide a row from all users except those with the Administrator role, you can input the capability `install_plugins` as it is exclusive to users assigned to the Administrator role.
+
+  ![Using WordPress Capbilities to show or hide content](/img/beaver-builder/advanced-tab--visibility--3.jpg)
+
+  :::caution
+  You cannot add WordPress user roles to this option; it only accepts [WordPress capabilities](https://wordpress.org/support/article/roles-and-capabilities/). Adding a WordPress user role to this option is invalid and won't trigger any action. If you need to hide a row or module for a specific user role without adding WordPress capabilities, it's better to use the Conditional Logic option instead.
+  :::
+
+* **Conditional Logic** *(requires Beaver Themer)*  
+  This option enables the showing or hiding of rows, columns, or modules based on specific conditions. For example, if you have posts categorized under a specific category, you can opt to display a different Heading module for them. Another example would be to hide the featured image if no image has been set for the post.
+
+  For additional details, please refer to the [Beaver Themer Conditional Logic](/beaver-themer/conditional-logic/beaver-themer-conditional-logic) article.
+
+### Display Icon Indicator
+
+When you restrict the display of a row, column, or module, an eye icon will appear in the Beaver Builder UI overlay. The color of the eye icon will change based on the display option you have chosen. This feature provides a visual indication for you to easily identify the visibility status of your content while you are editing your layout.
+
+:::tip
+The display icon indicator is also visible in the [Outline Panel](user-interface/outline-panel.md#icon-indicators).
+:::
+
+* When you limit the display of a row, column, or module using the **Never**, **Logged Out Users**, or **Logged In Users** options, a blue Eye <i className="fa-solid fa-eye" style={{color: "#00A0D2"}}></i> icon will be displayed in the Beaver Builder UI overlay.
+
+* When you limit the display of a row, column, or module using the **Conditional Logic** options, a red Eye <i className="fa-solid fa-eye" style={{color: "#FF0000"}}></i> icon will be displayed in the Beaver Builder UI overlay.
+
+![Visibility Rules Indicator](/img/beaver-builder/advanced-tab--visibility--4.jpg)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/columns/assets/column-layouts-overview-10400ffc.png b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/columns/assets/column-layouts-overview-10400ffc.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..7dc9e4c3dfd7a8722d2865043cc495ef673eaeeb
GIT binary patch
literal 41563
zcmYg&1zc5Y^YsB#5EKz95fP;YkrL?=ke2Qeq@}x2Q9=Rf?(XiC5S0cIDUp`$u5Y&Y
z-uL_8pQslP=j{DF^USPSYt8nTlYM#>n-m*`LS2;*7g0c=Feu>fyI7at_iXbJQxu8<
zB_SfD<Q%_};8GtrbapU#JhB}#7yVx8g?KnwA)bW4{on&Fs*Fa`@!Bd&J5tN4v1DP4
z0qZ(X)iiAXagn#_3MoOM^jsZWnQZH29mc0;KYx_&-@NiRwfA_JyQplRE#FwiZN1mH
zp!c_&B>e>;Jox3~p`iUz;b)~V+RuRKQu#_@dQo=L_C@>9(CMf2Z(FAh2+g$ESTf|W
z&G6A5G?$Vo6<Dy7Qj_7vIo3>A4$5W_z*T7F9e<s&)*GudZ5mu`E6q<ov*u3VB*Sf)
zVh#~+BOB~+xOo&mw)(l!LcfG$$~rnfpK*J9U_im0{|<TZLh^2e^@fcf`aP`I6j-l|
zy~rM5f9V%tBx0LMjUbw;3S1s8^oD<+z-sCDx&3|}>t_iaZn(?C*PAJy(Eb!EJLZ4Z
zzCE?^+ggp2(L8C`|KInq{&+Aoc(LAfn6Sz5(S<41PjR8&EZCYp%{&`fc1ZR9`&krZ
zRNvlLhN&0b#psZ|OBDEAorph4)ltwVEiu$W(|I@XoDv`VzYDYGv~f9QH+6_T@WyIl
zIJv2Q+-UOnm}3C{pLM(-#3}v-*YBSTwYqRo#OY~&E~&MYRdO{WX5>mH)>G#HKJ`S*
zZxp*~&f83#Gqi+Ije9FhLFC@`mt!1WvROBhdTEVxTdeTq1^;<pT(%OmE6sFR+`(_h
z7BA?HV=h~(<9>T1&)E6O@D&CopKQL=@Qt9mW(>SN2Mr<O>7U!&+S}W!CoIFddgpAP
zk8$AoVq}DWjhPxhl@{XE`rqA<__yne{RtMiSFOdA?=yZ`^c9u`Y35*)#T&Ez#xrI9
zWWva5bp0_7RD<j8J(4T<fnqWI9^4N!D|vq(VYN&N#`j(P8$Y-=MtO5nQ(s@>KWJW&
ztKa|SCNb=>G2wW&Jz|uoRvvWuPNDHuXdv&-nMR8|&mwn5xV)g_>S%kZVQ2MB5KlDo
zb9B@j%xm*|V^)~IGop0Re<z)v(4vC*_DG72AB*AP5|?896B*Xg@{*e?Wxdmmbt9#Q
zIPZxbq*_fj`WOUo(_5Z7JU2%Vsn(xDtxP<350<d$2&S%f6iJgu{V34v=zQ4JHQ_Yb
z&9h$L>Wzj`eK;TIvfcgo=3`4TfzzEEGI1PpiEe9CuW^|4hH{nX&tj#kFHFhZ#r}6U
zpSP4U-V4DpH8ri@`o{2qoG;dOcWHCnt{3gM0*mD9jg^5wdz1LDdjZT$ov+4B<;ep=
zr|j(dbFSt^T>hAlAkz_a8@XVMu}VYu>(0tZ*oO~S_z!1q)H*DGZu7sPUT$*z$-664
zX~F!GwYqS}{{;$}SiCIlCq2BR-i~m3MeCaBX*E#_K{HA05V>eYQbTLY<)fiB4;N8#
zK?OgZ2DhnQSFXd^u$rlNw@BdDTHjqw)2?$|8LtUjZ#)hnWKb#AZ^!Q8US@1OKXW5x
zH}SR@D?PqT<|u-8{co&seo%{i+c9$&-~YE`hfFS<UeBaE-qJ~Ny^je?Jl!s4M94GJ
zaz4Q9&rUTMbgneDcpX7vv>*12A8oqv_A5c}@NfdL4<tfjVwdoo6m+XBZ{r1jyoh(@
zl7xf=*G?dj&jnn6^wjWsMDMA&9;rvZ9bDv{t~z`<CPx3(Q2nXJON-S$NA@cD1CK64
zNK2FVBMqOcN7_&f*Wq2)oO0x@uF}nG__bcT=WbP}#RQ3DWMt&R8=-N_$DU0|0Rh-)
z?&0C#A45Z54=+>WVSS8=k>Dizys&*cl?YpSl}zcP2)!sB0ebVocFY6OK#Q>p=xF1X
zRs9FSRQRg*!xco*`pqnO2l_1rrVfHWb6^iGl=|oqTo5{N$gX8xw&nC|Bj6@Z;i$01
zo80xwamG?KevO{mDJMC#eJCv(0(YMF`-PEF?2KpAos95koy$$6m=-+u@cl{L#0q2<
z78c6PhVC~Wukn2Q_N|!lJ-i;S`;*>=9^X+h-uw0s&6S3oL}a*_k%lqXw)?$tuVQTs
zJ`+HTP8V(Ie=@Dr)7hC9c|i*D^}((+XY;E4?{YG=paZY0x#rU8uNNljCWqaNT2F?(
zT(dHkY(@@=JY{eL(DD66ysO1-<NCVn^grd=?qXXU$|FY3TIzeIRJ(<qE2QjxhMkdU
zo44^jCPTbAXf+$%x!}K*(F&Z-(xBX*BanK0TZMFV$ZzvF&ep9rvUR*o!@OO%>2-d5
z$2if2CPfY_Ymh!56LPcFm8Vy|UR$$oyeIsq#`w-+3{p_z>7M4%{(A3nQBzN{&>QFT
z)BUgA-G*?+>URdDz8C2xp<!H#zQFkuUju9Z&^<jXD^5ExO~Pc5;df3>&Wjf>NV3Y)
zasq{SYgTq$(QX?5lW?vz{j3%szzzuw754PxPkS1iDG^44oXi)-#&PDn<k#R9W@l%u
z=VOc&sw^kcSyTJzLc}jr@O%v-^3i6B`id9pTu`ZAWij@Wa>;GN@^Pg_oU)FG?9=#c
z(@qwm_t$ZKWp3gTe>Qh*<ktx+&KwJIE+`Ch#FMf=k=ZGblf3RP(p9F#G^|tgG(y3r
z^?8|jN-$S~?6{@VqqqSzMlmXU7LQ10k0H<gGgNKhD7`jLA+B#)tghdlfB&EDqiFIf
z5gz5vQtP^jM?a+YJ@hB<XLS8kz0JVah>1T-f$tw}o7a<)#G~`5+i*hH-yrrU?(JeB
zo;S;GaBKZ0<v&<{CDqhd^@eiP45DG0EycC%Epe}QtEOj`{!=mV4@I%X*-0Pe&F+ue
zU4z3xtm_`~{kszSEANq;{Vf`<uH0T{+ezK0xV~?`eUm)#^ePDIiHL|0qmZ_bFX;Af
zC@&BH@Zke#@A4Ns4Q~a>>sKyq9-khZo;C36roG)1adR1~lp(1b9hH}t7cw(53*E@{
zFnT#wNaU|?)iW6)?xV)2Vm=#S&3UDbP+&qVxI=MyH${$4LT%`Eqi0dXn>NqvuXmf4
z4n;7lMnC6OR|6c#C+$^MQJLO8%#F~#rExIKa8wb(sZ$Z*mOMj<>)XBX+-u%eKh7-g
ziG;-En3$MHi9Bj{TsHB~Cq2@_S!WcK(FU+1=qM2QK(P|2o9+$eREvqYrly8bz0@Zw
z(KP^W{~Mek(N6>XcU-B5rmXRBeFM?Ahg5Z0yw2RWwznl@WHJ=9WVPHk+Ye4X%X0HN
z-8Md9-h5<6&~Fm{HH=nKOG|otzWXMpH3e;=^F5SR!!A*h`_^SZGkdFJb|Z#SkO{CZ
zy_r9Rm7G6hP%V7%tKMaHVIeFsQcPABmss2WI&6grJ85vQ_8UFpvC5H)=xUJoafq4H
zv$Op!T_x=+(iPx#ToE@jyN}vl=v_EoZ(4YF%aVE5Uo0&>BST(Y{j10RL<fBNPOcZ(
zJmLZnMyLNt@1v@&N5oK`>Wx4#)4|NEaKJgxJ?ID^&&JeR{49PoQf6FcI!FTvXLYn<
zCRB=vWkE_xYSXnr;u}`mMK|BpPf&~1N?%;A8n=CK)9l1aCf0xDt?-B2Jdtke4a4P+
zNv>=ad7ZxZI+?k{s8b(ZHR%~=!Y*0oxJtrpPp7V~uB4>2@r|LV7*brl&O^uxnTyAQ
z6nf#&n0MSiK5u<zbF$g7-GcM5*mc+J<yfZZd!m!gV6SwzSil}>bl*jWHZ`iP??OQz
zU3M<eu8V9snR{qd4=En9fKmNg%>ubQe^Smu03k!PfEWM8ix(kN3|5${LT<5gPv0Ry
zA9tGcI9avwGC1B_<vl;y4v&cFPZh;E+sP8J8Mo;`+ZZ)3DsexweK|J2Gx*H-U}Gwi
z$<>ppXHGd!g~jR@@7C6qxQq-nEv+v=DjJW-oeJfM;I>0nhz<UuKa`SEQl{h8EW}#Y
zXb?>IJ)0&O$*5AD3gNu@JP9r!s6_89=@@;|RMqxL>mYFZedPU$4OVztsIh`c{2r(e
zH4@6O{N%wM(Gw;@#$C}YS8lTUJmWvS&{;}HNB8^A`2i-M+ukhTl(t2C(i?={F>J=H
zjw@;q6>YHGIL-O$WhDIWoD3@YzmJxS7J_)z^cH#&poY=N#J05)>q^_$u<$1ZTXV*T
zJ1<yy9p8c|Fapq_7AXoj5<uC*g?Kw$h|0D(+ac1sbOhK_`^T5x3SYUyAJ1a&xftT(
z#8V(or9l5@@$+%VF^l=5`g-2Ax^@2f?l{c0i#z4z?5MM|{U$bp&mYng{6xwn!ds_)
z&jbr(J`E<9j$v(I;b=J7>WsJR;i^B~8$(I7%)YtCFMfV@8pGqnRB558q46zUBJ59p
z8YX~|!kbC4eVM9vJP+<ZY}moa>z&SB&g!)qDSZn^t;}Xd%x)b%*JZh&iiFRV{qZkn
z%CRb|tkTj@<SgeE)&?N^X8l_*Q#L`83jeNvKvLaW?fY9+_1DF5?{b>|V5E_a{{l!a
zn%9LD&ZCd;T^+Aehf7yTn#)ZGy$^bxSp;qS&pdkhvzWAF8IWfYhYp;$$1@obVR4qV
z{x{i-<kZ#u2N$XE{jFCkhFM?!Wad9!VFNUV;6<l#8_d(AT?6=X<|S{LDrOmWJzlM<
znTym!PK3b821cdDHiR6D`+>Deq1IPIRjp3~XPeg~B_-(?7z|DhHm{KLM$6Ip^e#{m
zU{iO`#aT7RNIh%_r<RJ0?j3*={<KJ^;b1ARDD<;TZ$?|==AnCdWTfp^>L}|$na3eX
zNx_rr3){T{3j<OQ=aA?rrv2?hBY*fY`647iUtCT4dzCG=oYt#B;e-J{CDzj_TMC6N
z`-yN|hZ{9U>STVl)5>wqW+(YujNQk>qRR+BYC1m_c;vcck`b;jH#hgKa<$>ttw6Ev
z<y)53LJ2mXZ!Q5Gk*TF2z|P4lYSci!lUrOYN1xHP{qD-mROD;EH_58-ns2MwpS~2c
zzGR`LlkHyBTaPW-7XX51aXYQ$!$D3obEpUOtqeGLXdpu>EKyfpK1D2uEXUT?_B$lf
z?#+iyCkhp2Ly{4Zk+BQ+Grnibrz!2PO$=qqKm(^<?_6RwlpEo?l#|s}0tr&r;ZL8?
z-28m3!3`Q|xvY5GfTOL>hY<>r7vFp`JIx+Tii*k_t+FbzY}ox_=5gHXb*2crE@v@O
zJ4AL%z_Z?LFf$O@yF6{L^@jaixYE3bjR!4cV<iT@+>7a9-``!m)#a8E9?R=e%DrB{
z9j+kRuFpdFzFk_|p+S~wj-bNx)K&2Z1nUrl+jrRL5Ox~#ANleS8;Wl(T~(kI`yie>
z7|&&=6vtulePyI9LgCxau3?mRCR5EU{%+fiXG-QBa8j~ID=pyoX+(Ti^@r-UeH6e@
zC^u2(q$+TBU@-8=wLa1F$kcA-?08)@E5R{Vqs%Cfi^KE8+2I>~7S-+;oGWEn*`Om>
z^RRD>OiU_p{#78Qu<s5y)ErE|AL>haGBn-(zI!(#BV!3_fIRX7NNBI_)6p?6zz1hQ
z>B%N{TVa6+Ff=qYB7-GU8A^GAxx3kMhnBCYv{WIG^pT{)(sz1O9Y&3E@dVg}`R(k5
zF+g@okmb4-WZ58JIt)nA<}40oF=XWK+vuNTzosB7_*tnv_b@ZHKRZAq?LK}`wjrCY
z!m}%j`RK1Cl{GXn@83tCZ+s&}M|$4#Fy}+|Noew@3Xy^&eMJLr`c?qLP+>r|7Jd+o
zz(aih?0|rPbOS;{!uzCwxoV6?vp2Wn<>+!6j+}JQmH9l2M`_7wUQX7_P7D<^-hVjS
z*lX?;g07&ho)fNM2ANHago&PhWTD}x5$a_gbS~--)QSb^300+`B{jStn-RV=QkGSF
zyjB;swmg^>T)SLY7p|~*EnEeUh*2#W>76Jk2#JaFwzh0xov!iid|aBSt5Prv{=L)v
zcrqK_afFVwL`@nhtrR4l7>-1TAL{dma4-7p0aVa~WHg=~ng3m*^``S*-zB0_!WDY?
z_T#^O{mSw>Rl(+Nk!q2SBz;EYL*2q4fiq{t_1H!%{Nv*uo^_>#M7KgNRVAf#ScI-)
zhvgqJ!_eyIdK~X9jTk4%)biWJzq@v)@Ez`LvtPtSM7cx{G?Wwt6J3|+9ri|y<G59n
z1v#vK<;(IPzNm0q)%Y8>e@`MqQN8|BTE}cj2f1Q{+rA3a2_?8>i!lznN$M!A)U&Oq
zCc2D0ItnCUYR`_A!$#$`v|j#7a{A@6gj|{AP`>w{vtvkD-~DM5vpo-{Ff)|2{H4i?
zaul<2dlGnPJz{iR7c-WiKFGs6zZ_v5%2#LGg|iyB{hs)t3h)Z-0r`oYwFR#P1s&GL
z)%ng2W+Zd?bXO*79Tbsu&Y6U_frH&0&!w0Ei)!{GUmey7_AP?_4CB%jAhZ<E00v}f
zRG4M_^4QnTP;zgi>M?{Z9m<QUg__iT{1%6p^r8sE-M^oxQ7(6Qc$k^!Z+D8^H=pYc
z^ZE_q8~P>DF*uM!pE5LMqKB%r`JLy>t<MqVcIpH?^f{gE)Xi~fq?a3R+;XT`HYkZc
zygE|rkQdA2R2agx<5bUo4r!l0W4iQ%&Xu7Bi1@?P-28m$qd=&&^YI(Uvw{R4lb~<@
zL;EozqP@~$%==VIE34P*V9J->?7QEu1~&|w?MUFqpc+$CQ=_hsaefRII3sE1B*sKX
zBjtFBC8(|*Q?hS0luP*b?c2|e<a?Yis?3H0Qd94tW~%E<`tJegXof_K)3*Ajth96k
zDo1$uZ)?tK$O4Cd(t@R3a^F4Z2JGPjOV?j&C}kJ8w}>KP)<Z=amN+b{*!2P<aoM-^
z<aFK3c;#owm0KJiQl9vt+bBlo&ch-Po@GcyvFbIWDAw8%5));Oj51w*!KRzw^Ld^f
zF0|>h6xMG^Qmie6KnJd&5xW@N$yE0tf<ZNwzi8=&ZUwnp+LBAwpacb8GLRF3?!W$s
zKc`Kw#}^e9EjQ^$_wzj;a^RfuxzQCrU?dC&o!xZcf;YS}BqT&gLxU6o9%aAsGo-?N
zI2O{@`$Q+HD5kmcLD`w~Fj>|)+MwZ!#9H31Q_01}ed9dOTQ0o*L;>CEWDQ`Tn}DE@
z&PPU*|77EdEbpdBt>Y?oTL&`(15R+q6Ls~QfY3cpk4p4Dp`&IVhW^YHq1}YkC@&``
zSZ35M?Ph<fQTg&K#NjKx5i5a%-x#H3WsAc_N%W6xm@u@UJVU#YuHi)$GzPWp>({R-
z@@Zo8HH(Xj0MsbXTmV!<6<1+MGfQWNR(9%l=s})}Kx?N<!SWy-0~5yWxVeSbl~+wh
zm;<vL#=_n9Z;w9SYP}|q4v3jis~Ru3qxEQaS>oBVXIlwmyw1#cQAzbWMJ&3Q(zDX5
z%Xu<iEXF?1Y)1bHd|mv|Go(EEZ6s9GZ72yCHgTr_$X^ba*I`b_3_wwa*37@Wyxi=r
zj%Jmm#Ra+teo%kN3M!s(=(T*!gg)F(Lr~Ja;B6(KK+2PdsHm{eP=(b)i_!9w{QNGF
zj9dxS!~6GB>+9niJ&r@;;><@=E*^dkyj5nmAX{lQDH}#3L&wON4&Z;>^LVv>Z`2&Z
z`^&7@NQuEy1+1Ai&%s?LCMH?@#0uez+rvX^eT68v5NbBIK@pt+3+WGL4qIPoZ}^MQ
zF)`7wvDr0+2aoEgI_Om~zBgevJE6fpWh?jcbu^MCqbwSZBapl~J(Cy`^88!>Y07z4
zR+gfUj%84ek6eR4#J-$@LW|2n!c$92CfEsJr4@^i3pF2R!p6on`B{7y&Jnxicr=2+
z0Qgx$zYwztRq;2_lazog0eHl2v9YpB-+|PN+N|MqS{pa>h~<ph9Urt)_o|`w%&D7L
zGxH>JadDY1OBe8RWm?`enW%jPm6oO@O483e<2WZh-3KTX>mII!jnn<fxZY6mD7Xkk
zC8ajV0n)dCO7&@dW@_k;md}ZIu3LWWAupP)(IR|$%mQ5i5tEj9mTW@xpVar9n{790
z=3~v(YHX<iQ0OoJD6oeN2<O9QE<%;nZeE(H_Rl?t@$<fV7rV2A4uLHw4K~yMv;%cc
zR<8SNGEJVRCjF@w7ZRMvA+6%2$cYoB`FL!-H}WGoLAV+?{Rq(u<Y8+mqi~9x0;keg
zB|s7}inrCx*{TW+IuC)<_X!$8?+v=mV>W(O-2RI!6-$y2QTZ<4qsvmRS%NtA%1KSY
zc2a#Rrh$eK3Kd+NPD*-uo5)*q>7e&|%;FFqSQpUQP5Mw71ib?1yjMxtfBW9?{0*(l
zEVPnT3=HqBIbW)LF>e9Bj?lWmIvR_lZqoddLeWb>cc<La(o&6}padSLX=_fitGao|
z5BfLNa8|elQQz0x<JFSdw(yVD?-ZHV?=(ER+*NE$PV=kjG0-Qw%fkyz=ch#@eEl8@
zW6l8Okfo9<(&0mBVnE<+UqUDYw>~B&_5h@lIpprL)UU(A!7=YjQW(>cRpQPgFB*Le
zY|f9G{GyRY4<4PO$MmksL$>hVGO_GaZ;5r1v$N?W?hbq0z<&Fol=7|<Y^~>Qvbv!U
zeCH$EO_510uvalADF}Op0zioiQ8Vto-JP#h6KW95_d}%8hmU6$nyjguti<VHuM<kh
zJo;^Z*LPOOqJZbJ0j8n9!Ocl9bQJrz<6$T{^p(I+Krq>DwiB}fB7{5f?OkYHbyQSP
z5O#6l0x$>Z2lfGkntc5#tI0%Ig|Mh7UtoIiu;6qE%gbK}Scj&!HeOS1F-Al|za%U3
zdj1SMS>xxHYXcmiVn7Q(Zx!@fK{YNg{NspRE$pI^5e;<cz?XoK1MiSxIZ+Gg+6R=K
zGB*3}N5jQXPZB-$)Wrfx+cB>3HfJSyn&JOeCY*oJ$+{{q7p~|Gpc|E~n1u`3A3ld<
zPWb6949?x}iuBMXZBDlfYDx52e4k-<+j~j+*z#r9DE^J<Pvq1E>Saa*#KdreuMO29
zr78dz=~<YYqh8ftvB=-qd{XgRXOJn#Qw8V%^%DKJEMbxo5+e)F+HR{A1Vluv4ogaf
z)zjE(P3N9~vn(C4WCc#`8xQAiK}mc&xt^7p+Okuoq5!R%x<OCa==|2JWSIuQ8wOp!
za(m{u?B@G`F`;_<K)wdUWVrBllGhm*UXtdcU74BBfpAoegb<>V^CaDQ`p2~#ol}8E
zweWd6`CVE$FI8RZPZza3c83JrH#r|a9-fWU0M2!HX=nzTnT}P*ZAkYh8>s+DyTD1H
zx~$qD<A3e#H6F~AndcVzsp}cCll&xDm^VoXzEd+Dz;FPHNHJsQ0V!}Iw-iG)Eo<IB
zC3m^t4Rs9RUF<p^RH1BiL%X`9gSh5NP=Laykydv5c|XIRY*v}rr>Ak0L-swTj0U;k
zbmN9EUTpL|xpwnBtZkubqXh@(Fyi?`Z>}r>KNP|sbdbB{Z<h6qr0#y(gf)O1&yIf1
z*2~)py@kusVip<+$4ipa<NbyCIIGO^^6x9`N)wOzR-2Y`^A4a8L1wAVQG~Fer>9p^
zQ7L`#72jaVzU4Bl^$&Gp8=!~FJdPa)1_r)#b*0NDaH~bOx4gx1Io%z;$z_}Fq5}0F
zg4kzpC~v~+p!E(=Hgf>oFp?qeUKkq6S6ONU)oWG1c?mj|+{(Nudv0^WQuEGS3w4#y
z<SU!n0S%YyD*{Wzf}cXa!nsyGV|Kd;kPwyW-|i}sN&6cB_{(h`MzH7|GLI)-IHm$;
zAn54mSYUTJ<$H(YjN5<3f{E5hwx}S%ANc;Qjn-?obTiu)p2cwl&UHqynSH0T^Kf+J
zfFt?(HF}wWQ@<!N0HLqSs@lp1lL&iOTFMH#1Kk~@PmgKS^+^?s7UcX~7;rE>+q1<?
z{fW+{{gcn~bW!=+R?1*rVOT3j7#UDVfw_1`ubA0aWu@E0IdcWhgEZU);5(!Mgit=U
zJ)DbDZ1VJgBz~>gVOSfp8G1fM4_X|rVe<}&*rT;6rZ~~3<V)%`e%X^H6ZiS*<MC#{
z>y!v516!5_d>rfvQZEonjN|3c=G#u=&)2*liVz+YA*f0_nbIJ!6A%(^!Uk_aXSf~J
zbn+Gg;Ko>G;0+}gml}EZ+}Kq(lQc2qf9(2AzDK()8h|zgJk{@ASHMJ5z+YuS%YwYe
z4^690cn>>B6@3Moj}_-H)5bST&?dC~EHPO8QE&@BGX04!E-w^4<jm}>O~e6377rP&
z%%B5zz9*p*IFR1&If^warJd0%2A2RTa|ZKnVI^=ou*NheLCcJAJ{wc5F??>75~NXd
zCQI6ZOxm@~MqMNbxfRK%-qQRE10WUc<Hu2#Z_s><js1pXsZd(r{n8M249*b?&_CP`
zOCro9vkm*d4E9z=5LkYlQVeDD)Fc6GtN-a8LpZ|7KE%h9LHHhwO`d&55+0;wgfYH)
zi{k~npdJV^cB^0GR7-<@SR~j92Tt$2ZwEq1D)!lt799a=P_M?pgNF~dfBHxL=LLAi
ziZ*B>#0ezPp|_G~T=L<mCqiuj&mgq^s{u|0Re@%e5u`bz`oD?x1IeckH`x$T6<G%3
zc$;@Oi=foJ1D%E0c2?Y|CtgBQ68oCK3G=Y77auf~Os&4xvOolS3Ht~C8wC0VP*2g1
z%vBT;%Dv==8cQtVLPJB-JqIlUMDAry?vw~p2&RbzB5}7i9s~Vx5bkYmIW4U&O{<3X
zr*}NsAe=yFii%NP9jnTMiZ$-KT!6?izg!mjbCns$y-sWj>(;oB_EtORqI6|}^#ux4
z4;J;L>3sj(88|;qU~u<qJE?%pCvzvm_4^58x!&xZ*v<ahge$8A*Xp;k21(0aoXTD*
zH}@M1SU|T?-&}uTF$aoJ%ln6o(Mm?a<a}@$zAgfm<D954O{p~E;<d(OOH^UgnJda5
zBh@a^|J=7&;AC1o)dTZB1A~N=)C@omgtA9AiFczJ12{v_;{dy4m=709CvXpm?B(R=
zr^7c8jaxdNGX&0yJXD~u)l4`N(vSckuuxRgnt7^4i6sWlw1g@d-$Np~wW=A1FEl<?
zqtoC@b2%7DMKW9ibs{8Gp9!3@vl(^i4WvsrH|QX}1;n$}OVWx5>67cmKoj!r^gZDP
z;qH5ZW)v(lNm;i44cgcbKbWH41NbU+-qc4@0qU36IdbfKK|aTBi@;tbIQeN1%;LPE
z2hB@6;0O(wW~r_%J_vfG&>@tuw$p?tC)s?oLC_Sytrx&Z8@=4==>eX~8Dulqej+F@
z003hjTlE}l&dAKBL;rBJ4B2)DR7`_!;q*T%WkA-DqzCFx7+&iF3<DxF29AsX){_9<
zw`Mj}D)dB^4A*zjiI0X98Y}=0VTD83s;;iCkL)s5R$k6@C1yu2va+$U1!8!~oZT3u
z=f(H$t9393F0t3=@{MS2hx@=r8r8!&6$Z-il{3f2+3E3imcVJwsB_@0$3X~b3caN*
zl%ByFJ7b8k+llU563AJ&fB*i*@u~gdz}wB4j%^6FSgMd%*pIk~oVJ=3+nQ|Mrbbg^
zeN8y8(mWNVSqob?p7DN~{Tdbni6o5n+2>V9J7_|-p}r2389$@ok9yDvXp{vY798si
z$azlynwdZ&4tir(0#6id%~ls%ubhrf5I`%?5_<WM8R=8imH+DNoaKM4M#^M!<LpmX
zB8M=3Qo*Sb<|O05sV=6q&Dl#D;#uLonZmzj&n;sw(OKGMGgcWEq<VFh602fL?l>T?
zHp!%8BDcQ?=;oN}Sm=US<2v+N%F5(#ebQt8D#3TXK)Ox8BweB?!74&ws7o2RW~idG
zkYeWmSZC7^sE8KDcIcN-VQ!0*%W2$Fc4E_eR(`JmU1#@+`IuuM!=eAwme~{EEoI4=
zgpUoNHu?81JfRn*!q4fy>!E9LLAtzHjWII(wq_OWCJsZ0IF<fA2j$ht*u=af#oY=c
ztDuw7m|Bjk<I!*5x05qBAzK_jihA@&G+;2vKlj_<uOpdbXQUYfDI;?fS4w$@)4V;y
z?3O{vPtWcskBgEBWYWlC;-G)&=G3gIx!FFx$mr(4I$VE{5(4M!q~cQRA=gjr)XG4G
zP3`NQQ_U*e;+JVCYbnTN9Z$*=FF&cX?ckXVjjeEcdyt%y6KM$PKtEp5!FgQdE;Y%O
z)bN&>O{#(;GurvKzT7G6pCViR!U>&otcK>@S~zl}Pla)sYG3-{glW71Q;bC3H;ujl
z7ixPK5cojO9$S?iwdh~9uF(?Hdw0+yF0+dDRydQapdO9^NUd{Aw)SJWKbr1?1_RO<
z7!T%bWB7ku57;RTKTF*{bcbwmBTF+Xj#H(U$u)|C<jOScb23^60pRD%#L*FL0oC=y
zKj!6JA>=na7;PLfmZGWF<V?<e#i?FTu0P)W&ZFip8IVZqzrWIbNjdn_ug{%uH{BH`
z?6K_E@`9o)RRQKJoHJw~mvy_gP`UG2eCLr%#cteQaKA+%chviUfDd<`S<K`MAcm5v
zF^kVa!yZ;1GrO*$hls6!u!QWl&5v1MT1j8)7uJ3IU(2Uc?BuCNi)pdjNiDF^Z9Xv&
zy}v0`p8GNF;=_i3kJYYuZ<k^ndF`1lG~6qyx^v^LQ`4lC;|nvlM$e#Mmfsl${9k(x
zIsS3SCDq=~HC(Rzu5=#Thb^c7N87hme&(BlzMuAkl_gd){O`Nb-@kuuTQC!)XVDcM
z(heRCq7IT6;{J0O<}4dr$FCa^yEbym-{QLk7s<@r{&AS&B*ofE)IomR(W*JqdfsID
zGwEq9SumNzc2)%1O>6z=m5lE^Ub^+yE#Q;XdYA3{n5IwK=+DV)Znqn+_lUMCmh37m
zC%!@Yy`bl_f|2vYqIXpD<}v<nT%~57KDkOv{2CK0!(om_%xPll<QeDUW7)}VyZOOi
zJ;N&VuPPS>=WT_AUVVL%O1OKv8mvnxUHaGd)uihgl_;!{P0Ht5E+G=-tc4duP>yc9
zJER)-u^Dr)M-3JlXdk`pIwisKn^M5nb2%p0J$k*NDHxXs{nJ;nuoE)Cg|8`2A`i9i
zQ^;lwavm-1gB$4SJ#I4nX{|^+KltY+tMJ#^0Z$il16t8!eKE4AdFEO^wXbf5$XEUH
z)IP3@P{L=kz-bBjfcR)G2&FmTR?YeOcILi?_FGWFIz}Xy2DRtfFeKc*EXsU4dTxQy
zXYu3q=m%#2vfSyO`X9-(AKn(psKndDRLBC3Jym<jFTAO(%SCsUH?%vO?G}5A$K<DD
zht+kJ|BOSU#mZVG2kv$(agLY7cWdSD7rqDAn`p%K9t-7Q#->}E^!XDl)<f1C{{A*M
za$*B0Sg_MF0SVK~yk=r!p|_caY$rn{@7wxZ0bA)RZh9~n56x=o?SHyG7^ls2>*HG7
zao{F3(f{?JApei?(s`sIwP@&f?5LogoO63F%z+-rMr#H1Srh$T>uC{xmk_H7<7Ea4
z^Og070lf=Za};D{^w>U|wTzN)<PAIx*Hxs;e}jUp0d0Oq;NxFkA|Gf*b6Ai9p-l@|
zxTBQOvTl_F{8>azPE~l<Hh|<VHtHq?zV9ZBej9(-$dAteJ8!a^;DP>Kp_3LyJyzMR
z_>2#{lNo?m0jcsx&;yHF4?UC?be#eWP7$)Nd5wF>5N;eyKqRa$uz>VFX;;A<%zCx}
zbz}BmCirm&zM|?0IbPk>e}Xsd!<Jlls-RB-;d4(q#;mc+4mCUFG%rU8(^>UtweuqU
zp~-+6f3X<~bLV)C-AK9V4X8$l1P&6q7n<JOw+Qfbb<RygduhBlkb!_PfEvIkVKu|+
zUG^uO&<+5Cs~78`Aw(*WU{kOhD8vT`B99+5+GxdKO#;H@XN?^#NViNNzk}e9wD#c&
z`8o}wD`LDS8?EK$!$I)FBfNItl0YOr&{ol)=7V<#1wIUvJDh?{OCa8jx?>+@GVwUA
zz4-L{BB=0L`hXrzc8k0a3tkE!QAX`r0&h5)1m1wNf<XvJ-xO&Eb=LT6C^giMcf&ev
zSG}S3Z+*hNvjOD|ZF6?GgUs%VBt5d1v5(9>of^OV&p}81M|3Bs!;q!egVMF)%Y3gf
znN;hQJBvER7_t`Pr|i!n+@>Gjc3UZ_2YMWk^SiZ)y0E0AURaV|!1|py59^y_j1w>G
z`B-}wHJ!x*KD*-$&6o{nnXDd1_P{O!P45mkp)2n3wXDIf=V$u@K!EmuZb(N@j}Su5
z%e$qP6WmBY1?>&08C38uU%u##SKEL+QO9MD5E0#$eiWD|)<N^z!+-n|Mee>Kg!&wO
z=NYhm2p&V3{K&rvL=p6lBz_F!07wmCV}aE%>P?gZy9g}#3|wtme*TA+7Gda%%n4qH
zhT_vmM>jvY#@7afbxwBnZ_o~nJ0l+m@{-QMcc3wRhWJl_P<Mw08+I~wdRia3N)UK~
zF1ZW^g;BHe1JIw-yRI%ExFYQ~G=~}4*(Oc+^miWkU5@<6?JECzPd712vpIF$$yVW1
z$x@)|qU!0sx!`rI4o;eOnYzz6l^h&`+V!>U`$c(AcLwt{tAd2yTteFb^%~4pe|dxI
zwc6z_zMD61LL+k3FOJWJmmEpaljmnns9)~eGOVnuf55#4XmDp~=snnZz@7L&qdXbb
zq8#K8kn^CFfyk1t+mr}KwK#A)A{Ia}ul|HH0pSAa2ES=CX*Rn7TE}n&gz<%2Q-Fp!
z;Qjj&#`i#wkUlcI0L?xJ7z^XQ&JOMW^r4Maa=}@O0X&Q_l%QUvfH?{Xpy<+D9526s
zHr;h>*UJ|LDwi#&c&JV7G~`WzQ-ikwMTr8sN`Rbc;i<*NA0a#ujxO%3Z&j<z=qfZ(
z`oI?rxoZUde+Q;y9}fj_g_ZOq$5k73TwdAtbw`!6vzJUIhJmU-W{3FyEYbp`97x0v
zda7DB7omS!0NkJIw!g-xR_xuM_7nqYwKj*F&LXTiyMUyr20tj$<DZ`_2mm{UG_@CT
zh``_=0oD+Rs+VB9fSy23P3;SC3~D9%7ePj=Vkub~tzalK?#+Zg2U%6HiUH@)1w_x{
zuLd5J$I;Fd*ie2$7#Tq@ez+r$2%@Nt`=%%W?=RoJ>5o-ffNN<J$(#_^z_tIZbzp#x
zgS_brQ3^Q_4oC`kI)LkPT=^-)Ov3IF4o44+27%yi0DJ8mkYO)2et$YSo;;ubuK0`^
z2s6$G(7}Eb>GlE!2a@m!{oCFJ1F*s%4H>*E_)kB9O~_9y4GELO?F9q%$jvye&@{c<
zSh%}xTh9MDT@NlQ5ywp*au9eI9O$pvM>cTBnCqN;G+_^b_KdpS>*ocj+dBJ;!H+lk
z_j$xOYyCdIL{Fi6QpY|wfE#$Z<0YeStIw3o2UkQQT^cUB)(n({>G$mGpy1zo^a!Ej
z`*Rd&L2Q+V<aYT2dU|>~Y6Bd|{mDWYOW$)a1fM^@D@hM>-WTL-YF06URseR#=wou1
z+3R43@HbTdo~PQ&d+j&mZKR1#&sdd@MOMktu`<UBej0uN<g$DG_>v_q+eVP}F6k}R
zKu$)CQkrxGEz7$KIy$nTzxjt|bQj`}5nj1OfB(MzaG^F(ygzoH2??PAD?#<};WbFo
za7z5z^*Iw{!Q~7DTYVC{DL&}HG(0?UPy$Ks;CVya8v;f)PzAbi2SU0|=&$uze5pt`
zGF;!~{?Dnt7dBaoj$by!A9m%3eIQZnT_$^T+Lh71DPsqv`!dWVZKaHq;^rybC8rw9
z=RhBE0s$OaIGEy*$B(n;^KD3W+ke>9FxAWre@t1E$G!nycX^!V(cAW+-J+cMTto1R
z+1lAbFv=+K7?h|fL{H`R4xYx5kk^<As6`q&=Ho9bI-J;hnCI@F?TA_oFV&iSbF!Fe
zZ_???rZrwuM7w^2@!zV7-~lrR{iA2}WZo4#$2Fa~TsXC3s~o~by$e#`Y*Oqr|J0Lk
z-|=moV!mrrA(*>9B>9?&IG4dn<FHTiwd{-R^`hA9hb6fF{x@#pVuCMxp8s}=6g|{g
z*4?}ZpPuVC>@2s%)A_els*vK3DJiQx>%vG4XZ`k6pQmCvg)k&G{K{#5+u5@f%;p_c
zeO;;`A$^Y<o!lQAvrUUqGmqa88onGmcv4|*E=+*;?<HeJ&53`rZET{#j_@zqC%ji_
zrt`tWkabwNjK~MXx1Ymow{f3Vn458D2A^x~MQj^b87|+xUVydojK}=GmDiFr-SM>C
z%J_fN5fo%9dl~6u4^DJOU6RGg|M?U^r?|KNtDIP`t$*TO6!{BT5q0X_zy3<BrzDcE
z3c@9L)pi>Ir(XZ}B~w^J^jIA)$%33sw0$wqr_=_H#q%9SslZMfC?*p<K3h67rDe`d
zi-mdPzjz74yH^?5ag%tmg+;VYCEYn*<fSNQCC~mlwnQAN5FnyNMK8iYL{ul(!vS$b
z*W+>D0n<2yQ5eayuxR3RvqG$|rVq&I{<~x{G`fpx6I^!-6VD!5xkq&TiE6s^`}1R!
z&2Iq@KDc-g;;9PnMH|x#r{F=?g#rnfS6vILClqk#;wbP?dH|3FdC_#4Ns!CNy5J{r
z4-Dqu8x3RyMNt;UUf|nTE<q0UEqLfddFy{Sf+9#(lzfp<ebe!C$#<!3R3CF|#~hao
zSB_`y$f;c0Ip!N7s0m-XyQv{L07HKf4E>NXplaaCW`*tS*rRHl)^WW%W<D)!!^8%V
z<KQa;2LR}m5cLX*ioj2Spfh7z1GF15+7Y6OxA%WGB;(V8<r5pj6R)pp=c0r|PIq^D
z+7M6+fb45m44cbhMwCfkG8$3<xK_&tO~56J0+y2-s;QPuJ0S`&f&-F-8jJV<Zgblw
zgFBoT5CVeQK&0~q9hnWZbd+#PUy4PwwGzdDqY>BNRk$&ToDcI*MjG@k=OU#9VZoSR
ze8FSvoCf4H1!!XWn%4mafWUa`mdjAMI4njlG(%nyfA-Ayck`?I?H(TFGk`wd1`ZDB
zlOABF+P_6GAViG!iZ|Br+y5VX<WUhjlgqZB&+8I~?&)zkno}7kI1nKQM-(EOLFuPt
zW4qxEV(ahy<3oUPU|j|`D0tihq2DMg+XVR)V*`APG`A-~x=u06wI;atzq=8f{wyX+
zN1kyXFNnI~A+AX71k6;RMY9@WLuO9}nh$|V0Jv>Hw?a54;PJZS9%n&zJaFfSeOjDs
z5`d3}5JiYK6jSwYbd>AfiUhFu0DCc#b(=g<)e~z^1{|mUw4_iu#{L7KJmrxQtUXI7
ztN%-T-0e3Z0HcIt08A8&_#aS<SiJ4D-8fP`6fxkad_9#AG&e-(LL;*NdoT`9@qQxl
zi+vC9OVD8dXdK;_TDlo1W>cdjaO^qt#jxYqatw1hgH!$XgB<k{w+0oXe<xe6e@-4G
zrERz~P$DtlmJ#Y91ot4LrrlXuY%xYhitF1tyS?GsaN*6TbOUZDKZ`NWgr0O(a6wjD
zKrG5h`fuG`A!d~V;wJl#k4mKBb@0V0<mG|~BwRs4KwrRVNJfBd)3+qkSjB^1Z^<QD
zAXbw8A2&WQ5KBw~jll3qYDK<@RuD1R)F#HX5q(16<rX#9Y^Z$BzkBF@y!!!M3Jr<G
zYz$LT_nN}t<w}UD#-^0<JuoA!Q{oCt_-t!5I{S8B-|>?cZEK+N4<*L<sW`JUMJ;<L
z7KOtM#_vt%+zHBgO!#TDcw9``;fIeG@O^Y~Y=ns~OeH@btGxcj7x%U#R8`BWI6dZQ
zd+oo)3X#dgg2^p{&dH+6+l+DlS~g!uUo@j64dgNR1hRA7w(|kz$qMj8f2U?PKw1t)
z+^HbbP(?g|J|0WB`wMFV1r}zY$lbGldn-L4TLrb``{rf2?{$Lnss)ft*jk{-y&)gx
z1XI-;@7p2oeBSxCybFU)hv1Ovb~tiR<%+ZzgDeG=eP&ZmMa4*1(k!f4oGO%{<JXim
z+@KlzV(sSVTk1`od;nkJ9JYs3{=I-zWa6tuNc5?kDaigfM2vdi&m^<!VuAJnk`h?f
z(=#)-z`VAxS~Y14S`UUBK`>~sq%tXhFm;Ne{@PTfSW^Zd#0?xHOqKzm+oYE>zDM#F
zFL|)b?Le{1m)^j9fZ3c_nmlYTc`)tb0noP_&b*L)e8F`UyN6h+Ud!<ysoMIB$yntB
z#C!nom(7#hb>E=H=km_tpf7Y-q~6w?z_vS}oT0-)9Iz07i1ZCf;#yMgQ+fH2nt8BG
z>H$>^HK8x<={2yt$pS8c4u^t|FTrJd9tzG)NMj-5yiARQi?eWB;EL&M^6~=ebfg5!
zw-uC9SY>BuX&@!fAsqO>y4L5#@i|*i4a34i!Cw@x7=awm720VSK!X)r7lgr>_W;O}
z+TRnG0rCUY8@eaR&>$kqf_n%O&|Lsj-k=r9$;*FIH%@2|rItd}3@+$;TxLU_R)cr0
z`w^;Y!ts_tM^Faf#49As-Y`1n4Nf8I7zqzp|E?r~JAQGZrlJO*Mu4H{LNjL`1|k4J
zM^|gV*aCj=PG~E|p~HyMais@@{&~upL==9bI*f5{_(kgU0t&h3RRX*+!jR~DT5}Ke
z8D5U$5PBNEz!U+$x-hilpdUbI`w@JO!2m9AmStm-J9~qGL)bL=%*Ljq=C6DUd;ss(
z7s~mc;8qobL7HejHx6PQ=eu{jPFTRa$gk^pm{DWY?2QIx<^1_{oBwA_DjuG(l}ak^
zbYo*<MUZ1rH)eF$z`=r8!U`MqG$;}`oo2s;T)E914xbNmZN~2E-fu#cq!C&ym7q<D
zSAFVNq^P}cE8l)j`o`?haew7%dhw!8QI&?$lV%a}?~_%LhC>IpV-7s>o22qQiPstI
zj~iR^ahg03mVN4DvKPf#{kH6Ag?R^X2yHeUw>!4xI>B~?3GJ93xN;>t3E{%2ksCmP
z^9O~L9#BuWzy)px?K&%%#}Q{P3Vb=21mX2Hpa;cp+T4Q)A|N=W(<!*htfp-|WD%vl
z50M<)*7=}o76c3piUL344~L)tIePU`E%e7NMS&{(o{ZSVdG~~KJNyfpZM{1e^`5%;
z3<h<!S#T9Q8B1Y?Zrxpd5MLd{o-HGPqX_5H8>18ndXQ&0u-~*!QNWbP+q-_pXE0(k
zlNRO7%c4|=>sA<Iz3`MjRT%rVwKyCzI0`6hxOzm7#@K-0>?RzB(c}RB?@+=FCydMp
zmOgQTh=Gcaf`gA(0VvKeqW-WKQmUZQe7f7_MZmzo(9Nf@n7zbI?l1DCw|4=?5${3&
z8q9y>2YG`T<RqvL-E2s3<(X{fK71Utu{W$4vn_*GreZZW*~ziJZU}RgdAyZTzON1}
zFR#e+!(fdIKnN&A$P^;r9dyLMZi84uK>AM;q`J=tm6ROs{MRqoA<%1c4*4BxwA3Oa
z(%lgut~t@?9UvsAuQ7V$+*>Is`e3xFv|s~2h+V^l6VB4>yYdjyuXXOeIbiw%M);?Q
zSBeV%IT&UH9VY!@euDX5PgI&8sw<u=3<O#fa*BZKsRkbvz@k@&*EN6#0qVhM7crK&
zLtRH9-B-9W%r`;1@#-Kres38CJuT8?gP@f0nd7Z+O8O8_VCxiK7z)<ohDlBR^LJ4{
z0ta&9mQs@0zih~M^ivIX7~ILH>?9^WFUJC<7iOYo=jV}`5=1itF)Rjf1^B~ZhuJ`<
zoT02jI=RPIxPpd;)G&*K11<KaMf)xAh$n}q!fDJ`D|szWB^<@14N1`*<bGiCZg_e?
z76nx~9^6p)(B#q4{l&3x1Hr&)LJ2`w$fKpadPqH5&Qotcf0rWi3DTM+Rzz}vp<#x4
zg`|v(Apo%tBrGkQ;ZNKN83?dr_K_R~u&Riq72O#!ms*|U1FzF%U9@W07D)HVjEJDt
zfi8><J)W=+<GREQ;~0SK+JFu*4w6aYPe9@Z<{VM5xS!xkz<rH@g51RegoW{ZSB&7v
z(?j3}W+9cKa>uBb?=%62J9<|D8154yPMV?C&5i?!O-|E~Yt)r)PpcPM=+m7;8=mY4
z_aG(#AS#d%S8&*;=I37lI1TE5HH-juPj`U=Y_bNZ4>V_FB8j5$%OF@LfPZiX&l^Gp
zL6zYKS3M;%!UYasI1Y|$<6nUd{R{LU4#;4@1BrqYm=&srqUsI<0-xQ@|1n|h7w;rk
z|3TUwpEqKu8xzIPpTJ<9OHo1%_}JX-7-8)u{N?CGK!T2jv;muw26JWcFfaj|zXhfP
zWPG{8oER_o1$f^jLDl4%`M_2U+Pm|g6yHB%RSzZUq2;itn*e)9g5Sfgvj4mQ5Suom
zrdj=s9&Rc{Ix--!2AZk>E=4dqM3VuOMC4<jdPYD}M+gY8w|;|6xCo?B#U7f`K1iA{
zjuvT;q}yRZFBy-LnrPEbuj#?SI?gHw5Ax``$Yov4_H$bt^(IP7a?L?o2^hUV=31)3
zz=O09c;|)j;NiJ^w%LqvEqc8bz-}KH3jrx0s|kaKEabty<KtRqN5f65&;-D;AHY3V
zgZ&z20<IyH!-EHb;0Ht7oLGP<=x_zZ69dc`oU>akQ`I@q919cmF54+f98=7cG-?3Z
z*zF6iRgHDSESa~VI#8y-Q9%2~3-%0f0=BL1+d&;i))n0*OSo!GrZ<sq5hmU$O5c2<
zfc|Oz7fckX)`^Yb9J}+wj}~ZD=)*#}6>NjY<R*_}zKa(q*LLuwTE|2hsG`VJep<F?
zD#1&G^?JiRS*G}?%0h5GY<bE~ozt7=sPcDpK7r)x>!pe_jkX%<{omRiPr4g)>GHtb
z9&n~$$DBcktFN?4=@6HG3ud)&^j;xW-A++(FBR2qVV{GsItHW$#3cp&Nfsa$B;ew0
zztNv8>z=0qD1b--&K2S0VKq-q+_7<Rfa{vcFYB4^xZ~BfygLBqdA;Bwai|eNYo%lE
zFDU=P#`u(J0KOSJTNdqOvuPyh0il$rbsfn5x$+186j6hy5=()h<xS^eMjW^#W|9lc
z9ri>HRbvUW6rg07etUgzKelrYKqelv?e>hYpo~O-clE~{3wn!8F{xNc--{SQp&kBQ
z!&AQ2BrwsHx?VZuz~$ejf1#B_b(iy%6gPW|3by9+mW`$M2vF<oz<i3nIWGRNeghpb
zdc$d;23suz2}R-yl|itCfI<H$luyL90(cW_68+US1_-R9!21o(Zj9eBw!?-D-EARK
z3be-1Jc_BP5P^>o2y*WEDq&2r{>iDw<JK7bNzcgog3-w&#gMunsQ+gSqk)M<AtLC3
z?x4qUZD!^&`;o)6s@`<TDLv2TP32DL0RE)c{!A~nAawduNvPYE&{L{PYuEk$PHe(p
zIKjE67wwsXekH4<xP?+T8hZ4Exj1fCoOAusaqdFsQps4!?dj{dlp*2@c)_DYFLU?8
z)>?CGp0<teR&@j={a|};qPph1ps7$+y6;-RICL4x_0P#Wqp^i!cT&8(3P+NbJ=eDP
zmER#i;nkom-bBLcxQfl&3)6K#EUDo>eKdzLU3aC@A}t&kz1U$;1XnKbB*<zpMfnS6
zI0cw%bXGDl(7Pme%&@HQt~tR&Grnq@OIl_pVY(5$!{2^`^_1y<?1*R^;Rg&|5{VBx
zQQ3G@G-&y*mR2|%%7kxY34CLNh6sL~2ok^ZndHE~hzyz|zy1&F0|$}gzvl!%_9*`E
z;RpcheXk;o6!HU{E#e<|=CY>{VkqSHztk1wg^NB09D8dUwJe&aUVCdivH?e)CkN(6
zmAVTiPWKz$i1(o`iHZna6)wiV6|0u|XV@<Qn^a2wGLaHN@hj?k_t9TtM~cgR)c=^I
za3MU%x<kIuGHK-SwB+#}$8}sG%0E-bht6b9bvza$Bfajww&|^eS#TJhr=eXQqcNiX
zsT=xuta6B;PGI)YT~A4TZ>+mMc*5Ur*f6~6=wq?J8aNwXhZbD&Fs~+aip5@<fzJ=%
z1F$|3POa=R!YLoIIpUjJ!L>F!jW;d#kx5M$`T1S%tJS%7FUC17s1tC?)Hb!bW_-yz
zx(8MJYi+y(>x6k7Es4k9y|Z|eNv+8NLIu<m6r4-IF3@0tsqLSK6VL#-f`o|pU0~ET
zHgoE4_i7R=b}yuvT?USBrYZW@co6dq#yH4>pN3utcysRo#lII|@g}To+`{A}!wKgk
zakgQWtm*yoGfUCuh1bez-6FLot}~DZhK7WED%7q+JnjG`Qj(Lsfx`z#2BW`_VbJ?v
zf))iV6Mxb*NCoiJ2C(UY3IZf6j2nWvF%<L@3OsmV0*s0(6Eoe#6+y>C7SGR>hCs?O
z1Y0cZ!F9rr+4bC|$(-p;PL!&)10nL*4yj1SDWG?0Ld21&V5CI@2?SFRq$mH58AO0Y
zA!a_Ldn?rDVXEH{My6aLV|IZufb_50we~461cd;W+zJstj1ZIvvgoOagX|CH)^~>E
zZOD;43t|kK9yAkB=Mifg|M`g>$g?BWHk1f~1yUGHO`vToW+myz(ts6h0b1M_;F&{2
z5=2-8@fBgI5C<UWwilCYjV^C`P@%3P>zi#HFSJnMd5ilIZHevcFwg|Ik*9rZfI?gL
zy!F!1ZZ61IZ8J7t7ZwFj4GZWkNa0<$%>MExo;MKZ=-`L@kZDRlK!5@|%QO2|E+_g|
z3j2Q+kD}sv>&=DdBa2N2MyWqY$%8Sy5nCrr+9i6Oxj-ZUB>Wv~UYG(VN!X?VDEFYg
z0^)l)Q5yl58UbY!#1oT&^vft%Dzs#H9RwE`yo;??{5q+XrEK(KAB6GYARk8-J~~7b
zCz9$~?bKp45>L<Q>2YsZHZj;VmgJof#YeK_f}xdLyHECISl4}}hNFx1ZZJKeBq*!S
zu`>VcReN1~Sp28;>DLDmO1<85D=Z{ea@C6)pTTT79@fbpgAW}uKxW-(Xv}VMv>I!^
zL3|!0zn)J+Sv9rK#PB>950+AdFZtDy&ZCprNYf(i$t>kj1BT}_9D5geA=ZFcC|m|M
z6DF>(KZ1=t(-d|Jz7IhP!~3zBIfn2@q~Vlf9mEaEyA<01D*VgfojrQc_DURe5AF_2
z{#o_at8C8=sP`scwf9w&|HcTN5d=79_6Y#s;+V{3GFZB$UrxKM$DO+=%dF*UWMr2G
zk)OP~bUmstM`%Id`}ycqX}_e`KDmESmat!|*gs*8b+_#~C7K`dS|7aW;(w!17|Z78
zmw&gCQo5zm+)%{nPwcx7qQnBUf8W_pw>atEtAvByVhd)ATUCV_S+Yf+@?}k`t@z?Z
z?!|~|53)bfF0vSl&P0Z9jm4J^qs6I;EpBNK_p=xLn2C+|Xl^uhvlvr39%L`**^M_q
zDFxxndr2TSoT>xK2^K;5>xeFO8@r6&q<z|Pr~1Z|{Y9l_T&2wtMuyeR;1RETAr$1n
zc>(c?rgn7`=Yz-BpYrE%A7HgJ>PN~nr-c;@4L4^jui$<*iC_GbVNUh(R>P4yhm7Lf
zA*eu5UMpmx%yk`D$Z$bY?RU66$Udm^UgRFoKNK#wnvriaP4D;lb<CKKJ(9VhJv`)u
z1KU|!m^Z8t+^zn(l<|=1yTRWyd(dvT_K`c{b}KWGazIR!&rNSS7f5#rRHiD}B^{5Q
zz1oAwvr;F@H2vXf<^4@1!Btu~-L_V{q2z>ze@srYvRAaFk{+iW()8FndE?3qi?puU
zQqudaE}#tPx^G@YhVfJ6{E+!BWS|=HufoWz9njqfK!UjX7KFP2oU%30Dl^-Mz^fqy
zHIUhP&ERc>f0y*+gjVv>HS!P7N&fmI5Y-Z#$pDzIRlrV_Fya&qO98b5yctZCeFWaP
z@u)#^S<i#|P2XEQ;ge~uhy!4N+4S46P%w*Sw(9-DkcvDQ18g4;nGL@Yc$XV`cJWI|
zN+Qh9tDQo62b;Y|rUO(kj=p=R-fMvmS~zg(RYRA7aK};FjyGY(zj@9!hlxq}JGH!r
z<&Igu_jA7Bsn}oLTveKPZ=5-kg)yC8&2o4tGA0&-;xrB!G^+w7kmgz96+r+@fP^#Q
zaZJ!@#eqdJjID<g!#g+kKA{qb5QU9LW)<gP(p9oBfE0>YG+LR#B<T(|5V-3SXqQmP
z2t?-`JUl`kCiX#BL>+)(8x#o%^Er1wa)@?d)pW`M0~;jo?oPgOmHvBLnw(`X(&PIh
zevF&|7|ECKgp`E-3WWkAC1OuD)6UYrgX=r=jGa_wIe3lnmcIxPaZqO~f}u|oZ-7T5
z3?8NN^u}f81R1vn5F#y?>2YwozUi@3t=iCd)8N}VM16<GMmm<=AD+^H%;bY|zv;|-
zzYjl^CQB%pS6@Maa4zpQVLoH7-eBVFVSV0xNzTMyGJRav;PC;yz})pBPk@3EA4n+h
zuoyO*X%S>n6vm>iHUpiL|KsbIFUVBl{cLCsFcF1BSy>sBZ5<0M5KfT?Vj#k~va%>d
z1o(DQzX89~g3%M&+fsP8MdQIV4kCa<8=PMIasoPGm{hzj=<!tKl-i;i$vIbnUxSX#
z83rYx_h1BE0BPVkN$%JHG_=ezVIaa#j95qxvLg>=SyPl{Mv@;Ky;DyI<Kaane5?y!
zx}<-x07bIoVB922jPH%`8Bq4V_Viqmn^0a_QivE$BHz2(=K(%y<|}XDes6e#<pvpP
z1hWVbFItKW*7&KJ+RE}OmPN^;jY$9-zFJrn(R41~Go#7&i$0hTOECBz$8L%^ZbvFD
zZXxIeu}dJe2jK|4kr_&}LzwbG=Al9DKLC8*icBDbAs8_cRgPIAgL5`BpP|t}I@>QW
z3YngM0r*=WYG2JdG4k--k{OI<GY-PGhu&KPpuwvb%QNu&hEL$e|JvC}Nro#$p%DB}
z()*R2pFazet47d^y2DA1cN{f^J`gZ)E@O8hUmP?HCC0tv6eGF6FWgYfl%4{j9eE@K
zV$1*zi_{x@352|eM+a%@qcgu2KW~Nkyo%Av=OoBugAg<S$;nCinle0lfE7lGlL09?
z^CohTO#Hvb-UJ%!HGCU=4Ixt^ky$Cbfn+H2)I^4qB%+AO8_Mt&iclGnltQLd%9trb
zQAmoUBtwKUlPMunl5;)U`+wFs-}kNc?X~t^dzJM14bOew*K~tL2arnyG4M!%{y7d5
z12+S6B#d89+0Ky4qYmq~oCBAng7g7a-=F9B=6dDRCLKTe8XDxjnOb}C`$jK?HI<`w
z=ge+zI`#Nhf84H`**rWg%I@DZVc{dv9v(?UTU;5^77?f>&BW!`&w)5-(I|K;kt>5&
zl+3&2_sDclZUmX|fj&aAvI7qk8J*Bq5|aUrY52Z(KoYcGTAEz4TTxN<IL^>ADB^nz
z)ZV-3b(G9v_+woVZyeml7PoZuj`_t>7v!~uI~b8=?};_!=)x~kLzNMEyvBeHaZvr4
z{cwRup)romc7<%F5I_K~&Ep^xAS#Gd_x_cQ=nkS_BH01b#Xt8qn!5o0gG^cgP>-s9
zeNTnpsRy`@4rMO@*btK>x+OzFu0L<qgpocNa6z4a7)C?V&HVwc?1p#)Vhtf)4`MR{
zGyn>es##or-xUN*ddCSO*<biG=RVjFOd#zYtMAeCic{;-lRtSoecq~W`9v`49*>;V
zF_)0e`IggX`g;oFlsU5M)6U{~NO!&(d3>zn;<7sY-2mlYk}x(T(P)~VJc7#uhaxl<
z{sbl06nlYpoxHomfeHMJXqhO#r=FC)9-17#urPgr@*C+WlE@2z*Rc-SGayspj<SWP
z4%%Pz)Qy@GknEG+A-ocCVp>~wTF<nv2)x2bn)*QwfE=KLh+7AlK9H^u*b40n#RHen
zET75?Ik}_x&?~rER>5S|WO+8;>-**lvupstx-cdu;;AL+DNyT~RMGRp8UkRBr}Ok7
zHB<PP@kPEr+m-_HMo;<4OQZuHj4p`c59Usj$4+&s*#_}G3mtyUB0AN6R;_R_t*CyC
zD?lzTQ38r@51>@FEtO^3F&tJea@x54Q(MCmT731ZO@d)LS-mf0*f9e@d-!vx2@>cl
z@Gl?(gwp2G9ZEHWifV2+*Uy%37mffJJ}8R#>*&70;d7n+giw+Lp;D8DcfYSRG;)Cv
zEVVx_^<2EO8RybhL)&J1(5^KIVsOH1OmQxmwIjAYF*84s0rCwJrR#Ctm8(Xf5PwPB
z|NddXLH8d#xC<`;u@H%#|3OEQv#;riJnX!$8m2*p(~TyksowPYMW#w+7v=7}>fAH|
zWe!5U-c(oHbiTX{dhQ~S1!Kse;Notaa~&53#e?Er#4`_MJ@<5{HqQH`4gRuoVa=l3
zn}Q@A9}Onlju5k3tJ7RnX}4N!<}|umg=qiE?tK?jZf?Z=C#}dRn0@CbhkM`VY|@)o
z{P4QlWzyS)zW>msq@<>d+2+sJa*tr}>mEyS+PQi;Z=BwbeWki=Xg`CzUJv|nDO<uP
z10n?;wLL(%q9M>BKDX=7RR$TwP^75wsPV{9Nl8hegfloJ--!-N@U&KAYC%8HwudG&
z@u{cj6#f7^O6rx+u~c8dO7f(Df**SBu?4nw=xT1<yty6cSpC=7+^<A7h~x)tyt<?m
z;<33ZxXp0#*;)FP0}ImBI?9vGwaLx-`+}M1<mb=bOib=g*PWl68?QNkRLp21KPGHC
zN;J7|!f^k~(dx1_gM5pvaf4t?(!=BXVYH0(gb<FPplH{K8BEhP#xPm-!n-Y%2*ZOT
zY7ItXV5k63=?)b*t^z#9Od-cFJeb6F1jSgR{}#wETk;$dr_79uUO+7{fM)^Mm%|8M
zLz;h2+p2&bc5N^pRHl1H$nnX0&Q#OU25|TgZL?d_cit|m6N94SKAsQe_h3vZ?mF;N
zs=5makar>QLzs{rtun0&4iG{Kxqmal>3N_j2_zj(;{&ewt*1)kVW5gfmxV$GR{+$X
zVeo&rk|>!GOC$l1W&tB+N(bRKAwWp|TmahPK2uqLU!N=bD3YMi*uot~taZ2E#v8c_
zd_~lbUye=XW3T|cz5wI3CqvIBtz4-c^h?K_%q(a&d4F2T97<PdO!)It5`iQ{MuwCT
zkWGyOjOy?n0%0Ig7|~IXHot{f(6>kaIX*=X1cF^etOv;~qnMoBO=1ZHa+dm>fv6`A
z7dUoezBQTMjY)h5s{VQ@sfSSFS|G85ybTaM<iKhq;xl87?ou6=y1U#<3y{&n@s*}%
zX-O<dV9P3i<Od~@%3Py5p-)1)G?O}cwHr>wNUixyKK{#xH6A>iftbt&&!$<)q?oT2
zGBn!XR1h~ZP;||je{N*xJ9}onlZq2-ormg?^rJ;`52YoNIWnU+y?^{DPyPFthfq}Y
zL;ouclhX*=NZ9LtJwbPbdedOFwPdA*gk$9U=$BnhlCC2?vm4Bgi*-b8QRxbLa;}x>
z&eNH*SH0{NRuyuTo;7oz!-zi?k~~xtBmQ=DI{i_<q0wCjf#4nfnqt=@V}bg>kJLD<
zhQGk1&p4r8o&(2VU^&JjUNNL;ZCY85S2Ra5bx5f!@aD%h-F5t-yU>K9>~5-FEf9Kt
zNEv_9Nkt%(9;|%bhNL4|rtgJrc|ETg=RS{9Ughtbz$P7~_r*Ii{o%{h=BE5O9#u?r
zljei^rZvBOE{q%I%TX-r^UO0g0r#PexfVpUyzOLMTO(VP$-}}(%`lexq0@WjS)=CE
zMYAKni(W|y3JP*?#P<9w3dl^Y6cCW!p6<r(MXiZ0($Nc56k0?z_MH-Pe0}0VwXpto
zib4I9irR@mS!U(Pm};SS$_l!f4EyR!B>Za%A854<#GF@m{`}N<+`G9Tqe!rbOz428
zQae5`z0Of?)ScY(o9Ex6^)D1=<FC?gwq5I5l+(HLtE=jwpS4?Vzo@_LTzc2<`C-nd
zp|;Xol8h*t0F~05l%&p`n;I?~okm_AT0Onk%oZ8;2+dlD(A-UW`Si+`qVbu5xN80@
zU5t7*{l#OLhi|>|FH5Q7@HStb8*Z8A*pXC{vDAa(-KC7kz@C|VfUUTL841dR(1z|y
zJccg{oB(t|dD+w3OIHgjgn};SNERRPY%wnK1|VVuMHycJ*=0&U;vLXqZ7^EirTIS)
z(6NJ$?~5wj?2cGH*3*4ET7V+42Emq0FTjRZkU%e_?(M`;3{_<pT*KDj!7Y4ddta19
z-hkhV-xr<t%^j<?h!GCbX8tY580{0hw-W9g?`9XE{9~ZpNJEOoO2N#Zt9|!>=vsxt
z7o$?+J6TE%Z&rDfAhmAMwMgXPc->(xSd_)0T|{q4!tM4UL;@Y}(iecwK0~9A13`7B
z<KlU=M<jPc|Bh-j-sOELXZV;^5CZ%4ymQkQ3R>(sa09RM*fvZ)vrFT)AHRs#c#%pW
zq$yFGqM@e{-W<5u0TUDCj**W*L0&GTxKTtZj~D^OtwJY?X#iu05+bw6gb0gK%ErA{
zxbpu8^{RL%d6D(WjptFrseeXP6Al#XPd3yd1>!#F0CHA>;w1&CqwL~9Ln=?sp{qCv
z(<~H;UIkZ{2rqDsUDuHS0J6b~M5`b-k~9P{@($qzo5f4Q{`+x!ll+di^2h8d*WcW&
z@nuKBX0wQiLiamyr8h1)b=Rfazeu~b6IdBqEY!suA|JPnCtg|n8`M$>6$;%yQc?!3
z(?o`xIRsxHpU#>0dlcZ@xcgm5O}jzDKKNf?i!PXvpQ+9J;9OqQpM%{w(c#RmbW>I>
zhGn8*(64_0#d*SqWV>wEz;Y7qvzWE15n!F7)eHRvdZd4&cAuG?P2aKFud-X0&GFKV
zx@#l>oB&ZfZ(nmK+oZR>K-^kV?w*Q#UY^9I>-rmRBMB$+bZxX(Q-KozGN^r^3p#i(
zvZbVHXlK2A{#B>ene!#)s~Y2*E-Ui8CjI?xYn;^-cz!KQbckUU*q@L-JN+k8sdh+P
zh&_6V-r`pP*ZLP!6ThVB`0rZ)0CDTTkU5Jur{Jnf()eU7E|+qgnvWW~8qDQvZ@xU^
z@b8~<xs<KjM{yYtC}Khr#E$<t__89&?$b|O^<}LE0Fqh_4JXqb1R{^8rk*=#m>*jd
zm*jwR@9y`{1##Yr?v{I7EBrpWeNtfGZucdv{{dShxzMkczuY6i!=*gw7M1yMp2FXF
zA-Q55N`Yn57WRv1p8jk#;Ca#-+BEdK*A-?0lWZ%ql{l<?*OIfi$ZMEUx@NpaJx;Xx
z@qr`U{Yv)FYLrul3N54~LJ(A5{-bm~C+}iOz)!8MI60N9{^iYYg=bYi)~0)z+)yk^
zvSygR^Tp4G?WQhss&hU<TM<e?I90Ui1x~r{1N)H${aP~NyfzXTG3rXAmx3}46q*b>
zg$TgW?gG1|p!2NHb1<gq<D=KhqXtr-^GSdLkv@fzjC2@GZ?(wA$^YV^%IVuW!eoW;
zMj+d@cq8*7`Sva7kXDdfjn(^v{o>AAh%e(Dc=ePmtoM%JNc33Lo#!-zWq<0D*H*5y
zW0<Q5x}CK21sGG1w5k+|jSCnSgfYYYZeN%ejXeGl0~MuF;GTm3&I%G+L|s^PBdd-v
zQt&Gn7`x9r!$-VSZjDJ7o*gDJ<o<OWLuW8Ji=e61H-cENP%x|PmKQi)adj0@i8_2K
z{&$94yk!ntGt_fS+?s}M>$;>=bFJhOoZ9qE8hX0(*AAy$SsRscq;lYU12FHB-{X1(
zj-QEd8_ffL;vdLa2#<)^iP4%uu!9C=@R9)5uS1bVPl8A=I%P!0V&FxGzlNWkv|J=>
z5vPYPbQ7maX4g?jrUUe*dCp&AV2_tQ``rSjdBV>Ur2b@9aU^oKy2m^qLvw0z3HkNk
z$-72BsY$G3%eQ9vkli%{@A?n#i5@dqE+xS9<_AA5Gtoid+1XLM+3{Y)wQNf}zN3kT
zcC;M)FT)F%Z_<m@O%5D54I(-B?C25lW0BbzqjL1NQzB2kdTk_rkAGcNB&<?nVfF(E
z0xNzdqRx@M{-&m8R}&5HkzD`<Fyo?o+a(-Z*$v?25>5_8zI_{NxBO2F(BO67C;Trj
z(#6u*P!;xe(#270tCQeyN^PR2$cTV_c=xmsuilxHuI74iR$V9%_bx2_0feSRM!j!E
zHP9ayVzMn9DQG<e(uD%x#$*n$hs>DaFusr>i}Z2m{dR(zCq^-%MFh@7{2-(&#EG2)
zUlVvL5_SuWZ}`izC}?Z}2sO;y<S|s#qRrA1V1k%$024sH(q*);?aFq2rh9+63GttU
zR$Ym-XNU59HWx8%k<)6>|Iy@=Q8+V`=-c!2IrZS9L9KRB9M-6ml;N+%vB;6W12Bv3
zG!Wi2Y2(;!r;_$2s8etmQ5n9WZV(C>2O^2eKzo}5+~MG(LuKfGuT=LQgG+@tornnL
zTah7{W0HAGiZbdMqS(xzIKRiU5pdj$(DBr}o+#a(Xk&>K3L0g-5>w0XiA|<4QX{5#
z5ifBuKRlCPwQgU$>BUR$A1fIj`u%H1X1uCsy*$n(%@-G%?Hpa{Lp)Y1>D{W-Iarry
zr)^LwsKDc4;bktXT`zBPEzCnTlPT~*!lHUqX~n7S03}bv9Nf6@rc5MJ@%;bFs7Q&G
z%BH%VJQ<Vp-K(MJ=Nw~QU!VG|IroOR_PNS+LO@+#b&utl$pRQ#aY(ztnAte;_krHs
zmUF7NAJ={^O>$^1n7=8ZuP4Dxjn&M!a+@pl>R?BC#>oeLD$_;b{m!b^O|0sah>10m
zrzCd=PN<#cUank4uO<@qcH)M>ZKeKFxA{g|@j>nF_AApHgv4sxY6{rPUyPiwX)P$a
zqtfnO7}<1c|CRYGhayde{NueU%OS*UwD?-%r7=}wU^(Z`8awaO$GA{pqsnFf{YS%e
zC-8VQKhY`{L0%8+%(@QzJQ=w;=g_8+bE9p3f3~zw7rnhBYVI?ib=D!CwRLZyfs1WD
z<t!~+EB5Cn0pSc~nN*u%fedzLyvl)XcU5aS-pos(zQs-K<{wa<-q_Xl`S#x&1BP(E
zp@wHGQFk`aLjDbf<CXyH-`}n#)~Mqtc#F^jU+*$4%Q%%y6r_o-TNwf-)~D8@J@WXy
zA!Ps$cz|7@9dd=H4mkZON(ZQfU5Ofl^DN>%B8Fy*;mAO-Sq$o_-eCsy2g)kj|4eN|
zti*-Wvp3$ZpC-H>Fu7Z2glM`PE6@!}i$!aWRDN$SaEf3fXr(pYCk?7fSCekji`u+A
z(ZbPnKI<hYv%D_S{(zj0!7E5qdq5G)*Kr5m9a3)ho)!jZ2#tw;#>v*LXqR*(?uRdJ
zq-_C>BV}x2vg8Fy(o2}Xd~IuOV(c<P9v?RYVady75G}h?IJRD2Fyu9+8l3R=Kc0x^
zo5DkA&A;hrNgRkxV9o=OAwfPVPZVE%3mN;xE-C(w8y$k0)dL-?pY3df*LEO<lx)}D
zJtS-4WoNc|(|V1#$Lj?`KNaObEn+^)%X-<@7Ng5XQ+gV5K2GWn<^a4ji8!wD;P)P+
zdRM*Csj>PwUAhnttSf!K>W6{&4)1lA**-htLM(whfMR+FbhqpxvrSCWVC4Y&x^p;O
z9lkzS`uw@dF%|e!Yr)WP-3m;UUd0<UQLoZgHH}U)Tt`qKi9&64cuXr&RJ3H>AA3Yl
zf%-tY#PCUW%*8L8s`m`Z+O-z6OcQgVb7AjF0yHwnV9F=D5>yG??{y+!)$9Uj!VI%(
zp->^G$nV(+a#`^AqTO(aNqbJhg%OCSyHP_`WN-Y%<8TXM^jpF*x3M(tac$M%4xyWw
zLyN3Znu(9nmy#({pXelARgtV*i_l$(xStd_y>vINOaxI)ah=$~vTsy(WXLoH00dlN
zq^8kTg`~UL*N&XYMPMd60Rn14=S&Iz5{VWT22Fwnlh_Hc-1Jo;?utSO`A+#F-Q_xo
zynuL`o`9;fZL&}pqNAs&8a~N7w5bB6rD0;s!@@)vASJ*H$CkWc;K^eMXhLOcM@a&@
zov|^Xen}Vn6i}ztP_Wy@i6ZaRatmiAo$GSG`|5bS6VW{rtFfl6*y*>M4eCk0Kh%cg
z%TTez%zQ936KNgr^S1=N#pB~^I}0b;76apmqr^+xT^WX8B;XIJ=G&*ff2l^^IP<We
z(08PBz_1Ef&ZKf651eCu`*<~it2dPHZ(2eOvCYpt<sdb<y{BXyCYX3eu~Kc!l$~%<
zKfpYpitNxAB`TLF%T#|*P@m;c(l(qx>$V7<8!BB!e{czEYGSh`6b8mya2&w($wye9
z9QX36OLudw{W3_a`w+uRY(XTc&KEyB%-<|xO4;uUn=|1A0Uq>F_#~At7!%)Z0Hi-A
zn~vrp5SaKrM7+L<iz%IWA1z$|`76YQN`onh|7_me54kyA_|ls|t{C3@?$mDB4f_!R
zlkqobe%S#BYg&Fc0)=`3n7@)?Z@g?=FHd~DtL)>-07nuJ-_LI!i9J<QHV6;C<JafW
z$St`+kYDs22*iGitf|*{lA%|nw*r-heI@2jP3un)(DKgS-n=WsuKl}n*##?DQi!n=
zp5~*W1Gs}a1zpNg>kwbl2Q>!4jEHL$aH>f7f-&0Twg+sVvWyV7y@J&R?La-+RkH2_
z-j<?FvfhHUC@uNvZ#`IvW1L*vuRe36tY+L11sV<CwiMVvrVbJ~gPE=kp^VgMP%hyc
zGoSj`8>(>l0)DDRlPu<ar5dWYN!8(@uo39s;7BD1E*_)(Sz+*K-!xPXCOJQl4W`e&
zp;=1a(5X$?w+3pR!Cy3FWXk|s!}O1O%B&z5$ki3~FfEPMvWbLPA@#Tq)CKl}p!>z!
z#L$8Jp}Vn^^lRiG!?)b+<5S}GhkQtgONaoTVnJ&(A+tSEpHZWU78<$UBxliTq1O~`
z9Vnn+^AFMf2byT)pdjF2WU(jCbP`xaKB&z#rCkw64P}nEZY2ya(e~njqp}N291cW%
zeb*y7wbA-ww2swUY8Y>w0>}2ff8MN;@R4?9n=yUUKauLJgFImZB&I2Jj9yqE5?bcF
z_wQ?4c94D%n5_et6!iB5-u?k9C56pKRm2|R^$jx!&`e58yMlx?7sRZk(2XQHq(z1{
z_}xmi%%mvTE4~1u^6ksBZItS$&HW4Wr3=gwa~D+@<WAOX6Jfo4Ky(mPI6ylR?c?X|
z{p2#&WJuG{ae_XqT!}XQH8?xJ5B&_`y&s*Pd|{F}yfbce2JM$3!s5_4*#kI8TWgIN
z+4I<@p!vAE51qHk4}=Hn%M0{^eM$n`nx-;19dR_(GCA%%6IpzaZ2#eo=HuTa$lK4h
zDU-O?UX(oFX{c9&NVZp4+3+4u_!5a+gKg9X7GD54tAeC){aU{Xc(4nXwx&#W(*~Zp
zb8Nh!u6t_r4Ws@iZt904A$63%5EC1f+T>tQ&(vQz5c%!5r7_j{dc%29g@w$Jn`{tN
zL?rHLI9f+PzR{LHAV#VWi3HYQ{D@;3r`0v`{)2V)%~N`U4A8%<CEFfn=gcCTe#Z4c
z;nP+Vav1&!9L>PG>X3}BoZL=h-H`CXG+jnl>N;R#BBUnc*wG8~3VxcJ?|tjDtz}#7
zsG6N^;*7-fatN|dz#c}GeHK0Ba)XTLXQ!_cWFz8f0{`HBmBfLLhuk;su>*+dIQKeT
zO(X^t8Ta<|q>S;w1vW_NS+afr0gwp8+y8-qTB~%|u6%rMKHq%Jeg-m9U;;>fyScPI
ztKzGY)=uiI0+Nl$wgX~aBSB#xxyL->z<dE%Qo_)HV^A;N)94adj`bcI7SBQ&ck<eL
za5#p~YOz};u6C6DIg_~l-PEzqTX)gwUNq=h?EjD+)1+trlIclnMunyl#>O;e#V}(Y
zkBV-W-#(?vXKix$i!zgY2S3u{F*9594=PB`=)}M2tn6XoDHS45zYf$g&5!@e?k~f4
z|AQRyG_})3a&%z)bU9iaA%lW7114tpR?OFJ-n`df3kE9e{yAvLO?)}HK6J48n3U;=
zaT)RYBJC;fZe`U|)>;U+i4g#lABjS^jV%QT;;{c4?q+oS;AQVGtI<h&9W~^<4sPZ7
zk<saz-p!Y0diO|`B5P|eh9a`JiBQHUF}dc_`S*!bi;#Pi#w9%A^^<+j*qv_Jw>t;t
zvY1)ql8airLMXif#2{Ifc@Xcbrt5H!aU{a>l1v&LTMzb{;nBehVba?~v<kqYa73O}
z9D0;nC%avxk|-X?HUYe`L`)CKv6w(8iI%{6ibnNIDeL!nACa&6S)1vy&XUdTMEgHC
zlg!kwRZZ5*)NjA}sAsxd>2jQJ2Tsv0M0hcTTV}<l4((O!WF+{#i1*KZ?v|!>C3xBd
zLW$*oQYEqygPnf$v)(ZeGzoyTCck)-Fp36DAUSCKNGwDC9XUBWRS{F#H2@f=Nd!X5
ziyaMnxqW}LelCbV^JD~!Ll1e4aDZ8O_C`2VEAiDLKZ7JqD@<Iirzfd}=_Ma2B+n7c
z6H?5X7WaP@IMu_jMU)K=i2L8u(1^PQ-!1^d{oM*;N;Zwig`^|F2BgJ@s``qTH*N^A
ztZI6lIaa+WmxI&?UCkB<d@zOk*<LOiIg_rk4RlIbYFzTyhnH<%HguK;@~|_lQuWCG
zbtHM+5~2n$D{^0tZ?(ON20D#wYrwJ)3nUb3K33?#bJ7Q^7(=)g!wVdDyYO-Tl9-$b
z>*R-^<GK(J9#&_FKwjsKZ{%Xh26{_@lKDvb?-pp9Gsdeu!^oyDvcCgmTop;DZ5I~i
zLH5u`Rlg>IBdEM_XX<wb6+LR@we9?+_U`bLkSCF&ceMfnZP?sympX52tq$jTr#N!P
z@JX`KKM(9e(E%u7cwZ9UtwtiLF%fg#tvIap*kl}pj8Sfl8nyrtIgO^QXbtR!_nqYp
zqh&7>2_$YA<p-KzJ{`mF9Tu_TpPlLk?wsHcV6{M5iQHPEM}Pen{yn<9{}`J2hFjq{
z;z-yA1Q#xdn4n83sX^2|jRu_wA;Tc>Cqe@R`{@x8K63E~-8iaN<ze;1JNU46qfRNI
zGn+-5X>zZ(%{mVK^HJ|f-qP9krxXDkD<bIbBuCowfuvYsH+YKtI0}ga^uV-FSa&3C
zi-N}9U%y{@R4U)q6~FZuZ3jWeNjf8JF(BL*GwiEb#Rr-DRp4Vfuv1bXv<`W>Buk&R
z=GFSvuCb?kF2%&gE?O_~@{^rdU?3mDnoATH<RRT~A{wv-qAC`3`QVv<_iZb+2Evj5
zHjC_1!Z}0~WfRZZ=kaaF!oV>+{L;XWba4h|&I1{52{TL9nn2TjAKw<zv_qjgU7YU_
z4Wr;?ZE^pyyVQ|G#a{UW&-hp`XFDBcx)-9X6jks?SYV9cA4O-`D&p#+uNla$e>3Ge
zzdqwcWR#GoLpm+(FhYi{Avhsxib&if&@K8}NDA<P<2~WMt||(-uv^6{dlFV8=9!oU
z%!gne$n_)_AxS^_CDJjVr+I+Z9ndRIyF~gpWb6>c4V?_J$PjN4hP?9_wg%_606S|u
zE)>3PZIAMi3l0V6y-EcPAD05WUX*U8rKQzzpQNMyn8L(j!k2bh@zHlpD0?5!vRsb@
zdIvufQ*xG&lQX92Vb)&+#SeJzsIIO?k|I&`FzM)Ve_K>I!D5^jeG<NxM%4v{cERBx
zKJ$J1{MtuNEhUg>G1#9mRP<An_r8crNjDHms{Sq+{zr`(U)HA+mcrWlo`BAf#2g%K
zYgUH9JkXs-vpPB(p(BBW5%F!?Oe0L-kc7t}GMk2m1bn=S56+_y5CEwwLvgrcBs{rF
z$!ONZm^zecyzWB#cvo$@rPE_wMTR1tt<`<{)?-6Fg=fak>(`?vr>9%6W)rYENFR1j
z&a-Nzy4jQ1PoZ*!Hkyb3jJHJHjx;!~SfO@Nc`P>3Et`8Q7`fC06rpO82U_}Pax+eA
zk|{F_F>#|(6Pjq=6N+e^NsccO=wQXk7NR@@O9TiRsqA{7T=uF>u7IkUM3N^$Rz<`>
zi;+q2w)T;&g@}qIGXyb+A^4^?d9NrAO9VAhe-F&|Cww4k9;7%DtZxQek~VhV^|Ah6
z@umE%qsx=WM=gTl-<8$e%BvBRPxugc+-$>()3Ohd%mr>4(3-=lI&sg=GksZsJ^Bi%
zLn@zr;>%7LPW^-qjpl;fLn0J|2FLCaH00n!Vb<QWBC_b3+zYAv(kDC?ij}v$?iqfG
zVieVG5H+0bWrWB*E%=}P6DNQKaR*--JTvfU=$4XUlTov&k7BPW)w7F{rRI@J&4E(D
zH^T!+;XzZyM1A`MH_zHEGR<9i+gTqS+_}N`;RvzOxvVF2okx^oxb0Snli+>2E%ki?
zB^io;ZnxzfH)i%>faFmtU+DYi+(5_+fCJ$g5&6r8(-)w8A-jfRlJ+6L(VCwOu?i<Y
z$za}VyyA+64eE$;%!b<Vbv?y(B(g1NAc2&UT>_ABHW#1U27DOk5s|Qv1YOiq&u0`e
zRbUt)x0{TBoMQ|36&oHb=`sC>R%E{Wy^5Tn%zX#*mI=et9aq=rjy#FOFa=)3LC&f{
z^%^qoT3x21l`Rt{ew7VtO!89=O=i6-*Psni5$cVSy8$t-!^QHGB9&#gjv7Y0WzV%I
z%oj_#%*@vv)_iv<6q4>dTegr-qif5DUhZi=u+yMs;NY9<nFhfzOD!4;HN}b_O66CU
zgUNG%NdPbsrsBqy{yZ7wA*I}7%4Oqd*BghU3?FyJv<BFQg*2G;#6?D;wNyA#J<xJn
z`Qz1k%dx=ofv@gKN{MxyYc!e7oL%y@edl+p4Wl(X=QPg_aOO$bt7y0{%pEpm*|#8k
zZG6beeD|{Bv-zbXx;yoR*!$%RADg;m4mUopIc^aUaKlyoVL={JZWkqXQAp8Ba}I-G
zHE-}^2cxJVrHfHCz}hNi9i9Ut<MF@LbmZ}eG`Fj}5;vGex!IJ-u;ZDFVSFiXz-y~m
zxHB&E`gnXw`@ejaqBg&|Y}H+}`J35J@>9n(&o;5B3xSHy|E^eA=-9drS-kmeO7-2z
z1zmK53eDTpoCmkYIR~Ulc^WoV#z<{9-1atR8$+C6tb+acipiV*a*n&X5{u47OfzRj
z39y_{FxQ!SVqqC(oRC%ce)Qb)(s|)`B|GL<i$5Uz&HqnH{=aA3WLYd1zmmnK^}3Fo
zq}J~8imGU1wVAnoHPx|=l7BVnua-;P$#xkM*hRa&JeT_^hj6hM(|SyiyW;D|%p)I$
z{~jpHOzNX0y)ZCn7}(UUUw>F`%#O-k79)39DN9$j?5N~`|JuK7UUu5WWxnwd`wAj1
zkMS!DWGAkE`PE2hdsDWP&ieu9)~#T3Artmc#Q}~U{%t9=QU{zlfr3@{YB$kf_=oyi
zY>h}5BJXSEA!7?&T=k1PSm1P1M*=t=^_ijO&0pP&@-?UWXZDMR{4)5L>t1uo#8N9^
zs+Tj#XH0nShxRv-bzD3v9lI_ntZmacE6lr`2c(}#AFO;tgi07Qh^--kAfh15SU6xP
zUp=}xP&bHK4wipL-$J*3dTh!7vwtF{0uu{dlN<ro1hRd7Y=aEJPrw7<CjnYO-Qq%z
zB-Ja&&0xC0pae)P|2`nmr8@?d{^#Q8NKhF3KPqmUbb4Q*rlnt9G5TrN_=DZ^&aYbU
z_E4%^R-dT)ZiI=0f?a=d@JQReyIpo`z44)v^GaytkH5JtPJtu_ED1(8vi=nm7llNu
zyFl5PqWKWBE|kdWpROY%0iHiB<ppR))Q)hilVCKH4u+KB{+cs*s9TutK28bL7N_@n
zAwFNaBJf(?Uo(@C`0(I0lYR9`vea=)2gZ%o#;Xjj75<ZYrNLYhQuL}%p#(4?jSDVb
zJ(djO&XB+qz&|#)7NGmk17nU9rr@ozLc2>WGK+o|{1(YMAVVRUYrYpxA3<FqOF*#n
zjYJ!g$&-*RByr73<_)A`2-@CCb{)dqC<&PbiR*@(lR^yV=tM1e9|8B|4t^!Ru&^R9
z;J^2W-;#kN<JZ~oEe&cv+EU-}fh#R=I!r-R4FMvA<m%{aiBYFN;X)10Dxz}0k3ur>
zi56J@wu~R(^^_5;3`1|kGdV+c{NexFut<&Aq)9dyv;t_7$jSyhNx0$&`3tM;CM$Q3
zL8nN(<`$6Tqcwm8l_ZIi5{!s9$`pq!-{gPdg5CTE7xlBWd;*v$Pi{OKKkjAOAf(>u
ze(o16ogV=7ut+>RfU6n;%<M5X>VXMs#$O0&5l&2$c;xXCg)RjhyO~oKP+!uTK^v9>
z`92Xg;^!s%4Urv>O9o3V*@&`va~RYcM81t*fQp^j3IrsDSb>02BjSrw;^G7J@j~|(
z6kMLZ;s0yUT60ORF|)EZdSOK5(`aVbtxvPBG8hG?7(YLjyhLS$0AsP|BAVUO`H@rZ
zqhI5JqM)EIk*K_k`{VWVo1a4r0G>K1P>I4AIrF3&f7;>CMnUsPwsTCkUr2zt6D;bY
zZ5iHPBp;Syl9D0oJmBK-P^}?;e6oTO!be;YJE8|AFd8M!voD%3x_Z)ujK0_{M8xks
z=Nfy}y}TcOmJRh?B)YXyNdqR4w)@EcN7}WhmuIB+iID6zlH=JbZE17rpBl-bvpm6)
zPruD1&J;Yjl6B@l$233taD#;B^Q{}mo@=<27H0W@&qElX)f0FH=zZ_5-?GDB3;ZOd
z{|G03H8a@dTs~@fP+f^gFM`%wx_9yw&sGk4=b8cYyLV2tD&8yzm20#~S2l9N>#1Ka
z0eM%7Z&ml$gWfLRp4&GXghXoG3!yJU$K=$Crzrn<k^|K<kVh4yOT+?($%t*QbWf)c
zotgI9o$lOx0s$^Tf0$o)iv4$*Ycp6B1w?1xT=jv@vgt*@C8tD(DzUW+(2`nYCOk0F
zs?WQ4XLVEe*zXT>Jpb<l$tB5>Dr_tCOWF!jj#b5L$btTU)^Gf4eY(UI7|O2AN4^rd
zzq*FyL+`>(Zf34!&K3>GTia#2hn&tc(TZ;0w#z1t{(1Zhm+jA1_U;R4<rWn<%x(RD
zu1!=9YuwO5Ek^zArITT2D3<|D5dLw7>-4ys;?(r#hj(}uPWoJq0spw(^1?f%S?^8N
z`)AkqTp1B|7#<w(7`n4|V?4Av>-+VoW)C7$$BL&sR2>q|4W2Y~Ubfq^KW5^ylBZ5w
zX?&$2XZX))+hpNDYyR=i3ojRK0U8X|kL#rG*SyZ{yR0A(inFt^+e7tQ>&TyksR4^y
zFi<TmnM&^a<MZuL{FQRQzF!)(E<vI-^6&FLr1cdt&TUvo<*is)TkiheTjbk$mkqHB
z8y{(GWx4X#0p&w|Z6aaTSXSBeI^w)Bw?u3IYU@`1qJV&1@Ah=K4E%Ju8RnE|_x($|
zy;)Nsckm7jP5J(pu@Yt1u3aszhE|V;lu=FM6JwH=hgF)?b`7`6u;<_5u?073&&e}8
ze4+3`9-nqlf}fkD3&Ie7g9dvI6`Y?UZB_p<Rir_HlW=~bGIFhJS?8l^lA#Czro2J=
z#I>aI0w)ts+m~O}|I-3^Ku$^lyWwzFW*IO{_Hrx0vt&y-kr|N15QMvg^Wz5=t21{n
zI~fZdqF#PKI}8d5!bPXTMY+l`BnS|H0Y&52?>%4oVRYh@*qCfMWM-*fzoTCM4<Z;5
zjq+&0bKx4PB$zVpI<$m+{d!}=zIo4Ef!&T9*>ZAa_vjwKWwMj^QS-i<G~wP`2X@s*
z(qykQv|$|u^)L}ZEQWMJg+LGx3aq866#9<*rXvhSWr1#)v**=e1B5mTvYxlk@Z}+x
z&G0LbOifUMemg*O83ZC9RTOIEYuLl<k0hS-?v<tbM5OfU!;91v?-4kJg{Bmwf7R0?
zErb3A+~uBV?g8a6g!4+Z7Hl!NiHL5{7%M{>&4Qn7(vw2pLLp~9;RC|YUX7RDsL&Kr
z***BZ6Qd+`L<5~o=q@bb1--7kd8%g447veg2t!C38FvsnNqh_61Fj@ooA3-Mw}vF9
z9Bd(7oxcU1QThO~ztrgq#DK8Ua|gp%zr`T;lYN|*h+@AfHfFGT#qBvk-KK7@R{a=F
z3WZGH$bPUCj+#)REiki6z(I^007#|XDuvIcOp8a<y4PIT{qAva?9%&5I~^3SH9d6e
zUZ3%!kVAWmoYUt6h+>HR1wQOEg=}@ebUzMF4L9rMW-Ou4&Z3dX4Wnvli>KG&pJVlf
zu0|FZ8MI1QKlFD4T(&1F73@uhs1g7w=UpF_)_Dx44N4=^b96)vj?jmmq*&)JpoEM)
z6&0JKNgW@PJ1u>cIBy}$LzEkccvfW`lw2$n67%{IR$t;}IB@v`5|$>tFdgC`%`d6X
z-+*lh`~l`LL-YA!B>*sMip1uxhNeu({(NDTTiCZd@en@_J`9DI=<4y*{?%~;b>!U>
z81KqVmT2~1rTH=NHKd4>WxxQ}){J~ln{mJ>aZPRN5U&N%o__d;thRqfQj*)xPjH|p
zF@^IkoK}Qa7oP?_8oo0m#_H#En6gs){oH)eU?QZG<!({?s(^d`T*<8w*8J3Xa8pP^
zWtaHi-QQ;LrPP}LQhBHH#t6LdOL9pZD>3h)cBd^dZ1|Mwu(EWt?b4n16N=CDc$By5
zMs7|naMH<I>6ssSwk8%L8bT=mBCG+t&-Mb=p4V8((hL_fYA6YYA|mop8n$-*gEg5X
zzzC~@8GVV>5l+1^*bJd}%PO7{Ad~Uar~EpR-V~Cs@OO^_o*c4Y8WJK9!s*>0aRu?v
zlBGGs>EH|A)OLRt8{QmL^{e=Psca6rb_GyB*V5wu<w&8g)HX5Uz5YD?+r%t|v?rkE
zyFhV4YKRL4_vH!swD0Ubkbogx$N0+@0!LzC&^fp@J|y4Gw54!k37QvL9IlS#yLlhH
zOo3Ofu;R=s2idzD90Lr{SP{OFg|5MBA_hVNudJ?QK1hSH0w^tQPri&|#*vz*apYx(
ze<p2WBW$VDb06hH;n9#oSQG6#ZW45mz$OPLGSkw!kPg-XT;!nlLcG(-m<sgKpv>W@
z1X@7l1=YL?Z^pjL0ael99Sw!gj=g3j9Xp|>dkXnNUQ_dv6s1%MH;sf<;)tPuXzSvd
z|M2N(&GjJ9_Tj#q3#U4QJq1tP;j`+jDE{qIcVTw!+|cdu_ECz=ex_8F_K%Prje$Ru
zL1H3ydMuSVTuhdpAP2At)>E>*4W^~SqI-3~wBhqACm<xe3qYh2aij1h_0YwUY*>J*
z1~71~-?ZsKS+-juS(rW8b{PB-Xc_ROp?D5y=S%0lj1uUXEbks{S?^Q$;1ww>9|6db
z^-#XHXEzztBjs(w3w}8}cETaSBw;eFCbEnqFX2!jdq&9m3c|u-oyH0sCgKM{bTF)V
zh0wc@rIAlz0wOZzLr<KAL8en4ndg%=%!3P0&h~%Y7ct#k+3sdvW&2o@n<a!^JeX@a
zSCCOuEu)c=)x!d5Ba72ouLhe$@9tg}F}VEP&!EOS^LOG0QrOPZJ!H;rX3b+2VvrIG
za#UcH5x3TTqpWB5Y+}yFL&Q#7bC}O|?s*Lz6nw>Q_TS@woc}(dny`$^$tq=6N7PZD
zs_o0v9)uZxDLgoYc_54!D6m2K2ZFAR;R*3y!q)Z4bSSNocz^(cFI%(wn(cT`6*&}N
zz1qRe&26Z}xAXUO!;d1Uz#=ukiEHNZJt!<(_3R6g$022=6Wfi}Ha0erm6OYT&wVcp
zBxbNuM7WS(J6wP8z4s*98HoLZh|>Td2jcK^gN%a6FX|vX_hu)w5^369%AXPd7FLx>
zmkooHrw}ktqQ8l&ZXEUt=(u+n8}k?@%Q^pJrl%M3U6;(X0A=ewJWNhbaQEnXxaYOA
z#z1Ru`_;m5KIdX?-{7Xnj?f&_iPB}3<v(u}8#Ws*iJ<<oZU;kUMa3@iXyG%FV7dTn
z(mvqHN<QbZOhok!HndcMVcH9Yo6_kH3Z~cL)+b>^ktn}yaY95fAj#2$tE4~xMfR~f
zwmrSk*Jn34IQR`XJc=}C8l31qa~#`C;!$J%hF(vZ%?`hcUSpOGphJjCrLI;|ipFER
z#dF*iQHr7O?aHb7<8Wl7Jd->iaA01s;N(e^Iv53EVl9aRi*b=KIYhlqA**-@LihY<
zot{@bV!kI31U-iLl0Rr`?E#xDTZO4;2WZ=kFz_S5n7B!y;K6JDu~-1hI8d8Wjkn`a
ztJ(EHAdMJ_(CF0rHA2E$h)hA^k;KFc_<2EjB3w~P;nfCAT!<H6x%tRDRR5ozK5zh$
z08pg-HZ(O2jer^nz<SZVyaStC5onFI(?p<dapv=Ja)k&*2{8_E2fpI3Xrc^lY!ZFq
zqN7s-ZC^9dXGB#_QHclz49XUqUB!+l(pa8;849S%hju1S@9|iXEkiJH!wQU`O|l^!
zKM+DNznvW2Z!a{|cxb$rPW`Lb^#f51SsGppcjK#T626NBRXeZczxGYOm?|Ci#kpys
zQp~IV0q_TMUvZ;IKpk`%#M=tML76S0C^`o|Hpi`k8uJ5t={(@Z!Xa6!wjRr`S0jT5
z4BbHG<m4nQ24txcE=2ZcM-uVf(qayNCq3*q!mwZ@<mL>dQC63a)*KygJ;EYhBOX|;
z1t5iNQNS5O7W3duVE6$hU(TsTUd&6<=zS$oT>^GR@F4|I5d^L%S7c!TXcB%(R#P<|
zQ-XnWjW}Q}S3mT2J!$EgbsVpn+h%h@%dKQQw6iXG`2e^e7AgBXP+Q`tBVI{_ViB`i
z_u!tCX(gz+inE{{y9tc~F6t_fGn|3j_mACKvNhIVFDD6oBJpc*n5{u-Bsv-rf4Ltf
z2`Fc}=wD!njl;E|4?3cP%TGcYaX*kP_Xf6r_r!fgj8LGDwY|O7U?o6zg6E=wJTN84
z0xiqNzUCPH)6nM{^!2?DXe!@taef%-iKZ5B0mohA=K+h`rI0#$46Hh_Y7~vl0=1Zc
zc;g2W1+Do59@whw@-7#7UckKUNNeJI8of17pu(SLDJ8M6%zm2iBwl{uw$!_2LzCfA
zQOtMiyU&b%MOFj8A6t?G_?(9fF#zSoeyK<!bQn)`$BdDxf)I9Sp9UlX4DA~f?4$##
zt&(Lgzq>oEd$fNc{INxx_jv5$t$g++voci!3?=G1k1v6anw#H9J!zxoIy+qeNeQ4~
zhK~!wt@$UD&q*GT`Pk6#AW%bILE*-oJDH=W?d|L;mI$VG@(Er|p|{#I`~goB312w+
zyNi$PSy1`@^di|+2<+mUd`wzdvH%5%n7y#4+)g4oZW0yu><)ufzWLh2AI<IyoF?)i
z7<}x}w@`@a3^4#pgYFp9G6e($(Iwg+2cs3wd5o}+NQdAW2^Lg5Eyh)RreX3EbX+%&
zsN`q`7VR>ZGq@QLz~nR6+P)~~gh2juImb3qs-cDJ3OJcM<N*Z7;_Me1K%$|l8gx4(
zG+k4k5;?T-E%gvf?DF5@Jg3C2wu;{WEc%j%rF&U4WBKyoPdu@KgDPpxD-LBGMB6Ja
zu4Vt8?XtGSx^)$khOa*z3!ZPX%e9V45?OZ}cV+s}lIR?>Uk#%x@-5T~K07M+x(>U#
z{0SGq;H_ABAaNe<ToO|TaA*v{loKEihG-2Jvbmf(oZ6l)_sz?b$Bzv!Hv^4E`z3t_
z=i8kVcVc3Y<QG~a`x7#>A(bkeSYE{_bXXkrKvJrbNiFB~AQBvr5ZHm`0JPXq$pW7s
z>LUU`ooZLdkN@-c&6bvyr{dhMXMYU`&0kI4n^1#|^{YUOC@3hvNVH1K`DvW82Ef0y
zYt~%Eb&S_?0tn~TtcMgF1WMRImjGy0t@F@BBa^!NdRi?K3x58w30Yb3X$UMaI!w^<
z!#AgbQpJ688m4kM_AXU!u~XRO!t-u#Q<by+p^Q&AInOFLP8UtOWqg>fDsVbk`1a8{
zY4$n>#GmwEx8`?gOvSoQPXa{>2ne9@d2}Rm|9x$D*B_|ZM97idI^rcXkDjWq`<jaH
zi8YV1vyH-v4^AkNu!y<&Huri1%{&*J6T9Ot>v5bUY8wZKN@JI#2M@m8iiJR}53<9?
z=o?}!)sNxs=<pcR3VD5Bl1=0Hk8*N!qq5>6Vu(a1u$Nier}QZO^<1%nGJY&8#>QhX
z@mB>DuAp7j&PuM^vJsiEADayEqMue2`VH>Q23ZHn4ll9lwE_i}^!X^INYX_w4U+GG
z1^q=tEJR>}i2|5_KZYL%oRuG1X5p&@JcA8uzzJBQ`)C3oze})9e!ir`<KiR^N?V*}
z&~oZt5WVBkwN!2Q1}>I2lWSjj?(l+rv`fe+v>3Mx1>E;Uxi^X)A&^Nv1O?)m{rkB?
zLqjoM;W5CTkB4YP5lSS38ihhxiMS0+A6?igUZ1tN_z^y60H}Kr3Y(IeDvofF4{WLF
z>Et8@{O$@FXf7a4wYGH#$B>TyPHx8Jr^Dnqg4huvH4yzDu4Da~tE()T!vI%w<AJ|&
z@=aQTD1<0TT7H8(By1{tIdVqs{LGK1OULUpRoxowKQ}k)xVg!3ag3uj5)2#4pkBNn
zO+%vi=FVL+$b6_IHaC!jM44e=V1SGfuyZ<kdWnUF(WJ+PZ!ZFCOs^uF65j-41A&QA
z+eCt<_K;1ykmJans1-vZJBs%j*hq@(IXfgZW|zA4y#tvX1?WS@rh=U)Ezuz(Tag(Z
z5{Q3n(&e81bKuNV<TLq9#J0<z=fPZpCIpc6&`HZik>%QPqMMcvB&^U55{(nk-fwA{
zF)D-I(NFJf^u5zj2;m42;Gg{Vje-DnuQd%3a=`1b!jYq)RaseC$yk*^h6C{UVkMPY
zBPSuUkl(ts4mz25wN&z@{P<xaq?wZNM#H8|G!*XHAHBwt(>Bt5WOBe1hg{`4HInz0
zT)&><m7LCelXK3YX4tSzk9e;2)1<_{U%Bnw&LvMNbJL@e0D1AOf02V6oTh9-`?~!e
z7xZdPtbX5UT&Nz9cZj4V2iT_GJCC0q$9RXkGVGj*4<9Zmmmx2q21a0_s`zC-?x6}M
z0nw|EB%{)mmJE95m3%FkpE?|V^Cm5n#U!>z-}0#B*4Wjz?JlwSuClI|MEvB_+f@@9
zO~roFruX&z`S^-k-n!a_mEIW;9TiLU4m8f(NO03Q2C8f_^#mjpmZ25~kFRF%XQV8B
zUS?&qZ7>3_kD|~gj&mkb#Wb(O$Q{tu_V-b1ysi4#<=4E=@R?`ooF?*y3Klj;kD8P?
z7cWy_TsKwN+#M0{IU1sjuA1VQxb)2RCS&RaGY?{h1z8xg%`+tRdnRYk7d<YFG5V@p
zoFQ<A@0@U&W};L^6LS}<aK-+{*27_wrcL{YJoRuc938SJ(GGbdbBtoLjBwf2&_!&8
z6dTJc+_!JpYMEl5<R8&|JS{CREdiSAt+7&>H~QU`A&zEdO6y!D=$KNOvnrdtJV?+c
zYbwzn>nQHYwZC%aQQ22AdCovbM~pl8o3{I4u})G<?(XBO_BRDm^U_5aCqD}YEPrz6
z^)Y0}4o*Du5C7D3jn(<^QD)A-HQ$wu`j1!!Qjv(%;@eFZZp|+tDfwjfmt=bHJz4SB
zcKTHB=TR{%AMamWsW{a%R>{pA?6%0&Deg9m%zsE*^T&25e#6AoWBf3w&d+Ch=jSKX
zd(I!qp}RF>ok#oL%F4aB;OjtKR(&Dorj^xanPM}h$Go%nCe?1}>u|}gIizV{L|q!)
z%pM}WiJyIUwt!Whi`1*Bl8U4~2Q|{IOw_XK1}mHyDo@3wI2}HEHs?dIURWG$5t9$u
zp~#(K<*cyj(mNKZdoqTxe($rnSYmfjo;CV^rb?JeaHA6%6c9d`9)U5%djbaIp%txz
zo+jd!Qrp-sg6_vmB~oFZZ;mS9b*@n`X)4`o=V4L3;e=1suP^WYmyrzFF>}avY;0=#
zJ9CqYEcLdXG#j>wJ=4a|okjObw_cOvs<1mGV<RxJh!kCJq&`Hej>K{*bpuW^gSO{6
z7XTU{V+I*HqGB=rfPKljgS#R3*GWj6?s>Buf$2WO*i^(w-#l_A{_{J#T%chzR|cHH
z2%R4}Gt`SS3y22T9-t@*A0++WEHV7=v%Si>VIVZgIMev%i0ZHIP3Ox_yck=!;>uqq
z$8l6f*?xC^XL)C~;f5PfHz9sq$IuWfm~UYs&W0wvcmcD%v8ib#;*aRu3v!Om51Qim
z7<@%Xl77h%4A`m@N#05nbi7_QAMWoA@j#ZzPuJM@7<k0ilXYe|N?Gx{_~@vCy88MJ
z!ArS$cxaIdF4o~?B;n{17hkZ=?9(5C`fYz?0%Lx=?=gHa62>H)@2rubvh2XFJdz3w
zG4dGVf*`cW3_N5Iugr`5UL;MC&x?@-Wr^1p&80DX&1oj-?!WpXBUhrhS3-$Q=RO~K
zGP97WwEY7y6`)8sI6L<NJXeDhuM35nSdlS+=i)2{DNJ%wh=oPTwTA^szog)0mHa~W
zWF?>a%4wI*8@VtLz|neR%chSSD?^r4=OiRnOG(<6?dN$pJ^Z=+y7+bq(u>3qSQJ)S
zj@?HD`-L6E3Oyk)C8L*v5rQm40<PA``;9IwJst70$v&zG`64tfMgkI`MOIm0uBw)P
zb`_oU&D*zwu%catoqF=5S+SP_P(7PJzh_CNGGs7_WF$6mR313$_%!X0^6-iL%iKt7
zO9w_YFm7D_LUE;^L`x`-m*#=KY*;ca)qK$S6Ll#jG(0;<zHMk|=x{AW3JAtln|yOx
zXFYzaxD*&G_LFhGfb?<FDE-&3U*C|<4fOMxkdih=L=FxPA@%e8>5Y4UMQ}-7UHY*_
z4giQ(JEoj~fB?DKEx~S@0ai=NJ82<tfNB}|-fFJQ?k)BC&(Rod3Hp+|y7AjQo-_9}
zm!5eR5AiT6F#(?N)8MT@?R||~OH;ciqUQCDK8h&h(6?g)fh^K1$mZ%DAv)+9j3E$5
zOBrBIa@0=4Y(N6mprY~Y4&6rPmfhEcNSr06d%(dkkt}A-unTTw_XQ`(v)G9-b_57I
z1NPh5p3YucWTm_IZ~S7tdx@#`vY6$=0hdn=6+de8W;`nPj_0zH<D(N+)qYIej!ZlO
z?iy1^uJNsPbZ}5|xK}xfz=w|0iZxz0KAu)=v-4i=@?GcOZ>D#B<j{PWh=a69iL~Bk
z(Y9i>i_e}kg_+#F4=4gEzsz>)n00_i(S!@Tzy8#RAsY0mWf0eWwe`|bZ14els1^lk
zFJa?~zll*gr*-7erj<}e`xGPQTU(nRiHP~;lV_0OV_IbTdi~m&r`e0#7kOZ_DF;I?
zTPfZjI-hc;Xz+QCK;+Yo?f4Gu>HS@{L*^L=<3CM5OUWxv&Rxj;lD^tU@n0Xe#g0vp
zC-U9Ys<sDBTz&U-F<$}U99IA1`2IiruPt}cA~CymolvmVF5j(bWve1j^twmCl&)F%
z-{ZM_xtQaw>{TltB?rm8yuq^an(4v76KY}2{#Vl0p&VDpBTbl%Gms&@G408|Nj2Z6
zUZN{Q9=_kxm*g;*Ahj~YC!@L7$%&6M5NFLV&-BI(H0_$dVS;$tRv-A`@=CZvCpTe5
zGOrx>$Yju`Wm}eBUSn}1TK~<}yKgT8#ku*Z^F(pm=ydmKMRzSNWHWWS7XIwk6uZmD
zDiEOc&x$LprZW5uOP1P1rH?d-(j0TL9;Vgmak=`0EB#GYjbbs0JKg<c@_F$+|DCaE
zGwq?w{~XCpXj<4;BbYF1(|CdE+kKhM=A0VFiOCY5>1XY9*)V4j{WQEI%$m4sD{)_B
zSYF`lqPYJcLTNGcOSKsOP<dw0E59KN))4EVad1J}JntW8mBj?UU$Z#1<RBU&ip-74
zArt>;i=tR~54fL9c%z_J_jK#VP`WQIazC%IA1N)~yglp9-E&^@Mn+|<LZVYYVHX=X
zPKpom;>d<-(q`k=kid3=N~Nz=<Ax$NoKu-Zv}69JDB?(jzTxh@dvpkY1!fbtOw<nN
zki^=xM6V7+;Q4clQ*7C8{f5}X$GYR9urC02o7~UjWyXO}`SqkAkHsrbt$%Bip8kIS
zh<7WPDN7Hs{V{UCwzH^O%e*Uidj?K33JeLvF^n$rGQf*tIfsZ-EE<Y?kO2=KNMPIZ
zUhrU?nxN6#xe)xo31i&S7toIAySe3ZQb}+f89~6{-KXQ!1imLFC58QNY(Z1k$zB0K
z1&2l3Q6k8ihXn7bXrC`e|F|=0Y;jrl-|G@=WW2h-blb$og6-#@k8rK=I%~VIZ`rcq
zCzoHxa%Nj!5a!aLv*akl8b(19#s={S5Z`?o)4*d0TmnBlL5l!=6C}=wtg;}Q6k`3y
z3;>`Qdq2Wror{7oYh!iJRub^<<D(9>GClS~F7X9(frY=iIyxQrp^(8uB8BMveAP>e
zij;k(auc?I@kO)~tMB`D#_=CaUF{ZmeCg%X19d@Pg=h91jH!7!S37Cu@mpM3LM4Uz
zldke2ucCSb6bRQNB9`nBoB<91V(1ddCp0zPO`|DbG9ukK0VXMs|H`5s5f*}gWWcXa
z!3ROyXn?aGW@cU^OSKW*NHmUs!YjybYaIVzK)~j#LS~ASlN998k1U@>!Z$)d+OSgq
z0Eyfb3@!3<!ir5-`O``s@8}sOJ%DyxBu}ita(y{&r#G?7w|YOmJ{b}ct-9bAA6(VD
z=W6U5Z|Nn#Ob(LHYN9iex}RHEevY1hCEKd?hAZ1txHRow>@OC(XT%cwz5<N_=4!?c
zeA43}_<%<Q0tF^JI*}DJ3m{`B{951r2ro$jh_P7o0X*RZlt#D$x|Hp}ze)NrG~UDQ
zr3pz%>#)|HXuDNCu7j-WUYuHNK(j!_or9+xckor1&(Aej&;2t8nNy*-Md%prk4~<L
ze)cNb^srgY@K}@Fe7CSf{^;qqw6%XDgB1<<yeQmT*BlBp7Tqo8c<hOQ%VidmHKO+u
z{PyGsat3zSwO4HYwU?KY_cfDt<?BsQQ+5`@*R5p0_$rC_IwNSg^K{&}_Z7LJ|HcK(
z?A+Fi{q7AN`D&Bqt4s$1mOQEym^xFgc#pN{y`9Rvpu2nA1U+BOFjFXWeY!ie4zM%f
z<b=+=DfiGObZM54vK8`+TaF$(cFaO+J8v5%3a!8x3upcS&izn<p)`T~Z=^<abgTX+
zD_r~P%p+!rx()AUGXF$>;(cSXETEC9=CF6Sqr$|eW9Kv*x(gz`n_N<wZs_*&aVi-v
zHhocd-897XEz%q{CkoXUpMW4Xt;24bt8dugKg(a<%l;x?&KcyfTIhoWt>hiu@-D~V
z+evg1JKqHfD)tJw30@z+C={_+UY2BLbZX>;aK|k@l(7|UnlX2&jf%MRx=5R*r?0am
zE;JQw?T9{Dy?V#FUPIo(L*^NLf^|=h_@vFpQ#G8F;;&jJw=@k1)ej8!+s^$yb!|i&
z1k$UVc;~+S(U!^!Zu-eyS?z)6kF<{#X++4;92c5KyUq%?4h#>um$WClIVPXew;!DN
zC4NEl$Uh4g;x;EVrA~ROdmnLfy0Gt$y1YT|dmC9g{hQm*o#9N&XjA##bUD5}+4GUM
z#fsG*b$9Nn9rC_2HFHhMdE%Uux8LHmv4690^{s)<nQay)w>Z`Hic2dUJo&Wqb-u#k
lnn{<%YxRHqAD8<J%hEk;Z~IOS(J1&wcc<ZwOl>Rw{|Dt@YhVBX

literal 0
HcmV?d00001

diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/columns/assets/column-layouts-overview-675008fe.png b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/columns/assets/column-layouts-overview-675008fe.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..0bf9fe4c791754b69a843e2e073ff5a051719162
GIT binary patch
literal 161504
zcmYg%1yoyMw=C|ZxKrFIR@|kyyB3ODaf(B5io0uZE$#%@BEhA&JHegs^1u7;y>G3o
ztd$cxIp6G=Z_l1Ys;S6+KqEnefr0rTFZWdg1_n+K1_m|{1qpgYP7H7a149WT|5ZZE
zE9VU8-9;zu|M32&q!Z-vu(BKuD}nu$?vat1*=`Uq7Ts*RO<a8Fvy3^8dP>_@8ppPv
zEMXbt+mb8mYZ^{^68xJ%x*a$>EF{xqtBg0c!@QE#N*_r1h1(R+&6-Vc!p%DTCUYs%
z7kqqia&l7X<bTqcdgQ^STVa<2PX*IU6q15Q)vGTK!`}->`4=}4!zFM#O@J*;AfRAe
zZ2Hd7mh1x5I@{LM3VwTg(j}TYe?h!G?7;7j8V7VvppH8S4m1JSkNBuZ45E`@DP0Ic
zLurqxbKKaJ-Fk7tvslNc4QN8I5zkY<kBK;O4`NASa6<3M=$BQ4e`XZ!iD(2n(a7cr
zHDSt|g(Sprq#Oyi%Ap$A_nLi+!$LFX3dNGE7^l{k<NMt0lI{yDb@nmMP~x1uZ+-Ln
zqx+i<NyN(yxy@NE()W^=hoIp;;~pv<0v7i7bQaUioA>SIo-iyC`+PUd2x+vSp8{Ao
z(ot)A*TN4Z)k%89<|s`_2*dm-Xmz{~VSmFuZ2xdU_WpJ9h>5>!DYyk`d55F{3Qk*R
z`PcHnFy{Kf-8p{ipnH)cW$^(>b79-&L%ij<iAUgt^%FAS{nHsu^h?Os#B8D(Jjzin
zP`1SkYrnu@%veHYZGO})MvYX{Y+K%kMK;EkcenCB60=`a;Y8583ll7rq<!LHdaXjV
zt+$mL9!9$9E#fTk9cPP*-x?J`A>1yb;skb*?F`9oUQU0gFo|^5My_B?0Cl_0fbP`c
zH=sWl3=$jccBvbGPi1=-FLFXNvSB;-&ll=vq{M>NPb*0Is&JgUk$O$SdPpY8U)?NM
z;X(k}&+nORap)u>Cmj&jb%+HD$%zwqj7WjPeHi;b&%vkj)RS%f&lRrWz5t*50ss)I
z``Fa9cUNNcRJRwMIx^ljUsMmeu!04<29I<8o`<tW2{mU%)w)n;8+!=_i9Bn5h6K3l
ziF)%9jClVu{b~bXhnn{tY8n;})vJH_>q)QKkn*JzVYUB`8lW3Kc7JaG)}znh9um<R
zJ&E-K{cQlUll}LeezO4W0FR61DZu-K=NK1?B*!pIWm6hI7q?z@svNOTKdm@Y@UUEL
zv%T(@W+c~L{c5~_$*kKnA8VTB=Fvp1{~zX{zzYgm`WhM3gn?u4mg9yX5tv|4OiW&;
z)Kc&>u^SDY(ft_TgzIPYfI$#vIBP2r%jgYR&ey+P0GfTLZdPgX|6a3jegrDZ&G$8f
ze64u^m_sH(e{RkhbsHv93TDy1?r(9SWk2hoU(hg7jwU|~R{zU40bLHkQ)e9v9=-oU
zKlDttQTeven|p1Qk`D8np9bI|c2nD-EJY~FiJN`6tW+tgT$QvMHpRE{GGPhj8oS!B
z?E4AdKm4b3{!>2@ggI_<Oi_%I5qO2I{t0;fLRUid#q9acv)L&Ayc&&{1z2*w3BHMo
z*-byilV_ns{0D0P!P@{9UHf%@l9E6Uygp-*UvEB(Qm9&G0j(SW&P-h;YNwWt*B6fr
zf!OhX-a&=Qai4Z&^7mRyT#roDG|f4W2EQ9@$%gJkjnIQ1*SKM;IJ!eUql!U~y+L@Y
z7THMlKbNU3{iv+;1Q{N)w2b-2FI9}N%|_qv6D#=07^i%em65P~*co#~yg_|iFT>CM
z|J6e{(avQc-%I2Mn2zCuV)G#&%|O9<LlfPQUk4RdlB5Sc4j+Y~Z%ou5z8Z_4DVnwf
zsYaWfxMHy(-PvA1a|e<|^5EGx)i-QdIRXEzXW!Z6LPk_?Q3Le0ngS?L9(wV8Pj!4x
zz1Vztc~$T}Z((xXW}=H89BAR2O78?<$<5AFUQ&UEiF#rOfy<~+SOQpLQ!m8Ex7D0B
z_v>cg9>mjoX2DK9hwnRODZ#Aci5i7XwBrgYjgM#7yRRS3v8V9&5!4>dsKikWvrquO
zMCP2sx3dGjX@_&dDKA%N=*T|7@5+K(J8s~~W)_jYjqFpx<chvQ+ZV&`=9dix(-PEW
zh4dby7uJZ>JeWpS6E$S}w>CDh@mMF-Qek<PapE7iR3FcbOCN?F1#;?Vq0GGNS%TW{
zs&{;^kIC}+J$=CSt`X7GMdf}9zh#f>C7;T)2Q@7Prvy&}tza!=1Yq)MlY;CBma8pu
zcc%eqY)oOn2~gi^eI)kq*G>=9lk5opASgV=HU4w`t5=Wb?!SD)ln@gpyBgmmij7;#
zU#Y`tqU3sHXXl+pZ^c+5#MU*3Tm~U-Busr7{>I&`_u1c54Or~SUC5GY<@-?3dA+8=
z=|FA*p;q!r{^fl05*}`;Gg5_$yjsil{^-JA92jq%t0ONgo8Qv(4QdGfETb$Ord=V}
z19<$9g)o2Of)uh*bUPp{>!J}tIvxJVgi*spg^Y#NmC{K++c$3xAog`gYbSHGrrj%N
z<elvFcc}re<J;eBH=$a<MyX4};y~Tau4X4Oo-c{g&tY^=atX((tSOkwtDp5d<s`9k
zmhjYhxK9N}$LF=CDQxSzQ+^0JvhRB*-`jw}s^(05Tr9SXI(UOcr7jdJY``x6Lz<+Q
zS_Y&=PiM$8(4RkT0IE3fvG8xN$W;gD8)g8+!M<rgjvKJv2#vf1Z#aW)6SVb(Wj|j+
zAuPrJ(BsfZwdf~cI0%YAuw;G1E?6A5{H4?HpUHn+(7%Yr0Dwf~B98sOzhvG+_IFGD
z#VS1}XQ1-U2G4{7dPc~4c-Jh(dw10AtHZbnCbI7n^kj`OL+F97fZ5qT5s+K3CAYr5
z75dMY{xImOH;JBYZYrb$%6Gq~t3qEYGQCf6cJAvmtUIRr{0GZ_sqBsJ*Nbvp(;`s2
z#-!q}@mEvgZ*A<=?kR&BBgjQ(IwTL;c=HM(b3vcPS=IqMB*+~BbeTAkx1*^kN#cr>
zdMzfY*WxIu(|;$`$5VIvAP^lNIHBqN+9uQ=C8vP8R?xOFM4{Cw%@QaM)R^+FWtcJ4
zy7&l139LvEQ>b2noe*AKD`D4cR@Dod;(oVahI1Wm2G#T4S~e1V4({GCtYUK2(A&f~
z;vBBoe&HD;Fg33i^Y-o~It2K?pimBd<JP=w(ti=M{zSrR^S?}j)&Ku-rqtR95l;1g
zsqTNM@P$Y!nCHLuBN#3e=5lraSCRiqmd!Cx7ynl`{9~y8SF*#~;_KfLs@9^N!(3S{
zC1NTCdkb=Di=&znRe!Sg=|yPaR7)F3OD|CATDZvYL?v*sijq*_FG@JNk`;u&P$6O>
z!>Pfskf{XE1smy^uoZ-gD@ICE<+6%)0J<I{VAF+)lM%R<i^$2pOTX`ietML9Pb_?p
zFnHI$C9$~DzYK`FCiFx4YjD!|_$(s&g1Y~l-!KL2m;;p?7EY+{P&mAUP10IhK|6vU
z0tSs;+fodrKSNlbUL^}cmrq5IP8pFzLq;N&g_?BGxu$iQd2(=3eoqU24gVSQvrV`J
zhp`w>&l<JA?r4LALGo`(5L$G9FcuLp4xWE6V`QqRyy+IDGi(%^<S>8gPO&tKnoeOg
zz*i+IZ$e$+Ztqt!QU$GKB}9k-Via0@_OnthYI&sJxc(69Ze$$7Skl{0#`ut-)omQc
zq3)xW_F4T;pm1FvEeF+K+iE-_2kd?v1LRPCY_sBF`JlnV(P#rZESw73;o<;z7v@0+
zSs+*N7|v!3y)08?3Y_`1*{gj@bufB#Sp!O<?+R;^*adg{Uo`{MFN(!9#Yy~RsS07N
zQ_hmXmvnOXDbo9dDniu_{KsN)?=hG`^MOh(I9z38vGn4&0uflSa)=7SmzH*?J`a~~
z3KyIQ*f<Qgz24}XPWrl3XT3sc(%x_J;CF%V)Bhd_dm4i!$CycA+mFYn025E5^n-;D
zJ#r_v2SL}}vkxxYX$kh0B9>raEuOVrOkYlJNlrI=L)(CVij6znwriM68i!i(d8i!^
z^%r8nguN*|c+J9Km}H>_VJZ9AdDvVPbcWYFI~Y?UjY!EH^wEYG$Fg0%=AT2wkuVm0
zN(lX^Dc9`3@pd5bu2qzCAotI&V8H}wjm8{dWz?U6EYJG#WM{$NLg2T>(|GuiZ!_D7
zz&B<>rLO4C%kRi=2_Cjd&Q7NHp6twr_kNI|0bd%1{q~n^Ca?DA&)q(k0g@<ZI1lg2
zIP;&E0zyD0INekiB7Y~Y4D6d0f2?|Zv|p?)T0Kv)B#w+Erl>Ica^%r@L@CK6P3Gw`
z^*hzdG~S5BY{uRlogN76;b9*|%vFi7!`sfG!JvuZvCvncd||b9cA3dX0L&4r+(0aK
z@uM%255qqV;d*Rk(H#u$v=!i~Ci&9n2UAiin+H>VcXW)ivy6$n;<U0VB_^ey8`CJp
zkV^_>jQUlGa`;N1<h>zX)mM{68%_EZwI|FF3t?hn0&9V~x{*6unIu+Fo~iNSI&KK2
zo)xj$8Q#-{z*=}LL8Gv`$e;=v1p1BcG4GVTgG1%KvvFJb7Dfm9U=V?_9pzoN*0!Et
z#Yr+J)Y(&8w>;8mXk?%7>?O~y@16z}Io{46yh~uv`(0%=hgbAL@>#-KDLjFsgm##|
zI8v$t25YaK4nrzskybxKfsPsjNIzzvID3AN;98_ZqpVq1a+$zySUlsIS1+WFCKQ1i
zH$;L?<zC;DDE-(>CD-GFrxN@VrL``*GUyOj@~kK%Sii{(QMJQj#&gIx+-0SiP!*$x
zso21grFb6=3wY=;1b?gR@;2x5wOP#V>2O_@sd>$6&yl#0_TDXZH?8d*&Xt~^<+o)Z
z*-P@nDI`LuSc`vY)4}Y=j~M<7wVFjJz!W|Y{v$J2s3{-NkKj!6F%M;xCsb(&arQdr
z?T;_o(bhv^_}=ae!CnOD=2$ApU?JF)B>ZE)?^tJ(ASz7hKX=$+r$63ALg(AXjDqN3
zmbykKz)oJ_T#w*`SgKjG3r$*gKAMPijy!~fHm)9PR3PZtS1g@c=*w8~;NqH}{R4*7
z;b0@cni84Sl&mVF48Sn)nCel1UeKpSSZq0mf9FUcC;1d9U`bOVtgA!_gV4^$MMJfo
zj6dJfrn&)jnRBF2!{~ZR6btYh-GnNnvDJPw?~vh<km&~aw61l&VlVr5n=j3wd@wWh
zE|IBBVS00@dcM}e6XLoh@HN{G_BYWx5sqGJ`1omgR{$+3piQ${D(|~=hfG?~*uQyF
z?Hzu)>aT;gl2}>^3W<jTDtcO2RL#Q#R%r?~3VEgC?GFhT4!cl{$C<;GV8hXp99|9%
zJ@wI7Q??>eA#0ya+4C6H0}LG#8aPDsq8nQP-FSNfFSKg2=l)5aW=<i!_u-lDil`$H
zY1d4;OIOLY&u+oZR{0~qK+;#=f-VW=bsQ3wL%q`baa>07GhdW5%|LjKa*=MsYVFl@
z-tiB@#aO;7I;Cqqc3bjcw=4q#-}u)FM`!WK5#*Rwn(YZ`XlVAl<2Z?JNs4mmlr@>v
z<qGJAEo|_`iIVm(zr~dd*`dIg)|cEP7i2W$z*HY+tCF#D*I*=IB524JMlql(Fy$y#
zeAVt)|C7Jzi<@_s>{}nWs_ENVR|{q$y%#pN+ls9RM(Uwx-%7WR@I;fq=qDgE&|<EB
z$rkDrK<%f_S*yZi$B=4Z9T14nh%)$W;piAHklg5TPLf1>d=AJgB~DccT_mypJ!gv@
zp6WmUQIgzrHdLi*^5}?hQiYHTQG#g8RTE{|U-&mZ&~pt8pGS;>j26MORXn(dYI;QE
z@Kvu2i#k+TwgXb~)}XL`zUmpT^C@A~_eHtkksSQ==j5&<|6M_|g>z3oYBq}!g@frx
zJn=x^iCxrM;%~#S8O45Q5SXxgdn1F1!ZSXL-0N+<FA$0V%XPez0l~f>Rgph~Wq@dz
zl#^UonG}NpgYx0?S;Bloq?$E$?pk5}pb>*Z)C4TK5|m&V)37Bt)NLL;wlX6yYSiQp
zZIc1BnycW1ozDKUKGYyJH2p_qJ^Qh1GV;({cb&q^dg6?PTyhI+-^%s$x%^S-<W5pO
z|Gq$a`^XzV*m0ZkG%5}a_PHUXKPEof8+?YhlTGmZ?2Qu|cAF2NG%7Wp0*GQJ4f2>1
zU`VXo(ok=62;eKx;`yt=p8yw>*WoJHcpqk0Ba=iMYAOdbmQ|1_!I?RBx8Wu!wv{QG
zp#-@lH7OSN9&oN371(13!85UXT*<L4194jt(BGs85=1n(kL()`J2ez$?Ix2g1&WG_
zh<23)Lk0udMVrJ%Z@NjPK&|x|9N<Y&7ZC^i=uvt&8oDGu3e5@zm0_>gOwMrH$ciPJ
ze&^8RW7{O!->c_boSetsgo=w-erQxJl<Uw;1m9&FwNc}x2_x6wrFK}o+&j$6FsO6&
zW+2>USArE2kDfs_sioxBN9Dm-!NSK0mc)&dIb%E{)T2Oom%v&*{kEx{ZwUAIqKYDi
z8-`Ba+}StXc?J&`xZ2D_$&GG@n0C$BC#JwwwKR?UwNLk@eP@OWe+^jkX!Z*86>}SF
z!5=Bet`QXN!;;h59n-;Ym&hm;k%i2>p4^9rnMCn=%|4&ogAV)@uol%7On)e0@fUy4
z1Nz|0esZCO7S{LAxhl~ft<htyg^VXP1)*5qUzs&gRjd2$zP8`+7P1%ry(vMHpH1P9
zt6#)HqDp0id);FrWE3|twIiD5XosMB1lpuxg^*Csn26lhZnk2LrQ>srV+X$7^tle7
zNmTyrk(RJ?kkBhhKp!h}^M|`O+yDr`wdWxHStD}a_H-QEOqXnN4qx7V9l9e_<lp{S
z@7c8K(9co4dJc!l1pn{cLp3>-4po9Ev6v~jsHn-><9Y=Ih_hmDztjdOY3qRxmuYa`
zY*ht0`h{3o&{gEB>qJ%~oLg%9{*CjGH-rM-mH_)xofij%(U645NT!om=2pnFPCti*
znX8$&8`l;)9pY3PZ<?!w?!3!K&9#kqp>*F(D!S;vB-eT`Cj(uzP#FA%F@mhFZi=*Y
z>%7osNo1RlKvww#NtzUD6ug_8IVF|Yn<`SLy_@`ZYO(hxP&?%L^yx(RJ@Lzw7shI<
z(_w~rT;a+Of`7-rF^1I_s?_g3OPFl_<E!3R<Hl3O*1`l>jGs9?h$#wzz4$Gh>@V;+
znxTRPUwUF6fM8(GUCQB2#=?mDpZri#j*qkNDtI3bj7+|KK+j$G59tU4*K(g?W{{-s
z*xva7Z5ZU!EW_H|ULQxqcF;{8;hX?3o#k3AlwAVfY-7h8VK=u+#<amsx&~?h+*qx8
zqm|a{%er1F)jHQX!~)W?HE)nkp+c@*Nl;Rhuu8kboQGBRH!ZayT*KlMENN^>5;9b8
z-8u*B<j$5e3p>}~u`ABX1?DNqEJN0MT@%94zXGz9tT@M!Szmsc?dU2{rRvspx_UZx
z5q}1KmQPAJG#-sGO=Ya4{3<#f=^sy;qZ!7O+v^Xys4|YmkI=hCQ$*D@qeupT^Y%-k
z$+lqkxafQLpH{kSDdxw{C7KxhZ3q@!oQHs9K}MM4-!9TPVA;9?e&>4BGr84Ax?bv6
zH?r<64e`KR{*w5hD{){1Vz@LG?tLRuU@BzXS>1#XY(5S{S&#IlkKQ2ZPyk0-NJVZo
zN6haS-TM;twB35#s%5gI0Iwf!@B5geQJm8u2-fd5eITko_dBu3pd7Hzq4g~*wslRR
zW|0y@iq~ml0$KDD_F~Ol$OLkt>-=YWH7z<*5>tS0i}04TU=tZVcA>YewPkt{eH%4=
zc@?e*<qs3XSe_Cyh!9>>4<5Z=+K(PXsv|elu306IAtq*VrD30qEnrAG$Mt%^8|1q&
zaC?hUrBl-{Ffu=n*ZAcNC4xZ}A_=RiFhLS^vXDi=uU*W|#|OaS3P?2Hu2~{YDCq)&
zy1agm+a!U-@b3YvfX*`!Y8RYwd3nN1FzfmCK0D++=eq6-Hk6()aoEcgCXH)96WQbk
z6iYZMMf;X)>#y~k1)F>4B_D3Q*WG@`3=aHk*m4Pacm3cLaI-JHdd@TufU8{L?vEJw
zAWt9y_fL284z#|x6(fZhA>4;ETTqBX9;T$E5>$zWpsj?XY0E7)OK|R}q^wh}MQYJL
zs3%|G&+pzW8a%)uv;-}Rdf-9i;^QO#f?X&Y-r~NT-(J{|S#_^o$Uvf1J>fDlW6mLP
zz-sM$HdeD?!mGLJC#^i@pnE5AbC#zgxh>;!NIz9r?|qXbL3T;X)GY*~M}zIRHix)U
z6skesQDO@OuRDcTn(eWYY&p7TMQANRhKd^LSE}J<k!Qa~1+fo;y%_Sz22e^^;e5rI
zM_q-LDJM;^$3*9StwiqJb^ms1JAkGvz}}|j*j*5XDkCSyV!h+%pi9KZfXk2^mtkVz
zr)q{Ifw74n$s8Ci?NGa$gX%O))iTmDm@3Eo%B&xEiz{ZLVczD%-EiKHCr<cUE)=Wj
zK&V>3F`Pl<Sl%LDp5WGh3Cy3eyVI?pZ5BhNtm#yUA=!k9b>`qw@7b>vu#_$zz}eBN
zmd!ejI)FAzRGem^pDqOM2vN@Fy&9_$8?gNd;P-Z1Znp0@Bs|Sslg4iTw&-%~LMDx^
z@rXy>Y?sOyWy70|@Y__)i**ae7lEGj+-e)iNTk2lP_QmMBF~3a0?X^eu4rA`d74jt
zNZBvx>#L2Jcj0l4G~)#EG)sh_QiGaV8}6u))6Q0u?bQVq^gs#tF}3B_Vg5bTG>p&f
zUufG4v!!j+2TDnpXfWbVMh%M5I1!37A0iqEI7otq<-(fb7-$tFgj@z!%T~I532J!k
zbz(IubSkuI3dM1cuxM$AcU(jIUbISvXQPDL)*j_Ds=?fhp^T}AD8J<zV%!5T56RBs
z;`4~fZPhBY)ZoaF%(-%4@sZpGzd6U1YYY&{Hm($sjxd&>3{<MJt5+pj6AR9Z#>Zj2
zqOI$@;}OIGTk3{h7;%{BW{JfLiu?7W>jg}Sa2S=zM)r6aP~fl%)59ed!tggt8*rXb
zluWvrCO%ZQl6>NJ`An|>lpEjisyI&!Tc0<GmZmKJigNg-9?ccX_=;FfhZ1beAAp4b
zM3rLNrx{{44m@lJ@CLGuzlsp3Vn+KH6QEvbn5*~ylg70_Zt2aF)F(*p+qw&%UE{NH
zB;%O5Eo4vxtWi(=`}h0)#JC{llkjOZ!}YSPSh!uYLZ=8QKHzav_&Mf_*Kru(Z+G#s
zIr<a=dz{&cot%4>35j26B=`sut%m$1GlI0I?g<K}Uxx>e7+dT)7n9_b`IM(61K|=a
zwF-Z6^X++uqv2`Tq-g!(pgn3q4GvscPADXf6weGjeBJn>zQEZ)OMlK=5f(L}&wPi}
z4vS@>A1ptYmtT+s_uJiNVoN!&)EP?^MM|0Iq<>_b06RKvri1?2z3q8USKXm{8^0Dp
z17|AN`31#(G&GpftVyS6^@n;a^Tf|pJ*vc(uvwbW8I&52<V2ZKzfSoYPU*&d6ie|7
z*JADsLi|WPD&_<P{8)#fVo7XLDMkeI1rk9|Jr-hpe_C5+&eBOa5o%>JjRh=02GGCI
zuZ&D;>ZyYV{MPaY<R{HYi^26cO?}HLYK(&G-dyPgCs}HCq1Xxbt`5f*sHRwwR=-k)
zZRH!ksFoN=SrG@R(dtK`^EB5Zu}#kCOpm$s7pSadn&0V3$_!7W>8Df$PR(Rec_<H$
zFv!oLae-V)rE3g+&rLwT(%`!Uvj^x<j#hnx9*wTOdZ)T5Tah`jR5B(hDc2zc6OKA_
zH)lx$b$i+Xy3xGz$)%OYlEg-!vdy|T(n&${W&2#C6CFcFhtEU)n>ouPD^Sf?XlW9)
zKY<^Fa;n{=CAXV^Vqlv-Pt5%HFdDaiJ4OmctOp^eS3t3qRI`FxZU=)r@C(y0G06w8
zliqXP@Q~l)v3q7t&i8<TZbD}d#$9MbukQ#<?nF#}L2%X~N^#etLU9jOLyM41`G>TP
zwn-ArLe#;kl}X?{oIn~ffzj&Nk<2j*<s})?55preL={VF3PC^hj&G_h^d<AGM3T0(
z>#<$_NfX!-Cm6^6$Q{6|l1`>8c2P*Ph>4Hq<Q0@Gz(;s{Ws~5JI_nI=vJU1(-ep}^
ziJ1=q&zt@lz{NhMWSp>{l_=*nD9^he7wj4vTh4RRBnod@WuhN<8BQKhIC8tuGY7UP
zG6TBZMkNuyNiyxrXB+*K@Tkbq@y>hra~u)<u&qphY5D?tDjCT92Uc#biGlm?^DUx6
z{#hTT1g=dDXDLO3+9!(FRm^2dr2KNgh9q1&e~10?(MV9zAXnuh;>lp4-+dPdOR>lg
zy#H4i<krA?`qs2K>(Ja)Yq=;v_{NCVmB07HE$)1^m8SS$c{h$_xZ`6^qDFyMY_?N(
z<~Ku6Y#IExe|14)6-=|V^sPwRtXjcx$(BepmE75%TYjwm{d2rtU7_c3u_j+MQ!sbT
zLBdl<Z|&m|*M5N+r`MV0QzX$UAcbe^*l|p6a86VL|H=9FN-H=}p+vHE)ynbD(1CAD
zf@L^Oyl|9^d5T?g6esbW4|&~>&F)y`><e*)$@&q;?-mwOj;-V5P}ZMx3P^6udu4U(
zdE>oq8&E$Tt_X)+Fi4$T^|-td0?P=Ebnw_`8nq6~7Dfir^8HwAOI)z0=kSi@k6Wof
z#awjq;&4wgqasK=T*M7;8$Ty?vR;}{QQ^O~(V+kaDKt;LuCXZz-K(4}2xjv-P>+%;
z&{gLdND~;k6aD6CQ<`>ch3=Ge{>e`q%_GQCG;So-c$oip7C?5=QouF~M_PM_*0lJO
z_c=!JRlPi1Mf=mid!HqzY_&jCow1Z`mhgDOqU*~yPcB}bu@joOt$U%1@0FavbTpMZ
zW3+2tyRk}6n`2*rQzu1nh5x3xhlj@+YfvhPiHZ9%$e3s~SV&Tl_}2Z<`xo^9x9SN0
zlC!x}fBb90o^xohTE`}9-|n-h02|gUvI<#ysF9MJFJO<juGWysTeWfu2#n3oFl+@n
z+UNQB=cq80%#<fuGU=zetUCPXNqIc&_R~MBE>kYIGpDelHz}0mPhk=BK*oXC_Zt>2
z*F~`{uR?`iT1j;peS$rVn;kz{Iz7$?>4~e#O7&VHHg>6K=a~e}27_yBWQ+Zek9eJ)
zV6%sd+^_1RGqMy?WS(^dP3kc*G1HD9w-IvBx}T>yF>b;~5+AQ4O&Vjgt4g6l&KE1=
zzk+fh1^b^J6&C_N&e1P5SvmYbHBpy8FuSy~OttN<qC!=(IO>lCMCmW6Du1a-Mz?c7
z<iUs~@LanY+2H9MaGn1M_kvxROpP&${z9X@A~AJpkLV<;ZQ3(yKc4CIFlDF=lQ@BX
z{nu0#GkIlXb9{X^6gVd<?&0Z3+ysbFNmps<>R8?4;h4Ih)G5{>!W4<YIqw$QW-?3(
zp7)86o#O}jB%jHoX+)+g+<;~rY`e+PQ5y*y^kx^wuKVI?S^=s$X-9k*{pEYbVDlRC
zUrGl3Os<K^&yub@<wI8}f4}}IoUq#PY`lE9tGeY%v`C^woJj;0`&jZmCOu{bJ+uGO
z)UUmMNgDi6xtr@IItO$cFKuT8QP4W0gIm>#T2ti9Ujr_!H&w0V8t%gyR54pjDk8}-
z2;}Bc679m;*H_gQu;=ZJJlB63-EFj9HIfDd54b$7ZjMD8Uu&GiBGo(za0mcyJoES8
z!2T2<ufKCo$Dn{=rjH`2Jzj^M{Eh?lgX?VSL^z(EdW2s%Ifp<_ZHb=1m)hleHx^lP
zVBEUr+Jq|K#+afpM35O@?20ZIQ}^3X{PV%<!}RVjnMt7ozz*(vHj9`CkG1G_q~ANT
z*q%fBx8X2$e^epQi@j&kfdAV)$jHdrHVYa720%}PBVuEk`OjL_cPsw@_l>7s<Axhh
z4AD+nMaPmlZOe*v<h22_d!DNvI0Sg60RCXHl@2#PKFAKz#?w8Y+v4ujmRR@8H^`AH
zBn6k3EI!iwPY<Nb?*sq{mlcCt%}WmXxux-SUH$CZNv$m~m@#tR9{1WMeUCwB^WjNe
zKw<hKc<yc2j3m}}Vcm82Ila+pomO4@#^n9#gYkQ5>m{_KoU$nz-ZXx*?S4+Jb$&jM
z-}(Z0(LZPf?+vjBeCm0qb_+zYCWltU-iX*UyXbXa{1b{A^3vNGgWm<Xrx*8=uazo2
z`Z0%oB4}J+#*T;Aacy*1x%KA4(@2E?bloN^lE(+U)A;0dJr)xe=eqvTJp%68LVVrj
zS-K1ZJR)!0{PDbc0{Mko=e*%v{A<YUdFv-^KS|cTiD}IL`(f!V0XgsWJLI+Dp?<q<
z7v)DBW>vAb3LcVPvYFCw4Jlw~Zb~$wO6;EaQys+Sx_TVCkC$R=yKH`~{i4F)cyRy-
z_=yX6*asYVs=Sa}Agp_2yXC(NZ$RRDESA<h+s<m7=tm86y!uhQj;}p$_89V&OEl=@
zJD_qncii-=FaZpBe|g<EfzW~d4uzhcmwKkG#UAvV(7c|;O{VD5jry~A?9pl*dj~#w
zknpX$<Gx?r0S?Da9;s#Y^87E{p60~fzXaE#DqYmTY_{JUY+PD9?fm{IkXk*r-;w{C
z@zL*bK={el`pZg2@4uX?+U_im&han#Pe1;2KihS`<vPKojkCX?8{Za+F*Ze|K^MaH
zym|8=e)Ez+_#`pj%I86)y1DCg9em&t@4FT}BvYd!v?sp^ZU18sZGmH7Q&#olB8M0-
zQXXp<eKfO*39V1v79VdR1R+0%8SwFNs1)b&PQsAQ$ul{NYhs>MaOn_Cw{98`e$&s3
zHcJuNGN(=-64w(?t%N1}aoVD9k2=WZ4DaQ}Sb64sZ<%XMB{i3u^$R*En~&43)UHfL
z)6S$3B+liR+R4awqK*nJOXWBU3s5ZKT%2`mmQSjFP?AJ%U^SnJn^wk=ks+a#mjoI}
z*-AIAoC%;Ihw-wg%=M3PA2plHC*5<yb|6}m3hO}5urvC(7a#6!|FJq<ur`@3Qdw+z
zuMtNl|4H|6<3|3Fl!61q7=lL_A=1QZDmgvW^+wDjK6AtP3eFUX{AY&KURy4y`6zOR
zZ)Pi24c(M){671*4-Uyv{urr4r6JLH%%i_xm-^9vhk2@NpKZf+#ZbU*-JtscXzx9~
zy3r@~DS)I*>{?x`iU$H|1Pr87JfoOA&+78uQI&1Q>^r2JObKne2;@U<H?cyoZ_Wu)
zvn1{NCiylept!T`dfm~znu-4=Uqhb(eDM%{t?0RV%8RmTsIRZ5&T8L<w~g6dT?&YZ
z4>&XTd+6LWzw4lR$|nWv`}51nWMr;PGKf9NvvnLv=DntDB9=X!_CO4c-=CLm-oWn(
zyKzF{4y!Gf;e1^|gxyCEPj7^;uo75TA>enIzz?Ln&c`L`*BcLjz%TjE1ngehit_(%
zsxwKp(|ca&4tp*UjUay>u6;pX1j#fselKF(Lty|f*v-fLW~H1X9-35z!9&pp{oxT3
zqpR+Rn}TE&tGjtx+cjx)<z|E37G+Q84RqsP!_8;HocDe=RH+eVu{S1=_qJk&ksBW1
zvj4^l%A~^~sy-a-?T^iV$5~F!e_ck*9LC2R6~ZVn+Hd|4|LM9`U<0gn^1or1&B$wP
z0QMui&h3o{9^OF@HuI!FPVJg`Y&K-p5efhq*yo}1sfZ6kZ1U1tJD0gW)wy}^VeE1>
z<acLpQbeLXZNMdHu$v3^BV-VLv=D_{sn(ee_!!jacRvpG94eYTBX{4`fa@F=@NBK)
zTD$H*ZAXRZk0)Zr1Dy7xO5nAa-cCcMxOnHANzcos#{A)Ic7Gvjk!{xD6Q1su{P(di
zLgP`BZZLD6_Y|0G<=5luCLrhrBot2pITECgBV&*^i!*3VQ)KhzseLZubDiW_;=mRZ
zy`K5#23-Z{!?FesI|OUDoi<IIWB>P+wkrbB%b<_fSxa5vifrwnCa*h$UC#@(rgtX`
zM$UbRVW;6c3}SDnV5n*2H55kZGNZ`8b>Wchy&Y{bDD}yQnXv0<X#P~Y+xOhl`)Qp0
zV1VMCNY$@j--hbx!t>95(h@KWL~%!#=XwB6D*jfgQ?re$3k>N5Z%inf_`p)UZs9`-
zZF5f*vKK3S`}^ZQXS`^#M;Vm#UEpiI&+Q-g7V-~lRfQr{%7)5B@0g4qI+m`QYyD$s
z;`oF4<9ws{A^alHARsR5bQm$K)C}D`P6~}@6t|liZPJ+l5&=0j+3@}m<%z5#zy8-h
z$FLG-H&&(}OtI9e=3(TLQ@EAKzM<Jh+51M=m(W6o;yyr0x|nH+OcuqbU;MP~K@(nL
zH6DE6r;n(n1(yz7c>h{H9Xp3L^cSR*q!NYNG*)6K8OYP2mFre%*_nS0>c?ZEyq>6)
zv`b~4LQSF_$nc17a&N@jE?9A-Dk&!S1d@m;moL~&OiWUT6&h4=&N|E0_you;>dy``
z*lGV&{jPBQsr|Zm<SZHEF=htxAi8~GpR1H6g`JDKXsty6M@Oq7;Ccworj6tqLI?tx
z=w!f*t6hjDHUb6HM9o@$J+gwu%I~hfS@s^<C2F2*80|g$sW<R?b5;5KLakfUc#h>e
z@}0YkgmPJ8%O5$JR>HoAi29=%Kh(tJjQ8dSzxTfAEltli6_AKV@&TVFCp<gkDpuMZ
zNYi`XxS(aRAbekM?UOGK3-X?FYkS;@e!BbIdQ~^~Nu{7N;|Iy1E96C1?7N>UIeX7u
ze1-v!Oy1c}DDJ0TcoqIQQm0iFpz#RpXM=OLVLdpyip5IzT>>GGvn|wkvE&ME+-l>_
za9M5=3)`uQ2@G>{T))c@ian^qP5Fyi?zi_2E@-ES;*F@Wv9Y&aNmaGce?(`o)&zvg
zK&IN6dl}=F7luWZK>#gLVFQ-o5m{nVQkpEXGLhEoTEBe?e(=+w%Z4}m_d-qyX{Jw*
z%LvV?#g#S}ns~vdpo||3u`;m~-#p3RFZbDRdQ<=ibB&D?AQ1KlQ&5b)5YKSy`)+oQ
z>)!#dD@FEV1MJY>+cC0YNv%EST%vya$lm?CpC$)X1cPMW2pZO$=MzUbczMGo>DnXZ
zcL`hy1v~~g{q|W*Osjc=5`v$PP@wi}yC1ZE%&e@!i{b^do}Ror)-ffuIC#KZ*QbV#
z2jt*qj>Ein4H;Ru>x;y$w+2Ol2Wj?Q!llh#__%NJ^~9YX=UZdeV!66qJKAKv6YBF)
zee6z;oD}bmBTo~X{*k-9IdVmnk%n2V-|p$Byw=<v_hWl@Ld_}Saj813vSU<Z8jtS{
zA9t7DIobK&>5N>*s%A33d-xE(KZ8v6UkTqtLH>Q{<xweWLQ_8d$ym>|k9W0zN%;5x
zyi|^@gKWpWb#MSX=shI8!N(78X?^l0??D)Hy!nUjOSq4J=+~dVsCFTg-w&s9Vf>Dy
zD0bR*<KSUO9G81bSDg<3#v6^f<-Hii@$aC7YN7mY--%-Jng<KRr5}(rZ`-hS9htQ_
zuAjWYSzA3l0A2*yeOC~3+@=IJ_z1^VRDGF2A`eE8o?5>!*}P}QemPDtF;Hf_NHWWx
zw&1(dr8&DP*L%&p{_wjIXb(hCs1SG}C;B`Sf4$h+m0BkDcD&baYGxK(CcMw&_dExf
zyuIZ<U934B`wrGjt4TR(Q+0-NN#s|>=(KNeSqS}<7Vtk1S)x&THO%)E4$XVSGALmT
z1=Xv9s{a*QSE4n89L!^=CcAdM$3{{XGj_6)tPdBtHf?9@T48Ls?GUdRbwCPi9NHye
z6{?{mvfHd|@I5P48n;e*;pfjeG~V^z=W#1Bb;)WU;7RV77u3vI@O!YU@qlAeOwt+|
z7fp*{A%2LsoyK_ucFl2PUr5Y9K%;=(ys8E8G4-_do^>&WXau^nh)O=bq23N^fE{M-
zPE#V*>E6$j$dYPSF&EiH<oap%)LAmJGAM8htC|zIR1rxyRNMsnxzTemDplwHV}+y0
z7;<2S^nLyKy`88@<>Fh2b`~N%tzNl4sZ!(C-Yhmi(bP#j@Ffa!Eqn8yn&I7QQF^XV
z!FovwFhEdHP@!|((!(Qd#voL3=Es!l^Kls`^dJsMT^kl>#A_g1z@5ltguJyVbk|z!
z3DI-Sn=ki5xL@F+%>kG9A&5%eDst5!^mKYUD*ttlAqN17)^EJ95zNh<r>5B7kNN2C
zqVxFKE$2EwJF{fvq|UBsSe`*7;lboe*T`iEKj)!8-T7MTlMGh)sMZz-ncD;>fBMW1
zUU{>DgGs}TEQ6uJM?6WC#cKV5_QSk!(v3?b!Sf90_>Amy$*Ev2)B4UL_1kJI?g(nG
z$`XTBjm)4+|JfP0kf*ZSg0}9qMg(_w+iL0Rxz}XdB}qTDSK0$@zLp6?74xi}Ps^UF
zIdLJ>eYyGO6YshY3&`vF3rdk-TE^3pt&TR&N0B?c7N>QEJVU{AHf9u9`Kr0TEY5?h
zFV%TjgW=dWxd=>jG<QhqYNmhMvnRZJ%9B+E!W6WMpaVUUT9gu!tphcMI*;?L!rbpZ
zK5+&KH@&!g92&K=IoUUCABHw+*#l-MoOiAmrq7#ftvL-_9TB&d%_+pObXK}|KP@Wr
z5IJe_zcod;Eq(Lk6xu8m<eDm?xY2{UO8u%mel+GZMMlqu={v591=I%zR&AEMlUhq;
zeJ^6y*ftl%*k~T07H4mj#+72@nys9NQ~xdbkA)f)F3{q0p3sW5!@DO4pM3JZ=Dtr%
z(kRsGJv!ni<t0-s(Vzi+9wkdA`Se^DG5up|#%>Zf-1zh{a97o0GK<H(^IOLxfqB)i
zZ$OlReG>P93FOJX>*;zN>JXI16+g%ZyzWwfWW|2s>!)#wa`r*Jj<P%-W^;3MXl7|x
zM#jeTfQZ}y3n>7$%m2j#+JpKm))<bIy+7AN(;QjiEYQK3Ql9n1)D*!>;B%Pk+IeA`
zqLzQc?(`oKQBY)>K);9c3WolyOcur-e=tcq4}xToPiJX}b3mC7m46njtSJuJbaBed
zm&u7KoNy|2JZ$D~q5Gx&ZYHMv^|w%X1n1q%_;t?F5Dlwi<s^vPW5MC0HQ`BLYr-qs
zHtDpF_vz)Z6k#iB?C@9`ptHi(*Jlh)%O8|SP}LMj0d=S_xEG0-@nv&-MnK$?z#g6L
zOOqLVk_9CEZ;$TM+A{XqaEHnf>dgm{v2Kj}xX2yU!LtU6X(WYeNrT2Tx-~j3Q#0ot
zz=SF!k(yaax9>eQ<6se6#bb}o;tHqTdKvQ1Qcd^zE3qze>RGh@#FJJs<!~}5G*BTk
zpUo*KRhO%Fwy=%Th?0>&7(eIBaa(S3nqqDC*+;WWAi}i!)Adnn1vZ^tZ6EAQqX*n=
z6N&qL3GBZEw{H1{i|Re#01MEU_^cyLf4RkZtRBvgQe+qNv?lW;LoMEsm98q(Kq(vs
z@_zCA=VF)ciM9SQhW!4=d436P>gxU5i2UIyV{cSkTuq`=e|U!B(&hGDOlU}|C^?JU
zEmR}fLrBg(nsW|Gd@PXPk?SAPb{=^r>OcbbIR9yN<KuOD_oyY{3KMdFW3r`P`({2R
z_708J4JJ~4zd4xnJ2l+gYgy%U89C2}!XOSg{}!v){#Zs<)*Gt2V~MhVc9j9o^!)`>
z+PeN(jZ;2cE@YZDI%796^_=<0&d|sWw{rV&DXI6~Zr&&j#gkl$Hf;@Nvt4hds$ev7
zjysNbntGLV^|#int1I=U#fizO2b8n5S7B`O6g(wxp4E?LDiuu`64-tuz3e%g`2=af
z59XBPu29Yy8U0nONG2<iiKSIp?2-*7nk$nfNJ4B61mCd5!Fq1p^Cl3NVgfpWmB50^
zn4)>H1Wp<4v9M+`E>Ut&a!hO-$CtUGssU&ZRm~7*?i}X>lqrx-+@L94j}kEZnd{iP
z`%TnUF-^a)T%mEns)@km?3re)A!ept{y?x%>*NEk(@Ot`9teesAcTsMd@HASPe4D7
zLkO50k@MuGBD#xFnM>SsZieE0{ROl?pR8*2aItP-`}eshzHs%fp;D&`dnA{7Js7MD
z?M#gXuGa{nXLF!Nven#6r#E0ZMWLjBd6@`Pv2~SBo{N6C%%;UJpG7lcg4fz*ic?fn
zrS+7@yyjjQI%lSq$8jPS=iuWT8C_<C1|PY{>ydP73??tuJE1Yj>Z}~vaa?FiQXHlx
zhdOKlor7ws2!tW$I8&4I5)}u^ikztD_+GT<c<n?2ud+&*7F^l4q==v{CRz&hbef!D
zlLFQhrSyjiGD${Pdv%3^;$Gs2Ml@^R)vUtM`0#;XH$-oVLJRC?qt8|v_8ddCqPCs!
z7)oL1lg%B3D+e6(4<tCh(M;%6x2o?j!NZTKNzsN{%=qqj&-f{`qReUvqhGX+ZmJj&
zBn6!`zIapZ`9C9XzcNH?UUQpIm2&^n?ia^qI@N}#BLwFucTV^g<x*;7)jty%w)~)p
zqAu-3O-|koEec*)Z$yA57Y6s@_+x!>CkssU@(xAvu`d(-4eSkSiVv4GO63B(QETS?
zf(WZ!$Z$ubU3E(`a&t>&Y;Icw65(lad-tXtn~8{tP5pip6W;O7ULIO!_7X?W!Zt_I
zk8`_}DP|4A4AO%IM$^C6D)Df(DNmU>z2zmp2U<BYA>a8%my9ld7kaW8*jY2h+Xl+C
z|6@m8{I2!eZG%kjzMTUDI*SI1qXyO)1ksv8_ohvw@@4R`h)scWszSM6K0U~_{MhWb
z0ft9v!j;I^n2C;+%S}SXve|ABieMp6)#Uv+na{LwUxpd{@l3D~0@SHL;3h-=?4VSP
z--4nyra3_K$wlz}R`q?5ujj_3>z=2UVH^W+b<pYxHLRT>==q>8`FGq?f~Tx1-gmZZ
z&I7Ss4?tb4a8u63&K&nyc>Nv-kMMD%wc8|*$>C1A$)MQV?vlVRKqRA0kBm-UscON@
z??-U;Y2@tH2n9$p--p+GsUVjUg|@xUeHPE26)vcGLzf#v>UvN$haQAoDalivM8bY}
zEzD4<b>xv9I@=RLD_`gRcX^Z%YH)Lp*-SNOWanCUtJ`dqNbec1cH7Ra3m@u(_EHIf
zS!H?tydMSksa_vc0mD!)?qOnb5<C3&1D!H1)`#KY;bo7**Z_dscaIk3tkReT$t)M>
zaJ?;8TeC`T4zGk;|6=;zONWel80&b&f}Q)$a%Vis2d~dI1Pt8PhbTYAlS(bxx6=%r
z_Hz#N$9F;A)FA&8@0`a1T(1qcDVo_V1tJci#%x?w;l###2)A90?GNDyG*a3Ig@5O>
z<pu@|zjWpdC5lrl77J-6p(-kYHFHi+GzSJjdt8N*<=!q0y75;6H5D)1)i`n?pRbh~
z6?MK3j?6=Aa9+`2oW=4=o#(4%#`e&m_)3@e7ijrIn-pe=(Y;Eh(y}t*{G7`^gumnC
zj;)H&s9c;mvo<)KQ%Go)=2Ftjeg?|?6Po$=7zQ_-26Kw}<}s$wL1OEp!2B3K84@XM
zd!6#ZcTu;smM5K#6%mW|$>O<IoT<&f_4o8Th=vJV^mLLav1#PRM_a)#ONuZ@m+fEi
z)bR>a2uUOat^_5lSTpO1Xo-XW{A9$Y%#n<QQM1UTQ~b;yh6SsEq<45TYvGO7Pgy+l
z7Z00=8!emUz&Z;`=QYOy4NtsdKX8}ivE+lN+`i^fafP%5%SnG_rpBUDDg8B_7=?jr
zGs{R_71uCsdm)eL*@{ov+T8A-J8|)+I8~vef|ifOo`>AL-TKhcakDFyEXaj`T&`oC
zx5gvFs%-p6)#Q&VWj<APQ*nnT3Fu9$7V5OXCDU7E_EiL0Epg-rqmvSSlMSbFHy>G3
zifCJrutZ8FZt#e>pWwDVvzhW(0lMY2XJXp!IP>=J!OF89xqqH~N@-u=wKY3x!Y%cj
z#PT##N}>rfxA+md!oQzZGxr00a3;sq(!9C{OO*UYP{Z8LEJa1g6dDwq@Wi#^8gIgu
zgTE`6;VDnBj%&-FIiclV{bsNps$w>lJ8Tfdq@l}5m)IXX9{FW7R|W~YJa7%Q8f%mi
zro?&n@N-jtqEHA^OVj1wG6+}_4^3zLh{+Hgol}~-bRkXYfao~P%;uv5^7K1l0!-L@
zD&GS74nMtoCnfpsSWe!7P}qjWf`z!_sn!fKatVtxk0qQ1dp%b?%4s<~Sqg7jm?cO)
zz<eprH-m)u_v#7OS8SnDYYuuU>VXx4G-fX0C`}d7SitM-$coR)L%B|YXaK7xsC2E-
zADK7Lvhuf@0mssqT+ULVj!^`wZL)=cx_?Z?SaZ%pmzy`(cVn^#a89ygk=A*!F$h%{
z?>l>AkO0Vw?R2Tu`sQF&A8=++`BNHbOf`;iGZ_O7(T|ASUv=&5h!x|YTy&k%+ZCBN
zaVaxg6`K{8s{NbJAUd3}&K+P7z2ZCj*8(pat{$$WXK+s7(y7c$e$H?Dl9sEb6*{Kz
z727NLr<PH0bCgk>+sU!@<*}-Xy!`{cOch#<UB+KpF(5=n#dmptn79U4C<GmUv86nk
zK*QQX=DSgd0#Jf4?=YPYg7%GgJ6MrzI}_y3dnc3HdC?Z~Q<ki6Ig19%bkMI#Sv#Vf
z5($5HvTCi_AzY4Rm^9o+`px8iLwI@dj1~M+vrT&M9xn8=)v>ih-Ci6+gE1jdT#FUo
zC9;oFpdu<XBTF2T5Nu8Zsr&t_51$H^mLsf>pVClG%eh#xPY#7lewnCnR6!k0x*cbN
z_NStM=gWrg1@ZmHW?kv))gSQc%i5><uZm?qH!C%*|M>!L48T4chyI`3+qZTB_qLw|
zezYH65UMQ`M~v7{>;GQ&tw!Ts&$8b1{g^nK4=EF~GK1GaKJgx-iT^5k>r1igZSo3N
zS~0}_kzc<#r+T}}__6tQA|4_YaD=?sEBk)=(Z(T6<bl=rNx61g<o&c~=ZGCV!fYcI
z#9SKMefW48NKdrby=T!}?1p`Apg{f$uR1GFQsBU{_$F=|QNf|l_t&S*+8HnIyp`hK
za=6(2&49;;$26yB9S=_r{o1s_X;X({7+6X>sTkN~@fW#o>4R|H+dP{SvSRmunHo|L
ztDAbQM*v{YylbbbJNylZ_{ZLM@v}dJHijkl@L~?D@27T;e!mAehAN&zcH^CWlNXcg
z-yh%D_%JbH_^wCN#_1Rs7>Y_wzb%1&A?{_$)+J>ZC=`?PX<@Mk8`pV6lwbc6dSG{}
zv9If}HYTXX)LmB4R8}N;{iTCZwI;!itdef_sj8YzJA0B@(z>3x1W(3Zl3q2Qtgc4q
zHDPS?ul!-QcJ>m=@wfZm<K1ejmesH>oWlj${We#}(e&d?jM5s^+65YT<qvzI%dOQ_
z!5tj)+Cf}d8F>E;QWT1h1oZh>vw6aFY>F<~6h)WeG?%n~=F*XIJs0z&VDD2i+4^B+
zh6nL?3*}RVw<flH3~fs@XGANF{`Sv!c2#sx`K60GnFGJH31MsND0Cp1E?Iu)hhQJW
z5KX+1WxJyuugJ)0+M+ad<VvxXhQYs;ly&{jInkuDxBegtF1n`Ai?V+UcP@mS%$x1_
z`MV@mg{*FflYL}PpJPV7pZ`$N=`T!`;c|rkNqk>*g>On}`0p%0oG0ee_z94i#q8FL
zp}(qRa!sfPC3FU?{HK}T;io=xgCn7<sx$=$QQ^n0slBu@lV&BkxSV4<6SavD19PlA
za-D%;#>&c_zo{%;mtpLK*4<hZG*wnZeuCIcDMfTs(cRO1ePxW}XqH2+`$tEiLg23G
z*6wqPn-H;Aov6YsOLkvkA)(IK8HzV-z%>Kl?|*!S`n|toCA+)k#?Q0q4Lz-(kC3g8
z*QI>GNOVHBOUT0;xa%etyr;c+sr(87zl)kc_Swyx9>|vdh$=N2#GB8Gy*vS?qK$8<
z|MLOYmkaiOTksTHhTZ#y%d4yA^?F-5yRCqi&C8!A4?m&%BJe)B*d3-Z<hpjZhyq_?
zLG1lT>~Mer!ciM=SGBULe_0>zA2aoH%@+(LBO|Np>>MvqO!wM+*%*PQcO@@+-UBY$
z4?lJP9{>_T?Y{L}zm=c<CqK=P{K${+#y7r!>2$_}4}O{teBifv{p(-P?JxQgX0sWq
z)rxD^uF>~?<VsdmP3L-!kB`~g+vBA#eJLS$-ucdV^19c(j@{i|e)l&&%-i4oc7En(
zewN+c-I0USJ3+~((<!UfnyS>SR!c5kJkNy-7r1_KoezEJLwwnnJeS}3o!{Xn-|<iQ
z`d583AN}Y@c;O3Pz_Tu$V|{c)(2A9JR8_@dy5J)p`9GQLF1Y)id-#Ko`~lzo`tRU}
z|KX2u*Ik$Kp+{>=h#O=*Mo&E{Ie-2FfA8=8UB2hPyN~z$Z~MIH#b3;S{EvUakN$&y
zz_-5UHQf80dmw41vjq=5{18{KUS(%z&VT#5*Yf}T>Ho`XU;A3#^X}i`m0$Zec=fCQ
z4*$*TzKys4<WF+n>;G%^&Yk0<ANxbz|AF7(@BfeApM{-8<FW4rU7bxVop)fgbe;Ra
zVzFS|w_}q}-}kImD-I5>^YM>=T!c{*{Kjwm2EX=ezs9@Y{qB*%ky7H5pZp}=dseFz
zS}P`#3Crb@OP4MQ|F|sq#&7&azU}qj#!FuE)x7FeuR?3hhd=yb-uvEP=huJz*R!Cr
zqVIdIU%!?Sv<l}Ov)KX=gsSg*7K;Vn_kG{TefNDgi^YQ1yyi6&MaiH2*`M*D4}FL?
zz3ENT=;1xhdVS{kSMUr-uzYK<26lJ$c)<(4lEwTs9)9SM>xZAD-0}R$Uz{*Ge~DC7
zXf@;9VnJC(j{TAldkj;2k`f$B%zabXh+n3xnG~{5pwb(D7CGU$S?35KWTK~1X5>$8
z=i@plR0Lx+Mw{G@9Z+gB8N?V-Ha@D;>{JQMJ0ZJfy{Kr4P3g{vMFLT}6kFfpLQi89
zwviR`w4P9vR&0KhM%$7^#3A)eTTcinu?~^-as|uPSYDL+dPUPY+OEfCG0+$oJ0nk)
zD<);hd^SNDOV<awu90L)D<;#O?AfT$MJY*N%n3$Htepr#o}3&*6sUe@XHE=}D_0(*
z4+<}=b(EDZu&(QP@WCq_9o%4lKIQH^@1mYeHv`dn#oo>i`{&Nlv}@sQImfiFP>6kr
z_ria(R(N{BdwkG1>v4G2%ZBA@O<ivi=a}s$qKmZ68h}gZFVeJu)oL}a)<obm<b<yt
zr5Hj8^xlovxUeO;u@p@b)nk=4!IYQ#^{?frdgg?53EGhZIGpDT=PyxY-8_{bMJZjy
zuECZyJ}8I**EO6!f1abOR|p|-{`@%#YlyMq8^7_J>C&9HzvCVJ+|T_SJ3D(^y?T{*
zyyK^`XzvQ8gup(TOt|Nsd-&B~{Z)SDSAK=>`mXQ97{mYa&wrlxzV}tU<*h%#8{haw
z{`J59O?Gy6*xlP>F`F};PPu;lI*Y}E@BQz;mskGHSMryiyq~}MidS&oefQBc4KIH2
zi+S^#-^>sF@DCAV<Sjq`7XJP3{d?Z_6F<Ry_ua?)-}gTD_xE|vd)~wQ-uFJ9edlF9
z@rh6HEARRhzTzvsVq6S;$9H@OKmOxC&fosq-^^Ek^-Fp4o8QdypZ@~h^X~WXOTY9^
zzW%@ZdhUJBy<EBS(5R`jUawg$mpuRZUyRLM%jtBQIa3|BC@7195CUKJWnad-{^h&)
zg<tpuKKQ{8a>pHa@X#Yyc<Wo=#w%X&3cUB6oQP=fh4U9jv}6#W)LL`n#tmNbl9%w0
z{-=M$5B$In5JSt){PfT8!T;lf{OCXapZVVJ`5xZ?{`d2&OXoy9)+j-VI>(oM>6h|{
zAOAQX{Jnq2-u^y+{^x(jkNwz>@poSRTIyQ(nIgz4P7hUG5@Ju+t<k#RyT0>2TyOdA
z`@WN}`I^7MUwq>K;~QS_O1|y;{x0`^(cQGm>l_}h_>vcX3Ddgb;NXBoUGs+T|9&1k
zSo8L`y_M(w+)we6uYMWteCNO97yre3_*<{~TRiW1U(6>Tcz`#)@%uTqx6kqMF)4{G
zg|(Io7tV3x`oqj;6Q<KSi`fnU*RNk?rZwyJ8nj|(XGhB1ZNuB%{*z)2REkgHyWaIK
zUi{)0({<7vu8rZ@cilx%6eB&N>sl6z1(V5y^}6N!`SZN&WnarL{o=pi?QefOANarr
zu-0;NvgDV4`Iq_1ul!2NvgYLEgvDaP#fulwS{9UT+Y*8Z-pV*PA%wtJebra-i@*3w
zyyY!#;phL^&vW~2cksXi5Ae3Py^Y=7U3p%!4rEajXTFP2B?%ysl$cA#V0ibx`Ym4Z
zif`c3Z9<|WX|YJzLTk1WA7czB$HyEU9gWG!%|^F>EfFRZg=e|G!Uuo%-w?xsYd6*`
zy9c;@kKy3{Yux_qO9WN2J}x=GxXg4hrBj-gnr<!ps8LHP6S@baXj=hX<<7kAglCv6
z2V(s8F-PYqYf*&uIZ+!Ch|Dpvd2+U<5blvyW8xwb2HV|sY<1E}sS4+_sNRrNnbBiQ
z8#D5*blz{HWfd>`5U|Q(t)?z3rn3o)*_5&>h~ClnJxwpLZ{PRy-fiR)!eFr@+_8WH
zWzgD^v_j{7H(F4%!fHxmP%4dT*eNA!SzwGLcx5SKswt&W2dsC4^0piAxq*k(_YPgo
zvb2U4b$1mYI1G`(DEhYL;>C;X&Sw}B!8;a<1^atDv~9<=gR7Kf$$YU(N^s-oSV-}<
z9MAV4+c0SH4A-0xX?oFW8PwzlW#si*kh;CSz42KXxIV+@RMQEe7cQ7J25mQbUZWW5
zVCtqse=7pfJ4_$2A<;bzDb_#?muoKr`OeN<khmw&i5L*sYuB!l;>JGd>4N_YW5$lw
z;abjSGah*0lkD&Bi#tJC(RjyvGQkATjjPvL_kqjLc^=Ev5fvVb<Jyg5is?S}Y=Li2
zI5)Sfo#xuLYn+^%ptWH>pL6@|LV6a&Ic08-*f#C#>~M5+#Ely_gex?gGT&Kn{{x>!
zDI;X$lyJS1vdq48(FW&v_~D018FAh}cb>^)f+5g#@+_^IHHU|X+<o^wR8_^NKK&`Q
zHtgqn(7B$gSFh5n*6i)=vAerK8Iig1-b+FfBUi3mVSiuzSYwh!=W@B?<m80aYRPOi
z=luC|^4w~9_8z=)WmJw|E|*l3TDYe<#Lh(wnwQHZ$H&L?eb3I$oV~sCOeQl<PEJTk
zu9b5huuLX{wU?B4L+EAPvK62F<O5WN;_~Iogan^@@F8?jbK$~8bnK~(p^K48S#a?1
z71rxDyB97=NtVdYe9rj``)Dj7hynP~(E(N~LP#v;`}BQFRTmVc*!-+kEr*B493S0a
zwo`Lq_dK?q(RPk$X-IC(;n4}@Y=^p@6Pg3&`}=(Q;p?oHEf>%4GN~=I`3`^aiBA!_
z78e3lJ>j<7pM_Qlt043pH?Ci!+`WYBTK0CP_`aui9fwCJoWFFDdNPAt;fOKP_dOr^
z$Vd2&@BU7H>;1o#I|N(y_V$>~X6)_lasB#rilSh>UUPJG#DxnN#)gEVD7bOs0AoaP
z{p93?*=&X}hAUUDuv{)N#<H`s!)>?SCZ+aHxO>OP$F%L5yY9Lx^WbDbb8v9LWHMnk
zo6$54v)L>+TlL(3|NT@|&0?|O(xpor9UZa1zb_33`FVXhbg;IidUkhrS!C_VK|^n-
zI;Da49EDa?l!gZ%^!(d@_dC4yb>ECNj8!cVoy#+iU}@8k0OvZcUb~+VOZLw_hh6if
zXadS69)9GA`J$v<w_JDE=))fSw>^)x(b!^oy8NfbF>Xi_PZ^u4)5+B^FvaZgH=sx+
z&pN>(o-|vgq8hbHfV38+R0UWOKQ(C3hO!Wyl6BJ{I!-DRsyC&=!deV+RlWCHzII8h
zezeA?h&4tMFg0{BZk0u26x$o!P_Ndk<{ed45WEu^hMdriWz#G(p^V9-d!31&CT~BV
zo1w&~4c_;xyPg(>Hrd8Tizn8)YtcH;<VomeW%o9BC)%<=S+TR|oW~fbrZb|R5`x2d
z@o%(BCRL@3AU+lzxpu(8;W4Dh`Q2UiFHUhj(KJ0pIbkxNgSH$U9<p4nsp~08i?++G
zo=B;6DD8&qsHQEZGAL`PtBQ5gJc=NlQsR+EuI1!WNSrQfu-OC^nv|exTbviZUp<{{
z`9;R9gk6hFgo43fIt~&Zx8iZ5&q!)nmK0S*-*+4@Pk8n{UnGQKTM!YM72iABrsY|e
z@1k{{8wXdJOiKz~;k(4e3wIEW0i`JFij&ovqMmW*op<KWS!tQ?`##H_O!8u>7`;Ga
zOcX`Q-FM$3<lm~G?HuRNU!W|jZ1GYN>xf#+h`C%`mL<=9?sG{=(R3Xlif&(*6Lh5%
z7cX99u@FS~@bHk^Z@+^W12LE1tE%SCJMUyt)f*H#qc-A8C>@pe-uqnE>osjFWv8+%
znN6q6rc<oFJR%e^-_K3caryFH<DzIfpHWp6tK6kll;x?0n7zF{ilSgPn-QaDz3#+D
zCpR5P2VX;7&xui_Bj)oxV)VHLRid@#`OkkoA@p?3n(1`Tv+lTqaw3UAU6-`0CDB;A
zE>hMN7cbq0NAbn`=cK~m9c|lCSdB4Oh~2XpcCa)H!bb%-K3ZZ5IgZ<Jzr^LscSzSa
zindu(T0=+)9}Rb2zRa~7hbW!c+27;fXvOYgmka04p@{Uo=kV}^XWw<1&^t^aWy!<C
zL#ERyA$aPt;*MusW)&1wDGnO8EJ;f7oaf%g(eVjQ(@<(zXqIKc?(QzDrlBfpZoBPv
zE?>SpHXF$z=h{dhKX>jN=gytu=;&ljB#w`dIe-2FO(WfZ`}^VvSXC95FJB(V!5Cwf
z=y6$feMwan?C;;fYPHI;Ko&?`ym%4kWG)$=2c;B?#ey&Y@-NS_Jo5j#uEz!Fu${9W
zXFkD-X$7f38&IsU<%(+3P?Q(xJImhwiV#oO-LdRU*BH|i;*!uWsnUWz8%l0#A#Gn^
zr5-zj9uk>B71|ghXiYq=WFA65r%iX7%B%MnQ&ykP8FD62pAy*A3Y(S2lMh5CDqaSK
z)rP`YDIKMRPZ2c=XNGM2s+gEEpQj{WA<*=GOtuPJK}v+^S+84;kJpr?9rvl6P0-p>
zl%ll~2W9arF`#m(G-(B4<K1TzpcK8AM6W1owAtdUCDHcU9(*N%Iei@l4vnn99Wg1Y
zdYY3+QQ#*ftX8=zRB{kO$pW@4F=dTXil%8eY(3%rhtMeQyyJEz(>bekL))(KK4GdE
z9!2Z}C=0eEq=buJl4T!oG34tCRc#2#jQ0RAD&GT4CIzkQS+$LzH~Dow2A1m;wNcn2
zca6e0z!XJ6S(X_U1&~QVX-G<VS-$UJ3njP}kB*`!WX0TdlvO32x=PbD(lwZ(bo`dq
zVr@Zb4A&2jP}Xp6f0w2`p>r~k8Z^tLltY~Nl+}!;ZO3xB&PjPyO{l6WmxDEJ(=eUQ
zh%s_}Eb<S1-%}I?M@L7XMZCAFYRa;d&nOG5*7)G%d5fCm@`fPo#!yx@-fcAg>bmCW
z_$13McovHVP1{h{6Z)>l<=3`tOW$_mxD|txuZOO)uIpGXm*eM5CX?}8j;M1+aE&oo
zW0=jXpjK6tOZ<YSXk#eLlCJ9j#))3|IWyUpzGbo4BZM@T0gsN3m`tX5dvYwt$0tlC
z6;)Nyb<%xy<HixwX$_HFCes|<xGpq@l+e~<Y=Me_-JKm;*RyPTlrc;u6Z)=UHk)&D
zd`w--!c!@QcN<h_sBBCovr&p?y<U$L5nE50))ig5rl(*so3mQ4m`!S0@431@VN&hp
za_0ecJ*6yXG|h_j>IkDsny$qd%kJ(ju6LP-)(}%5>6)UH-;2BeJvuz3tS32X_tbSo
z*LC<9MYFJ%F{JG}QbuM%?$jH`RzaUSrqe<7K2X<nM&dOgY<N>ACntCx#9$sk3BtF#
zyUWSR(J5i)p&Ynctso_I9t$OjlEs6RkHvG*7$f>xIkDDSvs$f~&*x)z`dN-MpJ3@?
zLJH8f4JXU%EcPq9_8}A#rn8F_<&2_O5Q8UDux_rPwdeR~NvRZZo)x@}-k>yk%PK`Z
z+InRh$r@Vui~K#ZQ7)H~qI86rn2n^97*mT+9-yNTD?>mfQFvGAG1D(He_<$54f{39
z8;p!;&_;_^l~L$C5E7*%XO+%mb}89-FZ=1;Ad_GS!4tg0yD*|ieQHi~Shf;SL0Lox
zMWu*JV0G4$Qc1S0G!Tg?;`_lDY=fYM;Ko5rjx9(BPZoNus;OKb6fT#jhQ!syM5zNR
zB~t8#{ADb*EYY?ilIVjcDMRl9E)|3puHU$hPS82U-rj=a<6}YyEOvJ&3u)C)MCLnt
z*?LGp6#kS^qMja;l<Pt(5I<xKouQ1Z<+>Gxr8Yw9ch1qfp5A#13M!*%8X1swcJ?R=
zL(_B|ua-2OqxX@zv{H6emZUU&a3t5GvW3vbiuzVOUTCf9y&uc2gAIp}(4nfT?D4sx
zu4mHj9v!RY33Y8)t$Ox%&U3UpVK$x6cWbOI2|i`M%9`EXU5<{9na}4mO*fVV`+kFJ
z4HL>>1(H%?He2AMSXr%BE36d*-t}q;)>75gm~@{%f1bmv%Qrm7r6rpKFGtSG&{98{
z&RDJ1>?~vwedLixxZ{pHI6gca(S+%2#(K44I-QEZXjzUWoZ!7A|LU})%Al*YTCGq?
z5V;t;EQuqUM*|W!*qyX(%X~iP=;&}nDuB^%u5AUujxn-WEbw_@W=uH>Ps%tPM|#D@
zix*j~B&m!((0Un5=Cc_m#|O;niljAt*Wy}Pu<q{dvToWerde=&e8TR|4#&qrZJACN
zgg!_$A&*Oa-(z$^R1xnTi^ZI_?LcXkt)s3*kXjW}T!7fN?Ci`rKIxe6?4nae+pd|-
zCpaI7K2q2TMbXeUj<T*$N^^32%<k?EzVAV6N?nlheKH{6g|+l;OFf;9)DIvhSAp~A
z&+!9)|4oD#<lbBfXLeY~YAt$h-up~v2xDSf*K)20;nI{~wOWtKuFi9u@WW)B9Oj0B
zEbsj$=`XS@&yZjbJmW#iL3Fx=S6dXt=*BUd%|^+e;j_+aocRQcRALKF-?y9`-{9iy
zcQT(BzzGV^;o%L8nNyeh7`?|MSO0>$?>@)w`~u5^a_l17PMS^$Vj7)S0SOgPBV1bN
z1Sh|5ND5%%eHSx&<)d(RWJ28V*CgTccpt~ap{gt?=HxA-MOsN`V%{;?ry$x~Mr$y7
zQ+|vaWUVMIZQJIDC=>3{Xd)=_X*5F_)TnU~8@hpXVbR*5wLBzBAuIh!Jrd)Sio~Es
zq{)yZp$&n6bYh~0MAnSkO(ATmr<vCkV-T`^MuS|}5@VpQDjDpyR#LNig7^K{MTrKJ
z&tVrly$b}Da6Yo`I*ci3+n&&M%<2gT|LHHVI*k)wdF_C@u2EW6UQOqzO0oaJ8b}eJ
z;%IhVT8&XA>m!jnkODD9VpKVya^ra^$^u)<J?Dd`>pLcBmdhpUwFnuK6a8VOAETu#
zYpgMJt>a{Ug6|rpHZd!1$uvA!G)*Hun%T`@Ku{->$*4aSy~q1L^F;d0e-z1<p=@+`
zyka_?(e=kvm8I((T36^?);c;mqN?g~JQ>umXS3P3SQ^STLvl2%&?5=wB>_1;KF<0}
z6*}*KUDu=#IXF0AXJ?0X+mi4(v1rHFxO`s@X1<$bYXw9uUcAVS8#hK?npkzUoIih#
z<#M?xZO4eV7G0KOW5&&`^8=>}pzDO^b9j6Nh<k&e%^QyH!2g-ersLvGCh?fdLxPmG
zt(g1@k}n92pu-hSvtlwS8HT~5qoXldvsy;6=~U36fmhQz&!n!2!GTh&*DJKCC<;U0
zHRF9Soz{?_#huv>UBB8Sv1N&(VAZZN8D2_S^TiIcs=}=w!75q!uG*eE_V#F+6G0EX
z!=?hI49=}U6{I8!a@V&Mg^=pIwjGfujUcbS?@3D0ckPHMN>V<PF69`|DWWn;<h|$R
zFMl~N`<j;#V`8;hLXrf0xCcSzw*ghs+KwPW2x&a#ZLalj56EX2ieh77qch3AEX%R8
zJ%ljwmxp;S#yBEe!?Q6gb_S|V-}g+X(|iw=Bj9nC<IE>m!R?aNr<m+?+<WhTL7^5*
z%w?LjN2LX&{uB>ieS{`D?!5apmfebnuAC!WYMAbP8r-w;jU|&+BpXL7Bc+(QG0{v)
zjihwQ;E^`;eT!>l^=AhjmXa=rwv(Hru!fYxgqj2@lihttq^wLHLZC1fLc$sYF;eB0
z*WqSVN@oNrf0dSy0+Kc%b{3*dPwN}n@k}XV*r-^0gt%U0>jm%q_+ZOJA$5J9EFn0_
zBT=LjP_f6wNWWZR>w*}9ye~*QwCjX360j%}Fe;;a5u#6M4O&GKiJ(ec=P^cMO^L}V
zXiC{D&}yb-4J49J7&S;yX!>Risi$*ZP%nz{{0JY!)5PtBHxQF1>VjpjP-cNjj;0q)
zs<>=Ptk7DN@{KuUI+JowY0YTjJ;-CEJXk7Kky0S$YpqQdl}(1$B|-m`p=&%bW@OTq
z7;SJVLXlYa4WV^Rsu@+ez^jI3cS0E=rcZSJ2`&n>ANz*q+`fkk?I>q)D;_(F+>xYm
zSz~z4y^j<{g;FA$VN6Zm2dq`3)aJ=wo;T+LMG4L~XkFmkun3cq43HJJ2hK=DYlt!5
zmw6#24IChy#q!D&<+;*IpR%1IDFWhN;G8_0LkY)fO$5A`r(0V)qNqbDeQ0C}UX-+9
zV?hFfcxY>>t<BwzYD}ceR&&qLkT9T2!{3GkF#*aLR$1vBpzj^VSTSeM<K@6flkwC8
z3h{(3C<;YNBH~&UCC<f+%y?3=q!bBZO<5Yem-m3Dsw_Hq&;>zhl-0Oyg$1Iqcr2xE
z>AeRf<7uG{B#-YsN|z#(ss?EuS!}gV%<LoLz3M^&{CF?LD5$6F1LzZ?o!}BE-!m`Z
zr1M}TQ83ApQYT4anm_`hdSd9&dPY<ta=k4{Af4C&Y=KUZIwu>(7-C*<D+NYFN}Gm}
zfv7!%R+_=vb{h%WrnjUN#(Ocw4f=F5ax|1nK@{2LHS$>-bTOT}XMpi}lle`a0oext
zh3HU{Wj(4>N!3|LuizPwV5Qijl15WgPUgf=aBzH;`DD(zxk_ahT)Hr&OFc$e_IB?E
z&eL`l&l1Y5&&oWdVNej{;j{*oVYr#M%Z3`Qw`@$di00O)Y>u3bW>X?*QIS_l5uz6x
zA2v6>&dRvM=P9E}KIEHk(_v<e!H1Mfj~<gtX`l$m>Y>Q?K0X8-9uqv)%49Iw$P7pt
zqR$nBl=O^JMB*0VKjK{)%Zn)`x@;=#dWSU{?^kGTX*!2e8dN}Q3tJtQ8=IR*HJOWr
zP=ugFnO!qH%$lz4={rvdBEPU1EQZdHJ}Vl_In{b|-n2H<M&n}G8UT_YdB^}ElWuNq
z$Vo7W6oQY5tJkiND>Gva)4HT6#8|Z`4YSF7gtC<~XtE6vkaU#a5xudPG$G$N-aBIK
zC~bi<3FpDPNQym88)#ii<9b5hqP4;Khz}Yc1IabS+s-qoCiG{!i}`5|>5_i>LUUS3
z<LTc1Ge7=ny{I=|kI(1W_~)jZ*H23ES3UAu@wtgJpI}X_24jh7LW~nm)@!=<fZgZb
zjdl&kM~a<ub9N_lg0k%1a~JF7985>x!Tc#V4|=Cp1w(Q*aGp}y=oXEo#r%7Ufvh*W
zseLDr!HD^N3em;VN|27>vxfv^yPV-;7VRWK6pqqH76PmiQoAGu(y^G7LPbrIG)r2o
z^Ge1i@F{MNQ7gz@hAICqWDi88#JWdmjV%p&P!yMCIRsBs8lALo$CSeNj-paHFWrkS
z`HT{5It;Z|=xmeGhZQ07EwqN1Vemn;)#Q>{3<1AIfY-x$*Cy*iDPn?<SIyQKbRlvR
zIx!**Noz=gp2b|A9j`9~uPhNmPIk+hq!e8UgubI``h3l$RBDVEl$J$-EehefX^l1;
zZ^MBzHzdX?i?n+0={tw9;G-CcTMA-K^wHs!2j2<rOj~*nS{qWoWc{p5)QgI<Ghuwb
z$LYyeWu^V68tGB<-BV1Y)b=*EXVO~}=u?f+Cv-ezk8|Cg&b(xcI`ULwxML#Zebu1+
z=09q9#aX&HzOcuqGoN6&eudGBwo$as(Dk0CU$O2E(F*p?J&W0VLP$Mb7g46fR0~Ww
zAu31TnN5;}LM!Pq8jvU-qLkilBD%u{!ZgO9;wJGJJIYc(faWYrnquz0+mv-~=4=gG
zSxPB_4|Li0kF-J6WI&OGNat=q*n9`1t1oI?2xujUn9_=n5>Y7xuSytY7_5TCx+N!j
zS}b2eFV+_c5%Cne7!g2<B($<3hk%gNqf&$jS{al!;_)auM9MY!7zLJ=dVd_@Z_!yB
z;OmUQg|tOZE*N<IDGBP-Wr%-q&h=RU03ZNKL_t(Y5Q$OrmVCrVhbHDyL`EVLfWZ7Q
zc_<VyMZ&fke-@q1fHy{)%v&>{HF1F0lOgnhlpKxnDAkS}n4#oi?S@k&-IJT^6k{ZL
zLAnysSy>E;FacG7iXshRE%aVd6bA1SAr0DSU)TfKlf`x)h{R)|NP7G}*cUzewKt#V
z0d;<?t!_)ZJeBR=iqAMyl<}2~H*Cy*Q%Yy=+0EI{tv8>YO-qRaxG7D4s!3LQ>^mYo
zZbB&kQ0Z)?T3?89<`XQXGYL{psES>}tS9N3Pks7RBoEJf!QD6yZ5z>LP1CJWc0t0D
zV!cIL7X)Z1-GL-p)@G=dO$kx{CkTai0ab|Jlhzt*G*wkdX)sxW^CYCy7?dJqk1?e-
zHSC*{w*ko-<P1chF@VYMWkc58?pPcW4+y!FO$@Hdoqb6ubQVdIfnVc&pHUXJcwSqG
zoeIR52z^h?9C~XDk%1u5g&<yUTG2a4IglJpK@2gM-Bg~qHq8JkpHpkH7FdWPvw$LL
zJJ#`sZaq;j7c?z~K#0;k7^8@n%4bKEmZBUPB|@pwoR^FyN|KmR+T>#&hG03ra!#S`
zdyGlw5q+~6p_fE?IGB{*5L1+nKY*n1{XjgHPR(KTS4xn>qNs>uAyvSrf`moWXU(y^
zZ@NV5l((;Qhn41xcQHRLvAOocUpCreV`Mw0O~j05KGEkqRy=yDd`jED75`arbNOui
z^-+mU=8J77RiEYTL~nintEFz)fLxZW075H3M4IKG^tj+t#LS7k6`${M<`XPk88Bc?
zO;y&^lRb78Jr6(p5HXe<HUZUp2%htMQ+x+l2tE;g!q{!ndLoXAfFuQa=se2V%V{2w
z8q0OsXp~B$28_=?SJsdQanPhl;<qyn09t8ci1?JPPqs*kgSJQrK}0-9U9Q}jk(XrZ
zQ8jtB^%+|oky%t!k~BeS1Qi;5@)B0u@dzQ2VxqE^!52}HP+C*ijpoy^W-LmJ?gQ2u
zLe~*f!o`SAnKX~VYMqlIjTuU4BvdA6rWD0BKzWju?h;X&mSYj2#?wSjYb!uXvx&Sq
z&E1fMjP$UDK*oeIDkEr;+X-T(Pu&N@_i8vlSt`T(o)kCdH~B7W6Un2rjYJO0=aQ&f
z(F@C^<RMXa-V>E{6%sSLm{KmSCbSBK6roq5`xU(my3va)#jSYC@z`k67NR8N$j5!}
z<A2T&kA;lgTz0&9`?umVkL)z^lwK>>L}k<{eui0!`Yb1DYWsdvN|5|hsoUnKTu8VT
zpT}|L6RfpsP$7HQ^*y?9RMmvLF24ZhcG1&|D7&OzU&Xl<KI{^s*riWOjmzAi?EzE<
zL79+444d2~rSX1FDPd5f!~^6mju3G!qB2TiRlT*hIoSyUJ9x#&wHkRxFt)&&!lI)j
zQZi|0AyO?#L-vTtyQjuuF!_Ijk?^MddRPMq|7#$@4=uIcOOhgqLC7f3hU`yFKp^@c
z8dt8TD5qe9pf80bC66^yYB3~S=0HiA(V(p~3K*rZ26O;bXp|~JDY~}D1xX$Ry)rpT
zNn454rV(Kv{*z+nQw4}y2%nzHxyalnrDbGIDoW!(9MDQ>M38H{G5a3Jw1gx)8qm_E
zSriIoEZP`EoG*7kW=*lK>nMs+_+NU<=sN@kXG*IK+9-^I=%h5Nl_H_Qh`_9|h8P6b
zA_lCH>tKurcWZ?G?8bId6p<lv`}g5BH^27r%8pMhlw!OmhTq}I(6U=`a~VxY;g2ru
z#>{ClDsEnX>UE#pc*-bN$_XD4l_DuGh~ugK5=oum?<Uh6&O$s{h4h(zf1mjTOV<V+
zp`Mg@*RedlhKncMcE|H@en#I;SlAw0L{O2cT+p^PDfL(#=)K*P=Q2@zo6{6hls0Ou
z(Mkk7hsoUlI(Os|y%5ba$Hp4*_=|o+gdg}=kWrGf={g+HDy2j}DP(1K=RGQOvb5eH
zDN??Za@bHR)Hz`bN}+}>N0mlmy&Wui$fd(f@=n@dv><^pbtA-grRbw{D;AjyPe%B(
z5}!fud$fYCcUZI0jfp86O?xNQh)nXQcX%SY7xYjEDN9z95^YP_fer!7lco>Z&oCc{
z9D5p@3PMzZNa;jj6j~Qq<Wz>O4nfZ{AD+TW$7hI+o`gz6^8##_T!-r&Q;@Dho#e#i
z*SHvo$)QuANE;m)Z8UXVP?!RZ445g2lJbybsjS;2C1#IBj!(+5a*cfQq!=LdqJpm#
zN*nsN109K>$9u!6HrQM7r1ALZ)6MZ$nS7sma`n`=e=9!YQ1J;9ozEHq^w)GjBhrvF
zklW*<3Kh5be4p=e_7g1UQL4bZ$o|EB{Ee1E?eM3cy27*X*<sH*io)Xc4nB6wr&qCR
z$#PxOc6&sdC;qhIS&^j)lv3Deb25|0E;>aV$>m-hVXQ$%g9-+dEJi876FP^|Jw;Iy
zA~>JWR!VFsI#LX{w#OQS(Mm}1N~4PjF+@5SsVgnMSuvuO#gqkBDMAc*FWe_>^oUdq
zD9=FrR#B6pBC0{o0R|41(i)cnJ~*thC^K~C0b0se#%M?Z7e(k)X-$(o$7DNDR~5yi
zCOC&KN=#W%Y2jkkS(QG7K++<#D%2>A35K$8tXxC8?wL;J6m>z;imvO4Az_k5#Q|+I
zD6{F_tS2?Ael7bYj0Fm-sY;7R<<32^1&L8)5OyYe^u4DKV57#{EUel#D5a?C30)s(
z+n%zTYz<<Hh>;{JbLa>Oqe_P2gf<baG@;8X)up9rTWpG0Yd~4i>`F>Bc#^`ZhUA2E
zp>;`6N-BS<Kw}|wc;BE^Lx?3-?T~y2W=1FzoN*48@XF-;4MK|BW!BGBYw*eDK0z%*
z{vxBDnJ))`+xndCcD1edJW5Z0^ZS!+e|+Ulue<qe&)j10aDKP5hcKS+7+t0#n60sy
z5zXH;_6TJ?syuilFd@>XLb#p;hQ=9Tp$?1caMSiT*L8F49_w#;-?x5$%xm-*H^AxF
z$?^Maf|kjf=p=%pJ(c_|MG=SI+RLZ6E%HAvKG%zh&$UM2nNP5+nagCSj#(~`sjE2@
z6E2zal*KMk()2ycV^2ywE=07kC|!aU5je%>LTIgp&>XWZgEm4kPLNcRVOM3gj}j{#
zql_RYNy=zRMU+-(B?`pG2>&L;gi4C&l`Kq@A*x>F0T8j!kVNoKYeiYI5toaJkQ^!+
z=@85@=t6C)&u=3!Y?0_scN=byvlJ7qcMP>sNmvk6YwI(I&mG=paz|YV5fz7yONDm<
zY?gf(y63WQnVjP|mPCVBq*xHqIF~csRA7z9=!7oSSi+2P=n%5`bD+*D>?%c3pe7+z
zUFqB_suF8TQM;Z_aKU4&p<6ET-qXc`!f13+V2!0LOSF~*+Y}<s7<CjBOe?H4BH)(-
zDMUfxvJ^v#iKJ7Oq0po7V%PWh4C{;hgdlDqBob<Cz#SOyxr~vVNLQeNfW~3W5*2%h
zj@Y05)vG9?4+h^l3rwm};P)2E<O@3n|GdW<f1b+ZIXs)&s^Z&*^3Mdd@Gs=}TqjUZ
z7H2-e3ckje7Ux$imp9nmzY}BkF$;_HNpzA@jnX@$R1@MHOifY+F00rM53N<As4Ol2
z8(~WMSzapyX-Te90`2oETuB$2AVb2{NuxZ1%|3miB%MMeMvFCu-ey5gO(uYYR&mr(
z3NCE+BPNpaq?k*FTLZ-QfHMppLucJ~r{dTh$Z*{8)Bpxz(PKoYN|Gq8(F4gppLe6>
z*sL1lECL~03dI;l9$CtjHI;;j8q-F0Atg~4O$pJRiap+m&4<|ffT$o3U4RK~7}2R1
zCE-*G@r)eu6FCbgWe5>aLBvdRr=ZbV5<mn=!f2|(P+Eh^{4k^BnisQ)@Y8ZDqcRGU
z75@E@^eHv+wnp;4mhHHqgd1YU*yJ7qDe0!n7fVX6|8UY&5|l0}={!v+taezn#_FEZ
zMoKlOJLA~KWHLQ<@1>hcwbtIU1NuUaZA+GIWD{UpJMi&hd%PQBd%PPKLAT;;#*<zD
z&vl&r1j{9iaU_n>x<MN+f|RBtxDIa}g)N!P&Xb}?o06EU)U#E{ghA;TObi`mB7`Yc
z5GhZ13S-D}42;|-n}qK)Lfu-4H(!#32vv~0Bpw>!3#F`wC6+OR&48$Vr>y0Yg8Xgp
zC@hR28pcjEk|rvJPI&?fvj3y%yb{5Iq@_HzZC|kcJ;qF6XFKsyxw|fck<P&ZeF{;K
zqJh0AYV?~4GAgo!Le{4m&9cEIKW=wWS~q&LZyPaAH4dIJwS*KgYVa?!L={KzPLrfO
z81ue}j8!g~W^FF#9ZG9fZNp?Tqw8C2U7@_eN0T{LhL9r3JB&&gokrwMDNPLG{gr|y
zC_iq$DAZUk9?&e32$ecqM*5^dL1`^~G^He=0#Y)Wn>UnplaT2%Y8tV*LrOzxz${V8
zq3JP{K=aq~Ts>V8BUvV6<Cp*mV+3XB`}Rpb;q0S$x8m{RwC##Il^hLd)DuPD_nR?s
z>$OAT<^AXP1br)>I6mLqbk2N&Wo*P20i%27I|kGm;)LK8WmVGWHhis&Xp00zGJ+7H
z1IZ1mqroXWjh;*@BU&lzD_NZp3YEqQ!Rnj{5T!JT$_n9<L=D|#(Tf45RSHxjrhpFt
zWenbh?DdqD#DnZZR1S@3KN%xFh#_tCt~44|h?4th>mHFbIMof8;}l2hrmyW75U<`v
z;kKJ?)QentjHrxU4d~cVHUu(BoUQE%_i7uaFASsEsOx>^;RHeu$p&K#u8(+?D6HM^
zFOtC)B|0mv$D9bKq){OelE?c%QD#jmBZ!uB4(EM#mj^<Rj|!E<EH(yD(qObAhM1)>
z6vcp?<x-!uhNuljZB*!0W-!Y+@}x8v<dzgk6!m*A$EGv7sH`Ogzg5D`or?LsCCge!
zN2f#kHNkguT_dH~Gah0%yD8b+Jb_w!=7*?T@fpN6w{*KSIJjL52-o99Sr+5xY$K(^
z7&Pb{-iossPv*Apx#oa914gf5lF82O?GdJ`2|+WdX5y#k6GTN}G-!p75uXCVdlaRR
z!L323M2KF>Kf#Lv`oICv!UstzWy>2$iUOKQAgP2hxow!NVh*BouBAgv<*%e8Nd@Vq
z!;XlD&SIrnO9Dqmc>q#~qJ@<bAqkOF=JV5HqgoG%&^AJ~nZSlF$zgzr(J^pdwm)b1
z4EerY)=T4dQcfB`N@7Co(xaH)fC!#mfl6sLgdn^v6SCKz7^x;iSZ{+Ono&YxC_iqx
zE(=0N3&jd2Ntb6<bx(*<uQHn02kNq7wOUaWhU9txrbeuGhR|9Qhy>^JK8tlxkzL;f
zRg*+G0?7~lkdolZvB*7OtsVUnm9|1J3qii}d8vv*62{zVq0}HoEBh34d03c91u+$<
z7*P~F6NKEiWlpv`WQV^!*#vqkp82uOF&!d=kWH<hxP&~IQg4eVZwoocTUv5wI*fU;
z1o;-p{WA)&8!3o!%JRg4iJV(#q7$UU8iU7St)(n#Vv6AUtO;dDj4{SY$VrnLN@$rd
zt&}LdhbYntgC?+63hyOp%OHa!DiM?_(7GU|B%B+q#-uC)sxV@{ViduPtbkUcZ>3d2
z71_tm8xoNa#3L{zDJX&5Iw7NN8w6lef)kCcq5I`D|7t`F6rw&ppl)pO7L<4$ZX*lZ
zli!elofg+T-9aTURio(UI8cU&4<3UW^{doiaGJL<XoSgo1Tpi0+>`*$^|+x1KO}Nn
zHZ|H<y!WW=Hz-JEM#Azw)rG>PNY^_e23uBmALxB{ug^;NT0smOqit=BB$H~;KntXp
z1no;wM%E;JFOnO^B&0|@cqvLEsC5)|{S-$*T0m6mQ|_8#D2LRTxQ{X&#!k?Mg6^~P
z9DS~0a1ux<5ko*5Ls8iLKhJD7d&2jBo^xDp#b+2HL~LH%3=K2GxbRex@1iKi1>Rs`
zHr#L9i2toPoAG2Etgh>yragJ=IP(dXQ3gdxp>}B-#bj=n%_h*+1h4U~m4Um^B<pc~
zkcr(E)OAJEcJi=#kxhUNp;8-#PK<5&O39?Dl*SH{2FVHy#3mvE*EvB=Qlu!rs7PV8
z5S62&_X=e+C{h0&_&!M|6rO<(hKd+#QAw;^unL`QMl>uT37^MWn-d~(S#8tmKCJF;
zMv-8H77X?~!*LJa$BF(XW%(guJZ*MujFBWGk<lzoAYqgy1V6sl7(<y8G9j7T%x8+@
zKE*hwy&D3KX<Y(^Buh$3$6#(e2sxP)WHA!FTtk~Il`WXmbr$@zc;}f^H3rROGNJDp
zEWLRDbsbSxn6eVym@?RMLdXe`7*0D<5H)>;te&>dQy^?4HBuxPPhFS7qcb`qQyLSa
zAX;*@H^-wA5kW15=O&4rN`sX~iNd0=#H4ZIb31r^HX_A{%J*u>=d$ZMPEJm^apT65
z4xmb%aR~2LJYl3H<3P%qfK^qozrW97vB+c26JP%rBdgVlqoX65rXj|7s^j|1L%?6)
zq0|#2m|yfo&v}~m<gw#3PO!GMNVZo5PZzsC6&+oWmCCfNxo~ce_3;r2O<C*_eaEz#
zk-VW&mbSgYq%3hw0B^ucN8F^cgy4m5r4%VfilV|y6uy^sd7~jkFCBy=VhT84QIrN9
zh1@(TEK^ewLZa^*T-UO5X%FWEUEfmKnGnAFh$%F^O1S7LrkXxDTyN02B)K4nO<Ivs
z!fMe&@x3Pz5S0lrZ+6jbI<J&Q8A)z@a45Z5!HL^nM(30e@=;sY?J<xl7dMlbkn1BV
zW)77#m=K7r$GKd3)JkLs5F+>B*OzivoKX>56uA>H(KgLE;3*Q@T$~VGMvgKctaGH4
za#=}4I#Z#rg{3M=*6Sv7wgO5SS|{%>tYx)au`{1aH>b74AgkXP9J6|Y)&;A!C-ptn
zSSD5xT!+?Hq!~1j#9tA}rCUWnlD?uWu*q(rlwyI@`<AMzazdFl(hZ#>#6a+h5TH~A
z1cmFxst9fIF|s>1EZ1vnQIL`)g+$jiC>^n;$NRJ01!W5h2=b}5!uy`ZV$Of~4<F&%
zzx~_!qUSu9t5>h$Tt9Z!f-DfM6%Wl@afTx)9_=@?xu}EQRZ$dNICq}E{KQ}KzTf;U
zUh<Nc&@>HCR02vVQI<6iJ@hbdeB=MXAOG<mvDn$A>zk2lYs}exes0BP;U8l}E5m%g
z;E_ij<`u7aCI9qif0p@tj&oAQ@;;nuoEY9W#LXS5pQ#MQnMbgq4^*Y)usde4m~wFa
zm_*HulO^+oV={$eW~hn@hc_N1rVe_=bhd}agO&1{b1klKsizaPRx(-Zi1TSggi^jR
z)`*0GQU+b>t<FIqxmznL;3g@oDKol~SnTYI22&U5eUA$bNh_-9l;e{Fw5{<0+T{{!
zB~e2eVh}<+NZAsjFiH!te(Q!9vw5{C0lJY(Bz7}wmG}ldtnDOgu+SM3E!pUZQf;~d
z<^MV*Fq&dm6|#|j07ypoS-RNVYQFEr_t$kb!vEf91$!khzS0WUN66iHA_k~3!j)V4
zUBHDz>^(6=tTs$CvDN29Fy+K8BoRtz`wnZek0jy|S=TjM8A6hhsncSN9aEz3-RXt^
zAUKDL30rSSv_t3&cW(d9dr#j7w9z>^i@9{{(K=y_MH@@uJuZmsMGQT}iX!W%wd*D)
zgPM>uE<6+KW2ZS4&%XOkcJ~&iI5g4(5uOr)aVtLG<7N)c>FX(zqM-71IpKi^9zbhp
z_>g<xiKj5<97R#Ex3|ZgcizSMi|59B2jZ>!=gh~39wS<WDr*^PE?l_qx!$>FK!O#)
zXb-GdEGmwVSKK%{;l^=K*9ZI~OLpexm`~=cS4YejB?(8@9-$}*X@V^@>t>B}j=H>^
zVlu_5K%qrkR2z-8Mc$q$r)y>Kp$DT$Itf23^J>r$t%X$Y`#{roIPVB;LhFd@19d$m
zMMWy4tW{NWY*C?9B1KUWcZHNCV^olNR$5CNe@u?vInc#8@o!TKWOCOG98lqro!0l-
zyiOz?@(ZODnlh*CR0h8>MIK}dq5`wk0xd-KP54YimGLa|C=j7dr4+qek9;p<b9-cp
zBgxy^D(hgWj9A1>$j_xj0_cQKUIxvSuzBJ&T4XW$z9$iA+IF0jXVrwVE@>M>;}T_b
z6jm|G*Shn8)w&@nOVc~LkT9m8C~P*&4rsH{Y?6Umx&uc<PN}SmWil^Lw7^ISqeZyX
zlmQ<gB}a@R1tG^RW!AoP6h#RZ8s$+s<T<GXH3iOgnQ+6?d+g}CE-!EfKgz&H-;F1o
zU~k1)3rT#27#4OQblIUpTZDYgQ$jGUwM?fICX)$eS<-dgxQ!<x$={04@7R{>P)dQ>
zh|7LHG{~I!(Mc;yj4PCJEKiPzUUPVGj4BFZSkX6Yj$GvM`ZXq%p(-m9j+3Js7*msC
zAqZCR#01AB%ojU&7jXn^QDd~m>O@QmV>D$U{%_7HJYsZAieiGC0$yo!=GdU6r>>sN
z@!n%iNuSnOtynHkFq1&<9K8=HUE;k#nVL(NE^*_=5oI|jTpLM{kkVmHk(fM0L6y`t
z@{|U|D)WVu5bZaDqY;w{)qPfiS6X2>jk+kMD7KZ5BRI9;UFobRkl2`Fk4RWf2xIC|
zDUgC74=F~HQdt3C)3i<QyfbpnZX%x+r5O`KV`MV+Ue1A1P$(mwhsZ$M_q}{Zj3OwS
z2V`T6bQD>G3m)eq+9YC8)AcQifJLEIpiml9YJ%4UrRjr0#Yj|;lmQ*FT2X4~vVwco
zRmd5!B*7^ql(rZJXoD)sk&87PV_9ehhXJ3pwu~;M3|eZ|hYqEnw2JAZB1I>@h$yt0
z63%#n1)FAxO`?_UPLPFxF&ks=5Zo5;P~qGeXZe4@$4#cj+o2*_1qO}2L0tH+LQWqV
zZ@l*+(UQLgS(Tv)=vJJ~kgA3sD=Rm<ntZO~8IoW{oa^}Xr$0>$yR6qOi#<aKD|U8v
z@IADvH9elb6RVaOBL6>oZ`Nc<dfxZ_-YwU2PHnwSZ?j+kP{cwIv?-CIL`k$IUpO3L
z1%2VrrS5!X1wRNQ?61IZgd==|uobj!NQw>$FhxS*VhjKRGlQAwrMkP8vu5VI`r^$~
zRo&Aw18{(uX|SG&j;X41PM$6E%_pDd|NQ<+B($`6?<q}5NRh?KA>Dd;CUl<d>;s@=
zuB2$K5wS&SLGnGaERktsCOMniTvB38ktbM2kf^hH%FKnH0*~@5_S#6<Sh~(J+quHK
z4<6%?IA>WLTk5h!h%}0Sa}twB{&P!7$%uc(0W_tjcdQsPXfK_OIVaTCyjn^O0j0J=
z(u_N}cvWzb3cp1wKpI<rd35q(nO$x<SAa+fqw)k$+Tt{}Ixp|=GN4tH*<m4nCub9q
z<MTV;Kb5orNR<%d0$HkZoD>R~O%-L<%7qN-^kdRnl_jB2XYk7Pdd+4dP}LM20i_5r
zu(AWgFi_MDMoEH?C{k{LN`W}Tb0mUL7%hnsV$_^Lzb>38p0?tMNXDtqu~L=WA6YOj
zb%6<ak<cm=|GiO!;PDpPx}@7ID9sj<_~|boKh1dmdU)Q>KC76<b3NcTalVWfIW8tx
z&y+HSK#FsXR9=hpQ~SiZXXNu^JI22qirH4a&MWR8`wd*irx;3^v$fzNl1OQRHlIG@
z?1fLT5+GE8pkU}7#z4~;La?~LLsBDzqAY9Ht5d34B1NJsYC_Ox;qcy3mIX>GR_iq}
z1e7iiLNPzKBV#EibH*5&rokAKN6hOP5=h<?oXzEHqmgxk7A3-H3a#<hp;W?lC+trY
z_$9Bse2dS$Hsf^Op-jUs{lYKO?q27w-*}tv{>?q2fNsbWXR0W-9;OKN*dlwDWIRqg
zaxVOP`u441^@X8?#OQ^X1?n<E67p=4(m9u>C`SltjOUL72-^|p3mPT4wTDS5i|W%k
zI}0K5fWUadlxnM~+9q;aeb-pY681b{Oy~HBE$>Sx@X?*YPR}cOAy1Dcl`BdKl#oav
znKmtUgmik_;ZtOY5-&kSflCr^bIUP=fK~#fAqkO_9q;iY=0W<b>w<Hgn-u3ssdesb
z0Z1t!$iJtt&Efs14cjKOGN6P+kMg*kS;czO<NSb#lBUpz6e(mD=>NQ73f`Y&Nix*;
zd@@!kP1p`8T%I6b@Oa)Ac;Nyixif9)`C6jJzkT!x^y1LWcH8I32Y=paxQrJvGRN_J
zQhuw?+*T?-?Req$u9PBz0x4UZm&|qwrXjI$Jz5p4`xRQ%RJx?B>&%?ef)F(^!eX_d
z?>G1uDa&%Ck2|~z7*jHI8=?<q!fUq)*tJHhvE^mjd;%x?%>f9hSru8d>|#Y#*OXcz
zL&uFPH3t*LyKjD%hw&}$?CmitW_<U1_qciYi=<-3wH?dsm+$heKm99InnE%V5<=*4
z>PC=a#tsy<yr2OZD?evvT{*taaZ2j~I5d%4dKnm+t$DUnfKtfOH7_q{F<pd{rt=n8
zOru6Vw?P%#tI9M!KHJD7E_#WbS002AXF~)jW!{aDk}b(S#tiP<itw}b(7E0$#>haP
zpp*za9<8=5y3uf1XS<;o94TdQzq)BqB2WL>VMRy@>vKELn3{~dNSHC{G)RO@8M8qo
zNwVEi%87M6(*UGABp}ZdRDB`oyO=#}lf5BILKunnVWj`d2q81GR2ivCMGTVD;}fo3
znc#;WQct03+zX#zd^j!jY?wmkR{8nWYIX(qXwcwge756xB6s!F?HPx&9S+&9XSv$`
z<A6rD`pAn_`TV;&136#Diy0xfvvcz{&M(A1{qOdLPq3s`4Av36=Hz6-!NE18inL{g
zDGH8Gb46-0sL2Na03ZNKL_t)wUbDN?(sid)qN4BDltr#&I3EeCRTjBdCDwYnZbMx+
zXq}lyMhle4)e<*!#H|^y*b1{jCGaU?hrqB5_!yAo0mnz4rckUGkNDNE{&T+kg{x@y
zLyiuA#1G&24mVzUnJ>P4n{WL7|IUB>i@)Jt|4;vhSHJN0`Srj5CH~`IJixlh;CcoR
zK55Ewf|LrS%ADk-(Y|KeUX$k<mhA-2Ho<y|ikzS-i?eD{t~d!2xiWRej7f>G<#~>b
zD;Ncaa!h!(l=U&`Qc9z>&YHKaz?<_E=C&eX3dJxCI5*&2$Za@rUhxWJ%j`Tq5oagb
z5E4m-Jh53A+|ZMfB6v?#7Z_FMYS2i74>1wEC;33X+K^IWI+G-+>78Wo5*sDnTeL{1
zwm~y;%2FT(kBHfJNk~Ny1|!pj&oi8TmO0{CWlqUVewUK$GdX@&!RyiQaunPKAO>Oz
z-~%pMv~G|HPL7Vbx?9t&S9sf_Rr)zdu;AGw>tYp43QblAj(We8^3ccV9&lN~dch+B
z?_-%=s9^atUW`S;xHiSOb#l-jsk3?3+<xnKdghdHx&OS-aW)-)VSp<HcVU?8(~Xav
zU`Z*@PAC_d5nCny&pMJ{FquqvXXDUjmv`=+pp;_&$^p?vrsXcH<r1w0!3QJ_-8!HY
z^!<h)1Jj)u!Fha8JUR9hO$&u#WgR!CyP5j!15z87>m_wPLCeVU<S|cri;;?1Q{zRz
z>&WqH09PS>i5*VRdd6mmeEH>T+}S^2eebV%G@WHoRPX<=ztWvcH!QHLAR*n-OLv2G
zNJ%3g2rS(xQqr+>hlF%Df`BYYNOwy;=l7p^Ucn4A`+{?yy+3(f+eR|`C#T&HHQiIs
z53Yg4TpZn3T!AUZH9_$Q`bH%K$$xsjxy?0p`1`?4MIQ3FXEf%uEuE*+<X1w+W3)cH
z&xBzi{xjrl&1lkK)=Up45_i@m4(N@<Imx40xcg4s<Yas)t%NNt3*v|Rrlt;~xnZ^8
zLs^-z8!vr#c!SMobjo=TU`p9HWl5%KXBdS^bt(`r@Mx)Gwa{ulOp>D7>%PVDTopOU
zMudQe5Mg`<C$JH%)ab2n6(<HUrmfj-UUXB%%1W70XMWC*1j;JxN$oE<f(AMol+c;k
zne^!^a_uj-iILu_g8M(id*bf>id=BDa3I7`R=aB@#jqJxMY+?YNsOX&L#}X?7d`%p
zOzibM8f5X5^#<A`QkYset*Jyt$tKFNxd@yN&(7^mpTHkgUtDBnZ%_B$<$rn*T6~Cd
z3n81N7?Ks*oZQali^ui`7pvTM$5IGMpnzWKj%RZuy_m4%Lz&Y3dm4+jftoA5h1&#V
zj32#|TFBa5_fA)E=PW484*pe=b*@ehq<EVx1~%WXDX?M((WuQegsMnRUQ6zJ6?wYh
z`=!$~Jw6)F+}-(HA13x(Z~S}c@}t$Lw`*~%+KY&9ul^t~W^<lN{8|O%(rMa4alL}u
za&y8(;gJ?|aue|Fb_Jke^pGHW(W3<LJC!Mu26_{6$G@tT;`Ol^r)4CASv4`>IuKJ^
z0&N}^jD-H_Dt){cYWg&6Dd`9fgK9k;c`H-(=n%zRp;TUAh4H|Q#|eX;^Gg}Z=vNCP
z?Br&+YQhigELmgfRD+97!KXJvH{GE$Xo4q!X+ft4-95&x;(vMywN;GIv%0U0@d&z}
z2iNk(pe?S*t?#bLovrz#X>(DXZVMrF;T-c>6e}>)Pm8t`I($;&Yzw+VV?wQdr)57<
zYci{YKT|yed(+P$xpw>)@DYzl&r*`gG@_wkN0AWe3KR<rCce1XF>{Auh1|dsmyD7A
zA-~-l+_jj<D2o*u^m+iUAOh%!4}yw>)XWE+{7jlir9C}mA^;j*L_lO2M}fNZPI!@q
zVy8GXVO8LK%Py8ho~7h)2ZAoIuc*s=%P&piX$X{Xz;CH5Sb4Ce#~&Y#-nzyz34LQ{
zuyNsWdPJ8QXG6xKc(bBGKSm0FjI`Rwd}YpSCI0K5!e3dA5)bhgg-seN!QcxY4`1Km
zEJ@!OV8>ivqAm20_x0uuUo+WjN6tY?U>&c{fIDkqlBCQoCDBg3odHw+&P{!tfdYP)
zBJq4L8DsbD`ELE}!dIjx>AVByu2PMFw*YcMQjwHqzjvRDcx_m<kUFr%?)Ui3v*Q#y
zJ&x#;EIFB%=vXuR3zU!^Ig>~@nuL6TM?V(Ohs2TbBv`}5Dg3pPQ~&+@R6#?B{|QsY
zK=@mSewW~6BCQ|j5m0KAT1fd!Nf9|Z?EUY&GHTcg<$hETA-%q#2``^&j3OQT(9NBu
z$p^26(}k6jQ;M}apWgx7-Ro!NQdN9Ir4gQeEv;@B7-Mo%NF;uUsoM#X2e*PpR}RZj
zDSx-~$8d->gJv2lGdlR|izY(?ywE~t?_ZtnaqUnnw;$gDyhKmYS6*j36?RcH&6Gr0
zlGkj~wf&GOPxXT7LU9d7>=!*LVBe&$Wu8=cZIx84ews9+PS^4&Z+saXjfXjOIGq>E
zI<enE3c<&w7ftD2pReHD|2_}}tw>WPlLXEt7pzWxumIQC(fdOsvGK4zUf?E^%(A2W
zUTnQe+);*~_k>~_i<!)?s0lZXT_&kN6{7l<wv<^g3*Ri9BfI8hb7Xi132$2i6DqVP
z;&Uoni@=}&2e0E^e;KVZOW5Itbc6Gqkt-CJAB7aRMD)8@>rG<y!LPMHvwNGsW4Ds^
zMjLj=_&i|wcBPr)%h-(Ns~Q;!(wI`xh#P%b376Rm!{`Jhwr|g7lJ=T@&vssQX)RS4
z5~gya+999TSY!*FjTa7Bd)V2IKsypEWQP<IJz7|?I`&Ne+cc2))?hUGb;7oiyma0s
zj4=2=MXN-ZEq?q;?XjqL1$iO9Qm>N$Q>|r?PsHXNtC2$o<^f3wcOD2bVY|u#?`40h
zg=%B00m3(eIZ5VW3GHALAet?N-<hje8yF&m{G@$62-&aq0)|?i&RuV>-rd)<`EBaz
zJi?z(0bG!N7j2uzJ-_Vl?J9rQf>CT;L#q@ktoU8b04}O_mP~3j{UJ2hazscwLQ%RP
z?!{LF&iIUPLPSX}4SChd3q8pXKlVnfI(`>_ZJeKgBe-wTn8G>Y5~GO}{<Nol6iG}~
zP0$9TDKOzNS$l>iu8c@(lvO4X3mYa$ZzHtF+an~l+6`I3Ox9<uM8WGMP@7L-MA&lu
z?JvmCp<tpHRyg~;<~lGz(B^FyraZpEsUj=)=rrLYBry#ut-@4dz>QaR{XbEI@QfK^
z)i+G6Ve`o#F_)rAQ9&aJ>}|esb52xRlRcBBR$kh8H3QUNlLURnzv!<?o_O-H%=n2m
zD=tKlSlGP_PT9m}r93{wG0gdL0uU3!m}ag_uU*c+^}h9?`f}z$@-bPELDuNt4bk3$
z^+R8Bv5C!-FZP1M>Wy7K%RiVAoMA)uGW*_z^pzKrgWn{^?8h;Ucc6k8k8-K_jA9~W
zp$=Q4s{qaQHGu(#+EDiw$sXK?txX`5ls%`^O$;ec{cy1_ktKlpn_aah)IXx1$exW;
zSN8>Pi@Rli5n3;)I7d2--%8y+>LA2cl+$R~N$mUaFJ00iy~_n2ykISC3{gg-2#ToB
zKZJu1IAqv&zyB~t9k5oz3+Y^?ibqBI?QlNrCUnC*aah^PR-;><64uyTL%s`Eb90IX
zU9LaNWp&#&-;lUb=l|-FKSe{#YCwCeMFytpv2**bHl5N{dI~PUOq#P>*Cq3e%r;E0
z*~B6XD^wcMA)^Ek-J}|JU|uElG_{V)Cu}Ng0R}<ldu<kNm!YWC8O(Mf^`(<r$|xz?
zxYD>pDoV)qQfm_>`+wS?A{0jErt$w^=+Lc-ud?Q|$J2ya*{MbFhIk@oHe1rYc5e88
z(7*e-<e57r29B_Nca-!MpLinDmr+iQRXX8O7z!#9`qH`!CY0JCL?D|mT4Ssgy>)9|
z;WzdIS}b$I{ASEiO!^1#-#C{IO$oCoJg;9f{p~?bBY|$8#Ab}#OTU*@LHh=I3G3c-
z*gssdiw*&heA<gw89HWzHYS5>0@7F?{Y;c9n^J8CTDq<{15a)O6KaAU4_L0mhdhkm
zO@R$09j^9M-k*J%ehkds3A(ORcO(BcW4MERc;kQn)~xWG3uZ3vT+8))yJyOX7Wt0=
z!zAFsIH>pJVe;e@@J5g^@ur+NNEDs+vKvH4sswLw#-t2&Je-dmPQ3qnA-wpmU9CQs
z2t`*nKQ8~|$bPF5qACNnUiM8C3k;A=MK^<t)`QU%bjdt(`ivCH@fSjF3cDaeFB#<`
zbizw2xsO1cIPo?LCkvJTSe@Tkb>Un(4m|zjI@|s8*@MnVuk~kiy@Q6*`PP%TUry~~
zcnk7lg2w#ASkU7NUsG?5;BLmBvKfVF6gF0|j&AcNgS?m!%KV1($RY^Z<1}eX5dyaZ
zQ(K2apH49<F&dFm;ABlHfS2$u30hLdPMWzyV52)zMxs!yVbhWo%S@z6RKR%YftJ_!
z78=T&EL)PMT&%G||EMTBWelifbmUzJ(PsPuBKx`b%jJz@bp@?;q&2sdiYK3d**o65
z-!+rVZnoB7SXC15yBzYD$+EermrQ@8hf%I6BPU5aMpFV|D8XGPQN*!SM?%pX<AnIo
z(@9cnA;-D}W>uI<5~zN}%l0Z(fOfOdB9=H=2$eRRDA8hGH|jU}1XdKsx@~rJFx-P&
zT+L|mJO6zHv;<O~6`monSuqA21v{}=9=ty8+)5TX%|xw@!8n@VZ5}%uJ$`1)$ycci
z0XUBwjX2-F7(5o~*4c$UPOY(-(5ihzUSzXt?6l-~;BIQKAlY1~8j>J5eaeC^FFqVC
z<I_t@^b6m76+8(1Lt1%M=Ask@AfGOGnQRO<9;B9NB%a&8?A_B-p!9Kb8+^Hvg(l1i
zrlf1pXnlV2mD%xwFMw=<U#m6`M<rYA&d9~_psS+7&>R2TzOZU~!O8jE`K=Q9w;xQx
zne4zAHpSO@ZGvmpT9Lrsl=~B2D4%ZjhkB8chTP7_id0H+@o@t0+kxlv1C!NNg<&Zs
zG$u%PiXF2P6f^J-E|<r)ZwM|qJddV6PSI4LUx?LU%C^Cx!GP$1I#>!ChaZ)HGtA8x
z8bU;c5uu(`y(WcY?|o`uIeZI;@cO<PaKg2&lG~$)l9f~@0Yc=c`S5~DXezT@+Df!T
zmU(gPxpWfRFV47t`5<8ms8_JS`^&#65Y}B2!r`Pt4q`+B2mV+Jy)#(ecB75n*vn9c
z{?tNf&cME$d-DaAbni!XLA{@rc)P?LFJ(*il*@Pj(HHVdZ^2cw#OT@{r()IkwV;vF
zieNY~EdnILTG>FwYQZNT_fzux!n(mpRf&Xw4k~9!Nx{VA)>T;kN}$uOVGlCC%XUg-
z(80CIYj!Dw%AAn)ciSDNtLteR;c?tXR_Sd0q4xR5ie${0#m};Y_UDU0<iE<l-2*qP
zCri$zD%JmGUr^Ae<RVC1y1!7e99)G@*rF=7R~H@tEHfWTpbbbE16=;+Oe-ajs;@_f
zZoB}KcH^i1J68A)OL3rg7<$H|p%dO-b;?tlQDacEIR9N=O4-|1-#}7Co=RrXFjKEE
zOb#~Hep0@S?Im7_;G5)x#K}9q<e)FIYsh3-b(rjm$@DHM%c>}X?2^-!vMYGTC=iLT
zrIn`Bz3Y7XSm`b%Bw;<P*4iBOrR7B2Rv+UD$@M8Xr@rT&Rllauw?^2M&GIEAMv9ky
z=P#u*acuQj3bxU(SX;QXT4^@KK6diby()u?0uQR*#4iu*>}ROi;dR=ynatMcXO~3M
ziA3*4K>?NswoD}2L2YN@0YE*05=oP^M}M}gC3b$v*6?W*!M4Y7Dj)se3a%S+vpCO}
zbqs^z@uI;gq5nv<V&PyIaR=`0`m`OVzq;njXau!tE=%aeuT+ad_l``261sGpZUr6%
ze~E0AEJ?DVXphlYiE-f&PRasnA2*R@5l6IU+3VdSDMRXT)gTNxei);dytZQ1>1z@z
z@)-r*kxm*8CE$;v%(yckMmc8rL?x7vL|Kf=_>Mp(u&(Z$7Yzcz{4X5P0jWydjE;R|
zYPWU*u7rTfU-28FJLjh<ydRaS5Uuun_*3e&xurerl#;J8{)BFnR`vW7!d|#|4otFW
zdE`KTvlp+pUv9=~m{<y1SdVo6g%n4%LDfy;oIz^~1$Kld8$G^l`vR}O)adPh*z9AZ
zqxD5)ILN>g=SBg~0|F*A=amA_w<JW)Kl~!fOPm(y1g?L#)(u(fb9cJ`Fg~H(@E^Hc
zC#cxY1c7a!LJ}fHIl}vXO5Mq_<!*cM=A2pM2%@BRJ}_uOfo<Zo8CEQ4Jb~cu!u9Dz
z8q_x+VD$L-1=ngII`Pi<DAc_^f?4B|@MAgs?RgGY;@{vCu9F7Atn*Wap+i1==hY8a
z|LAY%#R{qke~mA~)B5aHFM~_I)-8{_jnpkWWeAXM&vUo&GRdF5cDq=hN3!LLiEMo6
z44()`Q(4BYS!*49yg#WwCjS*ERS{yb`vYc4;?y2oPzLdgnvU8cSyog_$kkW?Di8Dw
z;(62Yeg5n!)g}X!Ky!F&wCPLPD2Al_w~m|CVukz<2OU4WR!RQ17Ge62v1|;UklQ}p
z57`xn&&aF9L3>er*j7_OtQcJ?^isMaR>FL1uc)8f$(`)Ayw-64+A^i(d8+)27c`uK
zl#m!~Evx`6DQ|l&Wskoe#Z{#o{91pbbgigWR!J-cN;s7wZpe7B7915sdGH>S5g8;h
zQ5OpH@+4x4Xkpc-7HG^yG0Ar)fv1Z3npgycgl-F#^8~?D*JQu{cVh@Q<0*LQb?UJc
zu(4zFWUs^x_#ziZJ@0PV87Q1b11oQV>7$MGT)-DJ_4~SOMY71IrSs&v(<O;)1%bTg
zVF)k(RbSdnR<^VHys<gy>bKm5HTlYbqNVQfPUTCOg5wB4!92NGQnQd)sW~3PD)$=1
z#0rA~?}`)zy@#d9^2A(FwESK%I)3|o3O_$jowj~s3O3T8{DS{to5WN_QS-A7K!7az
zklIvI{VMt`iI#bTp|xb6mPHOD_OGQ?yCz?0obX*b=b3dq)T~x>yLuT`{%=8d{Avth
zmOK0W3vPWWeJ6DYvx2g`$fOm)>IRc>L--Fu<j1W2WzLQz8y1w5oL3y-_}EdRBJvJ0
zwYh!UI1Hquh2^T%2zVl8dwl+i1{pexO^sfhiRo*zwprUfHOasPP0MXi*W)(>PI8b^
zp;54A=69dt55Bjbo2!<f?0Co|v}}&Q9Dl`SBOG4J>Trm}(2B{47v30Fl#GQJrm&ix
zM6!>GiBnh@xa|I=2^hvq_sDHdwzF#eZ^E-T6!Sz&7e8eL@11R#xnX*$Zs=>(>hoK#
z1re&yh3HgEww{;^?6h$-nz4yO@dV9}8-NG<3bp-%BC#f$v8#2wz7%#(Wfd`$IkkYB
zdYTbU$#&w)e@^vS-=eOOxU#3~3jdYFLNqlgc&#9fp)=G&-^bhDXHpaSp48*F5DD!J
zj!eKkzV@F0{)tO$pA+Qvy=wq_cc7@)Nn&g4SZl001R243i}vkc=x$}e+CB?n*6~<C
z^*Eq3dtGqVpwH@8H+sz#5RwLG1Udtn@`dubFh%0DoLCq*l^DWWzRc`sf}t$vRHmXV
ziFcVGSh<L5^J=D@It68FGF}?{Z7daC?J?b?!t#Q~{;(!Pehb8KBiptC<tqpy?1)p}
zRW&MfC#I&W_e(YMPuBDGjf0Zn72Lm+P+08iTr+7k11&el7ah4Cr|v(UL%480${B7v
zje|_DMdIu}F7ol{^g?zIq~W-xbiH@3!(1&D$^rq}7w-BW>|x~SrjmAb1|-+(GllGi
zGC!|6+;?6Ro~+t6n6dcyxP6)`?87`fQWgHSCWE1BqA=QAQf<`U1b}WSiTRDlE_)g>
zr@pEvP?~_?l!iBSs&msI`~{<hEY^g7{{P3LF{Ef-(lE=(ZyJ>SMvA))dyKArXZdBQ
zF@@R&+yyzc3C%NKy~2}8NPMBK?y!=ck=H_Rg=0y=2z=4kEx~b-I#Jwe*8@b6Kh{Mo
zlM5x3H9@wA2e>MR=J&A<M1@nT(MjvfuvmR7`6N$UoBR>&*q)>h_QYp7aGhk!aB`6q
zmPq(+BB=0~W9BNiz+OJZ4ahVK@h8z!1wcmi28yHgTTP2*`4CTeEtCIc6;omo(e_V=
zkIiQdKR5!WFC<RdnwRU39NTUQg)ZQow|*CGC+swNcX>O{<%0^1RzR2mBnP~MZjEcC
z9jxJps;MFD=)p}ETbU|U;lckS0kq_Evn3$EkZZpeh{-Le+-r{?@x(k3SuW2n=kF`A
z+Qle(ts%{#GCE#np=x7f`MHoCH&(!xf=8+0Sf8>ADw0u75+qXUf1&W30QEgGzw+<<
zhM}w>_J`BBlLE<S9Q|rKjU#$SjGm@zw&rXeJn<Phda>QTRT1^^{92oWL~05?0k-h`
zAp%C(qC}}^dteti$xmVKxYi6GRPyH*$o$qXFH=9uzmn4?2Q4#dZ=8i<@)g^9Aq+Sv
z3X#L4mgWoOzgz!_Xn}rr2QiqYp`B2*0~bzSniMO{kg5^%D==(<`d~rq<7H${4qdfr
zrxFfb7(q6zWIl)Te!KOo9_=^Vio#w%-6a%o`MF?N5uH^TEgUH#O<9%|JxE}_c)9S$
zL@G0c=wjZ&>ybK)x1W;N)C{Jgo1X?|bbBprv75s#r(jB+s<bg|fU$?Ft7$i>$H>m-
zCMurV3FRbV7&+u(n&#D?)54NvmQ9dauaX&!^brqvkvx^4iNb`(<IwmLX0;~<j`;A^
z^RSb(J@@V*_2e-qXyE6gc;FGk!%N%W5kM^YdNU=eR9N*SfzUDOQDp;a-G8y-xAF~6
z$zMwmxTaUzeAL77duk<;DWFmQ@avjn+s%{ZFYC@zZ1S0c)VCYh&3$9CnrZfFohLZX
zk*`r9i(_OYQK0B{4jyS6&BjCsXCg{_Pbd}<W=KT!n_pc+1mrn<$ekz8(-4<A&0TT}
z(BnSngj5lIvJT0Sp=P{rA}7mV+bxzK5b&+$_~+p+-9qQ~Y9Tv!mgdw;WZ;gfQx#AP
z6zD38a-7&J-yU^VUC{wEFg8^R(vXh@Zw`dm^2)T1$5Cg?#GuGB>tzy=$-_n^>Kb3|
z*Z1ybQhFG+zIQ|nCWic7{z=mow@=$QeKD)t0)Ut*)0MAl=2MIFAfyLg3Lj#|?GVPx
z7}hqe_5S#FZ#MozU#vDAFq-O%ApE*Q1|UKKOXU;F<6rWMD-=sv8ktxUJKzRO-Y&5U
z3X)uz^Zj*s&_RwRr-I|kl0*-6U*Ui&YN5_)k>2y?x3qcL`?m+?l__mh79fm95pSV#
zu9*LRLPLpCZD7XK^j`6@CG`piwH6gE$)M%h`rP$~nZvJBy0qfegO5^JL{RpHUVH27
zv$xTThHOQOpA|;&k+~!f)Wxrq=ITr+=6~W9^D)UOlH`NssTqkBxcV8<8kS=3M=lt;
z?${r$yB|&@fA$>%Po6iIL2^QAGD0_8;;=b}3}N?5Uwv-QLmJfEmheq$fBegJ>0{<I
zx$%ACio`ux6_6e*hYW*XHoylDP0J6xc4P`F4-V~g1UM*OW!i=`9f<YhF^3*$XsrjR
z>pEx+Z&<F}fDd?-cyiQWTC+>>lq@}tjjwmV2QMMf+Sc6LO|*2-Cvi*KOL9^>0zZ8D
zgSlqoC$>|JFlYa0=6^?~@_ne2L419MuxlzVOAttGaT0JRX8ig#d*+P$oJ6cT+Y@Z1
zp=7Evwf?mc<Q^(JQM@yd4^UKzh#ng-3U-2w!oZ<<bVKkJqR+lBK%&%HIe_*9@_ZZc
z{VGv)Js!Chs=^G@O}am#?qEEa8xkb^`h_pi?&L>D7jws>1+IR#)`$PKQsTS7=1if&
zW#{%X5)LqzY@4iCjniYSx_}Q_KVGdl`<vx@jubtaZN}$8kN>viW~>eJe9SD#aR;c6
z?JIey8~?5xv6AH0ByiBsnPmTU0n4N*DIXWevEJ(HLaa_FNsfNl2F9L<YOOG*Spt>&
zcdr#;(~X>}bL%#JP6CD1^@7Ds>6JqISj;Y`OV)Z@ux`#caWu*3%Y#_GQ=)7Z^sw|c
zI?APx4`cwqd4>lMm%Nk^8iO%&DJG<Pcw{CQl}>a4N_h>^HT)bal!XP=nzB7S;rre0
z_T$(yWFh*Lib1n0cFcEXv#@OEoA1E>*VbPs0cK7qMKRbv2fTOMJ_m8onv@xtc6_3t
zklXoYV)78c$|Y^t6h|T1LlU0I2LoYg63-YAPO>T$*G(2$O6Qd=V@tpa5}n#}nQ<~<
zu>PG9?lhw1&)h`HioxstsU(eaAub;>n3;=5^f=nXGk}!N5H}i_kg*OXV)fG1$QH{N
zG1Zdv?M2F7%vOE6)FJhns+xM&2N`=8u!BDzNB6V@Al^T8+ux1d&|4MSHZ7l?_t15;
zcs_>rxL`rKp{#SZN{jgYj+~Qy2(CKvg~!iLpK_0}+L&kgNW)bX4DH)@VJIdaQsXRw
zd`A0*5`;xQ_WpDf-0j>({$XKr9<!`tRC>FjvdejSK*mhvZL6)7Di&}G2g;K5$jZc&
z%vb(z$Sd#_5*Uar*C&s%Ogi0iQc_6O=ow}}Wb6s*z89FT06R5HyjxAb<9yWA1=%t3
zXEOo_YY`~p$8eY^YLYXFb^aM(7nLRthq3P74_j{c*odc2M;XazruI|rwi7sV4k;uo
zdD1Q1JM9|j{z{3Dh)4&KU9aQJ?SZr*nYO*iV>IXJ-vx(y_BN3)?qB2Bb4J?l!;+E`
z+s7?gHpE+}H(9WF7z;{?@R=}h(kNO+?bVzT2w%{Eq?=x?%l-dZ0G0Et_+bt41Lj#)
zX&vw$<PzSqgr{^Qs3U*&6F}q#Fg?gpv;#q4ch=ck*nm1S@3Vu%O+wbZsY*t(^N$!<
zdegN^A+?pQOdyfU<!0C4?*EGl6hqZ<62Rrm?CJtrQM|x^FY~8goNRuFLK+zltEX;$
z3`&9Q7zr_ps&3srhKeR}$dm}97!*DGfXXRCCkc@&6}e7&RK!+Hu)>w0MooU9jia5C
zt)RiE?mvD;dL2-3ZjOk~R~i<v6f8BFVSU%-^~E*d-uOZPxzF`YXJAeXy|}GL@JOR9
zr#t^-1&%K4?-+VYy{)BGC1-Pz4#K)#bR=rQ793j|2?YV9RlX~<#L9FUc&wAat4!Ei
z@$!$Cw}}i-r>X?i$D!#|!~3F%A(J8kp~VopRGTO$8Z+w;bCr>&z${KHOY=5^+V3q9
z)_nk(a^y(VXK8hHyYq%#V>l#5VJNk}H<Dzr@4V4!fu6g{kKp7n^6DY7{$*_zK4yb}
z{-&jZHdzL5AOB)S@Z1D-F`is`xlTd*9rf7Hke`;50sQL$MdixT%qPnVLqm3#o+pp?
zyV)&vv2O`c1JB@nh5rAUbOwepuQEa=-gl17mFii^ST`ZpNmWYl=k`(&e4fZT0ah)&
zwokNVTCryFD9PUvO{Ctx&3_r~7a?az`l;8&&%1gJU{R4+0t+t(ViI_G)$D($Fd(?9
zO2Kyz@EbMtALvg=impf=3`r9;lK)j2jLu+c#1dS&s^Ph+@ApL<6>~f;KYg=U>HF*v
zPlO^WDmw3#Q}N7lalp&-Z*KsYZ7ELVR$|mHdI=iaW~Py$R)w-Qfm+L!D#aTNWAqYJ
z2V4X^`=lTxp9^S62IVr_2ijk&`<I8*y9kMi75&y}JOW9Zzq#o@gF9a<M>EyBmb9kC
z8>P2mW#!w=rgtEF33t?gp~0NI4U`gmaFukelG(~-sv~{`-JI9tCHQ<?luuWFYpUS6
z|1m_SBy)LO@qj;N`2!-o(ha1<)F)+w#)}V5%TW7)85I*fiBXcO=&G4Eh&konwza<g
zQZ%LFvNYa@JVNIRZiFROFJ#K=XpE@0E`9&;d{;cS2?QL5S9%rbX0ZMCk`w><&i-N)
z3h=e3jJC?htA&dG453f%<9$QwSemoV+E4p6&zbKY0dcN+&{2ga%@7dnO6MoR>YMu%
zMZVzm`H9`yW#>ATNr!3$hlV;fI<s*MnY+nIrN^7oUA>(M#UwPSLJwQA;(7N!?)>BI
z>x!Q^JEYR{mG>_~Ha(k)avM21Y`UF=#Uw23mfh>k-2eTJE=)lWb7-rV?7NTO!t9_S
zg6Ju$etN_ivykB+eQ8oU|E45`N*ZrC^+RZJwGS)}UIg)^mxU-Pi~p=t7mrZ?3%ZcB
zy@`2eEAqWZL$!7rZeP;cy7ec;XG!p#`Po*6i&w(k2;to^O;B`8ZqT)QSICUdZum_L
zRN|<40LUm}Kn&iMV(Rl<k1Gi&kpaIqxl8y$Qa$cnj2%YL;UtdYO3<SJfGtJ(xJ_b^
zP0x4NPv3yIE+XK>e{FMXD`Res6!~$7PVWHS%hbc_nfl#han0Gko$eo3SuMZ5yT|QK
zzHYDN9We8_?m)`nSe+tSimfR*q+b;gDb|zohks5q94k)i#kiT@IdvN2A3Xhi^C?}Z
zWSmuOO@52kiTbXx1yFpTz3Llj))S@~oi#U2V4zjPR?^N*gLSs(c!jA))${tYC%trc
zcURFRx7VH_q)%c#0<#loU72*&CwRo)ZD6tD>uRQ0<{|j9Eb?Z<8ObJ`LbQ{w_OSnx
zhY3`z&u|aPs@A={`<*uBwxchRz#aW_<;M5+v1Q4NvA{;CeM*E(OhnxJ8}z$w6pa8D
zYofF{T3L~UY-ql<R{AZV%uHmKw+X&%Z~3K)33sCB$aBV79(g?|t95u*UC4oxo<%VH
zDWDi+W15F6rxKMx+v2h|I?ierHN%o7>o8#MueQVfHMxeDB>xKzoA!0hp+&6aYL)$R
za<vb9y*2RDH^f3}i7imqJ-y7a5y+X<VKq|H3uW>BwYs{qFtJkk#WguO?*QXi(pS;+
zrwSW>%Jt_f%brdJ!X&Nw79Xi%*T2{!prstOM6GGH5|d8voB_*$nHk~+fs5H{+QYNI
zE3Pvt-b`}Uro!g4dX<aH;TBTZun(wNKczGk!zE^#{o7*W*O8CHZ>?AICPu8-oTutd
zw9+w7Fr`1(e;WSz%BS{|*==g<<pQZl>+|tSq;=xxDKY^mUj}rd{w*p_reF*drH!wB
zpUU&kM6BPhJt~{EHH-m6HWxt0>s#3YUFCO`0wBf>TyP`y_>bc8BJi4m*T{xJi;0&_
z5hs}XnV~}=ZowRB)R>AzqM#n{dwVLe_H^BHH|P3<{k-#hg>UA6#ZQt1fP;Zwbm2t5
zdOXf|GlK4eo<#*rhqwawUOnvBJjy)%aeZJ3-1`y~w)!Z3Xux!{pt*QNRl{8@YpTB~
zr6Dn-2u+lZGkTqX&tx3=n7ScXSqWrM=|tGY=tkIDIEP0J(_VMZP0nNQKZeX^K91lO
zgO<@2#{Q_ZYw2e;1=s7OhK+l_{LB+g1o9qk#!f7Ksf2n|WKC&KiD3=2zR$KiqX2|}
z=m5L@L5N`$vFgCp)auri<rgs6az|u;`Bfyqh1&W3w9M6T+i)^1?ic%xmL!WVTHX?U
zd?)J-%lj;;wD7J3Sxl&`HHp(hW;+7nDKXuYG!G%6;$d<O!_T!XcnhnnsLdH7a1;~A
z^3oF!D6w8v%iz*0O3hGVYt{7$NBI?hMZnazv+yaw2UQ=)lZK>D#8%A}dx(?m>fdbt
ztvV1BHmf!BX@v;qew$7YFVF$-_Z#WrMrl|{_-PgHy^JFNm_9uBFbzB1Y5znAcCxBP
z|6X2ZEK1%`3%Vk~atTf8tFVEpgL~R$vMg1F%P3%H>zK6F`|3YSOIN!uy8!Y%A^`C4
z?ELE?a9#bL;DI`66hLhMUdGfRTlG?A{cLl{q^(}r6_6<vaYRWs?9)Orz@c8b#W{0?
z5fIZEFGn2*&B3$VC(=xW?8xwBQ9%`}LIiuZL}34_s36wcl<;6CA!Oj@3Kl<8N&inr
z%>GUG-|rq15l&HkIBSALQspR2IF<KK?>bEfZ63t>G3%-%qR^C;gpF>u`Ui~s1@?Bb
z`xJv2M2b>7u0l^Ps$2tOB=0XIw-cUD35A7)EtVStp02nGnlPBT);^&#fo*i_4PA+}
z&PN?<c)zN+@tnoE1^`~AzMv_|r-`7^17OZB=rSQFRJ6sFWi(`$PTuC-qRViU9@fs!
z;v@DtvIWN~1;S-Q0w(a@&acL&|4m*K?EJvYVoI3VQF*7-xNyjD=<c^%XT<p;Lxo?i
z99zOd23!I(-k>C9FJ)p;PQ*fwGE|JoFYsdqq7exDmGt!hwZ>5rN6un2Im<ah&kOwf
z+35vVZCZTPk(%4z`Ys;pI9<;<Eq7Uxw^r4Xty8bwbr1yhRDAp1b2@mFD6h>bCuGP(
z>PwQ`Uy0Z~vZr+76HwApY@K9++w_QeC@b~ZZkn?uDQzg&`Q|tLYG2`qf_5+DEP)c8
z(rLsr()pz!|Bxgpy?0L7EY|9$<U7B=mV09b*YnMLO(3861u963G@KS*HR@c3vKsX4
zou|UOd*<=`5<ih(iq;y{M0PP^N5uuVbL`&7Zx{4=i_eXKWcx9v{2C^If{V*m1oRh}
z@jgxcuNz>J>uwd)+v)ESpK#KURjrXmU1cO4iA5!B<R!$gr>87XK^CUPr#o<z#Z?Dr
zRtS`{@yFHGHD}$fMhW`Nh5dLH9D9&vGINy6-Vt|}p<3Z{S5hDn;DrUXM}w%Xhtma(
zel~iku8O1&<-R2_@b7(3_QU_U`+~sdq^m#fOZ6$T6a56~pHSjpe}KX&c5#<1c-+~u
zx5+;LofV)87L@z6Js*FHS39waeF4=lBId%x2Ff^rwsop`5}Y&Few`)Nj_Z5Ywyz8X
zrKf%9f-X;<Kd(Kmu5GXSAT5Gizho`eoQ<xoREjE?E((bzYE_5iWYagacb7O*r)mm0
z8afH+==LF>=xsECV+wo|uADs5KkvVLOfdQG9d{t;@?rC@a=?{iH@wVPcC@C7W2|(!
zjAyV^_KHWW8~xUY)$A5+EOyJAiDVGcJ`pYZ<X+X(=-jpHpTL82a&c+WtVaAx!g%Kw
zQQ1NAdY`>M2{EMcB?K>(?WRaSi{S0hq|=~N{SY??G;CuZ8JhxdEI>_-!#}ZAMVatQ
zv+-!2F5W$U9_Zs2tm*E(+JhS}*38623nKq13+$m)u@EBL)ZI2kzNcjVY6PXo#>rP>
z2Gsgu3!uCu4$FJRcc1d;<d}yy8BBvRiEnUXZ#?2;d45koY{wEhQLEfx-MJ^cRN3Zt
z^%5FIyj?3%p(Fm$T}9JAdknK&>*c+0fkCxjs{6bR%vId~eo+&P9ysSk)n8S7mOLFF
zY=hO4+cOJ_nAoDOqAX7F1T3r)cu1_2z`0;rq`!_uqP)A!&41>ga?GNn-|c>(?R=18
z-+;>uqz?p#Ud&H1lE<IT#ji-iGskLI(7<s|z_9=dsD}OksQ=BUNB_(Bd5HG}1l}6V
z1*(>{<jy4R9Ay>hvQmz)Wb_63UW8SxfIi6;2aUpgq!#PrAk*}?I#6t<)BTus^+9D0
ztaW%h^IbBJ0i&aJFah~#d|Bb&?vmrH<F0Fx1VV-n_s0YZ3F7}-&Y`bd`nc#5n7e&=
z;(c?h=c8QpGu>&dUWG(}G~^2&oS!L0CAnP3hK-c6tQ?#Y!u<x0^K~9>ak~B$Aw*_^
zO27}y>t_&!Qbbz)5JKaUPUk3ZQtn(mTAh4yx)^HX#2pagFtayYL$tIXcYZplx@p@H
z+qroNTq`~R4L~qNixDVpl}o>~HJizl2w|u->tr1vQw(M%VjYdc|D;c8YZMkt7)aS*
z?i>0-V3m2*3ICuyid)g3ouDm1X0Q>z@;cE@c#xWa;F?Ok86Z#}9y-nVh?}k@6;bK_
z%+rC_(Mdy>s|y`4;~i*QKzA7{F5iD(25qBqkmIHwMDGp8O5X20(XO34uZ=pI`E#)p
z+h<}(|A<I==p}thBYbfa@gX$mjMCfplZ4*QMFLIN4-_Kb0thoKIYr%<2nR^phhCir
zgvP}|H7j@9-LYo9`cQe|L8`0STR-t9PmEr{HFR`k)?|`YPm$XCj*aoK0??djGWad-
z3#9gzu$rQYzUJ${!+|{uOW4lCP=)Bwb*xP^oUnM#5wM&swSSwX=MKi;k3tHDjq$(a
zrP70SUm9ogve~072RGqqH<e@Q)x1FaL1HXwGo!Fi*bNVs%zP$vuv^8B|DnT#G=woq
zft}uzPIZ-7E_vdJ^ISrqJhJ*ig<V)qqG(vbXcISqs4q>NJ|QRqy6R`j6vn73PfO3B
zshd9HJ8oY;A~Z(yvetzr`YfZKuW~ebsWs0TPyU*AYEdz#@G|c(HcdJ%+Tu+e#tz+r
zA+WyVMw?QC?T}t)#_6z<*<KHJlPv<T_}fKpz#Z=~4GyMXGB;vGnDZ(nGS`0Z9NAl?
ztGv?j8Yrar1~fxh9G9;n3x+8Zcr&|-AvkO_JO}mpPU%HagWfMrP$qkq=8S2%zUVlI
z;^H5a*y&P5JH^&TgOi0`am#PWBt(OCSL-q)r`pZx8#;$Brc7;kmzY*KTCGk%MmV{C
z#}4h@Q9g7^a<tXejLC1Dj<cB~$rTimtQD!aoqb3&?g!cr%z9q=-fg~FVtFvL@{piV
z+(csq-+qqgWB&XGwT_O-cRe`a;`rOGn@jgqa|%>NNmrM4VrNTk(w*PV$2FlI0r2S?
zokNL2_B_Kcawm;u`Q!=|J*ATp+!p>kn0IxwwZSq=vbz&EI@c-IF6ft=x2FQX{{iNA
zoLpSG@@9|YSbY<Xn9zhAi644|4WuJ!epEa*Y=(2y{_9e3jA{uznE@uszG{b(BwLEH
z<e5?42fxjsOfuRWnRWWG@15TMp4c8yFNY<UjHR+@;faP9bPA4+A_d^bl?(U|%ypBb
z?F1ox&76-Lk<#;?V`PQ)5ru`H0<tV}ERICTOA0Q??LaNR>&7l~c^;R9Rqr&D|9zHL
zX?=+oqhjI3NI;Tr6+rO=H(-Ud9*suinsD*(gn@@@iZX!=D<PJ(E-~^~@;<hzGdDd6
zF){bNYN)sP9oWXsqaRUOH_Mw<<hzywvJQbnC%XSqsaMhZ$!{upT9?WfJ7fhktR0-y
z&9NZ4TT4Vfq%gqQp}J_bYEGxwLUaJ{Isn-5Sk6no#~m^=<-||1Jb5#6!WoH_m_lsp
z$|C1-!O?Yt(+e1`_=f3t9)bA|@#(Y^U%(E7o+5zDi*kp}Pb1U73i6$V%*NBqt+w*)
zEjKcIItzW(O=gjRu2KkEMl)uqnO_8s()vK|DqdJ=E|$ZH;xs<k7-!LBG-tF+9m9j~
zEa>^76SwF(aiU7~^i9$7)&lN|(}b<qZCy-kOe`aMjvGfsCPHlecN-@`!e2%9jH7sm
ziOj!P<jOLxG?m5#h+&DuJ?N)*K}p9Q`lmQ%PrlHvkGNISfZ+^XZSHC$WFZrQ@ZHUi
zxE=B7jJZ3@7Ms%avnQverAxA*(lt!7g<@hZMixZwdB*CYY;u?`0*md;^sP0{b5<<s
z$y;DIv4HBMrL{FXzONsAeHAlp4v&t{>JkD|73lp_TL7!r?~DEK!hp=AbTXSQ-YT}?
z+vFR(7grxm5cy+QclUSSaDSho>w)BC^m2*jZTbLBH@Br0v9w}l$=f|pmHTqFJeIPf
zUveuWd<$+MZcX%>{8e*{4|EY1o(Q@_tHD>*=An)oj>&j$nw#<N<#MxpSvKFS&<?B+
zl!MzZ(yJ?;Ao&k%W0z!+ARP-AmcA}N-`pn}wQrSue%njB#`{;dMzZhUQuLdF*Y}#E
z`5Ho;kVX7yD@~^ffm+@$#aSIk=~s!oEF(j}oU1n|jBSLE>2lXssr!9|`L=K5XU!z}
z_aAz+^jQsQlkCuu{^>DfOJ!2!yXXUv3&akH&yhmZBn$Ul1t+iA8hFaR7}30R>t24b
zM=4hm7NT~?5RVs%hm4VZH!j6~S?lu`B+Z7lMl8n@6@P}*=BFDJ5R&w5O|^-;3AWUk
z_U2T2-$<gEgIDFi?m(k%C;*1Z7m@6{+Xr!dQ7&QOIjxh0UnDA^d#z~S#0!npy|(qg
zr!`$9G706uKkyow35Wvmd^!=5FiXiEPMXu~d801YcV;>HwV{-14^*n4(g5P3)AMXJ
zl}RPTV&<J8sbrotR^e4A7ZgJE|87^?NtueU?;ym=_uc&yu_Vr)?-hQe4OF8&`$^SJ
zta$`G_K!u&GpQZvJ__VR9~r#T&R_YW3yPT`m>;Cc4c%x_zr}a7O}hDA&M15w5=HjZ
z09G3J#T*}Eb{-?g{bst{FjZ6(M7xED2P#lyFeCus?40@5bFl0NSBTNGZ+%pwR`8{W
z+(_Bk7b-pRlP~1?v^M9>sRdP8IeR1dIETgL3%Cz^7oWent}m>($jJTcNBywwAI5b?
zaF74aoXRR{gYtlG53=psB=u5`C|F39Se|5vn8{O-Zuo-7)GkrFFeSFDCNhPR7`x+A
z$2m+bqEs)D&MlKTq|ila*0Yv-c#x`-N45||;fEklv4SM$mc6SD-PYkN>~2&Ky89f*
zfr)27@nApTXEyVbjyFQ3U$Kh2pm>kAP(UG_MS4-o)xbR|ud|di#L_XuRPT3}poNW6
z?is7m4rneUbUS;`Ub>cK#kjyAG;w|iAM+v_;hdq0CMrtGwn@y!r`ROjj#5Q}Kv;@p
z@<KsMFEiU&Nr;o?`$bC31USAZ19}a6=NM<&s=W*q<_$iK;-%H>dNGk7-|1PUAgVt-
zL7TLIf^-HHmgj<RqnoT=QuIOxOV)6-fCCmYllW!VqN!TSx5Fp3g4K|^5H78N{nmHC
z9Rod|W27DwCWRftPiHh#RA20XX&ev1k#$o#p_UJmJ;2u0wfIiYjx+c%nun*ejy?WS
zSmA;{DYYmH%`P(4(v)-f0yG7v+j>Oep@Z0_KC<LHDs$LuN+Sgs954ePGI^{Je#I|Z
zuQ~i=HZMc!m+YF=5`~ItX(wx@J;}}?7z`fUdp#Id0wQ6%uhQ>_WTRN4e*6<=GW=o3
z*w(!fd{rFE#mBz;=JDyvKj~F_38!x3*m1iJlg@dHgEyUHQ{^f5Be$wbu$AVmk4lE=
z5BG#mINcAy?>4S#+Ojw%u&~GvdMxGHXJD9!V*c<ChtO!0xf>bE&ePbK5RS3kPkG{+
zXwA;*tCX`~CS_cW>1#j&OGKpnHj~xUIe{YNsLHwH=3zfVq92fY++_vbySg1X`w$KB
zyv9TL??l9}c!hL%#6w{AE9AxVCs+ma3;TYN7bERa2V&I+&lhQB*<6t7iWO-hnH?qj
zN*b&ap%-sAO@6fXv^6_Wccftb`OqbEOV5BdNU%!eD6aKB8O)?AZ_m2hjsazcf99i`
z4}GDbq_s<Y;T}h=(61@mu&*dGblo;bJ2OYC-#X3QIpj@bS@w^f6|Edw%=-*B3md&V
z6S#O3j@hYBTI-6Tr#Os#Q&hLLiKpK}Ytr7k)H$aE&_9AFEPMZGD$mh`5E*Q8t1482
z<pj|8G6e5;hu<i>pY!#8&0X*fIrXKAY|O9x7c2`!ccYzaraOj9RfX7@61-0WJR$^w
z&c^jEE&PeCZzlc(z_PawU0mxk{lSUb#DjhdrZK6>;HcA*(rRVTq71d6jCEoo-gmT#
zf6?V~H3j;77Yt+e95-ZHiiYmuOL(xTAkiTZ>Uy?=b|$S%M2%uYhB;>vJt%F-ez4vJ
zqx$Vn?kLND3yIspMxtyf#7KXYMQ!6Zt$jm0gZ|P)KzQ0@M7kHb<Qtp3u963l2W=AT
z-_+!PVoXb(@$C<2>-Q$F3U@Ja^p}^DrdCKDOD-VlKf~gBpY04do}4>>gcIaI1ngKu
zNHwdC2net1Fw}A~^HSiNBGQTxg+=~>4340rah{Hit*7ExE^j6eaom#uxu0WDwr${t
zT}<L#Kpb(!`;6R-YAcbPjqE=Zfqy7&*8+DL+;1w5ZTWI%n>jo8+!p3&lnwF4HX+f!
zR*>>gxy+I+LxRt;jOg>a69G-~4so+Mn|{5pGv+X9EZABL-y~E2>6>NSU+Si7n!2oW
zBdKSey$w?meT0wGglBYXccvYG@LeevU;*tH*L#jK8=XNG`=H-riv=&tFwoO))>lt4
zwO=x;@-73oQS~DltsL_+A<18_D)m^6wjorf1_FbqBci?$3*lW1!{bUA3%W8%O8f2d
z(cH15bMShEVnZz7)CaG;Bhlpk8T5#Y<OL<R9krf$cVFO`CH_%XwgMMr_FZL$KBBsa
z`@E5kH4y7I?+i+d>3-z9C^oP62n)5OX;GOeq=oX2Vjdy}Pkhsx2aJ{HA&rTRx>0Jp
z@T+Oj_u45#P-$!dL0<T5zo8nK)MRn9vX8_nr0|5MvZ>!q1q5SD;ZgV-sfc(B^9>mG
z6hX(fX|QZEVMznO(h`dYM^UNch`p!ufn`hzOdEOJjp|xf8F21^VX`DpCs#M4!p1>L
z<+)15Ia+w3!(u3nn~1bRFm6k3A>yU%=dB`Lmt}%Y&Ox*y(4k6;!}oMA!}>!+@DQ1d
z>EfYNLRsdYqEuVxe*c$Z1R{8ah&C$)KVZi`D@D_+pswewB1Uhww$S1%A00{X9>)t+
z9%`PiYWXe>`mA?C3KdLv-(BdCJ@$N-Z6?GOl)FjP(Qf1I`xz?omxI%(_zQdxux7Hx
zmhg6ck7u}8R^kx#AF20Igalm4`A7788^BWiyB-FTZkj*;228(Bv74EAcC==phgv@u
zTl5H0SFbRc3@Pina1APVU$+_D@A*<rg#E7qa?}0%7;xkBiQQ+F$Jf})RKeA6zn#8b
ze_}m_pGtlBBD<>UAeAais@8yGH#7YSEK)kGpva0H!bG*T^(Z1KG*HU>si*A|AN7nL
zf6{``;zlJ9r>_4Eo~Yu?4LFAd9)5cw?YiiGb~$c8c%2OH@e}l1SHs~f1|#o!EdSn=
z^9Dd&;LK0qYx$DS<y>b1MCFtfJq8N8KjDhRr7!4U$>98#6YJp>%xDChq~V$LjcN`n
z-orfo8b9g0Y4MTjXVcghX46ds2S(Y8Sb|QFPb)8i`M%9AeWppEq*%%B{t$hw1zSeb
zN~=FKx=x@FyBxOq&4*lX*8fCB_&n%(+Aou!?bp-k>W@42Mli)?yw%<JNAZ|G6)RLO
z+ih$w3vxjH_2oIA9hlksc$qOsZN?~+BwlEd&nqE47YyT>%x$zom8SX7x5paCC!#2_
zm|s9y&Jv5?XsYfSu3=ql1+=(I1Vd$NcKSVav~=}>{_FrXCc$#`_AilBVB0|g$WXyl
z)T*xdFp?B|RXgQMY(_M#_wt3<D=RBNdYS44%T=dLV27_q6;Sfea{N``$O@m>i;Y_~
z&Gz6J<G0bxw+z!EwwuhgGF>n@5i;U{(8%bt^pBWx0f!4RM#8`W2+EnqdPMiP6P+nX
z&{mpc@WO~Lt7S5nuo*{40kT1f!Vva>*T{@zd^BI%w5&ro{)?S_2hn;@X*+))8Cs&0
z6LMb4h%Z~Q($gK7dH7sF3E*)4>tdiy>dZIMu}_<!NtoqvNGFc{aVb97xNDG1&a*iK
z=UXsX3F2|>)IU|Ad{_2**6t;^OJiV_K{ue}Y=Z$bNEyo$JA|H)<nC<o|7QUt{z0BE
zo-ci<5{B3%VmVD$r@iS+7fGZURo$Zt@*p@HLV@|He>+PZsP!uNdqe}UKyrZ_y4#r1
zs!7~AYM8H&-6!5RS=#w1A?E&k5)LIKcNAMNfT!+43J~OqbpZD5Pksdb2Idp;xmWUE
zKEvPMFkCdZdU`w=$*RJhJY%I;9(Hx)7cQ4u6y=ydaO;1$`$Y}lVrf_~KfcYP7S`Kz
zcCew+%4c(|=F3aeBx9`Q$#oPsV`KqZF>8slu!IplMMZr0Yo%%M8I~1Y38CyA*38dg
zf%W2oIq3Th2e>?6IG?VGG3^`M5CQrlbAGOmTT$%4mNL%RUq4_YPi<T+9<2xJ{n91R
zcAjaE7go*&Vl|BE{m(64OI$*xB=7j%`ek-8DYIAV^GE0t3VRH3stodw^4}H~X~sJO
z3vXqV0l)GbjI&z|=142^PyA^^^1yN;%y22)W&=m)82JvZo0wB#p{APQf+AH47+Y&F
zG^N&h_?LF3p6@K5bo37=tHGHbi3Ov-F~ZWe*&+>so=)uqf6$Qk!Kq(u!L#c*Qqhqk
zzN8c=_xCa{>P_gmM{&`j6?^@bG}7p#m5TIY&jGSoEkwUxK<<4ov!xhaVG3o96m}#_
zm>x=q4D;|@?3r(DQ+VNHCbKpqe?~-3E_$7##M$9KK1=Nz^Az*H$+@3oDC)HA_QZce
zcFzAKPgFsxkD@jy{d>PqZbR$vE}Iqn40QRKeE)8T0QH-#Lh4PrP0R6xNi>D2rzWfA
z<&C7sl=R2<tclDe&c?iCEPj!5Smlhj`XKnb{aYu(GcKKApf~u_%Y=aex$EoDbGe}j
z`ExNQde9zz<~t6U+SVR|o-^%o{lgcL9)vb+1?8_AX|FMg$+Bp&LaCZ>C>=50%NlEM
zp>MZa*O?HVs@Q7B@<56WxRf@)Y!h0IaG)!MxXR>%3482=R2$ePzzYWH2kCrcd*3sg
zonguF_IiVz*4x{{@sc;d&P&_vtsL^K&~@j&`}uz9_wrkWg*#CP`|xRq$33_F!=dB#
zS6^2_65v3N`6rO~tt6iR3lNmX3ECh9yG<6%=LwBpWS0<7TJ1T@NW3NjCe)cCnX<U!
zNt3~B>)coCmdEP8!k_e+QzbN^gJ@*-h+H8oYic(gF5%7`tBz9fmtVQ!Ei#jaXezH4
ze>XQMTP7GzP?&UFay%`PcKuUz-B4XSKT?srX6(NH!QOiF7dLhzwWM+>!>Nux(+z#V
zYD!}2;sP}j0iG9c6mQ{Ywd2aRYv%8{6h~9nljTzlEvFHK2LD0P)gmhWe>7c#a~%BB
zZ)4lJ*o~buYHT&Oaj}iYb{d<FZQD*`U)b1A-g|yC?>}&NGdH{6-TesuXJo)rb}7e%
z5kIXmmez}itiO~#$!Ofd2@IG=V7)O$tDX=SwlHJWWU9rr526!B?&|$tu<OoPX|9o@
zE+|?69S81)zqC4x$>^t;%T%6&O?#{{n*`$6?`KXq?zi`3G^|4O5^nGnH5fB`Sf#*p
zhnEbJcx3LHQ<bA}l4b$fm=i0#`ecrLRvlX_%TR8_k_#FSp^2yDpI0y(nDiteMFTIz
z28J*>^-NZ?VtKq5h+Y3K@YPP&(c&%+7i8kByW7~JfXvr9u|VOQRp>x6IQ@G6`!Cou
zl}mvK1^Wq6iVhDY4Ws&)Ws#J>TennxGukp*uE&DI#Ky+h<WCu!Ptr96qW)$qEgs{&
zXwYib>_mm*(yv$hzd7|sMOADI+kHZ$$CjMz$UZG5#oY#d?!bDU3q029*8u+|N=dqu
z7_s5Ar^~?%HIs}U$VewAj#e7h>9PvtQ2aJ^b|%cnlDDYcVqIS&4ekYZ!7hDpPN;VW
zpJkO6Gj36x2u1DEZZy@l9P2xae&aO8o8i#_{5`qCPkrAJy|;~-cLw{;OXRnqo;!`v
z$gJwq(9?a&4c=fDertXG)CvDU!k%6P97dDIl>O(~ahKt}w|MbmmuOVP_G<jZ9y2jG
zJBNXDoq{TKX@E)#M3ERzxQRR#T_UA%BB~ELI{z?Fd$*`mkSe<V4^u@fVhJ=aQLQSx
zY@*#5;j!TLo(n&7ucX7ajG-EVA4}XDtl8I^o-vC2PhaYi-eAc*L8q4>SA%!#w|5dx
zSdypxfep7u!nU_N!Ja!=A;k?%FMj6(C2^4r?>*9!kkV5sGhldPZ1ZW^M5LqsEMbrm
z!KqaNWk1;djm9;=w6?~Q(Gu$?{0%?V3@pYz%dNW<ym(4t37wt_D2pnVeW?PwkB^Is
zYji%mz6`j=DMOc&VK9&pyI^5w%rS+JjrrYLGZj$+C<BhE+y;{*1yUS~Sf`E8W&<|X
z)(%q;kF;vOfw4^+)Y1Yp2#uN|z|7H|uk>;NE{g#Y)9uNhA2PxbG)_ciSVfM()7)Wi
zgWaNK!sqz9VsHUcbbHdnR&5X_5dxMA6v31e93sP}%KcWJ!S0NGRxi!wTFr1o;Ed&%
zxwKUeCk!tA1S|0z=z>4PE4-NzqGPOTOS6PiHvGG9>9-teK{%0qCt45KpcptH^j)CX
z$Y5dkmYXJG6?@vOiNa5qwQ2Og9|%(x$>`mI%=mA1pf+Z#YWK2gT&-n;Ws*DY?_i=l
z^ugmo%&RVrPQns^gy<^gu@klmX69R9@hGBt1vW4d%&Mh}3@j;UU5YPWC0$|-Ek6MV
zW{N3K4j&GaZU71ED}T_!Z#h2CQw5{xwmJmx#PSOAlWUH+u#v@JCH(ZLiua67OypUT
zf?s;zu$8O~vk=o;zSEPXmFT?g=DwltxuJhMsrh8z_xw2Fy!%QfSQYIPvi~6okSW`C
z>_1-1_$4vInlzTCZdLB30EQAFfSoZvgL=YghSP}?p#mhOLNM~~&@uqLAwX*g@C+n9
zk3|Nt1Yfk&`X#;gPc~yUQ45E!JSAiUe_v+G*f5Tfj-%PC6Yzt-!f$BqgVld`q9=ws
z%M0@IW5>JgWpSbMluE&)`z_9&>hs><rRJ%*=VfzpYQ|yV!c(Gwb)Ar~XaPOdY^rY#
z9X=AMuS63_pBksREO7LWuW&vMH;qOEFDRvoWweGsbh6tRKsv)-z*Blb)%6%XO!pIo
zDCuvxFIi|lErNLix~mF$ZI*z0#``;DhWXIpl7qI@dWM&;REinHDGU*njZJLCeROlp
z@j9n?yYxD8k<&tDL?K)t>69^APCFeL)Wd@t?L@{zYVHx38;q~}go-kTp=fVagvZso
zxtVWRz7B&6b>Chh^)nf3hp{E6BVuQhRE7lxeTe5YU0x!OQaY<vm$7b(tauncCi(|$
zz({R1A7ze|g$Lze&<h*SfR(2lTqG^AZgSLEFoT<mo@AmaPd-mmN5msyk#5pKPEZi6
zG>9?LGAM|iYREEdLC3q%b>KEN*8)T0shc8>N;4j3o&yp(N-aof_7%s4RNkay0eOjD
z5$hmLBhjgQ|9XhJO;Xt<F?v^j)W6Fv9C$tff_Rs+ehPHD5xVvDUkT)fl3Z`*f7%I>
zD>aE^FzM1o3#6K1Z{}`++hPOjhrMTLC!~$V7gQ&4onwzUhb#x>EoRVvJzIsahK{+&
zEW3iC<n%d94u_gw_g?ZDCDHRpRFs7r5|ZfJ-~O`>KtHu)!EOp2<KaC?qnpm+1*0hC
zOk?v|{*QgAU|RL)))p}tRO3$%QkKEvH@_%*GP_RWcQ7<knY@C@Yl$Q2K@T>q7<3%}
z*!?Py;lh7#?9f+|fpH2)^mm7l?Hs5ho5%~s6{@Zqs|w2@Uze*{vSYsnfZqs%q+@`q
zadQMq<<bbija`?AT9%v~Rx8EXT$FX46+o<;|5=p?lFXsj;pnupPqlbUv)JHz^gUR<
zO35ts**X6NxR!yBV34Y=JNE`|LZAO~-woahN#1+#H=WqG-<teG3jb1FwBB<l@;fCM
zyj<De>`IbQt*`B*6zp6});QkEt6X%shVd(S?#&$;VI`d;w^us0jUY->(+rXyTscLA
zlS)I&{7^wvh9{>KlQCXP<d048g9{>#Lqy9txJK{SA+M57N^ZB(s-X`@2>jL6CI9g7
zpvi1i30(~N_d^i&9vzH}WG2XHRnkj%%B(Ylcja;6Z^4dR%VsHS8eB~}JG(3zQ4I85
zNAg@m6rxuQW$`bco!cc)qZiJFTPiA5Q5M>ymS_iRVOj(ZivgAbd=}9vg2Tg`t5?@n
ze+)a^kAKycn2aVv&iX?NDWb@ut>FPPBwK_H%uv!mELljV#1NB?izn6<&pHJE%bINI
zbg?K$rYA7pV^>ztDd!@q>qhg^%~gsT@!Co%b4TW!7Nvr%;=3#?EQUW`(rCvc)FiO5
z7hUtXk@-4QqOE~C6H7~6WFGyO^Ih$8KH(oM@%`vFasX@fDRdxLe;dR)myH5N?6(2h
zIVrDB_dh&ldQ1DyaO>_x{VJKn*+)Fg@Cr!!wtoXxC1T0)%W%ZBN!7$Gu%t5<xUj{m
z!$!%8Fay7k9j~P*=gc)xB`h@>dGJ7Q7yec9fFrvyLR;gxRQ_2|oM&Z4O~_teF9t1K
zY5d)2PQ-XE_IQv^M=~hgF2$VVRYRJ)G|e<ma!?r4GvM6Y6w4%7m^Okv1t^%WT^TR4
zixCn7RffzVFPTviyaR_sk;OpNpu0He7#uIkz3zQ1PZ~)c4EHqa+?kdnMkoH0v}p$u
z)i1f-&T~_shAQHxkHfL%oC~rHFjys=6g{DLzObK!U*^C$V5S77^W#3%=lU^O{>i)R
z^TRo$Ha?@i8m!$uJI^Z6tx7-|8m1+g<4*C^ON{*)$z#k$?CfBh3##7xL&qzyw!5@G
zgQhz%w;RZijy8h+s=>6d#@Uk96S8!Nx3It|kbrhJNo^D3<Z=aA%`oHCJgTgo;_YY{
zp~YxSFu6Sx$nmj?bq<iShC;X9R{0CgQ$|Ca*gYtXFmOkO0W*#_c3iP5p$|TjT%Y7l
zZ%>vl&)mAeH#_JbS11;tX(=4?(gkUic$LUE1z$kIKQN@_mgh%*Y%gO0qbUnckt)pO
z6D=y$tt$@(W68u3zKWoT4S!kcFiNc>Z4{S4uSOY6mjKQTPe%_HgYQyToLentTW$g8
zn>wCXT_h6B-p4vyx6FQ7as01FtpW$nF9bdBPoU0!)rh)pEpg5VZ6hA1nLPoQPnX?M
zk3v^;g4g?!yg4KewXK7CN0&Qq&pIA%tF_$gMtp?mU0h@eSO&Lh_J!r%eh=Gkmy;UU
z(kZ0H7G73S3w(@(;v)8O5qp7Vf5|{t>C~DHP`eH^h0}ACG&@SaoY80yE}?he$VI+~
zp%Ie_$iVK=N_-1Ls^$4!Qigm`PBr7~*4$j%SE~tNmr)rmWX()sl|h6uIgIjcoIddu
z)x#ezhae~CG$oI{(QCv3kW@(*^j=)R*lILrqrzlq)aV=8bC;fSm^owHd+&{6dW&BY
z3Bsk^VuO6fiz{Z5DABX4B9hXSbAB?>4>zDM#NeOSQ@aIjL6v~AhOFc(jYTvUn&<;h
zk99-|u)*-w_9NIMd5bWTe_%BhO*(iUOaiDp_PlteAa{?68AGxs2!_M*?CY}<FEVm>
zkFuUw43gmluVaVQ)F4J;zbCqCFqr_0A`2v@o9B>SdX0Sgn|Bxcn@73}{72r^7AR<h
zM>fM8&t!I<J=6B4qUS?jA-C&?pB1hNW5wUVidWbyK7T}4y+kqA!=fOdT$pR1R52-3
zQjGk#oAkPRmVj?$iLQz|vSY@sjbbIm%P=Y(nw~76lx8nJ4eY^D5L|5?9u?SJP0Azj
z96fZCMmep3m51SIO!|CWn7jADcWKC)3mK2Af>NzNaMC-y#3f@5c7`9j3CK(>(X?)T
z=B(K}zKZwL!We?bfpiR(q7aK0BkzY)fI>MMnT#Y;aamQD!Z$g0Xw_v(EdoYAel5lV
ztHwZ!TUz5*AvlTEr(^XHWiUO$CSER3M>9F1GE>DzOt-V8f@20B6aE3eKoL=j#srdC
zLk#N95=pGu-#W292pzVNy-$&2x2srQ-d(B%by#skNN1eEeZBQ=!#VmUng{;|zN!hp
zj6yd|!G_IBEZ^pJ{>xQu-g}~KN^jcEuAV`*^45b&tL6c=ToMbtSf%{HN-0z}U@6ks
zLa|P3pWy*jiel>Km_RvWwo#z_lJ*8*!dP-j2FH}u6LFN=F-R+WA|KZj^v^Ll#<ABV
zPGGpp{tYx(2rn#?j8{ooU<r1RWxhq<MfMM|ri-|{;%eWjxBJFq(AD1*RDrkb?BdY7
zcZ}BAm(l0^$6hDv@osA`sDKltn7p1r(pnxcVhVf^saVH^Gv0aQf%m;~nJ#Qd27V_~
zC!mA)sa51OiTkSC;T5s^XD4DJ^?4RD?&`{Ds#tuWs&x9Q`PE=#dE?Wn`-JcVYx{Lz
zdqBwJ2-V>-^MZzC$ma%=<cMbLUNL>j?Wy|mLx1Zn<`X)O|AUg`^?0CBBJlv4<YTtS
z0?Z#3a{EkesN);R%rSU(?-^G7T%2*T)&H4gGdj-ecYm}sG4npy(FWQ`<Mw?f+AkxM
zHC|FvG`#8-!Hc%ms*I&Qr8>P2Bqai(tEgFn-L%wnjBSEgiF~)`Gh=_jTCmDXYH&{0
z5Rq3>q(JPxUDY)G*$Jnll!*s|gWV^U7O)seBRFJu9ANCVUz$r8>D!m$OVL4dJ58MF
zu~JEjgv(UY<GX&mVjr!Xu9oQ<j1%L=(UP<CoQw&olO-zk9L3fIYbEBordfhbqUx3|
z43-^<-8Fc)tQKw-S*z)e=I;I3EjD%RQM^srNu?N<p|xl2|A1DK%LIG06w(N5OS6l}
zQ3r|71^dUXrpdNJm^><lX0powmFn1V3i0hmzzphtvX+guOy2Lh4z{0H`$j27=kfT|
zN{uo2e)gM6DF<T&8&@rtBm@ZrVz_!1wM##-M9=<$hcBUrYWG|2j~9cZK3I}{kM8}7
ztvk-nQ@zW*?&Y4?5+I&@35Nn&@hS_>*v}gVGPpn9qJo>o*49DR8mOd$(NXZ)(1A4(
zjYXrS%z!gP54>0jibRIumeBKay{jNryBt)pZE}*rCUb9Z!e5{PUiVE`T%mgvp`rK3
z?V0OqR*<pS_M>j=JIZtpZ_FbOHqh-sVa}C^a6!JZ3EW6>K0)U~{kfmapX71;H+V-g
zS;b1M{a&U;td69zDp_@KWGmo?qNcJ7owda$ehgDn*v>R|+jmJD`?KC<a%l<Y)JZz0
z)Uqn!C+1r%NeM7IK48prIPN1?sDIh_Ja;c&QDD-0`%!S~dD{I(@#C8Bx%=|Hga2+e
zXb{-{a6#;<hbsQ(JYgKPQG2vy`IOb(c$@3irT=oXm2|{wF`c#hbo>;uecENwrj3Ei
ztCfiECEKLwX!c29W)bc(Ubc$j+GE_UU$4o<;VQY#aNSI)o+CzM2p}wEt%Ez8mXK>m
zv+@)p5TyhpNi}3!Y}B_55E^)Mm$q<^Q6Mv2Z8W4NRGWF5$fd|+c!k`iY~lTDH@AO8
zQslqJQd0vnO;}vs<b*iH+AmN`XWP)Bu(^F;5iJtLXgae{ilJ<`6QcT#9W9)_L|UQt
zcZShNGHCIm=@}95y~<05wG_3g)37idawwxtY{L*BzY6~8Q|L8fSt^{fG-Bn-s}J5H
zaBJoio(8unjD>5W$(r-q>usO-n)X+EkA;(4xfI#Tv(|$RdAaHA{t|e$=(byAgFcP!
z1Hz|Np%1%@?o-Z<>$O*<bv~O5+nec@PocNd+!uVmQ*J>8DxHg-Pfp#o2dqoJ*72}U
zkYwxoVsu5EP`_xL;8e@!-=5*a2bB8n)a9tpYdSqS%Ny=FLeI_2rI*Nxf;WJX5=pYw
zyEBz6AwH@J#1g{H6--wtwfjcBIMz_j5mHEPlvP!|<4}iFmMi8WNHi&uT3^L*z``|H
z4@ai~p2B0sf=kM1HJm#!f0Y7d>UB*N<cu3s$))GMi%N&g=V%JAt47~IEHp9T(0i$%
z62=7;;86^)_}R!spuul_Gf$!`BsXenmtp)*nFgNH$l>A?uv~S(kri55Ns83bBPt5#
z*#|p2;qBGD-`j_2XI3|fScL@h!i}7*<G{Prrgl-J)I8jksd8*@qB*>ofaJeq$_QX4
z^r~g>DTHvPw2A!oBH)6g&fg_mVMJ_j!*iKY3i|bRq;mPTk8+uioT!c`XQ64}el7D?
zT?)?<kA>pKg~3*7&o*Lb%MUR@Vsx>f6WESuMW4MSpL3n<@rF2|;ca#SjYrhh$9wx7
zou22+r(^#&dB1;qApZBe20VJSe$0p*jZIe?RKYjAn(iZ4G2pPI;9KT~&n?~XYO*5#
z73tATHuX5AbdGWpQLfL9aI%#G5*D`m_B(;#T|TOx*BNBzVbkM(dRnlpab**8yzgbl
zrC@R*|Lr8Z&uxnj#rBKs_V7R)|6tG4k<dWJr3Yuv8zIR)<mKm=y5_erp?mWS&&|`P
zQAxj3Xd$vIFfpd1)eOX8F_SZNh%WTm{pc`~ew($nbs*Yvjc)o)x#}oo-Ol24k!d7~
zS2^b<ljM~#t4@mSy6?7JV{>eH7-pC!Ij}U>FAE$&QlQGinwI5od3td)0M;)VnwCKZ
z_bzumPk}$r%-%k1{h~AIwdX9xX9tpGhoa}hng;|%Sk6d@ukP4qW;q4=1SY4rHwT|@
zkA$Te5T54Gdb^YP9y?s?s&6xgL9Awa**>T)zG0jx9wk@Pd0D1f)w5a>Xo2KY$IIAZ
z&D8J&CooPviDn)awR$sBUc>7;9?O`OhAGy`Wuq)-cGJiIGBTU(si)Wj<K-k&GRiHe
zs0cxHX0^!^6eZw37{rlS`HDgYdD?Dl?;QpP!IQvrPsfL)b@Z=ASWt8kNpOPaPS^EA
z$o^0%#(xfD8eF=>X?TI^d4*6%0Kx|J24J5}qLY>P_@T?-(xDB{^FKUPTHl`*Fp33*
z!exIS8s+2E;ibfRq{&*0lqT>@z#t}*Y95%J3Ch}?T!k-8r^Kfsb>4a^*SO_;?1mYq
zAoh3y>DpNdUZ0uy-E#|#W9Gh5hQV?&!mpmJw;jZF#dvpLtmALrV)HjKcwVew=Xmb3
zN)UHnTW|Llq6$oo2z{(WF}FS4Exhf|e9~WZ9mU<2^D#SYca=U>_gr(WffVa-mwiBl
zGq*=Q{~-L&b$X&}I**Y4F2vnl`9JYQRfNeUB_moq@-*qqatK5{M;;i5xCfTopbx_3
zpS=FChbl?sp{a9Is{MT$>$Ew`70Us3O^#-u$BUs}l$Tw0#WT@&_!0}ktHRRTMlE%$
zl1hx`V3Z=4u7m_46^gJiL3zSRV}+~sy2f_1C!c0G=@}u5eJ7Jf@KK^IW6h?D;PB*<
z3hyYPiKA$y#&lD(O^Rj9y5m8QPY|J@^JF#V-^`P0(In=sOl3@(g8?sN>3o;1F$<;5
zwaxvmDN>fkRb(E?jg#j1rEV5-rL0L2q)#c$S`eX~QVKk_bbUqquag-;L9rlEY{|o9
z3160wH($dT7k74d`gu0~lACUu5B98$?RjleQ^?Q2F;jkrs!mu`ZE@P-c!*>y$jc*H
zK*?o<%Vc|HS!PPTZW1*sXf=8X20Sl+SAN#c@%~_2(uNAUzEbRbrSbgtJi&i6JK!_o
zf4l4n>Uz8;@q1tPeDA6;VI#QxFz{ive;u|z{MSd;bCu&i!R>#_eSJI>wO`1pD0ol#
zdG`4(4c-{giG8kw{dQpeeuWWx#kcglpZok%iF0yr7>w%yf5%lH>{IvUtNzyO*5l1}
zoKWv?`sJrxk`Hvjm$|t5y1D=)$WowMwW8Q}Mn!>Z%FCBJ_v`l8t={*?tqDFb_`{$<
zb@|#0>v2{W#sB<-=`-`_gPK~+A9o3m)Ie=}z3_heyZsXP*5ZHL;rVez(DQI9H0Z2o
zu;+XE`o(?A5q7y+AH1UF_#N_og!SCFJTI0KA4Eu!9O3$3<F2l*?p|5uR#h>MyH08N
z4Qbrg#rZ~$FbVcEe~!O;o`Sn)nBblD+YahS4gdS33jfXM0Qk!OCd?$@553-W=Q|_h
zcf^OUSOUJ@5`ufm=Sj;=O3kY_N-WA#dhT;7|Mj4X&z=d%k#+YAz2{3hjpOuOGk5pM
zC>TIw9=5o(dwIX25QSsDdVn$}&7zk!v?TSgKItF^F`U+mMH=<U7vQZoxhNRF<}Ch|
z!<1LH$(zRqxeTT|M%FRPcO1T@6CoT(`%Z+M!xJK02zp2I*{>bstWP^GNc2e!F#M&Q
zr_hzG<fu#WSWg&6Us#3e6c7J_LH|;{n{JU~)CPX}Ects(h!*|3-#mt3Pot0`@Xp@n
z8oQ`2kd`u%U=s>2!^#a{q+A28h!-9JHRXMeGSq`2EX2heF*MR#e=1O{1twfYzbjn#
z6)HD^Nly@38S($pK6AUc<C-ZMCw%<Tw{e}%t|yO75633UD?M`%=ZwDz<6{NDBv^Sv
zq`L8KhA@bC>KA)60tjk>KnD>tVP->bAafEa90Z$&viKCQYOKYE$r)bHQ}?T6*0*?x
z!M{$KP}@yT2jjb08~A)~gM^o_{5_I+O0?1H$>ROuVavb}lo18{9U1A0h28yk)Z37b
z3*)Mm;jy`7=A6wzV3XFS%*xa8=A_;+`W?0E3mF3Tf__(EfzU`BsUc_u{w(RS&ht~0
z|Ko+Q^*V*n<NWfS?ESA<yE7}Z@2X-w&R}KDD*wllYd_1*v1sOGbC{-AQ1*G4=kdNT
zR@2Z@E4eb6QR8GStwRO=ruvUE0ykAPONg2PTkT%cWU%}4#J_(8+SXaxd#zke^|iJE
zwjEL@%Ks!3cOm?+k~BgqRgc?;U8%IRlozR#v6K{4tQcI%PVQe9oBGx9@j~o<F`)mS
z3t$UmFk+#WT*lE}p7Pt`QC)zTiA&GTrI}$5Bqc@CQ7tc-E}0z9`g6c76`o-How$}t
z2Ap)Xk)cpCb+JS(LpbkDC&J?bBF?YialN4g>%t8gQZzIi^n?Ln9{RtII)dv*Ou?Sh
zG6gLC%TurVro828dqd8x!lRZP{kOI**+12AHr2z)DBx11OX8H4sThTZn+1F{>iJeo
zt&eCMyaxaM^9u!A)e-94z32tb7IIPf?d-x%?aw+xGUzBTooqoN7BSNH3@rT9Ta_!+
zvvm*%*aot$NT(g}7KdiqcjgGa6bcnA;+(=h<b&4-=b-J+&211gvj@}VTf?KnJr(YC
zuKqL0^Iwe*1Py&(?3N8L`qLvW&w1PJDGI(0(}idn{%ah;>uc0NE}y#rk|Uv>ix$sA
zRKe^Sa79kuzrGDBzWryq0v5OM0tCFWW_&*s^j${cu4W+(_R8t2_m?ic0H0t-&X`lr
z&f{1<j~VZ+fx|=U09-CdCF7X@SQkE`SRy{*GGse7hsRC#>s#he=<3cFtB)Ij%cB%R
z`~4wiKUP#g2MLk)oi@?dXQ_YeCdw1H|IJ9}{re|sn3rtltGxZuGxKw5=b0Jv0bPsG
z@7BM@X12fi{O$})8iynWUzGixBn^HjPkUTA=Z=iud<P%8SnNLrgv?!CLxf&0?Lo18
z7duqUp773HoPIB*ei^7f$6bwU#NZw4GoWgUNL39Zl&o|*M;Lzq?9Q^%Qa^6nA`k$!
zq^;`wi201UY&(y5yVltnU$FN_5PD@78sOWyN5Ro}#1vyKk@|4Y6)|Y}ph17-2JYWH
z;;Rt<E=x9Rvxv0}1(R6!Mi}`=B$V0Z*&C51tc^$d%4NsdV6ia7`J58w$;+(23yZBc
zDVvEX<1oy)rrW=+93-c>Sn|Pa2i}Jed!Y2!Idq`oByy;oK@rEA@pL%Gwi2O9;)uZf
zDF@5^ZX9E2bc4&_2k>TYA9$jXAIlvjzWoyzoNsZ?eneKc<q)wBc0udUFGp4@vmC<M
zb`2L1RZB^eNhrZg4xDokOH}tTLfp1j(63^&`khpQuLd-dMO7gzkq(VVlLb3+rpe5q
zh;;UjEMbG02Ia7o3~jo8yKH0Abj>9Am@R<HD0*|@-mo~7)|Ywg<h!(K^Tyv35rs#Z
zX)s8FuSN)*WRW7~-*$kX4`wc@%w`-JXw6G_XIo>3ODJ0c?oQ{7%h#fXbeCS>x50+$
zt)Jd6xMG>2KtZZ>yU$IR$v|5K7yr4fkP<Qg!0YodZ88YUOh#fo>?!RJJ`XIKvNv&;
zaLUoZo6WHl14hUk1im{~e4VEg@1mhrml2>=;=mg|LDIo9*OEaKgWIObHk(=uA=odp
zrQP?A5l+xp<dP3Evm}qoI+WhRBb=}UsB4B^)8>~8mt#o&Dt9iCjvZE_7cB)PA{lb2
z9D7N05arzj&Y4OnV^<P8zyU}kQ{Zf`-oBt=0sB|yl35-iM5Qw{qC-0-=aEKS9eh%0
zQQ%Cav~fIAjLppOi)Bg{Sf3e+ndo&T(L#xkIDzU(7WnT9VYA4zvO^ABM&A6roY=co
zso60^9QZIHtaPuBj4VAYl3KKh97Ff~x--y7+RI`IVbz%?L1qbR*iB5c64@<^uAj+N
z3@fXv;=!!nCY0Mm5OPVQ|1=ueRnLGu(V|kmZn_1VX^92QFt%(AjtE`j>tFRBT|a?~
z4$}YHuDb04=HtOR7qqlaJW~c5sZ-MRI7aBCq34>;*|D{M_O0%^@w(`Kgo^8VcC@k0
zIeb{R2Lpk2d*CQR-on0k_wL*5N)rCbn|}ynm8L+W1R&etf6ORJ|2xU&VuKemzqb+p
z==*zDFl7%B?50a1=B>0(paF+-gyZ?QLVqZ!`xF08zCUyO&HTavvb{?jaH4$3OD{W7
zSy@?|ApeZZ>_s+!X~E-k40p<{Kb9}cw7Y?OIZ$Vl$iG`&QN8o8qMEeo+czk%&%$e)
z;kNMib7Eiy<_N0{zV7mnh>}{&)utn~{d1wvzDjOqCW+ri&v5hZWIFrZZ5mHx+j%pM
zNEN<fXy>Uf$qsDpdk`36s5z=12$M>p%XSO9^z64q3KMm6CwQM#Th<-IwDacAec$sv
z<MVm;#7(~WOHkP(>iQY^B5^NlK!gE){4V7^|FzrIOR34LspEBpMJOStsU=(P=|}x&
zhZ13t9WGjpKJb(4*z9ws^i0H9!mf*7EH}4iGv6L(lilQUWh)@$tGr+5X%=4xhrDO0
z)00kN76@eLk7ISI_jVVHyIIf$ZL;DpwFMGL@4Skohf#bf=5aY@advj*n02#O+__LH
zLl|*o-9E(Yx$W-55CI!O>u~koJ8V!ZvM92TGk{gZ8w@T)fQey5f#D?ZcmQnCo~&n0
zLoo5tuEHst!x3q&wTV#27FWg$uAd`Z<#JUfV`*)U;lkORMkqXifqiUBpavbM#*+U-
zOBPwfcJf4bw@pCqiF34i^FwUe%s*%@W5{gV0#pMM<G5FPTz*~bv6bN_o}kg?HTkil
zZr!p_6f2i1qBo29Xx&)%eEhWQY@hL|jndRE`9@(yBcjbIGhO?5ui5SpFyuwz`3QCC
zd07gtbL-)Z4zh{7Y=&=AG;?atW^#TH)mgZ_lS(YYzx5J?6V516Er;UpWQvbn{-RMw
zD=SVPDP4-a9;8?BXMiW2JVf4>o1U4>@H<hE%dyK5%XmB`e9mQ|bI=kp>lU7p8T1O=
ziOISlV$|sUXk>C_+U^rdbFK2Xk$OPr!q;Yyp=@fO;SWAI2L{Atci?>o12a~h^+VMi
z9um#nA?}}V0~f=1Co&8*lvd(!=&aICfEjR};V*?uiE3;G`1fD+<*TckWU>}Kv7&%R
z)^e?~lmjT+JX#foudmB5a-o<dNqXA8xt-BG&Tn|{)8r{sN@~y|bD4<n5UC8-E@s(o
zQ9LNU^HOx+=IWt8YO2do!Pp_8VL(lmi%LFY?}l%3?DAc1Vi=z)x{u9U0#4`Vy5|{B
z(fgq%Zz)jY4J?#7QS3I2yIwkodL)9ZI6S@%OQ%+Gpfd2f63)3kBQXT#gCFc$As&~L
zbKRRF8t3h7lKrzX=Z#tycyZ-9>-!acZ=`4=9>C3{g<ukH_f8ntbvtK-VXEzD>$NwK
zUlBeqZw|hMu1jBZ+K<C<a~&jst+v|Q)@@9+4=WhJL>HN%L-Och*Ky88+<L073qAp3
zP&dG*P_X{M8{vP&pCNbT_|ACz;HB$2ft<zfoH4avanj6pmg5l|()8|gd9G-d&py)S
z?t8*oSBED5<E3d?cckXyAHC;wTvvFh(EIBZe;hfcn6g}sb#>Q+_FM0ssQ*3Le<a}?
zhfVC2=Be><1Yx{d|4+YQGmvzt@b*4$NMNbJInX9cV8qwmpFnP*ceUAfE2#4`KP<~0
zD*fjEBi2kyz97WX0Vk!Fuu>9@v^bcpv=X~XO~s_vN<K%PwPYBP|4<+Z_ci)PBByQ%
z;VQ&fldj!*V$xHPI(IJ4_ppO3fEfra7(nu?PT4c^2tjv*TAs~#o9c?PfALNmUAh=w
z5p$Bm;-J?rk)d?q<cFHW&Emkuoq(dbqa(UEDsb*<zB{Ye_ygUd_u29v@2CE?hMIgh
z8W{>#wHoN>EP`#co-uEzsji9Kk3>Z3;-OY0u`XiaeT*lZ^V#A9z9$U+GM-jJ#p7j7
z)fF76^&MU&SLlFK%uqoQ?I(S>CQ|&8%DZ+37fu~Q_XKmy;IkxioREw?@5nZ2>3s9M
zK<q=!V!dFf6jb$J8rqF!nR1eUe#@pk(W@e8GafTqObT5PFn#2g-u_6qh4p`<@p-`{
z*_F5dK+budltmvBK%(i$3tdqN6b+P*wZ`(B?Qca)>)pMvX4<(K5Wo}cKfa@@*P2?L
zi<gw3p+k%@gZJ4ULZt-qnz?s^wY+Hu?DH-%848X>V}0+it!H~t$6~})KWce!>*wu3
zOQE6@r@EfI2LOHj!<zxv*1MhW&dRBX>Zy)RLpx_Ef`LjuCX!Saf_*fVq+=X?tc;`K
zrOm0Dsg!;jSv!kp2`i_1)XC4L7!v+#&%aN7jxPAQ*lyg~Aj+H(^fR#(Cfd-ww$JjB
zq3RDM3XJNIBNumf@V79r1mRZf6dVtc*^}1EDcDKoU_hHgOo(6jk?NphCIdaonsF^V
zwIW-QUTvqbre@X;eOAIVmQA93`ncXxRw-(^dI+ku<FW~-SByiQFkbHmz%U(<*#&ri
zXnFq<EzuwWrF$5ilvO1>yks}-k+BEMw6I|)9j28MpNdaFsHUZv((BgU{NsTSSg)py
z(v-8C1_hKxI4}l;eal5#j~oZ)$3UwK?`s8Dah0}&Wqt4JbKmwttXn_A7W#CaWDMoM
z+wpzt@&6!8*@J$ui%R`m?4i)GIGJ*NzQc`8T!QI<ZsI)Le}HFdfAi}8JW)LQZ(iOF
zBRK>w5?>J!5j!tjYe1Wqe%#fk7$dB+cp_hlY>1ZtBS7lCen}0gItvOL`4I80#|P+n
z(gNZyEt_5fDeC+ubc%aVWetOlgxk%U6gztMuRWfojRW-luTA_OZ+IfhS$wX6m!5l|
z=S9hn6!y3*(BPO#7LRY@sa;!66jNI~s{e5i|D)E-k8z2HLQXu}x(2@eWxsRouPZ&D
zaN-HKl@<a)g_3a?l7Zl@M`$NR=uKogTVTqABM*guBQ)I%>dT7dOnxGcMT??JELL}2
z>&bA1$2RO|;M8?+VQCA{-TT=7`kvG$-Sxi7&xaznp$3-j{T1rMpp37)JW`=!<hO=C
zJf2(?90ZAI%;}08J-qgOoxqyqKPS0j44)C>;_bri+!033a}H2}{-8E9X(S*x{)wF2
zMfPE)Mf1ExGm--5#ksKq5srHpxqWmALPDa5ipMYd;MpTz63ctAyEjEJsFD&Br*tNJ
zparY0DgrWB4&ToECJDZf3p|TQ2T@US5}d58tZlveulZYGJT=9gF0<YFoVG9@y+c)0
zTNj-wl}Dbq$N-pC$^sdtjvrq&j|Hq+<duJ~G;NAico2h0O7sY2(PXl>63gU7-yMJa
z(VcHJrUuCADQOT?ox<G4g*4lCwu<X1XzCeAd}ogp@ZshngAmpSO7PKjc?5JLqh|ZW
zcU(S0yyEhO|7H?tJaIWnH>X-d7_$z#UbC6T2vkV*1RCMuh?})u&Fi$*_VgdXF1MK?
z+r3|y>DrGP{yA<WmnfZyFGB`!7c88R>cKJu&|xC5`Ls+;wdjsmrtPJm1T_|ITNQ46
zQClnmiWDQ<@DDWGCYMXOis%;|cbOb{CGMJre?tf@)Qg^z0_G<V<3P|sE8`i;iOasU
zc1!l0v1e0FPE8r{p$zQ)DlZQwPi^w8m`n_eIYANEo{e04%9&W}emCUM%2>!X$oq+}
z#XDe$xGNPnD@vb6g&&$Rs+CuXv4jJef}=Mt-M@5*(hQ$q8JqikV%p(XBeElaRk~#M
zA`u7MXqNoO+nehXgD~KmEMRvQ*u>*uNaC4;;mN8^FQT~f%+y_4b|0<4P3mCc=0=T_
z1Q8&gGnGcAk~|M*Q?AYRgepXtd&ZJB8Qv&X_@_M3^gG1_);PMV_>cojKPo@N1a<a-
zQrKdXuqKyU@gM7k#|8<t&ogo;+DMq>bX;hd%mP|C(OfpgOv3b~RzJ*0J^%`^Wxey|
zZ_OcR%`+ph;KP@y*~3DTS8G2Iw?WX|EC1UlaM2|*OabY?@d7p#=V=u7GxGO=nfXGn
zXc)@PIyi@{^H8WKg}duSeo%R^>v3x!bL)<psbkMc|NWoF?P%G8cX%jHvn@LSB_VcT
zdRhUqxm!}OW*qG8<f*^cE~vfitqIlo`SI%6hboZi-gT<zxxW4pocr`BG;#4@7o<Ka
zIXN@a(ALyv$hCLfvOQc^DCzlk!asf6|K9(=!tcVu)8Q4V?)n)VwmStjH)^{mA$&ST
z^$%v=x)%pCMUSo_w_kmw=(Kco`|C3@*VEZc!F~nap2H2@ahNp3gU!&npKlh=k3!ER
zt=GeZ|Lqkab!?HHdkeYk4P&{^1j*nZ{iRr@T!w25*=&mBt&iji5!@8zXjCHkcRyfB
zb_OFbb^Q+1ro{GqNQ~Z@m$+{n_IXgw-3Tp_v}Dv=w5!Z*E$IM8CWP|E9LfMzfXyy_
zRNJT|T!bqAX39wSUn)3=X+fXB6Vu6EyIecKytO!kizv>k?Vg)lhIvs#Vy|njdTVSH
zYhXK<Cc)ZynqSWZSmQ{6l~1BXD5|9n=9s4(c>x6cl1V)0Zrjf4C*u3_mr7W#FF9p!
z0_z#-&g}sluYdFAZu6&KVJ0;BQ-Xe5#CS7aQOv?@Bd4jc&pToo1J}7+wNxsw$e@0<
zY7SH1L0DxMT8A*n?x{!Hwn4>;3S^vL8}U12T5y;dI`b4&W7$=rk(<_btOuKYM`<Ha
zPR3sV3Jay7t-ve#Zjdo`J;9~wc2BQ)<tns@mvIoTvtM-I@|<jTSWcMz{1you_u(@x
z!*ufDp*(YU9Hg?zeu4P?hT)kGYSOvuh@vb+9<Maapu{7qLj_QtO{yd#j3fl#-XhJM
z6<CcW$TA&b=60ag#*d3w#ff0?^pjta?~(Q@fp}1~)&LW8E@D{XmU<0!j<MyVXa!@1
z<Mq)6)vQf1)mSRqlFQIW`=DpCl)oEi!JxTwx358Hp`-|DxjKW3IMz#k3IIO&W9Z35
zx`DA)c%~TR`pUdN94Y6<HncK9dOC1t=1ywAClm3{n~R8`DU%xhIQ8!R9AI7NVJ~*T
zO{gCHZHON=X4vbaNI_IfB(*@->_CSouWmX1^Sn)uLyR~@#xX?P4B=aL5+$8yz7(P;
znpENm({CKjlo(|$Z7q)+(b5BzL;SHx>M?VM>dHN66dFY#Ib{MI9B<lUOL09w*(hQV
z8jGxRk<0a4+NuqN1V@L8tWpI6+Mn@$yuOyckw^cw;PX6r$e!e%1u=cJnmRflaEKA|
zKowDS>l;EahtC^`#KPM<6PDQH7pm`Z&Fad=!Na9D+d5%p=ZU+2SQK+xpkvOh|A&E4
z+#=NktopNkjW?tJLo;+U7uQOUeYR;zeP`>Sh2S%M&Sw_MK5Xu*&-`li_S=+!{f)px
z;JUs4x40~Rd3_u?n9Sr5V?W0L@cRDoQX@1;5eGQh^1eK{+8y|V{nU@!-OK#eKk?ju
zBs9aRVF32`1?}{Sc7prRZhpt*{>BB2{oCfYiL>=!z+cD>=SP87L4f~0nSSaA7it#I
z_{AZP(1*SL<j>NXQ-e=0;#Ho3@eo+)nTxAX?#=*0`*!#V^fRQ;w<lS@=p&)mHZ1Ak
zlk=qL;SOET18myj)_>#lt)N)kYkPw?3SFPE?=-}`!<U`AjFnZoy$w0{avz&fpHw;a
z*Rk%MK`N!w%KPvZGd3(a)SWlKYxZ-zFUXMi{SGwzeuohYj_Z6p&9oj}@Oh4_<P4s$
z(>!NydqUzG_^{@a#80wyf2CM;cM<s4=?s9~zRhsfg)3^Ly8)0f6fHqDN8xZ5u141q
zHO!ySrzoZHCa43n^m-$FFL+y~mTZRmialfRAZ&Wff!(6aP6-mbnw<I8WR2oG+AGyR
zPBO}?m5U3?k@|7Kk$hOKE}-yv%f!yXdXD}SJje#h13E=dgx815(otEY`nhwfnEYpA
zgNp7=Q`Dn(?6nk(Vi`cGqfSg1#nRFeTAjQeuoh~KV-Bmy%9zdyvf2R+VwSY1x4-W!
z#x$h3kG4o{4uwif-$ZqYK@n|!$PJK;3^t>Zu$cX=$nDhn771wxkAss!TfylwV+^*$
z@W0<Hy$Qbbf_V4C<zq`O=)d*}K6h5$JP19t-|vXE@Y!#jqA&}ghZry0T{Mge3Hhbn
z_b|=mzUfW!(CuuKldcp?Rj4e?wfbW*vX^yg;dN3R1{q6fF~d|dQI37uCRx|(@A-zi
zQ&iPCQAy#~YP$p-Xf7N_JTfBT3^R{v$rNx=iQ^6ND1h$bz429JYiTC}Dbwe&FAKhj
zYN@8_Cg7^vj1S@c;e^|*YwMD&;;cSpNk?%61W@SmGeayF(8_8n_s)ZJ0<M3l^GR3_
zm~s{WA+X%D$zsbqSWy=Sj7-kd%$-Qs*em>*$YS^lw=VvjQRcTwOqh%I*YR~lED0C#
zxG8p;2vgkb<vb*iPc#iAe@lq1x10pz_iU8%>f>e#ZRPOG)k$-9RpkV8`1Ov`lLz0m
z?0CxbJ*hZ`D)fShw|O?L6gFb}q*FQ^&NVk_m7$v(1fy3{z5(=A8>nH5JIZDYTAzWX
z2Q&?Btmb|RQbt_GVJsPAmzY}H@$$K%zfFD3x|O$vVjol0lK84q<HLp~yPg;m7@eot
zmwC(oSh%+b(lU~06mPiwZ@JI5d!{jSpTxkF5kJAF-A6LC4W9wf=tP#?1jsq}18=dm
zy>t3HjAZXN_ZcY+h1ibAd!CA3=HYx@k}LZ<(%?<}U;7@I<PWw{x#)WQ9||cX;j-Og
z|C<yJ4<!u1?~!IA8F%xa`3i+3(+}$y8VHymR(l`NrPFG0>JBfM15{VbGV|atTJt_!
zL903?&%HhF{|>(OBL(~YGP6b@;T^U2yW-S!I3`u>JaF_mekU<>uAP|Lc15)Jywy=w
z3sJ^i)^p#~-|<waSr}#uHFzsF5Hs9`Nz|_y==Od65+m%qFtvO=%-vll?SkeoaL--%
zEfZ`n^UVCgpU3NQ^#xboBkey}b#jV%-mb-SfN-l9TSIr)g>4T^T!%~5bHnG}cA?09
zKC^i4h207RV;9|rR>5d7&hr>qiWHUhB~e$WA05BSIJ4adC8ZjZlf`3gdvRbQerV#%
z->(p%q+dS53lL^cIY3v|Ff_Eck3*I!I^QfxL(Cjp{o{9rz*$-bBL~4sRAVl|MZ&9j
zP+Zv6S77CAP{=9QoI*2~M{E%`%wV^XyUl1rbbB?tUTSt<c&2?<NJVu!f{n0xNpL_|
zxhw<0Su{iuDBt>CNWP>yJEQWpr%%L$A&8aJXh(S&nTkiTLE>`f^^Tv!1POeD<%uQK
z3+9q5RXNl~FSjc&1}sZ_$C!XnE5XtV#lktK&6`(BK_H{5M#EYxI!Okv$=4zB`_hLf
zjE1jV*?xroe(~cwAJ+$ov5{X9D*Q}TrJczKJ=3b0OrTu9MO&{k60i7#qxzl=OzKsx
zD5;#SvM!-kvI)7z_Z^}<ZoZ?X-t+B89Bv$AwKLTg_x@&zLbPpENm_%UBl2PHRmIHe
zrC8er52PO~d_m!Vu=CxgcVGn7%@;0bf`HWAS}CmA@{jW~WRb==Ypfj|9nq31!HjSN
zXf}u=n0HyfvUhP}&jY@a0c_T-Tz<-^EXOR=GGL{|!=0cHvKn8CsHyXoGhJ`QpP$PI
zlIGDmCrVO-6?P2t3~M|JKdP)5$VP7oIGMDx5gfYU@KI}325i*PVSH=Xkt9m-?Q-`6
zMXf8D4Mt5f>O0ttEWE|&k$xOVAqk(UEb{uz4m9&I(59+aOgXfQC(7X~!Za43s1-YA
zb8Uj3FkQsuApV)LM7kjcn#e=TmQ(^&IP9uX;gjUeP1`I>;_VjcTPQjaoK#enjfXUO
z8L#v3IZMQK9McA@VA11O%VOz;PHD@vQ&nrk<nr1W&ocspTuJUydv$QlYi5wbrA?Kr
z%=i6fkuTA8=p*}sRP92GAl|ZW=I58AmBKEMfdbGy+UcWmp<;0b%{p;ZGBOsFhuY%0
zt~Yw?C6_1UMAb2t7Z|e1p18L2UpTg$iI1ov!BC{6r0_WH!-0L*XMh>3%dY8}nWA*y
zj|JbH{Nijbj0r_6upJlVTa+%Ujz>Uxfvut)n|uGPtA{mX>h?o3?eefC{?r?CW$r=?
zDn3=~pf?X(SPstjy#rd$$mbbA!>84fRxB72AXb8)BhO%?QB#fsZ~ISu>M^WBXWeBp
z3yUzG3$DCF{(}@9J2E7_dY{laE?2#|^X9gblFV>Ws7y~o!@ytgdC!5z)X3=T1V;(Q
zvaRFhJ@*Clh=s04AKBz?kRf+_@hZb>{l$dOk)uR64)Vw4g0lcYH~{LaBNl}XqNLO}
z+uB+*0)U1{aoKp59Y7hEDqVSUi1Dypuu4BJZ2H3K$QN}M1saz~e?PDZT7BJl=l7zx
zO!`sG)y8!iHhwYdO1~M0G;O0qtKd&BI1MtFm|oI3kK|wo2)gudA$1H2*}MZPxgYOO
zRZPFj6Xu5;q3<gtzH=$5s3Od~JH1|`TA+Vm61{!qo_5;Tx@^kTxNL$Cp#(Y!*u2h0
zxyGn&KsikJBy8T5C6k`e3@=m~B^^U0Q!|v3lYN1i0Y@L|1tgWfi|s|pbSOL0LCT5Q
zRdgpF<HOSwSS60(n@;Cs)jell5I4ieD9zY1FkG2`$RX5AhY~TENT({Z<=djxRw4*=
z#?5pendk~$v$#ofdB(>S^69$An6@|c*|-nGZhH%*GHefupa$!ab@CQ0A+R%;pWre7
zW5W+U!$O#;!_VfE{4VqSW^u7MK7spuv7S48xD>SLDUau}N@PzS90G!~S+%S}_^aDH
zG8WDf#R~J*D~^D>{ph$cti_`sAqGYiQESoh^psZ+W;L68uc12D;kEQ<GjmJJ^Z#D3
z%2K!HfZc58T>@huHL=7)l2MXYv6k=gPzXzNaYvqv<djRW%p%VTn_>9?0v}&eG94W}
z@%2>CE);s<XQ@kmqJXoSPZ_QB>Ui-C0mm~VQhWy+5BSmbT0$Ol5`@iMZgjG!oWx|h
zu#!^!y%e6@u+;z01xQa`nHT@7CQAQ6p17J;o_wa$7CmMPX#y1+zvvoKtx_@;&!ETx
zlX#6IGW?@gPB;Nyw={%~+O#3i<-2Gr(|mnGb=3LyXd3uchLL)PqO01FzP!3B>L`5~
zM24Z~ySvY+@?r6f<68cib;u2_zHvt^CAo>N!=_<c!u95B{<ss$0Zj-UjTP@O)+?%Z
zCOU)=TsH@Spk{iT3F@g4mk#0u7l{=sijWyo{-Nqj3CUAxcD4z&=H})rUFkCGafI4$
zR%+x7geunN3sAdK(RE<g4H=+rM;`?oYDx;u3egnY#;@|xvINTtt+8dZfNGfn^-0t3
z19eax=Fxv6|0EAjBZ@GNCQ@U-s&KD~Z&PF|;Gu@zz4}gP35481QbzL6q-W|_W^m0E
z(jr6_cumT`SwhWPc7m%pi_bk)p;QzQ=AAJfe(ex^+O8@t4GeIgG~8X`0%m~0^WWvt
z3s~Ea=?a-o$@Z>7!$O?LHzd|lo*YaTMn(Z`9{}(n3hPOVOj(WHsJv<TnrMD5-0p0y
z9?DvlzEKag5c8t*@~eW~nc+I8#>Msw_UmIE+p?LRT~7Uq2tuX|pXqOM?!b-KWVnCY
zdo9{ii<3BiM2uv`0XhteF>c)Q98J|@RzsDejsm%5^P{BXHP!&zc<*ouJ&oEH;5XF>
zwk-FwSbv-UK=CBM!a9aOt|3P)v)brTUkOBWa8-YkUkUV+n(`2{%MxmuRs1Edak3$E
z;18=G|5J|8Q4aU^W!*Vlj%F|+q#SEgoe(jzejFY$^M^!qeSLnIBIbp^gOo-7h&V0-
z`a02~;b>VE(cyB+XjR6lM<&ZZiZZ1n#!Aw`C3dS4p8WlOL@!;pJbAA}K^a?C?n}e+
zteMZLFrNEf0Xc4x-Ib*-{^t(n0{;PiP+xSz0IS(~y})QX_PXX8IpNlnB?~oUv&S@|
z{lU^{_2E)QHK=-KdnP1|Igb#*Nz&<JpLb7lk0+2rk**%!50A9i(621Uj8k|*80{B2
zmUyh1Wf3NMaR^A05-427pgSVGjGc4Ii7Q{x79dt9TE!kr^y{F&I%<pq7~Gj6zawr4
zm4i8Nss@DUkw+7g3rgI;l1n6OK46`~m?yXJGlJI9R{cJ}&B#zOc<Vl={`CQ3z$mm<
zzz083p+$IbvOKc>4=;Dx&Z^1{o2VM68E-)~!?1~Xv2pTT<9Fizy3x}}4#umEa8id_
zK+w{ET=<*xfOhfH1=AVNoPF?Z#?a)JBld`mV1^*fTyGaD^mh|y<GFGQZ#P9B9CeVq
z&vqfqS~eU7K-JbzQN=R44+qAAd0^s}$Vz4RnXB3MA*1s0s-CfkajYIcTLG~c%Tg50
zBTK+LWfUHsB6p1=CO8E{R;uVUuc;3&tWw622od;0bLu-k^S9)=JZM+7IRtWAL?5!1
z)eUm1sY1rE*_P3$y}B<BWKdukHZgKI2yNtcY#zV+=vP3&WPHCk7>PWDsty71?0eqk
zX)a?otTsxQDk0E8&%3Rx;<E^COKR{|yJY^@{3D;Ba2*5(@@Q?AP=_h}7HpEVOvMx<
zN-vM;vrXf~9~>{HELLu9Q+4$Y<A%VJ&XFNo%c{+h6xI&Zehj5^>F}+$30*=k$yjE#
zd1Wp7(k!l}24xgZCmY;28fh*vf8vUdJbdRRpsJ;u=`R@8V}~!QrUowb>h^!%wq9{R
zgQoi+V=nLzN8J9%1=N27jF2}nsIL(jGn=Q$DXYo<RI9A4ad=J$0%)a~2;Ri^8)uyv
zpCr>-?!J6Y&H!uon}dk>ETJOUENzogq0Lf2nmFeydE1w}uuS>?N7Fe*$N9ZoxQ(sG
zW@Fp7ZQE{R+YK8x$;6)6P8!?J#5SAco!@`0_iNUC$y(=}=f>XGCIDxf<Pa#2&S8d$
zAoTqkqf>QG;D96$H{`s&(o2&Wv0r*!du>Nv5^kh(sQLBT82Ogp4xVet%XP^9z`<T+
zuw;NzliSmZ1t*b(u#_-VMhGzx9EssZ$V?ZjU?t2ffFILX4(6cmZ{@?}%x*rLOln?n
zBfR}=W$l!?ipPU@_eZY^j-v*ctT+#?w|adp0_No@7@70OH@2x~*S)hT3h{-UgmX_V
z=*=c4y#Wpdt{x%Z_~RlwHUj?%VINW!QBrH8sI}o*_eMuv7BF(Q2wp_<+)9Cyw@QT@
zh6DrOpfCA&cef(tHZJL4mwYMpvm2`|U*Eki{jV{F?+27k0#3fz-w|{^GH*>CXd8ex
zX;1+o9m`~yImI|XZWx2nLs}0CS;I_Iu2!5PeMz;hA*0cfj$}bQv4RT<<mcb}hkzWx
zBuQAbqaJG_VwFjH>)_9g=tasQ!U+sdf4`@p0a;z+fJYXno$L>7L(XO{@*z&T3edvd
zI#Ox9NO<`>lDJ+j+WM4^5tz)eTM&b8Y9Hr<z<|d_oZ*!xU2S4+j@Sa)g>uK8wZKN9
zKDvesCg5{$$mwsE15Q};FkTM?eaT>n`#ovpfYMxFjehpFbR3D^A9MV`w_jtzr8o*i
zuc3w`kG!~0r#uPE<Bp_&+$$S*I3n!Q%GcVUq6Dm8nx2GRutPF*kR$j`%wbO7jaI~T
z{#9x6alkh>XK9u+JcGHepaVDzh92fSE2W0_-w}b2yyE<bNrX4JC_OV<2KV_Gl8Row
z<#c77-6Sfhnjqk<frD;JDQ^NJE02jj9IZ-Pd@7SxuDUi=bLzy;H;b|UUqThcq{Wo7
z7<`*dma0i5wAET+6?BaYP@-WK_@X~CB~vY5aAD=okV4~+I7R;^r2f`JmqZU|ThP#v
zd3_I<@73khEKjQ0R<NOn>`mYAP;chu*5R*9AZm?EVRfYso8#~U2>O@P3zihI0<l6J
z(X=3WH09>)Bv-`DSK~|Op3EAzLJ>Q#Yp6#XLVylIece~)t4xx4X6uuHAy30O0g9M)
zO4$%+ZWfynM~J%86g*c#?#Y@8^eN#pxE`a`=1rUIe?j&&Z4o~|PS)WC@^dTfxVYDb
zAN-`|8PoaD<xM5lZ`z*ZpMKE{Q8KpvyA1{R`y$jXzm=>s=JArgH9@~=<FH5-g)8c=
zpF5qqd`8b>ruDh{S2O|^CJ{D%Qr=Z#-)&-7rz_)n6Y3aIE@GoPC-VHLac!kzXm`KE
ztdN4kv5RkH6yPS!jW3rBcjV@6G=90{MqX@LR`{=wjnNgwl};^|RE3AwI5Z2FbOgIK
zz3C=^_+_rSU)J4v;j9|sHZ<=;QC9zu-tw;`P-;@KTe6PJo!a)9O@l<J&D#AV!j%R;
z2F@6MbnM#>9}V*9`Xo%A^E_?;jN|S(AlmSFFb(*ZKwzQ@I{qp}U}kE1gvCF~CAu@4
zz2?!01=K?2%tOx*^8a=_CG5|x{2Cl6DJV}fg~ZBvuP}Nf^kf_GF8sleK<o7~ZWLh&
zMXkIPHjd-InkLj;747>qTSg!-xOI7N?iu6qeLr-==K&&(aAs?H@48st@AQ%=S#C!E
zRJEMUR!dbAX8D3u9`iy;CcSvyJBF61@rP^9@9JDy?_cBsv8@;60tDj_MTkDROt`qp
zKk5LnXY&7=6V+e5YGTXnRG_=>Y2^`@pJYeazpI(*Qgsv&@x8+__PP<p46@)Bx1v{h
z;6w@bGTIOYRS8HDhAWJG>tCdWT{@&uixrqueW4&UIBjUNZ#_H4<NGz_mu8xQSLyB;
zmZTsVtHe#N$X>!PzLzkJh-Jh}<tAT2Y0Z-T3#+bU^LrFWO5w0<Z+!=5y5gmxEMC!k
z5S#3YUA{&OOTU?QlDmm#yagW>+)?Xs$Uv*o<nZCUhmRuw<o>S@-Ka8Bd~mN{AiwL)
z2?#VXb;>h3PXRQ*2&#xx+nvgNd)7+%R&Ho8TRbL+w!NyD?(wIFfUwb#JA=JiR4${!
zPUtS-N_7dJtcP&CpptL|;-0v*36qCy?M(<jE&>56D0mKghm*<7F1!(Q0T~;@{QA9Q
z_DdFQTh?%iUIwl{dDy&&AbltoiYq4f8L&=T6_aPK<ga{V^V4@36NP9sCrFD0MG<E(
z#~n-wu0U>93F|*f0b42F1M;(-+M|2^jrRc7FWgRwGuVg|vkzy2>hN*2E9@oq%^Uk6
zk>Y1IJhT5YfR$FdU0QVZ3H7PCo4>V)54=T-0*jckY@vFMAnA(%W9$N}|GE|D2jR!1
zWK=2!fzRnSHQjoU4>q_@MQf$fpA*2U;jd4~x3%3`{?)bf*l@^V1dY&gIyRNI><-B3
z<tkDbVTMdy$7(2y_t&R{j0PCBiIpW~3<H&n<hwKZi1n2@`n5e#T4<_pzp**3o4;@P
zdwiRAhpW@Ed1(8%tt=lWvY@xw*g-iKQ?-WHUl&IxE<cT-z#-nBxy67@$F^-lsiv{=
zwGJYH`Mc)QhcDoDPU&8aEk^6qW<qk-T*9tMI~cZcrOx+NGt)#qd(EvknWw!M_l$l5
z<*@!~r?ON#p7`NP?T+AmtK|pcUG@8EckrzMsx+6bbfQ&rnq+WI<)Oq1zFFKb7pE%b
zE-xbxD1t>*O-jxz9hWQx%aN&g{L`$;PR@XyPjdM7L-O&#fa#oZt|lY8*g`<wYyTXc
zSim(TF`oEK(?E9`Q`eM0hOrwhwUXc<tgyj#PO0%&Cn)$pC7o-|Z4?+cx?tsNK)TPB
zmQvR}1L_x#<gI^~{311ySnq&z2K4qBL|s|J&VC{}kX81@czZPLr51kRJ=9*t1E`Cg
zBx_@>KE_p~+i;por=2_H7d-*wS5^qs7k8jT_<NpdnL3Zngs!zmG6B4?jyNY?8fp#f
zxU+VW@g1YcW%fgtCJ`VVo%H@YLa7uo%XIZcp-rQ>Y6dIs;m78}Wdv97g&taI7UgqP
z%Fi@got%U;zc#DYrM3${>ew&uPeZvV6Bin<H%v+(MS^Y~122SX>ESGt&}jUO&DXzr
zQsFuu@+jqR8ph9})Eui<q;BpqWhL!iGe|GheupFf(SY6&>Zs?KU55n(8&e!btHF9U
z+)^};4#)5FWZrq;8c_<B9{Z32Qyu6xF)SsPrl&B>+oU<4o7iU&7b$*QRkChm>ifo#
zSCpynJymk*b<MP7l*x35jnL8c{#o3>YoGk^=*@3;irH<pn*ynsdZpR+JFI5{M@TEy
zA7mNr<YL;jbPMm0C9Lf1?0w08x1FT4&urnKPXpr?ur_Ntd$AxD=z8MwRbOA9Ct=`7
z_z6!-OH0SlkSc~egmfp*w;PPYJox*I;yHl5eC#e~XvlIZmp?K!K0yJl4{TYIHF}-<
z49)*I$^ZCV@x3z{2R4jdwM4RSzjV_YCur)Xah6vA=*s0}!Y#^03;VGDz(5Xr%oK2i
zh0Fv7!MlVFv<|SPWET)@pf^hdt?Q%{LCuKC*injziG5SEEt5@4ySpyo2aj;O-bcK3
z@zIh+9Lq86y1dXcnWx*BFQ<H`jE>%xTChPkzek9D<BVU6jrYV!UeQXGa>*6%oF6g%
zh4yA()DtlN>p8Rk=eU19Ob;)8Ci|mIna)m{TjM<clY<E1vK_=#Lp)IjQQ-h{fMH3%
z^~Q?2<)1|XLMc@yD%~c*fFgRli^=VRT+-(Ced}oDv-agMA^fR(<%4^qs)bEWsfvdF
zEVz&hKjQ34IDx}(8ll_W&w$K}IPBV6UN-$YOJTyeY8IXvLa|P8KYf*afJZ$di2bJh
ze4O7C+Cl71rKI_XGntEjrIkxvH6Sx)F++bo+q>ergj&bau%Ho~AjE?tL!NlzAo~le
zsyb1J;D;Wvs3C<x{MFmOF7g;qXlrmaNPhV-lbebrdOOwOIRUnL$!ou69W5Xs<M8-}
zX>v-aG8AvTk@VK@@>nA0!f|hu$+fBsfAYqBMAa<%k)rA}$tp(DidRSP(b}EKpnb|g
z)zw9XRh|I28b|8l_w*Eqns({(`TjINp0R;5(n*@+5n+F>KhUHUnb>)z{9-Nq3bS>+
z{ST_=DRO&qshZhjhyJjED$m2lu`IWs42K8g>TjKK($BiZC!TJ!do!*0-1lpQ-st8_
zydlM;-}jD;@-aed5nl0TJ+)=tP*>Dy2tFdoc@f>i`wqd>mf(UuwE{|+lW!w4XTutr
za(OsmA8^Lr23>yPp`porG=G{yfOIq^>H^5kQ>(a%@b7Te3`LiG%TGViU>ZxKeTDk*
z9n@7y5JLci3$)sgKce=Snr}}=4D-4jZv6BrqwK<q23HV-S#tPzDd!psCW4FIsOBZ5
zrlAK_Wzw)H>#f}CV!s)-zyI$0;?u>tB&G|ev62=3_)1oSVIch5lrHvG5P%$=98{u3
zNO+C`{Z;MWHj8T6ivQl1HP!*A=jNuL%#?ai3Ds+_oSH?8TyV4vQJKOoaf_v3Wjd)M
zo~hhXR#)>6MWdQT06~poF1Zqin(o5#<?NF{x2()O<}~89KZ!Y`o_(sCgM$N@Sm_NS
z*#7(RA><tRw(kABn{mDM)SYqllDAyn)ip`-K1=eeg!XB}of&*9-rwP6lV{F6br`U{
z@<xb$ZcHV<uO#kz6N4F9J^jk>3(7Yj;SW$JI8)Zz-u^86{qb`aMBml~c>&eA<FZpx
zOwix7{RIks(Js=R#FvERW5<|<e}(M4h7~i$?ujo{1}L~@fhl__&^}tOF0CT^H#}GH
z2lcdzrEROnE<{aLbSkJBWbbfKE{2f&2VjF4JR7DO#fhbBG?xl}Qnlaz66<GW-On+;
zV$5_cFyy$NUFDtN?7zcw+4Zi)w@ECBR3w_{(Pp8mm$2oIcyNo~z9M-o7v^bml!Wa9
ztk&a&U7E!XayEi^Sag~H#!$_vg<Dmrw|wOn%n2>W38h!(X%^aECDU-Qi<hv$Ui}nN
z4p&Ti@Au<~{nefTAQ^E(rp&I8nPSi-;aaCGm<__Ba&?^1QX#Vi4By$MhP0-TBKG~+
zJ~)LQS)~6){B}>pAawP4ZQTY;arLbILMh$s-1qdRA%z|VXHD=C`FRs~G~xeq2JxH5
zk6u!Yuy8631XZri{k*r)#%bfOtLfH<gbrTsQ?19xpEBg4xWg;$z3|f1ajbdDXf{fl
zK8T;wB;AoX{^NK{uM{5_J#Vx|FUprvuL&6fF8m>$S`F*J6-v%8rd!)P#={Xa;5y*t
zXwt{yc+SnxQ#C_1c5GKqOFR_jH6&zV=P_|1W4#mRgc?SZ0UcAr$21M+LBNoz`qbt{
zjCg+5;nW4i=mp}~10a#EwCX`b1%oS*JogfmQR0h7qRI=ddJ<L)CH&vHWWd$8A+q_C
zuep~|JjZ5^Qkq0{E$*2e#xC@#COQE5oJKfnl{waYW}fEysmlYR1d_AR>!=QK1}g71
zGhhqpc!`E22}qkqd#}op=eQtxmV8)ta&gmMgH6f{<wR1!nyNn>SHIwWNi{H#b@zF;
zNFl?$=JK4>FMpA|)Q)iA!Sf%`^lpWV4dr*BU&JGn98F9GS)3oRkn#kHRZ$W1bs^sL
z?HF5+{<Qs{m66Xh$X+Cwa-oTA5@>z54<=<fzg)Dq{d;x=G<b9vcAs^0$Aa%i;MDro
zBNwsvz9smNTlXd0H{XPBzWqC&{`d(FHd?IwfG2tGg-yaRdIV<N`1U+qfiW;hJ$L*)
z1JuGVvRe-|KW_%WiDnmqvtm8l)@+&nDcU=S!x^zdFCC3=pGz@|$a|9dT|hMf`Kq-;
zfFzHM4=Y;>;fZ|bzo1Fg3?j%p4-d#lXMDZ_(0x6l8I>#!ZNAs3y5DO*in759$bI>d
zx4nCG;As=~CC)yhwjLWnD%y&PuD?vW>fV%7xKxIH?j=T`x?ZzS@JXn5MCc7ldMUBK
zp<{d#wL1=wb4T)VOjPxmQELv`m-X3<x~WT~HZ@;3Xx2|qV|;2oSV|c*l^~;Ps&;L*
z-EMIxrb3XuqdL1mMdlXlv$L*Z6fK*{D|S*#UJ>UBwpGKP$5)nr&DDZC%b|$I^tQFB
zKngZV_2B)D`B&|aM9^Z4d?nWBm2p7o)$#D(MoPU!uVHc`FBvUQ@ffO=Ynt2SQL}JI
zfu#|1sZF7N4zH~sYNo5}%!Y4LXVknt6`@N)zerTlk;gcp>LXG31)h5mc>~5(+q(y0
z5=y6y$?&VqkKBL6gJS+(M;LCsSO<;;3Y}kfZQm)sEcd+HckcJ$s1=oEYdv=wFrEBZ
zLaD|Pxbz;SFz7V69yHJJdVlIhAS2Y|qgXJ1tTDEn(KlZ>a~+RPQ8<(r`bBwud8J+}
z*RGl|Y9U5_GAnPUr5jv_)nuC_1(eGm+{X(INIYOGlCf`>mALp*g&n3Eq81~Wrw$)^
z4S{d1!Y48WACDzd3jpG!!NV6O`Ta5_WS9q1dBhhuQQk?~*PU3%=)(8Q%&yRy9zmHw
z6X@$>t|l*5e24GA++?~7<$YJYhK%e@KIB{yYo7RhLIpATF_j9qN;&Z5S)Dntd3<_0
z`2mAlKGR;neG18$H>IoZzG4-O6OOB?&Y94t0B-zM(_&8gpy>Vhx;Rm+maqSXjG6_D
z*U=&8Ehh+2^vQ+aGivGPRIBREtSmVJnqjt=J$xbkwylNeX~yG#3@pR59GpuZpe5r?
zq_V6>_M^7|`Y+RLH5Ud)_b2l*v@fflkEJhQyDlEs%xoHP4I7xW-1G79?<Kz{ar@(9
z`;Z$fI(%-+f8)iDr2<DTS9*hkUwGV09GQDgHEZ{}-!6+7>^~NJUh|XGZo$gFNU(DE
zF1_U+SKd**LCN-c%cnp$RA8t~>vUye-l8G=dNR}3H(1`0{@=4Ue_y?1fZjPzfscgC
zhp-cmKil3f^?CeHY5JFFl<!tY^7oj9?q!YMAU{J)-q|MAl?&;{9b2|XMf9hHUIPyA
zctKk*N^npKEVn8ZO@YxA$Qr-xWHI0q@^}!`uBETu*_W1<dAi#qyY$^YH=odKHtm+c
z!5ch>$HTvQqIu^~>%iSXb<3YFG+V6SC5!xWsMM5Gx~ZI`J#5fztNIcD-IOdC*WWEB
z)kApl&S<+iqGURZRyK^PK=D6R!@3a4WH}by2D8z=VRSn(J@R^-9&bbzUql0Y?Yw(o
zfBxj5!;;SavQ1NmtX|z(!J*p{>dN^(`+JC-deVIf*1oE?mR(q9Pg?x4vvOoa$Uk8$
zm@~ce@9$+_3DI6Jf#D~?N7NDqZN$s2D=nYy-SS10chUZb%cN2!1FN2jYwm=Z0oIb;
z4fcG{$}dl`)z{DGfUs`}RPu9GChZ-G*CwslZjb$zbBz`&4=>l!!sDa!sOS>Jv7@P7
zXYRmJ1ZwDbS1-}t%I=2)gYC_u^VPcvEB6raDE<mPj5YQp%p+}12eJZdXiA$Z-t$>)
zp2UGw@OQn?rP?y*(R5$}L_UzF4;39Erf@F^+R#|7140-+YVXT-22_BAE`KUX5Ca<V
z^Hz)!cY%)Ov#J=H&0*}BLoJmJ!egzmG%Sk5s2lHB{f4o0N>@}WA{trs!>Vdz`1hC*
z68=bPNUJ-{0uIGZ6#(aPa@Qym!I>Zn{zV_n&EL}yqrz6d2R3acA{PtyzjjTOQ54Am
zBn>&=q@hECoUA4G6IFq*`%v8l_3UF~s#ehBwlEc*klK3RBFJKM;qTmOyKbUpUE(++
zdJ|o=RI<UhWx-PN_>Jd`BFvmC8?;f-qo5h+&fI%+gXL<@CI=^~si~o;SUQieAq+O`
z-=?>8hLeEd;CuU{DSjhA{a{l@!}330@{j&&N4DR(w#UKcE<(T!PGF|*Wm{zaztMck
zakd)cTCe%+Es37(Bju0%O`7882jfpq@Rtca;OS>z26xZPB$&D*4xVNv(mlVmMKNPe
z2kQDoBb`XuUrVj4$RZlWojMm4GL;USYe|l>=ldpusFhsL9`W<4cwNtFTru`wvv4-t
zVP72jwQ9%z;y5@}HO$7lR{E1O;ytv-NkJylh(H!F|I#x7p((#m-XI0i%7{f9T(B)+
zq2}N=G<8V^95BFRp$a~e4-cS>)`d2O0Oog(hjCW{P+Zi!ZmC<0Pipw0ptapEw3sx}
zSQu4(s*ru#_J->fd)sFV&NNOwA;n#ARGgNkf9DaD=~C}iAz-?gRME^T5UMDq^_8nC
zTs5##EeAqUXSna*@C{R;Ohawy#`MTLqwZH!v6sky{3yHS`gSQImsdtGC$(cIKhHA;
zw5?=v8ryOh`>+_h1e!SNxcOC17b%~Eq_e|BVM_@W)$3b&67K|)TO+NJrUmXeo;JP1
zY;fH#Zj-P4E`*ESSwNFLkF{-|gS1(am6NyO5*nP$okzr4nzC#A0`8aOA#oWSKbd7$
zj`kK~Ep#Iir~)5mM|fN<V%b|9U0?Qy-xJK6^w@}htaPza$53RIn7X-$97j4Na2-b&
zG8uJFP!qq?j6EF_$MXQ|r7)rQ<1M+2F(ipXMEegAm*G4oY!(JaQyZ&vNS>1NEVI&W
zP}9A|)kXjK8$c_`og$=S+Z5D$#$!TQ<Fi0)Yujkfrqb4w(^Mt{QqUrV8e~VCD(TIr
zSPK(-ldRaehKVrIkEX6%>-cy7)-wW*>vNc8#6qRiOF6rm$c%Pe{h#n#NV?K=vkGW*
z8Pbt_;Hi}fhejhbUD3(RQ69A!toY9_&+D3&3YMcsZzB#o!ZpaUi%`5T>paKGNL12z
zQ$~sBEC3Buxd8c*L>(Fub5rxqVLw*TT5)U~AN)Abg4Ngzt#wWHkUncT2$SK6K8}^r
zRfbwlXI2VZwj8C@Id8-rPtU#rNaX$m@u}MZWzX1URGT~Fjxv3RR#?rq{d=K<wd?Wn
zXHPbF_f5Rt=hG+qf7~h6WvW{5N&DXlk1zAW@9J^3)MVSAA5V8B++ESWS6w*McWY<H
z+xIQc+4#oQYlVcky`$oW7?G6nGv6`8LS#?ixSf*UU`GF63jiA2L`^dGPOfJlHFg_`
z?Mchn?n$7gEVu&sW_3*E><`io4AH9#ka_Rl^9A3U`1}ee^LiL3rbJ=T?3Q?qaiSJO
z6d4<U)nD1#vhu$J3#L|$tF9e~qBHXPmcKSvt*mXBxx0r>)hVmi(o~Tmy;Y(5c<G8V
z5Jaq(%A|a2)l)-UO_o8{l0kxyCHVN4=J(IJL~e0AA{*>%a}#eNK!1kcybNl(K~sih
zDETHvL{{C8fIPK#hNg^o4*UZ|R$ZZHE&-#7ac$)EO&t}PWo>{|HO&f<F;3iJY=!B_
zl3Fg+jRrPQrZZ${F@C>TbD1)k)sksU&IVbnPB=eqK_o}(BnBYp7LuderjSlm3*GE@
zoG_v<Rrh5%i3z^v)3pu4sxrtKH5aa6njrcJJsWKQ(~V%FcIW*;oDclxO>UqVZkU3W
zd~<^H_4MaZ&;CNaCx-G&e5Al@rt-D@=h>$i08?L|niWRq->x*TD}<5DG<x%h^zT#@
zV_TFTk5PQ^(%jswJ~!kY%TKuRT)fSmVSPJT0xt_G6Q!`Jk=(bYJtJnBWT{rFnjSv>
z3XD8~H~1jYe4w6bPQh{_jiER$@(m7FgJrmgdNDLP65joY<H6(shh;(oa*4y=J1jx0
zofnqX{5j><`;^}=7GqNnw4UAMEyy5s>Kn_2Ee4n8Jks3B*0&n|=fR@<{nsg>lw9Zn
z*lvSeT1D#9pcJHG3OfBdJuO1sc11LM0IXy>Yvv`p9;!}>_TRfNkrq7oK)tEI4I#aW
zy4Cn7CGM|=lF3NX{hV{aK|ZkQgY_ln{oOujgdy8yy}AWNg8Y0A4pBuX#Y9T^T~QGY
zih>bsSBMTxYUhF@JEnrfuH@~P1y=Q{CxnL5s@YX}Ui|)d=cQD{Aiq~OkHWOTX^Km3
zX+J~?0NCQcz6;6Get=mkL050xSD*}VVz<{3|MqB$|9Z>KGbr)yxG3><L0!4N%Ri1f
z&nsj);Bo$c2Cj{^hW{G-qvP449O1ycK9gQ?RKY<DHgM2Nlab3Ii81D+JG?O`f;3H4
z9jV^DBH0>T&Qg``Oe!xQzKVR}h5psyXhXh<Z<5PZ=6XGyMF;oboj?u?RIu1t7BVew
zw-Bj3ecUDtJ(`k9cCr!;oWCTaKqJI7JOJ(46qec^XjxgLxEIC2oTRbg;~}DHA%o~D
z0Ci#xy^x@lct*7!-_OZOba5R{b&^Okz}cuv9uC8x6X|LK5TDZv)-V<+bgEk1Uc&Cg
zgI``&tUE6_<M6xb-;nwG`AMM1-{_FUWa&<rJQ#8CkMCUxb{-%Stx=tFEs(uyn-7>T
zC6V0s4#px5Upg;^IU{F*sbt(7wDxt6<4AZ9g`C^sYl|)GkHF}wzi@mkL3H3Oz<B`2
zKhi|9TBe7>F3?WNxai{|y3Sd$))Vr(hA`xtR7=L-+DYqjdgT>X6^tQG=@18;AU;2r
zZY3J=_lq-klhERymRPWL^gjLqxA?b|i9$Z<CxHE6SgFqYK7PCeA02xY86(WjB=z-D
zUSCUC9E&RC*Uls1fFR#XBe3Y-8`>4n+J46i*dRp`&nns5Xe-4-irBB@h1CqN_0yni
zdzz@u>G1pYzM87L#`lWyCSGG8-1|yAu$wgWK}e0XYA4r&Grxjw&RCF7PUR7TGN8kn
zeT1n~#VLa-musE{WBeVn+&r1tWlnlY=mj|Zmy?Yi&O?UGr_3bieyMz3-s?R`eaV$G
zW#W6ps$cMt<)D)5^2s-W*Iy&iKAf9VNo#y^vuIVGHVC1#&`;YhY&8bmgBG9odB*cs
zgB(&JF}jRY!8%8;A7M(u-w_~TLQ%qLSK68r2TRN89!s(|AqO6{66v*{G8LX~Afu0D
z|Lx*?I$bwTH?3k6V-|s=!N{S46eJZTbA$MDMkV<;S3o7csh)B1fn5YEbn_g|ZpyO!
zo{HPctCBq&t<&pKQQ$S)dr&)FZ*Zw#MFsh_-&C%DMAxR_mpt!7yd3s_A6K73V6#)t
z5bD2P)c=_btn<7hj6V*Hp((+zGihGWQ!SzAKGf?z)PSUEze9GveF~BRz466L?f<%c
z=D?Tn|8b7MkqG|&?*u<kyH{@x{!TBqX9k|Q1}@X&NGaDbeIYP6w7;zi8$f_mLg(fr
z9W4$ewP=>%ZCg5ezM(jez-SbO!l$MzZ=!q$>yUWY`bA*9@Z;EZkd(Z1?8~Yp!--OF
zuiMXLE($y)b`U(Yi)M5n>!aWV!&#|<Z?FF?jVM6lGo#V0qb<rmYW6oi+FFRHYRG`e
zTyTa=s#<2@1;3KjUU|N*Ee26hf1SYjRmyBI&1Im!hax-@=uZ1N|6Jz3>v<a<_Kesz
zxsAj9PPC>G@!f`H7;HK3US<Oagk8TU4f$QMJjs*Q*)U6#2W`Il`!Nr4VQJ=>x{dpF
z4?bZUeM95V53O9r_2ly?Od7J26(HWzmto-09hI7+s<unN1Ixp?j)@G9P7mbIEjl{y
zC7;~)7VxuTo&t_*+kCpDA_z1}`gB?YF7Pv$uiVC$SUXwB6vzeel8TWBNKI$(+)qy2
z1s=2$*-jJc#oSKDyg#0mx5gtsPC)|Kz2mK*4@05H%)|!wce?S#9Kg5aBQQmy))AE^
z{>uBg8&Kn}l($ymgo#2@j2~hDwE>ZH(<x)Psas=yG|tFb<hUsm0%K$d5$D*$+^Ow>
zOX%S_Md0Qh8lm#|XZyaI$^o8bI))wU_FZ{4A(hzDu=$TC21QMEZTi&YxZ$r$C^`q6
z9UXXDrO)_2zlQL>Dk@qMu7WuWLkAdHgc~s>9v*wh5Y8e*O03PIKD_V2BNle6>#IjA
zHz>=s1_y(WFo~V7;Q|l)>=POEjkPv8rYz^^-?K*j5@`@dZ=oB8a&GhzhecYzl@2=^
zy0;T9k`!Pl#(mm=3Jz;nq?Dc9P|HhiFB~0$#2WeC39dQRm1+tvhC!S^pRHOqQ*-_H
z7t86BZJa32qLSL!Qq(N3G%n1_SfgoQy%o=;3In6&!7-{2hZ4|fsjj&%>qzo)+EYW*
zUIRPA(J4PQxw;xTU|%`_ik6Bw;3oDZ-1r$9oIUOJyc_uf-sac_JZJ}|y<PQW{Oknf
z<_P)oGy9*&gS~!R!_45cO?R+#p9MeuzhCPb8y|rwAmrn00e9SiDgX5>;IZ0&Q5bhQ
zEJ*paChvmR@l~ljM`SsJ@UT;ar}aX@rZ(lY^H`#oVx_PF6Mb%dOLZe=Y>?jgwEm}b
z(z201kU^@j+AX^Wl6vH+<o6H&7<;>{5>9_)fkc)lm4d`uaWUckC1kZQ9&;Nc+$^nT
zG6uOOTKFY+B#dQD3(3&!ufLS94W^>?mHwoVnX(nSB1H1|abwdWVWaVcxx+oB&1*Ox
zCLIy9p1^CNNqFT&KBBBP!Ppa8>Z+tud8>YtQEXW*t+KNk$MS>*r(iWTMa`0m?xc9(
zFT(jz!H1EFm{f+m%Sxe1F<{FBP`(DI6YDmUU)u|yyN=J2sVy7yT=SYKHwY@V20ZXV
zHch2yYZ-LqkuUrP%v)L?;h)$I%M*JgeV)Qz?SHI06|t}E6J7amJHK_c069Cefm{aN
zUh(k-06i<ho&yxV0ak4$W3uZGgYE2kcEO#AuAh6}$)(dmqhO4KlhIw)@_)#?)R@G;
zf8RQ<-UIvOiC?ix<{`u8tDGHfK2ZHaz*Cz=f#<*Qosv_IEt?}-`$2B31t}i7Oj<Iq
z&9>Kqi8H9W1c|?=N(j#{+_w=gO?ia+--Mr8)9;{D7|i`Uhc8-)i<VDz=!g7-N}Z5W
zx_D23Uzc~hkppH9C9%_B8^8bbv;wCIF3&zk7ix!Dv`OlQ+i{4NsnC^{Thm+=Xozbz
z^%Yb$7Pi#rTB>9E4|jc~PIO4If&d|WuY`=7(V<+fy<o@v5e1PS3f8J8>T1$Xu@B0^
zl8KcxP~EVU(72-!zxQ#yr9jSUN;=XtCpxL7Va0k+x#a<yo23Y0Xf`n(j7DH_>J;c>
z3d!^jXzUshu2Y5LT+zd1C#I%|TeEtfMzb+oZHQ@$#k@jFY-K#cmN3N65-wmdl%FLm
z&%%hpgft)j0ao1chH+s+`wE;jXPmN@*l_RH%KIDR6HcDq7Ca{hP=yt;N(4T@u=V?5
zRMR*wuB|h$ZJr0oiWu}JB#H)BA*sm~(wH^r&7OFaoq=WjG%<UzIm`JY%Zas1w{QIX
zUHr&00QPCR4aRDB-ook+nuA`r)MZdQPG{7+wa{pmgUk`)p?v6(FP!$D+&)bD5K6Id
zgmQ@Xcl2Qnk<ebX4Bqfbm8qTB$DaiBwseuV{&A2RQGduDiQ@S%3&zt8c;_3@RV3HF
z>!4_~3o8Acgn192>lu?D%)>${0CNKfzAF%%a102(Wt{f<g@=fkAD82eh&}0nzDywS
zu5pQL!SgJ%*h9PpC+GoPOC6I_l#mqbJ`ysf;_!7#h>Ekz2!{pJGQyF~takdaE;4mT
zK^8aY$o_E*S~IgLxay7yLAIQ#KgA&X%I$5Kme}XSf8ikcY~bshE_Q?a!VB;15Y?$3
z2=;4Q@Tx;3y*BeL$oV;=^OFA)F=Bu?kFi(2^{!@J2b+p2CIM%rHEYOBN;UPFxGLT^
ztef%%(&#N~+4W@1vfrtfu`~e$*x&xQ9tgG$?5EZGQ8k3}=7Y=njeu8_F^1x0c$Q{S
zn*31NzVJKW&f{QDzG#cRbJHg0&=<e8!=g5r?Zh?s4uRso?!!f%{XBh~={Osn+^QQ#
zs2|rv4oFfS{a<$R)9?KKltEQPToD}8cu3NzLlCrtOPYX6=!Uc+JB%vCq>4mL7&1)J
zGTiufiQ)kcFpE0R803v%u6Gf1i&#N7bVnp-Yc&tuY=?`?bz?DM*CyhV^*)-jmOjBY
z^lH<P>k-X?E8RSX=Zt*a5B~6uKa)$GpcTu{afo{pORBQ3Z(DQqOxXy0moq!Oql&M$
zupKo^tJg6yaj#THYfRzDBdL>9zb&Mcw}-0U)<%P-DF>gqVcaZ_aCbCG_>c%T`l!w@
z((7_yR`1=(eLHxjXsVNBMGt|+mYs1QNv5f3rtt0{F>&X0xd(G&J9OwM;%vA~DVyz?
zNeO@VlGD_L?rErwDM>Jv)3`gEheK8@Fv0B*dQP1J?@B1_8=%^VniAR<)LyebA-Wxy
zXW*av{N}VDh?8u2tv?qm*$PANLC^!`c-(=CA6<>icka5E2P<>5j1~)dxklVjA@9@N
zhXWB0jnrH-Bbwb(sVSzOVL}guZ4gh3x_B_v{7XbljqKN45gX^6j)CDWeLOn~nJ2w`
ziz8ARJ2q-8HBos~*&Or_@7(zjZrU!izzfQz^O=RcyQ!xsvhrTMu#_DM0{=Tp3l!sM
zgG~qUJD-k*Vr?H*CZb_uSQOsRn<NIlhjC37s~7-qeHVrnQvIO#Jq5mvu^x*@y}(b=
z5L-u|O&9ErLcixHWh|IawGGz@0Z!a_5KNtFi2mFWUo9Z0Dxw6lgpb-lHOTG1EIpgQ
z>l34)z9Ds>A5C-Sv^{W~6>;LH%tj@XSB{QjiOK)?u0B{NUz(z_obJs9GN~UZ!@XT|
z_JvwbCDbRV3w$6X`8<}!t*K_sRA@b$TK7KteAEI{gnRnuzv3_%h`kU8{3$<;1J*>x
zi=O=kPleMXiE$ga_O7j}e)0XOKuo4I<;t#~z-F+fZ%!m6L->{jG*cy@GuLH8C}i3F
z@Vz{&&G*V$Q-@j`Fr|sXpu)_%g%ikk8X4dSsi?!HNFp!XezK{uO4F>G``u}`lFtN3
z5q(SEIU`LFib+*WI~$-df3K5HrKV(?m7_9n2{7f=XTh&gT}I4dYW3Si5W|nF#;rlF
zEBww(lzRzhj91t??xF(*QhL@HWSdMR`%V#3-(oy|e{&!t2%QsnU*NngHc4Z;_RF`-
zs&5hAU8#3m;$AvI_4Sh5l}<kZ?wGWHDTpczYh^d#0_#Nyl4VSD|CBReM<3B^RbmoB
z(M*ezMTMZ9;m7ow#7netvFO-=txeW}!o{@6{kS14qzM$MYL0PpcV1KCaKWrF_UoiC
zU?;u@U-9~d8YY+`S>Mz1$v|tD6;W6QCJJ#Vu3x_nj4i}ZzDa4)PrHNtWnk56YNU6_
zg{MF0r*L8|a$rXMze=LFMLNU$NU7GPZ}oy#5hrE#uvd*%O$zY;giK52yK!fp1#@y|
z<Hgu6%CazwTlSun=D=EW%nSdPdR~mkQp_p7tTh$P3ym&ubU6`wKjTpFIh$R8ZkDM>
zein_Jam)h@?c#_2z%CYSQ~`V+PL+>w2v<)w@PuDZRNp0P{&pq~R`&(D0}Tntx*guG
z5Sw&9(fae9eL|?h#pL8MUuocVy8%peS!(2PGO@`t(cm;8nQ~lWp@Ww^N+b?%l;B!h
zAVi!vz4XeNimG{<I0J#lPD6#e1z;vPaspX1oehaR?|H-g{u8+W2rA`$8zj7dJy-gn
zOM-d-CMYIMjY1`dFt-@;pgIT!VJ~mEz6svLB0$2GgK-W*l9+=!Ck<tGK)Rx{7o--h
zatB3AcMEma?d>D*ETo?G*!AH2sMX6<sdjmQGvc9%QRuFG`cLDCmw#x9ElQJskSbx_
zZ|i3xh4UxftDIhjX^{8DWDgxZOwkW==&#E)7o>iZAAPBv3}24#UuCNMELAuSdc07`
zpuhyp@UN>CCPLZuZQTj1SZ}@^6Z7^myStHwU*Z^N<O&3&Y1II6t|gR;>T?^vJpRn9
z(&$oj#x$z%^n}_&RStbs+PA4@(b1aEYP$Tg%=3Mo2xb7?J8d3U$9Q}HwTV_bA<wMo
zH+!bi$`-L%u6Z-KwPrf;h@8O2(_BP*OAif&r<+S{0-3N$w+2nd7wuaPJFt?SNJ!*<
z*<NmKv~u*9I3_6k^M?-kPBLOChUGpQgeIX#eOs4qP5sxW3yfV?9V@M&&#45v6ug@Y
z|JuK9l6e}Xl+b$Tfg-b%s7+Tfp-lM&aiP%F?EHiQW3kSAi(qXC{v3xT3$6+#G}!Fn
z$#8^Nmr&yL@KaNhl{j(qE~labtQsK`Xawh~4f+W=hZYQ=6)!Y|RoG@(Q$ssjfL;O!
zY^qazwqVcBdY8>yULK%?h2QXjoV%DydozuUn5Z^rHQ=NBNZG_#o)fu^hk=}U)7D_E
zx*B3aU*f<ayJKDr!{Mn(4v>V8^_(=tZ2<?ZrrSyx;fIilNE_nQt4tMG*#Dx)9pZ2t
zlhWim7KezMcYGOJ;2~6!!6#$sS4HfrU^8e3j-S9@QJp%^!o_1?$U~xprNAA9x<?+h
z%!jSi#+Nk*e(V(>-?St(9$|oY37VQgE;<xJS{-WpSc=6ro<XVYSm=DRj!5H{a+x?9
z-uzrd5?>3nf<y?j($h8NE*YSNf@h;j-V-0iqS0WOQ&*(sG?0~rJ;R5#c=rRXTK(#G
z|1DM`Eq|BDGq0!lRZR=2NoJe6_qSgE1@yBgk>&D+LijaTVk?On{B|}d8<^N%z$r5R
zO(Xq9R@rXFv1ajUlBnLoaS!_aus)rH!%3~YJ#61|=h=DG^U3YtL}=M$z?RLts<YlN
zD{YvegA`2irz?r0^7y-8LM?LJ^90q_(+J67_)kZ7NAK_(F9oz=9qUX+Ez0+=)Sxgr
zW*1~k$!OLH4ntLKPC0H3+fh5#p(|%KPR=2Ykp-+=qr?osTevAL0q_*i?=~eLiiial
z_V`ceJ+hhz#*0UzloxijSOsBBr>IVR9Y*!q1RNt(KbMDj{$GN54lKp4!t(Dl+cQ^#
z7K<1F%REM%G|p@S>eV#?v0qpgt06SEsud%n^CRUknCAAWXf$LeKO+B2<7>j%8mVr{
z+usPc$32-nxz8k4&|%<^vrh)dx8Q&S#NPuV84TSX&*v%iSd6v{aXfXDv;nca-pyt+
zv8x+|D%J^$Y$I~9g#}D*<i@7elD^3vx`Jo-jN!{pH85aqyc{i)QFjbEpaK~Mvd~P3
z*#<wdY1%n&+7oPPo%48c;G{#L0EAG+twH8cCYYn3px`3GRO<rWam`tVla4OX<noU8
zy|*rVBD;0H^USLqh56OY;%p&{8<36&-vd5%f4$#5uU#XzK%!xj5z5iTrI<igCCf0t
z$*Y4U?^U-koxpov^Mu^)jLM8!m&<eOl?k`=KZ)YzL7GO*66I6qb2A#qQgAs<sh07c
z$z|M>F&$yK#LZ}q1a+>}Iid)SS0H&&&Bfm(y}ZHIL`!&a?r_Cr09YlJ%w%1y<c=UI
z>MD{RWDS{l4jye%4QM6O4byD&@S#Ryu|F@_^P$}C^4IdN;2>U}Q}YW#`?VZ?S_nVm
z9oc+JVpc<@-_z=aJj3%}$Gs!8AdV>KWGfmad}EY$$ikqhRyOlh<Rk&oUZxU8C6sxQ
z+IVvg3D*MGf=ov1133P-Ls(mnfgjr&-iHSsdr9QAI@N?9vqE~jr)oRMJ`4K*@1e(f
zeXq068-Bnc0_xTSozTN_zQxlm)4&5K{%+YAzPY?l@btr(J2)kFlFm$cCmM0uWqR|8
z^gZm2*ozi)v!1Dd?UCH<sIiQ!#UW!H;)$sleM^yg>xyF4fVX~=r1FR+DTW4CEKw;1
z;Yh$yl`D#)g~OH4D$SD6`CYK)E31wb)kk!eJwIyqWJy0+DWH5mzhbtH$$^HUg>K2`
z9Vky3@tQ>>*{i3{-!p0J^(N+fD4Qo#$1~WRxsv5`jbjAE6_eL&Qs?0)T;hvyVBuO!
zX6~XxQ5wAaiV?LlnVDGe5tszn`{V^2XjTPfXwQOhy04+U>&Z{T?jyv<=!)%-l>IK@
z{ZN&1g=BRF#G4J+*484voBzDR$52EY)L1$)0ZPxouM(1&a|wSTokl#2g<o2<&>b$8
zUv72uh16eA_<^c3iH$UDNC~r@0*Iwu-6*O+a@`<H@EfBWnU5KAi(dL_Z%=`J5YuNP
z;|MkX&a0_8PjD|gp9-v+5i^e~piv8{6F0)7DPB|iydym0jbF42zw&ilG-w&%kzD;_
zDG#(?*8=DC@(MIpi+Jb#Y+VKSyk1;Z)Cu3fA-A^pe%pcRD$t@LxDjAd1x)DI-aDxx
zW9n|!?2n^Lw*Jv2(rH;V&VF6Wm^F@L6)_6h@rddRb%Ey?XV4$IUzLK5C^U9a0Eauo
zqAv#G>eg@tbtRkwKc>*7SjEC|3o@D5$&<DGwlGr<Vpg0T@&A#EMB!^IyH1&$;-BHG
zAkbqeHKl}gKhm7y=f?5+|KpHW-bz>$(rT&}k&o{bWzUIphlm`M2~NRADJ|{Uz~8n(
z->M?kxy}zV+4OP?VZP*+r|lsVVrbeFk3z6!tj{nxgDJqQEF4^bjwhi26q8CqV;|YY
zMg300@-+V?AC4=f(cXvX$zOu+fu7lGFQt=N(AfJNgj5$St;zA+|Lfx1l)=LDua|kQ
z{4z7JnXAy2AvW`m8?XsK3L%cWhzY`?C<u?4#~ty?`$+obefu3XF2P}rm#wf7x`qMX
zKmMKr^i3LFckCtCJ`Tv58-RMm5F2`?V7<)a_DcErkm$$#dB^;L!0a;%$$$f0Ktigr
zQsJMa8NB<tcvoeGX!KYZ$+LBFm*s0bK}&#Um^+{+hBh=&%9|S?g85K>3c)A{_~F&B
z22KfAF9HPt=7)DY!gl`NC@Nt=#}0+O_)VF0@Be$b8}wA_Zjjea&mlzN{g`>TF;>^0
z0?!Vur*c6j)>FHFvVw`3jBd%U63*jCb7@4t4ag#y5VChl%7j;oO8WB)zpO<&v39*b
z*Ru0amB^`RJgD}BhQd3iFQw5GlYdC&e@_Fsw#fB41>W~jKsWei^RBo1tTjg6K@9XB
zJL&|In*8AW!wRE90dRqRaDtfF(9kdvYyAAB)VVF3-THDcB_{AQ@ST{N`|410`$KPO
zq#9*v2|4&E#e@8Nia%H`K0S{!4bD9X!m$UI6pHQ8MLw9Jq|3`0f~w4fYRkrw3ny&L
zbSx9vooL)ps|DijRP&TA{bPJ2K_Wg>(<A6YEd@<}TE5VYc|QYI_;lpM(*^jeTtYSa
zb}?6X|8%3xaA0+B539@4q9(dli+3KGR{LvZcox|`2(-PfxfCrvS@x_$uKifZ$e|8<
z_G_HnE^NbyWMugX8Ugy}5(GZsuV0ectR>1s0Bfr2Dx<^}y<|=$rKn@-5f0<cz1{>n
z?K-2k0SePXN<S_epfogU{)q0<%U)eKBpo0x1=adzbpmMEnGClF=o0l49nb~^Lo7rz
z5t;G=BVPOxcgv<{)kmTLB@A?NX_!p|%4<p9#&(#*?hV6TwXfK2<<U~+ay_B+j1_j*
zGYkVvS|Ni$^u2rl_b{!XUpk0lGWh2>(DuT<L{UE`Q|+o9psN28pP}8-uM7B9Ka17e
zhUewUmDgskY~E}Cna?uf-n|_v{fe6iqfnv_V8y({TZ*ky495romc##pI}-pd#sKCe
ze+a~dw%6&D7ud?&<p6<DR-&1F4(c;!c3~_*l-E?_p@s@+W?5gX?c!{4k)@yI%;`m&
zZ4CRz`^g=%GmpIm8L&)5<fJ}He4QUDbo26#1bYt7sma;c+{!B^^g4X5PEHOP_WuH8
zWJ_$4n;lO2gLd@|PmJq!3B-eHkZ{qEo~I&e80No|s)jhkuoI><xHRWwUY=Z@)YQ~4
z($lxBOn>P6xdQEcA_kxdr;rG$aQ=!}YLFM6E<}F=`wE_Xw<Z~DuC9O;dO4c7_Omo&
zg=9oFE-~@5NnoY0V7B?lH*%~xqnh%ugg%#)Wuw4&4rJR(N~gKQ|JMQ}%gF7CfMc#j
zG0D^R9xqUzhm->&w2cD7Q{G^!5=yHw<nOhV!1X>Br>TMH?~voG^lDBTVG%iL_4N17
z%|16xv`gEZAfANs*ksD-89n!#J;~FG-L)orO4-*zRJXJDt0&@=T*e<v=fJi$Ss`4O
z)vZH<?dR{3>aKkJRNRmr$#q8j5ErAMFOdZ&_=P;Zg);N3m1gl7WR~-fpGL@<>geIT
z1Qd$+R5lmoXUUoNGxe0p<`LdgE+!{&pxGM=CWF7N9-i5Y8}mP~MyL_9v{(pHGN<KA
ztlgaq+WL+@#*M9hqpobOk|CMbfya`y0edN5z@uvLogTArj}=W<t6CbA{cFK?csQBe
z+5HTCDcCw4`Sa@L;>s_B1>E4Lr=)!Qp29c=?8TQ|M`&LnxA^QUOD%Eipe8Aq(u;FU
zN-Hi8y#D&SaQva6{4hVC_*(U`@O0GU|Bv<jrNLj<=$`6MT1ES)yYLP|`GJV$iZPed
zV~MmVF9qwgtVbwH2r$!_e&dp&lE7kZJ+ZNFA-CH}i6911{Cg6cln)#+Esdw<#gM-G
z4?T7WlY(;GRHTM7{)9(R5VSx0RSnl9%9cNb0h*dNrmzR5iO5D)U5jVk?1vce24;Y#
z)DvS}H?IDe^bapH(}DCDDf9DJ0{Q#kC1H*4?|%z?4R&}wDW-2&Pc{P25vzbstcKxp
z$<-IE-Vo!NruGz~<*C5Cg(m74wy{Fdb~su}9Z^HBL06I0=Eh-+=5!u4xN<m(;0#71
zRNaXTDAhq1G<3UQd%FbUt&t{VIUALb8hdmxm8vBuIa7O`Y5dMuxPd55$6vo-DHZiY
zgGpm_(jqihlaJ6%|G-Q1wx88uAI?MjP8;ptZb>F6TiZa1;x-sDdxO@U)xa~kC2U=M
zH_uOu*wqjaNS&*tIkP$gX@uY(>gQ(Qbi=gJ_-K)Nz?JV+G966}XXQz%d^E(_%@Ug&
zh6QF}Xj1ddJ6EyoY`=MXdQk&=`WZ$Yr7c1cy5r_Oo}QRMoA~xxmI`K<E;l#@Ch)_1
zEAZ2QN=fPUH(GU)UVWf#;^|Pbex&m*G^S-FtzZcvT<Z522r);N#pIHBIEr{VDT~FJ
z7a*yE`EYi2tJ|1ElZkz@%loU)0dQ|`2+^jTm!Eey7JX4Kd3gQYP_8xbne6A)wq>Jt
zxVErs%Bn*+W(X`Q%FAnh=lJjrgl|S3Xf4h9WuIE8kDZ%|g)rfI30)FibG6P02TD|8
zbD{HL^XK!LcFz#=Cv`q3EyIXZ#sAl9F8B6%`KIkyWXlz+Awv>hAq^c&(bu9Me@&9=
z>5$cAQjtiL24zW(9pa1Z<r`6YpGKDSl;=G-6hj-{+wQ?fS3@{6fIRul__`qxF?ghQ
zr%O7I{m&Pkt30o({G@^KWE;-_^8<llg49&6vl-JM3H1f=(n_r*gcQ%zGH#YsVcbnK
z2?`;{yep@`Ljt3e2T2y2Z51Eg3LQpt6O+RovQXN`perCVK0eMNsi6PMfw%;Q+7jnf
z=m}qA)HO;f5}Y(-4oV-7!r6>ySd6+#R$;m76y&8W@<S{C;+4!R2~*h=$?d<Lv!YKN
zBe>4zudjWG&-S*a@0btu%ynGS`W!>4H!h(Z3zYTLvY6Hlye}dJsm1KbwtQl+Srtyv
z$w`yBhDy^@Ni~CBvesCeYlY$8<+(+^s@3UC9d{1N2hWjhweZ-x!T@dlx^4aukM^uH
zU~=^wnvzl~!zdY{3gED!AZZYAmmySxhl5yamhyFxO94QpBG`^moi$6z2cIzf6zUv#
zsH6Zgn7&^6HY&>FOK?ox4L@xiEa)`<jOcuPt;``L0&-^cdWCxGg7?l%cq*7!Pgk2q
zr~#kCb6E+SyGg5lat*&k1omzZ=o@pXM%nbvW<$DX`ptrB>_p@gHr-5t@h+rs=DdR9
zv_pPv<cjKATScC|CM={X`13!0H;eO3r_pQER6<0GBZOar$MB&H)bfO`z~C4uTpSE3
zR>uypXe_l<2PYVfMFev~NnP-JO>B!#QT&Hy8R^dOk=fDJ)p^1u=WemKyU#0?1y6Zp
zJKyEU;p*0=Io~&qcuSyXG$}?-&g9GG)8*}0?6k}EwUEC4w}6Y~50vPw!?7)Q2gT;H
zie!n%MoHQE#)bA_iZ;(P?9$Q^k7064k!1#Nu*R5&pBMZO`WMptX-KFIyvt7Y9Pisj
zFS?1k@#?=o6}E5(4!Lj)^Cm8#Z}G>mawx{8LeRdE-h!n==D`ibARni=hMFf<FQ0@7
zb-_jTcZGY^+8K~opP;R*zl89mqqmX#{rzqC-;i$hJ1@eQ{{vt_pT5yr;qhZwiwCUm
zI2^8PQ9+;3ArVL!v3Y5av)x^$ci$w{mOy%}GnlR+3}aM~&{~J|kf#y5JG*36#eB79
zN!O2`gOJI1i&37Sv_MFS)QVzld)ToGQBjCB&3Vx$iQ|ko?6DADfeIr!`fWsOT0nyT
zXv~fHAw<IudEEHnqUs07`v)GZC&wT9QR~wJ>!+{vbWIj(rn4EvYR1hQ*HEEhUVK29
zDT>({jj<fh&VY=f>ab<O=GKJ93xuseBt1;cLEAKFM87Vp6i~9WJs?RUmg^PedO@Nz
zX*y=Hp3$}|oYcrLpz0b@r3j@W@Pg@afhj?GP1J`A;H3a1Fv25TN7Zx$vM;zKhCI<+
zzPyi=0T1p!qUkyYX^z&Kv*{GExxw*b&Eb3ogArvl>rXQ0xN+qgx9{9xULKKTDJQ3=
z{PTbQFHpks+_N`%>4g`_heKX^<wf**f$uC`Yw`GVPLIcV)vxNhev7Fy281ArB1WST
zMOosE#d(8{)sxw{F{Y1TPzsPw*gsv}Fc=LO<OAl5866<7RCUG1XvA;-#xL{EyB~0L
zx~8lh?Yg9G=WK3Dq7by4u{nw`R`c+nqN`w#res;nv1=%%ORinNNT3AH7+!wyI&qXx
zS2HG)31d>6Em;>0>uSkrU819qv#H_34{mY$y}La7+%>khMm&G>3eQ}7mFe-4x|lP_
zBI<MFajZ2SkB$OHg8^BdvRtlEqNivlNz9vXzR4SJe3N`ML`XqVRxFE#I8A9<$9z#B
zWytC26d^oXYaE`oaWqZOzB0y~A47o@0cBBRjlhebU%mFdXF*EYn_-{osh;YutdIJA
zepG)|llxx=-|+bPtnK}ILdqwU|HmCI=xqRxy>wn{x~@Y3gDj^mD`FuzzW)H*)M)LA
zVu?2v<2#J&a4ih8lqk-K!wBaLI8US#E^ZAOxFKa_5NNWjw|lg0jaQC9hj^i=y~8Mp
zi~^kRut4Yg0O<?aCZl*j<s6;X)K!gE{pNk96t(@+$FCoAdYq65_XEVpk2SNq^GKbK
zsnPvoUtk4N5k~=GAlbjT0~qGhM`&fh)$H$0*xU>_dSsDdPLw+y9z9}RHw;E&TziB>
z5=c!x4)NU_rCOX<gyDcszH)`8>{zYJzMX1XqA(&JZt>_~fm8vFak$QrDnXPa{l<{e
zSPQe`1%ohVdkC$B(i*I*34}%1no*?5qli!n26>DXhVd}Q8Nnn=Se(t-+1lmijc1sx
z7Q|V~qAV!NmOHoav)WV)lAQgQ_qnvc&%>h=)~k}y?iMZZ^2@K_jKSEJN2e$FuI2vm
z5wG67Np<fIw?4SV*3JcTr3um$kEL@4*EV?PP+GHCt_h=rrfIOw(wUAp>W#Hg7(e0d
zbZti$bj)URhQlFo93#Br?BtX*Pl=-#>-u8MnI1g1H5$+q3tUsOJGsbgzQlJ1g=R55
zCD??zs5m`a(-}ck*5p}2S<IQw&zK#~2|~f8{V~o<2HAi|kB+E|0@KvQgPg_ufVxp6
zv0zy=RFy}Hkd5IE>*W;bGty{-$@n6JBq!dD>Dr3>cW<FY$j;6VUMY<COs8j9Q?Ze!
zT-=?IBs<hi!RE$*mtKCJKlsDXb9!>Z?!^nN)@vLJsRG*0GCw*c8|0K#NuH%R=V^=q
zq0m7@7<qIMo{tMa2Ql7P^pS%S=wX$vcSwIMFE~&2R39gO)Oh{)`;Qi7;?H;s{#i{e
zFV4GIj~@^oFC5O<9{%Y)Qc9%i0Y7b1gVrELzXTy*y_j=w`$G;NJmAA`yvy0~`&`=#
zxW1QT+ZCoR$@3f+IFca4TFJ@Ticv1Hb%m*GaDr?wBpsy$0T?IorKJ)57P!y>7Kr1V
zRkNgZ7Hsc9)*=8Euq->u@4d%f-H~6|1=%y`1F1k*yzS19o5#67y#yd1j{_ec%O5%J
zj~i6JZ+D&N7kcFRa=~AeW%xHiANvB!1&Xq(NCpX$tqo?Ux3P82ILrD?08<i?lPExV
zjO|d)QO=iyqnJDy;6(t=b7?0*%bMYE#B$ltwvye+nD?f4FilMmXi#xa8W#a7Pw~sL
zZ^yQlFxI&9%^n*FqzVZPYz{_*p<`)5n~t^61Ze=?5$k|VDN?0KB1LUly7?(_kh7CU
z+&wwuY;b~bP!<)=JHjx+nmP4!K`0aMpB?be{^>s>jZ#jhUm(f)U|B5{tue%b#tO^P
ze1>x!_fN;n_xDkCOVvn%IHENj!gYOsu(RMCNgUIZEz{Y8t({$xEJr&_SNHs#&KkUL
ze+Y6IMIqMOK98{Lh_yy2MO{@iZHse`;b_SAWJ24v%oi20iU@T@5=q=BA<s2&A_2#2
zeu5AhN1r+Q=+Pn5*_1$Al=fV^wntGdI5=n+juM)IC6Eb&tpTQ~dH3x*WZ9V0dC7EM
z^6U#QP*oN0zkh~Q0kIx2%yzi6eTD7Ki*$`=y)5XeHC@w!RzzWh_nvaS;_%@C)8(8j
z&$)i>3h#XX0bO0QyFCUW*xsIS@zO4BXOIUWow1m<?Y#*)#94^rgeZ)tn~JWpXceH8
zCI~rSyI*4rI420h81Fnt-J3&w&m{9db~f=;PxVwkOUb`vfdwBi#ETyk22#o&bZ5Lr
z2}z*(k7ef^o9Te2YnjgG92`F6-krOA^^d>A=l{e1%Y%bEd~WY$wzmR;a)+Jd3bt7=
z9OOh{O4V76gZuaIar@2zSv+8Gdz(Crkxno@S`jCfEE^Mq32oibRwYh2yw-RXqOvnu
z-x8&ur6Cp)B^17sJUTw(fBYB!luv%<v;6vR|2EIR{z<Ogyh$JgPD{$NKt|yY!9bn!
z2q6((@Ysp<<oG=Kg(veu;XJ~5{Q1}8G3&=gANvBUp%0Plyy4*Cedty^d;Kbp9?dyA
zUiQ^^TeFdF(mBoa^o$5kQMH_w$He<XkdCfh<2>ZK;qv~3gNF@=2Xm@Lim56#h9j13
z$#Oo$I)k<$Wmn@nhX^!QIGhmJ^T>nF7zAKCi|_huK5raaYvNFmX9+lqDr#anQt1he
zM+Jh#ssN{OMaO13<k7tY7F9(u9Q1%nt!c}a&5a4BZLkLJKRDo*KJ!cLUAfA-ZLm_%
zHU&axR_irso>BXj`$tF2_xG4CmvqOc$O~6V^PJWhk|d$+YTDXR);(({4l+)sXBZ*a
znDlvRLI-qp$tWG*gd_+84h{|og9vXeTJ}coEJ=}45@=0PmuM|fS}~i>NVAM6ikOTq
z^2#fMuYda+JbZY7@q#QLpp0ZN*g^V$FiwcGmebP{WEi29CJHR`#Tnx?CrKh!>qVc_
zcCut=vV{!{QVOnLeV+H;zeAujo09=aBIvB)#*GUU>zYY=m96nMT82!|W~`<q!*oCr
z$HY-i+qPJ1ky4T-5ih;;0{0)>$KZMR;4aJAlHCj2bX~)8wP0&&%)8%zpS$-SuqrFk
z!H_Tx@J=CwV7Xi~9*<b93c^tL=61jshv_=-wg&<_Nf5+zU4yj(tpbFQSP#y-^Wf;G
zBf_V8s-Km9oCiz(Sw6@gvu*gebM;Y7gE75<T}nw1^z?JAqby6xb-`QjzQ?=ozsKkQ
z=!<;*^Pi`zR)k0fI_0;1_1Aeh-=pqMIlTKJFF(7>cre6vmf38{U_8duHKXwc<5kV#
zY|Y8Zj6!IJ>42{7VC|?*JEYJ^rHBHBmx5KZVpUb#J2_;qGvwwAR~QdNLZxsPidD&-
zJNLPK<2qmZ<3HjL|M&}xhCBS%|LuRnr+)c!y!@%x3A3cfAJ~tM_a1lu#Gmd!edHVI
z>5HoK5=?rY_||~GJsqsan-B2AbJm{)0}CMcfN3b2g0sab<ALJv=nU6thS7w|7JTxP
zuY!qa3d_q^wrGsRx`6j?-yshgqCDj8qb22f&DPc?_a7Y~lqMJ&?w>uNFiS$IXv-5O
zL&;)#M!6PjL;>qi;X-JeicsamT0`9sNQJQ-MtB+wRaYRw2;0_RIzpj|gMdl|Sm!C~
zx~Hj^6?vekx|+fnszxI7j7!({`S9LdR$WOl2pCN?wOOz`lw8`o&hPxY-{YBQukq`D
z|C7A;_7||kXgwm5IaW4E(W0G4hhx6`&Lhg(C;Za2ON^ytHl30UQ|fAkwU#JMutw0;
z4UzUd|NQf)D4=eub8d+s2otKNLxmF8dWNGBM@L8KC?Fr@EY~Z9R;Z}oKrz-~tOEi0
zU_e=x{cGhZqm2>yaKh1aO*$G-))gX<v~5io?ol><0CSYr+?Z_8)hkX8AK}}Sdk;?;
zZ>H475_m-rC7jMGmWwkkUYxKO?eg69XDFIA4^JLa&W~Bm=4@|mvk?zT@I+X4#+$@(
zim-w>4$1PIPIy-HM=aK-T-x7bv21wz?RP<F+OA`BYs|$9U~S22={P={^5LDk+`jh!
zr8FDkG4^~r$9ssA$9JX>#RHnopk*Inp|vJUQp&o*d-V}Aw<6Mtwrz;xkhZj#&eDgb
zKBaU&)l>Z>`lz=@d}KrI@t=KEKhCd}NJ;A~tF|J_Q<M(DI_jb%i(;JYJw&!?NuwBJ
zEmnBy))2%INgU!uAL!g1&nQn8Jh=4%-~Qg4eC^F|^M&94eQIY})3LLEi7l~-t_{C%
z;|2D!4Q9=Z>HG|#HOo$6ih^Mt5=WA{tud8nXEI@TbHeOo&ibT4wGau74mBo(y0I7w
zfe&apL1juBI%Fcb@$wCxdHx2*uc^8MFBQjUYw9-R_6IYr4mOBC`7(DFXB?fK@-P3F
z|A`C#YRrH7YroDv{Egq>((BK&dub1+6|Hr6(Np0g9b%2aYmYI#4@>DjHp<!aV=WcV
z8@%**>2Y`v^2rvacMhcbsh=Z1i9YrntWH>z6gUa3>G1}lwPaz&rOgYheT6L>){9ew
zk4d5pE^c4Iihzw_&hhEntecA6y$yCQj#$heQkHA-e1xeD!o)P|f_Qt#ul${tXl%pX
z+lQpV4&VOTd(4mTlMhD-6=J%I(pffifCzdvm30p9JW2*QAsBCt=}gCZUC^nPi#xl_
zPtVXQpsHKaq^GIZi;_fZnz~|Ze2Kz9C}Zk%%l_^z&34Vn=?ND$_ZUnra{Gfr?%lh~
zXJ31PXRhDmjkmu~zB$C16<Rrj6WF$*E*C84bDn?wHD3JGE9ku~hQl1G6;)Nzwk<yP
z;Ckjsqbs5~K!+g+kM$1DPjHFE7=tw(Ns=%gZ(=%wl$tclu*M*Sz_~uPy{am#>&d-o
zn)Z+5FkQ>R{RiL$wzXtwhIfWQE1GJG3?xzr;xIx3!{IKGPqAB<S(T?aU(s})Jl|w%
zbDPzC4&Jc6z0Guahz<e<8!2NmqU{XMfHi&K_x{dBc6WD4(*SE*vMgk^S}~oTqLkwD
z<;w^S_aEHn>}<|#HlwOLocA0b9}$KyTP}HYbi!=0Vze<P%d#h-yG>mY1QBi5(Y77I
zxyNd`T+tdsTd(_EFs*w7DnAUn!+DG|{YbX!z>6n-hNm8^r+TWNuTJU}X`GO!8MbjK
z+b{csI=~A--S!mzaG0?y3Ie4Gg<@xzVVaiJ(Ug;u6Yf8_%lE$Z9p3ob*LnMU-{WjK
zr8FJa_b*e~jtwO^cyK@(M!a(ECX>;SrYb0E!*X4a4IN!)>4c*xJA_k&Q9u~>wgL|%
zxklI&8i%r;KnS+RW7@8d-BKdJSxaY9I%Oe%a6ACp(l&ie(`s3vM8cnZ=^MDlF-lV!
zECab<r2?YifL6f2`}}|4-~2zn$1i>6v;68m_;p_W>}S}%yvJxVp;3;is{8Qhrb8)-
zbK*&uc@#(BC1qKj!$kc#H%s8X!{HH9qP3>8KbuC*UsWIb0;>^@K^%g799nF6?#eZk
z$tV{!aU7#1j7Kqb*$^p%uno`>>k`5xLbPaO@J@4i|01U8P$DPL128$!r(VOWB~fm;
z`|yapO9Mm~;_RBuQN+&9CQf+j^%_x>81HGVq3$}2^*AZ92&%Rr9d955&2%v%j51oY
z#tMtj5!P9Xvg)HVq7dae<RD^ocFMPJJz#U^5^V`uXwo1g3q$IqN6Hmlz2@xfkk#@E
z&pr1Nx9{A=G-oX4OVTK(Gm1;QTfFqjGhE%?;?>L7xqRs=50@t_=L>>J_W`ob;yX(a
zM0jWD8c&*MfTL=f{*KQHyzxjBR`%EcdEVwW#?ZAbVGv-9W3iYMMKNI*_Jv2=uv)F2
z(571?v)Pif(^Hb+7>Od%5ym>C6hs4%T40<-iXLw2wI)k8NTQUXn^0C$>c(<<y22X8
zg{=vrVFt7eMiF=J-RF3!h|-iB*PrE=e{qk|V2jaUjBREh6zkO)Rn<~A9Y;sUoSser
z$;t61Ng8wK?j4rv8e;`*W06{;q@!y4Kwlv}VW=tV0x$ZF9BVzH2dx$B^_taUO%TR-
zFR1J0eC#L4vWztCeRJ~sZq8bsWPLdc4vi7#8%MtPYCR3|eX6JW>(O8Jy_8JG1SnkD
z&@~O(2gG5B5uU2634(ymo#%)~x~J~1YVLk;hxgxln>+8k%U8eh6~6hcZ&LaOktGCq
zN*IjL&hgIu+iYY5hJyi@CR<$HxybXEuc57DIiJ(2kabm%4pW@>c<bnDN2nr1sPKWI
zG9|cvYdIQfnstk5J1h>jo?{(&p-?Eiby#nZS`h>xQPhJ^rFRGsV4dT^!&AQc<*)O?
zbDu^z&*kwJaTwrR!-uCwG|G@?8N+DE^n-i+Z*Tt3Tz%n1KK(1d%#BaH#IrBG#MY%t
zSZBe9tk(tB8sc+6b$K2IrFGc*!2o2>2SZ9aXK9_`<G=y@*cVt5N7uF}rP$lMM7?~3
zlb)hlQZ^3Z1yLf%GeKt^`7oq2C97i1?Yp;Fy9Y%1fX*5o+@Esk_177VFCpEKB%Yw1
zqcuzJ9Uf2=1@FB1Hd4kEOMzB3FF${i;no<TCB=Hp{P37|QDOiUM9?)zE%8#|te~hW
z93H6x2sJ(uM5CB{_YT?K7&FWgnz}+E2$UxXBpyK^Aj?wfromZB93~91jKlkLg4vXv
ztquP1fAx=`^<XUj#cw)fXvl{HOs&8vo_S`UB)1GwiCcG^)HBjJqO2;E2#BMIuIoXT
zN=g(S(=~XfshXOmYtQN70^foXnwB2GxtPy!zBh1p#^Ajm3?xzpSnIfd{{e%+fP63@
z3}c$QCP`B)hGkW-d+8!V#ptj{Rv1%KRcl6r0bK_=49U}sNJV(-@yegy$waKy9c9_k
zwKa>yeF7yJk3y=d;NHCh;xy*P7hdAo=U-&9u|=q3gq29435VOXZOdRVX0crG)?05e
zo1YSA5g?f_7cAEcs-|JRD(NgVt);0e!cgNxOVf2|9S{VXs_j53I%6o-B`WL}D3U0~
z<sd~s(^-@<AYfx-gTY{cke;^v!K!kftEqZZr%;44#L)-Cdf$&7{-PxMr+TWV`s>l3
zg$Y<MS4aoi3x<OM&UQ3yL+dP25)(*4YaFJiXv&gre(O8D^Tr!|?TdfRJ8!;8RV>*V
zPS_leP_E^$S`t}>Yg_8Yis!ChCyNqJ4<B*k(mwm!J80*a&1N|7FkaGjHBzQ{I=r_u
z=Qp@vXwYdN=8SN74N@w!S2SAToq@Xd>k6sxDnKI$r9vkmK^n1GoslIGX%tgh$?0On
zAAIraG)CbqWN}Qa0z{B;c|2j+RNS4PvZ@M_FeVH)2;zvNlVg7Ocm6e-U)<r<*MEW6
zKl5o`d+jw;o{~oq)&>1%8-ged&vSJ<ynxPGwCl%<eUT-w&e0iz7Jsu#n7`S7yT63A
z7ibT*Gptr?;y^K7EqL(Ygr=6{gIzii;b&{IB&9gJ$MNZsuIo6R9g_|W(mTe(4GIb#
z+&Lh-He_owqAER3ta$kFF3ZJ|;r56u*kW1K4D*!T7bdusple!OZE4DiwzF6S(s53^
zm3XBPUXvve&N!;3_uQ0qgK{0u-FzM=LmuA0PY`ROP~$s;_l}DjBdXaN?<<;iMP)oi
zy<)sI;qvvXe5-ty$!^MEL-UKD`UP%%|27AA?{f3zH5?^LmVt@5cJ(<Xn=#*c^A9N(
zYeJEd?~Dn(rfXZg_q1KtZ$Mg$M4$tO#n9TCrY&$-j1TBKOBketT0tj~{@iotc``$n
zI-v0e=X$PF6!n{UZQEjvA<J`w5Y*N&TP#SjgtF=l<!KU<#uKc~Dc231wa{6LZrL-U
zyhlmFYBi@cuv#xEt2KF=;GJhSTd<rpWSQpEpZ+y2?d@~<>J>IOw^+^>)MdpmO9+FI
z^{S;T8-^o|))7gPas67(-j#g-Z0k9louM8)r0q^vu4=q%uuiZp8@z1D^PJA~(H3DC
zV7;KKDuSRlrgu%hX_==3tb;ff3<lYG;=HA<Ym9CCW9Rx~>777@3a!H4AdkWrdM}%?
zSnGdgKF6nes=saesG<GO<63R#1TVmN$Fy3JL?LOK5PK+=E6%28%uY^u^V@Imr9b@t
z_~IA7K+{#EX+{`D<oPaVs}*8ZG29+A{!tB*001BWNkl<Z3<fl&Bb6c7uU%&&AJP;R
zTT#Z9?F)?3LC+l&(AW;=EY5dyU5#@sUbQq$g%kqkC7p~=N}!d*+jEk95E2NFu^w+c
zNU+j@G<{r;)>!577-XzyZAYYIX6uUYzJHf5edirsy!HZZSJPB65sFcga%Hl^v?)0&
z=M=`13^MMn=1>drcFkr!#5E1y{nD5D-dDcL*PeZjYoC6d7hisv>(AUEiy~TU`l*kx
zNFgx(JfrZO4+fxA&tL3WfIqWS;;*ESeSsytBaLE?>xQ@9`W~;ndX;&x<l*!LYXgoK
zD;^w4mWwl9dhsUZdd<nn89I!ZOtwf=KqO)Ur`g-Nh;I$MlO579Lt3cJjNx#|+5CjF
z<2A#<E~h6CNQ0QNXgGV=cQ@Lup{XmJv5c|-T4{_ms6eu6YD(J?=?v33eCG+%h^DDH
zT`w6=7rgL^mzggYEXozzc}^ULlvTmC-Ca&sYqY3{<CeOyoGl))v-=9qJ@+Da?>u5>
zXMl4Ri|Lf@tqqpNl<PNN<nsQ6ljAw_*_!R0O>DQqc9vqfBH7Go+6rkEUV^cPw(D@t
zkz^@x8q;+xI&fImVnu_}lBQYF7*CR<$WRdrMbjCwIKd0ae7VFLPm(E`x@Ot-W5wOw
zUCN@Qu3Lg2V0UAaljCFF{_r*rA3nr+L7Jvyam<aYdknIONNY^zu?}k6aW<PFRX=i5
z!gKG=U6w~v@-*aBz-&IFDLcINeBz~>{F8tDTS&Q$l#-$>nNCY20ZAGVM4Do~rmPhw
zXAABfJOE+QVZz47kT}keQj%@v3<e|0qGLL1Sg#$OX~+kgtjcA-`6m=nr13(sE-I`S
z{VKB1L_x@^TGMt8FAUyGqBtT9H9}hI%J(^6-kgtF`wNFs{m4}!a6(~C&&qMuA%sRs
ziPj-a`_$<ER8RHul5$YhHOVN)8B44J?%lf0(cOEz|K{6#@r$45+h6|%%X-F!%DJ+=
zO<`(86r#d_2G2$sqv*Y=v4wGzvppQMJ=nlvdG~|6+`N31L6p#z6;)HybsbgLphSpL
znyRjFuHSZc-cr{UZRctHfIN%QvF>p%&Lae9p+HE2NaB>hodd9yQiM8u(kY5{hVBgW
zS;4{KjN?_s!h4FY!T5%%Z3uOLJsQRtFYaAMXvy~v?s0l@Lb5f%b%w%J)JJPp^97eS
zx7ipDIec)B-~aNLxc<yDeB#wl^6IBv=h>HDAR7*dq(VwX<vP4}C@I19+xR$-lJXo_
z`tv>m{(ODx3oPqBjcGxNp26e{#cGAKhW-70(lBB+Em+SBma`HeT7+mQmId{?;`u9A
z7^j<b-Vw`?{p<S-vlvrXWZ3}eCKPqSx-6I%D>@hQ;Qlf9Zl90@F->hSZH*AV_YDD3
zsou1#Bt}Z=qM`K`-?d0D2!+OV4&@bjHsPJ`y^C|A=O?XZ&~!9)$L{8YtD8IMR}$<n
zV)uocy!Gz)nVlZfG!0UxT)w%(qx%mKwxd|gnQTosIJm==s~7m>Yp?L&-kf_64v~Ro
zdov}^hKROfb2wp`W!TE$jiIxSD2b6$5=J2i2;&GB8rF-Fx?S}~eA}Q@Oq_?<u0yF1
z+4Tf>b8hBGc}&+~ttUx(Kxxx7D5Z##7=UlT@dj_c`6k)UMaIK1*0o%_vd3tUGs-e-
z-J-jWBv3@792Epy-kJ36Vy$V~8dFw$^E+=b+DQ74>xJR<*FVGG`@4US{rw#Trf-P{
z0r?=L?pm}IcxR}a4(B0E6kd6j#S*+jYsGR|aCmse=6H+os3px(vUEgUeaLFvQkMNz
zXlFV$Hz%}hgOH9WjBs8Mr#a5SY_`Umo?C`@SnsjkQ#U29G6*FQB1DM(4pZxZ&YTCN
zN{zG7`3`}k>pWU3q}QZz(tEL<da$1AseU5;dGDdW%o0g^Zo1aa6E~Kxef|&lH~;$o
z;_YvJi}~3ZQ5vzgy~}giHHxZ4DoH34obarcOF|v9Sj`baFc}QFcJUg6^Y?dWI*w1z
zaK^H+u}PNXRK8?glqfHWR77V3LY1;yPN~Y4Tq~?~7;m7hF-Srs$)lJ^1w1BnIpI)3
z6Bvb80;|BQ{u&bm8l=J_soI8mS#W%C%wpNmy7SHOrUWsdbDma80wIy!Ggc`#2D?<F
zil%O{Rl_*VsoDbPJ+19{@4*K|Y0Bj*mwENM7imq$SHAFveEE<5h?ie~jn97W7rFY(
z4K~ITtQJTFfmA)F;k=uL^ZkfOJl!JvsmkE-N)SXL<IN4~x?z9s5`j($b$}9vVUiJD
zd6vcEi0$o!G~UE?n(1l7Ak4Y4cZDF1n9a`^qzQ))@1n$jK?X;Qf?FTlrl^;6w&L!=
z1A-vr^t51Y98ntJtzwWTNabmp64O~4+kkb*P~$a3Iz}i(C<ClDES77C0*tY23@04i
zyU&FSTPP`s0!6c^c;=<+ymaLT)xihE((vMQ`z+UI+<xyi>&22R$+>uams_{qA?*4N
zP84Y-TN}(53x4<C{(BzYKBa03s-~d5et|3qxpw&(vN+-J@Q_GFEEX%4Mag(`lPHR)
zni?rQ<M9ZOqbOD^%O#mk@xqg45rbjQe6~gkK@`U{ZA0A}26;|r9Lv?3IF3<LFdpa3
zW-|tZ!8xKJW;&g7@!}qruD`&>M$V(dJB;&;t&N;=wnSP%93^0DWbNr{MLZnhJ5Qh`
zQJiySZ=YvxT<1@|{w1<O%y0Z>zscu*=~od>12Nt<ARSFppPS1)I!chvuv*UW&e2hD
ze0IRm=@FxRfHnb(*$R9>UBc1BL$<fKX&S@Pqf^=r1{-7M%Ncn-A__HO7&4nr&qst|
z-!Ur+wAQ3S!cd1SRwawo5@#)STcea`vN>kC=xN7V_lEbbtFgAvn|IEl<@x%!_k>}L
zFrGk1IOA#B=I8zPd#b1UTdm3)wzekR`qp>&kN@|-<=_9Gzr*gvgd4kiuycvpHlP)2
zQ<H9vFxC)AfhlUT!3J$*8E;)=I3ANK$xuc3*3fy+x@kF`p0Ri33Q8%es-iARx~j%G
zM*uXf$9v6UzGAUhld2fo8t@A1VO36%IMP57r8$y5Tv|wnQV<D+lLDil!{VLCS@(qR
z)m0rIzV{*PMTtzdn9UZf>z3iw5%`v(sR(UKC_E8@6vajmvz?Dvng-c<!Z0A%9pNOL
zF6PwAQE1N}z5OP$@R+ODZ?Ly>fyP<h`qmqK<;!2@`m@jQi=X=(pZ(Rp+h0@Th{tGU
zC1lSFlY+nLi_|}Hf%TZz13!YnKTiq&X)CZPp|7!RK@=%&KKBf_ZoN-FOo?N`gM&k^
zT)f13u^>qWqb%p-xaQ*aHn<Z8o7)WYF_F@E?YMXAl+E2Ox<K;vTVLbO@c{=94{<0S
z9iHJEg|>=;*61LhHD~PaU!g23R>w0k88Ao#2*ITxHq247!&^aB*95sFNCmmhsEwfW
z25TyeF!%)Wc#~kcBA%^D7H8;<oY(SKn9kRH<^T91-Ehb#xj<D{*k(ak3|Ksx(Y6Ib
zCpZx>9uF9g;Oy*-Y~=XV&0nDH=5*~LwUpdDiWv>}8BDI=+nV+1BSci<1B;Afiqa5-
z8=R~)CY<AkhNe43x{M^=VLZ9WY`sQkgG>_QP}59n5FN|rlq?;x8T5sgH9f^VAH>9w
z#JZYtz2=4IFOx(O!Ya;=?^B*UWRgmXMTY^>K}zjBNQn<5-aDGMLLg|XhBO&68D8KY
z{e$1)g{#l-@Zm#Vx%mlPQIh5v^XW0e!2shFZPWFgEF7+_shgTC8}R7SBkn&~P^?0d
z=n_&z)LqM>T#zJ^!_z5k*P`<YL6mUu`aXw;59zukacoGE-oqf3Vwh}DH#M@;NUa$}
zLn>Ecx<0^pJW5Ct$$Y&cXnUX4V!ooPBa&Ew>qm=9B{<(9UB@7gD7p$`1X(^|kOp*J
ziQm%5&|-7|-QVsJp_A?$I;as|euVPuKscP}uR&h?;9AuGT>tga$A2#RdB6Tom}lvJ
z!bL9e7ry>^nB9|&vBwCLpX_xXOInW+7N`2>*TMkq$$2EsJ14>lq*gSxBaA|tvP5~o
z&M@b#FaHVu>R<k^oZNfB^Upp{8ppV%#nl}HJ*2gUB+MYt2<dzLjjeEP$7ov<MG<M5
zQnw9j*Rkr>bd{m3Dk33>r6dgkq_;TRk!2~Z?U*eVh)CjuXIU#A9ye^H5u!5)4V?g$
z<V;r$T{q*>u3{sPv0VwiBh3;PHYU)T$}C6&g{mRVA`0U<Se|nD-Xn^lL8J-Ci$@&Z
z`#w9NK-LnIjLDV2H!UuTk#R~(hn13nj>$@o%oSm%iGl!cEOC@`DaomEj8(vVxngnq
zJM1pExqj&yH@9|a>z3)=BYyX-|DErC^_%?WZ~Zo({OoI_K>!kJ-+~6$bqE>$^_&Pl
zC4KBWSYeb<wM&91;libT!YHL}Elq35@(6)qI$vX}maWY#wA5^FZ?n0zO_U9Y;)vRm
zoXtvZzxN>?$+|PFn~HaD-QxXwx7fLG0q5bu)((M)xclB6+P0*sTK@BY@(<bBxj?8w
zzWXQNq?s*ot>J8b!tVYBY?N~J=n=70q=_b!4r>h37`De-gg{ZONd_soim4WBA{p}O
zU-|pIcJ*0?`_Cf6829zJs9H%^dXi*_v65RK-lr-Sgi*k{XgN4IWOF<u2s}Y(xcTe_
zx+bS88;ogD+5(<OClAQ80coDm7Mdtdu-+3!G1htV!4N4Us=8t}Z3vSPYcdv<Bic$i
zKAKY&1%o_bb0cFmt<PgzEO>$Rec*E#1Z?i?VqHg5)l^kQmZuB`8z=;;^@6k0WA5Dj
zkng_r26yk@;nSb~G)bOeI!KbZkNSy6G)?{gv-fVXwq<vE*Kdq5$C%f3+xLC0Ri~=#
za+Tw@-R)e75=ck@1tCF@$O|t(A_Vjckpe*|2#FV-kaz*4fTBn!LV4gO(Ly2u(uwHM
zowgmvF1xPhzOU;#?{i#un7fY4?zG*+vFnuVzjU;ZwAR{d?zQF^^PAuQ`+pz(Fkp;9
zNx|SMyblb+me*dr&4btOQ8z7v?J3KE)-mhVmW%644i64cQXr+EtsAOp$K}NZ*Voth
zAeqiG&d$#8p=C0eFqvd*w;R$l#kr1W&mO%9Ts=5Aq^@hOuU7Oe6q!Or3LPh;MS-=B
zVHj>gvLz}K)OC%D6fTUybgd(-x9qB#p$nw3Mgm>eW4$0xbDC{QQ@2DWLFx=0N#^sM
z!8S;333MRbk60N$PxbM|*YnBI?eO9;|3g2&|C-;;i2LWJe!{>1vlLtMyVs8Zc_ED6
zeO?enW2{YEH^h-9)0%I8{hR!E|J8p(wOn#^e1r&4mKDM~jM8*NN00&;MK~NoZ*jxO
zbjN8%(4&C9ZX2q)r0F~AwxzcNZQlWbBufcOQnn4vFc5C!1}fHU%MD5=+`e^--}?Js
z=iaS9!X!;;svSZ^^fnO7i0#lZv<>xQ#$q<bL<x1}NFzaAZwbm`gU6VRvx_U%ZO4b_
z&)Hm*M3G{!J-rXKUB@th)(WE}J{pZyn`WGR7eW&02oXgP3Cf`-QHpK787D1^g5be>
z%e~V(RMVQOD(U;4%gYOV>qwG}$$UyWpYr_aGyckd{FnKQfB8S8kz+cFl#;%)7_D(H
z`4;$@2Utzlk|ct*>-pZh@ALdj)AtTNc)t6+4=`GRh^X2fY26Ud_qcO%i@vkiP_wRA
zsHNhgcOUWHci!XH>0Q3_{zp7HJ7clG$Kl=q^J2<swZbULB-PwI*(bSm3)>Fp0I%LY
z<@wX+9PRI8lL;5k&Pn5(+b5?a(;3Ai<7&O88ETq($9(^QET6J1JNEN}AdjiLj$K<L
zMa;9aB@ZV%4o^IB*-@6)96xx2f8oJveD}#Cp8V}!=j{9m17GBqf8{H@|G_tT^5h{O
zee{sY)G(PQJbdyFlSvBhfVy-D(Q)f`#&)+tMFYF`jEiMW==bRTfU}mq2OAvwg+XaW
z)mNOIKgETbe4<Ir1f?Q&yA{SbkS$g7l+|*_e0qq93`II4&t`O;LkPusb$#P|)iIeA
z6ln&|)AT*tO^KAAH$L|&S#G$vy5iBJCsa*G9H;2W@W$uA%%spnk-#~Ra}FOmga~M@
z$@7SSys?kynV5pXIqKH(?8$Q?16@<|tlU8eqfgf`Af=?p3hL`ChG8I$C25vYl^X;O
z9ZBkDN2JG}!(geaj==@mcEAn-AtLIo$JL|O%fvAtMl(|%&_=^e=2qMH^mZ7{^%xCX
zb!@;3j`sE#h7xBtD5=TwoP*h%%d;m$DkC--I*ORhG}dW?)YzfHM1t<;o51=(#){vK
zk@`NU`XnHDIl$G+@8$EO>UYcH`@NR`lo`B#)H(3t9Qg#hCgeCxsFWml&`6#=dd&a$
z*Z&3&-+iCEhsWRpZPyb7^wy5@5G`@u<H7(4gp_ElZi0?Ib<^OSqpmC3wx#Y`9D&aD
z49+r7a+ERDwxhg}7)T+pctoU_&L^y{ws;?KLi3IHKH?94?M-ac;H!qlmrRe2Ns}o}
zS@ZPi8Jl&<Y&IcD5-=rR4Fql3G%cHcL*K*xt=k;Ga-YBVcmH3WUz}4M9I<+G$!0Tf
za&k=HHh7aV1dR-m-t~B&pp_(wMw3%*Gy#xtOt6mKw!*uBQ4yAa3ox1F#M;o`7>_o6
zg9{$lD}s{bTJ!3id;GP(`d69XI^y?#^;bp@K|N-<YL)yfPLqG^`pg5Y(PcbBDuD-t
z6zDji>n&Yx$%>35O{q*p?>t_><?@>A)rxzs+#^pG?AAN1bYzo^$)e!itM@s&IAFcr
z;zNt?Doz(O>@XmPhS%<#GEEDDgQ0EsjsNR!A%x-H-8cBgH{W9y46Zof@wVsQ%=6aU
zU*LQ1eV4<dH<(Wf+PWi(49}lDM|zkp<}5c`y5I>a=IPVF$8Ue|gescy|2+JNZ+-I{
zeBsT{@#SCsB|i80S9#}yZ}WG4>o-Xzf`h|--gx5;{^$SoZ}ITqW2ES~_aNr*XvX#R
zIrsq~GJNoOFX?T=e1DFL0)wwut!vUGCXN?4Kd@Y`sJoi!q9D?W>B4e(y(WZ$B+H3(
zhYc%)w^VIU*X2}AJ-!bGM~4|9Sb`sLKG63q&JRqc8PjQj)?*w(nx-5dA9MEXBeaQm
z@ZbTr?%c)bgdi17-SGJF6P`VLN)!q959Z`~j+B9}Z)n?=VW=tcDb6{Z6&xQN1A-tV
zyIn<e=Qc=>)|#&CMwfbRaAq{~?E9YedW$iJVQ~1eMnxJG1ws(SIvtNSOVN?U*%G<|
zouy>Sbj%eKHJi<bvZ{!>9w7y7)4gzVpUq~ZS%L?;n|5K__w++cnkJ;uP^5;FS6=7g
z<45djOOdDKX~AxJMm|ju2!v>eBF$uG5K)0dpooFyQ(S$YetojV^rOJl@5Z#e93bnn
zTQ9o?=J#43p9UYFPvhDK5duOggpyb{CN1P9W_xzd-~4NTop1ieZ}7^=EmVNID(U*3
zq9_O^V!#r`hTz85UI-o`MtMNjHS}H2t}aI>bLWV)L2FHtCG_4Qq@Zg$+J4+m+NK((
z{EWc|@XoQVb`-^gw(0Rf^U<><^ADeMcaoB*gg4)M!0G8JiAgwn_Kf$w_a5)O`!3cE
z#5&^Ed`6UNgn>NIF;T|7yAL=zxkWyovV8r5r{~Z3;Ne3)czD5dmQ!vk4h{<}4&lIr
z2qgqEc%*kkLQ=#j`_nn)>XM;q(Mm&-&{Pc}PB3YT>mAP@Jtav;eX^7vgHZ<vv@wLv
zkwg*G#WByWE~)zlJx#FIqD}Js4)RM{pLu}Q_7%vMx~tgjwj^;u*NvV+I?*T{Gx#z4
z>GJY1UP6|pZ0nM<i*q8jv~|bjdWni9+0=0R{vpy>@<LMYR!pZ8UcL7!>*boOXO~Q~
z84-#|YT{W&THK?odp3>bTaVAV+VvFsGydv-|2O$dzxuE9)h~RG-gt_{us56Y(Yqhf
zH$AtGZqd1h!8=T<$+IaRK0Tusf<Z_8_R~jns~vq?lU^*DK6=I%zw|a={mR$)Uw-ZX
z<ehik<4do9nZ5meVlDXI_r8Om;tOy868YqqNuHAD1=TL#Tp)ys#bVBOGf-CpE~K2?
zx`p?QW^{w%?)|%XG2pQbwq|eNkmLuHyNb5kQ4|G98c|mzG7&h@k{2<%?S`)0jHZ}+
zg_7}&I2)2ok`;!wE9r+Ctu;|RPR|`4&T(P%dCCie_mJcn0QX<H%V0-a1VM*$5_co=
zjwktOirU^d{(6tIp0;brvJ|ZXMP}HPJC@g1Y&ILt&n^%`kfs@XdwVRGON`3F!8A|k
z?Erx5dm<S#cn72my~KM5K@l7MBB**822|`Qih{Bn!@|Ay#HORJYudq5*ERjnA(R@a
zb{B{u2{ImoyT!nEv*e3!zeZ6cy!-wKm_%T^4U<B0dMl%C9X>dc%yN3VAW0mtnJ^6c
zQ(SqUjd~F=`$;x}U-*apld7LwgY{45IR3FK$g$P_16r_8{ND#0jz~#d@OWzxTJ!9q
zkNBVd#{a<QZr^998#YZd-T(?gQ`f{vf(xGEW)LOZfU34_N54Be`W!B1Gql#o04CB5
zLpR2j4IMrNRGLtg<qII|2K!=4-C9eQPpLK)O*1f^&UyFg`^3ug=0EdC_ycdg!TexB
zQ52{sVp`-J9UX9adCq3L!rGqLM`I*TVpuHpm=p_+4o|QSR#%tYzH`i1zWOEp_HTU?
z6KmS18*ZJxO5636QO!i8^!-4Gq(Oqx$jA^ONM*!9oKrS6XhB}g8B8`#z)MM-734{b
zREoAA4O)ZS5%mV8H9A<L0g^1ET(5B5z+y3{myW6(4ZHPA4q;yIqx(Hpp65hS#Iv(=
zwDO~yc<-=2@VGwX^yGxu;(*J`74N?Ph~tw3RHS+I{0!-0Zl9hK#fEYyIbU9Jc6G+{
zr_VV)I-tm7k}To;{5f4?F=>KIBZ8ImKCo*lY`G?%9`Jwv{omx;S}GHBxxD7!wbyw6
z{EGkM@BTWj*;1BU>|kkkJ*hCv@`80;(mRXL5w~tj%C6zy)(Ih<@c42`V&)v5-lw$<
zm&=B4ee->Uin)DqAJ=MPWAMJ`PygvZNbmwXl$@VEM_slo7IVzPU=}G#X@Y3bQqU{}
z+fBn_FQ;iMj7cb_6NX_7?yjmW+QcMD!gA9y$*1J0M~Vn%C6oMsNxF}c9_LynlR0Tz
zvW{wy78hC~HM$0Ct?B!Ys_hxNF^f;C1x;HaP()H-OiWdFbWKH;6(}XRx;`UKQ}SG4
zZG(x`4R{`iRD?j`MWC2Wu(rRk$rup8YI#LjZdopuJbiY?lPAvrh$2lK$6Q@4Y1<Km
zH+{)svEYke{370aKK$_gn~BGQBuTIXY&IKqb&d6-Dd=vuB~23sYl(9~+jUs$@ZRHZ
zObPQmrx1#&+HrM#MPxK_8q;<)S)Q|3q+Bmo2s;qRDOVTI`0_7*k!^Lxa=qf@)**Si
z&-^GwN{x;bCU#7Vn5G`U3xa*QN0fgSH3BDp!#MmfaQdA_gdZ~%A3yg~zrcUS%m1Vr
zu75Iz@sC|WKo|`Ge(+d=ykW4wd5a7YQYl0T$Pn0EUbDNpB)R{9)#{2g&uRMxDZqB4
zgaIY7w!>OGGEi+p@9fw%Q)*<WZiZB186kqhC^ZJdOHB~q`xe&^1Ua_eyz}&ZPoxw|
zO04ss1SVB<ea(Ix@n`<&KfxdWL%)m~N_^MhjYfpgxN|n2GnwZ&XF+%rDP7l)6)6Bp
z#*|HmA3BD<N2Gz*U%$t%{GmV0J0D!|=YRD-r75@U?Hz$JI3ej}K*~T8MI<IhstDOT
zaGr@yNKDMOt#RH_OeQxb+YM3V&}z(VjAB6)8;lt3X9j2K+L}luc-w<>OtX}-@2K2>
zjP+<VYG3Y~rO!OTigiramIyBqULsXYU0Zf#Pm;vwB;nb!C25in=`rhQy=@6}^tLAq
zTYBFE5$n3<+2u9+^EvrqpC=b9UVrck&#tyypI@RQO`>DWrlM(Dwq-@-1-JpNpYjhM
zen{!2B>6sfj&Ct79GhLq|MqMDJF_C<=y(rh5(Wv4ZMnGEaCCYbVJ&BuXI$+{y3W!0
z2&rP`vz#|xf55KZ@%{&o>Dmq7*p-}~-r{KgfXnj>F3z8Gd^F>a{?V_HCJE1<J?6=y
zhupq(L{~D}8<-5GBKo0WQ`Hzfq3wHC8#p<h<6Iz)Q;IyH>-tgi6OWNKN-gMyiZ~I(
z+T3W-Qqp(=PSDwwD2h2e+$YaV+O{W-N9xvlh>WN0Tk5*SJC6%FCQe5&eLkbvG-xlV
z>xK_MdO{q>%nxSN^_o0Sc=}|El#;#nfJh|_eISVoj7iW@%Bou8y=RiAv~5e<wmg6O
zjA7`<aA`X(ROjL3<diJUX}W9Lwq-h<5_`ehU;I4B#|KpPj?-HQJU@HL2Oqt|=iYdo
z<z~%hy~R1lbh^Np6l)zxGQMA3t;b9)1X6+<{J0?th1QZZO)2txjI|gB{9v&|PY5ZK
zA}5MF?%g}VxfY`>r?)3G!zHgiSg=`Yq!DD<j7Tc1-O#lSLMWUaP*PxDa*F(?T_Swk
z=KJKdp!~#R{snt=;{f!DSO1_W{?n;X`~82i3)D}l!TRy<|FeZ)KLEIcAcTO4#tc5B
zAW0I!;8<T=FpV>+s=|3sP@^?VqBN;C*kLpk_STMUm9=;`2HlHDKqPPi1_F4CQUW;y
zlu`umkYfB~gbx^{$BbC(Zz9YDzPCsz=$o3rfRzJzuK3k|^H+KO&LMKB==zFG#td~s
zCnbaTI6!HM)(J@xu9g5A001BWNkl<ZGf0h85}72}!J@Pw3IgXX);WT;?CtH7B@wUQ
zI_9tZ`~MFA#eezVQYH<`Ly1G#2xEI10y7-*v_Kg{S`=J9eS(=52&3tSo>V}d7eq?o
zZz92vk~odW*5_d9+XmZ@t<ga=Oo|DewM0>d)Dnh(l#*`fNq!NP^V2Qo1fh3$FDT2F
zi}Mxu(Im6TW<0&TCN`RC*E94jqxtK&Sh6A`2*=~+&p~Lq-qO|sP3L*#-V}@BH-7s&
z>^3{%NU@ktsmp3?K^e_33|t0HrWMO452>*%4i}gxqh6m;L>47-zVhWSk;M+n04C-6
z#TsjSnxV#CEr}A1ixl2Ey1wQ4*%GHOF|#>O+LmOJaQohjzTUAvpK)?HrL`sh;5+Yd
ze)f#df8l^MEs0db{^9{ce}wHFS+?N%qCtwl{a5Z_hmq|ocO3{pT{Ubrqm2Rch}kq|
zz1lIGk5qBjbsQcpc=Ysrme)_2PGj~DX4uwad&@Lm;L4QEYD+Om2*S`b<MdtIcXaJQ
zYX_#YDf2~6-#hRTv)PQM9L6@T*7UvQ<m47A${2<YOOKR+UAdyIcjS3a)6_Uujd_k$
zHL^H>o<>BGp|=TLJq9D^d5SUP@z3WiS(b5jem)9RLm){~thKaF&x6n3r|(PNfB)OW
zsUb-P_wFCFt1hXkCAV)ckg{dFsX+8ZDndo$W>8fP&Re`21@}psVXdbu>l@7%bZyJg
z(GhLive~XNaZFW>g4V<11CI9(C?+Wfiz8O+OQzF=<C8hiV-kl+CTK0Gs~S7h^j$-m
z9HNaxD)-WB5PmlG@r2;V7wdlna1#C#ZJ?Xy3Xk|ndtAS$pQv7X4O|GsaZEXM;}o+}
z^i9k8^E0pmQYm)pl1<-mxY)-J4y7bQ3VQF*Nb;<}XF0pNVq0#ghXEfvQY*G?jTRD-
zBv>SqGzTHZ$Snf0X-SNstSbiRNb(#VMYzEd1x1z`c0<qd@;QI(4}6W+@83dHYc4Jy
zad0}PNMg2SMcMY4tYEgck1_^3c=`@pu1F?R1c9L&*j}%gPYS&ENa0D-jG=3=O@#^(
zuiiQ3_UQ?aH#L`M=Q!UYqA@Qwk5l%uDG!csar^iLQ%vYYplxeRkufQ<(TN>Jk>$94
zK$wW$T5JfERYkd3;RZ__$Hc~<m7(i9T=2AIiI|Kgtk#atp?|qIz|TCu@<Ea(InD`o
zo0>bv#|RaXrxR>1DAx_O>;TVXGNJ1m)|(xR`IMdQNMeEOC2ijl!iemhlYI2>ImT$>
zyx^7BUt@KBO<k4@T4ELjZP!xUfuz$^+mcx46uDxOw9Jcy;`E4%^CzgR1eLL^2W;0-
zRu>2vVN^`Mf5LV1gl^rizqepE$%$mb-Ytb2JXN`2F^@UAwU5%0rb}ttp8b<4vxAK9
zeCIbgJNp(7Ui%uc&Je+oW;y$JA8`Kc8OzlbwL2$GCOmsqqoa&q4MXENIk-cb6x7>m
zl30=HIbGEgTt`)%5yG0XESXIADH6eX)v)zFby)%eB~#9?E(pOB#|hf*(RFa^?ptG?
z;6zf_HIXcs%@#Nth?CLTeY4q+FJiJhrS%hX40eztQARWbiZlh`dHVDTx2I#Mb=_1n
zRY})37#&gCYgWq@uO1%JwiTOZhqVqJ8K%VyAtVTe(vo6&z=O}7P**LT9Y8?2D@Q#<
zc*1t|F^%7IdU_in8}8pfVzt_!wc_Al4`U*vjOhCjs7uk3#0^o(XsVhO93N+#J-<Lk
z6^VqZ+OWUa$A^w=FJb@Sm`6{ZP~<s_#hhZ2bN^n-q==bKM;G^Q2qea^UM-0bB(oVf
z2m`bmi_r-}3SzBr_UBvR4!j73jdX-{j!3C7l^~ACiBl_)FW4=9;OEOxFL#UM$JLMX
zv64dkfFGg|0wKf;mvql)7&$)2j|mvwj(Mo^rw@L`n3|4f)QdVXPWgVEe<!8HTKmG|
zaXhCiw(F4ydf(w9Pu;iZR&!8H*;N}B(>bw<@NR5Bdh3~|2}NSK+^)E;b|55e+hesx
z^d2o0Lv7ic%~3|<nii9%bbU`+<oI@+FqA>i4UQ-^_&z6<ipW0Vm*0AeX{50x=E0kv
z!^M`i>KUX(MINOr?NFkKMjfk3X?n}*YK!X~(^<y;WP)=&DvrpqLzJ{^>Y8CwQSNGD
zsd)3vTm1U3{W{azuTnq#kd%mB-%)$Z^LoQK&mVI#pYxTse;+PZFgT*tQe=jnfOS2H
z2pvb*NKv;n+sy_ybQq<{(iCALLL}+x7O52F&?Dm%Ap$-GjMNAlUi#JZnFm->DeN$i
zB`JUS4}OhT?%w9x-~Jwxyx^Vheuvv9x7n3jR;v|@JGZ&KY}udB7>0qmtQaDV(h*u1
zw9!;m#e6<T1WDgEWYa18)0{LCR9V9P`}cVK^eNlrhBQv_dYqb=?a#^c36V0S#*iAx
ze7ev1YQ^Q{W26sECONZ-B+V0Mvpw40vk<qL<{61GBqm}$ol(~<UEh;s8D&5EkhtLK
zdc|&MnNC|yUp?Z_{~LdXIGd0pemwE4M@514`jQ}fW{a3YoIubl=KGZO7#MAmh;CRj
zo5xJ^BUZ~TP1B6+KchH*c!u|m&1Qp1GmJ6hMM}9X5z5oHE#658n)&=L)9DHK?!AJN
znkX`qWeI>bEt}Pj>*bm#GUV9=r6Y=Ij`x<$c8wJ+se!8OiJ}yQ!-bZ%smXGUx0br8
zMhk{%&YqeO$A;-N=gyrIqznkT!&*y{B(zOU-R&5Lfj9sVLGQkfDW(}&R<JEACfZO0
zfiW5W7`D3|b-Tn_$7Hf#e=lOaUZHiw{a5aCd~(S3a>-<xvVU-wx~|#nO7c8M$%sdf
z9?{wqt$OCuJrtU{Zow;-*Vil-`)FmjyuKoeI`V13Vz$5&xOe9jj!q6yvcU}lo8{<3
z6GVidKr6`N7~fAZy5M*}AwGGXu3NL(^++jc>K!lnl=4r#2GQb_12IM(Sppu%FpL+&
zNXCR4jn*fbs{jZAPQC0~^vhlH$9#N22!aSNLX!c4|9*I~45Pq%eC+!H=HCZmKh2~6
zoejtz*5r9V3fr9sFGB0Dw$J(cKlmo|y?r91QBj0eg4KG(L?`4~O6LZ;x+9VTB?Q5b
z!!0H@%qCL?0=={J+GCxiY(06L5UGe=Thm*M3XC@mQsJy6Glsq&FbZbVDMR0nmOGm(
z{>4A_CwcqLH)uo8(d`qW1kRUF2?&%i_#g>LOcbM{l;v{E+1W!rdh|VBz4w5(-h7+M
zBxO^r=)EH`F(C+g=P^mn#pNY<!7KM)<4^s`KgQqr?uY#52On}WnXoH&q-NAo#WxwM
zyX}^*fBoy6?(H*;Q{u#c_b4~EIVIrxp7ZN1T|eI7CR$TuIYt}0U}^gv8N!&8YX=O;
z7#HS%Fgng7U#h#M-%+1=fQ5HAWBNU}Z=G^<c)<0+6?+E@wwoi0dB*Yag7@CD*r6dy
z4fFYw&1Opo8KG5dw_CCz<@n%`Zc-p*AWu__*{2_Bs?7yTMr1}3;VI&Xw?Fp=Ns_Q$
zUt(QHKF!FolzLa9qmC?&&?<0v`hc!!NQ`DONeH1Q1W%ghR83Eu9x*L4hN?w+&wP>~
z4huThQ%nk$P4ptiPf5klOvvMmSteQJw}~cm5;IPumD>`d1)J@fG*f63v)O?$DOr&c
z#frAwVvJ;0*X)`Lo?iASWk}NkV+@Cfha^dglmdjOtZzn>^Nj88n!&eZsVC3oBymop
zPB2E(cb+J6RMiG&142lg6(mW_cDozX&{IQQw>aOkUSCsHTk4@=Hko0EfH4_S6tUY5
z)OCpvp0??UqKHT;CX<{ZO9;Ub{D6)msF=w_VQo*}cOzJiBZ?@;dr#f9Y|4tZ>4@VD
zk4E<$c`@U`gF8Ha@)1hTn9nC19_{h);Rj?{OdLn-cDqr-BLrG&w4Sh7%$QC`fS#n9
zsv7UIm5P|o7Mz~kB~5djb0`&IbjoVAg5c4{F!+I{Z8$wWC5jYHTj8B0PZQ!argPn>
zMd&S?t0lXg<Kg>fy!H7nGD#zj5AX2#$&4h<P;op)ar_)t7g{2%2>~J%5gZsj`imKz
z++4U7Be+r{xcY<`-iuGUMfejsssF_F6Z%kzAM^PIeh|cjn<0>o|GC~FghYujPBVv3
zyh4gGbMB{DA%yYW!uLVlC(APeE4;-!PY8jssrlgHhwLQ@+or}#L6&5c+b!qIOYWWC
zzPTwJ*L46w@F)~UMNIPoYb~3qq>Uo#zGoO(gcRes+_u=rk|!BraA;$Y%HRpO-i{Gp
zb|46_Vax4XbN=`r`4vtN_pl-mvYg76#MvHRx1bt?9EhY~v#I#-(f9c6zyB@Xd+!l{
z;V=BleCdl{CQ^onj~`)`WqvS6sR%oGoDK9{%hACRLsPO{Uh)UN`Zj;*-}?*v+yBvj
zLe;gHBzeJ9ehlIq15MLo{Xk@97!`qaL{bujplw>Jx?)rAh>Ri6Q&Jt@XiY7HAH4*F
z5_G+#={uy)h@?Q=oD<`B_X~jaQ!QsZ@>C###k-bB3_N&nn`h6Saky7d_7&5Eg15f#
z${5Nkroadggb*ZhMpc$XT2a>}d7|jLj@SsStq@q&s~uWLBuU11-uXK7`HVYv?hr!Y
z_~dllqy%(*&m=F%Vnd!Mz(Ca}Op7~2O3)7#S~+(04yinmQ53TYMVw$}1);ZW)+=z(
zc}vr;XhXmbmNZV00*WMMmKER}TENxyGm<13gP5Ccble>pbUbPWluFUsb9Ma;l%VZO
z%%BM&aJ}3ypPrB<DOFjcjAmEw$cic3-3t7`Vt#;-5oKAjzjsR4)x>GSq}ZeD96CuT
z%N@@zu2Bk_roosP??(E2QY7@QWbgsI-O#ob0n2K2fl`9O4GhB)f~2Zzrjr@F?V2P>
zaL(d7OO|C=r5V-{+l@g8N#9$nwQ%F{6>b=}q9{nynE8CpZdU;?oz8jn!Cju8onvhv
z%O{j&ja;t@L>!;oAx#pL(xmAEM4%r6)9EpL`zJI_gS}CcFBYTFy(~+P4)0Ushoc^=
zu2E_XS{++f@yIfjEnob?@52VqdcC6Wd-6OdEmA)E=p$Zxa32A<z9Wha9x%pGZg(VV
z&TKL;$&Q&%_sKFvpk}?Qm>+vW7(T6K_tI1(V~mKfohJl|ZAL(By8-z^fjxo<FTx8z
zA#Z?<|KTyipLxC98j>GhKl=E8`16%gBBi+T<?}?7k8|a2fSULO)Achn+4>!!&o_*l
z4IZNu(mMt_>PCx6!JXG$<<UQUheQ_$B~eO|Wf{x$hS_w68^#+`6Few|5RxHyy1^1@
zMH(4wWay;8YtJw^>bAS_0gO<=VIzm|0pSB_98=XbS(4B@Pt$cwW>emO|6BZtKl?9n
zw3yH~JCem7+pZ&0hUs*|u3j^g1J~DQoIiiY+4&_lD8BkDU*^yKxqpqlS>WpYDb`E!
zNsi79LQC3iV6)yL-DvM18R+Vo!@~n?v*l}F`W*kkzx!|T7ytABn%C}~aCvr4q{gY;
zzUxqtB8yXE9ix?Cob(MK1y$E^U9PFC8f`R58WX3Z-(T1DSZl|OVJUD3I&W#+fUy?i
z$8c@Q*uMR=SMQIj&pg0Vkw+>=V4&|yoU57Unvc58$jD4HntI96(IG}pSuR(URn76q
z0oGcUS4*U}Snug=#r|v$lNhqhV9X7hm1p?i$g+f{swgHoN(pd*AP2OG2q7>Go}-gv
zga@r7r1W^@2*S~H-8hw3XyU}6lQG6e8%@^_lx2sso~CoeQH*DxYFeC-<Y~^{Y=P??
z!3LV9XR}`8gJady6h%Q6Cn#kI!I9+&D)J1SN2r$0Id*l0bB?MWLzo4Ms%pvNg5C8s
z7Z+Ddi+#51mN-u6yNdn830LdKC~4?B&vZV+IY(-<u@zSj?AjFphf-n8w%TlvLecjl
z`?Ofh2qBC{dsv(w087>EI6T~^h*Qel2CX%57GdInVX)+RU>LwBo;(*M+7P^gU}#%6
zw$h~H;P80ds3Xni-<)AgLf7_0k!C)(RMpth+dH^T(}Ic3&39$--r;>9NfNR=CxpQM
z{^^Zl^SEJ-z{z2ZrfGYe6G)YlBpLnC1B&%}H{QK@ix;4^=JDgF?C<X*oMg4!FxU=d
z#x(n`>k&u}=7%(O1<tYEmhA2AF<H#1>WZ?gI6XRH=qhgCiRo%b-#2uvXIC~fog+;@
z<;C|BRAdd2)VS6mdWjh%smckxLq+E1B0X;I-?wIvh%jnye)ziji~9dpKaT%;p?kXl
zEK<r509(so2il~(VUET@1rg-PG6qQqg5Tk@@iQzD#=mcHqi2;?ir_u_hll*L|NKA4
zfA+V3ozLGoU>F933*=c&Syo(c*UTqVymf5L3S$hJ(F7sshJg?Qaio!1L0fH!;tV?s
zlx;&@S43%!lM*`&n84TyyV;YZj_BH!xX8KKtk`aP?%utP6q3H{aAk=pX3S@E%JrHj
zkI(q_*T2CB@4Q2nD&GEmZ}Zw4ualUVwqA1fY)6((h_yzFK-V>#Kf9*y2W}tT;^^ou
z+vO!ufHcdwUR_gOTygsPTio575J|AMf3dGdQAAx;s32*on)&Th%ni%wrJ%AM=i4>g
zrb1}RVV;8=k3Be#x?vKf6b!-B4n6K>pAJ&puz@!rSR&wl!C?J#>tjc5trc;ssj4lT
zVc=kYKK8r|LtQsS%Ayn)6F5qzOs6prGc8htP_$J|mfa`Mr#R>7hJl0q!!gptjPBz~
zf<8UM*`DC+%_y!w$noUYQO42XZOUB@fHs0S4{SDD(llp(e~-Rz2(2VmIc-1Cw;+5(
z)pYnl5}P@L^K?T`6crSiMxf|wM^iN~#GgZOq-nyQ$&gaeG&ROR-8M)GLRy4$2-VWm
z9a<-Bc5BMAVisofy$2uh;p2}uJldz2C9F5sSSOj~In%uYr3R!f>HEORofFD(iPVDL
zm9&FI>zHc&bZlRGf!jqiZG+J<N=4)a1S+&qG;KrIHApqa)%egd*qXX2xxT&z;Pmu}
z-LA%mG0w)Agx$8Im6kM)na>U>@;!z@VsuJT%qYu}zPBu|SHxz*YQ04YO%$aZ9_|zA
z3!0|kJKuf}fWxDVvfMG9&X`OlIQNvMX-Lx)DI;{00)jNj>AH?6no*W(w9ZJAeAJ~G
zMI6sqE}s*LhB!{xZnq-?<=xHilC0NjZlBzuEX$GAipOBmz8^ifrjsdnN!zt7W|MKk
zb6btyVUS#&T@vXY?<GTL@y=3ACY(&>m^i`2qvq`Axq^cb6p<4|E@o<`<a&ZKYBX-V
z@f`}nzIct``(e)t`@8@0pGAGfTZBK3fBWP>!6yNhbB@06`EL6yl#s|sjkfUWQ?O-t
z(UH6X-Jf_o(wctg2{$)l-aAyJ`O+_c1s6$nWl1C?snSRlQ4~3s%O%BRLYgL&>n+xe
z$q|{+^nL&fiPqzA&~8gWj5@2}DZ3V}4Y4)^DIkD~MqrT_1-0#Ioh4G5-+J%c{K>Dr
z&1A7h+1KPcLOY8ddX~?ha(4EN@4fSF{Lt~{+i!C3&M7Cij#1K6Zmwvn5+xMD1=19j
zn>EXN!{O-(U;M%sh@*^)=jS-<Xxj=QBD~b(6GOROk%*qR9=ytX?|;bclVj>;G)YxS
z#xzL@y<=h$q)>REc0CunEtl06r4+O21bJhm=5KOZWf0?3qL4VCX+{99lt#(X?OphB
zNW%L7^5ymd{LBL^=Rg?EWHMuKZ=cZD*xpg(1uj^GbDSLP-FzXA<NZD2*wD7^h?JFP
ze{X@C4ljD})9IA5Zt$V!X#a?+sZm0XA-;`61kEI$Q@a`^^~m68Ni3l&2ZEDCMnM4E
zt`N>5kZ5wM#?sXRti?Nt3xfG<k6WLA3uj@uTyl2)7!h*POk<lCrDCFV%E{4fk~G6h
zM>W(05%6V&4;E`XdN+y%VHCS-BMCmRt6L)F*lf1+{XmwE3``_r8r$;t=@Z(v<LKa+
zS6+RM_3E1I%@qd+In}NviejV!Aw7tZDlf~5I8MoP_?VU1)eVDnL`oB<qsgc-F-j?f
z3<%-y-qCkGS{ur;M(YVW%2;ofTwm`HC??sQEZt{+?}WXn9Npnf259;|qw5Bo9d$L^
zO-oS}>@AKd@)^NL^uzdFUSD5QR$CT}1>5bIV_261N+gJ&Xey7<Ib~TAsTv_9+wB%>
zEz`-IVHh|(ImWr3vfMDA&nb!&?+2_6M3La5$B(#s_b$qe#&^zH&d<+ZnBSJo4wD%2
zX~t@`!h6qRvCnq9<;l~>XytK(qbR1VmQT1|Zz!fy_U8-MSJx=xna!qbyB&-945VPS
z-f{R!!nW!#KkqIBW@M;P0_O%Iqee#tdlS+d7}+bt$Y2FI+DdwfMACoiBH2&5$?+49
zRQ_myHcsM=7r_t$&U=(p<9?_#!H>Eo2{=X@mGEhLUwxuN7+YGnv9%dOz&XbNO!nry
z@%CGM_}%Yt_wWSQk3%&{JWidgS1aO!Q9jVL4ZiY(kYl7EsDM@qWi**d=-Ya1Ga60P
zwuovsPO!^_Sje$e76JiJ)wi@bmgmp01pbvj`>%3vdQ7=`jEFpawc`5OW9p&9N1m^|
z{W*rglEgWSg9A*g*{!dUL6D$u1eTZAc-G7g4|w(dD@-Oi&1T1XcS-Mitn~y3X^}x1
zvui3g&z>@kWB#dM`ZCuaJ|qsH^OV6l(pkoSKBZ8GSZFMs&i1T#CF|`DfZSvxXoBq#
zkwPK}a%?d=1f3md+<<q1C{j1mp1>zGeBskxJHLne%mXYT4bV}ymacUuA2>a^jdK>M
zK<aS;n`Dd@uy&yDhcT`tits+7-Sxy;A;l<0Twh<~1%%*u_`#N}n2fAUh_Eh@CIzv~
za8e_Y2pNb(VAoeXI(tfFG&+{lZABI}NEvgzy<&N>B8noid_rcXOeS;I>xOzeu(wFa
ziYZkUm`^=>^9=7=+J3;8j990rD8_j~)m3cTmbP!P*O#POGz$HNC632CDJca3OAv}I
zEpRTdSnQ3gp3%&w`|NfdQI@cOFlV`3qM~R#*(1enw?(R&Sj<VxjMY^~lI93$iOtxO
zQ%bR`woE5EYPLt)c>3NV<)}%BB89ge=K_&X#8JX9^h82a<OOwIBQP8t-lE87c<-4`
z7G&|9JX;{i@F6Es5!Nc|x+Y0HQpQ9&rs+H)82UC~;+Ups$n%tDS(6$=wJuq2t|=xd
zv)Pp3CEM)|DGaM}%kl9slVVQW47AO_VsA!rqbb{LmTWc~Z0JS}m}_V|MVh88m&-Bk
zK}c@jzRhN{;qKkLv~9z5y3f1seix+__wV1wyMfEgOJ=hflOiKdQp&Poxx5<h%tXY=
ztvmGHsFT>+J3{Li?*+%lx7qHtY<E4=$v%;mG;N28Q@U<I=LX!*w^c*`aTcSzVWqSn
z*fH~MZ~>v@4TI%J|2qL8jHB}b=ziQ7+%M`!mJUDq^K&?~x@ijz4(~iN$QKvLkN1j?
z0nGS4eTr?tAL<zoZWLxmD#BX}J`l9P7{gb;_A7k*8^1}c4Q*MGXX7;ZVln69`8jc<
z*_+H*Z#Gm_h4-E;j>%)j*c~63OlDNhB3(}uC-hB2v)heH8gWKu60CPP0@c-;E(BC!
zIKRH;tH1wieD#;UicSZF*rIL2NAJAL_1Pu&KK}~IJjYdAj*d>5?VW(olyyt+iYUa?
z?T$wmPtZ}y{a0US?{J@0wPm+i6H7zAElFnv?-bM70o%Hz3q3)MHYmOy_}W`v;@xk2
zi^msd>>VG|4wg(CVlOC+LCVo=wQUEsRYgDaWLZHL8A8<(BEiu041S!JOp^qZW~e*1
zyB(PtwXDK9tQ+k+5FVvQR_v!d1Mw5rXC7e1R79aiVtIb`jN{{+_n*H@k<ZAJIsK*^
z4H=^r?*~Ak<2`2a9kT2YAFar;G5by_HM)WCwh*{!Q)$X=i`Lv2oDCQw=@D$ZmdRuS
zz-m|FtYUBfKAZK9^;OG!ai8PkW7g|6hlhg2-W;t*mZa}H$|^934V`az?}KxaBt}I7
zCp#XU*ZhC%y?MALS6%P@Swl^GK69Vb^N^&IbVz^%2#G*IPz0G|PysK33L+>dT;S?^
zeH8KastjJe4p#<IlvnWuL6Lb3Va^;fkWME(ogU7-$C}n!?;llrpVOT{^So_H=ia-{
zQ_mhw?b=nVYS;R%@9+Ej{){m=ks^gG3{suNx*}`RxdJ#QnWeL0@dKYQ2ut@}NVAk)
zw+E#d5Xu>u^YOHz-6^aMM65~rf~Ma@O3C8UgCt2xt2&7<JZiOCAxu@p#jFTPlN@Ul
z!YOM0c6{L%-cAk2T6>wLrIQRyN*MZuMZ#K#@$o5ao-i>r!NL2EPzyIPJzl5Xk%VDL
zEilyUMTPeyN!YY$6U)oXn7m7p3<$%J)>w-?&q>pSBz1&QgkKBj_xmg@F4JzenVg)Y
z-|y2M^znV4ty^~Bc^-?4i!_@}=8qj_dU_g5Oq{OL9rS6AHOWnpsWLu3PEd(JDQe9o
z)k>8t&%ii(y_hsL1b&6Uuar*2In`>Fg_8?dXX*C`%uLS#u(sAMoZM^UC|%TEY`1%4
zX-=y(L9f?iY;2l^#TAS(OwZ1sl%m`1k|YkLAkKRX`U#FIN$%6>Wi%R9A~&GwmS~IW
zL-DgaXPWOc+IfZFkdug9f}xo43x^OEL18E0gv1K4BFCv5>maptDoWteK3eAFW`OcN
ztSN$DR@Kp-qtjj`@~e0vEK|fgg|86xVv>a*cNUAG68gAwfG`;{uakv2eOWkP*IbCq
z6;=znc2taPPXGWQ07*naR6qp}d`aI7P@W=BQ?ykCGDM&W%^DpMLZwNb50LQ+zBN?q
zGc0s+8h%FCg7qXakEvl0)?&Pff$&k8!}ok_o)lIAWgmbnv@OCy=opv*z746<BI)&!
z6-!4fQxgFR5+@_1@Q|57<8UZqW3d8+ESMdwHA1*DgSN;jlS+^eGhKy5s)Eh3uCQS6
z(+VQc7|)Q47?4OS3#QS5CBunAzf|yC4nbbr5B~!)K#jCGCkjV;=dem(k=W8U!Y}KK
z3c0Q!vj)P(1hacCV9i-N%3!6%>-T8X8&snT7|W5xlUOZjPET<1#0l<OI8NB8F*7+u
zx3k7{rNLxSWp;9s&O*vkcbTzjl}^&8y}ZU)y+z$r>5y`)yHZFwu%vm6%zFe4L%Oz%
zA2e7SB%EA6PE=D|c)?aydR=4~63)!whYd_W2GPe!%c|+I(i@N^9&;C8$;4C(DGbZY
zi}aV4iMxHgN)<1vkctMWmtu5EUh}X?K-})*>ky-RG{?H^-M5(opFW7q71}Da&<LeS
zOAD0cewUN|E=y@qlTZf&V+S}B)6F%_r~<}NjUw<g%iRu(%L~+N4JyK;7Y}GQnn>m0
ztiTJZWNC(yKIeLp$ip6B^#&40fFI0p)z#0z(-}%iOe*kng)B)B+9FkoaTy?yvWBml
zcwP-pY{mCWfu1Le5KdZH0~k}VF=?9N`-Og{$S{o1TBE`?xk*q;qa#NUgfyFDq-jo;
z6-9ux){M=>1&iiuoHMAXPnH$d3l%X}6#ujq?F|K>S%K8C2w8Ys6`nA*6pL=~ilNwN
zrBs3HOUk_fB1O3%U_@^VA<()w?Zy~<F$9;z`=j+FXsyXiX|m@;DL#}1TV@K~nHDXy
zRs^Akl!Bn%qdwk82nfRvr4&h$VvS&G)(5AkG|$I5h35s-CyT<R1(+?)g9vi)>-aUn
zcsNlMRW3bfj4}9mj@G)cPSBdD?x@Bw<I|?7ADHJOU#x<W>QWsK2x~PieavP&&!f}n
z(CKt&PL2~rg|oZ07Q8CLIVw$!l(N)m6`<Byd&&%VW0sS(MOKuQa@4<hUR*y`rAV&`
zA^L;_HBp@VBq>TbRhy)x_*Do&Gpv_4cxZVQqNHFCwbppm6yFa>org;t_z&vO>*3di
z8EB<JfVBm{60Vpa3~T2N-&3MbmgHz>iy5(zD67eHOW=i=BqcWxg%O@oq=NyW=VPV7
z3PqN5saF~plM`r3YM|X|6DW-|l6vH^)?Y=}6jBS~ULR$B!l;5a8muU^exXmV)213m
zL}5slSkg2`_zEcnODiXc0-t83Mi%#pO^y==;~crQcrw7a6sr`0maO)Bh>Av#(@zHk
zen65Y#MYG)u@s?-jA?0MqBcgS-Db@kqh4>(OHxAJAkPL^Bq~&xG{d9`s=QAHT49Vs
zq7bE)%i0o<2!*wb-lqgdqmZcM+@~KX%hi;|s2j5zecxwxc9yA19c7^1?coVoFgrN5
zZrjFcr%k`pMH)x5(Ij)0EH@lGc8sZ76OF)^f_hMA%CC@wHCD5PzQ_oD&C=Q`OLHy4
zpux8B2Ax5du1Q&3T_Vrn(k<t)y0o8_wqSZ@jHtDf!SWJGr_ZM8ZDcAS&m{M)oMfWj
zAWQos{Vq1k*)lQ4%-+q2NRkUfyS+x*AE2c~SZGFddTGL4`|o9b{ywH=8tmM29+gUq
zYE>ajhKpk+YfZ+&5HHKA;4lIr1fIzW@mT987%LdW2}zO@R0876U@}W6J+zYa<Ctm?
z;srj(mzHSvdxSwz$|sL=re|gtm<%rnuu_s`3C<RpxpQ3O{_qD_QGE<Z2z{SNT(*fM
z=}`$n;=Vyjuh75=3*<Oipk0ST;NzUaB<V<WxlUD^GUa|99V?}PLWebs0SEOQ&l|?(
zZ6T8OLW10qBnd(&oRUPrM)zV%t0qP%<W}hsC>jb*oiiga<4!^7wj6}l<IvK{(aZ`M
z?X#4!%&ya;o5KU8KP#(8pV@f)!@)iufjdV5P6gJwQGdB?eHJN%MMpW6hAl&c#j({8
z^!qVUR1|BTh^h<*g$7RfLuN29!B|qh?^6rL@coc9O-K8;(TETrPjbQ_L<EDf1WtyO
zl74?cr4o^woS<H#ITeojBaUMlljDSq6y>i2(;-lG&QY(r(Q`%Nq;z^e4)<Z$Kf`?+
zo(o|NK@i|&S(%<LQRQ>b^NM2@jIOmbO+gmn2O$Jmmf@-5QK-ViHOtGy3RM(EwfRFV
z(mn^<MlYrHYrZV(d%BTizDl5dGzx?!tkzN5Cs|oWc>z&6V3200N<d~ZtQnBxeJYIx
zEB!8YKfoj%9FBgR5mc*;jTcoBDp5$c-^KF-aJJCtXrIWd&`)CGbbt|lQ4=mnsd-gA
ztH=g9X>N(CHF|>%z7J!ehf<P3Y{+wu)D|X|hQe{&W)@FXiV|FDpGvLCzyes5rwYe$
zRb1Z#6JxWSz^@R6K4gl#YpD7Web*zF1N<mL*#IXbd1`R6p&Eu{CPPc;$9<xxLT(Eq
zQII$*3R71nM$3k?a>}E#Jfxw(AG8(s<#oeTAq2TK1kz{o=FN<SRhCaKP>CwUX~v1A
zMS>upAtk$Z?Bw8m2N6QBsW#0-v&FHcMb_GDC<Jkyl4U77wPyRo6lpwQfWxar^pYHD
z66SSE!$M0(bh4D=gEmJ_9%uW^6j$uN1glp_;vD71Kvkjc;WremiCLDGI<&$FuMv|g
zgXyj^*=!LBL7L>W`yG5^$gCktGZN#FDk2dXH{X5_*M044eDk{}**5KQ#ii%d&;fQ!
zPE@OtCVeV_LTjH*V`Gd}E7Uv>>jc#(1d}7JCC&{CYilg6by3xbAgYoK1{i12o`+VN
zz?Vp+S?hF&)0Ecu7+P!E?GDXa4WwZH@KGi<&(dmaqTlOKuQo^qF+!c&BGiXHz{(jE
z8FX5bW(pyito0mH>Vj&vg527I^%1rdTd#j!iUt5q7UIf68Q@5BH_F%(LLkg=>Kly=
z&UBzj@?JTx7OCHPu23?>iz--aNwW-3c>sku90t$x5U!YA=cz74;HS79KQL3WUKqfx
z3;oPGb20>qLt{*UBy}U^We6BHzRsN}#lWtx^BNk)4MBtyBd`WT;8xP*Mp82V>)->2
zkOJe@zgtNU=~qduz^Q=PD1=`t_RkEEP5>Sbg%QQ<FwS$N^ckd(=jD$mcR0rgtP~89
zLJC1H6`2sE4m_!Fo`=;QNL9Gc+rs>`H;4<cEET#^B{w;_DXtfx1(~%YaA{ouZie4i
zoP#3GXk?UV3`(j(+cP|eL&HL$$(+Op4N~ERz{=9y+6s&-(zd}Mq(thVtYKCF0U<py
z1h(|o%CQKcF|H7C3-QpG3O<+G#%pk+U*-2}z6RrRtaGG!#^Q<N#92bUQAdO@Tdfm!
z+jP1Es<jZI3iHcBV(^0oc|RubLoz!+2@n_#9^OyZ%h|Q<JY=8|CL@b;LNCG^M?db9
zJ4>_LER7tqqM&eDePC_SMn@5Ay$;oClYFp-=Tejl=qCn0tb#KrmyyH?fsXLe*xVvT
zR0zvm5vKHo#-xVaT563dagvZHhGw-%x6`8<dJG0#{Q4NZI7defy4^M_t0%G6uz6w{
z-;0P-TU0TKd~%Z@g(it}oYL!)3ke_)C<Ll>8QnNRlp7w;eUr#x6GC8|9o+|#Bq7an
znqw{Yowt{pZo7pb3|Q@UFo~g|B?s=km&u8Vg7MD^kG@K+hL#FH3|a0MY?M+8JAZ^N
z6I0C2%(8H3z^3tOj<;8tUtZ+U4T}Uu;R%aD(07&~lsx{4*D$wvJEp2=$SN+JL^LL7
zZmr|j8aS({M}3s1*)q2Yl%umU&&eZq6UTjY2%Xgq=HyXwDOu^oRGXXV^iuNi28RwW
zlecEM^6FijKReEObCWm?2alX27`I3Vla(r2uT6rYml_uKA0Q>C5ml*IBdjr;93&*h
zphAsb2{95><fDPrZjV|R;YAfPEUB{ul?a0)9`rF-x^bVy!-trd*+dwG3<f<s&%@fh
zAR^B3JK)0}U^zO35lAU8nWb8(((CmLASE3(1tkQgJXGNdHmhKeEXEXOjYHEiSI+th
z5K=sM4vZ;iZ>7LmQ<Qs<MTUd5qFl!ml)Ka;RzhoyqYVGZV&pWXCc!y}Mj)LnpxtTA
zh_yLV>J4T+YV_!w0SB%`I75In1P8;L-iS>R!@65;bWF}s+zf|+p%5Y<Md8pq1Q0_H
zz#)64<T`7X=e^N)SUcQ*U9MmBp>^qq%@PvQEJn(5pAjR6<Y5FsAjrx@gki{S<1r1H
zw&KeQZ!IAmS)L#y7@Hwg@kptq$n#?G0)y}SWLZj<S%mO0#-fx!sX|{-PFiu!;(Ouf
z*oRl#@S)grF>^2Wr}!>`D31fOG-p`XtT?X{SB9&cEu5Q&fLH6{T<3W{>R)GU;gT#w
zF>q>yk`7~w^=*D`YY=`|tq@HY&DoM0DKiLx(e-{hsp7N`&N0XmniCVuoWG4qJs?eE
zuD$jPtmajA?s)|9>Ka0Mw5BH+^t&Vp*i2BXwlLWMKdRAc_<ZZuZ}Xbh{2FmT;r;LX
z8&ptXx;0I!(xTVx5k?_do+B;frAs$BvNWR_R4{pA^P#I1w5}4j<0ACr1!(1iR_Gw2
z-|G<g9<^2rn`R6;y`tV{rGct9X!qLqN}^m*Y<Q)+LVKxAC92?iRisgjRaywwr|%oG
zil9=RChIxULCh<E<y9Q-+{4E|_zAYo?W9$y(QbDz0;C@?Jw49C$pr*i>04!rkRSqt
z1SHm(a`LpH!-pq>hX;cNYyglFwV@_qrBY$nu3g-4%S|XxBecX~8DuF@y-H#-r0<bt
zIg4v;no<x(5t$UU+bbkiVwV?5n=O)+1uh=n!_K*FeB$e0WW_n2@Z&$ql~-KF`MdYf
zYBZ@f>-6FQfmZCE-Hb|7)a1o@CP3Q=6;{Z6kHvI=jWepv7H#JktXQmz$z{Nas6}mj
z0=wEn*ebo%Hedbvx2R1_@w_KJhwAtyG6X;RpMHhq<rS9h`YtE#`VLJWyheq1Wrgb8
zR>sE0A<hVboXNe9!QXTtYwd(iugB8LN&3AG^Yim`ZoQE~o)bHVjk^Un$_-=nI-6#v
zsVJXh5R=C#4o8llyVk}!M>VRjw7SOF)HKz4jY_>nDlDmUrBuf!KgYw&4|{-R@|a2#
z5f6%NqCAsGk&~MgPZr)8IEhw6ld|%M?JSPcy5BjJWW?MQGZi}uT@8)Tgs^BOQ3CSZ
z;EW|rvk?f8N+6NtU@fppV#^W>0N#dd87K#ZEG-A?a?}+LQGy30z}cMPjY+Ux%3;J7
zp>UXy(6(Uc3g=vFbA-~T=pcjuDTfS|#pLn&Hcb(pEO!osKstwXs^~B0P_AIcikqiG
z$@N00qD*-g<*}(Ud#GUQ`h`Bqq=Z2cM^{oKsf=`ASck7P(m|j-Jna!@>4<FuhqZ+b
zg>w>X4O$oW8(PT`pf#p^ou^=n^H~W4oO5_elBY>=JqTIOw~NrHpkReWIa4*ppoaC)
zM&@>>GK*3G&K8c#!}GG?NAG#-De6P;TYeg?CC+5%k|9jf0(eU)kwRed9APX<>CrsR
zSu@(7;dS-Db35Jbdn1E2y!J*KtPPb{M7iXdM^yDWvT%aSe&h<?_+S4s)t1L#FksN{
z^MSYj1^@g{|IS4hJeC8;?&I5c-9@WjW9QT!0(|bA-%lmfEFW3G>73LiJo#Bq;qZO;
zap`yV@}#Fei+8^5?TlB)nP`nOzckMvi<zCAB}=*-UtOhIsZt4R9A3PSFbJ8Pn&gJN
zzKPY6nc4)Krl&b@<Pgpoq}25KJ*u@DCd=t$33Xpl)0)|tt(;t$r#(ohS87CIg{5|z
z!O}bvQ{&X4kk$4wp<jV4<>bNwwa_rVYb!V1eGC18WUjG;L4Sp3KJV##?e@>`XMgc$
z<kFJ%GIng+&04a?^70b5-<z;wZhLWEI#p!<IS``svvL;WEW&QQMrC>ZpBidEms>Gb
zFk<kH6lKIg5QZT;FF2p2c#YX;C$8I}J?PV0UZ56M(L$nxCe8}RYb}i#A0KC}-=m)u
zz_gp>EOk5VoZU?S_U|xg_juE<{}(QQ>NRZLcRn>25;kgdlY}HmaK;e%K1njbp9<(Z
zN1iGwevM9&VlzmrPqQ_KOAN;4c*<j8q0Rnd2N>u+deyPI{|JxSvyZKpK9NUOX1Vvs
zAr74Auy4mj#EHeo3a#yvL_`P`5^2l$rcKmyL*`czLa@5D$m-xYVYS8H$37mVD+FOk
zlJp3|LgyNHmxz;?1BVWCc>WmecAFb-xRKj#y@j=Q2dt%8sWH}U(dqPA>8+uZM>UK%
zvUrTSnK`oDQLQ(*Xx}A#^QP-T%MJI@bGtq40aic*Wi{kw>Sk)e73uF-QEHeR&KlND
z{X{vV6)0bh!fG3T^u>f__<H?>4%Z#&bCg%I7Xl$bDOrll3qay|ewp=Ggs6sW*l@5N
zYPfJ9RJjkVhrzORgT|%=J)&eY+;Cbx`u92uHcWpO&X%klBd{UmP*dQLzBl@Oar~!s
zuq^;bfg_5dxg#b<fD*wvctD=A9VypuOe0-}RY;|fC9{y_NdabT!P*2mAkE@(cLiFO
zOjyYXDd8ycd?@uEL&xV~re*QGV2UhZ5RzpXd2UDb0f*-=O;emJXnKbkmBUd=73FuZ
zWT$DIP64^N4cE>3IvZ!^vK;7*H3f?`Oh@0Kn;V_GvIy?*1`ZU!SqQX{rG}{J*wfGb
z|7k^A*U52O*_Bfy)}tn%FnKgF<5N{yQ$Bz54<BIv-TV2C*T0_Ey!98k>%e|){q_xb
zjVf>Y?KhL;J>K_+f6b2SHZFhaW%PSpp8M$MfP%OD-kXVaOkehS*=v8EM?dx|ZoBPf
zZu;W4S?-)<*G0RS-M*PGeC9LEjnDGPM_tU_`wuXn%T-UmnuGTq<i=aS&GUZl1?;|H
zH(&qc7x~KdH*(&^moPgw#nzcI0x7xuj{Qt-+Qz0`TUa=_pSAhJeCu1^V(WSPxNyg%
zEH5l``wcg;=i*0j$>v9L^9|ob7{k6R_Obt-1FUw|c;d5vl!f{IT>Fi$@UuVvGR{Bm
zVm|aw|1UROe~{c85DzkDx6bj*XFQXp-{7Mk{V0o_C4S*Gzd)cp{`xQel5sUf5Edl`
zgcLYyO6GcaUs<0}ZtVSs1Gs`=sGd{r|8kv84_hr7%_-_*<5<t5F*A+H^HH&RnF|Ic
zBP-<{WAz3>vq{UO7*+h%Jp)xCIehm4-to?Na?MXX9bKyun+zcpYin(?JVywLl8QLV
z=*B74ARzBK0^dhy53&?tQd&WPmax+85LSGwF&sR0h=cQo32PpQ_uq|bXI#2vABRj%
zG`*FTyY};=Kk-aH^Tp587@y(L!SAqR>n<9Vkco>fChoOaK_Wb#es4gU4_J$P+<Mzx
zgnkR(tK*z1vpZA3((bIXw!FaP<TT@xb42xVwr<|aufFE>96fx5)#YXGx%*B&{_&4<
z;Jf!wZ#LPpc{ANkhad>qwd;JWFx+(W^*r-gKgpKu+xhrsKFQ3MIgE8AS&CBL_c?nH
zeS6pgEbSU({R~MJEd{!)hZk0YB3$Pcp($&Mo2is~#6mb%WZ>k+BFgk!Aq7HdtT7lT
z5akJU$TE}6lo@*-))l@w#xY_Ol#->_PN79g^Wn@+;+$e=q$i|6NJ(0T3yU9cp#U?c
zNVV2l;*@vF&1f{Z3yDMEi2@wp1lE8trN&GZAt<Lrq4_D970D2YmDxV_^lh($N#`7v
zGJGi{Rt)KXuw@ubQe+Di$6jbJTqzjGsWPM|@%)f1w}oSGCJ@5ISio7d@{yuAPretD
zCfx$$7;sXR8nF^s7W5dF;<-Q~%8-PVsszA_p&&oaEm9R>IOP=rci;Chxy1>Evsnpf
zPGuH{kHgUGu$?~h-q=?UR4g_v#rudtm@bEzo@K~EQd$Z)ht^)H{aR<Iln_{3CTEn4
z3?=xs?uTv3cy6|h;lT&`-;k}^m~=FJPXabi5z3NgJv!YEciwpi?|Juox%1BN^8b9~
zkNByVJc~PSdKdrlu@4h&3sBnd{A-@cE1vOUUirqCv2Wjn9GhQaZp#FlFWSN%{rS6i
z#*aOPD<5|SswQ~Bi=W5!U->%o$ByxzUiWgI{@iEqjc;AYPyO`sc)=^4&8uJi8n*A+
z&1+xtYrN$xZ{`nv>Hp@*PkS;}J6`fL&*S&s@jvj#r+Ce4evXKoZ+!6!Jo}|DVC(Lk
z%(vGN-4&ud=5ddC94~+FYkBd@Ud7vf`}g_Mmp{dGpY%vx^QvFu|9Z=tXjVgh`*(kr
zcfI4kbK|Yw;VpmgX8!z7-p&hO{$if;)N4qxK2LkjWB83Xy^;6+-Mi^55BT6mKE&>A
z+liM`4xPA{Uwy-CnVy><PhzgT>JonCMQ=uFZ#|5^q2J}O{LKdG!uQI;Jy+W>VM6Ib
zQ)bGnYU2!fnsLwJ!(4gw6Nsu6T3Je`-vcEJ_Fqa=2B~xmvXn3kak*hi2s+6CqXntS
z8J9l&6U)5u&;FdNe(WiTS_PyBgOoMbM<EcILwSn9Ai)V}wZ>RpUZ(DReC@NgbR4Ax
zS<<7f$8a`dc6Nfn$`ZF9zK>%k4>318#q#lauKW0>*gihTXFHCLA9BSbE@IcNJ!k=c
z@ve9ATfg&r%-?f>iJ(Dq-$i69r=KTaETQxX1IOfK9jRl+S~JwE6KGXoX=#Of@4bg(
z#}9M!E!T6)Z8wi}%ujs6HC%Y%#pH=&ZgwjdUvw$X86JJbqxp$v{3O?1`xQR%$xjid
z36nFMkPh-B#bS8E)lX)5wavk!Ut?l?iX_g6!f=$BbS}5ER)}p(T|Yf-{fE&kU4$B-
zb&6v^Y6d7@66Xe|{8D5rK?|I=7!_m003!xi8G}sGzQvLvlmVHO+Zd_A3A16zklLbs
z5XxXFK3gcmZDDGv3b)<D(69(W4u$o_>kNb$Iig#ajb_!h3~eBa(g;#Xtg{%KVO>7j
zu63r|zC%dJuvjH9%3+iPU*bGLE)7<@!Z1||P!gdPPKwccLMuioa*9IeU;cmeIW5Vt
z7~yaVj4&8saLN@6Ze8!@a*RuGB10&H6A414SmIHCNo5hzjQY)KpTt6j#7Ipq%@KZx
zRUSraETvhbC=16*amsUx!->MU&lI`4qt~t+MTbDxy23APIJycc5MD@X1&MK3>0zZu
zjv_~4geFIkIXPN}@0+r0#PGG1-e~=ei_`&5=+Tl}fklDzuqg7OpHKNZbHz5S)L5y>
zguo~tD}9{s5Gp{30E-9W|9CWrGQ2vx-)v0KFxFylg<si*$KiA99F`6usF9ce;R!<R
zn3Pjo5M9Q~*SnmUuc2ldyx}i@gT}6iSN`G~_~SqLQ#L<l8!!EDzf8UAabkXjs~`JB
z4%~1z&$#sQeC1!h%+I{!)qL)b+vpwZ@U}Pq77f2iSl!C!Z@d#Z6Y$KJJ)JEVO{1p*
zF1zY-_FZuqN#IzqJ%0T8&*0lPT+exPyExhJ^0P00E|bli3h=S_e3>`?(jPK6Im5{l
zxAUAwKZ9?5{yR);*~?YWc|Lm|`zVY}_|%6!!nXPhU;ga1L>0-SAAc2>UHw>OLvX>R
zJ9*;MuEP0-UfAcU&w4Un`to)B*fXBQ*ro=r{I%Ef)_49XU%TN}=4K{2dh8(k9(M^(
zd+u}DvUe-5{Iyr`Papjt7d`F@Uh=Y+aO~ufLO`GPF_hj~6!$LU47U8sT}tj!3>jAB
z#iO+kI5FAC#y_an&-Va*r)OOct#pLYNa-Pj=ETAhCl1XcqmV_L(hoJx_o+oS>QN2P
z4@v7GnG}RxKt+c|g%MRI;V8va&_p?ptDp1~E_vMJ(9IS-99^4{`wE+Zls-vTuww0Y
z8!Z(lPb?IM#1+Zn+6v3dUDj3;oUCzdvCZM5CpmoRC}027m$>e_FA=m9-PL&xe&ZXQ
z7c`igoaDgjQD*WU+glNxwc~u?Z~q6EUw#3%-uiVexb!@3JG>uZ6FdysWN2$k8H%Kr
zWi%#c*uH58YfC4oMULt5h)XWo%a303RDS(e-^e@v+kfY8|K|O?^X>28M;?C_o2TdK
ztaiEahTG`$GrF-QHJ~dsp7>)w&MRL1YNC2`q=)vy5HE=6rWpt3k21fwhyZ+{$nzAd
z&V7LXLu0TWteB~j!_l%}YG5cc7Ug3xxQa4l!0EXwXI%?yV=bfy0+pv~5bpP1XG#WU
zD6T%WpX3>8Ey>~0oOUx>2fg3-<3B(<(|H^IfBiU5J%syze&ap~vhTn3GkpD-j_*u2
zY5BeCWc-ktfHIV2C<1~*(fZJi0=QpEQ&R>>Idcb{WqUZV46r^RuWQ|YFcEc}r$jC%
zP7`utk)Fc(mX2LvkV~S-BE5`#kKD`k-?@X2{`*Jy#AgzI_NC8Z=XpEHvK~i|FLGq{
zAom_Wz>ck3xM0uu9Jp}-6AP@La_e0;aNf)#n46j9v!D1BM-KiRk9+*(%r+)DHh+vK
zUh{ZDUE%hdZ{kt=E+ZKj-v9USCzE~t_1`|mb6@l<=C*C-#PL;r=l6e?&e{t7H0B#O
zev@{;!+ZYr{XFftPvfUw@O&=XwViK%<qNdCt6XyVQ~3NX-{#ia4si98E@x?Jo@4U|
z*}Lxo<~n_j&fmlM)HX5!=U=>yfBx_XFu6e+pPAYuTc=tKy32g}^Pl8IXOZ!_Y0|Fc
z_ka7X2tOcoFf}zr;tJnB&kx9w9M2DlllT<9>5#d{i6U;!sbJ<@Wnzac_8c2FSO5SZ
z07*naRFI*wX5EfuZEcOzT4Wdyh=P6Ao+FBCAdA5@?sceD>s0&@DIgxiXsM_L6@;gm
z@+;(N#@<UVW_I&tR(d`BC@Rd7+ihxom3F(0l#)TOOArJstt{gN=q$qyVooe95!6~#
zq7a+*7_UbhU0mhgKKZZQdvHHjzToMsdI<*(&2wyNg^PCWWvQQ#3eCkA?xnN5!gp@G
znc1z=JnD+e8K2n(QH#tR<%XMX;i@Yyr#U`FXKjtaphu-rBew}@nlm#uO)u`UvbK!!
ze1s>Mo!UgFyM|vWs)kIAPq2NP!x=}GL$}*y|Ni~#-m{xD$>|OHXsy}3dp9rrxtH=c
z?|v`UYMmsGsRSW@7=n}x20i+&&<Pvsu(?H_vsX^h9&~`UF{|ytXokX&v;4N9%L)a@
z;gF?PrKm$TT8$ytk@jqhMQ%K<A=t6^e{bWu8ytw;Sr)65X1L7<?%y+AerGC0cE(z;
z?g74k^dSrG{+F282x{dSe4Ng3*_`#y>!HREZfNmQRAYlv&xt6D5sT9%0<zq3b8g>X
ze(3EKueT!W;C}k6Q~a=`hmexc5Abw_L6&pR{M{Vs9^^OQ^k0~q9OK$Ae1X>Z1Y5S9
zPd{HJF@~v`X^tMAM+rwRGOWmmS`qz0o7Kf7#=UWL9<bCsj*4KA_L*r0&`a5W>m5An
zg-_+!y$ATK_r8}myyjO3k^JM|{yk1qsf3ChyLPaacbS-&AoK&4mX=UTaoM9T<N9xX
zqY(P~A<i1UbLV%t<@WFLjGz2*`im#{>gPU<Qkq-`<cZ<N>%Ya%{=!c(IUDfKcf6BV
zzWi6%y=M=9_NVV+xm!W|@a5}1!yUJOi;2nYv==q4pvKy<<J1C=shM#GS&Z-$d6w~>
zzj`0JCuz>?;^1d*W3n+#x7)*7M;KN}la#;@3kilPlXyyDJA#qht2@)p=NxE-*|c}R
z<Rl>k3kwURO5piEVTl`qW<)iJNKA&ac~J;Dst^VNdFkipON}4+L_x^r>KIG?Hr*s;
zvD2pAZZk3I;Yp81y#;_X89}9j=~x<#2Br-`5D)|bDsx<T$%S<D9Fb(Sbc4>?0*8*?
zjo(x}?~Omtch^pE^Bv!1Wo?bjN^ZaFJ|^Zi@ua6bnXyoD&%FnD^uCK&YcF%;?gKO$
zGc?Dm?A!MUjvhY5{K-Xvpwt}u0<ED@8N&&PD?QHhJr-9^AW*EXcCa!fvoU_CiF*Tj
z-5$;<q|j{IG)uKsV_|WDZnujShOkn@_kFY{xp?0rxbo^B;ntgOrqvoFO;c1LkxGn`
zfC~9Xd7pf!@84%=54wrOgRl0t_t#dG0`3ip0I=mCW+l$)^##su5&8WWX}|xnVO=Q{
zQWV8chf6U66pI^Xux(gInvx%&cQ$P50hcpxKz`rF2{|fb;Y#8A==t#V#%1(g@wqc@
z|BUBAp5=0O=l_h|cgD|`$GYKso%;DgUv}!7;sMwF-?2Sl7U3vS#g0Pn!|X!q)}I#z
zUwpED3b`fi7(!L!4R3k_|MH0s@%rC-Eem(e^WJxTfIGi^FPkUE_{6{bJ2!sydLmWj
z)BpNOCTg3IHUJS~jicI{KpTN?1iI(gbKd#9^{u~0Jm?~FM_oqTeBI5s*l_&V3EuX$
zw->*EC;05gKEXfy^*_*Au)O@|e~G{OyZ7?EXFr>pzj+&`4->6AB8RjW<BN!~$|Qjm
zjJKxv*e5;>T5$5jBLDb-f8fINFJj^N8k@(q^5xH5OB7aFTUz6fe*c}MJ%h^>w|?_x
zKL78ZBW^pce%zC}<igAN>7RNLkJ!79wUstgV_Sd--$eMr=lW}}r!p4s#3w$P$3FT>
zUihr%6NHsACLqzuCy56*=jadmq*)<$-pC|w?E8%X>s)0@-Ra|(VC2Df;=~C=7=rfD
z%A*=q7;BCb1X1Ckmm0<zV+7hKGZte(djXAVgUL#Z@k*0WYHF1#2M!<P(6OUTj873r
zA76M>t97c4I#ZiwsJEKb##<=gV{&qmYPE{*`-K5+mZ2>KTC>();mG1Vxs92eXmZ<k
z@8a0uqwJX5&7Q3naOIUx;7L!uhL^nPg<Q607yb4k?ZxAWBxd{cCfp!KJInOgIH9lD
zvuj6@B!nQzQwIGt?z`s>vSdKy*T89{){M0#XtbK_+`XHbnHes)-~#sS*~23qv5&ob
zFJRxkz3kevjj{0tTer`#=e(Unb)Q<j&iKRxp6@XjB=}*4$2{h7w0m6!Ns3UiOw20u
zwRxFzB!x!Fb6emJKLiHr!3J2$Z5Zg>1~#aC)1sja6Bhe39MH-^N+q0CJKGSGJ@w{u
zzs)~D|DB?B8#&pYu3;Fidxq~nQwZ*i=TB2~wxVDX)dmLZfj&EYZ^$&9Y5Qkl_`d%f
z;Y?wovo$+B+hM^KI{^;_q(q^4u!Y=g!-wRCk}nUg*6~~&_=as{eIZ1V`8fhu8y;cA
zVgaMq0K$d%LQxR`S=(^e&G!<HE9N%M@u^RKnm>8nJJ=MR&maHhUr-ZMT>ZqW=&Y^s
zfj|E{{^@-m<SAGF826o6WL!^k*G>0OS@R(i%+)6O+&_PeOE28S_PO0SD=|q<q(W}~
z@{Qc`<(v8T4Y#0Nh0p!lwbYzr<yf1FKgnBv^X>fd8(+rLe&i>(<JvoT{V%+Z=l}GJ
zxc>9E(Ld3qu4?SR`2e@xd>2(&p|jHEum0!zc*}3Sj_=%lfH)Df!ZG5Nl!n*j`s;4u
z^B=yJ!}A9SMT2jA_IgfiTjZWw=Q(zGk$3*iU-F7qyqK%6_;Gs6Ykc|hpCeRtmR20M
z-g20mzj_y!j9tW^{MUET3hO-K$&bWWny-EF8yvXjKCGoo8Yw`N?|EqD(9$E#`UuG=
z>s1JWD63D1q3-mw^LZ|{!j!nIO;~1v3n}PyJ1i|N;Z;JkQg}iUY7fuz=$B6Ap6AhO
zG>PN5$awQSYEgwydsLK9sC{If68Zth+AG{}(@oUE8qHd(xPhmNI4kUj(kv~kLk0r`
zf<d>37LtJ)FjyJj8;{)ObmBGqnq+Enf^h_Mo2KymfO@5l-fC!M5Fb0nU}b@o`wr8p
zSGedjU2{}r|J$vmnrd>BG1<0l+qP}nwvEZWO--04+qN;;uJ?R@YrXg1yUtzro_juz
z_I~yb-k^j{la}N?Zr}{a9Nee%X}usFL&!?O<MNMveb^EgjUA%{X@@Mh$AjWG3CU|-
zU@VemO{Nv1f{{&>b7d>%A%Y2s$KjoliCfIP=QuGWlGDYviz#K&`+@oguTbA+*D6f0
zZl0um4HF@SO4sVIGySix_=b7(?gIFXx#vj##-GZOb+sF>@5K|{(!ZoGW9@ne{`DW0
z_f62up^1~{co=*1_V<QfV^nGMbz2SRXz<vo&ujdgG&J>+KK^%SlA8N({|#)-#R9kZ
z{X;JD5~=4*M4xtEC@TpTSF7?qv2`1Kw6)z>Z-+oP@ZRw{2YfNBY7Pve1`w2GK6CgY
zHEU9%bs$sliCXY<R>8U1jU*Djh=REY%yFKc_j|8jmb&A$w=tJG8_zcUnEt$sIgmzX
zpRKtvU4HBV{*7z4Th8D{U`u{CE^n_x{KETEhvdH+*7b}}%jw|NF}-G*4P>#@JbTF$
z_LmIq$#L>cPv;R;83zFuYbgGwqDK_5WI`0yY&!m@{DA#}j~fx&to6axEW5YyZw8`%
zP2$b`gKSH0Fbr>Hm?H3>4~-1dRrclw{nRJ}+kZ^FDe7MbI84OG)iC*je!U-F&PctU
ztu$rCw9Y?YZN0Nx228zXW?yl(ItF^TMSYv{VWp||(|_yDU_lYLwI5GX^V@u~`NR&U
z?+&Z7B$P|TU-L*NgO$n#xWplzfyv3sh*x9EdL=HV5y8v7;%2E%6OOc;zv_M!!31O?
zRE%D2|NBS1s1^J(*f}`*M<FG(5d19sIh1N2a*z-;jHnV1+cbf;ByZ8QHpa!-Ng(go
z)8JCK^m<JDZuAg9NDj*IA(blNl!=j<#Omy!zz3L<K%J^?J=kZ}Bp>{@!EH`{nyY-R
zh@N+rmXw*`_Z-E!hvrEQa(zCjBeqYub;~PXaADM9vb;~4dWo>Z0i?m_dWEIk>S+Eq
zhGH(ZvEH4K8a%$p8tLBQqgEYzLM1d$;klD~lu*<nDCHN`U}9PAYIVt5vo}U!dFIf0
z7(gt#({L-bS4HjRogc6c{|L;n?~LlWY)fgpCihB4wQz#1gJW@GqsGWLsS*49`u)wH
zaSdssd`Go;pxNONoLe)WIEI=^49r$5XyfKfZvxA&Iacw<p%@X|JC!Ybx4+_D6WGgD
zb4$<uCno}qJg3+uFJPB;oD>(T$TafczXf1K+{@itUq7cer=f5Kn;XQid^A&<-afDJ
zMo`CBZ$6I}74N27is~#%I99|B-3F&*juF!<7l<(uYLbk&0#2b+X~2VF1cKZvLXMtw
zyN{A;9u$gIp{BlR>FF7}+oyNhRcaN8n?<*9j}WTthk$n+wWg>Tfdans%5^Q8UO&P1
zDmHlxk#Qb0{$4&x*2@5_suvc}CDoUi*+vdWU{~|lO(r5I3l(aMexBgug`ra$h4~#B
zh%dQuc}_7sobwb&=(Xe_y}w61_x|zCmwDh%28BUEWF_rmd)06`obu1MjQzXbJ6rF}
z`#HPYFO0NR4y0jm`O%RwAJ6&Cp_BoF>KGbI1WemC`9)kXR13U}JP#_rj-G!v%=d=T
zQU6FO<OwR&t4mas44P5JNv(vxi<UuGOKxjE+SBwbV6T`FO@2JMrrW{Pgrk!dg6YxF
z&{)>a6jN#(zT%`D?6ZG`Qu+==(d$Bq?dLE>eX3Mi+M+U5EO5RgV_Wfs$7}Km7+my7
z-dM;{h+FarNm+3Yf<!ayE)aW&e1f1)Xl>;C(2`}n>rYU&trLrAk$FRBzi&rh*O2`7
zx4)hx;u9IFd_sK4tkgt<ca@?<`h{HXXOvn5Bw+*OUvQLS&>lAj{Jvh84tc#EyF!nH
zaOO)OV@%j4hD-N`cSKrz#;}rhUkS9omWIUg*mva7MqxXs{ZzHVI#Tox#C+1UsZ^zA
zJw-^pgQH6a^>^`qMcS0%t5JmYt)Z-rNgc6L9wnCPywgoq&VN7u6tYL+?!nPdy&{|l
zj{rNpv+Z$4PNrulK>F(HGy2l|AyM(W0P(3CvrpwB0T0LN_spKSqFU-P)r%cv-Fl`r
zupf|^7q!KyQhtg};)#phIm49*^nWE+`0S!^Q~iv2JEv0(0T$F`B=;*5fs_4(`AkuU
zcV6u~ng>)vY`PXtoa^RZVV{OPFQ3hJw4NW1HUcmqW_s}tP(vArE(>Z)S8dhxhu;id
zAcu~QU`rKvxPnmFTCN)C%{o_%Yjfsg;1>oVxn-?Ja88`R{`rS8Z{x}Wr9N%%fznG-
zHP1D}H91;TqTBh3(!ZfL%Q^JTCRT$r#2u*?(g@jT#HyZF5n*syHHR$S#xpGu<c^u4
zjWfYSy%2fenUyb-xz02cA@C;jv5&MVOlRqQa^XkI;D#)Ws>)VNX==65(9|itO*3fC
z)+B^!f<9<nGqX=l?!srzF=2=*M2b7?*h9z_HSF6f39Mi!H3=DhFE41cc!e@;?cFWv
zn?H>cp5}+p2r2ds8BvgOc2<v_3@oVuj4V-?EjC&f&CYpr)S(?SX-(YR(80EDqm}jg
z8q(4|jfez2${WJ2`Sb$8PZPhp8JmqnV?*+zFth0T4;-BN_Vb5cny7>fe+w_4u}oae
zl`fG_H&bo3CA)aIE``WwHZ!MrA17`p)Izwjl|CbU5UD~lc}kL)y;MX`q+{4N9(x;w
z?WHt!HqIu+MqZ#E4l3$u3Qmu=oi;l<qt&yJ`d$4~mr!?{P-~D<2-Fw?@|T~FWz>)3
zJY~YV!>(VtehaLe$jP*9g>h5r>QA74GKzfY6BfX*WK6fDT-1oBC1`N;W#HIwByp-w
zxU{+=mOUBLB*nq1VdBJ_owI;%;GI9O0Z(67j2D)kP?RB-k#4?1mWoCkPwt%?MmGjA
z!Z$vPAP7w<hq$HFG02gI5cZg+YuC#ESrV~|V?r!r6^nw`Qm!WG67tvpb5Z@g43fBU
zk(+b;ba#JeC^biZyz=`ob<3y~uPj!X;@zcmOc6fNrf_XT<KLjAUYa@NBwI35xM7b5
z8Rn^+;rj47D~AC>;+rCoLZvoBKZ@2iFv8mP;+Jx+!oEP>);XPoar|+&k%4NVXEbb0
zo7F-|WvJOVbHF+JdgZ7L0=Ip(lICO@v%8IWin_(=JYJaEzZf`uKGxtLylCXJt&=6h
z0SG7YE}rc&>2AwiZX7}w&CX3ChX{^QCPRlCc>4S!jU-z|>eb8|Ii#~hR+-L6QJ2mW
z%?14>kNnAxAAdhho4BKv;GPb<mXy<6Z1WH;A>%i-q21wXaW$u$UuS?(K`Ny!6I(mf
z9^_-~#2im+EV0F9{svyB2X<w3Y~{Bsn+fKCedI6LEbV5|Yl!P|$rR%t^Gs_wv`1s;
ztRd;Oq60V;G`U6FxXnfpTO1l&%x<4Mu&BASjiv~3*2&&$uiW(c@<FZh8Yg3ZBR2g5
z1^z4h_+JTEyGPxT5|jGk-RVS0%c{k>gFC~qSZT@Bf@ySe`7x~W5`UqsYDYG_vna<C
zyS%TuzDJ<5hfgh?R;Bw}3n!LhYkOs`BR}yE9V$3JO)CM;(;=i}KSRSN$GJ`aMRp=b
z2|g2ydOzhSh$eR65#jxv_FLyHwVp1S+CQV^anC~vNmVZkr;`C$E%XDL(`KYn!UC9g
zi{5~iBssz=9CJ8-Y_L#z3YfKT^mQ!{j4FCj3^fVqm)QmOt}wCWusvE358mYu3zh0g
zPdY(Tu2$@(=}VFlxOYKj_E$-56_a&8M}aP(j8a^s%Eb{~L1Z{;Rjg`_q-f#9IyV18
zulceJWJrDj)TvvzwbD*QX1DDGTLx!Z?TG!#zC$h@c88%yzwVcXdI+3?L|#DPG8i=A
ziLK5mm7I6G4d)L7pMK<pC*U6|@YW|#s$QL_qtc%rM`b<82hR*nFpi-{Q))FDg+}4I
z>Ea(<!GCXMIfa`h3obcVLkS6Qsx>IVe}nShrz_X0&y-E{^-0m({#c=nC!}Pys+mBM
z2Uw4pc^l)^`uAfk+O<kQcY^Si1#XfOt_B$VlPW7KiE$;yP<}@5wb3HK|FM^8O0@<_
zCzC>1j>ZU)%c*R>9da~V&7D!jp0pz^M+E=78Gw$y4tn5oO6Mg|v{Ic(OZ4|h8}*Fi
z=)RUa`*T2G|J3Woxiu8VFYq{;LCo0sxp8TJx<2`t(8ZC^Ttj`?^~a``FSqir(jvS3
z#N1j`@NYG+xR*^y%~?1Yxdc97315#A+}%CnS#nLjS)J4mz8AQ39fyOi)QFNugsQ|8
zZm(EQP}osz!+Uhr906K<H#zS*Rh^r*<WN+-y{c50Q9H_A?OU~ZU%Y+G-%6mU4PfpP
zL06~e3!U=2ka>!u#_Yb=J8S#o?|xhe5WA-@nyNN|dYg$c=>H*b#Om&_Ig-$Q`{knJ
zRQ}_P;RC(^r{Hs50O<1j!$B0xTqRM><Q^NZJo>L&Q|1jGum&%?8Epa9G$||{UbC=6
zPA}L;O+G`M1)pb_oac8(sF{I0{>@RZIggIxQbP?q+53Y9pQ#yLhq{YD{7FCW{(L0S
z@mv~>3{#U=n0pPn<WI)uJzjNeeT3Jv2CEo2QvX`NGjUJ2JiK@CAxYEz@p+R_aQH#F
zJ6};C&2#G5$KY^ybuV!<FM@RR?em4}MFPhZ6vT_msd45K2R)h8dtG&CJ1l5Y3$c@n
zjX`+u4_s-P9z88ASVcD#L62QJ{pjSCzx#;jcJje`z|5jSo>2?tTkiyuQ#P^l?cU$N
zLg@?!lddkS;O)}K<LjVmi05vFk{Lrs#nf#D7$FPyboJSyJh4*kltKJt)`8X>RtxgK
zNR_J9sy0OVP^Y-IeHGNuihgd~JZR(<Ymu^ZOP14f$0Rw{v&;?V8{DF1koDR|Bgtv9
zv6rRHoWb%%0hY1-p7AE+Wcdt9`J)?DxjwLihOTwX7D6y;<j}E9rO$(u)*vNnQg|9t
zr*A}%z-}VzBG<9o;6oUno)Z!Q9n<Q2)E9_`2lwQS+F2*O+xo3HjdWUU5_w~a@97x?
z`w$eB=K;KT&jV89vt=^vr*$2k*D?CS3JORQ<|(XzUafWevQ2HCdSu0Nw;zv&t`n35
zo)e_buk~+uonX~y6!X?>$)y0}cD@>coScH|<)?|~9_|*aLZEYZZCr=BR{HhErC&nd
zQr!U{%ta1^CsC+e3BbcE7ICgdI&5bwkdQ)Q@)aT=Z88}^vP4!^{$}x4cUqZD2L9Dx
z>KAMum0kLUtA}ml^Ygaqdv26$dDOXBolrkE{eX{Cr7CefwWli|fnl?ZfF!^m32u>~
z5n7?AQGqYHKHxd$?OouFFD=`2jPKED?fublh77aWwFZ-H8=E3;ykqmjzV&i*H0Sdz
zF83`qB?;m0*w&S_|3fqG^O=Rf(6&(@7M0h@n0}8KrfzTfXJ<}Q8O`$V0}tN^nhfW&
zC>z)_uzJ2vH(lrJ4zB&_vd-tJNs0yR(NH|UHz(B>NQruZ=s5+hIL!B%Z_if}{JmQN
zX8|`uM|=g%22P0QE15@sj=kO%cs`>IK6lwKa#jb9=-+6&LckUH{qX~CKlOXHrUddn
z?~@RZx*rzsoYtX><9FIE@_S|SA0hNV(p|K?mWl9gQ%$_ivFrCHKHm|}tT*}|^gPh+
zJOc%79>2p7HbbYpW~4v%X@@f2UPyRkxfAt=IO%mzVTTFST)wJOUu0do&@|I-WkPmK
zC~E6-`P4xKjuxw0vT5tIG$0mAMai>h*J3OXk~W9`#7`mxMjv#)EOWl7DSMYK**X|}
zN%Nc+n=o4|j+C#S=-=nu+uOUV#Ue^ezSiT(%+Bl=g_UZSBZJp!G=?%+=!+tEPa2TZ
zZZxB|QvQKwvXYFh`U;(yX^onqSbH}k0LBNx;g-{CH)a!tI?E^USZNtogMi$w1}j^?
zpUtAd&tauWq1G~&Y<c~4$)nS3ty#2S?KE_r1E@CmOQf5X4ZA0CJ>G;zg&-R8sZy5x
zRHd%b><(6|R!=1pwxLUt4lBJ~PCq7i_OuL4`xjeOM0D}{l)h!LWzDW>-VMWC%RUe<
zTvRFa$jh?!<nmI&X5#9K@x6=hzyd#(aO_*}8#h;iWOW|a*6{G~mr)I$jK2+<IgQQ-
z&f?<XH&Wk|b-y>PC3-1^15{_b;KE&U#&cVX!66DPEG*6G?W#yV9-G?ZQA4*cHC>Fx
z73J=89>b{IN)dp_Xf+XsUI1Ibqrhj-58tB*-h+8G&i%GN&VT)VZQB4+`(%=EDCgjb
zwx`mO<hI=MjFJDD?DBM>hFi%{>A0L^^YkVV5Pp<@k0<~361DzNt@Hdu!9O~RFvfKr
zdvr5Y?}ZZZ_!p_s_8sd-*WKj`KmVk_TSCIsp+{#pNB0BW&+?&c62ya23%;~1+ZPXg
zuSwje9dv>1rwV>pk>1OT?z~@Jdv?0+D@R;A*h4ofQ=cphoTu>lk4<x&_jf9iZ-{f(
ztQLR%k@+5+8XSK5p4j+a=4|aMY+h+k`X7v)Aca3qT>AHE4e@1whVTYe<hhg8ErO47
zpYag49624{W4>Ww;T(zt-1^f4!+1usa;+5-DKqi1DGNg@gcCB&l)|ed%8WQ>2qM!u
zmU5Y5!;8*UHzZcggPw&FMTqr+<>sQF!`;9}c*zW<P#_aD73u6ZSl<jgRE(AxtR32^
zP)Fx4!qP47>87){!!70N)l5uGf9nI>Xe55Pkaqd`0cFwgbLrwrG`5L!A(RtrQ*joy
zw$xYj-)`#KGRIJ=@6^NqbEY$=@j&L9R}8O0_F^?o3ZXkXD|2%kg=9>V={Njbb}%iO
z9BY>!iD#VA$7!7%JS%mme`I2G&|jwHwzwbE#gxQXcq@O}=!Ib#!sTb3=3_|7nlIW?
zNQvb1TC4TzRch5Y+)&dGU1NAIJ5xF?J7ef{E_<ziSuI*!jO7G8<ojNPablihfBkL<
zxZi>nMU~{e$C+KN@suX8vM0>7Ubr<yY-E~OXzTNiygc)LJhf|o`VOa2hc3=~#rV@$
z3y?NwpB0X^khDzZo!;gdHqQBQzEu`yP>m=Tx9RauYuofrOHh3KB-$*v;$<jkLCBNG
zt)}|qV`KZfyqxS+Z(zA+Rln&pct{rI_rs<OwK%j)sT$Rre`cOmL*EHXpzDLXyaE^p
z5J=Q(N2msW+q@C?#$j_!--Sxnr0{)k`5fOLmk$^BVJhx(<ItTjtOeIpC-@zE>i>YI
zJ;TZ!-BY^G14<(ss@cBK^SJ5$yhLTzI#SU8FplT-#-buWIp@ip$nhUTSo(~u;5)@)
z*T2=XZ#%5;-R}z+V#)V{QwTVu@;$j3J2|gTISC!(_rk{1y;7g_Iv6{yeY`37yvK!x
z4u^p#P*LCt+l%KRpfa*GP4%x&=>G8Me?C!gI@FrlEq>JP{bxqvd;9r`F+|`)t8>wn
zFh>81S<}>c;a0ylOo1=gkv1F8BdIWBJ(1kPqslAhP>UIb=F?JM&9e@n8S2<?ius$i
znXcu!x&FAWzeiWY2&8RhZ4F06s+<@CwZjdSMmy&+`uO`v7sHM&i^-A(IX{6}v36mk
zDHfn+VNRvQ#>dUBt;uxF2wIA;)eu&rnr!5<e{B)043w3O4P}KggTHSWY$9Xx{?}!@
z0?J#dWCw}o9fXV(mRZS7A-|x9BCq>wy~88jD_PAqt}?D;^{AiPc0cNuui=XiLBmw5
z&60kx$;{6Zg<0<MK{ew;O#=QyX{sh#l4#=WITl%kB!l<o|K|cI%-OQfNTY-sjU?Hz
z;%I(xqA228Gxk05YthDUwQDcP<M9ZR`njmPr&WX2*-5Kuiqx@i*Ws6lX?@1=dj&I^
zmR`Pj#WhAhd&etTyH>n;MfVLm*iUrEPsP!XJ5N3zr!KXloHANhB#;SGNHDwHjPJML
z{WrftK4&9E>S1tS;q5TXyjgpWA3X)DxCxS{fWZfOHJF-JHY%h(zx(6;<BzR94!}o&
zku-kKmx5a6CII=YtIxeC4uq=d_Rf*f-?YKt+v5Y0x0F{P0u>#qUD*jL)Mk9-6EP+O
z<wjY`Y_9#yeZ6m5(qE!t^{;tS{n!N6>a~Ls#L9B1<ZpWdez|5LC6U8>0-t*r>2;c;
zXNOe6D8?$sEyPWv<pC#*sEmUq4FQp~`NFGM$`eis-1!9?o-6|04?4NNv#_0KY79eT
z)-?t`q$Xcvo*kzA;XZv=hO~ZtC|XL{|9&x-e=V_4s=jxeDKHrSmljcEL95|+Nqw>6
z&Y<D#=DzMH(D&sX9udiDZ-S%2>ehkl_L-ry*(Z9+|ByxZVTA$pCpBCY<D?=-9E&y!
z9d!gJf9wnfzK5l%wQj&Y0?Z#_v8TkWPGx$T$=UV$MMZO5_(jP?oG}xIzl!}LwMHAt
zC}Lh!KS#kRhv<ibq=PhAe?$dO3uM?aK`W<l-FhA9npV#a;mCAdWXoK1-paQ+Y)x)Y
z69UEM-y))5LQ1!i(mUsO%Cu8wwW}(&(1P3SRTO1vh^>-8Qx>M4u^qqcjMn1qU?62)
z!?7+ceHEORjUt%ZeR4VDkIyfQ&?>M5M4$LqO=<PGg}0?-D?;Rqi%Er7Vnr<sQ&q~5
zz~I@xD9aIk_v7oDuV$NNElc6}Jpe3pS({sA%gV{K@bFDMJ&`K0%8}KikcW$x#G|UM
z&d_QdW~Uu4wtuBYrA@uQRdni^l|W*b^xL9<?_;LfV`iGfUN4#!+bjbmKrKIR5T}<@
zEoxUSSi{yx@8?%Y#*EOMQxoB&@YzGJk)Y&b5{44W=~Z&Ui!90gbbEH}-R##n^3)p4
z^v$RoVOIKh+mZTCd&WG}-Fs`=-lr~2gaT7En&-_CFyY6yDDl>lIrNuV4=6m2Vs_7K
zMPti<RS5m2Ba@*M4)bgpy|YdE=;p_{2e13{vBkC1pTc#IUD0gv$}Z1&FY4cU&23%u
zH57|xx%EU}-ghtxuigJk#E;+UZY2@7DFN@W2&W~D<E<>=FJGT_Kf7abKhG(0-!}hj
zzY27xb3Sn0HIzKvQ1FYG`())tYIc_=czg`#thg>Qv>j&S3JEH71zk%01HoZ-z1DL+
zEbqZm6WNF_UbidgPyWce7uHt6=l^8*jKCDQ99ZVil=nHb@;#E++C^vJj=<&E>;ae?
zX6bY~la80jTW^aVoF7(~=C2p$Z{C0g+|#O!7qDhBG)Utg`=h6bM&mk6!8hEb;D&Xv
z278YtBOr^yfiv3LK)?x)hq(m?HZ+0}a9R=OqJp+TfR-_5PNigy<ubxnVnyetKdiB*
zSHI?ifv^VQbYD(Y_rT2Xt<i)!;&M8knpoqt8^8qJ;Atv~8<&c~Mj601*lEb)Zn4Fu
zCi`5pSENQ?@lL&;TbIx_s!_YCk`dNuY^-BahK8}mjI@|PUQmgL4>c$=w);?gxyO-t
z@wS|lCuwFMgZ7DB<!bDl0oxLJCWxqWH51D-HLYbYpBpT-!?_PUp(PpVQ9+NDM_x6K
z9Vmq^VI!Y2wGu}iI?K;1U$JFk;StF#=c2r8@EU2>uQrO!aS;&^go(R+wRf>V7q>|b
zCRDuT)I_wUdjr4wIe)Zz&dz+~J&)ryJ0ApD!O*k}z9>>J>4c|Jz0k0j-h?6cvV@h9
z{NUU}SSD&y5!_KhuqZr6&8w|+HJ|EiSU9~+^<=FW`1zdY2xXZ$2F6{d)3H&mU2AN6
zNV@n?G<WX_K%|*@d1d;SfKOlcNnKo`Kl0{kFSs@m`Q+*RUjRRN`Z6`J9P2*cYiPwr
zV&8GUbhg@_BVJa3Yu_36da*J3`uP%4quHMQU*1HE=gTkH^8F_8nV{qKPvvsIn{E$&
zR7wAHbm_KH!C*8-|4G@r!o2-?)u6#<3~_K!91AhyYU9#jA7H<Ps3iDtTj<^Cic1W6
zu4-8rqK^IQei7O9xgOFC7^c!ZaGGGleI7R}I7~2jvDJT>U2>j4@*fn#?8^CczfpM#
zp#PnS`8JdF_7G2JS;T2Q0nPq#Ms44DLEdV+A+5I1_EJ^-{EGDc<tYCV4!9h%+2z&U
z-|@f$t7ZXNnT3gGLO}mTq4PBP&wl#WTeQ~Pp#%S$(F?S==iprY5Xl~o!5j0Z^NE1d
zZnM3`!Keu5L8?ld!`Q~#5`(?bTB{v=LcF3~EHN^Soe*wK?iPk+4Hfv1E|ms}qMm;4
zH=gywkR~c<UGg$XoTqMqdS1FmP8uSJo}j344E#tqBC+;LE7fYzJVYr9`lAQ;btg4=
zJEqm?5pKQxixFoNtni|_&8l#C#D`{A*Vs+(u6;2z9~@Gv-r-~9kavXgq02tB2G<e7
zyf!&rwy^r|dpsV@ZKl{?y1uj|hmw_ifk|mP{m`nI72pa2;jcED7Gpbo*0GPCidnEo
z5;ar~S}V2}T4!S?lNuE-kj`KW!&MnYg6L^%<DBrCX~nm9q|#)#$m(cjZY?LpLxlu|
z94{}3RsUT#9-a&Iph6IBG$>0O%7rU_=x$(hM20$UU`p*mN87kec(R6~e)E?X`p!`7
z$;b=LhY#&-@rLT;Sf{@8B`dYOLU3)n7WSAm9{z&CJg*XzZ#a9X_c4XmN!p--_Dm+#
zv>A&k^PG;krR3yO`krQWNjrAMTTg3;@wne(DXW!=dQdkQG)?ToR?%xKt1i#In2nl?
zLkEr|B$?b&sfuH12e!r4dU?dG7+b%)9&_W6j-Dl<W3A}+C1<xShH1tA*O<-X#L}8U
zu|;}Tlgfy8&=2+XwhV~UFUp9WlPlrNo!_j9LYbhae!DwpUHRU0JT&AYnhNsbH+p*_
zX!u`J_@3Kr761B`QS!2Qou1L1C5R=j=|qhA=Y&raDRlUl6jla0{r2V(Xg&T+8qvgW
zcUS7YjZ}Z67HNmHpt0B}LrY{3uEElL1qga>pCd5}d@0r?UzKq8zXaSHwLLjlR-pLZ
z>kq!XSWTP>!~Km8BBFoau6Wue3y{!b8<rjK5fsqS^Fq_`J;Ezhm9^lh^od>ovC-lZ
z93a&5BGs}*&~bgY`CjmRhxxQs@bVorjS3<br<TFi@rM7?Zu6~z?{cN{(k~z=*5hho
zDj-4RUxbt7r%~r;EoO;nbRuJZ3zzvsbK7lt2j^qEg$ZOo`G5vdoOIl;uEVM8(4pkN
zX2<=z2Y7gn531xcS2YmpQ-`Ivq8IXpqel(vXOas83*Mv>6ZuBS!f83Wj}9CasYhhC
z^4geBMN`AcM6DZJgcn%8CwDhZv?7#Kc>(-CwDQ2~S}3{-b5CRJHArZa<o{}X&(;-&
zsS-+~9TD_YrB<^omr8*&kSa~qv{UR>zz_?K!%^uNTJf6NAf?f0vK~RT&7N6W3i-);
zMVjdzea>15GAD{jnpI3m&lfDJC9YPL%#m|<V=sdE`>x_aQYMkPU@5nyFrgq>TVz7E
zcDXTWszdUQ!Dfb{U5Gs28903_<PDQ%#1~beD^V%lcJq@-a;N2ADwSaS08C^t#$b8;
z9}C^)<jM8>FDkPbsZH&r@(tTj7cu!pb*aU3C#k}DVlPhS=H;|H<yO*V%1+|h?dekA
z#mE{j4C9S6)OB-&OG@WX_T8M-^yk#8#VY2CW-RwRl3F^$p#sK1hc9GW%^h_g5fRM-
ztM#6NsQwpP?FC9;vSq4X2yl*SV6*DgYR+eYP5oMlS{*?)Wy)TvfuDO!(Km&S(6K$E
z_Qh;Ia#^0UD9vu>KQ*f6tB87odrbzWnIX2AnOFwG`x1=D;^`!j(&OlNx@&njZxY=+
zqs(6G@?sI=nyhWPcz)R%83IZn65`9<K3~=TNYBS({lhiajAv%ziTVKv&wy|4?3|la
z6etKOxo3p>MP2#YSNug7+WV^%4=f)a8_@4*a&tzDF|XM=9Zy4NUz7S*2pb!x$JIES
z{d5n%q(anc%1%F-wmLVS811`~jhta*VVh{T=n5x6TItdFbLZvneJ_XC^`JScK04Z{
zCh8O;Kfl`#8ftKPWbFfii+hJ#4WdxHrZbQ)gnmI!<`nnfB9nA>G(8%<@>v9@b2(TG
z>*nm$4e!+XBV{88Oe;?pYxn;6H)qkxDULD}*wI1?B|6mg&URDHxtQ;}Og*mOH!q^D
z>2_0YO<U6TYL+T*KT|?s#WZ51Sc$S37PG}%kqQl1I6HHQfC4|Xk<KfnTCxX|9T;aq
z1qVEEl|sbfkf?k^6(x<NQZhLwBa>i?j!ETs*U87xf&r1bntR1w<$Dp)^g>=K!tePv
zqjGXic|9ivMjfW)sS!=~qjWv4GwWejW6sPN|L(a}RGJ}!iuLQ~tU*|KXL&vo5D8*P
z4WY=lFuPL8so4Sp7nR6bs?urLp~d(fpP0>lbhF=b`c#fH(E}?JW5Fz0aU`j-va_j2
zW(Tpj^Co#el#`y9aVw6J;v&8!K0wzYPNSU7JkR<~LS5CUQkS(+aPGD%+Y6seYNG%7
zDxK(V2=;F`%Gg)SCePr3pHoxIyg|6A86KMwU<~F_633ZXcOmR9epkb02H7NMR~45U
znIA!_9i)J?NgE|d&O|(P+XEWdL%#<fUXbS_T7uR*DP^Ja1AkW;vBX%3ESwHZK|(~a
zC0cQ)r-C1Rqo(e;C2cjS9L8avku0)=M3=RNm4!-?Y60K6Rn*L$Kx``h>8;i&%k({7
z&@?k^MQ-Z~E8?Mk_lLk6?8gw<Wd#@C<Zm+E$O@BP_iuj|MFiutFA3*5);wWkc|@R4
z6=+PUXBHF5aj>ymp{q;-V{%{FD+0texxUuvXyg#9h#@u{dIZqVA5S*H5{+69HJOcB
zPKd4pJvUZK<$||lGU=4~(e7Xys=+mvSk_pSi?``Y?pw$ys>f6ZieZ@`_9H*=J%u4~
zOx!LkC;=^HtkhIWgW~2;&I>|oHraH=TXb<v<}4z*_)rF@N;XRqCi1=%h%!iUU^R4A
z67>r?OX7g%0&)x?8Uc^{RI=r-=Q~Ikg&i6s18P&mQOc?>i`>P(zf0nMMWDIz3u`iD
ziTg1>qn%jhavGfBK?cWL!FKpsquB^A5I8a-1^v~>rJ>`hLm88=r)e>ruo5|nrU#AF
ze|dNqX0R>Wsbd4WP`!G_{uh!rb`<l1U5s))?sWHMM%G^-MwweiCu=(8;iGJ&V)yS_
zh()Y|7w85UOwQ}GXnduI3sf^zh?%u_;)}Vl`Ytwa4Z87@u2dc@?bs;-GZnLPn$daY
z9d9^9!j*uI`k~6GT;diz0pG2t32s%~xVjCfFeRfx!dXEnRfN?;%yJ50Au(J5X)<c$
zCp16z*fA-7=us#q4G70+zC6YH#pfleDRd=^9h6Vtif1$<d2+Cui&KI?&Ms+m{SF5}
z51aYW=kAcj05AZongvU<iE4{raVthHvi@Uh2tFLA6_-NIL9PP4@EB6|Iw~LU8+=|N
zyN_I!XAwk|;0FO!-2+zlm{NIG>IN(#sohXQ_^3Td6WXAolvWaJqquSRn^PE!9qyx1
z1TiI?@pGqPp)?e)O2-Q=ou7o&nXl2dK1vr1+<y`{o$<A8TJ1NatJ!p<QLs!bf2}>~
z+oPG#p(1+?svedJGGwk1dab73T2j$kAGQ_Cx6SPn_A9X$vzF+el1&=Ns?Gc0XhNz?
zVE;2p8}A1=7T$^^bK#|EXk?YQk7$N*Lgq~TOy~-`&%M__YYI(>etPy>MMO~&GZXBw
z*l}lx!FjCbt9mj|MQR-tQKyPxS&Zv0A9*SZrW?12Nrkl(#*wkXN*NC`|FTyN2CF2L
zLoKE>Zm2K#I0(UWUoOHzC8wZJvPQ6~(z;>?!-E8qp%TLzItbpk{zdR>!yQ*eMaAs-
zo8kE?NVQr`<CV|wpnAvyQizeEZ|TJK`0|p$Z31q3HBTvPZD8bUU{mp(cIw1Kfbltd
z=4Q;w-6i_ha@uA5jT9HB$qlkTViz^tp{S@R<__&txENSADOBF6^MBD&Pf<+21B#&J
z&B2gib~y($f*COz(1nw+WsWr%$@{?4qS3PMN+Z$}Pv8}TRR`XKrLl^^w;m&R$;CA(
zrZZa`#1#>~a9athL0RS$*+r*uJvIfBsw0<Geo=G^zl<QH1x%|QSf_DzY0H&t2tlGL
zJ5U7NV~kSbY_^2Rq<JtXzXzD3OkQyKD0gO}jLj`9PA(A|2Ss$^P^PUXlus)Y&FNeV
z87l{<qvlbK5QOrt6=xMmtH@AIIyht4Gb{_AD)K0}t!w?jDCx76FqB;#7(2|Il1ZJi
zyl6Cio^ZUqPi<G4!dA?4#@miIkoZy+hwJ1F%vrhT%+SJFdfbajeH36DT2k_7+L8+?
z(AA}DoHsIIf-1=T%Y?HnLmO0W5R6l1>{}&k1{6$$O|C&i^32&Ra@={L@IiOzz2%<J
z5S2f@6=A>hN=L%rsJ;ct^Zva6hSX6-aT3&Im5i!>KX#~iPuY_oB-SzW*K$oUnC+yR
zVg;oj2?h@juLsk5YuWpqLXXrcm-5cS7O9k}prOBNDV>_Rx~6(}MQnQ85fo^g9>XFo
z3d7jgWf=i^rMSL6;qxisb9<rQpY15u1<}OB#7yfH*zu(XHqf{v2)s<Q^0bbrh9$V+
zwpEXv2b{*)mULB|gWwXU^-#YHH`uN)tJi9aeHSzHY6L#Zyjd%_^~+bphrz!uenGP#
zW=#*5ADCz^fO-s|6sTRR9{dIoim}35@sj`$u0TUWqtya}!^+AHOA~F0etpK^yx8J>
zl;;)WM$FS@YF}6}KIpoX_=+@3J___#g(xfSxKyNTQ=xiA=oytN_u3XKoRtSwom91t
znp|$AhV063mX_qCKNLi*g^D)7<X;=C1kj_d$|B%=Ws?ngHPn~Lp>Al)&?Dby=CG-M
zCimk93mT6AdnMAfU+sh-v)w61N9M!TE1&}Jz5{$u*bwpAShQHE1Ft94mZ%wR7G}<I
zTNe(($Y#i`Z;jGuAmul~*=S<lDGPJ&K{L$2pZF-y`uUBO`}jc^A#OU~zx8tdEDP-!
zChlV!`s)l$^^L<tP4q7|6bB~8LZY$Wv1@MSTa{Y%PYyt!ussEz$9={cq?<0_A}6#z
zLA}V`IMZ9LbVMc;1hyq1m2s`KXv`P0I2kPdiebP-VyAM|7CV<W>l7T3qLnx+MF>-7
z>0w-jE;TzsI4PMNTbfr05;`)QQZys<i$xaAA_FnOD&AJ9(h#7fz&0yItMkK%btzFu
zo39U`KvO}4CjKOzqldC8k4g@e&rUSz!6KFa97~H9G8W|2!Y_kJy>a$yg#HrZ7aJGH
z#L1XE#znQe9$nFfq?N8zyNLPr_Ujm2y)hG{O(!lc-gZ)+<9WohHS!8L)vx!_Q(?9l
zyzOH4JLy6MCbzU1G&XRlzeX3U8Ay-ZFBwcR4dL~LVd@VbA5;4I`33q&!sQEBF95sG
zdT(z>0!Ps_b%uT62nQm_Lr$AiToSAPq<cG48wt8u4a2z@c|ikgfzNL>#5@a2OBrL?
zlJ4iL1KZn#V9m|VWJ7dgO-&=)h73kib3MlK0cNpbd>w+1%ml(^iKE0}{b(3OLbxGh
zB9c;yZukZF+HsunDALNcp02xCQ;&_a$^9rnH?XRL6=)_wj6ajzm?3N`HLCg{lxtyq
zH3&wO<$m(Eu)~0NlaNm!@X;`eqk2P>u=ElNo?^)eBU2{J#~!I6kM@yHifTzQvV#*T
z2`7?aFeJk4C{?rRb_C3mN}I#dfag81YEhJ_+azMgNrWdtCy}Z4LM!o<?Rt4Giol5w
z>aJ`NQAVYWS{WW3kek@i3v9QNRmpTrMblS8?*!IQhq?CkLTUMEH+{#IcO2T7n-l5S
z=m!%K5rKz?XJlpVUwmz4VPgwJse6^PpjtiV?PJjp&U+P+UliWQrlZQMjsF3CAij8*
z*QE^TFYny&$`q@lTKrTK;r$T`dJ>XMCnu$fq!lqq!uYp<BQ)v6+=~i{V}!oQjR{|(
zl1wWyH92c9=877WNECE~JX>-o13{J~PSPU$QWqsf39DQjSB5`C$~_<%bd)MN;yA?M
z_jNW#)|?K8Q5!X!Ej%JZtJO9(f0LV?p;4Pw*fa9&ow(lL)nkicU-PcnMaUMZFL7l>
zE1vrw<>tr3uZ*lv2;GTE?)zoVc$sclqHu3U39N9-+V+o^)AqYrnddoy_qnEAHPb>k
zSO_Y!N|Lm4Dvm8*7EC=?6c!d1An^epH}HtbDk!MbFCjT%oFc_ZJP^^f0P|)G*x>)l
zE^!HoF?cH_<~zRv?b^X|xt!%jldn@go43oYcDNktj$eS6th~JQIMWcPQ@3{)EiONb
zk7!-WUK_uAL6j^SMQFZGgX}H_H5JhURiPwE$cSl`%0Y&dn*m??wA8#bF%rIpaZ-x#
zvh*8YLDi(?p6^M^A`Fe<tcbNtwiPl#eljJ|4EJBl5LJE{q#(!~&ipn|yecgubO@^a
zI!g=*M7=N}8BSvFSi%MgJoRylh-NJl7n>YNTci?f>rrwpGN@bM6(g|>x)y!*mmxFn
zPMz3*O`$1(KUey+XY*{URkftROg;V`k9r91!AX&M<lIcNVQ*NbZ&(}fGq{?e<6J+N
z&=ma+N>Wy;Y)f{gh{ndjH}bSi-RSUW_8Z~^PSyDMcq*j3o-|hbA*9t|pm}zgrin~<
zhJjN~6+|IUlEZkYpmm61I^*53Wn3baks^@{e6J-0RfFfGrM6~jn4+ZcPAPLsBV{d<
zx?yd^k(#1WWFwUnML9m(h$y-Ol%<X0;I>iaGe7x+^m)~~J8B4-l*%kE8OvbO6W`ZJ
z*UjVoG`PD9?Zv9-q@6M#e-Izlk&#LbnJrNp$rmWbH)^oTcvZ2k=^wjnfBeV;#Zzjy
zZn>d2|Hwyu_!!84ptyB!ai0tqry7Xk*c|5BdX@(i!oY^6e(!|iwmq!c0J`A?A9oda
zPW>olPe<e9vRQVVj*UmLpFL3B$Le0J9_|D7g;)&(UElf=ZR)$y#~A+PYW#UwSa)Bu
zdwc!!$)oejp00x_MjolwO^ciNc|V0~FP7zL7xT~XZNaDSEUTHLV<KhrPxWfEp<!^&
z8@>;NgDp9F#N~JGUmnz(d;UjlI>K$mVLbF-Ul98b7)<#A4P)(E=i{OX=LI#5M)z}V
z>NIIsX1}eYMIDEO=cxdGOkGFt|F}9z-<{^<IIhEh#ZU|WTVRO#>(2r30};p4>H4r-
z1SKyvOl&V7P3m-p+%7nGn^J>mS#D!}f5aeHMyR5az&8;`X``T1t9DXj1+}E@vNHB6
z4hz9ac=iq>MvWK{_BnH+E1clHO|cj+Lcl3dG8Q`GwiLsw!{gWp>By*1PAi_ily<^a
zzeRx(t&pyeqkAW(l6vAY=KB7k1|mey2^qq6R=tkDwS}rfj$dnq-V7(F<~QuNF~Gzs
zQLYej2skEN<nIj_Rufh|Z^=xH2f{_x4uC#`<k^Z~2y;xdDlcr(IFSF<(HtKvxlOVU
z8rBe1wp@pm5>vNXCxcrx_7=`a<~lVInoJ6=j$O`txU{ZkUjDP61VJGzqO^2?sd-?!
zUhAiwf@8?z8IghQodtzMzhIwTmTW|4=H~-bkYr$4t(cO&Ss6N{{EAwY5MNO$%v~>F
zPy{mQ^a;>Np6XM9YY~@>bd3;{7B2cJjg(?aDbR1Jk&L!Dft2q|ebr5T`7rO<YYd|#
zy}KiO8P*6X8QdT}fn+s^Kg-)(6(&p-l$uB-R?O?&GFYuTgKEyhG(k$N0<jZe`9;0r
zNg0(oLD5UnMp5`bblAY)M+uF1WvJUxWo8Dro*PNVFmkY}#gp{7S#2ypp@NvI@GQo(
zrnP-~WZeBLIGoE_G1m^jT$E*+&E|4i+EyU#xAUzJx~<QT$I1n3T7&LfK#u<g6wUq|
zLiAAXeDTVk!{KlUJS;@@o&z*b2MhrtuoSt97yqKc4NPC7+xC-X+HOW^+TS16yw=t>
z2meda{~ec?mzP5~H;jYc0ldjU3bWUTbG(4JYu{s$AI5uwak&8>&$*7hu#;^1Hss{w
zoF}Czo}U0=a1~?&;NKq~{*zosc=7`8uI`tc6GsA{UN5h&GKT14Gb9b*p1xuC2;!Po
zY{V_ctYp#%N;pQdTmqal;{-Zcc$#Aad>?0<o)&*3V4MuI`K6PTvc3?5Q~rEpmA0SF
zH#BJc6#o5{`GGf`@3ZUZuzT1Oz|ZGT-GGQ5Mf|muoV?tUJ%_b~U0pKP(OW5f9by7!
zda_wb@`U?7bF3J>z@SzgMLne~yVvON`H8a)_W7t4_2rp++VQwm*MU5GeCfqtbi>8v
zNNy)VG#tCsj8wP~r_2w5o<gO3Fd7%ae`f)r)Qs9BVWQrsl@PO}P^Z7YzWTgk;o+IO
zdiFaxryTNb|EsG+(^Zo`5H3mB(qsj*nUYn1e3Y-~o6O^pan>zUrsC;{9*+U|TGb28
z)ryg$__Q;8T;Dq)8Q}p5w<E48FT_Et?&k>y;<Ej5mZ|-Co(sdFczj*QzfgGoPdfk~
zsr&uh!Q~vZbQAB<*@vBmh<G!b(VaRc&l6|f9HktcpP!#B(2__#B|!~`(0X!WwOFS&
zW?8w#`2So0pcwUhKQ)+|o<_d(f9z;KNY~-K8765zZ(V!p`O4n|{E6Ti?zQUG|D#TQ
z%{|sv(x;2OO%PA_B$A+Jjf6yh@$@6`Ckd2IB@S0UXjL)((AU_{(@VHK@!29e_>j9!
z=*I)JKgv>vqXm}OGH}UB2z>l%_?D8of+`|zu{Ta5kG$?49%e0BvGDQ9<k&jM-T(7+
z$jd5Pu;=+5mijcCG`Pn)V7UZo#1f}YP^>&~OIidU*}Qz+ShGh>W!9*-TSlGX0ubL7
zM({*Oa`UGb1}H^g1HZw-)(ilcfbejvyt$-Xcms5hkTwi18@H2mHTsMcS`G5WC7~b>
zbAW>aQi$I>JOTpaG@v4QnJizsmaD_^BN5n?!3`M_;5%|cYKTsCc`Ur_)&gJ^p#7QT
zf3@}9vaq$S88_6j;R2p_&X1?PYu<z(@5d7B9$S8~v9Z&(>_~86ilRy9r}4$(9p)1_
zrK#)wuje&-9qAJ}9L?VM*4@`}4vu#-5*ej^8C_>)zGo&s_Wn~MJ6)=$kW=}us9j#h
z0%_Nt)lhNjh{^de4c*<b0>wy;HYobE{!c#8Jv2BUNbBDuXI!;Z@WsX9ayW0eEj4=G
znpdf5Tu3GNKNDqh>E+tgwTH*h|BghH=M0iA>jjdziLd!Ll687~c$^)dZJkiM8fQWf
z{@0q&q8gBrV<4$C-35H%;_H%`8zEQn?Wm1%up=`P_g6^3g9@T{LO*DN1SKr_Y4c-o
z^YGJtdqHk*87&Z9DNy1OC#IpP29dIi(|4lCl^Y)@y=v9_WvfTV$Kio0!nGKZ;Yzn_
zK{~WvvG)*qwyI@@xm~kvj|02KDNZUsxy-XQ74Z&+==MP_WU|ZtDC);I4LHnpkLuPs
zA}PurS=O^PA<5gYK@4;g?n7xRd||yL@hQ%?8g}#8|1L`^Dk6YTQ?>AqSFeXtrV_I1
zEZX%zvq638^1}~rs2D<XLkYec0FWa}68N)!{dqr!M?%VIg4iZF{>IRW48W<GnTB)a
za&Iq7f69OT^3aDiVv=a=Th$?N;C$TK*-`GW0^Y@Q9wzd=NhvVB|F@v)b&&Q3kV#D}
zEhBFyc@kn6x-&hxPW5sDeJ-#vvVNloeD!~P=z5_E>{Dlrk;cN<Kw$9o&He9~b$;B}
zQ^1P=jT4}mrQf$=Q2=OS7|1#}FoY@EJaR5*yA0ubY`^k{goLaIe7?sJWb&^gXZ7P$
zNYjb!_*j7NJr(K)RUNV;#j{>CX~w)iZyHqBe{u8s-L3(}>6C5YGJ43{<8wdLNVSHE
zbX{agiA3?+OLq{<m0bhTW^(d3vvHTafdhkyc_^nmkTpb=`u%u3P{dH2@D9v)bupxb
zK&ZiKmPAs&c@h7f)T{L(+qh{R(&Z910*<aMAsFqY;z@RBb!&<+6gbr^2p_o_j<wcN
zbJR+?g{6>FBrzu3QnKa<LfbRIp(Y?O1Hgz){fY`TMYm*D_Z4OZ6mO#akI==7PffkZ
z>$b0&VrOw!`foKlT%E(#Uili-#+XPSe2?oYtpgr07W5CxEZ>&98a!;&(e*Mey_Y&P
zyS&-{8&%W;dgU^JC<Smob)5##|4T!@yJ!WO72yW1C>Y%GG5DJ3O4SRQ+1bYC=HV3r
z?<cv=qg0|ws_gpTq4%pb>gl&gLV;}<0F;;3ijc3^TkX2_0k#Tcg4RR0Y|EWm@i)4Q
z%Fk>^V|6r<<!J=Lu%=+~wH2M668Z#Gce-K79s;6{TO*r%bRB49H7JOYG9w7Qs4~8C
zq;EDeGk@~EPP(^yu`wv+@IBSGs|K^-0P3naO#sL4B~<7~d3}T#jRqqh-vn?tYSm*7
z&sgW?=0uf5lSu)#wKQm{_>7wOJCp&9!)BI;ZkQu=VE=NlR*xIzVO*gm`0VZNggdnG
z?rXF*Tfb?xstvL{?}D^YfPw%C2?-F&fE$nZP96oGqCrDTy`^b^#as&;J*lZ;d)!ew
zzrWtjCvP$XMr*i9U-b0v<b+6Wu4zBR3>#=6!GL3HZf^c_>C|?$B}&JkD-C3`lny=c
z^$QFoGuZ}@Y-UG#7=Oy;YiN;84&QDh2{1E#yNVDneSf+CFSJEP!TLY-{cygW;Ar-L
z_m<~6_zuV=YxgqJdf5T!2RoWrxp`v*T7NYV@1Jfm{)`)Z92m@QZ7EdDIa%Fx(!!)3
zE(^le^)i|QruDi3@Av<ux$((K;?V!{9?;;@zQB)n3rlM(B7>=CV52VOm?`ELd``N>
zz|#DcOih9zwX(l&(ljYDZ7{T#KiQn73ZU<pLl7i5jXUpdQr{SQRy-AD`a?~IBAkAz
zoIJS9`J>}@QZ223CX{d@uFS{B2L+4U>1_CVg4~IM*s3CvwFqtEk>@*?q0??#e7}9H
zn2sVwtkYDV?#4RGn4J^gM`A&9iO05hk|zZjbfi+NdIc&sqwO;(DTCHjtS!v!_yaXj
zO4>Nq*&!4tx^KQ@yqUSY#OKL7u;(9kN^j@3RoXkzp<dl+x5mDC9q-Wq1aJE8C*w)J
zM_q1wjz<5hkRSUGYYq%N@U<Y;oC)Q5C#G_`juM|=%Y0ex6`&Yf{l>ngMdkV>rosQN
z1txQ9&Tv3nk>1ECe$zD7hTGJ+eva7zU)6xw88@;4;mD-Z?$m$2)O!IfZlBW-{v#No
z_DI_BSaTTk%K5LYNi_|<0hRol?_k*z<T4rbX5QW}g<zFP=&PlZw^Pc=erd{{qhDyP
zG@wQI&4jFk_6=oT5<rM+B)G4yu~H77byK`>!kCVz?dIy{&IQYzs>>T>zY?=!2@o6o
z9DHl+8AK@XSqx-kfI)g*eV)hWAXcejJ9qd*n6)1;8^FTD0W57@*JiWxOpoHv1re*9
z{iu^H;!COHN79+U%0rj(Kn^HG*W`dMHmRoi(1K+<l=ZizI`g@^FIifg>1I7dz4HS6
ztyxr8x@?l937y;HX{Q!fcwNd^;=cQP<;l`77@Y?}JtnB(C9bq<x~kPN(l{Gml%Q{9
z(PWaCXV<|#0wvb=(w`5u4v$NE1Q!Ylij^j_Zvrnf3ICNvl}o2(@+uzeKyFA1XXr5n
zZ)sU1)2L#^hvtaV^}Aol^?y0}UmQB1G1!q1ctMe-+5{$IO}@|0{vWpmw_^q$sG0TE
zYA~s-Yj)J=6${OY<TDb)(NTcE#$vs})SvgYKTeBU7LE2B+}_^aqf(_;wz6|AXSQ^r
zl7Ak%F4OSZ%$ucv(W<p|G~sdpL)``bQ%I6`2MfG%6?56ArUf=w&5z_{284X)G(oTs
z8!m>5Hs2X!Xc7dm&qA#;ztC5&m<OM4tQvl!x1@SRLaXg$mQ!AM>%^D-`3{9B2S=_x
zxF1E=h9*xtj*SoFZD+N%oR2n*OOIG)jL&SSQ0=^*UCF`Y=9VNkO~up#BH9$DG&sRQ
zA7)SdvawqUsIzHbo%B3Mr5jpF+rAm)@nZyjS2ZJ>dis5q46^5+9prRU+A)Eb4;PYZ
zk~Ik<y!!H1C=5akM4lWSw6wV0YxnwQm&p9<t~D#gNQAJIW(gCU-X^y@pJkScb^2zH
ziT>Hv(IlwT)k+4TFASj<<Ne{+u|6&?F0khSRe0rBu(_$PUZ*>9^?!_gWk6Kx_cbCN
zf^<nabR!@rAxNjh07E0~&>;;{BHdkrG(!js-AFgcAl)F{UGKsB`+t8w+z(#IGtW8a
znf<J__S$<N9tzVwM`;)T@#^<bBkMb>+J3h@H9BBiA-f6iHoewf(kxGp_y`na`MhzR
zb3m`1bHr|LZccaTCI`UL;WD0YvPqOkA`t!HyJYN05=2s`r>F6ixM44Tk!&Eu@wwl=
z)fM<a)To)K(O1iAorYDG22W%wZ;FlbIsNg-j2K+mB3IQ$U49z2dI#}UYM^o@)*dfj
zxz0B46VC^(L0d)Y$`=WL9$b2xk^7X72;`hHIIpU%EzSd;m$w^F$nBsRUFxc(ThH=t
z^}e?I<tYMlYG02F)be-4eqxH&F^#ACKCxc^%Zidgf9l8JCN#yO-<oP7-G)F@A{Red
zSQp}qinZRB@fJ}=vT%$-efx$p5fIlD+8bFL$go1bBFn;O_bQcYXyK%+jmBi6-7*io
zJ(=mj%`x+?`*V=vZ>$MelmgaEyHz6_P{SJvxK4!Auu$-;VZnej+lG+W&09)d0KwyO
zw?#$Y2cVP<=8XL0YQWMpYo7dvT)25(EJM?llHCf2ojW$=Yg_iA@^-)Lj$r&HKr|sf
z00NKTTJ(EIN=yrR1Jgzl3AC-B&(;H5=aU@1lw1-B)YfjX25TR)Cvry`Wnf2&9-V1>
za}55`wYcu|HhkVXa$<FH3xEPLXDL;yzqTveW$y-Gw7#Q!AN%HDTzQwmjCaSnz7!6E
z$QM^te#(Y-{jEPynW(<y?FQ2c8`7C^7DO``;r7QV|9)-9NH>y9PNx@X73Bn3Yi2M5
z4j0Y#&TZ#6CvViT+Sc8v9jKDN6h{;M74Q?){;1-g&GVHOqYj`(f1Tf0|Ecf;O6;7{
z-8WKz?P0%Pzv;M<Vo?bo^8Eb#O8`a=H@NHw-knZN17qx34yv5D)b?9$Y>_-XJ>_C^
ztGPl~-Nr18LNPx;hXC>gXq3WNeJbYj4KAk_7wSbCkA^8+1W<j=zM80OyFBu6JCXuu
z7G0sl0PFiwIjHk(nff$F;g#SHB^7B2JI$cf6BrEX<w+U;6Q72<o<#{fbVpJjVeQYK
zMhHBQ4uT)7KQ|8#d$alITpzd;)rRGqTI#8CM6On<Ey-2XU%RVDRJbP@W!o@F8fe37
zs>KL|j80(b7q9O|dvxM%$mQE|qCYSnr|G$JPH_^}(>c|ijyxTnY#512L|6F8k*a-)
zRDus>&(SH31<BP{T-7IO0LG0{O>C$QM4o+(io|Jmx_Jy&A`WCcl*)g*gf6ypdor@w
zbTYg;yLc}k2Hbl;qaRyYT~3p<1crdk%&!-&bAE_a8sMWi0IMxh@h(QGKz%4?&fqv_
zz9qLXH`i|U5#e%c$9B7($WjKhlQ!Wh3lki`(zgm=J(hBh$r8cs!XMf#UP1tUZR(an
z!>4Ms;lUTbU<yT@37u20Tksc2V)%*7UWo$v{Jc<7?0J;eE;jpKpW&_dK%nQV=6#>q
zrvfK%%rNEF9Lc`|r6B_d`H%!GmSgzH31(i$MZncb6Tf!J5qRHbdJ?3G%uaX2#veZB
z9-{g~Y59be2O~!ro9hEgabkd&<8*MkSW?!ng-So^-Md>-b#~j+FS>!DsDnBRu^@)>
zVrCjfIkiN?1|iO{7kVx-;_Mu1BRWt(I&^bO2I}@A6}Xz?9~nkTc}prl^ay&6gkLb`
zX-soyl}`x)I83|7nq14ko#DXyz!UIrX7yiQx?$oMPqI2tiD?$x6iPX?03lA#WfBa8
zxC#JmBy#HaZ%>v0%@hE51^6aN9yjMdO4^D0+J0P)DH{&7N_#s}W?pqWC^2Qj<3N1B
zRN;gaN?=Xg%7?K^5?#;6&}gZ>AwIyZ@{8~&*fgJ7aqLdquyqq@?x}+|lw0V-PecPp
zfCk1B=`{D)XKNX*9XhaROOxjUcAQvE^~c6^=bvz8!PFLGS6a!RNjB;8esw0Gl)|;=
zD6;LpuI!)a2gv1z!60-XsM9+PCy1HC^61G27FZW|D~AV43`j2I_U8IJ{a|9(I;Bs3
zA|5E<1m?luycZrx>v4kMyuP{!5n+n{+&IKiklukVdiVrL_4lVO-kK}F*#g1ffC++t
zop{~`V5V-FkJOsx;j+j5QMmewOW8l=_tJ-keF`o(!i@uIaAsKqk`Y(^S}n&&kup!L
zwaN{KUS(Y=#{Pn&1LDQwP{~qFwyF{-BKll(Ck)DWNfA{8raVb~1o`n6UqlG>+@*Iy
z+~}A5h(Z=OMSLym@1GpZ3}m@{|H@ke%A-}N@(TE*a79%_Brs6nS@%vb2*-lCG>~oC
z7#CUU<Eu@7qbGSE##8u6mjxD_`cHz83Uw);SjknAP52M`Yf!h)Al1vln7{2i8BNAd
zN`>jI?X=~fYj-L8dU&Lcjj0OQ&h-LN3lgetJ6jV0l*hfvcqWbyjL7Tng3<PHox3p;
zd$BM8zKq9HZ-BEgT*dc#f(kep9})e+!a}7n0LtRks&zOXpP<W>K6+bR=4tM6`);BS
zGw<853>l5^BISaB_*j!jq5SwlAUd9e!^5E3&Q&C<pN)*Z?^@c_&Yo1l&^<#wkm1?e
zY)aRSqe|7|N7v^^0n65;-_`T<T@iayK|P=iW5@}{Zj!GuQzV_)UT|}<IXxLsj1And
zent8MElwyHeZ4PTfuAXAwcnfIX>XJ6D8(w#S_IwC{budMBTT7py<IA(A221VhkAMU
zGI^lS$Bn|DYCEJxD=Ee3;C2)g6hyVOw7sZ$o`+EZ2Xs{=nJQnSw9b#SZZzC4*jX4L
z=F$BJ<DBlhKak`zH+i_Z+a5u2cLZff&No_&KNZHE!ll6PuHI6Fcj?oz(qE~eW_;AZ
zEBSqS7U7ZAwKx@N=+N)qL}EbWbRgNDdO^Nq$^*c0!Tq{b`H*niLrpK+>@fJBAGBE{
zF=o?Ej)q66{#vMmRTwO=P%Q6Ce^;09ms%&{@Tv@!o<f&6IKF58W!RrtqN~4ORq-@F
zX7w1exWUcxKLLHdv`H_!2$e^Q>PqM>Mu_J!pUUOUrbU9=nNmAN=SLK@Uh4_9_PJ-7
zouiVi&An>cWGh874xdOEr|_Fd4xf3Ys3auP!ye(}*x2zG$5?#*B$xm>WrUF6Fc<Xd
zD`@QR!@xqCjMZnvMMjoI{Y8rc$9(C&X31nkE~10+DX-Db89y>^6w0@eA`UC$1UNOT
z+=R0zf^M-PeJDLn${T-7Xx>t920AhRZ0{BXJ=d1_gZ8|QHv|G|!^p-BOw?2;E%r!i
z6d8HtD|}IZP`bTcrU_0eF1fi%S1%}D@HjXYbvbZq9kFw%k!yRxLKsMtOu-0OIhIdl
z9Fq-$e;^N&a>u41$o3x~T4WldV0~qr$J`hHQBW-Sd;T*{+2yd}uLrE!<$=FQ1xjb@
zWMx(kv{>xBjY_xbh#1DrWO0VU3lg8Ho!WIP{OvJTSWe~D<bfJkpij<Q@6b*D>{K^Z
zA{&*Ct}dzb{dw#PRu)?ALfDx%JTWOrD<n)7L{J}X50xT^qD+(EM}nsV1ZVzC<uKbL
za$E{bpSFls#Ve^ue76?nA7#&_bTtIWlUc|SOnMM)SAHtpZsubc;LX)rtl|l~IhHd;
zT;=3Ed#|dzHQUa<QSu@U=w>t=3!~!Wua>}nNRej3I5<heHZXb;;ZkbOoARB)jCz|u
zf0u`y@_8uaGh2PIhjBKp;y2Q5&2hY0Jxj(#U~!nR*R3LFYPdt6VJ2OlR)XOgv<%?o
z)vs_hvfC;p%#cI^y;Uqb1s=ib*b-q3V*`QirQ&`qAJSM!tI?LjpT8Q(TvisRa7mv-
zw;5O7vB`n?6J0lZnbdci#2HdYp<a7}(}xgB2QzIBSh`CDp{jjoo)>AClEEP|n<=h2
zq-L8w03V4AwJk+EjkxN~AJu3xi04z+o>#xcg$(t&Vq`&;)H@8XGRk&4)G<GaY0(ep
zgnghux9Rqb1w|}jF29KAl0otNSP|G&*7;|2^+Pm6s3dM-xcEn1)da>=$sst$H!p38
zX88{x{Hwq3(h_6)$IeT^eMQF|wd+R=ROwHdDAKaxO3x0Q`_OD{bg6!x&|y(Jv}42g
zl(fJsc=Ycup3iGpw9j;x7&8zKj?=k$PO@4k*^~lLZh8pzI!UPZC*bE6;>JjvsHcEy
zC}E-hHtTYJllLjqn9^iakml<e5yA3+AfJuh-*4g!M|bywuy2-(gn`NM#pe<$xlr8$
z4RA#40s&**X$W0L)M~0A>(q0|vb(CLkX6R@2!r{7ohQ~fv2x{4O@0&lhSi#G9ryrZ
zhqS3}``ikvea3I;O?Y~yEqKxP72?C44>wu0$sBRHAM?kTF}=2Hie2w#XS8?hrth6=
zh6<%#Y9MSkDUuACZ>eVL<X9ZK{T*$(VbLvRn%~+91g(3_3eRAr%Jz3wr86Yv?`|&6
zbnam`BgC1w-8zdHGrt8v%!b>ANx1lO{#6C4ImmkIliu^OvKdEsN`)4)-DI#6WZ&mQ
ztP#P!rj~{TCKbcshz49eytvT#N*CO(mnEa4b<iU$&2r$`31v-N4|Sf^V*0PKWOh=-
zpc*O8e`DbCsSs6`ugh2S9A}~3)+_*HJ(0)i;G>e%fM`~o)R2s!{7Nh9Vmp0n1Jv=T
zAch3cv$m2MF{QSiZo)Oz;#kh~3JPnrJW9UyLZ<VNGTnEze9P2-A>0R1xhf<=zDCRa
zO@}_clPEau-NJmbH=kC=mKh7O>fvvCO%Ni<i89QH1}%kKXkOhFg~84ux$=GqP$L^Q
z#nnuFr7$hUcN{i`iI4ss{`4yb?&G7$N=9y;O}$M1C!?{Ge%j*ONNk!Bqf>+N%cU-W
z;mru<Di?OvXP!H`4@|Q9vyFY83ogk7hPy+W&HRW1!(8c5)fWcU_`;^Fkh8i5*H4|b
z1v^lG;|`)_O7HZ~ELav0=q2l8tJbA-T-{**Nm9_JL~+YM$I&Ggp1*{jos$oHGX;U6
zysr7L>g%gMt9<qO;zRR!(#11dcUkknP{rkG;N+*m1z~6rsIC{9F3pJnk|<;pt(ESl
zWll}il#rMr{^O7obYPKs?XRgl(uJ{Pxlx$E+P3?yg*DzGQc+&|2hWcqqKs?*U+$3T
zbM(CyFRw<VB5_$5p&-b`j8Y}-d$E%Ga|8MWv1qG}H*{ucldo^|kWEw~^3KlMz1$ba
zb)3hc=W(j*CNQ=XL%r|GiKb7vPH$zPu>-IZczK{07Z<{x0eg{sCOO|UU<&)qm<AXZ
zBRoO7z)Pw6#7m@gj|4WlH7oQ$OBgYZn<LYI;uTmEE;uxTM384WKz`X_=R$c9Zw8qq
znii5t&9}KLgNv{4U}jetzkKpjm1nfnw)HvXo)|2>gUk$q2pwN)5hiR0Qw_s)Ezhm7
z-1pBv7U@6#w8t*G>g@jp2+<$pV>Z>ttAR_kR5%inEWcM6p5vNK??Q%A+Anko1xH6p
zdsjzfG{)%1LL3u$T2dQ$@~sZ_UM;3Up{7?C*j%4eS5s^$S>6I|$R7AF+_fcx#xZvo
z*im=L)M(Rl1X`x-V)Op=6^cAGF>52`MvLl>Lc&ib=kE@NvBjrIY%EdZrcjad2=e1t
zAlr@lOYD$Dqix4TA$RJkJ>-(99e%tf^A+1U1=6sfchz}0Q>l`72g}`<Ie_V1^-^Q5
zxPJOQEY4D~GkZwIelmj->BRbv?GyOq!-4e8LH7h0>?a9_Hx4tlaO!0lhsQ|*vl~V>
zE@!>(Y)^gXio@Qbz>%35dMm4yp0xg%J(T1Gl0NDI_zMa~+Z3DZ?wPNP*M56)qeNw8
zcpJfW9X8CZ{imfiMWFqTUxPkENPfG_BOGu})Xi{1rzK|J*m3dZhop%NU4<yeIYXNn
zdRIynvU3B>;FJ|R)VL#dDVM3SSorcD?OW{KkmAb26@EGV?3~6k&1!*B1J-o7jR@>q
zdkBhnv)#}}HW|uA2YAkRw9h>Ps;<y?$!0k#ii<z-lBA+%rt=pNt#s5Hl|Fn)7pd;t
zMzPe*0ovxCdF%}lv+K3b;8R~)rSfL<yPzVrqMB19s7Ebc+SgRxNn0mx%zaZ^%u*Tj
zXC0|jlw=m9glWmeR&#b#P4|4(t*Fs8VvrjTDbnR2QMs7@IQMZ)!kCwwhidpW-X2yF
z0lv@u3!Lk^qatkWzYQ28UJvCiwVm5HOmhw;(9GJOi-oYMnr^I-C+HDu6W0Xj9ln?>
zsu8IDSUU>Lb@(0GnprA44Jh%y_%9lW`k5GX{OrqcqYZV>#brY@u=3RH`UtR$+3$R4
zitdn=tme_iEUf%7L)6r&c}&%qN`HRWwcxomNMyi1aRT)>;=+}a!+U@(NEKp6d?}d@
zx2~x+q}t+J{<STEM$PzDE`F31i0p|S+yiQy99rRBq~k539V(q20cJ7N)1Ywz_sp#E
zxAx6n244MCO&^!m4FBH`2jh3nAzPEqkpJ-rBU;H#i~ajxq7B;W;a|43$Ij(=c1lCK
zC5Y+pyP#&_P`$sGgBHn(-5LqT4tCvRKV$$?z{t^I=OSc^vf>*4Y6Q<Q;O(z6%sCP$
ziO}%nqE`3I?o|giQN?)>lx3>ACuNdxmlLP-Yy^u=Qg>bCmU_5}^5e%h^yuGp)Ghg%
zs3SK^A3`g)3MkmkMac|f%)C9C7p&=~&=zL9>66?P5}bxyX<lulE?TYBp7h19Mv3(Q
zG||e5&tdmw6DS%vU_}D9jJf#e(D#tCzm=p-s8D{Wtuzx$sJ~CE3K(n(k=CEWL3?T_
zliN3nP0uQP8^L3f5=e`rOd0@>K{c)IF$x0f_xd|TFypf2MqtF5+3V`Q9eAUk7THAI
zD1uh<HpK(mKpG5&!NNyazj6S;KwC>aenFm}>io%{Dpx<l8@S=g$zJ4dx#|}X#^!`U
zA@(W|b9z?RC-p(extaQw>HO(1U+k)i1bD>oR0Co2O~tfJt)hhbmdI^>Tzo^Zz2J4T
zD4btOHmps^&su^zoM(wj?aJw_`MCwMm59lgXab;~rfwzFqQdULAkdzfj_2d*m3M)=
z4!d@<K~#Oc`^M(x&t%P@Bs1k$(^+q<xBXUHZzAx7oiOiwviOvARX>3F`6SwfWc0y%
zsN{3nz~Dn0+S@Lw0JBn?`63_?L8l_sYYTUqD91khpBEtIoF)}KGBTn*WtOIA6rR0!
zVCQzbXWFPAxZHrv*#YX4jSXA|@+!9b)jd(R9lb&Cv}IZLIw6ei?F>nJ9g|an=lk`!
zHY1gpuis(tC=dz{n6&F~y{{m6o%!vsAb-&SoT?l`H5U4P6a*<g+suL_eyl?3!7i!r
z9dl3~UTC})ZvL(g9d=csO5wK=M3tycEM77jvqA_T><s%@TRidn^bK&YG2<d)HsiWK
zGLc2~V4w#WXXOaD>Kg&uArL=Y`sIG}fdRG0U-A5|Uo_gDG>-aNi%*?xwb=+7T6Lej
zc(bN%cakpRd49Oo$22B4ey)l`%BeKE+~1GIq@2D~*0{g&vxi#bM_U6Kbs*h|3f~Jd
z6n_h`n|cc~Kb~&x4CSktsg~}(IHsave~{da_3->YvM{ATG+Wp4rIKg3^p6*!RkEfx
zDG3y6mQMx-22MRhG^G_}HIq2pi|NS3zhrPKf3}HlvLCfEXAkm~yh#ReRd@-<Tf@{#
z-b*SAF|jB=2k-H~ps3oO1|QEvbAOkLgTCdIQL15Unzcmrm~d&Q?b@m)lzj9L(%$nY
zvW25SD8=+BW*O;~x=rE<PRGNGIhjL|f1&Qv@1mh}T37BPocb%nU7JtzeWDo&H#Rn+
z)p%1BIj=QYb#8*M+=Mqqvj@ncn7*0gz!4f?snq--DNGme32Y~GVB~Ih7NV_fsiwze
z;KkDf`Cfxa?KAE0dy1}O*s50PAa&zqIl0B{yXE)3>Ey-1r_`K&fkp<DM#I05G8g@c
zoiiOa%{t$m26I8O4^u5=FD~68x#cqXmC_T5V#nicsFrae5c3q~l_Jy<{_0DnOfPg_
z2NCUTG?U&VuiToKT=YnbuPF5)t&UQ}j}LX;oN8W!xv<HLX^k8NUwaB%1*LRCqK5)>
zf^9e~-M2eE_vl_b6QysgX4n`hLcwYU(oR=e2zQ@M$Jk}`$t!)oH)p~f2lM(U?bX-#
z5vW+vax<AF$`%K4yeNn)503)MS~!=5{EBtN&r4q1FAlT`4-gh{RgK)D{IWZLND(c*
zMMOnHtWD*+Z$F8Z(AHT3FUy^b00R~Ytc({|lgI=|CW;yujpdFFNsKWg2Z$t2@caA;
z7OT|E0rfvF8VSB_92^`xRL}1Et=#K}T5u34+?k#ALIw}lG)pe!o*Yh2PDD~I6Ewy$
zn6C#E6|Z=4-7~9P4-EP%*PKff=};b<<qZP*jCA>wE<6h2H-!CGnp;V|dzI(Tr<KDs
zJO1OFjLN#Yx`xtj#=quhE}Li=Y-STzo`tQGO|?Z)6FR18!KHf`i}Sw)R&Py9cmj2a
zwJjDz=X~j&_i9fuUR-+e3$2R6G63sZs=ySLP55Y6OWWd}Hk(!gn~um-dMaj%W|sBq
z%{i&M^G;BR;ZIIZ&e+YXLFYfe@bv$Z_~TmLkBQzFnDbH4CD1EPfcLOFf+{O3$4Msi
z3=9~RM(hZ;KF66g=kErWcNl>A@9w`Cl&fTt4qaw&Mq)_+cn(Q~yYvDWKuhRegtR6o
zx0toR(o~SD24Ts<;CZpXzSb9K3OPtumM&2KjQsEgrw3#44yxui-mdiH@GSK9TmmIb
z%XIV4{m})<di3BcwjtiI5xtC*J+7bA0l#%-4K^W(ba|xKbVRh3X_#lvQ02!!0;S5g
z$kRZQe29u3QEQN4GF;!bo$u`LD(>9)MTL>jquD?g=UBq`i;W~=2Yy!WuK<>x)~V>|
zTtIiQNRIrAC4NZy%6)$TD^PmE48ohCJjHM2nv%yetNAy0X>f@id%qGpWr-dK@4G>H
zkMlNk04KP!TgvS#SuDqrR(j&}dk+#6$`)N+6GeD2X@2~x0ZG%6-RgJqz5aQrfy^{f
z+o{}Nj7pRBk#|DaY5bq3PL!B0>m<7G5ctaP@AtX~<6{nEh8K<L)SOi{wBNjH@b_YD
zt34raC>7st_lP!YKF?<!AYfr|&n$-o>7}E%B8<2#Q8g>bP^#R%bsfW{ZaZ6bZEinG
zLnph>nDZ!9KiFCNr8ZORp@CN^aE?Tg^AO$G`pLOg@}e2^L6Y)8M6rFQGn&qZ<<Fj_
z>(kBddrqPCeZ3oEte@PMoGSVvg1wTFS1jY_!ue<WwsCTA#9ADSN2~i%VjvsK4U*V0
zb5Yz`P6FXOz;&{)_Y5Xe_{O<0uTt<m=y$G_9XRi162U%pHC>t-thskYHOw|kUx6^!
z51jPpM;pT^W*^X5w&(c)x2*#CU+<$)Xo0)z1+7i|%^gq*THkRphUQpua7(FHuM+wr
zR5p>dxpo*)T4sh>uOyh}vMO1iszj)ea`e%KG^muS+n#k<Gn`~^e`krQD}}hd5iRJ$
zkO=pHQEEoHmC5?8DCa)v3__@t6yHq9hCo?z_Bm*7@vi+#rQWRHyD|c$>~~JzN>DTt
zp4XA>A7PVQ=%=|%bF}GC@n4-PLe?ylqlL7lx@s_B`@b4ljp~YIsRMtR^49+?<u-<e
z<_NBfo2TInF14_R<`6&2?w;rZ4z3SCJDh`&;-8+cvvP{J1>zWPhwOk3ixL5=_7P~R
z`S5&pti}ChWX8Ib&WlRe4EmoLq%(N?w#6&VQqsAW&z^?Zg?%TEIWN;eCnsSM7=%NM
z`Z7jBIc+nnZ$*44NeR%nyT!Nwz%VQ2hgT|_CfGDd&vt7-<PJTWtF@y6LeJ?9q(EPn
zNV}0-+`p3#Eu=D~76ov5uD1C-eJ6{7GcpOmNqnpSquZ&s#{4<5O^_oL$0`xd*|CJ&
z_y<+O)g=>XxN^<-LoW6^<q`P`LLy%mUxzMo?<3GrlQ9kx3?4hUm^J?+&OKN;gebRP
zgd4#5%TvekvWw1xlwZJlCAg`sH;R@igfr@n?MN;3LB@Mc_&znC6U8x>VA*9#tE{!a
zAki#iVQSZ!3^QyI{Ww!orlSkH*vp{&S5^10`+FR6<DD=VNRDOTu}Mg<-NH!(WB24p
zqg?C<@R(FxT8zYU#nA1G4q+k}{VML(O;{C1Ei`knvW>TUbb#Q~>Wqf=cYQN7|5>`<
zmB|hc*nwvhyUzd^7>F0#32qJMIbGyBKl;J(@TA%g)&@yLN`ZU`_$j|b1f?4o*6X_K
zXsfv}Px{c_QtCSK8y$N;Q2^8Esb6_@E{rvn&!&^XS=VGR+RE^Q*6SlXHFH{&8_xPb
z-%C8-(B>PGVZkdQN>oH7ea+vG&Xg{n?Dx(D$Z!N5R#1|57gb^z<H7a)63q*GmZiqV
z#(s~<S0bsghWnEKB$^O2iqEgxSMhlj0&akYNoWC2n(vY5P_3Bg6kqd?!1!fT;5uDB
z-u^Dn^1NF+tG3V_8Ee=pa^tnp)v&JbeB#j9rhdt#JK*Vx1nCc-lWd1c4i9!u8TOvz
zVl!r?uS}%B*0~Vc46;owL?phDQ&)l@N);;E6|V27%YE;5+_n@98?t2=_Bb;mG>2#J
zu0CI1Qoe$=su8)zDeakPdN$uv__?qm5I~2yyrxZ&gC|DD#*s&EGdhL9#N1h%_J#db
zJC_IDy9c|A`$mTv<7b%g=W(ERvPRbXGH5;42_$*Z>%?mETt<|1A)5o6eGG&BkWHQL
z-StAecFC|D|8MNHI{(mJ5T(fXT^8J~C*em9evVJEzeEMZ4gH$rh~1?S2iMA>%F$P7
z#%-cP5`jUO$k4aMr5Vbf8-u-mY&kTZ4Jp(3zAWw+L-Dp73tZ+ldvi85XcS$c8mSSR
ztH>zic|ORKa{1k2kw!~>%A<3~qLIdsGU7lps&(?t?(Cs;{^nxx4`F&5_}j(I%U|yO
zj36t4182f?FR#o+W#}Rut+l5Q2CUl~-(N-i1GpyR-Q-uM`U$q&4D%A#!!A*um{MTe
z1F5FRvZwa*%psKD90f)kdwNfN_Ir8f6~BF$iq5Cl<a4npgw`(eeD>s;n70$3-oAC(
zxMR!H9gv6x#jnFEADngU{;psjdAKO4GnMC04PcD1nYnN9K5v}&ubaF(s7Bo@BG^d7
zAO9Y2Tittoq}6^+T(i?{ok5DsRw3~6r78X1Dc0Xxre_~ancT5}w{Nds@T+U<FA2t;
zvR*sRfmFO@9AUiLUQ)cM=k8zu(Ao2gtH=G^*6NKDzU&s8iwYydolj^ycLrk5#raMD
zI5*j;!?Q|7b#P0$aWDPcr|==o>HQ-SQj(lK(;X7tT2|%XDk|chz3O~&7j^dvwN4YC
zQJS;jN=iyj8%oq28q7muWKFdyKCieJ!>14f!YBtH)9;kB;q(JU!&ku{dyhl)<}RZN
z<@6~T<6`-gQj`ajoz7nwhGoxqs=66|OuQOwrycL-70vqmRva2w&l1Rg8I-1f)>0-K
zqsB*`SHht+?<l7Wr?rI`L6mVR-hb)5;RWv!lZ5Q*AUKm7Fn<0F>T|6zoHZ}Fah)Wh
zKabGuT-&H>Mi_qI^ICFQ+oHdHh?Ar<i{c}W&(kBObYmRXFxe~G&#dIL2`la0H)BjS
z&#{E}#ui`{*t!H1^Ol?r)R#rnnEAOheCIigJLvi#!%R^BK~-LWN9~+Q;rFzn<UFSJ
zUNJXH7GsF($t2tcnjAE_8N`|Y*%t?Ko)d3LKqsmG)Sd+0O<>a;$A+>L<abn;J9T2F
z9V?j;g#D)5$R?;@^&0EugFJ2EE=th|U+>KB`UmIVjfCsPT`MybA-cvpW)%2=d=gIt
zp+!*F;RGWPf%|oe*{b!vj{#Ijn{snBqqBjB2Vpxe+)DY!>Pgi^&*Hby0Pc#EV8e=!
z@eE4aEztAkqnfuOqO;z&^DVxAzrKKpBDPS}FI;_X1|>-R?ZtGlx1`f2Fk020&c9Zk
zn6nCc5h6(+BfHjNB63%8&TlBn$d?nmWb0LYl)vMkjH)?R>s}-2NBrN1^r~WfF!ond
zJ`2_ItZqsgmGa+|Yw@2sTbq7;JIi+n$jgtPJJVKC7?kgZ+3u0f1-{Lc`U{hC4)sJG
zP6*-9^pAS{Hqfz#5G5XD^aHdCcLa446o&6Lv02H^GT=DhD)adF1R?2Mf?oN~+|SND
zyvO-Od{H#pUaztzD>9a(TH3l+^)WB~_c556$ld59&a>cnEGVwp^$NU2aj+g!<c$T7
z_Pl}UGQ3LFj|YwI-?Dl?SJo)LKT%L0bvsw9&03D^F=EM^q5im>Yi@%hFw8nvjLNE0
z@!w^I&C=fkBcGKRvw``^N<XY>iaB$xnEqWxc8!V<Rr9|)?G<9gg8lEVofL_*|E*k-
zelwZ*f7g*5=2110`rjRy<g|tUyL$qm9&3FgOr9IykEF!iWYq}EQl5MRb$jia3IBK&
zHLGxbX4EB3;uGxI_U(=?wNJT37{)yLXdt=qf-(y!qzE36oIgJDgmcWOj!9{kPKYu=
zI6ufrUOxa%kaq{2UoGQ^^(vb&1HMfEm(Xv%F@NCw2`HuJ$D7H;Z01^_UCQ?k3+0~X
zNI{33-$>KS#-Xrydz)<Pv3+bJs}$UvQ9fTDAe-3l!4?X@e^v^f?W3#SjFn$b?<9Nr
z1rbX>^88)QrsbZlvEWX$M9s~!oH9>N3w358;Q1)aJU#_e1?D__H8n7p&Dz|*OSdXk
z@=0QYK)hLy6K&v|yva$OotXH_z2}U9ZDj9N71LTrV1@?HA)0gKCaK=Kx$%#j-H<LY
zoAm@tQhWx}{I~uZiGNp~Sc}7y$MATu1J<8H(g3e>h`U528WkgRFvz>JCH~BZYqxLT
z=ZUiq!DK7F4P!xrxM*t=#K*$G{IyjUO(w4X+Y4bXRrwe*7KA2q=}e+QJD8l^5~`p0
znD8S1_lD9oMjm#78R>szE&=1XQn5v;QuAMjT%A`#T6OD*4;?*rSIl_6n{<K1wC`BP
zLMgsS%wus%Y<ih+2a~F}%-5ZyFaHWzo%7h?5WfEVBjT-E&FtqcRmcVsNbW1Xe_meP
z-04`<VX57`Z|GY`n^%ASZ1NF=SO;;u_KXDf0~gKRA7696RQs*=0k>sr!#~;urX~@`
zi!^RaqW6dITUF@Qp6OrXJk$S71O?nD{$s}G?K;rOV+jSmeTk4)UjY&Bm(uGyt!GqC
z{++>i<pkjNW3zB^Is5L>1Ki#d%!xi;nyXd3pWL;*2_to%CLJ0%yAO#=AKzM)BsQ?I
zr}?B>23ImgnW)8vpDs3(M-&woV{KANsUA*`%yr*Z^zhOA<QB`F+F4HjQ5=d8(E<~@
z=-1}tQ{GZn5(cnUOzrT9iH*2bOQ;eR5Q|G-cr?d12!!{jZ#S6R+J13L1RZg9z&lve
zgW>1#mleRT$DQ>TIq-Y3PUQnP{cW@Zl&iL+mP4(Q%KKQ5I7|Cp?E@;8*D^NQsXDBP
zEJ_O>d3?|UCDBYOb92po!Io0b^%XRkcEpL=_trsEQ&YBDl1cO>w_NPGR|A46j|gZK
zWWe=ufEO_7@TMRoR<dio7(gE(Rb(X0pRh_xAOj*+8bbpHkhRNq(4^Cg(rQ}qyc*oR
zPp7&2*&0xC&74>9xu3N4ROq@-__gps!rXaLYpyf#v=OzI7Q5IHH%;r7*bx&=YeENE
zCHuP2hzE(-xvNilNtrvRJB!>zJd?6lFy8Ih<6e63ACDBQc;LNXcsPx#`{@5tMzDvF
zDe|Pu^{)JJV)rs}x!a3o(|1<+>>{EY^A9&F#~Z$fVP1=Dt)%L5)dD!^o_#x*DZTH=
zZ0pw<MS*ttOE6L=trwnXcHTQG4u22%wRcj<xMxk@`}6S2<ygitz62sWQ4T5)0Iexl
z7$&UR6%3CZGu>7&f!53AeI9a9ziXO@Ro}y7ttRABz{h|t#RG8oo~t%=->5XZyH^Ge
zUtb?{J&gEvJ>0f7r3BOXBtL4Zt79@WQcS?;kzX|4mz{HfKl!$_^{lh$!0^sc??HcL
z^Wo}j(bUH$lTWG7iKdqtD;({@RDVjtY|@+`i>|jayqH(9Kpp5z#T2@D)BMl|3^+0N
z`5WvL?b>=Xe;ej|#8p_F3K(g<mGGNwc<~9hXV5z@JVg2{7y7b+17uU^Ur<$2pW<(B
z|MEko+-Py(4%i`vZJK$cGCvq>TklSq4!ahgeu0bsC8Ksfr2~pCRZeQMyx)o)yWUgx
zlzBhna-U|qWNJNp7D*#EoaKA0dAt>m4oo_%_1;#wS~$2%yX}p-C6mc=0A^|S`L>l9
zp6E!&@wn*6f#gh#kALcjo1)f!$1jUOSMTpJxOxLg4W_vlsP$PfH@MqwZBJV`Wz2lI
z-E=x!5??q2ri25QljAKFU#wCF7kyO{R3OC=t;jS{Q}GGd_^|(C=7dH~{vwSUNn%p#
z3h|u7<_pFAmlgbrz^DVrTw~G?nW$J0gz&%=AGrl6OQF;2auqoUDy)urA7lPLl1ijM
zdw^?`&9FYeM{L;-eV=XuldJwn8p!G;(Sp0-QzF<2AW`)SOie9$9*T%jopP*Lbc&?B
zE{X@IUW29`O2hXoeN|a^*89yD29IMK9B(f%ANL7o>n(=i!}S#NKxHYxB3fHXp!Q!8
z;B*cl3;1`Y#DWwVTmEcbc#S9k%>^F%Uq*@cCTLNuzRGHeNNT-JIIR?|DN@Nx)f9-L
z_DycSIgdU=m(5NgA*?3A0F3~h-s|=z9&lM0qC}4|5aj1Hb@5gPqbht7@_@+urW#Qi
z_JL(mr_xI|Be01|9c)I(eo%!cGr(pu>AFeP6Gel*RO_=-i!WguAt@i>M2s<DuP5Ml
zO0J+VU^+dBOtNDNoV~A}KOWc9d=e7isod%40WPur_JEtKxlPfb?Dy#PtC3ts-83GA
z5|{GZ%FOZOEqWbBvS5wm;<h&msn<B~O{nBz9f$a*0Bz!iQ|O(6CVQ!HUtSXRk7~kj
zo^-EUhx}C@#7vFXdsQNKcJ}Y_^jV3f%{YKXDKTdAsu<@zlHbRX%x24s!+qD*w2~-&
znan9AA)o|>Cm(j#LIcFC^S#EvoWjE5(B+B|Q(mj6M?eM*;p_m;BdhRI*;v?fY4UQf
zb+)Tp-v{BWhugi~MPE#y>oZOQ=x=_%Cq(nljN=|0_@~3}yO%GS0bzIv)`j@`cE2v*
z(IwVy6gdzj9AIGAmUPe*U?r3flNQ9m^SPNdwQ7w3hH9YDq2P(#a=Yl8gtwD*>buSd
z#lu)>p2IAWPMpHN0AhQKUwmp;Q1dQiF4!qj*S0<gpzcw{yud2H<S+xv=9|=p9`bJh
zp~lqvzw?uk2+QSJ@wh!;QLH#!BlJ4`L9^~@+w?ra^4M#eLjy6DM)7RJZNatq%iYbz
z$;18Z;+pQoB5?JD1Y*%cKRo-}F+#7!i{?<P7^gE}T+NbMFkt6ZaeR1s5qnNRU3Xw$
zdmk6&ca&J(P)3e}wmVxJ_2}`1!C<2Y7eYR_f`CVG2na9$)7IJP_GjSkejVC!)Scvb
z*hVMnJ!?^Sv+tRzqsL#n;KBBK-kGp-Il2-CXcEP|ryf8{+J9;-jw29g3Yh*o7{(l*
z<gtb8GLDhUaQZR^KhtjyA&jzLy=X$Q07<mxvW{-y2j^D`O;?P}-XAqy&M)4-zCC_8
zQjVk+>93{siU#$$-OMfyPxh2a>GW~$oM7AezCO4~xHv9<nB;QU%6=+*xfF2QwzJU2
zBzi>K@hQ}CuwrqQ$!F!@WELnkxV?QiSEmwoi<Y7BPOiP%9XWa1dh(*0;5TDWA4T%}
zUJBh!*`&j$ha<7&yMqV)`)RR<0zJ?9$;TRZBKI!J#Y<`6=ahm(W|G>V)p7_<HIFxA
zf5e2!QTEhrD}ksW1heQVI?XD$+(QJN%jGv5l_^FI4iU<R2jb@ptwA6L=2likd*tRO
zsY)P6@slpDThyBinzdrKa+^}fzYt~M?oZmZ<SxjYOBCM22DEN8T&*AR<_u{6Qp_t`
z)JEiWR^kdM%^h=dR9e)HsR8KEVm29c@|3zW?Pk1sG7OD`4VFi<-vidyN#LWtL+ioi
zOO*qhCT}v36MG`XI=nCDW%QGTcOWAl9Y%awjuXo5AB*nm>b}7fxqPn%sNQ}K_r5t_
zh9MjGonT(f`@VkM)xpnRtZbK*GmMe<)}cj6a+>;U{zL!*eD7_CM2VGu_feu<v>IPS
zcT8?*Fm>_OT7m8I!Tm4FF)WlS#v_TkM;PC`AqU6Pxmd@GtywfwRgO_p(;!CZRI=NY
zinZ)1wHt98Rq`4eJ49|dhdM=8PyJx_s_<-G?3o1q2Y{mJR*%S7%vNoy1=)H_QoFjY
z&h1VD=vMo%Cai{UZ-pf;SCtATK6eaOhUYNf=2{WPN*dclbXt&Vf`i@xd5Dz6i5Jw%
zKqSbpE@%rKsCtYEp~atGZGEzk^B^BseJ&WF5en*KKE?!6_QleC$VF2aMGN+kIgY<I
z1=?4AI(E*~`YQpm<J=1JkG|w;O!F*7$K2n{DWf}b09HyJ$BfJyBV*w|3A@pTK(a$h
zW#r{z%>Znq2U$U)W01hYc^1a?GA36f{X@Ljked#jNi0B0r$Icuz#(8wVe+Y3lbNA#
zhboUsLU5d2iX{ZjFYzh&H^$bE95|s}N0uOH+&?EhHn$}bte>O}Xy~XK+Pb_c>~Ut8
zYVv?hPmaLOg|&pL!jdD6+K=Cg)qyO$G&zkXI$tE6P`0Ru^=Yrb>X?cze>V{`L+ZO5
zhCutl5xf{yoh1OSZG<5I!!>pxtcAsZ#E`7aB+H^xb>sX-3OY@4fn(cIe9YOf<*b;<
zU|C8Qk@#GqqGCzkbC^6n7UPK-WGUTDkcu{M(E!SIm`fCq{EAF{H9ec%DfD9~&sX+=
z3Isr3W(j{XV<C<IrfDo=3;a@FPluq8{=s0H{sQ=Vl5gq&cAe%^V=XR5L$OL-rXn+8
z87Ow=pp)YpPSMn};^?dV{aO`)%)lTxb&9JIo~Xr~FBGs4edN}$(0tQdNgdZ$J?%QZ
zD-**&9yb=)03*ZsDtfPuQLUD16<VawcI}42F{VQw*qIEVhSj6M27%L?r}5+A(k*UQ
zt&4V_^ntUjcjMc?hme}X4YHC(?7YfU9FvoeHJ8nM-qCpM^)>6@NwOK_=B+l!zo9Jc
zyOW=DtfU3bwUc5G;Rbq`u+J?hG*Hsq=zG#B{;)Chy*}d9^J%;yGb5_I0c~CfSy&O&
zIn@Xz#VTj>slT}6$(?vsB`dk<Q-YM}D5vcl^FIf1%u2u@KC&-BFsXU>A3^*3%Ytyq
zB}5H5{fUJGqV?+s*}R{_IfQZsigM#b86a&Ydu8Mtt3SIHIr*RY^H`pTFqX@soj8T(
z4}e54`&ApUm{63NVa{YYc`T|$r1sgNZ!zqjS>UQ+R6HvsGE-fGy{9d-4r-^ZMnX;C
zA<N>Fd{OoN-~0IQNfe)M4QBUz$M-L0ms5{Gq|$S>3B_wf6h5)wFjJ-P>Yj)~P?!|g
zoQCmyZ4j`zcDAH_(cc}YT|SyxQ0CoSS_vBkmWiWO<F4^Y+aKwDrBu8kcX#Yxl(BF5
zkfsD_jGwG+`Ye<2CW2|KJfc4;X2nJi)cH9)G%udwbSOY0;3TEqdRq7<?{rV3yP3~{
z3q<@PXZ#O>yXdQ}p~^F~Xj>)%Fi=7;_cxh|j_PVqgl*_W2<`<<|2xal!eT5I@Pztk
zbx?R?VhL@k1lS$G<|4@gldBf=3g3FJn1B4A7a$^v<{y9gw@j;8Nu)$}1@8QuGN_?j
z^-rAyvuBr%7<WE+d7y3$8<({zI_+}niSPC73h7R#9&&8O{zluHW+WZxqv&)b>;?ht
z-yK-G$x46)d;gPs1e74*g`q4u@}O$u-X3N0>iE;~_${|z&cYIy_``It_nAR0$0WQo
zu6d~xnh1(&62$@&AjN~c*2PMPYLGnX0!R*m7OC<_U;9kw;*I{>sx<#$_mfTE&)Buz
z*Mz`yidworTGdYpqjIr<>+4MQXN0wfA!2ueQDR2`pLt73no(Y|&Q=jj>zaoG@DoB`
zk5^H`#~9to0=?cG^6uDaVx)kKv5}~IANUBu|6P9%bWR@*FuRQl--nCQH^#O;cw9bX
z5xG|7TiBMPI_gsl7mL1PzL&u?lJb3HKa#3kM;P$+0x2!o>Ab#vul*oYT>O1X!F^>7
zQ}i@jY>DP>*Z3KY=v?)5k?w2bZv#NK{>V)-HUGCupDFLM*j)i$Rh{6-@&F#)3K764
zYeFpB0c|IZaUxOVB#d3G<=5SX?~5JB(7Bj=Cqd&;xh})oT9v8-u`iz_xD@P99q2pz
z2)6h-7%j)1f+V!tqH{5y`8_8Gua8Q^GW)5qm|4l1;@L1r{5EY+(buljpe-zv7jLZ%
zu4Gk}j>$6$|0N`zzwvWY&LadZDLY;g8vOHRJSWhY7cA7`>w+o^JM%kL>t`GlRZMfZ
z2A)a*(=a}O)=p&W02(Ohww3qT@&Fjaf>229-;K=6BW}6u;&SW+Ci=#LG+b~yVpW{3
zn~By?2EGMTw~$(gIDKv4Eb7PdlL#Tm!$FV`T?MW)sYHVa@;>Eq6Ri_f$YQ$a1Es)%
zQ=30~BCG5cMME7!;r!UxPT|r6NPuB#e4IcB%4nhhVI^pOr_UgK{s)8QtL$_^F-T1!
z^;%JKlPWAMOzEJD^_&%0tp#YN=aHR1mjF)tq|Ig{8sD>^*0mlVFUi<_pcMst=n9xu
z6$DQ_xZgk6;JQB+XhSc<+r0MLe0y=yr{WVH<-JQ{A8KWA2(<c1u5CFh80)X(ZjI`I
zEm?OR+&235yfD1Sit~D81@04g%`ue}69*UK+L?MD{)S#XBS-3DXX;IBd5a^D_L<{;
zOlcMNBbCLI&-eE#_c(TLolv3s3?{&LA|@8a^R?O2gPj9llt7<|ImZDGc8-V`wPQd=
zip#o6sa>9Xa(&n0Dy~V)sHB@@_9%0P)S-n*((C51E7&$2Nhc;|uHD}pbj?syEa7Bb
z|7LRUQ!pI<E+zv(*leMhVBKGK`t}aJUhJSWc#sBqxEU^6_-<IZ9nLOp%pY7AFk>Q!
zEZ5y0S|41!&LZEs0Vr$$C~PeU`fzO?-8>vUyvMR1{y>C^<R0^i>{Jz?f?PMDdmXe1
zc~c4y1NZT%E%^xqJwJKYT9oMNlSh%^eq-_0z~{`cHOcpC!B;v~+vh52F#wK6M?1j#
z$prAfoqALW0<eTY=*54(Ym@X&%yytUd8ozv=CY*qnypeYZj+EP?)k%A>jR)~bg^+G
zmVic7sKfRb`mRUyfTSdLonp8Yym;zbe_L5{wV>rAcHlGRNfse}J4WM;FF7>t>K!m^
z*P21|aFn$q<FnTD$F(o-wzKw@51_c~mI=|D3<2#(c_^LYQ3(kQ)#npB-x7}D^(c@;
zW1AsMzE71{uc)twG4D?avo`Wxw}jH%#k7vZbWS<$_HP2C&YCjT^U~97uepHTNv8ga
z>e+KObs|(3a13bd2|j?4RsK8HEHjM4feD-jrz@lmH+!|}L_z@uQH}f8Z-Bi@)pE-$
z7YpBm#`3KXzim}SOaLkfm&6X;8}b~DsHf<7zz|ujqsj7lVEpsVesfYoS^e!_V%db)
z{P)LAE7zOz@ANy3xB(4odqxdR3|PY|*|*L-;-w<^^NWJl6?lQOy?p9DbjYo#;||X&
z0OX?QvWpQ#{qQVG`1%FlrJ@AlP|VBV`hynFKdruEaeaY(rv3<uQgx3Z2jCQ2bN<Dk
z4PX_5ZnEOyl{_wQ^2g?DuJbOWBfj@1SG&G9d|aN>1F{54HaK9jRMy?ZIF)oGTW%v;
z<H)UQ6!lnAp*ux~wZFt(Ky`GF;6T4+3i|-ydSgr8P<Ix1hcz@gWe}hd>!p*EYqyYY
zMn19io0O^4dg7_7-wAo(Fc#pfHG|OSncCV$%Fr}s^__xRAN+hr+|o@x0r<Jcv_Y{v
zsX};I$YDh=pdDF<Dc(#ea}y`{F2CdU8J-WYx9t9ddZ{_g$!TewZ+c<?<;?9+?Qt#&
z5S4!cRa1SG3x@%x9^NoGGl08r@`#+Ao=UHpNyo(v4(-up5t%~#KeS+;j{VRwijZW<
z>T<pP^@B>-85OCUTshN=D$s6&>XX6MxgZt`zl)h%W#Ex%s8bHEqRK@4Kc`~6S>NsL
z6OU%pg{xuTVZWzIJg?_EE%_J+_`o7vm;;$2o@7zjK$zWYHo)7Ic$@hb<(nk^4xvTx
zBVey4S?j_mRUfy;14O5R%elSRPE-1ZA06(Iddj@$NMzQfF`mQ*@^T3thyNgguVtfW
zeorNf$2WrJ$C&};ew<}3*H~1jQ~FLKYy;{oE)TBU?tTJ^zcE|xrwltWg6(6AGkMbo
z3Zdc<ig;Lb4vLBU=@ELgnjc$5z66LcR6ctGhXEzYzyml>9t&RkIy#WMHQ3p4fVNL*
z4*)&i3UlS5CeF3`3V_a)bgMw{An4yA@jp-jdXHs?VF)320O<VTuT_;}KruWxD%NTa
z^=Tck<on2-{2rsP|2X;T3f16tg%YCO6o_}f+`8F<eorCO&S$t1KyyorCwhqw(6kFb
zh5F+^U_I|W{@Xr|*GEg8ct%oPPw^H8_I$6B$e?lrQmIxO8;_Je7zo>p%ISj2u~^jZ
zYjpRQQDPDh#Hq*A;{K&{S~=cFsW&!oQ+QK|O2{#A*7gQuc(<K#dQD-1EecGW`WCf#
z&BOWD86yKExcNaRYh3Zozx0Ijb7}e*rB@lhiNH#U=c;lY%bhZA-Nafay`4Sv%U?-(
zGa{z}x5Z+eC-7}J!6$1I{_HP~Paf7tujUu;lpe!hXI_#)_j^2%j*bq4g`=>8M;eUE
z1ktMteBF9Abc?XNLu)-|J6MlZI6qkmz&mP~@)pArwqGpH$+Gh~NxRBeysB+F$!Ki@
zLZtiYSdZI|?qbKy;sZ^gyiDpT5cht=&1~!5sREm}Tjk+Y<>daNHOugB($IJ$Q$&^p
z0)Z??*m=DS=4^zOE|tM;)8xyiF1UfaYrxoi!mh0S?qkHtd*4GIgR|l(r$e>PSN7?W
z{g9VaqX!BYV|+$n7&}*0b#-8TrT!K`A+VD?Tilt{PTji4OfX7EXO1$^Tf2_OzwMNH
zlK7*TU;|nN(B-A`XGx}9;(4zJCPF9wig3<pM1-A#!)d84PtRk^Y<J!X$pTgF6RdO$
zQ!!uVc*^hrnwY7#ay(GJGy^SP2O28yqT}fe0|sRPofczLdmZX}0g6bs&H#MMU|>Co
zW?jLsDIfryYxVEgOLmTowf)9}jefQ$9;(3~go|hv!jR?cVCt2}8f0|5{Y{|vqbcO8
z@<s*Xx)R3<>m4|;6bx{|UE2oDEub1~gOo%^iI6YS>DlHx`LVwgGO?`G9)%lmSq(w0
zH-vVQY&3lM8>n=8)sLyUA*XflNbVxdHIn`6Y8;SOiGQE;1S6JDoTB%dg{yA43rJfb
zSX@>=4tU(S@1G@A6DB!5TcwhaFj&tm#v7)S>;ML@h=gl8RxAGmh6-%9ASIkabjT-m
z@@Ul}MOP^v|MO_3cF%k@gl%v*&-IZn^@DD*uJ&4E=7VteYPvOdF0)rj#`2s&S<@##
zs?(E8G-Kx+b~;{@LlVmt*nbD*$gvT9F&_xT@zY;qk9@>EFsB%J*5oSE%z01z;zL17
zeFY}R!UaGj`t{^@HGhz*MuK=Bwc2SR^a*n;sEaJXDUw~Gur#j_*XhKQMPB<)6%7-?
zCv*u0Kpg^92(VcpR3R4FdHKLQH7R`$jo|s()zu6rXojHb^AtZR)#!YdVixUUmwsT&
z$IA=3I|kx65Uc9kzzdz8t-lqQdCVILz5EXW#DU1W$zmnrKol0<z7k)GS^GRv%D-@W
z{ZuI>27}e6fb*@Jk0vG;xfEdA#l`dky#1B=#W-)C|8^O6e$(~)YeIs9`nI@{jZ&(d
z^bfO*&0tv;K%5Ie$IHnD$q}TV(BUX3C`2Ty;h>2CQk{fg_bM^0w67ASLIXUO=p{R0
z&@<OM^AT`RvvmQ<<X(?o<n)i^3;K?=%ar$%=Pd-g+e1M`l}IUrb@Az_ZU8`z$V~oT
zFm$gGbp>8sJ&_pw1{0NMAX9(zNDP0E%N3E<Pr^`rnRk*$f9x<p-*fznkV&>GypnxX
zXEoi#)^=%RN+&eu`_zE_Fb|ojwr+MjX`mWb?kT)Bya>sz2#beeZ!_{AJ8eresc0x^
zDC-kOtCOK8eabKRp}z;5{ch#J8_F(kwcQ{M)oDk*zZ13BFe-g1=RqWeixG&ldFvU3
z4^*q+H@N#wTOX7ZYJnr-?=3cO9jXR(Cv$<-r?I!?OlOfwb!!KHX+UEE5+?jMzRDT3
z9k(PX2~M1hM?hi`WB%sSnPg{(Aj#<eKTrLCseh1T<n)pJ{!eYg|1#fBL&~l?{|FtB
zWbQ@n0qVRO<~JX0K@%E2$}?{WJ<oTIc~gu^8RQ6%wi`rCBz!1wmo!o5G%s4`H*067
z_g0-+41F6jN|mD<@9yXJrlzh$TV|E07WcZB)1kVMt5kQONMHn@3KH)C2Tfji7E_>g
z7)tQZEkyMW;uL2nv$mrK8#Ws8<`$<4&o~@#ot+HX`Bd%UlAy7AEk#HoK4X86__IfN
zsa!R`S~Yf7HTf~d0eRlw^Y#7z>+GweqU@q~hsGgAVg#f?nxT<q1VjX-hVBrMRzSK#
zK@mh+MUX~P0fCW*L68!ak{o(SiJ`e?zTdrft^4nFEnV;~=baP#?ERb_&;Gl0zP*2T
z71#Q0<8Uav<&_t|DC_cZQ{~;!7dLZ5@RBAWE9>6<hIYZV!9__#6v3%J<;i8FMydj9
z-M_azKcsTJqKLaS<fO>PnWn-kK>X+A(GTYi*pr^t_?}NW(_!58O_wk0TZchL4d7=v
zon1Yde7324nRtFOv3B~T8P__xcjxcrVeOR4C7AV}pa&U#FR!A_<2pHQj{C*}4$3b`
zFPASbWL+vOd>DxHwxRR&R^Cb?jGsIcuk1WBBp>+-Wf)z{Y!VeO@??M3?tW7}wCCJQ
zN)_q1yeVs6emc9gH?_I3e>s%-?whiI(B+DP#XCqtP`Kw8M1#K@rgh}7`TS&Z4g0kG
zGPi;b{WQ4dPyU-nN>>N3l$F_MzZ!Y2+<mYzySH!l`8{J~o&W3gCd$)Jwo}oGe%s1d
z_a7iTS#-TE{0KaxdRfjxKc0IvBtB~RJY^Ly6?(yR3RXI<&*GbkY?E^RRCmKvRn>G@
zxL2B7%hb>Y>$z!x>$-He_cPjjzpMUrT4ULD?>4j;?M&2`181ZhDoU_Tbpgi@EB*-^
zCo3pKdL9tYt`j*n;J0vET<(9rf0X7!g=kxS(D~*e)~#W7)`B-_`;hMSYKUqORj;v;
z?w$`;geaS~uo!n%Z)NLu*{%kU<qx}T7eOL9@a{ASC;gv4<TXC@t#80YSi0xjdD;e#
zRz8nk{u$gxI5(r6F=QM632L~HjS5TX#mn*a^Tv@q2MnyW!YUlUcAGey@pDY`bd0IT
zL|5YVpGJmA>wCTqm9~83(eSAQanp8#-&7JgB$?l3Vh!A;&8s?so7Yk;Ze3)JZwV)E
z&Rigzi$A04`#fhaJ)MiIayMHp{7(<+MlW;U@g;5l$#kU{Tc@aycFIaEI-wu49Vaz5
zksB8UX@L*>d=6~Md=^12#wck%$<iuGT4AMItuXkN@=b@io?yHAosH#d_&gjfN0Gt1
zZ(f^XX*=fMcEfI`JN>Hjh|LhUegeZJzy6b0KdpWMPy^o0^*HH2gpL3C|3AG2jIQao
zUUN4}bf3*NrT19XMSww&Y0Pih|0@#$6c<dP3?3mFFnYga>8HxE%oToyLOoxk?K^_U
z4)@nDMCh+5TM;2SLx_wE>CLhAq`Kp;44@7_%8bqOtgRcw6@Liciyuqnadlh0wK5qL
zJk2cYwo<(FEm(9OmZzC(kkB;qHN|7RLA*%m)mBY2n({KE+NMI<pzkpJmq<0MHMnI@
z-7_ioU8#SPXSZ;J_4$T9NG~8)OLyWggi*)q@TD4afI<-9zlyyLLe)r()>&tXtS?b~
zs8)XHdXwi(aBG|T&Uf~f=dRE?peS;6y;2c6u#nHMr(L(eL7vHx-&bo{cd3_b>ZaQ|
zdj}K;($j0GWfzrqX^pcFGr~ndCh;vbb<z}u86rvXaR!^f_o+qTUbOJm4gFY(xh~g(
zyW_afRXe*Vg2_Vd8EFmUpc(l{OO<ecJ^2$8ls_5|aIEnGHh&O?HcaRJV-AvbF}s<K
zjko%0d2~mO`H97Uf_e@gDOuV0KS61~1<2oV$V91<Z?Bmne@gKVJz->Gn(En9Tg8VQ
zPAi>2BZ{gqH=NCwG(PzEpSJe6WQ)<ReqCjSBvo5r`PO8t=pU<1D>?tSGwh84Sf^L$
z{nOC5pa!BH#BspIw?YGqx~8J8f}9FXonEqo^E64UHlW5_7q*>u+cX8{clr)0nmffx
zhgM4ME2#HEB7y(MSKh<I%(Viz`xJ*p%s-=0Aqo8Caw{ceWpz@qWMQ<VAZH_=-@F{S
zXaV~L04RfCh9Kdju7m5@`?^z_%3dj55cex^ZPI=NsW>vL@-jX8tM<d!>ec+WKa+nR
zF%lco`dYae!1_VJ?8}V?TWN)B)1-%1Si><chC!jX4r2@xp(1x*8=ERyRVV`cb$E4q
zPRo%=lKJIVz*v4<Xmi3lb6DR{=XrC56?jGKIKBaL*X0}A0c4=63zP}`{c9<t9>u`_
zEXo!MtwE{^(MBN!yB<-IMjwLMk5}w~qXcJv?IDhXuW3Q#t%X@Sh^X|{y2nldo+fkP
zw!wiM*A_pA>Q8m$!Y1=)qf%B3X!;l(Z#PnX#$j{GclQGi%54U!F4n95y<Jf(_QRz)
zHO?PB#Z-2*L>CU=t8UAC8iOxXh0gw*%Ck_I1Mn4&Kfn{+V0#X?XNP7lrowZ8tE&Qa
zSXafXYxt=SfH_dV(E|&cBMXaQKObQ)EEDX(><Z|PN8c0fdP1^0`Z5$+qi^m8uxbx1
zJv}`$H+Mxg3?qBgn0tDw4Xr>$N(2f&M5NTdT;T+Dp5=t7R30;i=)$^XJpb+N<@qeQ
zodg?`Y!VflzUXL)l!+7mO3=Cc_DRJvY?E+w1Zp|k?LQh#P?`kq`J#5rGQtp~CTEQN
z?a5BeF`RVgXq|LQVWoHPt>VzsI4JY4ZT_Dr#gIuJMc{HTk8{1OJhTNE85!{v!?#ku
z7le+-w~}$v5;iqo4{Wb9N#`}tj_b5zX=V6y8)VB{h8-`V7J0>7t$a8Y#D)OWd_-dA
zJrujQ1x->MvJgV*(^ssnCzN}-BggNIv)P7)wJ_+lcQabPnLn^~5=zKdinl#je|YbG
zMWW~n2inqhT^4oA>PkP6IQTW>v;$b_lk<zRP`r%a`%lJSJV~1OCU2X5Iy*4m86UVE
zJUf-}CRq*kNuRUmipxC(Rypqo2Xs<R_~iw%imV~~&1=w*W9O5zQX)w1s3#Nz0%;V<
zqzT+Vy8$l@$`~k4aob)vc5NA79Q)sZJ4vkby(!!k@GHjk-WP6|td4E9wj1)k&p^=y
z)?AiIqF(|ZZpPoIz&=c3$WkUmsIDqcO*rn7nAlWL-T?9Ad!miR6@JaLKxI&~$_+PB
zG;>LkkMrD>3ps+v)3AG@>sT5XpR4<`KS*p_uas+UF9t@$jhKMYd&;9>7dVcdkD-<U
zEfmd#Ez1!7Y7fJ$mH!S5o`SfdVWyA$tet(wIsDN1?4;`Qa`Rnave8mwPwr=&jN}i>
z9}FVe-idrLB8EiBf`m(lu4p=P;+ny=Jo`mb1N{!Fhwbisv3m2h^a%-B9K?6EwA=VO
z?eu#&p2-Uz6MgR`kuY$7n7MY~o4Yry5;Ws=p9UW9U9{#I5RRmmR0?hRoEvr$I=dZs
z$y8TYCt*<N%KScPUEmBP-5{Pkk+cpwb^=^r1i+_S{DB_|91G7>&gN-o5p(Ti>|KE8
zSv+9JwqVrtukWa?Y2#yFK*sY7bgs7p#M!1_TvF&C*L!r<dq~O1*aJ>k(`J7WzytVd
z_I&GUNmUhD1fh)(oubi~?IzJU%Ii@px#4Vp!Mi70+HI##sA_H(&7M)(V<{Rh?$BfV
zy9^m{@Y|#Ya1EkP*2|9oW{sYlG(XnKKN#Lyn~!Jj0j|!M;O`Ac!Ca1v2lGtWsmBY}
zTXad7Ijqg4JRls7-Nm3C00S9*7&7kT5zEUD)j#To0D0>K{715=qlH8~=@vdlt~D<k
z_|Fm0cPV^bc^_O2xIRCbeI^zAwoixuAZWmq;lT`Brt?-FLR~!LctV_LCz$Ci_rge!
z*MoU^ASd2e{^i<evBU5Owc4KNkE*l+D4C_m6Pd(%ew*051m7zqEp4~E&<&G(NXaN>
zP1#@jp-k}MkIYDrd_p8-{7Kc&@ESggh@5lh2=nS=OA8yg7PRA9FGKkgqCBSR?N0XB
zwD?lLu9uZpyNqyAUY8&iL+ua(MjrgHFPNpFiHstzNsjRD%7+8lvDw+oc;?@pSK((4
za!Jw8uiezv|2?&=rcV#(RHUS&Y{6K*f_4GbJ{ZjqyjP{(V`?XBD1;P{0!L$;@Zk=)
z^B^lFs~oM{SY`JY*U_CG7BAby-V_&4Pfb6+x))_B8Zr6&U`!HC%eo>UL(r^PGv$lB
zOybS=0fbWxUT9F<7pI#eGY=^Ky8+u*O!IaN3k9Qa8!B*bu1U0Izfdf%sEBkoz;e<J
zpMK%u;n5A!oFs)UztYy2Qhs(GN>7oAvlF~lS>Tun?Wy-LV{w9!g2Nc$)So^NXs`J2
zT%vP$M~84fLXI`vwc1E9w$!jVA1vP9@<3-_nh<A9+r{~*xNRFG<nVKDH^_{L2lTJ@
zM?3TQauh~UOL9))!;OjPL(u6o{PMh{qM{q<Ts<qRmtZ@A!#8)l&W&kdSB@=oU;o$G
z7zWSxXB{w4Le5zYVl}`1{8^x|IU?lK$&A4BBe^_!ga{2)YB`<Wwg>$Rw2DW^0oCT8
z3XAx%GC^1z=jfw1)JF6qU~;K^x*ebiQFQV9ASmE3jdaaE0uq~G*BNKGzd90dvQ{h}
zdg2R2^+%>Sk;2ohm?BpfSJ(C*S(3mt9>zeUxB~&isJs;Yu1Yh%c+HfOzdw@6=_X?j
z;pk4Yg9QNkba?nh$Xj_oC}92U0X`so6O;ID5az)TNVvZPltJwRf7?P)j_2$5b`U(#
zDxUO~IJs(oSup_47BEL(37p>JpPe5Fh>6A75w=|wjw`h-`8w&tN(qBQ>OCCReijDc
zrl0zZSv|E|=z0$1K&#N;=M6===W{?%)WL9o3u_kymFNI}xGWGSQQ&+ep7(~~$tiV4
z)!p2L*0ESTFDO3s7p5E{Hxsg_d$xK<rK3HXj59`+D@B!`9s&LpOhfR{wF9M@05%2W
z={lSp?Yg+Tt2;Pw12vwY#~%Yytw^$q=JDUF$c6?~;-aCY%13iVAQ7mVBTB==A7E6z
zR5fSko1lqx5J<#2z>aa#J?{-F_6otU;Awkb=<r2@P8f_JQ4Y}ZD%fTheW@OA@)L@o
zg~@upeZfPZq;avhrr|2@rQc)+10HJ<WpiM2&_LYq(qdSAfBqcgWntvNHl@T>0t*yr
z2ZPD`^1Dx^OPeeBZzLZW-?(w(85#qpBtjyQg^eY!xHTrZsBSpJ3t2z^^<M(F_O@=S
z9A8Nnvq`!x`Op@$4g&ub0>Uagpf-tO%sN;^O1CqLgksTj@ewt|#LAE1aU<*U;5!Q4
z(H)?=nej4Ja5vR^b(j-%_OBlt)AXbbh@Op&nDaT(#Dtq3YS$h`BEhB3S3I*zM#J_3
z2t8N|M+pJLOdw)i&#rP8ROibm=joAyT}sg+z8z29UE_cro|zF%>?8O9&Z?D_)vy%R
zm`%8n|JGlDmnKx55!j~j2CrOti5a#y`n*~Xi^?gtiMf~FPM^&jC9Xq&oRJmWYbh%u
zk43n+xkXoEft--6^kMmEAmC-SUzM3(F8nGrWOBdO4%a#EAOu>KwG*D)zodsm@`mPJ
z0Dmr?;WPkr4uJ<Bx)&G-kaHI7d<YBH)zw{HUq?tW$2ytyI!e^CJ^$(WWcf$?+gne(
zSKd9f2QmUv2~#Y3kW1YOuLe|=2BC9J5C}u(U3E31td4tpskPNJepbG|z8^|Uue^Kr
z?wRICgGIeBy>LqWv%EZlHDBg=Z_`5#AVl73mk6sdeI$}(%x~oPZ{Cb=$ICh3NZqv9
zbIInz78@bEf$m>A$}Vb$Q}U$V1%n_3%Lr84VD-M{50|1`Y*R^PWje`mG$|D!WMU<S
z*uld?1gI^pl;qDOcVUF8Qp{;r#m&>h_(sT7p*o##sO9qYxKc$qjb1ndC4*xscOYMC
zie}!B5{?zG0`XRZ{d64dXy?yEr)FWnQdU+5cOQoX<<2VaOTPUL$F{z{4u7(&6LN-O
zzXMJqUK@j6XzG7t2i_~O;Cor6^e@5fyU58o7f&cV@n=mm<92Ycf_)7P@CC*JT?zys
zucCqqK(8*KdBh(tg1mP#R^<>F5h-PxN5eFq(wCoWQkpMd`okwZLIJ%d>s`;U(IRYt
z3i~-X>SuMfU#y}5&Uqa5jRfvHNw%xQd0&AcCs<@rj7M++gwO$}+?Z}Q5v5p+O?5JR
zT+e%KGEx5$SXIFAU)0u|7^APq20&x7ACjJcThb)KH)Tqp4m%=6RqxU7kg3H}p!yPx
z$=ElyhZTj}MdFXrn8&+(cB5pGn6{0H&rX<?!NL1klPBlf;WSob;(qH!FJR(?MXvc^
zdx1Y`X!rSp5W<Rz3Lu?8u5C^y$KVftz+iC%{k8ZXR-2N(1>-<+K7P&<?u@tNDAla2
zZunZE|1I_BVdViW11BDDq&ww-7q*@)iHQg8yPyvKSip6!x&8U1CYsUt;<_ZBe;3wN
ziNPZlK)1KJp-ji_sL4znKQb}#98bdt&N=?@-ckN{)igbJ%Cnj38lR3T*wo3%$(@Bn
zF)#wK{$w9DUq%5t;O^c9kO}Q8^vKVjT+ZYMzXWmy^1(JC$aS(LNRludjEVD4a!*+`
zUo!I!+zu|@K|QQkT)3}sJX18~IH$daEc^KJ$z2)h8q<x}HV-H}_t_&2W30oOy(EoK
z7&WVc4XI~ju2ObdDy}?=(qUhQ>;MQsG%zrbDew144YLS(Jz$Pka?zlEy~cYU(S`BJ
zdSp@Scx7^GD$kV}kZ>j_Y@@C{SsBy->K4eAFyn0?0)WL>U~Ft=CJ88%g)|fEcJOg9
z{wU|%P)5Tdo%XZiy{oU#`W6<6K*s|bV`hBDGQ@qh<pv%?alcZG0-)@^X1uw%IUKC<
z+Nb+`MZYR<vQj(Xwx$CBO)cE1k6!U~<1^4NCFSLv;A?h3A~`@cfcE_gz*lWRHSU0p
zBXhtQ!hnfuYHGrt4!rm!a8zAc2e`H-^wj?ai!3!DTunv$0`PhSTDOT=9O!xEG{p5w
z=?c6q8RIzcENBufYs_~NKx#?b`FdWD6A-n2aKC9q>+^nC{YA4k6=SCnJR#rq^5Pt*
zRZ)O0xRr8BRB~Oj0i$V_a6~ap5Ku_A?Sw#F!rL>&9pEm*9C(=lmP5_NB;(U12<{SZ
zwO)o%vMaMT%!VoGjCO$~jRtD>M!M7YH<MuL#C;aj0s6=<FQ<Uu@gIJY;J&1B`!*5Y
zilTOVSb(W{tjP`m%~%ORH>d8ST@27)vA~Q_l^Q{t{Wm)R>4#G}o0kyFV;>v92YLY}
z>(CK%1;2X0a@T-<9=`tm`9SMGS0@A*r5%v}de4U9@S+aT-5oc#a-9m$E75(riJ|yG
zZVy1(SE=KDPWD}YWJ^<k%Rnc%g86KWi{m$OH-Po#gZEtkMU#z66&}e4?0ld%Ov2a#
z)m|I$9*_Kh${e1YghIx@1<Qu*Cfdw_yJ1@XJ$?F(@fxDNl_4~U0E+JZ?t<%t=RZ?~
zSdw>>eCY6#I@{`2nSURAagFMdGr7MpLNBi@+bDR3j4f0WyS~wtCF#7_F#JTLT8p!+
z45S%FvJYOcyU(Dmv!4vdHzgYSHByF0J7l)x1t)UxL!gtbdUn!{UsL(He1Kc9U?9ph
z+kiEz=(!FbH%Zh}87rV_flv$gzaC+tQ{#znpVH)^BY*&fAA{h8#YL)f5pdYd-Tw>~
z=|{-FOJ^h}{w+1~x$~4Y&oBAI^KSc}TEG3QvNVbRDM2N(UI-VM&};lL4LrRO^lqV)
zLj~ZGXJ(=qsnVA8dH)7U3s#v5X#@`LtRc2<Vb66Znyu-2N{te7lqGd?OZ4aoe!?rU
zAXqaGOstDLis`}G#>%tqGP|jXEwK#3vY@S1xUNfSWvRfhs8XmN0iYv5w!x)QmtoWv
z_4uNpGn-*))ks+=pSEH2Z%M1Hdu=d2@?W-@(8{}t!(=KNUnH_#(BGy14vp^wN9r-7
zy+qcVZ)Xwjv$?9eBlG!JS63sP%<zbBNPsbs;TbzH+S-N5_kj@v;su(FH~99~7PNiz
z)8Fm_%kCm2NCFK_`AB~=D+0<%o7la$p*7}bm(3?HFHZ}N1rNNJe_RLpc76SknXnh|
z0-;k(iJ&>!cRuQy;WRX`Jm%af&lCsu*+!+7{8K7oaEgJ!LP3`}nVO<_NsTdBT&bmK
zR>!;xedoRkj|_kI;>$9<zCM<`e4JtP^|DjWhR0|hFuKA`f@6dR*Hr;x6yaTRPKs55
z$=k+MMXr4lu{;K>Xf?sK*TzuCM%8}3t^{{VR6ePyT2S&~sygd{Ou;7aE+SttP5b+W
z{g?1Bl$$~fBY=E1K#{t?miDEllNf?75x@w%ncv1iRnR^Ky*w%E;l&s&eL*CWB0uH}
zn|v;1r;(@zld140SW$pp!87H*SE>RyX!vR&9ByR)o^sjn(Lw3W@>kz@Op#!kD-+#i
zgxnhW)3io%zy(5}sD$x{LW^rQK%cb(lyxV0&LkD_F*F*%{O9ER<ctsr1A4HO&{*hC
zuTmrJdT74Azo6btpWF8FU7S}?E>h5``a)Tz8$zQ}cCffF`W$=uli`zm+x4m51-l~s
zf^aE6E0e+d`zKD~l!lF#ugMt`h2sRMXP7y>f)dwj=`~V1IGJDe(VO$rzZPiM;WO0J
zx*wJBuuEU+nL9C%mKTG150uL8fn4AsT4~)>jA0B^HBy%#E0^v~8F$KU`(6tQHAJHN
zl}!^MN_CcBs1ss9yQm3+UWKa>T~vj#V1wyn-~23y3IXG^P>3M>s6VNEGM)2hUvp{|
zm3)V>@Rn;2=YYhbGhe5XvL!Lz+<Qz(bl+j`o5}Y$`B1#il<YNta8*taO(8-(E#iC*
zt)>02&%j_mdc@<)&&!n9?P!GdVRiLhXP})y1bdae=mObTc%4gcIMbVCV)T0MqrD%U
zQJh`xq~Hn56=jHoy!wa$T@lZHf$lr{H`gC%`8n|<ufiZoBv{8a)e8p@l1<ZQc+0Zw
zUpVTTStNiiSY;lw71wbx+*cS^=>M*Oh1;~I<kp!Uy|T-s=(cbp*;h|oyFH0rLfA*V
z?G{*H&=m=C9tya;xvN2lK5dxk5X~8Qe;|7@tw51wjT@Zd)=$wcbgWUj!tO<%Sl>By
zC%I>5&~|IH@lHp=pY3<^E1OuY{@@BmmnhY3j5@a9{DawBUlinR9jix1L*e~xk3y&G
zagA~@dipR*zJZb3Ug+qv#|xh(TA7H1nB#yL*ky*rkuY|`DLdghDxCm+gGaEUTs)Wp
zk0?ins@v@GkK)#xO>M>Tk2?1yg{%L2WOtHvkE<F*8f7i^2{jZ$s4JN~AV2JPt&*bT
zQ43ZYtMcC$489aPUx?BBARr%uL6}Il`9aTQzpIX8sZ8AyJf*Z1R{XS!!dxnaK9ogZ
zmp||mHd-=PVmY>tm;7^Z2Oj$xagj`kV~#a+Xy?rSEbUemq0o>x0cRaao@Px5VF!aA
zy)LPXWkYoxqn=BTrF)*=U1H<y++fRh!P)HwInO#;apyY_+OM2tvqU9-|KE4GD~QIv
zE^>`fjZF8RM(B=MyfQ+y5$X*ubTr>akQ<qpd~9lB9&s^hxgXm9uY&tT8KOp$oXZf_
z_-Y8AA(<8yZhUe?X*j6o;5z}I9^|5ja?)MlW~I*c3lFgHw0gZMbO=Q$Ea)=O-MQH2
zPhwXf&?s5mSSN(IltE3%UA_f9`JeTKs19zfjg`7G|9u+`u1onJF_a*ehX6vdbobkV
zR!!p~A;qeG3c!z`l@_dHo*&@)!HI}J+Z>i!%r#<Xh>ay><xa~%qmy&9HH@Urt&b&T
z?yoEPp&L4+;2wuJyHv7&d2&ACJQ-;$H3|FutR~)pYrNS&6;{6J{<#-0Um%#ZMU-YU
z=u?6Xoh8fro2cGMo@OWd{{JrbhC5?+5%3)WXk6U<UV-fuH)Eoj{=YGm0oH<l+*Rdj
z;*C5STQl!C+BL2U_t)wf8jgNc^{`+gw;FS*F}J~xwLj=iKRu#+a?5ZH=UfODa7ica
zeM3Z_KZOX4R7yA6$qd5beD!rOflujH;vC_<XYa#T@}5o(SuBNDnu#LF<&rQ$mH$ay
zqeRLek=~qqVCZ~P<L8-=uI9K|%gd525|?a>SPc3<5rv;qQV9Qli+5ybH7h#Bf8V;b
zT-#N`{1LaRinfQk={lwplhKgkSh#(erW{t2L8Co<aC&R{RK#W-gS}IVYyE|m-8m@b
z_l}Javg8MQ{52xK?TfFY#I3blzZzmj({C(tLJ5RpK6CyQ6_34s&pAJ2_C1ZxE@TWo
z55r`f9PJ!+-%#OCYq>NzIqJ4n=I@>fYo%E=V7F1}3%yKKYGJ=197x;#SRWFo^l`sG
zBR=e^DSb_?Fhz~&r?y*le+3R?DOCi|St{8T!(7oc+W(F7Vu`K2Y#)Oqd&N$vQE2@=
zP<(9EzBs&c6MUGbM7Teu66<Zn1ojrm@YS=Lb~g5tO7D@HSMmo=BNgo%9R~`^YOU=%
zM}^;%&-roZRr|Y%q2Z?<;rQ9t<UR=7+523(O`~F@8;L!Xiava}*oUxH)8~MEMW`D7
zYZWS+JU73<<<ohewULc%6Y~2*i+i!H$*eN3Y&v$&$;j(b+dCP@yCQpgE5YFzLC0K%
z`+Ml2p`S_HDykp4?^=%3?~6W#YOAPM{}YsH^*J7MAxb>oEK=FI=R{f|PM$3&a(Hsy
zBX+PmzniEKrY9JBi67y&5WT3%*=@;Qu_%N8yEP511}}Ij&#X_MUSVrrpGijb_FaC$
zGSl-`Q769Z6gw2Y)=JUlb*`rIux5;XpY$KaRVIaQpTbw{`zJde|KeJI0$TZVt2KcR
zdzIYE{gq<&LN=9>h}Ps4c7_JSTi0&vU6foxg{x80#`K;aqr(KaOw+78m+sVz4QXU&
z;EpuJ=tTDL>(_sNQMu2BGhoj(u(8QFJz{!%!JrXMi&$r<3cDi6;RgZG4n3e|Nbh)q
zrHN5f!tS==8suvPA-`VA5K$RzWv|I(xhJk?@pj;GwRwx6jXs1wma7~`Q0V%a>0Zq}
z6r`2wPV2QfCIppnS22GWy6WqwC4=<p74o2vX#Hj0C{)-iw$tm_7U#T!6<a-DOGW$(
zRVJ?BgnkJincE|<-e>N~rw;GNSRhDMImq}U1f!jfgGDcc83`lGmbSUkJ{%lPu^EI&
z{rP3qRp#Ux40#sc<0K;FNS>>?wQXQA55U=$)YXWG4O#{t_>ZN7?U4{r_jD*gILJt=
z&E9Gi_~w+#cxws`RA|CaF(m7cz_}HcQ6{Noy|2d<8j+-&mi)sI0$3acCowBo^$%L&
zf1hcjb)zxltB6Ii@69y|({+ZT!lN<o1}^_zlPA)$B=A%|SzM=OTl;+)wRr<_mDc&2
zF(}ew!Cs4mqEPJJY^~!)Cx?>V-P>R%0V|dLwn`^_g;y*y$X7Qk-L6GS8_6&(W4p@7
zdPjBCh&&~_G7HiaKFH#}2C;N}a;qepv{NtTiThVi>VzV-%_M_z!S6!mr8^YWeS{K|
zavyF!LOx3E3gcWQg0KE7{NG<zxCB(^@r7Mxq9*d!mb{2yIHEzIlu(1<=bDZ(Ly1uD
zvO6rBS~b>V#Wq{sS7YtD#K;$QB#FdzmfuME$Bn|Z_hr}*>4I8dpH9DdlUR<2dd@W#
z$p?jt)iZ<@GOdvm{sihq<4f3^(_`GnUmAl;)-g8gW`iatyQRL`=OL({Xqp$R$Ftbf
zB`66YbG|;snhrGZMxmCt=2XRsVH7olq^YR$s;X$bXI^33un2$e6xxlMgS9t#B6j2S
zcxIG)J!&(&W_L=t)q&PGP$fYrtfq8-(>dW@;jBtXsHD!40W2cwh3(S03PHbb%Ke-3
zO%bk{y-t#}h)CCEg~?TfoE}nZsZdZbhETmjpY;qaPRU|SGgY6*Z~nA~DOt?B_~D=u
z%M;PMKxL9i8|!P`xeu`oBw=1VIehD~Eklz;o;Ibek;E!3?feH98QG6t*&b2Qw=SJ?
zErzY!Ts>fNKl||c6FB*}J)1S7AmS1*--NP5$2nAXEK23o#hx5jiXN^xc<VPxxliq>
z2DLfvtjk@L!m8mzsj3`ZJBa%2TIWQ%%TP2l8~6JWeC@kM!dQV43t}JErfJVOB{5h#
z9TMnRc-$D?mVSDXc5)(s!x*l;IXMm}d<EzwNEi#R+_mk#b_pm#f88F1p#7SH;cmTT
zl}7vs@{y0IrhDVDgdFS@>jDnj=emL_O8Su#xIY4+r(fUpzi$b@vK)<x&wa&UIKxkn
z7!m#c@&lGeyR;#9n?261kD+xXhmb0;>H*WwJ;M@+k!p$Z{VnJR!9bx(MBV~|ywGCg
zIJEN^XQ39LVZ6)mSdUxnBBI1S3i{T*I5|Q0|GXv*!mHe8R`D2Rf7>@PwFO)DW{dpy
zF(pgPszoP5lAphoan0?Rb`nb!4{}2~?a+&RHweWJ4)@MG;XjtNpC-`q>!g*2D$4C`
zE11lWHO|pP{=<kF?17^PpYOf==Zg5YLn3xe0yPW~<u7=k1hvW_{xyL}P^>%YsN(e9
z;nHq3ld`=1nAdQ9Z%EoS<PuJ4SV>$u;-826(juTP6S!4J$4QK$dOIXbWiAtZ=xQ9~
zzqhiN^V*uV`+Z>>J8hay=}>s7VNBs{SW7s#-suGGC&sb8`}Ohp1$zSJusbgk?Gyz3
OxvOzsy%J#?^}hi2xKQo@

literal 0
HcmV?d00001

diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/columns/column-layouts-overview.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/columns/column-layouts-overview.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..447a4761
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/columns/column-layouts-overview.md
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+---
+id: column-layouts-overview
+title: Column layouts overview
+sidebar_label: Column layouts overview
+---
+
+In Beaver Builder, you cannot place rows within rows but you can construct complex column layouts within a single row, such as in the example in Figure 1. 
+
+*Figure 1: An example of a complex column layout in one row*  
+![An example of a complex column layout in one row](/img/layouts--columns--overview--1.jpg)
+
+The [Outline view](user-interface/outline-panel.md) for this layout, shown in Figure 2, shows one row with three main columns and two child columns.
+
+*Figure 2: Outline panel view of the complex column layout in Figure 1*  
+![Outline panel view of the complex column layout in Figure 1](/img/layouts--columns--overview--2.png)
+
+Here's a schematic view of how the columns in this example are grouped.
+
+*Figure 3: Schematic grouping of the column layout in Figure 1*  
+![Schematic grouping of the column layout in Figure 1](/img/layouts--columns--overview--3.png)
+
+Column groupings are not shown in the Outline panel but do appear in the hierarchical structure in the HTML output. Abstracting away from the actual code, the structure for the columns and modules in the example is as follows:
+
+```
+row
+    column group
+        column
+            Heading module
+    column group
+        column 2a
+            Heading module
+        column 2b
+            Heading module
+            Photo module
+            Heading module
+            Photo module
+            child column group
+                column
+                    Button
+                column
+                    Button
+```
+
+In the following sections, we describe some rules and limits for columns. Then we show how column layout affects column stacking at smaller screen widths and the ability to assign column backgrounds and borders.
+
+## Basic column rules and limits
+
+* The main columns are divided into column groups, which can be thought of as "layers," stacked vertically in the row.  
+In the example, there are two  main column groups: the top group has one column and the bottom group has two columns.  
+* A row can have from one to an unlimited number of column groups (vertical layers).
+* Modules placed side by side must be put into separate columns.  
+A main column group can have a maximum of 12 columns.
+* Any column within a column is a child column and is also treated as a column group.   
+A child column group can have a maximum of four columns.
+* Any column can contain from zero to an unlimited number of modules placed vertically in the column.  
+
+## Heuristics for column layouts
+
+You can often achieve layouts that look identical on a large screen but have different underlying column structure. There are two main reasons for preferring one layout over another:
+
+* Responsive stacking  
+Columns stack differently as screen width decreases.  The stacking order depends on the column structure.
+* Background scope  
+You can apply color or photo backgrounds to individual columns, and this can affect how you want to group them. 
+
+### Responsive stacking
+
+Here's an example of layouts that look identical but produce different responsive results. Figure 4 shows a layout with four column groups in one row. The third and fourth column groups each have two columns. In this annotated screenshot, each column group is numbered and each column is marked with a blue dashed line.
+
+*Figure 4: One row with four column groups*   
+![One row with four column groups](/img/columns-overview-4-column-groups.jpg)
+
+When you look at this layout on a small device, shown in Figure 5, you can see that the stacked order shows the two image headings from the third column group, then the two images from the fourth column group. 
+
+*Figure 5: Four column groups with undesirable responsive behavior*   
+![Four column groups with undesirable responsive behavior](/img/columns-overview-4-column-groups-mobile.jpg)
+
+You can correct this problem by moving the two images into the third column group as child columns, shown in Figure 6.
+
+*Figure 6: Two modules in the third column group to improve responsive behavior*   
+![Two modules in the third column group to improve responsive behavior](/img/columns-overview-3-column-groups-adjusted-for-stacking.jpg)
+
+Now the columns are stacked correctly in mobile view:
+
+*Figure 7: Two modules in the third column group, mobile view*   
+![Two modules in the third column group, mobile view](/img/columns-overview-stacking-behavior-improved.jpg)
+
+For details about how columns stack, or how to prevent stacking or reverse the stacking order, see [the article about responsive columns](/beaver-builder/layouts/responsive-design/responsive-columns.md).
+
+### Background scope
+
+Each main column and child column can have its own styling (backgrounds borders, margins and padding), but what if you want the style to apply to more than one column? There are two main solutions:
+
+* Create one or more child columns and apply the style to the parent column.
+* Create the same style for two main columns and set the margins and padding to `0` on their their shared border so the styling looks seamless.
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+See the [tip about determining structure and scope for existing columns](/beaver-builder/layouts/columns/tips-for-working-with-columns.md#tip-3-figure-out-column-structure-for-existing-columns).
+:::
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/columns/duplicate-a-column.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/columns/duplicate-a-column.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9229e7ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/columns/duplicate-a-column.md
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+---
+id: duplicate-a-column
+title: Duplicate a column
+sidebar_label: Duplicate a column
+---
+
+When you duplicate a column, an identical column with all the column settings
+and any modules it contains is duplicated to the right of the current column,
+as in the following example.
+
+![](/img/row-columns-duplicate-cols-1.png)
+
+You can then move it to the position you want and edit the column settings and
+its contents.
+
+**To duplicate a column:**
+
+  * Mouse over the column you want to duplicate and click **Duplicate column** in the submenu.
+
+  ![](/img/row-columns-duplicate-cols-2.png)
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/columns/edit-a-column.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/columns/edit-a-column.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d771d593
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/columns/edit-a-column.md
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+---
+id: edit-a-column
+title: Edit a column
+sidebar_label: Edit a column
+description: Information about how to open and edit column settings in Beaver Builder.
+---
+
+You can edit a column's style (width, color, background, border) and its advanced settings.
+
+## Open column settings for editing
+
+**To open column settings in an empty column:**
+
+When a column is empty, access **Column Settings** by hovering over the empty
+column and clicking the **Edit column** icon, as shown in the following
+screenshot.
+
+![](/img/row-columns-edit-column-5.png)
+
+See [this article](/beaver-builder/layouts/columns/insert-columns.md) for how to insert a column.
+
+**To open column settings for editing in a column with a module:**
+
+1. Mouse over a module in the column to reveal the toolbar and click **Edit column**, as shown in the following screenshot.
+
+![](/img/row-columns-edit-column-6.png)
+
+If you see a hamburger icon in the module toolbar, click that and mouse over **Edit column**.
+
+2. Mouse over and then click **Column settings**.
+   The area that will be affected by the column settings will have a blue overlay when you mouse over it.
+   ![Parent column menu](/img/edit-column-parent-menu.png)
+   If you mouse over a child column and you want to edit its parent column, click **Parent settings.**
+   ![Child column menu](/img/tips-for-columns-nested-columns.png)
+
+See [this tip](/beaver-builder/layouts/columns/tips-for-working-with-columns.md/#tip-3-figure-out-column-structure-for-existing-columns) for identifying parent and child columns.
+
+## Style tab
+
+### Column dimensions
+
+#### Width
+
+By default, the columns in a [column group](/beaver-builder/layouts/columns/column-layouts-overview.md) total 100% width, divided equally.
+
+When you have more than two columns across, it's easier to use the drag handle on the column instead of column settings to change the widths.
+
+![](/img/row-columns-edit-column-1.png)
+
+See [this information](/beaver-builder/layouts/columns/resize-or-reset-column-width.md/#resize-column-width-in-multicolumn-groups) for two methods to change column width when the column group has two or more columns.
+
+See [this information](/beaver-builder/layouts/columns/resize-or-reset-column-width.md/#resize-column-width-in-a-single-column-group) about adjusting the width of a single column.
+
+Two or more columns must maintain a combined width of 100% on large devices but can have less than 100% total width on medium and small devices. See the [article about setting custom widths for medium and small devices](/beaver-builder/layouts/columns/stacking.md). Setting custom widths for smaller devices also prevents column stacking.
+
+#### Minimum height
+
+You can set a minimum height for any column in the layer.
+
+#### Equalize heights
+
+Selecting **Yes** makes all column heights in the column layer the same height as the column with the longest content. Equalizing heights also lets you vertically align the content to the top, center, or bottom. if you change the equalization settings for one column, it applies to all of the columns in the same horizontal layer.
+
+The following screenshot shows two columns set to equal height and centered.
+
+![](/img/row-columns-edit-column-2.png)
+
+### Text colors
+
+You can set default text colors for the column. These colors override row colors for that column and apply to modules unless the modules have their own colors set. The options are text color, link color, text hover color, and heading color.
+
+![](/img/row-columns-edit-column-3.png)
+
+### Background effects
+
+You can add a background color, color gradient, or image to the column.
+
+If you add an image, you can also add a color overlay.
+
+If you choose a **Photo** background and set **Position** to **Custom position**, you can set X and Y coordinates to place the image more accurately in the background.
+
+See this[ tip for determining column scope](/beaver-builder/layouts/columns/tips-for-working-with-columns.md#tip-3-figure-out-column-structure-for-existing-columns) to see where the background effect will apply.
+
+:::info
+You can't add dynamic backgrounds to columns, such as videos,
+slideshows, or parallax.
+:::
+
+### Border
+
+Columns have the [standard Border section](basics/border.md) that lets you add border lines, rounded corners, and shadows.
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+Set individual top, bottom, left, or right border to create horizontal or vertical column separators. Adjust column margins and padding on the **Advanced tab** to fine-tune the border placement.
+:::
+
+## Advanced tab
+
+There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins and padding, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/columns/insert-columns.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/columns/insert-columns.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9d0cbae2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/columns/insert-columns.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+id: insert-columns
+title: Insert columns
+sidebar_label: Insert columns
+descriptions: Describes the methods to add one or more columns to a layout.
+---
+
+There are a couple ways to insert columns.
+
+##  Drag a module into the layout
+
+Dragging a module into the layout automatically creates new structure around it if necessary. For example, rather than first creating a row and then inserting a module, you can just drag and drop a module into a location on the page outside of an existing row, and a new row, column group, and column are created around the module .
+
+In the following screenshot, an Icon module is being dragged between two other columns. The blue shading shows where the new column will be inserted.
+
+![](/img/row-columns-insert-cols-2.png)
+
+## Drag and drop empty columns into the layout
+
+There are times when dragging a module into the layout doesn't create the column structure you want. Particularly in these cases, you can add empty columns or child columns anywhere and drag in the modules as a second step.
+
+**To drag one or more empty columns into the layout:**
+
+* In the Content panel, click the **Rows** tab and drag the column configuration you want into the layout.
+
+![](/img/row-columns-insert-cols-1.png)
+
+:::info
+If you're unable to insert new columns, check to see if you've reached the [column limit](/beaver-builder/layouts/columns/column-layouts-overview.md/#basic-column-rules-and-limits). 
+:::
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/columns/move-a-column.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/columns/move-a-column.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..78773d53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/columns/move-a-column.md
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+---
+id: move-a-column
+title: Move a column
+sidebar_label: Move a column
+description: Shows how to move a main column or child column with their contents.
+---
+
+You can move both main columns and child columns and preserve the column style settings. When you move a child column, you have a choice to move just that column or the entire parent column to which it belongs.
+
+**To move a column and its contents:**
+
+  1. Mouse over the module options in the column you want to move and click the **Edit column** icon to display the column choices.
+
+![](/img/move-column-1.jpg)
+
+:::info
+If the column is narrow, you'll see a **More** icon in the menu instead of the normal set. Click **More**, then **Edit
+column**.
+:::
+
+![](/img/move-column-2.png)
+
+  2. Click and hold the **Move column** line.  
+The area that will be moved becomes shaded in blue so you can see what you're
+moving.
+
+  3. Drag the column where you want it and release the mouse button.
+
+**To move a child column or its parent column and its contents:**
+
+  1. Mouse over the module options in a column you want to move and click the  **Edit column**  icon to display the column choices.  
+If the column is narrow, click the **More** icon, then click **Edit Column**, as shown in the following screenshot.  
+![](/img/move-column-3.png)
+
+  2. Do one of the following  
+
+    1. To move the child column and its contents, click and hold  **Move column**, then drag to the new location.
+    2. To move the entire parent column and its contents, click and hold  **Move parent**, then drag to the new location.
+
+The area that will be moved becomes shaded in blue so you can see what you're
+moving.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/columns/resize-or-reset-column-width.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/columns/resize-or-reset-column-width.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..059b7894
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/columns/resize-or-reset-column-width.md
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+---
+id: resize-or-reset-column-width
+title: Resize or reset column width
+sidebar_label: Resize or reset column width
+description: Describes the methods to resize column width or reset it to the default.
+---
+
+You can resize column width using one of several methods. You can reset column width to the defaults. Finally, you can [vary column width according to device](/beaver-builder/layouts/columns/stacking.md), which also prevents column stacking.
+
+## Resize column width
+
+The method to resize column width largely depends on how many columns are in the column group.
+
+## Resize column width in a single-column group
+
+When a [column group](/beaver-builder/layouts/columns/column-layouts-overview.md) contains just one column, by default the width is 100%. There are two methods you can use to reduce the width of a single column. 
+
+* Set the column width to less than 100%.  
+Open the column settings and change the **Width** setting on the **Style** tab.  
+**Note:** The column stays left-aligned and the width of the column is shortened, as shown in this screenshot. You can't change the horizontal alignment with this method.  
+![A single column with 50% width](/img/layouts--columns--resize-reset--1.png)
+
+* Place an empty column on each side of the single column, then set column widths to position the center column horizontally. [Use the column drag handles](#method-1-drag-the-column-handle) to set the column widths you want.
+
+## Resize column width in multicolumn groups
+
+There are two methods to resize column width. With both methods, resizing one column width resizes the other column widths in the same column group to maintain a total of 100%. The new setting applies to all device sizes unless you [change the width separately for medium and small devices](/beaver-builder/layouts/columns/stacking.md).
+
+For example, by default two columns in a column group are sized at 50% width each. If you resize one column width to 60%, the other column automatically resizes to 40%.
+
+### Method 1: Drag the column handle
+
+This method is quick and easy.
+
+* In your layout, mouse over a module and drag a column handle, shown here:
+
+![](/img/how-to-tips-resize-reset-col-width-1.jpg)
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+If have two modules in a single column, you can drag the handles on either module.
+:::
+
+### Method 2: Use Column Settings
+
+This method may not work well for changing the widths of more than two columns because every time you change one width, the others resize automatically to total 100%. 
+
+1. [Open a column for editing](/beaver-builder/layouts/columns/edit-a-column.md).
+2. On the **Style** tab, change the percentage in **Column width**.
+
+## Reset column widths
+
+With this procedure you can reset column widths to evenly divided widths for the entire column group.
+
+**To reset the column widths for the entire column group:**
+
+* Mouse over a module to display its toolbar, then click **Edit Column > Reset column widths**.  
+If the options display a hamburger icon, click that, then mouse over **Edit column**  to reveal the  settings.
+
+:::info
+If you have custom widths set for medium and small devices on the **Advanced** tab, you must change those manually.
+:::
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/columns/stacking.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/columns/stacking.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5df0c3eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/columns/stacking.md
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+---
+id: stacking
+title: Column Stacking
+sidebar_label: Stacking
+---
+
+In this article, you will find information about the stacking of columns in Beaver Builder, including the reversal of stacking order, as well as any limitations that may apply.
+
+## What is Column Stacking?
+
+Beaver Builder's columns are designed to be responsive and adapt to varying screen sizes. While multi-column rows with two, three, four or more columns may look impressive on larger screens, they can pose readability challenges on smaller devices.
+
+To solve this issue, Beaver Builder automatically stacks columns vertically at the small device breakpoint by setting the column widths to `100%`. This requires no input from the user, resulting in an improved mobile browsing experience and increased readability of the column content.
+
+![Column Stacking comparison between desktop and mobile layouts ](/img/beaver-builder/columns--stacking--1.jpg)
+
+## Prevent Column Stacking
+
+You can prevent columns from automatically stacking at the Small Device Breakpoint by using the [Responsive Toggle](/beaver-builder/layouts/responsive-design/toggle.md) and selecting the small device size (represented by the Smartphone icon).
+
+When on the small device size, set a custom width value for each column within the row, ensuring that the total width of all columns doesn't exceed `100%` if you want them to be side-by-side.
+
+![Use the Responsive Toggle to set a custom width for small devices](/img/beaver-builder/columns--stacking--2.jpg)
+
+For instance, let's say you have a row with two columns and want to keep the two-column layout on small screens. To do this, switch to the Small Device Breakpoint using the [Responsive Toggle](/beaver-builder/layouts/responsive-design/toggle.md), and customize the width of both columns to `50%`. By doing this, you can maintain the original two-column layout and keep the columns side-by-side on smaller screens.
+
+![Maintain a two column layout on small devices](/img/beaver-builder/columns--stacking--3.jpg)
+
+## Enforce Column Stacking
+
+You can enforce column stacking for other device sizes too. For instance, if you want two columns in a row designed for Extra Large Device size to stack on Medium Device size, use the [Responsive Toggle](/beaver-builder/layouts/responsive-design/toggle.md) to switch to the Medium Device Breakpoint (represented by the Tablet icon) and set the width of each column to `100%`.
+
+![Enforce Column Stacking](/img/beaver-builder/columns--stacking--4.jpg)
+
+## Reverse Column Order
+
+You can use the **Reverse Column Order** option to reverse the column sequence for either small, medium, or both small and medium devices simultaneously. This reversal applies to the entire column group, so you only need to adjust the setting for one column within the group.
+
+![Reverse Column Order](/img/beaver-builder/columns--stacking--5.jpg)
+
+### How to Reverse the Order of Columns?
+
+1. To access the Column Settings, hover your mouse over one of the modules and click on the <i className="fa-solid fa-table-columns"></i> Column Settings icon.
+2. Go to the [Advanced tab](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md).
+3. Under the [Visibility](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/visibility.md) section, click on **Reverse Column Order**.
+4. Select your preferred option from the available choices: **Disabled**, **Small**, **Medium**, or **Small & Medium**.
+
+:::warning Warning
+When prioritizing accessibility on your website, it's worth noting that utilizing the **Reverse Column Order** option involves using `flex-wrap: wrap-reverse;` to achieve the reversed order. However, this method does not modify the order of the Document Object Model (DOM), therefore, screen readers will continue to read the original stacking order, which may cause confusion.
+
+The code example below showcases a row with four columns that have Reversed Column Order enabled. While the website displays the columns in the reversed order of 4, 3, 2, and 1, the column order remains unchanged in the Document Object Model (DOM).
+
+```html
+<div class="fl-row">
+  <div class="fl-col-group fl-col-group-medium-reversed">
+    <div class="fl-col">Column 1</div>
+    <div class="fl-col">Column 2</div>
+    <div class="fl-col">Column 3</div>
+    <div class="fl-col">Column 4</div>
+  </div>
+</div>
+```
+
+When designing for accessibility, as a best practice, it's recommended to design web pages in a way that avoids the need for changing stacking order.
+
+For further details, refer to the [Alternative to Reverse Column Order](#alternative-to-reverse-column-order) section.
+:::
+
+### Custom Column Widths
+
+You can use **Reverse Column Order** with custom column widths for medium and small device sizes.
+
+For example, let's say you have a row with four columns, and on small devices, you set the column widths to `50%` to [prevent columns from stacking](#prevent-column-stacking) and create a two-by-two-column grid. By enabling Reverse Column Order, you can reverse the order of stacking, as shown in the diagram below.
+
+![Custom Column Widths & Reverse Column Order Enabled](/img/beaver-builder/columns--stacking--6.jpg)
+
+### Alternative to Reverse Column Order
+
+Instead of using the Reverse Column Order, another approach is to create separate rows for each breakpoint and using the Visibility option to show or hide those rows for particular device sizes. This approach enables you to refine and enhance your row and column structure and order for each device size.
+
+Furthermore, this would help users who prioritize accessibility since it preserves the Document Object Model (DOM) order, which is not maintained when the Reverse Column Order option is used.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/columns/tips-for-working-with-columns.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/columns/tips-for-working-with-columns.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b4e35b2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/columns/tips-for-working-with-columns.md
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+---
+id: tips-for-working-with-columns
+title: Tips for working with columns
+sidebar_label: Tips for working with columns
+description: Tips for making columns easier to work with.
+---
+
+Using columns and child columns can get, well, complicated. Here are some tips to help you get started. Along the way, you may find shortcuts that work better for you.
+
+## Tip #1: Understand the properties and limitations of column layouts
+
+See the [column layouts overview article](/beaver-builder/layouts/columns/column-layouts-overview.md). In particular, make sure you understand the concept of column groups, child columns, and multiple modules in a single column, as well as the limits on columns.
+
+See the [Responsive columns](/beaver-builder/layouts/responsive-design/responsive-columns.md) article to understand how columns stack as screen width decreases.
+
+## Tip #2: Drag in the layout before inserting content
+
+You can create new columns by dragging a module into the layout. But sometimes the exact column structure you want, such as a new column to the left or right of an existing column, doesn't work by dragging in a module. It's hard to know by dragging whether you've exceeded a [column limit](/beaver-builder/layouts/columns/column-layouts-overview.md/#basic-column-rules-and-limits) or just need to drag in column structure instead.
+
+The best way to insert columns in a complex layout is to create the column structure before adding content. Here's how to do it.
+
+1. Open the [Content panel](user-interface/content-panel.md) and click the **Rows** tab.  
+Make sure the **Group** name is **Columns**. You'll see a selection of column layouts.
+2. Drag the column layout you want into your layout.  
+A new row is created if you drop the column layout outside of an existing row. If you drop the column layout inside an existing column, a child column layout is created.
+
+:::info
+If you are unable to drop the column layout where you want it, most likely you have exceeded the [column limits](/beaver-builder/layouts/columns/column-layouts-overview.md#c#basic-column-rules-and-limits) in that location.
+:::
+
+After you have the structure set up, it's easy to drag in content modules. Of course, you can [change the column widths](/beaver-builder/layouts/columns/resize-or-reset-column-width.md) of any column in your layout, before or after you add modules.
+
+## Tip #3: Figure out column structure for existing columns
+
+It can be hard to tell the difference between independent columns and parent/child columns. It's important to know this when the columns aren't stacking the way you expect or when you want to group columns to apply a background or border effect.
+
+For example, here's a screenshot of a row containing a Heading module with two Button modules underneath.
+
+![Two column groups or one parent column with two child columns?](/img/column-groups-vs-nested-example.png)
+
+Just mousing over this layout, you can't tell if the row has three independent columns (one for the heading and one for each of the two buttons) or if it's a parent column for the heading and two child columns for the buttons. The difference is shown in this schematic.
+
+![Schematic of two column groups versus one column group with two child columns](/img/column-groups-vs-nested-columns-schematic.png)
+
+Here are two methods to determine the difference.
+
+### Method 1: Use the Outline panel
+
+Using the [Outline panel](user-interface/outline-panel.md), it's easy to see whether the row has a parent column with two child columns:
+
+![Outline panel shows one column parent with two child columns](/img/layouts--columns--tips-for-working-with-columns--3.png)
+
+Or three independent columns:
+
+![Outline panel shows three main columns](/img/layouts--columns--tips-for-working-with-columns--4.png)
+
+### Method 2: Look at column shading
+
+You can view a column's scope to see if it's a parent with child columns beneath it.  
+
+Click the **Edit  Column** icon for a module, then mouse over **Column settings**. The blue shading that appears shows  the scope of the column containing that module.
+
+In this example, **Column Settings** for the Heading module shows the blue background shading extending over the area with the two buttons, which shows there is a parent column with two child columns:
+
+![Column scope for the Heading module](/img/tips-for-columns-shading.png)
+
+A good way to identify a child column is to click the **Edit column** icon for a module you suspect is in a child column. If the column is a child, you'll see in the menu a couple parent column options at the bottom of the list, as in this screenshot. The parent column settings apply to the heading column plus both button columns, as shown in the previous screenshot.
+
+![Column menu for a child column](/img/tips-for-columns-nested-columns.png)
+
+## Tip #4: Delete modules first, columns second
+
+When you're deleting a column in a complex column layout, you could end up being surprised that what got deleted isn't what you expected. In the **Edit column** menu, it's a good idea to mouse over the **Delete column** menu item to verify the scope of what you're about to delete. 
+
+Another idea is to delete the modules first, then delete the empty column structure. 
+
+If you find you've deleted something you want to get back, you can [access the History panel to undo it](basics/undo-redo.md).
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/accordion/css-customization.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/accordion/css-customization.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6da42ea1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/accordion/css-customization.md
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+---
+id: css-customization
+title: CSS Customization
+sidebar_label: CSS Customization
+description: Here's some CSS to change the icons to Media Library images in the Accordion module.
+---
+
+This article showcases several CSS examples that illustrate how custom CSS can be used to style the Accordion module beyond what can be achieved through the module's settings.
+
+:::tip
+The examples below use the Accordion module's `fl-module-accordion` parent class, which, depending on where you add your CSS, will style all Accordion modules used on your website. However, if you wish to customize a specific Accordion module, you should add a custom class name to the module and replace `fl-module-accordion` with the new custom class name.
+
+```css
+.my-custom-class .fl-accordion-item-active {
+  background-color: #f4f4f4;
+}
+```
+
+:::
+
+## Active Accordion Item
+
+The following CSS examples demonstrate how to modify the appearance of the active accordion item. Doing so can increase the visibility in comparison to the inactive items:
+
+### Background Color
+
+```css
+.fl-module-accordion .fl-accordion-item-active {
+  background-color: #f4f4f4;
+}
+```
+
+### Label Color
+
+```css
+.fl-module-accordion .fl-accordion-item-active .fl-accordion-button-label {
+  color: #ff0000;
+}
+```
+
+### Accordion Content Color
+
+```css
+.fl-module-accordion .fl-accordion-item-active .fl-accordion-content {
+  background-color: #f4f4f4;
+  color: #000000;
+}
+```
+
+## Replace Expand/Collapse Icons with Images
+
+You can use the CSS provided below to replace the icons of the collapsed and expanded states in the Accordion module with images of your choice.
+
+```css
+.fl-module-accordion .fl-accordion-button {
+  width: 100%;
+  position: relative;
+}
+
+/* Hide Accordion Icons */
+.fl-module-accordion .fl-accordion-button .fl-accordion-button-icon {
+  display: none;
+}
+
+/* Collapsed Image */
+.fl-module-accordion .fl-accordion-button-label:after {
+  content: '';
+  width: 30px;
+  height: 30px;
+  background-image: url(IMAGE URL);
+  background-size: cover;
+  position: absolute;
+  right: 10px;
+  top: 50%;
+  transform: translateY(-50%);
+}
+
+/* Expanded Image (Active Accordion) */
+.fl-module-accordion .fl-accordion-item-active .fl-accordion-button-label:after {
+  background-image: url(IMAGE URL);
+}
+```
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/accordion/index.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/accordion/index.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..640c9b46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/accordion/index.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+id: index
+title: Accordion
+sidebar_label: Accordion
+---
+
+The Accordion module lets you present a variety of content by expanding and collapsing the text, saving space while maintaining a professional appearance.
+
+![Accordion module](/img/beaver-builder/modules--accordion--1.jpg)
+
+## Usage
+
+The Accordion module is ideal when you have a list of items with detailed information that you want to keep easily accessible without cluttering up the main page. Below are some examples of useful applications for the Accordion module:
+
+* FAQs
+* Q&A
+* Feature Lists for products or services
+
+<div className="embed-responsive">
+<iframe width="560" height="315" src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/W8PkT4fMoNs" title="YouTube video player" frameBorder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture" allowFullScreen></iframe>
+</div>
+
+## In this Section
+
+import DocCardList from '@theme/DocCardList';
+
+<DocCardList />
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/accordion/link-specific-item.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/accordion/link-specific-item.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4dca7abc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/accordion/link-specific-item.md
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+---
+id: link-specific-item
+title: Link to a Specific Item
+sidebar_label: Link to a Specific Item
+---
+
+In this article, you will learn how to create a link that navigates to a specific item in an Accordion module.
+
+## Adding an `ID`
+
+To begin, first assign an `ID` to the Accordion module, which can be accomplished by following the instructions below:
+
+1. Open the Accordion module settings and click the [Advanced tab](../../advanced-tab/index.md).
+
+2. Scroll to the `ID` setting, and set a unique `ID` name for the module.  
+  See the [Advanced tab](../../advanced-tab/html-element.md#id) article for more information about `ID` selectors.
+
+3. Save changes.
+
+## Index Values
+
+Every item in the Accordion module is given a unique index value that starts at `0`. The index value of the initial Accordion item is `0`, the second item is assigned an index value of `1`, the third item has an index value of `2`, and so on. By using these index values in an HTML link, you can generate a link to a specific Accordion item and set it as the active item.
+
+The below HTML code example demonstrates how the index values are allocated to each Accordion item. In this instance, the Accordion module has been given a unique ID name of `my-accordion` and consists of three Accordion items.
+
+```html
+<div id="my-accordion" class="fl-module fl-module-accordion">
+  <div class="fl-module-content fl-node-content">
+    <div class="fl-accordion">
+      <div id="my-accordion-0" class="fl-accordion-item"></div>
+      <div id="my-accordion-1" class="fl-accordion-item"></div>
+      <div id="my-accordion-2" class="fl-accordion-item"></div>
+    </div>
+  </div>
+</div>
+```
+
+## Linking to a Specific Item
+
+The link structure will differ based on whether the Accordion module is on the same page as your link. To create the link, you can use either the Button or HTML modules in your layout.
+
+### Same Page
+
+When the link is on the same page as the Accordion module, you can use a hash character (`#`) followed by an `ID` name and the item's index value separated by a hyphen. For instance, using our example `ID` name of `my-accordion`, the link would be structured as follows:
+
+```html title='Button module link option'
+#my-accordion-1
+```
+
+```html title='HTML module link'
+<a href="#my-accordion-1">My Accordion link</a>
+```
+
+### Different Page
+
+To create a link to the Accordion module from a different page on your website, use the complete URL of the target page along with the hash symbol (`#`) followed by the `ID` and index value. For instance, if you want to add the link to your homepage, and the Accordion module is located on a page named Sample Page, the link should appear like this:
+
+```html title='Button module link option'
+https://my-website.com/sample-page#my-accordion-1
+```
+
+```html title='HTML module link'
+<a href="https://my-website.com/sample-page#my-accordion-1">My Accordion link</a>
+```
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/accordion/settings/index.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/accordion/settings/index.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e329e438
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/accordion/settings/index.md
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+---
+id: index
+title: Accordion Settings
+sidebar_label: Settings
+---
+
+The Accordion module consists of two primary setting tabs: Items and Style, along with the customary Advanced tab. These setting tabs offer you the flexibility to personalize various aspects of the accordion items to suit your preferences.
+
+![Accordion module settings](/img/beaver-builder/modules--accordion--settings--1.jpg)
+
+import DocCardList from '@theme/DocCardList';
+
+<DocCardList />
+
+## Advanced tab
+
+The Advanced tab includes all the standard settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML configurations.
+
+See the [Advanced tab](../../../advanced-tab/index.md) section for more information.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/accordion/settings/items.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/accordion/settings/items.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..46f36d6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/accordion/settings/items.md
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+---
+id: items
+title: Items tab
+sidebar_label: Items tab
+---
+
+In the Items tab, you have the option to select the content source and manage accordion content items by adding, editing, or removing them.
+
+## Content Source
+
+The content source allows you to determine what content is displayed. You can choose between posts and custom content.
+
+### Post
+
+The Post content source option allows you to automatically populate the Accordion module with pages, posts, or custom post types.
+
+:::caution
+
+- The post title becomes the item label of the Accordion item.
+- The featured image does not appear in the Accordion item.
+- Post info (author, date, categories, or tags) is not displayed.
+
+:::
+
+- **Post Type**
+  Select the post type(s) you wish to populate the Post module with. You can choose pages, posts, or a custom post type, such as WooCommerce Products or a custom post type that you created yourself.
+
+  You can also select more than one post type with the Post Type option. For example, you can display both posts and pages, or both posts and WooCommerce products.
+
+- **Posts Per Page**
+  Determines how many accordion items are created. Each item contains one page, post, or custom post type. The default is 5.
+
+- **Order**
+  Choose between descending or ascending.
+
+- **Order By**
+  The choices are: Author, Comment count, Date, Date last modified, ID, Menu order, Meta value (alphabetic or numeric), Random, Title, Selection order.
+
+  See the [Order By](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts/posts.md#order-by) section in the Post module for more information.
+
+- **Filter By**
+  The Filter section allows you to include or exclude a set of posts, pages or custom post types by title, and taxonomy.
+
+  See the [Filter](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts/posts.md#filter) section in the Post module article for more information regarding the filter options.
+
+### Custom Content
+
+The Custom Content source option allows you to add your own content using the WordPress classic editor or populate the accordion item with content from a saved row, column, module, or template.
+
+#### Edit Items
+
+When you first add an Accordion module to your layout, a blank item will be created for you to edit. To edit an item, click the **Edit Items** link.
+
+![Edit accordion items](/img/beaver-builder/modules--accordion--2.jpg)
+
+- **Label**
+  Enter a name for your accordion item. This appears in the Accordion module settings panel to identify the item and on the frontend.
+
+- **Content Type**
+  The choices are: Saved Row, Saved Column, Saved Module, Saved Template, and Custom Content. The Saved content drop down menu automatically lists all previously saved rows, columns, modules, or templates when you select Saved content.
+
+  The Custom Content option allows you to add your own content using the WordPress classic editor.
+
+  :::caution
+
+  Shortcodes used too frequently on the same page or post may impact performance.
+
+  :::
+
+- **Content**
+  Use the WordPress classic editor to add text to your accordion item. You can also add images using the **Add Media** button.
+
+#### Add Items
+
+To add more accordion items, click the **Add Item** button.
+
+#### Item Actions
+
+Each accordion item has a set of icons which perform the following actions:
+
+<ul className="fa-ul">
+  <li><span className="fa-li"><i className="fa-solid fa-up-down-left-right"></i></span>Move (Drag & drop into position).</li>
+  <li><span className="fa-li"><i className="fa-light fa-copy"></i></span>Duplicate the item.</li>
+  <li><span className="fa-li"><i className="fa-solid fa-xmark"></i></span>Delete the item.</li>
+</ul>
+
+![Accordion item actions](/img/beaver-builder/modules--accordion--3.jpg)
+
+## Display
+
+The Display section contains the following options:
+
+- **Content Type**
+  _(Available when [Post](#post) is selected as a Content Source)_
+
+  - **Post Content** - Show the full content of each post.
+  - **Post Excerpt** - Show the post excerpt.
+
+- **More Link**
+  _(Available when **Post Excerpt** is selected as the **Content Type**)_
+
+  Show or hide the Read more link after the post content. If set to Show, you can also customize the default Read more text.
+
+- **More Link Text**
+  _(Available when **Post Excerpt** is selected as the **Content Type**)_
+
+  Customize the default Read more... text.
+
+- **Collapse inactive**
+  By default set to Yes, which allows only one item to be expanded at a time. Change to No to allow more than one item to be expanded,
+
+- **Expand first item**
+  By default set to No. If set to Yes, the first item will be expanded on the first view, before the user clicks to expand anything.
+
+  :::info
+
+  After you save a label and text in the first item of the Accordion module, it remains open in the editing screen even when the Expand first item field is set to No. This is so that you can see the style settings while editing. The published page correctly follows the Expand first item setting.
+
+  :::
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/accordion/settings/style.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/accordion/settings/style.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..05245c68
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/accordion/settings/style.md
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+---
+id: style
+title: Style tab
+sidebar_label: Style tab
+---
+
+In the Style tab, you can customize the color of the text and icons, manage the typography settings, and adjust the spacing.
+
+## Item
+
+- **Item Size**
+  Changes the Accordion item size with specific padding values.
+
+  - **Small** - Sets the padding to `10px 15px`.
+  - **Medium** - Sets the padding to `15px 20px`.
+  - **Large** - Sets the padding to `20px 25px`.
+
+- **Item Spacing**
+  Control the spacing between accordion items.
+
+- **Item Border**
+  The Border section has settings for border, radius, and shadow.
+
+  See the [Borders](../../../../basics/border.md) article for more information.
+
+## Label
+
+- **Text Color**
+  Set the text color of the Accordion label.
+
+- **Background Color**
+  Set a background color for Accordion label.
+
+- **Padding**
+  Set a specific padding value in pixels for the accordion label. Click the Link Value icon to automatically make all four padding values the same.
+
+- **Typography**
+  Set the font size, family, line-height and more for the Accordion label. See the [Typography](basics/typography.md) article for more information.
+
+## Icon
+
+- **Icon Position**
+  Set the position of the accordion expand and collapse icons. The Left option positions the icon before the accordion label.
+
+  The default is **Right**.
+
+- **Icon**
+  Choose a custom icon that replaces the default <i className="fas fa-plus"></i> icon.
+
+- **Active Icon**
+  Choose a custom icon that replaces the default <i className="fas fa-minus"></i> icon.
+
+## Content
+
+- **Text Color**
+  Set the text color of the Accordion content.
+
+- **Background Color**
+  Set a background color for Accordion content.
+
+- **Padding**
+  Set a specific padding value in pixels for the accordion content. Click the Link Value icon to automatically make all four padding values the same.
+
+- **Typography**
+  Set the font size, family, line-height and more for the Accordion content. See the [Typography](basics/typography.md) article for more information.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/audio.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/audio.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fdf5fa49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/audio.md
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+---
+id: audio
+title: Audio
+sidebar_label: Audio
+description: The Audio module displays an audio player with controls to play audio from the Media Library or an audio file from an external source.
+---
+
+Using the Audio module, you can insert one or more audio files from the
+WordPress Media Library or a single audio file from an external source, plus
+choose some playback options.
+
+## Using audio files from the Media Library
+
+When you choose the Media Library option in the Audio module, click the link
+to choose one or more audio files to play. You can upload new files at that
+time also. After you add the audio files, some playback options appear.
+
+If you choose a single audio file, a simple audio player appears in the
+rendered output, and you have a choice to auto play the file and loop the
+file, as shown in the following screenshot.
+
+![](/img/audio-1.png)
+
+If you choose more than one audio file, additional options are displayed in
+the settings, as shown in the following screenshot and described below.
+
+:::info
+If the module content disappears when you add an audio file or edit
+the Audio module settings, save the module and reload the page in your
+browser. You can do this even before you publish the page as long as you have
+saved the module.
+:::
+
+![](/img/audio-2.png)
+
+  * **Style**  
+**Light** displays the playlist in dark text on a white background, while
+**Dark** displays the playlist in white text on a dark background.
+
+  * **Show playlist**  
+**Yes** shows the audio list under the player. **No** shows the first item in
+the playlist and displays and autoplays the next item in the playlist when the
+first is finished playing.
+
+  * **Show track numbers**  
+**Yes** numbers the items in the playlist. **No** hides the sequential
+numbering. See the following screenshot for an example of the player and
+playlist.
+
+  * **Show thumbnail**  
+**Yes** displays the thumbnail associated with the audio file currently loaded
+in the player, if the image is available. **No** doesn't display the image.
+
+  * **Show artist name**  
+If you specified an artist's name in the Media Library, then **Yes** displays
+it in the playlist below the player. **No** doesn't display the artist name in
+the playlist. If the Media Library does have Artist metadata specified, the
+information on the currently playing file does display whether this setting is
+**Yes** or **No**.
+
+![](/img/audio-3.png)
+
+## Using audio files from an external source
+
+You can use the Audio module to play a single audio file from an external
+source.
+
+To get an external audio clip to work, you need a direct URL to the audio
+file. Once you supply the URL, some additional options appear, and the
+rendered output shows a simple audio player:
+
+![](/img/audio-4.png)
+
+## Other ways to embed audio
+
+If you are trying to link to a sound file on a website where you cannot get a
+URL for one or more sound files, the site may have code that you can copy and
+paste to embed the file with a player. For example, [SoundCloud has a help page](https://help.soundcloud.com/hc/en-us/articles/115003565128-Embedding-a-track-or-playlist-on-WordPress) that shows how to embed files from their site
+into WordPress. In this case, paste the code for the embedded audio into an
+HTML module.
+
+To create a playlist for several audio files from an external source, you need
+to write your own custom code or use a playlist plugin.
+
+## More information about audio in WordPress
+
+The Audio module is a wrapper for WordPress’ core
+[audio](https://wordpress.org/support/article/audio-shortcode/) and
+[playlist](https://codex.wordpress.org/Playlist_Shortcode) shortcodes. Follow
+the links to the WordPress codex for more information. If you prefer, you can
+embed these shortcodes into HTML modules instead of using the Audio module.
+
+The Beaver Builder Custom Module Developer Guide describes a [Multiple Audios field](../../developer/custom-modules/10-setting-fields-reference.md#multiple-audios-field), which can display a WordPress media lightbox that lets users select
+multiple audio files.
+
+## Advanced tab
+
+There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/bigcommerce-products.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/bigcommerce-products.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a25476e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/bigcommerce-products.md
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+---
+id: bigcommerce-products
+title: BigCommerce Products
+sidebar_label: BigCommerce Products
+description: The BigCommerce Products module provides options to display selected BigCommerce products in page layouts.
+---
+
+If you have the BigCommerce plugin for WordPress installed, the BigCommerce
+Products module is available in the **BigCommerce** section in the **Standard
+modules** group in the Content panel for regular Beaver Builder layouts.
+
+This module lets you add any of the following displays of products or subsets
+(as defined in your BigCommerce database):
+
+  * The entire list of products (select **No** for the following three filters to display the entire set)
+  * Featured products only
+  * Sale products only
+  * Recent products only
+
+Here's a screenshot showing this module used to display sale items:
+
+![](/img/modules-big-commerce-1.png)
+
+As you can see in the screenshot, there is only a **Content** tab and
+**Advanced** tab, no **Style** tab. However, you can change background and
+text color in the row or column settings, as you can see in this screenshot:
+
+![](/img/modules-big-commerce-2.jpg)
+
+## Advanced tab
+
+There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/box/index.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/box/index.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a949ebc0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/box/index.md
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+---
+id: index
+title: Box Module
+sidebar_label: Box
+tags:
+  - 2.8
+  - flexbox
+  - css grid
+  - layout
+---
+
+The Box Module allows users to add Flexbox and CSS Grid layouts to Beaver Builder Page Builder Layouts.
+
+![Box Module](/img/beaver-builder/modules--box-module--index--1.jpg)
+
+:::info
+
+While we’ve aimed to make the Box module as user-friendly as possible, having a solid grasp of [Flexbox](https://www.w3schools.com/csS/css3_flexbox.asp) and [CSS Grid](https://www.w3schools.com/csS/css_grid.asp) is strongly recommended.
+
+:::
+
+## Requirements
+
+The Box module requires WordPress 5.2 or later; otherwise, it won't appear in the Beaver Builder user interface (UI) due to its dependence on JavaScript code from WordPress Blocks.
+
+## Usage
+
+The Box module operates similarly to a row or column, acting as a versatile container. It utilizes either flexbox or CSS grid, enabling the creation of intricate, fluid, and adaptable layouts. Boxes can be nested, stacked, and organized in both horizontal and vertical orientations, as well as within a grid system.
+
+Flexbox and CSS Grid are distinct CSS layout models, each offering its own strengths and purposes:
+
+- **Flexbox** excels in one-dimensional layouts, perfect for arranging items in rows or columns with flexibility in sizing and alignment.
+- **CSS Grid**, on the other hand, is tailored for two-dimensional layouts, providing precise control over rows and columns, facilitating more elaborate designs.
+
+These layout models often complement each other. For example, flexbox can be utilized within individual grid items to manage their internal structure, capitalizing on the combined benefits of both models for comprehensive layout solutions.
+
+### Usage Examples
+
+The Box module can be used to create a wide variety of layouts. Here are just a few examples:
+
+- Effortlessly center content both vertically and horizontally.
+- Nest boxes within boxes to create intricate layouts.
+- Create a responsive grid of boxes that wraps automatically without utilizing the Responsive Toggle.
+- Design complex grid-based layouts for overall page structure.
+- Create a card layout by using the Link option in the Box module.
+- Reduce the amount of HTML markup in the DOM which can improve page load times and SEO.
+- Stack modules on top of each other without the need for custom CSS.
+
+## Add a Box Module
+
+To add a Box module to your layout:
+
+1. Launch Beaver Builder on the page where you want to add the Box module.
+2. Click the **+** icon to open the Content Panel.
+3. Access the modules library by clicking the **Modules** tab.
+4. Scroll down to the **Box** module and drag it to the desired location on the page.
+
+:::info
+
+Note that the Box module should be placed inside a row. If you try to drag the Box module onto the page without first placing it inside a row, a row will be automatically created for you.
+
+:::
+
+### Nest Boxes
+
+To nest boxes within boxes, simply drag a Box module into another Box module. This makes it easy to create intricate layouts. Moreover, you can seamlessly combine both flexbox and CSS grid to design sophisticated layouts.
+
+## Module Aliases
+
+The Box modules comes with several Modules Aliases that can be used to create common layouts. They are included for convenience and to help users get started with the Box module.
+
+- **Flex Columns:**
+  Utilizes flexbox to arrange three boxes horizontally within the parent container.
+
+- **3×2 Grid:**
+  Establishes a layout with three rows and two columns using grid boxes inside the parent container.
+
+- **4×2 Grid:**
+  Defines a grid structure with four rows and two columns of grid boxes within the parent container.
+
+- **Split Header:**
+  Features a grid layout with three columns, creating a distinct header structure.
+
+- **Photo Grid:**
+  Constructs a layout consisting of a 4×3 grid incorporating photo modules within the parent container.
+
+![Box Module Aliases](/img/beaver-builder/modules--box--2.jpg)
+
+## In this Section
+
+import DocCardList from '@theme/DocCardList';
+
+<DocCardList />
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/box/settings/children.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/box/settings/children.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..db572e48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/box/settings/children.md
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+---
+id: children
+title: Children
+sidebar_label: Children
+---
+
+The Children settings apply to all direct children of the box, providing control over aspects like flex or grid display, sizing, and appearance, including text and background colors.
+
+- **Grow & Shrink** _(Flex only)_
+  The Flex settings allow you to specify the flex-grow, flex-shrink, and flex-basis of the box.
+
+  - The flex-grow property specifies how much the item will grow relative to the rest of the flexible items inside the same container.
+
+  - The flex-shrink property specifies how much the item will shrink relative to the rest of the flexible items inside the same container.
+
+  - The flex-basis property specifies the initial length of a flexible item.
+
+  The flex-grow and flex-shrink properties can be specified as a number, where a larger number indicates a larger share of the available space. The flex-basis property can be specified in pixels (px), percentage (%), em, rem, and vw.
+
+- **Grid Columns** _(Grid & Layers only)_
+  The Grid Column settings allow you to specify the span, start, and end of the box. The span, start, and end can be specified as a number, where a larger number indicates a larger share of the available space.
+
+- **Grid Rows** _(Grid & Layers only)_
+  The Grid Rows settings allow you to specify the span, start, and end of the box. The span, start, and end can be specified as a number, where a larger number indicates a larger share of the available space.
+
+- **Padding**
+  Allows you to increase the space around the outside of the container. The padding can be specified in pixels (px), ems, percentage (%), vh, and vw.
+
+  See the Advanced Tab article's [Padding](layouts/advanced-tab/spacing.md#padding) section for more information.
+
+## Sizing
+
+- **Width & Height**
+  The Width & Height settings allow you to specify the min-width, width, max-width and min-height, height, and max-height of the box. The width and height can be specified in pixels (px), percentage (%), em, rem, vw, and vh.
+
+- **Aspect Ratio**
+  The Aspect Ratio setting allows you to specify the aspect ratio of the box. The aspect ratio is the ratio of the width to the height of the box. For example, a 16:9 aspect ratio means that for every 16 pixels of width, there are 9 pixels of height.
+
+  You can choose from a variety of preset aspect ratios:
+
+  - **None** - Default value. No aspect ratio is applied.
+  - **Square** (1:1)
+  - **Wide** (5:4)
+  - **Wide** (3:2)
+  - **Video** (16:9)
+  - **Ultra-wide Video** (21:9)
+  - **Tall** (4:5)
+  - **Tall** (2:3)
+  - **Poster** (3:4)
+  - **Portrait Video** (9:16)
+
+## Appearance
+
+The Appearance settings allow you to control the text color, background color, border, and box shadow of the box.
+
+- **Text Color**
+  The Text Color setting allows you to specify the color of the text within the box. The text color can be specified using the color picker, by entering a hex color code, or using a global color.
+
+- **Background Color**
+  The Background Color setting allows you to specify the background color of the box. The background color can be specified using the color picker, by entering a hex color code or using a global color.
+
+  :::info
+
+  The Box module currently supports background color only with more complex background options becoming available in a future release.
+
+  :::
+
+- **Border**
+  The Border settings allow you to specify the border width, border style, and border color of the box.
+
+  See the [Borders](basics/border.md) article for more information.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/box/settings/container.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/box/settings/container.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0e45a792
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/box/settings/container.md
@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
+---
+id: container
+title: Container Settings
+sidebar_label: Container Settings
+---
+
+The Container settings allow you to control the display, alignment, and spacing of the items within the Box module.
+
+## Display
+
+The Box module offers three display types: Flex, Grid, and Layers. Certain options, such as direction and wrapping, vary depending on the chosen display type. However, settings like Spacing, Sizing & Placement, Appearance, and Linking remain consistent across all display selections.
+
+### Flex
+
+The Flex option allows you to organize items within a box either horizontally or vertically, utilizing CSS Flexbox. Flexbox excels in one-dimensional layouts, perfect for arranging items in rows or columns with flexibility in sizing and alignment.
+
+The Flex display option offers the following settings:
+
+- **Direction**
+  The Direction option sets the main axis, determining the direction in which items (modules) are positioned within the box container.
+
+  Direction supports the following options:
+
+  - **Row** - Default value. The flexible items are displayed horizontally, as a row.
+  - **Column** - The flexible items are displayed vertically, as a column.
+  - **Row Reverse** - Same as row, but in reverse order.
+  - **Column Reverse** - Same as column, but in reverse order.
+ 
+- **Align**
+  The Align setting supports the following options:
+
+  :::info
+
+  When changing the direction option of the Box module from Row to Column, be mindful that the alignment options will shift axis accordingly. Pay attention to this adjustment to ensure the desired layout alignment is preserved.
+
+  :::
+
+  - **Stretch** - The items are stretched to fit the container (Default value).
+  - **Start** - The items are positioned at the beginning of the container.
+  - **Center** - The items are positioned at the center of the container.
+  - **End** - The items are positioned at the end of the container.
+  - **Space** - The items are evenly distributed in the container.
+  - **Evenly** - The items are distributed so that the spacing between any two items (and the space to the edges) is equal.
+  - **Space Between** - The items are evenly distributed in the container, with half-size spaces on either end.
+
+- **Wrap**
+  The Wrap setting supports the following options:
+
+  - **Normal** - Specifies that the flexible items will not wrap (Default value).
+  - **No Wrap** - Similar to Normal but includes the CSS `nowrap` property (e.g., `flex-wrap: nowrap;`).
+  - **Wrap** - Specifies that the flexible items will wrap if necessary.
+  - **Wrap Reverse** - Specifies that the flexible items will wrap, if necessary, in reverse order.
+
+### Grid
+
+The Grid option allows you to organize items within a box in a grid layout, utilizing CSS Grid. CSS Grid is tailored for two-dimensional layouts, providing precise control over rows and columns, facilitating more elaborate designs.
+
+:::tip
+
+The Grid icon <i className="fa-solid fa-border-all" />
+ provides an easy way to toggle a visual grid guidelines overlay when working with CSS Grid layouts. This gives you a more intuitive way to align and structure content as you build, making it perfect for designers who prefer a visual approach to grid based layouts. It helps you quickly spot spacing issues, understand how elements relate to one another, and fine tune your design with greater accuracy. This feature is especially helpful for newer users, since it removes the guesswork and makes the grid building process more clear and approachable.
+
+:::
+
+The Grid display option offers the following settings:
+
+- **Grid**
+  The Grid settings allow you to specify the number of rows and columns in the grid. In CSS Grid, a track is a space between gridlines, i.e. a space where you can add content. The number of tracks is determined by the number of rows and columns.
+
+  By Clicking the **+** icon, you can add additional rows and columns to the grid. The options for each row and column include:
+
+  :::tip
+
+  Duplicating or removing rows and columns can be done by clicking the vertical ellipsis <i class="fa-solid fa-ellipsis-vertical"></i> icon when hovering over a specific row or column. Additionally, you can utilize drag and drop functionality to rearrange rows and columns – simply click and hold the drag handle icon, then move the row or column to your preferred location.
+
+  :::
+
+  - **Multiple Tracks** - Allows you to specify the number of tracks (e.g., 4).
+  - **Freeform Tracks** - Allows you can enter your own CSS properties (e.g., `repeat (4, 1fr);`).
+  - **Auto** - The size of the grid track will depend on the content of the item.
+  - **1fr** - Adds a `1fr` to the grid track. The `fr` unit is a fractional unit and `1fr` is for 1 part of the available space.
+
+- **Flow**
+  In CSS Grid, the flow direction determines how grid items are placed within the grid container, with options like "row" for a horizontal flow and "column" for a vertical flow, influencing the arrangement of items in rows or columns accordingly.
+
+  The Flow setting supports the following options:
+
+  - **Row** - The grid items are laid out along the grid's rows (Default value).
+  - **Column** - The grid items are laid out along the grid's columns.
+
+- **Align**
+  The Align setting supports the following options:
+
+  - **Stretch** - The items are stretched to fit the container (Default value).
+  - **Start** - The items are positioned at the beginning of the container.
+  - **Center** - The items are positioned at the center of the container.
+  - **End** - The items are positioned at the end of the container.
+  - **Space** - The items are evenly distributed in the container.
+  - **Evenly** - The items are distributed so that the spacing between any two items (and the space to the edges) is equal.
+  - **Space Between** - The items are evenly distributed in the container, with half-size spaces on either end.
+
+### Layers
+
+The Layers option allows you to organize items within a box in a layered layout, utilizing CSS Grid. For example, you can use the Layers option to add text to a Photo module.
+
+The Layers display option offers the following settings:
+
+- **Align**
+  The Align setting supports the following options:
+
+  - **Stretch** - The items are stretched to fit the container (Default value).
+  - **Start** - The items are positioned at the beginning of the container.
+  - **Center** - The items are positioned at the center of the container.
+  - **End** - The items are positioned at the end of the container.
+  - **Space** - The items are evenly distributed in the container.
+  - **Evenly** - The items are distributed so that the spacing between any two items (and the space to the edges) is equal.
+  - **Space Between** - The items are evenly distributed in the container, with half-size spaces on either end.
+
+## Spacing
+
+The Spacing settings allow you to control the spacing between items within the Box module using using gap (Flex & Grid only) and padding.
+
+- **Gap** (Flex & Grid only)
+  The Gap setting allows you to specify the amount of space between items within the Box module. For Grid, you can specify the gap for both rows and columns. For Flex, you can specify the gap for all directions. The gap can be specified in pixels (px), vh, and vw.
+
+  :::tip
+
+  The gap setting is only available for the Flex and Grid display options.
+
+  :::
+
+- **Padding**
+  Allows you to increase the space around the outside of the container. The padding can be specified in pixels (px), ems, percentage (%), vh, and vw.
+
+  See the Advanced Tab article's [Padding](layouts/advanced-tab/spacing.md#padding) section for more information.
+
+## Sizing & Placement
+
+These settings allow you to control how this box fits within its parent container.
+
+- **Aspect Ratio**
+  The Aspect Ratio setting allows you to specify the aspect ratio of the box. The aspect ratio is the ratio of the width to the height of the box. For example, a 16:9 aspect ratio means that for every 16 pixels of width, there are 9 pixels of height.
+
+  You can choose from a variety of preset aspect ratios:
+
+  - **None** - Default value. No aspect ratio is applied.
+  - **Square** (1:1)
+  - **Wide** (5:4)
+  - **Wide** (3:2)
+  - **Video** (16:9)
+  - **Ultra-wide Video** (21:9)
+  - **Tall** (4:5)
+  - **Tall** (2:3)
+  - **Poster** (3:4)
+  - **Portrait Video** (9:16)
+
+- **Flex**
+  The Flex settings allow you to specify the flex-grow, flex-shrink, and flex-basis of the box.
+
+  - The flex-grow property specifies how much the item will grow relative to the rest of the flexible items inside the same container.
+
+  - The flex-shrink property specifies how much the item will shrink relative to the rest of the flexible items inside the same container.
+
+  - The flex-basis property specifies the initial length of a flexible item.
+
+  The flex-grow and flex-shrink properties can be specified as a number, where a larger number indicates a larger share of the available space. The flex-basis property can be specified in pixels (px), percentage (%), em, rem, and vw.
+
+- **Grid Columns**
+  The Grid Column settings allow you to specify the span, start, and end of the box. The span, start, and end can be specified as a number, where a larger number indicates a larger share of the available space.
+
+- **Grid Rows**
+  The Grid Rows settings allow you to specify the span, start, and end of the box. The span, start, and end can be specified as a number, where a larger number indicates a larger share of the available space.
+
+- **Width & Height**
+  The Width & Height settings allow you to specify the min-width, width, max-width and min-height, height, and max-height of the box. The width and height can be specified in pixels (px), percentage (%), em, rem, vw, and vh.
+
+## Appearance
+
+The Appearance settings allow you to control the text color, background color, border, and box shadow of the box.
+
+- **Text Color**  
+  The Text Color setting allows you to specify the color of the text within the box. The text color can be specified using the color picker, by entering a hex color code, or using a global color.
+
+- **Background**  
+  The Background settings allow you to specify the background color, image, or gradient for the box.
+
+  See the [Multi-layerBackgrounds](/basics/multi-layer-backgrounds.md) article for more information.
+
+- **Border**  
+  The Border settings allow you to specify the border width, border style, and border color of the box.
+
+  See the [Borders](basics/border.md) article for more information.
+
+## Linking
+
+The Linking settings allow you to add a link to the box. The link is applied to the entire box, including any child modules. This is a great way to create a card layout.
+
+You also have the option to open the link in a new tab, include the `rel="nofollow"` attribute to indicate that the Google search spider should not follow the link, and initiate a download using the `download` attribute.
+
+:::caution
+
+If a link is added to a box, any other links within the same box will be disabled. For instance, if you include a Button module in a box, the link on the Button module will be disabled. This limitation arises from the inability to nest links within other links.
+
+:::
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/box/settings/index.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/box/settings/index.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0f1763b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/box/settings/index.md
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+---
+id: index
+title: Box Module Settings
+sidebar_label: Settings
+---
+
+The Box module consists of two primary setting tabs: Container and Children, along with the customary Advanced tab. These setting tabs offer you the flexibility to create a wide variety of complex layouts.
+
+![Box Module Settings](/img/beaver-builder/modules--box-settings--1.jpg)
+
+import DocCardList from '@theme/DocCardList';
+
+<DocCardList />
+
+## Advanced tab
+
+The Advanced tab includes all the standard settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML configurations.
+
+See the [Advanced tab](../../../advanced-tab/index.md) section for more information.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/box/using-align-options.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/box/using-align-options.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..001dbc0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/box/using-align-options.md
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+---
+id: using-align-options
+title: Using Align Options
+sidebar_label: Using Align Options
+tags:
+  - 2.8
+draft: true
+---
+
+The align options within the Box module empower you to utilize flexbox for controlling the alignment of modules placed within boxes. Supported align options include Stretch, Start, Center, End, Space, Evenly, and Space Between.
+
+## Stretch
+
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/button-group.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/button-group.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e4cf3ec3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/button-group.md
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+---
+id: button-group
+title: Button Group
+sidebar_label: Button Group
+description: The Button Group module displays multiple buttons in a single column, either horizontally or vertically.
+---
+
+The Button Group module is a way to display multiple buttons in a single column, either horizontally or vertically.
+
+![Button group module example](/img/button-group-30a865c5.png)
+
+It's based on the [Button module](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/button/button.md), so the settings are very similar.
+
+In the Button Group module, there's a **Style** tab that applies to all of the buttons, and then there's a **Style** tab for each button you create. Any setting on an individual button's **Style** tab overrides the global setting for the button group.
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+If you're using the Beaver Builder Theme, the buttons' initial style comes from the settings at **Customize > General > Buttons**. The button's default text color
+is white text for darker accent colors and black text for lighter colors. The
+default font family for the button text depends on the font family set for the
+`<body>` tag.
+:::
+
+We'll break down the settings by [global button tabs](#global-button-tabs) and [single button tabs](#single-button-tabs).
+
+## Global button tabs
+
+### Buttons Tab (global)
+
+**Button group label**
+An optional label for accessibility that adds an `aria` attribute with the value you specify here. For example, if you add the label <kbd>button group</kbd> for this setting, the rendered HTML shows the attribute `aria="button group"`.
+
+**Button 1**
+Click **Edit button** to configure the first button.
+
+**Add button**
+Click to create each additional button.
+
+### Style Tab (global)
+
+This tab has four sections: a top section, **Text**, **Background**, and **Border**.
+
+#### 1 Top section (global)
+
+Here's a diagram that illustrates the global padding, spacing, and width settings in this section. Each setting is described below.
+
+![Button group padding, spacing, and width](/img/button-group-2.png)
+
+- **Layout**
+  Choose a horizontal or vertical placement of the buttons.
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+A horizontal layout wraps the buttons to another line as screen size decreases. A vertical layout wraps the button text to another line as screen size decreases. Enter <kbd>R</kbd> on the keyboard to enter [Responsive Mode](/beaver-builder/layouts/responsive-design/editor.md) to compare layouts at smaller screen sizes.
+:::
+
+- **Width**
+  This setting controls the width of the buttons in the group. The values are **Default** and **Custom** but the behavior varies according to the type of layout.
+  When **Width** is **Default** and **Layout** is **Horizontal**, the width of each button varies according to the individual button text plus **Button padding**. This means that buttons with more text are wider:
+  ![Button group - Default width setting for horizontal layouts](/img/button-group-3.png)
+  Buttons wrap to a second horizontal line if necessary but the text doesn't wrap.
+  When **Width** is **Default** and **Layout** is **Vertical**, the button spans the entire width of the container minus the **Container padding** amount. Button text wraps if necessary.
+  When **Width** is set to **Custom** in either horizontal or vertical layouts, the width of every button is set to the custom width you specify. Text wraps if necessary:
+  ![Button group - Custom width setting for horizontal layouts](/img/button-group-4.png)
+- **Align** (responsive)
+  This setting horizontally aligns the entire button container within its row or column.
+- **Container padding** (responsive)
+  Adjusts the padding between the edge of the button group container and the group of buttons.
+- **Button padding** (responsive)
+  Adjusts the padding between the edge of each button and the button's content. You can override this setting with the **Padding** setting on each button's **Style** tab.
+- **Button spacing** (responsive)
+  Increase or decrease the amount of horizontal or vertical space around the outside of each button. You can set the spacing as `px`, `em`, `%`, or `vw`.
+
+#### 2 Text section (global)
+
+You can override all of the settings in this section on each button's **Style** tab.
+
+- **Text color**
+  Set the button text color in the resting state.
+- **Text hover color**
+  Set the button color on mouse hover. If this setting is left blank, the **Text
+  color** setting applies for hover also.
+- **Typography section** (responsive)
+  See [this article](basics/typography.md) about the **Typography** section settings.
+
+#### 3 Background section (global)
+
+You can override all of the settings in this section on each button's **Style** tab.
+
+- **Background color**
+  Set the fill color for the button in the resting state.
+- **Background hover color**
+  Set the button's fill color on hover. If this setting is left blank, the **Background color** setting applies to hover also.
+- **Background style**
+  **Flat**: consistent fill color
+  **Gradient**: gradient of the background color, lighter on top and darker on
+  the bottom.
+- **Background animation**
+  **Disabled** by default. If set to **Enabled**, there's a 0.2-second linear
+  transition from resting state to hover state.
+
+#### 4 Border section (global)
+
+You can override all of the settings in this section on each button's **Style** tab.
+
+**Border** (responsive)
+Creates a border around each button. See [this article](basics/border.md) for more information about the settings in the **Border** section. You can override this setting on each button's **Style** tab.
+**Border hover color**
+Changes the background color of the buttons on hover.
+
+### Advanced tab (global)
+
+There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
+
+## Single-button tabs
+
+### General tab (single)
+
+This tab has the following settings.
+
+- **Text**
+  The text that appears on the button.
+- **Icon**
+  Optional icon to appear on the button. If you select an icon, there are two
+  additional fields:
+  **Icon position**: Before or after the button text.
+  **Icon visibility**: The icon can be always visible or appear on hover only.
+- **Click action**
+  **Link** or **Lightbox**. With **Link**, there's a URL field. With
+  **Lightbox**, there's a **Lightbox Content** section with **Content type**
+  to either embed content into an HTML field or provide a video link.
+  See the [click action examples in the Button module article](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/button/button.md#set-the-click-action-to-a-lightbox).
+
+### Style tab (single)
+
+This tab has four sections: a top section, **Text**, **Background**, and **Border**.
+
+#### 1 Top section (single)
+
+- **Padding** (responsive)
+  Adjusts the padding between the edge of the button and the button's content.
+
+- Text align
+  See [this article](basics/typography.md#align) for a description of how the alignment toggle settings work.
+
+#### 2 Text section (single)
+
+- **Text color**
+  Set the button text color in the resting state.
+- **Text hover color**
+  Set the button color on mouse hover. If this setting is left blank, the **Text
+  color** setting applies for hover also.
+- **Typography section** (responsive)
+  See [this article](basics/typography.md) about the **Typography** section settings.
+
+#### 3 Background section (single)
+
+- **Background color**
+  Set the fill color for the button in the resting state.
+- **Background hover color**
+  Set the button's fill color on hover. If this setting is left blank, the **Background color** setting applies to hover also.
+- **Background style**
+  **Flat**: consistent fill color
+  **Gradient**: gradient of the background color, lighter on top and darker on
+  the bottom.
+- **Background animation**
+  **Disabled** by default. If set to **Enabled**, there's a 0.2-second linear
+  transition from resting state to hover state.
+
+#### 4 Border section (single)
+
+**Border** (responsive)
+Places a border on the edge of the button. See [this article](basics/border.md) for more information about the settings in the **Border** section.
+**Border hover color**
+Changes the background color of the buttons on hover.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/button/button.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/button/button.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..384dbf0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/button/button.md
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+---
+id: button
+title: Button
+sidebar_label: Button module
+description: The Button module resembles a physical button. The click action is either a link or a lightbox, where you can add custom HTML or embed a video.
+---
+
+The Button module is an exactly that: an object that you insert into your layout that resembles a physical button.
+
+## Uses of this module
+
+- Traditionally, a web button is a pretty package for a link that sends visitors elsewhere when clicked.
+  ![](/img/button-module-with-link.jpg)
+- The button can also [open a lightbox](#set-the-click-action-to-a-lightbox), which displays a video or any other content that you can insert with a shortcode, HTML, or code such as an `<iframe>`.
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+You can play a video in a lightbox using either a Button module or a Video module. For a description of the differences, see the article about [opening a video in a lightbox](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/video/open-a-video-in-a-lightbox.md).
+:::
+
+## Button examples
+
+### Button style
+
+#### Default button style
+
+If you're using the Beaver Builder Theme, the buttons' initial style comes from the settings at **Customize > General > Buttons**. The button's default text color
+is white text for darker accent colors and black text for lighter colors. The
+default font family for the button text depends on the font family set for the
+`<body>` tag.
+
+### Click Action: Link or Lightbox
+
+You can set the button's click action to either a link or a lightbox.
+
+#### Set the click action to a link
+
+When you set **Click action** to **Link**, a Link section opens.
+
+![](/img/button-2.png)
+
+- Enter the URL to the link or click **Select** to choose a page or post from your site.
+- Set **Link target** to determine whether the linked page replaces your current page in the same tab ( **Same window** ) or opens in a new tab ( **New window** ).
+- The **Link No Follow** field tells search engines whether or not to follow the link. The default is **No**, which tells search engines to follow the link. **Yes** means "Yes don't follow the link." For more information about when to use `nofollow`, see the [Google webmaster article](https://support.google.com/webmasters/answer/96569?hl=en).
+
+#### Set the click action to a lightbox
+
+If you choose the **Lightbox** option, you next choose whether the lightbox will display custom HTML content or play a video from a URL you provide, as described in the following sections.
+
+![](/img/button-3.png)
+
+**HTML content**
+
+With the **HTML** option, an HTML editing box lets you enter custom code such as HTML markup, embed code for a video, or shortcode. In the following screenshot, the shortcode for a saved row containing a **Call to Action** module was inserted into the HTML box to make an opt-in popup.
+
+![](/img/button-4.jpg)
+
+Other shortcode examples:
+
+- Embed an audio player with [audio shortcode](https://wordpress.org/support/article/audio-shortcode/).
+- Use shortcode from a plugin to display the contents of a PDF file.
+
+:::tip **TIp**
+You can click from a button to display individual images from a hidden Gallery module in a lightbox. [Here's how to do that](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/gallery/open-a-gallery-lightbox-on-button-click.md).
+:::
+
+**Video link**
+
+Insert the URL of the video you want to play in the lightbox, from a service such as Youtube or Vimeo:
+
+![](/img/button-5.jpg)
+
+## Button settings
+
+### General tab
+
+This tab has the following settings.
+
+- **Text**
+  The text that appears on the button.
+
+- **Icon**
+  Optional icon to appear on the button. If you select an icon, there are two
+  additional fields:
+  **Icon position**: Before or after the button text.
+  **Icon visibility**: The icon can be always visible or appear on hover only.
+
+- **Click action**
+  **Link** or **Lightbox**.
+  If you choose **Link**, a **Link** field opens for you to enter a typical URL link to another page or location.
+  If you choose **Lightbox**, a **Content type** option lets you choose either **HTML** or **Video**.
+  For **HTML**, add any code to display in the lightbox.
+  For **Video**, a field opens so you can provide a URL for a video from a service such as Youtube or Vimeo.
+
+### Style tab
+
+The **Style** tab is shown in the screenshot and described below.
+
+![](/img/button-6.png)
+
+#### 1 Top section
+
+- **Width**
+  **Auto width**: Width adjusts to fit the text and icon.
+  **Full width**: The width expands to the content area minus the module's
+  margin settings.
+  **Custom**:
+  You can set a custom width in px, vw, or %.
+
+- **Align** (responsive)
+  See [this article](basics/typography.md#align) for a description of how the alignment toggle settings work.
+
+- **Padding** (responsive)
+  Set a specific padding value in pixels. Click the **Link** icon to
+  automatically make all four padding values the same.
+
+#### 2 Text section
+
+- **Text color**
+  Set the button text color in the resting state.
+- **Text hover color**
+  Set the button color on hover. If this setting is left blank, the **Text
+  color** setting applies for hover also.
+- **Typography section**
+  See [this article](basics/typography.md) about the **Typography** section settings.
+
+#### 3 Background section
+
+- **Background color**
+  Set the fill color for the button in the resting state.
+
+- **Background hover color**
+  Set the button's fill color on hover. If this setting is left blank, the
+  **Background color** setting applies to hover also.
+
+- **Background style**
+  **Flat**: consistent fill color
+  **Gradient**: gradient of the background color, lighter on top and darker on
+  the bottom.
+
+- **Background animation**
+  **Disabled** by default. If set to **Enabled**, there's a 0.2-second linear
+  transition from resting state to hover state.
+
+#### 4 Border section
+
+See [this article](basics/border.md) for more information about the settings in the
+**Border** section.
+
+### Advanced tab
+
+There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
+
+## Related modules
+
+Other modules that include a button:
+
+- [Button Group module](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/button-group.md)
+  This module lets you add a group of buttons in a single column. horizontally or vertically.
+- [Callout module](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/callout-and-call-to-action.md)
+  This module includes a heading, optional text, optional image (photo or icon),
+  and optional button or link text. The link you provide works with any part of
+  the Callout module, not just the button.
+- [Call to Action module](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/callout-and-call-to-action.md)
+  This module includes a heading, optional text, and a button. The link you provide works with any part of the Call to Action module, not just the button.
+- [Contact Form module](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/contact-form/contact-form.md)
+  Special settings to set up a contact form, with a button to submit the form.
+- [Subscribe Form module](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/subscribe-form/subscribe-form.md)
+  Special settings to set up a connection to any of a number of mail service providers, creating a form to subscribe with a button to submit the form.
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+You can configure a Gallery module to [open its component images in a lightbox](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/gallery/open-a-gallery-lightbox-on-button-click.md) with the addition of some code.
+:::
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/button/make-a-button-transparent.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/button/make-a-button-transparent.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7107309d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/button/make-a-button-transparent.md
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+---
+id: make-a-button-transparent
+title: Make a button transparent
+sidebar_label: Make a button transparent
+description: Here's how to make a button's background color semitransparent or completely transparent.
+---
+
+A transparent button means the button's background color is semitransparent or
+completely transparent. Especially in the case of a completely transparent
+background color, there's a border around the button. The hover state can also
+be solid, transparent, or semi-transparent.
+
+![](/img/how-to-tips-button-transparent-1.jpg)
+
+Make the button's background color transparent by changing the opacity of
+the button's **Background color** setting, using the color picker slider. See
+the [this article about the color picker](basics/color-picker.md). Then you can create a button
+border in [the **Border** section](basics/border.md).
+section.
+
+Where the background color and border settings are located depends on the
+module in which the button occurs:
+
+- In the Button module, the **Background color** setting and **Border** section are on the **Style** tab.
+- In the Callout module, these settings appear on the **Link** tab when you set **Type** to **Button** in the **Call to Action** section.
+- In the Call to Action module, Contact Form module, and Subscribe Form module, the settings appear on the **Button** tab.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/callout-and-call-to-action.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/callout-and-call-to-action.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9d3f6350
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/callout-and-call-to-action.md
@@ -0,0 +1,284 @@
+---
+id: callout-and-call-to-action
+title: Callout and Call to Action modules
+sidebar_label: Callout and Call to Action
+description: The Callout and Call to Action modules display a group with a heading, text, a button, and, with the Callout module, an image.
+---
+
+The Callout and Call to Action modules are very similar, as shown in this
+screenshot, with a heading, some text, and a button, but their uses are often
+different.
+
+![](/img/callout-1.jpg)
+
+## Uses of these modules
+
+With the Call to Action module, the emphasis is usually on the button. The
+point is to get the visitor to click the button to take an action on your
+website. Often much of the preceding page is the lead-in to funnel the visitor
+into wanting to click that button. By that point, no image and little text is
+required. It's the final action of a persuasive presentation.
+
+The callout module tends to be used in groups, often to highlight the features
+of a business that send the visitor to the appropriate page of the site.
+Here's an example of a grouping of Callout modules. Although you could
+construct the same look with a Photo module, Heading module, Text Editor
+module, and Button module, the Callout module keeps it of these parts together
+nicely on smaller devices, and it automatically adds the link to the image and
+the heading as well as to the button to facilitate getting to the right
+location.
+
+![](/img/callout-2.jpg)
+
+## Properties of the Call to Action and Callout modules
+
+Both modules offer:
+
+- A heading and a text editor for optional text.
+- A button with the ability to configure button style.
+- An optional icon on the button with the ability to position it relative to the text.
+
+They differ in the following ways:
+
+- The Callout module allows an optional image or icon, with the ability to position it above, below, left, or right of the text.
+- In the Call to Action module, the button is required; in the Callout module it is optional, and there is an option for linked text instead of a button, or neither one.
+- In the Callout module, the link you specify applies to the heading, the image, and the button. In the Call to Action module, only the button has the link.
+- There are some minor styling differences. For example, the Call to Action module allows you to adjust the spacing above and below it.
+
+Here are some more examples of Callout and Call to Action modules with
+buttons. Here's a Callout module with the image on the left and an icon on the
+button, plus a border.
+
+![](/img/callout-3.jpg)
+
+Here's the same Callout module with an icon instead of an image. The icon can
+be placed in a number of positions relative to the heading and text.
+
+![](/img/callout-4.jpg)
+
+And here's the same content in a Call to Action module placed in a column,
+with the border set on the column. The icon can only appear on the button, and
+there is no provision for adding an image, though you can add one as a column
+or row background, as shown in the version on the right.
+
+![](/img/callout-5.jpg)
+
+Aside from the ability to set vertical space above and below the Call to
+Action, the Callout module is more powerful and more flexible.
+
+## Other uses of the Callout module
+
+You can position the image in various locations with respect to the text.
+Here's an example in which the images are positioned over the text.
+
+![](/img/callout-6.jpg)
+
+A big advantage of using the Callout module for image-text groupings is that
+they stay together and stack correctly at smaller device sizes.
+
+![](/img/callout-7.jpg)
+
+---
+
+## Call to Action module settings
+
+### General tab
+
+This tab has fields to enter the heading and text portion of the call to
+action. You can also specify the **Heading tag** that you want used (H1, H2,
+etc.). If you want to enter a custom font size, you can do that in the
+**Typography** section of the **Style** tab.
+
+### Style tab
+
+The **Style** tab has three sections, as shown in the following screenshot and
+described below.
+
+![](/img/callout-8.png)
+
+#### 1 Top section
+
+- **Layout**
+  **Stacked** : the heading appears above the text, which appears above the
+  button.
+  **Inline** : the heading a text appear to the left of the button.
+
+- **Background color**
+  Fills the module background with the designated color. If you have Beaver
+  Themer, this field has a field connection (the Plus icon) to let you use a
+  custom field to assign the color for the particular post or page the layout
+  applies to.
+
+- **Border** (responsive)
+  This is the standard Border section, to attach a [border](basics/border.md) or [border effect](basics/border.md).
+
+- **Alignment**
+  Left, center, or right horizontal alignment, or default alignment if none of
+  the three choices are selected. See [this article](basics/typography.md#align) for more
+  information.
+
+- **Padding (responsive)**
+  The distance from the module's border to its content, in **px**, **em**, or
+  **%** units. You can enter these values per device size by clicking the device
+  icon or entering **Responsive Editing Mode**. See [this article](/beaver-builder/layouts/responsive-design/index.md) for more information about responsive editing.
+
+![](/img/callout-9.png)
+
+#### 2 **Heading** section
+
+Settings for the heading portion of the call to action:
+
+- **Heading color**
+  Opacity is set with the right-hand slider in the [Color Picker](basics/color-picker.md).
+- [**Heading Typography** section](basics/typography.md) (responsive)
+  Includes various font settings and a text shadow effect.
+
+#### **3 Text** section
+
+Settings for the text portion of the call to action: **Text color** and the
+**Typography** section.
+
+### Advanced tab
+
+There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
+
+---
+
+## Callout module settings
+
+### General tab
+
+This tab has fields to enter the heading and text portion of the call to
+action. You can also specify the heading tag that you want used (H1, H2,
+etc.). If you want to enter a custom font size, you can do that in the
+**Typography** section of the **Style** tab.
+
+### Style tab
+
+The **Style** tab for the Callout module is identical to that for the Call to
+Action module. See the previous section for a description of the fields.
+
+### Image tab
+
+On the **Image** tab, the settings are different depending on whether you
+select a photo or an icon in the **Image type** field.
+
+#### Photos
+
+Setting **Image type** to **Photo** opens two sections: **Photo** and **Photo
+style**.
+
+The **Photo** section has the following fields:
+
+- **Photo**
+  Select the photo and the maximum photo size. The photo size can be customized
+  in the **Width** field of the **Photo style** section.
+
+- **Position**
+  You can choose for the photo to appear above or below the heading or to the
+  left or right of the text and heading. If there's also a button or link, the
+  photo is vertically centered to the left or right.
+
+The **Photo style** section has the following fields:
+
+- **Photo crop**
+  You can crop the photo into a specific shape.
+
+- **Width**
+  Choose a custom max width for the photo in **px**, **vw**, or **%**. If you
+  don't enter a value here, the max width will be determined by the photo size
+  you selected in the **Photo** section.
+
+- **Alignment** (responsive)
+  Sets the [alignment](basics/typography.md#align) for the photo within its column space. If the photo
+  placement is over or under, this aligns the photo to the left, center or right
+  over the heading and text. If the photo placement is to the left or right,
+  this aligns the photo in the left column.
+  **Tip:** To move the left or right photo closer to the heading and text,
+  adjust the settings in the **Padding** field on the **Style** tab.
+
+- **Border**
+  Standard settings for [border](basics/border.md) and [border effects](basics/border.md). Setting **Radius** rounds
+  the corners of the photo.
+
+#### Icons
+
+Setting **Image type** to **Icon** opens three sections: **Icon**, **Icon
+colors**, and **Icon style**.
+
+The **Icon** section has the following fields.
+
+- **Icon**
+  [Select the icon](settings/icons.md#enable-or-disable-icon-sets).
+
+- **Position**
+  You can choose for the icon to appear above or below the heading or to the
+  left or right of just the heading or the heading and text both. If there's
+  also a button or link, the photo is vertically centered to the left or right.
+
+**Note:**
+
+With any of the left or right selections, the icon position is vertically
+centered with the heading. The difference between **Left/Right of Heading**
+and **Left/Right of Heading and Text** is that with the former, the text and
+optional button or link are aligned under both the heading and icon, whereas
+in the latter, the text and optional button remain aligned under the heading,
+and the icon appears to the left or right of that grouping. The following
+screenshot shows an example in which the overall alignment (on the **Style**
+tab) is set to **Right**.
+
+![](/img/callout-10.png)
+
+The **Icon colors** section has the following fields:
+
+- **Color**
+  If this color is unspecified, the default accent color is used. For Beaver
+  Builder Theme, this is set in the Customizer at **General > Accent Color**.
+
+- **Hover color**
+  If this color is unspecified, the default accent color is used. For Beaver
+  Builder Theme, this is set in the **Hover colo** r field in Customizer at
+  **General > Accent Color**.
+
+- **Background color**
+  Setting a background color adds a circle with a border behind the icon, as
+  shown in the screenshot. If this color is unspecified no color is added.
+  ![](/img/callout-11.png)
+
+- **Background hover color**
+  Sets the background color on hover. If this field is not set, the **Background
+  color** setting is used.
+
+- **Gradient**
+  Sets a gradient on the background color, if there is one. The screenshot above
+  shows a gradient on the background color, which is lighter at the top and
+  darker at the bottom.
+
+### Link tab
+
+In the **Link** section, setting a link adds a hyperlink to the heading, the
+photo or icon, and the button or link text.
+
+In the **Call to Action** section, the **Type** field has the following
+choices:
+
+- **None**
+  Does not display either a button or link text. however, if you have set a
+  link, that link will still be set on the heading and a photo or icon.
+
+- Link
+  Choosing **Link** opens a **Text** field and a **Link text** section, as shown
+  in the following screenshot and described below.
+  ![](/img/callout-12.png)
+  The **Link text** section lets you assign link and link hover color, and the
+  **Link typography** subsection is the [standard **Typography** section](basics/typography.md).
+
+- **Button
+  **This choice opens a **Text** field and a number of button sections, as shown
+  in the following screenshot.
+  ![](/img/callout-13.png)
+  These button sections have most of the same options of the [Button module](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/button/button.md).
+
+### Advanced tab
+
+There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/contact-form/add-a-google-recaptcha-checkbox-to-a-form.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/contact-form/add-a-google-recaptcha-checkbox-to-a-form.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4cb69132
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/contact-form/add-a-google-recaptcha-checkbox-to-a-form.md
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+---
+id: add-a-google-recaptcha-checkbox-to-a-form
+title: Add a Google reCAPTCHA checkbox to a form
+sidebar_label: Add a Google reCAPTCHA checkbox to a form
+description: Here's how to add a Google reCAPTCHA to your Contact form or Subscribe Form.
+---
+
+You can add [Google reCAPTCHA](https://support.google.com/recaptcha/?hl=en) to
+your Contact Form or Subscribe Form module to deter spam.
+
+## reCAPTCHA Examples
+
+Here's an example of a form generated by a Contact module with an "I'm not a
+robot" v2 reCAPTCHA checkbox. Checking the box may be sufficient, or in some
+cases, the user has to solve a captcha after checking the box.
+
+![](/img/how-to-tips-recaptcha-1.png)
+
+You can also choose a dark checkbox, which appears in the following
+screenshot.
+
+![](/img/how-to-tips-recaptcha-2.png)
+
+If you choose a V2 or V3 invisible checkbox, a small reCAPTCHA box pinned to
+the right side of the browser screen. When you hover over it, the box expands
+to display "protected by reCAPTCHA," as shown in the following animation. You
+can choose either a light or dark version for this icon.
+
+![](/img/how-to-tips-recaptcha-3.gif)
+
+With the v2 invisible reCAPTCHA, users may in questionable cases still have to
+solve a captcha.
+
+The v3 reCAPTCHA requires no action from users and returns scores, based on
+seeing both legitimate and abusive behavior on your site, with the ability for
+you to tailor your own action to suit your site, as [described in this Google blog](https://webmasters.googleblog.com/2018/10/introducing-recaptcha-v3-new-way-to.html). Because of this, we recommend that you thoroughly review the [v3
+reCAPTCHA docs](https://developers.google.com/recaptcha/docs/v3) before using.
+
+## Register your site for a reCAPTCHA license key pair
+
+Register your site at the [Google reCAPTCHA admin console](https://www.google.com/recaptcha/admin). You must choose one of the
+following reCAPTCHA types to generate the appropriate keys:
+
+* reCAPTCHA v3 
+Verifies requests with a score
+
+* reCAPTCHA v2  
+
+  * "I'm not a robot" checkbox  
+  Validate requests with the "I'm not a robot" checkbox
+
+  * Invisible reCAPTCHA badge  
+  Validate requests in the background
+
+For more information about these types and how they work, see the [Google
+developer reCAPTCHA
+documentation](https://developers.google.com/recaptcha/intro).
+
+:::info
+If you change your mind about which type of reCAPTCHA to use, you'll
+have to get a new key pair for that type.
+:::
+
+##  Set up reCAPTCHA in a Contact Form or Subscribe Form module:
+
+  1. Open either module for editing and click the **Captcha** tab.
+  2. For the  **reCAPTCHA field**  setting, click **Show**.
+  3. For  **Validate type**, choose the validation type you want.
+  4. (v3 only) If you're an advanced user and want to sort your reCAPTCHA results by action in your Google admin console, enter an action name here.
+  5. Enter the **Site key** and **Secret key** from your Google reCAPTCHA registration.  
+Be sure to use keys that match the validation type.
+
+  6. For Theme, choose whether you want the “I'm not a robot” box or the reCAPTCHA icon to have a light background or dark background.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/contact-form/contact-form.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/contact-form/contact-form.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ce7a5aff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/contact-form/contact-form.md
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+---
+id: contact-form
+title: Contact form
+sidebar_label: Contact Form module
+description: The Contact Form module displays a basic contact form. Form information is sent by email to an address you specify.
+---
+
+The Contact Form module displays a basic contact form with the following properties:
+
+- The form can display **Name**, **Subject**, **Email**, **Phone**, and **Message** fields.
+  The labels and placeholder text for these fields can be customized.
+- By default, the **Name** and **Email** fields are displayed, and the **Subject** and **Phone** fields are hidden.
+  Any fields that are displayed are required.
+- There's an optional **Terms and Conditions** checkbox.
+  You can add custom text above the checkbox and customize the checkbox label, as in the following screenshot.
+  If you enable the checkbox, users must select the checkbox to submit the form successfully. If they don't, they receive the message "You must accept the Terms and Conditions." One use for this checkbox is to meet GDPR requirements if you feel users must
+  explicitly accept terms and conditions.
+  ![](/img/contact-1.png)
+- You can [add a Google reCaptcha button](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/contact-form/add-a-google-recaptcha-checkbox-to-a-form.md) to the form to deter spam.
+- The user can submit the form with either the spacebar or the Enter key.
+- You can choose whether the person who submits the form sees a confirmation message or is redirected to a URL you specify.
+- Email notifications are automatically sent to the designated recipient upon form submission.
+
+:::info
+Entries from this form are not stored in the database or added to your website files. If you need a
+more central or permanent record of contacts than the email notifications, use a third-party form
+plugin.
+:::
+
+## Settings
+
+### General tab
+
+| Section     | Field                             | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                                           |
+| ----------- | --------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+|             | **Send to Email**                 | The person who will receive the notification of the form submission. Note that this is the only record that will exist that the form was submitted.                                                                                   |
+| **Fields**  | **Name field**                    | (Default is **Show**.) If set to **Hide**, the **Name** field does not appear in the contact form.                                                                                                                                    |
+|             | **Name field placeholder**        | (Default is "Your name.") Modify if you want to customize the field's placeholder text.                                                                                                                                               |
+|             | **Subject field**                 | (Default is **Hide**.) If set to **Hide**, the **Subject** field is not displayed in the form.                                                                                                                                        |
+|             | **Email subject**                 | (Default is "Contact Form Submission.") Modify if you want to customize the subject line in the notification email.                                                                                                                   |
+|             | **Email field**                   | (Default is **Show**.) If set to **Hide**, the **Email** field is not displayed in the form. **Note:** If you set this option to **Hide** you will have no way to contact the person who submits the form.                            |
+|             | **Email field placeholder**       | (Default is "Your email.") Modify if you want to customize the field's placeholder text.                                                                                                                                              |
+|             | **Phone field**                   | (Default is **Hide**.) If set to **Hide**, the **Phone** field is not displayed in the form.                                                                                                                                          |
+|             | **Your Message placeholder**      | (Default is "Your message.") Modify if you want to customize the placeholder text for the message.                                                                                                                                    |
+|             | **Show labels/placeholders**      | (Default is **Show placeholders only**.) Determines whether placeholders and not labels are shown for each field, or labels and not placeholders are shown, or both are shown. See the screenshot below this table.                   |
+|             | **Terms and Conditions checkbox** | (Default is **Hide**.) If set to **Show**, new settings appear to customize the text label and to enter the terms and conditions. If you enable this setting, users are required to accept them for form submission to be successful. |
+| **Success** | **Success action**                |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       |
+
+![](/img/contact-form-1cf4996c.png)
+
+### Button tab
+
+| Section               | Field                             | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   |
+| --------------------- | --------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+|                       | **Button text**                   | (Optional) Enter custom text for the **Contact** button. (Default text is "Send")                                                                                                                                                             |
+| **Button icon**       | **Button icon**                   | (Optional) Select an icon for the button.                                                                                                                                                                                                     |
+| **Button style**      | **Button width**                  | **Auto** means no width is set for the button. **Full width** means the button takes up the full width of the container (minus any margin settings).                                                                                          |
+|                       | **Button align**                  | The [standard toggles](basics/typography.md#align) for horizontal alignment. This can be set individually for each device size.                                                                                                               |
+|                       | **Button padding**                | (Optional) Specify the number of pixels of space between the button edge and the button text.                                                                                                                                                 |
+| **Button text**       | **Button text color**             | (Optional) Choose the color of the button. **Note:** If you're using the Beaver Builder Theme, the default button and button hover colors come from **Customize > General > Buttons**, but you override the default colors with this setting. |
+|                       | **Button text hover color**       | (Optional) Enter a hover color.                                                                                                                                                                                                               |
+|                       | **Button typography**             | The [standard typography section](basics/typography.md) to style the button text.                                                                                                                                                             |
+| **Button background** | **Button background color**       | Set the fill color for the button in the resting state.                                                                                                                                                                                       |
+|                       | **Button background hover color** | Set the button's fill color on hover. If this setting is left blank, the **Background color** setting applies to hover also.                                                                                                                  |
+|                       | **Button background style**       | **Flat**: consistent fill color. **Gradient**: gradient of the background color, lighter on top and darker on the bottom.                                                                                                                     |
+|                       | **Button background animation**   | **Disabled** by default. If set to **Enabled**, there's a 0.2-second linear transition from resting state to hover state.                                                                                                                     |
+| **Button border**     | **Button border**                 | (Optional) The [standard border settings](basics/border.md).                                                                                                                                                                                  |
+
+### Captcha tab
+
+See [this article](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/contact-form/add-a-google-recaptcha-checkbox-to-a-form.md) for instructions on how to implement Google reCaptcha.
+
+### Advanced tab
+
+There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
+
+## Accessibility
+
+For the contact form input fields, the `aria-describedby` attribute is used to indicate the IDs of the elements that describe the object. The label and placeholder text can be shown, hidden, or customized, so the value of the `aria-describedby` attribute for each input field in the form is the ID of the error that appears if the field is not filled in.
+
+For example, the following code is the HTML output produced for the **Name** field in a contact form with the default labels, placeholders, and the **Show placeholders only** setting.
+
+```html
+<div class="fl-input-group fl-name">
+  <label for="fl-name" class="hidden">Your name</label>
+  <span class="fl-contact-error" id="name-error">Please enter your name.</span>
+  <input
+    type="text"
+    id="fl-name"
+    name="fl-name"
+    aria-describedby="name-error"
+    value=""
+    placeholder="Your name"
+  />
+</div>
+```
+
+Because the setting is **Show placeholders only**, the `label` tag is assigned the CSS class `hidden`, and the CSS rule for that class is `display:none`, which causes most screen readers ignore the content of that tag.
+
+In contrast, here's the output when **Show labels/placeholders** is set to **Show labels only**:
+
+```html
+<div class="fl-input-group fl-name">
+  <label for="fl-name">Your name</label>
+  <span class="fl-contact-error" id="name-error">Please enter your name.</span>
+  <input
+    type="text"
+    id="fl-name"
+    name="fl-name"
+    aria-describedby="name-error"
+    value=""
+    placeholder=""
+  />
+</div>
+```
+
+In this case, the content in the `<label>` tag is visible to the screen reader, the `<input>` tag's `placeholder` attribute has no value, and the `aria-describedby` value is still the ID of the error message.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/content-slider.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/content-slider.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f0f43400
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/content-slider.md
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+---
+id: content-slider
+title: Content slider
+sidebar_label: Content slider
+description: The Content Slider module displays an animated set of slides, with a choice of background plus an overlay of text, photo or video, and a link.
+---
+
+You might think of a content slider module as a slideshow of rows, in which
+each slide has any or all of the following components::
+
+  * A background (color, photo, video, or none)
+  * An overlay (text, text + photo, text + video, or none)
+  * A text or button link
+
+Here's an example of a slide with a photo background and an overlay with text
+and a button:
+
+![](/img/content-slider-1.jpg)
+
+The text overlay can have its own color background or none. On smaller
+devices, the navigation and overlay appear below the background photo:
+
+![](/img/content-slider-2.jpg)
+
+Here's an example of a slide with a photo background and an overlay with text
+and a photo:
+
+![](/img/content-slider-3.jpg)
+
+Depending on settings and screen width, the text can be to the left or right
+of the photo or vertically aligned.
+
+**Note:** At small screen widths, the overlay photo appears above the content
+and the background image is hidden, as shown in the following screenshot.
+
+![](/img/content-slider-4.jpg)
+
+For navigation, you can have arrows, dots, both, or none. The arrows (overlaid
+on the background image) and dots (below the content) are shown in the
+screenshot above.
+
+## Uses of the Content Slider module
+
+The Content Slider module can work well when you want to construct a
+relatively small set of slides with overlaid content by hand, as opposed to
+generating the slides automatically with posts, pages, or a custom post type,
+in which case you'd use the Posts Slider module.
+
+One use would be if you have more than one call to action that you want to
+display in a series. In the screenshot with the button above, you could
+display a company's lines of business or a series of special offers with the
+content slider.
+
+It's important to remember that the main image in the Content Slider module is
+in the background, so it is subject to the same problems of background images
+in rows and columns, namely the image can get cropped so it's not showing what
+you intended, and the image may not look good at every device size. The
+Content Slider settings don't allow background image positioning or different
+images for small devices, so you need to check each slide carefully and tinker
+with images in an image editor rather than through Beaver Builder settings.
+
+See the section about related modules below.
+
+## Content Slider module settings
+
+The content slider module offers a larger number of options for styling and
+content. Here are some examples.
+
+  * In each slide, you can choose a photo, video, or color background, or no background. For photo backgrounds, you can add a color overlay.
+  * You can add a heading, text, and a button and display them overlaid on the photo video, or color background, or side by side with the photo or video.
+  * You can automate and adjust the playback or add navigation buttons so users can cycle through themselves.
+  * If you choose to show the nav arrows, you can style the arrow color, and arrow background color and shape on the **Style** tab.
+  * There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
+
+:::info
+On the **Slider** tab, be sure to set the **Transition speed**
+setting for a shorter time than the **Delay** setting. This avoids an issue
+where an image can get skipped because it hasn't finished transitioning before
+it's time to display the next slide.
+:::
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/countdown.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/countdown.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..09d1dcdd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/countdown.md
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+---
+id: countdown
+title: Countdown
+sidebar_label: Countdown
+description: The Countdown module displays a visual timer that counts down to zero from a specified date and time.
+---
+
+The Countdown module displays a visual timer that counts down to zero for a date and time that you specify. Scroll down to see screenshots.
+
+## General tab
+
+You can specify the target date and time, including choosing the timezone that
+should be used.
+
+## Style tab
+
+This tab has a top section of settings, followed by several sections that vary depending on the type of layout you select.
+
+### Top section
+
+- **Layout**
+  The choices are:
+  - **Numbers**
+    This setting includes numbers plus the text under the numbers for each unit of measurement (days, hours, minutes, seconds).
+    ![Countdown module, Numbers layout](/img/countdown-1.jpg)
+  - **Numbers \+ Circles**
+    Adds a circle around the numbers that visually shows the time remaining: number of seconds left in a minute, minutes left in an hour, hours left in a day, days, left in a year.
+    ![Countdown module, Numbers + Circles layout](/img/countdown-2.png)
+- **Alignment**
+  This is the standard [horizontal alignment toggle](basics/typography.md#align), which can be set to different alignments on large, medium, and small devices.
+
+### **Numbers and Text** section
+
+- **Number color**
+- **Number typography**
+  The standard [Typography section](basics/typography.md) for the numbers displayed.
+- **Text color**
+- **Text typography**
+  The standard [Typography section](basics/typography.md) for the text displayed under the numbers.
+- **Horizontal padding** (**Numbers** layout only)
+  Padding
+- **Vertical padding** (**Numbers** layout only)
+- **Number spacing**
+  Used in both types of layout to increase or decrease the left and right margins for individual numbers.
+
+The following screenshot shows a **Numbers** layout with the **Horizontal padding**, **Vertical padding**, and **Number spacing** settings mapped onto a [CSS box](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/spacing.md). The padding settings are associated with the `fl-countdown-unit` class, whereas the left-right spacing is associated with the `fl-countdown-number` class.
+
+![Countdown module, Numbers layout with padding and spacing mapped onto CSS box](/img/countdown-3.jpg)
+
+With the **Numbers \+ Circles** layout, only the **Number spacing** setting is available, so you can set only the left and right margins between numbers, shown in this screenshot.
+
+![Countdown module, Numbers + Circles layout with number spacing mapped onto CSS box](/img/countdown-4.jpg)
+
+:::tip **Tips**
+
+- If the **Circle size** and **Circle Stroke** size are too large, they can overlap, as you can see in the screenshot. Check vertical spacing in responsive mode, as well as horizontal spacing in all modes – or make use of the overlap for effect!
+- To control the space between the numbers and the circle, use the **Circle size** setting in the **Circle styles** section described below.
+  :::
+
+### **Backgrounds** section
+
+This section appears for the **Numbers** layout only.
+
+- **Number background color**
+  Inserts a square of color behind the color/unit pair.
+- **Number border radius**
+  Rounds the corners of the background color squares.
+
+### **Separator** section (**Numbers** layout only)
+
+- **Show time separators**
+  Choose **Yes** to show a separator between each time unit.
+- **Separator Type**
+  You can choose a colon or a pipe symbol as a separator.
+- **Separator color**
+  Select the separator color.
+
+### **Circle styles** section (**Numbers \+ Circles** layout only)
+
+- **Circle foreground color**
+  Displays the amount of time remaining in each time unit.
+- **Circle background color**
+  Displays the portion of the circle not taken up by the foreground color.
+- **Circle size**
+  Use this setting to control the distance between the text and circle.
+- **Circle stroke size**
+  Use this setting to increase the "fatness" of the circle.
+
+## Advanced tab
+
+There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/gallery/gallery.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/gallery/gallery.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..091ac6e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/gallery/gallery.md
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+---
+id: gallery
+title: Gallery
+sidebar_label: Gallery module
+description: The Gallery module displays a gallery of images from the Media Library or SmugMug. Clicking a gallery image opens it in a lightbox.
+---
+
+The Gallery module is used to display a gallery of images from either the
+WordPress Media Library or a SmugMug gallery that you specify.
+
+## Uses of the Gallery module
+
+The Gallery module is used to display a collection of individual photos in a
+pleasing fashion. Depending on what happens when users click a module (see the
+section on the module's settings), you can use the Gallery module to:
+
+- Display the series of photos one by one in a lightbox with navigation aids.
+  This works particularly well when the gallery images are displayed in a small
+  size that users can open to view a larger version of the image.
+
+- Display the full-sized image on a page of its own.
+  This option works well when the intention is for viewers to right-click and
+  download single images, such as for an image library.
+
+- Gallery images don't have a clickable link.
+  You might want to display the gallery as images that are large enough to view
+  clearly and really don't need to be expanded to a larger size.
+
+Gallery modules are often used as [shortcodes](user-interface/tools-menu.md#keyboard-shortcuts) in other modules or even in posts that use the
+WordPress Standard editor. For example, you could insert the shortcode for a
+Gallery module into a tab in the Tabs module or an item in the Accordion
+module to show a collection of images on a particular tab or in an expanded
+accordion section respectively.
+
+## Properties of the Gallery module
+
+You can display the gallery in either a Thumbs or a Collage layout. Here's an
+example of Thumbs layout, in which image thumbnails are presented in a grid.
+
+![](/img/gallery-1.jpg)
+
+Here's an example of the Collage layout at medium size.
+
+![](/img/gallery-2.jpg)
+
+The ordering of the photos in both the Collage and Thumbs layouts matches the
+WordPress media gallery order that you set up. When you create or edit the
+WordPress gallery, you can reorder the images by dragging and dropping.
+
+![](/img/gallery-3.jpg)
+
+## Gallery module settings
+
+### General tab
+
+- **Layout**
+  **Collage** or **Thumbs**.
+
+- **Source**
+  Choose the WordPress **Media Library** or **SmugMug**. For the Media Library,
+  in the Photos field choose the images you want to include. For SmugMug, see
+  the instructions below.
+
+- **Photo size**
+  This field appears for Collage layouts only. The Thumbs layout always displays
+  WordPress thumbnails, either the default 150x150 or custom size you've set.
+
+- **Show captions**
+  If you select this option, image captions are pulled from the Media Library or
+  the SmugMug library. By default, longer captions are cut off with elliptical
+  periods. See [this article](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/photo/display-full-captions-under-photos.md) for the CSS to insert a full wrapped caption.
+
+- **Click action**
+  Specify what happens when an image is clicked:
+
+  - **None**
+    No action.
+
+  - **Lightbox**
+    Open the image in a lightbox with Previous and Next arrows. You can choose the
+    max size on devices large enough to display it.
+
+  - **Photo link**
+    Use the image URL to open a large-sized image displayed on a page with no
+    theme or other formatting and no navigation links to the other images in the
+    gallery. The large size in WordPress by default is a max height and max width
+    of 1024px (or the full size of the image if you uploaded one less than
+    1024px).
+
+### Style tab
+
+- **Photo spacing**
+  The horizontal and vertical spacing between the images, in pixels.
+
+- **Photo border**
+  The standard Beaver Builder [borders](../../../basics/border.md) options.
+
+## Use a SmugMug gallery
+
+1. Navigate to the SmugMug gallery you want to use.
+2. Scroll down to the footer and click the Feed icon, then select **RSS**.
+   ![](/img/gallery-4.png)
+
+3. Copy the RSS link and insert it into the **Feed URL** field in the Gallery Module.
+
+### Advanced tab
+
+There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/gallery/open-a-gallery-lightbox-on-button-click.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/gallery/open-a-gallery-lightbox-on-button-click.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3ac202d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/gallery/open-a-gallery-lightbox-on-button-click.md
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+---
+id: open-a-gallery-lightbox-on-button-click
+title: Open a gallery lightbox on button click
+sidebar_label: Open a gallery lightbox on button click
+description: Here's how to open a lightbox from the Button module to display images from a Gallery module.
+---
+
+The Button module has a built-in lightbox feature, but if you put in the
+shortcode for a gallery, the entire gallery will display in the lightbox,
+rather than the individual gallery images.
+
+You can configure the button click to display the individual gallery images in
+the lightbox, with previous and next navigation, as shown in this screenshot:
+
+![](/img/how-to-tips-open-gallery-button-1.jpg)
+
+The instructions here will show you how to create a Button module an a Gallery module, add custom IDs, and copy in some jQuery to make it all work.
+
+## 1. Create a Button module
+
+Create your button and give it a custom ID also, using these instructions.
+
+  1. Drag a Button module into your layout.  
+  Leave the Click Action set to **Link** but don't add a link.  
+  The link will be set by the jQuery.
+  2. On the **Advanced** tab in the **HTML element** section, enter an ID for your button in the **ID** field.  
+  In this example, we'll use `gallery-1-button` as the ID value.
+  4. Enter any other style settings you want for the button and save the module.
+
+## 2. Create a Gallery module
+
+Create your gallery and give it a custom ID using these instructions.
+
+  1. Add a Gallery module to your layout.  
+Placing the gallery in a row under the button is a good place. The jQuery will keep the gallery from being displayed on your main page.
+  2. Add photos to the Gallery module in the normal fashion.
+  3. On the **General** tab, set **Click action** to **Lightbox** and select the size of image you want to display in the lightbox.
+  4. On the **Advanced** tab, in the **HTML element** section, enter an ID for your gallery in the **ID** field.   
+In this example, we'll use `gallery-1` as the ID value,
+  5. Save the module.
+
+## 3. Add the jQuery code
+
+Add the jQuery code using the following instructions.
+
+  1. In the Beaver Builder editor, click the down arrow in the Title bar in the upper left corner to open the **Tools** menu, then choose **Layout CSS & JavaScript**.
+  2. Click the **JavaScript** tab, then paste in the following code.  
+  ```js
+  jQuery(document).ready(function ($) {
+    var galleryid = "#gallery-1"; //Gallery ID
+    var buttonid = "#gallery-1-button"; //Button ID
+
+    if ("undefined" !== typeof FLBuilderConfig) {
+      return;
+    }
+
+    jQuery(galleryid + " .fl-photo-img").hide();
+
+    jQuery(buttonid).on("click", function (e) {
+      e.preventDefault();
+      $(galleryid + " img")
+        .first()
+        .trigger("click");
+    });
+  });
+  ```
+  3. Change lines 2 and 3 to the ID values that you assigned to the Gallery module and the Button module respectively.
+  4. Click **Save** to save the code.
+  5. Publish the page. Hold down the Shift key and click the Refresh icon to clear your browser cache, then test your button.
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+If you're using more than one button and gallery lightbox on the same
+page, duplicate this jQuery code and change the ID values to match each button
+and gallery.
+:::
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/heading.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/heading.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..997d795c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/heading.md
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+---
+id: heading
+title: Heading
+sidebar_label: Heading
+description: The Heading module inserts a heading that is rendered with a heading tag (H1, H2, etc.) in the HTML output and can be customized in various ways.
+---
+
+The Heading module inserts a heading into your row that is rendered with a
+heading tag (H1, H2, etc.) in the HTML output.
+
+![](/img/heading-1.png)
+
+## Uses of the heading module
+
+While you can create headings right in the text editor, here are some advantages to using a Heading module:
+
+- You can more easily move the heading around in the layout by dissociating it from the following text.
+- You can easily customize typography, layout, and effects of individual headings (font family, weight, color, size, spacing, horizontal alignment, text shadow, animations, and margins).
+  The screenshot above shows two headings, with the lower superimposed on the
+  upper. The upper heading has a custom color, font family, color, and a text
+  shadow. Spacing is manipulated with margin settings, and the margin setting is
+  responsive so you could control the spacing at different device sizes.
+
+- You have more control over the margins of the heading and so can control where the heading appears in relation to the text that follows.
+- You can use HTML markup (such as the `<br>` tag for a line break) or even shortcodes in the **Heading** field of the Heading module.
+- If you use [Beaver Themer](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/beaver-themer/), you can also use [field connections](/beaver-themer/field-connections) for several Heading module settings, in both Beaver Builder and Themer layouts.
+  **Examples of field connections in the Heading module:**
+
+  - You could connect the **Heading** field to the site title that is defined in your WordPress settings ( **Settings > General** from the WordPress admin panel), so if the name of the site changed, the name would also change anywhere that field connection was used.
+  - You could add the current year to your heading text as a [field connection shortcode](/beaver-themer/field-connections/syntax), such as keeping the year current in a copyright statement that you insert into a layout.
+  - You could create a custom field for the color value for headings, then specify the color value for each page or post on the WordPress editing screen, then [add a field connection to that custom field](/beaver-themer/field-connections/getting-started#connect-vs-insert) from the **Color** field on the **Style** tab in each Heading module. To change the color, you only have to change it once in the custom field on each page or post, not individually in each Heading module with a custom color. You can use a WordPress custom field, the Advanced Custom Fields plugin, or the Pods plugin to create custom fields.
+
+## Heading module settings
+
+Items with an asterisk (\*) have the option of setting a field connection if
+Beaver Themer is installed.
+
+### General tab
+
+The General tab contains the following fields. An asterisk (\*) indicates the
+ability to create a field connection if Beaver Themer is installed.
+
+- **Heading** \*
+  Enter text, basic HTML tags (such as a `<br>` tag), or a Beaver Builder
+  shortcode.
+
+- **HTML tag**
+  Select the heading level (H1, H2, etc.). This automatically inserts the
+  correct heading tags into the rendered page.
+
+- **Link** \*
+  Add a URL if you want the heading to contain a live link. Click **Select** for
+  assistance in creating the URL to another page on your site.
+
+### Style tab
+
+The Style tab contains the following settings.
+
+- **Color** \*
+  Default heading color is usually specified in the theme, but you can choose a
+  custom color here.
+
+- **Typography** section
+  This is the [standard Beaver Builder **Typography** section](basics/typography.md), with settings for the font family, weight, size, spacing, and so on.
+
+**Tip:** While you can choose a custom Google font in each Heading module, be
+careful about using too many different fonts if you're trying to pare down
+page load times. You can check load times of your combination of Google fonts
+at [fonts.google.com](https://fonts.google.com/).
+
+### Advanced tab
+
+There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/html.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/html.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6fc19166
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/html.md
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+---
+id: html
+title: HTML
+sidebar_label: HTML
+description: The HTML module lets you insert custom code and markup into your layouts, rendered directly in the HTML output.
+---
+
+The HTML module lets you insert custom code and markup into your layouts that is rendered directly to the HTML output.
+
+![](/img/html-module-2.png)
+
+Like other code editors, the HTML module has line numbering and text wrap, which are not visible in the published version.
+
+## Uses of the HTML module
+
+Use the HTML module to add text, markup, and code such as HTML table markup,
+shortcodes, or JavaScript. The HTML module is better for adding markup and
+code than the Text Editor module, because the WordPress editor instance
+embedded in the Text Editor module can try to insert its own markup, such as
+`<p>` tags.
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+If you enter code in the HTML module that results in an inability to open the Beaver Builder editor, [open the editor in Safe mode](/beaver-builder/troubleshooting/debugging/safe-mode.md) so you can fix or remove the code.
+:::
+
+In the screenshot above, the `[fl_year]` shortcode (which is available when
+you use the Beaver Builder Theme) has been inserted to render the current year
+in the output.
+
+##  HTML settings
+
+As you can see in the screenshot, the HTML module has a **General** tab with a
+code editor and an **Advanced** tab, which has all the usual **Advanced** tab
+settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
+
+There is no **Style** tab. You can style the markup in this module in the
+following ways:
+
+  * Apply inline styles in the code editor on the **General** tab
+  * Apply CSS rules by adding a custom ID or class, either directly in the code editor or in the **HTML** section of the **Advanced** tab.
+
+## Advanced tab
+
+There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/icon-and-icon-group.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/icon-and-icon-group.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..734d7ad1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/icon-and-icon-group.md
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+---
+id: icon-and-icon-group
+title: Icon and Icon Group
+sidebar_label: Icon and Icon Group
+description: The Icon and Icon Group modules displaya single icon plus optional text or a group of icons
+---
+
+The Icon module displays a single icon plus optional text. The and Icon Group module displays a group of icons with no text.
+
+:::info
+
+- To make icons available for selection in Beaver Builder modules that allow them, [they have to be enabled](settings/icons.md#enable-or-disable-icon-sets) in **Settings > Beaver Builder > Icons**. You can also [add custom icon sets](settings/icons.md) or [Font Awesome Pro icons](integrations/font-awesome.md).
+- Beaver Builder loads the stylesheet and font files for every icon set you use on a page. For example, if you use one icon from Font Awesome and one icon from Foundation on your page, it has to load both icon sets. This adds load time to your page. If page load time is a concern, limit your icon to one set, or create a custom icon set using only the icons you need on the page.
+- Font Awesome 5 icons are not compatible Font Awesome 4. If you have an older site that still has Font Awesome 4 icons in existing layouts, Beaver Builder loads a shim automatically to convert those icons to Font Awesome 5.
+- If you use Beaver Builder Theme, you have the option to force Font Awesome 5 icons to load on every page, whether or not they appear in Beaver Builder Theme or page layouts. This setting is useful if you have third-party plugins that use Font Awesome 5 icons. See the [article on the Font Awesome settings in Beaver Builder Theme](/bb-theme/defaults-for-layouts-content/icons/choose-how-font-awesome-icons-load-in-beaver-builder-theme).
+
+:::
+
+## Icon module
+
+The Icon Module lets you insert icons from Font Awesome, Foundation, or
+WordPress into your layouts.
+
+The Icon module comes with a text editor, where you can enter and format text
+that will appear to the right of the icon. You can add a link, which applies
+to both the icon and the text. If you add a background color, it appears as a
+circle around the icon, as in the following screenshot.
+
+![](/img/icon-module-1.jpg)
+
+There's also a **Screen reader text** field, where you can enter text intended to appear in the HTML output only to assist screen readers for accessibility. For example, if you use the Font Awesome guitar amp icon enter **guitar amp icon** in the **Screen reader text** field, the HTML output appears like the following:
+
+```html
+<i class="fas fa-amp-guitar" aria-hidden="true"></i>
+<span class="sr-only">guitar amp icon</span>
+```
+
+Another example is to use a large Arrow icon as a pointer to the content below
+the fold in a hero image, as shown in the following screenshot example. It
+alerts people to keep scrolling, but the icon can also contain a link to the
+following content that will result in [smooth scrolling](basics/smooth-scrolling.md) to the linked section if
+clicked.
+
+![](/img/icon-module-2.jpg)
+
+### Related modules
+
+You can use single icons with heading text in the Callout module, where you
+have more control over whether the text appears to the left or right of the
+icon. You can add a link to the icon and heading on the **Call to Action** tab
+with **Type** = **None**.
+
+## Icon Group module
+
+The Icon Group Module inserts a group of icons and uniformly space them. You
+can add a link to each icon and add adjust the spacing between them. Each icon's settings include a **Screen reader text** field where you can enter text intended to appear in the HTML output only to assist screen readers for accessibility. See the [Icon module](#icon-module) section for details.
+
+Unlike the Icon module, you can't add text, but you have the same style
+options for the icons, and you can style them either individually or as a
+group.
+
+One good use for an icon group would be to display the icons for various
+credit cards. In this example, all of the icons were styled the same color.
+Another example is using the Icon group to display social media icons with
+links.
+
+![](/img/icon-module-3.jpg)
+
+### Related layouts
+
+There isn't another module that's similar to the Icon Group module, but
+another way to group icons in a layout would be to use several Icon modules in
+separate columns. Icons in separate columns in most cases will stack
+differently from an Icon Group, so you could see which method works best for
+you.
+
+## Advanced tab
+
+There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/index.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/index.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..75033620
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/index.md
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+---
+id: index
+title: Modules
+sidebar_label: Modules
+description: Beaver Builder is equipped with an extensive collection of modules that provide users with a wide range of options to create and design websites that cater to their needs and preferences.
+---
+
+<head>
+  <body className="mermaid-module-diagram" />
+</head>
+
+Beaver Builder is equipped with an extensive collection of modules that provide users with a wide range of options to create and design websites that cater to their needs and preferences.
+
+## What are Modules?
+
+In Beaver Builder, modules are building blocks that contain content and can be added to any column. These modules are similar to WordPress widgets, but provide more advanced customization and styling choices. Each module serves a specific purpose, such as text, images, videos, buttons, and more. You can configure and arrange each module to create unique designs and layouts without requiring any coding experience.
+
+:::tip
+
+You can [override modules](/beaver-builder/developer/custom-modules/18-override-modules.md) to add custom functionality, as well as create custom modules using our API. For more information, refer to the [Custom Module API](/beaver-builder/developer/custom-modules/index.md) developer article.
+
+:::
+
+### Module Types
+
+There are three types of modules available:
+
+- **Content Modules:** These are standard modules that add content to the layout, such as Heading or Photo modules.
+
+- **Container Modules:** These modules act as containers, do not require rows or columns for structure, and offer specific layout controls. Examples include [Box](box/index.md) and [Loop](loop/index.md) modules.
+
+- **Block Modules:** These modules are available in the [WordPress Block editor](module-blocks.md).
+
+### Inherit Styling
+
+In order to ensure consistent color and typography, Beaver Builder modules follow a cascading inheritance model whereby they inherit the styling provided by the current theme. This means that when users add headings or text to layouts using modules such as the Heading or Text modules, they will automatically adopt the heading and text styling of the theme.
+
+You can override this behavior by using the module styling options. For instance, if a user adds a Heading module to their layout, they can adjust the heading font size or change the heading text color using the Heading module styling options.
+
+The following diagram provides a visual representation of how the process works.
+
+```mermaid
+
+flowchart LR
+    A(WordPress Theme) .-> |Inherits Theme Styling| B(Beaver Builder Modules)
+    B ---> |Overrides Theme Styling| A
+
+    style A fill:#e2e8f0,stroke:#cbd5e1,stroke-width:0px,color:#373737
+    style B fill:#e2e8f0,stroke:#cbd5e1,stroke-width:0px,color:#373737
+
+```
+
+## Access Modules
+
+1. Launch Beaver Builder on your page or post.
+2. On the **Top bar**, click the Plus symbol **(+)** to open the **Content Panel**.
+3. Click the **Modules tab** to access all **Standard Modules**.
+
+![Module subgroups](/img/beaver-builder/modules--index--1.jpg)
+
+### Module Subgroups
+
+Beaver Builder groups modules into different subgroups for better organization. These subgroups can be accessed via the Modules group dropdown menu. There may also be subgroups of third-party modules, depending on other plugins you have installed.
+
+The following are the different module subgroups available.
+
+- **Standard Modules**
+  All modules included with Beaver Builder are listed in the Standard Modules group. If you disable modules via the Beaver Builder settings, they do not appear in the Standard Modules group.
+
+- **ACF Blocks**
+  If you have the [Advanced Custom Fields](https://www.advancedcustomfields.com/) plugin installed, any ACF blocks you create will appear in the ACF Blocks group.
+
+- **WordPress Patterns** (Reusable Blocks)
+  Any [WordPress Patterns](https://wordpress.org/support/article/reusable-blocks/) (Reusable Blocks) created will appear in the WordPress Patterns group.
+
+- **Themer Modules**
+  The **Themer Modules** subgroup displays a list of all Beaver Themer modules that are available when using the builder on a Beaver Themer layout.
+
+- **WordPress Widgets**
+  Most WordPress widgets, including third-party ones, can be integrated into your Beaver Builder layout. Third-party widgets, however, may require custom code to work properly.
+
+  See the [WordPress Widgets](widgets.md) article for more information.
+
+- **Saved Modules**
+  Any modules [saved for reuse](../reusable-content/index.md) will appear in the **Saved Modules group**, this includes [global modules](#global-saved-module) as well.
+
+## Add Modules
+
+1. Click the Plus symbol **(+)** to open the **Content Panel**.
+2. Click the **Modules tab** to access all modules.
+3. Drag and drop the module you want to use into our layout.
+
+![Drag and drop modules into your layout](/img/beaver-builder/modules--index--2.jpg)
+
+## Module Settings
+
+1. Move your mouse cursor over the module you want to configure.
+2. In the Module overlay actions click the **Wrench** <i className="fas fa-wrench"></i> icon.
+3. Configure the module according to your preferences in the module settings window.
+4. Click **Save** when you're happy with your changes.
+
+![Access Module Settings](/img/beaver-builder/modules--index--3.jpg)
+
+:::tip
+
+You can also access the module settings by [right-clicking on the module in the Outline Panel](user-interface/outline-panel.md#right-click).
+
+:::
+
+## Move modules
+
+Modules can be moved from one column to another or be used to create a new column.
+
+1. Move your mouse cursor over the module you want to move.
+2. In the Module overlay actions click and hold the **Move** <i className="fas fa-arrows-alt"></i> icon.
+3. Drag the module to move to another position in your layout.
+
+![Move modules to different positions in your layout](/img/beaver-builder/modules--index--4.jpg)
+
+## Delete modules
+
+1. Move your mouse cursor over the module you want to delete.
+2. In the Module overlay actions click the **Close** <i className="fas fa-times"></i> icon to delete the module.
+3. Verify that you want to remove the module.
+
+## In this section:
+
+import DocCardList from '@theme/DocCardList';
+
+<DocCardList />
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/list.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/list.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1b14ada3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/list.md
@@ -0,0 +1,218 @@
+---
+id: list
+title: List module
+sidebar_label: List
+description: The List module displays lists based on the Bootstrap concept of a List Group with optional headings, content, and list marker icons.
+---
+
+While it's easy to add bulleted and numbered lists in a text editor, the List module offers you an easy way to shape them into beautiful designs.
+
+The List module is based on the Bootstrap concept of a [List Group](https://getbootstrap.com/docs/4.0/components/list-group/#custom-content), with optional headings, content, and list marker icons. If you choose to display list markers, they can be to the right or the left of either the headings or the content.
+
+## List group examples
+
+### Unordered lists
+
+This is the typical bulleted list, but you can choose your list marker and adjust its size. You can choose from the standard circle and square icons that are available as list item markers for standard unordered lists.
+
+![](/img/list-800a64f4.png)
+
+The advantage of the List module is that you can style the markers by easily changing the size, adding padding to change their position, and placing them to the right or left of the list.
+
+Here's an example of an unordered list with both headings and content and list markers displayed to the left of headings.
+
+![](/img/list-07ce218b.png)
+
+Here's the same list with list markers displayed to the left of the content instead.
+
+![](/img/list-d17bcba2.png)
+
+Unordered lists are represented by the standard `<ul>` tag in the HTML output.
+
+### Ordered lists
+
+This is the typical numbered list with an `<ol>` tag in the HTML output, but you can choose from various ordering notations for the list item marker, such as numeric, alphabetic, or Roman, Hebrew, Armenian, or Greek numerals.
+
+![](/img/list-eb77e45b.png)
+
+Here's an example of an ordered list with just headings and markers, no content.
+
+![](/img/list-44ced35e.png)
+
+In this example, the icon size was increased. By default, the icon is vertically centered with the heading, but you can change the position by adjusting the icon padding setting.
+
+:::info
+Ordered list item markers do not include a period after the number.
+:::
+
+Here's an example with just content and no headings, plus a separator between items.
+
+![](/img/list-9ed3d8ae.png)
+
+:::tip
+
+There's no setting to increase space between list items, but you can add a CSS rule by [creating a custom class name for your List module](layouts/advanced-tab/html-element.md#id) (we'll call the custom class name `my-list-padding`) and then [adding the following CSS rule](basics/custom-code.md):
+
+```css
+.my-list-padding li {
+  padding: 20px 0 20px 0;
+}
+```
+
+:::
+
+### Generic
+
+Generic lists let you select from your [regular icon set](settings/icons.md) instead of using standard list markers. They are represented by the `<div>` tag in the HTML output, with the option to choose an icon from your regular icon set as the marker.
+
+Here's an example of a generic list with a Font Awesome icon, set at 30px, and icon padding-right adjusted for more room between the icon and the heading.
+
+![](/img/list-pig-icon-example.png)
+
+Here's another example that shows two List modules, one for the list of advantages and one for the list of disadvantages, both with content and icons but no headings. The arrow icons are from the Font Awesome set and are displayed to the right of the content. The headings for each list are Heading modules.
+
+![](/img/list-7eab1ed5.png)
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+When you select markers or icons to the right of the headings or content, they are right-aligned. You can adjust their position by using icon padding.
+:::
+
+Here's another example of a Generic-type list with heading, content, and icons, in which the icons are set to the right of the headings.
+
+![](/img/list-8afff47e.png)
+
+And here's an example with headings and content but no icons:
+
+![](/img/list-63d28cc4.png)
+
+See the settings below for more information about how to control the placement and style of the headings, content, and markers of items.
+
+## Settings for the entire list
+
+### General tab
+
+The **General** tab contains three sections: **List items**, **Display**, and **List item tags**.
+
+#### List items section
+
+This is where you add the content and style for individual list items. Click **Edit list item** to add the first item, after you save click **Add list item** for additional items. See [the section on individual list item settings](#settings-for-each-list-item) for details of editing list items.
+
+#### Display section
+
+- **List type**
+  **Generic**, **Unordered**, or **Ordered**, as described above.
+  - **List icon**
+    Chose the icon for the list item marker. The choices depend on which type of list you choose, as described in the first section of this article.
+    - **List icon placement**
+      Choose where the list item marker will appear. The choices are to the left or the right of the heading or the content. Choosing **Right of heading** or **Right of content** places the list item markers flush with the right margin of the list container. You can fine-tune the positioning of the icons by changing the **Icon width** and **Icon padding** settings in [the **Icon style** section](#icon-style-section) of the **Style** tab.
+
+#### List Item Tags section
+
+- **List item heading tag**
+  Choose the HTML tag that will be used for the list item's heading. You can choose from `<h1>` - `<h6>` or the `<span>` or `<div>` tag.
+- **List item content tag**
+  Choose the HTML tag that will be used for the list item's content. You can choose the `<div>`, `<aside>`, or `<section>` tag. If you're not sure, choose the generic `<div>` tag.
+
+### Style tab
+
+#### Top section
+
+- **List background color**
+  Puts a background color around the entire list.
+- **List padding** (responsive)
+  Adds padding between the list border and the list items. This is especially useful when you've set a background color or border, as shown in this screenshot.
+  ![](/img/list-2c8bcc7e.png)
+- **List item padding** (responsive)
+  Adds padding around the list items themselves, as shown in this screenshot. If you want even more control over padding around list items, use the **List item padding** setting on the **Style** tab for individual list items.
+  ![](/img/list-item-padding.png)
+- **Border around list** (responsive)
+  Adds a border, radius, or shadow around the list, using [standard Beaver Builder border settings](basics/border.md).
+
+#### Icon style section
+
+This section sets style properties for the list item markers selected on the **General** tab.
+
+- **Icon color**
+- **Icon size**
+  Size of the icon, in pixels.
+- **Icon width**
+  Determines the width of the icon's boundary box. This setting is useful when some icons in your list are wider than others and you want to vertically align them.
+  To achieve vertical alignment, the **Icon width** setting must be greater than the sum of icon size + icon right padding + icon left padding.
+  Here's a method to adjust **Icon width**, and **Icon padding** so the icons are vertically centered but the widest icon is aligned to the left edge of the list.
+  First, here's a list with Icon size set to 100px with no settings for **Icon width** or **Icon padding**. You can see that the icons are not vertically centered.
+  ![](/img/list-icon-no-width-no-padding.png)
+  Click in the **Icon width** field and use the slider to vertically align the icons and create the distance you want between the icons and the heading text. Because the icon size is 100px, the icon width will have to be at least 100px for the icons to be vertically aligned.
+  ![](/img/list-icon-width-no-padding.png)
+  Click in the **Right** setting for **Icon padding** and move the slider to the right until the widest icon is as far to the left as you want it:
+  ![](/img/list-icon-width-right-padding.png)
+
+- **Icon padding** (responsive)
+  Increases padding between the icon and icon's border-box. If you have icons on the left, increasing the left icon padding indents the line and increasing the right icon padding increases the space between the icon and the text, as shown in this screenshot.
+  ![](/img/list-db5b4afd.png)
+  To adjust the vertical position of the icons, tweak the top or bottom padding.
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+There's no setting to align the heading with content when there's a list item marker to the left of the heading, like this:
+
+![](/img/list-ce393451.png)
+
+As a workaround, you can use some inline CSS in the text editor to increase the indent for the content.
+
+- For the content text of each list item, go to the **Text** tab of the text editor and wrap the content with an HTML tag such as `<p>`, then add a **style** attribute and adjust the number of pixels of padding to indent the content to what you want, as in this example:
+
+```html
+<p style="padding-left:20px;">
+  This is the content text under the heading, indented by 20px.
+</p>
+```
+
+:::
+
+#### Heading style section
+
+- **Heading color**
+  The color of the heading text in every list item.
+- **Typography** (responsive)
+  The standard Beaver Builder [Typography section](basics/typography.md) for setting font family, weight, spacing, and so on.
+
+#### Content style section
+
+- **Content color**
+  The color of the content in every list item.
+- **Typography** (responsive)
+  The standard Beaver Builder [Typography section](basics/typography.md).
+
+#### Item separator section
+
+- **Item separator style**
+  Choices are the same as for borders: **None**, **Solid**, **Dashed**, **Dotted**, **Double**.
+- **Line color**
+  The color of the separator line.
+- **Separator size** (responsive)
+  The height in pixels of the separator line.
+  **Tip:** This item is responsive. Click the icon to toggle the setting for desktop, tablet, and mobile displays.
+
+### Advanced tab
+
+There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
+
+## Settings for each list item
+
+When you edit individual list items, there are additional settings that override the general settings for that specific list item.
+
+### General tab (specific list item)
+
+- **Heading text**
+  Enter the text for the heading of the list item.
+- **List item content**
+  Enter the item content. This field is the same as the Text Editor module, where you can set typical WordPress styles on the text that you enter.
+
+### Style tab (specific list item)
+
+These settings override any global settings.
+
+- **Heading text color**
+- **Content text color**
+- **Background color**
+- **Icon color**
+- **List item padding** (responsive)
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/login-form.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/login-form.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b03d233a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/login-form.md
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+---
+id: login-form
+title: Login Form module
+sidebar_label: Login Form
+description: The Login Form module adds a login form to your layout. This is useful to create restricted areas of the site, such as member-only pages.
+---
+
+The Login Form module lets you add a login to Beaver Builder layouts. A typical use of this module is to provide a login for registered members to access restricted areas of the site.
+
+:::info
+If you have two-factor authentication enabled for some user roles, for example by using a security plugin, this module may not work for those user roles because the plugin hooks into/replaces the standard WordPress login form. If you find the login is hanging at "Please wait," check your security settings. You could consider disabling two-factor authentication for the roles you want to be able to log in.
+:::
+
+The default settings of the Login module are shown in this screenshot:
+
+![](/img/button-group-fef47f3d.png)
+
+:::info
+If you're using the Beaver Builder Theme, the buttons' initial style comes from the settings at **Customize > General > Buttons**. The button's default text color
+is white text for darker accent colors and black text for lighter colors. The
+default font family for the button text depends on the font family set for the
+`<body>` tag.
+:::
+
+Here are the configuration options.
+
+## General tab options
+
+By default, the layout is **Stacked**, as shown in the screenshot above. You can show or hide the **Remember me** option and the forgotten password option.
+
+You can also choose **Inline**, with the following result:
+
+![](/img/login-form-3783f52d.png)
+
+Note that the inline layout doesn't allow the **Remember me** option or the forgotten password option. However, the user gets feedback while checking in. If the user name fails, the user sees a message that the user name is unknown:
+
+![](/img/login-form-6e63cdc6.png)
+
+If the password is incorrect, the user gets that message and a link to correct a forgotten password.
+
+![](/img/login-form-a3c87642.png)
+
+If the user chooses the forgotten password option or link, the user is taken to the standard WordPress _my-account/lost-password/_ page with the WordPress password reset form.
+
+![](/img/login-form-6b2eb675.png)
+
+With both the stacked and inline layout options, you can change the placeholder text for the user name and password fields.
+
+## Login Button tab options
+
+This tab has three sections, listed here and described below:
+
+- The main section
+- **Button icon** section
+- **Button background** section
+
+### Main section
+
+For **Redirect URL**, provide URL for where to go when the user clicks the **Login** button.
+
+You can also change the login button label.
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+You can set other button style options on the [**Shared styles** tab](#shared-styles-tab-options).
+:::
+
+### Button icon section
+
+Optionally select an icon to appear on the login button. After you select the icon, you can also set options whether the icon appears to the left or right of the login text and whether the icon is always visible or fades in on mouse hover.
+
+### Button background section
+
+You can change the button background color and background hover colors.
+
+## Logout Button tab options
+
+If the **Show logout button** option is set to **Yes**, then after the user successfully logs in, the login form is replaced by a **Logout** button.
+
+![](/img/login-form-85a02c2a.png)
+
+After the user logs out, the login form returns. One use case would be in a restricted member area, where there's a login form on the main login page and every page in your restricted area. This gives the users a prominent logout button on any page they visit. You can set a redirect URL for the **Logout** button, for example, to send them back to the main member login page.
+
+You can also customize the button text, add an icon before or after the text, and set button background color and hover color.
+
+## Shared styles tab options
+
+You can set options that are applied to both the Login and Logout buttons, namely:
+
+- Button padding
+- Input field padding
+- Button text color
+- Button text hover color
+- Button typography ([all the settings in the standard Typography section](basics/typography.md))
+- Input field typography
+
+## Advanced tab
+
+There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/loop/index.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/loop/index.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..72da5df9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/loop/index.md
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+---
+id: index
+title: Loop Module
+sidebar_label: Loop
+tags:
+    - 2.9
+    - loop
+    - layout
+    - posts
+    - beaver themer
+---
+
+The Loop module is a powerful container module that enables you to build custom layouts for queried content using modules, without needing to write any custom HTML or CSS. You can freely position these modules and assign field connections to dynamically pull in the relevant data, ensuring accurate content for each item within the loop.
+
+:::info
+
+The Loop module is a Beaver Themer module available in version 1.5 and requires Beaver Builder version 2.9 or later.
+
+:::
+
+:::caution
+
+You can not nest loops within each other, meaning you can not add a Loop module within another Loop module.
+
+:::
+
+## Usage
+
+You can use the Loop module to create custom layouts for various types of content—not only posts or custom post types. Here are just a few examples of how you can leverage the Loop module to showcase your content:
+
+- **WooCommerce Categories or Tags** – Use the Taxonomies query source to dynamically display WooCommerce product categories or tags on individual product pages.
+- **Custom Content Grid** – Utilize the Advanced Custom Field's Repeater query source to dynamically present custom content, such as team members on a dedicated team page.
+- **Related Posts** – Use the Advanced Custom Field's Relationship query source to dynamically feature related posts on single post pages.
+
+## Building a Loop
+
+When you first add a Loop module to your page, you will be presented with a variety of preset layouts to choose from: List, Columns, Categories, and Product Categories. These layouts are designed to help you quickly create visually appealing content displays without having to manually configure each module within the loop.
+
+![Loop module ready-made layouts](/img/beaver-builder/modules--loop--index--1.jpg)
+
+Using a preset layout, you can customize the loop settings according to your preferences and refine the layout by rearranging existing modules, removing those you don’t need, or adding new modules of your choice.
+
+Alternatively, you can build a loop from scratch by selecting the Blank layout. Once chosen, you’ll be presented with a blank canvas to create your custom loop layout. To get started, follow these steps:
+
+1. Add the Loop module to your page or post.
+2. Choose the Blank layout.
+3. Customize the loop settings according to your preferences.
+4. Add modules to the loop container and use field connections to display the dynamic content.
+5. Refine the loop layout by arranging your modules in a way that suits your design needs.
+
+:::tip
+
+You can enhance your layout further by integrating multiple Box modules. You can add your Loop module into a Box module and use the Box modules to control the width of your loop container as well as give it some styling, such as a background color.
+
+You can also use a Box module within the Loop module to create a container for your content modules. This setup allows you to take advantage of the Box module's advanced layout options—such as CSS Grid or Flexbox—providing precise control over the structure and presentation of your loop content.
+
+:::
+
+## Loop Module vs Posts Module
+
+Both the Loop and Posts modules enable you to display content from various sources, such as posts and custom post types, but they serve different purposes and offer varying levels of customization.
+
+|                            | **Loop Module**                                                                                                                                                                                          | **Posts Module**                                                                                                                                                                               |
+| -------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **Content Sources**        | - Posts, custom post types, taxonomies (categories, tags, WooCommerce product categories) <br /> - Advanced Custom Fields repeater or relationship field types                                           | - Posts and custom post types <br /> - Advanced Custom Fields relationship field type                                                                                                          |
+| **Customization & Layout** | - Build layouts using individual modules for each piece of content <br /> - Extensive customization without needing HTML or CSS <br /> - Capable of creating complex layouts (e.g., with the Box module) | - Provides ready-made layouts with options to select displayed content <br /> - Additional customization is possible, but advanced adjustments require custom HTML, CSS, and field connections |
+
+Choose the Loop module when you need maximum flexibility and complete control over your design. Opt for the Posts module if you prefer a streamlined, out-of-the-box solution with some additional customization options.
+
+## In this Section
+
+import DocCardList from '@theme/DocCardList';
+
+<DocCardList />
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/loop/settings.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/loop/settings.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8721aeb6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/loop/settings.md
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+---
+id: settings
+title: Loop Module Settings
+sidebar_label: Settings
+---
+
+The Loop module consists of three primary settings tabs: General, Content, and Pagination, along with the customary Advanced tab. These setting tabs offer you the flexibility to create a wide variety of complex layouts for your loop content.
+
+## General tab
+
+The General tab includes settings for controlling the layout of your loop content, such as the number of columns, spacing between items, and width.
+
+- **Item Sizing** - Toggle between Columns and Item Size.
+
+  - **Number of Columns** - Control the number of columns in your loop layout. Selecting a value of `1` displays your loop content as a single column, creating a list of items similar to a traditional blog layout.
+
+  - **Item Size** - Control the minimum and maximum width of each item in your loop layout. The Maximum Width value determines the number of columns, setting a smaller values increases the number of columns, and a larger value decreases the number of columns.
+
+    - **Minimum Width** - Control the minimum width of each item in your loop layout. You can choose between `px` and `fr` units.
+    - **Maximum Width** - Control the maximum width of each item in your loop layout. You can choose between `px` and `fr` units.
+
+  - **Gap** - The Gap option is available for both Columns and Item Sizing, allowing you to control the vertical and horizontal spacing between items in your loop layout. Setting a value of 0 removes any spacing between items.
+
+## Content tab
+
+The Content tab includes settings for controlling the display of loop content, such as query source, number of items to show, order, and filter options.
+
+- **Source** - Select the source of your loop content. You can choose between:
+
+  - **Custom Query:**
+    Define your own query parameters to filter and display content exactly how you need it. This option gives you complete control over what data is pulled into your loop layout.
+
+    <details><summary>Custom Query Options</summary>
+
+    The following options are available for custom queries:
+
+    - **Post Type** - Choose the post type you want to query, you may select multiple post types.
+    - **Order** - Specify the direction either ascending (ASC) or descending (DESC).
+    - **Orderby** - The choices are: Author, Comment count, Date, Date last modified, ID, Menu order, Meta value (alphabetic or numeric), Random, Title, Selection order.
+
+      - **Menu order** can be used with a plugin such as Post Types Order to order the posts or custom posts in the same way you arrange them in the back end.
+
+      - **Meta value** option enables ordering by a custom field. If you select either the alphabetic or numeric Meta value option, a Meta key field appears so you can enter the key (meta_key).
+
+      - **Selection Order** allows you to use drag and drop to reorder posts, pages, or custom post types added to the Filter settings. The order in which your posts, pages, or custom post types appear is reflected in the order of the items that appear on the page.
+
+    - **Offset** - Specify the number of items to skip at the beginning of the query.
+    - **Exclude Current Post** - Exclude the current post from the loop.
+
+    </details>
+
+  - **Main Query:**
+    Utilizes WordPress’s default query for the current page, automatically displaying the standard content determined by your site’s main loop.
+
+    :::info
+
+    The main query cannot be customized or filtered through the Loop module. To modify the main query, you must use the [`pre_get_posts()`](https://developer.wordpress.org/reference/hooks/pre_get_posts/) hook.
+
+    :::
+
+  - **Taxonomy Query:**
+    Filters content based on taxonomy terms such as categories, tags, or custom taxonomies. Use this to display items that belong to specific groups or classifications.
+
+    <details><summary>Taxonomy Query Options</summary>
+
+    The following options are available for taxonomy queries:
+
+    - **Taxonomy:** Select the taxonomy to filter by.
+    - **Parent Term:** Choose the parent term.
+    - **Order:** Specify the order of terms (ascending or descending).
+    - **Hide Empty:** Hide terms that don't have any posts associated with them.
+    - **Order By:** Choose how to sort the terms (alphabetically, by ID, etc.).
+
+    </details>
+
+  - **Advanced Custom Fields Relationship Query:**
+    Leverages ACF relationship fields to pull related posts or custom post types. This is ideal for showcasing content connections that you’ve defined using Advanced Custom Fields.
+
+    <details><summary>ACF Relationship Query Options</summary>
+
+    The following options are available for relationship queries:
+
+    - **Type** - Choose the type of relationship to query. You can choose between Relationship and Users.
+    - **Key** - Choose the key (field name) of the relationship field to query.
+    - **Order:** _(Relationship field type only)_ Specify the order of relationship items (ascending or descending).
+    - **Order By:** Choose how to sort the relationship items (alphabetically, by ID, etc.).
+    - **Post Type:** _(Users field type only)_ Specify which post types to display for user-authored content. You can select multiple post types to include in the results.
+
+    </details>
+
+  - **Advanced Custom Fields Repeater Query:**
+    Retrieves data from ACF repeater fields, allowing you to display a series of custom field entries as part of your loop. This is perfect for repeating data structures like testimonials, features, or lists.
+
+    <details><summary>ACF Repeater Query Options</summary>
+
+    The following option is available for Repeater queries:
+
+    - **Key** - Choose the key (field name) of the relationship field to query.
+
+    </details>
+
+- **Filter** - Available only with Custom Query. Include or exclude posts, pages, or custom post types by title, taxonomy, and author. Filter options vary by post type. Note: category and tag filters are unavailable when Products (WooCommerce) is selected.
+
+  - **Post** - Include or exclude a post or multiple posts, by typing the post title(s).
+
+  - **Page** - Include or exclude a page or multiple pages, by typing the page title(s)
+
+  - **Custom Post Type** - Include or exclude a set of posts from the custom post type, by the custom post type title(s).
+
+  - **Categories** - Include or exclude posts assigned to a specific category.
+
+  - **Custom Taxonomies** - Include or exclude custom post types assigned to custom taxonomies. For example, if WooCommerce is installed, the Product Categories and Product Tag taxonomies are available.
+
+  - **Tags** - Include or exclude posts assigned to a specific tag.
+
+  - **Authors** - Include or exclude posts or pages by specific authors.
+
+* **Custom Field Filter** - Available only with Custom Query. Include or exclude posts, pages, or custom post types by custom field. You can add as many custom fields as you want.
+
+  - **Relation** - The Relation option allows you to apply logic when filtering by custom fields. The rules operate with either `AND` or `OR` logic.
+
+  - **Edit/Add Custom Field**
+
+    - **Label**
+      Labels are used to identify custom fields. They appear in the Custom Field Filter section.
+
+    - **Meta Key**
+      Custom field key or field name.
+
+    - **Meta Value**
+      Custom field value.
+
+    - **Type**
+      A list of all available field types supported. Choose between:
+
+      - **Numeric**
+      - **Binary**
+      - **Text**
+      - **Date**
+      - **Date Time**
+      - **Decimal**
+      - **Signed**
+      - **Time**
+      - **Unsigned**
+
+    - **Compare**
+      You can use the Compare option to check whether or not the field value matches, or if it is greater than, less than, or the same as, depending on the comparison operator. Choose from the following operators:
+
+      - **Equals**
+      - **Does not equal**
+      - **Greater than**
+      - **Less than**
+      - **Greater than or equal to**
+      - **Less than or equal to**
+      - **Exists**
+      - **Not Exists**
+
+## Pagination
+
+The Pagination tab has settings that let you divide a large collection of posts or query items into multiple pages.
+
+- **Numbers**
+  The pagination appears as numbers under the posts, and when a different number is clicked, a new page loads with the new set of posts.
+
+- **Scroll**
+  A new set of posts/items are loaded into subsequent rows on the same page as the user scrolls down.
+
+- **None**
+  No Pagination. Use this setting when you want to display only a subset of posts. For example, you might want to display only the three most recent posts.
+
+- **Posts Per Page**
+  Determines how many posts/items appear in your query per page. The default is 10 posts.
+
+  :::info
+
+  When the Source is set to Main Query, Taxonomy, or ACF Repeater Queries, the **Posts per page** setting does not appear.
+
+  :::
+
+- **No Results Message**
+  The message displayed when there are no posts to display.
+
+  :::tip
+  This option also supports shortcodes, which lets you add more complex layouts (rows, columns, modules, templates) than just text.
+  :::
+
+- **Show Search**
+  Show or hide a search form when no posts are found. See the screenshot below the table.
+
+## Advanced tab
+
+The Advanced tab includes all the standard settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML configurations.
+
+See the [Advanced tab](../../advanced-tab/index.md) section for more information.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/map.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/map.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d1a82024
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/map.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+id: map
+title: Map
+sidebar_label: Map
+description: The Map module inserts a Google map with a marker pointing to an address you specify.
+---
+
+The Map module inserts a Google map with a marker pointing to an address you specify. The map automatically adjusts in size to fit in the column, and you can specify map height. The default is 400px. You can also use either `px` or `vh` as units for map height.
+
+There's a setting to add a map title. This title is not visible on the web page but rather is placed in a `title` attribute to improve accessibility. Use the same considerations in creating this title as when creating an `alt` tag for images.
+
+:::important **Notes:**
+
+- Page load times can be affected by this module, because the embedded map is loaded from Google.
+- This module uses Beaver Builder's API key to display the map. You don't need to create your own API key or store credit card information with Google.
+  :::
+
+![](/img/map-module-1.jpg)
+
+:::tip **Tip:**
+For people who want to minimize load time, an alternative way to
+display a map is to take a screenshot of the Google map, use that in a Photo
+module, and link to the online Google map.
+:::
+
+## Advanced tab
+
+There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/menu/add-a-menu-item-that-links-to-a-page-section.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/menu/add-a-menu-item-that-links-to-a-page-section.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..886a601d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/menu/add-a-menu-item-that-links-to-a-page-section.md
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+---
+id: add-a-menu-item-that-links-to-a-page-section
+title: Add a menu item that links to a page section
+sidebar_label: Add a menu item that links to a page section
+description: Here's how to create an anchor for a specific part of the page and link to it from a menu.
+---
+
+<div className="embed-responsive embed-responsive-16by9">
+  <iframe width="560" height="315" src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/PofxCzgqbN8" title="YouTube video player" frameBorder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture" allowFullScreen></iframe>
+</div>
+
+You can add a menu item whose link goes to a specific section on the same page
+or a section on a different page. This works both with menus you set up in your theme and menus in the Beaver Builder Menu module. It's particularly useful for single-page websites where you have a menu for the various sections on that  page.
+
+:::info
+If the section is on the same page as the link, there's a smooth scroll to the
+linked section. If the link goes to a section on a different page, there's an
+immediate jump to that section on the other page.
+:::
+
+This technique involves two steps: adding a unique ID (called an *anchor*) to the target section in a Beaver Builder layout, then adding the link with that anchor to your menu.
+
+## 1. Create the anchor for the link target
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+You can add the ID to a module, a column, or a row, but the target
+tends to position best if you add the ID to the row containing the item you
+want to link to. Also, if the section is near the end of the page, the
+scrolling may not go all the way down to the section with the ID. This is a
+property of how browsers handle links to anchors.
+:::
+
+  1. In the Beaver Builder editor, open the row (or column or module) that you plan to link to.
+  2. Click the **Advanced** tab and scroll down to the **HTML elements** section.
+  3. For the **ID** setting, add a unique value such as `my-unique-id`.   
+ID values may only contain alphanumeric characters, hyphens, or underscores.
+
+:::tip **Tip:** 
+It's a best practice to prefix ID and class values with a namespace. The namespace prefix plays a double role. 
+
+First, it helps identify where the ID or class comes from. For example, Beaver Builder uses the namespace `fl-`, so when you're inspecting the HTML source for a page, it's easy to identify the Beaver Builder code as opposed to, say, that of other plugins. 
+
+Second, a namespace helps to avoid accidentally using words that are reserved for use in coding languages like [PHP](https://www.php.net/manual/en/reserved.php) and [JavaScript](https://www.w3schools.com/js/js_reserved.asp) or duplicating IDs and classes from other products. 
+
+For example, if your business name is Best Website Designs, you might choose `bwd-` as your namespace prefix and your ID value might be `bwd-menutarget-1`. Just make sure each ID value is unique on your site.
+:::
+
+## 2. Add the unique ID to a menu item
+
+  1. On the WordPress admin menu, click **Appearance > Menus** and make sure the menu you want to use is displayed.
+  2. In the left column expand the **Custom links** category.  
+![](/img/how-to-tips-add-menu-that-links-1.png)
+
+  3. Enter the full URL of the target page in which the section occurs, followed by the pound sign and your ID. For example, if the section occurs on the page *<https://www.example.com/goals/>* , then your URL would be:  
+*<https://www.example.com/goals/#my-unique-id>*
+
+  4. Enter whatever link text you want your menu item to display.
+  5. Click **Add to menu**.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/menu/menu.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/menu/menu.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..50b57b2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/menu/menu.md
@@ -0,0 +1,325 @@
+---
+id: menu
+title: Menu
+sidebar_label: Menu module
+description: The Menu module inserts any WordPress menu into your layout, with many layout and style options that can be tailored for responsiveness.
+---
+
+The Menu module can give you more options for menu content, style, and layout than the menu available in your theme or widget area. It also gives you the ability to insert a menu anywhere in your layout.
+
+The Menu module displays items from [a WordPress menu that you designate](#menu). It has [several choices of layout](#layout). Menu alignment, colors, and typography are set on [the **Style** tab](#style-everything).
+
+## Ideas for using a Menu module
+
+- Use special menus in your Beaver Builder page layouts. For example, if you have one group of static pages on your site related to a particular topic, you could create a special menu for the pages in that particular group and display the links in a Menu module on the main page in that group.
+- If you have FAQs that contain fairly long answers, create a separate post for each individual FAQ, then create a menu item for each post, then use that menu in a Menu module embedded in your page content. That menu serves as a table of contents linking to the post that contains the answer. The following screenshot shows an example of a menu used as an FAQ table of contents.
+
+![Menu module used to display an FAQ](/img/menu-module-1.jpg)
+
+## General tab
+
+### Menu
+
+In the **Menu** field, choose the WordPress menu that you have defined in **Appearance > Menus** from the WordPress admin panel. This menu defines which items are displayed in the menu.
+
+If the website has no menu, this field says **No menu found** with a link to add one, which opens **Appearance > Menus** in a new tab. When you're finished, close the additional tab and reload your layout page in the previous tab to display the new menu choice.
+
+### Layout
+
+The **Layout** setting has four layout options, described in detail in the following sections.
+
+On large screens, **Horizontal** layouts tend to work better in wide short columns, while **Vertical**, **Accordion**, and **Expanded** layouts tend to work better in narrow tall columns.
+
+Why? The horizontal layout's menu boundary is fit to the menu items. In the following screenshot, you can see a horizontal menu with a color background, inside its column.
+
+![](/img/menu-module-horizontal-layout-in-column.png)
+
+The following screenshot shows a vertical layout with a color background in the same column. The menu's boundary is sized to fill the column width and the submenu and search icons are right-justified. You can adjust the width of the module by changing the column width or adding margins or padding to the containing row or column, or increase the margin of the Menu module itself.
+
+![](/img/menu-module-vertical-layout-in-column.png)
+
+The Accordion and Expanded layouts look the same as the vertical layout. Their differences lie in how their submenus behave.
+
+#### Layout: Horizontal
+
+This option is a standard horizontal layout that supports dropdown submenus, with a **Submenu layout** choice of a down arrow, plus sign, or nothing. This screenshot shows a horizontal menu with a down arrow for the item with a submenu.
+
+![](/img/menu-module-horizontal-layout.jpg)
+
+You can also add an image to a horizontal layout that appears centered between the menu items by using the [**Centered + inline logo** settings](#centered--inline-logo).
+
+#### Layout: Vertical
+
+As described above, the vertical menu fills the width of the column, with the submenu icon and search icon right-justified.
+
+The submenu expands to the right and overlays the next column, as shown here:
+
+![](/img/menu-module-vertical-layout-submenu-outside.jpg)
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+Vary the submenu color opacity at **Style > Dropdowns > Dropdown background color** to control whether content displayed underneath the submenu bleeds through or not.
+:::
+
+If the vertical menu is in the rightmost column, the submenu displays to the right if there is room between the right edge of the menu and the edge of the browser screen, as shown in this screenshot.
+
+![](/img/menu-module-vertical-layout-submenu-outside-browser-edge.jpg)
+
+If there's no room to expand to the right, it expands to the left. For narrower menus, this means the submenu can cover items in the main menu while it's displayed:
+
+![](/img/menu-module-vertical-layout-submenu-inside-browser-edge.jpg)
+
+The behavior changes when the menu is displayed as an icon. See [the section on responsive behavior](#set-responsive-behavior).
+
+#### Layout: Accordion
+
+The Accordion layout is a vertical layout that expands the menu to display submenu items inline when the toggle icon is clicked. Here's a screenshot showing two submenu items after the down arrow on the **Home** menu link was clicked.
+
+![Menu module, submenu items in an accordion layout](/img/menu-module-accordion-layout-submenu-flush.png)
+
+:::tip
+You can see from the screenshot that the submenu is left-aligned with the main menu items, so it's a good idea to change the submenu background color at **Style > Dropdown**.
+:::
+
+#### Layout: Expanded
+
+The Expanded layout is similar to the [WordPress Navigation Menu widget](https://en.support.wordpress.com/widgets/navigation-menu-widget/). The following screenshot shows an example. Top-level menu and submenu items are displayed in a list and both top-level and submenu items are left-aligned.
+
+![Menu module, expanded layout](/img/menu-module-expanded-layout.png)
+
+:::tip
+
+- You can distinguish submenu items from main menu items with different background colors. The hover color shown in the screenshot comes from the **Style > Dropdowns > Link hover background color**. The **Style > Dropdowns > Dropdown background color** is ignored.
+  :::
+
+### Submenu icon
+
+The **Submenu icon** option is available for **Horizontal**, **Vertical**, and **Accordion** layouts. The choices are as follows:
+
+- Horizontal and vertical layouts: down **Arrows**, **Plus sign**, **None**
+- Accordion layout: **Arrows** or **Plus sign**
+
+### Menu name
+
+The value you set for **Menu name** appears in two places:
+
+- The responsive Menu button, if you have chosen that in the [**Responsive Toggle** section](#responsive-toggle).
+- The ARIA label in the HTML output, to help accessibility tools identify the menu.
+  For example, if you change the default value **Menu** to **primary menu**, the HTML included with the Menu module appears like this:
+
+```html
+<nav
+  aria-label="primary menu"
+  itemscope="itemscope"
+  itemtype="https://schema.org/SiteNavigationElement"
+  class="focus"
+></nav>
+```
+
+### Centered + inline logo
+
+When **Layout** is set to **Horizontal**, there's a **Centered + inline logo** section with an option to add a logo that appears in the center of the menu items, as in this example.
+
+![Menu module centered inline logo](/img/2-5-features-menu-module-centered-inline-logo.png)
+
+This section has two fields:
+
+- **Logo image**
+  Click **Select photo** to add the image.
+- **Inline logo position**
+  When there's an odd number of menu items, the logo cannot appear exactly in the center, so you can choose whether it appears to the left or the right of center. In the following screenshot, **Inline logo position** is set to **Right**, so there are four menu items on the left and three on the right. The [WooCommerce Dynamic Cart](#), which shows information about the cart contents, counts as one menu item, as does the search icon.
+
+![Menu module centered inline logo Right](/img/menu-module-centered-inline-logo-right.png)
+
+:::tip
+Horizontal menu items wrap onto a second line as screen size decreases, so be sure to test responsive behavior. The alignment of the wrapped line follows the alignment setting in the **Style > Menu** section.
+:::
+
+### Add search
+
+In the **Search** section of the **General** tab, you can show or hide a search icon to the menu, shown in this screenshot.
+
+![Menu module, search icon clicked](/img/menu-module-vertical-expanded-search-form.jpg)
+
+You can replace the default icon with an icon from the [available icon sets](settings/icons.md).
+
+In the [**Search menu** section of the **Style** tab](#search-menu-section), you can style both the search icon and the search form that appears when you click the icon.
+
+### Set responsive behavior
+
+The **Responsive** section on the **General** tab controls how the menu layout changes as screen width becomes smaller, with the following settings.
+
+#### Responsive toggle
+
+- **Hamburger icon**
+  The hamburger icon is three horizontal lines. If you want a background color, as shown in this screenshot, set it at **Style > Dropdowns > Dropdown background color**.
+  ![Hamburger icon with background color](/img/menu-module-hamburger-icon.png)
+- **Hamburger icon + label**
+  This setting includes both the Hamburger icon and a MENU label, with an optional background (set on the **Style** tab).
+  ![Hamburger icon plus label with background color](/img/menu-module-hamburger-icon-plus-label.png)
+- **Menu button**
+  This setting is a button with a label. By default, the menu button label is **Menu** unless you have a custom setting for [**Menu name**](#menu-name).
+  ![Menu button example](/img/menu-module-menu-button.png)
+- **None**
+  With this setting, the menu items continue to be displayed on smaller devices rather than changing to a Hamburger icon or Menu button.
+  For a menu whose **Layout** setting is **Horizontal**, another setting appears immediately underneath the **None** setting, called **Stacked layout**. As shown in the following screenshot, if this setting **No**, the menu remains horizontal and wraps on small devices. If **Yes**, then on smaller devices the menu items are displayed in an Accordion (vertical) list.
+  ![Menu module, resonsive toggle non, stacking option](/img/menu-module-responsive-section.png)
+  For all other menu layouts, the **None** setting displays an [Accordion layout](#layout-accordion).
+  With the **None** setting, you won't see the settings for **Responsive style** and **Responsive breakpoint** described in the following two sections.
+
+#### Responsive style
+
+This setting has the following options for menu expansion when the responsive icon or button is clicked.
+
+- **Inline**
+  The expanded menu falls below the hamburger. This works for centered menus but doesn’t work if, for example, you have a hamburger in a small column on the right. The menu gets squished.
+- **Below row**
+  This option removes the menu in the markup and puts it below the column that the menu is in. This means that expanded menus in small columns still appear inline but don’t get squished.
+- **Overlay**
+  See [this Beaver Builder Theme article](/bb-theme/defaults-for-layouts-content/headers-nav-menus/choose-how-menus-open-responsively#responsive-menu-dropdown) for an example.
+- **Flyout overlay**
+  See [this Beaver Builder Theme article](/bb-theme/defaults-for-layouts-content/headers-nav-menus/choose-how-menus-open-responsively#flyout-overlay) for an example.
+- **Flyout push**
+  See [this Beaver Builder Theme article](/bb-theme/defaults-for-layouts-content/headers-nav-menus/choose-how-menus-open-responsively#flyout-push) for an example.
+- **Flyout push with opacity**
+  See [this Beaver Builder Theme article](/bb-theme/defaults-for-layouts-content/headers-nav-menus/choose-how-menus-open-responsively#flyout-push-with-opacity) for an example.
+
+#### Responsive breakpoint
+
+By default, the responsive menu appears on small devices only, but you can change the behavior to medium and small devices, or all devices.
+
+## WooCommerce tab
+
+If the WooCommerce plugin is installed, there's a **WooCommerce** tab with settings for the WooCommerce dynamic cart, which includes quantity or pricing information. The following screenshot shows the difference between the **Cart** menu item added to the WordPress menu at **Appearance > Menus** versus the dynamic cart added with the Menu module:
+
+![Menu module WooCommerce tab](/img/menu-module-woocommerce-tab.png)
+
+This tab has the following settings.
+
+- **Menu cart**
+  If you choose **Hide**, the word **Cart** appears instead of the dynamic cart.
+- **Cart icon**
+  You can replace the default Cart icon with another icon from your [icon library](settings/icons.md).
+- **Show on checkout**
+  This setting determines whether the dynamic cart icon appears in the menu on the Checkout page.
+- **Display type**
+  This setting lets you choose which dynamic information appears with the icon: number of items in the cart, total purchased, or both.
+
+You can style the options you choose in the **WooCommerce dynamic cart** section of the **Style** tab.
+
+## Style tab
+
+The **Style** tab has the following options.
+
+### Menu section
+
+This section has two settings:
+
+- **Menu alignment**
+  Left, center, or right alignment of main menu items.
+- **Menu background color**
+
+### Links section
+
+- **Link color**
+  Set the color of the menu items when they're not active.
+- **Link hover color**
+  Set the color of the menu items that are either active (displaying that page), on hover with a mouse, or immediately after being tapped.
+- **Link hover background color**
+  You can optionally set a background color for the menu items that are either active (displaying that page), on hover with a mouse, or immediately after being tapped.
+
+:::info
+If you're using the Beaver Builder Theme, the default menu link colors appear in the color you defined in **Appearance > Customize > General > Accent Color**, and you can customize this color.
+:::
+
+- **Link padding**
+  The number of pixels or ems of padding between menu item text and the menu item boundary.
+- **Link typography**
+  See the article about typography settings [Typography section](basics/typography.md) to style your menu text.
+
+:::note **Notes:**
+If you are using the Beaver Builder Theme, the default font family is what you defined for content in **Customize > General > Text**.
+:::
+
+### Separators section
+
+Set **Show separators** to **Yes** to display horizontal lines between menu items.
+
+### Dropdowns section
+
+These settings control submenu items in the following categories
+
+#### Dropdown color settings
+
+This screenshot shows an example of the dropdown color settings listed below.
+
+![Style tab Dropdowns section color settings](/img/menu-module-style-dropdowns-section.png)
+
+- **Link color**
+- **Link hover color**
+- **Link hover background color**
+- **Dropdown background color**
+- **Dropdown shadow**
+  Shows a drop shadow on the submenu items.
+
+#### Dropdown padding
+
+- **Dropdown padding**
+  Adds padding between the dropdown boundary box border and the block of menu item text. Here's an example of **Dropdown padding** set to 20px, **Dropdown link padding** set to 0px:
+  ![Dropdown padding 20, dropdown link padding 0](/img/menu-module-dropdown-padding-set.png)
+- **Dropdown link padding**
+  Adds padding around the text for each dropdown menu item. Here's an example of **Dropdown padding** set to 0px, **Dropdown link padding** set to 20px. Because the dropdown link padding is set both on top and bottom, the distance between the two submenu items increases to 40px:
+  ![Dropdown padding 0, dropdown link padding 20](/img/menu-module-dropdown-link-padding-set.png)
+
+#### Dropdown border
+
+You can add a border, round the corners, and add a shadow around the dropdown submenus. See the article about [border settings](basics/border.md).
+
+#### Dropdown typography
+
+See the article about typography settings [Typography section](basics/typography.md) to style your submenu text.
+
+### Responsive dropdowns
+
+You can style the following responsive dropdown settings differently from the dropdown settings for larger devices:
+
+- Link color
+- Link hover color
+- Link hover background color
+- Dropdown background color
+
+### Responsive Toggle section
+
+If **General > Responsive toggle** is set to anything other than **None**, there's also a **Responsive toggle** section on the **Style** tab where you can set the size of the Responsive toggle plus submenu dropdown background colors, text colors, and borders, as shown in this screenshot.
+
+![Menu module responsive toggle on Style tab](/img/menu-module-style-tab-responsive-toggle.png)
+
+### Search Menu section
+
+If **General > Search menu** is set to **Show**, there's a **Search menu** section on the **Style** tab where you can style not only the search icon but also the search form, which appears when you click the search icon. This section has the following settings.
+
+- **Icon size**
+- **Icon color**
+- **Icon hover color**
+- **Form width**
+- **Form background color**
+- **Form background hover color**
+- **Form border**
+  See the article about [border settings](basics/border.md).
+- **Form border hover**
+- **Form padding**
+
+### WooCommerce Menu Cart style settings
+
+If you have WooCommerce installed and the **Menu Cart** option set to **Show** on the WooCommerce tab, then the **Style** tab has a **WooCommerce menu cart** section with the following settings.
+
+- **Background color**
+- **Hover background color**
+- **Color**
+  This setting changes the color of both the icon and any other options you have set to display.
+- **Hover color**
+- **Typography**
+  See the article about typography settings [Typography section](basics/typography.md).
+
+## Advanced tab
+
+There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/module-blocks.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/module-blocks.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4b020066
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/module-blocks.md
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+---
+id: module-blocks
+title: Module Blocks
+sidebar_label: Module Blocks
+description: Learn how to use Module Blocks in the WordPress Editor.
+---
+
+Module Blocks are Beaver Builder modules that are developed as WordPress blocks for use in the WordPress block editor. These blocks maintain all the features and settings found in their module counterparts.
+
+## Using Module Blocks
+
+1. In the WordPress block editor, click the + plus icon.
+2. Click the **Browser All** button.
+3. In the block library sidebar, scroll down to the Beaver Builder section where you can find all module blocks.
+
+:::tip
+
+You can also use the `/beaver` command to quickly access a list of all Beaver Builder module blocks. Simply type `/beaver` in the WordPress block editor and a modal window will appear with a list of all available module blocks. You can then select the module block you want to use.
+
+![Use the `/beaver` command in the WordPress block editor](/img/beaver-builder/settings--module-blocks--2.jpg)
+
+:::
+
+## Configure Module Blocks
+
+Each module block has the same features and settings as its module counterpart. When you add a module block to the block editor, you can configure the module block in the block settings sidebar _(right-hand side of the block editor)_.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/north-commerce.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/north-commerce.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e0244487
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/north-commerce.md
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+---
+id: north-commerce
+title: North Commerce
+sidebar_label: North Commerce
+description: If you have the North Commerce plugin installed, you can use the Beaver Builder North Commerce module to display products in your layouts.
+---
+
+The North Commerce module is a Beaver Builder module that allows you to display North Commerce products on your website. The module becomes available in the Beaver Builder UI when you have the North Commerce plugin installed.
+
+:::info
+
+The North Commerce module utilizes North Commerce shortcodes to showcase various layouts, offering a convenient and straightforward method to present your North Commerce products on your website. This eliminates the need to manually write any shortcodes.
+
+See the [North Commerce documentation](https://docs.northcommerce.com/north-commerce/shortcodes/product-collections) for more information on shortcodes and how to use them.
+
+:::
+
+## General Tab
+
+The General tab allows you to select the layout of your North Commerce module.
+
+### Layout
+
+You can choose from the following display layout options:
+
+- **None**  
+  No layout is selected. This is the default option.
+
+- **Product Page**  
+  The Product Page layout displays a single product.  
+
+  - **Product Slug**  
+    Enter the product slug to display a specific product.
+
+- **Product Gallery** 
+  The Product Gallery layout displays a gallery of products.
+
+- **Product Slider** 
+  The Product Slider layout displays a slider of products.
+
+- **Checkout** 
+  The Checkout layout displays the North Commerce checkout form.
+
+- **Cart** 
+  The Cart layout displays the contents of the user's cart.
+
+## Style Tab
+
+The Style tab allows you to style the North Commerce module.
+
+### Button
+
+- **Style**  
+  Choose the style for the state of the button. This toggle allows you to select the button style for the default and hover states.  
+
+  - **Default Style**  
+    The default button style.
+
+  - **Hover Style**  
+    The button style when hovered over.
+
+- **Text Color**  
+  Choose the color of the button text.
+
+- **Icon Color**  
+  Choose the color of the button icon.
+
+- **Background Color**  
+  Choose the background color of the button.
+
+### Button Border
+
+The Button Border settings allow you to style the border of the button. When the Hover option is enabled, you can style the button border when hovered over.
+
+See the [Border](basics/border.md) article for more information on the border settings.
+
+## Advanced tab
+
+There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](../advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/number-counter.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/number-counter.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d543705f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/number-counter.md
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+---
+id: number-counter
+title: Number Counter
+sidebar-label: Number Counter
+description: The Number Counter module displays a number in an animated fashion, with the counter going from zero to the number or percent you specify.
+---
+
+The Number Counter module displays a number in an animated fashion, with the counter going from zero to the number or percent you specify.
+
+You can configure the Number Counter module in many different ways, as you can see in this screenshot with four Number Counter modules.
+
+![Examples of circle and bar number counters with various labels](/img/number-counter-21086a65.png)
+
+- You can choose a circle, a horizontal bar, or just the number.
+- You can choose the number to be displayed as a percent or standard (an absolute value).
+- If you choose standard numbers, you can add a prefix (such as the dollar sign) or a suffix (such as a euro sign) to the number.
+- You can add text over or under the number, or neither.
+- You can specify colors and typography for the counter and text, and
+- You can change the animation speed and delay for the counter, circle, and bar to progress from zero to its number value.
+
+If you want to compare two or more numbers, add a Number Counter module to display each number, as shown in the screenshot example. Here are the same four Number Counter modules moved into a different layout:
+
+![Number counters from previous example in a different layout](/img/number-counter-f3441c12.png)
+
+## Number Counter module settings
+
+### General tab
+
+- **Layout**
+  See the screenshots above for examples of the choices of circles, bars, or only numbers. If you choose **Bars counter**, there's an additional setting for **Number position**: the number can appear inside, above, or below the bar, or be hidden entirely.
+- **Number type**
+  Choose **Percent** or **Standard**. The **Standard** setting means the actual number provided in the next setting.
+- **Number**
+  The number that represents progress so far.
+- **Total**
+  The number that represents the total amount, the goal, and so on.
+  If you choose **Percent** as the number type, the number is displayed as a percent with a percent symbol following. It's calculated as the value in the **Number** field divided by the number in the **Total** field.
+  If you choose **Standard** as the number type, the value in the **Number** field is displayed as the number. The progress counter in the circle or bar is shown as the percent of the value in the **Number** field divided by the number in the **Total** field.
+- **Text before number**
+  This setting is to optionally add any text that you want to appear above the number.
+- **Text after number**
+  This setting is to optionally add any text that you want to appear below the number.
+- **Number prefix**
+  This option is only available when the number type is **Standard**. It lets you add a symbol or text immediately before the number with no intervening space, such as **$**.
+- **Number suffix**
+  This option is only available when the number type is **Standard**. It lets you add a symbol or text immediately after the number with no intervening space, such as **€**.
+  For another example, if your number type is **Standard** and you entered a percent value such as **50** in the **Number** field and **100** in the **Total** field, you could add a **%** symbol here as a suffix.
+- **Animation speed**
+  The number of seconds to reach the **Number** value, shown in the circle, the bar, and the number itself. You can use decimals for partial seconds.
+- **Animation delay**
+  Number of seconds before the animation begins. You can use decimals for partial seconds.
+
+### Style tab
+
+The **Style** tab has an unnamed top section with text color and typography settings, and a section with style options for the circle or bar, depending on what you selected for **Layout**.
+
+#### Top section
+
+- **Text color**
+  If you have settings for **Text before number** or **Text after number** on the **General** tab, this setting controls the color of that text.
+- **Text typography**
+  This is the [standard Beaver Builder **Typography** section](basics/typography.md), with settings for the font family, weight, size, spacing, and so on. It applies to the text before or after the number if you have added any.
+- **Number color**
+  The color of the number displayed, plus the color of the optional **Number prefix** or **Number suffix** for **Standard** number types.
+- **Number typography**
+  The standard **Typography** section.
+
+#### Bar Styles section
+
+This section appears only when **Layout** on the **General** tab is set to **Bars counter**.
+
+- **Bar foreground color**
+  Sets the color of the portion of the bar that indicates the **Number** value.
+- **Bar background color**
+  Sets the color of the portion of the bar that indicates the **Total** value.
+- **Bar height** (responsive)
+  Sets the height of the bar. This number can be varied by device size, using the [responsive settings icon](/beaver-builder/layouts/responsive-design/toggle.md).
+
+#### Circle Bar Styles section
+
+This section appears only when **Layout** on the **General** tab is set to **Circle counter**.
+
+- **Circle size**
+  Sets the outer diameter of the circle.
+- **Circle stroke size**
+  Sets the width of the stroke.
+- **Circle foreground color**
+  Sets the color of the portion of the circle that indicates the **Number** value.
+- **Circle background color**
+  Sets the color of the portion of the circle not taken up by the foreground circle.
+
+### Advanced tab
+
+There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/photo/add-hover-effects-to-the-photo-module.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/photo/add-hover-effects-to-the-photo-module.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cf05d6b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/photo/add-hover-effects-to-the-photo-module.md
@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+---
+id: add-hover-effects-to-the-photo-module
+title: Add hover effects to the Photo module
+sidebar_label: Add hover effects to the Photo module
+description: Here's how to add cool hover effects to Photo module images.
+---
+
+Using a custom class and some custom CSS, you can add some really cool hover
+effects to images.
+
+<div className="embed-responsive">
+<iframe width="560" height="315" src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/u4i9rkAB1Rw" title="YouTube video player" frameBorder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture" allowFullScreen></iframe>
+</div>
+
+1. Add a [Photo module](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/photo/photo.md) to your page.
+2. Configure the Photo module as you normally would.
+3. Click the **Advanced** Tab
+4. In the **HTML element** section, add one of the following values to the **Class** field, depending on which effect you want. See the description of each effect in the sections below.
+
+   - Hover Zoom In: `hover-zoom-in`
+   - Hover Zoom Out: `hover-zoom-out`
+   - Hover Zoom Out and Rotate: `hover-zoom-out-rotate`
+   - Hover Unblur: `hover-unblur`
+   - Grayscale to Color: `gray-scale-img`
+   - Sepia to Color: `sepia-img`
+
+5. Add the CSS for the effect wherever you put your custom CSS.
+   Copy the CSS for the effect you want from one of the following sections and see [this article](basics/custom-code.md) about where to add custom CSS code.
+
+:::tip
+If you have multiple Photo modules in a row and want to apply an effect to the entire set, add the effect’s CSS to the **Class** field on the **Advanced** tab in the row settings rather than the Photo module settings. The effect will apply to every Photo module contained in the row.
+:::
+
+## CSS for hover effects
+
+:::info
+The transition speeds in these CSS examples are set to `.3s`. You can change the
+value to speed up or slow down the effect. For example, `1s` will slow the
+change.
+:::
+
+### Hover Zoom In
+
+This effect adds a smooth zoom effect when you hover over the image.
+
+```css
+/* Zoom in on hover */
+.hover-zoom-in .fl-photo-content {
+  overflow: hidden;
+}
+.hover-zoom-in .fl-photo-content .fl-photo-img {
+  -webkit-transition: 0.3s ease-in-out;
+  transition: 0.3s ease-in-out;
+  will-change: transform;
+}
+.hover-zoom-in .fl-photo-content .fl-photo-img:hover {
+  -webkit-transition: 0.3s ease-in-out;
+  transition: 0.3s ease-in-out;
+  -webkit-transform: scale(1.3);
+  transform: scale(1.3);
+}
+```
+
+### Hover Zoom Out
+
+This effect adds a smooth zoom out effect when you hover over the image.
+
+```css
+/*  Zoom out on hover*/
+.hover-zoom-out .fl-photo-content {
+  overflow: hidden;
+}
+.hover-zoom-out .fl-photo-content .fl-photo-img {
+  -webkit-transition: 0.3s ease-in-out;
+  transition: 0.3s ease-in-out;
+  -webkit-transform: scale(1.3);
+  transform: scale(1.3);
+  will-change: transform;
+}
+.hover-zoom-out .fl-photo-content .fl-photo-img:hover {
+  -webkit-transition: 0.3s ease-in-out;
+  transition: 0.3s ease-in-out;
+  -webkit-transform: scale(1);
+  transform: scale(1);
+}
+```
+
+### Hover Zoom Out and Rotate
+
+This effect shows the image zoomed in and rotated 45 degrees in its default
+state and adds a smooth zoom out and rotates to upright when you hover over
+the image.
+
+```css
+/* Zoom out & rotate on hover */
+.hover-zoom-out-rotate .fl-photo-content {
+  overflow: hidden;
+}
+.hover-zoom-out-rotate .fl-photo-content .fl-photo-img {
+  -webkit-transform: rotate(15deg) scale(1.4);
+  transform: rotate(15deg) scale(1.4);
+  -webkit-transition: 0.3s ease-in-out;
+  transition: 0.3s ease-in-out;
+  will-change: transform;
+}
+.hover-zoom-out-rotate .fl-photo-content .fl-photo-img:hover {
+  -webkit-transform: rotate(0) scale(1);
+  transform: rotate(0) scale(1);
+}
+```
+
+### Hover Unblur
+
+This effect displays the image in a blurred state and unblurs it on hover.
+
+```css
+/* Unblur on hover */
+.hover-unblur .fl-photo-content {
+  overflow: hidden;
+  -webkit-backface-visibility: hidden;
+}
+.hover-unblur .fl-photo-content .fl-photo-img {
+  -webkit-filter: blur(3px);
+  filter: blur(3px);
+  -webkit-transition: 0.3s ease-in-out;
+  transition: 0.3s ease-in-out;
+  will-change: filter;
+}
+.hover-unblur .fl-photo-content .fl-photo-img:hover {
+  -webkit-filter: blur(0);
+  filter: blur(0);
+}
+```
+
+### Grayscale to Color
+
+This effect displays the image in grayscale and brings the color back on
+hover.
+
+```css
+/* Grayscale To Color */
+.gray-scale-img .fl-photo-content {
+  overflow: hidden;
+  -webkit-backface-visibility: hidden;
+}
+.gray-scale-img .fl-photo-content .fl-photo-img {
+  -webkit-filter: grayscale(100%);
+  filter: grayscale(100%);
+  -webkit-transition: 0.3s ease-in-out;
+  transition: 0.3s ease-in-out;
+  will-change: filter;
+}
+.gray-scale-img .fl-photo-content .fl-photo-img:hover {
+  -webkit-filter: grayscale(0);
+  filter: grayscale(0);
+}
+```
+
+### Sepia to Color
+
+This effect displays the image in sepia tones and brings the color back on
+hover.
+
+```css
+/* Sepia To Color */
+.sepia-img .fl-photo-content {
+  overflow: hidden;
+  -webkit-backface-visibility: hidden;
+}
+.sepia-img .fl-photo-content .fl-photo-img {
+  -webkit-filter: sepia(100%);
+  filter: sepia(100%);
+  -webkit-transition: 0.3s ease-in-out;
+  transition: 0.3s ease-in-out;
+  will-change: filter;
+}
+.sepia-img .fl-photo-content .fl-photo-img:hover {
+  -webkit-filter: sepia(0);
+  filter: sepia(0);
+}
+```
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/photo/display-full-captions-under-photos.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/photo/display-full-captions-under-photos.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bdb24e13
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/photo/display-full-captions-under-photos.md
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+---
+id: display-full-captions-under-photos
+title: Display full captions under photos
+sidebar_label: Display full captions under photos
+description: Here's how to avoid captions under images getting truncated in the Photo or Gallery module.
+---
+
+By default, if you display captions in the Photo or Gallery module, the
+caption is cut off at the first line with an ellipsis mark. This happens
+whether the caption is set to **On hover** or **Below photo**.
+
+![](/img/how-to-tips-display-full-caption-1.jpg)
+
+If you display the caption below the photo, you can use the following CSS
+snippet to display the full caption. See [this article](basics/custom-code.md) about where to add custom CSS code.
+
+```css
+.fl-photo-caption.fl-photo-caption-below {
+  text-overflow: initial;
+  white-space: normal;
+}
+```
+
+Now you'll get the full caption, and it will wrap as the screen is sized down:
+
+![](/img/how-to-tips-display-full-caption-2.jpg)
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/photo/photo.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/photo/photo.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..233752c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/photo/photo.md
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+---
+id: photo
+title: Photo
+sidebar-label: Photo module
+description: The Photo module displays individual photos from your WordPress Media Library or a custom URL and style options such as cropping, borders, and shadows.
+---
+
+The Photo module lets you insert an individual photo from your WordPress Media
+Library or a custom URL.
+
+![](/img/photo-module-1.png)
+
+Here are some of the options with the Photo module:
+
+* You can select the photo from your Media Library or use a URL. If the file is from the Media Library, you can select the size of the photo to display.
+
+* You can crop the photo into several geometric shapes: Landscape, Panorama (longer and shorter than landscape), Portrait, Square, Circle.
+
+  :::info
+  Cropping will cut off parts of your photo, depending on the shape of
+  the original photo and the shape of the crop.
+  :::
+
+* You can specify the alignment of the photo within the column: left, center, or right. If you display a caption, both the photo and the caption will be aligned according to this selection.
+
+* You can display the caption of the image and specify how and where the caption appears in relation to the photo: on hover (appearing at the inside bottom of the photo) or below the photo. If you're getting the photo from an external URL, there's a field for you to enter a caption.
+
+  :::note **Note:**
+  Longer captions are truncated at the end of the first line. See [this article](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/photo/display-full-captions-under-photos.md) for how to display the full caption.
+  :::
+
+* You can add a link to the photo, with several choices of where the link goes:
+  * A URL, for example, to another web page.
+  * A lightbox  
+  A popup where the photo appears in a dark background over the page. If you've
+  set the **Show caption** field to **On hover** or **Below photo**, the
+  caption will appear below the photo in the lightbox in both cases.  
+  ![](/img/photo-module-2.jpg)
+
+  * Photo file  
+  The photo file is displayed by itself.  
+  ![](/img/photo-module-3.jpg)
+
+  * Photo page (for Media Library photos only)  
+  The photo is displayed with the header, footer, and sidebar of the website.  
+  ![](/img/photo-module-4.jpg)
+
+* There are the standard Advanced tab features: margins, animation, and showing/hiding on particular device sizes.
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+It's a best practice to keep photos to the exact size that you need.
+Although the photos are automatically sized to fit your display, a larger
+photo increases page open time.
+:::
+
+## Advanced tab
+
+There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/posts/increase-space-between-images-in-posts-module-gallery.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/posts/increase-space-between-images-in-posts-module-gallery.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..097127d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/posts/increase-space-between-images-in-posts-module-gallery.md
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+---
+id: increase-space-between-images-in-posts-module-gallery
+title: Increase space between Posts in Posts Gallery module
+sidebar_label: Increase space between Posts in Posts Gallery module
+description: Here's some CSS code to use if you want space between the post images in a Posts module Gallery layout.
+---
+
+When you choose the **Gallery** layout style in the Posts module, by default there is no space between the featured images for each Post in the gallery, such as in the following screenshot.
+
+![](/img/how-to-tips-space-in-post-gallery-1.png)
+
+You can use the following CSS rule to increase spacing between the featured images in the display:
+
+```css
+.fl-post-gallery-post {
+  margin: 20px;
+}
+```
+
+Increasing to a `20px` margin separates the space between images as shown in the following screenshot. You can see that the increased margins can also lead to different break points in the rows.
+
+![](/img/how-to-tips-space-in-post-gallery-2.png)
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/posts/posts-carousel.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/posts/posts-carousel.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..911f8ae1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/posts/posts-carousel.md
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+---
+id: posts-carousel
+title: Posts Carousel
+sidebar-label: Posts Carousel module
+description: The Posts Carousel module displays a set of posts or pages that moves horizontally across the screen, with many layout and content filtering options.
+---
+
+In the Posts Carousel module, a set of posts or pages is displayed as a single row of posts in either Grid layout (with post title and info underneath the featured image) or Gallery view (with post title and info replacing the featured image on mouseover), as shown in the following screenshots of the two layouts.
+
+![](/img/post-carousel-module-1.jpg)
+
+Autoplay, looping of the posts, and navigation icons (dots, arrows) are all optional.
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+Not sure which Posts module to use? See [the comparison article](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts/posts-posts-carousel-and-posts-slider-modules-examples.md).
+:::
+
+## Slider tab
+
+| Section             | Field                              | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           |
+| ------------------- | ---------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| &nbsp;              | Layout                             | **Grid** displays the post title and post info below the featured image. **Gallery** displays the featured image, with post title and info replacing the featured image on mouseover. In Grid layout, you can hide the featured image on the **Layout** tab, with the result that the post info displays where the image normally appears. Gallery layout does not have the option to hide the featured image, since the result would be the same as for Grid layout. |
+| &nbsp;              | Auto play                          | If **Yes**, the display moves through the posts automatically, unless the user intervenes by clicking on the dots or arrows or moving the cursor over one of the posts. If **No**, there is no animation and user must use the navigational aids.                                                                                                                                                                                                                     |
+| &nbsp;              | Delay                              | Number of seconds each post is displayed. This setting is used only if **Auto play** is enabled.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      |
+| &nbsp;              | Loop                               | If **Yes**, the list of posts is displayed in a repeating continuous carousel. If **No**, the list of posts ends when the last post is reached. This behavior occurs whether autoplay is enabled or not.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              |
+| &nbsp;              | Transition speed                   | When autoplay is enabled, the speed in seconds at which one slide moves to the next when the **Delay** time has finished.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             |
+| &nbsp;              | Number of posts                    | Maximum number of posts to display. Which posts are selected depends on the filters set on the **Content** tab.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       |
+| &nbsp;              | Number of slides to move at a time | Advances the display of posts or pages forward by the number in this field. By default the value is **1**.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            |
+| **Slider controls** | Show dots                          | If **Yes**, a set of horizontal dots is displayed at the bottom of the carousel. The number of dots equals the **Number of posts** value, and one dot is highlighted to indicate which post in the sequence is being displayed. Visitors can manually change the display by clicking one of the dots.                                                                                                                                                                 |
+| &nbsp;              | Show arrows                        | If **Yes**, a left and right arrow is displayed on either side of the post list so user can move ahead or back manually. You can style the arrow color, background color, and background shape on the **Style** tab.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  |
+
+## Layout tab
+
+| Section                         | Field                   | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   |
+| ------------------------------- | ----------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **Posts**                       | Post max width          | Determines the maximum width of each post in the list. Depending on display width of the browser, a larger max width means larger featured images and fewer items visible in the carousel row. As browser width decreases, the display decreases to a single item and eventually the idth of that single item decreases.                                                      |
+| &nbsp;                          | Post spacing            | Number of pixels between posts in the list.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   |
+| &nbsp;                          | Equalize column heights | **(Grid** layout only) If set to **Yes**, the border around every post is the same size.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      |
+| &nbsp;                          | Post hover transition   | **(Gallery** layout only) The type of animation when the post title and post info replace the featured image on mouseover.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    |
+| **Featured image**              | Image                   | **(Grid** layout only) Show or hide the featured image.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       |
+| &nbsp;                          | Size                    | Which size image from the WordPress Media Library to use.<br/>**Note:** The image will always be sized to fit the post max width, so this setting affects image resolution rather than the actual size of the image on the page. This setting doesn't change the amount of crop. Increasing mage size increases the size of the file loaded, which can affect page load time. |
+| &nbsp;                          | Crop                    | Crops the featured image to a particular shape. Note that this may cut out some parts of the image.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           |
+| **Icons (Gallery layout only)** | Use icon for posts      | Choose **Yes** to display an icon on the line above or below the text when the post title and post info are displayed on mouseover.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           |
+| &nbsp;                          | Post icon               | (Appears when Post icon is set to **Yes** for **Gallery** layout)<br/>Choose the icon to be displayed.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        |
+| &nbsp;                          | Post icon position      | (Appears when Post icon is set to Yes for **Gallery** layout)<br/>Choose whether the icon appears above or below the post title and post info.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                |
+| &nbsp;                          | Post icon size          | (Appears when **Post icon** is set to **Yes** for **Gallery** layout)<br/>Specify icon size in pixels.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        |
+| **Post info**                   | Author                  | Show or hide the post author.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 |
+| &nbsp;                          | Date                    | Show or hide the post date.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   |
+| &nbsp;                          | Date format             | (Appears when **Date** is set to **Show** )<br/>Select **Default** to use the WordPress date format specified in **Settings > General** or override the default with a specific date format.                                                                                                                                                                                  |
+| &nbsp;                          | Comments                | Show or hide the number of comments.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          |
+| **Content (Grid layout only)**  | Content                 | Show or hide post content. If set to **Yes**, the entire post excerpt is displayed, if the post has content in the **Excerpt** field. If there's no excerpt, the WordPress default of the first 55 words of the post content is displayed, with an ellipsis of three dots at the end to show there is more content.                                                           |
+| &nbsp;                          | More link               | Show or hide the **Read more** link after the post content.<br/>If set to **Show**, you can also customize the default **Read more** text.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    |
+| &nbsp;                          | More link text          | Customize the default **Read more** text.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     |
+
+## Style tab
+
+| Section                                                                            | Field                   | Description                                                                                                                                  |
+| ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **Carousel item**                                                                  | Background color        | A background color that can be seen for items with no featured image.                                                                        |
+| &nbsp;                                                                             | Icon color              | The color of the icon, when one has been set on the **Layout** tab.                                                                          |
+| **Post title**                                                                     | Color                   | Text color of the post title.                                                                                                                |
+| &nbsp;                                                                             | Typography              | The standard Beaver Builder [typography section](basics/typography.md) for the post title.                                                   |
+| **Post info**                                                                      | Color                   | Text color of the post info.                                                                                                                 |
+| &nbsp;                                                                             | Typography              | The standard Beaver Builder [typography section](basics/typography.md) for the post info.                                                    |
+| **Nav arrows** (Only when **Show arrows** is set to **Yes** on the **Slider** tab) | Arrows background color | Sets the color of a circle or square background behind the navigation arrows. When no color is set, there is no background circle or square. |
+| &nbsp;                                                                             | Arrows background style | When Arrows background color is set, this option sets the arrow background to a circle or a square.                                          |
+| &nbsp;                                                                             | Arrows color            | Sets the color of the arrows themselves.                                                                                                     |
+
+## Content tab
+
+| Section          | Field                        | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               |
+| ---------------- | ---------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| &nbsp;           | Source                       | Main query or custom query. The default for a standard Beaver Builder layout is **Custom query**, which enables all the other fields on this tab.<br/> In Beaver Themer, the default is **Main query**, because normally for a Themer layout you want the query for posts to be based on whatever archive page the query is created for.                                                                                                                                                                                                                  |
+| **Custom query** | Post type                    | Choose pages, posts, or a custom post type, such as WooCommerce Products or a custom post type that you create yourself.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  |
+| &nbsp;           | Order                        | Descending or ascending, and whether it is by date, numerical, or alphabetical depends on the **Order by** setting.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       |
+| &nbsp;           | Order by                     | The choices are **Author**, **Comment count**, **Date**, **Date last modified**, **ID**, **Menu order**, **Meta value** (alphabetic or numeric), **Random**, **Title**.<br/> If you display pages in **Menu order**, you are effectively displaying a menu, with the added ability to display a content summary of the page.<br/> The **Meta value** option enables ordering by a custom field. If you select either the alphabetic or numeric **Meta value** option, a **Meta key** field appears so you can enter the key (`meta_key`).                 |
+| &nbsp;           | Offset                       | Enter an integer if you want to skip a certain number of posts in the order specified in the **Order** setting.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           |
+| &nbsp;           | Exclude current post         | Excludes the current post from the query. This is useful when you are using the module to create a list of related posts on a single post page.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           |
+| **Filter**       | Posts, Pages, Products, etc. | (The label matches the single post name for the **Post type** you set)<br/> Include or exclude a set of posts, page, products, etc., by title. Start typing a word, and the titles containing that word will be displayed for you to choose. Keep selecting titles until you have the set you want to include or exclude. You can reorder matched selections and they are reflected in the front end. See an example for the Posts module at [Selection Order in Filtering](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts/posts.md#selection-order-in-filtering). |
+| &nbsp;           | Categories                   | (Hidden when the **Post type** setting is **Pages** )<br/> You can include or exclude categories to display. The third setting, **Match related categories except**, is useful in Singular-type Themer layouts when you want to use the Posts module to display a list of related posts, and you want to display the related posts in a family of categories except for the specific categories that you name.                                                                                                                                            |
+| &nbsp;           | Tags                         | (Hidden when the **Post type** setting is **Pages** )<br/> You can include or exclude tags to display. The choices are the same as for including or excluding categories.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 |
+| &nbsp;           | Authors                      | You can include or exclude posts or pages by specific authors.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            |
+
+## Advanced tab
+
+There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/posts/posts-posts-carousel-and-posts-slider-modules-examples.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/posts/posts-posts-carousel-and-posts-slider-modules-examples.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c1ffb686
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/posts/posts-posts-carousel-and-posts-slider-modules-examples.md
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+---
+id: posts-posts-carousel-and-posts-slider-modules-examples
+title: Posts, Posts Carousel, and Posts Slider modules examples
+sidebar_label: Posts, Posts Carousel, and Posts Slider modules examples
+description: Here are a number of visual examples of Posts, Posts Carousel, and Posts Slider modules to help you decide which one to choose.
+---
+
+There are three modules that insert a display of Posts or Pages into a Beaver Builder layout: Posts, Posts Carousel, and Posts Slider. The difference in the modules is the way the posts or pages are displayed and the settings that are available to configure layout, content, and style. In addition, the modules can have more than one layout. See the individual articles about the [Posts](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts/posts.md), [Posts Carousel](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts/posts-carousel.md), and [Posts Slider](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts/posts-slider.md) modules for details about settings.
+
+## Which of the posts modules to choose?
+
+The main distinction between the Posts module and the other two modules is that the Posts Carousel and Posts Slider modules can be animated, while the Posts module cannot.
+
+The Posts module displays a subset of posts in a variety of layouts. You can control the number of posts displayed and also control pagination of the display. There are a number of screenshot examples in the following section.
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+If you want to display the full text of a post, you must use a Posts module and choose the **List** layout type.
+:::
+
+In a carousel, a few items are presented in a horizontal row, with animation or the manual ability to progress through a larger set. In the Posts Carousel module, the post or page title and other information are overlaid on the featured image. The following screenshot shows one of the variations of the Posts Carousel module, with the navigation shown as dots below the posts. See more examples later in this article.
+
+![](/img/post-modules-examples-1.jpg)
+
+In a slider, an image is usually displayed in a background that fills the screen horizontally, overlaid by text, cycling through a set of image/text combinations. Here's an example of a Posts Slider module layout. See more examples later in this article.
+
+![](/img/post-modules-examples-2.jpg)
+
+## Posts module examples
+
+### Posts module – Columns layout
+
+Posts or pages are displayed in top-aligned column groups. In this example, the columns are not set to equal height, so each group is top- aligned, but the bottom borders are adjusted to fit the posts.
+
+![](/img/post-modules-examples-3.jpg)
+
+### Posts module – Masonry layout
+
+Posts or pages are displayed with alternating heights, as shown in this screenshot:
+
+![](/img/post-modules-examples-4.jpg)
+
+### Posts module – Gallery layout
+
+Gallery layout displays featured images in blocks of equal height and width with no space between. Mousing over an image shows post information, as shown in the following screenshot. You cannot display post content with Gallery layout.
+
+![](/img/post-modules-examples-5.jpg)
+
+When the post has no featured image, only the post information is displayed.
+
+### Posts module – List layout
+
+In **List** layout, posts or pages are displayed in a vertical list takes up the full single-column width. The featured image can be set to appear in any of the following locations:
+
+  * **Above title**  
+![](/img/post-modules-examples-6.jpg)
+
+  * **Above content**  
+![](/img/post-modules-examples-7.jpg)
+
+  * **Left**  
+The image is top-aligned with the title.  
+![](/img/post-modules-examples-8.jpg)
+
+  * **Left content (Version 1.10.7)**  
+The image is top-aligned with the post content.  
+![](/img/post-modules-examples-9.jpg)
+
+  * **Right**  
+The image is top-aligned with the title.  
+![](/img/post-modules-examples-10.jpg)
+
+  * **Right content**  
+The image is top-aligned with the post content.  
+![](/img/post-modules-examples-11.jpg)
+
+## Posts Carousel module
+
+### Gallery layout
+
+The Gallery layout of the Posts Carousel module displays the featured image in a single row of blocks of uniform height and width, and when you mouse over the image the title and post info are displayed with a color background, as shown in the screenshot below. You can't display post content with the Gallery layout.
+
+![](/img/post-modules-examples-12.jpg)
+
+### Grid layout
+
+The Grid layout of the Posts Carousel module displays the thumbnails of featured images with post title, optional post info, and optional post excerpt underneath. The column height can be equalized, which means the content borders are the same size and the columns are top-aligned.
+
+![](/img/post-modules-examples-13.png)
+
+## Posts Slider module
+
+The Posts Slider module only has one layout style: an animated display of one post or page at a time, with post or page text overlaid.
+
+The featured image can be displayed in two ways.
+
+  * The featured image can be set to display as the background with the post info and post excerpt appearing on top, as in the following screenshot:
+
+![](/img/post-modules-examples-14.jpg)
+
+  * The featured image can be set to a thumbnail, with the post info and excerpt appearing to the left or right of it, as in this screenshot:
+
+![](/img/post-modules-examples-15.jpg)
+
+When the featured image appears in the background, you can set the post text to the left, right, or bottom of the slide. When the featured image appears as a thumbnail you can set the post text to appear to the left or right of the image.
+
+You can also set a background color for the text portion of the slide. You can choose whether the background color is the full height of the slide or covers only the portion of the slide where the text is displayed. You can also choose the opacity of the background color and whether the background has a gradient.
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+To stretch the slides to the full width of the browser window, in the Row settings make the row full width, the content full width, and set the row padding to 0px on left and right. Change the Posts Slider module margins to 0px on left and right.
+:::
+
+The following screenshots show some more examples of the text background settings.
+
+In the next screenshot, **Text background height** is set to **Auto**, and text padding is set to 50 px. With text placed on the left, the text background extends to the slide border on the top and left and extends 50px beyond the text on the right and bottom.
+
+ **Posts Slider with text left, featured image in background, text background color #333333,  80% opacity, auto height, no gradient:**
+
+![](/img/post-modules-examples-16.jpg)
+
+Compare with the next screenshot, in which **Text background height** is set to **100%**. In this case, the text background extends to the slide border on the top , left, and bottom and extends 50px beyond the text on the right.
+
+**Posts Slider with text left, featured image in background, text background 50% opacity, full height, no gradient:**
+
+![](/img/post-modules-examples-17.jpg)
+
+The following slide matches the settings in the previous slide, but with a gradient. Note how the opacity is the full 50% opacity at the left edge and decreases towards the center.
+
+**Posts Slider with text left, featured image in background, text background 50% opacity, full height, gradient:**
+
+![](/img/post-modules-examples-18.jpg)
+
+With thumbnail images, the text background is always a solid color and fills the slide background, as shown in the following screenshot. Text background opacity and gradient do not apply to thumbnail layouts.
+
+**Posts Slider with text right, featured image as thumbnail, text background set to dark gray:**
+
+![](/img/post-modules-examples-19.jpg)
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/posts/posts-slider.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/posts/posts-slider.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2950f5f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/posts/posts-slider.md
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+---
+id: posts-slider
+title: Posts Slider
+sidebar_label: Posts Slider module
+description: The Posts Slider module displays a set of posts or pages that display one at a time, either sliding or fading to the next slide.
+---
+
+In the Posts Slider module, a set of posts or pages is displayed with either a
+sliding or a fade-in animation. The featured image of each post becomes the
+background image in the slide (unless you select the option to hide it), with
+post info and content overlaid on the slide. See examples of Posts Slider
+layouts in [this article](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts/posts-slider.md).
+
+:::info
+Some features are distributed across more than one tab. For example,
+you can set the featured image to display as a thumbnail instead of a
+background on the **Layout** tab. On the **Style** tab, you can then set the
+post title, post info, and excerpt to appear to the left or right of the
+thumbnail.
+:::
+
+## Slider tab
+
+| Section             | Field            | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           |
+| ------------------- | ---------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| &nbsp;              | Height           | Minimum height of the posts slider. The height will expand to fit the photo being displayed.<br/> **Tip:** If you don't like the expanding and shrinking to accommodate various photo heights, preprocess your photos so they are all the same height.                                                |
+| &nbsp;              | Auto play        | If **Yes**, the display moves through the posts automatically, unless the user intervenes by clicking on the dots or arrows or moving the cursor over one of the posts. If **No**, there is no animation and user must use the navigational aids.                                                     |
+| &nbsp;              | Delay            | Number of seconds each post is displayed. This setting is used only if **Auto play** is enabled.                                                                                                                                                                                                      |
+| &nbsp;              | Loop             | If **Yes**, the list of posts is displayed in a repeating continuous carousel. If **No**, the list of posts ends when the last post is reached. This behavior occurs whether autoplay is enabled or not.                                                                                              |
+| &nbsp;              | Transition       | Choose the type of animation for the transition to the next post: **Fade** or **Slide**.                                                                                                                                                                                                              |
+| &nbsp;              | Transition speed | When autoplay is enabled, the speed in seconds at which one slide moves to the next when the **Delay** time has finished.                                                                                                                                                                             |
+| &nbsp;              | Number of posts  | Maximum number of posts to display. Which posts are selected depends on the filters set on the **Content** tab.                                                                                                                                                                                       |
+| **Slider controls** | Show dots        | If **Yes**, a set of horizontal dots is displayed at the bottom of the carousel. The number of dots equals the **Number of posts** value, and one dot is highlighted to indicate which post in the sequence is being displayed. Visitors can manually change the display by clicking one of the dots. |
+| &nbsp;              | Show arrows      | If **Yes**, a left and right arrow is displayed on either side of the post list so user can move ahead or back manually. You can style the arrow color, background color, and background shape on the **Style** tab.                                                                                  |
+
+## Layout tab
+
+| Section                                                         | Field                | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    |
+| --------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
+| &nbsp;                                                          | Show featured image? | Choose **Show** to display the post featured image. Choose **Hide** to show only text with a solid color background.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           |
+| **Featured image (appears when featured image is set to Show)** | Image                | Display image as the slide background or as a thumbnail. **Thumbnail** displays the post title and post info to the left and the featured image thumbnail to the right in each slide.                                                                                                                                                                                          |
+| &nbsp;                                                          | Size                 | Which size image from the WordPress Media Library to use.<br/> **Note:** The image will always be sized to fit the post max width, so this setting affects image resolution rather than the actual size of the image on the page. This setting doesn't change the amount of crop. Increasing mage size increases the size of the file loaded, which can affect page load time. |
+| &nbsp;                                                          | Crop                 | (Appears when **Image** is set to **Thumbnail**)<br/> Crops the featured image to a particular shape. Note that this may cut out some parts of the image.                                                                                                                                                                                                                      |
+| **Post info**                                                   | Author               | Show or hide the post author.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  |
+| &nbsp;                                                          | Date                 | Show or hide the post date.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    |
+| &nbsp;                                                          | Date format          | (Appears when **Date** is set to **Show**)<br/> Select **Default** to use the WordPress date format specified in **Settings > General** or override the default with a specific date format.                                                                                                                                                                                   |
+| &nbsp;                                                          | Comments             | Show or hide the number of comments.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           |
+| **Content**                                                     | Content              | Show or hide post content. If set to **Yes**, the entire post excerpt is displayed, if the post has content in the **Excerpt** field. If there's no excerpt, the WordPress default of the first 55 words of the post content is displayed, with an ellipsis of three dots at the end to show there is more content.                                                            |
+| &nbsp;                                                          | More link            | Show or hide the **Read more** link after the post content.<br/> If set to **Show**, you can also customize the default **Read more** text.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    |
+| &nbsp;                                                          | More link text       | Customize the default **Read more** text.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      |
+
+## Style tab
+
+| Section                                                                            | Field                   | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           |
+| ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **Content**                                                                        | Position                | If **Image** on the **Layout** tab is set to **Background**, this setting determines which part of the slide the post text appears in: **Left**, **Right**, or **Bottom**. If **Image** is set to **Thumbnail**, this setting determines the orientation of post text in relation to the thumbnail: post text on the left or post text on the right.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  |
+| &nbsp;                                                                             | Text width              | (Applies only when **Position** is set to **Left** or **Right**)<br/>The percent of the width of the slide that the post content covers.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              |
+| &nbsp;                                                                             | Text padding            | Sets the amount of space on all four sides of the post text.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          |
+| &nbsp;                                                                             | Background color        | Color of the text background.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         |
+| &nbsp;                                                                             | Background gradient     | (Applies only when the featured image is set to **Background**)<br/>If set to **Yes** , automatically adds an opacity gradient to the specified text background color. The gradient uses the text background color and the text background opacity at the left edge (for text on the left) or right edge (for text on the right) and decreases in opacity towards the center of the slide. There's an example of a text background gradient [in the Posts Slider section of this article](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts/posts-posts-carousel-and-posts-slider-modules-examples.md/#posts-slider-module).                                                                                                                                                                                      |
+| &nbsp;                                                                             | Text background height  | (Applies only when the featured image is set to **Background**)<br/> If set to **Auto** , the text background color adjusts to fit the area of text shown on the slide plus the **Text padding** specified in the **Text** section.<br/> If set to **100%** , the text background color covers the entire height of the slide. (The text background width is the width of the text plus padding.) See examples [in the Posts Slider section of this article](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts/posts-posts-carousel-and-posts-slider-modules-examples.md/#posts-slider-module).<br/> **Note:** When **Position** in the **Text** section on the **Style** tab is set to **Bottom** , the text background effect will always be the equivalent of the **Auto** setting, even when set to **100%**. |
+| **Post title**                                                                     | Title tag               | The heading style of the post title.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  |
+| &nbsp;                                                                             | Color                   | Color of the post title.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              |
+| &nbsp;                                                                             | Hover color             | Hover color of the post title.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        |
+| &nbsp;                                                                             | Typography              | The standard Beaver Builder [typography section](basics/typography.md) for the post title.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            |
+| **Post info**                                                                      | Color                   | Color of the post info text.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          |
+| &nbsp;                                                                             | Link color              | Color of text links.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  |
+| &nbsp;                                                                             | Link hover color        | Hover color of text links.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            |
+| &nbsp;                                                                             | Typography              | The standard Beaver Builder [typography section](basics/typography.md) for the post info.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             |
+| **Post content**                                                                   | Color                   | Color of the post content.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            |
+| &nbsp;                                                                             | Link color              | Color of text links.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  |
+| &nbsp;                                                                             | Link hover color        | Hover color of text links.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            |
+| &nbsp;                                                                             | Typography              | The standard Beaver Builder [typography section](basics/typography.md) for the post content.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          |
+| **Nav arrows** (Only when **Show arrows** is set to **Yes** on the **Slider** tab) | Arrows background color | Sets the color of a circle or square background behind the navigation arrows. When no color is set, there is no background circle or square.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          |
+| &nbsp;                                                                             | Arrows background style | Sets the arrow background to a circle or a square.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    |
+| &nbsp;                                                                             | Arrows color            | Sets the color of the arrows themselves.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              |
+
+## Content tab
+
+| Section          | Field                        | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               |
+| ---------------- | ---------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| &nbsp;           | Source                       | Main query or custom query. The default for a standard Beaver Builder layout is **Custom query**, which enables all the other fields on this tab.<br/> In Beaver Themer, the default is **Main query**, because normally for a Themer layout you want the query for posts to be based on whatever archive page the query is created for.                                                                                                                                                                                                                  |
+| **Custom query** | Post type                    | Choose pages, posts, or a custom post type, such as WooCommerce Products or a custom post type that you create yourself.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  |
+| &nbsp;           | Order                        | Descending or ascending, and whether it is by date, numerical, or alphabetical depends on the **Order by** setting.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       |
+| &nbsp;           | Order by                     | The choices are **Author**, **Comment count**, **Date**, **Date last modified**, **ID**, **Menu order**, **Meta value** (alphabetic or numeric), **Random**, **Title**.<br/> If you display pages in **Menu order**, you are effectively displaying a menu, with the added ability to display a content summary of the page.<br/> The **Meta value** option enables ordering by a custom field. If you select either the alphabetic or numeric **Meta value** option, a **Meta key** field appears so you can enter the key (`meta_key`).                 |
+| &nbsp;           | Offset                       | Enter an integer if you want to skip a certain number of posts in the order specified in the **Order** setting.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           |
+| &nbsp;           | Exclude current post         | Excludes the current post from the query. This is useful when you are using the module to create a list of related posts on a single post page.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           |
+| **Filter**       | Posts, Pages, Products, etc. | (The label matches the single post name for the **Post type** you set)<br/> Include or exclude a set of posts, page, products, etc., by title. Start typing a word, and the titles containing that word will be displayed for you to choose. Keep selecting titles until you have the set you want to include or exclude. You can reorder matched selections and they are reflected in the front end. See an example for the Posts module at [Selection Order in Filtering](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts/posts.md#selection-order-in-filtering). |
+| &nbsp;           | Categories                   | (Hidden when the **Post type** setting is **Pages**)<br/> You can include or exclude categories to display.<br/> The third setting, **Match related categories except**, is useful in Singular-type Themer layouts when you want to use the Posts module to display a list of related posts, and you want to display the related posts in a family of categories except for the specific categories that you name.                                                                                                                                        |
+| &nbsp;           | Tags                         | (Hidden when the **Post type** setting is **Pages** )<br/> You can include or exclude tags to display. The choices are the same as for including or excluding categories.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 |
+| &nbsp;           | Authors                      | You can include or exclude posts or pages by specific authors.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            |
+
+## Advanced tab
+
+There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/posts/posts.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/posts/posts.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ad36e177
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/posts/posts.md
@@ -0,0 +1,691 @@
+---
+id: posts
+title: Posts
+sidebar_label: Posts
+description: The Posts module allows you to display posts, pages, or custom post types in a variety of layouts, such as columns, gallery, list, or masonry.
+toc_min_heading_level: 2
+toc_max_heading_level: 2
+---
+
+The Posts module allows you to display posts, pages, or custom post types in a variety of layouts, such as columns, gallery, list, or masonry. You can display posts by taxonomy or author using the filter options.
+
+![Beaver Builder Posts module](/img/beaver-builder/modules--post-module--1.jpg)
+
+## Layout tab
+
+Using the Layout tab, you can customize the layout and control which elements are displayed in your posts, such as the featured image, date, and comments.
+
+### Layout
+
+![Posts module layouts](/img/beaver-builder/modules--post-module--2.jpg)
+
+#### Columns
+
+Posts are displayed in top-aligned rows. Title, metadata, and content appear under featured image. Columns layout lets you choose number of columns.
+
+#### Masonry
+
+Posts are displayed in columns but vertical spacing is fit to the height of the post (unless the equal heights setting is selected). Masonry layout lets you choose the width of each post in pixels.
+
+#### Gallery
+
+Post title and metadata are overlaid on the featured image and displayed on mouseover. There is no option to display content. if there is no featured image, an image icon is displayed. Gallery layout offers no options to set number of columns or post width.
+
+:::tip
+It is recommended that all featured images have similar dimensions in order to achieve the best results and to maintain consistency
+:::
+
+#### List
+
+The posts are listed vertically in a single column.
+
+### Post layout
+
+:::caution
+Post Layout is only available when Beaver Themer is installed.
+:::
+
+#### Default
+
+Use the layout selected from the [Layout option](#layout).
+
+#### Custom
+
+Enables the Custom Post Layout Editor, allowing you to customize the post layout using HTML, shortcodes, and Beaver Themer field connections. A CSS tab is also available in the Custom Post Layout Editor for entering CSS that applies only to that Post module.
+
+![Post module's custom post layout editor](/img/beaver-builder/modules--post-module--3.jpg)
+
+:::info
+The Custom Post Layout Editor overrides whatever layout you select from the [Layout option](#layout).
+:::
+
+#### WooCommerce Classes
+
+Adds the `woocommerce` and `woocommerce-page` classes to module wrapper.
+
+:::caution
+Only available when **Custom** is selected.
+:::
+
+```markup
+<div class="fl-module fl-module-post-grid fl-node-123456789 woocommerce woocommerce-page">
+```
+
+### Equal Heights
+
+Equalizes the height of all posts to fit the post with the greatest height.
+
+:::caution
+Available for Columns and Masonry layouts only.
+:::
+
+:::tip
+Setting **Equal Heights** to **Yes** for the **Masonry** layout changes the masonry appearance to look like the **Columns** layout. The major difference is that you set width of each post in **Masonry** layout and number of columns in **Columns** layout.
+:::
+
+### Columns
+
+Control the maximum number of columns for the Post module. Automatically adjusts as screen size reduces. The Column option supports the [Responsive Toggle](/beaver-builder/layouts/responsive-design/toggle.md) allowing you to choose a different number of columns per-device.
+
+:::caution
+Available for Columns layout only.
+:::
+
+### Post width
+
+Width of each post display in pixels. The default value is `300px`.
+
+:::caution
+Masonry layout only.
+:::
+
+### Post Spacing
+
+Allows you to control the distance between the individual posts horizontally and vertically, in pixels. The Post spacing value does not affect the spacing above the top layer of posts, but it does affect the spacing below the bottom layer of posts.
+
+### Post Padding
+
+Allows you to control the padding inside the individual posts. The featured image is not affected by this setting, so if there is a featured image the upper post padding occurs between the featured image and the post text.
+
+### Posts Element
+
+Allows you to choose an appropriate HTML5 sectioning content element replacing the default `<div>`. Choose between `<div>` (default), `<article>`, and `<li>`. Using these elements on your pages gives your content more semantic meaning, improving accessibility and machine-readability.
+
+### Posts Element Class
+
+Allows you assign a custom class to the `<div class="fl-post-grid-post">`.
+
+```markup title="Example"
+<div class="fl-post-grid-post my-custom-class"> <!-- Post Element Class -->
+  <div class="fl-post-text">
+    <h2 class="fl-post-title">Hello World</h2>
+    <div class="fl-post-excerpt">
+      <p>Welcome to WordPress. This is your first post. Edit or delete it, then start writing!</p>
+    </div>
+    <div class="fl-post-more-link">
+      <a href="https://my-website.com/hello-world" title="Read More...">Read More...</a>
+    </div>
+  </div>
+</div>
+```
+
+### Post Title Tag
+
+Choose an appropriate heading tag for the post title. You can choose between `<h1>`, `<h2>`, `<h3>`, `<h4>`, `<h5>`, and `<h6>`.
+
+Default is `<h2>`.
+
+### Featured Image
+
+Show or hide the post's featured image.
+
+:::tip
+It is recommended that all featured images have similar dimensions in order to achieve the best results and to maintain consistency.
+:::
+
+:::caution
+Available for all layouts except Gallery. Gallery layouts automatically use the featured image as the background image.
+:::
+
+### Fallback image
+
+Choose a fallback image to appear for posts without featured images.
+
+### Image position
+
+Set the position of the featured image relative to post title or post content.
+
+- **Columns & Masonry** - Above Post Title or Above Post Content.
+- **List** - Above Title, Above Content, Left, Left Content, Right, and Right Content.
+
+:::caution
+Available for all layouts except Gallery.
+:::
+
+### Image Size
+
+Choose which image size from the WordPress Media Library to use.
+
+:::tip
+Any [Custom Image Sizes](advanced/custom-image-sizes.md) added also become available in the list.
+:::
+
+:::caution
+Available for all layouts except Gallery.
+:::
+
+### Equal Height Images
+
+Choose whether all featured images should have the same height. You can select from the following options:
+
+- **Disabled:** Featured images will display at their natural height.
+- **Fixed Height:** All featured images will have a consistent, fixed height.
+- **Aspect Ratio:** All featured images will maintain the same aspect ratio.
+
+When selecting **Fixed Height** or **Aspect Ratio**, the CSS property `object-fit` will be set to `cover` to maintain each image's aspect ratio.
+
+### Image Spacing
+
+Adds padding to the around the image. Where the spacing occurs depends on the Image position setting.
+
+- **Above Title**: The number of pixels above, left, and right of the image.
+- **Above Content**: The number of pixels left and right of the image.
+- **Left or Left Content** _(List only)_: Spacing between the image and the text to the right.
+- **Right or Right Content** _(List only)_: Spacing between the image and the text to the left.
+
+### Image width
+
+When Image position is **Left**, **Left Content**, **Right** or **Right Content** the Image width setting determines the column width for the image.
+
+:::caution
+Available for List layout only.
+:::
+
+### Author
+
+Show or hide the post author.
+
+### Enable Author Link
+
+Enable or disable the author link.
+
+### Date
+
+Show or hide the post date.
+
+### Date format
+
+Select **Default** to use the WordPress date format specified in **WordPress Admin Dashboard Settings > General** or override the default with a specific date format.
+
+:::info
+Appears when **Date** is set to **Show**.
+:::
+
+### Comments
+
+Show or hide the number of comments.
+
+:::caution
+Available for Columns, Masonry, and List layouts only.
+:::
+
+### Separator
+
+Choose the character that separates the display of author, date, and comments on the same line.
+
+The default is the Pipe `|` symbol.
+
+:::caution
+Available for Columns, Masonry, and List layouts only.
+:::
+
+### Terms
+
+Show or hide the post terms.
+
+### Terms Label
+
+Choose the text that prefixes the post terms. The default is **Posted in**. For example, **Posted in Uncategorized**.
+
+### Terms Separator
+
+Choose the character that separates the display of terms on the same line.
+
+The default is a comma `,`.
+
+### Content
+
+Show or hide post content. If set to **Yes**, the post excerpt is displayed, with an ellipsis of three dots at the end to show there is more content.
+
+### Content Type
+
+- **Excerpt** - Show the post excerpt.
+- **Full Text** - Show the full content of each post.
+  If **Full Text** is selected, the **Content Length** option is no longer available.
+
+:::caution
+Available for List layout only.
+:::
+
+:::tip
+WordPress removes all formatting from excerpts by default. If the post contains HTML formatting, the excerpt may appear incorrectly. To solve this problem, add a [custom excerpt](https://wordpress.org/support/article/excerpt-b/) that includes the HTML formatting.
+:::
+
+### Content length
+
+Set a custom number of words in the post excerpt to display.
+
+The default is **55**.
+
+### More link
+
+Show or hide the Read more link after the post content. If set to **Show**, you can also customize the default Read more text.
+
+### More Link Text
+
+Customize the default **Read more...** text.
+
+:::info
+Appears if **More Link** is set to **Show**
+:::
+
+### WooCommerce
+
+The WooCommerce options appear in the [Layout tab](#layout-tab) when WooCommerce is installed.
+
+- **Product Ordering**
+  Show or hide product ordering and product results information (Showing 1–16 of 22 results).
+- **Sale**
+  Show or hide the On Sale label.
+- **Rating**
+  Show or hide the product rating.
+- **Price**
+  Show or hide the product price.
+- **Cart**
+  Show or hide the add to cart button.
+- **Show Hidden Products**
+  Show or hide [hidden products](https://woocommerce.com/document/managing-products/#setting-catalog-visibility-options-and-feature-status).
+
+### Events Calendar
+
+The Events Calendar options appear in the [Layout tab](#layout-tab) when the Events Calendar is installed.
+
+- **Event Date**
+  Show or hide the event date.
+- **Event Venue**
+  Show or hide the event venue.
+- **Event Address**
+  Show or hide the event address.
+- **Event Cost**
+  Show or hide the event cost.
+- **Events Order By**
+  The choices are: Default, Start Date, and End Date. Selecting **Default** uses the sorting option via the [Content tab](#content-tab).
+- **Events Order**
+  Choose between descending or ascending.
+- **Show Events**
+  The choices are: Future Events, Past Events, Todays Events, All Events, and [Featured Events](https://theeventscalendar.com/knowledgebase/k/featured-events/).
+
+## Style tab
+
+The Style tab allows you to style the individual elements of the post, including the post title, contents, and the read more link, by adjusting the colors and typography.
+
+:::info
+Style tab options vary based on [Post Layout](#post-layout).
+:::
+
+:::caution
+The Style tab is unavailable if [Post Layout](#post-layout) is set to **Custom**. Posts can be styled using the CSS tab in the Custom Layout Editor.
+:::
+
+### Post alignment
+
+Sets the overall alignment of the post title, post info, and post content. This setting can be overridden for each component in the **Typography** subsection for each component (title, info, content) in the **Text** section of the **Style** tab.
+
+### Post Background Color
+
+Set a background color for each post using the color picker.
+
+### Border
+
+The Border section has settings for border, radius, and shadow.
+
+:::info
+The Post module has a `1px` border by default. To remove the border, set the **Border > Style** option to **None**.
+:::
+
+See the [Borders](../../../basics/border.md) article for more information.
+
+### Title Color
+
+Set the color of the post title.
+
+### Title Typography
+
+You can style the title of the post using the [Typography](basics/typography.md) options, including font size, family, line height, and more.
+
+### Post Info Color
+
+Color of the post info (author, date, comments, separator).
+
+:::info
+By default the link color in the Post Info is set by the theme's accent color, if there is one. If you set Post info color, the color of the entire Post Info line is this color, with no distinction between text and links.
+:::
+
+### Post Info Typography
+
+You can style the post info using the [Typography](basics/typography.md) options, including font size, family, line height, and more.
+
+### Content Color
+
+Color of post content.
+
+### Content Typography
+
+You can style the content of the post using the [Typography](basics/typography.md) options, including font size, family, line height, and more.
+
+### Link Color
+
+Sets the color of links in full-text post content or custom excerpts.
+
+### Link Hover Color
+
+Sets the hover color of links in full-text post content or custom excerpts.
+
+### Gallery Layout
+
+The following styling options are available for the [Gallery layout](#layout) only.
+
+- **Hover transition**
+  The type of transition when a user mouses over a post in the display: fade, slide up or down, scale up or down.
+- **Overlay Text Color**
+  The color of text overlaid on the featured image.
+- **Overlay Background Color**
+  The color of the overlay placed on the featured image. This setting is generally used to make the overlay text color more legible. Opacity is set in the color picker.
+- **Use Icon for Posts**
+  Choose **Yes** to display an icon on the line above or below the text.
+- **Post Icon**
+  Select the icon you want to display.
+- **Post Icon Position**
+  Above or below the text.
+- **Post Icon Color**
+  Set the Icon color.
+- **Post Icon Size**
+  Icon size in pixels.
+
+### WooCommerce
+
+The WooCommerce options appear in the [Style tab](#style-tab) when WooCommerce is installed.
+
+- **Product Sale Background**
+  Set the Sale background color.
+- **Product Sale Text Color**
+  Set the Sale text color.
+- **Product Rating Foreground**
+  Set the product rating foreground color.
+- **Product Rating Background**
+  Set the product rating background color.
+- **Product Rating Font Size**
+  Set the product rating font size.
+- **Product Price Text Color**
+  Set the product price color.
+- **Product Price Font Size**
+  Set the product price font size.
+
+#### WooCommerce Cart Button
+
+- **Background Color**
+  Set the background color for the add to cart button.
+- **Text Color**
+  Set the text color for the add to cart button.
+- **Hover Background Color**
+  Set the background hover color for the add to cart button.
+- **Hover Text Color**
+  Set the text hover color for the add to cart button.
+
+## Content tab
+
+The Content tab allows you to control the source of your posts and what content is displayed using the filter options.
+
+### Source
+
+Choose between Main Query or Custom Query. The default query is **Custom Query**.
+
+#### Main Query
+
+The main query is used to display the primary content on that page or post. Most of the time, the main query will not be appropriate for Beaver Builder layouts and a custom query should be used instead.
+
+:::tip
+It is recommended to use the main query over the custom query when creating Beaver Themer archive layouts, such as the blog page, categories, tags, and search results.
+:::
+
+:::info Example
+Suppose you create a Beaver Themer archive layout and assign it to all archives on your website with a custom query as the source in the Post module. All archives on your website will display the same posts.
+
+However, when you use the main query as the source and view your archive pages, the posts will display correctly.
+:::
+
+:::caution
+The custom query and filter options are removed when main query is selected. The main query cannot be customized or filtered via the Post module. To do this, you will need to use the [`pre_get_posts()`](https://developer.wordpress.org/reference/hooks/pre_get_posts/) hook.
+:::
+
+#### Custom Query
+
+The custom query is the most appropriate option for Beaver Builder layouts, as it reflects the configuration of the custom query options and filters.
+
+You can use the custom query option if you wish to display specific pages, posts, or custom post types on any of your pages or posts. For example, your homepage could be used as a showcase for WooCommerce products.
+
+### Post Type
+
+Select the post type(s) you wish to populate the Post module with. You can choose pages, posts, or a custom post type, such as WooCommerce Products or a custom post type that you created yourself.
+
+You can also select more than one post type with the Post Type option. For example, you can display both posts and pages, or both posts and WooCommerce products.
+
+### Order
+
+Descending or ascending, and whether it is by date, numerical, or alphabetical depends on the **Order by** setting.
+
+:::info Example
+A featured post could be displayed on your homepage using a Post module configured to display one post. You could then place another Post module below and use an offset of 1 to skip over the featured post.
+:::
+
+### Order By
+
+The choices are: **Author**, **Comment count**, **Date**, **Date last modified**, **ID**, **Menu order**, **Meta value** (alphabetic or numeric), **Random**, **Title**, **Selection order**.
+
+- **Menu order** can be used with a plugin such as [Post Types Order](https://wordpress.org/plugins/post-types-order/) to order the posts or custom posts in the same way you arrange them in the back end.
+
+- **Meta value** option enables ordering by a custom field. If you select either the alphabetic or numeric **Meta value** option, a **Meta key** field appears so you can enter the key (`meta_key`).
+
+- **Selection Order** allows you to use drag and drop to reorder posts, pages, or custom post types added to the Filter settings. The order in which your posts, pages, or custom post types appear is reflected in the order of the items that appear on the page.
+
+  ![Reorder posts, pages, or custom post types using drag and drop](/img/beaver-builder/modules--post-module--4.gif)
+
+  :::info
+  Selection order works only for selected posts, pages, and custom posts. It doesn't work for selected categories, tags, or authors.
+
+  The Ascending and Descending settings don't affect the order of posts when Selection order is used.
+  :::
+
+### Offset
+
+The Offset option allows you to exclude a certain number of pages or posts from the Post module.
+
+For example, using the Offset option, you can skip the most recent post on your website on pages that use more than one Post module.
+
+### Exclude Current Post
+
+Excludes the current post from the query. This is useful when you are using the Post module to create a list of related posts on a single post page.
+
+### Filter
+
+The Filter section allows you to include or exclude a set of posts, pages or custom post types by title, taxonomy, and author.
+
+Filter options vary depending on the post type selected. The post category and tag filters will not be available if you select Products (WooCommerce).
+
+:::caution
+If you use [Multi-select Post Types](#post-type), filters from one post type apply to all post types because there is an AND filter relationship. For example, if you choose to display both posts and pages but filter to show only one specific page for pages, there will be no posts displayed.
+:::
+
+:::info
+Start typing a word, and the filter options will display any title that matches what you typed. Keep selecting titles until you have the set you want to include or exclude. You can reorder the selections and how they are reflected in the front end. See also Selection Order in Filtering.
+:::
+
+- **Post** - Include or exclude a post or multiple posts, by typing the post title(s).
+- **Page** - Include or exclude a page or multiple pages, by typing the page title(s)
+- **Custom Post Type** - Include or exclude a set of posts from the custom post type, by the custom post type title(s).
+- **Categories** - Include or exclude posts assigned to a specific category.
+- **Custom Taxonomies** - Include or exclude custom post types assigned to custom taxonomies. For example, if WooCommerce is installed, the Product Categories and Product Tag taxonomies are available.
+
+  :::info
+  **Match related categories except**, is useful in Singular-type Themer layouts when you want to use the Posts module to display a list of related posts, and you want to display the related posts in a family of categories except for the specific categories that you name.
+  :::
+
+- **Tags** - Include or exclude posts assigned to a specific tag.
+- **Authors** - Include or exclude posts or pages by specific authors.
+
+### Custom Field Filter
+
+The Custom Field Filter section allows you to include or exclude a set of posts, pages or custom post types by custom field. You can add as many custom fields as you want.
+
+#### Relation
+
+The Relation option allows you to apply logic to filter by custom fields. The rules operate with `AND` or `OR` logic.
+
+#### Edit/Add Custom Field
+
+- **Label**
+  Labels are used to identify custom fields. They appear in the Custom Field Filter section.
+- **Meta Key**
+  Custom field key or field name.
+- **Meta Value**
+  Custom field value.
+- **Type**
+  A list of all available field types supported. Choose between:
+
+  - **Numeric**
+  - **Binary**
+  - **Text**
+  - **Date**
+  - **Date Time**
+  - **Decimal**
+  - **Signed**
+  - **Time**
+  - **Unsigned**
+
+- **Compare**
+  You can use the Compare option to check whether or not the field value matches, or if it is greater than, less than, or the same as, depending on the comparison operator. Choose from the following operators:
+
+  - **Equals**
+  - **Does not equal**
+  - **Greater than**
+  - **Less than**
+  - **Greater than or equal to**
+  - **Less than or equal to**
+  - **Exists**
+  - **Not Exists**
+
+## Pagination tab
+
+The **Pagination** tab has settings that let you divide a large collection of posts into multiple pages.
+
+### Pagination style
+
+- **Numbers**
+  The pagination appears as numbers under the posts, and when a different number is clicked, a new page loads with the new set of posts.
+- **Scroll**
+  A new set of posts are loaded into subsequent rows on the same page as the user scrolls down.
+- **Load More Button**
+  The Load More Button appears under the initial set of posts, and when clicked it generates the next set of posts. The user must keep clicking to get each next set of posts. This setting works better than Scroll when you want your users to have more control over the display, or when network bandwidth is low and you don't want to use resources loading more sets of posts unless the user really wants to see them.
+
+  :::tip
+  You can use the Load More Button style options to control the button's background, text, and icon colors.
+  :::
+
+- **None**
+  No Pagination. Use this setting when you want to display only a subset of posts. For example, you might want to display only the three most recent posts.
+
+### Posts Per Page
+
+Determines how many posts constitute each set. The default is 10 posts.
+
+:::tip
+Posts Per Page does not set the number of columns across the page. That is controlled automatically according settings on the [Layout tab](#layout-tab) and screen width. For example, if the screen size allows 3 posts per row and your **Posts Per Page** is set to **5**, you will see three posts in the first row and two posts in the second row in the first chunk of posts.
+:::
+
+:::info
+When **Source** on the [Content tab](#content-tab) is set to **Main query**, the **Posts per page** setting does not appear. In this case, the number of posts that appears on the page is determined by the WordPress value for the **Blog pages show at most** field at **WordPress Admin Dashboard > Settings > Reading**.
+:::
+
+### No Results Message
+
+The message displayed when there are no posts to display.
+
+:::tip
+This option also supports shortcodes, which lets you add more complex layouts (rows, columns, modules, templates) than just text.
+:::
+
+### Show Search
+
+Show or hide a search form when no posts are found. See the screenshot below the table.
+
+### Load More Button Styling
+
+This section appears when [Pagination Style](#pagination-style) is set to **Load More Button**.
+
+- **Button Text**
+  The text that appears on the Load More Button.
+- **Button Icon**
+  Optional icon to appear on the button. If you select an icon, there are two additional fields:
+  - **Icon position**: Before or after the button text.
+  - **Icon visibility**: The icon can be always visible or appear on hover only.
+- **Button Width**
+  - **Auto Width**: Width adjusts to fit the text and icon.
+  - **Full Width**: The width expands to the content area minus the module's margin settings.
+- **Button Padding**
+  Set a specific padding value in pixels. Click the Link Value icon to automatically make all four padding values the same.
+- **Button Text Color**
+  Set the button text color in the resting state.
+- **Button Text Hover Color**
+  Set the button color on hover. If this setting is left blank, the Text color setting applies for hover also.
+- **Button Typography**
+  See the [Typography](basics/typography.md) article for more information.
+- **Button Background Color**
+  Set the fill color for the button in the resting state.
+- **Button Background Hover Color**
+  Set the button's fill color on hover. If this setting is left blank, the Background Color setting applies to hover also.
+- **Button Background Style**
+  - **Flat**: consistent fill color
+  - **Gradient**: gradient of the background color, lighter on top and darker on the bottom.
+- **Button Background Animation**
+  Disabled by default. If set to Enabled, there's a 0.2-second linear transition from resting state to hover state.
+- **Button Border**
+  See the Border article for more information.
+- **Button Border Hover Color**
+  Set the border hover color for the button.
+
+## Advanced tab
+
+There are all the usual Advanced tab settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
+
+See the [Advanced tab](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for more information.
+
+## Sticky Posts
+
+The [Sticky Post](https://wordpress.org/support/article/sticky-posts/) feature in WordPress allows you to place a post at the top of the [Posts page (blog)](https://wordpress.org/support/article/creating-a-static-front-page/), regardless of when it was published, and it will remain there until a new sticky post is published.
+
+By default, the Post module **ignores** the sticky posts feature and displays them in the order specified in the [Order By](#order-by) option.
+
+You can override this behavior by using the `fl_builder_loop_query_args_filter` filter.
+
+```php
+function fl_builder_loop_query_args_filter($query_args)
+{
+  $query_args["ignore_sticky_posts"] = false;
+  return $query_args;
+}
+add_filter("fl_builder_loop_query_args", "fl_builder_loop_query_args_filter");
+```
+
+:::caution
+The Sticky Post feature is only available for Post type post and not for custom post types.
+:::
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/pricing-table.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/pricing-table.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8e397440
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/pricing-table.md
@@ -0,0 +1,231 @@
+---
+id: pricing-table
+title: Pricing Table
+sidebar_label: Pricing Table
+description: The Pricing Table module inserts a table of columns that display columns that compare features and pricing.
+---
+
+The Pricing Table module is a table with as many columns
+as you like and settings that make it easy to compare pricing and features across columns. You can control nearly every aspect of the table.
+
+Here's an example of a simple pricing table:
+
+_Figure 1: Simple pricing table example_
+![Screenshot of a simple pricing table](/img/layouts--modules--pricing-table-module--4.png)
+
+Pricing tables created with a previous version of Beaver Builder may use a legacy border, shown in the following screenshot.
+
+_Figure 2: Legacy borders in the Pricing Table module_
+![Pricing table with thicker "legacy" borders](/img/pricing-module-1.png)
+
+The Legacy border style has fewer customization options but is the default for backward compatibility.
+
+Here's an example of some of the features you can build into the Pricing Table module:
+
+_Figure 3: Example of advanced features in the Pricing Table module_
+![Ribbon, icons, tooltips, monthly vs. yearly toggle](/img/layouts--modules--pricing-table-module--3.png)
+
+The tooltip has text that appears when the user clicks the Tooltip icon, shown in this screenshot.
+
+_Figure 4: The result of clicking a tooltip in a feature list_
+![Pricing module feature showing tooltip icon and tooltip](/img/layouts--modules--pricing-table-module--5.png)
+
+You can add HTML markup to any of the settings that accept text, such as the title, price, and features.
+
+For example, suppose you want to show a crossed-out price with a sale price
+displayed in red, shown in Figure 5. In the **Price** field for
+that line, enter the following markup:
+
+```html
+<s>$99</s> <span style="color:red;" ;>$79</span>
+```
+
+_Figure 5: HTML markup example to display the sale price_
+![Example of using HTML markup to show a sale price](/img/pricing-module-2.jpg)
+
+## Settings for the overall pricing table
+
+### Pricing Boxes tab
+
+#### Pricing Options section
+
+This section displays the pricing boxes that form each column in the table.
+
+- Click **Add pricing box** to create a new pricing column.
+  This opens the panel with setting for individual pricing boxes
+- You can click an icon to the right of any existing price to move the pricing box up or down in the list, duplicate the pricing box, or delete the pricing box.
+
+#### General section
+
+- **Enable dual billing**
+  **Yes** creates the **Monthly/Yearly** toggle at the top of the page, or whatever custom billing intervals you specify. This lets users click the slider button to compare monthly and yearly prices for the items in the table.
+  If this feature is enabled, there are two additional settings: **Billing option 1** and **Billing option 2**, where you can change the monthly/yearly toggle to different time intervals.
+
+#### Icons section
+
+- **Default feature icon**
+  If you want every feature in every pricing column to show an icon before the feature, such as the checkmarks shown in Figure 1, you can select the icon here.
+- **Feature tooltip icon**
+  By default, the tooltips are displayed with a question mark, shown in Figure 3 You can choose a different icon for this setting if you want.
+
+### Style tab
+
+The **Style** tab has three sections: **General style**, **Border**, and **Feature list style**.
+
+:::info
+Style settings in individual pricing boxes override the corresponding general settings.
+:::
+
+#### General Style section
+
+- **Highlight**
+  You can choose which row in the column headers to highlight with a color background: the Price row, the Title row, or neither row. The default is a dark gray background and white text but you can adjust these colors on the **Style** tab for the individual pricing boxes.
+- **Column height**
+  **Auto** makes the length of the pricing box fit the content in the column. **Equalize** makes every pricing box the length of the longest one and the bottom buttons in all the pricing boxes are aligned.
+- **Features min height**
+  Sets a custom minimum height for the features in all of the pricing boxes.
+- **Advanced spacing**
+  Creates space to the left and right of all the pricing boxes.
+
+#### Border section
+
+- **Border type**
+  You have a choice of **Standard** (Figure 1) or **Legacy** (Figure 2).
+
+The **Standard** border type has the regular Border section with settings for a [border and border effects](basics/border.md).
+
+The **Legacy** border type has the following settings:
+
+- **Border style**
+  This option controls the width of the border. The choices are **Rounded** or **Straight**.
+- **Border size**
+  The choices are **Large**, **Medium**, or **Small**. Figure 2 has a **Large** border width.
+
+#### Feature List Style section
+
+This section has styles that apply to all of the features in all of the pricing boxes.
+
+- **Show list separator**
+  Shows a horizontal line between the features in the list.
+- **Separator line color**
+  Sets the color of the separator.
+- **Feature icon size**
+  Sets the size of icons in the feature lists.
+- **Feature icon color**
+  Sets the color of icons in the feature lists.
+- **Feature text color**
+  Sets the color of the feature text.
+- **Feature list text typography**
+  The standard Beaver Builder [Typography section](basics/typography.md) for setting font family, weight, spacing, and so on.
+- **Tooltip icon size**
+- **Tooltip icon color**
+  The color of the circular background behind the tooltip icon. By default, the color is gray (#808080).
+- **Tooltip text color**
+  The color of the text in the tooltip that appears after you click the tooltip icon. By default, the color is light black (#333333).
+- **Tooltip background color**
+  The color that appears behind the tooltip text.
+
+### Advanced tab
+
+There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
+
+## Individual pricing box settings
+
+If you click any of the pricing boxes in the list on the **Pricing boxes** tab, a new panel opens with three tabs: **General**, **Button**, and **Style**.
+
+### General tab for each pricing box
+
+The **General** tab has four sections: **Title**, **Ribbon**, **Price box**, and **Features**.
+
+#### Title section
+
+- Title
+  Enter the text you want for the title.
+
+#### Ribbon section
+
+- **Show ribbon**
+  If you choose **Yes**, there are two additional options:
+- **Ribbon Text**
+  Enter the text you want for the ribbon.
+- **Ribbon position**
+  The **Top** setting places the ribbon in a box above the title. The **Top left** and **Top right** choices are diagonal. If the ribbon occludes the title of the pricing box, you can adjust the **Ribbon height** and **Ribbon offset** on the **Style** tab.
+
+#### Price box section
+
+- **Price**
+  Enter the price you want to display. Include the currency symbol here if you want one.
+- **Duration**
+  If there is a duration to the price, or other information you want to display after the price, enter the text here.
+
+#### Features section
+
+This section lets you enter the individual features. Each feature has the following settings.
+
+- **Description**
+  Enter the feature text.
+
+If you want to enter additional settings for this feature, click the down arrow to reveal the following two settings.
+
+- **Feature icon**
+  If you want to add an icon for this feature only, select it here.
+
+- **Tooltip**
+  If you want a tooltip for this feature, enter the tooltip text.
+
+Click the **Add price features** button to enter the next feature.
+
+### Button tab for each pricing box
+
+These settings are the same as settings for the [Button module](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/button/button.md).
+
+- **Button text**
+- **Button URL**
+- **Button icon**
+- **Button style**
+- **Button text**
+- **Button background**
+- **Button border**
+
+### Style tab for each pricing box
+
+This tab has the following sections: **General style**, **Title style**, **Price style**, **Ribbon style**, and **Feature list style**.
+
+#### General Style section
+
+- **Box color**
+- **Accent color**
+- **Accent text color**
+- **Box top margin**
+
+#### Title Style section
+
+- **Title color**
+- **Title typography**
+
+#### Price Style section
+
+- **Typography**
+
+#### Ribbon Style section
+
+Here's a screenshot example of settings for a ribbon in the **Top position**.
+
+_Figure 6: Ribbon style settings, individual pricing box_
+![Screenshot of ribbon style settings, individual pricing box](/img/layouts--modules--pricing-table-module--6.png)
+
+- **Ribbon text color**
+- **Ribbon background color**
+- **Ribbon height**
+  Sets the height of the ribbon color background.
+- **Ribbon height offset** or **Ribbon side offset**
+  Adjusts the ribbon height when the location for the ribbon is **Top**. Adjusts the ribbon side offset when the location for ribbon is **Top right** or **Top left**.
+
+#### Feature List Style section
+
+This section styles the individual feature icon and text and the tooltip icon and text.
+
+- **Feature icon color**
+- **Feature text color**
+- **Tooltip icon color**
+- **Tooltip text color**
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/search/limit-post-types-search-module.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/search/limit-post-types-search-module.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7bd68564
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/search/limit-post-types-search-module.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+id: limit-post-types-search-module
+title: Limit post types in Search module results
+sidebar_label: Limit post types in Search module results
+description:  Here's some code that limits which post types are searched in all of the Search modules on your site.
+---
+
+By default, the Search module searches pages, posts, and any custom post types that exist. You can limit the search to specific post types with some custom code. For example, you could search the WooCommerce **product** post type only.
+
+The code varies according to whether or not AJAX is enabled on your site.
+
+## AJAX enabled
+
+Set a filter that uses `fl_builder_loop_query_args` to specify which post types are allowed in search.
+
+In the following code example, `post` and `product` are specified in the array as the post types to search. Add your code to *functions.php* in your child theme.
+
+```php
+add_filter( 'fl_builder_loop_query_args', function( $args ){
+	if ( isset( $args['s'] ) ) {
+		$args['post_type'] = array( 'post', 'product' );
+	}
+	return $args;
+});
+```
+
+:::info
+The code affects all Search modules on your site.
+:::
+
+## AJAX disabled
+
+If AJAX is disabled, use `pre_get_posts` instead. See [this WordPress documentation](https://developer.wordpress.org/reference/hooks/pre_get_posts/).
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/search/search.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/search/search.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2415a519
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/search/search.md
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+---
+id: search
+title: Search module
+sidebar_label: Search
+description: The Search module adds a search input field and Submit button to your layout with many layout and style options.
+---
+
+The Search module lets you place a standard WordPress search form in your layout. It has a standard input form and a button to activate the search query.
+
+The search functionality and search results are the same as a standard WordPress search widget.
+
+## Layout choices and behavior
+
+### Layout
+On the **Layout** tab you can choose from the layouts shown in this screenshot and described below:
+
+![](/img/search-fbe9a433.png)
+
+#### Input text only
+
+Only the search input field appears, not the button. Search is activated by using the Return key on the keyboard. With this option, you can customize the text on the Search button.
+
+#### Inline  
+
+The Search button appears to the right of the search field at all device sizes. You can customize the input field placeholder text or the button text. You can add a button icon to the left or right of the button text.
+
+#### Button only  
+
+Only the Search button appears, and clicking the button expands to display the input field according to the option set in the *Action* field. When the action is **Expand on click**, the search input field appears to the left of the button. The user enters the search terms and presses Return on the keyboard.
+
+:::info
+Clicking the Search button when the input field is expanded serves to collapse the input field to show only the button again. In this configuration, you might consider changing the placeholder text to indicate that the user should enter text and hit Return.
+:::
+
+When the action is **Full screen**, clicking the Search button opens a fullscreen window with the search input field displayed there. The user enters the search terms and presses Return on the keyboard, which opens the standard WordPress Search Results archive page.
+
+In either configuration, you can also change the placeholder text, the button text, and add an icon to the left or right of the button text.
+
+#### Stacked  
+
+The Search button is centered under the search field at all device sizes. The user enters the search terms and clicks the Search button or presses Return on the keyboard.
+
+### Text and icons on the Layout tab
+
+You can customize the placeholder text message. For the button, you can change the button text and add an icon to the left or right. Other settings for the placeholder and button text and icons, such as color, are on the **Style** tab. See the next section.
+
+## Style choices
+
+:::note Note:
+If you're using the Beaver Builder Theme, the buttons' initial style comes from the settings at **Customize > General > Buttons**. The button's default text color
+is white text for darker accent colors and black text for lighter colors. The
+default font family for the button text depends on the font family set for the
+`<body>` tag.
+:::
+
+The **Style** tab has settings for nearly every aspect of the search form. The settings are divided into the following categories: the main settings, an **Input text** section, a **Button** section, and a **Button icon colors** section.
+
+### Main settings on the Style tab
+
+In this section, you can customize settings that apply to the module: width, minimum height, horizontal alignment, background color, border, and padding. Some of the same settings are available specifically for the input field and button in other sections of the **Style** tab, as described later in this article.
+
+#### Width  
+
+The **Width** field applies to the width of the module, regardless of layout type. Choices are:
+* **Auto**  
+No width is set for the module.
+* **Full width**  
+The module width is set to 100%.
+**Custom**  
+A **Custom width** field appears so you can set a custom maximum width.
+
+For **Button only** layouts with a **Fullscreen** input field, the **Width** setting applies to the module that displays the button, not to the input field in the fullscreen view. The Width setting doesn't change the button width but rather the module width, so the width setting is most apparent when you set a background color or border.
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+The Button width itself can be set in the **Button** section. For the **Fullscreen** option, a **Fullscreen** section appears at the bottom of the **Style** tab where you can adjust the width of the input field in the window that opens to display it.
+:::
+
+#### Height  
+
+Optionally set a minimum height for the form. Note that this setting does not change the height of the form or the Search button but rather the height of the module, with the search form vertically centered. You can change the input form and button height in other sections.
+
+#### Alignment  
+
+If the **Width** setting is **Auto** or **Custom**, you can select a **Left**, **Right**, or **Center** horizontal alignment. No alignment setting (none of the alignment icons selected) means the alignment will follow the browser default.
+
+#### Background color
+
+Sets a background color for the module. The size of the background is affected by the **Width**, **Height**, and **Padding** settings.
+
+#### Hover background color
+
+Upon mouse hover over the module, the background color is replaced with the hover background color.
+
+#### Border
+
+The **Border** section has the standard Beaver Builder border settings. The border appears outside the background color if one is set. If no background color is set, the placement of the border is affected by the **Width**, **Height**, and **Padding** settings.
+
+#### Border hover
+
+These settings apply on mouse hover over the module.
+
+#### Padding
+
+Increases the space between the module border and the search controls (input field, button). Note that there are Padding settings in other sections of the **Style** tab that apply to the padding inside the input field or button.
+
+### Input text section on the Style tab
+
+These settings affect the input field's text and styles.
+
+* **Color** section  
+Changes the color of the text in the input field, both the placeholder text and the text that the user enters.
+* **Typography**  
+Standard Beaver Builder typography options for the input field text, both placeholder and search input.
+* **Border**  
+The input field border by default is light gray but you can use this Border section to change the border type, color, width, and radius, and you can add a border shadow.
+* **Border hover**  
+Set border options that replace the input field's border settings on mouse hover.
+* **Padding**  
+Set padding options for the space between the input field's border and its text.
+
+### Button section on the Style tab
+
+This section's settings affect the text and styles for the button. This section does not appear when the layout is set to **Input text only**.
+
+* **Alignment**  
+Select a **Left**, **Right**, or **Center** horizontal alignment. No alignment setting (none of the alignment icons selected) means the alignment will follow the browser default.
+* **Width**  
+Choose between **Auto** and **Custom** width to control the width of the button. If **Custom** is chosen, a new field open for you to input the custom max width of the button.
+* **Padding**  
+Set the padding for the button to change the distance between the button edges and the button text.
+* **Text color**  
+Set the text color for the button.
+* **Text hover color**  
+Set the color of the text on mouse hover.
+* **Typography**  
+Set the typography options for the button text.
+* **Button background color**  
+Set the background color for the button
+* **Button background hover color**  
+Set the background color for the button on mouse hover.
+* **Button background style**    
+  Choose between:  
+    * **Flat**
+    * **Gradient** – the gradient is automatically generated.
+* **Border**   
+Set the border options for the button.
+* **Border hover**  
+Set the border options for the button on mouse hover.
+
+### Button icon colors section on the Style tab
+
+If you chose an icon on the Layout tab, you can set the **Icon color** and **Icon hover color** in this section.
+
+## Set where to display search results
+
+On the **Content** tab, you can choose where to display the search results. There are two choices:
+
+* **Redirect to Search page**  
+This option opens the standard WordPress search results page, which is a type of WordPress archive. If you have the Beaver Themer add-on, you can style this page with an Archive-type Themer layout.
+* **Display results below via Ajax**  
+This choice displays the results immediately below the input field in a bordered box such as this:  
+  ![](/img/search-29516eda.png)
+  By default, the bordered search box is **Full width**, which means the same width as the search input field. You can set a custom width in the **Width** setting to change the size of the search results box. You can also choose whether to display the featured image, a fallback image, and an excerpt of the content. An example of these options is shown in this screenshot, in which **Width** is set to **800px** and both **Featured image** and **Content** are set to **Show**.  
+  ![](/img/search-10ac9fea.png)  
+  You can also customize the text when no results are found.
+
+## Advanced tab
+
+There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/separator.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/separator.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f254bdf9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/separator.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+id: separator
+title: Separator
+sidebar_label: Separator
+description: The Separator module inserts a horizontal line to separate content with options to control width, color, alignment, and thickness of the line.
+---
+
+The Separator module inserts a horizontal line to separate content.
+
+## **General** tab
+
+- **Color**
+  By default, the line is a light gray color.
+- **Height** (responsive)
+  This is the thickness of the line style. For double lines, as the **Height** value increases, the thickness of both lines and the space between them increases. This setting can be set differently for each device size. By default, the height is 1px.
+- **Width** (responsive)
+  The width of the line relative to row width. You can choose a **%**, **px**, or **vw** unit of measurement. By default, the line is 100% wide.
+- **Alignment** (left, center, right) (responsive)
+- **Style**
+  The choices are **Solid**, **Dashed**, **Dotted**, **Double**.
+
+:::info
+The **Double** line style must have a height of at least 3px set to display as a double line.
+:::
+
+## Advanced tab
+
+There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/sidebar.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/sidebar.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c0719f9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/sidebar.md
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+---
+id: sidebar
+title: Sidebar
+sidebar_label: Sidebar
+description: The Sidebar module creates a WordPress sidebar in a Beaver Builder layout, containing any set of WordPress widgets that your theme allows.
+---
+
+The Sidebar module gives you the ability to insert any of your WordPress
+sidebars into your layouts.
+
+The widgets in the sidebar can be configured by going to **Appearance > Widgets** in the WordPress admin panel.
+
+:::info
+The Beaver Builder Theme has only one sidebar, called the Primary
+Sidebar. If you want to create a different sidebar or which widgets appear
+there, you must use a plugin or write code.
+:::
+
+There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/slideshow.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/slideshow.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a0a4b705
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/slideshow.md
@@ -0,0 +1,257 @@
+---
+id: slideshow
+title: Slideshow
+sidebar_label: Slideshow
+description: The Slideshow module displays a gallery of image "slides" with a choice of transitions.
+---
+
+## Uses of this module
+
+Use a slideshow module when you want to display a set of images in the foreground, one at a time. Besides the traditional horizontal slide transition, there are a number of other types of transitions from one image to the next, as described in the Playback tab section below. The images come from a gallery you create either in the WordPress Media Library or in SmugMug. You can display the image title, but if there is other content you want to display and the image is of secondary importance, see the related modules described below.
+
+## Display options
+
+Besides various types of transitions of the slides themselves, there are various options to display navigation and play controls, an image caption, social media links, thumbnails of the gallery, and a fullscreen toggle, all described in the following sections.
+
+Here's a screenshot of an image slideshow, showing the three main areas:
+
+* The slides are taken from a gallery of images that you specify.
+* Large navigation arrows can be displayed on either side of the slides, or with wider slides the icons are overlaid on the slides.
+* The control bar appears above or below the images, depending on your settings.  
+All of the icons that appear in the control bar can be displayed or hidden, as explained in more detail below.
+
+*Figure 1: Slideshow module, annotated*
+
+![Screenshot pointing out the slides, navigation arrows, and control bar](/img/slideshow-module-1.jpg)
+
+## Slideshow module settings
+
+### General tab
+
+This tab has the following settings.
+
+* **Source**  
+WordPress Media Library or SmugMug.
+
+* **Photos** (Media Library only)  
+Contains links to create a gallery of images in your Media Library or to edit an existing gallery.
+
+* **Feed URL** (SmugMug galleries only)  
+Enter the URL for the RSS feed here. For help with linking to a SmugMug gallery, see the [Gallery module overview](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/gallery/gallery.md#use-a-smugmug-gallery).
+
+#### Display section
+
+* **Height**  
+Sets the height of the box in which images and controls are displayed. The default height is 500px.
+
+* **Skin color**  
+There's not much difference, but choose **Light** if you have light-colored images and background and **Dark** if you have dark-colored images and backgroiund. Individual image size is adjusted to maintain this height.
+
+* **Crop**  
+Since the Height setting keeps the height of each image constant, the Crop setting determines whether the width of the image will adjust to display the full image (so width will vary depending on each image) or the image width expands to the full width of the column (minus margin and padding) and crops the left and right edges if necessary.
+
+* **Disable right-click**  
+Does not allow image to be downloaded.
+
+#### Click Action section
+
+* **Type**  
+None, or choose **Link**  to add a URL that will serve as a single destination for the entire set of images. You can't set a separate link for each image.
+
+* **Link URL**  
+If you selected **Link** for the **Click action**, enter the destination URL here.
+
+### Playback tab
+
+* **Auto Play**  
+**Yes** (the default) means the images transition automatically and can be overridden by any navigation controls that are displayed. **No** means the user must advance the images using the navigation controls.
+
+* **Speed**  
+Number of seconds the full image is displayed. The default is 3 seconds.
+
+* **Transition**  
+Choose among the following types of transitions from one image to the next.
+The default transition is **Fade**.
+
+  * **None**  
+  The next image is immediately displayed instead of a transition effect.
+
+  * **Fade**  
+  Slide loses opacity while the next slide comes into view.
+
+  * **Ken Burns**  
+  The Ken Burns movement is applied during both the display and transition times with a quick fade transition to the next slide.
+
+  * **Slide horizontal**  
+  Typical horizontal movement from right to left
+
+  * **Slide vertical**  
+  Current slide moves upwards followed by next slide. There is no white space between the current and next slide.
+
+  * **Blinds**  
+  Vertical bands of white space appear over the image and become narrower until the full image is displayed.
+
+  * **Bars**  
+  The next image appears with an overlay of nearly transparent gray squares during a fade transition..The effect works best at short transition times. For longer transitions the effect more resembles the Fade transition.
+
+  * **Random bars**  
+  Vertical light gray bars of random width and spacing overlay the next image and fade out.
+
+  * **Boxes**  
+  The next image appears with an overlay of nearly transparent gray squares during a fade transition.
+
+  * **Random boxes**  
+  Random gray rectangles overlay the next image and fade out.
+
+  * **Boxes grow**  
+  The next image appears with a gray grid overlay that shrinks and disappears.
+
+* **Transition speed**  
+Number of seconds spent transitioning to the next image. The default
+transition speed is one second.
+
+* **Randomize photos**  
+**No** (default) means photos are displayed in the same order as they appear in the gallery. **Yes** means the images are randomized. The randomization order stays the same with autoplay loops and navigation.
+
+### Controls tab
+
+This tab lets you select which controls you want to display.
+
+The following figure shows the control icons in the control bar that you can see in the Beaver Builder editor, with the icon labels underneath the figure. Any of the icons can be displayed or hidden.
+
+*Figure 2: Control bar icons displayed in the Beaver Builder editor*
+
+![Control bar icons displayed in the Beaver Builder editor, see legend below figure](/img/layouts--modules--slideshow--2.png)
+
+1 Navigation arrows  
+2 Thumbs button  
+3 Caption button  
+4 Fullscreen button  
+5 Social button  
+6 Play button  
+7 (shown in the front end but not in the Beaver Builder editor preview: Photo count control)
+
+There are six sections on this tab: an unnamed top section, **Control bar**, **Control bar buttons**, **Control bar overlay**, **Thumbs**, and **Social**.
+
+#### Unnamed top section
+
+* **Navigation arrows**  
+Choose whether or not to display larger arrows that appear on each side of the slides, shown in Figure 1. If the image is wide enough, they are overlaid on the image.  
+The actual color of the arrows depends on whether you set **Light** or **Dark** as the **Skin color** on the **General** tab. These arrows may appear inside or outside of the image, depending on image width and the **Crop** setting on the **General** tab.
+
+:::info
+The navigation arrows in the control bar are controlled in the **Control bar** section.
+:::
+
+#### Control Bar section
+This section lets you choose the type of control bar and where to display it.
+
+* **Nav type**  
+    * If you don't want to display any control bar, choose **None**.   
+    If set to **None**, then the other **Controls** tab sections described below are hidden.
+    * The **Buttons** choice displays the control bar in the layout shown in Figure 3, depending on the control buttons selected for display.  
+
+    *Figure 3: Control bar Buttons layout displayed in the front end*  
+
+    ![Control bar Buttons layout displayed in the front end, see legend below figure](/img/layouts--modules--slideshow--3.jpg)  
+    1 Thumbs button  
+    2 Caption button  
+    3 Social button  
+    4 Navigation arrows  
+    5 Play button  
+    6 Photo count  
+    7 Fullscreen button
+
+    * The **Thumbs** choice displays thumbnails of the gallery images, which can be clicked to navigate to a different slide.  
+    By default, the size of the thumbnail images is **50px**, but you can change that in the **Thumbs size** field in the  **Thumbs** section.  
+
+    *Figure 4: Control bar Thumbs layout displayed in the front end*  
+
+    ![Control bar Thumbs layout displayed in the front end, see legend below figure](/img/layouts--modules--slideshow--4.jpg)  
+    1 Caption button  
+    2 Social button  
+    3 Navigation arrows  (do not appear unless there are two many thumbnail images to display in the width available)
+    4 Thumbnail images  
+    5 Photo count  
+    6 Fullscreen button
+
+* **Nav position**  
+By default, the control bar is displayed below the slides. To move it above the slides, set it to **Top**.  
+**Tip:** You can also display the control bar in an overly at the top or bottom of the slide. See the [Control bar overlay section](#control-bar-overlay-section).
+
+#### Control Bar Buttons section
+
+You can show or hide any of the icons in the control bar. See Figures 3 and 4 for identification of the button icons.
+
+* **Navigation arrows**  (only visible when **NavType** is set to **Buttons**)
+**Yes** provides the ability to move the slides forward and backward manually.
+* **Play button**  
+**Yes** provides the ability to begin automated playback of the slider.  
+**Note:** The Play/Pause icon is only visible in the control bar when it is
+set to **Yes** and the  **Nav Style**  setting in the  **Control Bar** section is  **Buttons.**
+* **Fullscreen button**  
+If set to **Yes**, this button is displayed and the slideshow expands to fullscreen when clicked.
+* **Photo count button**  
+If set to **Yes**, the photo count is displayed as current photo position /
+total photos.
+* **Thumbs button**  (only visible when **NavType** is set to **Buttons**)  
+**Yes** displays this icon, and clicking the icon opens thumbnails of all the images in the gallery, as shown in this screenshot. By default, the size of the thumbnail images is a square **50px**, but you can change that in the  **Thumbs size**  field in the  **Thumbs**  section.  
+
+*Figure 5: Control bar Buttons layout when Thumbs button is clicked*  
+![Control bar Buttons layout when Thumbs button is clicked](/img/slideshow-module-3.png)
+* **Caption button**  
+**Yes** displays the Information icon, shown in this screenshot, and clicking the icon displays the image's caption from the Media Library in an overlay over the slide.  
+
+*Figure 6: Control bar when Caption button is clicked*   
+
+![When Caption button is clicked, caption displays in an overlay](/img/slideshow-module-4.png)
+* **Social button**  
+**Yes** displays a Heart icon, shown in this screenshot, and clicking the icon displays whatever social buttons you have enabled in the **Social** section on this tab.  
+
+*Figure 7: Control bar Buttons layout when Social button is clicked*   
+![When Social button is clicked, social icons displays in an overlay](/img/slideshow-module-5.png)
+
+#### Control Bar Overlay section
+
+This section has an **Overlay enabled** field, which by default is set to
+**No**, meaning the control bar is displayed below or above the slides. If
+set to **Yes**, the control bar is placed in a narrow semitransparent band
+along the bottom or top of the slides themselves. In this case, there
+are two additional settings: Overlay Hide and Overlay Hide Delay. If set to
+**No**, the control bar overlay is always visible. If set to **Yes**, the
+control bar overlay disappears after the number of seconds that you specify.
+
+#### Thumbs section
+
+* **Thumbs size**  
+Sets the size of the thumbnails in pixels. The thumbnails are cropped squares, both in **Buttons** and **Thumbs** control bar layouts.
+
+#### Social section
+This section only appears when **Social button** is set to **Yes** in the **Control bar buttons** section. It controls which social icons appear when the Social icon is clicked.
+
+The choices:
+
+* **Facebook button**
+* **Twitter button**
+* **Pinterest button**
+
+### Advanced tab
+
+There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
+
+##  Related modules
+
+Other modules that display a set of images one at a time with automatic
+transitions or navigation controls or both:
+
+  * Content slider module  
+Displays individual images in a set in the background, with the option of a
+foreground content overlay on the image. Images displayed in the background to
+fill the space often get cropped and the focus of the image usually changes as
+screen sizes decreases, so this module is best used when the focus is on the
+content overlay and the background image is used for effect.
+
+  * Posts Carousel and Posts Slider modules  
+These module display a set of posts or pages one at a time with the option to
+display a featured or fallback image. Use these modules when you want to
+display information about a set of pages or posts.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/social-buttons.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/social-buttons.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..89d1757b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/social-buttons.md
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+---
+id: social-buttons
+title: Social Buttons
+sidebar_label: Social Buttons
+description: The Social Buttons module is a legacy module that displays social icons. There are a number of social icon plugins that can replace this module.
+---
+
+:::info
+The Social Buttons module is no longer displayed in the content
+panel by default in the Beaver Builder editor. We recommend a plugin such as
+[Scriptless Social Sharing](https://wordpress.org/plugins/scriptless-social-sharing/) to display social icons in content layouts. If you're using the Social Buttons module in a layout, it will continue to work. If you want to add the Social Buttons module to a layout, go to **Settings > Beaver Builder > Modules** and select the **Social buttons** checkbox to enable it in the
+Modules list in the editor.
+:::
+
+Use the Social Buttons module to let visitors share, like, or post content to
+their own social network pages and automatically inserts a link to the current
+page or any other URL you specify, such as the home page for your site.
+
+The Social Buttons module includes Facebook, Twitter, and Google+, and you can
+choose which to display. Note that the social buttons use the branding of each
+social site.
+
+![](/img/social-module-1.png)
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/star-rating.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/star-rating.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..97bafd22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/star-rating.md
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+---
+id: star-rating
+title: Star Rating
+sidebar_label: Star Rating
+description: The Star Rating module makes it simple to showcase feedback, reviews, and ratings directly on your site.
+---
+
+The Star Rating module makes it simple to showcase feedback, reviews, and ratings directly on your site.
+
+![Star Rating module](/img/beaver-builder/modules--star-rating--1.webp)
+
+## Usage
+
+Easily display feedback and highlight quality across your site with customizable star ratings. Adjust the number of stars, style, size, and color to match your design, creating a seamless way to showcase satisfaction and credibility. Common use cases include:
+
+- Displaying customer ratings within testimonial sections.
+- Showcasing product or service ratings on sales pages.
+- Adding star ratings to pricing tables for comparison.
+- Highlighting feedback in review or case study layouts.
+- Enhancing landing pages with visual trust indicators.
+
+## Settings
+
+The Star Rating module consists of two primary settings tabs: General, and Style, along with the customary Advanced tab.
+
+### General
+
+The General tab lets you control the total number of stars, set the rating, and choose the star icon.
+
+- **Total Stars** - Enter a numeric value to define the total number of stars to display.
+- **Start Rating** - Enter a numeric value to set the star rating, which determines the displayed rating. This value cannot exceed the Total Stars setting.
+- **Star Icon** - Choose the star rating icon you want to use. You can select from any icons available in your installed and enabled icon library sets, such as Font Awesome.
+
+### Style
+
+The Style tab allows you to customize the star rating, including fill and background colors, alignment, size, and spacing. It is divided into two sections: Colors, where you control the fill, background, and border settings, and Layout, where you adjust alignment, size, and spacing.
+
+- **Colors**  
+  
+  - **Star Fill**: Sets the color of the filled stars that represent the actual rating value.  
+  - **Star Background**: Sets the color of the unfilled stars, representing the remaining stars up to the total number set.  
+  - **Star Border**: Sets the border color of the star icons, applied to both the filled stars representing the rating and the unfilled stars representing the total number.
+
+- **Layout**  
+  
+  - **Star Alignment**: Choose the alignment of the stars (left, center, or right).  
+  - **Star Size**: Set the size of the star rating icons.  
+  - **Star Spacing**: Adjust the space between each star rating icon.  
+  - **Star Stroke**: Set the border stroke for the star icons.  
+  
+## Advanced tab
+
+There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/subscribe-form/configure-subscribe-form-module-for-mailchimp-double-opt-in.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/subscribe-form/configure-subscribe-form-module-for-mailchimp-double-opt-in.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b7c17b8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/subscribe-form/configure-subscribe-form-module-for-mailchimp-double-opt-in.md
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+---
+id: configure-subscribe-form-module-for-mailchimp-double-opt-in
+title: Configure the Subscribe Form module for MailChimp double opt-in
+sidebar_label: Configure MailChimp double opt-in
+description: Use a filter to configure the Beaver Builder Subscribe Form module to use MailChimp double opt-in.
+---
+
+MailChimp changed their default subscriber setting to single opt-in – in other words, a subscriber submits a subscription form connected to the MailChimp API and is automatically subscribed. Double opt-in is when the subscriber submits the form and receives an email asking for subscription verification.
+
+If you're using the Beaver Builder Subscribe Form module, you can enable double opt-in with a Beaver Builder filter. See the [filter examples article for the MailChimp opt-in filter code](/beaver-builder/developer/tutorials-guides/common-beaver-builder-plugin-filter-examples.md/#enable-double-opt-in-for-mailchimp-integrations).
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/subscribe-form/subscribe-form.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/subscribe-form/subscribe-form.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..56986885
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/subscribe-form/subscribe-form.md
@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+---
+id: subscribe-form
+title: Subscribe Form
+sidebar_label: Subscribe Form
+description: The Subscribe Form module displays a form for visitors to sign up, with back-end connections to many email services or just a simple email notification.
+---
+
+Use the Subscribe Form module to provide a form for visitors to subscribe to an email list or to collect email addresses for your own use. See the list of supported email subscription services at the end of this article.
+
+The Subscribe Form module displays a simple form with five parts:
+
+- Name (can be displayed or hidden; if displayed it's a required field)
+- Email address
+- An optional **Terms & Conditions** checkbox, for which you can customize the terms and the checkbox label.
+- Subscribe button
+- An optional Google reCaptcha checkbox to reduce the incidence of junk submissions.
+
+## Example in use
+
+Here's an example of the Subscribe Form module as used in the Sign Up content
+template included with the Beaver Builder plugin. An example of the **Terms
+and Conditions** checkbox has been added to the template. If you enable this
+option, users must select the checkbox to submit the form
+successfully. If they don't, they receive the message "You must accept the
+Terms and Conditions."
+
+![](/img/subscribe-module-1.png)
+
+This template consists of a single row with two columns. In the left column, there's a Photo module for the envelope image, and in the right column there's
+a Text Editor module for the text and then the Subscribe form beneath that. In
+the template, the fields and the button are stacked, but you can also display them
+inline, which means the fields and the button are laid out horizontally for a more
+full-width presentation, for example in a ribbon top bar banner.
+
+## Notifications and confirmations
+
+Email notifications depend on the service and your account settings there. For
+example, if you connect a MailChimp account, after the subscriber clicks
+**Submit**, MailChimp takes over and sends a notification email. The list owner doesn't get notified of the
+subscription unless that notification is configured in the Mail Chimp account.
+
+On the other hand, if you choose **Email Address** as the service, you have to
+supply an email address that the subscription information will forward to. In
+this case, you receive a notification with the subject line in the Subscribe
+Form Signup field, but the subscriber doesn't get a notification by default.
+That's something you'd have to configure in the email account that you're
+forwarding to, such as setting up an autoresponder.
+
+You can choose whether the person who submits the form gets confirmation on
+screen, and if so, whether clicking the button sends that person to another
+URL or displays the confirmation message in place of the form. You can also
+style the button label (the default label is **Send** ), add a button icon,
+change the button color, and so on.
+
+## Supported services
+
+The Subscribe Form module supports a connection to the following services:
+
+- ActiveCampaign
+- AWeber
+- Campaign Monitor
+- Campayn
+- Constant Contact
+- ConvertKit
+- Drip
+- Email Address
+  This choice sends the subscriber name and email to an email address of your
+  choosing. You must then handle it in that email account--for example, set up
+  an autoresponse to the subscriber, set up an email filter to channel the
+  subscribe emails into a special folder, add them to your contact list, and so
+  on.
+- Enormail
+- GetResponse
+- Godaddy Email Marketing
+- Groundhogg
+  **Note**: You must have the Groundhogg plugin installed for Groundhogg to appear in the list in the Subscribe Form module.
+- Hatchbuck
+- iContact
+- iContact Pro
+- Infusionsoft
+- Mad Mimi
+- MailChimp
+- MailerLite
+- Mailjet
+- MailPoet
+  **Note**: You must have the MailPoet plugin installed for MailPoet to appear in the list in the Subscribe Form module. MailPoet shows all of your lists for you to choose from.
+- Mailrelay
+- Mautic
+- Ontraport
+- SendinBlue
+- Sendy
+
+## Settings
+
+### General tab
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+If you're mocking up a website but don't have a subscription service enabled yet, choose **Email address** in the **Service** field. That way you can keep the form in the layout and connect the service later.
+:::
+
+| Section       | Field                             | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     |
+| ------------- | --------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+|               | **Service**                       | The mail service you want to use, or choose **Email address** if you just want to get notifications rather than use a subscription service.                                                                                                     |
+|               | **Account**                       | Depending on which service you select, you'll get the appropriate fields to connect to your service account. If you chose **Email address** for your account, provide the email address where you want to receive notifications of subscribers. |
+| **Structure** | **Layout**                        | Choose **Stacked** (vertical layout) or **Inline** (horizontal layout).                                                                                                                                                                         |
+|               | **Name field**                    | (Default is **Show**.) Show or hide on the form.                                                                                                                                                                                                |
+|               | **Name field text**               | (Default is "Name.") Modify if you want to customize the field's placeholder text.                                                                                                                                                              |
+|               | **Email field text**              | (Default is "Email Address.") Modify if you want to customize the field's placeholder text.                                                                                                                                                     |
+|               | **Terms and Conditions checkbox** | (Default is **Hide**.) If set to **Show**, new settings appear to customize the text label and to enter the terms and conditions. If you enable this setting, users are required to accept them for form submission to be successful.           |
+| **Success**   | **Notification subject**          | The subject of the notification email that the subscriber receives. The default subject is "Subscribe Form Signup."                                                                                                                             |
+|               | **Success action**                | **Show message** means the confirmation message is displayed in place of the Subscribe Form. **Redirect** lets you provide a URL to a different page where you can provide your own message.                                                    |
+|               | **Message**                       | (Optional) Enter a custom message for the **Show message** confirmation. Note that the text you provide here doesn't appear in the email notification.                                                                                          |
+
+### Button tab
+
+| Section                                                                                  | Field                             | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                                               |
+| ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+|                                                                                          | **Button text**                   | (Optional) Enter custom text for the Subscribe button.                                                                                                                                                                                    |
+| **Button icon**                                                                          | **Button icon**                   | (Optional) Select an icon for the Subscribe button.                                                                                                                                                                                       |
+| **Button style**                                                                         | **Button padding**                | (Optional) Specify the number of pixels of space between the button edge and the button text.                                                                                                                                             |
+| **Button text**                                                                          | **Button text color**             | (Optional) Choose the color of the button. Note: If you're using the Beaver Builder Theme, the default button and button hover colors come from **Customize > General > Buttons**, but you override the default colors with this setting. |
+|                                                                                          | **Button text hover color**       | (Optional) Enter a hover color.                                                                                                                                                                                                           |
+|                                                                                          | **Button typography**             | The [standard typography section](basics/typography.md) to style the button text.                                                                                                                                                         |
+| **Button background**                                                                    | **Button background color**       | Set the fill color for the button in the resting state.                                                                                                                                                                                   |
+|                                                                                          | **Button background hover color** | Set the button's fill color on hover. If this setting is left blank, the **Background color** setting applies to hover also.                                                                                                              |
+|                                                                                          | **Button background style**       | **Flat**: consistent fill color.                                                                                                                                                                                                          |
+| **Gradient**: gradient of the background color, lighter on top and darker on the bottom. |
+|                                                                                          | **Button background animation**   | **Disabled** by default. If set to **Enabled**, there's a 0.2-second linear transition from resting state to hover state.                                                                                                                 |
+| **Button border**                                                                        | **Button border**                 | (Optional) The [standard border settings](basics/border.md).                                                                                                                                                                              |
+
+### Captcha tab
+
+See [this article](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/contact-form/add-a-google-recaptcha-checkbox-to-a-form.md) for instructions on how to implement Google reCaptcha.
+
+### Advanced tab
+
+There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
+
+## Accessibility
+
+The Subscribe Form module's rendered HTML output contains a number of labels and classes to help screen readers understand the form. Here's an example.
+
+```html
+<div
+  class="fl-subscribe-form fl-subscribe-form-stacked fl-subscribe-form-name-show fl-form fl-clearfix"
+>
+  <div class="fl-form-field">
+    <label for="fl-subscribe-form-name" class="hidden">Name</label>
+    <input
+      type="text"
+      aria-describedby="name-error"
+      name="fl-subscribe-form-name"
+      placeholder="Name"
+      id="fl-subscribe-form-name"
+    />
+    <div class="fl-form-error-message" id="name-error">
+      Please enter your name.
+    </div>
+  </div>
+
+  <div class="fl-form-field">
+    <label for="fl-subscribe-form-email" class="hidden">Email Address</label>
+    <input
+      type="email"
+      aria-describedby="email-error"
+      name="fl-subscribe-form-email"
+      placeholder="Email Address"
+      id="fl-subscribe-form-email"
+    />
+    <div class="fl-form-error-message" id="email-error">
+      Please enter a valid email address.
+    </div>
+  </div>
+
+  <div class="fl-form-button" data-wait-text="Please Wait...">
+    <div class="fl-button-wrap fl-button-width-full fl-button-left">
+      <a href="#" target="_self" class="fl-button" role="button">
+        <span class="fl-button-text">Subscribe!</span>
+      </a>
+    </div>
+  </div>
+
+  <div class="fl-form-success-message">
+    <p>
+      Thanks for subscribing! Please check your email for further instructions.
+    </p>
+  </div>
+
+  <div class="fl-form-error-message">
+    Something went wrong. Please check your entries and try again.
+  </div>
+</div>
+```
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/tabs/index.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/tabs/index.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e4b14319
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/tabs/index.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+id: index
+title: Tabs
+sidebar_label: Tabs
+---
+
+The Tabs module displays horizontal or vertical tabbed content, ideal for inserting sets of content into a small space.
+
+![Tabs module](/img/beaver-builder/modules--tabs--1.jpg)
+
+## Usage
+
+The Accordion module is ideal when you have a list of items with detailed information that you want to keep easily accessible without cluttering up the main page. Below are some examples of useful applications for the Accordion module:
+
+* FAQs
+* Q&A
+* Feature Lists for products or services
+
+<div className="embed-responsive">
+<iframe width="560" height="315" src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/W8PkT4fMoNs" title="YouTube video player" frameBorder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture" allowFullScreen></iframe>
+</div>
+
+## In this Section
+
+import DocCardList from '@theme/DocCardList';
+
+<DocCardList />
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/tabs/link-specific-item.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/tabs/link-specific-item.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fdf5f6cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/tabs/link-specific-item.md
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+---
+id: link-specific-item
+title: Link to a Specific Tab Item
+sidebar_label: Link to a Specific Item
+---
+
+In this article, you will learn how to create a link that navigates to a specific item in an Tab module.
+
+## Adding an `ID`
+
+To begin, first assign an `ID` to the Tab module, which can be accomplished by following the instructions below:
+
+1. Open the Tab module settings and click the [Advanced tab](../../advanced-tab/index.md).
+
+2. Scroll to the `ID` setting, and set a unique `ID` name for the module.  
+  See the [Advanced tab](../../advanced-tab/html-element.md#id) article for more information about `ID` selectors.
+
+3. Save changes.
+
+## Index Values
+
+Every item in the Tab module is given a unique index value that starts at `0`. The index value of the initial Tab item is `0`, the second item is assigned an index value of `1`, the third item has an index value of `2`, and so on. By using these index values in an HTML link, you can generate a link to a specific Tab item and set it as the active item.
+
+The below HTML code example demonstrates how the index values are allocated to each Tab item. In this instance, the Tab module has been given a unique ID name of `my-tab` and consists of three Tab items.
+
+```html
+<div id="my-tab" class="fl-module fl-module-tab">
+  <div class="fl-module-content fl-node-content">
+    <div class="fl-tab">
+      <div id="my-tab-0" class="fl-tab-item"></div>
+      <div id="my-tab-1" class="fl-tab-item"></div>
+      <div id="my-tab-2" class="fl-tab-item"></div>
+    </div>
+  </div>
+</div>
+```
+
+## Linking to a Specific Item
+
+The link structure will differ based on whether the Tab module is on the same page as your link. To create the link, you can use either the Button or HTML modules in your layout.
+
+### Same Page
+
+When the link is on the same page as the Tab module, you can use a hash character (`#`) followed by an `ID` name and the item's index value separated by a hyphen. For instance, using our example `ID` name of `my-tab`, the link would be structured as follows:
+
+```html title='Button module link option'
+#my-tab-1
+```
+
+```html title='HTML module link'
+<a href="#my-tab-1">My Tab link</a>
+```
+
+### Different Page
+
+To create a link to the Tab module from a different page on your website, use the complete URL of the target page along with the hash symbol (`#`) followed by the `ID` and index value. For instance, if you want to add the link to your homepage, and the Tab module is located on a page named Sample Page, the link should appear like this:
+
+```html title='Button module link option'
+https://my-website.com/sample-page#my-tab-1
+```
+
+```html title='HTML module link'
+<a href="https://my-website.com/sample-page#my-tab-1">My Tab link</a>
+```
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/tabs/settings/index.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/tabs/settings/index.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d56268b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/tabs/settings/index.md
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+---
+id: index
+title: Tabs Module Settings
+sidebar_label: Tabs Module Settings
+---
+
+The Tabs module consists of two primary setting tabs: Items and Style, along with the customary Advanced tab. These setting tabs offer you the flexibility to personalize various aspects of the tab items to suit your preferences.
+
+![Tabs module settings](/img/beaver-builder/modules--tabs--settings--1.jpg)
+
+import DocCardList from '@theme/DocCardList';
+
+<DocCardList />
+
+## Advanced tab
+
+The Advanced tab includes all the standard settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML configurations.
+
+See the [Advanced tab](../../../advanced-tab/index.md) section for more information.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/tabs/settings/items.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/tabs/settings/items.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f0805686
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/tabs/settings/items.md
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+---
+id: items
+title: Items tab
+sidebar_label: Items tab
+---
+
+In the Items tab, you have the option to select the content source and manage tab items by adding, editing, or removing them.
+
+## Content Source
+
+The content source allows you to determine what content is displayed. You can choose between posts and custom content.
+
+### Post
+
+The Post content source option allows you to automatically populate the Tabs module with pages, posts, or custom post types.
+
+:::info
+The post title becomes the item label of the Tabs item.
+:::
+
+:::caution
+
+- Posts with long titles can cause the Tab module layout to be distorted.
+- The Featured Image and Post info (author, date, categories, or tags) are not displayed.
+  :::
+
+- **Post Type**
+  Select the post type you wish to populate the Tabs module with. You can choose pages, posts, or a custom post type, such as WooCommerce Products or a custom post type that you created yourself.
+
+- **Posts Per Page**
+  Determines how many tabs items are created. Each item contains one page, post, or custom post type. The default is 5.
+
+- **Order**
+  Choose between descending or ascending.
+
+- **Order By**
+  The choices are: Author, Comment count, Date, Date last modified, ID, Menu order, Meta value (alphabetic or numeric), Random, Title, Selection order.
+
+  See the [Order By](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts/posts.md#order-by) section in the Post module for more information.
+
+- **Filter By**
+  The Filter section allows you to include or exclude a set of posts, pages or custom post types by title, and taxonomy.
+
+  See the [Filter](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts/posts.md#filter) section in the Post module article for more information regarding the filter options.
+
+### Custom Content
+
+The Custom Content source option allows you to add your own content using the WordPress classic editor or populate the tab item with content from a saved row, column, module, or template.
+
+#### Edit items
+
+When you first add an Tabs module to your layout, a blank item will be created for you to edit. To edit an item, click the **Edit Items** link.
+
+![Edit tab items](/img/beaver-builder/modules--tabs--2.jpg)
+
+- **Label**
+  Name your tab item.
+
+- **Content Type**
+  The choices are: Saved Row, Saved Column, Saved Module, Saved Template, and Custom Content. The Saved content drop down menu automatically lists all previously saved rows, columns, modules, or templates when you select Saved content.
+
+  The Custom Content option allows you to add your own content using the WordPress classic editor.
+
+  :::caution
+  Shortcodes used too frequently on the same page or post may impact performance.
+  :::
+
+- **Content**
+  Use the WordPress classic editor to add text to your tab item. You can also add images using the **Add Media** button.
+
+#### Add items
+
+To add more tab items, click the **Add Item** button.
+
+## Display
+
+The Display section is available when **Post** is selected as a **Content Source** and contains the following options:
+
+- **Content Type**
+  _(Available when [Post](#post) is selected as a Content Source)_
+
+  - **Post Content** - Show the full content of each post.
+  - **Post Excerpt** - Show the post excerpt.
+
+- **More Link**
+  _(Available when **Post Excerpt** is selected as the **Content Type**)_
+
+  Show or hide the Read more link after the post content. If set to Show, you can also customize the default Read more text.
+
+- **More Link Text**
+  _(Available when **Post Excerpt** is selected as the **Content Type**)_
+
+  Customize the default Read more... text.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/tabs/settings/style.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/tabs/settings/style.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9a368007
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/tabs/settings/style.md
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+---
+id: style
+title: Style tab
+sidebar_label: Style tab
+description: The Tabs module displays horizontal or vertical tabbed content, ideal for inserting sets of content into a small space.
+---
+
+In the Style tab, you can change the color of the tab items, such as the text and tab background color.
+
+### Layout
+
+- **Layout**
+  You can choose a horizontal layout or you can choose a vertical layout.
+
+  ![Horizontal or vertical tab layouts](/img/beaver-builder/modules--tabs--3.jpg)
+
+  :::info
+  As the screen width shrinks, the tabs turn into an accordion layout.
+  :::
+
+- **Background Color**
+  Set the background color for the tab.
+
+- **Border Color**
+  Set the border color.
+
+- **Border Width**
+  Set the border width in pixels.
+
+- **Active Tab**
+  Set which tab should be active. The value should not exceed the total number of tab items.
+
+- **Tab(s) Status on Mobile**
+  Control how the tabs display on mobile devices. You can choose between **Keep Active Tab Open**, and **Close All Tabs**.
+
+### Label
+
+- **Inactive Label Text Color**
+  Set the text color for the inactive tab(s).
+
+- **Inactive Label Background Color**
+  Set the background color for the inactive tab(s).
+
+- **Active Label Color**
+  Set the text color for the active tab.
+
+- **Active Label Background Color**
+  Set the background color for the active tab.
+
+- **Padding**
+  Set a specific padding value in pixels for the tab label. Click the **Link Value** icon to automatically make all four padding values the same.
+
+- **Typography**
+  Set the font size, family, line-height and more for the tab label. See the [Typography](basics/typography.md) article for more information.
+
+### Content
+
+- **Text Color**
+  _(Available when **Custom Content** is selected as a **Content Source**)_
+
+  Set the text color of the tab content.
+
+- **Padding**
+  Set a specific padding value in pixels for the tab content. Click the **Link Value** icon to automatically make all four padding values the same.
+
+- **Typography**
+  _(Available when **Custom Content** is selected as a **Content Source**)_
+
+  Set the font size, family, line-height and more for the tab content. See the [Typography](basics/typography.md) article for more information.
+
+## Advanced
+
+There are all the usual [Advanced tab](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/testimonials.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/testimonials.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..39b85dee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/testimonials.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+id: testimonials
+title: Testimonials
+sidebar_label: Testimonials
+description: The Testimonials module is a basic slider that offers an animiated way to display testimonials or any other combination of heading, text, and media.
+---
+
+Use the Testimonials module to add a basic slider with testimonials to your
+layouts, or any other set of text and images that you want to display one by
+one with either autoplay or navigation.
+
+If the Testimonials module is the only module in a row, select **Wide** so it
+takes up the entire row. If you are using the Testimonials module with other
+modules in the same row, set the layout to  **Compact**.
+
+You can add as many testimonials as you like and customize a variety of
+options, such as autoplay, animation effects, and navigation choices. Each
+individual testimonial has a Text Editor box, so you can add anything that a
+WordPress editing box accepts, such as headings, text, and images.
+
+Note that although it's called a Testimonials module, there's nothing to stop
+you from using it for other purposes, because it's basically a slider for any
+headings, text or media.  For example, you could use this module on an About
+Us page, where you want to introduce each of your team members. And not just
+people – you could set up something like a portfolio of your creations, in
+which each image has a description that's too long for a caption. Or, you
+could have a selection of your favorite quotations, displayed one by one.
+
+This module has the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/text.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/text.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..06d49c7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/text.md
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+---
+id: text
+title: Text Editor
+sidebar_label: Text Editor module
+description: The Text Editor module displays an editor derived from the classic WordPress editor to enter formatted text, headings, and images.
+---
+
+The Text Editor module uses an instance of the classic WordPress editor, with [some differences in the toolbar](/beaver-builder/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/classic-wordpress-and-beaver-builder-text-editor-toolbars-dont-match.md).
+
+You can add headings images, and make simple changes to text formatting directly in this editor.
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+If you want more control over the vertical or columnar spacing and stacking of headings, images, and text, use separate [Heading](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/heading.md) and [Photo](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/photo/photo.md) modules. If you want text to wrap around an image, then add the image to the Text Editor module.
+:::
+
+You can style your text using either the toolbar on this text editor or the **Style** tab. If you want to style specific parts of the text, use the toolbar above the editor. You can expose the second row of the toolbar by clicking the rightmost icon in the first row:
+
+![](/img/how-to-tips-change-font-color.png)
+
+## Style tab
+
+The **Style** tab has a variety of settings that apply to all of the text in the module, such as text color and a [Typography section](basics/typography.md), which gives you many choices not available in the text editor, starting with font family.
+
+## Advanced tab
+
+There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/video/open-a-video-in-a-lightbox.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/video/open-a-video-in-a-lightbox.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..84d08b09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/video/open-a-video-in-a-lightbox.md
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+---
+id: open-a-video-in-a-lightbox
+title: Open a video in a lightbox
+sidebar_label: Open a video in a lightbox
+description: You can use a Video module or a Button module to open a video in a lightbox.
+---
+
+As an alternative to embedding a video directly in your page, you can have a
+visitor click to play a video in a lightbox.
+
+You can use either a [Button module](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/button/button.md) or a [Video module](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/video/video.md) to play a video in a lightbox.
+
+## Button module lightbox features
+
+* The user clicks from a button to open the video in the lightbox.
+* You must use embed code or a URL to a location that can play the video, such as Youtube or Vimeo. It will not work with a video uploaded to your media library.
+* This feature works from the **Button** module, not from buttons in other modules such as a Callout.
+
+## Video module features
+
+* The user clicks a preview or poster image of the video on the page to open the video in the lightbox.
+* The video can be in the Media LIbrary or played from a location such as Youtube or Vimeo, using embed code or a URL.
+* The Video module has a **Structured data** tab where you can enter metadata about the video that assists search engines.
+
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/video/video.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/video/video.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f69e0a8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/video/video.md
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+---
+id: video
+title: Video
+sidebar_label: Video module
+description: The Video module displays a video from the Media Library or with embed code and includes the ability to enter structrured data, important for SEO.
+---
+
+Use the Video module to insert a video into your layout or play it in a lightbox. The source can be either of the following:
+
+  * A video from the WordPress Media Library
+  * Embed code provided by a third party such as Vimeo or YouTube.
+
+An important part of the Video module is what goes on behind the scenes. You
+can add structured data to meet [Google's Rich Results
+Test](https://search.google.com/test/rich-results). The Video module also does
+a great job of being responsive on smaller devices.
+
+## Module settings
+
+### General tab
+
+#### Video type
+
+There are two choices:
+
+* **Media Library**
+* **Embed**
+
+These choices are described in the following sections.
+
+**Media Library**
+
+If you choose **Media Library**, the following additional settings are available.
+
+Field  |  Description  
+---|-----  
+**Video (MP4)** |  Add an MP4 video that you have uploaded to your media library.  
+**Video (WebM)** |  (Optional) Select a WebM-format video from the media library to display in browsers that can't play MP4. WebM was required on some older versions of Firefox and Safari.
+**Show video on lightbox** |  (Default is **No**) The video plays in a lightbox rather than directly on the page. If set to **Yes**, you must select **Enable Poster** and select a poster image, described in the following table rows.
+**Enable poster** |  Enable or disable a poster image that displays before the video is loaded, whether the video is displayed in a lightbox or not. If set to *Yes*, you must add an image to the next **Poster** setting.<br/>**Note:** If a poster image is specified, the attribute `preload="none"` is added to the rendered output to ask the browser not to load the video when the page loads. However, this attribute is ignored if  **Autoplay**  is set to **Yes**. See [this article](https://www.w3schools.com/tags/att_video_preload.asp) for more information about the `preload` attribute.  
+**Poster** |  (Optional for videos that play on the page, required for videos that play in a lightbox) Select a poster image from the Media Library.  If the video plays in a lightbox, the poster image displays on the main page and the video plays in the lightbox.
+**Autoplay** |  (Default is **No**) Choose whether the video should start automatically.<br/>**Note:** Selecting *Yes* doesn't guarantee your video will autoplay in all environments. Standards frequently change for whether browsers and mobile devices will autoplay videos. [Here's a good recent summary.](https://help.outofthesandbox.com/hc/en-us/articles/360000661568-Why-won-t-my-video-autoplay-)
+**Loop** |  (Default is **No** ) Choose whether to automatically replay the video when it ends.  
+**Sticky on scroll**  |  (Default is **No**) If set to **Yes** and the lightbox is set to **No**, the video stays displayed on the page while the rest of the page scrolls beneath it.  
+
+There's also a **Video Controls** section, with the following settings. All are set to **Show** by default. Here's a screenshot to explain the controls, also described in the table below.
+
+![](/img/video-3f16ea5f.png)
+
+Field  |  Description  
+---|-----  
+**Play/pause** |  Show or hide the play and pause controls.  
+**Timer**  | Show or hide the timer control.  
+**Time Rail**  |  Show the bar that displays the time progression while the video plays.
+**Duration**  |  Show the time duration.  
+**Volume**  | Show the volume control.  
+**Full screen**  |  Show the control to enable full-screen viewing.  
+
+**Embed**
+
+If you set **Video type** to **Embed**, a code box appears where you can add
+the `<iframe>` embed code provided by your video service. For Youtube videos,
+go to the video you want to embed and click **Share**, then choose **Embed**
+to get the code. The `StartTime` and `EndTime` YouTube embed parameters are passed to the YouTube Player API, so you can start and end an embedded video at selected points.
+
+With the **Embed** setting, the following settings are also available. See the previous section for an explanation of these settings:
+
+* **Show video on lightbox**
+* **Enable poster**
+* **Poster**
+* **Sticky on scroll**
+
+**oEmbed**
+
+Instead of adding an iFrame you can add the URL for your video as long as the video service is supported by [WordPress oEmbed](https://wordpress.org/support/article/embeds/#okay-so-what-sites-can-i-embed-from).
+
+
+### Structured data tab
+
+This tab lets you set information about the video that is provided in the
+rendered HTML output that search engines make use of, particularly [Google's
+Rich Results](https://search.google.com/test/rich-results) feature.
+
+If you choose **Yes** for **Enable structured data**, the following fields
+become available.
+
+* **Video name**
+* **Video description**
+* **Content URL**  
+Google defines this as "The URL of the actual content bytes, either on the local site or on a streaming service."
+* **Embed URL**  
+Google defines this as "The URL of the custom player. This is often the src value for an <iframe\> or <embed\> tag on the page."  
+For more information about both of these URLs, see this Google [Video Best Practices](https://developers.google.com/search/docs/advanced/guidelines/video#which-url-is-which) page.
+* **Video thumbnail**
+* **Upload date**
+
+Here's an example of the rendered HTML output as a result of this structured
+data in the outer  `<div>` wrapper for the video. The `itemtype` attribute
+identifies the object as a schema.org video, and the `meta` attributes include
+the structured data provided.
+
+```html
+<div class="fl-video fl-embed-video" itemscope="" itemtype="https://schema.org/VideoObject">
+  <meta itemprop="name" content="BLT 2005-2017">
+  <meta itemprop="uploadDate" content="April 10, 2017">
+  <meta itemprop="thumbnailUrl" content="https://example.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/history-embed-thumbnail.png">
+  <meta itemprop="description" content="A photo slideshow of memorable moments in our history">
+  <div className="fluid-width-video-wrapper" style="padding-top: 56.25%;">
+    <iframe src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/AbCdEfG" frameBorder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture" allowFullScreen="" name="fitvid0"></iframe>
+  </div>
+</div>
+```
+
+### Advanced tab
+
+There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
+
+### Related modules
+
+* You can also play a video in a lightbox using a Button module.  
+For a description of the differences, see the article about [opening a video in a lightbox](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/video/open-a-video-in-a-lightbox.md).
+* You can  embed the code for videos using an HTML module.  
+However, if you want the structured metadata in the output, you'll have to provide your own code. Use the example above for how to structure this information around your video iframe.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/widgets.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/widgets.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8cfd853d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/widgets.md
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+---
+id: widgets
+title: WordPress Widgets
+sidebar_label: WordPress Widgets
+description: Beaver Builder has transformed all the standard WordPress widgets into modules, allowing you to effortlessly utilize them anywhere within your layout.
+---
+
+You can easily include almost any WordPress widget from the **WordPress Admin Dashboard > Appearance > Widgets** section in your Beaver Builder layout as a content module. Additionally, if you have WooCommerce installed, the WooCommerce widgets will also be visible in the list of available widgets.
+
+:::info
+When accessing the **Content Panel > Modules > WordPress Widgets**, you may notice that certain widgets like Audio, Custom HTML, Gallery, Image, Text, and Video are not included. This deliberate exclusion is because Beaver Builder provides module equivalents that offer advanced functionality. As a result, these specific widgets are not necessary within your Beaver Builder layouts.
+
+Nevertheless, you can still make use of these WordPress widgets in theme sidebars or widgetized areas that utilize native WordPress widgets.
+:::
+
+## Adding Widgets
+
+In the Content panel, click in the **Group** field and choose **WordPress
+widgets**. Drag a widget into your layout.
+
+## Third-party Widgets
+
+When adding third-party widgets into your Beaver Builder layout, you may encounter limited or non-functional behavior. This is because most third-party widgets are designed to function within the WordPress admin dashboard (back-end) and are primarily intended for use at **Appearance > Widgets**. In contrast, Beaver Builder functions on the front end of your website.
+
+Technically speaking, these third-party widgets utilize the [`admin_enqueue_script()`](https://developer.wordpress.org/reference/hooks/admin_enqueue_scripts/) function to load their scripts (JavaScript) and styles (CSS) into the WordPress Admin dashboard.
+
+To make these widgets function properly within your Beaver Builder layouts, you can include custom code in your child theme's *functions.php* file. This code will ensure that the widgets are enqueued and loaded on the front end as well. Below is an example snippet that demonstrates how to enqueue scripts and styles when the builder is active on your pages or posts:
+
+```php
+add_action( 'wp_enqueue_scripts', function() {
+  if ( FLBuilderModel::is_builder_active() ) {
+    wp_enqueue_script( // Add URL to widgets script here );
+    wp_enqueue_style( // Add URL to widgets styles here  );
+  }
+});
+```
+
+:::info
+If you are unsure about the URL for your widget assets, we recommend reaching out to the respective plugin developer for assistance.
+:::
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/woocommerce.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/woocommerce.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6779e8b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/woocommerce.md
@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+---
+id: woocommerce
+title: WooCommerce
+sidebar_label: WooCommerce
+description: If you have the WooCommerce plugin installed, you can use the Beaver Builder WooCommerce module to display products in your layouts.
+---
+
+Use the WooCommerce module to insert WooCommerce content into any page.
+
+:::info
+You must have the WooCommerce plugin installed and activated for
+this module to appear.
+:::
+
+Here are some ways you can use the WooCommerce module to display products on
+regular pages. Note that the WooCommerce module comes with the [Beaver Builder](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com) plugin – you don't need to have Beaver Themer installed to implement these ideas.
+
+## Display a single product
+
+Suppose you want to display a featured product each month that you select, as
+shown in this screenshot:
+
+![](/img/woocommerce-module-1.jpg)
+
+The product is identified by its ID number in the
+WooCommerce module, and in the screenshot there's a Heading module above it to
+identify the product.
+
+The display is what you'd see on an archive page, not on a true product page.
+There's the title of the product, the price, and an **Add to Cart** button
+displayed under the featured image. Clicking this item takes you to the
+product page.
+
+**To display a single product:**
+
+  1. Add a WooCommerce module to the layout.
+  2. In the **Layout** field choose **Single product**, then enter the product ID. Mouse over the question mark in the **Product ID** field for how to find the product ID.
+
+## Display a single product page
+
+You can display the same details that you'd see in a true product page, as
+shown in the following screenshot.
+
+![](/img/woocommerce-module-2.jpg)
+
+The single product page display is identical to what you'd see on an actual
+single product page, but you can embed it anywhere in a layout on another
+page.
+
+**To display a single product page:**
+
+  * In the **Layout** field choose **Single product page**, then enter the product ID. Mouse over the question mark in the **Product ID** field for how to find the product ID.
+
+## Display multiple products, all or a subset
+
+You can display all of your products, or display a subset of products based on
+various sources, described below. The module displays the products themselves,
+and in most cases you'll want to add a Heading to describe the set of products
+you're displaying. For example, in the screenshot below the WooCommerce module
+displays the products with basic product information, and there's a Heading
+module above the WooCommerce module that says "Our products."
+
+![](/img/woocommerce-module-3.jpg)
+
+To display multiple products (all or a subset), drag a WooCommerce module into
+your page layout and in the **Layout** field choose **Multiple products**.
+
+**To display the entire set of products:**
+
+  * In the **Products source** field, choose **Products IDs**, then leave the **Product IDs** field blank.
+
+**To display a custom list of products:**
+
+  * In the **Products source** field, choose **Products IDs**, then in the **Product IDs** add a list of product IDs, separated by commas.
+
+**To display the products in a particular category (or combined categories):**
+
+  * In the **Products source** field, choose **Product category**, then add the category's slug. You can display products from more than one category by entering multiple category slugs separated by commas, but note that the products will still be grouped into a single display, not broken out by category.
+
+**Tip:** If you want to display multiple categories of products, use a
+WooCommerce module for each category, and use a Heading module to name each
+category.
+
+**Other displays of multiple products:**
+
+You can display multiple products in any of the following ways:
+
+  * Recent
+  * Featured
+  * Sale
+  * Best selling
+  * Top rated
+
+:::info
+These categories are determined by WooCommerce and cannot be
+individualized. If you want to display a different set of items, follow the
+procedure above for inserting a custom list of IDs for multiple products.
+:::
+
+  1. Drag a WooCommerce module into your page layout.
+  2. In the **Layout** field, choose **Multiple Products**.
+  3. In the **Products source** field, choose how the products will be selected.  
+      * To display all products, choose **Products IDs** for **Products Source**, then leave the **Product IDs** field blank.  
+      * To display a custom list of products, choose **Products IDs** for **Products Source**, then in the **Product IDs** field, add the list of Product IDs you want to display, separated by commas.
+
+## Display price and the Add to Cart button for a single product
+
+In the WooCommerce API, the product price and **Add to Cart** button are
+displayed as a unit, and you can display this part of an individual product
+without showing the rest of the product, as shown in the following screenshot,
+in which there's a Heading module that says "Our price," then a WooCommerce
+module with **Layout** designated **"Add to Cart" button**.
+
+![](/img/woocommerce-module-4.png)
+
+## Display categories
+
+You can display your entire set of product categories, or you can display all the subcategories of one parent category that you identify by its ID number.
+
+:::note **Notes**
+* If you display more than one category, choose how to sort them in the **Sort product category by** field.  
+You can sort by name, category ID, category slug, or menu order.
+* The behavior when you click a category in the display is the same as
+for standard WooCommerce pages. If you click a top-level category, you'll get a display of the subcategories, if there are any. If you click a top-level category with no subcategories, you'll see a display of products within the category.
+:::
+
+**To display the entire set of top-level categories:**
+
+This is equivalent to what you see on the standard WooCommerce Shop page when
+you have selected **Categories** as the Shop page display preference in your
+WooCommerce settings.
+
+  * In the **Layout** field, choose **Categories**, then leave the both the **Product category IDs to include** and **Parent category ID** fields blank.
+
+**To display only top-level categories:**
+
+* In the **Layout** field, choose **Categories**, then in the **Parent category ID** field, enter **0**.
+
+**To display all the subcategories of a category:**
+
+If you have a hierarchical system of categories, you can display all the child categories of a parent category that you specify.
+
+  * In the **Layout** field, choose **Categories**, then in the **Parent category ID** field add the ID for the parent category. Mouse over the question mark in the **Parent category ID** field for how to find the category ID.  
+  Leave the **Product category IDs to include** field blank. Leave **Autoselect parent** set to **No**.
+
+:::info
+WooCommerce doesn't handle the display of subsubcategories well
+without a plugin or custom coding. However, by using Beaver Builder's WooCommerce module, it's possible to display a subcategory's subategories by entering the ID of the subcategory in the **Parent category ID** field.
+:::
+
+**To display categories by autoselecting the parent category:**
+
+The **Autoselect parent** field is used specifically for Beaver Themer layouts on Product Category pages so that each category page displays the correct categories for that page. If this setting is **Yes**, leave the **Product category IDs to include** and **Parent category ID** fields blank.
+
+## Display the cart
+
+You can use the WooCommerce module to display what you'd normally see on the
+Cart page. In the **Layout** field, choose **Cart** and you'll see something
+like the screenshot example below.
+
+![](/img/woocommerce-module-5.png)
+
+## Display the Checkout content area
+
+You can use the WooCommerce module to display what you'd normally see on the
+Checkout page. In the **Layout** field, choose **Checkout**.
+
+## Display order tracking
+
+You can display the normal WooCommerce order tracking, such as in this
+screenshot, with fields for the customer to enter Order ID and billing email.
+
+![](/img/woocommerce-module-6.png)
+
+## Display the My Account area
+
+You can display what the customer normally sees on the **My Account** page.
+
+## More WooCommerce options
+
+### WooCommerce shortcodes
+
+Besides the options available in the WooCommerce module, you can use any
+WooCommerce shortcodes in an HTML module. See the WooCommerce documentation
+for a list of [shortcodes](https://docs.woothemes.com/document/woocommerce-shortcodes/).
+
+### WooCommerce widgets
+
+When you have WooCommerce installed, all of the WooCommerce widgets appear in
+the **WordPress Widgets** group in the Content panel.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/wordpress-patterns.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/wordpress-patterns.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8655f9b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/modules/wordpress-patterns.md
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+---
+id: wordpress-patterns
+title: WordPress Patterns
+sidebar_label: WordPress Patterns
+description: Learn how to use WordPress Patterns in Beaver Builder layouts.
+---
+
+You can use [WordPress Patterns](https://wordpress.org/support/article/reusable-blocks/) (Reusable Blocks) in Beaver Builder layouts. If a Pattern is updated in WordPress, it's also updated in any Beaver Builder layout where it's used.
+
+## Access WordPress Patterns
+
+1. Launch Beaver Builder on your page or post.
+
+2. Open the **Content Panel** and select the **WordPress Patterns subgroup**.
+
+3. Drag the pattern that you want to use into your layout.
+
+4. Click the **Done** button and Save your changes.
+
+:::info
+
+The WordPress Patterns subgroup becomes available in the Content Panel after you have created and saved WordPress Patterns.
+
+:::
+
+![Access WordPress Patterns from the Content Panel](/img/beaver-builder/modules--wordpress-patterns--1.jpg)
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/post-layouts/add-rows-and-modules-to-index-archive-and-post-pages.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/post-layouts/add-rows-and-modules-to-index-archive-and-post-pages.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5d1b094d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/post-layouts/add-rows-and-modules-to-index-archive-and-post-pages.md
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+---
+id: add-rows-and-modules-to-index-archive-and-post-pages
+title: Add rows and modules to index, archive, and post pages
+sidebar_label: Add rows and modules to index, archive, and post pages
+---
+
+Out of the box, you can't use Beaver Builder to modify generated index and
+archive pages. However, if you're comfortable adding code to create custom
+files, you can add a saved row or module to a generated index or archive page
+fairly easily. Single post pages are also included in the code examples, but
+you can easily modify the code to include the page types you want.
+
+:::tip
+If you're not sure what index and archive pages are in WordPress, see
+the article about [how WordPress handles blog posts and archives](/beaver-builder/layouts/post-layouts/basics-how-wordpress-handles-blog-posts-and-archives.md).
+:::
+
+The code provided here inserts the saved row or module and can be added under
+the header or above the footer on index, archive, and single post pages, using
+a shortcode. You can easily change the page types on which you want the saved
+row or module to appear.
+
+For example, here's an example of a saved row with a Call to Action module
+placed under the header on an index page:
+
+![](/img/how-to-tips-row-module-index-1.jpg)
+
+And in the next screenshot, it's placed just above the footer:
+
+![](/img/how-to-tips-row-module-index-2.jpg)
+
+This procedure doesn't work within the generated or single post content area.
+
+Complete each of the following tasks.
+
+## 1. Create the saved row or module
+
+Here's the saved row used in this example. It consists of a row background
+image with borders and a Call to Action module.
+
+![](/img/how-to-tips-row-module-index-3.jpg)
+
+See the [Reusable Content](layouts/reusable-content/index.md) article for more information about how to save rows and modules.
+
+:::tip
+Global rows or modules are ok but not necessary. The shortcode will
+display the row or module on every page the code tells it to, and if you edit
+that module, the change will be reflected everywhere, so even a standard saved
+row or module will function as a global one in this case.
+:::
+
+## 2. Construct the shortcode
+
+Here's the template for constructing the shortcode:
+
+```markup
+[fl_builder_insert_layout slug="INSERT_YOUR_SLUG_HERE"]
+```
+
+See the [Shortcode](shortcode/find-id-slug.md) article for how to find the page slug for the saved row or module you want to use.
+
+## 3. Insert the shortcode
+
+You can use any of the following three methods to insert the shortcode.
+
+### Method 1: Add code to header.php or footer.php
+
+In this method, the code is placed into _header.php_ or _footer.php_ in your
+child theme, depending on where on the page you want the content to appear.
+The instructions assume you are using the Beaver Builder Theme, but the code
+itself should work in any theme.
+
+**To add the shortcode below the header or above the footer:**
+
+1. Copy either _header.php_ or _footer.php_ from the main theme to your child theme.
+   If you're using Beaver Builder Theme, go to _wp-content/themes/bb-theme_ ,
+   copy _footer.php_ , and paste it into _wp-content/themes/bb-theme-child_.
+
+2. Open the file in the child theme for editing.
+3. In _header.php_ , find the line `<?php do_action('fl_content_open'); ?>`.
+   In _footer.php_ , find the line `<?php do_action('fl_content_close'); ?>`. The
+   code will be added just above this line in both cases.
+
+4. Add this code, making sure that you substitute your own shortcode. See the tips below for how to customize this code.
+
+```php
+<?php
+if (is_home() || is_single() || is_archive()):
+  echo do_shortcode('[fl_builder_insert_layout slug="INSERT_YOUR_SLUG_HERE"]');
+endif;
+?>
+```
+
+5. Save your _header.php_ or _footer.php_ file back to your child theme.
+
+:::tip **Customization tips:**
+
+- The code `is_home() || is_single() || is_archive()` inserts the shortcode into the index page (whether it's the front page or another page where you've set the Posts Page in **Settings > Reading**), plus single post pages, plus all archive pages (including custom post type archives). (The double pipe corresponds to the boolean OR.) If you don't want one of those types, remove it from the list of conditionals and adjust the double pipes as necessary.
+
+- To use other conditionals, see the [WordPress codex on conditional tags](https://developer.wordpress.org/themes/basics/conditional-tags/).
+  :::
+
+### Method 2: Add code to functions.php
+
+In this method, you add the code to the child theme's _functions.php_ file.
+
+1. Go to your child theme and open _functions.php_ for editing.
+   For Beaver Builder Theme, the location is _wp-content/themes/bb-theme-child_.
+
+2. Add one of the following code blocks to the end of the file, making sure that you substitute your own shortcode.
+   See the tips in the previous method for changing the conditionals to control
+   which types of pages the shortcode appears on.
+
+**To insert shortcode after the header:**
+
+```php
+function my_page_header()
+{
+  if (is_home() || is_single() || is_archive()) {
+    echo do_shortcode(
+      '[fl_builder_insert_layout slug="INSERT_YOUR_SLUG_HERE"]'
+    );
+  }
+}
+add_action("fl_before_content", "my_page_header");
+```
+
+**To insert shortcode before the footer:**
+
+```php
+function my_page_footer()
+{
+  if (is_home() || is_single() || is_archive()) {
+    echo do_shortcode(
+      '[fl_builder_insert_layout slug="INSERT_YOUR_SLUG_HERE"]'
+    );
+  }
+}
+add_action("fl_after_content", "my_page_footer");
+```
+
+3. Save _functions.php_ back to your child theme.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/post-layouts/basics-how-wordpress-handles-blog-posts-and-archives.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/post-layouts/basics-how-wordpress-handles-blog-posts-and-archives.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c65aac95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/post-layouts/basics-how-wordpress-handles-blog-posts-and-archives.md
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+---
+id: basics-how-wordpress-handles-blog-posts-and-archives
+title: 'Basics: How WordPress handles blog posts and archives'
+sidebar_label: 'Basics: How WordPress handles blog posts and archives'
+---
+
+This article covers the basics of how a blog works in WordPress.
+
+## Basic concepts and definitions
+
+WordPress was originally created to make it easy to organize blog posts on a
+website. A blog in WordPress consists of two types of pages:
+
+* Posts, which contain the blog content topics. Each Post produces a separate blog post.
+* Index (Posts page) and archive pages, which WordPress generates to organize and display lists of Posts.
+
+:::info
+In the WordPress admin panel, Posts are located in a different
+section from Pages, so we'll refer to those formal categories by using a
+capital P.
+:::
+
+Posts have the following properties by default:
+
+* WordPress organizes Posts in reverse chronological order.
+* You can assign categories and tags to Posts.
+* There are optional WordPress sidebar widgets that display Post metadata (date, categories, tags, and so on) to enable users to filter the Posts in various ways.
+
+## How WordPress works with Posts by default
+
+Everything is customizable, but this is how WordPress handles Posts with a
+fresh installation.
+
+### 1. Your front page is an index of your Posts
+
+* This means that your Posts page is generated by WordPress on your home page. It doesn't exist as any post or page you can open for editing.
+* The index is a list of your most recent Posts in reverse chronological order, either excerpted or in full form, with links to the individual posts.
+* You might or might not see a sidebar with widgets related to Posts, such as categories and tags for the blog, or previous posts organized by date. Whether the sidebar appears by default depends on your theme.
+* You can [change the default index page to appear on a static page](/bb-theme/defaults-for-layouts-content/blog-settings/configure-how-wordpress-handles-your-blog) other than your home page.
+
+Here's a screenshot of a prototypical index page. Each Post is listed with its
+title, author, date, a content excerpt, and a featured image. The sidebar on
+the right contains common Post metadata.
+
+![](/img/post-layouts-wordpress-handles-posts-1.png)
+
+### 2. Lists of Posts filtered by category, tag, date, author, etc. are called **archive** pages
+
+In the previous screenshot, if you clicked a category or date in the sidebar,
+you'd see an *archive* page, which lists only the Post pages that fall under
+that category or date. The archive page looks like the index page, except it's
+filtered in some way, such as by WordPress category, tag, date, or author.
+Archive pages are also generated by WordPress and don't exist as a Page or
+Post that can be edited. (Note that the term "archive page" is often used
+collectively to refer to both index and archive pages.)
+
+Here's an example of an archive page that's displaying the Posts for a
+particular month.
+
+![](/img/post-layouts-wordpress-handles-posts-2.png)
+
+### 3. Each Post has its own page
+
+Each blog post has its own single Post page with the title, the author and
+date (unless hidden), the featured image if there is one, and the full content
+of the post. For example, the following screenshot shows the Post featured
+image at the top, the Author and Date under the title, and the Post content
+area, which includes the part of the post written inside the WordPress text
+editor, which includes a left-aligned image in this case. A single post may
+have other features, such as Previous and Next buttons to navigate the Posts
+and a sidebar with various WordPress Post widgets.
+
+![](/img/post-layouts-wordpress-handles-posts-3.png)
+
+:::info
+In the [Beaver Builder Theme](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/wordpress-framework-theme/), you configure the sidebars, metadata, and other aspects of how these Post and archive pages are displayed in **Appearance >
+Customize > Content.**
+:::
+
+### 4. Index and archive pages display the featured image and text excerpt from Posts, not other images
+
+When you create a Post, you have the option to set a Featured Image. This
+Featured Image is displayed along with the title and usually a content excerpt
+on the generated index and archive pages. If you add other media (such as
+images or videos) in the content area of your Post (whether the Post is laid
+out in Beaver Builder or not), they will not be displayed on the index or
+archive page. For example, here's a single Post with an image embedded into
+the content area:
+
+![](/img/post-layouts-wordpress-handles-posts-4.png)
+
+That embedded image does not show up on the archive page, as shown in the
+following screenshot.
+
+![](/img/post-layouts-wordpress-handles-posts-5.png)
+
+:::info
+Content from shortcodes inserted into posts that weren't edited
+with Beaver Builder will also not appear in index and archive summaries.
+:::
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/post-layouts/generated-wordpress-archives-versus-beaver-builder-layouts.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/post-layouts/generated-wordpress-archives-versus-beaver-builder-layouts.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..63343c10
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/post-layouts/generated-wordpress-archives-versus-beaver-builder-layouts.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+id: generated-wordpress-archives-versus-beaver-builder-layouts
+title: Generated WordPress archives versus Beaver Builder layouts
+sidebar_label: Generated WordPress archives versus Beaver Builder layouts
+---
+
+Instead of or in addition to [generated index or archive
+pages](/beaver-builder/layouts/post-layouts/basics-how-wordpress-handles-blog-posts-and-archives.md), you can display posts on static Pages with the Beaver Builder Posts modules. The Posts modules give you a wide range of
+choices about which posts to display, how to order the display (for example,
+by date, author, or category), and what to include in each listing (for
+example, with or without the content excerpt). You can also display the list
+as a grid, a slider, or a carousel, with several variations. For details, see
+[the article on the Posts modules.](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts/posts-posts-carousel-and-posts-slider-modules-examples.md)
+
+The following screenshot shows a list of Beaver Builder and non-Beaver Builder
+posts in a Posts module with a Columns layout.
+
+![](/img/post-layouts-archives-vs-beaver-layout-1.jpg)
+
+You could use this page as a more attractive substitute for a generated
+WordPress index page, or you might want to add a Posts module to a page
+containing other content. For example, on your home page you might want to
+display a row with a few of the most recent posts in the category of News.
+
+:::tip **Tips**
+* You can use a Page with a Posts module to simulate a generated WordPress index or archive page, but you can't put a Posts module on an actual index or archive page, because the pages are dynamically generated.
+
+* See [this post](https://beyondbeaver.com/set-up-a-blog-with-beaver-builder-the-right-way/) for an argument why it's better in some cases not to eliminate generated WordPress index or archive pages as your blog's main index or archive.
+
+* Don't forget that you can also save a Posts module and use its shortcode in widgets or in non-Beaver builder areas of your site. Here's an example where the shortcode for a Posts module was inserted into the footer widget layout.
+
+  ![](/img/post-layouts-archives-vs-beaver-layout-2.jpg)
+:::
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/post-layouts/how-beaver-builder-works-with-blogs-and-custom-post-types-start-here.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/post-layouts/how-beaver-builder-works-with-blogs-and-custom-post-types-start-here.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5e36d523
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/post-layouts/how-beaver-builder-works-with-blogs-and-custom-post-types-start-here.md
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+---
+id: how-beaver-builder-works-with-blogs-and-custom-post-types-start-here
+title: How Beaver Builder works with blogs and custom post types (Start here)
+sidebar_label: How Beaver Builder works with blogs and custom post types (Start here)
+---
+
+Both the Beaver Builder Plugin and Theme play a role in configuring the page
+and content layout of your blog. We've broken down this big topic into a
+number of smaller articles. Here's how they fit together.
+
+1. If you're a WordPress novice, it's important to know the difference between a post and a static page, and [which components of WordPress and Beaver Builder handle the content area versus other parts of a page or post](/beaver-builder/getting-started/what-can-i-do-with-beaver-builder.md/#plugin-vs-theme-vs-beaver-themer).
+
+2. Follow these links for a simple refresher on [what archives are](/beaver-builder/layouts/post-layouts/wordpress-archive-types.md) and [how WordPress handles blogs](/beaver-builder/layouts/post-layouts/basics-how-wordpress-handles-blog-posts-and-archives.md).
+
+3. If you [enable Beaver Builder for posts or custom post types](settings/post-types.md), you can [use Beaver Builder to add layouts to the content area of single posts](use-beaver-builder-to-lay-out-post-content.md).
+
+4. The Beaver Builder Theme has a number of [Customizer settings](/bb-theme/customizer-settings/content) that apply outside the post's content area and determine whether or not the page has a sidebar and what types of post information are displayed. You can also [change the page template on single posts](/bb-theme/getting-started/built-in-theme-templates-for-single-pages-and-posts) to full width or no header/footer.
+
+5. Instead of or in addition to the standard [generated WordPress index and archive pages](/beaver-builder/layouts/post-layouts/generated-wordpress-archives-versus-beaver-builder-layouts.md), you can use any of the [Posts modules](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/posts/posts-posts-carousel-and-posts-slider-modules-examples.md) in Beaver Builder layouts to create lists of posts on static pages. If you use a Posts module instead of a generated archive, it may change [how you configure WordPress to handle your blog settings](/bb-theme/defaults-for-layouts-content/blog-settings/configure-how-wordpress-handles-your-blog).
+
+6. If you're comfortable adding code, you can [add Beaver Builder saved rows or modules above or below the post content area](/beaver-builder/layouts/post-layouts/add-rows-and-modules-to-index-archive-and-post-pages.md).
+
+7. If you have [Beaver Themer](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/beaver-themer/) (the premium add-on for Beaver Builder), you can create layouts for generated [archives](/beaver-themer/layout-types-modules/archive-layout-type/themer-archive-layout-type) or layouts outside the content area for any [single post](/beaver-themer/layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-type), or layouts such as banners [at specific locations on the page](/beaver-themer/layout-types-modules/part-layout-type/themer-part-layout-type). Beaver Themer also has integrations to help you design layouts for [WooCommerce](/beaver-themer/integrations/woocommerce/create-an-archive-themer-layout-for-woocommerce), [BigCommerce](/beaver-themer/integrations/bigcommerce/beaver-themer-layouts-for-bigcommerce), [The Events Calendar](/beaver-themer/integrations/tec/getting-started), and [Easy Digital Downloads](/beaver-themer/integrations/easy-digital-downloads/beaver-themer-and-the-edd-plugin).
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/post-layouts/use-beaver-builder-to-lay-out-post-content.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/post-layouts/use-beaver-builder-to-lay-out-post-content.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..163d010f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/post-layouts/use-beaver-builder-to-lay-out-post-content.md
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+---
+id: use-beaver-builder-to-lay-out-post-content
+title: Use Beaver Builder to lay out post content
+sidebar_label: Use Beaver Builder to lay out post content
+---
+
+By default, Beaver Builder is enabled only for static pages. See the Related
+Articles for how to enable Beaver Builder for posts and custom post types.
+
+There are some things to keep in mind when you use Beaver Builder for posts.
+
+## 1. Beaver Builder only applies to the content area of single posts
+
+You can use Beaver Builder to create layouts in the content area of single
+posts. Here's a diagram of the content area in a post.
+
+![](/img/post-layouts-beaver-layout-posts-1.png)
+
+Here's a post with a Beaver Builder two-column layout in the content area. In
+this example, the first column includes a Photo and a Button module. The
+second column has a Heading and a Text Editor module.
+
+![](/img/post-layouts-beaver-layout-posts-2.png)
+
+:::tip
+
+- You cannot use Beaver Builder to design layouts for generated index or archive pages. (That requires Beaver Themer.)
+
+- If you enable Beaver Builder for posts, you don't have to use it for every post. The index and archive pages will include both formats and display the same (unformatted) information for each.
+
+- The single post's header, footer, sidebar, post title, featured image, post info, and post navigation are outside of the content area and are configured within the Beaver Builder Theme in **Customize > Content**.
+
+- If you use a Singular-type Beaver Themer layout to design the parts of the single post page that are outside the content area, you can no longer use Beaver Builder to edit the content area of the post.
+
+:::
+
+## 2. Archive pages don't preserve post content formatting
+
+WordPress automatically strips formatting from post content on its post index
+and archive pages. This means that when your post content is in a Beaver
+Builder layout, the text from the modules is displayed unformatted and in the
+same order as for mobile stacking: across columns and then down. The
+screenshot below shows how the two-column content layout in the previous
+screenshot appears in the content excerpt in an archive.
+
+![](/img/post-layouts-beaver-layout-posts-3.png)
+
+WordPress does not offer a way to get around this problem. The best
+alternative is to use the **Excerpt** field on the post's editing page and add
+HTML formatting, which will be preserved in the archive or index excerpt. This
+lets you add tags such as headings and paragraphs, bold and italics, and
+inline formatting with the style attribute.
+
+:::info
+
+- Some themes or plugins may affect the way the post excerpt is displayed in archives and indexes, but it does work with all Beaver Builder products.
+
+- If you plan to display the full content of the post in a Posts module with List layout, there is no workaround for WordPress stripping the formatting out of the post content, whether the post's layout is in Beaver Builder or not.
+
+:::
+
+## 3. The featured image is not part of the content layout
+
+The featured image is optional. If you set a featured image, it's usually
+displayed in the excerpt in a generated WordPress archive, as shown in this
+screenshot.
+
+![](/img/post-layouts-beaver-layout-posts-4.png)
+
+Whether and where the featured image is displayed depends on your theme's
+settings. In the Beaver Builder Theme, you can configure it in **Customize >
+Content > Post Layout**.
+
+:::tip
+On a single post page, the featured image is not considered part of
+the content area. This means that if the featured image is set to display
+beside the post, it will push the content area to the right, as shown in the
+following screenshot.
+:::
+
+![](/img/post-layouts-beaver-layout-posts-5.png)
+
+:::tip
+If you use Beaver Builder Theme and lay out your posts with Beaver
+Builder, you can place the featured image inside the content area with the
+following setup.
+:::
+
+- In **Customize > Content > Post Layout**, set **Featured Image** to **Hidden**.
+- Open the post for WordPress editing and upload the image to the **Set Featured Image** section in the lower right pane. This makes the featured image display on the archive page or in a Posts module.
+- Open the post in Beaver Builder and put the same featured image into a Beaver Builder module wherever you want it. Although it's the same image as the featured image you set, it's not treated as a featured image and appears only in the content area of the post, not on the archive page or in a Posts module.
+
+## 4. You can save and reuse post content areas in Beaver Builder
+
+Similar to static pages, if you want to reuse a layout that you create in a
+post, you can save the entire content area as a layout template, or you can
+save individual rows or modules. You can reuse these layouts on both pages and
+posts. See the articles on [how to save modules, columns, rows](layouts/reusable-content/index.md), and [layout templates](../templates/saved-templates.md).
+
+:::tip
+If you want a row or module to have identical and synched content
+wherever you use it – in other words, updating it in one spot updates it
+everywhere else – save it as global by [selecting the global checkbox](layouts/reusable-content/index.md) during the procedure to save the row, column, or module.
+:::
+
+## 5. You can change single posts to full width or no header/footer
+
+If you use the Beaver Builder Theme, you can set single posts to full width or
+no header/footer by changing the WordPress page template for that post. See
+the article on using the [WordPress page template](/bb-theme/getting-started/built-in-theme-templates-for-single-pages-and-posts) for more information.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/post-layouts/wordpress-archive-types.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/post-layouts/wordpress-archive-types.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..db8da749
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/post-layouts/wordpress-archive-types.md
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+---
+id: wordpress-archive-types
+title: WordPress Archive Types
+sidebar_label: WordPress Archive Types
+---
+
+Archives refer to pages in which the content area contains a list of posts or
+custom post types that were generated by WordPress.
+
+![](/img/post-layouts-wordpress-archive-types-1.png)
+
+Technically, true archive pages have some type of filter applied to them
+(date, author, category), but the blog posts index and Posts page are often
+included under the term *archive*.
+
+:::info
+There's a certain amount of confusion in WordPress itself over
+terminology. Different terms are sometimes used in the WordPress UI versus the
+names of template files. It's good to be aware of possible variations in the
+way these words are used.
+:::
+
+Here are the types of WordPress-generated archives and how to find an example
+of each. In all cases, you must have at least one post created to see an archive.
+
+### Blog posts index and Posts page
+
+The blog posts index is the generated list of posts that appear in reverse
+chronological order on the front page of your site if you accept the default
+selection to display your latest posts in **Settings > Reading**, as shown in
+the screenshot below. A website can have at most one blog posts index.
+
+The Posts page setting is optional, used only in the case where your home page is static and you want a list of your posts to appear on another static page besides the home page. You select the static front page and the Posts page in **Settings > Reading**. The following screenshot shows that the
+site's front page is set to a static page called Home, and the Posts page is a
+static page that was created with no content and titled Blog.
+
+![](/img/post-layouts-wordpress-archive-types-2.png)
+
+Here's an example of a website for which the home page is a static page called **Home** and a Posts page is set to **News**, another static page that was created by clicking **Pages > Add new**. The title on the published page is drawn from the WordPress page title, and the list of posts is automatically generated by WordPress onto that page.
+
+![](/img/wordpress-archive-types-1cda2025.jpg)
+
+### Author archives
+
+An author archive is any list of posts by a single author.
+
+To see an author archive, click an author's name listed on a single post.
+
+### Date archives
+
+A date archive is any list of posts within a particular date range. The
+WordPress Archives widget divides posts by month.
+
+To see a date archive, add an Archives WordPress widget to a Beaver Builder
+layout, or look in your blog for a section in the sidebar with an Archives
+title. On the published page, click the link for any month.
+
+### Category archives
+
+A post category archive lists posts that are assigned to a particular
+category.
+
+To see a category archive, click a category listed for a single post (if your
+theme displays them), or add a WordPress Categories widget to a Beaver Builder
+layout and click any category displayed on the published page.
+
+### Tag archives
+
+A tag archive lists posts that have been assigned a particular tag item. The
+WordPress Tag Cloud widget can list all of the tags used in posts. Clicking
+one of those tag links opens a tag archive page.
+
+### Search results
+
+When you use the built-in WordPress search, a search results archive page
+opens to display the results.
+
+To see a search results archive, enable search in your theme or drag a
+WordPress Search widget into a Beaver Builder layout, then enter a search term
+on a published page.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/responsive-design/assets/responsive-columns-163bfe78.png b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/responsive-design/assets/responsive-columns-163bfe78.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..6288040a38ecbae459a6abb4dd0293347c6665e4
GIT binary patch
literal 167046
zcmYhiWmp{15-myy?(Xg$2=2k%gG~q$9D=(}aCdhn5ZqmZyAJL$!JWZ*bKZUD-1nz{
z%=h)|-n*+-ty-%(LS0o39fbr11_lOQL0(!D1_o9S2IfO95(4xWd2!%B7#J!T1!;+|
zp4q2e9@+GAe&?@MGdsb^!laFg716=4eMH5qSV$je!r6j9B$;KHadsQGN(ZUb_tCj<
z5xsEn8T?i9yy6`)4n*cdP{tbhMHgJ0g4JPlGm$M=AQkc~cZbX^+(AoJW$EFT`<k7T
zF~706xTxLZeVnFv+g_q(OL8HB1XBy5DUn3F#K3}~aD)kei;y1@7`S95BV;8LUpSyV
zeyZY)y$64@U0+;-RKLC0qFrFV!G^kQkeEy!^nBY1#uw<-SnVOaBQ<fHDlmhS@BBzj
zJ?(>Z(e(-Cqrk47Rw_NfHdwtN|051t+k4Cqk!dv7e=bFE6?A%X%uk(iib!_*Tth`}
z%DMW%w*z(3q<ir=ji6tDy@Ie%Y?Xqs<jbFB>eKCoB=@RsVTbh4bpR4osoT}fFH+xo
znuccIe8Wg87GWyg-o+LK)=&6{R)3rwyera^`M!yhJhx!|Fh0B4+;ftrcHD&FQYhpE
znM5O#REpKrgRqW}u=GweSo#HVQBtBv`#X*?u8|h6$eA5kU3(Xs-)+Xl7w*2<lATR^
zgxAqX7%6mD*ZX1m;LfxHtC-KPUrh(Eb;<H8*xoNMwu=1Btby@N(UUWZ9|G&qIu&##
zX*waBt2pJMPvvZ^vqG}0F_g>38-+i@#D_^L|KB5kUiPZtcj!x)>o^!yG^rjMge^4`
z^Qk#`0tWV&QI#@5eNqWQ(PkwK$<N$^YL|y3d+|H!-+Fbwz0KMeh_B{3R5|H7Y;`={
z#5p;VonHg1pbt!x2}_uzgt$c-o)j)GoopVfiNkE}=&j3QRoe+c+HsnqE*TPj_ziqQ
z5%xGWcecT~u&d?8IH&p$g0&moSU{n0$!evp%Tq_TdyVP#3L=qvzNz9pKR)x(1-@}%
z#5SeAJHtorzxFZD&Cd0tapR&;|7-k4<}!g7=eJ%$RVMJ2N>9?W(S@p{Hy!5!Uh@~T
z38Y&89Jn+1bGfxn(+eFr6$^(NHj4D7LJGA*^7)T;W-W9-1=U-CJu6_hR7}eLUq#mS
z#pVk|h><N}meV`n+xp`3aDw3*kTBJz<|%KZ!~HsM>ygA9SpyA(Ad>>ZQHwwbbHQQW
z`;rbff|QBt#%H%V5~@OB8bp*ViI_+)xnJOd5dkQYqxk<qk84PP2Pw0xpoGKfH`=C8
zA(Ld8X?l8gY2HtX6Ba*w4E28n?G-FoaW1g7>_Y;TA5GCbBa$sVY4Pp5e<b(*H-Nc@
zu#uR<-oR5K#f3XQaZQ19D*>TONSN{>u#OTzi)t*ZYUu}lOfvvde-Bt{v(_2i=qayG
zTvK$=fB(VBwLk7blHHjkiOAGxN;^!BjG}WGbt{ghF=bB&dW>Z(qh-=4G0D`UWmq_i
zOP<>AN`ee}|J%eY{Dr7yBunHBZ3xj%O1cmv)fYpKlX1pQG=~28n1#=oRo{^U@N7om
zx1Z=Aw`&iEtZV;o_F+gl<BJv2Xi;29=!}(NU4mJ0O<FO&1fns1eGmQjn`R?V0(oH7
zvX%UQ%Lxn!s0*<$6I&D!VyMZd)BCDxYIk3}8W8kJBW-6Rbx5L8HjiG31v6k|=o{OG
z`IOfFH^@z+jj#jskY$5D$jxird7zzwpK*$$C$O)L;pHG=0moVJ2Q-UBn|s6xd@QoD
zG5@=bOa{q9oa>=$IwEu!vpcUO7035-p??Qi^_;2%y<=M-;PP|XpI{=-Sz+o+O&tYA
zc0h&1XU(busvVGG>A+$piEf8J*lLem_YfLhimlupw3O_&ZQwVzG4X}c-Nj8{)f%ws
z8Df)XRGwehtj!@(VwU2$j6U?J2#KRn(9naUb{qnbHYZ@wisgirz1hCLfk<pOfI9sN
zo87D?RnHd%9Kfortv}%RZW&cceL!(C6Fbwm*l%LdZy43En6SZav;iTrU#@~-s13HH
zA5Q)P!kXOUDa2|!;|~jZD5v`z%NQSwN<MOkLShX%K)9#mZT`#|Br4g>tJfPS8W^@J
zy`c7&lvPXm$~!o{R0|FAY}CE>cYSML#LxI}T0PmbeAw5Q=ah0Cq5f4+Fc`i7;0CAE
zg3cOnK!CTJ;FM!<WyQ6@XkS}@dE|Jdm{k8C<kV!G5<E?m{2oNLhi;%RufW1bGgt26
z67!hEq^3VxHct7LL}HLt8@*U}vSa+ig3x5=9`?F^&mPk~q3mxdL0=SS0J_(O7gvHq
zL}3V~kFHiutt}UdcS$sQJHaqu*tA)a&Lw$dQ1$s+1%sYnRf<b4+xW<hug2m0U_yi(
zhHR6l+-D33SkD%Hk_a(O(`MUt#b}3KL6U5EXM=qI?r!V5zR>C!-{xb$&wsd$i#87!
z9%M%hxlMf7)o!m#?S8TDm2S_m9C%etbPAFza}tSni&I$@OUB58oC*Y9eUi2&j;B-U
z3rkP%mBD|z{KH7XI(`}0RyIXEOnoszU43T`ri$IeuL+>)jV#PxJJTefS1kWfe*FA{
zd{ST?xfc-E)6|Sbc7Ep4y61QS^e6@jfDu@pM$4IZ=_uBHCZX`vcjdOgwoKSx)PK7)
z7|GJDok^t|^?#Ondc@S7Tq7T}fgjkJ0d_)y>edN`6csAJi-nutW~87@&%DEd?^)XF
zT*3x#s^~G?-VM7@2UlZzq*U_HkFTwp1lHF)N}lcrJ^#MK(*u;UlRQwo40-!ll(@^%
zo7`&$r^xNnn+Q0=I?%nUh~IMXOCC>BdvGuy*O-vEE*x1E@7Gs_prDRnA}KsM#IA0(
z?<Mv|2AIUzb+J#77SI9Zk-+-F{LUs2)9o?L=Xo>XY7xvTr5j#wGH-*t3ylttckLhY
z@8v@L(HtT~AR)ycZF@x;?zS<)tSB~Bxku`l`Az5IwlUDk>))7<_2Wx*ak4Z3W;XKm
z&nL_$FtI6t3?;?+g+mo%t<?87Ko&H9-=OP|ogLJ;J*S!r&QwAUva!$}CTuQxYy#oY
z;7YN6B>Xv(?+q}#1lU%ev$3T;A3OH%s2UFuCEgg5L|+;jv-Mu@+gOXAjE8h%oqQTQ
zN6|Y$K2<mB0g#>F8J*k<uGWFhgl%ZZN;7`sPm+w)8#$bdeAb)!FUUe+I+&}E<bN>M
zn#A@0!%!lR&qHvw|A&$MryQ#er5pcW09qd<!u?;VHjNf0HVx$cAA~wFn%==FMf-wa
z%ok)9$&6=Iv7Yg)O|x-5kLspqQ{ceyI*EUTk`q6(meF%*$}Y;$7WaE`g0`>z$<xw#
zk|ANDWIK8uU6DlBZnNRU;lQ%fqeR@k#-Tvq@pgy^I<MqEMeNHHoc=)<rC<!D{IoD4
z7aC`FDY1HqO`+jO)u|__d2aO>^%j%dv~GEH_w1*Gd=QrBpM&UTnXb_i=kJfx>T>OU
zH!eJ5X`Lf0z6&F0@bpcF{gv(cMKV8FU|Ur7gh^JcXn0tFv(Yd+KuqPt^Anb2fm?L+
zi5~chfiZ?oGw>#sDfUlY@g)tcWH(uejETgr1ndM<zh0Jz6slmxYb?Q-Yh=m$OO|1!
zC@hKtxG`j^=)LX<4MlBdxNL5DdhE}>h`*4)G<4lhs>ld?qQ*`&L@9_x!_Ti8ikIDR
zPsjw?WrQZU4ke4>Y~M-^c9>~V<!NvWvilWlS80Ojn<><S39)r-I^iN@G<2HKrfE}p
zS4DnOsY-&}dFB|JCnVQaaY`ips@N;8YScf&Q);W3V;7>;>z6sMGe@(i19laa3UP}Q
zJ;|&yH7(!`<*^Fj6pRSG=yrmf^T`Z_v+F&H#YQfpDFPNK%wp4W=UAh)rI~QRSdu|s
z7spY|ZNP}v9Jj1(Tj_H0o$A`(?}0r9)fCjHBf_cLUVqj8z0(`d2z7S6$qp%&TEP(s
z$4k9_ClsN8Q`&sTDd$c{e1fDD#G!`aM33+qby12}ngTKR{=yUq3O_qPO^xhgcxV>R
zHU;yOoRB*eGYP>r@f0-D3uzKLXeiQ@e32osl|0m`;{6<X<i6%vPzQp=8s@Ub+4Gau
zPrYsLsx7Y~M54xirPx8<@~UH^b?YHR=y1g3AC-ZlE~V9{=jBc>qyk}g8&yJn^|EKS
zoNc%CeIXItr1Xcq)RrjPkYqa=EFwqxQf*%$e`*6My!Icx`D>MeA+7oZuIAIaRJ{A<
zefRG*7^~I%{Jr8QPP^uFj98Bm-Ou4xTBM9UQGjhD=ydr?iO+6Txn`+|P09HrBe!f%
zQLSc4N)B0(xt{H>Pnb^Tpy)M>-ZjbV_8nz53ZewYhJ6|UXRnJfR;#ihxr90~7~M#}
zvlS_csv@^o(g?jLiXOr>l+W@b!jX0<oPNO0(_qe_DzdEV7gHotB!vbZm$<kZdyd&g
zJF|r)go{^H!H__nH~}oEkQh&gyoowCXQGT*CCg8KQG*nwPV;kzKnA;^p@HrW4$NMq
z6J^n$YX3alB!4^uEcg+uH)pi`n9$)F)&f_^L_g+bb0@UYFVa3uueUDRiIk@uxheeX
z5~C>=yC1W;6~!g7h>81Fp8e?=5tSN&&L7BDbtkc}`z{e8I)hBc$996X6V9ktSF;m|
zQ^BqYh@PyimewQZD|Qo<IoDu;r5gh53dmZ^7^W6mOOl0II8G%%+Jk=1PkP4`G8K%e
zev0?ht$OoqT0OZi2_8o6$s3YH`hMoHkJb9clTIGFAGKBj&5P^Q#%BL9*f_!Q8;Y>A
zyOFv#UHvCC3{IG*Esm6=9+qOjfsVYh{D&?*Ni4ac&0l3tgIiTPidBuoZAJl1$Zca?
z`|EFK4dK}lgLeOjsE2p<wKv|a!jefY&Zv@J78daIK_xmB(1y)gbVx9$$*;<4Id~PI
zR3xa7L1>cA@o}eos8lj`0^dFv@IcS%w!?al|CG~2uYp&PB54!SlxkQbhbPBWa>*tx
zh)jLibGS`@|C@?X3V5<)-6}J(-D$ob2T73~8vRo|7>DGSarpGrTpEOCE?cuktHL`a
zND_l!uCFOH+3u!wy3!FPpb}mfE)eT9HG2ZDl9rq)pvpBwwy!`A@=k{Qlb^K$g(t#E
zx7Ki#&ULdfeq;eG5Kc^e0vKan`}l<6kc9Q>%N66h+;o&PG6&^gbTYCvhh>`z6l1<%
zz~_E+?UHytSKA~^TUwI8Ggn-0R@`~5wJ-bwHm+kN@@>KC@Atp*h|M=QDn?p%C?Szv
zn$2Z=hrZv4KUz;5&8IU~ppp7Oftb<AY$nA7MU&`0)Ue1O#X7BH6Nw<(^g@^?AIzgZ
zK8j7BdNx{3Y{_5JJE9WtPct7vaEUB~nqBgLcnDlb4&%ext{1)%cex<xV{<WchEnyW
zo>@~I4Sqme*$ogv;m0DL`@~2VMmUPEgM~=CT~HZBX%x{5_ksTjVzpBQSurv_cnzO<
z=DnyX3c?HsLUoK+I+=bezBXR1oK4yN62y6(bLJq*dz~$bFzVWf`dj#;xki2w5;MKe
z{i(^1AF!rqpj14W(EHdzCi$dvd8JDBS(ZQn2JTp-FsbvJP#7$VwWT*0&j<(y7Nuo{
zgSlIdf$PS$E}W)(B2PSg3D0I)u|kevP1x^M(wKa=f8!~&+j>upQP1sL4wvUZgL22%
zCVNh7)B+a$Lr8~(!pE<ug1T*-4*@Hkg?Kx_Pobq#^x=Ey^=KC2C2)7%{Vy+UHz4N;
zt}G~BtbI4vAe!Tmv5j$=Idc!++o!q<(qmkv`MqY(Ehs2cu_h%ifhXr_+HWhk{RQRo
zX2j)lq1bj%)URt;%RZ$LUSg-yjGqhwpRj2VOym7M%SkyK{Phd`Ahrhq>jbpJ1n&&`
ztBChN-56Qg3E*M`2%xN=-^dV2^YepHBHkiJfh1DrN!D;G-$X#8u1P}O!vuCrU%lqj
z%*h1?BH0yO#c4{u$Q0_~Dtk5|4=FDby^QsjWD_jXk!zfC{2{%{@$yAHq4I!}i^8+Z
z6clY189aqxTqL%y43ZZr>eylMWSa1lf!(3z|G2-F|9A%Zevo7~Ysx5giJc>I<+;81
z()#CgNB-VKL*E3*)s#4DRUT;0%uH-mpBn$`gMyxQ!#O@u^ulreFman$<ycxSC(kz|
z>U+{Z&hVj2{5up#2PklgaSOmU{Ef0u+tyu5YN_$laekDxKm_I6HOt#}jmf8Ub8@^U
z?;H_KK%8t*KyrL37ZjT<8Wc2$GA9{^h^}d9wT)F|r;%Jmk>BhKY4nTAHUkJbteWLE
zgQS9;&ij0LZPZq4{1uT`&j`$|GqSS>08yYTnjbxylmPT-r;jVVmv)t<7sADTL{=3q
zzeK*a`&1^&pT5}<R>O#BqEw;}EC7^pAyzy%y8;$l-G2LCsx?cd8|`;}O;U=0DuO%j
z8~}SChvwxSxm;KZ_fSC!jh&VI`MQLkGr6X$URII6HoCD9oz6bW7h4rZR&|9)EZ8Iu
zrt!qKRC9}Y1tjImEV2dUY_w|P#BCbKe25p-27uBdxUdm$CL#KqIYy^a*K7tk&sjK0
z;@L&m3=2)xM1cQ*2r|B({3{g}Tk^U29b@407Q0^{{$Us`nVd-99ALNPNB8`mc=s!N
z@B*CzxvdB)Dr#j`>`LtwQFI7MQUZ@(L($|rCV7BsW(+C6<4fHz7Z(@$)a+UF(XIFL
zTs+;VF+6=R45?0rqEK;gYbu8OrYstH{WBOfMIBF2pFrn_6J7!xGt5x3Jnt&<_YxuU
zS<c5DR%cr23d|i@y69yfZ?O(mqJ<1~1I`D%9L&@fcX7?dcVVR9f_$UnxPvaaYUxXz
z>kr>{T3ryYDgP~*0C$_dj=OUvM_GoyP8k7!b$PgN%hH~lu0rIy0;NkQA267Cb5t$!
zM_F#7nN&xj0y9Pxgc>>?FXhB0d<$By;elViw;G3D;6`YCqP?i25ny8lUrB~?0jlDH
zF{MKSn7NWUg-XXhgI)5T$;5lk2o2m8wJX21<jOV-sqk+~lMPp9>9@$Qab2b*!d}1?
z0pj}x_=(hm)Du2ZKsMpFsOkR<?r5GZ_q~|W!3q~<IHfQ+e96Pw3=Y|&Q85J0!kFjM
zhR8C>;4u>r+<$KH&pfH_N{#c~H+@+Gz7mSR?C|<N&A<1;6B>+6<p>L24eVJr0aDzb
zzPMFT^dc7r`uVtD{n71-{VjeXm<{ZE{SYxnjdc9W{Ndv`0;SGqUpqC;Wu%^*E1~-(
zsO62BQ2bQEp!I5@54OdD_@35+i!1(4tg(ZPf((Hlu43e0=QiRSowFX1J+Mb05P`KZ
zshDkCab2(*(sgk;8|R<A)OD^>+=M3`&#TD#f^;N?)kgAi_B?c86jG_vUF`9J{RLaC
zHu@|8>$W~H@BP|6u~8wDz^a_7A=~ep2j|jpL7~vb1nt*2I)(VT?NKh#(Wwp8mmkj*
zplM}pZc&*koxj3N(SH-*@7(aucDopHC?cepL#`OoBcx|it?(C4UN_o;9u3t=lybqz
zL)2!{I7{-0aMTmwqf}_cvx3^o-Q<S1(?l2?Un1#Qe{~0+>`^5F?<Ozj=rJx~oMlLN
z`Y>z$nTcuk`b(q6Yo3Ai#M*Za6@r>@blTTH*=@a66OQBj3HbYl1KWCQ&@@pun-}HV
z$?_STL#pZ{*AWb$Pu8SU=-2JOHt&8I{PdZZ7e7#?aeydDdUh1$x^Ukk_wnnw{}Vy8
z!`4vjBTh2Hw}c?`4kymTP^4*_8N~=f48|u~SHZPiN6kDdp0>wB(zYE-eytk*h`n^X
zwdSk)mY$qEhprGc-zP0kBVzrhC}Qoqpf^YljjUg-aTymTi6^QgBJPecjZtjySGA=)
zI>fMz%hrGIqPvXk#bpAqM{e9UO$bB#%F2Ap-LHK9kTzYXsTIf}yMq_%^ZjI<$zOy{
zNTpFvZrh4}*`|qJUNlbJ;9cVoHLXml+v6@_ckdnr1n;<sp~N}~a!+0ObUm%xrN$U)
z=6H)NgHN`dE%lG6oJSHbStd=*|CCY?oQnxVY+{Fhb@J-}RxL%@o$$sx_kDnT?vm}y
zsOXyE*2y&R-DImpAd&`pCR3K;&%}n0V@tYrV7XPNMx%8udGW6>Xt115tAcg!Z5}CZ
zJJ9e6b}gfmVB|Wn;QOT*UP!_)UB;V*CzGZ6={JW~;woH8f*zxWP`{wkYWjd_MwY|8
zP1A}#rnIfMcP4;cLIwqF$GPYe_V)+5p5>)LWWBD85uBWIm1#Dr%^BM`v*Nc$Bd^GH
z7-Ict^%~Mbroxp<9VQroWUSTzospd}SQcE`udIKudnii^UzM>;@Hadr#9JejIG+AE
z(C9r)2GnII-PgczNmjlTQU>9sDot`y=~a-GIm6RdRQOV36h{CejM>FJh+&)1%D<Oq
zOKb?N;-6N8fimq|qObxpGKl#cHkDJ|yoQB0`=CkPE5+f@S)w~J)fB!*<iKW~S+B~+
zDqbw6gA{t{-!s~Ek%sTfM$fiayLr}BzH~z7vF?OKZS~1@xzQRo&A=J?AY|p2Jo-7d
zKk-XzgJz1JEmI^-I#UtV@IYZ5mk?{L)l6Cj8>0UUi~!v=Ocj_(iL{WRO2$S(|Ni08
zuBF!PMCa}Jm2!6z(oQ%eaDTeOe;F0CSEjgPOsr}$o<*HRClQIYudepDuzAr2d(b}N
zJ(#Gf(MS>{)vW>P_uY5VT_*G>W=p|~PIhSxJf3L8KF$6ngWD^s8xC}u9$JyXWO@)6
z5)QOzF=;N?@Mcb0+@1PC2uNQ-tI(~b@S@sJok{AUnmcW-@#w&hPHO&0`wXnvUhkMh
zW&$<4e%h~r^!=$R;>jN?W#<MILtFym<KS1@ez&-!lKX&X0S(qtGggbX$O^@?Lj6i3
zRl}q~C6OeJv8tfKj1Vkjt<;ad`?jOBy%>;W3<>a1T|6(2T%~R&_N9|}R5V~k`1XD3
z@^{1STM##sirp&j8Uc3R`k|VU0@We6ICoh1_=6;1Hbq$?Q>@K`q*musbXKB2OgPN+
zV_BT}W=1C#P--V{4ebM4zrd9vP{36s;!5<ED2yE7kF}(<Nua;X%BmPBMa)sn)eCJd
z-OHCF0EOu!QGy-i#o463ve<#iH1M={9(Ex9V`wE`!|{}YVE7qCNP}I;Ic?m{)oWy4
zZ6mhNZP^fj9rTh;wNC~#Ome<kvNbIaeRM)R{1_@cuT0uIABpc%94M!>anDvc;P>bl
zr!~>OtbRBtcO!*K*P{y3CZ{*O{w!C%?P!12r&8lV0SEHt=zhSVc-ap7>Mtg^^*9A-
zz3fNz0$qquo=9%R%0w^`j&KK24<+W?_LWebz+Y1rBH6N=6VD+qX%?r3%VP~Qdl|yv
zV9B(~Q)U0vSHfe?P9l<I>coll79G50Q_w70Wacys89AujR#0n&#UE^J7i=ZlafS<Q
zHIzg8o^eA~sJk638BP$wQl>(ow19fOmqug0YL*h@DNAO%tEVewSRJY7s?3Kc)AILO
z{6WlSQbhy;F;u2wlW`z8Vhd5nqE`ly-U3h;5`!NN30djpnl!uv1+3@J8`G_Z*jxb%
zS?B;eHMSpU^qQgB8WbUT$SjG{<^4_EC<XuYm1y9!nuJz8vy+s6io|xt3#^$GVr%VV
zl-nTLahit((-m(k*z8YjchNd{ST8U-PMPGu*ws~25k%TIe>p<^Dut_rU5}VdQY5<Z
znK71zi9JHovnu_fxonYSq@M22esdiDT{%KGk{4me5RM#r{W%%wZ)Zh~&mDdg2U;@-
z-vOVuet2)7$t2Lk^sVvT0Tf%b3+IIHMgqT{>T@#DMI6Ns;LrxqmssLi7nWmh9-PO@
z$Y7WAc-C;1N+ZRABI|j0NYJlE<d9_W=<#H@9Q8F=C|VmE*X$GnPiszyQe<5t(SlJ@
z)2gW>O+SCb;kU6WkLPQpZ;YY{X(?u*-j{LlJi(@sE|E<b@KLHsODaXbu9TL8b#SR{
z;mJy(t}RT=(dW%`>-cVAVWFp|M+BEmJ}R(_tYdB9=<Fdu&Q>g?7o|nP2nPt0my}cY
z3S**-a3Ki$tKD6!33pe|h!sX9&CYMv6+<_>aN@?0g<krbA>C@>V}v7xkqUu%hDoIJ
zm(Pu$0S!r=+jvblOABJ>Xn~8mMVr}FcrP8z{m`Q$g;GYw@Ww!^^euWt1}WHq<BQ7V
zeOcqKqNT|MAz36DvalEW`poE}u}%ij0mY(<;1aA#bn4|%Y8fJ5YqI$xyydy=s)}wU
zSpE8dZ7OYnEg$KUz;h{P-tcq-dt<h=`7t8yRtq8yv0xXD2S)*MPk-t!+DkCd!^9$a
zeL{mDi$CpSlEAg9s%yT;t51KqeRrpoHolDr1+z26f7}Y82b0fyQmV`k!J-v^I%s(J
z1EF*r;((T@o7HdegcPw!+N<S=t&fNHWH3IXjuM3oJeg!y02okirh?;tjbLfk*VcY1
zn(du0VEX3T?!z3V->Jwo6;FqAfu^xL!@wBfeY*OJ>VCQ`(I7Z_Xc|W!bHc{fSk8|V
zeWZ~p2o-tk*8C$hBa_sGQjU(SqmO<lkMx)sq!ps=i-VAJRHN2Bep*iF<|r3)346R|
z%W5SaxG1YIRUX%!-Jk7yjh33ml@QqeU_ZKRUw6IHalgnizbQ2>|BbArbrN1ktc=h$
z-FlyS!sM|zMLbOYw-omxHi`$73Jtp6Iu|fTvwasnGcRL~D+(?y_pP_6f43W}(bHU7
z>jQP%PU<)NA+ztXTOul=v1N<4FF%Gk-cG<v`CX<rlUV3K|2qp%YMQ>{tIWwC5x%Zx
z-@1dqXP?=ZNur-xXFFZ>Q}FS8hWSs3ULY5Bcv+fT+d=5J74D9x`8eT#7{+W#K*fCS
zR?wMQUqlzk>;zOLJyi5{YUqxXi90M7w-LbzMJNYjt>q#=36gHm6T7Fjj#GFzmLH>(
zn9MevVMQk)9AxZmLk_U<f10<wGLJLm&;7DqS%j;ipUMPoJ!sD3Zt@RBAEp?uYS|on
zvcL_aDlbXKsqVT5+@Gyaw#x>^3{$FAm0PQ-n2s6I6kGf#jNoNxO|g>UwsU?}1BN=f
zHD^1DBw*~9GSPi&+5C0ZwA}cp7c2UBo=yX2-n8a&n!6$6=bVW?Y`=4uWuKqE);BSM
z#?6==`_cOho+QS)eFJ0CBBy?Wc|0-8p*sUg7!r$z>{>P=A-TA!%do$=;5EKh5cGIs
znS1_Kt1cR-J!sUDpCc-#bE@LwWZm?CK094$B27#CY0wie`7QQ$ZmFw<@WKh#&CQJf
z;`}`6a)-w!AILd_0*$JG393E_we4S}#g89>s+IxY9J*509JT`Pa=E8Pxas`amH2)x
z_vVWFAOtYV3B`H_(wmV@1PW2lB1_6p;VFhjEPF>lP}HdS0$${$Q(h*#wN@gengL+Z
zsjziwsFPY)oBN|c$+loT_ItyE4KwbYY)YIA`su1BgZ#nOre<<(A)5wZ2gzh+3Q#=5
z1V5r!L9glER@6vdnUpMxC8MDips)04Tq5)$86`8*u%)*xo>A`Tv(=(6C%d~4d9QXi
z<4$%x68WMKw9DqTZKq)|DO8<L*Ry3{U|>zuE02jm_cuWbM)T@15N|=DVp;Rg+ZF(G
z4q=d)r#XkcW-kyXRA{iPekq2d&T=n#CArc-g`l&R_|uGvOtTi!A}ZWHCFJ<+E={91
z800+N9Rs%*or>CNE=0R+@`QKIx)<<TAN-?uy^8?dGG-3Joe?%%R2V_hpOfZcJ5ERd
zEe6Bur&T8ORXEOvRFV2jLHC^F^(^Rp>cWp(1*6AF=LYavz7l%u;@6FQCxg7V{trw0
zs@w66U4vlq^Tp1L2}S?6$EBMy;45s)t1qcj;&m_LW?qt-FueeVZbCT!hAVB}<M1cP
z!;If^Htd&Y0*BX(-zi?Wniy^Z=gg!N`iHq%Hrrz=dVsvpcdx7r8WH-w+r@tF56Wmg
z5g#)sJYsKbeQQ5i;T9g2qI^R7oRwrr{+~Y2WiqY?+{it>O<D7Z9Ou1IlI>EX_3zH+
zbZu?d4tV3Viu+r`oo>nheeLDoS!{$J(+6*gxc4fE(l<@F=V?({ZF<J0sck2e^l{3=
z{|jhkJnwBKD??v=lK*XQtIZE$Sp7Q7+qvUbv)@Pfy*I7<&CT#7>=XDlN$sx%vG_~h
zqVKj8<t|X<GJxmDU@nO4lh;v{*ZEDZ61%p6*Fl5lsFG1%Lyh+b?k2b+`i&{rJMSb1
zKS)^T;bM*H{NWuP?;wBoi_9B%-0<&w^~?9tOt-iDSIYhQyeB+J+qB<9R?n+2f&2L(
zu^Nyj&Tqo}OQ1)tXovev*M)Boq;n5A|C5hd)E9!d1^x?s*Pw8HM?{-DLqcvo9Y-IR
z?wUg9U+-0G+3e4H-;ZN%(B}|(59mDQtvQTtn6_|sPP}*>=Jy;+0!FC;54nABlk)c2
z9eimiA7{2M%akaG?ABVYS}0$ME}koTb~Vxr$9T71`8<T5&pUUU91ixiRH>Z_$d{O+
zsTF=?Pu4Z>my%ZRVW$}mJ-<W31nkBm((8v?y6^0A{SKm9FW@26wr2;7OW&vE#IDrV
z!J9n+iup@Nj*m&XBPVbB?57#;C^deQtP#pt+^XU^X<cuV2G{Xn38ik=BBs!G$-YG;
zalrQ`Yiobf!Jpf~^DpVc3s`)5%kSZ0hUHLj+6!YE_;$0>Xswlk%dwja>EvHB0*V^F
zy%0VOYyt6DMdP|&kY8$aJF~59$eYn_Ms$1Lv<<I&42MLgMC0nSt~M@!X)Qe`-$nMZ
z(>~8<_X+-e-g@^J%Att!zuohCf8Ltb?S7)~y?$DH<5Kfkb<hRKj8}_xJgzQv_rLp&
zQaZoAa+qyxZU}%q_p&wzWC*_xoNshk^JTeqd_TT>!d9z?qLO*e7ok6{A232tV@tbN
z8RVF<Ni+VzQ>&@)n)omWHPEE?uZ`(9Ii&vix++A+emA8BP+H-z_V^}G9bQC-RjG$-
zi?352!Jx7i$%OwAU9mN<UzdTCTBJm2Bob|&x6#|Kux+zf$G(c5b%JJ6%}7|MVo`oR
zxt$GrBhg-m<`P<)<F)(ec|buk4h4l@dRNJ>MX<z~%?}{zpAQ&Dt^*??@(rt(j+v^g
zngAc=cFN`~%w;qLGlp(y8K3E_fw=jW<)!B7!EV95Uk|G#lE30h{99N5dypeHQgGAS
zVzO4~f4}4Zc~m2DZkS5y3aPISqyuO7_#_BcuczTI@{3J~K6VEdHYZC{u>G0Q@yA3A
z7HAb;0u-%#kuSY$rR}wBgzHdfc_$~+mG`^%N;9yz{ybQy36&Q5x#(<lvgDv|D{B3R
zSxHIXo5HbkAYHW4-xas*DqmZE=?6I^6ZxCw+1rs0g>xv47?`Mj0&A3#*8UaQr9{S7
zLPLNLrssWmGTFRi&Vq!%|HY|LJ`qen4-W{N*n^3{GH@-V64L&mjJP9mR;lV@L%4Aw
zCOfQ0!@eB27d;u-we?PFqo8i|KIAR1=a0U-%5e^vK_7S{xu$%J7jc=Oixl^qaLT?J
z;EykX>`PI4ewu!L1z+blyoGD2uJp%}uR*cEuwN_h{@V*E37EyC_yFSXLGK-9%$uk%
zykmL0o!;vENO5bN`?6pe??JHK=pRV={xB?ZP_A}(=kUT!@mw~{$<5WL+x=o*{gPvO
zGg#vrlfkVDCwUx&34CzK$hEnKie`eAxo#MwOVjFRqKz{PHg5Kt-mJPJk0^#Wnc|1c
zYJNCQr>$?t6<#k|d426F!&hr+exIj3hZ+Q)D?4s(xBRdv-zU-pz{%_aOBmN|DiOQs
zd0Twr9b2#VhVOC?`~1M0P1ox{aUew4YZldLg#Z0Di-&ZwFa1vmx^xryO!@EJe$uU5
z3&WSWw43SoYp-?}Vb6KWu2}Hfxwh|9p17Q-!Ytr3m;N5QgXhQJTdzMipErB<_mf&?
z?5D5l;$B6en`V53%84vl{1fV~V6Qt{!zpdu@1wupcPIs~(is|jnyJ-2PxSaj`_RR^
zQsfMtkPILHEIC~TaajB@1aG~)o<NZ|rSq}sVsAE0G&#efU+(R#NaQY(_2J&5dwjxa
z9#4PhDl2a1aT@sHljoJv<AkNy-}dDjC}u?Ib{(g@>{(8k-#jUFa+~S5WSR!5{e!~j
z$lBJMs^LRF;WZR>@+e>b$-Qh|bcI8O<?B;Rai9FIr?*Ajo79%h5U`;azOLwvK9o?p
z=RV#3cG?u3I#^Nj5sHzGsR6#8h=2vBcfMcvVPg8v3|dh?KI!%h-2mT1eD@#T<HAI@
z3-)E=?nwEr(k`BH{jZ|VL~b&s56Le)S&d$g(;ohc`!YjXheca2fd<mQJ9^{%UC}@J
z&Z0h6K!EXbBD=G$9d=@u0hpK1pS-c(U)rXfPV0sf%~y=;IyEzM{*ptL^T2N6O6hre
z5H+vl5q|R}Qr82vlpGp1?iA_QWVrhSQBQrD>LYC2q#=?hH;D}+wIHBE1{hB!;*K7V
zzI!jBzbF}P;CDje5VFSCjEdwxzEN~jlGZ_aIxV(bpzTVj@c8;(KotGHyr#Blj{inq
zVRBKDe(=9qe;NjlNC3`kS;@k2(m+B#anM&-EurMOg?W-qsoXTZwQBjOLS2GwlWyE@
zTT4;LT*Cydnx%}KJSilZF2mm|x75)s&LSS08vE256`HUm`&8Vn?|a#TOvIO)=nN~=
zJBc49ZN~EN)Kd^(38%CqcT<KRzT{quU`Ch}g)>DWF!cH}LE=Y3?*HM|cZ2M{qVoT_
zL-}s5_pXswmEQ-TKm_Trcl*;b9;9R+0CSk?g>ldCDgS<QC^R8=;x1)GJDb>z$&Ve-
z0nB|Vg;UgFa9&fh@d{`C_g6GI(0+QROiun_1T{)Cun-Mfts2c=6G?*KL%>p>zkq8f
z$=oDCD>d~{TCqb5M=sNXmS!A1Czf7CN^RtG7|3J-q^V-fHsw<&U^P{Bg%^T8J0LkD
zkIzg^nZnLqN00)7cit=G|3Pr*%#ek`2tPTR-dRhRFhGRJ@=rYrmT#GF@IKFJw~KPZ
z9MgyA!XNT2JuB;@>VIsU({(rDZ_Ph<Zs*lX=1092%;P>_Q~%7;QWM3m!k?c{QdUt(
zm{6Y2*c$#VcBfG7IfrlHG>BhmTTQDS>9cXNxnL_n>iV`~xjnYQljYWZvvF}fs^%N`
zyb0!C;pd<3?-$Y6!5WP=1*u)7d;&(eOtmpWsl<i45_K#);Y-}}b-TDX`-L|YEM{Z~
zoogCY_kPFZX^@Ox4d;yPFW_y;M^7@<^XXR$9_`~kF8mf7{A!0#o-ZcYhnwdq2z;-L
z;}#YkM;^}W?eB-}GDM`-{JBwxzkb`0cg^VFOPD5pkfE$Ru)JB<dEQjBd;ME9it_c6
zL{-=t6_j$i(hwD9@FbrLStoRyi(s4y-(g(xje|g0qwl|W-#{%@u^bDPq$XbA?P{7!
zpN!h}@RH&15u+%U+`wiVe5qw=+d(SnW01HfvYP)Gx98gp5c50IA>`~Z@BL_A<iNUT
z5I6V5%mzBwksC$niY)m~%)jYLYnkgPrcn5J<hFEO%Kyr&_H<@h@8pf+?c=qJn>Ql<
zGQPwKnzK@luh{&;O(uig;c<bmopa&K_&eJf1!-CVS`9$o>~}VRR~!`Y!NV@l<fSnS
zcL%PmZ4N#5TxC5J?mr}{?T=Md@7}LDFh<fGT7Vz=!S5lKq9^(W?knbf{Dh+=ah?Kd
ztuGP2$69&2{@@(7Y$gH%0?*!8%HFljd%otME0P_&<0Y6rM2rrC3D7P|HBq*#dSCRy
z3$q4_x1Rg7lo4F1ZYQ9t+Az^*O#jQE)3uhk$t-?Mvs#e%HmgtZF4TO7RiG0E+=p9X
zqoO*)8boTL=pJ|l*!=#Z$c-b0-D>=VBgr+9&yG;~M=z}QWZP03K~9YMY6`u+U#f{j
zPF+ZD*1BN^8F@2v^63}VEiad5DEhamrhPt);oVx+WG)2OqS}=T&24tWaF#9krY?lo
z`qfU*Wa@;6%bdWELX9E<TN3L)9N6M7CuN^Mv0RV2{&ox2Ok`5!%Anjw{<BCTpf#6m
zGiTqzWlmbP7Z4$*sF1i2>Nb7TM`0pCil>~xIq{2P*gFBi-Wu+^-rX}cE^V?oSGZMX
zwiS+yP3><zDoF_?n&2TE<z#b>IcpCr$#^;iB%=5}wQ8ON8u0UFH_J^jg*{VOwuK$f
zWMJC3+zWfyN0|?s2~2-A$T+%n5c|)`#ZhC|B{|oe=m1nr#aOWsBqN>ILDv#lbSX#}
zzc?O{s~ZXTY^Z(p$^;1cOx)WBzsb?iYyMhr<^;)<e2ACaE|GeSB#MmR)<IIR<TGt2
z9+I}@v-B1!!6UE~0SO&D%_LiVm%>xfEMbn35KsegBju;U5yF(`i|QsW@OnxV<4x)P
zV3wx|ahtKl|Cz38-Q-M$#YnxsMXW|+{2@-+)S>|vJAk>l&J^PI^6-19&i{tEGRrUy
zD^Mki&*||X?Itm;GuWPSFA$YtB$b_U{)nU2x^yTvM|h+@+P;MprvZdh&t~dw|EU8q
zaScr@Oe4=?H?uB`F2hf7iC<CIN$p!xbvv&Q*3axc{<cw3+T5kD4#?uPpRRP}RPk>N
zKwAx_-Qs|v;r@Oxz6BnLzy+E6=9^NqldF)ZE8fS%5PL!g#tetadZ$-34pses2!cGb
zR*BNcH&tE9Vh=JoP`oKth|#Iwo$+K|lz#9^#`!5^LCcuyNwbM+0h!c@L-P>cqhmPc
z1>D>$2GWmI{T4rK5!_ptKXMm#9gALb=pp}=q$-rcR9)w?boSG5%lJF@ju@nyv1P-Z
z)CHB?26x`Tap!fV+muunxXY-lrhGl7+lk^Jk`S5hFnQgO_nN#qWa_on@eW&8n`Oba
zEW9*Cs`Z#x;_1L;KD99=l*ChYGj8;jh`Y3;kmOm*`IDW^IMRQWIz$sYDQQ02_qx2;
zS`^Ds{|D;0=(!gMR4;S)2@nuN{-veXMViHDSGaUCYs=2rWU@g;R8}ML1f?3|tVZtu
zs1-DS6hE>Z_tJ|f77y{=_DeP&y=_N61cRaW#!Y%=X5pd@7cZB@Z{g{Evm^n{eXk*?
zBm2062^=|`%zE55dgt}IpTMymY_?nD9OC5X=U+zTiKMAF#4L&X8R=}cMBz9T#Dlan
znD)%+MQVcDnJu9{ETBZk1BgAB<_P*L2zM5o6qVGe4ZG+wy}nN7M23i~UxLj%&h{`c
z60bMo6L%*y83~#-t~a#u2x?2Hjc6!Swtbyw|4d+|FK8-^%3@U&46}#6jK#h%4MQm(
zA;%H{f|XOQnXA3K_9Ago7CxRU`we9Y-;^@F>uCi14`uWPTXnm2g-i-T#iguy)x|?*
zU9$V|=K6^X#{tU^#{Rh7t2%$->b3Af1yo1takL1En@BdpVq8kFikqzRwE;gd(1_@{
z0~%AHLLk(4()pd~))+mTnXl3)p~b{HZx7c92-O=@=3~&;)9WQjEu$z<N5WRlRAjcn
z$DX*!uBXxV;^MK4#o5+iCu0K{u#cVnNMlrg-NKZvMHs$%CMV@>z$iq3|EQ8#7RZHx
zNXb^i=ER0Qm1IeeP8Si_jK!9WQDBbmM8cP;ox+`!7VuEnxU^?e5ZsF_p+R(vi!5W!
ziBycnfFC61El1be@dZIeW(;jRdzeTqlco5VW>8CL;ia-&Wu1@1(85>A+!VbpGKuw#
zMDUU!udqI#`Jb}#XO09YA{*<RT*O*=u}3KdTl~k^UOU!wk(I8=Q$<>XzJ`fBy!zHx
zb;T28P144S)5&;^V>sBTC>IZ7x;-Ph;t!(LYwf)&5E0B@BGb?zl6|jfABth}mW;Hn
z7xMv)B&gu>(ZKgg3Yz|as!*=b@^UO*QE_o44Lk$jYt#Bgp;GJC>v@=SWambSVU$-d
zJ)z60zNJPgeUo=TR~G+gQPBuc=3|>q)68`v0fGF#!eV3h3$ao@fVWJaG`D0c5*TgL
zg1nq}!yeJLfQc=O&)(t(%>w;+Vt{h^9El9bWO|C+ch7d~(30P9xS3pd<tfT8+kI$5
zzsFxx1FxZ$Q_iK37&bf-9_rAWR(<%Ck@@qp@EU#DUvkF0`VhA9Ua2At#<|y93gR61
zp*qs6Tknn9rf8?+5=I40z!?VaU3yY8nVf#AvT~JWfv_CFq2BJ<y}Ip+G2899&5C?a
zRL_>vd}@93d$!MeRO|C2q58#S;de}>2`LIcL2!;AA5^R?VM9?Bx$^YxiqCI1tVuH8
zVA%*HZ;c>2;ACh`4*rhJU^V$ky@sC!xE#o%l98F&k9*%Xag*pa&&|dLNB>1UWYmB)
zegZ0%dw1m%+qSIzT&@ienGQ0C!G1yf&2Z%2fmhO}KOKrry3*l+*<~1q&V9n9qMGW)
zJRZoTsSSupWIJ)55(GQ09$7kGk76)yzuZiNug5=uqq(PG`gdE{P@t2QGEFHP36W4E
zQ$`cpTCR{iVXW_4u@%+V%bw35?L*dp28xRXV-Es}rbv8k+4V>mg#v_TBmJ620*?J2
z*mxE!JZ5+qaUZUH#00zU&(He7>K_|2ZedSEhJ>QgS?Tkdf*d4p5O<4Q!%>odag_;3
z_cFmr215821`%nN8I?-X(hcM4nXs$#SIV*FBBfXIuhnomiR{TutI%P`QE^H#Y?K@P
zp3k7u3*Cl86B9za3h8UYYQ=b()|F0XGJI6xMgArrBB2cm#Sji{Ja~ZZ>RJBIpGBJ>
zJY-Iuf;(O#7;|DCbA26p5ADddHbJP9+cX(L^pJK3Hn+{6x98^K>bw2wf_29~i?&vn
zOz(LD)qits#x#@MeDJ(5zF3S01igHj*SGGt{dar>6MI>7xOPCcaKV&HYg%-MSBPHW
zf?34W|Fsy8Tq#rbpY*TbBh#tFbgfTx_ikioU(9YqiqVOk_H`9abXF^zQ`A%12t|g7
z80L}-nI2kz&-@IGjBQJPl+uOl-T$zfbqHR-5dSasY!F~?2$N)N(RZl62L<ZraSDk1
zlqkf&zWb3u?D9&@W%0sbbm10nK1j?!M}n5Q%Mf$N#1Cio#O-kt=!+U~SQteyGQ`6$
zE?lfIp;ptKnaeEjUin;44Z_o(x?6e)Z_`OrqVRTFUYa2;O$uHCi8QRW+`I#KjN0B`
zr}ox;g_%Nr{`y1)UOzK5xZd9a4}J3=tuTW8*cGTA@{VhmYA5~H+!?P#;me%&IMH+2
zG2IsV{*0LihV}zFm2BmUHv3+(9UB%<%fh@y1#d9h`?y@>We0Qk7Ht)khMj9}o;eb$
zRmu?_OA<Of&ETQ!jS-~I+|(*-y%zLJAhkA;^wp>J&?}akUJEw~YQRSp7B3!iinsJi
zHq7-Zg>h2n&4a3Xwy)y6c&0m!Lkzr+O0vDC+Frnm;@b}5FB;I|2OUj`h(Nxk`S_!>
zv~<~Nt=R@BpPqH1i3hKBmmX3%KJBnE77F!Wpq7nwKL$0xHnCV%KNafzwd)hC%LOBt
zg=0;k09<YcgbJCQQA{6KCi$IK@Y8O3$0;UoDg5Crv%L`1JYSOJX;et$CMM4hph>ko
zCnp*x>qE(rB{!(ztY7r+&I&|!29WG%g83T!SJ1UEBQK9J634rX%r<Ox);cq>bP?gO
z2`gdgCm*85UWfY`3066e3N)KPStnvtJG88&+gz<2xiUot$`(PttgN?N<FjcZfzGxS
zYfMap-u;J)A7!{nXygZWp5A%$WT`-hTC3pU``6cBe)U2K>n!v9_%MM3MOL58tk@Bb
zTq>K`*w})7T{kJO_EBPC0}qlgO5*gHc1q9qonNkS2dcw99hMI!{ruxGx<`EY!i8s%
zDg7&vy>dpc3B#mbLSHht3%o0^ugNl=C~y07i*n>^!CQ)HV@s~Q9PMLnV4f_e($^!j
zKiOI(b)Kg))LF*-gt9w|<B~1fCFqw6Hcb)(Me?HF1FraUxM=(W>|X=EM)ni5>IH$2
z66)8yM<j$*7S3jW_AW^0cvr@&e%;rcbE985@1l}S)H)Njt~|OE!V5vlD$@BVWg8Pq
zdu%P@xSpqIx|(CS4AHO#h~mos5D7@ap(pQR`#sXGyucO%pwjo!S5FmW$)K6$9{c=Y
z<Mm;4aIv(Q!jf!?F#U5She}40rD*1)P{N#iReHM3=cUQVL4z!)K3X#DE=0yX-)j*%
z8X+_(8)VODxphhwg6mp2s4y6ekMEV_TK@$$8^$c1EqNh;s2z)(#G3eC&4rqTo3&_$
zBcWg0!i*VtwrDD#CcKdnMT$N2a9Ac|buckp>O(S(z&)ztsz&=vPjb*Q^O$*}?wd!y
zV33;BYSM@git*oa!n#L^PZAGwR>9FG)48Ia{1Y+vTe294YX;~|JuWUTzGtT21Z{WO
zI65v|GA7Xqbr>}QeJ{>lmI%K|<C3=SZ`Sm$1|A`gZ`uNT<+`sVrh1O8d8UA5S||Pk
z!-fyQ<(FUR{}G=GR({UeG-X)xEH~L=jt;=B0?L$ClbT2lK8a5$y<e92J~}x-S#TSs
zj7IIu>TnOxof6bnbn%W7*`HqpK7M~dy+7L+G`)C)P3B+*i#DOVl?ESH@*J+d)I7dn
zZjP2iROJ;R@5??A<MI0Tshb9hXD35QLd_q#iZT`yl-dGoxp=VE-(_+pA<1cJroyU!
zoU`mj^O4x(vSE9svhaho=!k9z8a&y}Ay>24NQEEH>{AMy+R6WF3?s(<2~=ch`0TLh
zW9V~nmnrUVd*NcQgRhMQ@5ZGot!=R>(l#yjeA)%_@B?mLK*DT|zgp!!Br|fg@45Sf
zG5zznTQ;Yxexxh2q>f7+%EcbJroCT>7!9ddIviH@Tw0uWgQvYlfp;Pt-$jiV$GF8v
zNu$w~As$|DTkkfTx1}wYDMpVd?j9b{&nGSPf;+4y3$5GUans6GWE^vX#j^tc(KHbZ
zH_Sha+$iNvW4=y{kJ!F-IBb_@+4nzl6>vPL0dFmRuNvMc8giIbu8TEs_X5i^i_W5}
z=ktdaa3|X{ZWw`2mdoBlEiXyHe)5)$2|vijuqfp-5qNrQ;=Jufo#-%3cZEF8N<T??
zbS$P7oP_vQsFoj{Em<N>>+Qy9Yq-Rgy=BXtFofLY%nBXw<1iVbcc9;b-m>W>oG@ba
zdhkB3mFLW;A$M#&Dko0nwbk>ERr5yKo#tdCpl4v-{WHC0JLHo$wfNn~t#R@9T;Le4
zeOCry*LF#|7NO_p_#3vvyY71?Vb|rsX>OJ?o?_`>dab=+yL)e=$mE#rM4A$SaJIT&
zAwj;+c|(I~xKX)rvtX492mOLt$hSpuZ`PBcC~)wPwCUpp<Q?(tB&{oZBS%zc9G=Tn
zkCYkf_2(aSr}H}I0>9#FC6M)`lF`+o@1@i`p%G-P#?taLJ-ySP_Z>vBfvCJ!$$N-J
zYqNQm%@JT0KdoeNIrFh_Z|);%X@_O{C*5o@pIE}~%W<!*XaBHIuXEso7s(HnQG>7-
zCA>Khv7py`Y~DX{5U1S_I<B-o%aJ(ZCDE@K)VX!eN!o?XnjvtR_A%P*={;b{|IPx;
zkJWcJn;8&~IgNV%`)eMmV8kqQS#M=mh!EQVFS?EOdSkJ(0KlBgY#E#v<*v6I#N?8L
zH)H*ohgh6UBFT+A<IQj8dIvLZHZ({Sq>5Zrd`j#VtMw&7k;z<L!RGkpF?*XtM_b~1
zIFn&kWIEm|piyz)pCF)0uM#&TbzA!)*t+azK)LOo_9<)(K?QwVCfZea&AEqo$8J)w
z=S^41F>8<t7?}$kj1Rx3KiQt-Tf;HXSD%NcA6(8^LJy;h0VbQE&vy`^*h|`-D;a0g
zL6349pZ#NUMiVjM`IVamHFGq5LqSE+@oqc5`h+M(Hn?=~Nm@hCzT<!)b(~kXhJ3~~
zchr@p&$HUJ31AXkVjH5-pkq4x|Il<*QEfHt8YocQ-5r9vI|K<HTw5Fpl;SSM-QAty
z?(Xizi)(Q$4kzEg*165atn9sKUU}pl9s;SBl%AFYoJ*3D1*}Ist-<4K<p6DkOobRd
zOa$G_#Vy%_A!1N~KoBR@`Hui}9p<^u1)#6{9TXDZNUM=mb8J(mOhulzbyra%BkRf;
zS&ceJ7joa7J5wn(SY_}|X&dU2#+O2!I_=YyM+~~29meY=^{v|+-CMUIDvljg`$tNn
z2R0)WH5}oOrx{C2%UH4ZJ+VW!_uZPufA$~${vatFCKnb`LlFL>x}KJq2k)7OtM=ut
z7%t1{t7*4aI(v@^efPiG-BDXFU0ZwUGv0V!9WMsm-eOaZKomqf9I;z2`(45rAG(=$
zww!^!KHN<RTX0p5FHCrODf7w2PNzzk{AFdM^U}>PgWT&4{nq@;HJ0dOA3B6B5Q&A*
zGXtF;Z<j|0Y<>b>LR_ME`RH@)DMFW>i51#4^&K4(ZB9q-|A{RBd+3X{BeL&3Z?4_{
zY<g01UsJ`#9(=YQt|2sI%C*j&I0WDA@K~%c8k+KZh)h$YV}{gp?%UAq)0S05MZa36
z9h{v9H#f;<yf$wUD6jq_Bp?dl<g<&58=;;z-_6Hiz8iJ1`vu4kXhd1lhzg=)vAV3}
zd5j~Fg{E^vhSIq#TOIEiFTJ*2+=uZu#vtpE`M%P>(|)<0uQ?1Pe}z)<I#F-?alu_N
zU;|sF<0-4Dc@|~qz5R*&Yh%ZNUCY++rQi0$)3CM=_Q$T5UmQfK;g3$Lr~mhNeEL0s
z$o;SVyT1#s4SxT!y-!=ZGFm>?>~Gw1@15W8RK)txUvDoDY`$D0U3kx*$8qnCC8_w{
zBtpJKdUiJ8zX)*j@l+vpblUTN>hZF^Iiz6pSlsz~P_y0Rb5P;F7yH3q<GbiLuvxb7
zU(DdU^nUPqtp2zba;$AI6L!sJe@=`qz9%JMsdl<dpR%ZIw_tyAHXLzm+do;Xc%37E
zi-#?w8?t{}vcInAd9LU@x3f>={gE!w{c_Q9z1d*EI!7c^h#5H);B+({{@%*`R9^GU
z*uA5<)$5dVYhVPC78NudzFqo>^;{G8^woSk*BpskDlIpG*PLV8SskW1(kG!-zq%NX
z*z)f2)OeuQ_}*7Q{zvC7ZcQEo<NI^XM+T(F_UXKEsWIhD$LO@|(#v*#!}W%Ss;q6M
zNnF`jJt}h($y~joyZG4WsV3P}YFoel@VSe-{+pTqi(QdlWIdmmTGm%Nj5LJ9m}x|U
zGl6#wN(AF%=*%j(#6GAj2AXRnDdd@isaTO!=z9RC#JHz){jD-6;pQ2Yhta2cGH_g7
z&&HP3n3k>2dE88E(Dv@jTHGpr?rI7ex!{rv$CuMH6C$<b{&_ieBYCP_ISlOPYD7RC
z($51E=*S^eqoihJT%}VhJz4yrH=ICW4G!R8B<)_knIK_)RKYonUB~#gA_vi>8GG4m
zuy+iBQ-l|&GOJed_K6bUiRitNo*=ouJM?lK&`%2$$V*Fc@C)+hV{No+9KQ+fH0ysa
zCX437p8M9fIgRF3s$BP7i_lwe*d>^%&S>I0W3Yc6++ffHT0q~bKXt7EH*=~@x#y>>
z;<v%5ZK^3xxZbt}OC7%W14n^YpP(`n=WJ8%a`;2WAn~J(E7H_vX}I8o_fLZcL`sbD
z8c?Jjw#c^hevNh=$?Bycr{0Hm0!aG#N|c_13@nb|j^Pv@QHHRe)rL;bch+cZTcPOT
z3#BS*I;+Ay2ijdxbV?q3DzC8io(q{PtE+oA2NSP@Dz7x=y7dOEYK;5fi7*KGnEmA`
z`O8kK-&5+-q5Zo>6vyl3$9m>t^p-n7?D?5|uc^j|<>PRxGcY@w^xwaKVTp)^*J%TV
zFX@VOorgR%I}=8C2i|vu<Oj5DzJxO#&9tvWT{Ps@L=M3Bik1&LxA(xyBg39IR^NYB
z_7K6zyVmAY%$9|pUv5j!+j-|6>E(8Ki@~-jq_*gJUHWnu+4C3~IyKAZv%q&vEp|ig
zJ+<tOI^%QU^t40%ZhX;xTGshyXMc3$_kQ#g;dh1m=c!1j&HZ{euB;J~qL}gixGXQ!
z>e>iE0!j@K^ffYovvf;rk8ozY3bOF)pP4t3OP@<G0l#<Q+)n5C<(~KZPKYmInpnb^
zWjafg3!&l#160NH`Sa)hF{CdarI$w?Jue+$`8%b)H>K{EJw9w=S5jh=Ek36$*VAs@
zfyhV7>YBK7R+S*`s=dE{N0(Q*@5f@dn|>dcE9+Z(1LW^EzE_|9;{5Jzw86^-GfCoF
zfO{<$`7lzu4$0F5`}dKWVHdcqn-lv(IJQTy=uMs2QH9YfmeEtj<-WYzADM>M{-#3Q
zFL%H%gRRxAp7)GGno}))BW^#o7IE#p2Tnb1GJO+{gdgBK4_JCeGyQhXUk6g(rE+eP
zN*x}$9&Xl_ed$a8{Sy!rq@u<At8XLVbcpj=o0TK`chrcwMWP{8wL#mYw2f8;uGP@=
zG#X@geA9YeA@<9fvy#??%q4L@)!!O#$hl_@-zJQm8@?LUw=ZUhkRY3Dwy|g+ESw8l
zEZ>0yQ%KTd+dtZRMee+gw%^~l^yOR9JG`asxl`yFO!Xd1RZZc6loqSDp$(QZXr~qn
z+(8)b{n$CRt1BVB5DeRP^YxJLwovT3@O5(LotbaTImhd=E0wQv2NjYf#&0v6C?X5^
zuURFN&7k6wh*gHay07>6^0B?Yd>L!Y1WL<d>3{I*bFquIv5dW1P4DdN{D`lycYaCp
zh7#*f$r(Dq?tE~2XW^K1-~KvO(3Ohp#!$U^3&kgPO(LPmjLtMY$;zG+ZJkt7T%w!&
z$!XRvMReKP^mdDJ<9N?{|IMT<X<RR8$`Wl;T?;%-9Ah)}L)a7rD4N3&jKGpi<gb8!
z);zRCOm8S^$wpMrU6aB~EN&4+=&arDM?R&6r`G!|k|(3RoIpk9OmR3VnbuQw*`-o2
z6)tIG_Px|{n<lOii<b$Y3SV_#ppmdlSTzSQK~^%Cb{6I5RPRp$et%L&8s*Bou|@bf
z?UCi=el#m{(Pk97=tA0_c4&pla+ZTsbX*Htsn%Mu1K}LcluHZhuIm%mw$}5l^~hR1
z)9abjr(NX{(a?@`#k3Aj&(%Qw&03lAY>+V|br(d&ZS82qqhq5#7r%usg>-cpCh-mu
zSY@P?=vsy@gn0^6IiK!yaJnWQ@dV}nQwmB(sK*XJCM}87$+cQE{fN4s3G{y8jK4fn
zlt*NJ5B&)Cdfz@OqjClqqX_Q=f805!Q!z&ol2qLog5)1Jy)GfApFEKw8Q11AJ?5L@
z6^TK2e|e;V`+TA<GkVz-4nHe7iCWY{86B4-*U|6a^^O^z$=v;)yknM9{yL9O@kJi%
zrk%CU{o@~jY}e4xP!bZ7FfA)ii*~NP951n-V6DMXz>c77haT5PHaNDI9LP#$7(kNa
zb$C}*`Egb%@Hp@hIR1^@5q-+u6H&!$mH1cV;lRU&Qa<yG*Gs{k14}B~7mF@~x|Wua
ziwhKU+Y~W554z#ep-BAItu6exRI`Q#9p<!|BS@`6mxx%ZlACg*HPPU<H591`vC|@h
zqfd4SVc_4grvQhtva*oOK0Te()x{MhgMD}_02m86F@QoTjGy8}j^@a~&`WQzo!W5Q
zQqb%TM#e`#6!qPD`&F<znck3g{42U7I$X`V&GQ2YIh`Gr(+*p2so}7$CF;t#tFr1C
z0i#lA=rv!Ps9@8S9*)~X%2^petB1^~EX&oT4$khqW~IB67uL2S#nwW@#guKhp`lI@
zW2`PBl+`tyt6N9d4_}PitOUF~L)Glk72O_3M?@v8mRm8(PB8g4yveG18N&<*7Majh
zFLDN&P`!k(y_e_OLTo~vlyik-MKb&^Lj(#>1^=h>P};hQ^;j0#N+u0p@$&Lgq{D`!
zidM%1BuMwJSH&+Zyg!-F6?oghfP{ut{WZ#%Hxo4*J&MDi(>;F3BtAPr=#TS)61S4n
zdW7rc@o`v*uES|niv?+xe>0>u<s^!Rl$e#vHgt*MNhuvMUKeel<wP8rQ~YihB#`fa
zc6m7=i14Y}y>i60$=b~=b#>a-{nB>>zqAg=)>Fw+jp(9-?W*JBLd1K6>5Gi9CmYya
z21K9R2X+NYR=%Z@w`LMB{ZkeRH@ro0zF{bA{g}sG(3S5navJ(l66tle<&1wmuevf;
zH|DE<{Kt|LI?(3y8AIM!uqfMqni<UIO=b|G{~=Sz`;}otBoB&ur&JG7NE4@irFz+h
zW<>tI5<@!)N<2_=9%0Rkt+-h6<M~fL{r;7bgDr=mqmOQqcY{@vMWaDoR<nkt#FerM
zLA`!0+ZKRYT;Do#K#yll2ho}KNQRPDv<gRtxbyNjBStIy+>o1t7R0n<7pV2K#D!pi
z#OWHE+a~lDO&y29^m=+uFqT6#x<p!p4mR{*-mhv@P_X!B<NMD0=W54;HB3gJ^7%!*
zpKHKvt&vcK<DiuwoZ%1mbE4a!gm$t-N1J2^5y>(VnM^EEIa!`6mJ&{ein8*Id(UK+
ziw%zam$y_hf?iVu=v=Oq2pZS+q~CFl->b~I$;?B`D2rR69~r{KRZaR702u1-KQ!K>
z9c-Q3{urgu0yXDcP-P<pR65_#Fj3Y680O+0r{^k(bAIe-5#jSgqSRb#(JXGhQkIBQ
zjukV5QaRJ%1TIkIKau>{v@VCUvtg>Kii}6Y?*|y%BNH`^Kd$SfRPR;HN~ioj&nV`)
zM|f<wbuqtIVacgEcom1$FZf0B*=dy;3Un(-plpwqpbZ%$ui9|OuxfaYW^zBX*;Px%
z<%G8UaYQaG->jXb<V=rp`XUMa;<ovO137R?)X2sV8fF-qZf~sD6|y@~F!8BRT_%E&
zThKBKuAL<{HJS1Ick#?UCNUaXT4dF562izuDm3ZsoD-68y*__2R0*pyZ~B&|>=w>}
zLd#Ia<F?^~PubXbio186M4u(5B9OtEJ43igJLM?Bozje|;WD)9#J4jiZ1=%UDHCvM
zmBACtGeBp}nf|p&0-%I~sXq$i=iJ(hLkqHo;PE8*tXcHZ=nNV65%WZnFyyHCtOnaZ
z18o>k8{R~!$yisj&m9hvWGJUkZI<zbub1dC1VaJLl#JDe9mDRzbg(LhT3LSma48aM
z$st8J&CGI0Id}V+0>T*$Mm2yYqVB?t4Uv@7ka7}-1*N05A3ObDc~AHRy8K^%m#Jq7
zx<m{NJVDXK#Kb^eKJ)24))C3e%gf}EQ+fGre=xEX58ZGYwWooy;TKg+xR;kBUDi|q
zyiu5VNc!K+s-%6p%}X-j&Af)l-nd3?Mz@w-loq%L1Yg=HtjJFPLqimi<%;=Ve#5A<
z{2Jy{$Fcmo7SQ!ZOG#SSVY*7l#!*5&D3G72&N*-plCZ8TH`2X**5B$&c=|I+E5U>x
zDusoqOOk-2DkhNE*nc!SfJ<_^QX^`<hRGdW*C`o19y2H`51^%Bwkf5dqbdm5R+Nv^
zl0lvB!hj1H$wJ!-teUqdVfI`)4Jj<d1sc-|F-VVJBUG^fb;sH&>_+t0pyaA3#MkE4
z@^P~9^R$zA*7m_VQ8xjw%`1xC;BJ9;kvk%yVp<1LI-q7OS6C9PFF0W)QpV<~I*2wh
zt-e2{5W13#_b2+66K3FU$}Jxkk%~_B6899=C3SNKhH8O57|&e61k`#QEOG^%yDF5N
zSIq*fx1vsTmed)nFNgjmYdYt|bDHHt^AHjF^Xc2z=&>m#-W#ksPH>X1ngD^eY4nuw
z_k>g&lTV%lSbqr6$$)C3F>Q8$iiji}5aH6P7G5U9zw3Dr^~1bQwSkbd?nK#}$kG&M
z6>`}4T&)fXB)a~9lsec;gd`7tSL!LEi!d8GbSkWuY=*JxrpQT2p?B+9A_4{mq-L=;
z^)+ugry(D{zW19F!c7)!GCx26SB>a+{UOP2z6i;DC&yQ3Mx{N|_4y{2!h#Z;j{LzT
zZdAhsG!%D~pZ_&N(`(J<bvh_@sD*P@ttld>f4EwQ2`cLp>9lkz%ExJajn$nkO4iR-
z&hb6xjuiI|+Cx@tb1~+B#6Y5dluY8QFAPy^%wd#F({a0=LoO)^2`AYy#+W(hz)l}-
zyukjqpLKAIp02L0Rt6&`8~IVvB+hmNW}N1}+@;l;-}5c5rt>vO1f>{?2_YfVY}%ko
zOP30!IfuQPY0UyCJ7&cR!I{`e7c0AtZcf6~no=jSwSS#*m<z<CuHIl2f*?Vd1FoZ^
zqjefpurW<oei^42m%_^Ijla`1x}MB@mbH4a+3wnd`j0DTD7PI~?J%X#{d1e<N@>b<
zt4dcYRvY_u2*#hh%#4|%wpcU!o>ce~$ZC^Ep(6p=FOJ)eZ9z%1!>XDPG`b)-aTGO|
z2~XyxiL-V|4*~_GE0@|nq==O54Sr%ajFN}Wu$c082wwG-UpJ60#@riI!Z{$&pOovv
zR`2`fgINWcn}7`BHm2&8Ar#ShO-{+mC!m%QX}urkO<dG}dinAq>htEHfy06$VHdtT
zHkk}VjqTL)wPRZqAx)Jb0(^(eA+5oBK7@hD_^CRFMa`_EQieELAr7zpaPXUPh9{;^
zkLg|Y=kM^BQaMlqy;Lp^UB$-nMnRrX`9ulya5T~k_hlPIRnh~vN$^x0KyUoedTn$$
zsUK1vcof6zgH}apzfS6y;ROaY@#J`FC5rL<lTGM%*=zvgSawV>i1@;Y)PGm&wyjXn
zNeqDWR@oNz_QP{?n3S+39YRULcWHrx&X&1Puk4?`&Z$__iV%1yZI)aAc<M$p>#bV6
z%FgHq6Jy>B9a$O59tp$2C393RquyH$+FHgIuydcL6dnY)oF01@vD)Fi>KDvEZiiJ%
zjrh+!hrpkzp;ST8TB+40bTu4IPogY^)5V1LoQMq(&y+|32=c~C`XW@yZ!no2CF^_+
zf^iqot*JMGR3ZZd0t<hW?%PR00fx&cm0CS{cU9tGkRlzIH;R=hBqZuEp}K2N!09L$
zLi*KZ8myz~?7i)X!IU^|S-VIl%nF=7VC5pD^oeLTx8&}B;h8wd$WCW2NM$wLeSNwm
zF%%+L3A#4x|JG(EOs3FlrHe+JwJp-TVkPJWkj|}Wg7o=-gA|Cpy5!Y>i`~JeBeBFf
zO}UhWj0{B)j{Ppvh6qqNOaK9Y+{qiD%SZy~&B<Z{J9i;11aqpBgW-#KB2Uc1SkTiP
zbYeS=wbHVn_ny37T}R8rw+*zY>$$mrjcn4GnCko{3*k*lXJ|)lwBr2+0z-`CebAJJ
zdPd2oVqI=h7nYyD%L(=*sd!O4gw)ZFP#3Zdof)k&coP329DVAOMbcNtvB_vEtYk{!
zoQy?V-Pjm%%Wh3`QK}!J;76xaT?wexRgI;WGKV4PUHrRH`gC#WNlFRd#+O>)cCIU3
z#bda<(?!0IB2rsr)3$_VzzE$rao`EnAz0&3fS%}4|ApAIuJa-D>m`-_g_r-vY19kD
z=dr(7hIVQ=QhYIEW(lY=7W_-{r1WH8;~8!9A%!&Lc`fa`ga0-{;V~Svxw`w$sh`~7
z$Xq)8y^(D_Z&p83o~~~Nqp=p)%{nt<EXWbE3<pJw5LTbUU98_PD_wRli=s<p8Q-Ak
zHyIkodVkNx^vSDa0a(nYME2+*XC|ve;S_r~pUr5W8arIN5YaUlC@t)VG9X_JIU$V8
z{W7swnazwUsCEGxHR4r~f+nQqFEz&1lr&S?qzUCEQ1wWqsNft>LTGxilJ(~Z5+}Zx
zxvFgHnNtuHvilAb&2F!SU<B`y1AwOkwTVQ_)SZ{?ZD(?lc$pYh0Z>4d{-@D$JC2e(
zJ3;St&NA88zh8V|3$Zng9wR<ibC%mADKnVrH08A8SRmP`0<gd&;?CBndW3q*2QR}|
zrW8eT<G<Zf-QFMooi2NsIfq-{f-{RL4g`)|{058%zWZd<TWvC%>l#Pr+mS>rl5ABI
zt`8Qq?ofCa)fp+wyKGJ6Syspv#{0(?P<X~Z7%qi7;{XL(Wr}UN57y=quH7ZqN!2t{
znq906^PO~0udd?CiBNCld;C@C67!koQ*EA=lzXINX|n8{eh;Wke<`13hw59AMngmU
zRW5imtNG+2!;36R#x==|hdfzSM4~x)G!OL-+0l?T5v85`h-9KEEFC{`sHBm!kUw(5
zk=^3%N%PIdQwjHp<N?yOq^!2pH>TTdS~+{Y&6sf#@!E6x4I7YQl~h{8p2-6x2#8FX
zhm$IonPdtBe2IjGg-Lod7U5B&MzEJo5ArJh8ch7E4)2pEE?Pvg14Z=DH=XW?62#hw
z-x&)f656#8b(hvxs_LXnF-Gnb7x84DvzO7eF47{=65p6FIQrVhT8NZZk2r4{gMWgF
zj+XL}(n~9cTu_0K$r8=h@N}TSq~wm6B5uPD!~k4XQOs0Flw%yVHtouX9Q>|hpzsIW
zOsbPED`ogxS<h#Q!}0R+n~blY9rNtJEOOPq*}Qm(#~3q2C?OMP1OJ)pqD}w9=+FCd
zvD`+m*ZbpsMy6-=Z!xdoG6z}gt%!!`Vf3~bJ|weL&YmZfdl8&hd)#FEp--Su`yiht
zOAV2N-W)Fcwy{nhQ~%ryIx(-&;<M$@Wf^j8zVSQb-$c_!YD!B)!N4R@4l7|#72#+Z
zE?X)Sw^zqwN$Z+4piMA1NN`vEp#f4#PRS*FW{!O5#DDIw-!Q2H2GjVFQ=1!-79J+g
zr~e%Pz{Sg^Ia8tSRajLkMDU%`8pr4GpQB67A*nvCH5WLei3*^y^am6(G|@>1qAS;T
zsSe_(0(QU!`qj0`v~YhH2m%YM84ZX56$xp~<FHZVXGTf;K2;KcaE-9?!6q_OoTa2R
z6bbbNtm3+iv0ovTYz?4Yl*W1IQ{34(LAEv?oPm2xkuXbAUVrTham9=xWV~$2zl69k
znxV(pc&OpU{<?+i&qRrT!|E#;kg1hAE5PEVAZc^1Lalf(#lfXsfE6X(z}lEuS#pVC
zC}mt-Ev<}=L4+zz%0|X4Gohw>xnqd74c-){IYJuiyt9+{=o)^@ZcOHbgK_lyzckjX
zVSdqwGdXZu<($~jrffukWSKY!$yCPKQ2HM?sva>IizUnHXMqO)R-Q|^Q-YK1cS5-R
zpz|D+C|#7yONB+QabWeYObNl%dRX-e)HEbYaWJf-t-@W>+E*7~RGteJO{msSj6Dn&
z5<`n^HJs+&V7V}5Pv&}S37BnD$@PFWyw&qx@D%3FlOk_)^_Hp6x%W^U(BlLtgq1MP
z*{L%`e71fy^4OuZNd^Z$;DGt^Wx#$RrYr?QX%8@?90037qW-ts&@ZR}e}zklRM=uw
z-kmjCys+V2j->YdTkr+F3=&Ia$0ZC1zwLA7_*Nl1FgnrVA0~jSJq{}OlGb>oqP*XQ
z%vqt4x*c}hO%Zvh6ZI=BLz)?-%Z<mpj*jm^SYQ5q(yyZU2Ui*iY2N)6m~0pqc;aCK
zlWH8f4t6<fQ-Z(2Yj3llJ1ojmhnG3~f`e|9fi8kQE&aCBw8Cx!BrrI2d9;rA%tX+2
z25R88#HnpPjVd?rPZ?ln=W(EGEB6D@vSu3@>TB^zeu4~F0l`#Q_xAQNR^nXJ;xlJ*
zy2Hg}8l4M)-Redc={(_*UATIrsdiqEe8I`kAfN-DZ&gdglD+jW)T~w4;xG+4J*-2$
zytS%tHF&(;V|6I_I25H)VmaBZ;O)9`ZvKZL?AJYZuHo&#L9xO8IS{IV&QAn@ar6`v
z<2J_O;Ng$od05q_>`z&r5OIsN^%bE%!Sb@0QD7Moxq<<-dPlSH?bF6p!!NXJI!jej
z041<QR<J(Wgy<tC)x8y?T?iE{++3g*W?~VC>$+<~)gHFe`nYr<kF^!T2I{Wy6WQ5e
zyR}pm538(QP$hBVP@P*4&696~b)F>&HX=E8D(e?QSBoX0VHbHdIn%`g?x>N4pW|BN
zW*8aJtua`Cf6|rw+2^;w4#1bSFh*{acP0x^7+k6Q1`};#B^c^v)7Z>Uer>d8O7X;V
zU9u2Wfw?i}%HbCi+FB&$CUx}i>fQB$|1Ouiv?)1oB#`zn7n>ECMw4=ohV(e>domb>
zjb1CG6$l7(kVc_CJms--3hv19CSI!&5d3|Xl~F5{gOy}{)J$KmH`&_=E1DDQ_*T?{
zSuwK0M|Hs?drjbfaxeGxop(sQT1$S`O!v?fC~cYJxTiCBDtFQ$dYG}oYWbKp0FWQJ
zU<;xcnN2`q4d1CxsyO3Tm#2=C&+-9Wngvj|(2waF=>@742q_@tQc*sLO9PVXU_?QY
z%80pTKcMq|{z4J7_HOR=I${6?Kh*DCk0o{-qoGLw+>j7X`V-QEuRv0h+g0dxJZ)xl
zA0jJZ6fiq9tQ|BWmqk(5v&|Hq^h&`_xrIg1v+#1TAv00)B_CgTam^@-CNSjzYq96a
z-T$uzz|e6at#IM%Y-z%?DUz_>vY%s!=1urlJw;bt^m+8=tpV_<8O_dIn}Ave$s~x?
z)m=C!B}sZ=vE4w+0a;6hf5J+u@2G=t2Y)io()}^f^LPn}&Nm;Z^(>26M8;vUCqwuc
zKRiqC{Mc^h>owaX^o}dmyeFu5XB9F{kFWM*pxG_<{43=>M^JuzBGI`z_YKmyr<~#u
z6k07s4C`hrEjS}DokN2l=$heI&MHLbM!SMv3W_`fIMfLjR>Td(JtwP-*)OlOCdVuf
zD9&{IBYf&<!vtXnKAB~%HYfnZJ#PPW8gc46OcybohUA9&B%1LSL;4RoJMeaJXnY>H
zYDklT18e@XnzHKMm+8+>!b|?sx$+VTs-L4yEJ-orKr}z4VWi>mA==7#23lE0Sj^f&
zM<H?ra72*m5kUO|>)>n15fg2A(J>D@We0sz>?204OaXZjN#+d<K0tB}iymJeCBIhL
z5MG0^bfWaEKT34BPzt*NnJut>(qxFCl02BMgkf67Q%{esRrJe-6}7IlmB!_XB4RR1
zK625%>Ug0Bmv?vfzDZR)U5)N?9+s3>7D3Sy8zWZuuObF#SMd^mMsZ-<=V(o5Bhb_)
zt%>WveU;Als8BLTa=RL5^dYKyKdmPLuV2eXJ*sz=w^CIFnR{aG4?P^Bd-*r7?Tf^`
zhq-{_&!f0%2p`d-JfaHr8{{VhmQPj^TAs&3R3gk2ICRRz#OoC!FZ|a~3f7q0gd!!3
zu80e0ic?*=kNjgyIXA!8e;CbiBN}Q|uHzEO_DlY1S;2s&pD$#KTuL4`(w02iFcmr7
zF%-u|GG)#P<H;yzEaFaMo;z@ttGXh*8-20+wzAxT<3-1G$R9|MV3iA>GPLig{-@l<
z-v6^4sD1v%-pi64gxaQ!)slzUO>NCmhZ#7npsWml1FabaRVTl)B(pd75<L0reHsi~
z{I<}+0b9u;*Y-U(fvTjH;}cCfEN%f%figi-8k<9Wen@pB7C^tvBnMh)B!Hoez+;w1
zWJ}hGVpwK4{UaHd^~*FPb&{@Jn2E89OMg+N4`R~GkX&#fNSu}GPCeg1p{ZXf|7;2p
zwFF}=i_bq!Th1oC{q~sG0PTv57f@}>ZRSH)A!Fes3MS39^|`?s<~2d-6+64?0F+xJ
zpPV@NJ2v5^-mqGmDi2(hGcma`pUPrxRrmT74hlU#i1+Nd69myXeh2zCJoN=$O<NLX
zA6I=56WNqG+^>8N*ipfnXGX~;<n@l|-06m{A$#~=<4(-}RY^&6>35-ss|Cx$mR~#p
zQ+3s+a#RfA(uaT7RWO+dqF5pX9S-RKc(?O#cJHt)mC+5%@=>TjQ&2@MtW1eTgUMW9
zJF(~r>qBxxIONGFf78h=Feo8`Qxv{^s{XpSg3O5Fvo?M(J{=X6O2+KCG%!%wd~Ya;
zj>tdB96eqccQ>YR2iJm;Fi2yIXoPE$o$^%_ni7~WmdC&{4p+I@Xs2+sEhT<0phZx*
z)W*%YEpEwP1g<HKfF+k7Pi$;ept05y)kL_KkW{u|5(hOn#-M~>2Fb~N`{7nXqpWJ@
zS&|@uUEJKAc%C;~-Xkg?vGo#z!?!HtQJ2p|9Xrp9y-J^ptlE;UIr)9;l`Q*#=HR*y
z`L+ZHacl#O6m|26ldqoeg4<QJFUwYk!#7+=hCW3H3;~1Z^T?hv%BzA6AfKS7os6B-
zkCpuS%|2?zdtaG4_N0mUpKODs(JL|9z3wpow^LumlXk3~rMIG&hwl6lPlH%UHqrVX
zjZ~jDR4s)cQ%>eE5nQ^{A)?`fXNTupF~Q%{ADV!{%_wsM+H?Hqw2MmM<YOZG#V;(~
z<y-R6rS&b$J+59o$=MV?SV;}B;-so!3LSJ+Fb77_s}NPhCSa~DsXbmv{V4LrG^Meo
zl?BB$lKta&vt*ZikR$w&Ng4?dN-5$dP%jvbF7%@Grb2#1jHCEI#3on988$#m8*s`H
z$uS1{6Tr$0@TiP0a;U;$waH6TmSZ9v8=covBbde1$e%06sZ!tj(I<t3)fzEIL2CzH
z5sg-X|DH(2VbP_X<P^<;)x_^M_!Y`3T{kg;hMcn@X{^gAD~ETgJG71E;I!m`0K(FQ
z$xIP^0)c+sfS-KUn{j}EcJ{8tW1*mYVdG>8LfXGXtocq^Ku#h>il?}VD8$GRf?An>
zEyM0V_;liCE>`d)Wz8ZK_5Cisd>YYiQ9-RH^SvX^-wPTKaqvkBebN`KW-I&)driPF
zwg^S*RG?;D7$x?vedfabH?x)~K5)`jGv;2v)hM&~G;Fvi@zdlYHN~vT6nyUMfBB>w
zl}=KG@w(dF;SP$G)ZyZ=<A<;0vSJz@nm)Yh&+@eT@3KX|!B#5xXYl?-26QB#AQ0C4
zYS<r_`M_F3rr<i0dnG{Jfk?kFVPsRr@j%LO1)CHE;_;n3Uu7&V`i)mW(;#%|<eHT9
zdVJgHsH<LwX~sl5-Jd7jL2W&tTNy2Rln0Iupokg95wW5^r>r+)gxY^_rZiVdul3vq
z=lY|H?5j3a4P=P&mC%&@v07`Jd_;IjEuhAnGwjz5MgtsuOSaNSLih$G&*$N1yIhEj
z2_8~_xss%i4%bi>R3iwU(;_>eN&J?%+E5u<TD$v*GPkfZND`;r(x~aUD4@+;Oi?YB
z9rn{yus)514i3DwKWb(A>olMr$BIh+@8skYv{`;|+iyMWtPu)xWx&X|+kPUx7OQiT
zIm<&Xud@;|9hPL|1JN(CTgx+KYvDAYXY2J}=I&TB1Ci(d63LsxhDr5qDXd^F5BxC)
zOdn!2$N{5e<a7QN%fI_!cY_$nDT%se(A+jO`#2MQ*9+7XdR?Ty*lS*QU1=a~W_NFh
zj743zrmfUv{}Q9q;zg5)piecFL`5_wWL?Z)f>*=@O@qaP<&=_0RV%F@DGyJILZ=J;
z)m@SaIvc3ASJ?j&RFCyp+_~u3L7;Eto5KO1n8Q^XCB8aRBROftJIczO!<^DMg9F2{
zB#Gl@`#xItC#ACnP$?oJ?<>YSI!auL0$D1t3_27Aa#7Ypn>5i?zT290#<ZO$Hsh=&
zP<I*jk{uWhU}9wX>BM7kthN++>k~I$+^3oxquElTM7lSZRFLAUZ%2QP3?B)Kz@a5p
zT<7M8J5`&iH?&~Kae9wUxpUHRB?IZl5%hJ8PP?NodkE$-Bn;~VkX!VX($;xrxk=4=
zByZZKAIUK3<SkK2Df3<0tb@(4WvnGr)ytVC+O2D)pQe+OC##E8+iB>6HEj}{Xt-rk
z-HYq5y2MS@%7$KeKvjr!gC~YRP{$P!%muHB+^Y8C+!jXsY*Tfm9w)VWLoNL0m$n|F
zGzs28zDt30JuX>x6u4xE54oE!p`SmFSI9LTX>bu>10ry&8f^)$RteWrJ6;}6?(=K^
zGG0HDzTIyWL?8~_$IO`vNcLb}WCmCC?XXDQ^cEycvSFoR{7q=gtPfK9OC~oEL|*On
zG3D0Q=8S&dKy%dX;z54H>K-=X_v#}0A-3g2wJBYy9AHs)U<t@~(ASo$p4l@zd>?Ju
zGWB}Ty^QLGY?#XQgN+Y}NDb3PAlPJ3=>#QsgSIT8#71{g1mMydH`^{=hLuE1E5Ea;
z+_s1qCU5Xl534gceO#gHcZOMLQDqTADNHgBBi*X5Rj?Mk9V6m~dISbGBcMQAAZP|_
zQSeAh{!UU6tLkf`Wa_tB|1yT10LBR7T5=!Oq;Wz+Vprg_i@tQv)MQ`Dq<oT0%bSff
zF&ys^5OpN#dZjL;J3=DMb5phv?2b=y<cE48&^7jNUeEG#0i8P#1V?Gru6*|efIEL9
zOYdA3f@Kjk67JNM++Q7Mq#Ke{ERPkasztk$gyqanwi76;FV&#4?URQp@9Di7(62XM
zK!WFED92woU$3qqI3mWtg6$MWP!Yla@A#x;t}a2|x#F6ghH$ehjy22@BrS=}J7N7!
zdnmssucghZZ%r~hsa8h~ls!}S^-#r{yNB8=z7HLT?%|WB)6*SOSHLTV;fUjUs9%3*
zSNP3mu?)Zj_h$VFDZI>mP`#Zg)D?cQbQ03^?#O?|m(+XQI=p^@SB>RX7Vbsr9!`Tl
z!e_?QUft-ywR>3I09=XgL{k=H{v!P<ji9c|BadqmtWAtzl3WB)y^Js-9AT-CpC#O_
zse^hoL3y8!Y1Yzzj|f{CrxeU5j8?NS{#+E07nC+>)G<A-yla$9-1za;IVs0a4@Smo
zDLgG~JaLy!uVBWFQy+VpZb5!LVV$DlLuj-YFl35Nz|Ot#Cnu`fP4EOIE#_|oXKf_M
zuJfkdf&Y|Uz6W^+MGwAKWSrdGPS>4kQnP3rSm>1uYfUa(eLN5?yGS!k>#%*c?@ud_
zBp5o^{|tv)FYvs{j+Q`4lfc?1@OYpo+%+#PiZc*lpR-~b@k8_rR~tMB@)>P`q)qT5
z5ueqq=TYo<l(r<390&5v;xJ}$$cqwYG8J85zp1lqzP8Q=cvY^fq><i$L4-&tX2T0I
z(zsIs>U`@kzVi>?P1JZ7M-bjoih5Vb?_*J-K@)W<qUdKu%|E$EbsGuhUfs|u(`eqU
zbs}5$re58rd=h-aV<fS6Z+_h)W1n>l`=bQ65vrE0_KH7s0j|4gX=SYyWD>cGj_36B
zTBVCs8O>h0tn9$7`PRinO+PR6*AZ@uP^GvQjD8#4RpKf;YBfp%tiNZONR}lWo4OvC
zk!(?X7agl*<XV~a*qxj%Vd&7fe3?%j`<XBDxPX-zcLRg7OA&H;Z;S*S7ivBK2e;lc
zoW^NWi`uC%T^NC-Ry!m*#G(qFDgRxEV(g;tm8fZv+3Uq887r^Q3CR<^6V}@<CKD{B
zsODdj&^whTv=NHI4xpc0NR=siWw^vez|3-EsM6)JIq{TS=Eczr=7cAoid)46)4+ym
zeRZC0;0*c24e<0v2+F%2N5A~S5IxpwV9BdcERBR1I+4reX9-%F3rawd@HY#Sb|eUf
zl23+T;x-Asmi&bJtBqaXnSk-@o33ApXeu?f-<^Pcm+|0!+)}j-*$x7I?$C?IK>6li
zLZQIToAjEr3&V}e<V>7X3=VY_nvSNguUM}oe@u&^+DPwQ3C{CX;VExl?|RMo&(w$5
zOStFZ$KQL`n@UFz?#z_B8Nq6SV}mD8tEiRA9jKe^Ov!dk02q;`P3lm~!ydcuDC|~u
zC-US36w}C19x>@sdzKpgDo^S^L4i1CD?cFx0>8MXQ^FRYe`Vp-w>L$Ck&f!?i1QLb
z6v7M4lIqQ`YjcSiUt<Cw4<@be;*0>UeD9bsNlMj1M}vJi)Yp;ME$;k(IbkM>wY&-o
zi6tl=Gq&z@wX9aZi!{4Xu7BLuG{M_aE^oSsp8lX|>QV{36m&4dTRJ>rH+HdAE0DtL
zv82dKFzAUB-uxWFX$iUYfp=Oc3!AbVoF^$8hLl{SYa3yd1{FPMxgY+ANLA{i5n(B=
zvF}$Lv>vPe{wZD}eMz^(clmh2u;~f6>{MW5)8KY6?bNp9{rDeSuqp_AZu;Y~mZ~+R
z*>F$DZ<onx{)el2eVZ?I)4xF#wcJ&N-EYxz3Q=o#FMq`LV8B2vRUC*d8Vs{0o#5wf
z<4k6KcRTAEt^(k3?l>l_4kb2k6R8O`z0I9IulpXADC9ZvF!1q)in?UUt5I`<%i+3U
zG?2nW$w0RV8%XsGs|GvE01U%Sh3WI+E)MIcO3ILQ#;PPNlKo097y+Uw4r4UO)}IDa
zwG^pgnh&~Uj+#qITNb-e0oabpQRHO-`uTG@(D0P;&M_RbtJV-!050J<+tFD%Ocx`a
z^xL|B$yTu)9i6pO;e80{3cLWTCt_2iH8M(kY+ZQ83hSxeX^khx$q(<QYo*8}7BtX^
z62Z6c3B=T!GL<b>)O|%*SFOf{jhoVPqmuRMR#hxPQ{#f{n4xsX>Kk+X^dZ5=Fq*n`
z2CM)isk?$MV%-MJPAYNc61g95(#%tek$>(D$Mbv?NUg^+5C+f2HI|ST!jrzO{Si|;
zAPWb`m>?AFDTEg=hsp00AlMJhrF~NTyE^RsR$HVaj>3TC@IChm^^xu{D1WjO^^x2f
z`c0C22xAXxUzgsTZV{s}wL43{&0y23y_z~m+;TU3`787%s4X%P^<}P8biU`3-+|4}
z6_xHjC7aO>H!?lfevb~HzWT^e56j)aaVYALc+}b`PjTlb{$a2|kq}TcE{n*Bqq18z
zhpr;!AI6~;4J`3(j-W|0BOC2M9eTHywhLB^*lr4&ehI5ctM~8fJ(koVE9R=YbQ;F_
z)t|>fu<%KIPR$x)sbJJLE)@%m5T7OtD5sQ?hZb$HTSw_t4Io~-zoK|s?8Rd+E(k$@
zZFWWmfpFF*`~U4O9|e#unAj=lym`>@4?Es3cevq&9M3V%ei?ihd5)^>o@;C+REMwL
zHV8$QVk3j5*0=lCSm%DJ*0z<G<QI&{H7c!-kCaNKbQDHltG46a`}C(v)Oocyjj*aa
z_v>``NewUxy1;5sBZ0FXB8w!UOx2@hrbgRVyNImZQjmD>?r8>jibV{H1e%ESOV5@J
ztYEg!&icCM6wWMPb*~rw3-#v>q2kKe^rA}~D}8;4O=@tOmqkLXz~+sr3zquqz)-3h
z?`rAYiQK0C31<nxOEX0Sq?Y{cSo{ZAc9eq^P~6A9FoPTm?~N~TOkkG7sh<!u(lc-~
z>|S&&2i0aL)<fI~DXmc8f%5sT)=L?l7HNtyG=|t+!!D?l@a2-&RU>Zw2D<v}<xE;i
zOvUV%A!cVrPDRm@LdNm%(1L{Q=_uR@$*y#~n24=Qh&BmS=FoaT<LQJ(vp(6RIT~}-
zlHOkop5)oHkCmSy^Qe{xF!^PB8J$n6##1nO00|Qo#Ilpki(OkAh!eESHUoJ38<}(I
zb!)X>h?^rP8A(4{Y7ey5V5E$ZrR9TwF)RoY;P80)>QRp`9K)3?kwLYzNwLKK1c?wX
z=4rAm|E^@ml>&uA8TMsv!p*7*Vp*4Q$^In9(&r(g87;v@6#e6zD3V>V`#h|@A20cM
zIH@m%S~4}nhBz<~Lk%<@o`7Kgf}F5$)v(S1EVzz30Xvh)TtF9d(+&Te1Dmko`~M2K
z11$*3-XYhjj~y+iU~Tkfq@l28{csNc^M!G%f^v)6ZXKe(65!`|A4Jp;QM`G^A6J!6
zv{gtiaUL%0{KF;_Z7ud}JRDqmwkfN{H1qoY()Jo3E55vAE18?8Ivz>{80(66r27i-
zo?KpXWlov-x(B^b5065e91z;_-c#gQ?O>(;XB&s|h3bhqR~lp#`O(p_BAKW6FqDn{
zRc9CVqk&pYnXPr;nZ~gB)asj|R%j><3b0N#3bpVX(xxht!a4~%qk;i81;N#PqlX4=
z(6*dBxJ5lG2^dTWFgQ}xTatTj{2?v7_>@t=eVj!m%E*kZjwM-ey7bs=eDnu$+05E^
zC3E^B*lL9p$puCrKIzcP>=W9uZWL>Hb`q?&K?1lx0}1Pq6(jr@CJ8q*Cz6;{159KN
zTi&)k>)8;fVEe313ny<`e2@2d5`5{?G&6##5Le$3%|Ows6BzSzTPSPdfTgOQK|hA&
z?YZDpsF+>Q1UWg|f0p~yxL>`<R51&xJi4ONjuZgWRRTo2<(T0%*J=RAzBLUK1VR`e
z!nNr_+@z&?1Lkz4k=?__6dW^4>_Ag+>}<Q)oHNa`TAE~|UH1@ygV#4y95}!ob1pQu
zs6e<q1F~Yh)L;GrM9TT+kn-{(4|l~tn=%^_QFuXgO7SuzutqD1W`5()(CFqQ`<H5V
zpadv|0K3|-(787Q?^4Be_7_XhGyplb|0QPCcHHkZ)~}b(caP6;Br#|5U?LS*VNP&?
z``2yNX1DtXgd7VSlD;YqY=+&>d0w*=cz<CNQ@AnFxMsYzvG*hH`4{>@@4K;E<@uV5
zK>qs^R<nf4R#yQ7(sY*Kl&si4wax4G%iaHmL!RDesF*v-0n}2cMW4nLI{!6o_2s^f
zk#nuD=ASPGE-j@Iv-T&7@@m3{D`hB`8nioy<M%ucz1E1mEhv_%XC+q3Ud9r4Kl?4m
zo|2a5TB8hxTh<oDY83D2d5zlg9*!qdWAS{xrCmrbB$MLc&=^Xy`J78pf+slTULQFe
zIQ5;j1rjRm-Gi1ucs8Ve>%-OvsO_v1_UYt3M)MT1e@5KRC${TVKhX#C&@zO3rk$S^
zROQ=HSGhSGE6qoE3Ljn_Gp;Q?VnBQrI7^(I#a7Ldy_T*l7MP7{dVehS`vJu$=}|=D
z5pL;ksy-iGs6xd_L`J#QpL9iL12*AV(+%|g<`)r|Ozu=<NS^MzHoF*)g^5n!Wa>}3
zovS)lo_@>w=)%vFTPgrl{V;@e3}=(29c0*MqXjyGd84xF;f>!;Ky*sEjxw6?-zkA8
z5zRK&GCF|hqT6McpIRYt6h-WJ$tZw10XKspbl4*bI$Ohin?_vY__@FTW;!2QS@WV~
zY^10_jUoRSvTKJ6qKdDKc7c)<!7(^YARBqmT;-CYOyR383ajum3%6gP!z-7_b+i7;
zMkeXPY#1VyFeCh45jv2DCQvCt$4f&Sdk?9Kr)5)+epp$s%nGP!J)O0B6eFapmKR=3
z**@Zhb$<VFb$zLh2Q)r7bsX$^*o<7l2$*>2E%k-Za>4=jK`e6rsZUF1a)>Un$yT-q
z=sj%rIXGm%8cF7mAtexFpm(>*1%!44vafwouxLmqETsJ$id;?R(wIH+MX#1iWXg=&
zxJlTAmr0I)?T{!UA?}-PzHYTP{}DklpL)zNKQ04mBS(Jp@ETQ5ZUPWY=zXjz6R7;i
z5W{9|jYZ2gVP$}?<HEA(C7Jl{_iwXuHQ`Qh#;Y4J()EyDuB@r;rj2d|MZz8z2Xv~H
z4zH&=Ll%<EdH46(6AJw+X7T|q199>-4m3JbN7Tzp)*>KsTA@gzTRBg;gos!i@;&cP
zbj_5VoP763<t|^d1Zw;i@H$#GJxpa<_FTTDGVfm#*W@W;kfTFxt@su&k1I(7o}_WG
zBVgjEo)-rtji&H(2vj;zC=G)UBsysTqt6UuTAw^A4aj-)_9XG<T@eh<cyT;>Ia@Xc
z58!O2QKN*MzQ1vpu<TzTdjvR$AgKk9qmW;Uz|>{7H+*kc@B(DZ>;wO3PBpU1qNRvu
zvS3jWYmeYyQdg~c<>F5zg<o>W{FZBLS;9he_URD<w3sWY;ofBzIE7OQHsbvT<+=22
ze>zo?#mR_v(Lo1WN6jH%Ne0=n;IQ$VVB|hBJAxS<C6hV*wThw~W;s8Zx?ui*20MB<
za$6W?Ea}Q!!iVz0F&qcUj>eH@vs38x`aTC9rxNJrj>Se86AU9~Rgs%-2V4$+e}1?n
z0?UPA5kdpzhA|2WV|&7u5^8NK2AUVy=79?DLlN}!e9d6!QO8vlOSVAoMHS7y-+Bw&
zxGsk3IB)~(XE}RAFW%L=jt0XnVU;_pedf8L(CPTTF5|N!Jdy%S69RL{(<;kyrU=H-
z=e(1K`>*>PE`YL#fFMf&F<@B+j#5qua!%S;HH5XlC`T|@u^eqCc`b=PAaL4bii7et
z*uol-s_(PhPYN2xin{nVfc9b{2O@)<bznS10~B5^vLsN6jxe_qATu7Zw`V#%bC^bT
z>KdeB8pzgyCN*B*hN;;cI!c>e*WOsw97X+3Wmv9wfG9T>tXn@S&Wf`ul}td(#;*+s
zz&6&-kLRRjrV;>5209ex-=$#;n_=!Zn<(Ok!O-G><l4KXY(yed8e+E(mQ``S@yVAC
zx1=kT-8LFi;*^YTg)R|U+QGXFho#_`%z(;XpKOBB$&O^sGpmmc(P6pU2CRdmanm_3
zg9qV%BL8HNUYZUMOM#&_9)&7UOdwZ7rYhNZi31nHA(X|HtXM;4+t;x}hNAOIdtVJ=
zsE$W1xFp=SNg=T7%`VXb1e<B>0Yv@CIbZvR818{Q@BQU;FE&PJ6_l;?;;qwNkAjV{
z$h5SgpnzD|ov^vuChhRTK*@2%C2!ji%)3*kdqc4Yg4j~UXtvO>j-AwOG|u*1`K)d`
zIL}Lm>GOB_wyGt+ZXWO4hf$kQ%L)BXVTWg76b^4REM^glicfAAe<*`|cr#=EcGHCX
zT(w2FhkNr3q%{sT07g(2NJ}b2KIF_N1>xvsZItRmuJmlch*;f(h61HLnU(QSH8Ze;
zb;~B3H@6~UW(|2MBw?9?qBx}E=@GM02h*<dO9%5`69Rd`yeZWUlmDu36TM>N%sw3q
zr57`<{V50O=Hl#*PA8<hR+~*4RL-%W4>zwClQO}!Ok7dY2P7y2xjLpB0^m5#2QO1~
zHNj>D?(ktTM3l+r9&#%GY8UYk1QV89u*Iz_Z4PKSFuMjO{I#YoZr2MKwqXQze0sdZ
z)*s?_N<A_q4`$MFX7w-&r6;^^C=bk{aDI&^sQx1DbZpRFaDmaCo<$4-2NCG3<`@$&
zoWK{}ge!402N#PM#nICOC6R*X5*R3DrkaBoShE>&8h1xcZ^K({o{Ugv&GxP^P{2{%
zIT+V6yMZJ6Rwn_z4SDPWJ6CM{d&hqt*&7Z`${qDNx+uE8&`jqZse&y!SgC%cowv#q
z{!l;uLuDqE2IC0Z$jB1TnV;iS(@u|FS=#MK8MiA*ot*gXZBX=DK5rG-_X}CXs#bTi
z&6sBB)eu_o<ad_Q*|YO^w%Nl}wtV*;>`GV!O$vr%uTYLz?hp*-=F2#4gnYn6#QjND
z`SftF`5Z=o407Z{Og*zIxK6Le30Fd9T$1+xwE*}C`DwXm=_o47hf#CfN|79Nv1!W-
zoy_jBZoF*IGSsK=ETEz>dEHvHLab(?y&qJ4Y#z5w`knWOm`As0*57>hw0)B;KIpdI
zHod$r?Jp8wZ9{||N+Osorke*clBhUD<>{wQ-&Oj7Y+Gz$VRtl@szraulFWX#LnXvf
z|Iyf~oQQltkU(`{a-E4KY#Ez@Tpv9euBZIUc?qCbG%?dCjs!?I@z`w?P~QAAwoEl)
zqm9x{4IZV(fy(cVrTR#lUtyezv_^qW$Dt|_u4b(dv7K+!;iKdK9;gye3Ce;cq-B-w
zoDz(#T*lxgD)7hfR(6+}47}4_=J7q2bGSBg3?4e)wD%={df;vr=uCaYS@paI5Y9>#
z+*U$)HDoN7j66XT(z@iw1HhxwC>P+xqg%`wP<^xA;JH~PIHQ&n{Fs$XVfw?=#p6{(
zhM-h4`~HcafJtW+o%?h_di*=|wZ}|Nj=+%HUl`i9jiQwyy@KI&(I;3>4=an875vf9
zJ*V6TLy?3W-&t1YS;IFu=d1OC#6m~Oe!zj1e;9GDGo^(L4!baD)}Ck+EUKOa)K?>l
z{!9t_6|PpR<8t=~57E5oM$ub^x<Q+QLcUAgc`z!0!q;KX^kP%^ewwXC;>|5>7=6<U
zmSK#JZhQFhEf__FuSSzZiH5xM<-<|zEo?pXMKO|4>~Y8N`^GyixNhHlhT~;Q`{}Ud
zom?Y>3JgtoP|<=Zo>4F?q@p&VK$KUiq}l-ge*k?!g1#u9(8HEpc~MbHj5aP~_Af@G
zVkL76F*^?D1ZZq2Dw&Ae7FWz1Eiu+?6x*J78vj05vJ#iQ#4aiiLI|AS9vE@g`bjB}
zLiX?5Qr>smnkd*3;$w_h+^+5D@Mx9KDpClL5~H)-P@WJKBq3;;1|>XF2!>%rOo_qg
z$vtE0+=dK^VoW*<Btj-)bXX!ulI@m~0PnM9k(5Z0E`A>0?~Vob6n96D$=(npF^u}T
zoV_AsL<gCD5z9zjDpHV~pPq4iZGs<GkOm4><6ig#V~eeSc5L_UZ3236wK{UdK0)OC
z!bi#%JW2?n%+^wj>DF%2DZ$o=Q;JN#H^{tMc;0uAXNla^6ZdB{i`-4_ZUM?6BtEHt
zxn*a;lU4cryBZ(!Dqhsc9UApSA>rae?3e%DzVHc_)QZ76f>)fMExC4d1F5oz*^~t*
zXKP~ctk$0Wy_T*!qY@Q;zosm5CBykhSgmlbq^e4+b#z@vUDvrKNY=n8k*g(c*bqh5
zG8vIZb6!vhe2Um1Ff8-rpDd3!I|<Z<VzYR_Z+-0_^OY}ML;Jts^udpL`+MKv=1Xtz
zrPprrzy2TpGvE5o5BabE+y8+#zWm$#?!W(QeCs<8ur6R-PwyclO;JoxQlV9uH3XyX
zYFk#yJ6m3Gz2Dkt_-u-NsYfjmR8>KUSw9xYiAjQ;-H#k~OktZFh|%ntF_{{fSzGN#
zPHsTyT)C@?awqVHixcLyB4G-}Fbp_1WPX^q5Wq_<2qBG0*LKoT>`t^kB;u$ED++_R
zJt--o_n5k%R3%zSg3QA95EH?Bk`D~44Jjq2GeMFCos(EEu_3o;wM?kCL6cj`BoDzO
zV?qg?y$dlId6}ydc9pptaaYZ{V2qKCt;g>wc%7#l6ZzyBK*T^yf#d@z4QSmW5uBZz
za&5n+Td(l8L#zGIL4pNOCs~)PSW;-RI&ce{O~feJx(9sTD_FUqo-0#ccyx@r_V_cm
zms{X(z{MAU<evCgOhfQ#ycmmwT*DfZYq66bd|W(jZol<A-B$WP@B7c^J+>Vaxa<<*
zK6F9*%Zg8(U`Z)=CzQ(v{Z`5Ui;m<MOePcF-*}YS=f`)>P)c!l?T9!;rsY1%<&shh
zqW4Hzx^-^*^nFK=f$83i;5<Gk9-Vs1W<n}TR@QQBx}W*mJ|MMWxn5D%Q?v{$&mQr(
zcNi&|H4R>PoQ|BWEVv5kOYCrl)_bgn$X8!G=GCJUHg~_n8^<+txA`Ccr$6Dp`|rPw
z7nVQxkA9z*-}(YKuQg1~9DDy?^GY%0{qqx6OGg+qMKF~0l-L+_rBUu0Avlc693dBC
zu6W6k-o@Nf6p5-dgy?Ciis(VhlHg#|Z}N#sWX4hq8IsA^#uBE6kS#d`5M9V^sc}+C
zE04F?=vrxmEL9e0OPPhGgWFYc^7LI!STqv6r>qQxQUsrEZ9)L8Dntr&-5M_xRaKDW
zShbJ_>pU@8ic*pMkcsU!n|yock)~kd6LD}^uQpDd37@NE!Fj4u;RlNf1|ua}T2cvJ
zZ!t}U3yEmgbfaEv82oNuubTo%KoP0PB>ET=NQKcQNJa3Ge#9~e2?CYdIHT91LXcvh
zEF3Z9q(Tx9I^XY7LTE*D6JqpKmFJ}!4R_xE8(x0t6-XNYxxh4BX#Or1%S)J#oN?xa
zH0ABZ&LT>(>s5bFBaWy#jUcdX`;E3t&)7cgTI*X7@^hX+d?>kkGNj6SM?{{=7HmCR
zbF%bFX3xMVkWZJU5#{b8Z!2=&R-3mKwP6^j>w4FU-agLdlXhO$ezE)CCnX7g8&1>Z
z$NZ$fe-`8N$;Y~!z(386+W!8u==_qb<*6Zq%L7?C^f;hoclT?p>4!~*McXWwf&5)w
zOcbWwv~hkOF<!WRcz?N^t6YA+7yHEDK3@0=mQWQgNVI9_T|x^<sS6%Ho->_J8HNop
zMYO3%QW0fDNQKfRAqJ{qMhqT_p<AyQ0?bz%CX<$`ELpBrR7PW6KibqtT*!WbP1CUM
zCBtUm;c|s466H)Ytp!mJ#7&RDQ=3Rz7AUdghu`}*oZkH|Zjju%{dIolcmE#my?es_
zhv%5K;P3yze~5MP!|(kFUCwy<*2{eV?R%V^yL^(d9ct+4=Lt2PVA3Ls`J&HlKp{ye
zl&)x-8AUxo$bcJ`7%i}?1x?iwhZQ<$`j|nNF{Kd?ptFhc*na4vBNB*6G>Itl0%wdN
z0$Q5UxEK&QiS0w4a`N8ew}^u6&ac2IO*AGW6xM5`N)$$6Oi7G+0#n2+WUtx@Av!ig
zhxHEchkU}3Ac;hw$!!FMP$~OCGIrZYh$Key?0n)eq>M+<6+)HtevQxuT~_)2B#FCf
ziO7|Jk%N^|28CuPfPCN!sSqJR2s^u_og;t{Bzy+1j@q!ThJ?{WPB3cI$cb1=m-Pf0
z&k<8bGia@O@ZbUO{ODbN{nx(snICIcaTTAp*jBi#wL7Ei#bUv1HrpjoPbVQypL9PB
zjPlc-z&|Yr^Jjhj4}TU<KmW7A;}`K{f+OWc74m7F9ArdM<|S4mE78*TJyl(?TCFIH
z>Cg1~KkInm6D%7c`h+Yh>UJ*+kV8&{2A6Ol5t6{iNOX=Ep(qMep@|NB?<tJtV1L5?
z{vnIb@{>FFSuHjU$|Ckll!TBxE_h7Q;DSX-jW#8<C`eM{hMuaCw2h{o6!^j8ssWd>
zC|;zF^V2)Lm(DnzwY>Z8`~2I#{%5@W`fu^*T%cA3C+CmohHr7>r5h}lJ%<M`;q96a
z?wqo)8eJt~SW^l`=OsoKU>{PIB_iblx>kzKa$p!dO*7-*+A&pA5TnJrp4Do>q?s~p
z_n1y*c+mioK>n;^u-O1wj8|x-9{uxT#uNlkln_QORdOXEY%36q<#&;}S0WMQwyl%V
z2{H*n8ZBXhBn|^oB~lbf83-XK8)no-tmbEV($Pq!O$kD0;(4+-x59^p+`k<8NaEt)
z%&<~3a-#$SjR#hPBc*&r)Tq2)l(Ni~0d016I6g!Y8LV2Gf|L@4(rh*xf*dt$RRvqC
zo0O0#U-54J2J=<+2qWG47)lLEAdxWIBMEq7q1m>42XCngH3Ab$rhEI`yK|qe>p0vy
zxN`cqimUh(ksSfDoB?35SkSgD%jI&k*t*cWZR5$r;lmY?Pn+~SPw`2~<g?%FM=eSp
z{;V#y@}3^h%2lL1CD`{pLL}O@WxZY!d}7khaPIl8V88GQmO@~pLJP^!(Gm0coaJ)P
zY&K)HIHxKrQV0Y<8iP!d=slhDZ2FG<s=;W3k}#W12&_2R-{b6jiB=lt6V|27T2h*%
zG@EswPryl#)Iix56h(_x0^1KL0?v7Y6I5-(a=yTr$gpxOPEYA??c?M%df)TSfA=GP
z=Xd@w*KfRutRC|hfBvud%2y(<zVar7ect`xT~s-tDr;<V48ak7kM9+>OEfi{uTBZx
zQdI?YRgpvn5(=4EEl!x9c@Tkav!Jd^*1?ke!1>ujoIIeNwA9Unx-hr|F$5x+-4wz&
zxg@jbIx<cGx=4tQ0y9ooCWIW543Rw|bL%mJP$;2x48atk9|91lq$C7~1%!xrmy-*p
zGZRY_v93o&K?;yWz?g!jFnCoWhGHDw_iQ~12_C5gMjD2p9|f{9e}70q^2C(ktPZe)
zWr!Ia(KHiMQb;W!c-%;x_bw-qQ3{MM*>)z@gGI?~=B<^?fYua{DI%gEc#qKRbYp>p
zNO7E!6sTkY1u15u=&@CnJt+YqF6M-<s0^>Xa+?$qUEgJ<*7FYPzKW}Ojzf-81{nQI
zM-b`OWc=fjrCgc+bP3icZTpMR5&bMJ!e{oOKXTh`Vx=x6P0x6MbkQ=@mxbu!LMo6W
zW+{aCD3uBAo6UxUgCiD;^YQlQ+bZmZPq0J^7zHUfN(r~FAFydlOi?gx4EOFlB!)mU
zX{o9T*piPUCM6Jo=m!?dHNEXv^?|}@W_uHq5ZQQk-LtP+q*nCS(GQVQ2?lEs?SL08
z9)WWb*Exnx(075sMvBRt5CjMNdpM4G_s8$@FaG7Xh*qJ+1i4@H&j0dH3AW(1m##4_
zJb!lgTWIrLW(T(j(+I^LHi9Qom4-?gCes;)mQC<HSU<vtM4)8eg^?()S*%vnQiF&Y
z*eMN38a6htv2(2TNYUZ!l;HO%s|IvVBBfAB5eYUQHzK<OA=B87BOxN_QjEg)d{BfK
zNq`R#?>$;bgop?!xopgtQnocniVO|aG7l6evd~-PNykaMhaOBGzfEAR8(CeF5Il8Z
zh+!n`i-<^>Hzrl4p_j^JVQY*8T-IVBP*RT=21)delsv&lq{<a2V@i?`6lH}RTL^?e
z3W0VqL5#_q5xK&rWS-bmNJ2=67!h(S&>xM$wb(5#A!aJMPKlI!Cg#UX-WO6MVix!o
zm89GBG<7~yO;K{=#trJaCdMmB;#FM5r-=|k_6n5}Yb|A2@y&03lRx^SKjItT_{K<m
z&+*LG*Ha1B&sx3utXg~@wcSti{7?Vw<=?ZN+LOAp%euNJG;8rfTeZ~*UdSQhrJvIX
z)Xtp^A#!r{m*4zz{_qd~kl*-?uOWm&YyI30DZKCrmLedNC;5TJ*+X7??KKW&HS_tL
z8!z1;Sx*Ros;bb&(D#-U1I8#yQ)hiq3Wy+i^yq{r3%t;jWl0K-sw(Ka4c0nJUE~wI
zPdFcl!BPo9iWaE~+Oov7Q?xLg%AVe>S@sJi&5Xs$)2}s$*T2HU`xa+Aw5)OKB~{&^
zl;Y9dyL39@`Ze#o{{hi7{FDFYKc}e`e!W4*3`foWi!dqS{@n$u#R6Rv#0b5$L?lHa
z=!c$^BvoDFeWWOAma8t0vPnhV&QLaBhmMnnJ&`=gR!t_fvptHcqR}OOtWe2OU@JxT
zS@cN|hWSq5u9P8)Y;;V@Bjq~_o>7<^FM&jbB2NZINY3L!BnCN--R6UL)eQ(KFhz}#
z3Z=n2M`s6o2o!#`YsVEMBT4G~_fkqq6-lBX#)uCI7xMox27>nlukuu6l0cyEdtwA*
zMmvt8*!iI$1>Sig0cUNd#+#CuB7_XCN~0GefEvfZGXqOtjG`EY@*#}6DxruW3oxVD
zP91Ld?u2u8oV4s&bZZV~Gjvf=H%)%ttGJ4*_*;iDhG7`SlXavhvJ~Lv&6~XX>Z`j1
z>sg6NuGW9_DfD@06+SDm`dO=DPYe5>{QJvEXZp~#Pd`rncX8ikgw4fcr=95B`!Iel
zhL>)>48Za6O&&dZfOGD-H|u`k6RaI6JSDoW<Ke^mlx2zY17&ac;ul_{?|WPb48y=+
z9YTzDGh=0|)P@wGKkevTkI))Z7MN0Ji<~GJh8|TkxjoeYDxd`@XGj8!0WAmiTSH0~
zpAr_q={ymfC%MF=o^o{f66@2)JihxrlR{I)mebWKy>%QMUZ=#c>;<!<eSYoleuL}#
zhe#PIg}?`ib86(aM}+G6l`p-<wbKbMSP+74$V`yBY>06}uz}5H!)CD{)z#=vsIei^
z_YM^XWY7>I!;oKh)o&0fpx7f|i6MX#M3KRpDMq3XSZh(bM@o$;Yl1R_D3RJwlnsSe
zq^JmNuS&8xbe@b-B*DnRVx-7hyo(g3z-UECo)9Hk3p&@6#q0)92vt#)hUHn0Hd(V3
zg2!xIbrMLC5c-|QLQ92F*;Xfng!7(mtg6Kr&?8t>2#IqRDHUDcW3(n?wIs?&ocDM<
z4v!g~YJ^e{6_M-_x8-2Dl(5d`q||84=$9zS&m&SqD?>^W7ab{O{#Qy6g~a=gwk{cZ
z&t}t6jNsbmVe!6-t9a343jp3$nwQHZRaMb-9nQIDR<O2_QbJtn(Z2}C<i}N`K56@B
z{k-#8y>wgphzq~V13cSsBk(!j_M||5`@O^%S+6&2HXA_Fbsb$du)n|mT);#>E?)Qq
z%ZG%JnY%RGJK$_S#~8&MZ@fVWfyH{BY1$-wj1-ljZYz8YEaofL>oxWMHPDK^*%9l9
zXDFlTy8+o|(z}wLb>CC9Q|fw3Ss9$0QyGQY)L1-7Pq&&Q-C54Qi-vZlXqsbEgw3L3
zes)5)ct{Ex+S*Zx4PQV05`(tfKYhTYZMlB<IzPVikUbgrwXc7Py|TgkCD*StIIlTh
zLQDlk5lGtO+&M;D1bGT(f70f*T$F%9PN$ryL~9g-3!pXg<$@vQYE*3mv)L?9T=tIT
za!J2lbCwcz=qaKjCQwFaJDHFO)?s@~*Y#Y#rV&CBx{83Jw|Qc7Iy<DS8j{Y_hHQCR
zBZ)nVyfC?;L~Dg93^D|y2xwj8i8>dFN#a935JPn6vCEi}rzjPss>X5Jh;<&DGHg_h
zNnKSc5NcPo5+Y(unJa-pGHoYVYuR*biqS&D=#pU=GJLiu@F5^&ZWou8!LEC>$xzfH
z38Ws;6k6e3Bt%P05D-}B=mv`tP?iRY%=D3@{2F4mH-WJtxU&n&ysy02Z>Xw@;2VDQ
zqqq6O>#yg9NIu^J&#SnK=RLNg_|CaJ{G?2tQmZO18%@Kr6Rc-xur9|>i$VCP_<3uv
zK23u4?Au38#}o14R_eAT2$yje5@Y036|C^Y-)5j}?m!unC)S;F%x1HlcJ6tO7e2uX
zB$R+C;cR(ES(X%4!FwOPht`^I-6MpcZCjKsGDpS+taq4d%6i>lW6#Z-2Tb;1dhLLB
z-+zefC6l99SufY5peReh>B)WCnWL^J^eah{1umV^wo`iR5F%2Q1xYBZi%gn*ybu^E
zn4di0um19%Q<;Ltr|0bLAMw&FZz9q;dwPnR9H0o4{as$F2fp&^mx=Sh50`g2m`%C=
z<5TvUmbR|Beq*0I_a0H#M{Lg5gr&>a1RrUehUI3COODlM!?Y<Wrv;O16JiAK61QI7
z$J@l?hbP=$Z&+?R5`sxP;jNq3xqJ5~th+h3@6oDY7&>s0m;{?{peQN|T_SWOInYLO
ze)5>IZXhKdpWLI=jt6(nm|Q!?7{h$N<l6B~s<Oe4?KJN_Rq0Ve;Wl}JoA*m(S<_7R
z5m8W82_HRGnaTUzCMSHEx*w3z?%=7$2o%K=92KF}2uTe)8=hfU=PF!`#E^-<jWNXJ
zDNSB5hG+@HKv_(XBKt5x#92pK8MMv|t9G8UR7e?cA!1BJQMdS*jcLo$;eAC4g3a2|
zPBeYLq%J0eP~rV!YLktn6#}I*gDZqUuy({z2;AUNLL(78c<=ycEk?}<S1R|bxQf4Z
zY#EMfSG~>-6WbP53>S7|aqBg@)to*f`4Ie!m8?%la4tX6vxMX6srx>3|HriKw%cys
z>lRsYVe7SJeSI{hA|-!my-m;D{_@{F`P#OXuC)8NeXNU0Rvd4OS(k-FYsqG_8Mk@9
zQ<&%b)%_G9wI&GxLSc%EqAGH`CU}I@931Uu;H8hG=vb~cSyK}edv(QRGQoS#V!md+
zT%wB!DQ1n*YPCWMM_DWCx}q5J1lne^M2bXNY6h3#e|!6ftQL<+p&)ukThzGKz$Px(
zo9t0Z%@<#Llli@e>|ejmI(9sM@B>!W4T?%o#K<c*Z?IgPvj~A7z5gE7vBR4KHX<_F
zyUt=*laRQRGqg4Y>v^zR;ZtH_G_}znB_TwHuETa4Tv3o@;_TsL5`t+v<MrEbB2nDB
z`7-lw|65jz1%=Y6R$!Fo_N%Y*;K4oGwq~!KFnC82aJHDUnD-Dprl}E8vFI#v@D%lo
z-aD*y=(6GDY(>|5;@N_XX@Ft5p_^|;O;@f;HI>+n;R3YN3HR^4PgONcCNq4QHAy*f
zZZKt$Mebou@&Pfn6H|&f7x3a@LPZEg9DioC=g~@`MS-;z>jzZfP$D8s_D>8xYxcAd
zlx>Yj5tO1d8p!*amRa*90BZ+?&n?v8Mc(gx24E%`kfNq3Br!^q_J}Bn0h|Mo1Wi)|
zIoV8%_Cap6|B(sjvKh3qmihT(Zr{Gm-+b?T`Sn}-%Q)n&;wr9Uj1OT8KEvnwX>Plm
z4DB2|F5Q3GjQ(;ZX?xN7{8fowEV%LupI{{+2q}?7ZeyvDXA)A(PVyoVi6|pbN>a6X
z>MRYG&9I?1E&VXiKiaTf50tG!>vBvAJo|ep`+&u4&9Lqr&Ij7oQ0jo|BkSIxWQB8v
z%?e~v6lh#;x&F$8*n7VG=4*WA+N=EKpZp1RDWGn-bAF!(rwiI<!i}SA49g{TQ8GK6
z@RLUikOhW@VSrlKth+7~=NC(6MT>tt=l#V3DI`<pnKliZA#0<8i)d-^NuotT*PpXk
zEC~mKhYufT4OQ3k`m49Of9Ecn^%}XqkL!CLKDfuh!IY!J17y&|b);-->Z+w%TTV{S
z5K*C3K_5J;`JBl#QB@Ugq?)h$4NcR~6b;r|)|({{`#TgxL0Ohr7q;0@UZ3Uh=;(7|
zp**Qy(f2Ft@{D#;p^U^A1-@($6s)_RVdxPuV(JNP+Y%BC)@N905~Q)cw%LSB-c$)A
z6K*Rs2ZHNJNsjs~Nl_GIUteO%0^4UygNTr_@}A&ghJ=a)Mv?UB&8R^nPYjWSLy1J_
zG^BzQ5<<i*j3*MKLr~y@!@Ge^A1I3ksSAYgC@oOh;9NEyH(Ih>NXoM0%{O1CC^YH$
zck;c8tN2{RClSq`-fkPe2+YDqJ@2!gYpX5WzLqD&<m^0QFTdV=?)%vWXg=!sf3EQf
z?bzorUibt{#>@{&!4teChHRsdf+q#A){k71DZ|jSH`}A@ItpX3))GsLDK(o#Pf^x%
zUB_g)hjkk!Q$tfLhE2!N4M<&PA3Bq$3WFb3lx9K-@c8kZLL0n`7^PYFD~vXnO=PA@
z!r7euo%eag59n@#8Z^iCK5w6%^Y-_@hyLOlTsuCZ+`onx1jp^m*m93y=!q_J?_Qot
z6ha_T*fLQ_gAEE|)=LcoNRcQqj0tTF$wTTLO}o!}WhqR<>FFsF!TI?)0fSbGrYtD5
zK}L9V?;dTbS)VJG%f)EI?C~)$YYT2({{m7J+`W4jU6pw6>AMY0-Jn(W4J<2zk`mjm
z(OP5On#T_xv9~wl`1*BH=qPmH?DR2ZSyI;}leXgYJX;+Vra%bEgNOGhii}iHvP59$
zts?|W-IO%82fL=X9_u{H6oe=+MMZt%m_ikKVla46a@1@|K;m3P7(?ehDLR_6pi~M+
z9@&;YP!@IOY=zt+5b>hat%blM@KIzmh7cI3Ny!nz=$tmXy?f_SD&k#_peK{<6G{oB
zD2OScRY@F2mt%57mr2LoTY~GE&(Hb(Uw@b5!vlWjw|@&W?!#Ac6<6`u#FLz+568!~
z$bKR51Tx~;ZN2SJ8N__)b|H2ZtZjQR3-|M5#1R_(u}}Zh@4vYB{`BL%7&ciie1b)^
zC}og%g6;4!QB(z5Wuw$W8=_03m{>1YNF-8d>axTLg-s42Buax6&<zfRhd2;Cbe+cb
zJ$7*DWbi)sr-K)Cn~qXX5Ju6jdODv#DsYbVX2EniVf{fsR0BtgQ_4pl@b!a|Jw0L7
zJ3e^)h_pAQ*{gW>$3Mc>lAE_)#g{d4X*fT3Tzf^)HWQNfkQ&yTj>U4|bg`hB>>(Y5
zAn0ALm<SPxl_tboktzGc(ypk>3Zv@_(O_FsHHH*4$JcM>HmY-2+wsy%FSA@OSuU0w
zUau)jfhiMq-4Wa(^O@>~wgFiguI(S=Y(^Xil{h{=##+z)`}bMc6*q3&;Mc$MCHl?F
ztkw&N5p6UvN}ScqmrItLj>E%4ViE)on|?hm2#S~#-bNxlQslN-2!W(5(^3=rHKDh;
za%B7LCs>t)Sxr?nR8_`c^mbraoneKbEK4S(;laj{2w9$mWANKWM^b3R%4R-R9PMth
z`Ss{=l@ifqg1txytrfy(Bnl}KLIlb(<)86Lxxu?Lf?uIjO=+gA)&*5HLn(t#5t2kG
ziID~fgwYEzh&+sNH+lZzFaIz8i~sDO{E`p6tGJ4*cvk#8D>)xm8Tz>UE?20Yu3TNN
zVD0#Y;ljsHsf?ES+j<HAe5+X*pYzf8J>T)dCs<n$nM9Ed9n(1dk-hGGfU>T$pHbPe
zT&!uD3D&ML#*kEGux!1R?*ITG07*naR6R<9^F39iNx`Bd*uEoKgHe*{bV`zv&UTq(
z?loGM^xeShV2V6!IbW_QsuJe|6W!2G3f?-rjeYz3Oi$+ADm8m4@rBo3N4H1ZdG9XY
zzW+mR-nzvruU_L(VR*b*^Qiaqwq!P)vR>aoGoh54rfAqd+DD58rt?G@X%x7W2r)1W
zd0H}%2sm`q%#LO_8(FV<j4qhZ=d^8!j|0wIzVa(yMk&L$zx{2rDJjd68@F!a+<+e}
z%i$p#yTM17O|PS4F+W9$#ElyVxWQwLVRn4P!-o$UddKm>gwxYgX0>G9Tb7GczWSA4
z;r8vX^Ugc(@WJ~(p>11Y@|-?)?C<Ymih{0R)3j4gPEJ^N8<bMqxN*$Z*wsgYAZxJt
zzQg;0v$J_ldW4{=DwHvJXLF)8KOyuTv^`QO7K;Vv%LOS3+P0x-TD)wSO=r|~NsJL|
zEh+k(C=+pmA0erdMD`QRS9cyCJVjBDI0y*dLr^H0MhZQM<S<H6l$n<{*g1>y`;<k4
zs1Lb!o;cV)Mv9gY^AwXV6lGbEWWZU7DN@g79PG8ceDjF?X^Ym9;I67yS8)};$oM4c
z`Db3SdMYlr0G}1xB<XTOb-CSnA>bbi2bZc=m+#-k_WgcVt<N0tsh^+!#A+Kaeu5<m
zLQ*7AAVft(W4*vRD3#7_qnHpVs&;};k|-pbuBV8CW>OIel%+<igwO>D1F?h@2);)t
zK|3wz28SsEQWn{YMb{9aEIefmMX5*Q-U=Z~>dH`_J*GZe(A;~-;Y4!t<wMj=6II8{
zU%HOb1K;`Uzee9Y;2-@b|1o!pDc||vF*Yhzt2M73-Nt)M*RL7unvgt`QZj8Obe$z0
zw>S^0zQWqXx*u@1C#8T0xgyduEyJdxEDT-Df^`=hWn(zppK|}vBTmj9bN%=xy|>(X
z@Q_K{vREvL653`$Z=qi=5lOQ*n~|d6{=G-McJr9kW`&&ATszofv08KT=m8-HUVY^y
zuHU@D+1VLqk4|WcinB-Oyz`^?*x%pJo?quHUVr^Iw{G3y!K3@ERx7Fk%>IN)I|Gqz
z5@ezALEt^eqF_=9`aZH)d2pGOE;Q6yP!tt0db+N|TFdFlLpEK9^*I?Vs*1C-4fh}1
zBSncjy2f-m#T1IVnQ*v2L7M_06c4%;S{q^#^w!~1%$hNy&?*vAhte8J#D$0rxs52q
zfQ$|!@<d^&^1@bW&6({9K485<h-qH1L^j8^E+SnbMn#eqqo?%F5@W#i9kr2s?Q37V
zSO`DUh3+b@;{TuVQAx$mA~OGZKKD<X)Ll-Pwr#-6NtU&Cr%{bDvmrkW6aD$T=1(8b
zKWFUec;OQ)q{b(OM-o**6pD@Y8DM5gic+&$uMsGe_vo_9dY7s~7X?I#mL(!anyO^g
zSxiw8LZC1e0#8Z-=XwU)AyuTRi)=9L6YZoTr4HNAnNAuO^YcuIcOFTBJnt~4k2!FW
z%1Mf<W+)S~3E0hw>$>18FTchgfBXOBAN^PVC6k*sdH2yHdKs8ZOY|aF<ASP@m0-SH
zFez&$rbMhQwvkk-V6s2KdBJKkV68=@NKt4`Pfuv-2_RW5*9aNeY*sXrf_hT(@X>wV
ze*0aHt{;My8OZ88kb=%SHiM%mGuhr05|I)DgE1vXhZ7(|jI0(5_Vy2vta<OfcX;L1
z+wAY}bLWHml(OLb;VGr8C`5_tVR_y&Yp*e_dLG>QG3)tB=8J7M9L*Z+;0dv#sSKvf
zwg~H0&wR5XDML|eDwQa2eSy_#&T27dzUpy4($pnIQ2}srdYW5oA>h3yq=eA<@r*H;
zp~o*C^YG*j0M~BZq)aynO0!yTa6S>O!iC6cy}>7#Oq-mLm4=OTv`vAMnRuU~LWlsQ
zydL-o$pxeq7*$i&dn}5Y=o5C+vv=barqd}QmME#P&f~*C?|Q(|4}!8#q~w{;&$x4b
z3NG-gU-~k}82oTm#kz{C_+`asIYs!acsdz+I;pAatRZ#I(f56ZZ4U#^IYJ2R?d?(5
zb*}!8%&*V3I`#RE7e2vCAz_q2rbJz2QMOWo!e~k<sU^6m*{nVFtVJtG%3?Pgx?#W<
zQ$VvBJjNy3y2ZK<XM2PyDC>p?4<1l%D%y4mA+VVT;&{T=hb83@I4Wk?vyNJp_z3Hv
zXVMmYagum@{*aBAgm#aG@_09=v^6FfqPoWoANWsi|2F32ke}GZav`Xjh>ksvaL80s
zn;B`nVp1E<)q=Hflu9GRKxG6n4J4JAP6R#(TvT+{GfgGZIaICi!LwX0IXb$|-sG6>
z-17e7Ayqx076Ong&X>&EmZ~h-t6EMTen4Su#w3&#tJMOpBz0ZW_dTax;!=V2is5`i
zV`jYZ@|&cXIDdS~y+@A;QPQ?EzWd$p@^^pp*ZGIP^HsWy=i%c8q0q=AS=#|+G)776
zuo(~j8E0o3>d>H6;M&m*CT%w^4g+pb$kGz6qduy+ckdpnwV*HuEaq#b(<!gKw9jg_
z!uf;{HS2zW;5c6`sV6N9Z#iryJUBgPZ`yFSUUL4<ij%Vig=x8VxQF)}k{|GHK%iJH
zHT8{aEQd9r0-bJ9s68f=8B+Afl(2)NsrN{gAf<v*M}}cTQCXUqW_9Ly@OVKn|1<W#
z{Oe3-w<xL!LpdesDK;&+|M-0l&6im|KBZfI!2Ik-{NQ{43THik@DIL<(XY}C&*IDc
za@!VHaTPC8eB80}EK&Q;ko~7fL_Y0t7*ooL&)B}(R+_x`lx2yvA=`rq@YYgjjYt7O
z_V4@2yFcXZx8LRmKllM>XQ!N>pYs0u@3UGjsOy@WhsS*F>%YlcU;Gj`UV52>>&MLY
z_EBY(DfXJ(^JbR~gZCaOCBxtlT4t9DvKBRlh>%&!rIo@4f9Z2bA8NUNl+J6HI9{3@
z%pYYO|80MMzT1T_e1etXWLvA84P|MtuE!4!r39rZc4boUUH0WmiLx?yCs8VKc6LHl
z78p~}4<3;s?WCsfJERg^zjlCgp84VgB@I<klVYH%H0xoY)&?&m&8)>K#mV_807gmH
zt>nQl#{@;OD)_?DTfF-3eGy?4tM~5k;0N!r?-L?AhSNK&DS3GQkOL+hR3&cMAeBT4
zi4mZZrjacsl}ySKUu7;6DPU9<NUwW`-E=_6;(ZBiGo_vEVN4{&9`80(MZt2@0lAN_
zl%lK)bfJjjB-^c5UdCF>;4CqEgp#A_b<f%SEK~AT)<5-9Lp$a0+CHXGtT$_#wxsLx
z)Zg)qL#o<P6@umR5#Z@N%WOKOsY<kztOtkpf&KjhZryr?)$(0Z5_H|boqPAGtD5Pg
zp>2;?FXr5NcpoVx2M0$~`c|HhOp*QR1StjWWXkp98!Q$pPEJmkwV9W8?dX7a-g}p3
zvJWY8eC?1)Td`g*8HNERB*6`=S3PB+82Uup9uQ+9Ah>gPK@gr4BVF^DwjEfNOUlyV
zeNPAut?zT~+HG8KaXM?Wdh78Uxcig$kjWsG;m(hL4C*njz4e>m0%?#;Tgeaa+`+1W
zrYiX1_x~NQzq-e*mtN(s{`J41uJ^F+`CeSE;wnB5@w64pW&gZi^o5L8ieVV?)Uwt{
zA+jVv2!i)0DbY&e?SPgNN#yb46Yk%?%eTM%ZNBvvf6o8*zyC3BzVRlB$ioK@c;k)i
z1Yrly*~3%*<e&aCHeJuJ{@Pdht>67Ue(yi{dwl&j{|@_y2iVan$XiEUw>w^8N{PCz
zMgVh8exwvgAxABj!-jxVKfe^?MXap7@ClX>38iJOOr^lV;SpVz-&WhUtd^%JZ8)6F
zGHB8S*2{jBu4w8?u{Kbain5S7i6CK&Bm|8evTXuHVhohV&`wH*fqWuP6-g)_pRdqG
zHhcC-(AEWejY6~~H{ZI&TV|gm6k`7-^7u_e1@Uyj%fIn=Sp47LrGM}cKYu`M_ArgW
z3OJu{h{=+I!X{9qVdxXlK?)I-Bn!W$sVdC)O==^lkt8%tt&p|G1y4QEpd{8+*v?^x
zHJ%=X+LeusDVeqt=8F|6B_@*zZq@Bj0Nb(NVZ16?_dVYATtB{!i-F$tbXJq*mXHF|
zy(urhe1k`)3)brn7X@eYGn!IUl#0WnecZA~s}dnJ!F$Sbf)E|U5V?2nAwmj3QPl;j
z)r!;Zl==B7U--hC+`4s(6g}2j_9rDT-#Fl5Td~=61fMuLIpHpW<LgHd69;?yL~nWU
z-~r$G#y7Zew8y)5?&4gJvld?jnmX?j&O$##9zS}-wQKwI)?xh$Aq$c)EIS7(F^vV*
zIg*|8czA%)C0(~hl@@6nkM2IEsY;ZL>`hAAT5<B=jPpkixc%x&grJFbz<S4f-}^RF
zO$aG*{rHf0a>Cu!J5*&$99H<gh5$+#geb7?s!DYgSMiIEk78SW773P=a<uTt(}336
z3!hWxFf!qXeA~M}`XS%^%Wv{mfAuZ?#h?Bur>AF3+m<iB^<}iuAR@PKzm5=!vMSlE
zH%Os)?aeotOs2Sy_~SqRWB&9{|BT=N{eQ?8-g=9_|M!27S6+DqQD%U)QP~T%8*-u*
zb_tf)wMVyADXlf1gzEe31@oV6yzmKD!sm&%U?Bx!^dq-PqP6Dm=z#O{j@4=jz+|c^
zN=@)!LnNl2gTpC;L{;h0PR29Xp2@UjF<-M-tf;Cg11(*4_s->6ODRE-*z^P4e8ZtM
zv~|f;Sei7D!jdn1^%ag>!4LlWJ^tpO|4WYV-Q|rh-yr!pZ+!74!}q_3G=@4U!r2O$
zz>i*av#O#W64nh!qZy(g1&P~ugmf&JXCg>x*lc>lDp#?5OcX_d)IBbGx=kP^fhJMU
zrhsCz+~9$-tPw)d_m-Fx&PSYc2ssdZ?$>WkwL=J$rJ=5C4i1mmtj-WZv01OtW7#-Z
z$NBP{RlmX14a1PFd<NUIT(1beAPI?!fx0Z{`;O(J!*)H>$ut8wgJ-o_=Ok7s>b6A{
ziV$Jwd+yzRpXGAOOGi`g+*xpXdXN2dL{%!3Y6u}AWaMPk;e4c9E!nJA6iU%l6|da7
z$$Gv1|JZx;V9nCIzVGuaXFu=z-u>S0>F(JyGty`oNh2e(NoEm*#lcX7g5bFPhs$v=
zPNkB#3bNq1>`FN#hJaHQNUQ`LQnIm)aZCxY1PB4b2n#Kv8O^5IdV0ItyPf^n^2fP7
z8VP~Hk{DX*Z`J!p_pN)o&$(y$KELO?u<qBG!LnQ|P|~owvqRqxoE$IETC%yBljjjd
zF=e@GP%2_k4+J4WO8P;eg(KDh>Bfi&tul%%BP$H+Q%5hC48xqNatLd=a`^==T|CFZ
zxgB1-vgY!OFOuguMHZukp<S(c{OV&YkB-S^2}f6MkY}4*yL^q~#TB9`0x3{h-Hh3~
zjoY}5F92>5s8@;z)OAgkWx%JCnVW+3NC>*N<=21xSNYK&{ZU?c;RUufH#oPy$DJ21
zP<Mtb%`m1XgmDTsUz}23t;q8N9Vv!kVBIvNY0l>6CP|X<+rRx={J%f*GkouV{5|aL
z?XiFEfOF^1@%lGDgvbg+82@icl6=}Ws`sBNY?e~u-M?Sd!xsx~d4d&b#m#NPC{nad
zMPU5p4#PlEjE88gC5jZ*4kUR@@Z-Mn&^6<W%6alE#aVY&S7H%Jv`UC0K@yF7(pA$T
zXqio?Ov_FBeoZ12yPH$y%|H?>GC3ftIeC%ex;dvq!-qfi6szks=lAdBU{Z3&{w}RZ
zc>KAK(u7lV<hlC772<Q}*eG*+UJ#doOlXuCu&&3-z~BWqg_oW-R&149<ISeVyf4#_
zg8ac6ib60gqw%<17_+Jdk1;)1Nz-(kHZ{AuyM!R9tCmRD2r<^}93P(&$Ky&V%d*jJ
zqGJMzb=9GiAxjdv!Lhluk3w*C?J8xKF_~;qw-vUr*dWQ$2};KJATT!2_m+ML489|Z
zBvF(gu>@f-)}rDF8A*0FwgFxesmn-ke)oVpiBL*$bbLr_8kCN?es}}x$IPmxX^}$H
zwuZiI7>0qasqs<F#^#L6m#=X3>Wg%0AWbv2w>MD2qa#m0^ymn5qRG;NfJ19VkTJvH
zaaBV%j6tA5Pmv<v?Kp|+8jA>;<)WspThe5gx?htQ0er)Am!GEVdYsth`O8N%Hqd#?
zW|4B~o&%0<T;q=El#?Sv-%Ii`0z0Fw15vEm+S;J%DwH0Z25#dvZsQAwmy?IjBw2qF
zI>(!pH8-~jlO(|yL*I`L6HVLj%fIvs{LR1lUvvNc4{+Z-ca!Hi#u|=}4w+1Mn9t|z
z?rx7#kD(_?Gn%?ZsffY$2&HKIj;8C8DEh7=FDBf3&)vN5*WSxwv0%BbnQd<Ho!|ML
zeA{<?JFk2FLzGI<w(Xb)7|!|&&-7P51l;G42LJMH*w2Tn@s+|YPp|+4o+ye)lH}|!
zJP3ugmebP}dA`Z!=8Py-^!<9QNpTLPQld!GHSPFI^e_w#tu;bu>bheXpvb0p?`i5a
zTE`?&iWwY9lAs0P9c7;5gv9kV)#4O2%-OzB())sSp*bQD$`nyZRBTD686wx1Yir5}
zHZcP{@#G_%+uGq=UT_*DEe35paTGI|#H@T^U3K)ep(qOSjhrNoI6j^e$KxbQ;&HZO
zumfojoGvRu5F~LyoaPwY(>6U(B-z~ACL3~;is*aKY?@Q#V~c#G6~6Fe9Sks;Og=4?
zZoRINLXajU$EPRMwPiY)P)@g)WEnyQR$WUmnNU@RRaLPuDd<{@k%rUx8mV)Xwx}c-
zyAaD_e3)2+^A76_tM!UFj!Dy$G)q~pmULZ1Q(MwFLMy@U{vGHz;l|++!8)|kgl@ng
zn3f4r1on2eIKQ`xv7WlAdE%*0GFXq14PAFaQDjWYjCN=#ih}88!n$gy+7)S{v3<b1
zfU|Jn+%_l6B~91jLd&}CS=WX<n_#UXiE^A37^CoEKt+<e=~>KQWZf><-8ta$<r~bV
zyQEtM_w64LNx`$1pQG=Vc-Nzp=4g41z4#8ccMk}n$I($FDN+VZ*Pj*CzCt(MZQRC}
z06tqh!XLFZ=ktLyPEbOE59mlE0ytww;kyug^rIi<AN|x%@v3|7MFMG-Qr9)7^Ep|O
zvs}&D-`}UMYv%JgZPy}%U}Ls{_nzKb(lkY)NpwPyPjGg8KMG)LYl}2ZxpY^G4}y2U
z``vV1hxv~T7cX99YisKzm-b*R!GqKaA;w%l@i|ZoA;c|^)&7U$mM2)lFrc->TSwcr
zOsCVceQHobQcN}osIzUq7BDCwQA%TtCr@*{9rHh$x<?RESKYWzod`_dV{`<JzwjiA
zi4)B*46N2IX(Dkh(Dgk8hwVCs#R;Wo7?w-QXpfVVBYc}-y<z1B7N(~67Hc$j-M7ca
zYbOkMENJWBC2ej{h)u4`l0~Ml8sZ?4I>z@Fyuh~uAxp5K=f?4x!^2ailMN;l1;Qg^
zK`bO9Hl%t=+YA^lNJK=y(6lYu4dm05-K~OE)nKJzW18T7e@4gzQ511AXD-Xe2J@~P
z^;k+8CX)%r$H#PbATSmbPxFlVVvdX?v)PQcAFysLCT=>2b<EHYtX3<8wrp+Xv~A0x
zX~%8dWDGkEK_HYy1kGYm6Q_nGim}GhH3QxnOqP!O{Gz2jS#mO8kfa&2S;_8hi8Gc&
zkE!g=7^=QPMH#(U94%XX5KOkF3}!)p+R}Fp9YLIwH0{7*QKO_Ji4t&@U_E74GMP;g
z0sO{<t~IPy&{@IIj?=@gAE$ucc@lfV_Vy<D4V2vGp1XJ0o^9~)-+LNgWCSJXtz%g=
z)YTyuFKuyra*Fhljs22#SkauoVrdv`i*?J<6*+h^wZTC9%G`LjaT{L(_)IbTpR_}F
z7>1WLO*b{LT5IaM=FvwV<!9dcPUiDDc|NvPv`x#=$q8AO(Nr}_mU47-gD8ra%_b-%
zFwWBVElt}X;^?gEY`{jIG|5Tg7-KD6H*k1(NI9Kye0)rrW$f?m^PvxYh)+EE1n+pq
zJ9yn|9^~T1i|n62H}<$X`>8&|5Kv#hQ#DSxzHmSP^MPBQU`0`MHgOU(Rm<k)Cf3?B
zA+V%v8<ft_DyQokgs^nRki-Qcj6Hg3a`uv6tk~JvqgpQzLQ>>Yyf(CLO<9)YMNGY}
z&cZJhUDqH~P8w-&o-|5{azV3>aP`1bPdtr0xyFs71;R*@JjMG!<2sy^s6NJNhbtWM
zT?Max<9VtVD()x_IE+$`gv4n{y>5X4i(-3Y6DKl=1#Pn;bP_2ul6-=fU~M-RQRkWv
z26Vi^u<B@<6-hjj4Hapm1{W+%U6I8Rc~;`RXSrCBmjzNq^k<HdNJnI;I?KNr8`g)R
z#tb#njR~oBAOuZav#OS80;x_pIvINgJ&rhzsHzqF+vo5K_Rk+6WJ2&gQ52Kt81FrG
z+hc5t^J9ifRW*1YD9VDa?@&^sl|bo~5IoKa`qoobElH9Ssf4B)$KT84l8sW}oCl$C
zUXVuxO=qYFN0Mb&7qh){k)dx1uEm&^)w<(!zCwzaVQ`$DRwP;>g<x71Jpak(IbF;-
zf8iXZ&Tu*~%eL{-VMR~Zw?tWiAR-eT!D=GC16d%88k~W>z4N$1(sdm&L}SmPP(1qB
zC)huj(7BGCgDtLKIpLF^e3Hf7^6Cfgr*3Pk_2k)%w(_7}(cAAfZsUs{pXnm}lO$Pj
z90Q-Kyt%1ydg6&E`0*eAaX#=XzsLjkKR_JE=t$G7JERaJc@l!AY1rD@LMcU6Rbyhi
z^H@B2mgDuPRh~=|@_gJ8@h%X>5s}tV<_yC?IhkOFVSENFh3R^J_Fey&e<}p;c*i^V
zrf>Zg?z#6~RHO;;lIt;iiBH&Xd4gq(BZ_0Jccf*?>1u&giXZ|}nj(!Pjw3?ok=m2z
z6Z+mFg+?bC!%z_?F(MLp>8ZOKosMIhAba98BLqj&R;1||VUSHS24jfI1Q&Yh9!zT}
zlYwZMvy0(eG^2m<5Od{_%`7Jf3raITUQwOa^i7Y<A(t^yD~#-Edr#4nh^Qp=9rd;&
z7cn|`It0be6t}3k`(VP-)I1j|B3)3-3XYa@X62M%6?U*hu^vg!NypK=q3#+srh?tw
zDbq=b2@O&&QMM#f33XjlmQ$vML`g;4^k@+gNkyz<>Se=nxnytmfX;Tf*3p@s$y5`k
z2`J6p){N!J(YVDW0zzr(wx^inIA_@?r%0gd2CBNIm`+IosNjjRltopM7UkHN=wY?4
zL5%LrYPBRwW0X+nC?N<>(=?z0>#8ElQWT(s!J2_c$E32O=~8S6L=i-B!r)rULZJ18
zx~{SPfENXmJjIxp!C1Q962&>k^NLss(nNwAh?HhsFUa#0&y>|_!8&dzCJB9iLKf%D
z(kUj&$fB4mNm%zaMhJoxNS9GBEP7Mp^@4T#JR7S7Ik8CLI9Xhy=_}+(3_j-CvrDY8
zY?S8^L&NIu6rEVoC}905Azi>{5xL*az`Bh;DcmF*FW1l9YB_9wP>sxI(_DRKF4ku|
z%Fk<(yHq&mkW$fgEqR_&RTaPfzF*~6-up|u@pTW9r5Qm8mg}>KnIs}uOV@Q{3&d%l
zD2g$)T`IirOp1am%P>B?<OuA#fu=R2NkWzupr9XW^jPdmECpGX&~*bs2zGXM@ZR(O
z_rIT~o_dP^;=lSYx#!;dh~pR+#x6tW$BElbfxdH&D2eI1k*K}Ah<ZF%H%pw)KH{d1
zOP-x=#h>=<tC!=JCs;S#Z6SzpawRm@je_^s2?!eJ##|2P9Btd-okR$S^F6{Fe2`;e
zx06`wk#bBfPm>a@1byEkMT8KLrU}E)6A&n+D0Iras!)?L8N6E!WANz3^PDo!o>n+I
zr1RK55E7_{0WAcH4LteOGbFQ=J14u$4^LUVcu1Zepr<8!r9v7@Ugo%_<LJd}T--lL
zH4JzH+r^aQ<DPaf1R=1-W7>gONs4R=(lKuj(UE5($;s0QX9has2qNH3Akv0)J&d7p
zatx>Ix(0V9pjIJfT{R?0!lg?W=(>)!TeG*nHHx^ih~xQ!I4juO*<>|$NCa6PW2|T0
zcStEnl9XT!O;e*I#cVdghJe(P#p0MG&nfbZs_kBiY%oJZoM?pfIN#H@1|i3XMHG!)
zlTFhSDNQ}pq*+X`mRLvB%|KSpST-Hbd-}R%8pRBqA<J{Lc1)+^)Xww+jU5x~(>TU>
zf7Vx6(5%)(TCg#hq9iyID2kF|QgZ$92HFQwDJdr<^W_rTTeKQ`4LjRY771yrsg^Zm
zA&BD=Cu*GSD2tN5nPWqbP9>WgCAo>HRxKxohgbs#2UB#CP^KkPS}YaMzj%l>ib!M_
z`d9c4yp1nq-0Z@8IjQ<$vfjU(RQ+LM>o3$c;<)fFF@48uHp4l?FZ{wU@b`ZBf8@be
zKgeV<qw6|`VZb?0Z!A?^;jANyBldT8QA&+2_$(if34sKfreVHXkFI;IFm526krye(
zU7=y<Xq`id@n^K{*u~rTJylgPo6VR`r#%1s^Zf7+|1kgA_kBNae)F5h^CUhsd3*V_
z;k|!p*C~9Fy9{r6g5^DU7tmUxR79F&blre8p2oMNI>q8}-r{{=wW`o6N6IncVRJHy
zyn}aWZ5ak|4x|jM>y9EF$E;F>F{m_6sp^U}%SrPL-vqj$BTggw;Bj8kS;g$)0n7|X
zPkoZqD|}^Wje;!Vc)jNE=#YCa+y!F7^2Iri9$x3kk3PkG5i{Mr&QZC8TW07oM@o(I
z0lTVkyPl=(3D%-fL_#vJD|C_}tcStUn1MV_5lXPNnIV)W&T=9d<9dU)4ui!6$1rqQ
zYy1DTTL1tc07*naREgu5D3VO46Hd$tksMbY$EU~4W;2jbwQE+(HBw2kBE#cJl9<V~
z#G}UTE-9F8Y@)U1>b2{{TCrNrNs^c(QiQ?cv_|Q%C$edm<7!EGx~>}2h|>}s1@6A*
zB6VFO0wiana?|w~Z!snyCG5_2==zSTs#x~*sN;&qhsW;Dgt}df511@PX^jtox~@lU
zL$GX3xA48AYdeBf#EHfR2O*)%GlY|P*U`2;5`pP00ZmbsOlLD_I=WRwKFQDuyf-wR
z!#hD)mMoVmVif@fp#%9Orm8!p(}LbumQ{l^U{FM9Op)hQi-w`M<k^%gRtPr|Q6B_K
zBm^fQL<pi+_U5~dFL}J2bi90;1*2vEGs}W+HQbCtxQWknxxE~p`L)jn$(l_j<AOc}
znx^7C?|Bb@<NLpl2kv_Stu=i=R-@HzGj^|<F%xS#os#D{+uJuKGYW}du~^Wx9fKL@
zx{e~BAeAHth?RQjc%3)nkU^#|CAXJlNmn;$tzQaLUac0)=Yj3*ZJv4N8UEq_`ICI#
zU;i6C@W2BkNrLsGU|yaPEu}`szS8OsOmY9C;#MH>w>-gmd8EF#fk?$z4aPd^x+O%4
zI1T7Xk|YUrWsqkgckpPLz!>z8)+ue*VvPd~O|!sGMxv3#8t1@!LEm|->u_EpoJ0tT
z>3W*rNwXQf_1MXTNx8$NyZ7l{tVkP8suGsnz~SkVM<0KZ3*{ECdi9^>(ck_6Pk;O=
zY9H~&Z~A5y=kFrj+~nHv5m&BWr%Y0cIODE!cThJqBGu$+PAMXGAJ`<jtmv#k2}_)7
z+GapYN0Ou%XV1p70ig|yaw*bCql2V(11gG<I>OjM*AEP4EJap2W;Wfx3<fFGnagqj
z1a*C#y}do0ao_@7-*IX!_`r=Dhs1GAl4NK!gEb?;(u&?zSTn9}q*P4G89O^WoGh2r
zO+}VZm`tXG5Qw4}RcaRV6P9hu)@*~#y*-?BEUPtDU87=!QW57aTx4A}SnoJlET~$8
zZhGQmjF*_srlSTSSeDD>xSI2xW?7?DL?lyeKd#QK5DczI7(o&xBzZ~*J<bg1IAOi6
zIa$n6ktP=rQJP@`I4@|so-CcxTf_13F`K2vX~*WQr0Gsr)fFd;V~V2W_~;12K$fI9
z-%~HvD3vpqfYuRdmJy7=7=sylbSz1Wh)FpmjWyQZ?jgL5R~Da*NW7eAd@16yZ7=@&
z!k7U7KS990V+@l?!4pqB!GHJP{vead<Sd7=qi<UJzNhOuLI|WuPEiyTML`_LFHOL_
z_q1)xYPA}5SYg}=kY{Eb=N(CrFq_RrE$(v7YPDi_Z$_%eUf19ZK3MGFUm{&m6j9d;
zgxFy^o$~0TkMckKt^c0?>4*Op?!NnOf;c-LjGKNpNuiVyV+`^ZEO7qg;Fc#?T8t|s
zGYr&qO`2s$sZdg4OiR^w6he^Y2}zdFwICRaEj?oaCPLEn1{WB^*rFJ%$BE48$!fe<
zbu>;<f+mSejP(oy#CeYBYh)YnQq$`cHT5(?BWpvJXbu-AOxVB<9<2hadBx*TKf~U}
z25-IR%X#yceFN)fYF730y!E@j6L-)3xMD_V98W&;7*9R=I4?f)96@@Tp(9JDtXB=k
z*N-@V-`&h6F;g|>qhwKz?GvO@=onnsr0qJKw^%a}tQp722vCwdEeXL>SK}nBs@k#W
zIvyVqWtme|4N^uVNsN@ym?SI(1VyA2Qh3rdMvB13<_0H6hgfTwFHR9M=ivN4(`m`j
z_edx4-V-G;I?YI>87GE9Gns7S0~{V6Qxp@H%OlFXK%j^utd}iyHQt;;E6RLElqD>x
z6_HJmTA+xS%qHk0CaBTH5=RQH#yTO1AWu^!lM-t!Cx;D1sz&j=&QOsgIE(3ex}oQe
za|h&E#LzqXrbgh2;}k74Hh8WaFWBCm;kto1j<L>-tGzrSmY%^5NDr&JCIrvCT5{v)
zh`ekt!7(W&?Cegl3>@A#rE4r61zKU<z-ld!BBE<Ma+M&4K%7QM6$qhzh3~%GxD9^a
z)aoW~ZXe$2_)Nm|^6f6d7gl%H_brpjg!z2Vzxw}vp64$=&+A|NTB>SA+tg@zrf1TM
zt<5cpq8MclW^{G;T|=1{)a#1*a)Bo>-I!sF8HMkQiYSRmvJ@@h<m7~Uy(Udk&L14m
zwQF=HamKP*cO+Sk85+8-8wVEkxPX7^=_lBjZLqhu$5T%|#gG5kkMcu5^h0cI?;_Q>
za}c~I$WNbm^6xljpH266E8&(WSl)ZI7!N~AdA7eBAw)ncjk5~p3`&iT!#vMvn}9Kv
z!M5a+93chP4FsW3DiFtGrdGgVnlZ)PpXqXjzD6jGQW7a5f`Ya-W0XP~aonspzmsCU
zqdTctEKgvgAdj|K9j>`|Z;#ZTvYan?^2%l0Z>D_p+up|8{=#=L`@N6zn;-oMZ@BYb
z$~dE~8aAg}?39~a=S7};;R=`MN3`{t&<xNG+}qY%y!#Tf?FnWWqaw0AqHP=620ZDf
zTpdynr3q4k4G`ri-E!O>ROmBuIuh2d>*&tJkF(hZtJMl?#&fHbBA?_)DOs%+tg4P|
zG9##Q7P!B^Pf-*+^W5_+PFtL@^u0j}L7wL{O@}d#q=@L+mZoWF`+;IQK?}*%`3+3(
z$6!+-D9RE$7#52KIKgBxLnou_5E<||PEK#2qH%RJooy1U1gRCS9nd1s)iqfhV@yxE
zF#{M&N#lfi7!ZPy6r~Z;Ndk(@LDy9Dtzm0ca^a4BntEVxV4b6>7Bt2ZwLNC&+1V;k
z%3=GKVxrmGE=darUUGQ-2o)!+)`Hc1&Erpgk_#8^K=ztQH6*FP4S{;y(KUju8%O^c
z1zD!)yu-E?uI^c`DtgnRV;F8rux{fO#LJy+H~;*_gqM@6PZPKQ35AZP>6lCS>@!dE
zcmD3*;q|Y5E$j7~wpkPDh<<39O(#sJ)6uc*J;8e-Eys6MR<KyCIGxXtO0u=Ja~3RW
zu->t;wTUONTCG^G*Azv;!QL)fYu3vJX{^veV6DR%%hpzk9mc_gahBl6IG=DPy@=zK
z*WCXA|KeZ#bKdf%H}gH;`=5{%Iep)c*U1?H4<U^2nlG-)<@e#%Cs@IvWrWs}JRe7y
z&RD!3MaovigfOS?TZC3f854pX({P8DXuBYZW13EY6bL7YV@(uEl0-AjH%38T@EGIh
zhYleXQbl+HksT)%t${EY>Uv3ep%}y9WWv2)_ZBvzZQ2(a=D+b#vZ3Ksvl&m;*ZIgJ
zA0~E!4+_Cs-uPx7`s%OXZ~w?Y;JqLJ1ouApXSn*@A;0)b|B|G&^myjVqKcGw@Weqf
z2v0vqs>+~~fvz8Ds+vh&Fc^bS8tYo3B*NJN8z9jIk}-j|vjL4lD#-HDrVD4;D?yKf
z@+>7yQ~I{WIYSbstX3<6w`^{1lBF?K+t79^lu|r9zkxG72j}l#GAk&H8ND@B)q)~T
zkV-QQElt-kV3|Y;>nz6h)U{-LdxyL3zQlS}qqSytXU5*%9w7v-UrU+K=k!BG*Mk=@
zUyLd9X;~nppu!Qkj#LWLSflgJu|IJb!#hoD2yT2JL`o4)HLK-{U>vazXfrxwvMfT#
zm@G<IEl=>SC0NbSH7u(Rp(A1)u~|;om`n))y0#|Ol05UoQG>CkY^4@0r_@=)U?Mgq
zQ!bsqlcsLbD27#FIn+!xHPQ$e1c^?F%NS#Oj1_clz=j@k)-urcmJkF|XyA65`)#~(
zxH+Y|NwRK!y!T%e8myZVlt0ci?(<2uBCR<+IpW>#em7cathEp<MP9I4t;mv`*=#l%
za_R<S$7-B3jxmFwYI@e|H9Csf+}fll3hJ&U%L;^&1n;<d<qARw?!NnO;yC8?=!D=L
zv&ob+Qp8#jv_fV%QjG6MDZ$!-w(E)Y_>O3rhGFOkq2w)ZdJDh$tG~*B@Xg;!p68!B
zhd#WN=Ov}QEpq?U4yDwmtuXqoA)wK5!gM;J6Pmg`rD+-*fi&JhDMcK|cw(FxAW0B-
zgj6U2N{^+<kyDtiAs{KToFq*VB4C|BYK;qmOc>Pe7B@~i+MywmfsH&Sn2zbzHhxEN
zb<uKV{vs>0<n+c7-~Hv^#lz<w=BMBHi(G&9Io8bzD*|8f*01C*eed`19e?>hXKsF$
zJNE9R+?cSlxk)-LxuO~lPmW25m}Lb`D!6v_l&TrH=+ASow*k%&Cow)KbQEE_3VlXm
z0^<ZJigVgQ(tFQjk|L!%>jUgxs$nRKg3XNybz2i~T)23S!^0z*cForIj3i0MMD_I%
zd6u(mTB0anbE_oQGrFOo>Q)r#7JXmS4+BFhiKB=RAk88WqpLFn&;I@{Rn>6y>SgY{
z^X@T)|LB-3@eHO#owc;@?u~@0={j71W({SMj)AD&a?iy(Ab6w*n86^T7-t<D(+NUJ
zk~n6$T4KFJN{y2dG6EEM4C|&x;)!%RZq>!3`!cwJ)$)W8G*LXJC>PTyS?uWhfh0-s
zLUFLSiT87aT#*%?qoa?I#XF?YHb>WLigK58+xxUl%ayB_nS=>p=qQp5Y(QE;nq~+E
z^HqaTf!_C^Ax&d8Hnv!=0y@eux4G4Ayuyg0=%r?ioBgjhU!c~0aa^FEjWE6Bocwou
z-{(5f3&GKK9gjTn2(#IQBFk7W=Y$Z*^PHWnZM?Ufo*d)7r_6JbSkbm)a{K9`p(so4
zxZ@%Sn6FkCW0=ln^nK5b8&@gIa@1Y{)oM+erIcxg5|T+8qoN2U6-q05>xgtT=5txY
zbTUrOlv12OfBr0ct0GNve(inl<K*Oo{r!DH2xz772m)h`&L5Y2--_FWw>-fzQlii7
zpjjN@tz=_kgE&q(JU+tth;*{a>Ec;Zxy`Pekrg#3P0v>CiG0IG^(+Tlnz`HH(fK|r
z8&e!Ug`Mt_B5;Gn4r>yfqlk$k31VQiKH<3E#D!C`BqDNxEXz5+C7JDZoE%+a_}!Y*
z$Dbox)I7Ae&+~4|bAFFEedXKv`n#t5%8&dL)Rmf#tv^cLz#G5pVSeua`3L;HAN${!
z+<hnC_V&NT@%lyXzvmpEeEcbX@dF>^15Z3jwzI)qMak1o+~CeTCOmY{4n>^u$tPY!
zlrfo3XzCW1dAyKhaz-ptj;~gT2;x*AMWAWMssuucR+6Es$l@5`1@*dSG8r9y%hMBt
zx5QeLB`I~?vR>B^6(9tA`<v|V@3UUCSQ}6p>cc~hniKLYg%A)bX0fg*^OUY#ka$63
zGQ5ZC#tLUN)|Whgd4Y~PTx2*pT@uFwaa6Ki%*k@i{@xa85>b{V@xGv1Ny==GwqAf)
z6Xk+-h&XNndD#-Hga}R7G;Hr~A!EVyYe#4)*cc310EeRM0zywYS=V?#squx8rU`95
zFq`Eh5k$#=kPhK0;<R9}mcWwfhT`OSPL^(><A|*clIU)R)**ssmT#bxV-QQK_600G
zC#^yZ4Pxrp-P_=BH7AO45|t50B~23;Ovmot1mil|*08<3LkN!W*+Q_m^>T<l7f9g<
zHYScWtM-I6D{-#Cb}d`8h?Ck<CJM=b_YM`OtgD7RFR?>UCOoz2(RqRMlHddiNn6j^
z*vuG6Y3n(WmSgy?Q6y<W*H#p{9xID<Ob7ympzk`$JfrU_BCY8{gqDin2ecZAhY(_P
zgsKSVJxWTn6x40QbaR8cs!%}?tC&GLf;Hd;(ob+<MVxHn`W__&3;~rWj0mF?Kx&kb
z*w&!S6ze*K8Z|Vtd`dlEp|rv#3KI)56KLC>G)>R0DGLa)bi#7c5XTWhI;0#O+k**2
z(I~<2Vc>KzCy7#uq(ExHM;`eQP1Es)*S?-4O7X#=V@2DKMd`vRM39I`U>Q*1l}*b1
z!`y&3zy29t{3CS}{!#D0f0rRZNKMt$tk-J}b`Pjl>(P=WBxPPQw3c~Ok(Mb%5;2`j
zIKFYnNndl)R-7w#x#v~q39jYjcuAg2u~E#?wX3vt&0Ux7qB8@=4D{_lBw%+kWxLGK
zA#iGIs-{DtIlghqh1~<nNYF=?3wQ4E%(Dxe3q(pILQH3R>ZW1nTM}V8zWOZj8y>`<
zuu_5pkOb>Nh2M7`KHK^EgZc<>C%OMgz+0RdwODDIl0-3CF-9BYMM2+7yiS>96MF0D
z+6wDWiBs6xgg=|Vhe8C1G&g*~Jlw;PzZ*n`QYF%_M<HVX>mB$2HXyV`Mlr4q#JNUk
z&*tuo#Kof+-q(2FvUl&@?CjmkBftCsqNRbM<rjbU|KfLE_$~Z>2`@I+`PkD>@#+We
z;mLPD#kI?i^9^7Bt$g2q`u)7;W1rw7&;46Y=SLhbuJFL6`?+-KE?!u6>~HL{la<7;
zPlyxEpZltBq;3rV>|g!Q%vX<*WC>DwW(V7x+wIvbVvKb}Ny(z>ka31g6RcT*u=umB
z&T^Uo9?2LA7blXNy44^w(m90iNEy%?q9{fxj|{LlIi+nZ^{OSyb9T44u)(lc%qh~8
zNjYI_IzefPV8VQHh|)R3U}<VYRo4(AB2`f2DP_J(q$MXOE0QRX?rqZbHLLXkV+_}?
zU*ljeqwgcC_8Q&}#8DvjlEHg?faQG6G@o(h`el+NVz4by5;MtD*2{|N#)R4C2J5OO
zc9OvaW|N%7sv=e~A*>m?6~T23ogs}1k|bjo22K|h-aCps!`Y4yNrcj@s*0=_c;U)1
zvAw~@Y=dB0q<|tXsFy1u9oXOB=K6D^sUS%*&Y!=)bh5)^k3Prs(^2T}93)AClnU1e
zI^VKd*|RQ91@=ojD%pFF4<6&jg@Q2#Edv`HTl~gv{W9k++)aM4hq0E`YQgoxBQ9RL
zi>9eaqL@KwWCX_aSSN^73IZmZTdcdW_wvHI1KMg$Rky@xhO<4fju=``nq;(nM;xbT
z=8%|S7>J^TzHf<(g086{ILds3#qyLS&dwa55+TPl|0kaK1h2aPJ{I#i0C_Rv==u%F
zG-aBgbVTPIQ4+CUE-A7M?>)sNqHgS2n69AjdZH-8OFO!EWrPQu2prE(*(k<N(Wa}B
zGR9iRY&K)LT#}|S-j5558#iunuz!K7UZI7g?+3E1K&mls(3k-o!KDiqky3Nz@>L%F
z#K-xIfAPBsI6nE*Gnm#9XEBS_oN_urONF-rZv)Od5V!XBA^gF_=#MkG`oqZB%}Le%
z{ytYOU#85n@p&M|Mvc?OF~y`LQxVg0#`POVtm}%w8xFSixUjXws;V%~<CSE+I>b3c
z9L4B#M!j4y^aDZ(w3b}FaKKhkusA#<i!{rV8|XBl?gqlpQ|38?wU~Z@Ai3w#9bA6l
z3T2iu*#7L=FqG*87vRY!pX7~ic`H#l#Y>46`pkVehL_$9ApK&+Eq{e;DT(xW82w;b
zw>4L<U*pEnb&MOkl#ULs<9Y|i;!VZSEl_mC@|bO*NQEF3l3mfWBPt@{iQ|}AGOjp1
zfgncBkCQM2PwzZBOPQrJVx^J7Bb7xe&wO#njq5M6Q5Jmi>NS4-qmT30QOk>qj(ZO7
z;2R%)18;x$HGJE*d@Vol_kV!D`xAeghu;1c@*?8nANdeJ{m%b`joB`L{ri8Aulv?-
z<`Yjn%ZEPn7@ZMhdC3Rf|Lg4U?D5uzznqP|8Qu*1#;^S*|M*@1oExV##r6(LYm{^R
z=Fj~yKmXG|&3%_9eDznniYy(-l9+Wp5J-q33BoeCp84vOs#&pKF9_0-77=y5X1!ig
zcNNCA7}L`aExqaRcyJce_Vjhj{KhfDIwC0$&J#<4unrX*k%UA^vPcslh?S&F6Cwdg
zq)@^koWYx(p>61@n!Yn+sb*3pOr|;0SwWiUmnJkxl5%udVS}M@YnsqAuRE5t!x)dC
zr*Av7lx)ss<XKABwsdVxS!A3$*dr}Qw`JE?n4w})#GK#T;Qa24^Ltb7ziW%V4b8z$
zPM!+98_TkrdZ29_eK!zADM?b$b%wU-SS**!7ZoQb6=k-Iuo7<@lx*qS6ROoQNu=qU
zj??)udwY9ax_Boi#|sW`9MktbS(ah#*cm2}bgiXrI+~`Xs;aYdaLeDmpEF{mQA*MG
z25T)vk<qp-hsQ_!!*~88{@P#tt32|^Bb?5ceAV0D&O6`vPTus!H_)~%<#a~t1W}ri
zrYU8Xl4l7)1e(E+&9>Rz-sHyhBM32*Vv1IQ;2R<>De~D%3p*HJhGkijWGRC+?Ck7;
zAMNmYJ_>z{e1g`Rot+&3PLJn2@W2DS>s{~S;fEjQ^z@WTQ8EkzcfaaB&L8XnptNFR
zdxv2d#&{HKnM_KKmjfulq>KqBkR>C*D`!)Xf-FsO#v+7Z@7w{aw#ExMw|_wBElHBl
zG!=P1<{iaRN|sL8-ri<iEy?q-?^8-m@Z<9^O=E-%Os5<C*#G(?eBIZ4EsuWUF@E`9
z|7(8YCw_vT{NI0q|K<mNkVhYVgg8yu+1saSnvsOs0jd1i0^!!nar?ZcwDbF?UZ45#
z-jnA!=g*(#^yKuVe>Zr~a<wEba`Gf243=uK;@aU2s@@RkjDw9`nqkH1ddXth(KbC@
zyTsdyNO=;SAdF*cG9eb8y^RU8ET&l=lf{8ZIHr+iC(pQRf0wts{z1;|Y*Iv;-~unc
za24TNcD72gOw!gXoHq={(6kME`{()O)6Y`ZHCdJcqs+q$=B2RG&jq)Fq2kt`U^$B<
zI@9I!C?)8Io?Jj#mh9|JX?lzH16nDx4rDSVk0K`0uueP!prs{|fjnvOJp_@Uy~86=
zL4cG5H42Lz0b~8>yb}gv11d`y?7;4h!iyExZd_qDxu5xs7y0l9Kh9S__?5iv+$Cm<
zIac=Eb?H2liwD>=L4*nSKm3(^<=1};|LmuJng<_v1Fw3+n^4=kZ0&FHlRx@@^Yice
zS$_8eAE8zq4?p}mt{pzZFCSm$1Hb!kxbI-b&p-Vbk3R7{-}#sS3R^q7sQQGcIp%Bc
z`6gcXrVG6N8{Uc;49|SxGN;C%5L|iTSuS0elI1zG&8?T*A$2{_^#)@Mu}(mSGb4ef
z4?Wh6$@x(fq1^ajkUoqt5Rqjznb36|)oOu|fvxF;wyUYu9&ZIg1lo2@mTQb1vr+O?
zB1zF|%&k(|lPEEgp}fHK9gD?^!HjM2-UW(cf(!{E1UgfJNbpv(Ih|1yG0W9;8lgBn
zowL8YKh`HDin^<)tA;er$)__WlNks57dbjQrfFJEPOekt1$%oX^V1{pSg^Id&w9P4
z=?qduBxwYAvZz4fNV0^gnIm;dl9Y7qf~=fidxsZmvP99hEr*9E93CH|(<u=#_djqK
zQUwkVPg$?$blrgShDb*&PUrNUAdWSI2^edMV~ukLAr#L3>3_g{p)ocNMC6kRLDZO`
zCyrA-@{vdQns4|<UU>Qm{+1cIet5(~Z+tV~{%!vuANt)7@~)?z=DFuyz*vD0o=6P5
z`hoj-<gq7t&1)YbN>hI410UqhI}ey-Gd}Xsk8|nb0Z}$~iq>7v$3OZAO0_QqC_eb$
z>v;eB-}k9)AK-Pbe~6Ql6ON8<V6A;g?E9uSy$Pix&p-b>-}V>&Jm3Bu-@#*#KgvJ-
zCqK(;?t2Zt^4ss@z3=%I;@I-GulYLO{Mv{3y$^mEse8PA3W4K$zvA^|lQGY3b=onT
zC3IcSe7WG`AA6Jzi#CS4?tK;82YZ|@=0thQ2Y>J1jwT!-al!NISKrU(<|f8Cl!E7;
zdz$OlucK5r3z(ep&>J4+10VQp2Gb+;xLx!0U;p(S?Ci0>zstS%-^as$<}JMUz3=7U
z{MK*cjAt^LaCm&gbI(6d-wp)#7<b-r2bV5g0wu91zEn*bpXs{%gQi$F^-Yt>gsQ1u
z`ksCmu*MQ^j4t`uNtV?Lon{0nDAJ5!U2|+3lAw{!Ac8?>>DX%04;0cf+1bXsew5ba
z3T0|C40~G}bWP12JC{iFj35-#a!OkpR#LDv*<c+E_40(-Y#ZwWX)IX}JwgW7P0jxH
zE+2dB;~bryaK}BbLI#jh5TqndG>Gu0ev9vO#Vx-CmSS|U7-#7Ri%xRVtUyNz&N;Ss
zGj_KVc4h_V_BPp=C2Y=iP$DJOo|%W-LTVxPkO_nJfyN2uRfkpyNJUVB!C7n=-7>})
zhPI=p1|_MR0p|?oFHR^o1!)<B%y`SIALP$H^g6`)n2$aBA+EM9AAaE)@Bf_-@yU-r
z!tqf{A5zkT`?%}NzKPd<-FH*I_A7XHS#$aD8ZSKlB!z=-{hD|1#AA=~;SYa|;3ZEz
z_Z&a-FMp1QUi(%axc_e6_|QJz|JU9@clsy?amAm1%SFEHt1j_ZzWrgo@^$BEo_m^4
z{LY72UO!=$q}+XBkAt0pwlyr~YnF=@-a%cp2qJ{gm;nX@W{`NNa8}awo@(7utsA=5
zl4KcKmXT*AlXAxY&)%B{*_M@M-oL%q+T+=0&di&ccdU83HO~}K6i|SI2p{kPYPFxy
ziXop<v_mr)YL^|YHce?8DrgH*qO?*DO%N0ySWp7WR0CDiy;XJRIma{Xv*)$f`u^Bi
zmsSz6LqECV8<CM2nRznf>^!;lyWaIYzbDHJilPzAKLew4T^C^s%Cf|m=4i|F0(`H9
z>sUBa<GF^YWz&u<!oc7;1}QXkQBxHavp8iIr>M%{$R@@}8;P(bs;F@tNf`K4WksHq
zgs#I}r^CYH5I+jgwxPBRmLrg!Ptb~JcY8$skm+W|Y?9NB2JG3ji;FM1kfp^TO3kPX
zg=0xPDZyxjUDNLcEH3oubzM3ggV7mzHUUb)me*LTjfbgxjvbw`wpOsYS&~p_U(x^o
zAOJ~3K~$xhUUz}rJ1?f+nP>ab9_Hq|C{=Lk)EPiB7|t^s4zYzrx6{TLh0z*IgA{H<
zWVS%q-~9T6|39iK3moY(ou#B%L-hAOhjy<|rZj73PBtcvN^$(eDU?!JG~nU)-upfd
zpE$+-uROsUzyA%~aP_r(?lYg^nyas*9ku!M`#;KyU;dq(SzG5rAN~;E`O25`<kL?P
zMr{rqKFqy;@IIb+Vn2^P_833+b3eydzVaCN+;b26_C3kk+6KRS@B4V{u}68!Ti(P+
zKl)J~e)v&NpI+hZZ+{10`qG!^_xsqU5sFV|@s>#^=kUQp{LcS)H&<SJ9XDKeJ^%f`
z-@`bb^3ew#;K_aa+5gxRyyeYrA<Yu7AWcfzZI>*oxa!)gsC3N(4?Mturw{P4kA0kr
zFS>}8GiM0HkR!*A^JD+vC)l^|Ne(=Dfcx*ipZWQD);Cre4u{O*jN6{|TpoJpA)b1A
zKcD!EkMW`xy@&@N{4{sp{hv8<^f3GPKf&F1-_6Mrr>To3rsX%^`A*uMF6W(h0T{!#
zzvM;S`GPxG+gRm~{^&jq9z4t=4?WE7&$*2wM-NfgHF<vSGe*9iKIre&RsAFMk;a&_
zx;=}nO|1|Z4DBdFD@9q9RJ9_W&Cag3p5vm5oT9c-Wl2z{bUjJf8X&wrk>6su?V(gg
zmdET~o}(o+fzCK@u1#NPuGq1Si?`2n#RWUq-Vcc+^n8J9YfuHAaB!qet#Ulqq1)?#
zR#=w7a|LCQaqQ?(CX@Iqm+Nm_2k{TLAOFU|`WG&N)qp3F<YkRpD3q$UZbUU%8e<!9
zrG@L+l!YS6EvB=AEQ+xMN%L|wplh&0YE6@0S1Cf<#~6)7kY@$1Fa*AbFI@x*g~Dh>
zS;Sm?{%+cV!{Os+aHS;b_Bg)pAP+zC2s;KlI5vv;@~JgsyTkU?lrx`toWVsQVK1iC
z2PsrUXL&Dqe~#0E&*_6l5Xbkiy6-7&yWs|Iy!i%x^>==k{?Zb?xfVb9(?7zFpvCST
z7SFzQ7hxE1@aYwjwGoy+$;R4K95^n?Ym3!!%}lijTT5&fIbP+^Yx|U{VMkR(P3So|
zG5{bRC#-L5u)MsZ3GJ*6j%!gX5Vl0v;7E^B8?>%*056QlN=;TObY0`RlC-GERY9v2
zP{t_+i@L1o4~Eorg{?9$3ft0H!eC5>u5Gkd)U^iVlEz~^KVoifjyz8Zf`C@op;R?>
zu1Sl6u<bWUh_PZe*<?+W*s?@9HQj!Pjny+v<9xai+xDUXp{qD{>=^6o>tHOFmX~l`
zn<xtLya3O42<3q3bWBl{L}3eGyVz6|Sw>Y%=|n@kz-Kg`;Q0bwr&N_iFA6bMMi?#<
z$49AkNym>6wuk3R);CvJT{}Qpk6B*c$>!#iGiO%m4|)WlM{P>Hz#|A;q?CAWfMqMn
zI-#zcMNHa)@?W=v;U6qlIyjz-tHJXu{BDQM^%+T?Q)#&Q#_RdL-}^mEZL@pVcC^;4
zt(@j}e*1s$y4Ss$5B$mfTyyC~{KDP8z<;{?=ehFgtGMOXTiJbjh3DV?9FDASl1($7
zcgHP!_A`GD8XkP$v;4PT`*mLaikI<)&pya-FyM`Ed?QJc@Tyn6ih~Ca^QDI#;k)np
zZk~SfD_phrN^ZUFS^VjreGu34_@2A&;=>>QFe@u71YXd@L2Vf-ETGrza_G>JCWtqV
zdHnG&^B>>*CiY%=6%TymPq}vQO}ydze}F%H`=3$d8ByR+S2eb<*!T3)-1oo!l*MSs
zhws0i*Z$xC7eD>eKgkR4d@)hG&C>ERcYW{oVYJ03AN)&R|GlrJC=*`&>Q}S0xSRb?
zKFxc7_kAocFYzaT`up5<*Im5f4R2uB-_DQy=#TNSPkfkm$KywT^oLnpS*NN>!Z76c
zsgo#UIDPswJC>HY{r2bazW2S4Uw_v-dG76Z@cZ|^kC)#0LjJ>#|2X&k@gK3Uypy2S
z#uV|t^h@aL*547a|1<4s{yt;MGmgx%EYBVpR<)w6Dmsym>)6yN;xt3sfYwBggH@N5
zWd_tZDB3LtDJ^ETq8GO4xE6IeBQFb<hCSvw9(GyMmXeO6@h!pb`2lzm;n;Y+5G+ZW
z)T{+AuB|zB<`hvUAZpnN8KSC^F!aeMIi7G4)C6IK=XqF`h1lX=HO|P2+9;&${<B=q
zZ<ade8!Tlsw$=#gB7{R#8>+IV9Z7uG!Sf8L0;krb$&|91Fq+t8S&eBaVy8k`4Rlfi
zRRx&3ah=r;@hnA3i%3eUs=`!?P7vY+KDMqHXM(EUWNDkj6&Eg&Y#d|t*o3Gpu`j8Z
z1tEWNXw22_c525bPEtCx$B~1lnU4cDzW7NBHKo-GNL0v+|NVcYyX|tuqbaS<4mLL)
zVRdZ-@9{^t_SS28<s{~h@4Ju9wU{@*?e$!<C#2O4>Gr!=uFK`ywqc5l{PfezHf_Yn
z<Do|m(b{tX`9w3xD~8*<q<M`>Y}kr2h^I5kLJ<T3j^hxx9-XL7Rw$HGXT`)yDQrhJ
znlucPG;OHjSxOLu2;V17a*Wo1ZiwVt-lTkMCsyPo+P0cT!GMKAI%W%4XJZKqVM{E_
zFdomSY741K907G*5YGxUhFU?l>oKclB#FY*3EfUel^2YrBZ?|#d6y(`JX~2Kw88TO
zKv1MHrzbH%%OeUUX<jlKt&^rX(sgirhbRgOWJp@(XiKuRw1`qA(|Amtq|{}F>j=WI
zhenfTiag60bi0IZKv`CdlPT+y4IEPuZtt^pW&=Zpp~9Gyojc~3n;%jXiX=_&yasj(
zP2<{Xc};WcI1K}<Qq;Pc1fHwAx_`<N7ObytBEpC?D^PiY6h1*1Qfb57aKN?KUW=9?
zy-tW_S+s(HTW-0DPk;6cy#Bjh!?SO^fj|Gy2f60D8~E!leTiFce>Nu$AI3s);dy)U
zUr@1f>Ii>u@4LD7%Io>^6Gyr2=G$0ZInJGT-pS23-Nf78_7=vQBksHJK6dXppT*@R
zlB8tY`~vZ8!qZPb&G&xq_wqA8^RxWW5B(s!ckkxWM<1pvOZ=dP5TX&u3&Fy08^8FA
z|Aps&`%4L{4eq`7UcklgFA=ydHa3I7fFKC)oC&(pShj_+p)@rYUwR2AzH*RcG+~y{
zxaz9CTz%DE(yF3D@R5&vlnZv8N4L`>O>?3sLMd=v7YjjEHNtntmE8M#@8xrU^%$>z
z?e}5ZaPs6y26;r(in#suJFt{yG9B^9ANd%sc;zejjo<hUt~mcZ(pgNe)8+Q(-Ogw<
zVq?7#?_YV%Ros62bNJ$y_p#&rz2{s|%HP&t{SB)7|5o3qKIm_UME~uwx28OGU87Bd
z!>Gy<v_Tt#R25a#a1x__n?Se(wjfO=Bw51Zphc(CA#f!5EG4Wf+CrjK&FXZ_j-@3Q
zdTr|2m|i5=KJ4IF(D5VcDy7{XkmWI9;A0u6EybW6uw&Z-8%e_E#uN*WTp4O4q3=^<
z9*!_rs^Yx!&Sy9r(m>m-v++8WDsfyF^R<o8|7z--Z?J?AC~eS|g>YRQ*J~)`X-1jN
z=(ao9y25iDEHtgQPn>FMEpT0dtZZDVF&31y!DxY{6s~PkBFOR@J9KcICL*RTDg*}4
zwyBLpue-!JKE<A$1Efhg@c2QbYGJ7gX_v^wdED*WI2{bZ(fGq0r`;oRJCv5qus6hW
zM&#4e>|EGMZ()(dZ;_f7(uVe~TX_1hgN&7-I&p$lJ0y?=zw}>!f*Y^tGas&EFKk1V
zEsPT(EJY<}SUdVGTsY5sy^E}Oj1S-cd0Opx+#!s!n8584>HuYOdfgtwK~1d`{qBI-
zY}Sl<y&ecjnx<5$05o|na2$`kEU>UBOGUfYB8@B7HaBUtI*k@U*l62fFq}sUn8sr)
z>Co#9(MmI$&G395oolo<Kyw~nmla?m{f2ENWFuxzi;S#DaeW6%*eF$CS&~sa#dajN
z^w`|oq!R>43tZo!J?ODGpJC~m?Mpp2M^pN9^Qg+Oab|*WC6-qbwL@$%PdqDdJfD@d
zO>~+Q&kEXM+$<VZ$=b#`d79uj4pGp>D4S$fP?i&nfuc;Y1nk^CARbMLryE2=pR9^F
zdFUX+-Zm^tP*o+^ioq}-2wk!~!Lpiw)>agNt&!3uP7*vXWI8Fgj$0MFQd`&R?;cBh
zE0!^aZnsNZR=AFXFb2ys!LpVu`ShnB<R!0sEwvWB?PuS{PyWaoXthFmy&jM5I}DcM
z;Nb&IXEC^v$DewNm%Z{kS)3p6;SYb1^DcWamp%Ul?0e+TId%LLH!NIAnU@UOJyuQ~
z0%I7BMtsM2d<Wn4y4UlX*Sv-#&3XKZePD5R;%bZ`OH=y&KE{}{0qgD-$1ktSCg;-_
zYSoC+y}+j*^~v*^TW-CT=Rg1X9C+*tXjK!(G1?fkG6))6fYLDBHcy;2`E$>G&T~0-
z@;ECePSNXh**J2P`RzM-(VZ`0zB}ZJM;|{cHWs1@NWb=)>-hQqbT@DK!SCUvFa0(=
z&!fl$VJjlfYp%WaTKoV$@fV-q(MKQUdDmTmZQCp@EfItPJ9qBHwro7<(Cv1~^PED#
zOJ4F4R!*H}-(#Nx(=>3lZJ+ZX?|*2M^Nk==zTWp(mepudMT4_wV#)+gAe)J2nN!vk
zwWX;sSXz_MVvK2Yq4S=`jeN#=iPnl8?IxaVq-uKGml%2;<OzewXRa3zc!GA|6Z#>>
z*r+_ga|N!nNoFZ6-zW4W!YF#}h*@Qr#xqQuv$%67NuJT`cA?5ScKjeWKKF$zEG%GK
zHpV=|OZ#d9i}^>q0?x$^<vFjxQiKQ*;$Y)iH7*71(8AaymSc!#BNRT<%qG`0dD5d5
zy7*y@=XumZgJq*DgCi__pC%r_bEvHX$2RzmLtR+}u1^^HTQ~g>lwh`*vefS}-&3rv
zJWQ5N5OR(*vnkY+z^fR}3rdyJ3zit_9dwHpffWD&er3^?9n!i*wR9O1Z<$g-yA8di
zl;LgHaM7z?%Kjqf-M{}o`P^q8;63mCue|I#E<u(LGn%f0+Qf2V9Aa#8JfrY~HpX4R
z1P*(zJ)gZ7^f05tj87gXOEf3PBaV)bQWQ0oCGdS0KXAy(n9a#5vus9^C#30=G@ar)
zl07?jarq^e&}sR!1IfZLV0qBNtqtcb?&hisuHgK|MXor1H<z8an?b9~1<Q*#+G6w6
z1|EVyK-+Ur@r-;_prpn)9-21Bgv3dOZA+Ab)s-nlX_2b}uVoQ*1jg1)=ys*3@|2=d
z)VgA{zD}<-z?70aF<>Mco2Qv<oFr-$MBzGBafsD3kD<y<!j?vQ6}D*>k6zbhFy}Kj
zA8^ry+nFDPcuqwWwaKyqqhWJ>Og769cFxk0W?^BBRaB&#8^jwUOyv`J12$(<CRvUW
zUG&srv3(hHoeMa5>NG|cbmn@r`*TG7A>&cPkt0Vb%8bb@V|6oQbv<P=%kV>&I0s8Q
zB-xCt%+c7W$_C5EcD}Yi_FP<u{!gp49BMtoF*BqkDU^$G9IAXuWY<(q2W>2{3R<2;
z*zRy*ZOri#XL#<dHxs!7-u9-SVz>};;HiCl_|HDUVzj`}ZS&S2{rBYRB>iEJ&p&*K
zv<AClsO<?y*N$-U71#6aFMTO@-E|iS4jkZhuX`Qy^Yi@Lul*Vy{NM+1U6&||fJSEp
zjiJMFnhjf3RTvSVtCF^7A?zB3MQt~KzfhWnGY35HS<l9{a_+d}rJUYeBaC{Ox}ZT}
zX=)3k1?lQKfl{n*oaDym-OT4c`8iG=J;RY>$2oH17}wo$Jr`ek0S|oQ<GlLiFGI>k
zv!gW_ZLz*S;+KEv?EviDc_BrS^YWL!j6(+x614=s^V{#{yI%j@oIZ7e$#|1G2%G1T
zWHjOe8|^t%5>Bq2pd2fFV{y}sS91TyKg7x;=HQ7nI=w#noBVhXzRJ4#T5sRT|Jm1r
zl>U7J_y1jYR8<w-PM<5Uypm?Btq21jO^xeVOe=|{9lEwhhZ<dusZ@;Tz|x?{U@(tY
z)^yX9i~Awl2Oh1+K?sQ_T7+)N&bf%~gBIJO7W2b7I{gJ~H^K}0$j$=ViAXANf;N`#
z<Axq#<k1cUwhY+J3Q}Ql^2}*GThX#Lt-vQ$n%iIS0>V~@ssv*smXOrcNXN$3_TSN1
z{r!5YXY^bDdqeik-@csl6D(cV7}udxia3smqD3lIkfj-e!2oSlRJFp=q7m9z6|U#e
z!Y0cKtnjPH>J}g@i*D3HBGJ;2CMBjWsVj}vHI`*lW1(#uzujiDnzFom5$VJnKJYje
zEd+wR(u~$K`q3f-VR-u3lRW<TL+o7WAeVXw(V^3yBhE_nEF`ZD#_Mt>nc??(%u5i3
zMNt|qy6hG%>MwD{p50u!U31HG7x26dM&p`J<T5#Vf~-1&bfc}&zJp~6bUC9SBXGOi
ze9Lu=M=5UUGD<3j?GBY2pbABn&ZtyLo@dy$jZ)9pXfw2K_*kCjFrJR7ih|L217m8W
zq=AYGaW<;RAZUvK*Y_9<YvN?aa5zLb4x`Z~RaMbyxh(HkCY_a>j@K#DoKCBY=Q(WO
zu>*`D%X0d2^HeG)D`yyOAsk5%`e+5oEXAN{ISZ6k%=U$V#RZonj#)dij%`{vXbv4e
z#rkLiX*U-7$t<Sb$;gU|FlZA7J%kYCMTtN($9}@0*KX6_wSz2AXn9eyuz5`*>UlLv
z$8`EWzT0AbeadK7U?a%0gk(0QRt6gzRZD^(Kzc3m$vUHHLZKxZMO78VaYB~WR8Ed6
zDn^?V{J_PsY|<o$x<y?Zgk@7zin=yu->d3e-~a#9R8cgb%)BTt*c3%U82XfXde+kJ
z`b{YAXf&eJ>F|zsyn}o0`Bk1i^c0=Y;=#ZCB)|OjdyxK+14oae;x(Q+GUnvrL+sf$
z&nG|r7c4C<lEew;owtYI_|;$Kp8xhMyyrddA!@aF;)%z3&wJj(<$JH-9q)JtM~|Pt
z=q;zKZ8I8;kdDLp`g#+#zC}K-ssyDJd0sXc16^-n5iIua-_Pq`^D6GU?|r=g{qN`d
ze)x@yHa4(ri!96Ob~{Khp~m1if;_Ky_Ooy0*MI#t_=z9=aZa2%PRkDY{O3Q<;lqcy
z?xq{~)B~U7%a4AU*SzL6eCM4nK}yNO!UC4n+}uu{I?j_%KEcag{%ssN@-((Bc<7-o
z^8fzuk8tCSH}Z?W_=^}TqsS{h|G7t+{5hvVIjpa5qEty$Ny@UMDi!a3_q%!Xn|_LT
z8dKym_CNI`M~)ofiYu>bFeBgMFX3-wbL2P<olXa68uVIKblXvLY-lN5VIz!2DMJ`V
zj5b&CmBn1kZ`Nj&(QA9`SYE&cAtw(UA)Zb+zc-*41@t>D=DQ&agAP$AB26>Wvcz{C
zuoRxxNH^-*U~7v`Ct^70u{Md3LJ{}@wK0@s$z&X}Z8+f2;e&k7U9aWx%P&U?ms)F@
zr`9w|7LDo2w!d-E?729xKj#}PV{tYIE6*DDTHv=p8+<n)$!ex?LeC2^j-e<jin2)p
zmtsqUq|GxdQEa2=wL_>3whOw<xA-tFxXm6-8CV&Os4ImVDTMUcT;Cv$r?ec0OpPeY
zj9FaZ1``5n!b_fYK9^l`5tr=U#g5$rI=wb!r8%>f@Yo|qNFLjywp^yAB8yYzJ0XkR
zkVB&pLBEe9F2y_X5S8;~igJeEX*1|;V>UWXnH9vd7$YS1?(=DN<|#^r;|PMedB!I<
zsA`7`FTI4%esMowBNPbjQ3!(+Hon)Q6$BV+9LFI`n`=3V$6E>QHD}J8rYtgqXwU&!
zmQmC-)PlNF#J-QNbHbL7=Z9F9pePEY<I(H&0D~<wLCa@uxPYl)+1kmGL&pidkYqMx
zJe@YdrD2OaD=4ZO%l0rf6s5tgK_HsRRaKJ23Ei$kr{y!7o}?<*nP2n>eV@}OXB5r?
z!gX+^0W7AYP3HO<>44=xn#{0;Ls=TK+)$Qk%k84+MJ`sI;tHrtNu_gUvy`l;NQ)*^
zJDF~vw8XXqO4(>-;du^z+oQ}gW{JftOITQ1#tS6JP8=XFbLJO%D5Yq(`Z!XN7X~3L
zW@(O;E}j>WCNUVfMUNIJRRIE3Sr{XLe_0ClH$w^AL7N7CDWyakgHf=3`*wciSKh&B
zb)CIe>_te!XFl^8*4EZ|^2sOp#3w$*nUxLh{I(acc4me5{Pu5g$)$Ul<T*d{b8o`Y
zC5yY3`ORPZ75?N8=2<;+hMhZhGfPqy7q;<*zxph%ebp;?#j9USnk2ma?Z4dQdzJ-v
z-uYsV9y>u^7ECu+C=12h!aTco@8(mVdVr%x5A(zmPjLSE=cAV3;fEjQ&2N4y4?pxJ
zuDSXel4Qo7J$tz4o_pB;<wscAJi&Y3^#`1uj@iAin@1mcn0C9%c6Ejemo&OI2w~&8
zf~Sw4<Y)i$A8`EO2`;&MFDu7S^3Hd@lN)ck3Cj_zZ;tq(H~b*4edTK?;*=BX#~4r6
zx$?>@P)c#tm3#S~yS|6-|AFu3l1q1S<mh33>z((qedz*T{_^kO`+wly;rSLH_`nA^
ze*82=KI7EMGfd(cci(+Ck3ar6Vc_xeKYuq*A2`UpzyD`E{@5eD@P*Ik#K~j))^EL&
zOD?&D&<~g;8Q*}B>|45?ao#zOgYS7wgSEAxE%F>8EJUsGg@YEFaWW(9v{>$S=}0Kb
zf=E|fv^<X!1w4LwjkP3U&$c-(>U-FJ&9-5ee#^x%6|SYQTo4)p*Fw00O4n3%jVde3
z3WP0)!hkSz=tV6`W0>V7mPNx$GmRVlg)h959XoeY<Ru2Nb+6SJ48j)hH57Q~ViWcC
z>YQ(|Y$;Ky#Bn52I!s0rwr^iXL^gG$!4i!i+E`ocDvP={c*aJECO1nrDHm7<jIQye
zjjD27tELl5vb>3_Nb(s%y4a3`vZ0n1+2jPea_P4uSM1#hmSk>zk+NLG_bpcA!~8#Q
zcrka}b_at&536M;MTz722;1k9dccj>-^gu;3m!NuI9yivc0f6WW1B0?&j-}Xu(rO*
zBTwu@>^#kxQy%3+Fdmnr(^JU0B5*VYi!yO={00grbWJiUnZ-G$&L}Rs@<r@By2k3-
zI<v_Lr*4y51-4}og(1?Bq*;dNdSq$QgdVpd9H()5$gK=2DJ;q|XEsad&Gk?fR7Hi!
z6-6<ns9cNzr9ldx)wK<j*0`?2G~UE<1ded=y$Iu4lx0b~6|imFJmblTs1u>JVVcY+
zDueAvl1W066xdeL@Xh9S(CxKYTZyU5j4U+>+e11Xsw!t%Y|?FqD0eqe*rL;NSv_@(
zmh7R68kAw0PjRJ>=XS7dk9e|4x6?({ie9%xyA=|6Hc66@mlbImv$k=Z{=lc*4Vfh|
zuJFmy6d?vIZ(AhGQpS@t3OxmCwC$0mip9lc!p<JnM`N;N0%l9g;28?vu(~$Jkv5K9
zVPhjL4_6vWCAV@DZR)BKz3Lil%f&heM&$q8^$dfmIkGX>Sa_bqvIKv8-v{WoyA0?0
z7*liX*fBo+=})tB=Wgz};|})k-_OS%_y`igO*cG?yv*sfJ-+n$zr?Cxd2u&~4?N97
zU-&%d?YW@g>`9lbDA}=N2U(o(wzs~Ox~{nS=9`J4h$o(Sg8T3P=vkusjvdPcLBMD<
zV$YuQIdt$KfBE2pTy)U|Xsz)?z~<(JcfISkx%{$A@SKKIG(SJb+GxZt{nCFyi<%p*
zzm4Dg&EKR>Dm+(WA^EXaMA+LMq-ccc#uz^Jm!Idh+n&Q8-}k@ReDA#oQ*+&Q*KGx!
z=k&WBEMs`<&%70Zg&PR^{VqFp?4Yr&7;e7#dfxS}cVTF_ST|gMGpcG%0N(P}HvyVG
zdv<Z*h3E7B_rIUv+yb3Whj+g7o$TFvIq`JNgAaa^%P+s2n{T>-FMRQfeC%T%LDdyk
zUvo7=h{ic-3C^Vv)<36<@az6wfLhb-bdW+)OG#N|*an0!I0ytb(v@tEH<=p_2|R($
zVq9UddufsF%S-G(agt*vj^ev6=P%DO6fnPMJ3AJ)AyvUF9wRW=jsVrfOS!_OD4WT!
z>$;7ptOU=Ibb^4k51SKBo;8USq3g1-IpXG9Z{ez|t^!+-l^J2sM%5*tF<PSl>3Hb6
z`npj?=X#y{4Hk_+-55<6cxQu0^E7Kl?Vh01?IRS7(hb^Shj!FM*fvF8Vccf2VOcaC
zcCD#(MXhpb6w*?3T0WI-1l>YPTp`G*Nz#}Lm$wnvHlZ&Wo;Q!}+jIsktlA@=jXCe~
z-9$3N_eWqA%w`JZIdnarT4^lVr8S>$ZMVads|We`gMY!`BE^|{ibxN!d)G2^!##}7
zY_RXKr@3O#CXWrLN5{~0jx7bQbXl11pdCdj3{pDyUVu>(WZ)6*?DDAxKFQifM5`TQ
z)(afp$I5Jm{do*EWvR%roH&WM($AsQikR<2Y;0^W8BdY6AP7S&+s5?-t`o8`T0z>4
z!^9SH3nXVys?kar3}sPa35k#%LDWWAfH4$Rj;aehH)L&Xl^_Tx%ADEJDcV?+Wd(F_
zoPb)_Si&L86>3tlZCilrwUE&!cB)B|k}w#6-C=Wlg3Yy~TzLL6yB05G8fR>*$E>Z5
z>4YJc$`NR~kxyA?_(30GcTsa5?RJ~-c#YX?%4E7h6!xepgX?tIzT9Il?BIEZJkQBy
zF@?%$wdUw_wl$~_D%vecty4BO)^J*L1im26W29)Yu(+Gi+6u|EV9<>ik5{m4NtUD_
z90ET;D@~dfU)5>UHMK<}bT|6!0#u(vH>ZEDs%wL>G(op9ki7r^AOJ~3K~xZsBr&#h
za3#dEm<ujA4=RHz9g0HH>-CtMn<L3`;@ON{dv>#D&jPxVm|CM%jiX`5ws}+~NYaW{
zuS2KbL#Z0+xft7`Dhj4aO26CVS<kxVY&^*3=9q2UwsFx#7ZJxXp3^jAuIn-!4pB<c
z>vdRInA;+oy9i@ww_DtF(=C)+NA%Ol27c6~)9G--4L6`gjm{0%Uw0j@v2h)X^|cwT
za6(;|NY_S)X4-Mlg?sqIUyZo-+G~kbNho1FnV>Ovo<|slOvf=Vy7Nw^vl&KbxUS3k
z`Z`h6LkP(8gj;U8g>cJ&VYE$Mm-KoaZo26vqNt(LudlCj^)=Tq8jYBrpT{zd>Bx24
zTzCDATfy-e7hZ54=KMWiH@c-H$-b)lGT(Zfk*`IA|NHb@&jca|K|s`s5SE2wODf%L
zCTwkRTnUv%l{wv33!N9_x?(Ph81_8c{XS2f+T@Xa`{{&&i_c%+f*o^gZ_i=8oVrLT
z^Bk=;j^i;aG74h|gu5ka&`3`r93P=;M6D1QBpQ#BP(UCBaiuU=96Nc67rpe`@uDu3
zs*%#caRqgvkxuhGi%Q|SUnTi}BUyy!Vx991mafYtd#kSSeeY~+MONet!vRIDuxyLk
zfUz5`4X7p;OIT<PwgtwvumEG(q-BOMHHw;65Fj0oX`ExKnp&5XGQ|aaX)wxRZ8avD
zPFYzyLQV;y<koA?<N7OhG2aWBOlQR7DXsp6$Z1X<r-)z?q|0~~)3G<OtpYvz3Sav0
zXSw_~4`Wwk@sq3^Sm(NH9OCuUq#FqzzkeT>E?vh$-$K|0!rw_NS|-6F$;NnLpUEg<
zy-;|rWK^9Y8z(&cg-6(X#Ujsn;kU86`V=a!34<ORlQRfm;kXi8G=$w!6(mW*bT%f)
zB8&k)@Q}j6_x*-%m8MK)W5TeF?}yklfwqOM0F7k}98a*Z7L(;A{kb`+8rq#c$!vn_
zxzv>=O()nmfK5?UNa+wKF^=o8IT|Bfi5ErqVVj~%D9Z}r8`d^AIC%I;EH`7%;x=?q
zv9TFr$$;9lsgy%e6d1jV))gz8n-~fGxd_LeaeD0prV{Mhb2(_k>X{A7(q}Z8ARGtj
z3&Ox-HZ2>*i&hP-*bA8@Q>s$3W9bT})6;;!5t6ztsq2K<Y($pNFb3ku3R1Q)1f&Xz
z%-}g~OlioHf;3JMu7j{_9M{Ei9VXM5EXlAf3n6T50S1k2)qp`r3#`UX_^n=zi@4EY
zd7ifgxNU-!qgFr>ms`zijZyZNp3oznW=*!HR@kOl^aEd_>yn~ScwraU18rN_mQ9*Z
z==D6}G$Cwvkius=iLvVhFYwX2$&AdhjMdduJXccbnz90{idvNj%f{52B%UE0i7^(c
zE~%8pwVNrF@L*xvJR9Q#-wmj$g1o3`I}z*CO**beGE3?87Ra-8q_ilC3da%DwIMHZ
zqV_y-98*b{rbVM&^gYse%4BoIa4_KHspCjLK%&U=oZ)buBxx`qMNv=`)mb<3GZ8@J
z$vU3rar*RWy4@~O6mDrMTTDh{T-T*4N=gfaBLNG?wn@{JFbt_wO`4|ozE2!C@hRWz
zevE%=(B(hYkn#-sYJPs6;b6!#odbKFUAIOX+qP{xZR|9*ZJUkl9ox38CTVOpcG7Ui
zJp28w>->oItoh6}?s3~;V?YV3NZ-ls!K0LN^|3^aQFJ9qnZdO=>J}aN;0hh>`M>dj
z9x#m=>i%}7^mey3bDn}&CuM9)r%;7bqC43nJehbYYZ;qMRJShPw%=>PRTT}T<k5D=
zwhCD@(v}K!W*Q6&MFS81Cgx7Tkv%KCUGs73>S1*ZPWVrzg|dJborut{uK!KS2&{3x
z>Q=Dwb|f#tPfFO-)D@Hgp^DAE1de9Eoh1dL8(`4ohX>fp@O0@Bozvz$h&ZuRykwWo
zl{BLRx<kSWD%ghxs1un+wPn;bFr6np%c<{=Vf5Sv*^{=U?Co6q%u_orV=&vub8FDs
zpruud_tkI2LKWxa8^s30aPB)yG_&syg=Ov8a$MQeXT<V9d1>-|a?U1{k!ytq5%OHg
zh6!*o>}Gh~Ny}<zY8(zJNATN(6}dNNy<A0A^7hns+&N~uu5287@1Tjjt-j-cxTIdC
zM84p~F+~gs^f9y&Z_!L@FXLZ;;Jr3#Ob=HI2bU80;_@bhkb_WZYceAI;NB)@A{bT8
zj=pv-Bs&Mv+CLH(h{iBRou~L^&cOhvp(eN<Y}}~p&|hKP_&bgmkWBjplsr(2>#&n|
z85SH1<e+RRoUUjohu`986TDv_kv*0X3oAYr?B-Ys(}EY2si$;RbX5gkFWVrFY7=`g
zGnRU1RF&OmN|tP^vgG2G4=l`G7rBC*AP*&?o}H9wi?O|ZE;-aWbFV=t4rE83(O1fw
zwl-hTL1!#AoVjtsIXF*)*55u1`!~Q5<PMtFnmqUH?i(`~cCG_L8?S>E=rGzN#?SF`
zV(83z&XxTJ+S}=dJk++oeF>QBO6w+@!)-Yblww+mp?c-;yGN&Cptt$iEOMgja4S-u
z@mtlhjgnQX=#7cuqiVPk=HXyXSj`1@RawC>(IWVfX&GvlF6W8qA{RO);f$<*b0UKb
z!ePa8T!<GXoTZV&@S6pLkjTuXx+}L<+~sz=5_IH_cGpj$WYgi9;#+OH(Tninr#O8E
z0TR>kW2V0yqU@Kgklbsn+x<hW{_MottFFR#E)$lVA?`d`^AU?m>(pXb)-|>cJ&7fk
zL>Xr)5=>LA;WA~7i*0e%>JDT2^nz9&1+A|(W@+~M67WX40Cfq}@QfyL>6jWTYRavE
zgxllLfc^w}g0;i`<yAUUP$TA`(SW+9{>TT(D`~G#H>j5jV!?yfJ*WvY-gLf+F-?F-
z#~@~&QBpmtLxu5Ldp{b%({+A`(6ulIlY4QU{}dCi#rXqO6@Nh|Sr^%3Qi38fRYaHD
zTU*J3ug-iPSwB34IA9mO3+yg*vQkDqi<%Tt1vXr6vgK850nrZ8U7ajcp;or!fNSja
z^@2z1Yi_B^+3PdK;4<*;KhlKml6qZV%S>iM9JT}?e#s4@rJe)U7`x&lm<XfUN1llE
zX3Oic`{TdSXC1i5kukWC??5qvUL{pJ<f);+#Yz#H%w&1+*>RC0?FSo{P3pLICu|{$
zWhP9%7n;W#QAa4(O{PS|qhDlMx&CI=64MH{@Afc`!LKwmqs)vi`}h4F6DT%rrJ+O{
zRje1=J)Q)Su$amPqWoTX?<7Z?@$$chpcB3xC<J{t4;WxD9Xw&WJ)SaZ>*iXq&z?@!
zo|a?`9=d*Y+IO!Dw@(O>yyojQKB?5OQrtlBe=s+n$v_(?44~tZMQ$)di{bKDbd@c_
z(M_V)4x&(s;x-A6DlJ9}o{LlbqwW*Y%^G+bj|ONHa^TTa(2HAVk8_e$U|H8CI{c!j
zsdxF+Vup>ws|cG`Hs!*-qM4Ds6P^rJeR1I?07Q(?A8L?TvM2io7&#(KSrm3}lvyL5
z_drNwqE3OI1<t|G<Y<qaLGlg~O5!%rTl6^Nvm|;I4xgnSz+!3>vuC9}8~=!u!v#rK
zh9-{jhg{ZLO$9z!#kH7TKZwIDQ%32$`=Tyn-j$l#JYu!^3s0u^{v=i`Q>^n!^m7zo
zJSc_U^ZVNgnLZp+r|F}Ie;jxGc^aRL?)jtSe&AMH1y8{0;R@kSC{oH;g86Io-M0MR
zA3_})e%6t?+Bz#Q4DZ-_v|(qs4ysvOz8cF&8@sfsVC6aBhq4Cj9;pzHE_W07SQ@Tg
z15+qwg)C`lnEuI<dQc*=YcE)4lT%4T6;F~1d-n9{qYpqrB&)1tlSxgzu#_5Br=kkY
ztzCy{qDgRaaDji==)hY6wTXhNOru4I2_8z8p@C7SHd0H$Idl-HCx59@jjwK7^oL48
zF1e(j&c39DO?{XEJu*C@#r)-|WXw%aq>Z8hX~^bVxvcfZC3f4KmWON2weS48<g7E3
z-p^!9DD%n&#w=;t&C)-rcHNmR9d&Y9mZ8cKX57Q=h1~dK_TUW%*2AY0pyARc6zIr5
zRIk|vI{jQhBu>*@t4=#4eIz?TW%V#O!j?8?|9t1336uH}QPc%zzej)b?;PrEGIEaw
zjoG;ZCuh*ix0E6Z7^KC^jq8nq32a$9Yk&=lgDL2@gdEcP0eAnZmV!BVQ({+2*UQLG
zgKUp63PgVors))$7<*d`<lOB6pdco8?;c@TRbyC$x@`$k9zh}%hRu9|*M!a&NCvv7
z^l_184Vqjvk}yM+#kF-XQ%MI#fZ#TaHj_&DQP9cSP&)IEn@jw~8qoH3Ex#t%*V4jj
z8O_cPHeBUZB}@n=v<E@+mL?CSfxx(E`^XH?vuW-ksT|J`)A!H9V$L{nW8jYQw(m7e
z$Jsg1>!80I8yhj+VAv`$G>jI0#j+d@JpU7s|C3$YH!_Q|W#U(%wet?ir?98r$x~r6
zo`m2KEpA3|MBlx4zza?Q;TWLjp*#?NQaYX}1u`bx^~He1kiID34?Oy8e)-mgll2>W
z-`(m@P?IYJy=BN%d?W(1;jXKp0Yx3*>!y#IO$ueT5?066FSD{!H~%I^s#y&AGn1Bx
z3-Owou|tXQ8^)sem>WArIb*lMf=wvX4Efc@l9&s*_joD&7q2=5^*Cjypc^`Rgw>~U
zYB*JGV{L4L19$#mSc-u=!stw6*PQ(}qssOln-B*UEuMHycXUM>f9%*xTPZ9~9>L6Q
zl1lOD1%Bt*yVf`i6vHUaTMz1Gl1=1X4s(mbmlY}0uaYaM?mw{A){UajznjQT#?e~h
zWy^?a;BsqpLn=?VDDiS2j1enoB~Qi4;1#DNvMZiF`Ll0HAPl}*4Avc8PVM7~u#S!3
z<Ro0E)zk=zwC_krCy4!wyD0*Tw`Tj!GmAsw8(YJug*!8!;AdgIPyizvqqDq}N`Aw{
zsK<D@A1$nY93uZ&`UUkRA;+(@s!(jbIqg!$C4Hu%&ZTtlOl-bYA|$BVHQ~&d<;6Gv
z0GE=~{a)^%XvlzCVR2`Ma5Ho~=w3Ws;_$m4H{_Zp4*C~UJ9(@f%sINLT&NYbg@pOs
zD4C7Kw6peFIW0V)H4hxj#&#BI5F1siwdh>fl9qauc~=Gfh<hP-nf91noIMZ!f+~$B
zpMRId>|^esM08uNB!Rh11L-_h(UED(P{`<3*r0p%AI3xl!ZcJhdfU2204`GNC;cn}
z{s)13V`?0X9an>jtXkgQ_%V=M0fUB-fJ~%v)cJ9GPVd7WX^F%5@2pjR-b<Fbb{xbN
z!J(ml?W<10qQ=1*M%Rm0)NwD=8a|_HVXPRcN5{YYNnXdk2+b3#JvJb82fd^@T>ugj
zh#kT)N#*+@@pZ&D)AdMy`B-T<;mFT%*zN%;wI8dbmMnx)B2X@&TG)_(+dMB|f`x$x
z{vz=z4jC2iunuM=GA_DAZg&zFXkb&oh!k;)sYFu(l&DzOsUUgw@sy`nZd)eUGJXG7
zBRUE$GbgQn{<_T$G&>&e1?GHQe%*X*zpqJbD94Bn7IFSv&j+sKJc3RX?4VEgtm)JD
zA&<_4)u=xg_?&A!qh?SM5g5@M%9+VAII}JRwjqnz7cKtz9t-<UZlNSnRu>&!=y}~f
zF(;cuZu+;!2m(1tY1<|ebry$v_+dCIsd6Q0TJtqdZ`_W5h`_UOa(rJ1-@jmXpk}y2
z76QHN5bNC#fD-{8hGD^^zZa1%PN^((wE<egx8H{dZHfAjv)OxLwalsNxM3~fN(R*8
zH~4~o6oYL38qY7uYv%uQ{u-5EJ2&<#j@d0NWO;WTzHVIzdVcVe<O-uaMCM}Xzix3|
z^}Dd}IQS>+d=&!%pK~>}fF`KK=9NlAG_x)i2;+NGq|2cbvwY1fCkrpldIHbj-xh6I
zn(T=zTMD_kLfI$~-ewJs^shfy*48@*^1r{xthCLt8!$z-?%dC!NU2F0UjUT#UEI9V
z2iyBXwm$GuogtGBRr9@*5z?>rC<485U+6814+?vK$qK}es%~5!J}Yt#Wn|6sjy&O0
zESniC&^G5xgx<fxHKmz(kM0>u)D!JllYF-#D;)-Q{q1W0@#lCy$ThU~+s;!%+bD{E
zlX_ge5Wh@<NhX<J&<WkX7TE=%A>6BwObN$+1!W|oO8A-zn*i;cPu%UFUAtf9D|8AI
z^MhzJBl6Uq9bU(1`?Pzs`E2+k3s=&~9#fx#U@E-wx$_roT1Qz1^}~K_)U!A>weAfm
z(GL$9Sy0--mX0i?I&jC$gcOLqt=t`0&Euhh&29oTyn;Onr!P|{2ovN7Q!`L$lW5L|
z9GS#7`>iLPPPfD>E6{=;m9tK>Gv<#dC!k;V1?3FFSvsA|4iV$$EW6erS&1~3#<oMF
z!2BMqCM@fw)o87HtCzl?dFf-?&SSb=BEJU*!SYUS$IFFhqA+Mc=}~GK^dj1Q*Zeoc
zn2}()bmn>M_Dm*r>Si_?=9*?)ELc0$ICww7`T|;;_X=-@uXz%0lEpyJ0n0p}tkztN
zC5aa#VelQo*J{asrQa6nA1vS9kN=hCQ~ot{Xh9&YC%jZ*@A}l<F#GE{OLax8(D0)(
zON32Kdsvd^xbcnI$%N^6XnoO5z<;P<#8{&-kk`aN)0KB)Or39Yn0dHj+DBJa07W(i
zBbqfbYb1sNu6%|s-U7iweVS3%1Uo#IDui-ZZ^``QkXvimX8T*&PrLfX&H(8w^Bg=6
ztyl-(?bq|>-#4b~flBm3bq+wn0B@8#_KSJ^PP#x@{R)`pGc~K0gnCg+LTef?qBME_
zxSL4dgtjgT>pv>BQjt|;V}c%dfOMg?1X`U7BzR65V1`|WhPQiH;iS#$`Q3V`WI#^S
zt6Av07a~nc6}viT4WVNJ-n+0js(h0&sicCd+(WVOH~7(;)-tue%rOHl6Qk53fS~;`
zV@fuDlxxv^+J>77mT>3eV@IrXQ}F#}*i93GIG%zSwg3x-uO)4Za_`{l6Xp4nB;fnk
zWy1T@`$R-vb}bNP4v5u!25!g?;8vSSOm}4^?tX)jKW=Dq4`b{d#>vYELO@IlY~Rwh
z>eJ{$$s;?eV&lzl;~AZ~C~8~#3?s`zwdlaBBHWosv~Njx6X4P_V#)HC+(&`7j}#N^
zRFf{?fxqenJsfw;-PGntAk{Qf0C+EE!R3P*cm%^>g(Q2i=5yOdjx7<K1ws;kqY_t4
z&STkgF{t^<bX+W3<Otna)qn6@-3&3soFJUbDy7jW8QBGq;LhZop?Sx5>FvU#O<>EP
z&=KLFj)5)Hk0oHG6hq`#EuK@}`@}1jC$z>3;#4T9;7ODd7|9NP&LgVo0In(Qr2&u`
zvK;*Ur0}98r^>6Y9_4TM{AfTolK#7Sk$h4()`Kj|d|zl&tc4W4-djQPo6|?#!(z-z
zM9^wwBe;lBM9Qi((vPGTA}2*WDnbpr)Y@mW{tT;{QvnnZ*>N1gZe5`*U0Yi-V$ZxW
z{r+egD@hS>xf&2RMiK}S_#6@V=gDu@v$3~#+VNw>(fMP8Yx}OvQ{@r9ZaW~}*fyIo
z9^}!LCabiS!nLw7rE?ihbv=0o)yg>ZUGVg!ET*%t22LCKi#_m^wnFgkWidS;upq=w
zFU#eTOVg(N>iM3dJg?>Z1J34&jeX;S=G0)i?<qz+0{@Vv>G5?At~b*t8UKmv6+<3f
z?dWCw+vN<Qx%7L&>2?X9;4(5XRs&Z>4L^33(Iz9=PF*RT@2q8a^g-9pA#lhmm0gGN
z#&4t)gP_Jc-qHIW9z~!3=YqrHAp5DiG!6oGnDNPHGiFTpsUOK-0o0YETrr&przSiH
zPwbjvx^MkHNK2Xv)!RnawGBn1UC~uDf12=C4r$dfth5C93Yd|&r^kD-ma4|llBrbE
zw3ZJ|#wYeDc_~G0Y8uzvB)q&L-cM0Ea`%q#oUP|HRLCpCB5=}a;glIf4ucKar?&{=
zyFEw!KAYQ}Am7JR@=s<02Dd^8mFyhzhk?F;R!UMZ)!Uz6V<;{!g}$euaQp=Gaj&7B
zWNPTzxZ5`a!!<3l7=ia=dL1q#mNN#sPAxyt;f6>@SNIgQbc|zf!NCokAK$$LE_nj;
zrMBIo9=7rO@9RHdwqI&B6Z?+h67)qI22FgDZoP)~tR}7o!B!prlHX$hlt4vs`weko
z$?04we1c3jsgi^z2@*00s+PDE8M7QMkC|~el(k6QuLANKQkYaFt%WU01Y<f3Lm9zU
z%!wP8eOkM3!srT_%K(WeTkVZTsa^L>MPxX&Uu<~V$Mew;8rCw^7Z@XGDdQO$zS8I|
zjohV-3A}6lBOfR^6!5m#XYip=)=3K>IrG~3-`(>|f5l6;A6Cha-ws^vOa`Bw6uYvN
zv4vta_w|BY!$s<2s3l`yX@stb|CR#aypYc%<jbgr!f<tqK9DD#aHkV^{qHCjM`E`=
zAVRMjb4~#6GJ*a?{WYLw6-i03=5lJQpGBdREDS||D5eo~YDHXY#1g8wa|Am<&}<cb
z-#knI>OB^K5>DM*TC+Oc+Xa*cM)@S^|LgRYQ@Z5<{I7}TKY27oz=LLBYJ2Y`Q_H4(
z!24KW4$Avl!fg<W-!GBw+0C6d?0^@~z%a^3uM6FsiQ%tj-y0kfnpvA3rG1!WknXl^
zrXMDVbh63u#_;QWHGO#BkBMohzs=+!`L?LiK>H<qw8~mhCp4rarGS0RLu&UZ!VY=k
zAKu);0z6?~r8N0iSgwKzlk^E){`+ss=f80fdA-hmT)U-m^mYz!BZ!0TCax~^S443s
zvodL6_nDIxXy^alAD>0LWhIwlwM}(g4@$lKKFL4&{Yv+Ug52@c*q)538t~RG{QDKf
zkB6XqcEMT-@lD_FYz^0~!|RIjX#c;iC)5bEFaV$pTGuoeV!Z{5>+0xj*ij?pA<i-Q
zOP`9!2u?KWkx@N2`8RQ`lIb~C%o$jn!9q0DMMz|duD)U(?!u*{w5BqBL($o_4Go-I
zOmd>-)y#8lx$xv*F4Uy53>SlQHMQAvHI=$XvsNmkeZCI<C=hT&Z)wVFHg`pCi(>fH
z+17suWSK(S!={-P9>|PAS-h+x5d+nY)L6Uw2tJ-t{PjEoe==A*UOE$IiFI)8=Jqq@
zK6z1}h-s#aFrT>wg`}LGZjeFIwCkg=lkXANbR{deh1s<UBj8j}I$WDV2|atd9q!$S
z#UKM3&XxB!GN=(7(F(caVga|Jj2KHr;OMH*)Fvn_M%-}?-&kIm26b66ZO1>VL6u86
zv<x+rre-dw4`4iTb-2DvR!^Jvn(@;HVRSvHu?fc=2YNZ`21<A_b6~9)v_z<*aIL9Y
znW`Irg%U{RUyZ>Fu-Mk)O%?GXi^1!9PEMq>(UC=f(4?X!QxJi4W8`XEJ${=c?7UXC
z=)fVAWjuxWoi?%vor*oQS_X%q>;MWpq4<MMTf@oAY2eu^_P3>A)}9;*6IM{&`o=%>
z7wn(qHMQz)-5e`C*me%-Ew9)N={5Eqr^vq3-l)R0GyGDEv7EDfI*hzJj9S>?6ZAPt
zq+A*{B`nSh#&&T_;HC^ctUs)yu5H`6SFBpaLM!Mdu(aEJysIZSR@-0=&*(4UT?OBX
zB#_`tJOdLDaF|iU$^J{nP4DfI{fEGOe-8Qn=gEKP>2``^_U6B%Qd`Ru@MsyB*2LKP
z_4(#~KQGnkas>Zh@YfNP?&bA;w8O|E?12P#z?KU5SPdkSQ)Tj1sAv38&m(*E>YU(X
zM6MCjf@pj3a%&kvpnwhmyBHR(4?Jbp-$|NI$cRT?6Q1AO@3arCP|^XuSmqu4{Jf{z
zeopfQ&Ry&buKQlm*dTRyox#`p-Xqb1*sNJp9WJ0Z@6aDHU*t;>Ol#6HfNQd})5|?~
zec+7&vctAfZLX7zYl;W%-HksADs7xAcBOyU2iYcp*o@-?-~2-odfRNil&|t4R}<F^
zevT3^StDoRw&C>ctBvrJ>~i%dmewlQenz`d?FgP&`6~Dc1?Vjeua5aP<l8JQp*sYx
zdKDf&S6wAKTo4EH5$DGBuAsE}bpG{@kuJT*Ic&cMtS-lLmcRtfWeZzfi2yEp{z-}U
zsE=pd!-M;=6i1KMA0bU2zkQBXIzlbe@jI;M^F&@)T*L^-J_|Qaa}cGwD|T`U8Ge%X
zcJE{V$S;=H9gwZ8zHe{0=p0YRwOS`UI}^nv3MY|t@P?*HNn0tc$(Is>w%~fdB4*Ix
z9Alof==di1ay#pKJahpkmhdtkI=sbqrVOv5L=b`OxBbx8-sH);ABI!Ukvjvox;ob<
zh5CESQmSMUuz|0XRYaS~BxiGRQ(CsVY2wFe?mt&pMPIk&6;GH?&N6^PkfUtCYN9xn
zu2whj)31nk;E5`TglqgV;8!Bwf-B^9vW5VeVI6D{<aZ_c6VG*ng!vlW>BqUCk*J)J
zeONo0HXYP4A^>C|rMoh#-USAuT;9tNmmd}=tu9?!$)J#=!K=@TPtwr14R%l{G)Q`@
zm5O&M?qcbg(A_R+XOF1Gd;%#WUcG7BmVr7(H3a3RBSsz=nQTu=af3AK0|=uq#G0aE
zP@>ZDRlv2wW#9R3l2+;#4gvkaRl^1u5ZN5OvGm+m#wZK^ePA7(jBxRc@I)_#MYV5*
z!jI~rbefh7-$X=Pld{%g;NyVgi}ycp{iTrPm24)5Zx~c!X)t=g1}fM4KK!2p{C_#M
zvM~}+7PcGZc67BjDF3xGpL~+t!;|AbwGFuC7p4`ryfU~g5lhbvIj9_{f24c+h1ntD
zF)HMS!1voH$7(wAY@l{;5AW(ylR;K5`<T5L6_XcSRd*b`Kn@YI)-jZ3eqh?7<&2AL
zS4PPHvjCrms6W+mg#D8#qi!IkL!NfTxO1I~7A;N@xOrCA?WER@BDD~pbGbtT5-5@9
z>O}ToOQQ}@YyEU?0cYe?a8NGZ16j;o_xHbQFBR?tSdx`oc1#o42`MQ*xK~6M9GaWi
zek{=i=_lo^6}n!LMe8UnGQvm~{-CQ#9Gj%Vx&b|@*i}UbRy%%lovS-GwBQt%l>I@{
z*4dW{O9qqW^~pu9r7fzmX-Fey(N0CsSVuR7>ZFhADMK+J9Hu=`nj4jZ`%`P&**yFg
z|LW>mxrR{GD;BW7zLC6wuE{5lB%$0ajZl)!nx%*vM?=W$vI31Kpi3nDF#-{M11T~$
zL?@-64w{5(>Sgws^VsxyU%^rI`9%IEto7#J5rJGMlv1jn>;2F9-p@<k=Oe)p`?!X%
z;@Y==KAsvG<rer)Mr?T!YrKZVP!{03|8}^hEZc;|Qw82OTJrjv#7w5Qb@-c#*PF_u
zBZP-=!?at5I*aSC#wNr^zDG_ELf1A-*JgWqy)Kf7y%5)?plxQ`iYx!n&@F3*a$X`o
zrTW{~C|6+$9fGV_BOR0c(2BgkBfo%t33sd=M+a4iTmVT!r4A=6*K*UK?rrCSG^F<2
zCt97{CEe&QqmA9712T|u5a9gV(nn_qN)iigEvcp>80OXy*Xs`WGrxyMqnP(2nmJ}Y
zn3B`Ws!CnL(jK%e`bYfF#rsWgaT#7>(66sxRfgBq2Zn|rZJjGro)@1fL*bEkZO7D=
zsc<t|2ADNs7Nka&9m2gnVNy*s>>#aOgPVYoWHI8`MJmJJ@}ALYV1#IgyqY;f^KZLr
zya2125&pQD3cA1rQybzNwhCuHPdFvAOp!&mye$fyJH({FLcNuBEnN)t*%pFdD5`>A
zNUIxvu7%hvpWv)mWZC)qLRlWFg2Xw<k4E{Gl=B~lC3riQ|2r$^zw)-8o422wBIC$T
z$aGNsFNG+sFL&mkBevy`P9Ins_a3*TS=B}h6HXm{bktdGx_A^y1rK#Fgyx{PfB%t?
zwB;RMI7OQ6`tsm-Qj1c*2Pbpt`<!>YJz37@zv2R%!DXV{adD3OVUzK<0LO;8?}073
zpiGY`v9)9|8owzVAk8w69(;L;QRA3b!kRYEIMNPPzT*aG__kJLV(S_*J*}|u!K~d%
z+Mdk%uVLk4zn&dkdwxfFlASN48Z#A@6!Vl?b#hK^rY~8<hfBTclfU;INh5E$Ws@u@
zf6n1ao8a-rZNP+`dWmf%3fjHMEk(sati;M95S)cfbU&w90~{uUeOOIS_N<};*Ed>2
zAe6ieoy$AT71XDsEH_jT$AVeyJz>^l#QjsI=vVEcfc%2M`<d#`+q~5$@7+5(hwD_c
zRFhVEd;^`enoxl=WnK~@Puyt_K76@Qn05~oKL1<zoGR(uUjt)Lg4>^E?d+$N?}HJ6
z3AB;8Ea`T+8@nVQ2T!gZmbt$%T8f49Ki?PMW4<16A^|407l@++DL(_U7R#AXw)@8)
zowA+5`W9lJP@;6;HnR!-c6x_|^ol`;FnP2o&Rz88TIRozH=ji=aPH0rv=93wk)={I
zA?V~XmnG}<cTP5JmeQ)$aJY4|g;m296My!Yb<v_(MRS&8gx`0G<tSODE92nJ)Uiq^
zq%ob+lFUXF&xaZ;6sAzhk6}DMjRLe~kLklLXZ9x}7Z?+H{ZJOx0dH5m5#`?>=pLU?
zG6|>P1S42f1xu|X>_b!T!y({P8ub7<YwOgJTtguyttNteCH==7hFg@nBfO9yd%uoM
zWb?3}1LV6{W2q^+>?M*9fA2w0nuJrBr_Qjx0Ot4fLvJ$8rSy0M;l4^{ar$l$rQUpD
z=}u|T%(XE_*jj(N<t0O+shgvUE-3m;rGpAlYBc!rnh1#$5*LPbo?PNLZGDcaXyNxO
zB$PRCK>d|TO;IMODj;{*mIF>HX8%ie|M*kj*Aoy3x)l7Lhe?h%`z|-1_nT+${^O`G
zH@IfDe4|0cbbNx)OZj`q^)qsG(GS?078CWQ(89y1vlKxtWpU%*<dbvtnKzCVedO>k
zQ9{hRaPd5_hLY`Y=j38iLiA_N{#U|zzI$|SzHBIZeWB`TG~Ggiv%_$Ue*x#wNOXLy
z+s3IHxD10_%0zYaGNMwa3^sx-;FsdVC5W56+KoCEv@E3Y6dKw=|I%`H_(W1`QL*<s
zP}m3HrOvEe5PPw!bwu>%7qEY7?O!F5>xpGkiCRHo*Vq?Hn3)O!Q~-u1MF#vDf%>{P
z%T^tqGtiSdZ|0K)EXo64eWhGh+7$W|$8$7MNR#Wtxf%$n<*<!Iz-)x2J60-Gh-8i6
zM^U}`A8yS>qOagPi-1a_%yc*I4aAl1=h2hX(@1s8kf{+&Wrd)_!$<Cj6g*JPO%#79
z4K(IQhDj=!AIt+fB5!+mV?3n;2Z^qSV!lOcTsEZvn%Eib1pe$IW@>>J7wJAv-&sK3
z>%aVh6~&v;)$gI0)2LrwKDn0|PtM0vc)|~7w(_G;2|^nu3JLm!-%pL~<3w+*o?$J2
z>K%@B!*m#p=(JBt3EwGS^*au<_rG0IHXhD=B1m`2;DQt)<E^%{ix)_L(pBRppzrA@
z21C+kT|XWbB%9&Xvs5jJKOFJ}e5G)Aig&I#NT!{K8f44e1kh5M*jCV9=~P4+tQHfn
z7OfSp7+3HCG=JQ~D{cKU6U*bBxyQ!8X+xRCpi`{M)DEnYg`JXz2nV%`w01?U0{Lti
zJyi$Y{;DktvQRZ9GvNHZ&7{dE`<LdX10j3yrxI=jy=q7aCs^tVR4ezlZ``XT=26b4
zHba@oiQTv}G1Mfc7vxJ(l*i?4#O$12-xLx@H=2l^|9!Cgr=fTGU}g*LU>x>4s#hN6
zX}zii^v}0{ifOc^r`I`Vfr0rN3u1h6?pSS2yi9D+X_N5QgvO_hT8gaHW2wX{&xh)=
zn6jh3zO?43^`CFWjy_=lKh%$R2NsFVwb8wVR}Fe5_6EVeY1SKz@C`eH{H8Z7Uq}6i
zFaf(T|B23Km#Z~j@;_f@4;cL(L1?pc*KEGf?aBLk{-;!)&$%h#ziT$NB9S-9yQ9-z
zg0r`Yp)$`p^23^iES3R%8!<12{(o1ahbnv7R-lY9YJd&A04FVDCq=YXEYk6kVJNZ`
z?}_zR=JKER%_Oop?7Ox(i6tw^ZaiA?mR1P<wKpxp9rz(5aB;2S6FO>ZlJqG3y+Jpe
zI#Qv`W40H^{^LIwp@L}G+=J=`1r3V?=Ym9G(9Lc4ZDyofGc~|k5&r<uE3s-RMX?Y7
zNwCHhsU?ZRioZOlz~v;t$1aCiEbH()+Pu6q<Rbg0CT#BWkB|4{dMDEH_gNme19f}P
zcM27>Rbh~JI~iU5>Ib>Rl|!##<jd()c#sX@Nov7Mln9AqwG)_HEtUI3rKR##0p7^&
z5{(mDL{q$I57PUIBQ7F>{|<Dmv_*O+)}=RUs6jvdRpVgm+NMt{Opn)qo|hykUUvti
zgy8Q!`_@<gmj5`VEG*$7_;z>y?eib#oF?jNkXVDiHT%)Ve*cdBv4YQI*fHZ8c#8*J
zTejc|yy6OYdiso{`P@$td_C3eIN3wXfBs9ew%I*t!bf2phQwa7Y`+nrbKr}=qp7Ao
zli9qfrk<k4<Sr4oW$MvewB?}MO^xQup0{vz4=WVs1P=GN$2mkp;P~H5jNkFPrT1f4
zHm2mFed~Bh!ITDOHC5r`jZl8qj1svKC>gaor;-kWi^S>1jhF^Dh+}HZzDP&TF%89N
zns_M+>Sz^4Y>;II^vX~l;P<fA!iupRQJ?*71V-2Jk7`dJ1xGQ4_dX+4%h5fqw~wYC
zp&j2=BD}9+Rx_B>y!wh<knDIOg{Yf{p;2?DGiNLjS2vcRH*%4^Tfy-fCm27r6FIY8
zFVBgBm5dQvbi_1b;D0i>;gZ1);QL&n8e^Ov)DGLViVEbLs5jQAmY~AI4LhW7;FhRj
zx(5N0H<ox$V28hH;$z291=Qdn>Y5=)sq=UBBBx^1WOLPUX}#fF9H!Pa*&!<8a{m>k
zqtewS=(+a47Ly&nF#PffxH<`lFD|y2`=ANDqj?!Ie3t-OwnPF>JcXy$fhS%E2MNHz
zz>oTu^8TBj9e#Vp+&n!0i|hq{VCR$gFp5?llN-g3@CTiQDJWT~`==b41p41U)Bt$P
z(G>SXp)BK18nbp-z)tAz++<M0A~kT{L+4FKHTsAB1fji=>HMo)!jh3M>BB=HH3{s@
z=@!5N)c2Sw2sM=z7x+w+K_?i{Xzce%0n)o;YgLkwh?)d82x;(^HmKO8__D$7!5eUT
zxhcoc^+%}dxU;pq{#S_nc&OC=^yN;G2e9xlnAivkzH?kai@?PshuGDfC%oskWzgOi
zN(AJrnfB?%roC(!Rl($wP)@`N{~^-7D26b7Pg-0di(QSm{7_++5^R_7)2sk1=<b$s
zDb*Z6v>Sm2d;u>M{jpD%px!q0MBft0=jrlm0m^qZpXQNsb2y{7+w*LktIx}GJhvB1
zv^J@QALNHmW-jm9n;(0w54eFxG3=49?jFB>k4U)rdN(9F{Jm>1G2!%ftk3<LY}06R
z@)t{|7p(pIFZIplKO)7od_w1!LEjs}aRe6O|LzJBum2*GD=XM4^q{Yn_2+4E;1B_*
zJ%l=iqGTB)th$~5?w@u27ID4b*nYV?tD)EP%#S=Kg$abKEg3e+BPYt}qQ0RlBxw*P
zWX)5=B_Y1M`9PT?aRAPL4~!nMoAGKj@$VQd1q!(7F!@nsPFtw88vF55=`Zcl3)YXK
z46G&h+=HPU_*E@~v#5A6#pToTd;g(trY%<ffhr4-t*nBR^|dmmje)nMPqUWv)laD_
zqxGqA_sv-s9&~|foz!ARsSFz>Ti+s@zoz+JIBUf|2t-elfHzRcX+b470lm3AnKY5Z
z?9E>|xbhM=>uD^N9sV9?n&>ghJ7Kh>8*b%FW)(j})x~MiCGPm;t&?~%cH}|d0)Nxu
z8S5NG8^6Bu9g^N}mZsiy4k=ViHVO#ou8(nnT1ypPM796}&LlWABnAsBn(xy3I@<ee
zu&4=O3pc1A^AjEef<sOdxz?{*H?UiW#GiR|tErD1Bz#xQDiZ`warB%iIEvdOG&LYb
zhz+^tv$MeY4bIFU>*^w(q|wqf)>-5AhgK`gCM`qdsqLJK-6)jSFWtRmrEKd%bfwSq
z2!@(lb0eUkGa$)=Nfz`VpAh>2=40~B6x2(a`I^H<fI^`dR)}r1a4D#jT<mbxo)NgZ
zU|isGxt53A68s@F_}!+pqzpt8Pi)Ach$8C0g_r29^2+TRgl3ke5sl~Fh-+Y#>wct5
z>G5;y-p^o<kJ1fo%h;TmmJUXTXVW*(GVYg-pbYrQU`_aEdhBTeTQ!>u9-t>TvZ~m5
zHH+LNx);GN$ZDu(ZIeA>Q?fwh9}DMO`;`(P+@m{$jfx&s&E2$=f+>n3zu?;$W8Xpz
zE!`cap)Y1L6uLwql~?fAI#@c-%-wS~aS0>#zb9YmlMDsJk_pI{eSUQ;^k=Zrpfk4w
z0Z+%9o!&30m%8g`ma`{;XXdf942CBIqdXi;#S|~F*6NH|OEd4FYrd6mB2mNSXRvGk
zSx;BsjQx<uKxcEglgds1`@)xG|IW#OapA>cynMgcMZGR3lo9&UMR?XW$%<da&V$nz
z5uiKdmj*emfUn*q5Y*I+L^8cB9x&WJ!6BAsUW2p(w~wo-OWfl^qP%n<M)GRU?E|r4
z{L2X|X5ARV-ve8BwM1L7{(HgHiFA^&{<t5XWm{;GgK=&GK&YewO%yFOdayu2jWY(q
zUH#w%E02av1N9aD$Q)oE{m7`|EkEWeZ;kuNGY^`FGAM+mPpu^F5y~pZMx78$shlaD
zp_|Mld)CJg{E?+p1@Vg9LYJVdyF|T-wGBA%h}d#3LHUWO<cxJY5pzau9d^UI3?_$$
z&SfgZECu|_2*yP!ZG$FRq+ncA_#xUK<KeW9HKmH_S}@K4(h52azQS}=NU)<S@*D7E
z#q5U%E<}!n<>Vg{faaVl(gH>V8`ZwpNN<IDJqhLCE}eq$@(r-~)JDmaCDyXZl%SeO
z&||!sx<uXy5`fQociueh;4D(zfP6Dqv3%GhK)ij^yt4;_(^Y__U8}|y4|r$Oh1!e$
z&@L2U7&FceNsA98(~A@8BZI_0PPv|gwX;?di2$jrW%+w!auPZmeFvK8PuE}#;qhtp
z;woj;cK2R{b!gPok=v{%;dD*l=P@U9BxIpfRLGJRiaD_swDk1%7~(jP$+*CynvH6|
z+0JVT?rBv;^6ML=ckA)C%AAFH4RZjBB=o^V2_wq+DXDlvoTl|MT*3RMVt04U>J03C
zmI)ZiKzlmzAXF-ybgRO_Ak1iU4P|wxn4?(!3auSnBmI%6TKl216M~9rbY4^E6>#JW
zo4W}m3b=jP5~?4njB+K(m=fXT5c2x_Zi>~{B6)Mj#6RS`UR5<aPx{<9jHmCa%v%Z3
zp1Ke>(0J<bm_aK3SEIO%k|lB)U3Ie&^g=4%1GszL7G2OwQ)Yb`;q((OrcmF<=5}<o
zoMN3P-d67fjqoSsM=KX-Yw={z`J3hIn&dEw<`euU%-;@Ygd^W+qrldp3Rx4=IsRi{
zzJC&r@P?&5th)N%8?j0Rrn+J>rF^++S~XP6S@Pv&Ep&!HCO}=mnlQ#&kr4Ev|M~WO
z*vz8h18?Zd%jn%FE*DoW1in+gc$cvfOx})5p+sJ`_)t-6(Mhk(jL}qN!I_C6iGC#E
zRhYmHO$QIJTJRCtb>8#`L4~idPBRoAIRO!Pma}J+Ta|U-HgiePE`lG+goo&>rQAG0
zbou!0C*FRCLjU*OnOvc@T%~NhryU?^(y9rku-V5UzNoL@*NA>om{BJ4&Brf^u6-j;
zV@u2I);M?m59B_T=SE}US-z|(5vw9vYKMo6nRw~NEJ_tEno7ACk^Psd&RuA-1>hX)
z5b1BwO1r*6l1vW*F->Rw%8d`dR81m|HJsE6S}9cp>GwNV?><#1sFJZ2yA*TFA$#0R
zw0nzs7NLmNgcE=7O*rr5Kf$H}_weKlNZmF>C(90MR1-l3bt@{BV<{aFj%B(|OKj=H
zVC^3nEw0`#pV@XM29}Nml*+D7CWw*ch;_a`zj<Yn&^cLMHtLl?2BbGElNsJuejv{%
zSV@spTGD|~8=kT{qV}v^yFKIBf+hw`<XX%b{_~0C6RH`0!e}LM*@HLyLa3FrCH45}
z^fmZ*QV}msC8v{tC0g5g+2R%xYZLj#0%;sxx^cCL+y@T8(02zKjb9L!@w$1_DtMxP
z>yJC>Gba8V1Nnvz&~gjE_=@MGWTeuV=z!p=w4|if@I9o)?3ugdlMU@++Kjh;aVK!+
zL;Jq?2k}6&P?0xqCeG4^$WoCv;YoTiNq8bFH4W7|l~?269JBsG4m>COGf)P89ziEC
zg!0H**XC}%Orn8`n6Lm$#&m=gXfhJtyOh7KX8}G!5^%7UFaIos#V~(sow2c8PzR0!
zPaW-5*0Uy#BfE@*@o)D}`UfQIhjXiEU4f%Hisd2INEfy=&wnk2BNm8<ACS(w9JUip
z^JyJ8@@sG0MfV@H9CHV!>baN6OhM(up9O(EN#NbxZ?J|O_zGERcys4&+1}jkq5!UL
zo_e0@!=O<Vhz0W*JAQLlQzBIyLZaym7EiPx3RnRx!d9j^*&;zHI+YSxCu$l6)rF~~
zmV#v!T5YnPWKK=q{<vzW$rm(5GppK0-n5kD2SpNH-O&`Gt`D$k_VPMofB%@REx1jZ
z*~W~Yct6MN9G@Cz*m7Ai<&Rr7#i)T;pk2;eT5&NO{rw+?$$77EH?V91n(-K{lovD^
z266|e=f2TWtl<Y?V<n7ND0AbC>Fg8iaHMFMLMsU*+V=m%k40ND6&LWOepOY!JEK|e
zGHX@tYKm5`R4uSTH7%BS0VUEpOxW&<s5Uk3kRp-E#C;?x7WK7z{mH3ibiD=%g0pbJ
z-)c<RvP0ZKFf$;!i4i2HHPe>VPJ8Z4KsDeH!;@shkrOw-KqQ!&k!xl()Ty*VOgk(s
zG`?V*P(><y;qsq;wE<`TV%|MTr^3p>H)cZK^7|(^K&ltUhJ8s#udA}ZN8?}gNtYLR
zE1}j#I>#naBLj|d!l~$`W)3z{6gm=xUzn|3Avl{^&Tuz`4hd$kRM=LKBQ|LvEXN-r
zRAvW|h>IBQtXijT#<pZ|LZ+dVgpGAt5^Z2)IuL--^ZG|tbcNljL`&8<*5I~BIrK99
zw6Gf#YZt8EzX7~C!iG0E8>!Xo9i*50!C#Z~qxmt%lB#UUi(h>F8<`-a(kj%Xw`3ku
zg>8i9k=BvZ7>%}UqNtI+LfnsMFb``s_vYM#h-t}CWU8{XjH=_2lWX?xJ<)#Udov1?
z58a-p^$C$ZSuZu>+=YmM&LP^#s9fOtRsWaiP{%OHDnf$l4Uy;j2s#Ll(7LvpOR1Eq
ziGO~zRGp!4^9k}FPIYEE5H<&#v1=Q+J`PE2zY*<>Tz{n)nz))qxCvYG>ozpDg{8z-
z(Kq0N9*cmYY1PRd3r9;j3E7&Cw^IFYY{Z>UkljFmX+J4k(_C|Y!v&B5mw*OS8=33S
zJDx2Z)Ga*$UuqlOLYkX!+m#J)AF)a{u8!6y2MLj1xf`fvg@K4a17B4Oz<q{MiCPl-
zMBuF?z?f<WIjpc$EEEpI8}N;@5g941DpA{tFy6$szp19HEhl#o9>9bvqBmC^^IB(?
zBBXhbuZ(K9asN!LhhJEZrM;W48qNfk(?(OZRw|2<h7~LlyBv%vtdMvo0#9b09$twh
zeOh$%sijPh5#m&`D9`4u!~y1t?E;hvCq2*m2$c9MD?jI=HW+E-G=OyLRpW~rfB&h}
z5>86QCn3|>ocl=}%H?o*<(YKSHnfckB#R!r3FG1-N6?mbxW6$kNB~j?l|yJVrd`fK
zmuvOg)zx>H2Oo$9x1bYm(3C<bDGepFR?>Aq=}hSA<|bahYCDviJDg$R98pCrqXVnm
zNS|(nmuSwA%v;82$vN`PS<l~*o>XPxAk^uJzW?j%_2PmEW;av}HbT@m2lB!+Rop~G
z>s$qO6m7DGk^yP!Dlr!U#pUUdsIK>!k6VMUZFOW%SwPDIYGx^tUQ8O)2ef1k{8B!|
zT9Fx2%;!BrZR1~)=RED$Fjf#DrP=`Aif1=5vbo2*f@^jjToj4XDo_dKBmv5dn&`DU
z6E|!d1J2n+!<O9R-1$^e$Jo%uhTj#9!wN@D5}f&1h@M!4V0IWmQ%eo+x$zdJE##<H
z=*{g1E{%V(*MJ+hDR<r?vhFFVk#H_W>TqV+KRjr3Tf!AyaKn9@Nk2X*Eu~&&=ea_9
zjo*0@hIk9hh=oEoTs$5qw`a-Imhb2F?>l;(?;bkN;(4izX<UQj#5&WJ@L{VLN=Yde
zP@Cm5cavWy{bXG2-v728kDBxSvO;tt?s>wOhLo|fM$_ED^Lw}OWEiORv3>^(H1pIu
zfAyjb{q(wVceG%AZwGM?Eh(_2S$rf6AeLZ|Kf3A13z{qxFU;Z@;IiW<Eq`Q<1S&0d
z44>jJ9C28xO8G6jTIn#4EC&#nmyO3%DrjT-=Puc^|3csI+-c(3YRammV20yZs|29e
z<(JuP>FKp~L3{$76&{;6i3bY0RaGv;cGWnmOSBhTjj**zXT-{#>lE6F8ML>SV!*)i
zlyBZfhF~vh4}zZCGN&C_ad{o|i1u0q^$OO$Z<N=F8a(~MYx0v>fIoeF!!(!GUKIqs
zb37C0bUTF?b;!2qv91Zixlau4F{3M>j;f7XauO%Ch;m1igXR*{A8F=OCsJCgq<#)t
z8%GP{?sm#-e1axy*^2}%%1h6Al({60Sukp)WbwM<NuGZVG^TJ6T5uZLxQz@-?xBU~
zDKcV@0p=3rtLB+ym=Zyvrm<wRs-W;q9u6%P-Q9UMn8$-c?U75=wXXt$0na3_w{o$$
zSaOBk;-f<H;d7(#z~rR}4W+sEzP9JzA?xt9$tLmWGLr`tv=N<{;>^M1Iq||Ci^k8D
z*H^v!ucjf|T*!OpbF1Yk>B0*6IAp4&<RVr(hx~*2_CNwD^&lPM0(EHvK61LG8Lnkl
zO=Xa;o3^HL$sNcOsvNt7#+7yJCn1l}V3m?`f?%>ER-6?^puArNH-mQ$y0!2DL*7Uh
zW284AqNZxDmJG*(xyk>STm$C0icVHbmXcV(rD`>Ui&A5S_iP}epZn{)6nn3l3j*O2
z1DBC58yn+2@NHUUqFxSL;|LkG=(o1qKdQAVQQ8r9mIigjtC8o6c)wH%s7P_+I5U8T
z9kqhBKK*J*CxKFc>gfIHL3Fd$b%XKmmtYlW+@10%TR-D*WaLVw40_{+#_{Ri?3#L{
z3fnRAWK6}PmcbE*Sf0WOF|*o11<>=Cw(#BF&l`fTV^7??HPUrrl{G?5Oz}QRudKbZ
zl*r}ei??n>4KbZ9<Qbh~DPMWZZoAy?!-2rQ>*M?npy7XdI>3t{#XSThye@vrN=1Ri
z^_Ba=Sq@MCRa}mPr}uS8g7XUWZ%@mHJk(IQ=J99^9@6M8fO>oyej!m`!+Za~-t`2t
zGw<W4x3uOl;!ZVl^IH9_WrFT(Oqrx)Mr(@_JZ)@?QHbZ!zTD~;9K^Swfq_0YBZxLI
zL%asC&4VN)F<gXT3vrubacA4)-llHb>8hHlsaT=?nw|Za6m|U)X=P$rini3Bg;nfD
z<ojm1e}E%zz1Pi4qe^L^YXbkz0%StxhMVOwD=f~T1p{$BJ5<sb)8#<x#L1Clkhn6D
zi|^=wqN-~D&gjp`Y=1a1mbpHgE;Hy`&CTPuH5w6Zk;HC@?KaBR>k0;gLM(>&YuRis
zF(56G+W&6aKb|Bo{lRC*qE|d7(r<Cl8iFd6c|iA694*50JEa2WaDePV-|&i8f}j2K
zjc)>8LOWWw)6t!9#M3qDc@}AOMO=}CVDnjcmv$k9MEmAZard?J{WFN47@c(j!Kwyc
zdlD^b@AY4AU!$p8nlDF&FEDlq?HSW$Yon-8WZE>w{6c$=mz#cWPt+;nkhxYas;U$>
ztz%GlDa+BaTwdi`%=lGRMOE;OSlNH)In#<F=jea?M8S*F<EU^F;G>Y&?8b&as3O%K
zsa|2t`D}+dUu>{o>D;N++>}%Vt774S|Fq?2FcXNk`S6~qq%*gbwyqTrigy&anIY@_
zA$^N;u{-<CPw@P$uzwS#MSqCID-U(Q^6fQYUoUF$EHcog-Oli2{Bn-B2IG+Yhc(zC
z?THdd%`01J15P>3UY=c|b)=0ud-J0CQhLir-fSEI)W6$w#E8k-(B#}kwU*&gsJzH3
zYS4lxL~fKA>6+;LI)$v}TAjH>FBLLjE3l^A>2^(d+0WSPm<^kJqm)&};aZ`CUqpqD
zE~|?y`X({(*A95T^TG#TDI=+?W(;HKt+qvNS+g&!82me!cF?;dVhyeV{p1Ji3#a1A
zxbN*fKd*bHrmXR0B}|XIy+!eR^~-HQn}+wwqAJ}3298JmGjiH$mI2SfXK%tc+yrRQ
zLIJ>q8G}cDs&tHip0p=Br%0+a*K&^N=$HK_-kr1DYTi2z7e)z711KHLOg7M@5Qma3
zQfkOkWPO0PB!90gvK1smqX!M?FI8r}b``P-Zbq?GupoEOHm3?ZzP+=1V7j}qY3-0!
zjAY}wT8TcABHQVcbh_M1GoJ@9xklE5i&zqmn=i%o^ZiAM^$-0+aTRo!tZ54|)G%q#
zxN$)d@YtMxpjz)2T^s^a6JJ)7CKp^AYr<wqFE`W?N(xr^b1VpH!BcsmdB(LT5f^51
zIcqm~6e02;!z3legS}-1)SsHyRM7!~*<_MiDVA9ei&6Te)K~2;W7qlGC;#*1T{gA$
z4)gTg#&IKh2Mlev&C3k=T*7j??SG>|R98i#!jB<Wh^XPQ?TMs4&r-ttJ)x?>r@Ur7
zw@RrTypY#4mD!0-WG$aOcL}QfAc}Jq6!!UZ)fw9>x5<d3w8|9JTSeI$kpEI+#GmQ>
zu%O=eoDdLXP(InYr9Z?vsw=$+SQUQY{}wZnJekhi%(Y#VQfjARyH9B*NbK_Q>Mktw
zg$VP6(&7F@yz@EZ33m`%RmCeTY$3Q!J-ez!VQnL$uUlewpbmhqunplqTIaQ8YZJvz
ztFr4&ZCSAtf8xm5t4I6(r}@>j{b&C>@6oXou<0G6{n0XSw>NC@1eQwIkrpM+-pVc{
z7CbaPl)tF%QWdD6sw>%xR`}192E*b?pS{%CAQ_rWht8rIN)-2e6kUplk~qSgJMgz3
z+lcIV6~S(6NfQzc4GrOUpI?~JrzYp&ta7LtP3v|}qb6C<fRZVMoLV*kwA}eb(4U6~
z`leQ_b;xKn%~G~ymz%+ykLi3K?9;#TU*E^9166i9EW4xjGlL(>3G<)98CVG9RSR0o
zY<;C^ZW%4pZb>E101LEf*@*_cW(PJod`GleBI<x=wO=;X#(PlP(4opWOg~_tQm-2_
zSm25i4S1;Mz%{W1eVl&P%c?OnS}A;l8ujX6(1$S@3)MR@Q^T94l}bnwCjwf*4&aJ1
z)VCWZZ25CDSmz)i?XsXPjfM4{_FjN`Jq=^?<A`yju%;^)SdIa2_AaG(_V!7oXqt~t
z8MD}gM7gXR8y0;A3k1l|vtNr}u_yU~c?VKbe|=8;RgOR=>Y6guM|3#op2mA0I(qmy
z5pn%a4K6F2mV3}I&#l>zOYVVli8XvVpJk_=r_WE1Q(awMJ8mZJc94hVU=&IC`9@4J
zK4CKhwH8&!+4vg#MUIa|*bj!rD20c!bBq%#NJaer075~%zL6%>23yRj>zF9g$YelT
zte7u11Zm80G{hAXW+!vD#xYl~?z34H?4935%Yc*P#~=oj8%37vaN$DA{lnYbIk-b_
zbcyF*dyd(3jg;`<;E=EX+57Z+7uer>fvcCE=k?b<#dFto>GcLU>xiO+BClAlHv~aQ
zQC7V3)_Z*Y&%Vho{QMVr<>i+Ml%gz4zWdg9Tf%aZaqHFrv&90bBQ~3yUcX1b?$hmN
ztn#Matx8Q0NRlK(2#+zYH4oGQcnuh=^;A_uRh4a4>e+no3}^U>@e?_@|Cq-<DFmJz
z!F!K9^?(B4w0q*cf9f1Altio3jg|8l-)^+Lb?7iaqS=%MK@?Kf5}ow0GQwz&G>YYF
zLlP>4bF7zBl#WQ^42L1^1dMHuuoGguq^Q@Fa{~n61y`<KWH3z0x*cQ?Abm)XL{OGE
zFR)F67BSX=QXyf#i&X*MI85!(L5zwcP?}9uqTH$by8rlGd*2pWE&Ki1H{#=mKI_@;
zy?c5ty?Ca}B;cpLL;Hy@utxnc)n>}5Hy{Z$N#aNn!E`pG(^Yua8np?ba6Z5TD$sPI
z1mW87Rn@vWU}}#wnk?NyiwdJWi{+fgTbz_A9pZhBvleF{i~20r6*_ENoy+ACR~BT0
z4xvn#J}#j@q@N90P8{+ykd;7F*CpC}oYEv|52XUCe8svh2&ABCEO&0-<Lc!;S(Y$;
z|9jL`O%_B{ZppXaevjkEu)WjgjZeSE@#BYV^~W$Au+BH+#fH>$*=!2#-#g&n{Of;1
zZ5noaJ!Z2h<sgQ*$Hj}6s2fYtNvVxT3y@KW!eIq8MFmn~s+!&L7Se$*mgRJUQi|Df
zMVcloeJd&McDn>hW9kM|HwfpseCZOKV%_pXMC+$lmlfTtLzXz=q>qXQ7#9*oF?GE{
zi4{t07>xpoVu>-1JTKWhzfYPbNGaIlD|+2?T-+OT{=$&npvzak`b|dtn9*>H{rxeM
ziDzf`0@InGsx0HJJ#+*olNoQleUDdOevZS#dyKcY_~l>z1(INgix*yCd$dhaY)EuS
zz1g&djVkd%^3g{hadL7@Z7fm-G?n3l_dn$1_=t-a_lcr_#(2K|&2O?P8V(;mqCXrk
z9By&z_H9Pvh+cn)a}KQ|jQ2FgQB@UEwq~SNWyp(yIBrR(#tHBeXKl-4`2T^+@fptW
zNy4*Sp(kT3_p~MT41QR5<+PS)-OJk|3);@ilX2v;m-CbRu(r*}6&{DfH8m>Ggh7Br
zAZ5sCZ=dPzIc9giOQH>d^jO<qnu;Kd(Lq9O9nwQ5&Dh<I=@cci)tVIzjj4&kkkN39
zLH9HnKuV<6<eSs+vkuX5h%qJ7IgAU4lZ-gba2C7*6-G1&yfs);0}}j`(c8y-Dg>w2
zBL3Oa^L<6t$LCu-eeBco5ACS+tibx~$9l3RO9E!|8JqQ#>({QJ0>gZBlQ5Gkiz$`!
ztS85~IHfKvc3sgO>{3dHm+dYA*}nOvGT>Xnyi*=nv$NeLNkSIu75REWsx)ajVzHi5
z)hnFTh%g{;Dl(-Ar6TYl)1wV07ib?4otnvc*<O)Gc!X;xs)j%Y)OCrXAx<<GFYY5{
z!2N?qR837U?Vz=0GMyqv1CACe9?s{`9gr9E_M&x`tCy~D>&_kKo5v(s%JInw|NNi-
zS193m;rZ*l^5TnhdtF|B<t6lHj;}3EZSnY1pB|6%7U@0CwJN5jF(3s|6w&YZ$@2nh
z9NrsrtWc`u;2C2u#-fx$pq_gFG-XA%-=Wv(GF!}O0D+|_3x@qZzwv87&%5v4<nhUx
zymZv7oVuAa8VRD%qveEQKgL+a;e&#@@O0CJEQ>jECHZX0m8<6nR4X%n_2p~CQ9@Zv
z8IQ+!5}e(zUe~PiC98FgjzUhRj$1cxa`S^bJpaN~cD4q*@cbpNUwNJB;}ykbPB)7v
zS1s{4Rtk?thXMU=mn=&$%M}Pok|ZQa#M^JZ#kb%52Ay6Hq+q=%SZ!+JG^4B?Zm~hi
zkdu=sLU^>+csy0*sH=)iUSLgg+6|OQ5t468tdV%35wcw*g;1?Qpg-$io#6~W37+Nq
z{2=~qN$!6c`-Ug4XKl;R6H-2P`G3;Uf|dr*n$)&*n5Jn^KsW19<^{2k939-pRs~9X
zqF9147;iAv;3|l-mS-D<5zZR$o=_#6ANS}EdlZEMG+EZtJ?gr|Nk^zd9Gb#88YvNB
zfN(YDG%Ba^f^*rJUfgXTqcvqwp_N7$$dsZy<rn_>j6rZhAWpk>PYS3%cb;AA{QgNL
zx_{yetUxN_P!R@#i|2O{qG2(8h*k~Wm0Y{J!))Dfe4vT8#>^&jPNoZ@rY0JsNCi#f
zQCbj(nxHX6-XLV_oO}M&0ab2Tt#Zn0LuD$WFe2`adHi63Q~{-NxW*xrAWGs^F{BjM
z3TDR(x?#+APf$z9t-+d-Kv<+L=tlvauvJ}jI|H1s40<u%2u4}LVzOXo>m1jwJ;!Xd
zAkI=2dCn%UxpV7))kx7zI=uSIK70H796ml~v(D-5ZcziTy!>h#Z(wU4ogCwuii6`L
zUcY{g;@)jOy7>`XJG*2`6Q&6chjj*5S8ew%&@7f~f-t74Dy*|KrXh|3oO8rs)OKEk
zXuDQH!)$g!uh%1vV}y51j!#HCDM=J#Tw9DeW082adL8P`0#_C6j?XchFY%@gtX@n{
z2u7YFFF2X3X&On97j!xa`DV_1K4E@1CkO?5`vaU8bh9px9zCMiY%o<p-0iTK->0Yo
zl323ZR1}3rijYBXm-TXj^c|9D$kuR=Zqgy%O=#+zgS#K0M99w04qhpY_e`fJxTc`r
zO*nsUOq}dcRU3wbE-%0GB47Ib-{bh`nBDW|SgqGsG(rV5jb;A$gsj`4C^lqSigQpI
z145yKh%oY~AUquxfDRJ8&#^|(jsx4p_sMwhleplV;S8T7JWITOa{Jk$O#FyT@JBVZ
z{AmaODThdSyl^;Y!L`SdQX*Ar@KaZ1>p>;OQ;)*+V$OqGw|RJQpF7`ppULqDT)7Z%
z^+JlPS2WdzPS(K%jwHx1R<bx*Gw4W6SzyZw@1WD|k@i!90F0CP+)@>`J$?{i3PBuq
zSXWDGXTe%PqD6pLA<M#$zx@Fh%7$!r7i7z>3Zw#I@uq2o7Pz*F!4C-Go{R&ZoXa0L
z?@t<3{?tiV`1ah%Q*ptM%QF0Fz$d=Ia-kwO1#u@~ywzuRauZt>j5@8alWcNgFNvil
zQLyqBjiXquaft)%PrYP7N$B<A>M)_n1uNsZFdp*3^bV#f2?7NwCWr&H2#{HdT5YJD
zC9fSptgy5mR5pl^DkLy4>h=gj&(eZ2AcaP!0eDBO12QGalqQK3g{d*~W1^tTZW40$
z_z~0Y5yC;SDRI7)X**+BO_zi+=3w%GfA&xR8CjGvnSPlhZG&aCRMgfG2O1+RkLEM1
zt2sCxG2g#{DjSMQ5hM|fsgW+gS%Y^L;VelUQxy%<>4L4D9n!2r;4Dp9wi0t|@LoJ!
zaKbPoiXyDFZ60CM5Nm}{in1uE>Kf-9-F}a)@tC@<SuaW=6%p!!G*-BNN~aSLCjx<E
zHa|j$0OwPJAmq`bL#DGSfwm~^xpH-nb+O?7gMxlPrR-V)nbO_rVXBh%-@QwgjX0Uj
zn9XypzxWbGQSjl1Cnyz=1Oxh=9rkuEu{}CZUBYI$rY<%#RSjAZg%RF+^7V>`hYy%8
z=cL^ZSFT*-{qH@XE(><HhX?`NTVu|h-=%IW>cJt6ahSSB2N6n#I15pn5`{5kRnjyL
ztpb$Ngkig5&GU6Dt9G&_);kX}Xvv}8VXejg(AmTp&Txi*mymzS0t=oY#6KhMlu~}&
zo$($eB!Ox_mYs8q($<e^GMjVw@Q}NA?()??{t93Eo!{mDgFF1(-YaZxX@Y!*on#+d
zFX(kUL}5nRIIQ>FyL*pYw-3qUE*G}9=>##-3#O0P#EGSo4G6-NO<7SFIaXM_3h+8a
zWfN*&6Q!O&n${;vD#}{&=xD-!@n8N^-uT?-`IX=J4Q_n;b*?;jogfrAEy(i%83o@*
zWq6_*6sLxx-&a&U{e!3TLg75ZwO*Cp`KM#nPYOQq1y*%BdTYGl!Qnk<mOOv;3XdMm
zczm?RcuySk>Bmv4WvDAUfo3|}P(*8ddK#7EJ&m!X1IzGgpVbMh57rcm1*Rw%^ad>J
z4U5GT;|+m{C`^fO93oJ7;qg+mI}xBUt(4j{4&T^ztY$oc)<mJA(@7B4AU7omkVsEx
zEGiHzR%>tymp6>kE)VY=vdjyTe)p8O6Hw<h!@(A&F0lp<4j%A@&wYWti<end6;=uA
zYJ(7(^?FUx$tZoz{l`bl_xG7Bmzc-L$a7anvktYh#7RQalvJf5FAIz@L_x;Mbb=8u
z7`J(8LTj3`pr3YeqTN|Nc<_KQh*~11Y>D1kk|L!f(3(w|qqRb5&3rl|$=d9_@o<k%
zy(;<Ix4+Ke;e8q>$vRz>(R8{y2p<r}2}xFSa&n9cW0cZFfn~8cVVGqkNyvJ=z&p$2
zc){*?8xvTR6kNId5+8nen?MDO#$A#GjIFtL?HrqR$vC~jc(_9#L#8KlR?`i=wC%pd
zQKvQAv+b@fO(I@?`9<#CKfnsl;r+WTW=nR@?X+=Bt2yJXA@6_hL+;+Y&pIzix_!bp
zz`J&Ax?HXq4*RTD8^TbdWP1r(<7t`(?=4l;S~mniNYj*9E6^%L2!-_@@1mbLd7t47
zXZY*K5946TA0=n|A!@@XovUYU8jNWP>{3dCK%<02SVx}cY}Omze*Xi$_u&V8>5u+^
z-}};+$cq&rlCDnq^<Vr|UhQ0<Y>s(&_ZF|bu*0a+!`7DBd`WjO#8f5y!GPhoVli2B
zax^2Cnr_;|R1K^R#Yuw{ZAw5CsFvPPu344^_l^(g?sU2S;w6T?kWeX{fz2xC&YgQ)
zdhRM;`N|*h<*$61L2rlu=s)?7`Rvbsk(WRF24R-8_6PRa@!t1$|GuwQdgg}ooW}Wl
zeEZqe?r%*8>xuFKzJJd8@4^EMpyOz>+o}zd`3b|G<nZwXUkCKUF{Lm0)Qhj78_Qy;
zd38LZagsW46d#=6n-gT9XuLzp*82a^@m&-aH830;mE>kcBo%dj#CA_HpPZ1dCH+XV
z2^BUJRMm<=WyHEwTm({KY=aS=3QO5+5MhLAa<B~{iX;dqM2K;Yyex_01eX_df`Gg!
z**Hs431p|k`78U}zITUJQ;>E8`eRLHX6*DNdl#<qo4@_9c<zNO{QbZ88Xvy*CF&+d
z>j9DM;zWfM6@ddC4*Bl8kH~Kx@rA2<43%O!ozm%LRK*HwEpeFOjG!qiLhZS6;|4Mc
zDC!dD+Jz$sV~VOlg%VeLdi_3+A3sJ#0a-s|v0fpxLPa5YSz@fiScezT>2}HUyggPY
zqc`Z&>22|Nx+d%Q$jbr|Nb0&I4EHIj92ta!osz5L0ZqB$_~AoblW}l3VK7W6j6*v`
z7<D+Fl`I!0?42KTAw16uSFf|K);v6ZK)!g)aynysdxv4tCH9Wk8+Hb*o4v4tI1cG_
zIvC+u%^$K@pRjlF0`o=1d+)vvBA_-6!>u8E=fK(xtEJ`WWXi2Oce#D<K2m80!x2`5
zPp^$Qd9pKwDDF`=1})nN3#~O-l9HDNc#V`2V+~p>BCT8RnK-1$PkC{^jnX*78P4!;
zk7v0(Pl@Hv{M)nmVSKGbN@{0W)df)}Md=W%quk_VQG$~W;lWikN!U^(tniezA&4WA
zIK&IkNUEb5#nFQMH*fOhJ8$vzx4zAnfA?QgddrH2o&7zw#E76YeEQmpT<i>()ib8^
zDMAM<YlYct=yyWmP*T+;rts`;jX5_SGd)_cKHi{eL5xI4k|vBPD}%8hd_dU<N|RI4
zAY;L`SFZ8gjcXXcrZg+ONI05rDC-V4Z_c^g9T2_#3U?P19!-w<@BfGYn%)0-$glpL
zU*%W-{y$*vGdDQ5cLA#v_38TW8b_ofY-8|2tC()ZW^HVgv!?~DlsIqk61?<ngG7j@
zDopQO8!hxxj8A+AtC4M|!b+%3gS8q_Te2Wy@4|U<8j9tT&{g<4rJsz5;w~-;s5j>j
zlMj$mpinfm!ITY?;~9|<AUa4Rsn%<v?JmFg^Dk4{lDoGalIe52`Lz#O937DL`bZUG
znv&dF20B0lVcTwX9_KttYMc;^MkDH`VYA-Q=$gHqUFIhfv<fK8nj}e)N>VO1#9C37
z1>3_t)&@eEP_AqCcXz0^3yw}sI5*m(J3i0tn-95n?=C<4#tojkcAam%^F2DF9==(k
zv_p7-sSB!n!L9j>8*jY9%Rlof>cW^_uZvWQqR6T18XtRbmZq+$wIqrIbQt1=$9nfv
zWGqjkiL9wfl7!)Kgl!B)24q==G3L}5v2}MZiUQ+W=iW3;+xu~trsDA6;PiVmbkYp(
z41tzZ#RL^7q!7emL;&=9yF{eetxK$nW2`Hvnl{jRYqZ01J_Fydy}iYBafl8BdV`eG
z^r;$yw*qG*+uOTb+}>k%cb7EP7+aBM0qfP0>GTAp6c;aEL})lTIN)S5XEvKrlm>_A
z=;#qa2=nEVM~{!0EmrjUL$WNRtXi+CvdjsBkh*E8>xSTzW3^l^X^f>R+wfkkHO{r3
zR^PW_alYlmIfrQ)ycbXT3}+myGo0aX7RTj^G*0NG8Mbn$Q^8NDTfS6TS8a%QFJrmc
z5GYL~6uoYSscY7cryL(2b8!DI?|kb!y!mHe=bd-oVX~Z3n1-wS7s+iyUkM)Ee?S&S
zyn6XMTfH7tzF}Q8EY};do~3Cljc}BC16~n^0bwX`zRfF5ItpnMeC1Ha6H39>a75L3
zoD*mQoVC;@rO_4<Krrfnt!SzoAqA_VK#7z;`^q=)m8X*?47_C`7o;l0_1b*h|L6C9
zhu`|0f5jI*_j!KlSALb(KL0tk_V?*;jj5EQC`ue2U$vqh=fr6T-xI|VctM`$r)Hw<
zuU38Nad?E3Xsu~}%Cj~<@dZ{TJl!}1DKOSjSB4iZT|qV(#iArlJK!pM9gS&91UX8?
zXbDm`7}<VcIoAeWjs{~~a)~quaN!nuFCqTy>v**w>=^DIK4gEd3w40AD~A1u-JKCu
zdaBh5HaW(7YHKJPgR$-C&?3m|ig7qVXw7UfBZx98v%(4sI>I{0^MWV}$)XVD45}Nk
znw;?FM-Le7>`~`}fPgdz$)bRA2~w`9%N3K!LsqLxJpcU5+`N4kTTPhFS7cE}V>El`
z#=P>%b6nop;<bxc*gt=n!{rIf`GO$Q)OC%q7Jq7rinla%Nt$JVrKl>L2kQjhxYjXV
z`ltD4Qnm$GUDpIbfH986VnGx|gkjhg9(BcPwW6-u0;EAPoh>;znUMB|NED$CG1eg^
zL|sr?&^U_}G36%5YfUE}lJrvwH)c~zDJ#qI$r@`kyIW%hy$q=64kB*fyN8@=!ZhW%
zt1oc=XD=}5Zqe@!vDFMO6sz@wBCjdyhR2VNI60XDlB1&$X%=(m&K;KP5@Q8*<&at-
zl|$8Sps$dgAk-9Pju)*W$68P5TVB<Ay=Jw@3Bm~P1!Y;IRe%tJEXznwd2`a(Qw1h?
zFQ{#WvjT@gh*OoO7ig`2@}Su>oZ$?>5BI|Q%ODvK2~fDaqA4qa&=E%=MtF**BnSc;
zXK`43qzQrmyDGVR^9~=q^)7ebf1j`Z>7VkAZ+?@)SI|iaItgLWM?1@V2e;^F9s1oK
zd!sQ|cK5ike+BIv%f*~pg{<=pX)kHbIIW|p9HEX7p#p6vn+@K1bPy2sG}XGs)D0Gg
zThFi#ywE7xSRLmLB9H_@NF23hsHJx(5s*92{lf`g{mR#P@rBQ$tmo2bizE#2wc*am
zBT8lHb~3tAkIAij{7?VQf6J8@U*fa>-Y;<VQ?Ky+%P+IFw}*8We8hUaZl@VZ+Hzfs
zmY$+@fD`_yErU=JWcyiAJHscz2k;YLU`ZTJU7?iX!i5V|t3#}GY>Fj$<xvO*;}9zg
zbfO5gCx|Swe97|U0b{^Ahqb;nXOj_E_pdStJ5;hy<e)JN?mc?IX0zhG@4kza37e%v
z>w;HqJV$?Pga`zi)tdRkBkDztL7;*N-;_u#aZ=!|V3QZE4~o(dDtsh~`Y{Lh9<n_c
z(#>M3vP2;WlqU!z4nZIw%QC96!Z}G4CiKz{j}GPpvnjh<L;lG>{)f;wXkH-rb%zQK
zS+|R=6y7SHyS`7_F?3RiUo{+8bFw&MQx+%!;wYkN+Q=3qB?^yeO1x7PRY}>@Xsz4u
z>sp|sruL2~idoF(I1h20VoXbZ4+4pl0oHmB4j$0$cIkAxL}5Z%mZWKl#jq+i?CzaM
zst6T^)OCe18;W90zuTp0AP7T}G$T?GIB?$K@E~JW>xMjUXqt+};($O&2K|t{$hmj#
zK5?3G<Hc8a{>F=p2HQkB1|v~I6Lz<$>zZD7$YQbJt#{sLHa{WhM1W+zT(DX%DC&y!
zI;SyE)sC{v2}6ySHC0oibx06sipn5P3(fU9M}+}6PZA}#jzEf#sxc^KL3jp(0o`sF
zAw6~du^ic0hdd1_7eW!r5Qjsa?&5^!$0pIA;S6W^tHF=530N;zNC(;rdc7{*HdJ**
z?JQ9e6G%aA9A;Bc=Q-c{)^~XC%{TelAN(=zefKSje8Em{i_xgh($zdH7KB#e>Y8$~
z;zdCVGXMY}07*naRQan{=tK!84<B)D?;;nscF@i-ozC#iVWgxs1wtlx8l1OObxjxq
zM4^F1oQ~WaD36RZ8bw_xoHgy|i4+Lw@G3yjD)WORK&KJ&<%BGaNaL8?NKO`Oe(w*y
zPGvRTLKa6PGC+hGmj+{2Rl%M4F{@%j5=KPf5FJN6K0f0A`j`I)qu<}*wa<Kp&wTE4
zyz$2C$WBHljIrKPRwWKe6ox3JPIGmkaTe_yUVL0+S?6esL5rX666UA-yZcK(dx7=>
z+ZfiX6_Hj<R|_6IIHoK$X)?ehTRb{`NZK1ymL-eBTg>u;Y&B(=dV~P270x(Lj!xLW
zA_>ssxuX$l9vt3fxmeKM8IXnBEH@?nZp!X(j9W^Ys>YUvGB2nbi$x$$RS#N98l~G1
z&LqYeM_!d^9gvq5$~C<3{0*E6d2sIl9c$u9<Ld_R9p?u<irEJ5bE<ktVLa<{hvC+k
zi&ro6X8t`!yD8m);`2ZA89w^nEgsyt%k}G5@N9_F3~a>JOE(ygW4`^?m)R^<gd(N0
zJtXj&pl&ml>ZYM-nwHd!Kx>7ip|&Mey}@I#KA>(aQIHa91&u)ZQ_h_ir!#brI>38_
zccvvzMy(RBu4{}jbUGb`5ERZaT`ovF37et@>qwJ;EE!{LhkRYNUA4xtX_jpV$9bd@
zELU@KBUr7Mt@S~g;GJVOTd<gwWSQo3pZ&Y+UD#*;@+C&2EmrddWnR!t6QUqwy{gIc
znw|<;$Kxd9>eUYWm-YcLm1i=apzc4Uu8&x*D!ePPUb4<>P$ivChq^IsNOq{PUXT|B
zK@cECYtkx&pp$m7u8kS$cC*t$)KZou#?~}-jdQ1=y$)2U&?>|`ji8Oiv9`e&i?#l#
zpyCW?IKy8po+Y&ZMZQ)8o!|u+@0b=Vk|-oi6A};W#fr&n!tD5jx4-=+fBgG@$RB+9
z%hXLlnq&lVNT<8Ybh$><1>Kz?-JnNhYBCvc?ebLy-5%8@XB=f*-a1D=>te0NN~oF!
zTU(rO(@dPJ@v5e(awG!pB#nqrN}!d(+1BAx>JW{`SP#axUXap)qV?m_8mm1HgNzlm
zX^4WD*}CLAAKv4Szw;h1UwMhjlvHI*gr*;-TpI5%tv8(Hb2i44b~Em*=7>^|)oaF`
z9=@*l?pOYVcmDLNeC_!cxcu4A@X{-<aP8VPvM8o@?bOE^ixdLuKX$o)!s}K_p_FPx
zK0oDq%ujrQCA}k!Vvfp+x8Ht;H(tBMV!hySa*VYhZt|Gp<ztqUhg^Q{1+*);fByjl
zDPK6>MK+t3xP97fjDvt-w@Ww3sEwwvmR_&NbbieAXidL+j>++TvLK<@)JzT+6jept
zRFq|oH<o_ZLo3lLL;}gGD%seED9EtJf$``hqO1x|)(eJ{B{yDuh52&MB3}}9Iz(Ya
zQLMSLyUWSy7J(>;<BGDfOcsyW*?ol<UU->%cOJ97)4}_K<!r+C)_}!k%GKvz<l_FA
zqoW1$*_!R05!S45jUivINQWJ&x<FcmmtdTsZW^3(Bw0e7#xzZZ)&a&<SXm*ppsY%2
z<65p*D2YTs-59bs!3)WJxxyMxlC?@gQ&)KJ+1=eG-{cf!J3br?MjRa-@$Q{lJUl$a
zc|n?{WJ%1`D;Mac5usL?2CRe1HcaL-q-q0nrGR^P?y`I|rIUu72+wRjrOF$yo>yPK
z&OiANe;p;Zky5fQ3Z~NnNl2201d(RFUa=`P$CCwjAKV9F2*QNHphp~Mt#WYKq1)|~
zZyKi4iuHO<Z7Mq55$k-}rp%*>;s7rs>rEReA%s8*O&El%$~ATE@WOzXgmFX|YJ{|u
zMLS}2-kgqE6;gVX67AOroKRTPE-=<QglI|dT8C8i8PWX=XZV|fvVx*2N%|SiSYj1$
z@55Uh-Mhz!Z@tSO{Qj4C^Bdn_Sxy<sE|<2q$xVrfLu43G<B8G)Maxx<EsUZr+r1&%
z-2oQM`#0}!{o)n6aYCIJ6je#nG!#vR5+O=zin74DR_*M(r7Uym#*_Fioh(Adaa$<5
zHcdmH8Wo3;#43SP0;D)q5{4k#PEo8gv@y(Q8y-BIbF?a0de}4-)|D;COttG#FUfdm
z?+QXIzW3lR$HylmTO(X!*qDOy@tW0q!THfP!)}j<2lx2huY858*Pr84uf5LeKl5px
zf9WOCUYAHHq>>cQfOcpp!8x31{lb)#PYp|dn(>J*u&nn~rUoU5q7ds0o7EC)4Hxz=
zl7))N%rb9cR*RA>Tp`4UJa0I8)No<z2?@J>y>sWcNs@>_2zuRw%5IUD8&<`d#b!<8
zLhc_NbMNLcagb1z22+;^;V||zXG*Ddeyl5uloXpaH5T90C?^Qe_{O2UqLYnz@16H?
zPPG0>t2xv)b<wap8gpg1gMKx^_Cj`Eyw2P2f57bIF;#UPsZ#c@@9^m0KGM~!7jwqr
zF^7kDxO8Qg*WUOP2X`0TyZ;asXtqWvove?j45Qu_y)46)4sQ&NbwqKDl#(zCKzPC^
z!i5d%MNU~S&?=;~6-vh>oe<kJC>0@^mK$W8N67$GYdPSoCrJ{js%poMN)aV70B^qe
zCU3p<7M-0vhTS37)m*u>N3YvqkfqqNMm3HkP{jQ<7wh8Ah}zjxx8Vx2DfrfR-l9K9
zh=YL5a>Hjn^Lc*x7k`=k{aqxd^5Za|qoa0|Ck5Uas=C1=h*AaGv&xs?Em|v<iwzGC
zrwoT%jQTZcmXRg{%HlSwbxodIO0%Ic4Wr=}byI@zL{WtEf+X!=onSs&<E<kMB5)4t
z+h~lk%5jB3D1i`dT$5IkKnK+3G$2)KoQ1|W2qaC@c3GuYq;b-A^3FI|XE?)8gumz-
z`pbw&YAg<qwh&j2uYKuD{MNttP2T<1x0p{RL}|qS_AXg^g>{i5wIq@WPB@m!C4o*@
zu4V`!7<KzxJ=YdeO0}J%$;kxUI0l0eS<<0!c}qQTl1N1~CLq)q%jJY3ujpunHEn(&
zb%{k1C`l(yh(ypDJ_1g(fy~+{Py(aDE05NSAkZKb9!XJGRLc!V_m5aC4UN;NC}dOR
z(Cbh;Pa`Fblt||ps+4QpU5b7|RW_KSW{`F$stwk8YFqQc{hLH-!lg@>c>TspRHosp
zU;2Ii<PZOdS3mOxpZns^a^>1{^oJvC&>F4=Qn&F!-nZ&O=i3+_ai${tYej>@D?u2A
z3`PUWvSk0l9)ZpXf`BNnbd!wW{8g;-BtgNIi#rr`OtLz{+Lmmsl%y^#9VvMD=mDt<
zh<lefUM%_W<}LDaNn;D{KDbX1gq$4btV~XnhIp&#bz-FQ)YS&lSSnkA^~g|xhA4;;
zN)d`ysWD%!APO+XGVE>f;NXDs=f-F$2m?huFL>_dtGs;q8u^2p#IoU~7xr0hCfxeq
z7VE{5PSR!X>JA@$^e&-+`D{iUX+~QE=JO^0_iz0+hqor=)ta)}@Z8mNWI@Q~i_g)C
z6COT%NTeg?^A)R2&Tup)ilWvULU@M5K3;g%`HDrpqN5YM@T6Hpr{7^QT_c1bj$^92
zqO2|5PKU-gma8>!9HXRQIP5T+&FFT!xYH5YbUNq!`3qdQ`XYltmxm8;Gwft+4Z7sB
zCDK9?rC>{B38qrS-7c>2gjy2E8J90y;QF<z{MpyOLe@?AwO{-9`QjIT39Lr=81Ezm
zj;bmM!gdE2L<zzf*2|W|(6Hw5<UU6ykLh)~1SViUU4z#YIUF56WP5v?s%m)jXhPix
zx`QE$<%}%rx1rQg$aFrTv4$`V+m6{LM{7+ICiJ=?i)F!LwZvLWS(hjU<I#ZSq74ZT
zbi4SqzE=Pm=PX*D%E!GY3}b}x1UkeUPgPZaqu1UU&hWP#g*R+%jrr(X-{JTE&)?#=
z|K)G8I~eiY?giM{qqG%XD>k+yP5Z6FPzsv7<a~EXom)oZJ$j=diIntJgl`Ou_f%EQ
z$!x;@rAsKKD2jq|lhYI>);ly%)gJFO^VyQcVneD!Y}J6*IB!@LQ-pA2fg(yXB<i%G
z;PA>5p-wqi9@COr@wT-r0%(ec+aKIwy(o~$4%69!Raw)!)B|6$DGS0ZCBPF4L5gCa
zW41ee7N$Zrtuc0Ru8$LNvYb&U$3}bp@ZGogRB*)QtJk=&dydjt-umXZ`IA5SQ?5RL
zji3GE&+++R`o(rljYGt#eq9NP67n?O?r-$%|FQUq3oI$yEIRlB8~oFh@V{<^CL{C(
zrd|`plIL#R;G>T|pxaN0W6!;N_t`&xfh=B<7m}^snB$WPgTav0Jw&^fFID3p5Y)4p
z&iO8tS#k5$xA^GMP3|8)#G!cfa00bL8%b9yR1ngbV=nAprpOCcM^iEx&`kpf!KNWL
z>LAw!Z=fhjg04iT&<!$*M$-5OXL1^0@Ub8pj0l%26165>oS+6>-srr_biU!M|Kbm+
zdp-KeIf}Bt)N_JOkL9B|b+bkUDOLoGh8;!&&t!5!HgJ6A`lqRzIZge5Qc4bv68hbX
zbjO$Rb;;)V5hBX*VS`K(*0~`FhnTgd31`r2sG1|BOG%=0494e~uh)p6K_v-csHvtU
zh?-@!AxrxVgAT?xtZ7}$JKdN#5?EJ|uh+bE<045EA*|x$_%6lqA*2`BEE)`ub~8%n
zTQ8JA;Jt;qL?Eb(nl$M#?w#i!{oVh7mo8oB@bHjVpZgScos)Jl=F=m3y$+32)K!C&
zx(%?dOPZ=AJB`#iI9QS|W0G(mB}0n3W|1#R62-&Gl)A1_oiSmYvUhEthYt^FngvnP
zkfb5bc%)SHk|AYTB8^7cpv~thN^D)Dq+m3NNfW_hy&|Y%obxQ^D~d8Ei51=zI4@8t
z#rg*68oHgBO_O7dB<qanrU6Z}!Eb3qXfQzl&EM`3;S--B;Wfg`XI!2g2!|8x8sx>t
zYf<~S_V=^*|Bc|s9A7$c!edWoA;QrHraxJ01vt^_sh*fI3g13Y3K0C5|KCrTXX$=I
zA(!~E$A7{zl;8Ka|4{~?{~sZ(#|Vp4?dxh`0QdCgNSu!8g_TIHsBA+R1yp&C@`Bx7
zhqwRatNbtj-T%nZ-TT~l{soda!B;h|tm*15wY8*Vc&!oAW9x>>6}YOQzpaVlh%`wl
z>x%XN%if#B+LoT@dC%Xies`xox2xt>v5HkBMN+h6%Ml=3M&#Hr0ysec0~s1NjKt0$
z24chrj0DIelMFHm3`B^LATR<LaG-(X07e8`k|SH9sG`KSn%m#g?tS*&t6zVU!8-S{
zNJ%WgRIzSF{wB9M-CFyswf}d0|NA|!AK3OKgSDf05fCd$W(?9hydTK(l+IbM)>nu`
z;k&@5(>y-wnP)L#ut)<v0i8@(ZhD5{ikk<DS&`s|8bVK=XKdUEIIV{@c_fjIAkE`(
zT5x^A)9;*6RRbc+I9osE<iR&Nhy=1#*mO>z1flKmQG!S^dNJU7$wVa-Wk609QKX2B
zhQX1>1vip{R(KZDu-b08`rvCEZVq_$=F7akcR=6uEbpE2kH7xE@b!QB8~l5J@h|d)
zpZXG+HXxx5J!tU5fRNE2$#w8?)u+CL6~!q{zsAHV$2V>h#~FR^=z2$9Owc-FTXo3J
zGMVk8lxAmtpJKktOr9b(PjKCsif$ss$@vAmf1lnp{O)(|^X&)U=J4o<5a4L<fJnyN
z|Mq?QzQQ&Gf9Ws(yBr)G5h=qvzy6zas|~)lT&~VJynTd=GtQo#kVr+IY9irrcJw<P
zEcS_jswzn)DHEO0tSe#}^Cy1x&+?@^uQR>*IwDT+|LS*XddW}+(sYV-iuXQvNL{Uo
z5<^+_JbLt$#bSci0c|XIUpvC~6Y9Fh*&d}G5O{k2kUXD|PBMm46DKJyc%nGL`M_i{
zL&%t>ZMa(Xm?Xvz1)JKF?B|@Fu4$@@NnzNT6|7d>b!L=<>xBy>#u$zc4sm{<Yg(G7
zAulo}lLZRFwp??0amu|1_ju>)U*-P8L%#BruaFi6c7QaE>8v72W^`RkKa3qBA)$9A
z-Us?&%d4;4<kh>kshgI;c9dnnn3&aa%h~dbgWWx}kVpw#KTwrh&QH&{yu8E*$#j--
za&m$XipgZcWSX(rtVz=p=UbjUz5hILb#HH<x~{PoD~1-LOpY-(NkUc>SZf)Efx%i3
z5@iH+RU?hMW}^8KVc{*?s%Gc{X>5={*Y#L0$<v%>Q_|KgI!ciy#c0WVo?~r|Gy{SD
zBNyjCKJ{$z^?Z1AJ3RlG|A9Zh_ceb+>-5K0e}K*8dE83){<xOsSA@7ew~u<l{}Ips
z(-d3s2iFe~c>$bv1n<#$jJ0X&hFBXiWBA5zy~8j5Pk*0!x#aNh01==nEAWn3X}X~&
zNP$!ui(}|5{`!3^PBMZS4fJ)}P}U`F-%)ifgB@tE{i{iu64dA;ZTg-N0uGOgBR16)
zN~hd9zR7QX^=rIz<7b$p8Fjru2*Y5vL`t*WwA^cI_7^i2vni2IsVYaRC3UqS=mFbH
zvMA^D?1EL>@xkd+HfJSTD|*}0hd|T!3`4*~ibzSkR`lM{Gz|)Y5E5-P!f1jKY=?nF
zD%RB+gJ7B$C@%=Xa_9Iq^{l3<O8TMa?CcCTwWM**WIiQXOnLhF34iau{=59`|LX5h
z3x{BA-t?U%GUmG5|KirCUSKs{OOgt@Zs0rLeUGOnW)xV1=Ud--pGXT3icQ(zWKX`6
za{KlT%C2YIw1m!*CyH(7Knkk1=NrHEH7+hs(aDU1-96@$DXZ0rNJ*xN;m*+x$;}(s
zX21}5<<>DzA3fz@cNd#XIeT(Sn&jL(x<N9XQcO}V)>kxrLsM^<@9mOiGqz>RPCfy7
zK;3n0+Xf*bo}R3@KPfpl3Pe>$d3wp=-PidGcklA;M-O=TE5E|&=|cuS$4`Fci@f*2
zZ}afcJ?`DR$8=_x%n}|v`X-ZU0`7pibO_OL<7UccyF_WrwtdR^vLtkSbbi2FN8f`D
zj@=?c8cE%koSZ(!`if#=h@%3f4BPFJC>ja7RqI(Tx6GyoL^`5KXJpxozVis7xLRFa
zbFbPF(~xH1JWb!RS(iu^c>VQP$g+sDi*p`4cuduF#BqwzhS%TtGSec$Xo+(pFC_$v
z5CLNhd9DCCn(^(xBq|u3r*17z9z8`zfv%}}Ty7zR=K@GdNuK4@mlq7fKpIPuJf*DG
z2pmRB>Sl{JlDa7w21{LaSQlv8fngAUq3L>@Yp%U(Bif-K+;v#9K_KvPpzV7GJK(ON
zc|LfeI07#@+}WWYN}OGzr6$WW_GdHBP9C9EP8?+zt(eU;&MCY!*r6uUaLqIQV_V<X
zvEmQvNPSOKeOM5@7~<-OcW|!x)!&O(xfV{p-=TZK7}quWf$;*=kJzF5sQQDl`2Miv
zKjDXj-|rfDevJglvksb&<20dCVvMmu^5nro{_+3z4|(w2_qe@x2tLquJwd?WEK(_g
zkvQ+MVHmf#q{J9CM!^VA)igNgXzGf#YpJ>x9|E20=$&Pr<mfn}9y-c$Gfvk@$$$r~
zn9e7xE;i%un~1NydyhZ$Q*UCM246Kaq2%VlA!#zD+15OMe8T3cWICIWBniY@yc~dm
zb<=UxZRmU0yLpqNmtW#v{o23g$=NBz-XW_;=d7<R$47_sO@lWn0|prcy_0yKV3b5_
zMHCxMG{RO@l3<-@vnlZ|V3fgyfD14wa$*zFH7$WKq8fa_^@^YrS!8(S)@}a5|NM*0
zZyfMbU;YYh+o8=kBxY3d<GNJ-jp|b`u;NssBaKkkw}KRyIHl_?U2jR#f+)>EE1U>8
z38xpQTy82pJ1-E;Il+xoTO|ciqWJvXx45{Raduu2M2GK6ju%sgen9p$cW)mvO$vg8
zp>6o}U;bwZ5pn1C>-_d_zsJ@`xMH6No1T|ufww;Q7T<aI+wAY}Fq;;1RfpCwPai!+
z`oMHCXSv?c1&>z=zx?=L^VRnsQRx}~^8P)({?2dn)|+qe#h?5FpLydIzWKp7_|@O|
zP2!1QZ-1B9Uw@rn`lbJe`}ZFrWyhUY4EqODE|(_+XOSYu2ZwWl&NeJ|7ib+Ae8p<r
zkft$lJjeNg<#I*U)yx(J+9;;;p7Z4rPeGbxDBa+~66-B>+tPIfWz!IRj|@`|_A^3o
z1V7-sr|(;w@0m<<rqdi_Mxbe$W*i<GPM+SwL>aHX`YJbW-5&D{rJ|`@9zJ}?lP8bR
z8g}>Q<av&i(Dw~(+cFF_MLr$JmaX7m?*JGD^>$mKZ`}mxFviez-AJi75iS~Go_*hQ
zb+sXiB8I`@w-w50l=6fih)qJ@_he~Gq$F-Ap&OW_8F@T<3Xm1+^?LMNbpr@N+jh_W
zQM1{MG)wS6KlDf`X#1XiXi3wAM8@Q4#NC%)<Nm`3l(i+#GxD@xyF4MACI}=_G-z#@
z&LYqS5`iKH+E47>dlBlxTTDMpT>U|vmKQ^0{lWD-zfOGru?F~|-KX$u>+oYfzZcyD
z^M|cxFVnN@>DlWo!blAlYK%Su$fKCe$tnNnAN;Sp^Z))jFCX7Pd8q4>uInj^f?zZ@
zI8+iLoJ0B%yCVg7>uI}&q3_w&B}z%Wb;MDGF@_{d=>7P>-!<c;Ue|TBb%oLjqoUE{
z?cC^%&8M_Yk4JOw$&$tUPq{rwNL0+5Z`|eh_?RS0IeGGgcfa#pzV+SjGPs`DXl~4B
zn9P6~Ig63bxO4k12S+!_XHza;JLA#W6W+gnkN57MGo7ZCn~J@?3063S3q)F@gh1j^
z-Vvmvh*NfFbIR2@ebu6+AxTo|swRyfN>g0#c>3TGNt%waYGM?lE;xb^m^dPIj#wL}
z^BIpX&T0AvJx#FIVxr`GJIF6+ed+~P+gBi4n!aMYU6aI<=Zk5S7~(Wx@PW1;xF}B$
zax~qQb;GjTu!lrgPh<o}3bG_3KAIr(geW%D)r#qK!Yj95;cB_&;>kJFe1;AREe-K3
zBQ0)I)&uLt@%4viT$BUF?v#J}zyBlt&foe^_|luN(;G*TMC{Dw+<W&vebaN};F!*}
z4BlbVh&-F}!Q&Hp0fRPt_3;Dx)t0_(NY5^rK6t|CzVJDI@=HI(Fa48W=G)(TmoL2b
z6YTEp5*fjFzw<4msQBz#pQo4{GAR=Bd_uVa=R8oen9td6dg^Mxg@mIUH^-+R2Vv0M
zdg;z6Dsl9-VzFn4i(SfXP1|oMC`eLGU2TzxK!}#Sh$%N~+Hx~OG0h4k<Lfb6L7Yj_
z!q9dl{V+zy=r}?M$^PCP7Zd_bUYOAYpJxEP^zv;6>lkbgba*FmHehs2JQ>O7UF*;~
z8aXM}({wFamZFs>&kUQgWqEnYdcEfK<P;$UX_~XMv%_+^#HdjyPx6$(4iLci14hIQ
z&LKj^(2ssX5j05@kzEH>55s^;<`hLS(ul7aR&m@>*EMZ#sq314=nztktTh+VS|VhO
z_Z}q%Hk&1%fBP<zBIY~qy-%FL&|NW^NRDn~bgjLfPV6~8o|7bjIGQl@FSh^SMX2Wy
zvmX*-AL&c_xAljvAKioXM{^wi#uX$8_XA$E5B=Sb+i_YcTo^F{LPtEgcaQ(`AO0VF
z=Eh45Rl~Y%$g><N1x-^E$0Iy*7{&)J?>v1sJ{XRyKuZXo`D{j{M~gtD4a3kOwW97j
zd<f_?r7X+mP+>QCq*N%a8Js20XH@HorXH9~7QFlTT@vMa^UwYaKmF!snC~qpiUMsk
zvq{du;V$Rrr>r+itnG=NL6|_4M9g<~ndA!&_K&e1t}f5HdFzlbed!DQi{E^QI5u?K
z4adi?(6$|=u9%S0i=GZigG4BU)Db2KGNIXza<)y4FoL|8GnkCN?~qawrv+IOBbB1-
zN5HjrTXY|xB17aYdKlM(a(#vG1{U)<opMxdgC}5Ka0&BbAKf3a@;pat&6AT;jPfK&
z#?X7L@45f*l!JZ2Z0CTp`zL(&z5DF!&PnqLSKEr6Fm@~a5U?t+?kgVr_HVIVK4x!m
zlO$0jS<K1VQ~KIs(gc-gf>ZQ9uxTq?bwxhe<DY-^H&{ALWg^a(OZM*G<=xXu{@Jhn
zDz05ql^bktX}1HZG|aMsRb4SSi!hqwo076?*uQa%PbWM)Uy_(Pw~k+?wKZqUmfv~j
zJy0<>k6y;MhB%7wzULSI{7-`iJCvNAo^W|lvsf&M77>e`Y{Vys8m$CvE!eDE7CSjj
zTM<PG)9Hj^82tccHDDq=PWxT;O!FB<>X8_%lT7k`igXt(1J<=nCNnm1#g(o>4Om*V
z0x1>782Y}aZhMAq%;FPjLETnJ6k0+Q#Z+Za*9>G?j#83~%M;QxA<GqmZHQw@5*Kvc
zfL3~p=@C#&rdZn}L||||5?C!SDa#GZ<&q~)PI&a_2>@Cf;yB{sVoBTf<8k#Bi^YP^
zeeSb(@A=?^_pT=%3z8&Z7zFF}nr*$s`Vk7c-H!gO-VVgMpzAxV9rFTR;CcK_kt^zY
z%lYLwI*Le=n6|6Q@|?U#SuU4gJCZo&;`|9e@#VMKR8Lu6EjhliN0IF?+mDfQLZlT@
zJTNU1n%aUFc>7|HDE~NW6i)uS<M4yR>Gy&NpLHspeeNf|!2cm?H1U7`u?qO1{wi_p
z&HA{{&;O_%u0NW?_&2W6%O(*&cq~C)cd$kemJA-D6e<K%@NCX5*<PHH+<BGd>Vh=S
zY5N8#z;+!%1dx)U>#pO&I@-3Oca{JMr4Uj)j|@wsMtFyj3Ie2R++M4?7T*s9F~(z!
zR*s%jsS#pq$7zNrQ?z}>POSO&|IE+xbARe5QA0`SI(%esVeHz^=UxkLyZ`_o07*na
zRC6Y?9OrI>2xyVgbq#5r0-$6<)poePW9U0X8hGusJACD5{xsiu|D3<}H~(AO?UtS0
z1BfCVl1_q@fy8LMiBVc3yV18cF$r-Lv*~J_b4(@^nr7s7DdUKx!3%+o1v-u}V#Lo_
zXX&~cEff6E6P#s|rIdX~<p*SJM$o8zu^*N`^#Ut0F<o1NlL)U-a$JDQZAX$M=rrN+
zlS?MC1eqXEY^#BKsMwJKl`35C5E8r)oLpY<#OzR{bKbpw%A0Sz#FLAXi_<eAZAeUl
z*;F)j%eJg2gG9I<V;=K65AIRg8A-m&t)pY6#lU)7@=yNh|INHm931W-P0FAGwe_5x
zZ8$i-0nT!Ae#-f`OS;z4dxKCB^I6VkUVD{Iz2*J)AJDaH-q~(BKEBDp?jGl-XPlir
z<zRot&;C1KBuf*XK6%Ka2On_r#vyGf7+Osd<tVM``i82iiOiIyA7EW^bU4R3PaLP@
zc|zCqL{Ul<8~VOOsReCcktBjBGOU(Y7@d;E6L6BwHfWu&zrRPGSF~+EQrn#veMqsR
z9UAJU!&`?71yP*heIU>0H0u`QC3W5M!M#Vsam;*gN>yKx=L!9zHBw5tb|0-0hCYzQ
z1yPh@bi%4y;=N~*kMTQg+w$b`6NaH1!=<gIYipc`qoX6zw4muOXxo<QbV}?6pZnZr
zI6T~=s<#~9*yH5nKJVZA7N7adYpm8+tglAA!gRX8L<!b9(j-B)P}f%@X+DS%G2`4w
z!j}pYNzycBk{6>7W9adN#SR^Wgh^4Ll9t=Ik8!>sGM1y86YAldmtS45UK(Tsc{WE&
zg|%zCwnB&qX9u(tyx>`<AA3F9LVITK9)*+q(8v7q?$tE`=tE!q{igU&rhfR(7h@pQ
zC;$RnXWst4%0vc6kfgt!C=4I{{rM5Qc|WQL>!W}Ek5__ypGPkULI_0K;QT0Lk|e<o
zj@8*2(<q~=DqQfOC1qKWXhUiu>|hB>5}YMCi?<eUM+YWKAoMsL+KT|rqLn~ekCI~^
zpp@6{yAUu+k4AgzP)Z_&APg2I1btiM>9KO4$QA$jU;SIWc55FwZ0Y)vOvVg#LoX%0
z_v5y)mKc+fBr#SRgjA>`#tsf)B2*CI#zc?cEIW%`vRLuT@d1DDzxYr2AO6Q*q)aDB
z4<!z1HIeJ7MPMErb6ud~h%_%afBcAeS|B1rKlFGBMNwds8hu#K6OhDdOk|>Q0IY2o
z`fiLIqG2+b&<z%?Mz}RLjBCQsll<GLoR7D>lk~mAdr7%%I6GYtJj6*%k<U3@t;PwC
zreRrjMAwvTN6E{Ff~vFZWtyt7Xesb2;?e1n8%MjCbiuFx*0(6v8zQ6GnNO+9k}S*6
zkzp7H&O=0IB+G~Qse@y&zaY{%_0<W5wkVPFr7wPgJhlw<U@}h5uC7VE74~w4jtx#J
zoON`4%hQu5IFk|0<~(d0(n-pVJ5z>w%idzf(cYBSmb~-LZ*qG2CwcR;yQFD>(VE@G
zs|@`<L+{A51s7-IQ`Ji^-@*=Kx34Ta1cIt+Sg#d**TXzwI*qwnmCWZm6vcwB>)6|0
z@bK|_TrM9moy6?!&2XK^_LgbBgDX=us}02@AqYd$jNP5KZ|T~B&JIjxQ|60&q?voo
zY&NIa_Sd1%n!dLj9o<0blws(w^hg;f%Oy>{CC_u3roy=r?<7?<w!}eTrW&mcy-n!q
z4(}k(Q=(`*{`q{&JUl%;MX50o=viK3+w{Eh#vQtT%X{yAgCvbeGr05e0o(eFs=DOH
ztp!3gY}P%99-}l`kKxr-)!@7(_|b45ry0(A%Ce^GI))y)rsd$^fVOS9TCa%Xn5wF1
z+m?gFeGYc_C?*N}JNvAz&X~>;j*h1wI^x6<B@?t!G*yiqD*CP=O>&}0A(i`4*T?^#
z)Uye}XD`O@Bb<c)&^FNZ=L(PbQTMn$<{Gmof1m&VkkERDX@C!%_3zX5dJ*eI_rT!;
zaTZe!E&VVMD@EV5oSvM39gtd4u1nTk!@<rjesIqz<GptnBzacgvz%>Ru_@P7Lr=gV
zv}WjQw2+99V3ADH3?T(3GI#>2?ntAUvaT51KpYiBO5+BLmXa(rY=@4^^QZjWPk)8i
zUOGlrSDc+cVDHA9NgT5-ORBcVWCgR`J#-Xd2hY%h%N5CF3IzJDW_`J0J}E|4mKXz=
zhpxdk6*_2MxpmB~<0Bqk)tsH2;(UwHl7OIyQ+BcmcMorJ^WccMn9$2W*VULJqbM?h
zb%3JCa%?{!BTeTlE(FS|qFk?V))GfCv5C+s8n+IErz}gvbcC>4YsaCY{>3(7ed-04
z^O8Kz@lLQ^SKK~4LMTO+P8mAE)#U~uV<P7;`HWyImdi_u`J7=0L=iNDCou{M^h1ZY
ziuLIQTWgq33toBcF3ZbH>T*l3CG&Yf(>K&ZPudx(bxCXrio9i#G%Sjk{CJ<Uvqz`^
z9zo&0bPF<LUG=!Wr>xFFY9bYr?;dm6Jfyp-+1pt#ofK#}W%q`}4UV!}v6vYSZtS3p
zr0EjcwrBTf!gTL0-}vUg=Jezp?%w?qBvB5*k!A&Zw_oM-$zztQOKSI&G@0=9Nrl!q
zxP+nc9PZyDO$wUL1xc*Q%$&X&z;%?>Q+!xamL-$v9(f`-sT#Jvr>VApM9GxXi*v$t
z*t51fbe-VF?YD5wkxmqKU17w8*=&KefhZoy?(6lMY_TBEGulv)5i<;uL}%y$@-*RC
zcpg1|#La0+k!LhbO<k3AeM4k4TYJIPa>dIB2efTPx7uQ@!|0f4F&+J1LZXdeGTr6w
zXAY^Wmd*|Yv7ju=(J0SDHdkXlV%PN?AKw63bLXXfR;x9}?6J4ELlkMG91Z$I-ymc|
zoHS_ZS#L|?wBYb?my?q-gsO>CsLCsLclPk1CEJPF**)aJqetX<&SJ5km}I<kCt*@V
z%%_Upjnl7j6ti9}(Fo%CY|IO@&~6;YBnU5wjKbOalfL~v@p={ttBuAwhgND#C5U63
zb9k$e&%0aK`EoDRqW;4bvJVEKI+W9RBuaP$2AoEUF|Q3D5Mk_fIVlJ#5QIdafsdDy
z_E8)wDa7~j5QP|Hq@GdIJtHu3{G5?4?!CS40)PDCSB$CYc*M9JD8?z@5CV9Qybf-E
z#vL24DU0iRB!bR&SmmjQmaEpVmrvPNYZkLPvC?=qPOf_EnI|ztvd8&)#bv!k2us_J
z!OWZ9VT57`13R-hIx_T4i^)^Ez9%hmeAD1Vz#`}ei%v6qUyw?T86NPHZ@tA#8-^(6
z)i>Y3#{*5(F~|X>JxW>Hev1kQqhpdNq3$fJiw&-KOlKLplL^lC=tL7`hbT3$u4;yL
zMY(N=rQ(e@kNFq>*RL_X`3lYB4@l5#`;Nw2p44mJIeo;@e9o8N{ya8Th~8luOP)mx
zAu#wJw8kVFs}xOFvtF<9!x+1hCMh!3cqQrU7O556zDFi0LIivWMA9H^c;TNfKlK7j
zDTN&d(j?_){^U>d%I%x{?l->8G%xtpx4+5FTgO~pmel2vmu|nrW;M1P`(dEo*2FuS
z5Wo%&5J(}3uHynCA;}`a?ldFSP-O`(y>y3%j~}sFu1Vt*ZyZWUX1g=;{1#e8q)|i`
zOBS;oPM0gr&mSN|U^>Z|O(4x<rn6nz&a)6VnC2O26cI<7`D``{fqo#%GRl54zUkm;
zdr7$&m`-bsUp?fn{nfunoJ~j)2O^9uWbIj9o#SQCY!Ok2BM1?T`7UMM(Dhs5MAHu|
z=JS|Ye!yzErD>WGMG;9(@1NnlWxZZw(#J$mL{TJ^n-ZZ$ACh+pf?+;?iRtu^+jm|@
z$q22Z(Ub|8sAaR<aJjrf>xev?pp9lS&GEsq-d<rvLlQw%4j7$+aQFaiQ<LW!X9t?5
z#@cZbaaWDQ2a{=ryLE(60V%dvV@Z;Prmd;FEyFMn$1%k;Bg+alWyQqA<N=~6BOusp
zHdNgbXE#hI3(St@>S~EGhL>Kx&Ee5Lm&+BCX~OQ_E$X^vyRFFc93?dm9z38MG9opw
znC+s4p{`m)kSs4QS?uhhRm8>R2Bmw7Y0hH4z=yz{TQ6~Nw2ziGZm?Xf{K&}?1`#GG
zIVRPIenw;_9PB0}M}e-pVzup&QqnYARPsWpg&%tjqQxmUMti7$CE#%k!?+k~856EO
zS|9FQ1;)kIsTcb#I(Pxn<E6t%kM|Z4JV6RN93d!#lw&6=fD0arg<!E#J|}X2TqQq>
zV=4qegy*5j<2ijVJXr=aA`8N}|M^UeeNTveoJaqAHz0qo<2Me^Se)?BL+dX#Px;!{
z-(kM9hc*UfG)4=Ss}&QIkY_2K8|dl|Ed@#lyc;=MQ4%qoOzA~naF*V924^YTKpw|v
zG~1@8A1sP-ILRnQ=PX$qk6nKqF`La8x*lZ)w(E2L(l7ixZ@>8&+R(Fq>j)jg>GILY
z;)`N@u;W&oNsu~ax!iDaa-Vw-zQZebUgfPf-)1sRS(ht%Z%LwS<cxDfNzU2%IRwGW
zckc2Ff9~h_)o<V9H{Sn%qsfGAxh0E6FIA)@QcAX)4Zr<cU*mXpmuZp`#}NdN^qxdY
zWB}LqoNhO?*FLp0GURDa6h-vG()B%xfOVF^4MZeJt&k1~0q^|BKPLMl)~8-z5#05d
ze$TBNN9^zKa<sR@VsFl7eLz0R+1=Ua{&&aDLlP<Wc6QlR4f7dT+daRDwH6e4%ATCF
z$P#*)A%-i;^(jgkvRI&nCr=D-zwtUr5_5HR&R{!=X-bwQRAq@#Em@*4%CUd+3T@Mn
z#D?i4!H16EJ!xK0Hyu&7&n(Xv>K5r8^GSl(FX&uHJ}Fo>@_CM*mWrV%$l{Dy28;X{
zT`aDR?w)Gvh>c*qS&?QE6Gg1IfhfwziWD77ns!4J3CgNwQ=jnYVi-kXIw6W8_V@Qm
zl5EUo6rOE8wqWx-W3#=)`i3m^<k^Ba&d}<3ydk=P){d%L<7_|(iL-(vP1vlrgy8VO
zP&X~kcU)avQdV1<p=36hVTXW;GPKrgw*z%uf(Ud?H)du@#blC`XDOZtLXR;LR7^1$
zN2vS0MH`KbHHFUb-cxri>#Cw@I^rlJVCeduyqNOJtDoi3qx)!4GG7$zAM9}d{`;g^
zOdM;r+bxK3F)+qpjAF5vF`dpChJhqCRMq&Dt(0LpTX1xAhcwM`&Y_eh)+wviih#pJ
z(KX(p;rRF%trbmE5xgZ&W1=*sw;fRw;d;yFa>-`vx%ch~Z@qDcB2gUf-QqLTIZ2$M
z;+WR`@djaav}j`pA)u8eIEYLHUJ#k&df`@#;z}VtM0W@9;uGE?{3uS9QUu|UG6F10
zYDST$(OTo&n8~J%1O!?Lv@}Erq!!>lVi4j-<WPx^c>SLF$DaQ?gy-T(2r>F!g+z&f
z_s@jZ^;byoe0uKVsu05Sfq`eo^x^UZl)4TYcAgLdWnJ_B{SR0q37fViNI@27l$#Bw
zm*?C$zDZqISZm4CWMr5T&_ZIAW|ogY;!Rc3C{5k<G`0gdvhzaMVx1+AGemDOag0>a
z*rDtOaGrsIAi(-HH*d`NGk^L|aJ;|3iU4U&WlQ30mtb0gY>=u)3Ca4Z<oyTV;kUl}
zJG}ed`~3C4@t66D&wUZ4V(ve@kCTqs-W;VgcJSC?%zZuBJ7j3KY***}^q1e_zx<nj
zoxkyS{~M~VB}x*c5J>OwK@#a0$3WBeST~@f8AfS@bx0xcLeRA>RaJ3SZZUC0UZi9u
zzV@1025<2`j1LlnrS3X}&rnhzuCIylclU1v*2h}Tw&bZm1dDeaS`NH=_a;xCJYjD)
z=c>8l=xC35a+hWK%tHf{c}D6xLg<hZgir_qA~+Nd5n3V@V~3HIWV9hkQ@-)7uQH#_
zIl6U=5CR8>#|Ys-2D)xwlINsJM3Kk9l(Ng16}M1IFbpL|XKd>YLRoYynam1`IK|9!
z=q*=QD};m2Tk38_OTZ15Bu)teiX>&46$s}r0xm9}kR&lm8QNxqS@uJXi4|SbAXSDo
zj`PdM2q|d0EzvM8NXyll`Sh4HNvX;T6&bemmaLev*)G8k?9BHOQd5>CyF15pT}_-O
zOo|=)&S8?2vfOZTc7amRG!0P{<DH~!2PQ>K@5>Qlx?R(@6@h`}>I@|XgCFRJO9+y>
zu9-|`l$$G(B*D1>+c~l<Ln%XlW!S6@LMZy)Vyy)+3aJnr>-CzVC`i+o`FzfHJ8q#(
zr*mF;^)^pWPO$@I#e{NOv$|Rn&>SA!B25#NGNkDaLU@KDFr6N<vwL)HmLG-YVzD5O
z#?k4+{g)`R{So`oG$^HT&R=g?#bcLg+w%5jKaUHZtE&~=(39smS&?$@-aTHs`w{}M
zeTRu7TnMATYr7@U3#P@uBt2p=-66{qo@(^T9e6^ppWKc2f|M2!kuccK6N17v<Fu6R
z2IO-G_9!B}2#Dv?gYx<#pR`HohkHn#<=KiM;LO-D5^_AFuzr>qH<Cw1AMh1~%YYwX
zQ2xj8fd3K4{{yeDe3l`HA2B79XSs6MLQQ<A)AeJ7Z2g|l=j)D}#S<xo^lp4_?R$zz
z!L3(c;r{P_i!>?_QlgY1%Q7xkS4?L!+%Vpo5uP9vQb~s3QG-JpNoFFPiRhHTTTf{#
znzkp_mY_7sd#v^&hs$}=D5k0_vLvPRp04khOsBl}{yY5q&;AD-EDG9YOS0Hu-S=o2
zGo4P@)>jN=&+=l)$<xQ2oSx%?=F4CCB7fzt{1tZQj`NczV}eAHVe%MZByBgazS<z2
zW?Ez@VJYj1{r!Dxv*D+H;xqi6|Lm{wxBvUU&)qwRoS&Rw)HsdVcO6PAvN#>tUP=I-
zAOk@N>aOE*dqq`Om?$DiW8x$oeQWJ#*RWy~S6&EuZ^wutYl*yPw8f9xx1aRg`%(3&
z7g*!ovLn#b_glQ1GR+P5x;1fRI4p9y_LAehDf5Fl+tpLrwq|etkbLzN<;3?)q%M%e
znyE=BB0(^UXtqz0k6T(<mQYs}lSz(JW2+n4V<JTeF!Y{-qeBQ_j7CY1Qw}dJL)Xy{
zEz%gGBqB;;1PT+49hI`|kk-?7ZhQg=169}Hg(6FHcBebo-hvA>P0!|PjSrSpU5}z7
zNzf`H1V@@BNaY!vN2rG0Im)`iIY(8OBuR`wQ<W`gJY{pa<m~jE*<_FPRYx2r^j*o`
z{)CIG2S^#ycb?gNhINkA=Cn;kU0b%zihxC_K%S5ODj^j8;A!iDot^0z?O+E27Uz4w
zQP&&x4|bWvDdl#34cJpeQO__8WO>9eKu8>U4vC5IUO|ZIT1OBXAr*W3hj{PNI^vBt
zW<*gkl74l>Y-Xvdl047Y*}X~Aj+2lfgfX(hk7$J?NyxIC5CXe9$JfN>@eQ+VYLptI
zE!w8XJAsrrNs?cWSZl7X%2DKbJ4P-U!=nd}+1=d*Cs{4m47Ni@1`z~Z+ar+d&i85R
zlHfesb;)9Phv{NInmx;!<NYIsS;eheF>UP_`i7wmY|ECWv!v-Kc;mewrEQFs5w5X_
zK@oQmiOLCsLu)hMqm0v2;X~p|UYo>U?B`z~Xo76fHo`iO^m6RNDb1oQkW_dA!3VU1
z!e&g{J(5AvNss!N8+0Gl|9XaT2-n+yQjT#d*4i-+CfQzhj>bU+5#+dq8{~D~;3v0)
ziZGtv;M^D#uQb7XcK7%BbARE_^WXi-ukhxLJq9}<eV|Bls<PyAbH!pZ#aYK@TM<PO
zX=DguoO}zx5NX3KEoiGPD$cOOK-D%>O^r@-oF2V}@iklT*?W?V3|-rj6gg*`73=lD
z?c2A;_?W)Ml_gOzXFi)#US09%;R)aP+ShphTi+y4HE(_4ZSKDI8cCGUHJ6+`-jJme
zVv`~TbX~*glMDLZa`WH@2M4#=EYDFvkY)v!t4qqW3vRsrHg|R=XbIL1#IYd+Fj~=+
zH3~^n)y!`m5nV5^UJ5GPak9N))0PM$+0SzjlA-VDok#iWPNEWo;Aw^)>)hDQ66!jV
z?K%WY1l$XL2Y>1X)-xivF^V`gRMm#{(6hHYLu*M~#B8e;Yip9i5K={!<z$6sZezk~
zi*pcyCsLB5g9YjQb&AO0RE{<p6R9!uR|U+CL)_5g{eT-r0Hl!P#cx#3{{Ah>a_pQK
zBiPS9>#Ge>nzOsNL*F+vtsqtfO+VmUkj_vwJ#Ns%(E{r{UEgE$gg7(Epy?V*Q?<{{
zpM7woY06GC(#@NuA&#JG8l(iNEJ9jP4Ncu+Ov=@EMOjwN!<@bwC;IL^{9qJ1^Muva
z1<onvdB$`nN2v~BwhaA-<6B3R<pt6R2DhafB*w(ltH&s%P+s86k#7>27$psP0X~!%
zqp+@_>l&mASUccp7;Ht=lq@eV060EAU|UxB;24I1C`u?dJ*~8)al~SFK#}ia2T5d7
zihNF4mh`>l@^VQOO}M%mGq|+Q*x%p9m{Xdj;hW!h4}krHjI!J^oz9p{COG$)rfEpi
z6e;!S14ED`IbGLb)SPO2MWl1mq+q>X6B$h$Wh^hBqC`UyCu}wwbR6NmyZ&C1)%uEC
zhd0=kC3YAv@dyST`f-ACI-P=7bZyIGHlfIJwwsEkZ4g0nesYeEdc2qPt;M^6Vlv@q
zIwy`(qBx;#{&*YRgM;8D+8d0GnZ#2HJwZl_SQ~mfa)*!~?)FK9mq;Y)lkNh3#1^3t
z8ZR5PjTw|hdVv!brxZK!2Jfqp*Q5loR!q%|gXEArO6V2Hj|yx15w{54N33rj{_cTs
zyj~!1e&jiQyZt&!j6uqT5n=G-Eb)CilHz;Qnb)O_rXPBO4<n+%Ta+<;;U~X@(~?b9
zVuU17hDdAjqTu54lF4L3k|vZ_8wNjiRny4e-FUqvCL)eCX1gUIFjC>Xr|KGvG2=G3
z7{^1UQXn9oOsIyA##xLseD&Sm<<EWjZ6=EaWml0!8sjWx=vY2|#OcWszVoeb;D??!
z-+qfbw~skGK0rxNwK=CLOO#Lq7f4gVYO~_9TC;zA#OFWz7LiUldwPbmBa=!<Lr{i1
ziP)}JB%<T3S6}Ac_wI4)=#Z)z4e2V)n8qm#mWfFaXo7&+_MB}tT$F31(#)q*q#wJl
z{yL{s27yqLfW!e!QzC>wDKiR8DG`1glJGu&e6d-8pL&7i91v+HlNmcZyM&>__KqSi
zaKRG1<6v)>(ANm9$oCdVrD$6FJe6LEfbiolIWmU%EGH8!EwI?xp{#49kYk8%;}F3x
z$>%h#MoBYvaE!vqa6O49QPBvDv+WY$Ey76*1!c3PuR&NhlF5T&KHK5O8*gJRtd>ho
zP9GvdL1GL;-J*4jPG=k*<Rod1mzJupK?ZzT;e%zc9lagRg5Z%RU?Kq?%DO=*$9lcF
zj(!<CFiIsfw&B6!N3?Cr;qDQyymFV->XPNvIlKEA)wV+G7^wt8dV+BD!$4V;#8F08
zj2?!r>)CE=hQXtiAx+1y=O{`>c8d%M>G0ms_Z`N>lx2f46O78ZS}(c0C=o~|`3`xy
z%kIuG{Zt}^B91ZyhM~{t+5tOg2%h!2r6>w^7Dp8MjNmo>Fd&5B^75Rj+OSwG*lhgR
z!7B%(NFXTc$`hHKvMf=mMu^dzX{}{48GTj<M~67qQI?MRd`?j$c;92KM{BtM@Bz1P
z-$q3v_|AIE$=NAcF~V=lW=ot#6w{2=YK8Zn#bTHBcEh8`4~eA14xXYAESHbCyjoMt
zrtHlYtX7xk$T6GEXuA!I`5Yl7S63zbFC}cMmgvQ%41D|*UBjUiI5(i9>&z@0aL!$u
zfCAoMZ&M&g&W|5M$@?Gkg8qB!hj(ZK0em2M&mbhygB1Z6Je{*>As9r!`M}`Ab)fiY
zPHw!ze3ZxRM;@vCh$%=vn!{o2`1@<KxC{~_4LDB-AQ3pmFy-(Gvadc|A%xKf=Ei{G
z5XNh20H%vMpLzQ&KKS-GxxIgc@5Z5;G#<0@R;v|9d!v1zX&N@(6GBcT#dEfmGKMUQ
z>AM<~L`H_XYoXc_M-fSq5DN)P;zA$<Pd#*W!SVF$DFg5y{zv~Yd&h^AtB2&u(^o4l
zpFE_oEna!P^!DovgC$7{7Q1^yv0;04f$)M9g(a{&zr=IJe1DHuUV53yB&S|)S(WGX
zZp>fBjYRc0iP<zI>nD$y#xXzp6JO-=g9k(bbe>_YBbnvw<x>h75zB}nc-o<7RhF!_
zTR@P<8A&i;d(dh`y~+^`>=1Nzpz*_)e4!NLdb?kI$iw%8+s`jzed-04kP*;Pw~nrL
zr~pStw{Xsm+j!a{WkhTQt=Bl);apD~<rp2|{m8`<LL$7!JBzbDt#4>t$L4BHR!oRY
zf<|GTB1tABGQ|sn3<{w<N(9Qj;{M5FOk^;zq-rZNU87{o#paUb*%exA(!3yxW=tmY
z|Bt;lkGJfq%e=p9tv#Oc&bRKZs#K+_l2lTaFl7J&ga87{@Cr_?fFhu%jo`?jwmqP)
zb}It!i?;pJA}Z?Z>i~AkAjnK)%pAyAl^Rmx9nZMOwbuK`+UMMRD+#5a7)ZKZ_1SgK
zJ;OeGuRW}1{eI8yd01ah8FV#MlQH#1i@^ZeEz9&ojL|7cUJwQ~LO(`%5v36f(mvfZ
zCn*y2$`WzSbLGPngi(M{9#RS{1qekgZlbkiYH}Lo34$PCvNcVwo8i|YW@aW>U0p$X
zp7VtA6y1IY;q{5c6migIZ8;-~8wgnv2HI86NJW3xrPZt>+YxDE$a5EAQ<dqb(N57<
zNkvfUTqzOIs5cl6hX@-oJG+B=V*;ZMt>zT<Xp&lO5<$;Z&`AIQAOJ~3K~xQE8Ys`B
zEEL1xkSMZ98R7X6NoJ8Yphzu#7?LCj^?FRQI;0i^tgrW2@2t>h#<bfljFEJ^eWdVN
z>vx%-pQq87AV~_+q+oKYO%z28`aL?GRXUvxnv7blMp-7LnIevz0(+J@yNB)Dx6|o#
z*tv5jNtQ6(p61?r??x%bu3ft@x?pK(iFUh9qgf-2BKrLytE<ZhA&|mj$KnEcR<N>i
zhUuw!d_Tk($+r0&bb4L7y^L0K2G17^D<Rk{EAZ<9=>NUF2y+tmL^^jy=?N%JWw>h*
zY9!KNT#C>-X#j=87U^TWiV&+2%DD1;WnG!N)RfYa`!4)qt@BtdgrSs{!gKNsxhT;1
zkLu<H=9~AQ7TS6FNkLg?7p1_7Wg20tdxfe1j7#HwI|t5lxmbnPcv9ji4^x&7?D_&f
z2zb&}SMrTpzeeB(q=NzVT8$_On3$Sm>Evl5&u6O9rjxHT91bwXP!9uYMCiaB(`Ivm
zfz~Kp;6;W!O-Orv0zV=OYt({>(r7f6!OA+RHOMIB%<*NOeDzg4`3X<Lk8_0V;uk}X
z-gPG{r<d4y$!_9_8hY4eer|#G<N{Xs^oOZ4tF|G7tjDo4$ML-yyDr?v)a(pvgATpU
zI*|$(bo#^-0Y)oYtr@z*l*|?&oD7P|3$D8C3hue}4jwprnyLADlA@&MhlE<t2m+*(
zn4%=f3VMS+d683#8`Qi2J4~^jpv*D~?SOYJjKK3Li;P~kM@@y5V!L+SEUlpe>4rzW
z2I3L7$34Ib?GWGQND5A^oM3*w&Y@HH(5O#P58LRTrnDVAl~P0rqG%9!ZKj+1Fyc7E
zg0il10SUs7Ns1}5JjQwwKM?e~DZY=ZtSC$TK$0Qp<QdIo6Hu)72I$gbYWhMt>s{8C
zQzj>OGe1Ai`uaMvvx2Fq2|QoX?RLoXjQ#)$*2#3jy@yT_#i0{Hl^I7*JI)ls4dkw5
z*<g&TnzT4xKvr0KYtCOWibAI<URv@zXD}FI+0c`*))LqN-&1sYJxX07GoNfIXa|!>
zDOf&vlq}1btj`jNfJUQ^loF}j$*hPdvJ$I3tWwm2J@_J^QLi!8f=+jZm6fxkx*&>#
zlSt_Fn3|f!mO0b2(;PkW0F7vY`Kbn-o+64O8j-V6h@yxr%h<MU8>_3Ul)6uvB}7p~
zdvc<(ok$V6A&z5$M#ykDWMz4kZnw+K%nZZfkU=se2m*HO*p2V|EG;k7Znrsg>KJo#
za~M+6e4TzWq&?N9EK8C+V`^%Ouok<0YqzP_>l8(S#nK<7WVt2?YXo7<kzmV`THTc~
z8)Fy_66WU?0qCsviQ||?V+y4Lgb;K)1B#+#qCL%EFko_Wj<d^aXswxFm_sQ=zuzaz
zEJ|6jvQIM1Fw{xQklvuA)l$SZp>CJyisrZR>ihP$z<PMr$CMIj6rz+^?P66{TBI-t
zoZ`5_kz%bV(W*oPxoJ_80-F!;RY_4Mc%hG}Qfo#v@qA0KvrZh;@nnQB7Oi_IuOzcg
z1n&CO)?lor76+I-L6!xwXi~%_LzN&6G;M?|6vh+uZ9>iZ*g!Hg3CdTLd5&)sp>U}c
zQ>;>p8}w{Qnf7UflEh{-iWrqjv^7`>fe@%bp^`q$Vo2^q1VsV(gkFFyGcXoUjsT~m
zG}={E#+Fnk1SX<sC&>l_WZlpct29JFhQi1giH|HaJ{E%_(*|AHq?B6YD-VQ48;z3g
zekGMao6HqH3W=;zI>tChNI$D1B8B!frAPsZG!iPFoT0!9$6vCQpsb)o2&eV+NSl_<
zDor|a4@L<L5>v@W1lDPE327@1nZ#&_+S4rTyM%RX=qcBaUNWHFY*CAAP#TUepFt~0
zdv1m^XU=eB`4myB$+mEoL9fGHt;I}GXJK}R-r0<@x5{L#PA}`yU0Y|OIYG0m(<A3(
ze~r2MX&P3O>l9HA30oz3XO$po(ivu)T{}(GkX*Wd2W$NvGLDGm7xBY3dYEFx5TvGK
z2CNPe$~0i{z_m=zP9TM5b#;m1$_iP3NK$JM)M^y8$^0Dc6_kwtlSQQ6guoMMZ$Nvp
z$E61sx&QBvp$iYsc=&h-Uy&;pom@@&oE`RA&YdTr7YVc(qIF8Y^k~O*(1v;(V?B?x
zewU?{Wtz<<HQ_T%658!H((|!K;D>dJyg<o-$GY3|;~roQ5&<G42)A?XwJ*o>3Y3(X
zT;O>%bXK56NuYAFpoc75ND&hHvzYa-qt!ha0VNhsN!rufnb~_azA<FR;3-L-7X*Rh
z&tzFf7({rUhYGutI!7rFFLHJ>?e-)^UQ!g=nQVF<lXEE+OW=DLt5MO=MRJs)CKjFf
zr*Wm$LI}#z*%W|Fs|hjEjWLy;j612EnX(#(;gwQjLZkyCIZ+e>jKkZa^0We{6BGz%
ztUQW1*~-2^N{d$+in`x%+a{%SvKZBjLy1Ypb&CR|6a<X{jmZH*KpaIVrAV_Jqa`!j
z0<e-=>k_aEKL}||yK-~Kxe8qAZBT;WBB)EI!f9u!tQ27sqDxIsmUy1$q!T=ksA;LC
zDU);B0kP6m7)DV<6h-v=ed<#oQKP{XS8vDneR{nfy<U&@%oK54bG$HPz;7U|q1N`0
zQdT@IgVv4^zj=ncxys2HR~03t9QSWomhOhEa-?7N4-ugduF59OTya9ZO;MKP683i7
zLRV9>iJ(rLrG$}7Ir{aSAc)AVkIjI8^?TmZwp5^vL@wQ><B0B~4^}>No)}Q(CCV5#
zBi0gYJc_~)`4MHBQ<f0NF`iW9NkZ%gXels4QDl7@wHDfxC?zQjbh=$4<sr1B8T)jS
zbyU+u*OLAa&jdtq4bOO>g-e--0sUT=Midi;5k+n&vXok_L1);flpv%f%L{DiV-*<B
zMOUma=+dG*h?`CNX@Qz(Qsx#V3Wh~O7=&bbMyef`s4R0(${FttV5&JuzuTpwPtt5n
zFvxNuuSHQLZekTHbY5Wc%-yG?<9wCc$zaHe%jNVr4N@qKVH3woLM2!*`rM-~a`i9J
z42*?QH=kQU5U{YYz-+CF($E|9350YuVOTD>-~u}RF2jBwX)F`1Hl;P>Wy#5tCz)$b
z;8{T+1kI?)Ojsw2>#P+yLs1Y1J}cdIRu(3Rq87WRTXd5?eVwzkzJe|+PuOu0>nr!N
z)`hukQ^XS&lCHH#yF<3k?IM>EWiB|fdWPv{n<5{QB|S`0vSWIRZTq)FEYU*K>8_I}
z3BFY1MlcaK>1R22ow}b>C+}xwzRiUf?W0zkpk5aUU1HOOnMRw*D8?@eYL#GXEWp<V
z5gwgkfiZ$4&B!uMR13+95}g|&<>M*EAWd8)eHd_hWrfagFur%|v}AVMJgF}5!w@Yc
zMUi2R<IFwAIqr{tfE72Vup%W2c60d?w~=Q<;xHl`YNYh>1kMeef-D%KbluHVOh~VH
z2d9sG9wiJ2L1Cd5O*1)v83BrZo)J_tF2^HqJgiX;IBb^qzT5;#JOV$WEDc$ff$%U=
z61O)lQZR%KG0rI)<&8lR<C~NogBi<a60WTV;f*}BvTnAeswh=i&AgSAXk+j_Z+vqw
z4^jT?8Lt9!j6?OtZVdKi^;_;cPDIWaQ|UY@C^nG{g~5wUYApx8oGP=Sj$k-Usm0E$
zc{*;8B&pl}z>cjClu~3_R=pn32qztws0>j@01`Gr`DLbw!VnRr)xhCE&2TuZQhOy~
zvqgJ0s;Uh==R-I%L)6MqfgG=Q1XQiHH0yT!T;Y_IM*TSIztJ{~`e(Flqllr<nlKFU
zi^4?#r9@TFecz`nOFTg(@8C$kR=O0f5Q3s8@RfTM%E$A93Wy1W@(@C}w8g)+Ep4-w
zlEpetLR$^*)eU*{n$c^7UWlg@;1SiENIxK7T}ApKwLD>%7kKrM(iB*okd{O0?G|gp
zKFu(s%z9X1Ny?nC-e78ag0!Dgk0biSK7Q!LPIXog`T?<DW00jJd4eV&j6=#ir|H-6
zjiN|Oiqa4@8VrUhp65}EooPCm!e~K1OR>I7zYFE4LTRSSN`uCy%%xL&Cr9~etT?U$
z#Zaf1q9h7y#9;uXLiaRvKW69;NM%A0$0!|QeTmLACe_rUh(Z^55(epjxK^jIBk&<H
z*2ynm1*TdyVoY|+<KqQjjez>*YrZs^P=;*ZzMaXa&gz-7)M_=7A}3#2CJaMbLb7Mq
zg&aM4gdu`$b8}3!COEya#Corb5`whMDT<5>J&)Z}v*hWJgf4!wMn5eOI^~3)(>5@n
zVtPf+>7>U4XV0*E+bmb_y&U7MkfkNcOhM4VHhhAXM|*mamE|rIQH<A0DV0I@*O+Nf
z5DP(`6?BF@LQ|4!O_3L5rA4V4sVKPh8;AJ97r)4t?_OrtoaCw}UQEmPG22VxW{W%<
zPzyagFJRl`B$M@+X5eG2pdLkFN~AF)TC>#Yu-fV4)nkIVPMRe6*5IoEPbq>xA(Tg_
z*CWj`CZ;CwJdbX-%S5Az5P}mYPB6V=fr-{OhJzl>dW$Sc5s!A6>?3TCdw^AnAxSbM
z@FaQRAw-+b0Hjn%Bgr%vDe;UU(*e@NcuG@fO+U>M+F58Q<%+h8QjzHpV+4hfSlmD+
zM&&Xh9t)g#p+{B@tASM_te`9vN=DAcz!>tPz!#1OQIv%fob+9}zA=U}_fSf?koS1-
ze&|TahB1KIAo}Tz$cYeQ9HsJo_nTR6$B`FV0S3G2@6x)89%~)ZUsSXH@eM@^gp}A3
zu#pmLs&KiMRQ%Nq@PS20fwmjJt)!0(>SRV>R7k27BB;CV(<#zQAi$!~0w;-3mPqN5
z<WQE?MO0cxh^@ei15=f&yi^oIl3Vbl!ukQm^Fb<vF{H+cpAM4L0Yj<qYIRCoQfiBo
zKEe|e)xHbi28d!4IC96pl^KnN617H2SLHKStR4v#3QJ+7tF)2|D+ERgr*3UrfkRdl
z?s!Ux^df{5<dxu}kO2i?ltOE#$s>gC2(M*z4F6>>r^j{M41mXD_jzWxfd|@_7;DLk
zg5@)(NeX8KP7I6nCP}|bua{77MhMS|Uk)=(5VR<VDPb5<m;@z2pgDT%K8iufg}W|7
zg&xKflu1eG#TacFBtx_{wCinjY00yK!1FPAK^TXuCtbWarql1yjAjtFq_etA6h_q5
z1OrooXUVdZvI+_Xo+QsSx`bwPinXL9vH^iGl^MCA*{YLf8AYmTHQEfi1L~2_aM-8S
zoTQ(Y_;HI~ugm(nb92}}Gmr1bWT~N_^_|^`&XCe4OG}X6_?}|M9j*|ls=#1#3TH%B
zsG?b7b4c;A+g$qBR`&rxmSyB+L3?t7%P-o`&3D{N6h*A}yXZ{Q^d!qi4l^@7gQ)IP
zolb{Zqu~HW6tXsS(I}}D=G1X^OwF-4x5)DGgoVjDPIcEgxw^u!n^p+5a>vmMh8V&~
z^7QMT!{YYc=(?mO>)3b((VU^Zvq{iwVYEjx8X|p<OBUx5o~65XlBMJKlBNT^7<y}c
z^qD2Jl&lR>YVAe3gPd}z#nI#IloQ)|+B5gDe_@J!i&I!7IQqa6;gm&Mn5oq%20bz)
zgTiq3zQYuhwBkCAdW<OzOKD108f4_**CMn86$dC_tv{d<Mfh=@0z+;LVZDaNk|skm
zmR>Ss<@hnC=eH4s5lJ$@_kD~hT_EByeg}Nq11w9AC<ZA7x-ishbq0eWLMnuW(pV4@
zgGA%GS)H^fVNssO1Ej8^5Su`YHlV7T=_o=agaZ`DXlM5zEuJSU1!6bYI`XqOj!Jl*
zhoy=LNk_8PmHM`|7S9T#H3+uOk^qcxAY((QON}3`brn*!LO2^dExRS6GLEJQryF9i
zXiPPObn6l$z~G1oRduD@1RyG5Lu--3LRC@YK+a(N8za7}s2t9%H8`uZqKal|gmiw7
zQZg>t9w{V`G6(`ekr(*BkCZMFwt1gMkv8{ZPFqVzLs6y(3EJdHWu4|$wWCg}B?L->
zz^5oOiozg7P(|aa2$>#52`lLie<Q^@I^#wUwhD<@Gm2Wd-x7#T`%zW{(CD~2`wvsS
z=K1~@0DGPX!lf2R{cH6|{n%iQMS21yK^yQqA5&(J{37~aph+P%VkDaZRz;Z>8>d(G
zYW123!CHoSMtf$O1N$!^ZiM7T!skEt8P<zBdoH?yY`ud}J`-~@B*Q*g3MQ8{>XYbl
zNDwz@w*$U<>(_Y08{b4a%=qI!ct0wvF*i9!JDy<B8xYkain2s#XV2xNJ1j+B(1>g3
zLQ{)lRHKHk>Xdy0T2re<)WQg_R0J426}w1**Tak|paT!z_ecgkgjUpig*B2|t-)G<
zjqXa9IIhv~>!?yOS(`vGWEg0Qx}esWr|27sVakvH^iOcQcZiSt*+<#Acp*`(L9f$8
z3lKrf{Nxm8&n#g@QCSb^Q9ca^q$Jj8%ofu4=-N5w@iE@U(P=4Bn>-0?wHg=h*~5*u
z-Hh^Gfsn4Wo1$ieR2QfqpePEKJ003m5XCieDLC6*N12int4kEENwW1N4ovOi!o^*D
z<V&As&BC)@_&lC=)wNu_cOMh2HuZLsL7EVHioFZlQCW_fxeQ-NcqT@LHHy$@DNitY
zNxd~e7fZ5cF*c)=5oc->G^VF9YXgLCFkJ8Qk6-#K_32q&{_K}gpI)G_@Z2AnWOa3o
z)w}ND%sqE75rE%{N!HeBY~RV`<TNA&VOTJ;|Ec)f4$$f5^alf$*Um5;^f-C)B!_Ol
znY1iPa*Ij(4jh%5$!3Fvg*jpskR>TP&7D#`f?lVKwU&BZW2Mt!Vs?&Nqd~3Npb&=4
z+KQ?Zxbgil+#dG;OP49NI3`V8HBnheq$nwMjxT-Z(<LoR`1nd7OGkCJHbbECJw=h1
zXaPzJlmJh8NSh-)iOGv9T_+I2ak7+vvNTxj^o&Nl8>w8mu^X&$gh^94&m_R#R4oGz
z#Mq*6gSBxZwh$YjND3;l?FR4~fv?d_T}bJO>^QI@<OW~Mn6gSGZSWw304YZiDuXW5
zjdg0q{H_XhA+1GP1-25qvo11btU+3dk{d>-qLPgk*h;%Zjw51a?(*uT&WS>oM_1BA
zQXlifFxIIiTL?WL-}6a}yjqt6EXKJ0uvTJ>#`D~3o|0ogt9A8vnS*gar51%au|P?g
zXLw3ghPVQSa>sYn$5J4r1IP*os7GVNW@T(w#qG+jg>jO1)-sOvffJnFa=bPTIG(4l
zI(NilW5{z?5h$grveIRN&=#d&q*-i@tHi?E@p<*Xb30e<dvgS9bnXcp_;+HX?sKDK
zr3;_99&r5Z8J_g4tN6u#|7L2FK1q_04u^c;xBn}D^%o!E(o3%4{*y=e+C6vEZZz04
zyN`f?yH4IqE%I3DEP+>&*^KAD^f??qa+E8+zMp45@1?x+*WbZ(ZHnoMDNZb(Bq<UW
zXBWxRK4&^>)Zzy9xWTcdBgA3E^xO<L-}M!YCz*}sS=?6V^lFD=XO0rfn6-4k?Bo<@
zS64ttq%@Sd!750KKBv|mpw*tm2*K)bz;O8_({oeQ{fJI?l_;o@6**^?mT1J9xjj3$
z<=)#ECW6Jrg`|TuUi|X!<V$ycocH|K|C>S?@?OF2-FxYz9adIWxbyy$UE6n8!jKAE
zY2pi)Oh;RTwg$E39F^7iUq$NeIigdK!DeyDe3bszk}BgMh@yx+7hlXu(qSRqgX#C^
zr3t6jmT5$Fd?As-Bh51kUDC-jCa0$842KL02TXfe$x6S^o`vlUzVUU^UZ1!A+%NN#
z@3@|w2QQ{!W1?1_ewLAC8CGlJARx;Ug4vLvwUoJ{7BuN)Il8c9CZIhriOme!miWr&
z>{6HeP8}xkhWNs=e&_+N-g}UpPq>aJ))qMOz;O<r>2YxP0n*H%Wu5k}Sz>AkFCtc&
zsfBISOG6RV5kk;eS!OLcO<bQ~|JB!`yqGYK$g%-p6wvE+$@(iKS<2yK$2orT6y0u@
zTW-3U+i$;(PPY%n(5^L@YCGqR)qV$0`PAZ=2bNB;FuzElEsa*2OAlVoS8llxJh|mQ
z`dDs{dw><vMi~!E=NV;k#{p2n10#@Vv=LZsL1=`wPVCJJ&;o;SbqG>W+EElnV$J4M
z*~S5NDLA>o&ryB_h@2w4QnDhMyYKqGi;%d%)qyLmH_}ie4%aB+VXdq38KtFkzA3~$
za>WqBrRiYHEO4_+{iys|Sc9<DP0nnDx!uPsGT12N-a7NInsI4CfddX!Y>LDPP$Jv_
z591U-1wN#3VsO=dSu3zcA(e8GFrX-1m83Q<Y7=@Pd68C|EAV6$39IhKN?2T-k4u?a
zD{zX>vWhxwnn7FR2*X7|S&n#P-Wagud5*P?KyRxk7gUifYq1!Lb2v_dO(2(zXyN95
z+gxTYtASpdiZ4?||3(q2EyvE-@wSc4aI5z`A+e$Y6msL7`Pa6!jnnKE$Hy9X;yfs5
zQjy$+1y3rpNtv9h)1LEr|DS$<L-*dt&;8ub@`hh~9d{qTkK4a;6JEQ{oBzXG$;tum
z|IPQZE53lIyx@r>gFfH=l<x)wZ~L{klK2@zHQ-0z_-dYf%`^D=9k+7xXTHix?<{)`
z?qPA)c0Tp-Pq2MzfhS#gkbCYu%#c3Ue%CWNcH{^*-F_qA^Xl(o&;Gr9=I=hu%{P9D
z%dfnaMkD0nUAqu9!PjrTo4xxj=zEY#V6YU{BAOo8z2rIEf9wGsxcd-`7hlT3?N8#i
zo4<lEnuFII;J*6~v)1cy-OHZG(#d=I{FiUw6+ilFF1qLdfB6@G&CNF*Mf(X!Qn0Xd
zkr%({#k9i~fBT`oWx2n?>)!Y}BG2c&zxVr0s#&7YSqca#u+@34#OS^vH+A}^E8}q#
zy%JJvz5mONXnHg`L90DSYjO(X`?TlgoH=n(5C$Pq3sPN>SNGt_R*SIRW<uv^<!Bm#
zhPsd(zvnQ&^R9Pt{davQUZYN`3xt$(Iz5WAKnR7B9%)w6Pjl*FNI9^CL5T2tC^Cf3
zX@?=cgtdN`s1{&!$+1(%IePLqQN!nf`|d?`3!boekfT}?&t1UUU59wycfEv9eCAWM
zrsg?z^y}>2xtCTPGIi-e(qV^HB*G6E4ifS*rIQZ0{f@hdf(Zh@iM3u;-I)WHZf~8=
z>RD!H=9rpUByLWzbNf!-_=cb5#PJ7MUtQzSy?65A4}X}$_Z*_xZgbK0?euy*q9A7P
zg_odZ$t}0u$cta{5_as~#fLxfG3IwHqKzdha+G>>Wk?=rd)xyo&$K881=7}>(Ww$7
z$&je#%Kd#mK<JS@hQt#d!g^=~k*v`vON8fujxiQv!J?dHgLRVqfK!&$x=K+Al=3i@
zQJA)jqY0`~-5p(+d1<j$RN!huNN>b#%C$@Jh$^&hsjB^q#q$JK`CDe`<H5ZWTJwc+
z;dv`C+6k`;M}xo`iB-4~=W4K#h%qQI#%vLC9vQc8j*_{$5b5|sLV&2stX-!dQ5A@)
zW_BpY$1sMC3P*__gcPOIeldk`sW}5!gQo(daD@24kI1v0>t794s){34ZMO?EVJd*<
zO5{fb{1E{57!mUG(mJD5V^F?Nnx@W7xwKf}VNEdxG!I2yAEjPLZ8ORJ+`f7!v)H^M
z?;`|4IdJK0bzI6pLM0*yo)=WyFFTeAP@_t?>X?sG6|NY;Jm$?#zZFevN)JBhy>Voc
zYI0D$UcD~?Q@Rv$UJU5<d)#%`oxJZ4-p5^c-NT=M=)dstSH6ThZ+<r)`k#M8bU}#n
zO1|&<7xCH`zLMAf;*W6f;H8{8xx)6HGi*Pwo!|Psck-g=KaZzgb2X{~-}}m!bK?zP
z<mAcIy!yqj;X7aUBEJ098~C0dd^z9ux|i~kKluiB?cK*uzu`^1?X7R+H(&o7Jm>k>
zW0d8GfAk0WkH7k>H0O5nvp@41gfV>fhEMa-@BMCq)xYHU=k9U_xSo?~*u8%@uYc9A
z@*BVX4sQ7JCwam3Kg1h;^2hjhZ+#0B^@v}6`+wry@A$vC>GrSlw*UNAe(&Ay;QL?m
zN}l%}*OQh5p8v9|`1v=#nfHC*z4TU6{@)M%C3`N|MYd9K?DYM-@fY8~{Ngl4mh#kR
z9OU1A@7tUiyYjalhw9p?a^qFBYV+iT#|6k5UF*tI6}_XVI9Zx9FF17kI8S@#vxw_8
z+C@%pFaRaT`>#sKs{)89ilEfY3PCSR(4HXIB~vmWIkU<y{_gK_?F*iZXw*RZkmPi%
zvz-xzMfs8>$*=+@CZ<?jU8QM!0xzJmath@M%4|T(o5Y%eg@tL7)m6Un!2O&$dz8h6
zS=LUU<c1G_jNMb)`G=mR8$?`v#Q`qdyAL1u{dc{KU;dB3#>qp6nGRaCFF!!83I;ku
zXhS3eqR=uk(?og+lN0ka>(h9$&dSOf_a8pQsWZp8^|qV1?T%Z~+VNzsd)D<_dg*19
znPqWdCkHNj0@iAta@CW0(TiTf7e4<5KKikblja%I^V^)DZdRZ~$+NC~4y)^3j^6M^
zrl)4f(t<dO#)V0b<@SgfVw+3X&n;X3Ry0Eop@w*Vjui>H9-;zCT57EF$*oT=GfKZi
z`x&{vj1C5ro*-f9(t1Kr<OWJxrR8#ja=JEFl+}_WJ&hMwgeozlAoKAwSSo>3j^Sj{
zAhfFh6xwmGgsy}?H~u!Z81q6#5fg+(dD6{Ftwx)|RrOWt9X&@lZI%LqQ39<DS{Vog
z)`wDRjAt;yIyVj_5T3+J#;*xag0kbqN;7_c{5?-lqS3;oAhamaqQolW7A!*I3}~%J
z+Z-!Ogfdu>Aykeb9ru@11|ePlAT*OPd$<4qAOJ~3K~&cB$&95yprvAv7l<IjC=V?a
z1}7G2MP<w@#g^v=>w=M0N@DcBJ9dDe0>bVw2!oACpcDu{BsY+0i;*5idXz{?Bw8p+
zB!v~@W%RlhYW&&J^U>!wFVYK~hgP+e#_2I3Jq*&Bnu?9T3#%wm80llAPaz~)x#w1R
z2o-<`FnA#TRii<Ss#>cE!6<zSpp8M}EH&Jj>aL=)dd*@nqKgO{<Yj>H1(9c&m9tzD
zJc+f>4>)t8h1%BQ=l`Fdr?n^I^*{Ct{Pu6YhsCRR@yg%+37YkQGbh)1#x>V*_{MvA
z(G}Nn!v{alzj@_P@yR>yV0fy}|M}Kmq2*5y#yk1s&37TT1-$4-U&xLFv#8mSCtiCc
z2d{hrSzuW+eO~yz-^JH%x{-^w@8RU?X@2}oKhAWk#Cq@-@BJ+Q?iIhm_K7(<$!U~=
z(h5o;v4fIbJLeI$$H(6Prz}kD;dB4+dE%PjDNnzaCqCn9WK(eQ6L<6M=RY0mYX;GP
z@AyBi=QE$Xffu~!dM3BEc>T}(4FBnO-oroMbUO?4Gn_bel!MnC<oPdu89OeyfY-n2
zwfuh{`g0Cka}}?8%_}*1_5_V~og^Eg(HLm}gVqJcYOF9A4BF;s@=DvPL{p5%k8>v`
zn<qSv>iKidZ*P`j*!+AXr6YuolmSBcoLO4s%+Zs`C}P><3?mO41~lRZ&A34jM&!+i
zLP=sTqNXD1wI*6AtnXu#Vm6$>vp&yw_Vc*>nx~=K6ZEn4O+gtbOo1yXC|p#m+wI~>
z#hEipcz%GXOO`uptgZ~`tmRnQ<kWJP<0sB?{MZS;{PE9l!wsJ$m{9cBPjK|hU*e*$
z#lp-Chu2TAtsJm>BBI|t&7b_qdw9x~7jwt$U*eJ{T*Ms@+y^Elz~Ji~&uBNHlafJE
z(wv@W*R~7ktSr%}S>~oAF2C#&p7-qU;OBn&7kKA?em8&o{y*ZK@Aw^_`SfeqKDS73
zt<TLj-9c|y&`%Ay7N}a2>t67ky!NMlin!TERs}&p9N~vG`bELvQztmNvWx%%p(x87
zqaOPJ{aY5ndbDz;R*my!*zxR0xO7`JzZVERJPdxt4+1H@2UQ@9E;b=H@p0_=ypA@n
z<DvF(D+l30@7m1(^}+ol<u~s)Ir>d|?hUGX`4L-TobUUi_c!)aZ1J9W@b@=wli-`n
z3~XK3gWLJ`?|e6D`EAbS3veXiDzz!c{Wy}NsG@3H`q5NLQZ^MpJUZ=LG06Q(v{8}B
z2G?zCs`lYpQWiwEBq?)BW01Z=hnB8g!?TjOW{`ft!6#k9jbFcuzx~LE_~<7xe&|)-
z&4v3eq$vBGIJ3k9oueE+bBJ9#w{!8ni#c@jS#&1QVa9Fu+{i_<SFpHkk$?Ee$9UlA
zt9a_uuVkS$%c+y6x$gRFiTs#5Z@rl(AAAzoQ1eG0_#<+e@WH?OYrf}I-_Ohi+gV#$
z=N-TGo2(61C_*@T<S6q>P#6a$r4md|PH^k3x6)6CJmtXC`TXr)<@P)7=NZp_3M;Fp
zICbg>`w#4A@qz&-PTt4V>;)9SB?ou%SAX*-m{Q}FA@hwHcFs<a^jG=#CqKsN{t8nI
zbL0cVumAhEBm9ue!tCrUxpBIEK@gJXC4nE2rD-KIW5Kv%VXbgPxJsgCbbK7W;IY|8
zQS4EnjnNx&ES*k=%vxj^5=s}r^L(hqb*vP4!jcSnH0n)iL5M_<r752DXoL#kd&~t+
zG;{yu2Uys#owY%qFs?Bi4(WHhG=du4ZWk#f$)HadhODfuVuZjed~A|%W@(kM(WX`l
zF?pY<W{nfe>-^ov{wMbzy^m|Y|2tXtQVt(K#hH~gF57b{tHX?3cpSWRKfTpezJAj!
zEL<?hldrmx$+-(4o}kbtxcQdbxb|sR(Vm*6*XfWX18TJfrOC<jg89Wc25FDA&I-y8
z5P@J}b{oBZhoCMA0-x!r8FpP@u%)HY(C_!T@4oxkyKgUfRyc!e&tvc2y}as&U&Z_X
z`}?TZn&fFh7)JzA2vU+H1BTY|gtf7l(%?O2&m7ktb%3?Gs_oHe+Q|blsu3Dpy6zo`
zhvV$HiZ9>sGOSCVJzU!iuw;3@Am2mn*TY5cHjD06-+qKT9&$t?eGm{C4b0!XoezJV
z*9+Ee{{0bqe-lWsn@=(E;7yh1(Q!J@Y4eCLuWvVgup@~Nr&2xQwrw0g*FW+>roirR
z{Wu|eeyiG6p;5+M#Z9y<$7KWepY)MJ5_<uGs*&U+hfdtXiQy4`=`Fv^%*+Iz|MaJs
zn3`tCu8SG!4w=@>&d+k<_z65=DMg79CAEo|VcMm$yuy?>jVeP{`ls<?L7FGbwIdi5
z+;`huyz~d2$LYg|`Th63k6(DhPZ1&ci$DHTtY}b=6ubBCrc?H~WY1n|?KaEn9jw+|
zcFCpOaLYQ0b)veWD=4)_1rlj3S{MBF-+Yi(Z4xOII@8>I<5&5i*S(mT#ejGI&bxU1
zYyK^J_wD07?|CPy{W@MK_}mSj;Lbb0%JlRuI?Fy2VS~=8(=<Y#xouM<WrFY(Wl`|H
z|MrIzo}#^N4@W<72Q#f%dc6V0SmLNgp5}yMRB=)BF=b*r2AFC>SsDF4mYddk%!l1f
zArL~aw6sK_1YQ^t2`60;wrbR)h^#EJw!{<8UMmVi%G_~01L+Y20dW|yqcOqquuCt?
zSnhS{cDqc^1o+aY)tmsp>XNWlL-#DLRukP7gkeA!MySGY>E-+Bmn9-AnebwIoh6Q)
zxQC#vc-fm@&0U?d+;ZnVtgo-5jpEL`k21YD&vnmzE|UNrLE*lU;J*70^OS=J=yX>&
ze$Qc=&3W2Wbq*Z7f|JLOaq{dELFj=66$m^}(5g*3tEt+6ivo}3wKE75>+3y?%qdJt
z5P777gh79ZwT|$=ZQBC%MuVm0CHnn7Mrfj1gCGd-e8qu-SMaoFJcHYBxs~?h6nUPb
zLgyqh(nB24L9DBncucoPT}0y1XZst3*q8wcMgzEY(Ez&vYOM9J+Qa3(#KT5EwuFbp
zc^0W3VzK90Ha;tbhZG*7(vETZF><`P>O!_GV$;9#wexNNBVB<Na%^K^Q582#ZY<-E
zifUk!)pPf~&HMUL%Q?IL5Q}_-%lX#-&6o3b-+8}Z?JKYWuH18~{X6$Ewbkbzad7f~
zf%b4!guu8+<(n<a1{6t-Ee&~36MId5;Vr+w2S56k{Oqs%G)s4#<bCh@0C#=uezs3d
z^3e}|gq#2IMq;ndC;skZOf|M4bpRqlYp735<CTKI2>iZf-$fVm_P4*CH0dJ?OH;($
zcEhdM#Bl1=8GilO-hsqJSji{<_M`mSfBQ4KOP1HX`p0?ypZo#OefA6a+NZyY94cle
zrtt{yOUECr1ue?LR2qI%8chWs{m4gIT-eF#QisLKoqX=&pC^v$bXL0j)~~;de4w$V
z<c_c0%BMd3DblXx+NVB;gZrPzzxkdY;EGEQ&|T{?JGldh@pVi<z>QzHk=jJav#xs%
z*IfBjzW*iPOBB^A9;C!m0a==0tz|eIx&cv`EyrkU|35f2_gHHWy2b=!4ZbsH&Oqe6
z^E?$$59>^|rwGFsW1+}3ldVZYFQm}Uh+Fv~ty+_rdYkEbi%57hYIP1DKgO|BCzzg^
zA(TFW@Tk=r)LTtvx6RX>Xw#UQKn6b3Gt<=T4T8W&)k2D*z%x!+zcXCp#PSIWlQA>h
z=Jvbq=JfFsT)4QGeLMH_w5L6bXFun9UhxCp&y)6D$e^=AZ}~JLOSoWe8zd>dHOx&;
z5eJIBdv;S41scf8jAYp1$f0jgWC?Ll2dj{t$K=E`t%)`l?%m7${5+RjatZtP?c<6o
z4zhp$#T-0%DSP(qVsfg*&RvV_yXZpVW=Or+WO8~MFYp;ADM1u-_0><MJLr>S8A8bl
z;JWJYvUJ>3DLj;XY!lq!TM)r|v;mf~;NX>o&FQ?+l_6ba;HV01V|(P*n)}h$Hr)V>
zF=LYZ!?yE=c+S(z)|=0RR{s$Fw}tCAQu;h6YW7b~5uWGm^Z9*QJT{^&E*i5DqI#&l
z+4_U_L6Mnr+ar7bd}*RbDpdDKhXw04f~sC{>zl$N&=`BpOy7#JzL0p>Xz9O9d#nz8
zqqe!YKySKsVMF+KO9X4QRJ$cjgpZ;wBZ`jZu3PRWnpP~%FY@;v{d?a1rr%*(a0$Qt
zw%@109M8P&TDqMzKJdFA;4j|y=REhRFW~+&D@=KF+;htzYU=?Mg2nm_pZd%H!4oc<
zXV=1BCoG$l#3JIB&)&>!pSzVCZ@vv>V?O!e&(ko5wUb?H{tR#brFZa?Z+SJ(f98w1
z^TxaRr5}GYKm3C~!dE_f8{Op|lP2Ww*Y4uz;WO+K5Cn=r=Je`%odIi|F400vSy)<L
zo14CHGoSwJFL3PCA!5<w%b&Q3vlpyz=(bawKEBL5|HJR|y4SvfXI%M02CE%D_o+`2
ziY6;7mfLSV&TTi`!{zM*y!%()!DQIvS<ihUzVi6ur@zGELq{;i$<`=gu|^OCKAv(F
z)<rR_IPMlk$Eqs!5$6<)jE?7HsX0+%S9n5I2`;3d*YB~ivVvcW@RY(Aib#3*fyZE&
zpsmICeI{CM(lj9}3X~tvh&^KE6MF%%7a)tA$cs4DUE`)(ZlMv?X*VVu<t0~SRYi4H
z<RnQ#k|an3Nq>MR1VfdOuB8OpqqHTxv_sGk%+5?R4J>S%!w&+QwHDqEO}l{X)G3m+
zv#cFC&SWd*vP<@&B-CmVY0_i)<O8&3j<9d%9*R<vTfvFbr#N!o9mFKq($HwMSnn1X
z1A`<bs)q>c+*6WaP8>#PonvKAtq~H2F;NkbWI4h!%x;^)V##uWHU@;VCCk!`Lx&I3
zY_#!}LU<sRb1NCk09C~lwvu3ZEVoA;V4X{LKNm1O(hKV0DLT~~R#f?ajkOx%xY6#p
zKL5q-beF!_25e4oJ;Y!=0uT=a#H@B<<IVl@aL>=JV6&S}x(9)o&GqQttev;}&oh8;
zo`pW>vx2Qk&JVG^^K#tI*Ukf=&I9nxw>`#Ofl_PP8o@GS^d)!**Lds5{bLD^N2xtt
z^k!h|<Y)}AL`4Z00W87zZvbl`%LYug>wNZ;pXDR}@G(yJj-V;<yqHVt``I~l2^!1K
z{`Ak#^qrq3#&GH0gS_!4-b@g+IXHKK_x_jnk#)Q5+I|U905^Q}lYIDpe2|(iS(w?*
zYHyjH3p+{Im-vB~zJjP$<5`zKo1go!x6leCJLY!d1yg+X<Dcfw|LPBkV~LjvT5*#<
z`Q1O__kQ=i?3%cU3#RA!u^)Oh-*H`!3$GF6c_jv{;f|Z`WWKo*GK)@g>Z(R<b`L-E
z+P9!(#<iC|i(h}+uhA=q?AyMd%XT#QoA>_}fArt~kl7iZ)60iw1`Awz@l#k|8}f?p
zdo9yp%#PL~MI+!B-}Gi|*eB4I25qFNvwPQt6lq45XZXI;5K~f;W(k4sZM|n1QQfrV
z_<k|sVA<*#cr3LM34fF-R27(CUtf1cGjWV(1vNiJA;`5M$qPI`pdQBvG*Ssd;k;8r
z<>L!UAQj4!7z9Z^q%3m2{KXqc2MJeRbq!Nf)A*%NmL+6Gj;$)BgD@aZGH0I@h8XEF
z9nDd6Gqlj`+_ne&0^RG;5<XcG5o;g6HzXhQSnIEmuAe2cIs0bobccPyu!ZMIdfg6_
zt(d{uX}<W$k1?_B0`^^c8SU9cmX04|?Zi=3LlDIQcieUpnVQBIKE2^OLFBwPrSyrz
zm_``WsMpBLRe~rc%?gC{5S~X_mIOh7QVL(y84iaSt4W6mx88gU_uhFIlT&TVEGI3p
z3S8MrdZ-e$wk6sayng}1??<zJ%ViqQ6<d6yO+Q2j%T0rktg3_s8X*d#6D9&Y&i(2`
zlibfU0Nbry_~3|9^&<}=p^x}V4-KX^*0=Td&jnwP7#=+06%-Hg+NO>jbBkOP=R~*8
z7a==;J0HOKr;_x)JxyS-b`<&32rI_31~=T8@i7|lu*{hF{;zGswHigEM^USPssw<Q
z&`(xrHY1iF=un`!c*lO~^$=-ef(*KyE`AVl)!rwuK0Jd|b$mZ!ZGDA>#RZCvp{WDf
z@hn+=hGD5FhY5SO@1mqeXZQdj@M$*MET2409831^z8oukI!i+?-}?kqS+KUY3TllV
zb2Dt8ou=FCGPS$LYNt=rkJ%9gB&T!wWx|f#yO^6ejg==T3roH3k@q#n??27#!~x2z
zfFdVjK#_V}biw6hd7t&ur`faf0^)d*(`N^SI_JXe7f^_tvnz*q(#21wOas=J)=(bo
zzhD>nU<gQTX?eoFCor^2bXHbrhO<o9W;lKJG|fg6rJTQJEsn{uj5vxN2Mg`KUjbj2
z`ghI*-z<RaxVw+=1bKvQ1gu6565v4B+S;0vrx4EhBM3ZnSvoIRPdMIH5RfKALO*as
zd8wS3H4>pDMnIpOQWrFW0Doqds8xeFKuZu>V~vx8$aKLVO(=?jey2;)>l1lC(L~IB
zr#p1ldNd~5?6BL2BSo^h!pTmL`%j-C6oRQ%gGL~z`+{aDXw@RL9#X4C_@U3KQzs~N
zf|Lf6r?jI9&fb4FM-Jb~?tPcj>m@8sG-<^dT3FVyoI+Y2IDU-oV1-iT1VMoBg=9(2
zU3YwgJWH9Ls1es2F0c`V1fi46snu$<nk_u(IWCqlB!eNxjvk>I#ni$8L**_a95+=;
z;i|-q9;a%*?epXFv_~CaDYX%ycvNP?;-LY|Xpr)Z1X1Ey1%B>)2Zht1+PrOBzPbru
z`SPDz3jZ(w3)l(<szFq`2+u>62Loum0Z6w1z>yH;!$!y|9?E%!;qz6x+VfQLZHeG*
z;u4J?w``wf+y~;^?>uxnFMK**gsS}J5lHDhGJto!?m2IUc2l33P5rh3MAi5=L>18*
zt+TS0{^xD*KeLUDz#orov#R@+G@;nQU)q*<A)H=$fTv%3Jx_h+Gx_vqKf;+4CkbUh
zCp$wa8+gLU*qo_}N!EKMgH%&*P2<No6S6_J+#_uI1kDD6LP06$b^2ffqGpRT-P5eE
zo#4RUD@gk5<Vi^oH<+q<q@4kt62wsrO+j~UiAFHVLVb};FCppy%iTU<zhJSo3mSD!
zC1)wp1Y;~=C@D(=8YWw__%a~r^qHQWMMWtqtD4p2b)rx)*=Ud_19a)3wTBTNrA{g7
zv#@O*lSv}kLPiP0{0tN!QO&2*>7qo7P%F%^VDIjWDRiBsqsM7ATNR<bq!z_wS>oIq
z$_>+ar^8oKIiwx?nLgH==XsU)or`1{W6?#y`uaKmf$ux3u2I^`llW0c7=~D_2?C$M
zuf(X08+&}uABzub1c8W=x#lTXU&-z(4kCgOlWSKcCnW7wi_DbN|9|%0JlwLgEc5=o
z!<zQqXFhdmN>zqRLVyIw012oKf+30sID-Ajs3L;kC)k))y4%L4wQ0u>MMXpuN9;BV
z5(OayNWu^q!xSKdR4PMFXWG+R>z%$o-nI5QRjDLERmDp1xvpH5s=d$IYpuQ3``*v<
z+|PYaPhpJV^wV}x4o0L>K`@-QbvHxfkXkU^%}ISl8K6vax{Gt9g{B@2=!$?@K1e7X
zcdqOw@8m2lY^AEk6x{+TE$gc*Xc;i$K4)&<K|gq^;VQ}rBo*W85Kakt(`T_dvJ^8p
zHkqO{1IFVK#Z(WSrfk`{jfI(6a;*?jk`*12JSRzWy4@~mrU}l|$>OzAN>P_3hwk3b
zr#|rs%HfE#5y5uB$B{KDo6eIX5Ri$E*!>ia;|5q#$cY_=lu_Vuv*=^g5Qzr6#zfLu
z2o7s4d7k6#Nq)$J1DP_e`^a9vjuP_BGaTNHt*hu^W+MSnCK6*y%DPVwDW!85KR&64
zXPXvemSs2-d)uSo5T!NF1(ec+;3mY%G}R2p{S5)krgwC2K;zV3#E#EPPe{$U9LDS^
zNpQxZRBTgBP0fH*8)n=`=(WWM)|fbAUY60|cYS@GEQ=4eZpzsY>5u|zElHA4RTZ5)
zS{GGSMV{v*Nk&y|7Q<};{)YGDzh%hAd|Zjh<*?F6;Z5tKlR&V|OfeATgp1j7vC_Jx
zSlq$q?z)}tId__8zwCSY@}V2~hwJ`<J+tSqvsggR6zp5Mi`$on)V9x_U1yP5&+4sx
z>TFCX181DJhrP@Dx%-aK(d~BG(OaZQa_YR|3kSZ$lb`iOE`HcWyybtsiN)?BdM@L}
zTR%is>|oc{jOoHNT(RJ`kmwnF;`scXH&WGxxqJ&dcJvt91wL``Q-}kB%p~ZG4K7F&
z5wO%+v32$!-?8UTI=w9%I{XD}YB+sc%1n2Lx(aBm=?~UHc{;rgW*qIBid3Mq=J3io
z-oxC?44Fz8`9ACY0dwasVC+6tS69)g;zxe;LdtT)JOA#}EX>a1tRq-YqICp&wEMw*
z-z00gPns!&42`u{l-r5J(PCmF6#`^g$^}VAe#ie|C0rj#^!JmX<*BAzUFC{1?qFqR
zK$4UbkJb<x!INe}P$@~0q@16m<hTDN>*6}f$}|>SYO>xAha+b8-^Ih#I>HM`nwv>C
z=}ybN){Wn4Xd3-8%IXNeks#O7Qfo_Ry2IAt3dQF?I`Mr?5<TIN$_B8?s-m_QLBIem
zMEQuWh|i}}l3FPeCCH>?Q3upevrdO>JS0mk0|eG~xqa<n+%^0n+h?bkpUM%H!_5>N
z8jcV}hfyw>+jbGNTju!EZC_z9?o$nNI^AhZ$jLM4&|z+>i%<foBvNbAOmp$0FCfb@
z5+q5IL>U$9;&+;*D4ie$7y^mTuyw#&$F7~bNz;TIZny!^q-0nd5Vpd5f%T5Oqp2!$
z%7ZI-04i8Xl5qFkck=qzzn)&NgY^!rqbj;{4t<g*0h9z66t1ihT}P-2w2DT;kDC4*
z7xp}vRwTK?7{_(jUC)j0SjLVkRJVgX$r*gn?NHY>`}gnX2cGqVTz>f#=p<%1ZH29_
zqggV5F@~$Ix{4caxPflBi<a>{4<@e6i40F5%i<)B_ZAT(!{Lza+jsJkm%NnO+1W{}
z;aCdnS6y`#*Is)qTefV8(>PjAKvh|mjY0H7H!4%p?RKfEDrV?5avkcr=E^ItWZSkK
zM^sEteZbxls);nV%_YWT9DD6Ot{l^u>XLMFMuQbP3q4-_>MQy3r@z7{uDOAbrjVyR
z_ottW!1AYm^vCSpaVC#G??R>*GIni0gFku8pOa1%yz*uLiT!uq$<=>#6?%Fb)4B`5
z)1LVZp8k}laOma(y!Y?l&0V*Cm7n?fmy?7JfBJ`iz`^}v&OiGSR#zRR>+{vyZ{c}A
z@q;Wap3YnU@Xxqq->nSmf;|_V&NH6&G|Ib2-13G0&XXTC%i3B=ucs-xz*fVqU6LRU
zA*3LwHP$+&x_#;@s;3Dh8I5Z?9nUy;QYENLPp6|8)t*kFG1V%;hNeEM(5g>uT{NpU
zj{1(bV{6ZoFNJP*J@Q$7Kudvhjls4M_d8_bO+f1?1ndGx8M%ethbC$FI2TA$MOBTt
zZ07>$-PdyPu2%2tz5&)+@Z@>QMN1WOTO9g}OL}yea3PYVr4+cv;^y(EEuioI0C(RV
zE8Na`5~Z-#O<XHxTwp=VdvG}KQPFPk<-K%6qsUMoj0IsYtkMi+DM6AbY;BK_x@&LY
z*kOUZbq8rGwO&Ng>h@y?iJ)-c6NSJtssnu`NoIGkxU_}AV2b6n5yDz#dR=<GS={P?
zfft;0&bf$u30-7t-?oe8LkGy`mv9DV7q(G*6**>7q7oI=?q$^SYn?-aYZUte2%#p0
z0p}go2b2hmha;4Vm8`lNB1CMlnkp7(q!ehaC-!tLuls=#qdlHDApq-GC%Ji4x~eMv
z?yA3I+qSJ#bwvnn(t1!QnWQE{0G&V`Flj~Nx_Cb(O%n7)j*Bmw#`}P+Ep_er@>g!<
z-8b&Vj7lg{ggF++=<APgKP{Z9uGqePJGb6?E6;ky_cJv$#b7YN)HP{VOg8%{<d>qg
z<jy<q<m#)h=DhRH<Br?+#`F9Z1z6*%rqk(A*Ck1k&@Fl_udMLMN1V@3{-oPzPi*4;
zwL+9a#OlpIzUy6_bN1Qn-TO7tG;##;Ja3e!@B6x*>?yvJ9YH{v=9FbgQ54uZdY&z>
ztnkv8zLf3Tcb@RUloJ`pQsUk$V0pv_e~jZUdR<1sF*X&0dPp|Y;YBa`ag;3R>Vp6E
zn%D8ifBrW9;s0LE*$+DlE#c9ZK7zOZ<yHLpZ~i((SF!hNck%hVZ{y0>T*>yWGbjPy
ze(B?R^~-+&xx9}T|J+Y<>33X)><OOz6VKseAG?9KyydOT?ODJ}$q)R<)41}bzr+_m
z^EI|?KaG92-@;qo{ze{k$sQ8sdG3pz!!P`&pX2QFF64zTeGWo;!iwQTANUNz{qLbW
ztr?F!VeH9Mg;b4Grw>@?nVHTQj}7C}lBSYW!c;HC8jnl_-h<YHy7mMQ{h>i3$h5$f
zo;=r-rNxDSDJ|pLAtlUA=Zr=bIz%7MXnY<wf2HKahxEQeY7r;qLLiBP4+J0Z&BhuW
z7!yb&Buaq-XFNhg`ULX6pTFRuHrR9;t+-?~*N9a%6(<?B5(p2{LD7)%1%k4)s1!o;
zUfqBzDWm*MA|-ay^vSXKy7&61wEH8V8=8XifyN075g=5S{HXOuPPm3N-ldybts(-m
z&BE0ZMPdxfT9l4Fx~_5L)nP{V0NvBSjdJ+_wi+<3VRd;xcYZ6|x9y^snPYi%NQI%u
zXPBK6OmzyJG3+|+41`K;y@8Sd03ZNKL_t(JymlCCEwzo6J_%@*qEr-U^)|MSUDGLW
z&SI>`IE!<RB+-DN$a03mAz%K|7rEt@Td>wmyjt7Jxz_qy6JXs}D5c2roYQum#_rvx
zO<IH@1oAwmE|0H8bbsNzLFt^7gc0i`zK0NovZ^@!^f6NQ!AAq;JeO=)oagMb7btYf
zz#7uy1}^svu#B@TEG%&At+(QwV>B9J8&KDB7_uy5JRYNU)B>5Eoy9rF;^HE+(^He*
z^{oi9bec8S$;AxEd8VhQ*|KHJJyhV2ErSsV!Ln=DPPS}WXf#(gMC~>kGCw3k3Pz(5
zX`06c%te2%Lx+}`o0~hO!Brdg&{-mE3=tnuVYuh9udE(sW^NnhxTLOXl04%h*T0|F
z|N3w7?svSK$35vHPJhf<JmQi)yzCXP;G##J&x?Qj#T;BcgzO2vaP!Ccp6~x5{_$Vl
zPj_3+o`;{wpZ>v{x%^pA;o`r&gfD#hGrZyVev@5~+QCzvdO6?wW8cUB{-6Jg?dL7=
z+i(00?l^Rq-+bNcdCAZI7(e;EpGFTgXFcLfE_>o*`RvUf<%hrj`CR}0k8sIlkH&_S
zo4@=ye(^O|@}}SUeYWno0K5Mh2E&@Ug&w2zF){=a8(1IKWVymg!N_?^@0nWaFd9^h
zyhm2i_C$MyEge~+<5a4OW7Z;o85?vbp<fyDPJ#lAbqEDno^bH+h;9*Eg2DO;s0tz4
zY+2{;cTJK_dBZoeM{TRu`#_>ZwCvJ?(m9lhATUWH;n@X&PVQ&T(*o-QLPa|)g##72
zsZvJ(=R`aPN1Rq0j~zv!kePtSDMU0NsQol+LYy$){PAt?dGj47Hs+X)Oa$Veks;FZ
zaY5+_Oq}=Bbzrj&wGbQcMKncPv2jq5`4EmYcSs;4l1d0lEg?xseT^LrxO3m9DDsQg
zxwMloTqRgTU0bH7m(aaMK7Z>S%=L28Bt=NY-24)CH73b4<MEhON3wrgm5PAJQ`IHL
z7;J4Kf66)Py2cobl#*_@OHmZDbts^}HsGsY{VHGk>aE<q?^c4V>2#vZNc5H!M|5=B
zYk4ZJMMuX81z5*AVdos<@doM986Syi-ZK~sCatfN6-vUW9FVJoksl$9r&}oMx@N84
zkMB_u*W9>uT~U@LG6@XJAy%K<7N&E7!C)}Cc3Nw+)<`KC4#$&+QYqC4t<^_t`or<)
zJ{PfvI_UDFG0qvXEQ<@1*&x<_J^U%(Y{9iP(Mzp)pq+DMS%Rxi{fGE?LTlY*gr2e-
z5ge1hudXh$b?f#c-hZmyPxs~>7h4kdf2_ScLlfu~1-VKn*ZTbP)&InG*MEq$wN=t?
z!XtM*45{E{KmC(T^*T6LqZ3JGE8g<fKVW73APZZk@uK2GH@u(u&J^I;edZ26bmRLO
zmg~6D7`)-OwS8<o|1`dK@T>gSU;ZVm?DD)Hc_!zbKaUX0OwXRf&0qWq*I$1lkN?i|
zx%NX>^PvyDn_qqX>$v>8p3dW+_!!>&2XA6&X&ciE-_8fF`Zc!h>TswUqcccsKzKoK
zx}fqkDG-c}=DDL94Rm^%s&a$?&N{LLw1C>hDpgh}T;-YSCJc-v%Os;wO_53ROkyfQ
zB0SR_jUn>if)WrVqi{i>)P_~reTD_81jx3+9KB5?0wrRFC(k9;28`JNS9R^tI<_P4
z`~HALORRGU0b0ok2-i9Ss0iBPv~yWHI-OXt(^@oqt%zZ)^LQ6fDsm8ItB*DLuzP;~
z(N<?i?~$n%7}t1X2JjN3ifd4sMxIzZbQOq&0Pi<ITS^OV03Ux3A<lkDDOj&983GwR
z-gtZxChgadC){?|eij#I$a)=cp2glgq3Ch*-o31iN|v_HlNSZ1wh%n4>nlhRICOXg
z9Tc^&q&kUvsCA6TBL-{htgWpv7z}Yrl4aS1BirlsqBKfbGw2UFc;GIE!;(91-_L;q
z2f)`9ok+`Yu8R9!2#8~->2LNyK2_tm(ars#$k;=b3<iU^=^2aGl1`_?U@$o86@nyD
zly!yBf~=F`M;eDENfl|5U~PpD9xvKbZ7eB!rARY<42zNz8}0N>%k?SClDdx0>#Yyg
zcsz~+0p63QDaM#dKe|Qrr}~X{^1`E3+5q^PRA)G67>x$^;7=WkN93G|3#bSaP-ToE
zO?7kc-rwgxxGP+BU6W;z$R0CMIU)b2>9HqhPqlmPXpnWU6|7?>fE9zaRiyP4IwuJ!
zQ^gdsy?OAGvMR~Tn!(zDzx}JXvt@pPayZ61iFj(l?%ijQAP}`>Y-)b@_us&d`K`#2
z;--K71Uq(ar+@P*nal_^RKqd0E}7lF6A5@9Rj_TfilibK$Ayo&h>v~bMy~nLRb2MC
z$MQoz{6jDfTyoLlSX^4<;>TUYAHVgjoUvyozxKx~{Ey#w5j)Qk5Jr6L1OLiwXO72Q
zbOB%Z%BSfcc1R?qGJN4vU!v3La@!sIc;QdHfUVn>7}*27{V(6av%c?#$wc5U{_IaE
zt06Ca@lP-wR#>B$U6|*u-t>n&?y(o~?H4_P_rB+SY?)g^Da}Vd_%ZT4hagZwfEUfW
zq_N&1??;GvAcrKmMkET4YbHDcB1HO#afT#Kan>Sb%7FuidG>RDn5CtqBicpx7D_3G
z!yzAd-!-hPti+_r*+zCDZrIMXYk%Yj9XxoLXFluuIOB{nshUc5+dYs?@^#?Afmpo}
zM^2*Ob2SL~rm_=3RIB|JUri7M6_2w85MB_ibc%ws$dMv?Axa_8V#6CzYt3kECssaE
z9N7{V2xg>14ocizA0uDi3tr$&B%^OxIGen?jj9?mHQS@C3_i&aNrLs3?c2AIYKbpP
zLR~YiN9bUvoJDv|?E^Y(Xc87MmQ*Narl#o@9gH!I+d(&Lu*T6}AF#Tz#`@YChYzhV
z9<P&U9ZVhQ^?E4b7>)Z_8;6y&QV;@4-BXd^K~TUtaTTn4JJ}>j$g*rwm5G&@NG6OZ
z^yE%yRh31m4cm;iIuRc%M^Pkr<1x+aQpriLS1O4&$9sJDy#Xgl+{BDAgb*l-VgjsM
za4IL|*O=v)O)W(4?StlKI~k#MiVy;0VyijJvN%oX+ysQevBX<9cv;^2=KgS4D~`BN
z?mr&f94xKn<k?V4#VIGDCi*{{`D>F*`4o#|a<JN=26^8A3p`U(J<Od3X97ayB(h*_
zFkp6OhF*7;>#zSP7hiH2PyF_$u>Y<*xa3Kf@ZM{#qmyd{86gPnxcPP-`)wEV@P|E$
zbI#bq!<NqF{eSlXdLhLV=#LzWvva)dcizH>-*GLMz2;T?)B8S1Ri&J{=aKx?@BR@k
zOtW%$%+51s__<fUl$&q;1UG!};~*8?&LVZ`D3T7Z{pDZblFKf^ixe^cMBeb1xA2bl
z{}qSsTIQF3=y5#lDHrp-KmJ<kE&F-LKmRE&eBO`q&j0f+{^++~!)2G9&%fSOv+b7C
z_~jS9id(+=1z!Ju-^9XW&gN%c@#8#w`l+NTJo+h5;g^2yO3uINJ9y$VznAaymvP~v
z9?9-APUj<kzK^Fo;=9ng;GH*oiTSxX6cT3x3Po@Msak>2`+kP*>fK3qx<KY&sR;N;
zTn_??LZ}F$V)B#okq>{F@BV+koAWMxJcGf2MBVommK8bUJMQ3pfA$&n?j12T-6aG+
zxu3n?kdbKhnXdcLmwDPNe~|f0FQq>mP1a!%m?R^&-E<ST4!=MrpSj0<c!V&Icaz`k
zy^j_1O?*({T?9+bV3V~LYb`=b5}#n!Z4~5864Ep!O;hqD->3+kv4j$lpOj@8X`)cg
zWWRF`Wev7pQJD(g-%A=C#(Q+_NZlcJ%ug{M#o|ZNn}S5662)1&wxhMe)fPJ#6UrgM
zjOg_eoVC<epjC!<2GLaDym5FNWfW{}sjG_RL9Ar0_1CG5X~bGJp*g-zry%$UK(po=
zBuPq|W)Nhvjzf~FBRE(QY@Pa>-UA{uIvS0T4cDX7>taj<2~l6<<N_?`9C^{fmyW8c
z$jBxeuaJWA*pM^|vBo%@jl3IY9kq9)@^~-NeeXzBRnh5mCV+2qR_1*?e%$~DDJ9Ou
z%EHllSf^T5;em>lr`BepRUO;WZN>?0h2zLcxOS1-r~pQ;+h{bRC<=VAQDW^RS1|vr
zLu*aH->2K1!a0X&$fa#d`rhoDPL<p3-o$xBvvD2)s*Y8`3YPJBKp-$2jQRYhZ{ong
zWqR2xH+=Y$+;#gtUi;eDaoVmkc+!7(A{RgUVm@)>C;0fkeul?A?yKB+`(ftA5-)o8
zi}?TE{6?Pf^zUb|I^bg;`~-*g?q}=PEi9zl`Nw~{hRYuNZ9MUUC-BTyU(V9fRv!P%
zr{e3t-~Y{f_%HwY4Loeu6A4oD!4F)+oB#MtJpBj0lV?2RIb8dm8~LxVc^!|x^df%Y
z%2#p46_@k*FMb9Srg+3Tr|~ZzzK-`_{V5I|xC<3L?|Jv%^4q_?h5zS8&*z0NdM<Z<
z?KVDo{S7Sk7BPdG;keHm-tY!~_R62-BiDQk=>>oITW@C9{OLUAl7}%plkzve|2F>S
zO@G5@pR|{A&pw04UUCtuD~I^}XFkKey<cPN(pHM1OKB}Z==fhSc%cA^b4P399Xni|
zA$*PsQSZnLhY%VO61<lXYK$>-idnq%WN8mVffNNwdhX9^%Nj+V%}|vRL5`NaI58_5
zJG6#G9$V#>y4E0~w`6T3flhQR^<bSt>kKUuI{7@^VgV_Rtdh&4TGPST5CS52MDWNE
z2%9Wl(nL4lt*QKpfYk9mbvB?xMzDdh_KXJ=LevN`oP37Ac`r$lFxBlaKR?gH!a}SB
zDG45gGjzIJC}*}|l)y@mMMB~oLJb%XR!EfM(18QYZ`;Y-^c=&wX4}#n!W$0W-N#fV
z)#@@nj4?*B+#hlG!4jpXaJC<%j*KI?fD#g|6vle$x@LJapmr9dAkQLbD$A1KJ(*6h
zwnhNDS#yl3n+ly`&>xefY2*qXHASe@gJaJ-et;!F$T*IxlpuJEP{|}Kjx8L85K#}K
zt~Yc@BDgxq8(6Rnkx(LqLP?EnzeJ@`I%W%XZDYS&NJ0=uk&x)LWg(ulXjOuNBLHWt
zVzo9OVbZQ@IcwJ1roH<0Eo9$pw3%0XgV%K(Cw`LThzd}99xbP5JRZ~Sb|)=Rt@Wg}
z8MD#s1Zhmg`>xGuA_#4(R~stK-rETo^N0-ANg!4t>Uu<;_i)YwNpx&K&MYZ}aKyQ{
z?O$u{By(;xs5S$e_PE=2z-Tm@T(ix5z2hZ%TI<R4P6MU{NtVY7X``AfMDtvS4cm}7
z1$<l|d&0tdj}D*^$UyvV{bref`w5v)u8uil;Vl07AFt(a-v0N@OilBMnR9vRvwn(1
zdM@5^3IF-U|D{<iEv2d0K6e^F^3LyPi|%sP&hxly?GVrV(dV&HOkv83J~i`Owj)Os
zyJmNC+qIwNng8-V6x}IAcY$BI^7U}#>loP)GsO&Br)L?h9Y9LS&e;Xt_$z<J>wfX|
zbmbH_RLsxL^1grmAXmTh14yA*^9Sf^$r<?`&RW>POa9}J;+*5mZRZfY;!SV-Ykuo@
z-%6(ll!FmlvK?&QekM2X+sBiycq;$xzrB)lbclDp{h!$0+0E9eC4T8;uR=)!5)PRm
z=bv>cw}12&p8cIaga@i%NM%Mh@9?tcyaFvWI~TSS4ESIWUJ!7IR(UKm?gWU2>lj&C
zE%5c;lM<yFtT3Q_q-0o+kPbvm2nL-d)ZUUPjj6{Z$`ZW6hk&|=71u_z7Cg>YBw92-
zQzMmc?&ZM5YBmIvjNYFF3*N^GL+K}Lt&pDD!~|?{>pZ=?I#i`cONF%-V=YSS$(pE?
zB54xz5CU#f^4wNhy>OE%YX|||tWn;3ytQ})MUfM%!&EhiZn#J;wm5BBlBEgD%lp~8
z_ZIf-+QqJI+X%)oJ2OR+7ntgHlF=b57pD{xZy8I_w!@ZGVuQlwIc6~6VEF}9D!F_0
zYe=cdZHLkNT@*=;4W4mO+`0EIRz@C?4Ctyjm8pWDlcZ5YP-#T41TE1Dgj86-`q-M4
zBFbVY?+G#x+o&)e5956#;&VMcJstNB6yPVc1*JkGsgs`aME3{WD(8WYZnw)?e@rS8
z(jvu-3|c9aQjEvZNYnc`5-b|92pd(8Z}n)EjK|~g1e6p-L0OhfpM0ZyJsb`x%d*L!
z6s9Q&w_qVn(`Ga`T57aF==kGEJDzVU?!gsl>}!rQT7apPnp}exT(y97I2=wmcEF^?
z>6|+P;I{G+<~XH89;(q+u6*#&R0RCy`{EdDv2N@(obhz?f}%)~0aQrXxwwN=dzRPN
zxZvzZaQpt-Q5v>y-Ns$F@8{vW&n2k>cO2Ny(&7@kmv(Sq-#+H%<~V0*kvk3@AWu4!
zqY;a<i!90|me-d_WyY563oNf5W=pY+RHR6+@s$TJ$<u_TnUuNdIn3BFJyWo{w#N4P
zB?6N5!H_c-FJM@$kPdTdU$JA$ZbAr{p+zT()3=_%(2psHhuE`g587oo2kWbA{OB`(
zjEA3b0dN0{w{qS4KguKaJPJE7oVIlrWi?_v9`e}T=d=It8jGD-7N-^%RAW>YEnmFx
z<a2QX+?frbCqZlC%%<vLIAR%{@Z&ZOC7jC9CNy#r@Nv#DH8sV#=bp>wKX)_M)F_oq
zxMGCJp^C{>Hc60eQ*>y%74iAr0Ei(#6=KpU8!+Yw2p^D2L6XF&!bZlzTZbr8mPdVr
z7NmK?%F1EpJ1MiBDMqU+c)5mC1~D2TL!<;q@39_m0jUxap^-x2gvZo1Rb{D=2%)Iz
z0g4clFd;d3Xa#~s2}_Y=2wS6+BoncP*CsXXbpo1}?*>IjDvb(p$!#TbT22`vp;Z|m
zH2e2zpCnauyIqFEA@lRo8}B*A;~@{Q;s|<1Cn;Dh52Hf_SFPcs5C-r3L>KAA$Ng>6
zr#6SD)iG-UQ!5z((ChV(QnI?bIw4DY?<vdj2>w!A`8XD*=j6uM3y_Wlu1?Sq95wl}
z`J7wendkXL+!G@4T&cLAY_3?fuLBd1c47ePLnkH`U*C?t-*=19T2BxPXDkv$r|3|P
zMwqIiGu5LSu26`SwFAp^RcuT3_b<~?33d>D{(9LgehgJrGv8T23Blmd0PPY+!x0LF
zH*r$0E4u^}a3euSO{1+q1W9mUZKF!>K_!x0XCzwT$52oZDu)n?sU#<qfz;=CE3q}C
zS|bPy2PGm?6uKZWnqIa@7&+F~4l%p9jWefr^Si(Hd;IDzy_Wv!A<kX8fO@r}8V;E5
zPLuc!ovC?N4~|HLzzr=rQzTX+rNRY|sU0fuI18#Z8xO5`lWZ<^*Z^3>Y2B9ZBqbAo
zbq}qwQ!v^}bNl?(b?kub*s+7*`k1|Y_u{>y+nJ)S>!upLA#S``x2bJ&Nh#5Z##*r<
zzUds+HZ&0-2vVSYW7(#3)Qk)cAEMrrl#*HsY8*;xR3fpqrm9M0r-QQ<I!ogFy^X@H
zJ|KfYtALi8p|xlUN(oZp)V=ir;~SeXTce8<kXWJEe|SLUV(~!>5K56KO(GRiL{LWC
z9S8xXlIW~Jh^{3e3aH8e7)O$6oQtv-?KRdqiCr%=Wf}DiPdjY~X)0J*Sz&&D`Uw8q
zsT>b^fTff|wGQv8L<>#7zsADC0#dC5v4Yi#z4=YrEp3VUTRGZNcT0k9uT7F9QO-h2
z@;skZXxf%ovWc|Wwz^tS(1Key3A#$(C}--Jm8%mMEx>B+Xxer|dp+Cs>3BS*)9Flp
zPAN5!G1)xu&;qiywfK;?^7%UBo4t=bk|fOu!r`1D7>^bjkHgfCU;{cy8CNxFrjSBV
zj)x>V#Z)!I$IQE|Yn-<fX`E6k>k_FIASgPqiWRJ7c505&*7R3L6w_0<@t7bSQfh>h
z2pOxEq4J12kR&<7wE@%9J%*z(P}1piSUz}|ypth<C(8<|(HNYi+wCBNV6fUJXh|Im
znM#<RnqlS8VY;(Z9KK_jL?`Uob^+s2MF<{6z&nSjBbCA#hfY0SD8^+)lI7H8jrX2R
zr<l>0BI{t=sW_S%)+XMY078gz4XsF22oSu8t->R)@2Ls0+O@B(wzuv6cJlkYhd&JG
z9Q*d|V>s+jqzJtCj7Fo0?_dax<aDDk7Qu)>ryB{9b{?hdrlA{&@Ecsw$PEq%u|e4w
zSxdJwO=W9*aCE171O%&tb-GzWktz@#kqT<S_&_4!cT!r1bslAF5^8cCb;Y!l_#m+%
zkmQQml&p+PMqY7feMD*fWO`Cdg_cp=)(6>ifufl;QXm@poM>NVqRfSi0L%G+@rJr~
zSR40^JWY`*x|fvWG4nIC%<i0L&z>_07*<wRQ0gp<iMBhZdOYL-mJpF#U+5eY0-a8W
zZYSZhpZzT7W)9ApZQd8(-%dJ&Q@pbDKt-CS6B`w!6lGa5J3BkkHIq_KHv0BG8(EyZ
z2Phkl#}lx%dCKpb54q`2dDOpsqj6%|f}3OW;@qC|=9XbwxoWTD^78UzlC*6Vie^fv
zuIsp&m*r#;{`U&j@r4&)8t*)TpsoyBiD<vnOmkTu$kGDuEgs17F3vi%(l{BpC0c@%
z?e`U@%{-tJ&A1xirAKF)(hLb+kmo5?U6bn+7c4#)f{GLc;TlL11f?;gdBM1{Bsv2b
zsLYs7cM9*JvK3R^9>zy4za-UIX9=|>*FB_wYCJ|{f+W|NvSOw;g%X-_Trn8*nVHTY
zXl!tJU@+{{na;6xfKL_Pde9Q-;v`)n1yTvL^qaVNQL|}MjXG+Au&q?J%2=Cq%QnB~
zRNFK+CzzXMaq2pPO%dSibM`Pb-Q)J#Z>K*PVq5-ImLP>XLh8r*jVhHuGzQo)lvE^{
z-T+uGO3yd~o`6=0;2l9pBvHXMv5F+mFttO7l%mt4@|N*nNEHGjKSHO0B817(7KFeA
z&tN!Wu)2&6kP1bv14WjS<{2{WktG>bb(q8J>kR9_5RH)vBRoZtAhbsN&~Sm{IxmzW
z2(SUH57gF@D2YVlL*q~EeN(mdl+~C-=XAR{(8%T}#r*s{-OdzCOG|XSQ%rX|NAP)_
z8~-~8>r@D(6iUU-YFK;v{XU=i)W>+?3tq^xA0G&JTr(->3IXF$8MBm4?U--nXn|9!
z%T-ksANarrCS0HvBy4U83L)6BV+Xr;?~awjroA{bGs9pon1Hqu2M&(K!TLsl(!Eu(
zj&H$l7v?<A>G%6|I-Q1~sV5+`t>(pcc1o6IEH5v!ZQC~b{r(1r!&<uC?!=hddw)dR
z@ZaN}5&V5~un>yzXoQxEB#}5*Q#+4RIW9<CHKx;<V>BpHiEQ-JYSKJqSk?qllV=6K
zHrUW`?2Mtd6<Mdinu>8%k`y^X!)REdg+gU1zN+y$!v~M^1_*I84m2FHn25-<psq^N
zOoFqR+K_doa1LbV7?oqZvw&w<4T0#PSDP9wJPygAs__Ao)}%7(e|hiNGQY_B;4p&d
zOPS~lf~6eR=u|Nrk4d#=ZFP+zO_4x38k44q!LUz~<W2P|OnmudqbMGT!v|iq6|M~q
zR+|o;>KkOs8HKnOw*1F7X)MbTQ&ThS-o2Y{ug8G{2iU*=Aj9FHNj$4~j&ei($Ax&U
zA_2eQcp(~&Ra5Z^fuN%%qjL_I1QI1tLE}R-zjn=(yDMunf}+<$$|!+=QjE$9=RDF$
zq>aGe#h0RtiHO5LK_)mMC@t7flOpJ7PmwDQtQgkE7N;}_MYq>wT(8B8BRo<j2q95z
zrCkb)b&O3-X=*GUyhmc=lqdn`K@$BZvn*?@b#&wU(qnFZmaSWtn4jCy$T=yh#)_x?
z9;~$#Mfa3n{~q!HD~{wwan7l!9-sK|=XmXZe=RS6`O8`P<nM9EzH26}7o`N_GFsBq
zq2k13QxEP+SUajOrR4hSujl;p&*xRIdKF7cOU%qf4VWy;CS~y9aLB=f2l@ENKhD)x
zU(E#<TrhbEs;X)xB{xXhCo{tR_y}&q$!im~t-N+Ju)PLwBtNUIPR-2BG_od=g9i^X
zKR*vZzu%v5+^n^eA%m0cgm9|IJv6X{Z+I^a2WwLws^w*Ejx<pS8Sn2z1dJjY7h@4h
zkS00SSvuVg)z~1kB+nx_)=5H89#f4;WJ0EM#^bndq-h6RT2deAWF0CQsGTKEWK>nJ
z9jVs1hX1J>OO_3DV2O8<G!b}f$+8sZDxe}sHKr_4sz4}>uN`=Wk^%1x2#FLDTLp9`
z5hUcD*tV+11Il`xv`8t(>)5fO==88YMGK3N4uK)ddW?sLB2lQ2AVnY{%EJUvflwe_
z)Ie(L{hla&<9!5Aia1>!0uuqz_?^USEZoLK-KiQ!Te7qXC&c5PnwnxX8sG^mEG#fL
zH^;)l0{iZ|lhxH#yl~XU;H-(lt6FW`lbgx^BFa>VrlJ+679~lRP7>MBO!i8x3C<Bb
zXzi(;L1|B?NYP33L`;(mW8>auoy8bW>Ld7-E|6$Jk!N%l<{@Z85YYw08EWfr{XV1N
zh_VJDQ&Oc7GNF?=Ql*gIA)H1wQ;o4DC~-b8sw-+|@KT_3N_?7pJoY4wT(IWkJ86b@
zf-LK>xVXrU9b1{2?&5u5G#cRvNTK5#suZ!J+;mP(_Wp4q;vv5}r)f%M;$%@d8gan|
z7x2OtzL1%j8CIJ2L?`w5|8*UZ=|fxl=o^VF%W%$d{q@)L#y7r^=Rg1XlXg~HfodfP
zq?8jKDPs&b-gqNdUU?<!>+2Ln!EiWaW@d)9wKclk?g_49eY0_LA5!l<S(ef7_es-~
zm6a8J@PcLl03ZNKL_t)RmX;>`wYFuLBnh2PhcABdi|pUOpDV7of;;ZGgBxzRfw{Rk
zR#sLx|NQfD&e835CvC%jk0T@a$fIlt#`l*a`LZTgih#%0HA)4f0_zN*FwV#NsFBUa
z5bc<Rh~#v9<CSJ1I3Jw^2nY|EO2{#c5IARJH6aKz3h4sIIzXefj6$8x;H^h$O_UCa
zI#2?@1vCMnBp#0>8tJ+^wpdaraex#a;|w7vvaExvOR}QF%IX?L(Lu_TB+=M<%<S|u
z&ZOAd<GgD0mke5Xd~GOH4@F5`)^v4&sT>Z_dBM0Eqtg^@!>x+K7_t4+NHGZF)Ez!j
zBPRfh2ao^3X2IchP-io!Zz&IXo?)$_9M>!?ZDDci5{C~T=Fa^G>G%7rudh!AR@_9w
z2okNKO$I_#JjaI#-z#aRi(7!|MQb)KklrICWSORP4j~O$nq%uIHIYhzb%M%N*xJz%
z0w;(qUnS!Nt#<@32_YrX2{Oy@!D7mi@wmiML_tySQFt_gPLkk_Mawua*5<LEc>Kni
z*d|Rh=m>~hGw7t7eL^<ZvQual7q_u}+iCQAJ)Ezp>yi)xX`aP_AE_qyk`Mx^qrY)k
zmZ$t0c>G5fVrD2+Y!iu1gxs%B3H$isX#10+Guo<jWSuU`!^c1UF<$=SSF&^04xky8
z^<aY|1H28Kv3-G?ZmVIsN3k}<9rqQw@1-Qw0#lWZmP)K*Y#!rp+iOu8VHD3XH1-7E
zO)`Pw8N_Kn3pUJ++ty!}q<r{aKg?U-@+Un11ux*XuYHa8zW2QxJa~}NXf)An>h*f8
zt*z1NbRzllyz_Ya)1S^?yzS4q{PN3DLXxK$&P4AjQ`Mw8Iqob(Ni`9zjcqg^3B%2_
zQrn6Uq9Ne6=S(z~l_(OGQjKd8mB#DnTT*}8v~Irn=;Q^X;fPcx<Y~t4N1o3OH{8IU
zJ$oh<ElHdb`s`<J;)*M-;HQ4-r+DNeABnY=>#x6_zy9mL=HiPl=9XJ-;l1yDFN=$d
zAYvAHyxG5OrhQ^7B#UGBUXZAq;GzH`9+Yg<jhqATQ6jb|WZJ<RPe(Nh@XF)W01+~5
zFeIE@FHd1&Yr+eUEF@)rOio6YbifIei`<TQ8j~hg1TP4@Dv2Hd0%T4r;ndQyCr_`8
zeXX|frG$z?jy?)adeuVp4G>{NU?4R(=&+GUSOCT3UjkrV0wf5%@hA)7!Rv_+T_6LO
zHLpc+Tqz5H#!FR!D@Z6nL_Uj98e1EtvOFpmBk)ckMGsRprzSzlhJWZflVftS#v(vx
zlmuu7ft+=uG6lQAvN}3V3ZXgAh77HIe2-}ES#Lc)2<jqEE9N36c9UY6B?ynhAxWC`
z&eHDWq1m=1$Isb{`^Bc|=0;o4H(+)%pxQhI-TtgfV%x8E;>hv@yagdxn44jKcAC+!
zWNmGYm6a9N*Vh@3D~zcp%I=;9a0y9}5vUm9k-?%pkft~vaJ3=VI@-rLhY*3WuSkh9
z35C>z+M<#i?`+c^x8!+-P8GJ9(hI~2qLdOxhSU;Gbg~dWpb?~5L6Kw(tCHG!j1L46
z={8b=RgzjMro2Pv1x`S}s_55aoDzs6!+8kKprs^JnpA02@F*dfo}OlAW`?EHmdLUm
zN+sB)4VY*h_hlQeqj46k#75Q12W)NP{&9*=pq|?B@9T(r+h8_xUyQYMJ3WLHoORY&
zn7SrucrS^PxBy9WV<%Fe?HFfjls8y$a&xUwSu-~`hjA8_XsWuVHij%y2q~x=QB><J
z);ZEF11Si|_;8oUUxA5>N?X2fMEIm2$uyt+{7roK)2`t8FMJ-K{N%^E=%P!|T4Jq7
zYdI;QTkA;@g)xpRuY5JvT>C!mxN9FTe({TW&42wRp7*>L@T4dG2iDfsCcXF3Xf$b;
zeX~*9F;Yp4D-lA`>2xUTG1gbqc8v8Nw`n9Cz_-((&0=m`O?Rrp%1W$hN*z7<tT)G)
zGW^D3b$x}!#YJwp<rXfy@IwCgZ@ixOyyrc<>}4<Kl1nZkE26W&%E}6lyX>*N?pOZ@
zXP$W`5L>Fxc-HrE`4!*A;lqb{%Uj+;nkT3v-jgRHgR{YafFw(!iE*0ZoMbp&$NCDI
zY}wONgGBRR{C`{5v1-&RD+iEXBLpP!<bo@Jka)cCpamlL7~>e#p0O?Q#!o<X5dNrI
zW!y-GJoVcQ#}mh!z?>+r*on+RYku6^w%w`jgqyT^Ef+$dIDR4B6B)-Q<!{8%$$eY#
z>P>a%cDpPsEioRCSzB9Ud3lAwV8CEJCJ2caQ7<YGfrSg6;2fUDdr+zf`Zvklw3>t>
zIBZ*0jau1&LTZh7h9LdMYhuIlN(w<}eGJ=U4jZ;WQc6;h<7<Pfqv)w_1j9WJr3Hl8
z%9Ki=oI)6ZcMc&WiB<?Dv2|3l*HSS%J;VI`JWGpPA}6;Vpf&;5s9m=qY2hE_Q_>F^
zfOT{wtNqhCM}IKn;GK69Oqfh(1=rlHO*_FWg_9Cw<Yf2|@G2*S>UfXvK3`3f4qD}a
zM5~M>Nt-EW*~l5>6KMk}qauD?MFo8C<Ox}THZQ{M)LSe3HXIIl>QkS}U@+k7tFH#&
z^2;yhw%cxF-@bjk<RvfR{PWLed3l+4z3W|EbImpU{LlY9-ENnn=<<wbJcB1Z;Ryf}
zKxK@fuIouF@pwWh)%b(O-{YKPG#cStpwo$@&o)Eduoc=^{Mrqqt+=*-Z>xGj9N+bA
z$>;|T9AJKap0m$Bn_athv2EKnuDtR}ZoBO^&N=5CKKHpV@Qc6ri=2M?=@ad-qKMUr
zR>om|ex9nTFvd`pB~w#V$9?^zjAQ4C78v7b@tP2VUa!~i*qRBkK-9TG;(go@GHJ;&
zg>PDNGJr=luZN8d^(2K6G0RnXf))u$FSe~jV>&EVW0%Cys_yZ7wqG|-@4*>T9UsW`
z?nD95P1WNDXh|uN`KGBknrBoTd&=;EjHCCFV}Yly=XY%G4rr~Jo}Q-H>#?-7gfW(b
z%gc;LL)O>(3`ZlZF(@fXWUS1V#t@vR_9puLDUHYrw3cKtrLr}l_0bg?rNR;7rAd<D
zg=?m{nVd_zuC?o35OKa!NHLL+2q6|6;+|+JZNNAiZGVW*de-ewR)*nd%-GZfA<#-j
z3crhK+4R&Db2GCnF3d4IJA}PuSXAE|HLOT?w{&-RNOvmI%?L;fNP~2zfYLC8(mf#E
z%>W`pH!^fMbUx?zf8OWwd%n!Yb%wL|?6Y&Nb+21AD@_DPR``bTW%)J4*oWp}YB!w5
zs#&yeHzyeJ%^*qnKRfl)hfOzDFD}W?M-C&s_1%?9f)%fk`j@O<5mzv%CL4<XW3u0*
z_x<=5++0$_S(P}eNH3PAI5=}wc5OzCQa!1W|MyRs^NWGl*hGC_U|{LK%h;R{yrzrT
z+Rf>nI9Y99Z1<tH&-Ea63s|;v-;5;F4n7f|x=rr5opjsv35Mf1FGFy?Jl^90V#>_D
zQ@CT5<?jy+!>_N;1875%Jzc^1ToGWlI5Bne1x7LAI&s9i)T$L#+80F4w-6=&4*AbR
zVhJ8ci=Mav*C*RR@3fz<F_$_tmhG{n4PZYFSif&QX*;|bGwd4s{ad8u4>sy6|IW1?
zA0wxmJr%c|jM@i3p3aNkyKAsN%}T4ui^q>jX-!uuRNzwXDJLOHVVG96uFZXicy2sJ
zqtN(FLw~C(!?&Ch##4-cJD-l4V901R(W=NyNCXc99K#U;NSvEg^qN-SUM9U^j5pes
z?k6{8RoYA{|6;DP)9Jty;Z83?^)ZWj#6vW#JO#i8gt9RE*H{}as1`XGXDYAiL`=@e
z*NO1uw9*1giQ&24EC5VIjZ1;6QiX>G>;q>{@z{nv3PbVH<<giinYZldf5s+ew&c@!
z^@m?Jq0Z_n<(Ii#_1WgV<$N_8MToS6nhcE;OJRB!CPZVak)8nl6&umpnsEHCdRlS3
z7UKD5-#e=y&)WZE91z41^@{C`{{8+(r;)c5mEJ`z!$Z>Ny>G0Z{kP~*>O@om5Zt`H
zo=?TJ{hSu(m~n&Y1KxT|!|$X1koPJ+Xx;Z@d49S0(<c8X?A=xJ>5EfV1xOh%1pcY!
z)d!vFV9WYR8jw_eIR4;Pt)R~D_#=;1b^^f@Zr+ZoS5Qd!5sR&a*oca(L+aGCmjp}m
z^f>@G<mRiH(53hX8X2Z3oT=ceuZwHXWHq<_>(<Xtub5(ijTF!BZL*Hvu;g>(RPasw
z!=JDA=$3bHVQ%BM`={AOv*J?xAXl}K;r1_>FJTf@&0cXl@;wd#gGWae6**5a!9P4B
z(gd8j1oYLR7zJ<?9kzvEh?A&sVF?@kJzvRzwScx&+<xm(_ZvT%fVs+Ys7y4NEk*s)
zU{)Gy!Dm!i&p{3LsMBqzldLjbo$`(dq^~+$$6{QAx4?clNf;RJiAt%vzF!0Bd&o7i
zlN^;yDl5P>IR7%ctsc*g2;%eb!z8pQMC2PDCA+^g>d~sJJ4m`}`|Hn~xog{?SE8?N
z2fm5BaXi1jOvS4R#W4JFtF7P+iaYB$Q+(#$_B9P;J-BN+^x{-rfmAS2jqR@V2V900
z_0g_ochmxrF(I-NBCH?RBy(5AhUL0xmt$6W1ZQWRFM%l%=uHX3wkJ~VU(S6s&4nSZ
zp+-vjVGL9B=(#C>a-?wSS+r-&#GTa>lB8T|k$CVsC6_<u#000vqo?D~d^12c;oa0G
z_^H+VvqDcl47N}Kt~yjMW3sN8x3%`b0+L8gXzHZ0V(6<U)V~`VIJMx^&kGgxrA6<R
zwOYS^MS<u4Wls6Nhvu=)2+lILsjixi^wzjZd;hX+WnYd!mC1`}w14*%oX5zE5`So8
zM{SLvqi|UmTRSK6iIqHfm!)D%n>3p#^=qo9Es_ZqO_}x7Hhj+uJ42iw%gTBGW=Kpt
zJB-7C0eVy)JUd6-QMr*O-mgUFz2`+ZLAKsIS#aegFq-sR&r1kR<`WTU|CjH3k0;w7
z(<XdRN9*<P{qpZ4X!@;J?TlvL7?s~lzt&-!voq0V1ZkN|Hf8#DCq0iz8Y5gA>YAM3
zyWIsf#8ZzD<9{p4%jvoVNDkcYu8i%{`9BY3R%?{U*ir9gCl2lstB|~pDFuQ$NMCI)
zp1xXj9lJ9bywDtScn3gPuWg4BT`rVtp(W>27m56rqO{P#0ImoejeG|*u$tSmeWsg-
z*84>Wx@b)?zLj@U-OCKlH2gE~9@Mj5VR;qSmN1g4S4<`&T3Ag5JHjwg^(}^^2Bnj{
zD15EeIfdMCZ!X6;H>Py4CvKZYr9T8PB}G^2t}MkB<QkDBC05h1ziS2O#gdFFPZN)Z
z?OVab$?NxwA%Lz>EEIkmk!h{DoToba8(CIxFv<K!Jp?iYgoFZ-Pr-mqLUS{E+d;PL
zOk{wj_`!2Qrzl?9Q5#e;#K%wL1MIhC&KFALH~2{Cgb}K7oT};#+^8-tKprk>#u;!a
zd8Dc-<0uOwb(-*I>QkNlP;M;7C}bzK8Ru^b7e7-UvFdnwD{gbBq^d5mDt<{_!;HB>
z)@^3{1nu?ex2!n>^F%0*NZVa7!JK(UhTEv&>FWKeXBXl%u^{20M`vpgY3N}Iy~Wmp
z^Gk-aRWp2>SNh&-=CCiic3C!JY;{AZ3Z{AyH1YcG4wv}DNwo028Ad?2m}XD8Ec8az
z6mzpZI2=h~&)|DJ+wj?IzydQ<8GSJX!byS_W!39^NzmT_6_4sq!CYBcDVY$=PK+aB
z#eJ2>qN;|ByBRhjO;+gGi{9bpcqNW=#Ow@1P30_m8}8J9pr{_&m=udqqOKmAk`Hk@
zEcWdE;9@Kib}CI@!DROH?uFuY<9_b9`J_xu(^n?CI<JL*o&Jt`VN;(-lH(y8W+YFM
zN0LoCe-?6maF!Fz<5GHmw1$Yt#|BM?3_Dw!5yW2}_c^gRh8RWW=~k=uA^|0Xoat-l
zd-~mA8Xc1;g~Z-%JKt%7jf??_cA?%h{WLslGt-hLUuN?8s2R3lAKcR#K@f2klVRGV
zqeeYgym5|?5~Nwi-9ML5As~HQNu`n*TRJtx8EQyqE3Z_YUSz{Z#Rhe5#zrk_SqRK9
zU=uv$+4hRdM2a5>h<`)p9s5>bLHx84D>|J{$*^g|g_ho9K|3bLr~6Rx*aCHmjm(+U
zB&3eYUe=t!h>xlO-iX`V;Z16spX_R`eMHinEjxu!YOwk6rd(Hy2wqxNeb$VAebQ%d
z;3<EhE7#K2Hny}xiQklEYHI52;-Y6jw4@gAWLmMGV8>2kax@SpRqyfwdl<1Q-{|?8
zS+U%oaQAhC=TS8N@h2H_@CON7T_A}Eh2&JdeeTA{3}8<e7-Pe?hk}4ktswgov=eWB
z4}<#CbESM9Q<Tobq~;+tl<Lj4^qzW7wGlm4h{io1VN5<Fl07F1JSmzwdn^0I>$^?$
zOkdUvfDIl)0Vdo0m>s0#MGn+Wzc(7wtgAq4tac`XSxtMIpIWgUzwI~SJh5=#6U;`%
z7Egr7y9q+<vh2R>Nx$PEg?f{uTSRodi%=WCC;xrzKuw<9oNr(C&DmuR-Jal$WHU95
zLxRV`7()=<mo9-Shgg>|mJNzS=IzO-IWBAw7m)b71DV%;^&_QkOdKeOtqQ|ALtIjq
z1o4r&hfmNz4k*7N`BFsYa-k|%WYp!~0*AD0*~d1#1=$43W<|^j9OFN4P-?7+M~EgW
ze8?v(^r#|>`~1;pl6W>TQ;z;sr3W9iL-q$hq&;a}QvteDj`-{`uwZYIzBOfwRSZYz
zZ~(ssyU$#>fzvsRU!S7CSHiFC#^0UnkTL>_{+Yif9-X7<_ZM)Uj@xHPxy47`j-xvi
z8Z$1J?fRX|SO&NCNZEk2Ilm8CP*mnJOnBu^zP3azR;u7p$#C{52)(iF`qBH0hJDWL
z?$725mo8nTqS_0c*<WL{lAj|ORq$qna6WHQxaDuwt30E&{nT9tS4mp@d7JmF{k?Qr
z;g8nE)UV%^+{my9%x*J{ivu8OqL}{yi(Of&I!dE4oNo=4n=B%|7->ciXZ!UKDwz*G
z@YT3}-@M#n4T`&0sa@Sn$ee^Z`2W0OYNnRvu@I@8-!TNkSHBEpM@>Cl+TZ^9A=97L
zn7n<yXSV6)`^s|drrUQ&FzP#`uO;95gQJN`Ia4cT`wlWhn!EY+5aorgP1Pv_3lhOr
znHX9k&eyy~U2g&s>GT9n6=U@W8VX1!i&ZK{nK`dW21YJEIlO%&vu7x!n$+kttBLzP
zW(W2?1ee3M9`+SZ=w!Vl0fT)K5v58e+>;k@G*Kj#7@(4R|7QEhg0NYdAZ(c?RpTQq
z*wvWFQ4{^KlB?vdgVh1`1-uykt;fspje%-avWy8*Q(?LMm>0W4D9I)QCW2n?v@K7p
z^U7k{D4DoWLv2n>xj$jDI@9bIeiji;R&)i`7qG6gmgYAa^OK7Y`5NY!(*f@YpbF*g
z<|f;E64aIZU55IzO{6YXE=-OhCKdYDHSKw1EB_|Nwttqa*pqR&8>=Z868)Uh96kwy
zsb46V{m>)8WqmyY3Ah~Nd9_aTZSTqGBiiap5Y%5O?4ps~;a&{ax`@monMn@Xyy_9d
ztWeUPT81@ab8N@$adLXUe$txwmZvIJX*wW^WnuGL9Wz1Hh)gD+#$Migzi67mM(NYd
zw6I+k{DLSMnF3qphAGNKHX?0;iyFBLhrqM^6Q;pu0!!MXkdDC@uwQiUr+?9r%J-2k
z!=%PX|E0+pf59)xNNg;c)UoG@!?7)Yb>>oMt-w$^{2A*e1(me-AW~P2lFLB8H^GPA
zU>`&7McW_HcTpz9BTqq6>lUL?0DVni&97a`lg?|4IPe~ocTH_AVt;bk7d|Wl)e@yH
z%6H|TR>-DIClxwI&f^}h12?$Cr7|XnF>ekGX}6neA5EpMA@JWY92csJt&;SnAvzNC
zuNvdhw9jIv_h$v49xs2m2RPJSne|p=L9N$RdE1&p_BHU%6=W|^Yb3qnd{!?l{my!$
zeYav~JN`~S6R9NA6y?8P33+~`mj0ZuJtfv_C$OorcKsvpvMX9V=#ESFLcwigI(GZv
zuJ-Z6Ji0^^SGFcgr^bW6F8`4$JHpD$M9UPHR%XJf`>}Zk<e->XkcBD%M-OUZx(?p8
zc-qmC8L798zFW^Z@een181k=2cRf*9g1KKEv8?~&_W5*=<%(wI5|mdPbS%WlS-h5Q
z?dchBUsGe1uo-$!yYcP0V0{Z_TA*bxmuIdrA6M!`*^Ui{GVeXgGZ7ZnP+2^8uJ<1t
z#6W~sn=!6c^oY|zvBLT4ppmkzcOq8D3yC|!u5wi?VZ!-l$6a-;?{u{rIuWYR2<_y2
z_eUye`m~G`cNr-I)2JU!Ze&XsktOCv#J+(cr%(pTnp&0u+5DrS#^ddu`V{IIOCpM4
z5&XVb>Qnj=&|hnGbHg!dqTg#U_0W4u^5{Ty0Vy+)or3#U-jlFhQYGUE#2%FSLLFPV
z+T#T}1S>wg*A-U`jb51C!vMcZH|pfx%v}#zbZ6gdj8#<UEWeu)f#iuZTb-%-!Iw29
zYoK+5`_pJ$ztx&a|Cqx-LC^(4>bc!wkn`lG%RPTcKeLG6-CXDXXYP5@{qvUL?Id1T
zj$t;VX61QJ!F`yv<Fd#(CCFG=k2r9zKj&eU_L<b;YV33)f4%ja?9(1u>-i8I@Eg4O
zc9Xb%gVS{>ygoEpYYq~~I{R-~>wfOzJu^MM5d?130=?lm_-T>1Gi%0Sp!>EHI4HHO
z4>@=xTyb){RQiYaf;IxpE-3|Gt7qth9AnR$`y{w^Z{CaFC44nU9%qa=0aw$1q-T~o
z+qZ<zuZ58Lta!W{`aaz@B=RV1Btlr(d=kKKQu$qztK0Yb6p_3pwxbffqtbeH<+f#{
zN7vTv_SV4cE$a2TPS6(7!&lMnmtuqA1(w#HvtL1sUuvwq>YLsV1|+|^jHDYvPHqOg
z{Lb>8FD|JAuC%Z$Oy$`C+6b@;9}LiuoN!>ZMQ!LYiR3}aK%uAVpb8gj_;Y)VB76;x
zg<;vqe57-Z`8cVfJ23HVeDg{cnZ*p52Nvy=Z+BceWwMYYb5ARzS)XDTeGT<l#z#+Z
zv}X_4RJf<2t$IzT7%Gp3nk+v-QoS&p9i25W<iD<z*w$B3#w<~7$FLx?S7Z6(n$({1
zjDllU3=6`^a-LT<K4Yxxylog%a{FbwCz(e*GFWYPzbW~Jk|qn0qBT1njwAj}pyFS7
zQO|N|sA(0I*_NOQld-nM#TWslrBwq-0*(GMDy!6XdFcoy8&)p*q)j|{;6tSmrgNA4
z@=0Kh%v@{>Z*fw-iaH}GiOcY2f{bP>AgWU8d9ZdzGz5;<`nb?6b*iLb@%&15q~)Qy
zyC0E%Ej6^w|GY2zq|$Z%YwGV@2>jIJH0XL0L4unXNcuykU??u(-?X4Z)!&Jx58jvf
z$7VV;@sXEE<?^<ROC|yt)}9L7m}3g84m<eUVPaC0d*ZcnzUlAyjO;&>EH3evQBeu4
zf#U`6wb;qBQ7o}JY~^qPC!>spo$O}e6W>KAF~3Kx1!oj-qkgsT@1x|(^}<Q8&(4!W
zvVo}VAAT3kgVil-V~ojCeMJhxVdIU>BcD{aGkINHmoqorW6CMHkQOPHT^F_fHQNe(
zQsrDWwj)yFL2b$l$#N_F!}tz$R!!>=GdEhEY(b*x`!z|PaQIoC%;eM$yj|qRh>Jq9
z4GFDyvXo}_FmLhAZ%658mwm1?<$i?1r-|O1+oyqw91pZ=q<n|nqVP4IwvQUQ!`43!
zD^AfWnSHn6kc`eN7Z3i`$J!6d<JRk+HoqIEZU#9F5VtXi5o3Zw>pXjXY7jg``d`vx
z9ER)9jN5ho_BXQEBBgn6V7zy($nmzIHknGG9&b==7S?oXI+mCYh`yj%Ca>bR^M|9)
zMA~jb)~+PgmW38f=oOWQ$PL{Jb8U@CH+@*}`yr00Ym9b@UZ!luZ!0p#v_4B6{3^?C
zFAUJ_z}nosA;)B`pG;qN^&<_rf%=^7(grZP`ETQ$MV|(ug?P<NzMQ69dmcXB4L=PK
zh05h)oII}pX3Sm5o75fG(jf!&mtmIo8P8;!rl?Eqp93?SL#^6w#gz28j^`@V2Oy+*
z_Fv@4)rOF*MauyLaEG7xeQ5O{vffV&H)iZWRu2j$;iY6fS1dTS2?*V-m#1KhQ0DuI
z^!b3HZ*QgL<e}xWzXf2U;eN5e|Dvk0z8X|I;nB5O6iu@gPWwP7dlN1@;nEVsxbC|x
z{4OV1aP0MmJ3I25Tt-82?bgyfNOKDt+S0r)eAIyE!plZoI+%J=51-{?gXjf!7MC8e
zoR2t(5w(jed(#UPZz?10nz$fC)d7qpA5QonOu3#2lwdWQZ|6dLM@0C!&%(|z-^_gE
zermP%7w_cTV6?qo^(!V+ZG;0T$tglw;rvDHt?7ik!umHdeREW46|J;yA~qC6(7CsF
z;|Cae_2t3i^w3BVmm;59#+XYI+}<Y2Vo#--DCt{IPsiTrx<FHJs|RPBYoSfK-cVK}
zAYlx8-mi=U>Y4uVI*5dg)FRWk0LxcQiD!InWcj~l`lpSr^&`R=h9N2CNY(00#_n#S
zNF8O<N@t7&VI3nLP+ddPQ{uTlbOXN_rf$&!by5SqiQ<(WP58I`(v>r^V=lNEV7<Y6
zKKXWAUU0|$bRQBxd%fa`2WZ#+#<J#H=_b{|^fQ@(NM$e^Id1eyAY#(YXVp9KhLLv1
zK6uyi6FjeWqkcFa$VwImR*c!8>vHCmXBW)&k26H#4*%NTn5LQOptq5CV8S~xEu8NP
zzNE2cR{y|OUe1YS5nVR4ipej5#rujL*?U!hJmCfa>^YZU|9W0oZv7`qxjDBQYWekR
zQ~?j!xd;6Jv;fir;dnA5r$F+Df2qk2Asr8;yuISXySwD2#KkilIXO8yez5l1N^PS0
zmCIQ%&faL22Bb(ws<^<2_aMVLM*qhQe1<(`Gd3DF7;+!y0j$`-J%bdw5xM(YMykDM
z3Y}PbF|OMSos1=AQH+Ox2cqhuL1xTEZDyuv_fb^kdX=ta3S*hUe=VTuy7MyB?tSE5
z)nRNZK0TUi^|9i=hFbX})3Cu8ghh2KA7eQh);P7U^vVaP7)lk1^yAj<>2k@6I(n8w
zkoo@UTG@cHy2(`O(MS7QbrTEbuG#Mq1XbaMgA!-RoF5&)Us`LN%4XU1)qy#eY8&T0
z?7c&f#x{$2bG+g>60>KOu}H+sYBfBi(m0={$PwEYNL3Rqn~cKlS(b;cry5Iy$;+&c
z_Xadl)nfp6i}dI<sd8Z+64arb#In5k6nteLl0W-n_@M{y;f3g`m#I6gg>jK%_S4Ix
zFg5gjAc8vMdBAl2?mfU{-@eQE!8Px=oSB%|#@H6^AM|^$4-12#Sh%n~?b9LC2)145
zHwmwwEsX*maQVTcZ<yukCY)yuxrVCr;hP1-a_h|{=n~@%uJ~i*iON8BglC!VC#vTx
z2Hu}JgEHTcdbLDX2Y?v&mMl${UR8Im2w=<eRYzOQYmaUFocxqTK3yo$xNT8zTKE%8
zjMqbXLysIw{=?(tD~bx<pjKClu<NwM18hHjq*9MJWz6cn=^wLTL;~Kv`v^(eh^c*h
zWE-aVMNd{Ux2YG)a9+Q`lAnZEv}D`8O<#rk-}Z`|9=jWzN@v#HWSAd7o5~Jv2qF&T
z(M$AwZO@=ZZGS8cdC_IKsPF$+sgz;6(7Ds3>$3fFFyCs6nFFgBJ3BJI@uz&dJ=A-p
z&7qY^Qj|1v>spvMmn<R6Xh>G+*`DSO%-+VCLR$S^5`T@S{7HfFLw3Cuz^flMeekX8
zMik)15}Oj=91_w?tx1>=eU!_vfGm0fnf5}`c3E8DD1WU`96TU>?Gg*LM&X3n_!}4y
z94)Hf8S<35F77o-W6YCLpU+a!*VtEIeJOS1w73Do&##^lmI$}?r`liJNo4;yR{#tF
zyM%R<eg&%$p3Dth$iwidf_m$AlH|0B?L?E)<7^t7@|4@Vvpz5YnU@VK)|(qj^(n6?
zT`q>y=?A*F{D^DXu~|vv#p*YuX$A)hT!91sVk$+tsZR-xMi4{o*>~vlBLagk*u3u`
zr^O%9S(@ZwBlt)|LIYR%AtgJrPQIVe1;=du=#JW0gQAm?LEd0Mxc+7*$e3%@iAVV$
zEWEo{vbS);_umDvJ!gavI)#PL+Gmp_(t#KBuPdqhjQJpp^;v}#)_ffJ6-EauJji{H
zbc$By^S>F}Ag@NCX$k|__V92L1w*ZTblBekIV}Qnw)20F$7F8PY~FY=GZpwGnD@@v
zQPq>&BBG+<54}xBPI@K`Z9m(geScidh1O2E7$tiBI*zoKk<A;T6B6W!(KqkJ3n$`r
zjU6<_1WySBe7*g6e=ehX?qXNB&<VUZoHw>St-#E~yT^<Mb<r(vlQn%<u3eVvWk&R3
zN*__{gC;sOcw}u1a`oc?nG=og#!H#AP&~f8C?LjZDn!O4)JIG71y+PE`rj|8AyDqK
zclG^O2+?fBBPNrG5k#cvUp;iw99u{7-Mn?@dLw=i$*Pj&sf!FZ-&8ZQ3)RS17zH5j
z<E)2$+MS>{>ALUC756M#XHmwC?x!D4riCl<2J-_r?7443Jxv7I(dCTU(|TS0pj0V|
zzvDO$6SZ7>)7i*et-P1L14w|OJZxnz(U~-GhhHxQwaq&Usx{eeB~Fgsd$NFq{ua+M
z)e|I(Z9k%vpK1y=fv>K=DfC*)i+@oxoz-WQ{M)a!W_+yxjHpNiZDy6ZQk6j8*ySO9
z?a4nGe~Z(#wmF;rtZqOrr^e^|k3lh*<S4J$f>1lp3Av*#GxjiAM*lCVmo=Jqn5@{|
z$s_ss>4+C~C2wiED=RH0RqXGh!N_aQ?wh+n6#9t^)pmL4$&lyIt{0os>YSQF90qaw
zJ6!hAK<@AU5N}pjLtm#JwC-+Q1M-pVYuuUDOMTRDKK9aG&EMbCfsz1YIxCyDbW1~O
zmWY0FzM*Z5C7xJCwi#aK9RE1?OqljU6%}SFd36mPANis|TzsJl$?IkPHO8RtWPS2o
z``)QEi9|(@NsXlNql8?)$O{z0`0L}}SR0Q+p~+U4e}9;prfmZooQu7g8e`X?-QBdw
zTs$$bp@I4QA8+69^YioKfnp`W;5>leb8<PIC)5w6>U`p+r>Ea6v~G`@YD`SwZboE@
zTK_Rpiq$X&wk*^ByQgHYmrJpcyy^S;=G)(7=f*hxGLFLy%Sh0VgE#_)VGbV=xnQ<1
zmO1XUF{RaS3LKGpCWpRU-h!Zws35+cDH*6ZdTJeh9>R-VQC4zll_2(dmI^K3O0HEc
zkzbSL>ly?g-=`}b)lx6zRF)w@B$yFY>*TYtR$8+c5*2=|kFAq(Shp-pOiYSLLS53{
zl~FH7f9X{jiT^A`VwWU3Agz8k4N{}1c(j8*!$>$H&jGLNgF7moeA^q9I9=&lKoOO)
zpNjmuv>CVB*^bFoPG{~bXWw~K+INT`_f`H!fx+sfjl{n`UE1a^IvDloE2xEyW%#Oj
zV#Q8zNp+sa)DCHV!$>&i05s%zB-MEM!n*Hd!Gffb?K5%j$091--CBDuw2-!vI3hwq
zV1uR|RoK4BBSoTjU&>$%6_3FD6t@t`w1kU6%ZU+WnF)U_=7=vN))xO-9aKtONX#)6
zpr7HS1!?$Q(2`DQuNjk|HiME#T01MX_*?(CKi?3tWzCV9KS2j+cmyLc)n}QjVA99s
z&IPNS{rCm7!OM$2V3+2X&--pjiI6Trb-xm;=W3|(yf@x@e@~E<w#iTL14Ata1_s(o
z$wUyG($Qk!Gh(4UZ?<E?Ty3r#+9Sk0yPpoJT!FyA=S9&)hWKVb<X`HrAr6P_x;Ns*
zW@G;vi!g?M6oHvKg+INIYS9oE{C5l$BOdXMCTm1D&gIR9Fo^nzxw5Vmuo@yT6q5Hw
z4a9114<U)J7S`a=S2}gO_d+Q3S4WJ)e}IPj?sIt@nFH0E7ygf+untLtk2)zb)B_bX
zWPsY!P+Bgt8w)=}u@Y+sK5H+x942p5YZ3hpujfu`!A&nPPEo~|ai}Xv?>zshxYd5p
zXKcdruhi=OQj5)@GtF-7W`}#olf=NU-p>&HYT+U_O~;A~FjrJe6=IQ4&}QCJfuGS-
zQi))2<?=dMaz>r9>IX^$zI1uEPh}#vN*e0n!?ekD-{tMJhbE5lV@7&|oAzr%x$&!W
z4OLau8~=^+3!L2HTZrG-@fakP3tb>nH8X*~sGtzDEFUWFB~r;%kgOfKeM;=TeAVb#
z)SO6n^Pb@0rs-XtA<RaSXC|oTw%)vzFZsO|U<k-fGG`ZOoJFCAmL~k|BTg5Gd7OLg
z$MM0bzmLJ!(XC!$XUOB<t%k@sF^W%hs&Z8ws}PKsOK{pPzkkFDLdRh@(*KQGx(#_D
zqvc|01oU)#DLvv=eX|Wa)Dsuk9J5vl$F~1ErJ)f@C!yEQsu;XGxP9(rlg<eZMcB5a
z_lB%W>SRvE<ya|u?t&Qc1xTRc374vQ)>}YMn_kk{h;wE<EQ9!X1R|rw$}-zZX^R20
zcT2kPmrGx0_Ry=(o?k;eNScBA95tKl!z;_-y|Jq`2RK6+ADmI~+&T_U>$<VA)^3jM
z+jWIKPMGiaxTJlb01p<AHJ}x^{%q~uK7CQ5k7=vfg4g1{PIJMwvbBD>BJ^fmy?oYq
z;E<kqfzzHoE2R#L35>95fFYksfe(Kjo!-aX9CNvR4#ovNZrwB9UD(z}$E{(UzsAKd
zI%O-dadMh~`Nl!9vdfA-e*D+#Zf#lg!vs|x)z*rh4{Fn)bh#}?r;x)*FTbOTxp;p$
z7(<92L1-i@t30ub1V_PDJEZ2Ivg%YB4O0^yx{aE<6h3fN;7|88TL)vKKP9dC%(N{$
zPfz6)U_Tj}f7C?}9TReKdKv3Y2qytM-6Fh(x>V{8+D@pu`W0Cu%Ba+I)}Qx!<d6PI
ze^F%jmwZL9C^}QwCC>}FJYW0jLqcoJs+l{le5@G3gB(B*)0qqVwi?WP)coA~DQ^BJ
zTU>s+g(_A4ca9`D<zt7HGR;(UY2F^M;I7(F&$9X1W96Sjgt&z1`tRn_rFcgXQWrOW
ztTi!yry-K*$r@fPb3g8N;yH@RYOG?=ry#UXCODd^o6-APi7BP1-j8SSJq;fd7@dYY
ztoTfV1rzH@ZKXiv1VeABqK^`)VimsNKQeGM!LzvEPsRR5kwuR%BzGEVz&77$9VG=9
zI~bTZqN>ur@<8AoqUd|ooUC0laR`jxqEn%#kNsqM8z&|9a)Vnb)mm#7#p|l$;Ty@l
zcHLOR5le^b#>sCDLyZWlOtf!YQHuRj=e@BdYED|_X!N$rLO*#r7lm--BfN6?KhPVr
z<h(%0*R3OeT<kuzxG$KWZFWgiyj(LU1J}l1+jk5ZlY)&smLH!21FWasQ)wje4Sg4X
z7Le213BtIE#Gi<W;G}4bELTF0^dxn{UX!e-I1m(ACSWkzLSkf#cN{d%uCKf&!WVq~
zDTn*Vby8WmV|JUH8Y$W0i|WRozfh;Wb}E`{T714cI}3Q}5~o#&5X(0RjD063Y6ZN9
zwUCV9^*j^Y`GZ0mf&NWXnjp-#^K5U}V!d%Y`u$aw|Gb+kq0*7iQM7LtvN8;0F_;c@
zVe~i`hD%jD*1f;>EXNOn;K*cx#5+=CdqDkNL{$)+ptOiR7Af&{%H0i>y3hG^_Fq4n
z<-G{vl{l3K8DHsrC*O>li4xm~`$4@pe3*>dX#)rXw5G}A-7^<~ZezT=lKLCW_S1=<
z$iSjdOHn8{ai)@M{Em1t^2oNE(db^Qu7N9O_78X3;Hr%2Z*CT9Voes)1m()rl2rx+
zREC7^{>>M%GCnV{5bS*j+2`fi<GP!N0ak7Bcgrus-oH4;x_lgS(d0?FFE%bzJJ2oV
z$7;|D70{zE@?rk(=jT0=RZX@j(kUPU&RRGi3x;%gHj0Roh^Q$GLgc+QAD79!QPXP$
z-){XK3A|LUB77KN+LR)}HJuKdMtS?sYzniqWRG-!&U+0FYd45=drE7zuB%PH3>k<B
zgMLpK-tmJv@Yy*DboO*#{OtwWYs8B_LZsM;m(O+TC7#vs7bQ;dYHuCPEju(_tsi2i
zGbY#I2csFXYUYXxld~UTc_`oD{T33XonZ2D*KV?_r4Xi{-ml;LDo-ljl7V}(Lo5Re
z`@^it=%r|DF4(3X9tptZ2DEc+DNejKU-b7QB3AJ^3akYvW+9oE{U|@Q^R|j<AJOq-
zALd>+zKpNU15y|SNYT3HOb4`|ho6!|cYWi}eOJEXIknkv|4m))z<`rQLBqzl=MC`w
zaS>eT^uGFy$fymBMC-ciMTw2gV-$Z;EsWKjTsyoSxz`PLT&6=gka5M|=8Us>W1QI-
zN!>MN78zp(c~b=miPc_~&eQaJI9K^~K6I$3J|k2_lJiH$jqFPhtC1jq*Yz*~qGbH_
z4LXbgBAsBNKQ9c}z(8Es<B)8z`#1S+V!TNFQxykC*G-m}nG})ga!{RW(MK|BdgChF
zj8L{E^(iZzulhQsG=0zP4Sp<-r~32(H?wIq6_9HST}(wphsjE;HB?*EHam)3k@f*o
zs~6M~9Yf3OPgi_v7NiA=qAKHdF=@ASB&WlHv?J;D20B}x8NzT;`p$}LEw;7R{lD-3
z;rnB~dC_$plwx^1>oc|1?NV_TCi6m|I|Xy?Fi4u-I1}wtq`fXKAM|q?Y3Mb>1;<g`
z<{3@VZk+vhf|9(jm+~APSRvu|(uWdB)G`V9G|WuzkEFXST>}B89%S6m&@gszz=6Bm
zcve<E(qPlAv)N!XpP_A!Yj~5;YxO1{F3s++?9O<#Q{+<APH#);<n7%|)@M0M$ptqn
z(B_WAwhs)++tmV1wLC9W`Fnel*k*UN_Lz)Y@hu>3?qeUd35M=@%Fr9D0GD9p;_Qr!
z4D;lIh6rGn<w0NSmC~qLkzK5k{O>47DjM(gpkQU%n#cJ8&x728_&9#?fH@18cL7Vb
zB{8pYgg_eOpE;&ZMc#0MFLoY|<5DAV97oj`!bXkLRPFd;JDhy}`<rY?4cOyc>Q&L(
zWvEY1(!`>Lb|`*O3C9OxFAFb3XV!9Zj%iOmr$?47u6j5En0(?FFaXG=uiss$&^3RJ
zy$<LZ^5_r<#CIbe?@TlVK~i?fL~RsJ-N3JNisj{4m&Y{md?e=g&yKCLngjQ>#6TA7
z6u7bKw3yt@4BaGaa#AbbcMIdB{Zxh~<Y5LuSXC*<OT_ssAxVxLX6n{?9LB&0GXapI
z|6m0jnOi0o)2|?7w`KRzA1`>3`J4INex<^h0U5-%+X+Gd`arx_FzFc@LIvK`FK^OO
zu*>M%3@b$>NRD=<3q`J#uZ*D*TOaXjA+=B|6zTM%-|_K;smE};GAaj<gZTx=#Rm6#
ztTzJH6@v)E`1_cx3nNXEZkrubth;*sn4|~v8AG3Vi19RX^jNp?AF~@J%m#DW6{C4F
z2CX66bi#B$Ij4^YZKxhSZzBZd0OeeOW!rbC|DkM%Q>*G%3{Fl?RdxUeG7RD*srCe%
zw}x%C^E;x>edG3OieT9gmr+DVJ3C65@X9BI%fn6bBN3oNZ%s3Exqh{Fk5UAIWslnR
zoo^4{n|14hb<`AoX2ypP2qqQm6g+#iif-TA8rV}C;R+=1r-K$%>bDS13D!c?pRo$-
z=-i<f;XuR&V~4&f<?@9@9|f_Az2b9y9r%=#PX3GG2HbF_O;BGbujgiimo9(J=<0Ss
zgK5ne)hHQO<md6d!zcL!dZI%sRn+Gr)<-T;JJTd0q>{O+SiQ~j+QIK+r}Hr-fCcmO
ztuGlz!hW&(ftj!&tH!!DywOL(9^a?|x~zezEB{*zjWEKb<i*yC`9*}|IlehEW{UAz
zK_%4w^s9beW9<#Xb>8KEJTlGKzAnjX_RSgTSB}8i^uij`e`dCtMtqzk7+X~Y5PdK&
zX$<AEx$s8tiPPrb4<7rr5`rqf50u4hFbVBEiNTz;3zj%A0NVm+2t}f@=8w1kq`Cq7
z=fNTuZjkY(t0QCOVm%{q7w3z)Z~PKOwQvVe<b3CecgIz8EeHgPYzy``)H@R0>K9;q
z+gnyt!2vM5nzKUfH3E_Nfm7Fkc*(L)VjyFlBij#kes#iOe))nl$rRYAovV@haR9sr
zh{UvPKX(R`g&l+EZYT#b8n6tuWWEy*1NK@DxI%(dB{|Nk)aRW`WaQ(v#yFb|$cGQh
z!*E_wBxCs9R{mMl2l(o6An%;iRC_>@1*6wA+0CZlz41j{R@TpSBzVn{MF(^gr5!w2
zzq_J-rWD-p4EGs*8?h{_nHj0O36ySNFex9M7ra-ff_|l_k{k9kT-V$j`7TasifoB&
zfC}X4*(f@@vamomg%{XTi~zHt<{hi}eqVwCI5pciy@7$xyqnMK85oRIN$*0&&Sm+k
zGWRS${53s*l9o9FFlUgEiTdb&;R*jnS=r-y-~PThj`T#6l>1J%&2I*z7b`(3war#0
zc!=w}lJ~vh_^PwucJzFSNATB}Unk*Y>LM#XW3edIooOR9Vfem-4YLG0f?NG1u7Er~
z<L4hQs!7H|MM>dTHEF?jjCZdw)4`n1CR`6lv7VokycS(wc0SwtjM~F*)3njqV{Umi
zzK%vTa0LjCgv*2;M}oNmo-4oWXXsxMREaI35%`4WF`DZkhX@x}gjK(B7Frd;ncepq
zPPvl06Zio42h$E_@hib{u3uXX5L@Sd8EdeUz|otTarooJ<TIDT6-wTlt@ZmP_c>3{
zXqo4tFP$*A5$(whaoPJf-|9Nfs=S7dV^1%L^;OJF+#+`!(I}YJ#zT*CWvNnz`6>PP
zsv+G!Dc121cbsspB{YSZHv%=zVeE=g*GNt{CgW?eoXWMN{5m7{sa21;3fIC91crG^
z{Cl)<WsWKO`UZ0lgORz|?@&tIXzAWKf^c%uWRt25ZbFvltmT_I=}`yn0P|%13PzL<
zQ|Nz=ykoD!%J@5fXprYJtAh;XB7~c)D$3rL=&F{d%JXNv>ny(4mJvJqW3o4aWd~Pk
zil={ckrDI6T@WNVt$HU-P^A$H8eRvr$UY<2rk?<58_L(rI~=n&t~%Xsl+sWxW;lTb
z>?(;;L+pnAgRQx&$j8-YWJH)|qysEN_8CfHqN<hu4NLnvex}M#604gJm;30P5SQ~_
zz7Aq&J}?*72yx>uCRWm+uKD0lea{g)(glwka#<FjO!U{9)>Nsx$N3}-z%?>RZ|A*3
zg1`<zEyO+A2BLa52fOb_(O#e5rsq{Fna>l0Fs5a5meuqEkL6D~j|q-%=jpNI8ri~-
z<j2#_uqQaae}Fp$RGTdfXUNEzxk`1C;cE#VV`?j|6EMlFhi|5o)jPY%iRfg5<vjlw
zAYq9hp*>P0BUE#Fmtgc~V(dQ;cjH9wuAtWj-w>!PL*y0vw-qB(mUN!wC-Fh_Mu=CZ
zVOB;^FwR;4%hyqq%XrC=nE8sDLr)fgc>}AV3jhz3_K2a;F_i2jlrQpzTJd?>;yKDF
zEoXP7F+cG*HyVM6SPzYq>^1qQTn;3f0>pY^9CvS?J8pd1-vqTAJ<6jN<qZJVjd&U1
zdMiBen6Gx;-kprrVQj$#1Y9}{M&nzbEW0}sBVJbFAO;T(K6bOA|BkClR-NFBw;S{@
zP#;ZYRQb=tgO6=@srj{Y7_))0fu9#F4OG-(Swqb6&EeSC*!b7Vk5*!23Yukt(K4zQ
zWR)c9&71S>H*nhB?G6dr+=b`v$FBDTNSzA58Z$fC?ue~5L(Pwot%JSu;o>!wX`>C;
ztEp2zP2)3MQyr9EFV7`NO#$m#lMAqm*~_t3>Eo*uSzg=>mhqnpu<(ZAdHnU6wzeTQ
zMh6_B--O_uDA)8YD-{eaV=WIy-UJyr&p6iiNXGM<+xni~Oh?NM_)6t3e}2z>aY@NU
z#KYPblnSyg+UE`mft>|H@1OEC8XBNFXHWO1aIEW)uG!Wo57F@ktAoH4dSrQ{{2$7i
z1>Pm5s{RlNB~9>+8h}jmnx6=oVd^_bL8!WyEq1LFtX(drX$&GH?{m!6xwPu4n$shP
zjPCS}3N1m(15FAS4c|8pSkNVf7hdC%Nk$B-@iJKSpFPh7KkgmNez6$AG%G|I;R>S+
zH!y*Vk#P{?$(TJmLm4F&u7gGMWQ{aiE|gvbG_~oQOgCk6P5J+dfPUC%nU>J}ZeC(K
zMvY7@?w>&Wv>7sC<(;Vc5mkSCf;_y}{#ArwOxfVUBTwTxXLQ552-^K)AaB6K<0QXd
zt*-fb98}<-Vr#l+TQw^c9$*+IJ`dRP3<3Oc=YImwOi+P3W+qbrNcT!I8qz)A0yD*4
z7Ix*4jnXYp`WWiORO%yjZNR(1dg?o<f8V_lLlJFcOgY<aoC&1ZWk*wpAl~ucE&TzX
zFfE-3s3G(&fCi)kypH5N&dwI;Ck-Mlz@RWZ-C7qHRQD-Id#fYB=!&?;{is&YQoirD
z{`!%uGH5%Do%lzD3@AXUt^-d|6!+b-i^@N<YZO#|C2{ifjuY>7=(y$6C*0cPg<O%C
zjuK&#u@-DJ6e=nz?D1X$0_%?K&Bv-jIrY)qT^1)NC&l@*2I_pDdr01=V^QjD){ukY
z|JK-{PiwS?Z;H9uqyuk@pV5*7FFbv>Q_Db1$RW=L>qDF09^(<NUCx-^wQ$eH$Eic-
zZF0g+f<~@>la|8noMf}XbFL(}qT8l}dq&H+09(f}=90Z-{(VhGMLN?pG@?4YrVcV(
z$c%a4>}xon1mfU*w=sbi1w-v)p1VaWDh&U++JiD9D@0gT#vi07mx+-(`_4d1kC<A#
zLEY3C7L_?ESWx7D<Ecq|Pv|sOCoa>kY|Jn@SG_5<7qgW0y^j_*I<UFojs|Rh<q%z(
zz7Y!@Dm~9{t0Bw&MSJt!sG=k*VKH!LYC6km<;x^9D%&7EYPe_dJi_Qb7&3onzxast
z5(@H_^^Cz=VLXrmsZ1|sYUeA#OR<+7tKFg3%QDjF@4v~!;Ju7cj}-gD@rx|9bxD|b
zTwuEL@s61*y7RPKY-50=;9%A-0PhXrGbVH<nFN0*2|T^}1%2pEzEj6Mxh?-t@ux&-
zgr5xJ{yFY$bE<EV`@KLcwVkt(M%Sr~a)7ku{o{kos_gnxk}Truu9po(wL`@i1Bfqk
z<?yIU-`PbZ{gu-49n?-}r3DsMa4i<Dan277f9&kCcvFKi<gbp0LRd?E`6q3h(iW=2
z_bn0slmy@+3HHR+6xG7@+qM}b4{L2MI9)|+7yV7}t748xDC!CKzmPeaA(ddIyNlP)
zKZ>rWR|%dT=KZ;beEcqoo=4kiL%v3yoDSyI)>Xf>)bDFWx$m*8zr5|<ac56Gr0@ov
z4{Z#taqj%BUq@?Qp??A;cXz|xG%t{e)5G1LL0Nm;Xz4P~k4_07zCU(Z^5`1*06k4g
z-`CZ6^oeMtvu@>_+X^SaRAtV5d{cD`OXuYJB%*E|as7`#pu3O=C$(xsdPh9h?x}TC
z<JxvMIA)C(qc_{$A5l4r-_^b%>L4%QH)wO;gLv0D|G7d6xehk@s9n?yW+Prxm|f@^
z(}34CUkbk``hnT_|Fi&DN{Pehp%cPj0cs1qcLtP}xB^k2A-mrjxhhUdf;a@<xQK}L
zPuS^&hKdB$I_GSvf23eKN`taOcY6#8GX0Wr-tA=Bd8y6_Wi}4c|D!ggX<zx_qlW)W
znK}o&s%_NzEAo00LBy`~gV{X6Y;u{IyOO{(+e#ctl1RTt?IX=`i3yy<ZR&%1h4AR*
zv;PL7=N-4SEM`4-9wfwse-OlVm1CW~%@)SdcRYZ|p_8*E6VwT3hy~TLj#R#eNm4TR
z1(hJnM_<$vnTO8NP;wZ5r0lUn5|Cq-swO3OYD0(h<`<ONvr_X4HAn9c6gCw$02-J?
zDFmduGdlTcmR9h$5TjB&lSaNm?(Qni5{&2Uo5pb>M5uR3O9<8aOv^w90QPy()AE$Z
z@`z&FQbHYqUo3ZVBy7!cVFCMZvr}tQ!vb~f8TpMwJQKpx1qZ3A*4ta+`L);&1sE_3
z%34rR>s7$>eb7S?tjAdJumZ@218|CEL=Y_clz@_HuA+)6uJJB)VN&xKt<t3E_m8(%
z_je+kg*rNH<3tW+Hx;|$tOb*sRF<PrU7<5FP9<G5lvS;GrO5Il;;DBD;m)-dxXS}I
zFFsk<x2`gJP;j};exb`G!0eHnhfm_QX}HSw$qiRg!nc4FvGOy=64AH(T*@_D9+CJP
zsPBArQNzEGDkF_KSq?SV2Afja5)$$tp^`T|=e_Bod6}7YWOZ)TPEdARpb+82VjS}x
zj~@xb#Z&(E{+Il9r_#^yJG&BeWBI<`NPRsfJf8P2V;4`;h6L&9twnQd@jfcnCC4W2
z(U(ybRIGWin(2rAy=s_SeHm-T%*1qrD{hZBQ_Ut>JhEZz8R=80rK-9hdNfFz>)Cnh
z+*3NYV@?>>EPd4d)#<=>ffL)O2(<AZ3q;h&QFMdgGNEY}0{+B+_iLNke4uDtSmG_i
z;0+)t@}Z%hYPM^AM-LfyRY*%oabKj{0XM(;LMr(C@7ougK-I|1RHL{){XCwF`iAta
zBo4oCV_rzha<l&N`o9P2P#{%QoZukSC$JkBc<xRtHoXAIlU4`c2l==<E{%UuA$Ryy
z=x}OpbHOalyAxPlM-+!+9U)<j4Z6cJX`xTZu>TSSIQs|^R7FHYnAa19e1~J_>#B*J
z=8!ns@FZUB5jxh92HZx>^KeaM3K;=Kw#!eqtYqsD41JdPU(=YOLzaaiXg@rrGw$9~
zSbWCG1c(Ob^%o)){}?$}u*Q`O^^rO0H?3^DhRG+8f3Dpt0_79((A4`B9sQ1=K}K5k
zpj^k}>*anbXNU{|ZvF4#;V0}>2WX)GuGRrn;0gct+9YKBUsZwHMnq^N{O?)+KmTCs
z7skBX1$?Q7!^mmIq_}x#>2uCz9iU!fWCTUMqdde`_v_*Qemi*lC9)u6qHd_Lxo5MS
zGCqwG-xq%G2>|i*$dE&ZqUIs-XiucP$n6h)QT#M;WOaKZd(x!#Ri<10=JEfk8CJ*m
z<5z1voznk)Af;datPqa30f5Bd=caUCt5T@O!?O3i!rr9VQ|P0H*q#RI*dS40?iS6c
z3PINO)jum2^O4)Bs;Nu_u8-0~;A!fcox>(rUtn=<6$Ee0=Nzi1O}6t?Fe95GvdOKr
zzDHR6>e@iL3poFK4_qjv#PaG(kmK0NggWGg3=pO}5a&!8evL%`N4&ZQqLSRe#W+jh
za>!qe2G7zq?Qoefxf-sAU9GExkzBp@PXHMMa6Lo`U1j+l7C}WG_&s}AMoLN@_Wxc)
zD-fE-ul^<r{wBtP!uHE_$)b3)Ah(IXvuRPOVmba`1N4f3)9A=jqJX6d`k$vjs6HXH
zH3+1*{O+9ri9cbVxZaPtpqNhv2I2Z~;1Ty4ImgA8i@5SJa=GRF2F?GPkDTeh^4w>9
z*F&Be*SzN?Z_lD--_+PwYrWd{*f9~T7Ws95BD*2&1LQLU@?-SP2z!t==7&u?wd@Aq
zm^jtLikj)BgrI&U0Mu^#w6_{EQk*QaRLThIK9&;yn2q@buzr#UROVkh4r_e={pAhW
z&-L25`cPLs<p?Z90!D3%p1|i^eEZX(<l<8HSpw1g8JMgSz4TxH26_=b5>4P)`~&p#
zfz*UJH*m;1H*l9d*HcxCS2@}k*-54XMNWm8S*UtYD3j}}vrFzK-qQw+c5X+iQ_Zgr
zq3;Hj5ipZ<WH;{cPj3vgvb05f;ir$dPMn8kA*+d4!+ARVL$$<%K#y-VDnWk_)I+Jb
zM#NZFXeYK-dMw=Xi9sJ#{x^hsE#RPSx1ZKumb3Wf?8o@aIRcRJR_70wLmBCL2=~zU
z{67<5)fa?tc||q$(ZXr$XlAYd&X4A5DfnRx6Z}JbG&=lc0G<<boyql9P7;!6G>CAA
z<`v`pN4ffPs4}YlS2W`kGjH&wXnljg&i3_#0j)S@-xYQ#GVSA@itkLkMUQ)mt;@J?
zM<jlJ$Fz}?V|G*prhi4Ni{|Pi$9*8#C}F}dx7KV5sF#Leyx}Quw^&D=9RMpq#`?r4
z04|iJ3B>0JVGTFH0IVFqDfYdV44MDa8<=tF$MFFyD|j<c`6f;BG!TdOY2^N9?etkD
zQ1T6Xq~}|it8+ZT5t#4haqaG7$eq1VS1EbThSvDdezf0IdvLN(H@x!?Oplmis`D>t
z*Yo|;OVJfCDud!_NLf9J1x6h%H}X!JN<kn}Rj;6u@6<jk&EIObAS^fk*_>7cbYAbn
zD@w_~M?^$xSAx&4+#Xb9C!H)VKRR>HEb&p&lnK~k>V@&G1YNiL!X?*Zedxj7{fYDE
zjI#e&v@H<SxmZa4wq}Mn7%(7mt8YoM514X3E64q}e3%K9q-*{V<_%fo1R^Meu2-*(
z;{*;Fbwh5yg^cF;ti{6GDwo3B^8f98{oyz4_Dt&2eI3+savIF~d=T>J7kn1IHqwtL
zI{|?HpJ{?F^t?z%pwicY3E({rOc(s(kgLXP`ckGT&k7Fo#o}HEO&v<xyL8KkAU)!y
zYLG-8(C!jnA7E~esLy}9A9&U;&DTel*RDi@PvF5x5aEYD-UoSBa7z#hn1AyIWc*ub
z_mjmPFu(o~|Nq85xh-3?f_9!iDd0f#H$UK{x0zdl$k{dTFF?z9THH+XzU=v>>P4L_
zb!Q-RQFM)9l)WN-db)m8a1Dfd`Ym!=4C*}W=pYtslh3<k{dniR`htKM%IL0t_}<b)
zeH!#){yXF*C_x69AoB=zu|}0NlG!l%8w<R$cheRq1zeNBZyyMFUZy>FS-;{Ay!HtZ
z<@N2w67$$Xb_+T*6$d0*fHz(NxOw1vR9OvhBKl${kwsDYU!OXP_`k~y<q!pGIDyu&
z@87)It+xet$Y1wa#QMp)&QM@@w3~m*-|kiQ1e~ogM8G`@+Q~L?rn(=Meg?*<q>?dq
zZT|7j?YN?pdED0#Ah(mcnEpnNTddI0Bd#+m=GwZ63K{yU%f1jhmjP_^U5c75++)z%
z(o6dn&w{EfI!+PS;PefcsoURBG@1>;f?Mol=__PFIKR8(qytFmS2bpZIyC}$zZg=C
z?g1i$%|KPk|JLGo<xG$!3yHepe@f`{8lT6PK<kp!guoI5_g<aC0XB;S#DDZy{%(G3
zcV?Jo_bgR`IGjMAt;{?8JyPh-e+53$-q7i*YZu5&E+*ov5F~rj&=;}^EskMUa&iX6
z>9WtMG}r{>R{$)V7Hej71J~lx!jaj!!rX>!vNUQB@6*=*>Fle+qKdkA6+u80LAp!n
zl5PYEK|(@0q&tT04r!%BKw7%Hq?-Ye9FY<Rq!~Kz9>05^?|1*Z&-IaK1P|w&z4zKH
z-u3RaIA}xqwIdQq_jPfSC!4lHj?pZj_Nw@`7+Oa|KvfA){YN}J-YDAuHs&8NAjoPj
zMC|DEQ^%t}m|_=0aR`c~lSK@gZzT^oP`bGKtGLJ~XV@CbA-_Mv1;_ccwufrIWZ1W)
zwNz*uig(Kx#GCPchH7mKIB&?6SO+;*xI0yDrvow_$h%L4<+1|&4<GIQdp31q6b$@u
zYzmp}FOBWHb|P2(8O6+a;|>M+B?CP4J6AS_SEK;G$*a%>&J7PKCvbgC7=SR?%F5#c
zq0r+g1NGu^>15C<y{0p-`wXv1{BPk@>vPp~dUs`HD%xRtdcQOJm!sD}Q3@IQHKsW6
zQ%-p=1>LpG9+D9T@e8@Ei%|<M@(Rb*Ub)D&UT_+dy>56i=+G1^bI8CZ$&5r21Ar_>
z(JwO}w5@ks?QLhg9{8pfoqNBmqU=G?)!vnes`bn)wzK68#&2&x<+I=Gyo;(U2QPs4
z(^V1H@TYn2*px{&6<A;4|GfjH^4{%#wPRg6R^<3Inl|+dbgpbWF5r+hOD`#r3>glr
zPo8v4f@S-o55!Wy#jjiMGJt)H^4OpM_3IDCz6W}o=p|~U=U5|GISVM6(ohk^@%a7k
z;QB03<mW90ZV5)r%g5obW61@(WyOwgkvW3L4@FMrOh9R#eRH8qz$Ts4K{sBv7|Sud
z{E_0kibRlZpB~Qo`-;DRZ&JRFtX#G4HQNesaGsbPE7AqPA{QJN1WB=A2}oL{AFwJ@
zBuvs^M2?daPEQJSS;<UWmdPq^WI(bfiy_M+B&F?-nFkB*@Jo9e7qRX<tHnfPo@Lpk
zYYo4Plw1DW6#omTfa_m;!`ora!I~g&`hyKDJDfT*r0bJr=h1Xs_NA{&@i*%cdG_Yh
zKitJ)x-?%3?Hh=n$p1bFyZdZ-Sz!3b|F%ecGy;#o<9IUsVv_1g?)Ikhj#&pYy8PhB
zvbMyVU~YmRa8QFpysPr|F9(8K{Avmi;1vPSGOWb<Ja+#a8&IPOsd0Liz0K|qBH|0>
z{<)%yG(Pv154!I^vmoe1WG{_1`i*Q0K)8r^R$i!<bTBhCBxC&M$%(gcHc6<p0KD*>
zt3Y59$n|`7vf><f<}mG>ZUr%Lvp`v<mCE@!kueJQU$I3}^2Blc%^<(myxRZ+O#C{#
zD!K0(J{#QG#?H<OpvqN6=i&Sp0l)YX>q+J!SGJ<N)ukUktL~o*3VFkFG`_()!a24y
zo&Tm=AVw{+OocL0Vh5<aLy$F{h^HJ!*cz++Hi@%ukBgdD!pO7?4F?1V7(gpx`?f<F
zAO%70q#=1F{XU0p{gJwNbSQzr^Rzbmbs^TL`K(!LprwYT|1ggWf>K-B`ntP<ihl%h
zP|^+T?`5%SUXLwlfkS@#8&qv8`=6O`M$>z-R@9IV{K_iGt+qWfVJ$pie8Jg|XoJ}o
z*)!+k|18h3qbM!iZaeSe*lKvDWy2U5EjN9%>d=v}<q~<8)y6uXUZ=JFN#|=K^$1TA
zVs2(NaO-CkJGZ_6EtVB&;5$JBP|^{+pu^f9?n)D(OaKB#;vCeZv<HFTPkclpf+WrY
zUb2no?@;-{8m;wYhqg>z2haO<HaKq{u0NVG_Y&lA05VGOpMZj$)YaxvUTBR%Tf6Ed
zWpLx00w8iN>C5D)Gqm~7q1?l&s<UkCmQssC(Rl4jZ{_C&3mRYHBw*b)@JLL21LvH1
z5MMJ2cHT}I9=Szh!zb117QYaX)UCtz(^6%w$u;FlTh1Vid-W#b6H3&;N{{!^GY-=9
zLNgJ&PsMML9uVzksXY*C5k0ZdtxMKFE|Fnskr~gKtaW}!!waf5KlW3#vw>jODCE@T
z+cVdQ@YwMcb_oX8vrV|Icq%8$B_?W-nWF2!E%i~b%gtu#CgS0b;(CNYk;0E69ES$f
z1%-BO)K`%MoY&fAcJJg}B(G{QR<!l?B})D{BVF*rfAQ8zE<jK%4BsWdLDUkR$gK|u
z?b6%Y(+2nvjdq}>^Oj3g?t~@V{KCR3jIM<R`Ptw7@$eUg^)#92G|$XM6sKI=9<!<b
zND#EqZR6(|OKibb+Lu;Y{*q@0>tHa}pS=gvobC#Eur|r+7bBbP$6PV7V9;-=pU@!3
z9&<7HE}Bq#yH#c|USt+{RNk-zmhu<UpF`<~b-w1KD$nx2tFEt>7A+@ErYl2>>up{R
zPO^yadIeBRh_nXheEJ8{9>=C<k8DF;v4ED;T2nZx(Uj#cbl!#>`2MjI$uf>M;Uvyc
z@1N1&<e+%`(09KVnB9;li68&**#0hjTF)sy^5A+gawJwBPGqUbz&V?l{l05sLwlGD
zo&4FPbgqxbQ<P$?NT2U6B3-4?D<9BQEXNge2PLrX^I6s^>=Gx^C5{4y7VF-f!~SB=
z4)aLs9aLz)-2$q>CHN^M9|u*vm$|s@6;2X$qV*xXvY}qXt00I$XS0;H(wNO!x9p<>
zTlib)P}M|~NR3z6L0?emzP=IIH2e7Z^&4s&YVKO)?PHOBDjRW|8Ps@+S_=zvhBJ7J
z(~GqEZEYJ-@ACT2tB!rRHy-MJx%hjS75kq{@L@v=a!DFm$<ocL^pSMT5@-dgIwyq5
zW-s5dTTE7P+I&u6l*4-zROS2z^({_FX8%b|!KmD`6@dVyS1ffup36N>4&H5IEO!*m
z(3ty<5Y>aew!$i>_-@Z{JHyEGViFTnW%Qgs>*O3=_|sGYdMTYQJj@#oOiW~qar8-{
z#&9BXuYwK48|w!AXo`J{FJoCyUG?$3LS(lSn<KT7nreBMo0J}A&;$W(6{^IX)heT|
zbm|H5=-;wcM(bI==8$p>9)X60DAIBs6=D<J%#_XMiYPOiRe?T4jk*!OSxg?=$Pn2Z
zGD9)7Z8IIj^N8*S{anVblePw<ZyvhfzTQ$Fkav&WHD^KSJuPKRr~g~7$2yX(zPu-(
z1dGja4h@>oW`0*Zn%h<L9a3W#6_deWQ0W|4kl5{7+rmClQw4j!-LF28%<LwC<MmO*
z2>F(_FnT%TZjFy?9%<T^I5?p+$w|}i3#`(k(iP^KnuVPh>Xcxm&)DK6Kl_jmG&eEJ
zR76{Hi9XYxwX38&hV32VfiS7;w?ZT}1`2Z6n<&uQ`_ecb`Bn<?buqFql~P9Q`)L%C
z&E(4hgjPZ;4%3(km)z`!I>D;x0*{zd+V#{)y3}pGjkLAzw_DAF;`BC(1*%qY8K+Lx
z;PrZN17BctE8&H%^%^~xZK%p&E2$yyuu5ND;Cr!@r(HQ&HtWb*RoAad>WxmT)nI3V
zeV{P|A8BAqd^lTc$+sP1G{^p_ksg!jt3FZk@|7P<ZA7{_L?&;h;ln3`;vni{Y+S7%
z>K&fOMK3(}+dqVUEq|3*u|x*ap1X)Z&1`M4_?MjU8n4e~Mee$tQ%8Tr=5PM^`HhnW
zPdj<~w*dsf#(yx%4gFMTMY**=I#4}m-GrY7pRk>2-YO*XxZFDV`287bPRhrp$<!Fa
zW9upYShFX^*yF1c{N!Q#DGR>$r$%L&BRsAT2b%wuuvFP)ym)(Rep)8@A#lcxFnIx6
zo=J~`x`E64p=v1B&u!igL?%m`_pmV`o6b-B+Jrw=l4>agsP|7U1v>T<p5w;I1n>Lb
zS%-zAYuBBju$oHeP-C=9(Eb}>U}-9^z~~$zPvrL8;a!XLoa*`Qy#;y4_K(?%CwS&b
zEI6}FXq4$(!$*^DA>|aT>#I824zEV!15u&wlUnM(o*9v<Dc6VvckJS@C>E>t#}OnG
z;5EI7=X`O{MN1p|RgaWD^7WTq`U4t8ySfI99SQYo+80nX{cZ@Wp62Hg2swXm1Kw&=
z#F`~Fif!WXqb)mOmWpgGU&c6P37m!)5gM@Ap0-gBo{D^GKV69O-fKpOA~56)VC3rD
zLPF!<=ih6@y&h!2@fa|*BCF<e^^UsizkaJe+*%5JG%55#j&_x?tDF9@t~xV;&k}7c
zLAgfIK8%M<@m}{g%uU-Qqi1IJJJVcH(KA*$I=T=Qyn<(8VGoO^`vb~eKsPrTE4F`p
zW62%tat@a>&W2}|8tFcmb4wF&tJ*DlwN$1<PDyEhW)NMV38oY#tr~)qndEg&5s{49
z4!@8qf6u4>hbg=w{(K$#@!trMtR{J;WH#OY67T(cHQgtH)@e`3DB-cNO8DirgOp8*
zIm;h^3NJ>6&b#2ISYu1a5RG5dk20ikx?N+?9z@5+ta$OQJCU&VB~KEa&utYs0$PUi
zIqm?L#W;C?KfjtcBswnp!oBUR_bH;Gkz$~htl?83Q*dx_zSZ!K_6wPTEO;0=k|+yK
zswIOiopy-7nw{}aeK#Liie@`Ce<`3|OZ|BUqc1W(q{iqz{k;Dnh}uOOUz*%)&L}!I
z_UL@A^K~))#8<VwrZwzXfz>y|>&z;Nb($n$`BuGW6&;ae4s8+Q7YX9)JGJ7_aPecB
znMy+_!!2|GVhj4?6zHvj<F2{tPH)r{$t^;+&MN%^%u7ROn2d-~(m8Eai%oey)L#;3
z!Hu*r8}gWveERzvO~v#(vSss0Plzt|+}XjK>kmYl{O%>X-L1Vwz{O(rnZ(ZKxmB3E
zYFuWPI2EmaZYRp)xta%o<&Z>0?yi_0q;}e@`j?MnWMrD|Zm%#!!Zk`I@>JH~;+@(2
z9fvXb%+k7q4ch@q+N~S>Wi5a@ah(%)G=8@)y3>9@(6;rh@hIZXnZ8~pX5a7ZQI)aZ
z&9<z^PW1o@mGXf|xYIm?9M9Et*E9Kbu5t~j0@W@ED|6DbwY5CY{E?sXX210aC2+o~
zOO|WcR5CxFYg+O2^BK`6_nVt++rIPXh$3o_zd7}N!jSF4oR`N|(Yi-!UH|e2kNJlW
z_eR_>dp<pnJ!~5<_XE4Y`9CUet;Jx5egNUoljE=qKnt43ubB%1cy0W84h}f6&J2R!
zXr5Q3&@<2T6?9B_cJ$8ECrx|zD)<A|5>xs8ao?t}uWNSt5zp4oHytu1%BONSqP`+$
z(2DId@ZOas4+pzMr<_nO_v2csQ?mlTbfWx=Tu#tjsDVm@@ZzW~K(#nzyXEKhn#gT0
zsfb~%OJ|?0m)irVtykod=qaPzvuck+NlI^93TOCu!KCGcC6A*%(d-FR{TUrbP!(JL
zLtuU@-b^J5#0su{qyyC%$h2!W_(8_Fa;?aHap-7$<ZwYTc}?I&ByF9N=V9oWI*VD!
z>-Xtn#6Lc25UXO76LQRlU+uNVsk88j*5c0AlTbx*9_DIro84Y}=KodE8N(PDFCz@1
z{yJ~lFeXQkoWvU<W5I$^Ut`IaA*B*x2U9P7&nJ2&5VH}bce}Kdukuvx**EnPp7gcE
zx0EI)pT;t>3sgzEU43&IbEd6da=z<_e4(%gZ{M92fx#+)<Cf0(xLBi<v0S^&<0S$P
zg|CEDnNQ}TiCiDhwe8yNe^qDBN$iGD1W|v7ke5t90^(fXAEjPeYspI+^u5Qa<~H<g
z@=mb49gs##G4quc!sMFo4TqT_I_0tOi>8WfZv(Sk2)QlnMFfGtvPxy+M0y+N;+gO8
zIv0c-PZ~Ek7{Qnn26~M88~<(#RYx~hDV@edNfEHhW$P=`uKhOqI&m1~wm=oLoZ*xK
zBj~{CP2@YI#{<bBm~mXZC!RXCGLlmJHw!uM_ruWP)k|XjA(D7ohh-PslqxKyhg7UI
z3gmoZhbWNOpGhhPc*so3^jpI;+l;ArXb^-P&mDbT$|CGOx&~E#7^#JtqR7H}<$?pP
zU&YT!eeSNNvt<cVuigqBsInt+`6zF~S}8#++~gNv(q-Vy_B@ui6V$>aAtj|%GyzH$
zBPf8(p(%9wsfc_#;mXyEAJ0+nb&BkaUi=T$Z{<@NVrLe3aCj&Lh^Em*SxeoG9j=11
zRK7gxPH8&jG6kxAHRSyRe;;FGLpF25Uy6uy6KLv>nkZkBD!!@Z9VXD!>rzv;`!h(l
z^mxJI?&gdELtg4Lts?N2K3Qtr{gnCMjUd1NUZ7LX$;A}~idV-15$Hp(WqF!ESi1Us
zha-(ypc*QmG`Y}?K<OVCI24Hs#uob67e(X@&um1L8j30u@5GmUy1VFdznC1Gt##}|
z(SweVDz)ytO_#$8qPE47!v(JA6c6c3qc1q;X5>(l$=tr3TBx7M&9O7N(;(HP?F<PC
z$;xECVlJc6hYz1LxSt=OpD*2Axpdr~V4d$+Kus&#39BG$+>f8cI9?8nf7t3k4{9L!
zHokh$^R(!=H;&k@KfjpP@q>p4DlCE_&96eQIUW?6Vfg~-mn9)d8!1$T9^Rg1_r6Hc
zlOYFFDpjsQCx<^BNYl+pi-96`-u2XJ=taswD2Gp$cCEP)jBjmi?RqQwmI;fHeU##t
z{_I$Wd?x_WByd7#lgIDjFQ^8@$WwGUuRkHbNftM{MM*0EKFQZ0IypFfd{x8BVpz;A
z#y1YEXM-Jl=@{rPU+ptkcvbl`|0+{)*4aK+0<tWx`07bgbjovPRuNT#XELrc<+=lY
zZw=*^Q!wPk<O_Iop|$plLNc-gY5WcxrwcYTwH9NqOLsh{qOC(ZZ-sRC+Q0l9qLq0N
zD}C{)(>POSyj%LMR*mUPD^ffL8fDRw=i9TDvP^yV(aFC9KC#isgQqY3ZzYpiwYxVr
zv4Bh``<^Yv1rFm>6iw==IYie&)?|>z>iWWY-l6jbBk0~NnG{pfJlDC{JqZ4~3Y!GZ
zWrnf3mxo7cS5BAS6md)*@2-y0LW|7W1vVLf;V-`d#kMO^hXLoBnUam>5868a{40?w
zcHbB4N3S&QWtpGIf$22rlDtO-J*!rW`nrR-e2x7g@|hlXLA3Y(;R4JusLV5We&xxY
zB?ke%qgA;auU11LK{$}_sdvj)eAQ;SVN6UoeN5q$5P@PhVv0&NX0#7ztQWyI+DGVD
zYRpNN^*TJdG?j*KjP*LfQWCC~sk0q>Pm5<?2g!$W+TM>0{EKnLPGP#=cl8YQeos$u
z+xcqLtE<2TC3NP3ss%JeJUu?Dk@uS?NaGo|{%n9r{>4wSH321!YdaWw*8ZgRj8(l3
z*g{iGgs}<JN_~(>6ZAQaSMgc_QE;?;tH_yj>H}g5GH9m+ibqE%kw8<0Y&!{VgYiRj
z^oX^P=PDisVBhv_ZVJc;Znprx<lulceazhaS-L69gC5S_Ghgz7yy-|s{p_3^Tylox
zKB8@{<di7J*|Cl&>v9<UBWSZHF~|O&P%0XbF43XRlf%R1SgQiGj2CGST9VRyTPhUE
z!=KAZHIq-+P9OM?&DMX+B?S5t^}b3X&HxkepkNKfvk9!X*gv;1lkL`;u>F?bmBw%j
zX!SMN<uV%IUS9|_#K1i*Gm|)h-_y{S__{zf*Pzlw`(0&Rp1LHCM*wYX&#$Adv$vs+
zcYi)6sWQ7q5}`_X2>!vO0bxm=YRv8&4{3edK(=bSy4mL}&c`sZ_m7s&V3X7tJTag%
zgws5|Vn&EjW>*(iasiCCG-R#GvfPS~Y&3oSe!9R+qI}vXC()-cjVAUwoqD$@@;)pM
z+y190x!*#!%}vxxAIu*zOB08I%ltJ8R`b+D)+|>AdK+qmu$J8Arice=-xtczi8~-;
z7?-cxq-Cp(Eyja-kA9&UDO008iN*WG_yl{-6na0&ntXsx?wQ`~FdCMYfKtE=X}Mh@
z3X}yejOl}k_E*>VeHsju^lC|?m1aJ9E0kFpMOxJ-4Z96d@7~{D@+el@rSMGez7H^J
zfV;V{De@+x$)PmtCOltm5wp7dQJ3x6K_XF5pDZmBRF(0rEv}KE`nUEUmQ-pC?kwZx
zghVkAwLV2gLJ~Nr5~;?>D3&wNvw7O9CP*14BrO(caKZnDFv%c2Iqu|L>5}J>Ana2x
zU&#EmPQ!%J&9_zcQ8tSTXxXT(y*g?X;9iitEke&15eG6t*xLS`*)97_B#uWBHV(zJ
zV>BO2m(H66NjJFXz2|Z@uVwt&{qDI7clf-r&GyUAPV>7t5iTCiB4ESf>Cby80_}0t
z*R!~atMcm<zq+|h-$KA_O#QqS3)vJ{N(GdvS)-hqM}d}0PTGoPj0_k>ho+)tG&6ZE
z5QvH@*23*Ko4<1{ejDpFT7CY5r@){R0Ww{D`%ld2hrc*7e4e(s|1-kRKR}tkJu6#j
zR=Lsq^U=LswhH(UuN5?MwAhsP6lRUKgKjJyK08{)AG`KT`)B^0hK4s{evQXh7trI2
zX`$A;F=sKkXFi?1AgD+c_ZOSCenF&`Y_@y!afV$E*L+OJm2!w#slQ0<M9#kT#?8Qa
zLgMH4N!#a=2p`wW0EMYt@egAj!mYjxEfk$or>(-sS3xO(xiPeh-HP5^%Kb>hGvFQ;
z#-6z7(PJ8O6>rPh9&c_{i_lnFy1Vi7J-Iqx{IL%gpMq-^=d*pK_X@#&{20{M>NM}0
zltmQWd9zn+Z>$cByslw?)&dW*Ns+3GWTU6PdRNQJ;_wV+JM$*~BTtM9^N?XJoyJL~
zAJxE+oBvXT{lNao;fe6n&277$O=2;*e@kU&$AD86D+WrqOnk(;{PG8F8Am(ASMJ{a
zZkJ*9S(?Ici*}Jqw71;|J1f!!s}!aBXaI7=@k2+q7ot%6e&FOwO8#xl>`sg23_Grt
zu6TYVQ_s<>h|hwx#p)wXw{NE%i_rBNnZDYi={4fUi?(NLcNQIZ`CfZpf)k&VI&sgW
z(@#^>bKm6fK7OK!!0&3<JiXm<@jVvmo86z)>|9z}q(#8I>0@7JU@e_-E576mFw^#o
ztokM$Iay}F#a4<D^{8grx;~@2|G8YeY+H?a`6;$f@R#4{mW@OnjZ7teMYD*hZPG6W
zRCif^H#`}N<O7B3HE-5z+2ylh)-0{-t7DlWw{B5pc2EAt19cUcR5U(ied3LRO1-ar
z53MzO)hcB*OKAv2(>Q#>7c}%!!;GQg;~LJ$k9@1gsq%NIBY*Y!9AKH0j<CBhn0A2O
z*{m?9pZh>#>(ute*7beZ?m2SluP!lz?kUD-yv>0*n3X2wR$~NxHHplHUDZy(WsA0p
zVB3{Tm6d*-ovqRvjk8*eNgEO*Zw`G^1jg&6sy80dqvqh6`x*wD(Z27atu+oz)0W(7
zv8Qb3s$^r&-Z8&}<;|9|dbQu|jk{DH{Z00x@^6ug#~6TA?LHURgpDV^W03oK!n~%W
zaK_xFbbNKfySNW^p+mqZ@D?QDm))-VKoRb@a>zYNxBF1jBT>1j^FfhuU?{<^_w!6T
zk0L^nCyzYlt9*P2HO8B%I#CsDd9!*Vd8_=4IO?5dt=JfOSTb8^cB#6NAiIJ;=0|Fb
zsgN1ISd+X&dk!C!d@Fez)aMbyp_=LD-7Jc{4P)4X_zGyb2LJRFP9ZT;tzv+`YSI6<
zh5|q8#-{^H2zjAVBr;w@UdY+^Ume#%s3pz+GdFE^?>C(yjyXzUK_Y}*DgL<wm5DZ?
zT)b<BJGn)CRQ1afUUP3y9KXdL#zH?PYCLMwxVQEGI`gm&rt#qY$S`S@P;BsaOEY>5
z$pD1>2T$ft=8^Mt#cOY4)_bsO=RD)JoTB>io6|^2eqHhG(WO3<mt*i4SwnNvh33!Y
zB*KbQ*8-7O?0Zvf9OinnuGMzJ{&A5HM>Z?~@|6rYGGeeo$(}(9Rt(>0xTluJ3|~Kl
z{NclgmOP}*uNaf$LyS_ffPMW>keD|)h!*4NOB@E|T3j#w`4AP~#!?o1J(nE=MMhQ@
zvN&2R@VKV|;dN^H5~cqmIF(Ev<M22_f3`r6eXWJvi1=9;4FGg=N9xFVU{*=>zaI5)
z5(&ykk$yH)h&7UYOxUMcI^BH+A~H#vOsHA8#t5_=PlolPBX0ld6@5cA4zKYO`Y(B7
z+qsOxim6en^#X=q6dY4OcC>Lqij5=#1e%*b$kyz^DM=#-I?NZSGvi9*Ldez1H4J~m
zjkxNIKu6G0B5H^y-$j?4cPN)m8+&*V52C&;R_}&@&|-ioNxrE<n5o7rS1Wc+!TP{n
zn@|OR<w~qTl}X&7oR>7lPFHJTxJ9_`siw`7P>cmB{*MtDnGve@6KLHwmQK7ft?T9S
zr9+GcL4XD(@27RWoy?y|Q$_QWx2RSxb>2spkfd1AWkrAI!R2I>+H(6k-wv!DQN#yK
zNh%Xs&Dgbf%t;_t5{NzY%{H%1^Z!P+0`B3cpHf}@GEvpjwB%f(qJF$D4ls)_UryTc
zVS@R)XO;fLmXCy-T*^if8O0aqdGtcAYt}N<^Y^d*L1EA-lZ}%k`2ycB387)QN%WT{
zA@ZP665%123U@*n_i8z@BA0Ws)l{L+Zv}OGZ+x;jqCDlkkBNd6xv5+#t*cNlZE9Jq
zB}w4`OnklfL1NRyx}FrB%7+v5{VM`Z{lq>MW!BB8Gbf1z)j6%pD~aE@$QL{-P>ryz
zPshTg(}-q#6aPHUfF#ERHONdm!MdI~N&eQoS#La4F>exVo9jCn1^m7Y!3M@iAa|bl
zLk)JZ!g~VaVpp~xcwV5zWo5Z~@U<@8rETNfcPU$az%(RU&W2RQ9L$V)?NB5E%Q@)s
z^<4s;BC+Tym+`N_U0(|ecY|E9b@`#M{|^x&wW3$-*9Lpg*q;Hw@%RU?_$oB(neY8-
zzMjv%Apw}_l^{U64t%K!@W;#(K(v`&NbY}q*tV^|PaA9U_vG?zdQ}Fkvl`T_H!fl|
z)vJi}F+@K_wOA^>5V(z80s?~<@NDSP&EnF1?Z{HqVw?d8WzNgov6?awS4*i7xMzZO
zmEP?7*I?{bz}R8w>FJr9k?Il+nE8Xt#vO)BR~R;$zcqSWH`Dx)rSLX709n6O5G1fc
zNJMFsz9D^)`A&ZQvnU<;n!tD?KMKwuyyu#U5N1;jJoGvp(9sU~L$^rh>G<VFFiB0&
zS)9)wI?s|Z2zgjom?Jp=!hkz8D84hcAA`e*w%AADNncMSjoV<y&B^(Rs4-*nUA>Ok
ze*4)5h%=#Tkixy<X=~g82>YOd*EqSmiX(W22mwi$5qpc?Y+nr<Yn0pY6I<aZQvx-I
zdjNE74&dtKW|BuZ<C$UgaEd>~J7J!&*tLutAI-xprdPC)`Vvt=Ko`bIQxbW_m@<+$
zvMy(W6*STLAH_419vFE4-b{u5NUn6$`7gLwN)&!=(1cXp@VXPF;L90o#KxFO=gp}J
zSg!;>`ybZewH<zo7@U-7R+|pR>%H>KN{M0~3{h#;D>SGC0Sr6g#&~8%oC7Oa<XQ&L
z@72C20OCN{6%>wT3rg6kETf*;sFsXjG@)S;0u4^7&r%WaI4I!7+hoV@_t80RX3Bi-
zWK0RmX-1oO2bskZ{&K6dULfG05+}Ld?ASoLM(Jn<KZi0Ap>!c`RTjM3a*`I{@rlq<
z{3a|(|Jt{x$)3da`aaAUlJ2QNmI1>1Z3)w*n$7@8bn3=r_;aEVW~>ja7bpvtdUv~j
zx3Q7ourbV1`H%D>e!C`~D(dY<S?oj}Ug>vIs^@=mqUW_$a1Gdme+o0~SL5!^<A6ho
zrz8-#@4N49S?&qYi-GpD-y_|jSU?=eJ(dIY{4Uo26~BY@5&Zjf>_Th)6qWmtF;c7A
z7)?{(m0(uS`3Wd(O0je??w-nRfql;mMx&%wXR~6AC&2#sAuAb!oOX>VW{RE@X5*q8
znWmvHFaIyc2ibr+a<r)#|D4sZ;|sE(9RPwqkFd8!BR}shEANa?cjhm+hoo{w5nDY}
zx162V>l}i|6R!g!rqheEyqJ;SYd6@ESfw8|`d>Bva$oW#cOHGI=e=7GjxzK9a+y*@
z4)-zeE+dqEf{;0WJ<s(dWEsEf6T>@K_G=}ft>?({RIy^0mH<W-s_3}1_B#lsa-34+
zKb&docyCLJYD84U25l?;Nc|S%0WXmVXYITc6W9aGZw)V>m1{&zDGA4TA~x1}l?qRX
zG2*~KA)t{<4OmLhJ4IEaLT@OP$Y2n_l+C~|2ObivLGb2y%5#luX|S>L#twPGyhV1*
zOga>h8b;H&!+}2hr0n}wO)I%i-+i$Uv;&dJoBYrfgr*1Po>jXh1WENO18@x%ds9FU
zws17~q~`eUKV53jhvejhg@<22@2-`_uI8cfg-i@z98ntV@WR;FosynclhEbtF|HCP
z)}(P;P$4@{oi6$N12%{GEs&qA*1eV}@KU>9y#5w57R&)qLjeB8IaS!59l6NJNk`U5
z97$$d`|*~;%+iuEu7s)JNZlN0ggl$RpT?!r!`nX<TsUG)kSZ5R=ouG5DA>23Xc$~A
z%pQTFl>tb?$`|+Fo<3V|4JDcS3~#0l0RX1}(4|P)L{*=|C_~eezth(vo!40KY-Dhf
zR68!j5?2S}zU((I3V>Qt!C$Xe0h`5qjFi3O+!*leo*p7a`MO8^`hf(_JN6U=k5=vc
zpF}k!qwz0-$Oo;0?o6^aW61KTz@U1}w*Ky`9-tiIoz?5<LZ=!9t&~Q9){UD<N6!5d
zGQNXY_qO2qT8mon450P^JR)-PQw=F$KdpJiPOIZyf*pK&vvik<Tnn&q&R4?IM7{a`
z(HIX0sGw(^cfQD#1(ca{WFOJp#wDfF=~d9G7rtOqY3AsNBd<GQ6jk$MQ)=ys@C7vI
zuW+09I%EfIKA)3P!*v$Ji$@*%h&8Ia)PlDuPQAFY2lb$PA5zwUhC|v#WSwmC0i)@X
z_W-dYX*+A*U(ek4VbIirNE>L`TaQE*zco4eprElPuz{4nz9hKkFHd-;&&7zLInaXF
zt3;j4prEm-sc8sO!~gQT+C`Q4{;S#fpArBRy*J3k{EciYh2;A^(6*ZaTEP?WJ%_-h
z13={nWTt>bwmvm3E3o5{^hsc{Xd`LaTQ+Ht%*@}{8~n~dNdY_`;ONc59tEl^0S~aL
zV@;5d8DxNBK==0%A@VB3p9E!9_7qPr?wI|nGK2PXz+-gWt)D%rj`NL1>bC5=Yxwn)
z_zj-TY{l4^(A$D%z(X>xl>@f~v%&^8As|i#nZyc)5wK`f8TUN`k5DdFU!AV><BeTI
zs^WL0)8|9Ve(_hT?O+!ID6fGH1HIY~Yv4!I3$lSmjEtA{I+>asM{yu;x?Ry4D_;;l
zE9|@cfNEKE-}9*vaSc@Ls>*7L-Vcy}R<8W)jlclhzt(Sj%ZnYRljBtR;~>(mkY1sc
zxaUckByScUH-nV5jj;@XTpNSww*A%gnMYB(-kM<Anqbxyc{CcJ!T?U>=l8C+%gDaj
zvG8o41_AlEX={(H6ifvG9TNWY=G0u?EVX$$@5SFXLw#eB`f*BGJQL(Io<b1;qfLlD
zB16+`-_tG#`8Y5SK4o6*Sww{#T2%qh<pjWHg^-6MnSozGRdeJQlFIf^|AYNI1{=8t
z^bJEJA2BIut~xX1w<mlZm&U|NhunXqJJfcr>OQQ&3b;{^5Wl_m*FU|+rimd~2qvP7
zsmb}%ybMbWXCoXn90ad37WRbfDAy@qWyJ{izTlCXZL0*oy!YFi4@=;lj0GNGdpOgm
z?HF0os)OBIfsh^vGY(;iHR<L={V<l!3w%uxJ1yoUtwwtakUX{Ip>NkT56vNQ_VE$n
zsGuSy{s5*>*cK1qWTVnZ*F-Q2{`om3(p}*A2}~QyKRtkiq-V4(fHym-1MluRhUqpt
zy#S~*FaS8H_l<}*PTtTfx`7^Pj^OK{kiR_wDKW?|u&tgz5lx%9QAbIT7#TW_GEMnv
zvk^k%4xXDMe(>Ny^We)#S}0<!#taK&aEhj_Re+YE48bB|?}d<G2Y$5R(|Ww;u)-q|
z`tpfxEhIsCG-@>COb3~<0m5(j@<a_JPOm|;;WgpdV7Mm_=@Ss<Fx2-lHJ~yt$T1dx
z6&S`kf{$gOe>(Hz34#FAhbr-^-2keIm7YlV{rmS<l(^imbbqo*^gk$5h&DNP1PEBD
z;%V_i#QO0~$z+c>A3NtwIQStlfPxD{<|x~4Pb#5UwJb@Gwr9#s934LaMWR|c>j|8P
z^TmC?fx$rx(0S~kgGUb;2+FvjA_;MR$9bN<Q`(^CZtK#Gef;wku;vmrnfp*gTU*>R
zSmbXSrL6ibiNI9`%-H@G*KMR}K;8wI1iDxgWUUT>m-THMoVEOVT{>+I8Kem}-6$O6
z>hvt>#xudW<WnTd!erx%-s>~jHjuIz!<8lfOy<K}a1Qsswa}<E7y~5HkpyM2A>=3U
z;Q}K3B3Lxaz9U2^y*6`vbO%G!a8NI-->w-FNaKQR4$zn0@$M<OG9c9oB!BjO8b<0%
zXWq~3Yp3=LCjzmr@ue@wXSPrDzRp<J>-!1<r#%!z)*)hrn+^84RE5;KHe+DCN&G65
zWMm_1x=S~E?!X;aQxXh)jV*|}be0AHGNdyy43c)^f2T_k{bT+Je*Ye1+EFBq8bhnY
zN3df1XyWx#BW*%ukwa7nd9CTtGqCU=qyW41@vQ5`GP?L6Xy69oG2r_l9PUmX$RWMB
zNXPuV0}47!E5<)ZHtQpInUDbGB*Vq8jgr~*)1~v(2SMxgAl;3FdRZO4Hv08kVWKLx
zYwcUOaLSq|B~W>^fXHeCZi}o>febRrbQ@z`w`U;hNt(vmgurrRhf}x_$F3n&A|N3v
ztCmh{)my*skerapToo{1Y;m<L7rgkB0KjGI`r+)mi)`mPqww{O9NnUWNb~akzD0r6
zj6zud3j>?XB27h#OizxOnAi0>i|exq0LqY^Ws=0x2#+9rfI#G88opeo)?Y<4vS#!e
zAsG!9{O;g?rHgcdlmyokf0?S=jM+6V_Jed%w;V%eFEF>tAS_q2GrSnqoU1Z=0QB^v
zG|?e)TRKBUk#VXBG*73z#_PnIz4Q9W$DfSP7HP2lgpt`V=O-u`1Iy<FoTz1BJvPA6
zVJ;v6z+z8X*Pk!UcJvo2X54E6S`z7WU2MvV5A%aOqKHtP^)xdeAz<+E1-{?#oX)TI
zgTMmYhu&Ecp50vgf!tZ8Gf>Tl7zdwVnY=ErMU=&FcnpEDjL7{6>dhp9F~N{})aPc~
z5WZEEZ4MM=bX=TsKZ(Twkb!mDZ<aw`Ao_7STXc8+sUiyjj`6y)*YtbMLn8k}BF{<*
zHJC=(%8{=)kzC>I*R4g%zby)5N%J%Lj}#SCJsr>_Hrb?=m7Jj@V>KtWCuh>uRj4^g
zCta4(GXyy=$YA-*mh0xiX9*6v<&I-5kD<52J&_*OFQ*YUq%V#1Kta;777P_=W5i{)
zMYeCUd)pcXxz9ltIoL)(>W~~5Wxpf5AnHLiYlcjhXGkv*kaEp^e8>ZkekF3Sz=Xvk
zB^Hr=_XUt>!gb1%D>omUpEh<PskvP*2grMtm#M*%89=0q%&^0=yxAS5)oji3>SdVv
zq>1!<fl8r^6~FZW`$4PIPZSw0n3$M6e)?3cauzInM|b_K!3fe7yS_kxLrtyP?Ov`~
zIx%ah$nMs_|I1R$-~+1G^Y#LM@rOZtNJW;S4{Rkshblr|4q{6YVC1g%+&g>DZuET0
z^;`Lf)U48-4*Q7UeTXn*umqHS6%e9(fbeU00P4?XArrww`pIU8wb?h(fDk(Z67fB)
z=hn|qjhL%l9)6ujMzK}@dyvWEu)NuLjfo&)jF$>*sJ3I!^zK8?x-jSam#4J6WjkJ{
z)smrEXi#i7fKORub|K{(IBvskkdh1sx}{}QqpMW!5vg|pa=V5KM)eQ~f9~MN4B%S8
zSkF7Mqv)2-kgy9z-?U4Td?*ljuo!t9GN>f?@uhK-<k13T@+1JBgb?|ABJ_!%DdT;p
z1kQwYy%QE{aIqB^G<Mawcc%v<9Y7;w#mogD7><sKxvw49&G{H1=`~VwM9Nb8_t_x4
zcQmE?3nyCuK-p}X6hcaxNGGH^6)q?8Zxvdq&a>=p6q}n2>7p~n3VD19Lw1c#v`O=f
zz&Qiv_cLYMJ&^<s>pT7znkCaTxr|o+%|GW(M`Xjtf|7Gqa^x0Xv>FaweKqf#^62R4
zk6~(Dg5d4@L1BmFRg5xS$HzZE5TvkR1yvzZANCY3FMLEtbUD!K0830eBvk|G3Bc4E
zhR#{?92xj=s;H^g2~@F0vFSDdYdvPpedb)EQJT;j2drg=qE5Mnm|yLD@7c{SHc^Zq
zz2!9DwBHfH3k(bl)ccys;Y8nOrSPhLM!j^}#}yQKTsoTvrurXnH2jZ|#l^#uSos&^
z)|CfHsvqL54jg;%D1K9%Y{4y0l7EqHfgoKvL#)ZiKj*OJ-%r48mGMaH9J`G)e5L53
z2mleY6in6#8O-jVCcR-1^aOd#^k(m)-=)p!CQAb&z3msR>zQ5%pp9Rr-_IrAGbia`
z;G@OQ2yuMnpQJRI24umGmWhvvJc?Gp8%XLtKlk{Z2o5NU7@OHXj?8_Snn=k5x03o&
z9mP3d(;J1G35LJVVLlGEH5unsR0A`mf)7X=K+}Wawh`svMj<!RlPBwy9FIDA6rDd?
zNyT5Zr^(_K)Yy5eCQj@Ov}GglOi>~&+A`D}_tZC^FC6*t`+^TYa1q|?U+6j)CNZR^
z!&fjJk}Aq&Oy}uPjTDGQ=&&cq^Gs%Rb#>_}r0G<xo_Fl46{{cdaTiX<d1|EI5U-fz
ziqhX;;02)#(n*8KRW0UWx|y-%Lug18rY_=tBZHXq#^Q#{EI$D*m$b^>nAyhgnJ)nS
z?C_&6z6ts}EA*N0cTYxBp>{ogtyZAkAymDY@&ZHhuI4SR7Hth`4nMw4K;#yiT8f#r
z20IcxKEl^2Rv%UiG9p%De$F2>T=tQBlG=n0C(MX4^QGvCf_}Um%=6JC<cp6FUJeTV
zJU%f(Em&@v<g-cdgcMt^R8A}Ii;XtY7#V{Rvr{8lBQUWJOzL_VA9`ct95lc>;io4S
zG7ZM%GP>KK)04!cuW{dT6!Jz*@*z5i<5&|mcv!H<m|uIEKa#wo6VnQs7?4s)EIJ<z
zcdE98`AlRS6PcE4E2KlEQlcODKnikj3Hl|!=T|DwG>|M|P$a~cYLt4aGbm2|TCQWH
zjto8RQ%}RC1H1k3@K8^IfKFIi#R@f>Ndt@wxL6It*W(ys)N$Bpn~AuEGGEg1vm=Dk
zZbJ$yMlqgqqjRcM*|Sna-=*5YcrwQ1_7xAC0PhOG;DvO7Pww5r(wCExP&Y~6O#cZ`
zVE-wEa8uK8ans+4pAM#^mFKcJAru8#HfVU0#t0hyW2cwK-vy#FzP)`}ucardb`AT;
zLFX9R3DcSDgIvcirQH!}(qv>4Y3`G#0EZf3>`mtrslw_^-X|7h9=-Z#qg?bXx{B+H
zqvC+&)RhNDR8BaG5?Br&+L`(iuH9#~f#osew$T*H=Gq{pQCkjZ0pT;)Iz&WMW=fdS
z4Q?WX4O1N2H?7<sb8-JiCKs6@QFw_=(<9R%|IbO2`4=dqmeg9u-NQcgtROiZtEM+A
z%LLe#+x45`|88YKnRL}>Ww)ZmF7&>s;Q@2zpH8dCAyK~r+6&<_c^iKsm4*tbblkeX
zst1`_#XpxRP8>zNtslE;a5y%5{J=dqcgR>gmII@e`^L}z^y)l_GvV+?^*1jHkB$}V
z$j}3xKFUIA#0P|XW$3>|;a%(IU)xK+G(KG2yAHfXKB?W~d+A$iSlxRHolDs_Vja|@
zrn%pev0e;7UUAF4ZTs@N)u<6i>w7*SQ6Jt99c~_;-iZku5O!QZ6_;wtTzgL$zQQp7
znudx`4G@JarXh37zCIGEL#h3no;}Bmh3d>I#p=KUa5RfYvNgI59iDih_u(-WK6;`o
z){&*CEFM*0*WW*I-_e$=fOlM@z4<>geD4|WWaSiuTs@x4eNV5!cD@@RAy}NnB33q{
zKWyBZzXxFwY_+iapNCf#=}~?#HT`2oHsO{YLLo<IAE!ifng&L)Gk$z^Grtc8r_f)s
z+a}jyrY&Xkrde;J8J=Zwck^^Kqs(EEmC}t4P{)T`)rzdrH4&{9BTPltqJU#8U%*wI
z(KeLhRx<fzOFCCIgc(Cv`M+}{0CGsIBftdya1(Ve*8u*Yu{QSid}DVtd_#QQcH<QM
zW+LTo40gP(M?oO^T){*mmA;T_s>r}9-;G&%lBvF<KxK&IW^s9QyK{DkW<<}uX<qtZ
ztzn`Y0ibMZjC=2_b9su-%}g{Gi59U~_0MacG$>sWlwKR!CxJ8Spu|li%Rd1+Rd9me
zw^fJzkSjiZQ3?4H@kV3d+un#Z>67bQCg}(&U|9bDWcR-bKbPI$q(Y{O3{M68n~KYV
zp-mUE`)<Z9F&IVOex}!HcF*Vc;hjZsOWV7x1+W`;r<VP?8yBbpL*dmmxT3W~jP0FH
zPF;5mTcXB?Kq`R{qxdU}-Dq?|g~0E_da4XcKWkXk({mRjZ3-K$H%-kKb`RZck{7mb
z+)4dg;IjSuyZ_Si|K|y_14~;EyjtLmc-%MF-lBdCZt7nNGJn_ZanB_Bc&0uJG^5o3
zSX;RUgJ99POW_rn48!FOnLUH)^%g~^?&Zz(+3}(K8HPqDctg|cy{erE1CWgA%<ofb
zREYS_6~v4oqBkqe6uKrb=jQemX410s)!yNg{p)X;se3r~MHgGAWYN*$?XwmP=9d>|
zSLf{=ox&9Um5uw!2IAR5G*IYmhq#cDaGK0Z3EHW~iDQ|)<UMa(ov)MNNCqo<nF4{i
zc&!_s>xK7jXX#jLX0H;HLF)kC#M;gN8*JVF?EXW*PgvZb2+!U_?4KdOS((k;+u!=#
zF>ri+lK_Vw$1Xtv_W1Z$hsmRGHPxJK735G^)T#>!vFO#UDmxby&@xri7H5cEGMINy
zZiQpS7ZG%8XKvT_TW5%+DZoWIUHq|oEA0EwHS(*%*)>>5D41sV64huKJ=e?m{kLbh
zWv79rv@BPR+d^6zh1lMiJ^Lrj2}(q-if-IlxV+o%>>a);(X1L237j4uwzi82y_|w}
zE`dAWEbcRPgIPE|hFdTcdSBb4UB`;t?YJeX77u+cE&g`*SLZ`o@bK+eeo}BNZP4^S
zuU_Wn$!)<K=QGMqxO6V}^);w#lIG`s=KcA~1qyXBG;F;(7e2bxO%9$Bnq`r``B5I=
za-a2WLJ8_XkU$J1^U;Y{h)D+KU>gmq?ZiDkoj_H><jjVr^jE@IrA&3>Kf<*Vq-SRE
zN?aSIm-X#B9=I?&?HoUJd6eU(*=wPlxl!3TqSsp4wdv;9nm0SEyk7}j^u5chh*N^O
zyZgKO-?#!w#v2+}A2ApA>nY!x<1B1|yJZC|`ui27P%zO<J^x^awofuInsOs9^PnMN
zQPwIw_hm9RAs-*J+yOa89z?!FIiA^eq!02%;e#Tp+$f*IGsdLrhBq};Wwy{zErJiK
zLE~=9s|6_C3*&dEBIcJ*_@?5Nfns2_kuMPlv7?6a8+oTrhw7LSMTQ2?Ji<cf@i5T9
z&n^VyOP={{iUAr$-in!d>WXa?rsRTm@*tC|^5w>!*5#p$Uf_7H@^Hp6#fNPyH=DqM
zKuQa?Lc-FXF1L@bT-$vayhQyfx6amxyxtaV=iwpk$K^Ge#2h{8LSX*sook_0;_&f1
z{J`yp`NjPZ+d7S=*r#)rnWiWs4f?Ne8D2K5t$OlVk>;oet<Tlf2BcNKZ?N(%B3-2E
zwI))1b8$3Ke!Dd5a&>RV?P`m%bN2Y^5Nm2A%g=xKh7R!97Y*br2@lLrSf(VC(aJSa
z3sCf<1R@T|iK-%UQJ35yY&NvHrrK_>N&Ie3Q_Df*$p@bCZi9uf$S%tw{3ID%yR&<S
z_QfWLckK<``)9Q6Nb%0zqg_xMJwEHio6`RyG8J`D<eh}b5);1}cM+!o+rCvs`C9*Y
zNOeJSjgu1xC+rCq1usqiD5NzlQ}U4(IPFwIBR3eD41cI)dU_c9KqwO<ZFjKQVVf5(
zx1trX&zl)rIYsUQ_(lJny3QqWCtobdJ1)U{W~w1|H{vuHJmne>3cjED#0yB-U@bv~
z7MgU5=J=YAYS_r^B%1Zib{8zPT9z<W@av=I6{|JPS<~4}z6hkIsAa%ZzpAbCPF|Tc
zfG0JUVhB&}9x9&kf7*jL3L}+iMjB<;ri-u3?~a5xB?rwFH{p(%MbaTRcrDN3zJKS`
zKJHgPs!rW#z?4bv^Y9mIzSU+<QoWkSJM$`xd!|=__vQ4mS0DnicyAy~zMvZb*u5=F
zp1qJS>lAGK+ic%hYX(!yw;wO<d%r&Q#_%gNq`vXHji=pVYrR6>Q4sIk>hLqaygmk0
zCZAtZ1KE!vQAYAHW4@C*v<?3DhIT=y-&?h!*S;ofs;RD<@sjkce>+!?re!Ie^U-(P
z!B`vJ8q5Dm*23<NY;I(JN||j@I#p=W4plzYKuC6?L3y9<Q@dG9oZ%jo1dcg#W|jjX
zcG_$a?b-EDz7N3-!UD~@+62BDTkr9iAC;Fk<ZiP|-8ns~XRPt6{M4#=e-K^Df2#cZ
z*6B_5o`dC-@3qq%AgictspnQ@8tQOZC8^<)3Gq|;ZhgfQuU)_`v76_$Z1;V_?^%{I
zV|F4WHP;@Hk^2C*Fm%iBu1FYFY;l0&44`POEW7wL3Q9@yFi%JGO7G_G%9Pit_x{<`
z9ltr#bjxkkJXXa`rCW*5w!uS8VxgE@8I+;&B==8LY0Szf8)S>ZCKicQ?ESrqY36Iw
z_Rb8gtNz^Lq8b(cP>gBl&b0L9PHP)NXb1z|uI+MLxp}T<EgXAH-f-dC6IPfnEL*9`
z1coNgy|{npQiM@-cfJmOJ4ZZif&&{*$Vw9LMtr_n&~aEn{Q4gFBPXpSRU!Ey=zjq_
C<=y!J

literal 0
HcmV?d00001

diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/responsive-design/breakpoints.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/responsive-design/breakpoints.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..28137dc7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/responsive-design/breakpoints.md
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+---
+id: breakpoints
+title: Breakpoints
+sidebar_label: Breakpoints
+description: The Spacing section in the Advanced tab lets you change the default margin and padding for rows and columns. For modules, you can change the default margin values only.
+---
+
+CSS breakpoints determine how a responsive layout behaves on different devices based on its width. You can use them to control when your layout can be adapted or to show or hide content based on a device's size.
+
+## Desktop-first Approach
+
+Beaver Builder takes a desktop-first approach. That is, you begin by designing for your desktop or Extra Large device layout and work your way down to smaller devices like tablets and smartphones. As a result, Beaver Builder uses the `max-width` expression in the breakpoint [media queries](https://www.w3schools.com/Css/css3_mediaqueries.asp), as shown in the example below.
+
+```css
+@media (max-width: 1200px) {
+  .fl-node-glvo1rmpjqa6.fl-module-heading .fl-heading {
+    font-size: 48px;
+  }
+}
+
+@media (max-width: 992px) {
+  .fl-node-glvo1rmpjqa6.fl-module-heading .fl-heading {
+    font-size: 36px;
+  }
+}
+
+@media (max-width: 768px) {
+  .fl-node-glvo1rmpjqa6.fl-module-heading .fl-heading {
+    font-size: 26px;
+  }
+}
+```
+
+## Default Breakpoints
+
+Beaver Builder includes three breakpoints enabling you to fine-tune your layout for a variety of device sizes. The default breakpoint values [can be modified to suit your needs](#custom-breakpoints).
+
+:::info
+When a device's screen width exceeds 1200px, the Extra Large device size is used.
+:::
+
+### Small Device Breakpoint
+
+The Small Device Breakpoint allows you to style your layouts for smaller devices, such as smartphones, mini tablets, and portrait-oriented tablets. Devices with a screen width of `768px` or less are considered small devices.
+
+### Medium Device Breakpoint
+
+The Medium Device Breakpoint allows you to style your layouts for medium devices, such as small desktop computers, some laptops, and tablets. Devices with a screen width between `769px` and `992px` are considered medium devices.
+
+### Large Device Breakpoint
+
+The Large Device Breakpoint allows you to style your layouts for large devices, such as desktop computers, laptops, and landscape-oriented tablets. Devices with a width between `993px` and `1200px` are considered large devices.
+
+## Default Breakpoint Values
+
+The default breakpoint values for each device size are:
+
+- **Large** - `1200px`.
+- **Medium** - `992px`.
+- **Small** - `768px`.
+
+## Custom Breakpoints
+
+The default breakpoints in Beaver Builder can be customized to suit your needs. If you modify the default breakpoint values, those changes will be applied globally.
+
+1. [Launch Beaver Builder](getting-started/launch-builder.md) on a page or post.
+
+2. Access the [Global Settings](user-interface/global-settings.md#medium-device-breakpoint) from the [Tools menu](user-interface/tools-menu.md).
+
+3. Go to the **Responsive Layouts** sections and change the number of pixels for the Large, Medium, or Small device breakpoints.
+
+4. Click **Save**.
+
+:::tip
+If the [Use Responsive Settings in Previews?](user-interface/global-settings.md#use-responsive-settings-in-previews) setting in [Global Settings](user-interface/global-settings.md) is enabled, custom breakpoints will be used in [Responsive Editor mode](editor.md).
+:::
+
+![Beaver Builder default breakpoints](/img/beaver-builder/responsive-design--breakpoints--1.jpg)
+
+## Landscape & Portrait Orientation
+
+Although Beaver Builder breakpoints were chosen to accommodate the majority of popular device sizes and screen widths, they don't target every use case.
+
+In many iPad models, the landscape orientation display dimensions are `1024x768` pixels, and a portrait orientation display width of `768x1024` pixels, making landscape orientation a [large](#large-device-breakpoint) device and portrait orientation a [small](#small-device-breakpoint) device.
+
+![Landscape and Portrait Orientation diagram](/img/beaver-builder/responsive-design--breakpoints--2.jpg)
+
+By changing the Small Device Breakpoint value from `768px` to `767px`, you can make the iPad's portrait orientation a medium device. You can then use the [Visibility](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/visibility.md) setting on the [Advanced tab](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) to display one row for tablets in both orientations, but a separate row for phones.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/responsive-design/disable.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/responsive-design/disable.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c72e404f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/responsive-design/disable.md
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+---
+id: disable
+title: Disable Responsive Behavior
+sidebar_label: Disable Responsive Behavior
+description: The Spacing section in the Advanced tab lets you change the default margin and padding for rows and columns. For modules, you can change the default margin values only.
+---
+
+You may [disable responsive behavior](user-interface/global-settings.md#enabledisable) site-wide from the [Global Settings](user-interface/global-settings.md). If you disable responsive behavior, the layouts you see on extra large devices will be preserved on large, medium, and small devices.
+
+When you disable responsiveness site-wide, you lose the following functionality:
+
+- Column stacking doesn't occur.
+
+- Margins and padding stay the same on every device, ignoring any previous settings for large, medium, and small devices on individual rows, columns, and modules, and not allowing new ones.
+
+- Other responsive settings in [Global settings](user-interface/global-settings.md#responsive-layout) and on the [Advanced tab](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) of individual rows, columns, and modules are ignored, except for the choice to [hide rows, columns, or modules on specific device sizes](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/visibility.md).
+
+:::warning Warning
+We strongly discourage you from disabling Beaver Builder's responsive behavior.
+:::
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/responsive-design/editor.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/responsive-design/editor.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c195010c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/responsive-design/editor.md
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+---
+id: editor
+title: Responsive Editor
+sidebar_label: Responsive Editor
+description: The Spacing section in the Advanced tab lets you change the default margin and padding for rows and columns. For modules, you can change the default margin values only.
+---
+
+The Responsive Editing mode allows you to create and edit your layouts in a way that ensures they look great on all devices.
+
+![Responsive Editing Mode](/img/beaver-builder/responsive-design--responsive-editor--1.jpg)
+
+## Access Responsive Editing mode
+
+Enter Responsive Editing mode in any of the following ways:
+
+- Click the [Responsive Toggle](toggle.md) icon next to settings that have it for a row, column, or module.
+  Your page view will stay in responsive editing mode even if you close the Settings window. Use the **Exit** button to close responsive editing.
+
+- On the [Tools menu](user-interface/tools-menu.md), click **Responsive editing**.
+
+- Keyboard shortcut <kbd>R</kbd>
+  This keyboard shortcut toggles responsive editing mode.
+
+## Responsive Editor UI
+
+When responsive editor mode is enabled, you can see how your page will look on different screen sizes and make any necessary adjustments to ensure that the layout is optimized for all devices.
+
+:::info
+[Landscape orientation](breakpoints.md#landscape--portrait-orientation) is not supported by the Responsive Editor out of the box, but you can simulate it.
+
+See the [Breakpoints](breakpoints.md#landscape--portrait-orientation) article for more information.
+:::
+
+![Responsive Editing toggle device previews](/img/beaver-builder/responsive-design--responsive-editor--2.jpg)
+
+### Breakpoint
+
+The Breakpoint drop-down menu allows you to toggle between devices (Extra Large, Large, Medium, and Small) and the responsive editor will automatically adjust to the size of that device.
+
+By using the device buttons, the current device will be active on the [Responsive Toggle](toggle.md) when accessing the row, column, or module settings. As a result of this, you can preview your layout and tweak your original design to make it suitable for all device sizes (large, medium, and small).
+
+See the [Breakpoints](breakpoints.md) article for more information.
+
+### Width & Height
+
+The Width and Height options allow you to adjust the dimensions of the layout preview to custom values.
+
+### Zoom
+
+Use the Zoom options to zoom in or out. You can choose between 100%, 75%, 50%, and Fit to Window.
+
+### Drag Handles
+
+Using the Drag Handles is another way to adjust the width and height of the layout preview. To do so, click and hold on the handle, and drag either left or right to adjust the width, or up or down to adjust the height as needed.
+
+![Responsive Editing drag handles](/img/beaver-builder/responsive-design--responsive-editor--3.jpg)
+
+## Device Previews
+
+The Responsive Editor provides an accurate preview of the layout you're editing for a variety of devices. You can preview the layout at any size you choose using the [Width and Height](#width--height) options or the [Drag Handles](#drag-handles).
+
+:::caution Legacy Responsive Editor
+It is strongly recommended that you **do not** disable the [Responsive Iframe UI from Beaver Builder Advanced settings](settings/advanced.md#responsive-iframe-ui). This will enable Beaver Builder's legacy, non-iframe responsive editing experience which only simulates device previews and provides an approximation of how your website would look on a mobile device.
+:::
+
+## Per-device Styling
+
+The Responsive Editor **does not** create separate layouts for each device size. You can, however, adjust your layouts per-device using the Visibility options and Responsive Toggle.
+
+- The [Visibility](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/visibility.md#breakpoint) options utilize Beaver Builder [breakpoints](breakpoints.md) and allow you to show or hide row, column, or modules for specific devices.
+
+- The [Responsive Toggle](toggle.md) allows you to configure specific settings, such as font size, background image or column width on a per-device basis.
+
+:::warning Warning
+It is not possible to change the position of a row, column, or module for a specific device size, since the position change will be applied to all devices.
+
+The same is true when removing content from your layout. For example, removing a row, column, or module for the medium device size will also remove the content for all other device sizes (Extra Large, Large, and Small).
+:::
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/responsive-design/index.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/responsive-design/index.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..69448713
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/responsive-design/index.md
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+---
+id: index
+title: Responsive Design
+sidebar_label: Responsive Design
+description: In this section, you will find articles that describe how to use Beaver Builder's responsive tools in order to create layouts that look great on all devices.
+---
+
+import Tabs from '@theme/Tabs';
+import TabItem from '@theme/TabItem';
+
+In this section, you will find articles that describe how to use Beaver Builder's responsive tools in order to create layouts that look great on all devices.
+
+:::tip Free Course
+Check out our [free responsive design course](https://courses.wpbeaverbuilder.com/view/courses/page-builder-course) to learn more about the responsive editor and other features that ensure your layouts look great on all devices.
+:::
+
+## Responsive Behavior
+
+Layouts created with Beaver Builder are fully responsive out of the box, which means they automatically adjust to fit different screen sizes, ensuring that your layouts will look great on any device. It is also possible to fine-tune your responsive layouts even further with [Beaver Builder's responsive features](#responsive-features).
+
+You can see how your layouts adapt to different screen sizes in the screenshots below.
+
+<Tabs>
+<TabItem value="large" label="Large" default>
+
+The screenshot below shows how your website appears on a large and extra large devices.
+
+![Extra Large & Large device layout view](/img/beaver-builder/responsive--index--1.jpg)
+
+</TabItem>
+<TabItem value="medium" label="Medium">
+
+The screenshot below shows how your website appears on a medium devices.
+
+![Medium device layout view](/img/beaver-builder/responsive--index--2.jpg)
+
+</TabItem>
+<TabItem value="small" label="Small">
+
+The screenshot below shows how your website appears on a small devices.
+
+![Small device layout view](/img/beaver-builder/responsive--index--3.jpg)
+
+</TabItem>
+</Tabs>
+
+## Responsive Features
+
+Beaver Builder provides the following features to fine-tune your responsive layouts further.
+
+* You can preview and edit your layouts in a way that ensures they look great on all devices using the [Responsive Editor mode](editor.md). In addition, you can set custom width and height values to preview your website in a variety of widths and heights.
+
+* With [Custom Breakpoints](breakpoints.md#custom-breakpoints), you can set your own preferred widths for different device sizes overriding [Beaver Builder's default breakpoint](breakpoints.md) values.
+
+* Using [Visibility](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/visibility.md) options, you can hide specific nodes (rows, columns, and modules) on your website for selected devices, allowing you to customize your user experience accordingly.
+
+* By using the [Responsive Toggle](toggle.md), you can define different row, column, and module settings per device, such as margins, padding, and even background images.
+
+* [Columns stack](/beaver-builder/layouts/columns/stacking.md) automatically for small devices due to the limited viewing area, and one column is usually the best design. You can avoid and control column stacking by setting custom column widths for each device size, or by reversed column stacking order.
+
+## In this section
+
+import DocCardList from '@theme/DocCardList';
+
+<DocCardList />
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/responsive-design/responsive-columns.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/responsive-design/responsive-columns.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dac3fa1d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/responsive-design/responsive-columns.md
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+---
+id: responsive-columns
+title: Responsive columns
+sidebar_label: Responsive columns
+---
+Columns in layouts can become quite complex, with multiple column groups in rows, child columns, and multiple modules in a single column group. For an overview of columns with many visual examples, see the [column layouts overview](/beaver-builder/layouts/columns/column-layouts-overview.md).
+
+Here's a complex example of column stacking. This example shows a single row with two column groups. The first column group has two columns, left and right, with child columns in both. The second column group has two modules and a child column group. The main columns have a light gray background. The child columns have a dark gray background.
+
+As screen size decreases, column and module stacking occurs left to right, top to bottom, first within each column, then across columns in the same group, then across column groups:
+
+![](/img/responsive-columns-column-stacking-1.jpg)
+
+This stacking behavior applies to both standard content area layouts and to Beaver Themer layouts, such as in a Header layout.
+
+You can reverse the column stacking order for any column group in your layout by [following these instructions](/beaver-builder/layouts/columns/stacking.md).
+
+You can also [prevent columns from stacking](/beaver-builder/layouts/columns/stacking.md) by setting custom responsive widths.
+
+:::tip
+Knowing how columns will stack is an important factor in how you construct your page. It's important to test your layouts at various device sizes as you develop the page to make sure the information flow across your columns is preserved. See [the article on Responsive Editing Mode](/beaver-builder/layouts/responsive-design/editor.md) with an example that shows how responsive preview in Beaver Builder works.
+:::
+
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/responsive-design/toggle.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/responsive-design/toggle.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..404d86fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/responsive-design/toggle.md
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+---
+id: toggle
+title: Responsive Device Toggle
+sidebar_label: Responsive Device Toggle
+description: With the Responsive Device Toggle, you can configure row, column, and module options according to the size of the device.
+---
+
+import Tabs from '@theme/Tabs';
+import TabItem from '@theme/TabItem';
+
+The purpose of this article is to explain what the responsive device toggle is and how it helps you optimize your Beaver Builder layouts for specific devices.
+
+![Responsive device toggle](/img/beaver-builder/responsive-design--responsive-toggle--1.jpg)
+
+## Introduction
+
+Responsive Device Toggle allows you to customize the appearance of your layout's rows, columns, and modules on a per-device basis, using Beaver Builder breakpoints. A device icon will appear next to options that support the Responsive Device Toggle. Every device size is represented by a different icon in order to make it easy to distinguish the device size you're currently using. 
+
+<ul className="dashicons-list">
+  <li><span><svg xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" width="20" height="20" viewBox="0 0 20 20"><path fill="currentColor" d="M3 2h14c.55 0 1 .45 1 1v10c0 .55-.45 1-1 1h-5v2h2c.55 0 1 .45 1 1v1H5v-1c0-.55.45-1 1-1h2v-2H3c-.55 0-1-.45-1-1V3c0-.55.45-1 1-1zm13 9V4H4v7h12zM5 5h9L5 9V5z"/></svg></span> <span>Extra Large</span></li>
+  <li><span><svg xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" width="20" height="20" viewBox="0 0 20 20"><path fill="currentColor" d="M3 3h14c.6 0 1 .4 1 1v10c0 .6-.4 1-1 1H3c-.6 0-1-.4-1-1V4c0-.6.4-1 1-1zm13 2H4v8h12V5zm-3 1H5v4zm6 11v-1H1v1c0 .6.5 1 1.1 1h15.8c.6 0 1.1-.4 1.1-1z"/></svg></span> <span>Large</span></li>
+  <li><span><svg xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" width="20" height="20" viewBox="0 0 20 20"><path fill="currentColor" d="M4 2h12c.55 0 1 .45 1 1v14c0 .55-.45 1-1 1H4c-.55 0-1-.45-1-1V3c0-.55.45-1 1-1zm11 14V4H5v12h10zM6 5h6l-6 5V5z"/></svg></span> <span>Medium</span></li>
+  <li><span><svg xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" width="20" height="20" viewBox="0 0 20 20"><path fill="currentColor" d="M6 2h8c.55 0 1 .45 1 1v14c0 .55-.45 1-1 1H6c-.55 0-1-.45-1-1V3c0-.55.45-1 1-1zm7 12V4H7v10h6zM8 5h4l-4 5V5z"/></svg></span> <span>Small</span></li>
+</ul>
+
+You can cycle between different device sizes by repeatedly clicking the icon, starting with Extra Large (default), then Large, Medium, and finally Small. You will be redirected to the Extra Large device size if you click the device icon while on Small.
+
+Any time you configure an option for a specific device size in a row, column, or module, Beaver Builder generates CSS code that applies those settings specifically to that device size. The following is an example of what Beaver Builder CSS might look like if you used the responsive device toggle for the Heading module to set the font-size for each device.
+
+<details><summary>Responsive Device Toggle CSS Example</summary>
+
+```css
+/* Extra Large (default) */
+.fl-module-heading .fl-heading {
+ font-size: 60px;
+}
+
+/* Large device breakpoint */
+@media(max-width: 1200px) {
+ .fl-module-heading .fl-heading {
+  font-size: 50px;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Medium device breakpoint */
+@media(max-width: 992px) {
+ .fl-module-heading .fl-heading {
+  font-size: 40px;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Small device breakpoint */
+@media(max-width: 768px) {
+ .fl-module-heading .fl-heading {
+  font-size: 30px;
+ }
+}
+```
+
+</details>
+
+## Usage
+
+To use the responsive device toggle icon in Beaver Builder, open the Settings Window and configure the row, column, or module as usual. Then use the device icon to toggle between the different device sizes and make the necessary adjustments. Repeat this process to adjust the option for the different device sizes.
+
+:::info
+By default, if you set an option on the default device size (Extra Large device), that value applies to every device size. Beaver's Builder's automatic responsive behavior often means that you do not have to adjust the settings any further. However, if you wish, you can fine-tune the option at each device size.
+:::
+
+## Availability
+
+Responsive Device Toggle is available for most row, column, and module options in Beaver Builder, but not all Usually, the Responsive Device Toggle can be used to control:
+
+* Background images & positions.
+* Margin & padding.
+* Typography, including text alignment.
+* Borders & shadows.
+* Spacing within and between modules.
+
+## Examples
+
+Here are some examples of how you can optimize the layout and design for each device using the Responsive Device Toggle, ensuring that your content looks great on any device.
+
+### Font Size
+
+To ensure that our text looks great on any device, we use the Responsive Device Toggle, which allows us to adjust the font size of a Heading module. It is not limited to the Heading module, but can be applied to any module that has typography settings.
+
+<Tabs>
+<TabItem value="extra-large" label="Extra Large device" default>
+
+![Extra Large device icon](/img/beaver-builder/responsive-design--responsive-toggle--2.jpg)
+
+</TabItem>
+<TabItem value="large" label="Large device">
+
+![Large device icon](/img/beaver-builder/responsive-design--responsive-toggle--3.jpg)
+
+</TabItem>
+<TabItem value="medium" label="Medium device">
+
+![Medium device icon](/img/beaver-builder/responsive-design--responsive-toggle--4.jpg)
+
+</TabItem>
+<TabItem value="small" label="Small device">
+
+![Small device icon](/img/beaver-builder/responsive-design--responsive-toggle--5.jpg)
+
+</TabItem>
+</Tabs>
+
+### Background Position
+
+The background image may not be positioned properly on all devices. You can use the Responsive Device Toggle to reposition your background image to bring your subject matter back into focus.
+
+The Beaver Builder logo isn't positioned centrally for the small device in the example below. In order to resolve this problem, choose the **Custom Position** option and adjust the **X Position** for small devices.
+
+<Tabs>
+<TabItem value="backgroundposition-before" label="Before" default>
+
+![Extra Large device icon](/img/beaver-builder/responsive-design--responsive-toggle--7.jpg)
+
+</TabItem>
+<TabItem value="backgroundposition-after" label="After">
+
+![Large device icon](/img/beaver-builder/responsive-design--responsive-toggle--8.jpg)
+
+</TabItem>
+</Tabs>
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/reusable-content/components.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/reusable-content/components.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..43f1bc73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/reusable-content/components.md
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+---
+id: components
+title: Components
+sidebar_label: Components
+---
+
+Components provide a balance between consistency and flexibility. Unlike templates, which are fully independent, or globals, which update universally, components allow you to define which options remain fixed and which can be customized per instance. This makes them ideal for layouts where the overall design should stay consistent while the content varies across different pages.  
+
+## Use cases  
+
+Components work best when you want a uniform structure with customizable content. For example:  
+
+- A hero section where the layout, colors, and button placement are locked, but headlines or background images can change.  
+- A call-to-action block with fixed styling but editable text and links.  
+- A product or service card where the design is consistent, but images, titles, and descriptions differ.  
+
+## Create Component
+
+Creating Components is only possible via the builder (front-end).
+
+1. Open the **Settings** window for the desired row, column, or module.
+2. Click the **Save As...** button.
+3. From the **Type** dropdown, select **Component**.
+4. Optionally, assign a category, upload a photo to serve as a visual reference (similar to a featured image), and add notes that may be helpful for collaboration with team members.
+5. Click Save to begin configuring your Component.
+
+![Create Component](/img/beaver-builder/layouts--reusable-content--component--1.webp)
+
+:::info
+
+If no category is selected, your saved row, column, or module will be assigned to the Uncategorized category by default.
+
+:::
+
+## Configuration
+
+When you click **Save** in the Settings window, a new browser tab will open where you can configure the component item. Each option includes a socket icon that you can toggle to define which settings remain fixed and which can be customized per instance.  
+
+By default, the socket icon appears gray, meaning the option is fixed and cannot be modified when the component is added to a page. Clicking the socket icon turns it blue, allowing that option to be customized in each instance of the component.
+
+![Configure Component](/img/beaver-builder/layouts--reusable-content--component--2.webp)
+
+:::tip
+
+After configuring your Component and saving the changes, you can revisit it at any time to adjust which options are editable if you’re not satisfied with your original choices. To do this, either click the Wrench icon in the Content Panel for the Component item or navigate to your WordPress Admin Dashboard. From there, open the Beaver Builder Layouts menu, locate your Component, and launch the builder. Within the builder, you can modify the Component and, using the Socket icon, toggle which options are fixed and which are available for user modification.
+
+:::
+
+:::info
+
+If you create a component without configuring any options to be modifiable, the following message will appear when you attempt to edit the component.  
+
+> No editable settings are defined for this component. To allow editing, add settings in the main instance. Add Settings → 
+ 
+:::
+
+## Adding Component Items
+
+Component items appear with a purple overlay outline in the Beaver Builder UI and a **(Component)** label in the top-right corner of the Settings window. These indicators confirm that you are modifying a component and are especially helpful, as the settings for rows and modules saved as components can vary significantly depending on how many options are enabled (modifiable) or disabled (fixed), which may be confusing at first.  
+
+1. Launch Beaver Builder on your page or post.
+2. Open the **Content Panel**.
+3. Click the **Saved** tab and locate the component you want to use.
+4. Drag and drop the item onto your layout.
+
+## Edit Component Items
+
+You can edit component items through the Beaver Builder user interface (UI).
+
+### Front-end
+
+1. [Launch Beaver Builder](getting-started/launch-builder.md).
+2. Open the [Content Panel](user-interface/content-panel.md) and click the **Saved** tab.
+3. Hover over the template you want to edit, then click the **Wrench** <i className="fas fa-wrench"></i> icon.
+4. The component will open in a new browser tab.
+5. Make your changes, then click [**Done > Publish**](user-interface/top-bar.md#done-button).
+
+## Rename Component Items
+
+You can rename component items in the same way you would rename a page or post.  
+
+1. Log in to your site’s WordPress Admin Dashboard.  
+2. Go to the Beaver Builder [Layouts Menu](settings/layouts-menu.md).  
+3. Click the component you want to rename.  
+4. Update the title, and optionally the slug, then click **Update**.  
+
+## Delete Components
+
+You can delete component items in two ways: from the builder (front end) or through the WordPress Admin Dashboard (back end).  
+
+:::caution
+
+If you delete a Component item, any instances already placed in layouts will revert to standard rows or modules. For example, if you saved a Heading module as a Component, deleting that Component will convert it back into a standard Heading module within the layout.
+
+If you used the [Beaver Builder shortcode](shortcode/index.md) to render a Component item and then delete that Component, the shortcode will no longer display any content.
+
+:::
+
+### Front End  
+
+1. [Launch Beaver Builder](getting-started/launch-builder.md).  
+2. Open the [Content Panel](user-interface/content-panel.md) and click the **Saved** tab.  
+3. Hover over the component item you want to delete, then click the **x** (<i className="fas fa-times"></i>) icon.  
+4. A confirmation popup will appear with a warning message.  
+5. Click **OK** to delete the component. All instances on your site will be converted to standard rows or modules.  
+
+### Back End  
+
+1. Log in to your site’s WordPress Admin Dashboard.  
+2. Navigate to the Beaver Builder [Layouts Menu](settings/layouts-menu.md).  
+3. Click **Templates** and locate the component item you want to delete.  
+4. Hover over the item and click **Trash**.  
+5. To permanently remove the item, go to the WordPress Trash by clicking the **Trash** link at the top of the page.  
+6. Hover over the item again and click **Delete Permanently**.
+
+## Categorize Saved Content
+
+You can categorize your component items to help you organize your content and make it easier to find. This is especially useful if you have a large number of component items. You can categorize your items on the front-end and back-end.
+
+### Front-end
+
+To category component items on the front-end, you can only do so when you are initially saving the content.
+
+1. Access the Settings Window for the desired row, column, or module.
+2. Click on the **Save As...** button.
+3. After providing a name, select a category from the dropdown menu.
+
+### Back-end
+
+1. Access your site's WordPress Admin Dashboard.
+2. Navigate to Beaver Builder's [Layouts Menu](settings/layouts-menu.md).
+3. Click **Templates** and find the component item you want to categorize.
+4. Click on the **Categories** tab and select the category you want to assign to the saved content item.
+
+## Shortcode  
+
+You can render Template items in any text or text editor field, including within other modules, by using the Beaver Builder shortcode.  
+
+See the [Shortcode article](shortcode/index.md) for more details.  
+
+## Export & Import  
+
+You can export Component items and import them into another site, share them with clients, or even sell them.  
+
+See the [Export and Import article](settings/export-import.md) for more details.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/reusable-content/globals.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/reusable-content/globals.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..757c22be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/reusable-content/globals.md
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+---
+id: globals
+title: Global Templates
+sidebar_label: Global
+---
+
+Globals are reusable content items with a synchronized scope, meaning every instance stays linked to the original. Any edits you make to the global item are automatically applied everywhere it’s used, ensuring consistent and identical content across your site. This makes globals ideal for elements like banners, or call-to-action sections that need to stay uniform throughout your layouts.  
+
+## Create Global Items
+
+Creating a Global item is possible through two methods: either via the builder (front-end) or through the WordPress admin dashboard (back-end).
+
+### Front-end
+
+1. Open the **Settings** window for the desired row, column, or module.
+2. Click the **Save As...** button.
+3. From the **Type** dropdown, select **Global**.
+4. Optionally, assign a category, upload a photo to serve as a visual reference (similar to a featured image), and add notes that may be helpful for collaboration with team members.
+
+![Create Global](/img/beaver-builder/layouts--reusable-content--globals--1.webp)
+
+:::info
+
+If no category is selected, your saved row, column, or module will be assigned to the Uncategorized category by default.
+
+:::
+
+### Back-end
+
+1. Log in to your site’s WordPress Admin Dashboard.
+2. Go to the Beaver Builder [Layouts Menu](settings/layouts-menu.md) and click **Templates**.
+3. Click **Add New** to create a new reusable content item.
+4. Enter a title and select **Templates** from the dropdown menu.
+5. Click **Add Saved Template** to open the WordPress Edit Screen for the item.
+6. Click **Launch Beaver Builder** to begin designing.
+
+## Adding Template Items
+
+1. Launch Beaver Builder on your page or post.
+2. Open the **Content Panel**.
+3. Click the **Saved** tab and locate the template you want to use.
+4. Drag and drop the item onto your layout.
+
+Template items appear with the standard blue overlay outline in the Beaver Builder UI.
+
+:::info
+
+You can also access your template items from the subgroups in the Content Panel for **Rows** and **Modules**.  
+
+- If a template item was saved as a module, you can find it under **Modules > Saved Modules**.  
+- If a template item was saved as a row, you can find it under **Rows > Saved Rows**.  
+
+:::
+
+## Edit Template Items
+
+You can edit template items through the Beaver Builder user interface (UI) or the WordPress Admin Dashboard.
+
+### Front-end
+
+1. [Launch Beaver Builder](getting-started/launch-builder.md).
+2. Open the [Content Panel](user-interface/content-panel.md) and click the **Saved** tab.
+3. Hover over the template you want to edit, then click the **Wrench** <i className="fas fa-wrench"></i> icon.
+4. The template will open in a new browser tab.
+5. Make your changes, then click [**Done > Publish**](user-interface/top-bar.md#done-button).
+
+### Back-end
+
+1. Log in to your site’s WordPress Admin Dashboard.
+2. Go to the Beaver Builder [Layouts Menu](settings/layouts-menu.md).
+3. Click the template you want to edit.
+4. Launch Beaver Builder, make your changes, and click **Publish** when finished.
+
+## Rename Template Items
+
+You can rename template items in the same way you would rename a page or post.  
+
+1. Log in to your site’s WordPress Admin Dashboard.  
+2. Go to the Beaver Builder [Layouts Menu](settings/layouts-menu.md).  
+3. Click the template you want to rename.  
+4. Update the title, and optionally the slug, then click **Update**.  
+
+## Delete Saved Content
+
+You can delete global items in two ways: from the builder (front end) or through the WordPress Admin Dashboard (back end).  
+
+:::caution
+
+If you delete a Global item, any instances already placed in layouts will revert to standard rows or modules. For example, if you saved a Button module as a Global, deleting that Global will convert it back into a standard Button module within the layout.
+
+If you used the [Beaver Builder shortcode](shortcode/index.md) to render a Global item and then delete that Global, the shortcode will no longer display any content.
+
+:::
+
+### Front End  
+
+1. [Launch Beaver Builder](getting-started/launch-builder.md).  
+2. Open the [Content Panel](user-interface/content-panel.md) and click the **Saved** tab.  
+3. Hover over the global item you want to delete, then click the **x** (<i className="fas fa-times"></i>) icon.  
+4. A confirmation popup will appear with a warning message.  
+5. Click **OK** to delete the global. All instances on your site will be converted to standard rows or modules.  
+
+### Back End  
+
+1. Log in to your site’s WordPress Admin Dashboard.  
+2. Navigate to the Beaver Builder [Layouts Menu](settings/layouts-menu.md).  
+3. Click **Templates** and locate the global item you want to delete.  
+4. Hover over the item and click **Trash**.  
+5. To permanently remove the item, go to the WordPress Trash by clicking the **Trash** link at the top of the page.  
+6. Hover over the item again and click **Delete Permanently**.
+
+## Categorize Saved Content
+
+You can categorize your saved rows, columns, and modules to help you organize your content and make it easier to find. This is especially useful if you have a large number of saved items. You can categorize your saved content on the front-end and back-end.
+
+### Front-end
+
+To category Template items on the front-end, you can only do so when you are initially saving the content.
+
+1. Access the Settings Window for the desired row, column, or module.
+2. Click on the **Save As...** button.
+3. After providing a name, select a category from the dropdown menu.
+
+### Back-end
+
+1. Access your site's WordPress Admin Dashboard.
+2. Navigate to Beaver Builder's [Layouts Menu](settings/layouts-menu.md).
+3. Click on the saved content item you want to categorize.
+4. Click on the **Categories** tab and select the category you want to assign to the saved content item.
+
+## Shortcode  
+
+You can render Template items in any text or text editor field, including within other modules, by using the Beaver Builder shortcode.  
+
+See the [Shortcode article](shortcode/index.md) for more details.  
+
+## Export & Import  
+
+You can export saved rows and import them into another site, share them with clients, or even sell them.  
+
+See the [Export and Import article](settings/export-import.md) for more details.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/reusable-content/index.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/reusable-content/index.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..afbc3282
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/reusable-content/index.md
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+---
+id: index
+title: Reusable Content
+sidebar_label: Reusable Content
+---
+
+Reusable Content lets you save rows, columns, and modules so you can quickly reuse them across your site. This helps you build pages faster, keep designs consistent, and simplify updates. Whether you need flexible templates, synchronized global content, or a mix of both with components, Reusable Content gives you the tools to manage and maintain your layouts more efficiently.
+
+## Why use Reusable Content?
+
+- Ensure consistency by updating shared items once and applying changes everywhere.
+- Save time by creating a design or content block once and reusing it across pages.
+- Simplify maintenance with single-source updates that reduce errors and outdated content.
+- Stay flexible with Components that lock design while allowing per-page customization.
+- Use reusable content anywhere, from pages and posts to modules like Accordions or Tabs, or even theme files using shortcodes.
+
+## Types of Reusable Content
+
+You can choose from three types, Template, Global, and Component, each offering unique benefits to suit different design needs.
+
+- [**Templates**](templates.md)  
+Templates, identified by a **blue overlay outline**, let you reuse saved content items as a starting point. Each time you use a template item, you can make changes without affecting the original or other instances of that item across your site.  
+
+- [**Globals**](globals.md)  
+Globals, shown with an **orange overlay outline**, keep saved content items synchronized. When you update a global item, the changes automatically apply everywhere it’s used, ensuring identical content across your site.  
+
+- [**Components**](components.md)  
+Components, marked by a **purple overlay outline**, let you define which settings remain fixed and which can be changed. For example, you can keep the styling of a saved content item fixed while allowing the content to be updated, or lock specific styling options while leaving others adjustable. This flexibility is ideal when you want to maintain a consistent design while still allowing content variations.  
+
+## Choosing the right type
+
+- Use Templates when you want full flexibility to make unique changes.
+- Use Globals when you need content to always stay the same across multiple pages.
+- Use Components when you want a mix of consistency and customization.
+
+## Converting Types
+
+You cannot directly convert a Reusable Content item from one type to another. However, you can add the item to your page, save it as a new item, choose the desired type, and then replace the original.
+
+1. Add the Reusable Content item to your page.  
+2. Open the **Settings** window and click **Save As...**.  
+3. Enter a new name, select the desired type, and save the item.  
+4. Delete the original item if it is no longer needed.
+
+You can confirm that a reusable content item has been converted by checking the color of its Beaver Builder overlay outline:  
+
+- **Blue** — Template  
+- **Orange** — Global  
+- **Purple** — Component
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/reusable-content/templates.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/reusable-content/templates.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9f8544a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/reusable-content/templates.md
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+---
+id: templates
+title: Reusable Templates
+sidebar_label: Reusable Templates
+---
+
+Templates are reusable content with a local scope, meaning each instance in a layout is independent of the original and other instances. When you add a template item, such as a saved row, column, or module, it behaves like a standalone element. Edits apply only to that instance, leaving the original and others unchanged. This makes templates ideal for reusing a design as a base while customizing each instance individually.
+
+## Create Templates
+
+Creating Templates is possible through two methods: either via the builder (front-end) or through the WordPress admin dashboard (back-end).
+
+### Front-end
+
+1. Open the **Settings** window for the desired row, column, or module.
+2. Click the **Save As...** button.
+3. From the **Type** dropdown, select **Templates**.
+4. Optionally, assign a category, upload a photo to serve as a visual reference (similar to a featured image), and add notes that may be helpful for collaboration with team members.
+
+![Create Template](/img/beaver-builder/layouts--reusable-content--templates--1.webp)
+
+:::info
+
+If no category is selected, your saved row, column, or module will be assigned to the Uncategorized category by default.
+
+:::
+
+### Back-end
+
+1. Log in to your site’s WordPress Admin Dashboard.
+2. Go to the Beaver Builder [Layouts Menu](settings/layouts-menu.md) and click **Templates**.
+3. Click **Add New** to create a new reusable content item.
+4. Enter a title and select **Templates** from the dropdown menu.
+5. Click **Add Saved Template** to open the WordPress Edit Screen for the item.
+6. Click **Launch Beaver Builder** to begin designing.
+
+## Adding Template Items
+
+1. Launch Beaver Builder on your page or post.
+2. Open the **Content Panel**.
+3. Click the **Saved** tab and locate the template you want to use.
+4. Drag and drop the item onto your layout.
+
+Template items appear with the standard blue overlay outline in the Beaver Builder UI.
+
+:::info
+
+You can also access your template items from the subgroups in the Content Panel for **Rows** and **Modules**.  
+
+- If a template item was saved as a module, you can find it under **Modules > Saved Modules**.  
+- If a template item was saved as a row, you can find it under **Rows > Saved Rows**.  
+
+:::
+
+## Edit Template Items
+
+You can edit template items through the Beaver Builder user interface (UI) or the WordPress Admin Dashboard.
+
+### Front-end
+
+1. [Launch Beaver Builder](getting-started/launch-builder.md).
+2. Open the [Content Panel](user-interface/content-panel.md) and click the **Saved** tab.
+3. Hover over the template you want to edit, then click the **Wrench** <i className="fas fa-wrench"></i> icon.
+4. The template will open in a new browser tab.
+5. Make your changes, then click [**Done > Publish**](user-interface/top-bar.md#done-button).
+
+### Back-end
+
+1. Log in to your site’s WordPress Admin Dashboard.
+2. Go to the Beaver Builder [Layouts Menu](settings/layouts-menu.md).
+3. Click the template you want to edit.
+4. Launch Beaver Builder, make your changes, and click **Publish** when finished.
+
+## Rename Template Items
+
+You can rename template items in the same way you would rename a page or post.  
+
+1. Log in to your site’s WordPress Admin Dashboard.  
+2. Go to the Beaver Builder [Layouts Menu](settings/layouts-menu.md).  
+3. Click the template you want to rename.  
+4. Update the title, and optionally the slug, then click **Update**.
+
+## Delete Template Items
+
+You can delete Template items in two ways: from the builder (front end) or through the WordPress Admin Dashboard (back end).  
+
+:::caution
+
+If you delete a Template item, any instances already placed in layouts will revert to standard rows or modules. For example, if you saved a Heading module as a Template, deleting that Template will convert it back into a standard Heading module within the layout.
+
+If you used the [Beaver Builder shortcode](shortcode/index.md) to render a Template item and then delete that Template, the shortcode will no longer display any content.
+
+:::
+
+### Front End  
+
+1. [Launch Beaver Builder](getting-started/launch-builder.md).  
+2. Open the [Content Panel](user-interface/content-panel.md) and click the **Saved** tab.  
+3. Hover over the template item you want to delete, then click the **x** (<i className="fas fa-times"></i>) icon.  
+4. A confirmation popup will appear with a warning message.  
+5. Click **OK** to delete the Template. All instances on your site will be converted to standard rows or modules.  
+
+### Back End  
+
+1. Log in to your site’s WordPress Admin Dashboard.  
+2. Navigate to the Beaver Builder [Layouts Menu](settings/layouts-menu.md).  
+3. Click **Templates** and locate the template item you want to delete.  
+4. Hover over the item and click **Trash**.  
+5. To permanently remove the item, go to the WordPress Trash by clicking the **Trash** link at the top of the page.  
+6. Hover over the item again and click **Delete Permanently**.  
+
+## Categorize Saved Content
+
+You can categorize your saved rows, columns, and modules to help you organize your content and make it easier to find. This is especially useful if you have a large number of saved items. You can categorize your saved content on the front-end and back-end.
+
+### Front-end
+
+To category Template items on the front-end, you can only do so when you are initially saving the content.
+
+1. Access the Settings Window for the desired row, column, or module.
+2. Click on the **Save As...** button.
+3. After providing a name, select a category from the dropdown menu.
+
+### Back-end
+
+1. Access your site's WordPress Admin Dashboard.
+2. Navigate to Beaver Builder's [Layouts Menu](settings/layouts-menu.md).
+3. Click on the saved content item you want to categorize.
+4. Click on the **Categories** tab and select the category you want to assign to the saved content item.
+
+## Shortcode  
+
+You can render Template items in any text or text editor field, including within other modules, by using the Beaver Builder shortcode.  
+
+See the [Shortcode article](shortcode/index.md) for more details.  
+
+## Export & Import  
+
+You can export Template items and import them into another site, share them with clients, or even sell them.  
+
+See the [Export and Import article](settings/export-import.md) for more details.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/rows/add-prebuilt-rows-to-your-content.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/rows/add-prebuilt-rows-to-your-content.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..42a3d177
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/rows/add-prebuilt-rows-to-your-content.md
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+---
+id: add-prebuilt-rows-to-your-content
+title: Add prebuilt rows to your content
+sidebar_label: Add prebuilt rows to your content
+---
+
+Prebuilt rows are smaller than saved layout templates but serve the same
+function--quick layouts that you can customize. You can choose from dozens of
+prebuilt rows to add to your layout and modify as you like.
+
+![](/img/rows-columns-add-prebuilt-row-1.jpg)
+
+Images that appear are not stored in your media library, so you'll want to
+replace those. Text is the default for your site, and the new **Typography**
+section will let you customize the text settings on the **Style** tab.
+
+To access prebuilt rows, on the **Rows** tab of the Content panel, select the
+group **Prebuilt rows**, then click a category to see the row thumbnails.
+Drag one into your layout and modify as you like.
+
+![](/img/rows-columns-add-prebuilt-row-2.png)
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/rows/change-row-background-image-on-table-or-mobile-view.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/rows/change-row-background-image-on-table-or-mobile-view.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..636be0b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/rows/change-row-background-image-on-table-or-mobile-view.md
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+---
+id: change-row-background-image-on-table-or-mobile-view
+title: Change row background image on tablet or mobile view
+sidebar_label: Change row background image on tablet or mobile view
+---
+
+Most of the time, full-width images don’t look that great on mobile view,
+because they are cropped (which is better than being stretched). You can change the background image or any of the background
+image settings ( **Repeat**, **Position**, **Attachment**, **Scale** ) for
+each device size. To change any of these settings per device size, click the
+responsive icon toggle to open Responsive Editor mode. See [this article about using Responsive Editor mode](//beaver-builder/layouts/responsive-design/editor.md).
+
+For earlier versions of Beaver Builder, you can change the background image
+when screen size reaches the mobile responsive breakpoint by using the
+following procedure.
+
+**To change the background image for a row on mobile view:**
+
+1. Upload the mobile image you want to use to your media library and copy the URL for its location.
+2. Open the row with the background image for editing.
+3. Click the **Advanced** tab and scroll to the **HTML element** section.
+4. In the **Class** field, enter a custom class name.
+   It's a best practice to add a custom prefix to your class names as a
+   namespace, to avoid conflict and identify where the class came from. In this
+   example, we'll use the custom class name **ss-changeme**.
+   Don't use a period before the class name.
+
+5. Click **Save**.
+6. Add the CSS rule below.
+   See the article on [where to put custom CSS code](basics/custom-code.md).
+
+7. Replace the class `.ss-changeme` in the code below with your own class, and change the URL to the one you copied in Step 1.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/rows/customize-the-row-height.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/rows/customize-the-row-height.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a09d3a54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/rows/customize-the-row-height.md
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+---
+id: customize-the-row-height
+title: Customize the row height
+sidebar_label: Customize the row height
+---
+
+In the row settings, there are two choices for row height:
+
+- Default
+  The row height adjusts to fit the content.
+
+- Full height
+  The row height fills the height of the browser window.
+
+- Minimum height
+  The row height is at least as tall as the value entered using `px`, `vh` and `vw`.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/rows/full-width-and-fixed-width.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/rows/full-width-and-fixed-width.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0facce05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/rows/full-width-and-fixed-width.md
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+---
+id: full-width-and-fixed-width
+title: Full width and fixed width
+sidebar_label: Full width and fixed width
+---
+
+When you create a row in Beaver Builder, you can specify whether the row is
+full width or fixed width. If you set the row to full width, you also have a
+choice of whether the row's content is full width or fixed width.
+
+Here's a screenshot of some rows to illustrate the three choices of row width
+and content width. To keep it simple, the margins and padding on rows,
+columns, and modules are all set to 0px. See the description of each row in
+the following section.
+
+![](/img/row-columns-fullwidth-fixedwidth.png)
+
+##  Row 1: Full-width row, full-width content
+
+When row width is set to full width, the row background stretches to either
+the full width of the browser or the full width of the page's boxed content
+area, a choice set by the theme.
+
+When the content is also set to full width, it likewise stretches to the full
+width of the screen or boxed area. With this setting, you'd use row, column,
+or module margins and padding to move the column or content away from the left
+and right edges of the page.
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+Setting a row margin will move the row background away from the edge
+of the page, something you usually don't want because it also moves your row
+background away from the edge. Setting a row's padding keeps the row
+background at the page edges but pushes the column away from it. See [this article](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/spacing.md) for more information about margins vs. padding.
+:::
+
+## Row 2: Full-width row, fixed-width content
+
+In the second row, the row is set to full width, and content is set to fixed
+width. The default fixed-width setting is 1100px, but you can change it,
+either in Beaver Builder's global settings or for individual rows. In this
+example, content width is set to 800px. This means that with no margins or
+padding, the column and the module are 800px wide and centered horizontally on
+the page. In the example shown in the screenshot above, the heading and text
+are left-justified within that content width.
+
+:::info
+When you set a fixed width, you are actually setting the max width.
+A fixed-width setting of 800px means the width will never be more than 800px
+wide, but it will shrink as screen size decreases, to ensure the layout is
+responsive.
+:::
+
+## Row 3: Fixed-width row
+
+In the third row, row width is set to **Fixed**. This means the row background
+will stretch to a custom width that you specify, or to a global value you have
+set for row width, or to the default fixed width of 1100px. The fixed-width
+setting is the max width, like the previous example.
+
+When the row is set to fixed width, the content is automatically set to the
+same width minus any margin and padding settings. You can compare Rows 2 and 3
+in the screenshot to see the difference between setting the content width to
+800px and setting the row width to 800px. The content in Rows 2 and 3 is
+vertically aligned, but the width of the row background color is different.
+
+See [this article](/beaver-builder/layouts/rows/set-width-for-rows-and-content.md) for how to set row and content
+width.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/rows/full-width-rows-on-third-party-themes.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/rows/full-width-rows-on-third-party-themes.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4a520b1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/rows/full-width-rows-on-third-party-themes.md
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+---
+id: full-width-rows-on-third-party-themes
+title: Full-width rows on third-party themes
+sidebar_label: Full-width rows on third-party themes
+---
+
+A full-width row spans the entire width of the page from edge to edge.
+
+If you use a third party theme, you may need to add some additional CSS to get
+your rows to be full width. Here's something you can try.
+
+First, find the ID or class name of your theme’s content wrapper. If you look
+at the HTML source for a page, the content wrapper is usually a `<div>` tag
+that occurs after the header block, and it often uses an ID or class with the
+selector `content`, for example:
+
+```markup
+<div id="content" class="site-content">
+```
+
+Next, write a rule for the class `fl-builder` with that content wrapper ID or
+class inside it. If `id="content"` is the selector for your content wrapper,
+then the rule would look like this:
+
+```css
+.fl-builder #content {
+  padding: 0;
+  margin: 0;
+  max-width: none;
+  width: auto;
+}
+```
+
+See the article on [where to put custom CSS code](basics/custom-code.md).
+
+If you cannot get this rule to work, please [contact Support](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/beaver-builder-support/) for help.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/rows/row-effects/create-a-ken-burns-effect-in-a-row-background.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/rows/row-effects/create-a-ken-burns-effect-in-a-row-background.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a8105cc5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/rows/row-effects/create-a-ken-burns-effect-in-a-row-background.md
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+---
+id: create-a-ken-burns-effect-in-a-row-background
+title: Create a Ken Burns effect in a row background
+sidebar_label: Create a Ken Burns effect in a row background
+---
+
+If you're not familiar with a Ken Burns effect, you can see what it looks like
+by adding the Agency landing page template to a layout and scrolling down to
+the "Joybilly Branding" section. Here's a preview:
+
+![](/img/row-columns-ken-burns.gif)
+
+The Ken Burns effect starts with implementing a slideshow as a row background
+with a minimum of two images. Here's how.
+
+**To create a Ken Burns effect:**
+
+  1. Open the row for editing in the Beaver Builder editor.
+  2. In the **Background** section, for **Type** choose **Slideshow**.
+  3. In the **Photos** field, click **Add photos** and create a gallery with at least two images.
+  4. Set **Speed** to the number of seconds you want each image to display.
+  5. For **Transition**, select **Ken Burns**.
+  6. Set **Transition speed** to the number of seconds that each photo transitions to the next.
+  7. If you want the photos to display randomly instead of in the gallery order, set **Randomize photos** to **Yes**.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/rows/row-effects/ideas-for-using-background-colors-and-effects.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/rows/row-effects/ideas-for-using-background-colors-and-effects.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..12b1c0f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/rows/row-effects/ideas-for-using-background-colors-and-effects.md
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+---
+id: ideas-for-using-background-colors-and-effects
+title: Ideas for using background colors and effects
+sidebar_label: Ideas for using background colors and effects
+---
+
+There are many ways to add color and color effects to backgrounds. Here are
+some ideas.
+
+:::info
+All of these colors and effects except shape overlays are also
+available for column backgrounds. Background color and border effects are
+available in specific modules, such as the Call to Action module.
+:::
+
+## Solid color
+
+The most basic row or column background is a solid color. Here's an example of
+a dark blue row background behind a Call to Action module.
+
+![](/img/rows-columns-ideas-background-1.png)
+
+Here are a few ideas for variations of the solid-color row background.
+
+## Change the opacity
+
+If you're working with a defined color palette, try changing one of the row or
+column backgrounds in your palette to a [slightly lighter opacity](basics/color-picker.md). In the
+following screenshot, the blue color from the previous screenshot is set to
+80% opacity for a subtle difference.
+
+![](/img/rows-columns-ideas-background-2.jpg)
+
+If your row has an image background, you can add a color overlay to the row so
+the color gets dark or lighter and makes text easier to see, as in the
+following screenshot.
+
+## Add a gradient
+
+You can use color gradients in row backgrounds. Here's an example of the Call
+to Action module surrounded by a radial gradient.
+
+![](/img/rows-columns-ideas-background-3.png)
+
+You can also [generate sophisticated gradients at third-party sites and add them with CSS](advanced/css-gradients.md). Here's an
+example of a gradient with a pattern:
+
+![](/img/rows-columns-ideas-background-4.jpg)
+
+## Add a row shape overlay
+
+You can [add a shape to a row edge](/beaver-builder/layouts/rows/row-effects/row-shape-overlays.md) that is anchored in relation to the top or bottom border
+of the row. You can style and transform the shape in various was, such as
+flipping horizontally and vertically and changing the Y offset, so you can
+place the shape overlay just about anywhere in the row and give it some
+interesting effects.
+
+Here's an example of a concave overlay at the top border with a semi-
+transparent background color and radial gradient overlay that creates
+something of a halo effect. The background image is fixed, so the overlay
+allows the trees to peek through in the halo area as the page is scrolled.
+
+![](/img/rows-columns-ideas-background-5.jpg)
+
+## Add a border and/or border effects
+
+You can add [a border](basics/border.md) and [round the border corners or add a border shadow](basics/border.md) to any row, column, or module that has a **Borders** section.
+
+Here's an example where the border is made a bit more interesting by using 5px
+on the left and top side and 10px on the right and bottom side.
+
+![](/img/rows-columns-ideas-background-6.png)
+
+In the following screenshot, a radius and shadow have been added in the same
+blue color as the row background.
+
+![](/img/rows-columns-ideas-background-7.png)
+
+Or you can make a border style become part of the design. In the following
+example, there's a 20 px upper and lower border of the same color as the
+button, set to **Dashed** and 80% opacity. To compensate for the large border,
+the row padding is increased to 40px. Notice how the bold effect draws the
+eyes toward the call to action.
+
+![](/img/rows-columns-ideas-background-8.png)
+
+### Add texture
+
+Row backgrounds with both color and texture become even more interesting. The
+best way to add texture is to use an image for the row background. Choose
+**Photo** instead of **Color** in the row settings.
+
+Here's an example of an image with color and texture used as a background.
+This example has no border, but radius and shadow border effects were also
+applied to soften the corners.
+
+![](/img/rows-columns-ideas-background-9.png)
+
+### Set off content with a background in a column or module
+
+No matter what type of row background you have, you can add a color
+background to a column (or sometimes a module). In the following screenshot, a semi-opaque background color was added
+to the Call to Action module.
+
+![](/img/rows-columns-ideas-background-10.png)
+
+If another background like an image completely hides the background color, the color may still be visible briefly while the image is loading.
+
+### Color overlays
+
+If you're using an image or video as a row background, you can improve the
+legibility of text by using a background overlay color. For example, the
+following screenshot shows the difference in the legibility of the text
+without a row background overlay and with a row background overlay set to
+black (#000000) at 50% opacity.
+
+![](/img/rows-columns-ideas-background-11.jpg)
+
+As an alternative, you can set a background color on the column. In the
+following screenshot, the column has a background color set to #333333 at 50%
+opacity. You can vary the exterior and interior size of the column with margin
+and padding settings.
+
+![](/img/rows-columns-ideas-background-12.png)
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/rows/row-effects/parallax-row-backgrounds.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/rows/row-effects/parallax-row-backgrounds.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..08b8852f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/rows/row-effects/parallax-row-backgrounds.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+id: parallax-row-backgrounds
+title: Parallax row backgrounds
+sidebar_label: Parallax row backgrounds
+---
+
+Parallax refers to when both the background image and the foreground content
+scroll, but at different speeds.
+
+![](/img/row-columns-parallax-bg.gif)
+
+The parallax effect is very striking, but don't overuse it! You don't want
+your visitors to be so mesmerized by the movement on the page that they don't
+pay attention to the content.
+
+**To create a parallax row background:**
+
+  1. Open the row settings.
+  2. On the **Style** tab, scroll to the **Background** section and in the **Type** field choose **Parallax**.  
+The **Background parallax** section opens with more options.
+
+  3. Choose the photo to use for the row background.
+  4. Choose the speed at which you want the background image to scroll.
+
+**Other options:**
+
+* If you want the image to have more height while it scrolls, change the row's **Height** setting near the top of the **Style** tab to **Full height** or set a minimum height, or on the **Advanced** tab increase the top and bottom row padding.
+
+* Choose a row background color in addition to the background image to display that color in cases where the image doesn't load instantly. This provides a splash of color, but more importantly, it can improve legibility of the content before the image loads. Use a dark color for light text and a light color for dark text.
+
+* Use a color overlay on the image to improve legibility of the text while the text and image are scrolling. A typical overlay would be the color black (`#000000`) or white (`#ffffff`) at 50% opacity, but it can be any combination of color and opacity.
+
+* Set a row border to demarcate the edges of the image as it scrolls.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/rows/row-effects/row-shape-overlays.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/rows/row-effects/row-shape-overlays.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c8ae35b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/rows/row-effects/row-shape-overlays.md
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+---
+id: row-shape-overlays
+title: Row shape overlays
+sidebar_label: Row shape overlays
+---
+
+You can add and customize shape layers on rows. By default, rows can be
+assigned up to two shape layers, which by default are anchored to the top and
+bottom boundary of rows, so you can start with a top shape or bottom shape, as
+shown in this screenshot.
+
+Shape settings appear below the **Border** section on the row's **Style** tab.
+
+![](/img/row-columns-row-shapes-1.png)
+
+After you pick a shape (described in the next section), you can make the
+following customizations:
+
+- Width
+- Height
+- Y offset (vertical position)
+- Alignment within the row (top left, center, etc.)
+- Color or gradient fill
+- Orientation (flipped horizontally or vertically)
+- Skew X (horizontally)
+- Skew Y (vertically)
+- Scale horizontally
+- Rotate on a 360-degree axis
+- Clip the shape container to the row boundary
+  Enable this setting if the shape spreads out beyond the row boundary and you
+  want to contain it.
+
+The effect of these settings is that you can move the top and bottom shapes
+almost anywhere in the row and skew and modify the shapes.
+
+These transforms are common concepts in graphics applications and UI/UX
+programming languages. In Beaver Builder, they are translated to CSS
+properties when the page is rendered. See [this W3Schools article about CSS 2D
+transforms and browser support for
+them](https://www.w3schools.com/css/css3_2dtransforms.asp).
+
+## How to access row edge shapes
+
+1. Open a row for editing in Beaver Builder.
+2. On the **Style** tab, scroll down to the shape sections, following the **Border** section.
+
+The following sections show examples of each type of shape.
+
+**Note:** Be sure to test on various devices and in various browsers to make
+sure your shape settings work for all.
+
+## Shape choices
+
+### Slanted edge
+
+**Tip:** To make the shape look clipped, select the same color for the edge as
+the content background color on your page. If you select a different color
+from the content background, you'll see a rectangular row or column with the
+shape overlaid on it. For example, in the Slanted Edge example in the next
+section, the first screenshot shows an example in which the shape color
+matches the content background (white), while the second screenshot shows an
+example in which the entire shape is visible because the shape color is
+different from the background.
+
+In the following screenshot, the slanted edge is applied to both the top and
+bottom edges. The background photo also has a background color overlay with a
+gradient.
+
+![](/img/row-columns-row-shapes-2.jpg)
+
+**Tip:** Some users have reported seeing a thin horizontal line at the row
+border when they use a slanted edge. Adjusting the **Y offset** setting by 1
+pixel should solve the issue.
+
+Here's an example of a slanted top edge used with a rotation and skew,
+combined with a slanted bottom edge with default settings.
+
+![](/img/row-columns-row-shapes-3.jpg)
+
+### Waves
+
+Here's an example of a white top wave.
+
+![](/img/row-columns-row-shapes-4.jpg)
+
+Here's another example of a top wave in a navy color with reduced opacity,
+skewed and rotated both horizontally and vertically, scaled larger with a
+negative Y offset, which normally would move the effect upwards, but because
+of the rotation the negative Y offset moves the effect downwards. If the shape
+bleeds out of the row boundary, you can choose **Clip contents** in the
+**Shape container** section.
+
+![](/img/row-columns-row-shapes-5.jpg)
+
+### Midpoint
+
+Midpoint has its highest point mid-row and is lower at each row end. This
+screenshot shows a white midpoint shape applied to both the top and bottom
+edge with minimal modification from the default settings.
+
+![](/img/row-columns-row-shapes-6.jpg)
+
+### Triangle
+
+The triangle looks like a rotated midpoint, with its low point in the middle
+of the row. In the following screenshot, the triangle is set to a width of
+600px to the cutout effect seems to point to the heading in the center.
+
+![](/img/row-columns-row-shapes-7.jpg)
+
+### Circle
+
+In the following screenshot, the circle is a top shape that is set to Center
+alignment, so it appears in the vertical and horizontal center of the row. The
+color is set to 50% opacity.
+
+![](/img/row-columns-row-shapes-8.jpg)
+
+### Concave
+
+The concave shape is flat on one edge and has a concave arc at the other end.
+In the following screenshot, there's a Concave shape at the row bottom with a
+height of 440px so it stretches up along the sides of the row.
+
+![](/img/row-columns-row-shapes-9.jpg)
+
+### Spots
+
+The Circles shape is a set of larger and smaller elliptical objects. In the
+following screenshot, the circles in a semi-opaque color were scaled a bit
+larger, aligned in the center of the row, and then the Y offset value was
+manipulated to move them slightly higher.
+
+![](/img/row-columns-row-shapes-10.jpg)
+
+### Topography
+
+The topography shape produces concentric circles of the type that appear on
+topographic maps. Here's an example of a topographic shape with stretched
+height to cover the entire height of the background image.
+
+![](/img/row-columns-row-shapes-11.jpg)
+
+## Rectangle
+
+The rectangle shape is a rectangle placed where you want it. In the following
+screenshot, a rectangle shape at the top of the row was rotated to produce an
+angled band of color.
+
+![](/img/row-columns-row-shapes-12.jpg)
+
+Or, here's an example in which a rotated rectangle shape was used at the top
+and topography used at the bottom.
+
+![](/img/row-columns-row-shapes-13.jpg)
+
+## Some technical details
+
+The shape layers are rendered with a `<div>` element that covers the entire
+row, and the SVG shape is positioned somewhere within that.
+
+The fact that the shapes are aligned by default to the top and bottom of the
+row is just a convenience. In practice, you can flip and align the bottom
+shape layer and put it anywhere you can put the top shape layer. In fact, when
+you choose a bottom shape you'll notice the shape is automatically flipped top
+to bottom. This means with a bottom row, a positive Y offset will move the row
+up rather than down.
+
+![](/img/row-columns-row-shapes-14.png)
+
+### Fix for Internet Explorer 11
+
+Row shapes use SVG art, which won't work on IE11. If you want to use row
+shapes and block them only on IE11, use the following CSS code. See [this article](basics/custom-code.md) about where to add custom CSS code.
+
+```css
+body.fl-builder-ie-11 div.fl-builder-shape-layer {
+  display: none;
+}
+```
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/rows/row-effects/video-backgrounds-in-rows.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/rows/row-effects/video-backgrounds-in-rows.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..81c167bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/rows/row-effects/video-backgrounds-in-rows.md
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+---
+id: video-backgrounds-in-rows
+title: Video backgrounds in rows
+sidebar_label: Video backgrounds in rows
+---
+
+## Row settings for background videos
+
+To access the row settings for videos:
+
+1. Open the row's settings.
+2. On the **Style** tab, scroll to the **Background** section.
+3. In the **Type** field, choose Video.
+
+The following sections are available with settings for video backgrounds, as
+shown in this screenshot, listed below, and described in the following
+sections.
+
+![](/img/row-columns-video-background-1.png)
+
+- Background video
+  Specify the source of the video plus other settings related to how and where
+  the video plays. See the section below for more information.
+
+- Background overlay
+  Overlay a semitransparent color on the video.
+
+- Background color
+  Set a background color that displays until the fallback image or the video
+  loaded. Depending on load time, the background color may never appear or may
+  flash momentarily.
+
+- Border
+  Optional [standard border settings](basics/border.md) around the row, including [radius and shadow effects](basics/border.md).
+
+- Top shape, bottom shape, shape container
+  Add a [Beaver Builder row shape overlay](/beaver-builder/layouts/rows/row-effects/row-shape-overlays.md) to the
+  top edge or bottom edge of the row.
+
+### Background video section
+
+In the **Source** field, specify one of the following sources:
+
+- Media Library
+- URL
+- Youtube or Vimeo
+
+The following screenshot shows the Background Video settings when the source
+is the Media Library, In the table that follows, the settings for specifying
+the video source depending on the selection in the **Source** field, but the
+other fields in the **Background video** section are the same for all video
+sources.
+
+![](/img/row-columns-video-background-2.jpg)
+
+### Background Video section settings for rows
+
+**Note:** Any of the following **URL** fields in
+the **Background video** section can contain a shortcode for the URL.
+
+| Field                      | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            |
+| -------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
+| **Video (MP4)**            | (Displays when **Source** is **Media Library** ) Add an MP4 video that you have uploaded to your media library.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        |
+| **Video (WebM)**           | (Optional, displays when **Source** is **Media Library** ) Select a WebM-format video from the media library to display in browsers that can't play MP4 (older versions of Firefox and Safari).                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        |
+| **Video URL (MP4)**        | (Displays when **Source** is **URL** ) Add the URL to the MP4 video you want to use. Don't use the **URL** setting for Youtube or Vimeo videos.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        |
+| **Video URL (WebM)**       | (Optional, displays when **Source** is **URL** ) Add the URL to a WebM video to use in browsers that can't play MP4 (older versions of Firefox and Safari).                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            |
+| **Youtube or Vimeo URL**   | (Displays when **Source** is **Youtube or Vimeo**) Add the URL for the Youtube or Vimeo video you want to use.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         |
+| **Enable audio**           | Play the audio track for the video. Note that adding audio requires extra file size and increases load time, and some users do not appreciate it. Use with caution.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    |
+| **Enable video in mobile** | If set to **Yes**, the video will play on mobile devices that support it, but the audio track will be disabled.<br/>If set to **No**, the fallback photo displays. If there's no fallback photo, the row background color displays.<br/> **Note:** Use of a mobile device is detected by the browser, it’s not based on a breakpoint, so in Responsive Editing mode in the Beaver Builder Editor, you’ll see the video in the Small Device view even when **Enable video in mobile** is set to **No**. |
+| **Fallback photo**         | (Optional) Displays in any of the following conditions:<br/>\- While the video is loaded;<br/>\- When there are technical difficulties loading the video;<br/>\- On mobile devices when **Enable video in mobile** setting is **No**. If **Fallback photo** is not set, the background color displays under the same conditions.                                                                                                                                                                       |
+
+## Tips for using row background videos effectively
+
+From a design standpoint, a video background can add interest to a page – or
+it can detract from your content. For example, here's an example of
+ineffective use of a video background. Not only does the animation grab
+attention away from the call to action, but the video colors are so bright
+that the text is obscured.
+
+![](/img/row-columns-video-background-3.gif)
+
+Here are some tips for using video backgrounds more effectively:
+
+- Edit the video clips to make the file size as small as possible. Try exporting to 720p at 24 frames per second and a low bit rate.
+- If you're not playing the audio portion of the video (and in most cases that's a good idea), use a video editor to strip the audio track to reduce file size.
+- Keep the video as short as possible and loop it, which also reduces file size.
+- Use video clips that are related to the content, but don't use video backgrounds when you want attention on the content, such as the call to action in the previous example.
+- Set a semitransparent color overlay in the row settings if it make the row's content more legible. The most common settings are black (#000000) or white (#ffffff) with 50% opacity.
+- Not all mobile devices play video backgrounds, so provide a fallback image in the row settings.
+- Set a background color, which will display when the video (and optional fallback image) are slow to load, so visitors can start reading the content before the video starts. Use a dark color for light text and a light color for dark text.
+- Use a caching mechanism that lazy loads videos, which means the video isn't loaded until the visitor scrolls to that part of the page. This helps to improve your page load speed.
+- If you want a higher-resolution video or a longer video or an audio track, use a Video module instead of a video background.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/rows/set-global-site-wide-default-row-widths.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/rows/set-global-site-wide-default-row-widths.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c27256c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/rows/set-global-site-wide-default-row-widths.md
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+---
+id: set-global-site-wide-default-row-widths
+title: Set global (site-wide) default row widths
+sidebar_label: Set global (site-wide) default row widths
+---
+
+The global settings in the Beaver Builder editor determine the default width
+settings of all of the rows in your site. This means that when you add a new row
+to a layout, by default the row will have that setting. If you modify the row width or row content width in any row's settings, it will override the row width defaults.
+
+You can customize the following global settings for row width and row content width:
+
+  * Row width: **Full width** or **Fixed**
+  * Row content width: **Full width** or **Fixed**  
+Content width can be set only when row width is set to **Full width**.
+
+  * Max width
+
+Here's what happens to new and existing rows when you change global width
+settings:
+
+  * If you change the global row or row content width setting from **Full width** to **Fixed** or vice versa, the new settings only apply to new rows that you create. You can override these settings in individual row settings.
+  * If you change the global **Max width** setting to a different value or unit, the change applies to all existing rows across your entire site that meet the following conditions:
+    * Either the individual row width or content width is set to **Fixed**.
+    * The individual row doesn't have a custom max-width setting.
+
+:::note **Notes**
+
+* **Changing global settings may not be reflected in individual row settings unless you clear your browser cache and reload the page.**  
+
+* Exact row and row content widths are affected by row, column, and module margin and padding settings. See [this article](/beaver-builder/layouts/rows/full-width-and-fixed-width.md) on full- and fixed-width row layouts for more details.
+* If you set the row width to **Fixed** , either in **Global Settings** or in individual rows, this setting can get overridden if your theme is set to full-width rows.
+:::
+
+## To set a custom global default row width
+
+  1. In the Beaver Builder editor, click the title bar in the upper left corner to expose the **Tools** menu, then choose **Global Settings**, or just use the keyboard shortcut <kbd>⌘</kbd> + <kbd>U</kbd> (macOS <i class="fab fa-apple"></i>) or <kbd>Ctrl</kbd> + <kbd>U</kbd> (Windows <i class="fab fa-windows"></i>).
+  2. Scroll to the **Rows** section.
+  3. For **Max width,** set the number of `px` or `vw` (each unit is 1% of the viewport, which in this case means browser width).  
+  **Note this change will apply to new rows and all existing rows in your site
+  if they have fixed row or fixed content width and a default max-width
+  setting.**  
+  Existing rows that have a custom width set are not affected
+
+  4. For **Default row width**, set whether you want new rows to be **Full width** or **Fixed** by default.  
+This change applies only to new rows, and you can override these default
+settings in individual rows.
+
+  5. If your default row width is set to **Full Width**, set the **Default row content width** to **Full width** or **Fixed**.  
+This change applies only to new rows, and you can override these default
+settings in individual rows.
+
+  6. Click **Save**.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/rows/set-width-for-rows-and-content.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/rows/set-width-for-rows-and-content.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4d16506b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/rows/set-width-for-rows-and-content.md
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+---
+id: set-width-for-rows-and-content
+title: Set row and content width
+sidebar_label: Set row and content width
+---
+
+There are several ways to adjust row and content width settings and behavior:
+
+## Row settings
+
+Set row and content width for individual rows on the **Style** tab when you
+open the row's settings.
+
+If row **Width** is set to **Fixed width**, you can set the maximum width for
+that row, either in absolute
+units (pixels) or in relative units (either percent of viewport width or
+percent of the CSS parent setting).
+
+![](/img/row-columns-set-row-content-width-1.png)
+
+If row **Width** is set to **Full width**, you get an option to set **Content
+width** to **Full width** or **Fixed**, as shown in the following screenshot.
+If **Content width** is set to **Fixed**, you get the option to set the
+content max width.
+
+![](/img/row-columns-set-row-content-width-2.png)
+
+## Row drag handles
+
+If either the row or content width is set to **Fixed** in row settings, you
+can change the row max width by moving the drag handle. Row drag handles
+appear on the outer edge of content boxes. When a row has one column, there's
+a row width drag handle on both sides, as shown in the following screenshot.
+
+![](/img/row-columns-set-row-content-width-3.png)
+
+If the row has two columns, the outer side of the content box is a row drag
+handle, and the inner side is a column drag handle, as shown in the following
+screenshot.
+
+![](/img/row-columns-set-row-content-width-4.jpg)
+
+You'll see a tooltip showing the max width in pixels as you drag. If you hold
+the Shift key down while you drag, the unit field changes to 10px instead of
+1px. If you don't see a drag handle, it means both the row and column are set
+to full width in row settings. Your drag handle setting will appear in the
+**Fixed width** field in the row settings.
+
+When you click and hold the drag handle, the selection changes to include the
+entire row's content. In the following animation, clicking and holding the
+drag handle of one item in a multi-column row will expand to select the entire
+row's content area.
+
+![](/img/row-columns-set-row-content-width-5.gif)
+
+## Global settings
+
+You can change the site-wide default settings for row width, content width,
+and max width in the **Rows** section of **Tools > Global Settings**. You can
+also change the default row margins and padding values.
+
+See [this article](/beaver-builder/layouts/rows/set-global-site-wide-default-row-widths.md) for more details on how to set custom global default
+row widths in Beaver Builder.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/rows/work-with-rows.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/rows/work-with-rows.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..82a4aec4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/rows/work-with-rows.md
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+---
+id: work-with-rows
+title: Work with rows
+sidebar_label: Work with rows
+---
+
+Row layout options are available on any page that you create with Beaver
+Builder. They can be accessed in the following way:
+
+- In the upper right corner, click \+ (plus sign) to expose the Content panel, then click the **Rows** tab.
+
+To begin working on a new layout, drag and drop a row layout of your choice
+onto the page.
+
+![](/img/rows-columns-work-with-rows-1.gif)
+
+Mouse over the row that you just dragged onto the page to see a set of icons
+that show the available actions for that row, as shown in the following
+screenshot.
+
+![](/img/rows-columns-work-with-rows-2.png)
+
+You can:
+
+- Move the row by clicking the **Move** icon and dragging it.
+- Edit the settings by clicking the **Row settings** icon.
+- Duplicate the row.
+- **Reset column widths** for the entire row or **Reset row width** , which resizes the row to its global setting.
+  See [this article](/beaver-builder/layouts/rows/set-global-site-wide-default-row-widths.md) on how to set a custom global default row width.
+- Delete the row.
+
+## Row settings
+
+### Style tab
+
+Click the **Row settings** icon for a row to display the **Style** tab. You
+can make the following changes on the **Style** tab.
+
+#### Row and content width and max width fields
+
+When you add a row to your layout, the initial width settings are the defaults
+in **Tools > Global settings**. If you want different defaults, [set your own global default row widths](/beaver-builder/layouts/rows/set-global-site-wide-default-row-widths.md).
+
+In the **Width** field, set the row width to **Full width** or **Fixed**.
+
+For fixed-width rows, choose a maximum row width in the **Fixed width** field.
+Maximum width means the row can become less wide when the screen size shrinks
+below the max width, but can't become wider as the screen grows larger.
+
+For full-width rows, choose whether the **Content width** will be **Full
+width** or **Fixed**. If the Content width is Fixed, choose a max width for
+the content. For more information about Full width, fixed width, and max
+width, see [this article](/beaver-builder/layouts/rows/full-width-and-fixed-width.md) on full-width and fixed-width row layouts.
+
+#### Row height
+
+Set the row height to one of the following values:
+
+- **Default**
+  The row height automatically sizes according to the row content.
+
+- **Full height**
+  The row fits the browser window. You can align the content to **Top**,
+  **Center**, or **Bottom**.
+
+- **Minimum row height**
+  Set the value you want for minimum height. Use this in cases in which you want
+  the row height to be greater than the default but less than the full browser
+  window height. You can also choose the vertical alignment of the content in
+  the row: **Top**, **Center**, or **Bottom**.
+
+#### Colors section
+
+Override default color settings for text, link, and heading colors.
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+Here's why it's handy to change text color in row settings rather
+than module settings. Suppose your default text color is black, but you want a
+dark background for your row, so you want all the text in the row to appear in
+white. By setting text color on the row, you don't have to set it for each
+module. In addition, when you move modules around, any module moved into that
+row will automatically have the right color text. If you change text color in
+a row setting, you can still override that by setting another text color in a
+module.
+:::
+
+#### Background section
+
+Create and style any of the following types of row backgrounds. Each choice
+opens a section with settings for that type of background.
+
+- None
+- Color
+- Gradient
+- Photo
+- Video
+  See the article about [row background video settings and tips](/beaver-builder/layouts/rows/row-effects/video-backgrounds-in-rows.md).
+- Embedded code
+  Use HTML to embed content such as videos from other sources or sliders from other plugins using shortcodes.
+- Slideshow
+- Parallax
+  See the article about [parallax row backgrounds](/beaver-builder/layouts/rows/row-effects/parallax-row-backgrounds.md).
+
+#### Background overlay section
+
+This section appears if you choose **Photo**, **Video**, **Slideshow**, or
+**Parallax** as the background type. You can select a color overlay and
+manipulate the opacity to show more or less of the underlying background.
+
+Usually a background color overlay is done using a semitransparent white or
+black color to improve legibility of content on top of the row background, but
+in some cases a semi-transparent color is used for design effect.
+
+#### Border section
+
+You can add a row border. With or without a border, you can add a corner
+rounding (radius) and a shadow effect. See [the article about borders](basics/border.md) and the article about [radius and shadow effects](basics/border.md).
+
+#### Top shape, Bottom shape sections
+
+Assign a shape overlay to the top or bottom edge of the row. See [the article on row shape overlays](/beaver-builder/layouts/rows/row-effects/row-shape-overlays.md).
+
+### Advanced tab
+
+There are all the usual [**Advanced** tab settings](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) for margins and padding, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML settings.
+
+## Choose between new rows or rows with column groups
+
+Rows can contain multiple column groups, which can be thought of as rows within rows. In the following screenshot, there's one row that has three column groups with a different number of columns in each group.
+
+![](/img/rows-columns-work-with-rows-3.png)
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+For even more complex layouts, you can have columns nested within columns. For more information about how columns work, see the [column layouts overview](/beaver-builder/layouts/columns/column-layouts-overview.md).
+:::
+
+But you could also put each or these column groups into their own row, as shown in this screenshot:
+
+![](/img/rows-columns-work-with-rows-4.png)
+
+What determines when you start a new row in your layout? There's no hard and
+fast rule, but here are some considerations:
+
+- You want to set a background color, image, or video for a particular row in your layout. Create a separate row for that section.
+- You want to save a particular row in order to reuse it somewhere else.
+- You have content sections on your page that you might want to reposition later – if they are in separate rows, it's easy to move them by dragging.
+- You want to take advantage of the row's margin or padding features to position a block of content within a row or position the row with respect to other rows.
+- Instead of a theme sidebar, you want to add a Sidebar module or some other module that appears to span several rows. To give this area the look of a sidebar, you need a single row with column groups, shown in this mockup. There's a single row with one column group containing two columns. The sidebar is in the right column, and the left column has two Heading modules.
+
+![](/img/rows-columns-work-with-rows-5.jpg)
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/templates/index.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/templates/index.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d9919959
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/templates/index.md
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+---
+id: index
+title: Templates
+sidebar_label: Templates
+tags: [Row, Rows, Columns, Modules, Layout, Templates]
+description: Templates are prebuilt Beaver Builder layouts that contain any combination of rows, columns, and modules.
+---
+
+Templates are layouts that contain any combination of rows, columns, and modules. Beaver Builder includes a variety of prebuilt templates offering a quick route to designing your pages while boosting productivity and creativity. Additionally, you have the flexibility to create and save your own templates for future projects like the example in the image below.
+
+![Complex layout structure](/img/beaver-builder/templates--index--1.jpg)
+
+Learn more about prebuilt and saved templates from the articles provided below:
+
+- [Prebuilt Templates](prebuilt-templates.md)
+- [Saved Templates](saved-templates.md)
+
+## Access Templates
+
+1. [Launch Beaver Builder](getting-started/launch-builder.md) on your page or post.
+2. On the [Top bar](user-interface/top-bar.md), click the Plus symbol **(+)** to open the [Content panel](user-interface/content-panel.md).
+3. Click the **Templates tab** to access the prebuilt templates.
+
+![Landing page templates](/img/beaver-builder/templates--index--2.jpg)
+
+## Template subgroups
+
+Templates are categorised into subgroups and can be accessed via the Templates group dropdown menu. There may also be subgroups of third-party templates, depending on other plugins you have installed.
+
+:::info
+All template subgroups will be removed from the [Content panel](user-interface/content-panel.md) if [Enable User Templates Only](settings/templates.md#enable-user-templates-only) is selected in the Beaver Builder [Template settings](settings/templates.md), leaving only user-created templates available.
+:::
+
+### Landing Pages Group
+
+The [Landing page templates](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/landing-page-templates/) group allows you to access all prebuilt landing page templates.
+
+See the [Landing Page Templates](prebuilt-templates.md#landing-page-templates) section for more information.
+
+### Content Pages Group
+
+The [Content page templates](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/content-page-templates/) group allows you to access all prebuilt content page templates.
+
+See the [Landing Page Templates](prebuilt-templates.md#content-page-templates) section for more information.
+
+### Micro Pages Group
+
+The Mico page templates group allows you to access all prebuilt micro landing page templates.
+
+See the [Landing Page Templates](prebuilt-templates.md#micro-page-templates) section for more information.
+
+### Saved Templates Group
+
+Any templates [saved for reuse](saved-templates.md) will appear in the Saved Templates group.
+
+### Third-party layout templates
+
+Third-party layout templates usually appear as a separate group on the Templates tab. They are used in the same way as any other template type.
+
+## Apply a template to a page or post
+
+1. Click the Plus symbol **(+)** to open the [Content panel](user-interface/content-panel.md).
+
+2. Select the **Templates tab** to access templates.
+
+3. Click the template you want to use into your layout.
+   If the page or post layout already has content, you'll get a choice of replacing the existing layout or appending the new layout.
+
+![](/img/beaver-builder/templates--index--3.jpg)
+
+4. Configure the rows, columns, and modules how you like and save your changes.
+
+## Remove templates
+
+You can't remove a whole template once it's been applied to a page, but you can remove individual rows, columns, or modules. You can also use the Blank template, which will remove all content from the page.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/templates/prebuilt-templates.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/templates/prebuilt-templates.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7347e838
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/templates/prebuilt-templates.md
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+---
+id: prebuilt-templates
+title: Prebuilt Templates
+sidebar_label: Prebuilt Templates
+---
+
+Beaver Builder comes with a number of prebuilt templates that you can use to design your pages faster.
+
+## Usage
+
+You can use a prebuilt template that looks similar to the design you want, tweak any settings, rearrange elements, and add your own content to create a stunning page in no time. You can also play around with different layout templates to get ideas or learn how they were made.
+
+:::warning Warning
+The images used in prebuilt templates are not stored locally in your site's WordPress media library, so you'll need to replace them with your own.
+:::
+
+## Access Prebuilt Templates
+
+To access prebuilt templates:
+
+1. [Launch Beaver Builder](getting-started/launch-builder.md) on your page or post.
+2. On the [Top bar](user-interface/top-bar.md), click the Plus symbol **(+)** to open the [Content panel](user-interface/content-panel.md).
+3. Select the **Templates tab** and select the either [Landing Pages](#landing-page-templates) or [Content Pages](#content-page-templates) from the group down-down menu.
+4. Click a template to add into your layout.
+
+:::caution
+
+Prebuilt Templates are enabled by default but can be disabled if desired. If they don’t appear in the Content Panel, check the **Template Settings tab** under [WordPress Admin Dashboard > Settings > Beaver Builder > Templates](../../settings/templates.md).
+
+:::
+
+## Landing Page Templates
+
+[Landing page templates](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/landing-page-templates/) are available in the [Landing Pages subgroup](index.md#landing-pages-group) and can be used for a variety of purposes, including home pages, marketing pages, event pages, and even one-page websites.
+
+![Landing page templates in the Beaver Builder user interface](/img/beaver-builder/templates--prebuilt-templates--1.jpg)
+*Note: The image above has been altered for screenshot purposes and is not an accurate representation of the Beaver Builder user interface.*
+
+### Blank Template
+
+The blank template can be found in the **Landing Pages subgroup** and can be used as a quick method to remove all content from an existing Beaver Builder layout.
+
+## Content Page Templates
+
+[Content page templates](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/content-page-templates/) are available in the [Content Pages subgroup](index.md#content-pages-group) and focus on specific types of content, such as portfolios, contact, FAQs, or a webinar signup.
+
+![Content page templates in the Beaver Builder user interface](/img/beaver-builder/templates--prebuilt-templates--2.jpg)
+*Note: The image above has been altered for screenshot purposes and is not an accurate representation of the Beaver Builder user interface.*
+
+## Micro Page Templates
+
+Micro Pages are prebuilt templates that focus on bios or social media pages, apps, podcasts, and coming soon and maintenance pages.
+
+![Micro page templates in the Beaver Builder user interface](/img/beaver-builder/templates--prebuilt-templates--3.jpg)
+*Note: The image above has been altered for screenshot purposes and is not an accurate representation of the Beaver Builder user interface.*
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/templates/saved-templates.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/templates/saved-templates.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f879536e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/templates/saved-templates.md
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+---
+id: saved-templates
+title: Saved Templates
+sidebar_label: Saved Templates
+tags: [Row, Rows, Layout, Saved Content]
+description: You can create a custom layout template from a page you have already designed in Beaver Builder, or you can create a layout template from scratch.
+---
+
+Saved templates can be created from a page you have already designed in Beaver Builder (including a Themer layout), or they can be created from scratch in the [WordPress back-end](#back-end).
+
+![Save templates](/img/beaver-builder/templates--saved-templates--1.jpg)
+
+## Usage
+
+You can save the Beaver Builder layout for any page or post as a template. This is useful in several ways:
+
+- You want your site to conform to a layout across more than one page.
+- [Export and import](#export--import) the layout to another site or share with another person.
+- [Distribute your saved templates from either a plugin or theme](settings/template-exporter.md).
+
+:::caution
+Saved templates are **not** global. Therefore, if you make modifications to a saved template, it will not impact any pages that are already using that template.
+:::
+
+:::info
+Saved templates are not public pages on your site and are not available for indexing by search engines.
+:::
+
+## Create saved templates
+
+You can save templates in two ways: via the builder (front-end) or through the WordPress admin dashboard (back-end).
+
+### Front-end
+
+1. [Launch Beaver Builder](getting-started/launch-builder.md) on your page or post.
+2. Create the layout structure using rows and columns, then add your content using modules.
+3. On the [Tools menu](user-interface/tools-menu.md), click **Save template**.
+
+:::tip
+You can also save templates using the [keyboard shortcut](user-interface/tools-menu.md#keyboard-shortcuts):
+_ <kbd>Ctrl</kbd> + <kbd>J</kbd> (Windows)
+_ <kbd>⌘ command</kbd> + <kbd>J</kbd> (macOS).
+:::
+
+4. Give the template a name and click **Save**.
+
+![Save templates from the front-end](/img/beaver-builder/templates--saved-templates--2.jpg)
+
+### Back-end
+
+1. In the WordPress admin dashboard, go to **Beaver Builder > Templates**.
+2. Click the **Add New** button.
+3. Enter a title for the template and click Add saved template.
+4. Click [Launch Beaver Builder](getting-started/launch-builder.md) and construct the layout.
+5. To save the layout template, click **Done > Publish**.
+
+![Save templates from the back-end](/img/beaver-builder/templates--saved-templates--3.jpg)
+
+## Access & edit saved templates
+
+You can access your saved templates via the [Saved tab](index.md#template-subgroups) or the [Saved Templates subgroup](index.md#template-subgroups) on the [Content panel](user-interface/content-panel.md). They can also be accessed and edited via the **Beaver Builder > Templates** menu in the WordPress admin dashboard.
+
+## Add a saved template to your page
+
+You can add a saved template to your page or post by clicking the template you want to use.
+
+## Categorize saved templates
+
+Saved templates can be organized by categorizing them. These categories will be displayed in the **Content panel > Templates tab** [Saved Templates subgroup](index.md#template-subgroups).
+
+<div className="embed-responsive">
+<iframe width="560" height="315" src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/LaMVjKcu86g?controls=0" title="YouTube video player" frameBorder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture" allowFullScreen></iframe>
+</div>
+
+<!--![View categorized saved templates in Content panel](/img/beaver-builder/templates--saved-templates--4.jpg)-->
+
+1. In the WordPress admin dashboard, click **Beaver Builder > Templates**.
+2. Select a saved template you wish to edit.
+3. Add one or more categories to the saved template in the Beaver Builder Categories panel on the right. You can also create a new category by clicking **+ Add New Category**.
+
+![Add categories to saved templates](/img/beaver-builder/templates--saved-templates--5.jpg)
+
+4. Click Update to save your changes.
+
+### Template thumbnails
+
+Beaver Builder saved templates support WordPress featured images. If you add a featured image to your template, the image will display in the Beaver Builder user interface. This makes it easier for you or your clients to find the right template.
+
+:::tip
+The Beaver Builder user interface styles the thumbnails using `background-size: cover;` so you don't need to be concerned about image ratios.
+:::
+
+![Save templates thumbnails](/img/beaver-builder/templates--saved-templates--6.jpg)
+
+## Rename
+
+You can change the title or the slug name for a saved template.
+
+![Rename saved templates title and slug](/img/beaver-builder/templates--saved-templates--7.jpg)
+
+1. In the WordPress admin dashboard, click **Beaver Builder > Templates**.
+
+2. Mouse over the template you want to rename and click **Edit**.
+
+3. Change the title and optionally the slug and click **Update**.
+   If you don't see the Slug field, click [Screen options in the upper right corner of the screen](shortcode/index.md#find-id-or-slug) and make sure the Slug checkbox is selected.
+
+Once the change is made, it will apply to all instances of the saved template.
+
+## Delete saved templates
+
+You can delete saved templates in two ways: via the builder (front-end) or through the WordPress admin dashboard (back-end).
+
+### Front-end
+
+1. [Launch Beaver Builder](getting-started/launch-builder.md) on your page or post.
+
+2. On the [Top bar](user-interface/top-bar.md), click the **Plus** symbol (+) to open the [Content panel](user-interface/content-panel.md).
+
+3. Click the **Templates tab** and select the [Saved Templates subgroup](index.md#saved-templates).
+
+4. Mouse over the template you want to delete and click the close <i className="fas fa-times" aria-hidden="true"></i> icon.
+
+5. Confirm the deletion in the prompt window.
+
+![Delete saved templates from the front-end](/img/beaver-builder/templates--saved-templates--8.jpg)
+
+### Back-end
+
+1. In the WordPress admin dashboard, click **Beaver Builder > Templates**.
+
+2. Mouse over the template that you want to delete, then click **Trash** to move the template to the WordPress trash.
+
+:::info
+Deleted templates remain available in the trash until you permanently delete them.
+:::
+
+## Shortcode
+
+You can render Saved Templates into any text or text editor field, this also includes other modules using the Beaver Builder shortcode.
+
+See the [Shortcode article](shortcode/index.md) for more information.
+
+## Export & Import
+
+You can export your saved templates and import them into another site – or give them to clients, or sell them.
+
+See the [export and import article](settings/export-import.md) for more information.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/templates/template-site.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/templates/template-site.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3c6c1da5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/templates/template-site.md
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+---
+id: template-site
+title: Template Site
+sidebar_label: Template Site
+---
+
+This article explains how you can create your own template site that users in the WordPress Multisite network can use on their sub-sites.
+
+## Prerequisite
+
+A Template Site is only possible with WordPress Multisite installations and Beaver Builder Unlimited license.
+
+- [WordPress Multisite Installation](https://wordpress.org/support/article/create-a-network/)
+- [Beaver Builder Unlimited License](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/pricing/)
+
+## Usage
+
+A Template Site is a sub-site in your WordPress Multisite network that acts as a hub or library for your prebuilt templates. All [templates](index.md) and [reusable content](layouts/reusable-content/index.md) added to the Template Site become available to all sub-sites in the network.
+
+Additionally, you can categorize [templates](saved-templates.md#categorize-saved-templates), and [reusable content](layouts/reusable-content/index.md) if you have more than one template grouping and access the categories from the Content Panel.
+
+:::tip
+
+The use of a Template Site is also an excellent option if you are planning to build your own [DIY Website Builder Platform](advanced/diy-website-builder-platform.md).
+
+:::
+
+:::caution
+
+All sub-sites on the network use the same Template Site. You cannot create more than one Template Site or assign different Template Sites to different sub-sites.
+
+:::
+
+## Setup
+
+1. Log into your WordPress Multisite network as the Network Admin _(super admin)_.
+
+2. [Create a new sub-site](https://wordpress.org/support/article/network-admin-sites-screen) to act as your Template Site.
+
+3. Navigate to **Network Admin > Settings > Beaver Builder > Templates**.
+
+4. In the [Override Core Templates](settings/templates.md#wordpress-multisite) option field, enter the **ID** of your Template Site sub-site.
+   The sub-site will now serve as the Template Site.
+
+![Enter sub-site ID to create a Template Site](/img/beaver-builder/templates--template-site--1.jpg)
+
+:::caution
+All Beaver Builder [Prebuilt Templates](prebuilt-templates.md) will be removed from your network when a sub-site `ID` is entered into the Override Core Templates option.
+:::
+
+Your own prebuilt templates can now be added to the Template Site, either by building them on the Template Site itself or by [importing](settings/export-import.md) them from another website.
+
+Once your prebuilt templates have been added/imported, all sub-sites within your network should now be able to access them.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/templates/theme-template-authors.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/templates/theme-template-authors.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e063ecc9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/layouts/templates/theme-template-authors.md
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+---
+id: theme-template-authors
+title: Theme & Template Authors
+sidebar_label: Theme & Template Authors
+tags: [Row, Rows, Columns, Modules, Layout, Templates, Template Data Exporter]
+description: The Template Data Exporter allows template authors to distribute their custom templates to their users via a plugins or themes.
+---
+
+import Tabs from '@theme/Tabs';
+import TabItem from '@theme/TabItem';
+
+Template authors can make their custom templates available to users within the lite and premium versions of Beaver Builder without needing to import them through the WordPress importer. This is perfect for Template authors who distribute Beaver Builder using [TGM plugin activation](http://tgmpluginactivation.com/), and it's a great addition for those already building custom modules for their themes.
+
+Using the following method, templates are automatically made available in
+Beaver Builder’s template selector after you register them.
+
+### 1. Template source
+
+We recommend that you keep a copy of your templates on a source site for a better user experience. When a user selects a template for use, the media files in the template (such as images and videos) are not imported to their WordPress site but rather are linked to your source site. This is because users often don't want to import sample images that they will not be using.
+
+For example, all of our templates live on a [WordPress Multisite](https://wordpress.org/support/article/create-a-network/) instance at [demos.wpbeaverbuilder.com](https://demos.wpbeaverbuilder.com). We also use this location for demos on our own website.
+
+If you don’t keep a copy of your templates on the source site, users can still
+use your templates, but the media will not be loaded.
+
+:::tip
+Templates are exported to `.dat` files, which must be transferred to source repositories as **Binary** not ASCII.
+:::
+
+### 2. Create templates
+
+Create your [custom layout templates](saved-templates.md) and [reusable content](layouts/reusable-content/index.md) for users.
+
+### 3. Categorize templates
+
+Use the **Beaver Builder** admin panel (on the WordPress admin panel menu)
+assign categories and add featured images to your saved layout templates. See
+[how to categorize and add thumbnails to saved layout templates](saved-templates.md#categorize-saved-templates). (This won't work for saved rows and modules.)
+
+### 4. Export Template .dat file
+
+1. Access your site's WordPress Admin Dashboard.
+2. Navigate to **Tools > Template Exporter**.
+
+:::info
+If you don't see that menu option, enable it by doing the following:
+
+1. Go to **Settings > Beaver Builder > User Access**.
+2. In the **Admin > Template Data Exporter** section, select the user roles that you want to have access to the Template Data Exporter
+3. Save the settings.
+
+:::
+
+You’ll see a screen similar to the screenshot below. **Themer Layouts** is visible only if Beaver Themer is installed.
+
+![Template Exporter overview](/img/beaver-builder/settings--template-exporter--1.jpg)
+
+3. Select all templates or the specific layout templates, rows, and modules you want to export and click **Export template data**. A _templates.dat_ file will download to your computer.
+
+### 5. Register your templates
+
+Register the _templates.dat_ file with Beaver Builder, using the `FLBuilder::register_templates` method within either a theme or plugin, as shown in the examples below.
+
+The biggest consideration in deciding whether to register within the theme or in a plugin is whether you want the templates to remain accessible when the user switches to a different theme. If the answer is yes, register in a plugin. If no, register within a theme. If you choose a plugin, you can [download the example plugin](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/downloads/bb-custom-templates-example.zip) to use as a model.
+
+#### To register in your theme:
+
+Pass the full path of your _templates.dat_ file to the `FLBuilder::register_templates` method:
+
+```php
+FLBuilder::register_templates("/path/to/your/templates.dat");
+```
+
+:::tip
+
+Use the [`get_stylesheet_directory()`](https://developer.wordpress.org/reference/functions/get_stylesheet_directory/) function if you prefer not to use the full path.
+
+```php title="Example"
+FLBuilder::register_templates(get_stylesheet_directory() . "/templates.dat");
+```
+
+:::
+
+In order to make sure that your theme or plugin doesn’t throw any errors, hook that method into the [`after_setup_theme`](https://developer.wordpress.org/reference/hooks/after_setup_theme/) action, and check to see if the builder is installed and the current version supports registering templates, as follows.
+
+<Tabs>
+<TabItem value="fullpath" label="Full Path Example" default>
+
+```php
+function my_plugin_load_bb_templates()
+{
+  if (
+    !class_exists("FLBuilder") ||
+    !method_exists("FLBuilder", "register_templates")
+  ) {
+    return;
+  }
+
+  FLBuilder::register_templates("/path/to/your/templates.dat");
+}
+add_action("after_setup_theme", "my_plugin_load_bb_templates");
+```
+
+</TabItem>
+<TabItem value="get-stylesheet-dir" label="Get Stylesheet Example">
+
+```php
+function my_plugin_load_bb_templates()
+{
+  if (
+    !class_exists("FLBuilder") ||
+    !method_exists("FLBuilder", "register_templates")
+  ) {
+    return;
+  }
+
+  FLBuilder::register_templates(get_stylesheet_directory() . "/templates.dat");
+}
+add_action("after_setup_theme", "my_plugin_load_bb_templates");
+```
+
+</TabItem>
+</Tabs>
+
+The templates will be loaded the next time you open Beaver Builder for editing.
+
+### 6. Install and test your plugin or theme
+
+Make sure your plugin (or theme) is installed and active and then open a page for editing in Beaver Builder. If you got everything right, your templates should show up in one of three places based on whether they are layouts, rows, or modules.
+
+Layouts will show up on the **Templates** tab in the Content panel within the categories you specified, or **Uncategorized** if none, and opening a category will display the featured images of the templates in a thumbnail grid. The categories and underlying grid layout for a single category are shown in the following screenshot.
+
+![Custom templates in the Content panel](/img/beaver-builder/settings--template-exporter--2.jpg)
+
+Your rows and modules are displayed on the **Saved** tab in the Content panel.
+
+## Things to keep in mind
+
+Here are a few things to keep in mind when building templates for Beaver Builder.
+
+### Template creation
+
+The ability to create, save, edit and export templates is currently only available in the [premium versions](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/pricing/) of Beaver Builder. You will need at least the Standard subscription to export _templates.dat_ files.
+
+### Module availability
+
+If you build templates for the Lite version, keep in mind that not all of the premium modules are available there. If users use a template with a module that is not supported in their version of Beaver Builder, the module will not be rendered.
+
+For this reason, we recommend third-party Template authors create custom modules for their themes and templates if they need something that isn’t available in the lite version. See [the custom module guide](/developer/custom-modules/index.md).
+
+### Global content
+
+Global rows, columns and modules are exported to _templates.dat_ as standard (non-global) rows, columns, or modules.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/advanced.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/advanced.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b8f777d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/advanced.md
@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
+---
+id: advanced
+title: Advanced Settings
+sidebar_label: Advanced Settings
+description: The Advanced tab in the Beaver Builder settings is where you can enable and disable settings.
+---
+
+import Tabs from '@theme/Tabs';
+import TabItem from '@theme/TabItem';
+
+The Advanced tab within Beaver Builder's settings provides options to enable or disable settings that typically require custom coding to achieve specific outcomes.
+
+## Access Advanced
+
+1. Access your site's WordPress Admin Dashboard.
+2. Navigate to **Settings > Beaver Builder**.
+3. Then click the **Advanced** tab.
+
+![Beaver Builder Advanced settings](/img/beaver-builder/settings--advanced--1.jpg)
+
+## Builder UI
+
+The Builder UI section allows you to enable or disable Beaver Builder user interface features.
+
+### Responsive Iframe UI
+
+Enable or disables the iframe UI for accurate responsive editing. May cause issues with legacy add-ons.
+
+:white_check_mark: Enabled by default.
+
+### Outline Panel
+
+Enable or disable the Outline Panel in the Beaver Builder user interface.
+
+:white_check_mark: Enabled by default.
+
+### Inline Editing
+
+Enable or disable the Inline Editing in the Beaver Builder overlay UI.
+
+:white_check_mark: Enabled by default.
+
+### Notification system
+
+Enable or disable the Notification system in the Beaver Builder user interface. When disabled you will not receive alerts for new posts on the [Beaver Builder blog](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/blog/).
+
+![Enable or disable the Notification system](/img/beaver-builder/settings--advanced--2.jpg)
+
+:white_check_mark: Enabled by default.
+
+### Remember last used tab
+
+By default, Beaver Builder remembers the last tab opened in the row, column, or module settings window. Using the Remember last used tab, you can enable or disable this feature.
+
+:white_check_mark: Enabled by default.
+
+### Custom Row Shapes
+
+Enable or disable the custom row shapes tab from **Tools Menu > Global Settings**.
+
+![Enable or disable Custom Row Shapes](/img/beaver-builder/settings--advanced--3.jpg)
+
+:white_check_mark: Enabled by default.
+
+### Enable Code Settings
+
+When enabled CSS and JavaScript sections become available in the advanced tab for rows, columns, and modules.
+
+See the Per-Node CSS & JS section in the [Custom Code](basics/custom-code.md) article for more information.
+
+:white_check_mark: Enabled by default.
+
+### Limit WP revisions for layouts
+
+By default, does not limit the amount of revisions.
+
+Enabling this setting will limit revisions to `10` for Beaver Builder layouts. Set to `0` to completely disable revisions for layouts/pages controlled by Beaver Builder.
+
+:x: Disabled by default.
+
+### Limit the amount of undo/redo history in Builder UI
+
+The default number of changes History tracks is 20.
+
+Enabling this setting will limit Beaver Builder history to `5` items you can undo/redo. Set to `0` to completely disable History for layouts/pages controlled by Beaver Builder.
+
+:x: Disabled by default.
+
+### Mod Security fix
+
+Enable the `mod_security` fix which prevents 403 errors when using Beaver Builder in shared hosting environments.
+
+:x: Disabled by default.
+
+### Small Data Mode
+
+When enabled, empty/blank options will not be saved to the database, reducing post meta data size by approximately 50%.
+
+:x: Disabled by default.
+
+### Node Labels
+
+When enabled, displays the node label and tooltip when hovering over the node settings icon and in the top right hand corner of the node outline overlay.
+
+:::info
+Outline Panel labels are not removed when the Node Labels option is disabled.
+:::
+
+![Enable or disable node labels](/img/beaver-builder/settings--advanced--4.jpg)
+
+:white_check_mark: Enabled by default.
+
+### Render shortcodes in CSS/JS
+
+When enabled, allows you to use shortcodes in **Layout CSS & JavaScript settings**, accessed from the [Tools menu](user-interface/tools-menu.md). Use this feature to replace a value in custom CSS or JS in a Beaver Builder layout.
+
+See the [Use shortcodes in CSS or JS](shortcode/using-css.md) article for more information.
+
+:x: Disabled by default.
+
+### ACF Blocks
+
+Enable or disable [ACF Block support](/beaver-builder/developer/acf-blocks.md) in Beaver Builder.
+
+:white_check_mark: Enabled by default.
+
+### Collapse All Settings
+
+Enable or disable the Collapse All Settings feature, which collapses all tabs in the Settings Window for rows, columns, and modules.
+
+:x: Disabled by default.
+
+### Load Theme Colors
+
+Enable or disable the loading of theme colors in the color picker.
+
+:x: Disabled by default.
+
+### Load WordPress Colors
+
+Enable or disable the loading of WordPress Core colors in the color picker.
+
+:x: Disabled by default.
+
+## WP Admin
+
+The WP Admin section allows you to enable or disable Beaver Builder features from the WordPress user interface.
+
+### Allow pages to be sortable
+
+Enable or disable the Beaver Builder filter link found in the WordPress admin dashboard for pages, posts, and custom post types.
+
+![Enable or disable the Beaver Builder filter](/img/beaver-builder/settings--advanced--5.jpg)
+
+:white_check_mark: Enabled by default.
+
+### Show duplicate action links
+
+Enable or disable the Duplicate Page option from the WordPress page, post, and custom post type list.
+
+:white_check_mark: Enabled by default.
+
+### Show duplicate link in adminbar
+
+Enable or disable the Duplicate Page link from the **WordPress admin bar > Beaver Builder**.
+
+:white_check_mark: Enabled by default.
+
+### Show advanced module usage
+
+Enable or disable advanced module usage. When enabled, this will show which Beaver Builder modules and how many of each type are used on the front end of your website. This information is displayed via **WordPress admin dashboard > Settings > Beaver Builder > Modules tab**.
+
+:x: Disabled by default.
+
+## Assets
+
+The Assets section allows you to enable or disable asset features from Beaver Builder.
+
+### Google Fonts
+
+Enable or disable Google Fonts. When disabled, Google Fonts will **not** be enqueued or available for Beaver Builder style options.
+
+:white_check_mark: Enabled by default.
+
+### Google Fonts Auto Update
+
+Enable or disable Google Fonts auto update.
+
+:white_check_mark: Enabled by default.
+
+### Font Awesome
+
+Enable or disable Font Awesome. When disabled, Font Awesome will **not** be enqueued, even if modules require it.
+
+:white_check_mark: Enabled by default.
+
+### Prefer GD for image cropping
+
+Enable or disable the PHP GD library. WordPress uses ImageMagick for image processing by default, which is slow and not threaded. Performance is much better with GD, which is native to PHP.
+
+:x: Disabled by default.
+
+## Frontend
+
+The Frontend section allows you to enable or disable Beaver Builder frontend features.
+
+### Render css/js assets inline
+
+Enable or disable rendering of Beaver Builder assets inline. When enabled, instead of loading Beaver Builder CSS and JavaScript as an asset file, you can render the CSS inline in the `<head>` tag and the JavaScript inline right before the closing `<body>` tag.
+
+This can be a solution to some rare caching issues, but in most cases you don’t need this enabled.
+
+:x: Disabled by default.
+
+### Force Module Wrapper Divs
+
+Enable or disable the rendering of module wrapper `<div>` elements.
+
+- When **Enabled**, this setting forces modules to include their legacy wrapper `<div>` elements, even if those wrappers have been removed from the module’s default markup.
+- When **Disabled** _(default)_, modules use the updated markup without the wrapper `<div>`. This change only affects modules added to the layout after version 2.9.
+
+We recommend keeping this option disabled, as it provides several benefits, including cleaner and more streamlined markup. The example below shows the updated markup for the Heading module, which now includes only the heading tag (e.g., `<h2>`).
+
+:::info
+
+Consider enabling this option if you’re using CSS to style modules, as certain class names, such as `fl-module-content` —may be missing when the **Force Module Wrapper Divs** option is **disabled**.
+
+:::
+
+<Tabs>
+  <TabItem value="no-wrapper" label="No Wrapper (Default)">
+
+```markup
+<h2 class="fl-module fl-module-heading fl-heading fl-heading-text">Hello World</h2>
+```
+
+  </TabItem>
+  <TabItem value="wrapper" label="Wrappers Enabled">
+
+```markup
+<div class="fl-module fl-module-heading">
+  <div class="fl-module-content fl-node-content">
+    <h2 class="fl-heading">
+      <span class="fl-heading-text">Hello World</span>
+    </h2>
+  </div>
+</div>
+```
+
+  </TabItem>
+</Tabs>
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/blocks.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/blocks.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b8752e3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/blocks.md
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+---
+id: blocks
+title: Blocks Tab
+sidebar_label: Blocks
+description: The Blocks tab in the Beaver Builder settings lets you control which module blocks will be available in the WordPress block editor.
+---
+
+The Blocks tab in the Beaver Builder settings allows you to enable module blocks. Module blocks are Beaver Builder modules developed as WordPress blocks for use in the WordPress block editor. These blocks maintain all the features and settings found in their module counterparts.
+
+## What Module Blocks are available?
+
+Beaver Builder module blocks are available for the following modules:
+
+- Accordion
+- Pricing Table
+- Tabs
+- Box
+- Countdown
+- Number Counter
+- Icon
+- Icon Group
+- Map
+- Posts Carousel
+- Posts
+- Posts Slider
+
+## Access Blocks tab
+
+1. Access your site's WordPress Admin Dashboard.
+2. Navigate to **Settings > Beaver Builder**.
+3. Then click the **Blocks** tab.
+
+![Access the Beaver Builder setting's modules tab](/img/beaver-builder/settings--module-blocks--1.jpg)
+
+## Enable or Disable Module Blocks.
+
+By default, all module blocks are disabled. To enable a module blocks, simply check the box next to the module block you want to enable. Use the **All** checkbox to enable all module blocks.
+
+1. In the WordPress Admin Dashboard.
+2. Navigate to **Settings > Beaver Builder**.
+3. Click the **Blocks** tab.
+4. Check the box next to any of any module blocksyou want to enable.
+5. Click **Save Blocks Settings**.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/branding.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/branding.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..579060f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/branding.md
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+---
+id: branding
+title: Branding Tab
+sidebar_label: Branding (Unlimited license)
+description: The Branding tab in the Beaver Builder settings lets you white label the Beaver Builder plugin and BB Theme with your own brand and logo.
+---
+
+The **Branding** tab in the Beaver Builder settings lets you white label the Beaver Builder plugin and BB Theme with your own brand and logo.
+
+<div className="embed-responsive">
+  <iframe width="560" height="315" src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/OQP1ZO7PMYQ?rel=0" frameBorder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture" allowFullScreen></iframe>
+</div>
+
+:::info
+The **Branding** tab is only available for users with the Unlimited license.
+:::
+
+:::caution
+
+Beaver Builder's [Welcome settings page](welcome.md) cannot be white labelled and is removed when Branding options are used.
+
+:::
+
+## Access Branding tab
+
+1. Access your site's WordPress Admin Dashboard.
+2. Navigate to **Settings > Beaver Builder**.
+3. Then click the **Branding** tab.
+
+![Access the Beaver Builder setting's branding tab](/img/beaver-builder/settings--branding--1.jpg)
+
+## Plugin Branding
+
+**Plugin Branding** lets you white label the **"Beaver Builder"** name that appears in the Beaver Builder user interface, WordPress Admin Dashboard, and WordPress admin bar. Additionally, you can replace the Beaver Builder logo that appears in the [Top Bar](user-interface/top-bar.md) with your own.
+
+### Plugin Name
+
+Enter a custom plugin name to white label the **"Beaver Builder"** name.
+
+### Plugin Icon URL
+
+Upload an image to your site, copy the URL and paste into the **Plugin Icon URL** option. The image will display in the Beaver Builder user interface (UI). For best results, we recommend using an image with a ratio of 1:1 such as `250x250`.
+
+The default URL points to the `beaver.png` icon which is located in the following directory:
+
+```markup
+http://my-website.com/wp-content/plugins/bb-plugin/img/
+```
+
+Leave the Plugin icon field blank if you don't want any icon to appear.
+
+## Theme Branding
+
+Theme Branding lets you white label the **"BB Theme"** (parent) name, description, logo, and URL.
+
+The changed title will appear in the following locations:
+
+- **WordPress Admin Dashboard > Appearance > Themes** (WordPress Themes).
+- **WordPress Admin Dashboard > Appearance > Themes > Theme Details** (WordPress Theme Details)
+- **WordPress Admin Dashboard > Appearance > Customize** (WordPress Customizer).
+- **WordPress Admin Dashboard > Appearance > Themes File Editor** (WordPress Themes File Editor).
+
+If you're using the BB Child Theme and view the [WordPress Theme Details](https://wordpress.org/support/article/appearance-themes-screen/#current-theme) the parent theme notification will use the custom Theme Name option, as shown in this screenshot.
+
+![WordPress Theme Details child theme's parent name](/img/beaver-builder/settings--branding--2.jpg)
+
+### Theme Name
+
+Enter a custom theme name to white label the **"BB Theme"** name. In the screenshot below the white labeled theme name is **My Custom Theme Name**.
+
+### Theme Description
+
+Enter a custom theme description to white label the **"BB Theme"** description. In the screenshot below the white labeled theme description is **My Custom Theme Description**.
+
+### Theme Company Name
+
+Enter a custom theme company name to white label the **"Beaver Builder Team"** company name. In the screenshot below the white labeled company name is **My Custom Company Name**.
+
+### Theme Company URL
+
+Enter a custom company URL to white label the Beaver Builder website URL. In the screenshot below the white labeled company URL isn't visible, but is used when clicking the **Company Name**.
+
+### Theme Screenshot URL
+
+Enter a URL to white label the BB Theme default screenshot.
+
+![WordPress Theme Details using custom branding](/img/beaver-builder/settings--branding--3.jpg)
+
+## Limitations
+
+### Child Theme
+
+**Theme Branding** only white labels the Beaver Builder Theme (parent). You can brand the child theme manually by editing the _style.css_ file and replacing the screenshot image with your own.
+
+### File Paths
+
+**Branding** lets you white label product labels such as **"Beaver Builder"**, but not technical identifiers that are used in the underlying code, such as file paths.
+
+The paths remain as:
+
+- **Beaver Builder** - `/wp-content/plugins/bb-plugin/`
+- **Beaver Themer** - `/wp-content/plugins/bb-theme-builder/`
+- **BB Theme** - `/wp-content/themes/bb-theme/`
+
+:::warning
+
+If you rename the file paths to something other than the default, you will not receive updates.
+
+:::
+
+### Prebuilt Templates
+
+**Branding** does not support white labeling the Beaver Builder prebuilt templates. Any prebuilt template that includes "Beaver Builder" branding in the text will not be white labelled
+
+### `fl-` Prefix Class Name
+
+Beaver Builder prefixes all nodes (rows, columns, and modules) markup with `fl-` which is an abbreviation for Fastline Media (Beaver Builder's parent company). For example, the Heading module parent class is `fl-module-heading`. **Branding** does not support white labeling the `fl-` CSS class prefix.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/export-import.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/export-import.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dd5b3b4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/export-import.md
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+---
+id: export-import
+title: Export & Import Content
+sidebar_label: Export & Import Content
+description: You can export your Beaver Builder content (templates, saved rows, columns, and modules) and import them into another site – or give them to clients, or sell them.
+---
+
+This article provides steps on how to export and import your Beaver Builder content, such as templates, saved rows, columns, and modules, to your other websites. You can achieve this by using either the WordPress Import & Export Tools or the Assistant plugin and cloud service.
+
+## WordPress Import & Export Tools
+
+Using the WordPress Import and Export Tools, you can export your Beaver Builder content, including templates, saved rows, columns, and modules, and import them into another website.
+
+You can choose to export individual templates, rows, columns, or modules, or the entire set altogether. This feature lets you create a group of templates on one WordPress install or staging area, and then effortlessly move them to other locations or bundle them for different purposes, such as migration, resale, or distribution.
+
+![Use WordPress Import & Export Tools](/img/beaver-builder/settings--import-export-content--1.jpg)
+
+### Export Content
+
+To export custom templates, saved rows, columns, and modules.
+
+1. Access your site's WordPress Admin Dashboard.
+
+2. Navigate to **Tools > Export**.
+
+3. Select **Templates**, then choose **Export All** or **Export Selected**.
+
+   - **Export All** - All Beaver Builder saved content (templates, rows, columns, and modules) will be exported.
+   - **Export Selected** - Lets you choose the templates, saved rows, columns, and modules you want to export.
+
+4. Click **Download Export File**.
+   The downloaded file is an `.xml` file that you can use for any WordPress website containing a premium version of the Beaver Builder plugin.
+
+![Use Export Tools to export content](/img/beaver-builder/settings--import-export-content--2.jpg)
+
+:::info
+You can learn more from the [WordPress Export](https://wordpress.org/support/article/tools-export-screen/) doc.
+:::
+
+### Import Content
+
+To import custom templates, saved rows, columns, and modules.
+
+1. Access your site's WordPress Admin Dashboard.
+
+2. Navigate to **Tools > Import**.
+
+3. Scroll down to **WordPress**, and click **Run Importer**.
+   If this is your first time importing, the link in the WordPress section says **Install Now**. After you click to install the importer, click the **Run importer** link that replaces it.
+
+4. On the WordPress Importer page, select the `.xml` file that you exported, then click **Upload file and import**.
+
+5. You can choose either to import the user who owns the page or post or to assign an existing user on the site to which you're importing.
+
+:::info
+You can learn more from the [WordPress Import](https://wordpress.org/support/article/tools-import-screen/) doc.
+:::
+
+### Tips
+
+- **Global content**
+  If you export a post or page that contains a global row, column, or module, it's a good idea to export the saved row, column, or module as well. That way, when you import the post or page, the global rows, columns, and modules can be relinked to the master template on the new site.
+
+- **Images & icons**
+  Images and icon sets used by the templates, rows, columns, or modules you're exporting are not migrated with the template. You'll have to add them to the new location after import. Likewise, the theme at the new site will control the default font families, colors, and so on.
+
+- **Links**
+  Links are not updated automatically in the imported template.
+
+- **Migration**
+  If you're migrating an entire website from one domain to another (for example, you're migrating a development site to production), we recommend either using a migration plugin or following [our instructions to migrate a site to another domain](advanced/migration.md) instead of moving templates.
+
+## Assistant
+
+If the WordPress Import and Export tools are not your preferred option, you can utilize Assistant instead. With Assistant, you can store and organize all your templates in a secure location, which makes importing them into your other websites a breeze.
+
+See the Assistant [Libraries](/assistant/plugin/apps/libraries) and [Import](/assistant/plugin/apps/libraries#import-content) articles for more information.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/help-button.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/help-button.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..367662b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/help-button.md
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+---
+id: help-button
+title: Help Button Tab
+sidebar_label: Help Button (Unlimited license)
+description: The Help tab in the Beaver Builder settings lets you enable or disable the Help button in the Tools Menu, or you can fine-tune which help options are available and add links to your own help services.
+---
+
+The **Help** tab in the Beaver Builder settings lets you enable or disable the Help button in the [Tools Menu](user-interface/tools-menu.md), or you can fine-tune which help options are available and add links to your own help services.
+
+## Access Help Button
+
+1. Access your site's WordPress Admin Dashboard.
+2. Navigate to **Settings > Beaver Builder**.
+3. Then click the **Help Button** tab.
+
+## Enable Help Button
+
+Enables or disables the Help button from the [Tools Menu](user-interface/tools-menu.md)
+
+## Help Tour
+
+Enables or disables the help tour.
+
+## Help Video
+
+Enables or disables the help video. If enabled, you can add your own iframe embed.
+
+## Knowledge Base
+
+Enables or disables the knowledge base link. If enabled, you can add a link to your own knowledge base.
+
+## Contact Support
+
+Enables or disables the contact support base link. If enabled, you can add a link to your own contact page.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/icons.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/icons.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..756cd176
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/icons.md
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+---
+id: icons
+title: Icons Tab
+sidebar_label: Icons
+description: The Icons tab in the Beaver Builder settings lets you enable, disable icon sets and upload custom icon sets which can be used in Beaver Builder modules..
+---
+
+The **Icons** tab in the Beaver Builder settings lets you enable, disable icon sets and upload custom icon sets which can be used in Beaver Builder modules.
+
+## Access Icons tab
+
+1. Access your site's WordPress Admin Dashboard.
+2. Navigate to **Settings > Beaver Builder**.
+3. Then click the **Icons** tab.
+
+![Access Icons tab](/img/beaver-builder/settings--icons--1.jpg)
+
+## Included Icon Sets
+
+Beaver Builder comes with icon sets from three sources enabled by default:
+
+- [Font Awesome 5](https://fontawesome.com/)
+- [Foundation Icons](https://zurb.com/playground/foundation-icon-fonts-3)
+- [WordPress Dashicons](https://developer.wordpress.org/resource/dashicons/)
+
+The Font Awesome 5 icon set is separated into styles which you can enable or disable:
+
+- Font Awesome Solid
+- Font Awesome Regular
+- Font Awesome Light (Pro only)
+- Font Awesome DuoTone (Pro only)
+- Font Awesome Brands
+
+:::info
+
+You can use the official [Font Awesome WordPress plugin](https://wordpress.org/plugins/font-awesome/) to access the latest version of Font Awesome, including [custom kits and icons](integrations/font-awesome.md). This ensures your site stays up to date with changes like the new <i className="fa-brands fa-x-twitter"></i> (X) icon that replaced the classic Twitter bird <i className="fa-brands fa-twitter"></i>.
+
+:::
+
+## Enable or Disable Icon Sets
+
+This applies to both built-in and custom icon sets.
+
+1. On the WordPress admin panel, click **Settings > Beaver Builder**.
+2. Click the **Icons** tab.
+3. Select or clear checkboxes to enable or disable the icon sets.
+
+## Custom Icons
+
+You can use the IcoMoon App or Fontello to create and download a custom icon set as a web font, then upload it so Beaver Builder can use it. Here are the instructions for each task.
+
+:::tip
+If you use icons from different icon sets on the same page, creating a custom icon set with just those icons is a great way to reduce page load time. That way Beaver Builder only loads one icon set.
+:::
+
+### IcoMoon App
+
+1. Open the [IcoMoon App](https://icomoon.io/app/).
+
+2. Select the icons you want in your set by clicking on them.
+   You can select icons from paid or free libraries by clicking the **Icon Library** button in the top toolbar.
+   If you have your own icons, you can upload them by clicking **Import icons** in the top toolbar.
+
+3. Once you have your set selected, click **Generate font** in the lower right corner, verify your font set, then click **Preferences** in the toolbar.
+
+4. Change **Font name** to something that will help you remember the set in Beaver Builder.
+
+    :::tip
+    This step is optional, but the default font name is **icomoon**, so if you import more than one IcoMoon icon set, Beaver Builder will display the same **icomoon** label for both.
+    :::
+
+5. Rename the **Class prefix** from `icon-` to anything else.
+
+:::warning **Important**
+Be sure to provide a custom class prefix. If left unchanged, multiple icon fonts using IcoMoon's default `icon-` prefix may conflict, causing some to display incorrectly or not display within Beaver Builder’s icon picker.
+:::
+
+6. Open the **CSS Selector** section and choose either **Use attribute selectors** or **Use a class**.
+   Don't choose to use the `<i>` tag, because it can override all other fonts' styling in Beaver Builder.
+
+7. Click **X** in the upper right corner to close the **Preferences** window.
+
+8. Click **Download**.
+   The download file is a zip file prefixed with _icomoon_.
+
+9. Follow the instructions below to [import your icon set](#import-custom-icon-set).
+
+### Fontello
+
+1. Go to the [Fontello](https://fontello.com/) site.
+
+2. Select the icons you want in your set by clicking on them or upload SVG icons by dragging them in. See the [Fontello help](https://github.com/fontello/fontello/wiki/How-to-use-custom-images) for additional information.
+
+3. Once you have your set selected, add an optional custom **font name** in the upper right corner.
+   Mousing over the font name field will tell you the naming constraints.
+
+4. Click **Download webfont** in the upper right corner.
+   The download file is a zip file prefixed with fontello.
+
+5. Follow the instructions below to import your icon set into Beaver Builder.
+
+### Import custom icon set
+
+1. On the WordPress admin panel, click **Settings > Beaver Builder**.
+2. Click the **Icons** tab, then click **Upload Icon Set**.
+3. When the Media Library upload window opens, select your zip file. After the icon set has uploaded, click **Select file**.
+
+The custom icon set appears in the **Icons** tab list with one of the following names:
+
+- The custom font name you assigned
+- **IcoMoon** (the default name for IcoMoon downloads)
+- **Fontello** plus the date uploaded to the Media Library.
+
+## Enable Font Awesome PRO icons (Deprecated)
+
+This setting is now deprecated and will be removed in a future release. For Font Awesome Pro icons or Font Awesome version 6+, install the official Font Awesome plugin.
+
+See the [Font Awesome Integration](integrations/font-awesome.md) article for more information.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/import-export-settings.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/import-export-settings.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f98632a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/import-export-settings.md
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+---
+id: import-export-settings
+title: Import / Export Tab
+sidebar_label: Import / Export Settings
+description: The Advanced tab in the Beaver Builder settings is where you can enable and disable settings.
+---
+
+The Import / Export tab in the Beaver Builder settings allow you to export, import, and reset Beaver Builder [global settings](user-interface/global-settings.md). By using this feature, you are able to easily configure Beaver Builder global settings for other websites you may be working on.
+
+:::warning Warning
+
+Exports completed with versions prior to **2.8.1** are not compatible with Beaver Builder version 2.8.1 or later, due to a change in format of export data.
+
+:::
+
+## Access Import / Export Settings
+
+1. Access your site's WordPress Admin Dashboard.
+2. Navigate to **Settings > Beaver Builder**.
+3. Then click the **Import / Export Settings** tab.
+
+![Beaver Builder Advanced settings](/img/beaver-builder/settings--import-export--1.jpg)
+
+## Export Settings
+
+When you click the **Export Settings** button, a file called _bb-global.txt_ will be downloaded containing all Beaver Builder global settings. The _bb-global.txt_ file can then be used to [import](#import-settings) those settings to another site using Beaver Builder.
+
+## Import Settings
+
+The Import Settings button allows you to import the _bb-global.txt_ file.
+
+To import global settings:
+
+1. Clicking the **Import Settings** button.
+2. In the Import Settings window, upload the _bb-global.txt_.
+3. Click **Import Settings File** button and confirm.
+
+:::tip
+Additionally, you can upload the _bb-global.txt_ file directly to the WordPress media library by clicking on **Media > Add New** in the **WordPress admin dashboard**. It can be used to store the file for safekeeping and import it later.
+:::
+
+## Reset Settings
+
+You can revert any changes you have made to Beaver Builder's global settings using the Reset Settings button. For this action to be completed, **confirmation is required**.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/index.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/index.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..82c5886f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/index.md
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+---
+id: index
+title: Settings Overview
+sidebar_label: Settings
+description: This section provides an overview of the Beaver Builder settings available in the WordPress backend.
+slug: "/settings/"
+---
+
+<div className="embed-responsive">
+  <iframe width="560" height="315" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/rMzCSp-UDHI" frameBorder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture" allowFullScreen></iframe>
+</div>
+
+## Access Settings
+
+1. Access your site's WordPress Admin Dashboard.
+2. Navigate to **Settings > Beaver Builder**.
+
+:::info
+The Unlimited license of Beaver Builder allows white labeling to display any other name you choose and a custom logo image. Therefore, the label (Beaver Builder) on the **WordPress Admin Dashboard > Settings > Beaver Builder** may be different.
+:::
+
+## Network-wide settings (Unlimited license only)
+
+The Network-wide settings are available on the [WordPress Multisite installation](https://wordpress.org/support/article/create-a-network/) main site when accessed as the **Network Admin** and allow you to configure Beaver Builder for all [sub-sites](https://wordpress.org/support/article/network-admin-sites-screen/) on the network.
+
+![Network-wide settings](/img/beaver-builder/settings--index--1.jpg)
+
+:::tip
+You can, for instance, enter your license key on the Network-wide settings and the license key will be used on all sub-sites, allowing the sub-site administrator to update Beaver Builder.
+:::
+
+## Override Network-wide settings (Unlimited license only)
+
+Users with administrator privileges can override Network-wide settings for their sub-sites
+
+1. Login to your sub-site WordPress Admin Dashboard.
+
+2. Navigate to **Settings > Beaver Builder**
+
+3. Check the **Override Network Settings?** option and save changes.
+   If you want to override the network settings, you must check the **Override Network Settings** box for every Beaver Builder tab.
+
+![Override network settings on a site-by-site basis](/img/beaver-builder/settings--index--2.jpg)
+
+:::info
+The [Welcome](welcome.md), [License](license.md), [Branding](branding.md), and [Help Button](help-button.md) tabs are not available for sub-site administrators.
+:::
+
+## In this section
+
+import DocCardList from '@theme/DocCardList';
+
+<DocCardList />
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/layouts-menu.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/layouts-menu.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..79c9345c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/layouts-menu.md
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+---
+id: layouts-menu
+title: Beaver Builder Layouts Menu
+sidebar_label: Layouts Menu
+description: The Beaver Builder Layouts menu in the WordPress Admin Dashboard lets you create, edit, and delete saved content.
+---
+
+The Beaver Builder Layouts menu in the WordPress Admin Dashboard lets you create, edit, and delete custom templates, saved rows, columns, and modules just as you would any standard post or page. You can also add categories to organize your templates, rows, and modules.
+
+![Beaver Builder Layouts menu](/img/beaver-builder/settings--layout-menu--1.jpg)
+
+:::caution
+
+The **Themer Layouts** menu item only appears when you have the Beaver Themer installed.
+
+:::
+
+## Access Layouts Menu
+
+1. Access your site's WordPress Admin Dashboard.
+2. Navigate to **Beaver Builder**.
+   You can choose from the following options:
+
+   - [Themer Layout](/beaver-themer/layout-types-modules) _(requires Beaver Themer)_
+   - [Templates](layouts/templates/saved-templates.md)
+   - [Reusable Content](layouts/reusable-content/index.md)
+   - Categories
+   - Add New
+
+:::info
+The Unlimited license of Beaver Builder allows white labeling to display any other name you choose and a custom logo image. Therefore, the label (Beaver Builder) on the **WordPress Admin Dashboard > Beaver Builder** may be different.
+:::
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/license.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/license.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..31a85b0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/license.md
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+---
+id: license
+title: License Tab
+sidebar_label: License
+description: The License tab in the Beaver Builder settings is where you enter your premium license key to unlock updates. This tab also lists which products are included in your license.
+---
+
+The **License** tab in the Beaver Builder settings is where you enter your premium license key to unlock updates. This tab also lists which products are included in your license.
+
+## Access License tab
+
+1. Access your site's WordPress Admin Dashboard.
+2. Navigate to **Settings > Beaver Builder**.
+3. Then click the **License** tab.
+
+![Access the Beaver Builder setting's license tab](/img/beaver-builder/settings--license--1.jpg)
+
+## Updates & Support Subscription
+
+The **License** tab indicates if your license key has been entered successfully or not. These are:
+
+- **Active!** - The license key has been entered successfully and is ready to receive updates.
+
+- **Not Active!** - The license key is invalid, entered incorrectly or has not been entered at all. Whilst Not Active! is displayed, you cannot receive updates and you’ll see the following notification:
+
+    ![License key not active](/img/beaver-builder/settings--license--2.jpg)
+
+## Available Downloads
+
+The **Available Downloads** section lists all associated products included with your license. From here, you can also install other Beaver Builder products, such as the **BB Theme**, **BB Child Theme**, and **Beaver Themer** plugin.
+
+The section uses several suffixes to indicate the status or actions available for each product:
+
+- **Install** – Installs the product automatically without requiring additional steps.
+- **Installed** – Indicates the product is already installed and ready to use.
+- **Downgrade `<version>` to `<version>`** – Downgrades the product (e.g., _Downgrade Professional to Starter_) to the version you own.
+- **Upgrade `<version>` to `<version>`** – Upgrades the product (e.g., _Upgrade Professional to Agency_) to the version you own.
+- **Activate** – Click Activate next to **Beaver Themer** to enable the plugin. Clicking Activate next to the **Beaver Builder Theme** or **Beaver Builder Child Theme** redirects you to _WordPress Admin Dashboard > Appearance > Themes_, where you can activate the selected theme.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/modules.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/modules.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8b9b9454
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/modules.md
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+---
+id: modules
+title: Modules Tab
+sidebar_label: Modules
+description: The Modules tab in the Beaver Builder settings lets you control which modules will display in the Content Panel in the Beaver Builder editor.
+---
+
+The **Modules** tab in the Beaver Builder settings lets you control which modules will display in the [Content Panel](user-interface/content-panel.md) in the Beaver Builder editor. If there are some modules you never use, or some modules you don't want your clients to use, you can disable specific modules or even disable all modules.
+
+## Access Modules tab
+
+1. Access your site's WordPress Admin Dashboard.
+2. Navigate to **Settings > Beaver Builder**.
+3. Then click the **Modules** tab.
+
+![Access the Beaver Builder setting's modules tab](/img/beaver-builder/settings--modules--1.jpg)
+
+## Disable or Enable modules
+
+By default, when you disable modules in **Settings > Beaver Builder > Modules**, they do not appear in the module list in the Beaver Builder editor, but any modules of that type already used in layouts are still displayed on web pages.
+
+1. In the WordPress admin panel.
+2. Navigate to **Settings > Beaver Builder**.
+3. Click the **Modules** tab.
+4. Clear the checkboxes of any modules you want to disable.
+5. Click **Save Module Settings**. 
+
+:::caution
+
+The Slideshow module is required for row background slideshows to function.
+
+:::
+
+:::tip
+
+You can use the [`is_module_disable_enabled`](developer/tutorials-guides/common-beaver-builder-plugin-filter-examples.md#show-which-modules-are-in-use-in-a-website) filter to see how many times each module is used in pages, posts, and "Templates." The "Templates" category applies both to saved layout templates and saved rows, columns, and modules.
+
+:::
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/post-types.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/post-types.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..01cb0161
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/post-types.md
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+---
+id: post-types
+title: Post Types Tab
+sidebar_label: Post Types
+description: The Post Types tab in the Beaver Builder settings lets you control which post types can use Beaver Builder.
+---
+
+The **Post Types** tab in the Beaver Builder settings lets you control which post types can use Beaver Builder.
+
+## Access Post Types tab
+
+1. Access your site's WordPress Admin Dashboard.
+2. Navigate to **Settings > Beaver Builder**.
+3. Then click the **Post Types** tab.
+
+![](/img/beaver-builder/settings--post-types--1.jpg)
+
+## Disable or Enable Post Types
+
+By default, the Beaver Builder editor is enabled for the **Pages** post type only, as shown in the screenshot above. If you check the **Posts** post type, you can use Beaver Builder to design the content area of single posts.
+
+1. In the WordPress admin panel, navigate to **Settings > Beaver Builder**.
+2. Click the **Post Types** tab.
+3. Select or clear the checkbox to enable or disable a post type.
+4. Click **Save Post Types**. 
+
+:::caution
+Not all custom post types are completely supported.
+
+For example, you can enable the WooCommerce **Products** post type in the **Post Type** tab. However, due to the way WooCommerce is coded, you can only use Beaver Builder to edit the content within the **Description** tab.
+
+To edit WooCommerce shop, product archive pages and individual products, [Beaver Themer](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/beaver-themer/) is required.
+:::
+
+## WordPress Multisite
+
+A post type in WordPress is registered per site, rather than network-wide. For this reason, the **Post Type** setting checkboxes are replaced with an input field when accessed as the **Network Admin** in a [WordPress Multisite](https://wordpress.org/support/article/create-a-network/)  installation.
+
+This allows you to enable Beaver Builder for post types used on any site by entering each one as a comma-separated list in the input field.
+
+:::info
+You can override these settings on a [per-site](https://wordpress.org/support/article/network-admin-sites-screen/) basis.
+:::
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/template-exporter.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/template-exporter.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ffe52bdd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/template-exporter.md
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+---
+id: template-exporter
+title: Template Data Exporter
+sidebar_label: Template Exporter
+description: The Template Exporter menu item in the Tools section of the WordPress Admin Dashboard lets you export your custom templates and distribute them from either a plugin or theme.
+---
+
+The **Template Exporter** menu item in the **Tools** section of the WordPress Admin Dashboard lets you export your custom templates and distribute them from either a plugin or theme.
+
+## Access Template Exporter
+
+1. Access your site's WordPress Admin Dashboard.
+2. Navigate to **Tools > Template Exporter**.
+
+:::tip
+By default, no user roles are given access to **Template Data Exporter**. To grant access, visit the Beaver Builder [User Access](user-access.md#template-data-exporter) settings.
+:::
+
+## Export Data Options
+
+The Template Exporter lets you export all Beaver Builder saved content (templates, saved rows, columns, and modules) and Beaver Themer layouts.
+
+See the [Template Author](layouts/templates/theme-template-authors.md) article for more information.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/templates.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/templates.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8a1c3cb7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/templates.md
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+---
+id: templates
+title: Templates Settings Tab
+sidebar_label: Templates
+description: The Spacing section in the Advanced tab lets you change the default margin and padding for rows and columns. For modules, you can change the default margin values only.
+---
+
+The **Templates** tab in the Beaver Builder settings lets you manage which templates are available in the builder, choose from various enablement options, and, for Unlimited license holders, override core templates with your own.
+
+## Access Templates tab
+
+1. Access your site's WordPress Admin Dashboard.
+2. Navigate to **Settings > Beaver Builder**.
+3. Then click the **Templates** tab.
+
+![Access Templates tab](/img/beaver-builder/settings--templates--1.jpg)
+
+## Enable Templates
+
+Use this setting to enable or disable templates in the Beaver Builder user-interface.
+
+### All Templates
+
+Enable all Beaver Builder prebuilt and user-created templates.
+
+### Enable Core Templates Only
+
+Enable Beaver Builder prebuilt templates only. When enabled, the **Saved** tab is removed from the [Content Panel](user-interface/content-panel.md).
+
+### Enable User Templates Only
+
+Enable user-created templates only and disable Beaver Builder prebuilt templates. When selected, the **Templates** tab in the [Content Panel](user-interface/content-panel.md) lists the Blank template and any user-created templates.
+
+### Disable All Templates
+
+Disables all Beaver Builder prebuilt templates and user-created templates. When **Disable All Templates** is selected, the **Templates** and **Saved** tabs are removed from the [Content Panel](user-interface/content-panel.md).
+
+![Disable all templates](/img/beaver-builder/settings--templates--2.jpg)
+
+## Override Core Templates (Unlimited license)
+
+Use this setting to override Beaver Builder prebuilt templates with your own templates. When selected, Beaver Builder prebuilt templates will be removed from the **Templates** tab in the [Content Panel](user-interface/content-panel.md) and replaced with user-created templates.
+
+If you choose to **Override Core Templates**, you’ll also see options to show or remove saved row, column, and modules categories in the [Content Panel](user-interface/content-panel.md)
+
+- Show Saved Row Categories
+- Show Saved Column Categories
+- Show Saved Module Categories
+
+![Show Saved Module Category](/img/beaver-builder/settings--templates--3.jpg)
+
+:::info
+The **Override Core Templates** option requires an Unlimited license.
+:::
+
+## WordPress Multisite
+
+In [WordPress Multisite](https://wordpress.org/support/article/create-a-network/) installations, the **Show Saved Row Categories**, **Show Saved Column Categories**, and **Show Saved Module Categories** settings are replaced with an ID option in the **Network Admin** settings.
+
+In this section, you can enter the ID of a [site](https://wordpress.org/support/article/network-admin-sites-screen/) that will serve as a template site. Templates from this site will be available on all other sites on the network.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/tools.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/tools.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6e77a3b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/tools.md
@@ -0,0 +1,241 @@
+---
+id: tools
+title: Tools Tab
+sidebar_label: Tools
+description: The Tools tab provides a set of helpful controls, including options for cache clearing, debug settings, prerelease updates, and uninstall data.
+---
+
+The **Tools** tab provides a set of helpful controls, including clearing third party cache plugin caches, enabling debug mode, managing prerelease updates, sending usage data, and uninstalling Beaver Builder. These tools help you troubleshoot issues and maintain a smooth building experience.
+
+## Access Tools tab
+
+1. Access your site's WordPress Admin Dashboard.
+2. Navigate to **Settings > Beaver Builder**.
+3. Then click the **Tools** tab.
+
+![Access Tools tab settings](/img/beaver-builder/settings--tools--1.jpg)
+
+## Cache
+
+A CSS and JavaScript file are dynamically generated and minified whenever you create a new layout. The files are stored in the _`wp-content/uploads/bb-plugin/cache`_ directory, where they are used to improve performance. The following actions result in the deletion and creation of these files automatically:
+
+- Updates are made to a page, post, or custom post type.
+- The Beaver Builder plugin is updated.
+- Site URLs change, such as when [migrating a site to another location](advanced/migration.md).
+- Enabling Beaver Builder [Debug mode](#debug-mode) or setting `WP_DEBUG` to **true** in your _wp-config.php_ file.
+
+### Manually clear cache
+
+Even though these cache-clearing triggers occur for most cases, you can manually clear the cache as part of troubleshooting why pages are not refreshing as they should. Clearing the cache is a good first response to any issues that pop up where the result does not appear as you expect. To manually clear the Beaver Builder cache:
+
+1. On the **Tools** settings page.
+2. Click the **Clear Cache button**.
+
+:::tip
+
+As an alternative, you can delete the contents of the Beaver Builder caching directory by deleting all of the files in the folder _`wp-content/uploads/bb-plugin/cache`_.
+
+:::
+
+:::caution
+
+On [WordPress Multisite](https://wordpress.org/support/article/create-a-network/) installations, the **Clear Cache button** button applies to all sites on the network when accessed as the Network Admin.
+
+:::
+
+## Cache Clearing Tool
+
+Beaver Builder has a built-in cache clearing tool that automatically clears caches created by popular cache plugins and services.
+
+- [Advanced Custom Fields](https://www.advancedcustomfields.com/)
+- [AutoOptimize](https://wordpress.org/plugins/autoptimize/)
+- [Breeze](https://wordpress.org/plugins/breeze/)
+- [Cache Enabler](https://wordpress.org/plugins/cache-enabler/)
+- [Cloudflare](https://wordpress.org/plugins/cloudflare/)
+- [Godaddy Hosting](https://www.godaddy.com/)
+- [Hummingbird](https://wordpress.org/plugins/hummingbird-performance/)
+- [Kinsta Hosting](https://kinsta.com/)
+- [Nginx Helper](https://wordpress.org/plugins/nginx-helper/)
+- Object Caching
+- [Pagely Hosting](https://pagely.com/plans-pricing/)
+- [Pantheon Hosting](https://pantheon.io/)
+- [SiteGround Hosting](https://wordpress.org/plugins/sg-cachepress/)
+- [SpinupWP](https://spinupwp.com/)
+- [Swift Performance](https://wordpress.org/plugins/swift-performance-lite/)
+- [W3 Total Cache](https://wordpress.org/plugins/w3-total-cache/)
+- [WP Fastest Cache](https://wordpress.org/plugins/wp-fastest-cache/)
+- [WP Super Cache](https://wordpress.org/plugins/wp-super-cache/)
+- [WPEngine Hosting](https://wpengine.com/)
+
+:::info
+
+The cache is cleared under the following conditions:
+
+- When WordPress finishes updating plugins and themes.
+
+- When Beaver Builder editor is active.
+  This works by defining the `DONOTCACHEPAGE` constant while the page is being edited. This constant is respected by most caching plugins.
+
+- When layouts and templates are saved in the Beaver Builder editor.
+
+:::
+
+### Enable proxy cache clearing
+
+Some hosting companies use a proxy cache like Varnish or Litespeed. **Enable proxy cache clearing** attempts to invalidate the cache using a remote request. You should leave it disabled if you're not sure whether your site is subject to a proxy cache.
+
+## Debug Mode
+
+Enabling Beaver Builder Debug Mode generates a report that lets the Beaver Builder Support team quickly get information about your website's environment to help them troubleshoot.
+
+:::caution
+
+**Debug Mode** forces Beaver Builder CSS and JavaScript files to be regenerated on each page load while enabled.
+
+:::
+
+:::tip
+
+When debug mode is enabled, you can also edit any code you have added to the Global CSS and JavaScript settings from the Tools menu. This is useful for troubleshooting whether your custom code is causing a conflict with Beaver Builder.
+
+If you have the Beaver Builder Theme active, you can also edit any code you have added to the BB Theme Code settings
+
+![Enable debug mode](/img/beaver-builder/settings--tools--2.jpg)
+
+:::
+
+Entering Debug Mode produces a URL that contains a debug report. You can do any of the following things with the URL:
+
+- Copy it into your browser to view the debug report.
+- Add the URL when you submit a support ticket.
+
+### Enable Debug Mode
+
+To enable Beaver Builder Debug Mode and obtain the URL for the debug report:
+
+1. On the **Tools** settings page.
+2. Click the **Enable Debug Mode** button.
+3. The URL appears just above the button. Copy the URL and paste into your browser's address bar or in your support ticket.
+
+:::info
+There are no security risks from having Debug Mode **enabled**. Debug Mode is automatically disabled after 48 hours.
+
+You can also disable it manually on that tab after you know that Support has accessed the report. Once Debug Mode is disabled, the report is deleted.
+:::
+
+### Show Errors
+
+Beaver Builder debug mode doesn't output errors by default. After enabling Debug Mode, add the parameter `/?showerrors` to your URL to view errors.
+
+```markup
+https://my-website.com/?showerrors
+```
+
+Prefix `showerrors` with the `&` symbol (delimiter) if the URL already contains `GET` parameters. As an example, if Beaver Builder is enabled on a page, the URL for `showerrors` would look as follows:
+
+```markup
+https://my-website.com/?fl_builder&showerrors
+```
+
+### PHP Info
+
+You can also use Beaver Builder debug mode to display your website's PHP configuration, also known as phpinfo. After enabling Debug Mode, add the parameter `&info` to your debug URL to view your PHP configuration.
+
+```markup
+https://my-website.com/?fldebug=a12340b6390778c2geg3f832aaf1ae31&info
+```
+
+## Prerelease Updates
+
+Enabling prerelease updates applies to all Beaver Builder products that you have installed. If you want updates to apply to only one product, follow the instructions on the [Alpha & Beta releases](introduction/releases-versioning.md) article.
+
+:::warning
+There is no support provided for alpha or beta releases and it is strongly discouraged to use them in production environments. There is a high risk of bugs and features can be changed or removed based on testing and feedback.
+:::
+
+### Enable Beta updates
+
+1. Access your site's WordPress Admin Dashboard, go to **Settings > Tools**.
+2. On the **Tools** tab, scroll to the **Prerelease Updates** section.
+3. Select the checkbox **Enable Beta updates**.
+4. Click **Save Prerelease Settings**.
+
+### Enable Alpha updates
+
+We don't encourage this setting, so you will not see it until you have enabled beta prereleases in the previous section.
+
+1. Access your site's WordPress Admin Dashboard, go to **Settings > Tools**.
+
+2. On the **Tools** tab, scroll to the **Prerelease Updates** section.
+
+3. Select the checkbox **Enable Alpha updates**.
+   If you don't see this checkbox, enable Beta updates first and save.
+
+4. Click Save prerelease settings.
+
+## Send Usage Data
+
+Disabled by default. If **Enabled**, anonymous usage stats are collected. This data is used by the Beaver Builder team to get an understanding of the range of environments in which Beaver Builder is being used.
+
+This data should not impact the performance of your site. It will be collected periodically with a cron job. No matter whether you choose to share or not, you can enable or disable at any time.
+
+:::info
+We do not collect any personal information such as your name, email, or IP address, so we can not identify you from that data.
+:::
+
+## Uninstall
+
+When you click **Uninstall**, Beaver Builder will be removed from your site and data from your database.
+
+:::caution
+On [WordPress Multisite](https://wordpress.org/support/article/create-a-network/) installations, the **Uninstall** button applies to all sites on the network when accessed as the **Network Admin**.
+:::
+
+### What data is removed
+
+The following data will be deleted from your `wp_options` table:
+
+- `_fl_builder_settings`
+- `_fl_builder_enabled_modules`
+- `_fl_builder_enabled_templates`
+- `_fl_builder_templates_override`
+- `_fl_builder_templates_override_rows`
+- `_fl_builder_templates_override_columns`
+- `_fl_builder_templates_override_modules`
+- `_fl_builder_post_types`
+- `_fl_builder_enabled_icons`
+- `_fl_builder_branding`
+- `_fl_builder_branding_icon`
+- `_fl_builder_theme_branding`
+- `_fl_builder_user_access`
+- `_fl_builder_help_button`
+- `_fl_builder_color_presets`
+
+The **Uninstall** process will also remove `_fl_builder_launched` from the `wp_usermeta` table.
+
+:::tip
+You can remove Beaver Builder from the **WordPress Admin Dashboard > Plugins** page instead if you do not wish to delete the data.
+:::
+
+### What data remains
+
+Even if you **Uninstall** the Beaver Builder plugin, there are some `wp_postmeta` values that get left behind, just in case you'd ever want to restore your layouts. If you would like to remove these meta values to completely remove Beaver Builder – in other words, if you're sure you'll never want to revert your content to Beaver Builder layouts – you can use the function `delete_post_meta_by_key`.
+
+The easiest way to do this is to the the [Post Meta Manager](https://wordpress.org/plugins/post-meta-manager/) plugin. After installing, go to **WordPress Admin Dashboard > Tools > Post Meta Manager** and enter the following keys one by one in the **Delete Meta Keys** section to completely wipe all builder data:
+
+- `_fl_builder_data`
+- `_fl_builder_data_settings`
+- `_fl_builder_draft`
+- `_fl_builder_draft_settings`
+
+![Delete meta keys](/img/beaver-builder/settings--tools--3.jpg)
+
+### What happens after
+
+When you remove Beaver Builder using **Uninstall**, here is what happens.
+
+- A stripped-down HTML version of your layout is copied to the native WordPress editor.
+- Your content layouts may not look exactly the same as when the plugin was active, but you won't lose your content.
+- Your settings under **WordPress Admin Dashboard > Settings > Beaver Builder** are deleted, and the cache is cleared.
+- In technical terms, uninstalling with this method deletes the cache files and options from the `wp_options` table, but it doesn’t delete any layout data in the `wp_postmeta` table.
+- If you reactivate the plugin, your content layouts are restored and available for editing in Beaver Builder, but you must manually add information back to **WordPress Admin Dashboard > Settings > Beaver Builder**.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/user-access.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/user-access.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5eedc1c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/user-access.md
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+---
+id: user-access
+title: User Access Tab
+sidebar_label: User Access
+description: The User Access tab in the Beaver Builder settings lets you limit which Beaver Builder features users can access.
+---
+
+The **User Access** tab in the Beaver Builder settings lets you limit which Beaver Builder features users can access.
+
+## Access User Access tab
+
+1. Access your site's WordPress Admin Dashboard.
+2. Navigate to **Settings > Beaver Builder**.
+3. Then click the **User Access** tab.
+
+![Access User Access tab settings](/img/beaver-builder/settings--user-access--1.jpg)
+
+## Frontend
+
+The **Frontend** section lets you limit access to the builder, unrestricted editing and global rows, columns and modules.
+
+### Builder Access
+
+The selected roles will have access to the builder for editing posts, pages, and custom post types.
+
+For example, if you remove the Editor role from the Builder access field, then a user logged in with the Editor role will not see Beaver Builder as an editing option in Pages, Posts, custom posts, and Beaver Themer layouts. Here's a screenshot of a page that an Editor might see:
+
+![Restricted access to Beaver Builder](/img/beaver-builder/settings--user-access--2.jpg)
+
+If a user with the role of Editor clicks Edit, which would normally bring up the options to launch Beaver Builder or use the standard editor, they'll see the following screenshot instead, indicating that Beaver Builder is active, with an option to view the page, but not to edit it.
+
+![Restricted to viewing Beaver Builder pages](/img/beaver-builder/settings--user-access--3.jpg)
+
+If Beaver Themer is installed, a user with Editor role who's denied Builder access won't see an option to edit Themer layouts in Beaver Builder, but if they click Edit, they'll see the typical WordPress editing screen and will be able to edit Themer layout information on that page, such as location and user access. To prevent them from doing that, change access in the Themer layout editing field on the User access tab at Settings > Beaver Builder.
+
+:::info
+Removing a user role in the **Builder Access** field removes access to the Beaver Builder editor entirely. In contrast, restricting access in the Unrestricted editing field allows the user to open the Beaver Builder editor but only change content and settings for an existing module. See the next section for more information.
+:::
+
+:::tip
+Default access for **Builder Access** is applied to the Administrator, Editor, Author, and Contributor user roles.
+:::
+
+### Unrestricted Editing
+
+When Beaver Builder editing is restricted for any role, the user will see only the Wrench icon, as shown in the following screenshot. Notice also that the Content panel and Tools menu are hidden. There are no drag handles on the rows and columns.
+
+The selected roles will have unrestricted access to all editing features within the builder. The user roles **without** unrestricted access will be limited to editing existing content (rows, columns, and modules) on the template and will be unable to do the following:
+
+- Access the [Tools Menu](user-interface/tools-menu.md).
+- Access the [Content Panel](user-interface/content-panel.md).
+- Access row or column settings.
+- Resize rows and columns with drag handles.
+- Move or delete content (rows, columns, and modules).
+- Use saved rows and modules.
+- Save templates.
+
+When Beaver Builder editing is restricted for any role, the user will see only the **Wrench** icon in the [Overlay Actions](user-interface/overlay.md), as shown in the following screenshot.
+
+![Restricted editing](/img/beaver-builder/settings--user-access--4.jpg)
+
+:::info
+WordPress roles are still limited by the capabilities assigned to each role. For example, even if Contributors have unrestricted editing in Beaver Builder, their default WordPress capabilities do not give them access to the Media Library. So whether in the WordPress text editor or in a Beaver Builder Photo module, they cannot upload photos or get an image from the Media Library.
+
+However, they can use the Photo module and use a URL to an image. For a list of the default WordPress capabilities assigned to each role, see the [WordPress Roles and Capabilities](https://wordpress.org/support/article/roles-and-capabilities/) article.
+:::
+
+:::tip
+Default access for **Unrestricted Editing** is applied to the Administrator, Editor, Author, and Contributor user roles.
+:::
+
+### Global and Component Editing
+
+This setting determines which user roles can create, edit, and delete the main instances of [Global](/beaver-builder/layouts/reusable-content/globals) and [Component](/beaver-builder/layouts/reusable-content/components) items.
+
+When a role is removed from this setting, the following restrictions apply:
+
+- **Global items** display a lock icon in the overlay toolbar and cannot be edited or deleted.
+- The main instances of **Components** cannot be opened or modified.
+- The **Global** and **Component** options are hidden from the **Save As** dialog, preventing users from creating new reusable items of either type.
+- Users with **Unrestricted Editing** access can still drag Global or Component items from the Content Panel into a layout, but those items remain locked.
+
+Component instance editing is not affected by this setting. Users without access can still edit the per-instance customizable settings, those marked with the blue socket icon, when a Component appears in their layout. Only access to the main instance of a Component, which controls which settings are fixed and which are editable, is restricted.
+
+:::tip
+Default access for **Global and Component Editing** is applied to the Administrator, Editor, Author, and Contributor user roles.
+:::
+
+### Cloud Access
+
+The selected roles will have access to Beaver Builder Cloud and can manage templates and assets in the cloud. For roles without access, the cloud icon in the Top Bar will be unavailable, preventing users in those roles from accessing the Beaver Builder Cloud interface.
+
+## Admin
+
+The **Admin** section lets you limit access to the Beaver Builder admin settings, Beaver Themer editing and access to the Template Exporter.
+
+### Builder Admin
+
+The selected roles will be able to access the Beaver Builder menu (**WordPress Admin Dashboard > Beaver Builder**) where you can find:
+
+- Themer Layouts (see the [Themer Layout Editing](#themer-layout-editing) section)
+- Templates
+- Saved Rows
+- Saved Columns
+- Saved Modules
+- Categories
+- Add New
+
+:::info
+Enabling a user role in this field depends on unrestricted frontend access for that user role. See the [User Access Hierarchy](#user-access-hierarchy) section below.
+:::
+
+:::tip
+Default access for **Builder Admin** is applied to the Administrator user role.
+:::
+
+### Themer Layout Editing
+
+If you have Beaver Themer installed, you'll see an additional category on the User access tab for Themer layout editing. By default, only Administrators have access. Having access means you can create, edit, and save Themer layouts.
+
+If access is restricted through the **Themer Layout Editing** setting, users won't see the **Themer Layouts** submenu item and so can't access the layouts from the WordPress admin panel, and trying to access a Themer layout by direct URL redirects to editing the home page of the site.
+
+Here's a screenshot example in which the Builder Admin is set to both Administrator and Editor, while **Themer Layout Editing** is set to only Administrator. In the WordPress admin panel, a user logged in as Editor will see the Builder menu but not the Themer submenu.
+
+![Themer Layout Editing restriction](/img/beaver-builder/settings--user-access--7.jpg)
+
+:::tip
+Default access for **Themer Layout Editing** is applied to the Administrator user role.
+:::
+
+### Template Data Exporter
+
+The selected roles will be able to access the template data exporter under **WordPress Admin Dashboard > Tools > Template Exporter**.
+
+:::info
+The **Template Exporter** is for [plugin or theme authors to export their templates](template-exporter.md). (Note this is different from [exporting Beaver Builder layout templates](export-import.md).)
+:::
+
+:::tip
+By default, no user roles are given access to **Template Data Exporter**.
+:::
+
+## User access hierarchy
+
+There is a user access hierarchy to these frontend and admin areas, as follows:
+
+- Users who get global row and module editing access require unrestricted editing access.
+- Users who get Builder admin access must have unrestricted editing access.
+- Users who get Themer layout editing access must have unrestricted editing access and Builder admin access.
+
+Restricted access to either unrestricted frontend editing or the Builder admin removes the Builder menu from the WordPress admin panel, and enabling access at a lower level (Builder admin or Themer layout editing) will not add it back.
+
+## Custom User Roles
+
+If other plugins add custom roles or you create your own roles, the custom roles that match the built-in WordPress role of Contributor or higher will also appear in the Beaver Builder user access lists.
+
+For example, after installing WooCommerce, the **Shop Manager** user role will appear in the user access lists.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/version-control.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/version-control.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b3a308a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/version-control.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+id: version-control
+title: Version Control Tab
+sidebar_label: Version Control
+description: The Version Control tab allows you to quickly install any of the last 10 releases of Beaver Builder, Beaver Themer, or the Beaver Builder Theme (BB Theme).
+
+---
+
+The Version Control tab allows you to quickly install any of the last 10 releases of Beaver Builder, Beaver Themer, or the Beaver Builder Theme (BB Theme) without manually downloading files or using the WordPress plugin or theme installer.
+
+![Version Control](/img/beaver-builder/settings--version-control--1.webp)
+
+## Enable Version Control
+
+The Version Control tab is only available when [Beaver Builder Debug Mode](/beaver-builder/settings/tools.md#debug-mode) is **enabled**, so you must enable Debug Mode before you can access and use it. To access and use Version Control, you’ll need to first turn on Debug Mode.
+
+This requirement ensures that version switching is used intentionally, as it’s primarily a troubleshooting and development tool. Once enabled, you can easily roll back or switch between the last 10 releases of Beaver Builder products directly from your settings panel.
+
+## Installing a Version
+
+To install, open the dropdown menu for the product you want, select the version you’d like to install, and click Install. The process takes only a few moments. During installation, a message will appear saying _“Installing, please wait!”_. When the installation is complete, a notification in the top-right corner will confirm _“Version Installed!”_.
+
+:::warning
+
+We strongly recommend creating a backup before switching versions.
+
+:::
+
+## Disable Version Control
+
+To disable Version Control, simply disable Beaver Builder Debug Mode. This is useful for preventing accidental version changes.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/welcome.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/welcome.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3f8d375a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/settings/welcome.md
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+---
+id: welcome
+title: Welcome Tab
+sidebar_label: Welcome
+description: The Welcome tab offers quick access to resources for getting started with Beaver Builder. You can create a new page, see what’s new, and find links to support and community resources.
+---
+
+The Welcome tab offers quick access to resources for getting started with Beaver Builder. You can create a new page, see what’s new, and find links to support and community resources.
+
+## Access the Welcome tab
+
+1. Access your site's WordPress Admin Dashboard.
+2. Navigate to **Settings > Beaver Builder**.
+3. Click the **Welcome** tab.
+
+<Warning>
+  The Beaver Builder Welcome settings page cannot be white labeled and is automatically removed when Branding options are enabled.
+</Warning>
+
+## Welcome Options
+
+The Welcome tab includes the following options:
+
+### Getting Started
+
+The Getting Started section is designed for new users, offering a quick way to create a new page and begin building their first layout with Beaver Builder.
+
+### What’s New
+
+The What’s New section highlights the latest features and enhancements in your installed version of Beaver Builder. It also includes links to the update post, changelog, and a YouTube video overview of the release.
+
+### Help & Share
+
+The Help & Share section connects you with the Beaver Builder community and support resources. You can join user groups on Facebook, Slack, Discord, or the Forums to share ideas and ask questions, and access the Knowledge Base or support links for help and updates.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/shortcode/find-id-slug.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/shortcode/find-id-slug.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b3c633d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/shortcode/find-id-slug.md
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+---
+id: find-id-slug
+title: Find ID or slug
+sidebar_label: Find ID or slug
+description: The Beaver Builder shortcode is really easy to use to add content to your layouts. This reference shows the syntax of the shortcode, including examples with attributes.
+---
+
+Beaver Builder shortcodes can be used with either the saved content `ID` or slug. The `ID` is always a number, and the slug is usually a text string. The steps below will guide you through the process of locating the `ID` and slug for your saved content.
+
+## Slug
+
+1. From the WordPress admin dashboard, click **Beaver Builder**, then click either Templates, Saved Rows, Saved Columns, or Saved Modules.
+
+2. Click **Edit** beneath the template, row, column, or module that you want.
+
+3. To get the **Slug**, copy the value in the Slug field, as shown in this screenshot.
+   If you don't see the **Slug** field, click **Screen Options** in the upper right corner and select the **Slug** checkbox.
+
+![Location the saved content's slug](/img/beaver-builder/shortcodes--find-id-slug--1.jpg)
+
+Using the **slug** from the screenshot above, the shortcode markup would look like this:
+
+```markup
+[fl_builder_insert_layout slug="homepage-hero-module"]
+```
+
+## ID
+
+1. From the WordPress admin dashboard, click **Beaver Builder**, then click either Templates, Saved Rows, Saved Columns, or Saved Modules.
+
+2. Click **Edit** beneath the template, row, column, or module that you want.
+
+3. To get the **ID**, copy the post number from the URL in your browser’s address bar when editing your saved content, as shown in this diagram.
+
+import BrowserWindow from '@site/src/components/BrowserWindow';
+
+<BrowserWindow url='https://my-website.com/wp-admin/post.php?post=35720&action=edit'>
+
+The saved content `ID` is **35720**.
+
+</BrowserWindow>
+
+Using the `ID` from the diagram above, the shortcode markup would look like this:
+
+```markup
+[fl_builder_insert_layout id="35720"]
+```
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/shortcode/index.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/shortcode/index.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fff77f0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/shortcode/index.md
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+---
+id: index
+title: Shortcode
+sidebar_label: Shortcode
+description: The Beaver Builder shortcode is a simple shortcode that allows you to add saved content to your layouts such as templates, rows, columns, and modules.
+---
+
+The Beaver Builder shortcode allows you to add saved content to your layouts such as templates, rows, columns, and modules.
+
+:::warning
+
+Any saved templates, rows, columns, or modules that are deleted and being used in shortcodes will no longer display. After removing a template, row, column, or module from your site, check your site carefully for any shortcodes.
+
+:::
+
+:::caution
+
+Shortcodes used too frequently on the same page or post may affect [performance](../advanced/performance.md).
+
+:::
+
+## Why use Beaver Builder shortcodes?
+
+The two most common uses for Beaver Builder shortcode are:
+
+- Insert [Reusable Content](layouts/reusable-content/index.md) such as rows, columns, or modules into other Beaver Builder modules where normally only text can occur.
+
+- Inserting a Beaver Builder layout, such as a saved row, into a post that does not use Beaver Builder but rather the WordPress editor. For example, you could insert a Subscribe Form module into the middle of a post that is using the WordPress editor.
+
+## What content can be turned into shortcodes?
+
+You can create shortcodes for any Beaver Builder content that has an [ID](syntax.md#using-an-id) or a [slug](syntax.md#using-a-slug):
+
+- Posts, pages, or custom post types with Beaver Builder layouts.
+- [Reusable Content](layouts/reusable-content/index.md).
+- [Saved Templates](layouts/templates/saved-templates.md).
+
+## Changes automatically reflected
+
+When you update the saved content, the changes are automatically reflected on every page or post that uses the shortcode. In other words, you don't need to republish pages or posts or purge cache.
+
+## In this section
+
+import DocCardList from '@theme/DocCardList';
+
+<DocCardList />
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/shortcode/syntax.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/shortcode/syntax.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a2feb47d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/shortcode/syntax.md
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+---
+id: syntax
+title: Shortcode syntax
+sidebar_label: Syntax
+description: The Beaver Builder shortcode is really easy to use to add content to your layouts. This reference shows the syntax of the shortcode, including examples with attributes.
+---
+
+The Beaver Builder shortcode is really easy to use to add content to your layouts. This reference shows the syntax of the shortcode, including examples with attributes.
+
+## Using a slug
+
+The following is an example of a shortcode with an Slug:
+
+```markup
+[fl_builder_insert_layout slug="my-saved-row-slug"]
+```
+
+## Using a slug & type
+
+If you have more than one post type with the same slug, you can specify the `type` attribute to show only the saved content, as in this example:
+
+```markup
+[fl_builder_insert_layout slug="my-saved-row-slug" type="fl-builder-template"]
+```
+
+## Using an ID
+
+The following is an example of a shortcode with an `ID`:
+
+```markup
+[fl_builder_insert_layout id="123"]
+```
+
+:::tip
+See the [Find ID or Slug](find-id-slug.md) article for tips on how to identify the ID or slug.
+:::
+
+## Using multiple ID's
+
+Enter a comma-separated list of `IDs` to insert multiple layouts.
+
+:::caution
+Shortcodes used too frequently on the same page or post may affect performance. For more information, see our [Performance](advanced/performance.md#beaver-builder-shortcode) article.
+:::
+
+```markup
+[fl_builder_insert_layout id="123,456,789"]
+```
+
+## WordPress Multisite support
+
+In WordPress Multisite installations, you can specify the `site` attribute to enter the `ID` of a subsite to pull saved content from one subsite to another.
+
+:::info
+The `site` attribute is only available in Unlimited and Professional license versions of Beaver Builder.
+:::
+
+```markup
+[fl_builder_insert_layout id="123" site="5"]
+```
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/shortcode/using-css.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/shortcode/using-css.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f2a5e631
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/shortcode/using-css.md
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+---
+id: using-css
+title: Using Shortcodes in CSS
+sidebar_label: Using Shortcodes in CSS
+---
+
+You can use shortcodes in Layout CSS & JavaScript settings, accessed from the Tools menu. Use this feature to replace a value in custom CSS or JS in a Beaver Builder layout.
+
+## Enable
+
+1. Access your site's **WordPress Admin Dashboard**.
+2. Navigate to **Settings > Beaver Builder**.
+3. Then click the **Advanced** tab and toggle the **Render shortcodes in CSS/JS** option which prevents shortcode markup flagging as an error.
+
+:::info
+You can also enable this feature using the `fl_enable_shortcode_css_js` filter in your child theme's _functions.php_ file:
+
+```php
+add_filter("fl_enable_shortcode_css_js", "__return_true");
+```
+
+:::
+
+## Examples
+
+In the following examples, we demonstrate how to use field connection shortcodes in CSS, but any shortcode can be used.
+
+### `[wpbb site:url]` in CSS
+
+Suppose you have CSS for a background image for a page, such as:
+
+```css
+body {
+  background: url("https://my-website.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/10/my-image.jpg");
+}
+```
+
+By using the Beaver Themer shortcode [`[wpbb site:url]`](/beaver-themer/field-connections/wordpress-data#site-url) to replace your site URL, you make it easier to migrate the code or the entire site to a new domain.
+
+```css
+body {
+  background: url("[wpbb site:url]/wp-content/uploads/2022/10/my-image.jpg");
+}
+```
+
+### Conditional Logic
+
+You can use field connection conditional logic in your CSS. In the example below, we can change the color of a post title based on whether the Advanced Custom Field field value is true or false.
+
+```css
+.fl-post-title {
+
+	[wpbb-if post:acf type='text' name='FIELD NAME' exp='equals' value='SOME VALUE']
+
+		color: red;
+
+	[wpbb-else]
+
+		color: yellow;
+
+	[/wpbb-if]
+
+}
+```
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/shortcode/using-php-files.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/shortcode/using-php-files.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..22964ff0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/shortcode/using-php-files.md
@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
+---
+id: using-php-files
+title: Using Shortcodes in PHP files
+sidebar_label: Using Shortcodes in PHP files
+description: Beaver Builder shortcodes can be used in PHP files such as header.php or footer.php to display saved templates, rows, columns, or modules.
+---
+
+Beaver Builder shortcodes can be used in PHP files such as _header.php_, _footer.php_, or _functions.php_ to display saved templates, rows, columns, or modules.
+
+:::caution
+This article assumes you're using a child theme. Keeping your customizations separate from the parent theme helps protect them from theme updates.
+:::
+
+## Usage
+
+WordPress generated pages, such as index and archive pages, are not customizable with Beaver Builder. As an alternative, you can use the WordPress [`do_shortcode()`](https://developer.wordpress.org/reference/functions/do_shortcode/) function to render saved content, such as templates, rows, columns, or modules, on index and archive pages.
+
+:::info
+To use this method, you should be familiar with PHP, WordPress [conditional tags](https://developer.wordpress.org/themes/basics/conditional-tags/), and [template hierarchy](https://developer.wordpress.org/themes/basics/template-hierarchy/). Alternatively, you can use [Beaver Themer](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/beaver-themer/).
+:::
+
+## Create your Saved Content
+
+Before you can use the shortcode in your PHP files, you need to create your saved content. See the following articles for more information:
+
+- [How to create a Saved Template](layouts/templates/saved-templates.md).
+- [How to create a Reusable Content](layouts/reusable-content/index.md).
+
+## Construct the shortcode
+
+Below is an example shortcode using the **slug** attribute.
+
+```markup
+[fl_builder_insert_layout slug="INSERT_YOUR_SLUG_HERE"]
+```
+
+See the [Shortcodes syntax](syntax.md) article for more information.
+
+## Insert the shortcode
+
+The shortcode can be included in PHP files in two ways. Using a child theme, edit your theme files to insert the shortcode or using the theme's hooks and adding the shortcode to the child theme's _functions.php_ file.
+
+### 1. Edit theme files
+
+In this example, the code is placed into the **header.php** in your [child theme](https://developer.wordpress.org/themes/advanced-topics/child-themes/), depending on where on the page you want the content to appear. These instructions assume you are using the BB Theme, but the code itself should work in any theme.
+
+1. Copy the **header.php** from the parent theme and add to your child theme directory. The example tree below shows what this structure would look like if you were using the Beaver Builder child theme.
+
+```markup
+/bb-theme-child
+├── functions.php
+├── header.php
+└── style.css
+```
+
+2. Open the file from the child theme directory in a code editor.
+   Alternatively, you can use the WordPress theme editor (**WordPress Admin Dashboard > Appearance > Theme Editor**).
+
+3. In the _header.php_ file, find the code below:
+
+```php
+<?php do_action("fl_content_open"); ?>
+```
+
+4. Add the following code after `<?php do_action('fl_content_open'); ?>`, making sure that you substitute your own shortcode.
+
+   ```php
+   <?php
+   echo do_shortcode('[fl_builder_insert_layout slug="INSERT_YOUR_SLUG_HERE"]');
+   ?>
+   ```
+
+5. Save your _header.php_ file.
+
+6. When you refresh the page, your saved content should be visible below the BB Theme header and above the page or post content.
+
+### 2. Using hooks
+
+In this example, you add the code to the child theme's _functions.php_ file. These instructions assume you are using the BB Theme and do **not** work with third-party themes.
+
+:::tip
+If you're using a third-party theme, substitute the BB theme hooks `fl_before_content` and `fl_after_content` from the code examples with your theme's hook.
+:::
+
+1. Go to your child theme and open the _functions.php_ in a code editor. For BB Theme, the location is:
+   `/wp-content/themes/bb-theme-child`
+   Alternatively, you can use the WordPress theme editor (**WordPress Admin Dashboard > Appearance > Theme Editor**).
+
+2. Add one of the following code examples to the end of the file, making sure that you substitute your own shortcode.
+
+   ```php title='To insert shortcode after the header'
+   function my_page_header()
+   {
+     echo do_shortcode(
+       '[fl_builder_insert_layout slug="INSERT_YOUR_SLUG_HERE"]'
+     );
+   }
+   add_action("fl_before_content", "my_page_header");
+   ```
+
+   ```php title='To insert shortcode before the footer'
+   function my_page_footer()
+   {
+     echo do_shortcode(
+       '[fl_builder_insert_layout slug="INSERT_YOUR_SLUG_HERE"]'
+     );
+   }
+   add_action("fl_after_content", "my_page_footer");
+   ```
+
+3. Save the _functions.php_ changes.
+
+4. When you refresh the page, your saved content should be visible in the hook location where you added the code.
+
+## Using WordPress conditional tags
+
+You can use the Beaver Builder shortcode with [WordPress conditional tags](https://developer.wordpress.org/themes/basics/conditional-tags/) to control which types of pages the shortcode appears on. The examples assume you are using the BB Theme.
+
+If you're using a third-party theme, substitute the BB theme hook `fl_before_content` from the code example with your theme's hook.
+
+### `is_single()`
+
+This example uses the WordPress conditional tag [`is_single()`](https://developer.wordpress.org/reference/functions/is_single/) to insert the shortcode into a specific post. Replace `1234` in the code example with your post `ID`.
+
+```php
+function my_page_header()
+{
+  if (is_single("1234")) {
+    echo do_shortcode(
+      '[fl_builder_insert_layout slug="INSERT_YOUR_SLUG_HERE"]'
+    );
+  }
+}
+add_action("fl_before_content", "my_page_header");
+```
+
+### `is_home()`
+
+This example uses the WordPress conditional tag [`is_home()`](https://developer.wordpress.org/reference/functions/is_home/) to insert the shortcode into the [blog homepage](https://wordpress.org/support/article/settings-reading-screen/#reading-settings).
+
+```php
+function my_page_header()
+{
+  if (is_home()) {
+    echo do_shortcode(
+      '[fl_builder_insert_layout slug="INSERT_YOUR_SLUG_HERE"]'
+    );
+  }
+}
+add_action("fl_before_content", "my_page_header");
+```
+
+### `is_front_page()`
+
+This example uses the WordPress conditional tag [`is_front_page()`](https://developer.wordpress.org/reference/functions/is_front_page/) to insert the shortcode into the [static homepage](https://wordpress.org/support/article/creating-a-static-front-page/).
+
+```php
+function my_page_header()
+{
+  if (is_front_page()) {
+    echo do_shortcode(
+      '[fl_builder_insert_layout slug="INSERT_YOUR_SLUG_HERE"]'
+    );
+  }
+}
+add_action("fl_before_content", "my_page_header");
+```
+
+### Front-page, posts, pages, custom post types and archive pages
+
+The code `is_front_page() || is_singular() || is_archive()` inserts the shortcode into the static homepage, all posts, pages, custom post types, and archive pages.
+
+:::info
+The double pipe `||` corresponds to the boolean `OR`. If you don't want one of those types, remove it from the list of conditionals and adjust the double pipes as necessary.
+:::
+
+```php
+function my_page_header()
+{
+  if (is_front_page() || is_singular() || is_archive()) {
+    echo do_shortcode('[fl_builder_insert_layout id="36607"]');
+  }
+}
+add_action("fl_before_content", "my_page_header");
+```
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/shortcode/using-shortcode.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/shortcode/using-shortcode.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4f335b29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/shortcode/using-shortcode.md
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+---
+id: using-shortcode
+title: Using the Shortcode
+sidebar_label: Using the Shortcode
+description: The Beaver Builder shortcode makes it really easy to add saved content to your layouts. This article explains where the shortcode can be used and how to find or manually construct it.
+---
+
+import Tabs from '@theme/Tabs';
+import TabItem from '@theme/TabItem';
+
+The Beaver Builder shortcode makes it really easy to add saved content to your layouts. This article explains where the shortcode can be used and how to find or manually construct it.
+
+## Prerequisite
+
+If you plan to use a row, column, module, or template in your shortcode, it must be saved first so it has its own [`ID` and slug](find-id-slug.md). See the [Reusable Content](layouts/reusable-content/index.md) article about saving rows, columns, and modules or the article about saving [templates](layouts/templates/saved-templates.md).
+
+## 1. Copy a shortcode with one click
+
+In the Beaver Builder section in the WordPress admin dashboard, under Saved Rows, Saved Columns, and Saved Modules, there's a Shortcode column with an automatically generated shortcode for each saved item. Clicking the shortcode automatically copies it to your clipboard.
+
+This screenshot shows the shortcode location for a saved modules.
+
+![Copy shortcode with one click](/img/beaver-builder/shortcodes--using-shortcode--1.jpg)
+
+## 2. Manually construct a shortcode
+
+1. Get the [`ID`](find-id-slug.md#id) or [**Slug**](find-id-slug.md#slug) of the saved content.
+
+2. Create the shortcode.
+   Use one of the following formats, depending on whether it's the slug or the ID:
+
+   ```markup title="Using the slug"
+   [fl_builder_insert_layout slug="my-post-slug"]
+   ```
+
+   ```markup title="Using the ID"
+   [fl_builder_insert_layout id="123"]
+   ```
+
+See the [Shortcodes syntax](syntax.md) article for more advanced options.
+
+## Where to insert shortcodes
+
+You can insert Beaver Builder shortcodes into a Beaver Builder module or the WordPress editor.
+
+### Beaver Builder modules
+
+In a Beaver Builder module, insert the shortcode into any text or text editor field. Here are some examples of text fields in Beaver Builder modules:
+
+- [HTML module](layouts/modules/html.md)
+- [Text editor module](layouts/modules/text.md)
+- Text editor area in any module, such as the [Icon](layouts/modules/icon-and-icon-group.md), [Tabs](layouts/modules/tabs/index.md), or [Accordion](layouts/modules/accordion/index.md) modules.
+
+### WordPress Editor & Widgets
+
+The Beaver Builder shortcode can be used in the WordPress editor and widgets using the [Shortcode Block](https://wordpress.org/support/article/shortcode-block/).
+
+As an example, you might save a Subscribe Form module and insert it in the middle of a post using the shortcode block, or between paragraphs when using the classic editor. For WordPress Widgets, simply use the Shortcode block and add your shortcode.
+
+<Tabs>
+<TabItem value="wordpress-editor" label="WordPress Editor" default>
+
+![Insert shortcode using shortcode block](/img/beaver-builder/shortcodes--using-shortcode--2.jpg)
+
+</TabItem>
+<TabItem value="classic-editor" label="Classic Editor">
+
+![Insert shortcode into middle of post](/img/beaver-builder/shortcodes--using-shortcode--3.jpg)
+
+</TabItem>
+<TabItem value="widgets" label="Widgets">
+
+![Insert shortcode into widget](/img/beaver-builder/shortcodes--using-shortcode--4.jpg)
+
+</TabItem>
+</Tabs>
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/403-forbidden-or-blocked-error.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/403-forbidden-or-blocked-error.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b639d9c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/403-forbidden-or-blocked-error.md
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+---
+id: 403-forbidden-or-blocked-error
+title: 403 Forbidden or 403 Blocked error
+sidebar_label: 403 Forbidden or 403 Blocked error
+---
+
+Beaver Builder uses Ajax to process your work in the Beaver Builder editor,
+and if the Ajax process encounters something in your content that triggers a
+403 error, you'll see a popup error message. The 403 error or sometimes a 409
+error may also appear in your browser console when you have trouble saving
+modules or publishing a page.
+
+Nearly always, the 403 error (and sometimes a 409 error) is caused by your
+server having mod_security enabled. Usually (though not always), the 403 error
+occurs when you add some custom code to one of your modules, such as an
+`<iframe>` or `<script>` tag, but it has even been triggered by using the word
+*select* in a text editor.
+
+## Technical details
+
+`Mod_security` is an Apache module that serves as a web application firewall.
+When you save or publish a page, a POST object is sent to the admin Ajax, and
+it is scanned by modsec if mod_security is enabled. Tags like `<iframe>` and
+`<script>` (non-UTF-8 characters) or words like *select* , which Is a keyword
+used in MySQL queries, can be interpreted as a security threat and produce a
+403 or 409 error in Ajax, causing the Save or Publish to hang.
+
+## Solution
+
+Often your web hosting provider or server administrator can resolve this issue, or you can try this solution by enabling the **Mod Security fix** found in the **WordPress Admin Dashboard > Settings > Beaver Builder > Advanced**.
+
+This causes the request to be base64-encoded so modsec sees the offending tags and text as binary data and allows it to pass through.
+
+:::info
+You can also add the following line to the *wp-config.php* file in your WordPress home directory:
+
+```php
+define( 'FL_BUILDER_MODSEC_FIX', true );
+```
+
+This line can go in a child theme _functions.php_ in some cases, but we recommend that you put it in _wp-config.php_.
+:::
+
+:::caution
+If you've tried enabling the **Mod Security fix** and adding it to _wp-config.php_ and _functions.php_ in your child theme and it doesn't resolve the issue, contact your hosting provider or Beaver Builder Support.
+:::
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/404-error-when-trying-to-open-editor.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/404-error-when-trying-to-open-editor.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1df9d2db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/404-error-when-trying-to-open-editor.md
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+---
+id: 404-error-when-trying-to-open-editor
+title: 404 error when trying to open editor
+sidebar_label: 404 error when trying to open editor
+---
+
+If you get a 404 error when you're trying to edit a page or a saved row or
+module in Beaver Builder, usually the solution is to reset your permalinks.
+
+**To reset the permalinks for your site:**
+
+  1. On the WordPress admin panel, go to **Settings > Permalinks**.
+  2. Click  **Save changes**.  
+If that doesn't solve the problem, continue with the following steps.
+
+  3. On the **Settings > Permalinks page**, make a note of your current permalink setting.   
+If it's set to **Custom structure**, copy the text in the box so you can
+paste it back later.
+
+  4. Select **Plain**, then click **Save changes**.
+  5. Select the setting you had before.  
+If you had **Custom structure** selected, paste the custom text into the text
+box.
+
+  6. Click **Save changes**.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/cloudflare-and-403-errors-when-loading-background-images.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/cloudflare-and-403-errors-when-loading-background-images.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..172fa1ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/cloudflare-and-403-errors-when-loading-background-images.md
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+---
+id: cloudflare-and-403-errors-when-loading-background-images
+title: CloudFlare and 403 errors when loading background images
+sidebar_label: CloudFlare and 403 errors when loading background images
+descriptions: Two solutions when you get a 403 error for images when using CloudFlare or another CDN.
+---
+
+If you're using CloudFlare and a CDN (Content Delivery Network) for images, you may find that you get a 403 error and background images and other images linked from CSS rules won't load.
+
+This happens when CloudFlare's [Hotlink Protection](https://support.cloudflare.com/hc/en-us/articles/200170026-What-does-enabling-Cloudflare-Hotlink-Protection-do-) is enabled and you're using a CloudFlare CDN or other CDN to serve images.
+
+There are two workarounds for this problem. You can implement either of the following solutions.
+
+## Disable Hotlink Protection
+
+The **Hotlink Protection** setting is in CloudFlare's **Scrape Shield** section, as shown in the following screenshot. Disabling the settings fixes the 403 error.
+
+![Screenshot of CloudFlare Scrape Shield UI, showing how to disable Hotlink Protection](/img/troubleshooting-cloudflare-403.png)
+
+## Add a filter
+
+If you want CloudFlare's Hotlink Protection setting to stay enabled. you can add a filter to your child theme.
+
+1. Add the following code to your child theme's *functions.php* file.
+
+  ```php
+  add_filter( 'fl_builder_render_css', function( $css ) {
+    $css = str_replace( 'https://dev-blog.crowdbeamer.com/', 'https://s29172.pcdn.co/', $css );
+    return $css;
+  });
+  ```
+
+2. In Line 2, replace the first URL with the URL of your website. Replace the second URL with the URL of your CDN.
+3. Save the *functions.php* file.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/destination-folder-already-exists.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/destination-folder-already-exists.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..51aa7fa4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/destination-folder-already-exists.md
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+---
+id: destination-folder-already-exists
+title: Destination folder already exists
+sidebar_label: Destination folder already exists
+---
+
+> Destination folder already exists. /home/user/my-site.com/wp-content/plugins/bb-plugin/
+>
+> Plugin install failed.
+
+This error occurs when you're installing a WordPress plugin or theme and the folder it wants to extract to already exists. This conflict usually occurs whenever the old plugin or theme folder wasn't deleted completely.
+
+If WordPress shows that the old plugin or theme still exists, you can try deleting it. (You won't lose your data.) If that doesn't work, you can fix the issue with these steps.
+
+1. Connect to your WordPress site using an FTP client or your server's file manager.
+2. Navigate to  */wp-content/plugins/* (for the plugin) or */wp-content/themes/* (for the theme). and delete the **bb-plugin** or **bb-theme** folder. This won't remove your data.
+3. Go back to WordPress and install again in the normal fashion.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/dreamhost.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/dreamhost.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7dcf04ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/dreamhost.md
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+---
+id: dreamhost
+title: DreamHost and module repeater settings
+sidebar_label: DreamHost & module repeater settings
+---
+
+If you're hosting your websites with [DreamHost](https://www.dreamhost.com/) and try to use modules which have repeater options (Content Slider, Testimonials, etc) you won't be able to add more than one item.
+
+To resolve this, add the following line to the *wp-config.php* file in your WordPress home directory:
+
+```php
+define( 'FL_BUILDER_MODSEC_FIX', true );
+```
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/error-settings-not-saved.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/error-settings-not-saved.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6f174061
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/error-settings-not-saved.md
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+---
+id: error-settings-not-saved
+title: Settings could not be saved error
+sidebar_label: Settings not saved error
+---
+
+In rare circumstances you may encounter the following error when saving a module:
+
+> Settings could not be saved.
+
+The reason for this error is that sensitive code containing tags such as `<script>` or `<iframe>` has been inserted into a post title, post content, or comment, and either the [user role does not have the required capability](#user-role-does-not-have-the-right-capability) or the [*wp-config.php* file contains a filter that disallows saving this sensitive code](#the-disallow_unfiltered_html-setting-is-in-use). 
+
+## User role does not have the right capability
+
+In this case, the error message says:
+
+> Settings could not be saved.  
+> These settings contain sensitive code that is not allowed for your user role.
+>
+> We detected a possible issue here:
+
+In WordPress, user roles, (such as Administrator or Editor, contain a set of [capabilities](https://wordpress.org/support/article/roles-and-capabilities/), which define the particular tasks that users can perform. Custom roles, such as the Shop Manager in WooCommerce or custom roles that you create, have a custom set of capabilities. 
+
+One capability is called [`unfiltered_html`](https://wordpress.org/support/article/roles-and-capabilities/#unfiltered_html). User roles with this capability are allowed to enter sensitive code with tags such as `<script>` or `<iframe>` into post titles and content. By default, only the WordPress Administrator and Editor roles have this capability, while only the Super Admin role has it on multisite installations. Here's [more information about this capability](https://publishpress.com/blog/unfiltered-html-permission-wordpress/). The WooCommerce [Shop Manager role](https://docs.woocommerce.com/document/roles-capabilities/#section-2) does not have the `unfiltered_html` capability, and other custom roles may not have it, even though users with this role can perform many other types of administrative tasks.
+
+If you see this error, you'll not be able to save without removing the sensitive code or employing one of the following workarounds:
+
+* Log in with a user role that includes the `unfiltered_html` capability, such as WordPress Admin or Editor.
+
+* Use a WordPress plugin that gives you the ability to assign different capabilities to roles, such as the [User Role Editor](https://wordpress.org/plugins/user-role-editor/) plugin, and assign the `unfiltered_html` capability to the user role you want to have it.
+
+* Use the `fl_user_has_unfiltered_html` filter to give users the `unfiltered_html` capability in Beaver Builder layouts, see the [Filter Examples](/beaver-builder/troubleshooting/common-issues/error-settings-not-saved.md/#filter-examples) below.  
+  
+  :::caution
+  We recommend switching to the `fl_user_has_unfiltered_html` hook if you are currently using the `fl_builder_ui_js_config` hook to resolve the issue.
+  :::
+
+See [the last section](#wordpress-sensitive-code) for more information about what WordPress considers sensitive code.
+
+See [our blog post](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/wordpress-user-roles/) for basics about WordPress user roles.
+
+## The DISALLOW_UNFILTERED_HTML setting is in use
+
+In this case, you'll see the following version of the error.
+
+> Settings could not be saved.
+>
+> These settings contain sensitive code that is not allowed as DISALLOW_UNFILTERED_HTML has been set globally via wp-config.
+
+The sensitive code is then displayed.
+
+This version of the error happens when the WordPress *wp-config.php* file has the following setting:
+
+```php
+define( 'DISALLOW_UNFILTERED_HTML', true );
+```
+
+This setting prevents all users, regardless of their user role capabilities, from being able to insert sensitive code in the title and body of posts and pages. See [the last section](#wordpress-sensitive-code) for more information about what WordPress considers sensitive code.
+
+In this case, the alternatives are:
+
+* Remove the `DISALLOW_UNFILTERED_HTML` setting from the *wp-config.php* file for your WordPress installation.
+* Remove the sensitive code from the title or content of your Beaver Builder layout and save your layout.
+* Add the following filter to give users the `unfiltered_html` capability in Beaver Builder layouts.
+
+## Filter examples
+
+If you want to preserve the `DISALLOW_UNFILTERED_HTML = true` or sensitive code but override it in Beaver Builder for specific user roles, you can add the `fl_user_has_unfiltered_html` filter to their child theme's *functions.php* file. Here are some code examples of this filter in use.
+
+:::info
+This filter gives the user roles mentioned in the filter the `unfiltered_html` capability only in the Beaver Builder editor, not in WordPress.
+:::
+
+The following snippet gives all user roles the `unfiltered_html` capability.
+
+```php
+add_filter( 'fl_user_has_unfiltered_html', '__return_true' );
+```
+
+The snippet below gives a specific user role (in this case the WooCommerce Shop Manager role) the `unfiltered_html` capability.
+
+```php
+add_filter( 'fl_user_has_unfiltered_html', function( $cap ) {
+    $user = wp_get_current_user();
+    $role = $user->roles[0];
+
+    if ( $role == 'shop_manager' ) {
+        return true;
+    } 
+    return $cap;
+} );
+```
+
+This code snippet gives both the Shop Manager and Author roles the `unfiltered_html` capability.
+
+```php
+add_filter( 'fl_user_has_unfiltered_html', function( $cap ) {
+    $user = wp_get_current_user();
+    $role = $user->roles[0];
+
+    if ( $role == 'shop_manager' || $role == 'author' ) {
+        return true;
+    } 
+    return $cap;
+} );
+```
+
+You can add any user roles to the filter. See the [WordPress documentation about roles](https://wordpress.org/support/article/roles-and-capabilities/#summary-of-roles
+).
+
+## WordPress sensitive code
+
+Every WordPress installation includes a file called [*kses.php*](https://core.trac.wordpress.org/browser/tags/5.5.1/src/wp-includes/kses.php), which contains a list of HTML elements and attributes that are considered safe. KSES is an acronym for "kses strips evil scripts." Here's [a good article about KSES and the `wp_kses` function in WordPress](https://tommcfarlin.com/what-is-wordpress-kses/).
+
+With the `unfiltered_html` user capability and the `DISALLOW_UNFILTERED_HTML` setting in *wp-config.php*, WordPress makes it possible to restrict code that can be used for malicious purposes and to limit users who are able to enter code with sensitive tags or attributes.
+
+By default, Beaver Builder follows these WordPress restrictions on sensitive code, while offering you the ability to add a filter to override them in your layouts.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/error-when-trying-to-install-update.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/error-when-trying-to-install-update.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bbb0235a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/error-when-trying-to-install-update.md
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+---
+id: error-when-trying-to-install-update
+title: Error when trying to install update
+sidebar_label: Error when trying to install update
+---
+
+You get a notice that an update is available, but when you try to update you
+get an error that includes the following error code:
+
+> PCLZIP_ERR_BAD_FORMAT (-10): Invalid archive structure
+
+This error occurs when the PHP cURL extension has not been installed on your
+server by your hosting provider. This update error will occur for any
+WordPress plugin or theme update from independent developers, so it's
+important to ask your hosting provider to install the PHP cURL extension.
+
+When cURL is not installed, there's a warning at **Settings > Beaver Builder** on the **License** tab, as shown in the
+following screenshot.  
+
+![](/img/error-when-trying-install-update.png)
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/exceeds-php-max-input-vars.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/exceeds-php-max-input-vars.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0e342316
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/exceeds-php-max-input-vars.md
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+---
+id: exceeds-php-max-input-vars
+title: 'Exceeds PHP max_input_vars'
+sidebar_label: 'Exceeds PHP max_input_vars'
+---
+
+You might see a popup message in Beaver Builder that the PHP Max Input Vars setting is lower than the number of settings being saved.
+
+![](/img/troubleshooting-critical-issue.png)
+
+The [PHP max_input_vars setting](https://www.php.net/manual/en/info.configuration.php#ini.max-input-vars) limits how many input variables can be accepted. This is a security feature for DDoS attacks, but in some cases, the limit might need to be increased to accommodate the number of post variables that Beaver Builder is saving.
+
+## Find the current value of max_input_vars
+
+You can show the value of `max_input_vars` by enabling Debug mode in Beaver Builder.
+
+1. Go to **Settings > Beaver Builder > Tools**.
+2. Scroll to the **Debug mode** section and click **Enable debug mode**.
+3. Go to the unique link provided in the **Debug mode** section.
+4. On that page, search for `PHP Max Input Vars`.  
+The value is listed there.
+5. Return to **Settings > Beaver Builder > Tools** and click **Disable debug mode**.
+
+## Change the value of max_input_vars
+
+Most shared hosts won’t grant you full access to modify this value but your hosting provider can easily change the value for you. We recommnend that you ask them to increase `max_input_vars` to `5000`.
+
+If you're able to set it yourself, we recommend the first method for standard users and the second method for advanced users.
+
+### Method 1: Edit the .htaccess file
+
+This method may not work in your hosting situation. In that case, contact your hosting provider for help.
+
+:::info
+Make sure to back up your _.htaccess_ file before editing.
+:::
+
+1. Locate your _.htaccess_ file, which is usually in the root folder of your WordPress installation.
+2. Open the file in a text editor and add the following line of code:  
+`php_value max_input_vars 5000`
+3. Save the file and refresh your website.
+
+### Method 2: Edit the php.ini file
+
+Use  this method only if you have direct access to your php.ini file or if you’re on localhost.
+
+1. Locate your php.ini file in the root folder of your WordPress installation and open it in a text editor.  
+2. Locate the following line of code, where `nn` represents a number:  
+`max_input_vars = nn;`
+3. Change `nn` to `5000`.
+4. Save your changes and reboot your local host or server.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/http-error-when-uploading-images.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/http-error-when-uploading-images.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bc8dc3a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/http-error-when-uploading-images.md
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+---
+id: http-error-when-uploading-images
+title: HTTP error when uploading images
+sidebar_label: HTTP error when uploading images
+---
+
+When you get an HTTP error when trying to upload an image in a Beaver Builder
+module, it's most likely due to a mismatch in forcing SSL on your site. If
+your site has an SSL certificate and your site's  _wp-config.php_ file
+contains the following line:
+
+```php
+define('FORCE_SSL_ADMIN', true);
+```
+
+then make sure that you have also set both URLs in **Settings > General** to
+use `https:`, as shown in the following screenshot.
+
+![](/img/troubleshoot-http-error.png)
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/i-am-getting-a-blank-screen.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/i-am-getting-a-blank-screen.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d6adba32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/i-am-getting-a-blank-screen.md
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+---
+id: i-am-getting-a-blank-screen
+title: I'm getting a blank screen
+sidebar_label: I'm getting a blank screen
+---
+
+The blank screen is also known as the white screen of death (WSOD).
+
+This error is usually caused by one of the following:
+
+  * A PHP coding error
+  * A plugin conflict
+  * A theme conflict
+  * Exceeding the WordPress allowed memory size
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/i-cant-upload-the-installer-zip-file-because-it-is-unzipped-when-i-download.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/i-cant-upload-the-installer-zip-file-because-it-is-unzipped-when-i-download.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a3fde125
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/i-cant-upload-the-installer-zip-file-because-it-is-unzipped-when-i-download.md
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+---
+id: i-cant-upload-the-installer-zip-file-because-it-is-unzipped-when-i-download
+title: I can't upload the installer zip file because it is unzipped when I download
+sidebar_label: I can't upload the installer zip file because it is unzipped when I download
+---
+
+If you're a Mac/Safari user, by default your zip files are unzipped when you
+download them. This will cause a problem for installing the Beaver Builder
+plugin and theme because you need to upload the zip file to your WordPress
+site.
+
+This is easy to fix by disabling a preference in Safari, either temporarily or
+permanently, following the instructions below. Alternatively, you can download
+the Beaver Builder plugin and theme files with a different browser, such as
+Firefox or Chrome.
+
+**To download the Beaver Builder plugin and theme zip file on Mac/Safari:**
+
+  1. In the Safari menu, go to **Safari > Preferences**. At the bottom of the **General** tab, clear the checkbox **Open "safe" files for downloading**.  
+  2. Go to your [My Account](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/my-account/) page and download the plugin again, and optionally the theme and child theme if you are licensed to use it.  
+The files will now download as zip files, which you can use to upload to your
+WordPress site.
+
+If you want to return your Safari settings to extracting zip files and opening
+other files automatically after download, repeat Step 1 and select the
+checkbox.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/i-migrated-a-site-but-my-image-urls-didnt-change.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/i-migrated-a-site-but-my-image-urls-didnt-change.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..861ef813
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/i-migrated-a-site-but-my-image-urls-didnt-change.md
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+---
+id: i-migrated-a-site-but-my-image-urls-didnt-change
+title: I migrated a site but my image URLs didn't change
+sidebar_label: I migrated a site but my image URLs didn't change
+---
+
+If you’re having trouble with your image links going to your old location
+after migrating a site, try two things.
+
+First, clear the Beaver Builder cache.
+
+* Go to **Settings > Beaver Builder > Tools**, click the **Cache** tab, and then click **Clear cache**.
+
+If that doesn't solve the problem, use [a serialized search & replace tool](https://interconnectit.com/products/search-and-replace-for-wordpress-databases/) to search for old URLs in your migrated database content and
+replace them with the new URLs.
+
+:::warning **WARNING:**
+Be sure to make a backup of your site before you make any change
+to the database such as search and replace.
+:::
+
+If it's just a few links, you might prefer to change them manually.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/im-getting-a-permission-denied-error.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/im-getting-a-permission-denied-error.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dadda81a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/im-getting-a-permission-denied-error.md
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+---
+id: im-getting-a-permission-denied-error
+title: I'm getting a Permission Denied error
+sidebar_label: I'm getting a Permission Denied error
+---
+
+A Permission Denied error may occur when you attempt to install or update
+either the Beaver Builder plugin or theme. This happens because your server is
+preventing Beaver Builder from creating directories that are required for
+Beaver Builder to function correctly. The error may appear like this:
+
+> Warning: mkdir() [function.mkdir]: Permission denied in [home]/xxxxx/wp-content/plugins/bb-plugin/classes/class-fl-builder-model.php on line 540
+
+To resolve this issue, contact your web host provider or server administrator
+and ask them to review your read/write permissions on all directories. For
+more information on WordPress file permissions, see the  [WordPress Codex on changing file permissions](https://wordpress.org/support/article/changing-file-permissions/).  
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/increase-the-wordpress-allowed-memory-size.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/increase-the-wordpress-allowed-memory-size.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1e4bc5bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/increase-the-wordpress-allowed-memory-size.md
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+---
+id: increase-the-wordpress-allowed-memory-size
+title: Increase the WordPress allowed memory size
+sidebar_label: Increase the WordPress allowed memory size
+---
+
+The default memory limit for WordPress is 32 MB. It is very common to exceed
+this limit and get the error `Fatal error: Allowed memory size`. The fatal
+error message looks similar to this one:
+
+> Fatal error: Allowed memory size of 23556632 bytes exhausted (tried to allocate 3349917 bytes) in /home/my_site/public_html/wp-includes/plugin.php on line x
+
+**To increase the WordPress allowed memory size for your website:**
+
+  1. Open *wp-config.php* , which by default is located in the root WordPress directory.
+  2. Find the following line near the end of the file:  
+
+```php
+/* That's all, stop editing! Happy blogging. */
+```
+
+  3. Just above that line, add the following line:  
+
+```php
+define('WP_MEMORY_LIMIT', '64M');
+```
+
+Save your changes.
+
+You can also increase memory to a higher number, and you can also increase the
+memory limit for admin tasks, as described in the [WordPress codex](https://wordpress.org/support/article/editing-wp-config-php/#increasing-memory-allocated-to-php).
+
+If you’re still receiving the error after this fix, contact your web host
+provider or server administrator for their help.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/internal-server-500-error.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/internal-server-500-error.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d5df1cdc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/internal-server-500-error.md
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+---
+id: internal-server-500-error
+title: Internal Server 500 error
+sidebar_label: Internal Server 500 error
+---
+
+An Internal Server 500 error message looks like this:
+
+> The server encountered an internal error or misconfiguration and was unable to complete your request.
+Please contact the server administrator at webmaster@localhost to inform them of the time this error occurred, and the actions you performed just before this error.
+More information about this error may be available in the server error log.
+
+This error is usually triggered for one of the following reasons:
+
+  * Server misconfiguration (httpd.conf)
+  * .htaccess configuration issues
+  * `mod_security` or [similar issues](/beaver-builder/troubleshooting/common-issues/403-forbidden-or-blocked-error.md)
+
+Contact your web host provider or server administrator for help.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/require-once.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/require-once.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4d188bc4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/require-once.md
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+---
+id: require-once
+title: 'Fatal error: require_once()'
+sidebar_label: 'Fatal error: require_once()'
+---
+
+> Error message example: require_once(): Failed opening required '/my-website/wp-content/plugins/bb-plugin/includes/compatibility.php'
+
+The file named in the error does not exist or has been deleted. In the error example above, the file missing is compatibility.php.
+
+This error usually occurs for the following reasons: 
+
+* The server timed out when WordPress was performing an update
+* You've deleted one or more plugin files using an FTP/SFTP client or a hosting file browser 
+* A security plugin/scanner has renamed the file
+
+To resolve the issue, reinstall Beaver Builder from the WordPress Admin Dashboard at **Plugins > Add New > Upload Plugin**. Prior to WordPress 5.5, you must deactivate and delete the Beaver Builder plugin first.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/the-uploaded-file-exceeds-the-uploadmaxfilesize-directive-in-php-ini.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/the-uploaded-file-exceeds-the-uploadmaxfilesize-directive-in-php-ini.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3f123be0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/the-uploaded-file-exceeds-the-uploadmaxfilesize-directive-in-php-ini.md
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+---
+id: the-uploaded-file-exceeds-the-uploadmaxfilesize-directive-in-php-ini
+title: The uploaded file exceeds the upload_max_filesize directive
+  in php.ini
+sidebar_label: The uploaded file exceeds the upload_max_filesize directive
+  in php.ini
+---
+
+This error occurs when you try to upload a file through WordPress that is
+larger than the **upload_max_filesize** limit.
+
+How to increase this limit in PHP depends on your hosting provider. The best
+course of action is to contact their support and ask them to increase the
+limit, or ask them for help on how to increase it.
+
+For a short-term solution, if you know where to upload the files, you can
+upload them manually through FTP. For example, for the Beaver Builder plugin,
+you can extract the files from the zip directory and FTP them to the following
+location:
+
+```bash
+your-wordpress-installation-root/wp-content/plugins/bb-plugin
+```
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/title-bar-incorrect.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/title-bar-incorrect.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ec80158f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/title-bar-incorrect.md
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+---
+id: title-bar-incorrect
+title: Incorrect Title Bar causes wrong page to display after publishing
+sidebar_label: Title Bar Incorrect
+---
+
+# Incorrect Title Bar causes wrong page to display after publishing
+The Beaver Builder UI shows you what page you are editing in the top left.  We refer to this as the Title Bar.  
+
+![image](https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/2265866/147609683-3bee39b3-b3e8-47bc-9bdf-6541f8f8e704.png)
+
+Sometimes users experience issues where the Title Bar does not show the correct Title information for the post/page they are editing. Users might also find that when this happens and they publish changes, instead of being taken to the post/page they were editing, they are redirected to the incorrect post/page that was listed in the Title Bar.
+
+## The Cause
+The cause is custom code that uses [WP_Query](https://developer.wordpress.org/reference/classes/wp_query/) but does not [reset the query properly](https://developer.wordpress.org/reference/classes/wp_query/#usage). This custom code is in the theme or a plugin that the site uses.
+
+## The Solution
+If the jQuery comes from custom code in your site, you must [reset the query properly](https://developer.wordpress.org/reference/classes/wp_query/#more-information). If the problem is coming from a theme or plugin, contact the developer to correct the code.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/use-smtp-to-send-form-notifications.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/use-smtp-to-send-form-notifications.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7656de9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/use-smtp-to-send-form-notifications.md
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+---
+id: use-smtp-to-send-form-notifications
+title: Use SMTP mail to send form notifications
+sidebar_label: SMTP mail for form notifications
+---
+
+WordPress uses the PHP mail function to send emails generated by WordPress or any contact plugin. However, the PHP mail function may not be reliable, the most common reason being that your WordPress hosting server is not configured properly. The easiest and most reliable fix is to switch your mail delivery to use the SMTP protocol. That's the standard protocol used by email providers to send outgoing mail.
+
+Switching to SMTP is most easily done with a plugin. There are a number of free SMTP plugins available, and you can find them by searching for "SMTP" at **Plugins > Add new**. If you're an SMTP novice, we recommend the plugin "WP Mail SMTP by WPForms" as being particularly easy to set up. You can route email through your Gmail account, your hosting provider's mail functionality, or any of a number of popular mass mailer software such as MailGun and MailChimp, and there is [good documentation](https://wpforms.com/?s=smtp) for how to do that.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/zlib-output-compression.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/zlib-output-compression.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0c7cb416
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/common-issues/zlib-output-compression.md
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+---
+id: zlib-output-compression
+title: zlib Output Compression
+sidebar_label: zlib Output Compression
+---
+
+> Notice: ob_end_flush(): failed to send buffer of zlib output compression (0)
+
+If you encounter this error, it means your server doesn't have the PHP zLib extension enabled. Contact your web host provider and ask them to enable it for you.
+
+If you manage the server yourself, you can modify the **zlib.output_compression** setting in your server **php.ini** file, such as `zlib.output_compression = On`.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/debugging/cache-clearing-tool.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/debugging/cache-clearing-tool.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f477dd56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/debugging/cache-clearing-tool.md
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+---
+id: cache-clearing-tool
+title: Cache Clearing Tool
+sidebar_label: Cache Clearing Tool
+---
+
+Caches can really speed up page loads, but their annoying side comes when
+you're trying to modify a website and can't get the view to reflect the
+changes you've just made, or worse, that your site visitors don't see the
+updates.
+
+Beaver Builder has a built-in cache clearing tool that automatically clears
+caches created by the most popular services and caching plugins under the
+following conditions:
+
+  * When WordPress finishes updating plugins and themes.
+  * When Beaver Builder editor is active  
+This works by defining the `DONOTCACHEPAGE` constant while the page is being
+edited, This constant is respected by most caching plugins.
+
+  * When layouts and templates are saved in the Beaver Builder editor
+
+The tool is enabled by default. 
+
+To disable it, and to see a list of the caches that are cleared by this tool, on the WordPress admin panel go to the **Cache Clearing Tool** section of **Settings > Beaver Builder > Tools**.
+
+There is also a setting that enables automatic clearing of proxy caches, such
+as Varnish and Litespeed. If you're not sure whether your site is subject to a
+proxy cache, leave that setting disabled.
+
+:::info
+This tool was formerly available as a plugin in GitHub. If you have
+that plugin installed, called Beaver Builder Cache Helper, you can deactivate and
+delete it.
+:::
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/debugging/enable-beaver-builder-debug-mode.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/debugging/enable-beaver-builder-debug-mode.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3e5bba78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/debugging/enable-beaver-builder-debug-mode.md
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+---
+id: enable-beaver-builder-debug-mode
+title: Debug Mode
+sidebar_label: Debug Mode
+---
+
+Enabling Beaver Builder Debug Mode generates a report that lets the Beaver
+Builder Support team quickly get facts about your website's environment to
+help them troubleshoot. Debug mode can also help you find information to
+assist in your own troubleshooting efforts.
+
+For example, Debug Mode lets you access any code you've added to the [Global CSS and JavaScript](basics/custom-code.md) option on the Tools menu, so you can troubleshoot whether your custom code is causing a conflict with Beaver Builder.
+
+![Debug Mode Global CSS/JS](/img/beaver-builder--enabled-debug-global-css-js.png)
+
+Entering Debug Mode produces a URL that contains a debug report. You can do
+any of the following things with the URL:
+
+- Copy it into your browser to view the debug report.
+- Add the URL when you file a Support ticket
+- Send it to the Support team when they request it at *hello@wpbeaverbuilder.com*.
+
+## Debug Mode
+
+To enable Beaver Builder Debug Mode and obtain the URL for the debug report:
+
+1. On the WordPress admin panel, click **Settings > Beaver Builder**, then click the **Tools** tab.
+2. Click the **Debug Mode** button.
+   The URL appears just above the button. Copy the URL to send to Support.
+
+:::info
+There are no security risks from having Debug Mode enabled. Debug Mode is automatically disabled after 48 hours.
+You'll see a countdown timer on the **Settings > Beaver Builder > Tools** tab.
+You can also disable it manually on that tab after you know that Support has
+accessed the report. Once Debug Mode is disabled, the report is deleted.
+:::
+
+## Show Errors
+
+Beaver Builder debug mode doesn't output errors by default. In order to show errors add the `showerrors` parameter in the URL.
+
+After enabling Debug Mode, add the parameter `/?showerrors` to your URL to view errors, for example: `https://my-website.com/?showerrors`.
+
+If the URL already has a `?` parameter in use, then use `&showerrors` instead. For example, if you're using the Beaver Builder debug URL, the existing URL might be something like `https://mysite.com?fldebug=ed52f356`. In this case, you'd append the `showerrors` parameter to form `https://mysite.com?fldebug=ed52f356&showerrors`.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/debugging/issue-fixer-clear-the-cache.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/debugging/issue-fixer-clear-the-cache.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8f2e4832
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/debugging/issue-fixer-clear-the-cache.md
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+---
+id: issue-fixer-clear-the-cache
+title: 'Clear the Beaver Builder cache'
+sidebar_label: 'Clear the Beaver Builder cache'
+description: How the Beaver Builder cache works and how to clear it.
+---
+
+When a new Beaver Builder layout is created, CSS and JavaScript files are dynamically generated and stored in a file on your WordPress site at *wp-content/uploads/bb-plugin/cache*, where they are used to improve performance. These files are automatically deleted and recreated when any of the following events occur:
+
+* Updates are made to a post or page.
+* The Beaver Builder plugin is updated.
+* Site URLs change, such as when migrating a site to another location.
+
+Even though these cache-clearing triggers occur for most cases, you can manually clear the cache as part of troubleshooting why pages are not refreshing as they should. Clearing the cache is a good first response to any issues that pop up where the result does not appear as you expect. If clearing the Beaver Builder cache does not fix the issue, consider clearing other caches up the chain: any caches from caching plugins, your browser cache, your web hosting server cache, and other caches such as CloudFlare.
+
+**To manually clear the Beaver Builder cache:**
+
+  1. On the WordPress admin panel, click **Settings > Beaver Builder > Tools**.
+  2. Click the **Clear Cache** button.
+
+As an alternative, you can  delete the contents of the Beaver Builder caching directory by deleting all of the files in the folder *wp-content/uploads/bb-plugin/cache*.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/debugging/known-beaver-builder-incompatibilities.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/debugging/known-beaver-builder-incompatibilities.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9ef27c8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/debugging/known-beaver-builder-incompatibilities.md
@@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
+---
+id: known-beaver-builder-incompatibilities
+title: Known Beaver Builder incompatibilities
+sidebar_label: Known Beaver Builder incompatibilities
+---
+
+We try our very best to make Beaver Builder compatible with everything you
+throw at it, but sometimes there’s nothing we can do. Software changes
+rapidly, so if you want to give these plugins and themes a try anyway, let us
+know if the developer made them compatible with Beaver Builder.
+
+## Plugins
+
+See [how to troubleshoot possible plugin conflicts](/beaver-builder/troubleshooting/debugging/plugin-conflicts.md).
+
+### [Advanced Custom Fields](https://www.advancedcustomfields.com/) (Extra Widget Fields only)
+
+Any additional fields added to widgets using ACF will not show up in the
+Beaver Builder interface.
+
+### [Async Javascript](https://wordpress.org/plugins/async-javascript/)
+
+This is reported by a user, who was in contact with the developer:
+
+This plugin works with Beaver Builder if both of the following conditions are
+met:
+
+- jQuery is excluded
+- _wp-includes/js_ is added to the **Async Javascript > Settings > Scripts Exclusion** field.
+
+### [Cookie and Consent Solution for the GDPR & ePrivacy](https://wordpress.org/plugins/iubenda-cookie-law-solution/)
+
+The Beaver Builder user interface is not functional if **Automatically block scripts detected by the plugin** is enabled and **Primary Engine** is selected.
+
+Switch from the **Primary Engine** to the **Secondary Engine** to solve the problem.
+The Secondary Engine makes use of a third-party PHP library that is more accurate, capable of parsing broken HTML, and can resolve problems with third-party plugins.
+
+![Cookie and Content Solution settings page](/img/beaver-builder/troubleshooting--known-incompatibilities--cookie-plugin.jpg)
+
+### Duplicator plugins (such as Post Duplicator)
+
+Don't use duplicator plugins to clone pages with Beaver Builder layouts or
+saved layouts. They may look like they work but can cause problems when you
+try to edit the Beaver Builder layout on the new page. Instead, use the
+[Duplicate Layout](basics/duplicate-layout.md) functionality on the Tools menu in the Beaver Builder editor.
+
+### [Google Maps Bank](https://wordpress.org/plugins/google-maps-bank/screenshots/) (Shortcodes only)
+
+Shortcodes from this plugin break Beaver Builder because `document.write` is
+used to render them. Everything else about this plugin should be fine.
+
+### [Jetpack](https://wordpress.org/plugins/jetpack/) (Gallery Widget and VideoPress)
+
+The settings panel for Jetpack’s gallery widget doesn’t fully load in Beaver
+Builder because it is only coded to load in _wp-admin/widgets.php_ and _wp-
+admin/customizer.php_. VideoPress calls admin-only code that breaks the media
+uploader on the front end.
+
+### [LiteSpeed Cache](https://wordpress.org/plugins/litespeed-cache)
+
+If you have CSS Minify enabled in Page Optimization settings, then the Settings Panel can go fullscreen in responsive editing. A workaround is to exclude the builder. You can do that in the Tuning tab of Page Optimization. Scroll down to URI Excludes and enter `?fl_builder` in the box and save and purge all caches.
+
+### [Post video players, slideshow albums, photo galleries and music / podcast playlist](https://wordpress.org/plugins/video-playlist-and-gallery-plugin/)
+
+Incorrectly loads in jQuery, causing a second version to be loaded which
+breaks many scripts on the page, including Beaver Builder scripts.
+
+### [Schema Creator by Raven](https://wordpress.org/plugins/schema-creator/)
+
+Currently coded to only work in wp-admin.
+
+### [Timber](https://www.upstatement.com/timber/)
+
+Timber is a plugin that enables the use of twig, a templating engine that
+eliminates the WordPress loop and allows for simpler code when creating
+templates. Given their names, you'd think that "Timber" and "Twig" would be a
+perfect match for "Beaver Builder," but they're incompatible.
+
+The problem is that Timber doesn’t use `the_content`, which is the basic
+WordPress loop. This causes an incompatibility between Timber and any other
+plugin that relies on the WordPress loop.
+
+If your theme allows it, calling `the_post();` in your _page.php_ file above
+the Timber code will enable the loop and allow Beaver Builder to function
+correctly.
+
+### Varnish on Cloudways hosting
+
+If you use Cloudways with a multisite setup, their Varnish configuration
+causes issues with saving Beaver Builder settings. To fix this issue, either turn off Varnish or configure
+the Breeze plugin to automatically purge the Varnish cache.
+
+### [WP External Links](https://wordpress.org/plugins/wp-external-links/)
+
+This plugin with default settings breaks the BB Editor. The workaround is to navigate to the Exceptions tab in the plugin settings and change it from applying from the whole page (simply uncheck that setting)
+
+### [WP Job Manager](https://wpjobmanager.com)
+
+The WP Job Manager plugin is not compatible with Beaver Builder because it
+takes over `the_content`, which doesn't allow Beaver Builder to run.
+
+However, you can solve the problem by adding the following line of code to the
+_functions.php_ file in your child theme.
+
+```php
+add_filter("the_job_description", "FLBuilder::render_content");
+```
+
+### [WP Log Viewer](https://wordpress.org/plugins/wp-log-viewer/)
+
+At the time this plugin was tested for this incompatibility (with WordPress
+5.0.3), it hadn't been updated for two years.
+
+When both this plugin and Beaver Builder are activated, then existing Beaver
+Builder layouts can be edited, but when you try to add a new page or click
+Edit to open an existing page in WordPress, you'll see the following error:
+"The editor has encountered an unexpected error." If you enable Beaver Builder
+for Posts, you'll see the same behavior.
+
+### [WP Retina 2x Pro](https://meowapps.com/plugin/wp-retina-2x/)
+
+Reported by a user in contact with the plugin developer, Beaver Builder works
+with WP Retina 2x Pro as of Version 5.4.1. Some earlier versions of this
+plugin conflicted with the Builder UI loading due to a fatal error.
+
+### [WPFront Notification Bar](https://wordpress.org/plugins/wpfront-notification-bar/)
+
+Issue was posted on their [support forums](https://wordpress.org/support/topic/wpfront_notification_bar-write_markup-is-breaking-front-end-ajax?replies=1) with no reply.
+
+## Themes
+
+See the [tips to test for a theme conflict](/beaver-builder/troubleshooting/debugging/theme-conflict.md).
+
+### Blox Theme
+
+Blox Theme is a fork of Headway. In recent releases, it prevents smooth
+scrolling in Beaver Builder from working. Version 1.01 of the theme is known
+to be compatible with smooth scrolling.
+
+### Cherry Framework
+
+There are multiple incompatibilities, depending on the Cherry Framework theme
+being used. Of many issues, the one that cannot be fixed by Beaver Builder is
+a hardcoded script in _header.php_ that interferes with Beaver Builder
+functions such as opening module settings.
+
+### [Icelander](https://www.webmandesign.eu/project-type/themes/) Theme prior to Version 1.1.8
+
+Icelander Theme Version 1.1.8 or higher is compatible with both Beaver Builder plugin and [Beaver Themer](/beaver-themer/getting-started/supported-themes).
+
+### Kleo Theme
+
+The module/row settings windows are blank with this theme active. It appears
+to be caused by one script. To fix it, try adding the code below to your child
+theme's _functions.php_ , or incorporate it into a plugin if you know how to
+create one.
+
+```php
+function bb_custom_enqueue_scripts()
+{
+  if (class_exists("FLBuilderModel") && FLBuilderModel::is_builder_active()) {
+    wp_deregister_script("app");
+  }
+}
+add_action("wp_enqueue_scripts", "bb_custom_enqueue_scripts", 99);
+```
+
+### Tesseract Theme
+
+Tesseract appears to have dropped support for Beaver Builder and taken away
+the templates they were originally offering. As an alternative we recommend
+either the [Beaver Builder Theme](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/wordpress-framework-theme/)
+or any alternative theme known to integrate well with Beaver Builder, such as [GeneratePress](https://generatepress.com).
+
+## Services
+
+### CloudFlare’s Rocket Loader
+
+This CloudFlare feature can interfere with Beaver Builder when building sites,
+but it’s fine to turn it on after a site is finished.
+
+### [Form Stack](https://www.formstack.com/)
+
+When using the Javascript Embed Script option, the issue comes in when you
+have Form Stack load jQuery or jQuery UI. This conflicts with Beaver Builder
+when it loads the same version of jQuery that is loaded by WordPress.
+
+To avoid this issue, check the "I don't need jQuery" box and the "I don't need
+jQuery UI" box when getting your Form Stack embed code.
+
+![](/img/know-incompatibilities-formstack.png)
+
+### [Google AMP](https://developers.google.com/amp/)
+
+Google's Accelerated Mobile Pages (AMP) is an open source initiative to speed
+up mobile websites. It does not allow JavaScript except for the AMP Runtime
+and also has limits on HTML and CSS, so it's not compatible with Beaver
+Builder. If you want to know more about Google AMP, [here is a fairly thorough
+discussion](https://molily.de/amp/) from the viewpoint of Google AMP's impact
+on JavaScript.
+
+Some Beaver Builder users have reported success with getting Google AMP to
+work to posts, even with Themer layouts. This is a good question to ask on [our forum](https://community.wpbeaverbuilder.com/).
+
+### [Elfsight](https://elfsight.com/)
+
+There is a possibility that Elfsight's script and HTML markup will interfere with the Beaver Builder photo field, preventing you from adding or replacing images.
+
+To avoid this issue, wrap the script with the `[fl-safe]` shortcode like the example below.
+
+```html
+[fl-safe]
+<script src="https://apps.elfsight.com/p/platform.js" defer></script>
+[/fl-safe]
+<div class="elfsight-app-123abc-123-456-789-abcdefgh123456"></div>
+```
+
+:::caution
+
+The `[fl-safe]` shortcode only works in the Beaver Builder editor. It will not work for code added to the WordPress editor, Customizer, or Themes.
+
+:::
+
+## Code
+
+### `document.write()` (JavaScript)
+
+Anything that uses `document.write()` will break the Beaver Builder interface,
+because Beaver Builder content is loaded via AJAX when you make updates.
+Calling `document.write()` after the page loads will cause it to overwrite all
+of the page content with the content passed to `document.write()`.
+
+### Old jQuery/jQuery UI Versions
+
+Beaver Builder is dependent on the jQuery version that comes pre-packaged with WordPress, and it is designed to work exclusively with that specific version.
+
+However, if you or any third-party plugin or theme happens to load an outdated jQuery/jQuery UI version, it can lead to compatibility problems with Beaver Builder. Consequently, you may encounter difficulties in dragging and dropping rows, columns, or modules onto your layouts in such instances.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/debugging/plugin-conflicts.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/debugging/plugin-conflicts.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d57952ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/debugging/plugin-conflicts.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+id: plugin-conflicts
+title: Plugin conflicts
+sidebar_label: Plugin conflicts
+---
+
+When you're having problems with the Beaver Builder editor, often the problem
+is a conflict with another plugin. Follow the steps below to troubleshoot
+plugin conflicts.
+
+1. On the WordPress admin panel, click  **Plugins**.
+2. Check if you have any cache or minify plugins installed and active. If so, flush the Beaver Builder cache first.  
+From the admin panel, go to **Settings > Beaver Builder**. On the **Tools**
+tab, click **Clear Cache**.
+
+3. In the WordPress admin sidebar, click **Plugins > Installed Plugins**, deactivate all plugins except Beaver Builder.
+4. Test to see if your Beaver Builder issue is resolved.   
+If it's not resolved, it's not a plugin conflict.  
+If it is resolved, follow the next steps to see which plugin is causing the
+problem.
+
+5. Enable each plugin one by one and test Beaver Builder after each one.
+6. Repeat this process until you locate the plugin causing the issue.
+7. Once you identify the plugin that's causing the conflict, report it to [Beaver Builder Support](https:/www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/beaver-builder-support/) and contact the author of the plugin.
+
+:::tip **Tip**
+Check your browser extensions as well. Some browser extensions have
+been observed to interfere with editing and saving Beaver Builder layouts. An
+easy way to test is to use your browser's Private Window/Incognito mode, which
+normally skips using the browser cache and extensions.
+:::
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/debugging/safe-mode.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/debugging/safe-mode.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a126204c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/debugging/safe-mode.md
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+---
+id: safe-mode
+title: Safe Mode
+sidebar_label: Safe Mode
+---
+
+You published or saved a page in Beaver Builder, and now you can't open it for
+editing again. What to do?
+
+This usually happens after you enter custom code (such as JavaScript or HTML
+markup that is not well formed) into a module in Beaver Builder.
+
+There's an easy way to troubleshoot the problem. You can open the page in Safe
+Mode, then fix or remove the module that contains the offending code. When you
+open the page in Safe Mode, the page is opened in Beaver Builder for editing
+as usual, but no HTML, JavaScript, or CSS is rendered. Instead, there's a
+**`[SAFEMODE]`** message and identification of each module in the layout, as
+shown in the following screenshot.
+
+![](/img/troubleshooting-safe-mode-1.png)
+
+## Enable Safe Mode
+
+To enable safe mode when opening a page for editing in Beaver Builder:
+
+1. Try to open the page in Beaver Builder in the normal fashion.
+
+2. When the page fails to open, append `&safemode` to the end of the URL.
+
+```markup title='Example'
+https://my-website.com/?fl_builder&fl_builder_ui&safemode
+```
+
+3. Check each module, looking especially for any custom HTML or JavaScript. Custom HTML can be inserted into any field that accepts text. JavaScript is more likely to have been placed in an HTML or Text Editor module.
+
+4. Save or publish the page.
+
+5. Now try opening the page in Beaver Builder in the normal fashion to make sure the page is working.
+
+## `[fl-safe]` shortcode
+
+The `[fl-safe]` shortcode enables you to include code that might conflict with Beaver Builder or disrupt its user interface (UI). When the Beaver Builder editor is active on a page or post, any code wrapped within the [fl-safe] shortcode will not render. Once published, the page is automatically refreshed.
+
+:::caution
+
+The `[fl-safe]` shortcode only works within the Beaver Builder editor. It will not work for code that has been added to the WordPress editor, Customizer, or Themes.
+
+:::
+
+```markup
+[fl-safe]
+  // Your code here...
+[/fl-safe]
+```
+
+The shortcode also accepts a `msg` parameter to display a custom message replacing the default message "Content not rendered while builder is active".
+
+```markup
+[fl-safe msg="Custom message"]
+  // Your code here...
+[/fl-safe]
+```
+
+:::tip
+The [fl-safe] shortcode also supports wrapping third-party or custom shortcodes that may conflict with Beaver Builder.
+
+```markup
+[fl-safe]
+  [my_shortcode]
+[/fl-safe]
+```
+
+:::
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/debugging/theme-conflict.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/debugging/theme-conflict.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5c8d84e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/debugging/theme-conflict.md
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+---
+id: theme-conflict
+title: Theme conflicts
+sidebar_label: Theme conflicts
+---
+
+Some themes can cause conflicts with Beaver Builder plugin, which often
+manifests in the following ways.
+
+* Can't open a page for editing in Beaver Builder
+* Beaver Builder editing bar doesn't appear at the top of the page
+* Module settings boxes don't appear in the editor
+* Page hangs while editing or trying to save the edited page
+
+## General test for a theme conflict
+
+First, check the list of [known incompatibilities](/beaver-builder/troubleshooting/debugging/known-beaver-builder-incompatibilities.md) to see if
+your theme is listed there.
+
+If it's not listed, the easiest way to test for a theme conflict is to see if
+your issues go away when you change to a theme known to work with Beaver
+Builder.
+
+:::info
+Before changing to a different theme, it's a good idea to back up
+your theme's Customizer settings by exporting them. See [how to export and import Customizer settings](/bb-theme/customizer-settings/export-import).
+:::
+
+* From the WordPress admin panel, go to **Appearance > Themes** and switch your active theme to one of the standard WordPress themes, such as Twenty Seventeen.
+
+If this resolves your issue, your theme is incompatible with the Beaver
+Builder plugin. We recommend you contact Beaver Builder Support to look into
+the incompatibility in more detail. If your theme is indeed incompatible in a
+way that can't be worked around, contact your theme author and let them know
+that their theme isn’t currently compatible with Beaver Builder. Many theme
+authors are willing to resolve the incompatibility.
+
+## Reasons why the theme can cause a problem
+
+Here are the most common reasons why themes are incompatible with Beaver
+Builder.
+
+###  The theme is bundled with other builders
+
+Sometimes you can use both Beaver Builder and another page builder in the same
+site (though not on the same page), but in general, it's not recommended.
+
+### The theme doesn't use the WordPress loop
+
+For whatever reason, some theme developers remove The Loop from their theme.
+The Loop is the code that WordPress uses to display content on your website,
+and which Beaver Builder relies on:
+
+```php
+<?php
+  if ( have_posts() ) {
+    while ( have_posts() ) {
+      the_post();
+        //
+        // Post Content here
+        //
+    } // end while
+  } // end if
+?>
+```
+
+See [the WordPress codex](https://developer.wordpress.org/themes/basics/the-loop/) for more
+information about The Loop.
+
+### The theme has enqueued or hardcoded its own version of jQuery
+
+Beaver Builder uses the current WordPress version of jQuery, so if your theme
+is loading a different version, you might end up with the wrong version or
+even with two versions loaded.
+
+Beaver Builder only supports versions of jQuery included in current WordPress
+installations, but it may still work with a different version, so the general
+theme conflict test described above is the best way to determine if there's a
+conflict causing a problem and contact Beaver Builder Support for further
+troubleshooting.
+
+If you have advanced skills and know how to find out which version of jQuery
+is being loaded or if more than one version is being loaded and think that
+might be the problem, you could can try adding the following jQuery code to
+the _functions.php_ file in your child theme. Change the jquery in the
+`dequeue` and `deregister` lines in this code to whatever “handle” the theme
+gave to their jquery script.
+
+```php
+function fix_bb_jquery() {
+  if (class_exists('FLBuilderModel') && (FLBuilderModel::is_builder_active())) {
+    wp_dequeue_script('jquery');
+    wp_deregister_script('jquery');
+    wp_register_script('jquery', '/wp-includes/js/jquery/jquery.js');
+    wp_enqueue_script('jquery');
+  }
+}
+add_action('wp_enqueue_scripts', 'fix_bb_jquery', 11, 1);
+```
+
+:::info
+If the theme has hard-coded the jQuery version, there's no workaround.
+:::
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/background-color-or-image-doesnt-appear.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/background-color-or-image-doesnt-appear.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d037eefb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/background-color-or-image-doesnt-appear.md
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+---
+id: background-color-or-image-doesnt-appear
+title: "Background color or image doesn't appear"
+sidebar_label: "Background color or image doesn't appear"
+---
+
+When you set a background color on a row or column and it doesn't show up, in
+most cases it's due to improper HTML markup in one or more of your modules
+somewhere on the page. Here are some examples of improper markup:
+
+* There's an open tag (for example, `<h1>` but not a corresponding close tag `</h1>`).
+* The close tag exists but the HTML is not nested validly. For example:  
+
+```html
+<h1>The heading
+  <p>A paragraphs should not be nested under a heading</p>
+</h1>
+```
+
+* The open tag is in one module and close tag is in another.
+
+If you can't find the problem with a manual inspection, try an HTML syntax
+checker or validator on the entire page. Among other options, all browsers
+have HTML validation add-ons or extensions.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/beaver-builder-does-not-open-for-editing-on-nginx-servers.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/beaver-builder-does-not-open-for-editing-on-nginx-servers.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2a9b69a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/beaver-builder-does-not-open-for-editing-on-nginx-servers.md
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+---
+id: beaver-builder-does-not-open-for-editing-on-nginx-servers
+title: Beaver Builder does not open for editing on NGINX servers
+sidebar_label: Beaver Builder does not open for editing on NGINX servers
+---
+
+Some users have reported that when they click the Beaver Builder link in the
+admin bar at the top of the page, the page refreshes, but Beaver Builder does
+not open for editing.
+
+When sites are hosted on an NGINX server, this problem has been due to a
+configuration issue. In some but not all cases, it has happened when using
+EasyEngine to install WordPress with Supercache.
+
+NGINX implementations vary, so we can't provide specific instructions on where
+to find the vHost configuration file and exactly what change to make. However,
+the general procedure is to find your server's WordPress rewrite line and
+append `$query_string`, or replace `$args` with `$query_string`.
+
+The following procedure has worked for some users:
+
+  1. In your vHost config file, look for one of the following lines:
+
+  ```php
+  try_files $uri $uri/ /index.php?$is_args$args;
+  try_files $uri $uri/ /index.php?$args;
+  ```
+
+  2. Try replacing the `$args` variables with `$query_string`, for example:
+
+  ```php
+  try_files $uri $uri/ /index.php?$query_string;
+  ```
+
+If you are using Supercache, the following instructions may help.
+
+  1. In the vHost config file, find the following line:  
+`try_files /wp-content/cache/supercache/$http_host/$cache_uri/index.html $uri
+$uri/ /index.php;`  
+The correct configuration file may vary. For example, one user using
+EasyEngine found the line in the file  */etc/nginx/common/wpsc.conf*.
+
+  2. Change that line to the following, in which `?query_string` is appended:  
+`try_files /wp-content/cache/supercache/$http_host/$cache_uri/index.html $uri
+$uri/ /index.php?$query_string;`
+
+Here are some additional resources that may help:
+
+  * [NGINX setup for WordPress](https://www.nginx.com/resources/wiki/start/topics/recipes/wordpress/)
+  * [NGINX - WordPress Codex](https://wordpress.org/support/article/nginx/)
+
+If you are unable to find the correct configuration file to make the change,
+we suggest contacting your hosting provider. If making a configuration change
+does not solve the problem, contact  [Beaver Builder Support.](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/beaver-builder-support/)
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/cant-find-the-beaver-builder-menu-in-the-admin-panel.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/cant-find-the-beaver-builder-menu-in-the-admin-panel.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bfd6ecd0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/cant-find-the-beaver-builder-menu-in-the-admin-panel.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+id: cant-find-the-beaver-builder-menu-in-the-admin-panel
+title: Can't find the Beaver Builder menu in the admin panel
+sidebar_label: Can't find the Beaver Builder menu in the admin panel
+---
+
+If you don't see **Beaver Builder** in the
+WordPress admin panel, it means that that it is disabled. Follow the
+instructions below to enable it.
+
+The **Beaver Builder** menu in the WordPress admin panel lets you create,
+edit, and delete custom layout templates and saved rows, columns, and modules
+just as you would any standard post or page. You can also add categories to
+organize your templates, rows, and modules.
+
+![](/img/troubleshooting-cant-find-bb-menu-in-admin.png)
+
+:::info
+
+- The **Themer layouts** option only appears when you have the Beaver Builder - Themer Add-On plugin installed.
+- If Beaver Builder has been renamed under an Unlimited license at **Settings > _custom-name_ > Branding**, the **Beaver Builder** menu appears as **Builder**.
+  :::
+
+**To enable the Beaver Builder menu:**
+
+1. On the WordPress admin panel, click **Settings > Beaver Builder**, then click the **User access** tab.
+2. In the **Admin** section, go to the **Builder admin** field and select the user roles that you want to be able to see and access the **Beaver Builder** menu in the WordPress admin panel.
+3. Click **Save user access settings**.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/cant-open-page-in-beaver-builder.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/cant-open-page-in-beaver-builder.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8456fecb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/cant-open-page-in-beaver-builder.md
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+---
+id: cant-open-page-in-beaver-builder
+title: "Can't open page in Beaver Builder"
+sidebar_label: "Can't open page in Beaver Builder"
+---
+
+If you've installed Beaver Builder and can't see any sign of it on a page you
+open, try these troubleshooting steps.
+
+## Can't see Beaver Builder tab
+
+You can't edit a page or post in Beaver Builder because you don't see the tab?
+
+![](/img/troubleshooting-cant-open-bb-1.png)
+
+There are two possible solutions.
+
+1. Check to make sure that Beaver Builder is enabled for that page or post type:
+
+   * From the WordPress admin panel, go to **Settings > Beaver Builder** >  **Post Types** and make sure the correct checkbox is selected for the page or post type you want to edit.
+
+2. Make sure Beaver Builder is enabled for the correct user roles.
+
+  * From the WordPress admin panel, go to **Settings > Beaver Builder > User access**. In the **Builder access** field in the **Front end** section, make sure the user role is enabled for the user having the problem.
+
+## Can't see the Beaver Builder UI
+
+Normally when you open a page for editing in Beaver Builder, you see the
+Beaver Builder admin bar across the top of the page, as in this screenshot.
+
+![](/img/troubleshooting-cant-open-bb-2.png)
+
+The first things to check are:
+
+  * URL settings not matching in the WordPress Admin under **Settings > General**.
+    * One instance is when `www` is present in one URL but not the other:  
+    ![](/img/troubleshooting-cant-open-bb-3.png)
+
+    * This can also occur if you use SSL(`https`) for one URL and `http` for the other URL.
+
+The other likely cause is a [conflict with another plugin](/beaver-builder/troubleshooting/debugging/plugin-conflicts.md) installed on your
+site.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/classic-wordpress-and-beaver-builder-text-editor-toolbars-dont-match.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/classic-wordpress-and-beaver-builder-text-editor-toolbars-dont-match.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..eccf312e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/classic-wordpress-and-beaver-builder-text-editor-toolbars-dont-match.md
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+---
+id: classic-wordpress-and-beaver-builder-text-editor-toolbars-dont-match
+title: "Classic WordPress and Beaver Builder text editor toolbars don't match"
+sidebar_label: "Classic WordPress and Beaver Builder text editor toolbars don't match"
+---
+
+There are two types of differences between the classic WordPress classic text
+editor and the Beaver Builder text editor that you might notice:
+
+  * The classic WordPress text editor toolbar has some icons that Beaver Builder text editor doesn't, and vice versa.
+  * Some WordPress plugins add icons to the WordPress text editor toolbar that don't appear in the Beaver Builder text editor toolbar.
+
+Both of these cases are described here.
+
+## Editor toolbar differences
+
+If you're used to working with the WordPress text editor, you might notice
+some subtle differences in the Beaver Builder text editor. Here's a specific
+comparison. The Beaver Builder text editor is displayed above and the
+WordPress text editor is displayed below.
+
+![](/img/troubleshoot-classic-editor-toolbar-1.png)
+
+![](/img/troubleshoot-classic-editor-toolbar-2.png)
+
+**Item in the Beaver Builder text editor that doesn't appear in the WordPress
+editor:**
+
+(This is the orange item in the Beaver Builder text editor in the screenshot
+above)
+
+  * Font size  
+This setting makes it convenient to change text size without going to the Text
+tab and typing in the code.
+
+**Items in the classic WordPress editor that are missing in the BeaverBuilder
+text editor:**
+
+(These are the green items in the WordPress editor in the screenshot above)
+
+1. **Insert Read More** tag  
+Beaver Builder doesn't use the **more** tag or the text `<!--more-->` because
+it breaks Beaver Builder. Insert a link instead.
+
+2. Text strikethrough  
+  You can add text strikethrough in either of the following ways:
+
+   * Click the **Text** tab and enclose your text in an `<s>` tag. For example:  
+   `<s>keyboard shortcuts</s>` results in ~~keyboard shortcuts~~.
+
+   * Use the *Alt+Shift+d* keyboard shortcut on Windows; *Control+Option+d* on Mac.
+
+  3. Keyboard shortcuts  
+  You can access a more complete list of keyboard shortcuts [in the WordPress codex](https://wordpress.org/support/article/keyboard-shortcuts/).
+
+  4. Certain plugin buttons  
+See the next section.
+
+## Plugin buttons or icons in the classic WordPress toolbar missing in the Beaver Builder text editor
+
+In addition, there can be special buttons or icons on your WordPress editor
+toolbar for plugins that don't appear in the Beaver Builder text editor.
+Besides the **Pods shortcode** button in the previous screenshot, the
+following screenshot shows some plugin buttons and an icon in the WordPress
+editor toolbar.
+
+![](/img/troubleshoot-classic-editor-toolbar-3.png)
+
+Only one of these plugin buttons remains in Beaver Builder:
+
+![](/img/troubleshoot-classic-editor-toolbar-4.png)
+
+Plugin buttons that appear in the WordPress text editor are removed in Beaver
+Builder because, in WordPress coding concepts, the WordPress text editor
+operates in the "back end" and Beaver Builder operates in the "front end."
+Many plugins are only coded to work in the WordPress back end admin area, and
+when used in the front end, they don't work or even completely break Beaver
+Builder.
+
+The only way to fix this is to contact the plugin developer and request that
+they make the plugin Beaver Builder-compatible and add the button to the UI
+with a priority higher than `9999`.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/device-previews-beaver-builder-customizer-and-beyond.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/device-previews-beaver-builder-customizer-and-beyond.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c0ce75cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/device-previews-beaver-builder-customizer-and-beyond.md
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+---
+id: device-previews-beaver-builder-customizer-and-beyond
+title: 'Device previews: Beaver Builder, Customizer, and beyond'
+sidebar_label: 'Device previews: Beaver Builder, Customizer, and beyond'
+---
+
+There are so many different devices of every size out there that it's much
+easier to preview your site using a device simulator or emulator, and there
+are many of those around. The following list is ordered in terms of the
+likelihood of your pages being accurately rendered with all their
+customizations, and why in technical terms.
+
+## Beaver Builder Tools > Preview and WordPress Customizer device preview
+
+In the Beaver Builder editor, using the keyboard shortcut **P** or clicking
+**Preview** in the **Tools** menu opens a preview of the page rendered in an
+iframe. This is the same as clicking the WordPress device preview icons at the
+bottom of the Customizer panel.
+
+Rendering in an iframe means the preview is as accurate as resizing a browser
+window. However, resizing a browser window isn't always an accurate
+representation of what you'll see on smaller devices.
+
+##  Using Beaver Builder preview on the Advanced tab
+
+In the Beaver Builder editor, for margin and padding settings on the
+**Advanced** tab of rows, columns, and modules, there is an icon to toggle the
+views from large to medium to small screen. This preview is not rendered in an
+iframe and may not be as accurate as using **Tools > Preview**, but it may be
+adequate for a quick look, and you can change the settings for each device
+size.
+
+As an alternative, from the **Tools** menu you can enter Responsive Design
+editing to view and edit the layouts for medium and small screen widths. See
+[this article for a detailed example of Responsive Design editing](/beaver-builder/layouts/responsive-design/editor.md).
+
+## Browser preview
+
+Most browsers have preview-by-device simulation capabilities. For example, in
+Google Chrome in the Developer Tools panel, you can toggle Device Mode on or
+off. Once in Device Mode, you can choose specific device brands or customize
+the display height and width.
+
+Note the warning in the Google Chrome Device Mode documentation:
+
+> Warning: Device Mode gives you a close approximation as to how your site
+will look on a mobile device, but to get the full picture you should always
+test your site on real devices. DevTools can't emulate the performance
+characteristics of mobile devices, for example.
+
+## Other device simulators and emulators
+
+If you search the internet for device simulators and emulators you'll find a
+number of solutions. Sauce Labs has a good [description of the difference between simulators and emulators](https://saucelabs.com/blog/mobile-device-emulator-and-simulator-vs-real-device).
+
+Device emulators provide the most faithful virtual results but can be
+expensive and time-consuming. There are professional services that provide
+device simulators and emulators in the Cloud for a fee, which can be a big
+time saver.
+
+If you're very serious about device testing, it's worthwhile to develop a
+device testing plan to decide in advance which devices you will test and how
+that testing will be done. If you certify specific devices as part of your
+client contract, it's also helpful to provide a clause about what you will do
+if there are problems in spite of certification and also set a time limit on
+the certification. Devices and software change so quickly that the situation
+can be quite different a month down the road.
+
+If you're a developer, it's also worthwhile to decide at what point you will
+start your testing program to test your code. For example, you might not want
+to start tweaking custom CSS for mobile devices on the basis of the Beaver
+Builder preview, but you should decide how far you're going to go up the
+testing ladder before you decide how to change your code.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/font-awesome-icons.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/font-awesome-icons.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..457d59c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/font-awesome-icons.md
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+---
+id: font-awesome-icons
+title: Troubleshooting Font Awesome icons
+sidebar_label: Font Awesome icons
+---
+
+Font Awesome 5 (FA5) is not compatible with Font Awesome 4 (FA4), and this has
+caused various problems with the display of Font Awesome icons within and
+across WordPress plugins. The main indicator of icon trouble is seeing a blank
+box instead of the icon itself, but there can be other problems that arise
+from the fact that the CSS classes have changed for FA5 icons. We can't
+recommend a fix that works in all cases, but here are some things you can try.
+
+## 1. Try changing Beaver Builder plugin and theme settings
+
+Both the [Beaver Builder plugin](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/) and theme
+have changed across several versions to smoothly transition to FA5, and there
+are some settings that may solve the problem, but the settings are a bit
+different depending on which versions of the Beaver Builder plugin and theme
+you're using. If you're using a different theme or these Beaver Builder Theme
+settings don't solve the problem, there are a few other troubleshooting
+solutions you can try, described in Sections 2 and 3.
+
+Beaver Builder loads only the FA5 icon set for content
+layouts. If you still have FA4 icons in your legacy content layouts, a shim loads
+to automatically convert those icons to FA5. If you have custom CSS rules for
+FA4 icons, you will need to update them, because the FA5 classes have
+different names. See Section 3 of this article.
+
+Beaver Builder Theme relies on the Beaver Builder plugin to load the icon sets
+that apply to the areas of the page controlled by the theme, so the icon set
+is only loaded a maximum of one time for a page.
+
+If you're using non-Beaver Builder plugins that use Font Awesome icons, such
+as a mega menu, there's a setting in the Beaver Builder Theme at **Customize >
+General > Layout > Font Awesome icons** that can force icons to load on every
+page. Changing this setting may solve the problem if you are seeing blank
+boxes instead of icons.
+
+If you're using the Beaver Builder Theme, can choose how Font Awesome icons load on every page. See [this article](/bb-theme/defaults-for-layouts-content/icons/choose-how-font-awesome-icons-load-in-beaver-builder-theme) for details.
+
+## 2. Possible conflicts from other plugins or themes
+
+We've seen an issue where the way another plugin handles assigning font weight
+to icons has caused a problem with FA5. The free version of FA5 requires a
+font weight of 900. If you're seeing blank boxes and other solutions haven't
+worked, you could try adding this custom rule. See [this article](basics/custom-code.md) about where to add custom CSS code.
+
+```css
+.fas {
+  font-weight: 900 !important;
+}
+```
+
+The `.fas` class is used for FA5 Solid icons.
+
+If this rule doesn't work, try going through the routine of [deactivating plugins](/beaver-builder/troubleshooting/debugging/plugin-conflicts.md) or [changing themes](/beaver-builder/troubleshooting/debugging/theme-conflict.md) to see if your problem is resolved.
+
+## 3. Other FA5 troubleshooting tips
+
+If you added your own HTML for Font Awesome icons or developed custom CSS
+rules for FA4, you will probably need to update them. The free set of FA5
+Solid icons use the `.fas` class and require a font weight of 900. Here's
+[some basic information](https://fontawesome.com/how-to-use/on-the-web/referencing-icons/basic-use) about built-in classes in FA5 and examples of CSS rules for other modifications, and here's some basic FA5 [troubleshooting information](https://fontawesome.com/how-to-use/on-the-web/other-topics/troubleshooting).
+
+If you have written custom CSS that uses pseudo elements (`::before` or `::after`) and it’s not working, see [this Font Awesome article](https://fontawesome.com/how-to-use/on-the-web/advanced/css-pseudo-elements) about writing rules that include pseudo-elements. Be sure to use the correct font weight for your icon set, as listed in that article.
+
+:::info
+Some ad blocker browser extensions will block certain icon fonts from loading.
+If you're using an ad blocker, try whitelisting the site.
+:::
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/how-beaver-builder-renders-the-title-of-an-image.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/how-beaver-builder-renders-the-title-of-an-image.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0ff30a8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/how-beaver-builder-renders-the-title-of-an-image.md
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+---
+id: how-beaver-builder-renders-the-title-of-an-image
+title: How Beaver Builder renders the title of an image
+sidebar_label: How Beaver Builder renders the title of an image
+---
+
+Search engines and accessibility readers pay attention to the `title` and
+`alt` attributes of the `<img>` element to collect information about images,
+so it's helpful to know how the Media Library metadata is autopopulated based
+on metadata in the images you upload,  and how Beaver Builder modules make use
+of Media Library information about images in the Media Library to render the
+HTML.
+
+:::note
+Not sure of the difference between the HTML `<img title="">` and `<img alt="">`
+attributes? [This article](https://www.wpromote.com/blog/image-alt-vs-title-using-alt-title-attributes-in-image-tags/) has a nice summary.
+:::
+
+:::info
+Usually browsers display the image title in a yellow box when users
+mouse over the image. When Beaver Builder renders the HTML `<img title="">`
+attribute, it suppresses this popup display, but the `title` attribute is
+still available to search engines and readers in the HTML source.
+:::
+
+The following table shows how WordPress imports an image's IPTC metadata in
+the Media Library when you upload an image, and how Beaver Builder renders the
+HTML output from the Media Library fields. See the notes below the table for a
+description of each row.
+
+\#  |  When the image's IPTC metadata contains: | These Media Library fields are autopopulared | And Beaver Builder renders this HTML output
+---|---|---|---  
+1  |  Title metadata only  |  **Title** field only  |  `<img title="">` and `<img alt="">` attributes = Media Library **Title** field  
+2  |  Caption/Description metadata only  |  **Title** field = **Caption** field  |  `<img title="">` and `<img alt="">` attributes = Media Library **Title** and **Caption** fields  
+3  |  Title and Caption/Description metadata  |  **Title** field = IPTC Title;<br/>**Caption** field = IPTC Caption/Description  |  `<img title="">` attribute = Media Library **Title** field<br/>`<img alt="">` attribute = Media Library **Caption** field  
+
+The previous table shows:
+
+  * **#1** The Title field renders both title and alt attributes in the HTML output Beaver Builder renders identical HTML `<img title="">` and `<img alt="">` attributes, even though the Media Library **Alt Text** field is empty.
+
+  * **#2** If the image has IPTC Caption/Description metadata but no IPTC Title metadata, WordPress populates the Media Library **Title** and **Caption** fields with the same value and leaves the **Description** field empty. Beaver Builder renders identical HTML `<img title="">` and `<img alt="">` attributes, even though the Media Library **Alt Text** field is empty.
+
+  * **#3** If the image has both IPTC Title and Caption/Description metadata, then the WordPress **Title** field is populated with the IPTC Title, and the WordPress **Caption** field is populated with the IPTC Caption/Description. Beaver Builder renders the HTML `<img title="">` attribute from the **Title** field and the `<img alt="">` attribute from the **Caption** field, even though the Media Library **Alt Text** field is empty.
+
+  * **#1-3** When the Media Library **ALT Text** field has no value, Beaver Builder uses the Media Library **Caption** field or falls back to the Image Library **Title** field as the value for the HTML `<img alt="">` attribute. If you manually add an **ALT Text** field value to the image in the Media Library, the HTML `<img alt="">` attribute takes the Media Library **ALT Text** value.
+
+:::tip **Tips**
+Check and fix your Media Library **Title** and **Alt Text** fields
+as soon as you upload an image. If the image has no IPTC Title value set,
+WordPress populates the Media Library **Title** field with the image's file
+name.
+
+This means, for example, if your file name is *IMG_12345.jpg* and you
+don't manually change the values in the **Title** or **Alt Text** fields, the
+HTML `<img title="">` and `<img alt="">` attribute values will be a nondescriptive
+file name. This is not good for search engine optimization.
+:::
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/i-cant-drag-and-drop-modules.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/i-cant-drag-and-drop-modules.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fb9d1627
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/i-cant-drag-and-drop-modules.md
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+---
+id: i-cant-drag-and-drop-modules
+title: I can't drag and drop modules
+sidebar_label: I can't drag and drop modules
+---
+
+Problems with Beaver Builder’s drag-and-drop functionality are likely due to one
+of the following:
+
+  * An error in custom code, usually JavaScript (remove the code to see if the issue resolves)
+  * A [plugin conflict](/beaver-builder/troubleshooting/debugging/plugin-conflicts.md)
+  * A [theme conflict](/beaver-builder/troubleshooting/debugging/theme-conflict.md)
+
+If your issue is still unresolved, then it is likely related to your server
+environment or configuration. Contact your web host provider or server
+administrator for further assistance.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/limit-on-adding-rows.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/limit-on-adding-rows.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..97007bc4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/limit-on-adding-rows.md
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+---
+id: limit-on-adding-rows
+title: Limit on adding rows?
+sidebar_label: Limit on adding rows?
+---
+
+Beaver Builder has no limit on the number of rows you can use in a layout. If you find that you can't add rows to a page beyond a certain point, check
+for the following:
+
+  * Are you trying nest columns? You can't recursively nest columns. If you keep trying to drag a module into another column and it doesn't appear there, you've probably exceeded the nesting limit.  
+One way to solve this if you have a complex column structure is to create your
+layout with blank columns, then drag your modules into that new structure.
+It's easier to keep track of what's nested.
+
+  * If it seems like you've hit a row limit, where you can add or save any new rows you add, try increasing the value of the `post_max_vars` value in a *php.ini* file.   
+If you're not sure how to do this, your hosting provider should be able to
+help.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/mailchimp-subscriber-popup-form-breaks-beaver-builder.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/mailchimp-subscriber-popup-form-breaks-beaver-builder.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9175eddc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/mailchimp-subscriber-popup-form-breaks-beaver-builder.md
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+---
+id: mailchimp-subscriber-popup-form-breaks-beaver-builder
+title: MailChimp subscriber popup form breaks Beaver Builder
+sidebar_label: MailChimp subscriber popup form breaks Beaver Builder
+---
+
+MailChimp provides code that you can embed in your website to create a
+subscriber popup form. After adding this code, you may find that Beaver
+Builder no longer works.
+
+The solution is to be sure to put the popup code into the footer area of your
+site. If you're using Beaver Builder Theme, add it to **Customize > Code >
+Footer code**.
+
+If you put the MailChimp popup code into the content area using a Beaver
+Builder module, the best workaround is to open the page for editing in
+WordPress and revert to the last revision of the page, then add the code to
+the footer section of your site.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/my-custom-column-width-keeps-changing.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/my-custom-column-width-keeps-changing.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1c7bfb2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/my-custom-column-width-keeps-changing.md
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+---
+id: my-custom-column-width-keeps-changing
+title: My custom column width keeps changing
+sidebar_label: My custom column width keeps changing
+---
+
+If you have three or more columns and set a custom width in the **Column
+Settings** editing screen, the other widths will readjust automatically. If
+you try to set a custom width on one of the other columns, the custom width
+you just set readjusts, and you can go around like that for a long time.
+
+:::tip **Solution:**
+There are drag handles on the edges of the columns that you can
+use to resize widths. Use those resize each column width to exactly what you
+want.
+:::
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/new-slideshow-images-dont-appear-on-siteground-staging-sites.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/new-slideshow-images-dont-appear-on-siteground-staging-sites.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9ae935d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/new-slideshow-images-dont-appear-on-siteground-staging-sites.md
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+---
+id: new-slideshow-images-dont-appear-on-siteground-staging-sites
+title: "New slideshow images don't appear on SiteGround Staging sites"
+sidebar_label: "New slideshow images don't appear on SiteGround Staging sites"
+---
+
+Some SiteGround web hosting plans have a Staging feature in cPanel. It's a
+very handy feature, but there's an idiosyncrasy that has one specific effect
+in Beaver Builder.
+
+In a SiteGround staging site, the WordPress address URL and site address URL
+in **Settings > General** are not changed to point to the staging site. Beaver
+Builder and Beaver Themer plugin code is written in such a way that this URL
+mismatch only causes a problem when new images are added to the staging site
+in a Slideshow module or as a Slideshow row background. These URLs cause
+Beaver Builder to look to the main site for images, but it doesn't find the
+new ones because they haven't been added there yet.
+
+The good news is that it's only on the staging site that you can't see new
+images in a slideshow. Once you push your staging site live, the images you
+added to the Media Library will appear, since the new images are now copied
+over to your main site. Also, this issue applies only to the Slideshow module
+and row background, not to the Content Slider or any other module or type of
+row background image.
+
+SiteGround has agreed to implement a workaround for this problem in their
+Staging code. In the meantime, if you need to see newly added slideshow images
+on your SiteGround staging site, you can add the following line to the *wp-
+config.php* file in the staging location and substitute the correct staging
+site URL, and then remove it before you push the changes back to your main
+site.
+
+```php
+define('WP_SITEURL','http://stagingnn.example.com');
+```    
+
+Replace the staging number and domain in the URL with the correct one for your
+staging site.
+
+Where can you find the *wp-config.php* file? SiteGround staging sites are
+located in your home directory in the staging folder. For example, if your
+staging URL shows 'staging13' as the subdomain, then the location is
+*/staging/13*.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/reduce-disable-undo-redo-manager.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/reduce-disable-undo-redo-manager.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c7bf2489
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/reduce-disable-undo-redo-manager.md
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+---
+id: reduce-disable-undo-redo-manager
+title: Reduce or disable the undo/redo capability
+sidebar_label: Reduce or disable the undo/redo capability
+description: When performance requires it, there are several ways to disable the History Manager or reduce the number of states it remembers.
+---
+
+The History Manager works behind the scenes to enable [the Undo/Redo feature in the Beaver Builder editor](basics/undo-redo.md). By default, the History Manager is set to store a maximum of 20 undo states for the page or post you're editing.
+
+In some environments, the History Manager can cause the editor to act sluggish and the Undo/Redo functionality can be very slow. In particular, two interacting factors can cause the default maximum of stored History Manager states to be less than ideal:
+​
+
+- Your site is in a shared hosting environment.
+- The page you're editing has a large number of rows and modules.
+
+In these cases, it can be helpful to reduce the number of states stored in the History Manager or disable it entirely, using one of the following methods.
+
+:::tip
+You can change the number of states the History Manager remembers by enabling the **Limit the amount of undo/redo history in Builder UI** setting and entering a new number in the **History Limit** field.
+
+See the [Advanced Settings](settings/advanced.md#limit-the-amount-of-undoredo-history-in-builder-ui) article for more information.
+:::
+
+## Disable the History Manager while editing a single page
+
+You can add a parameter to the URL of the page you're editing to erase the current history and block the History Manager from saving undo states until the parameter is removed.
+
+1. With the Beaver Builder editor open, add `&nohistory` to the end of your URL.
+   For example:
+
+```markup
+  https://mysite.com/?fl_builder&nohistory
+```
+
+2. Press <kbd>Return</kbd> on your keyboard.
+
+With this parameter enabled, if you click **History** in the [Tools menu](user-interface/tools-menu.md), you'll see no items.
+​
+
+## Reduce or disable the History Manager site-wide
+
+You can reduce the number of states the History manager remembers or disable it site-wide more permanently by adding a few lines of code to [wp-config.php](https://wordpress.org/support/article/editing-wp-config-php/) in your WordPress installation.
+
+1. Open the _wp-config.php_ file for editing.
+2. Add the following code before the line that says `/* That's all, stop editing! Happy publishing. */`:
+
+```php
+define("FL_BUILDER_HISTORY_STATES", 20);
+```
+
+Change the number of states from `20` (the default number of states) to a smaller number, or change the number to `0` to disable the History Manager entirely.
+
+:::tip
+Try reducing the number of stored History Manager states to 10 and check performance, then tweak up or down.
+:::
+
+If you disable the History Manager entirely with this command, then the next time you open the Beaver Builder editor, if you click **History** in the [Tools menu](user-interface/tools-menu.md), you'll see the message `Undo/redo history is currently disabled`.
+
+To restore normal History Manager functionality, remove this code from the _wp-config.php_ file.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/subscribe-form-mailchimp-merge-fields-invalid.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/subscribe-form-mailchimp-merge-fields-invalid.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..853d7766
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/subscribe-form-mailchimp-merge-fields-invalid.md
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+---
+id: subscribe-form-mailchimp-merge-fields-invalid
+title: Subscribe Form error MailChimp Merge Fields Invalid
+sidebar_label: Subscribe Form error MailChimp Merge Fields
+---
+
+In the Subscribe Form module, you try to connect to a MailChimp account and see this error:
+
+> There was an error subscribing to MailChimp. 400: Your merge fields were invalid.
+
+This error is related to the merge fields in your MailChimp account's field settings for audience signups. 
+
+In most cases, you can resolve the problem by making the **First name** and **Last name** fields optional, following these steps:
+
+1. Log in to the MailChimp account.
+2. Go to the **Audience** dashboard, then on the **Settings** tab, choose **Audience fields and \*|MERGE|\* tags**.
+3. For the **First name** and **Last name** fields, inspect the checkboxes in the **Required** column and make sure they aren't selected, as shown in this screenshot.
+
+![](/img/mailchimp-merge-error.png)
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/uploaded-icon-set-is-blank.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/uploaded-icon-set-is-blank.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..37a148b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/uploaded-icon-set-is-blank.md
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+---
+id: uploaded-icon-set-is-blank
+title: Uploaded icon set is blank
+sidebar_label: Uploaded icon set is blank
+---
+
+When you create a custom IcoMoon icon set, be sure to rename the CSS Selector
+value from **icon-** to any other prefix before downloading. The `icon-`
+prefix can interfere with other uploaded icon sets and cause the icons to
+disappear, or other display issues.
+
+See the [Settings Icon](settings/icons.md) article on enabling, disabling, and uploading icon sets.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/why-am-i-seeing-an-eye-icon-in-my-module-toolbar.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/why-am-i-seeing-an-eye-icon-in-my-module-toolbar.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..93fd5778
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/why-am-i-seeing-an-eye-icon-in-my-module-toolbar.md
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+---
+id: why-am-i-seeing-an-eye-icon-in-my-module-toolbar
+title: Why am I seeing an Eye icon in my module toolbar?
+sidebar_label: Why am I seeing an Eye icon in my module toolbar?
+---
+
+To be more precise, you may be seeing an Eye icon in any of the row, column,
+or module toolbars.
+
+No, we're not watching you. When you [limit user visibility](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/visibility.md) in the
+**Visibility** section on the **Advanced** tab settings of a row, column, or module, the Eye icon appears in the toolbar to remind you that the row, column, or module might not appear in the rendered version of the page. The Eye icon is shown in the following screenshot.
+
+![](/img/troubleshooting-eye-icon.png)
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/wordpress-admin-bar-is-hidden.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/wordpress-admin-bar-is-hidden.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ce809f2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/miscellaneous/wordpress-admin-bar-is-hidden.md
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+---
+id: wordpress-admin-bar-is-hidden
+title: WordPress admin bar is hidden
+sidebar_label: WordPress admin bar is hidden
+---
+
+The WordPress admin bar is displayed by default. This is the bar that appears
+across the top of every page of your site when you're logged into WordPress.
+
+Beaver Builder hides the WordPress admin bar with CSS when you are editing in
+Beaver Builder. If the admin bar is hidden at other times, it may be due to one
+of the following reasons.
+
+  * Another plugin or a non-Beaver-Builder theme may have deliberately hidden it.  
+Try deactivating plugins one by one or switching themes to see if it appears.
+
+  * Your user profile may have the option selected to remove the admin toolbar. In the WordPress admin panel, click Users and edit your own profile. For the **Toolbar** setting, make sure **Show Toolbar when viewing site** is selected.
+  * If the toolbar disappears while you're customizing your theme with PHP code, or the content disappears but the bar is still there, it could be due to a PHP syntax error, leading to a problem calling the `wp_footer` function in the file *footer.php*. Debug the code for your own customization, or contact the theme developer if you haven't made any changes.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/updates-license/beaver-builder-not-working-after-upgrading.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/updates-license/beaver-builder-not-working-after-upgrading.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..faf8ce2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/updates-license/beaver-builder-not-working-after-upgrading.md
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+---
+id: beaver-builder-not-working-after-upgrading
+title: Beaver Builder not working after upgrading?
+sidebar_label: Beaver Builder not working after upgrading?
+---
+
+You've upgraded to the latest version of Beaver Builder. Now you open a page
+for editing and find the editor is not working. Or you can edit, but there are
+some odd things going on.
+
+Ultimately the best course of action is to [submit a Support ticket](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/beaver-builder-support/), but it will save time in the support discussion if you can take a few steps to be more
+precise about the issue. In the process, you might find a resolution. Also,
+see the [list of known incompatibilities with
+Beaver Builder](/beaver-builder/troubleshooting/debugging/known-beaver-builder-incompatibilities.md).
+
+## 1. Clear your caches
+
+This includes:
+
+  * Beaver Builder cache
+  * Browser cache
+  * Caching plugins
+  * Other performance caches, such as CloudFlare Rocket Loader or caches running on your hosting server.
+
+This may solve the problem.
+
+## 2. Test with site language set to English
+
+We've seen some problems with sites in other languages. Try setting the site
+language to English. If that fixes the problem, contact Support with that
+information.
+
+## 3. Deactivate other plugins
+
+Deactivate your other plugins one at a time and check after each one to see if
+the issue is resolved. If you have a lot of plugins, you may prefer to try
+some of the items in Step 4 first.
+
+If you identify the plugin that was causing the problem, file a Beaver Builder
+Support ticket and also contact the developer of the other plugin causing the
+incompatibility. Then both sides are aware of the problem and can assess what
+needs to be fixed. Plugin developers are usually willing to fix
+incompatibilities.
+
+Normally when you deactivate a plugin, the settings persist when you
+reactivate the plugin, but it's always a good idea to make a backup of your
+site before starting.
+
+If you have all your plugins deactivated and you're still seeing an issue,
+contact Support.
+
+## 4. Try other sites/browsers/machines
+
+If you have a bazillion plugins installed and want to try something else first
+before deactivating all of them, here are some other things you can try.
+
+### 4a. Test your site in another browser
+
+Some browsers can be noticeably reluctant to let go of their caching, even
+when you clear the cache. Or, there could be a browser-specific conflict. Try
+accessing your site from a different browser.
+
+### 4b. Test another site with the same version of WordPress and Beaver Builder
+
+If you maintain more than one site, it's helpful to see if you experience the
+same problem with WordPress and Beaver Builder on a different installation
+with a different set of plugins. Also, some staging sites offered by hosting
+companies can cause quirky problems that don't occur with production hosting.
+
+If you find the same problem, make a note of which plugins are shared by your
+two sites and start with those in Step 2.
+
+### 4c. Test your site from another machine/network
+
+If you have another computer available, or even another network, it might be
+useful to test your site there. This ensures that the problem has nothing to
+do with any issue specific to your local environment. This would be the least
+likely source of an issue with Beaver Builder editing, but it's part of any
+rigorous troubleshooting on a site.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/updates-license/manually-reinstall-beaver-builder.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/updates-license/manually-reinstall-beaver-builder.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..254f0e34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/updates-license/manually-reinstall-beaver-builder.md
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+---
+id: manually-reinstall-beaver-builder
+title: Manually reinstall Beaver Builder
+sidebar_label: Manually reinstall Beaver Builder
+---
+
+Ordinarily, you can install and update the Beaver Builder Plugin through
+the WordPress admin panel. Use these instructions if you need to manually
+reinstall your Beaver Builder Plugin for any reason.
+
+## Reinstall by uploading zip files
+
+[WordPress 5.5](https://wordpress.org/support/wordpress-version/version-5-5/) includes support for manually updating plugins and themes to a new version by uploading a zip file from within the WordPress admin dashboard.
+
+1. Go to **Plugins > Installed Plugins** (for plugins) or **Appearance > Themes** (for themes).
+2. Click the **Add New** button.
+3. Click the **Upload Plugin** button.
+4. Click **Choose File** and locate the *bb-plugin* or *bb-theme* zip file.
+5. Click **Install Now**.
+7. After the files have been uploaded, the screen will show information comparing the current and uploaded versions of the plugin or theme you're installing and asking whether you want to proceed.
+8. Click **Replace current with uploaded** which will replace the current plugin or theme with the one uploaded.
+
+![](/img/troubleshooting--updates--reinstall--1.jpg)
+
+## Reinstall using FTP/SFTP
+
+:::warning **Warning:**
+The following procedure requires that you are able to FTP to
+your website and know the basics of deleting and uploading files with FTP.
+The procedure is not difficult, but you will put your website at risk if
+you're not sure about the instructions.
+
+**Back up your website completely before making any modifications or changes.**
+:::
+
+1. Log into Beaver Builder’s [My Account](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/my-account/) page and download the Beaver Builder Plugin to your desktop. Find the zip file you downloaded and extract the _bb-plugin_ folder.
+
+2. Delete the existing Beaver Builder Plugin in one of the following ways.  
+Don't worry, this won't delete your existing layouts. 
+  
+  * On the WordPress admin menu, click **Plugins** and deactivate, then delete Beaver Builder plugin.  
+  * Using FTP, navigate to the *wp-content/plugins*  directory in your site installation and delete the *bb-plugin* folder.
+
+3. Using FTP, upload the *bb-plugin* folder from your local system to the *wp-content/plugins* folder in your site installation.
+
+4. From the WordPress admin panel, click **Plugins** , find Beaver Builder Plugin in the list and click **Activate**.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/updates-license/not-getting-beaver-builder-updates.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/updates-license/not-getting-beaver-builder-updates.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..25f81d64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/updates-license/not-getting-beaver-builder-updates.md
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+---
+id: not-getting-beaver-builder-updates
+title: I'm not getting Beaver Builder updates
+sidebar_label: I'm not getting Beaver Builder updates
+---
+
+If your subscription is active and you're still not getting automatic update
+notices, there are several possible reasons why.
+
+## 1. Didn't enter a license key
+
+If you recently purchased a premium version of Beaver Builder, you might have
+forgotten to enter the license key. Do the following:
+
+  1. In your WordPress installation, go to **Settings > Beaver Builder** and click the **License** tab.
+  2. Enter your license key and click **Save license key**.   
+It doesn't hurt to do this even when the license says it's active because it
+also solves the following problem, adding a removed domain back.
+
+## 2. Domain was deactivated or removed in Domain Manager
+
+The solution is different depending on whether your domain was deactivated or
+completely removed.
+
+### Deactivated domain
+
+You know a domain was deactivated in Domain Manager when the  **License**  tab
+in **Settings > Beaver Builder** in your WordPress installation has the
+following message:
+
+> UPDATES UNAVAILABLE! Your subscription is active but this domain has been
+deactivated. Please reactivate this domain in your account to enable automatic
+updates.   [Visit Account »](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/my-account/)
+
+See the [Domain Manager](../../account/domain-manager.md) article for more information.
+
+### Removed domain
+
+It could be that you removed a domain from Domain Manager on your  [My Account](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/my-account/) page on the Beaver Builder website. In this case, the license will still show as Active in
+**Settings > Beaver Builder** on your site, but the domain no longer appears in
+Domain Manager.
+
+See the [Domain Manager](../../account/domain-manager.md) article for more information.
+
+## 3. Update hasn't propagated yet
+
+If you've just heard there's a brand new version, it could be that the update
+notifications just hasn't propagated yet.
+
+In this case, you can go to **Dashboard > Update** in your WordPress admin
+panel, and click **Check for updates**. If this doesn't work, you can download
+the update from your  [My Account](https://www.wpbeaverbuilder.com/my-account/) page and install it manually by FTP, or you can simply wait a little longer.
+
+## 4. Update issue in older versions of Beaver Builder
+
+If you're updating from a version of Beaver Builder prior to 1.8.4, there was an
+issue where the WordPress Updater's cache prevented an autoupdate
+notification. Here's how to clear the WordPress updates cache. Once you've updated to the latest
+version, you shouldn't have a problem any longer.
+
+  1. On the WordPress admin panel, click **Dashboard > ** **Updates**.
+  2. Click the button that says either **Check for Updates** or **Check Again**.  
+You may need to click this button two or three times. If the cache still
+hasn't cleared, wait about 5 minutes and the updates should show up properly.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/updates-license/uninstall-or-deactivate-the-beaver-builder-plugin.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/updates-license/uninstall-or-deactivate-the-beaver-builder-plugin.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..23145154
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/troubleshooting/updates-license/uninstall-or-deactivate-the-beaver-builder-plugin.md
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+---
+id: uninstall-or-deactivate-the-beaver-builder-plugin
+title: Uninstall or deactivate the Beaver Builder plugin
+sidebar_label: Uninstall or deactivate the Beaver Builder plugin
+---
+
+You can safely uninstall or deactivate the Beaver Builder plugin without
+losing any of your layouts. There are two ways to uninstall. Both methods copy
+your content to the WordPress Editor and return your content to the Beaver
+Builder layouts if you reinstall. The second method deletes your settings at
+**Settings > Beaver Builder**.
+
+## Deactivate or delete plugin but leave settings intact
+
+* Uninstall the Beaver Builder plugin by deactivating it and, additionally, deleting it from the Plugins page.
+
+When you deactivate or delete the plugin this way, here is what happens.
+
+* A stripped-down HTML version of your layout is copied to the native WordPress editor.
+* Your content layouts may not look exactly the same as when the plugin was active, but you won't lose your content.
+* Your settings and the Beaver Builder cache at **Settings > Beaver Builder** are preserved.
+* If you reactivate the plugin, your content layouts are restored and available for editing in Beaver Builder with no additional effort.
+
+## Uninstall Beaver Builder plugin and settings
+
+* On the WordPress admin panel, click **Settings > Beaver Builder** and click the **Uninstall** tab.
+
+When you uninstall the plugin this way, here is what happens.
+
+* A stripped-down HTML version of your layout is copied to the native WordPress editor.
+* Your content layouts may not look exactly the same as when the plugin was active, but you won't lose your content.
+* Your settings under **Settings > Beaver Builder** are deleted, and the cache is cleared.
+* In technical terms, uninstalling with this method deletes the cache files and options from the `wp_options` table, but it doesn’t delete any layout data in the post meta table.
+* If you reactivate the plugin, your content layouts are restored and available for editing in Beaver Builder, but you must manually add information back to **Settings > Beaver Builder.**
+
+## Delete the post meta values (advanced)
+
+Even if you delete the Beaver Builder plugin, there are some post meta values
+that get left behind, just in case you'd ever want to restore your layouts. If
+you would like to remove these meta values to completely remove Beaver Builder
+– in other words, _if you're sure you'll never want to revert your content to
+Beaver Builder layouts_ – you can use the function `delete_post_meta_by_key.`
+
+The easiest way to do this is to the [Post Meta Manager](https://wordpress.org/plugins/post-meta-manager/) plugin. After
+installing, go to **Tools > Post Meta Manager** and enter the following keys one by one in the **Delete Meta Keys** section to completely wipe all builder data:
+
+* `_fl_builder_data`
+* `_fl_builder_data_settings`
+* `_fl_builder_draft`
+* `_fl_builder_draft_settings`
+
+![](/img/delete-post-meta-keys.png)
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/user-interface/cloud.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/user-interface/cloud.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9ee0cf3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/user-interface/cloud.md
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+---
+id: cloud
+title: Beaver Builder Cloud
+sidebar_label: Beaver Builder Cloud
+description: Beaver Builder Cloud (often shortened to “Beaver Cloud”) is a cloud‑storage and template‑sharing feature integrated into Beaver Builder.
+---
+
+Beaver Builder Cloud, also known as “Beaver Cloud,” is powered by Assistant Pro and provides cloud storage and template sharing for managing creative assets directly within Beaver Builder.
+
+![Beaver Builder Cloud](/img/beaver-builder/user-interface--cloud--1.webp)
+
+## Features
+
+- Save templates to Beaver Builder Cloud directly from the Beaver Builder UI.
+- Access your saved WordPress assets from any site where you use Beaver Builder.
+- Reuse templates across multiple client projects without manual export or import.
+- Access both free and premium WordPress assets created by the community.
+
+## Connect
+
+To get started, you’ll first need to connect your Beaver Builder Cloud account. If you don’t already have one, you can register for a new account. Follow the steps below to begin the setup process.
+
+![Connect to Beaver Cloud](/img/beaver-builder/user-interface--cloud--2.webp)
+
+
+1. Click the cloud icon in the top bar to open the Beaver Builder Cloud panel.  
+2. Click **Connect** to start connecting your Beaver Builder Cloud account.  
+3. You’ll be redirected to the Beaver Builder Cloud login and signup page.  
+   - If you already have an account, log in and connect it to your Beaver Builder installation.  
+   - If you don’t have an account, click **Register** to create a new one.  
+4. Once connected, you’ll be returned to your Beaver Builder site, where the cloud icon will now give you access to your cloud storage for saving templates and other creative assets.
+
+:::info
+
+After registering a new Beaver Builder Cloud account, be sure to verify your email address. You’ll need to complete this step before you can start saving templates or accessing your cloud assets.
+
+:::
+
+## Libraries
+
+Once you connect your account to Beaver Builder Cloud, you gain access to Libraries, a central hub for creating, organizing, and reusing assets across your sites. You can also access Shared Libraries, making it easy to collaborate and use resources created by others. Libraries let you save the content and settings you use most often, so you can quickly apply them to new projects without starting from scratch. You can store the following in your libraries:
+
+- Templates
+- Posts and Pages
+- Beaver Themer Layouts
+- Media
+- Colors
+- Code Snippets
+- WordPress Theme Settings
+
+## Showcase
+
+In addition to the Libraries tab, Beaver Builder Cloud also includes the Showcase tab, which provides inspiration and makes it easy to find ready-to-use templates and assets for your next WordPress website project. Some libraries are available for free, while others require a purchase to access, such as the popular Beaver Kit.
+
+## User Access
+
+Beaver Builder Cloud includes user access controls that allow you to define which WordPress user roles can manage templates and assets through the Cloud interface, while restricting access for others.
+
+For more details, see the [User Access](settings/user-access.md#cloud-access) article.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/user-interface/content-panel.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/user-interface/content-panel.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..08aaa549
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/user-interface/content-panel.md
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+---
+id: content-panel
+title: The Content Panel
+sidebar_label: The Content Panel
+description: The Content Panel allows you to add rows, columns, modules, templates, saved content, reusable blocks, and WordPress widgets to your layouts.
+---
+
+The Content Panel is the central hub for building and customizing layouts in Beaver Builder. It provides quick access to everything you need to design pages, including modules, rows, columns, and container modules, as well as templates, reusable content, WordPress Patterns, ACF Blocks, and Beaver Themer modules.
+
+![Beaver Builder Content panel](/img/beaver-builder/user-interface--content-panel--1.webp)
+
+## Access the Content Panel
+
+To access the Content Panel, click the **(+)** icon in the [Top Bar](top-bar.md) to expand it and the **(x)** icon to close it.
+
+![Access Content panel from Top bar](/img/beaver-builder/user-interface--content-panel--2.webp)
+
+When the panel is [pinned](#pinunpin-the-user-interface-ui) to the left or right side of the screen, the **(+/x)** icons do not appear. Instead, a show/hide icon is available at the bottom of the panel.
+
+![Access Content panel when pinned](/img/beaver-builder/user-interface--content-panel--3.webp)
+
+## Adding Content
+
+You can use the Content Panel to add content to your pages, posts, and custom post types. Open the panel and select the desired content type from the available tabs. To add rows, columns, modules, or reusable content items, simply drag and drop them into your layout where you want them placed. For layout templates, just click the template, and it will be applied directly to the page.
+
+## Content Type Tabs
+
+The Content Panel is divided into four main tabs: **Modules**, **Rows**, **Templates**, and **Saved**. These tabs are displayed at the top of the panel, and selecting one changes the panel’s contents to display items of that type.  
+
+Within each tab, content is organized into **groups** that break the tab into different category types. This makes it easier to find the content you want to use without scrolling through a long list. For example, if you want to add WordPress Patterns to your layout, you would select the **Modules** tab and then choose the **WordPress Patterns** group.  
+
+This tab-and-group structure keeps the Content Panel organized, efficient, and easy to navigate while giving you direct access to the content you need.  
+
+![Group selection for modules, rows, template and saved content](/img/beaver-builder/user-interface--content-panel--4.webp)
+
+### Module Tab
+
+The Modules tab is the default view in the Content Panel, initially set to the Standard Modules group, which displays all core Beaver Builder modules. Modules are organized into categories, making it easier to locate the ones you need.
+
+The Modules tab includes several groups: Standard Modules (default), Prebuilt Modules, ACF Blocks, Beaver Themer Modules, WordPress Patterns, WordPress Widgets, and Saved Modules. If you have third-party add-on plugins installed, their modules will appear as an additional group in the selection menu.
+
+See the [Modules Overview](../layouts/modules/index.md) article for more information.
+
+### Row Tab
+
+The Rows tab is set to the Columns group by default and displays all available prebuilt row structures, including 1 Column, 2 Columns, 3 Columns, 4 Columns, 5 Columns, 6 Columns, Left Sidebar, Right Sidebar, and Left & Right Sidebar. These options let you quickly add predefined row layouts to your design.
+
+The Rows tab also includes several groups: Columns (default), Prebuilt Rows, Saved Columns, and Saved Rows.
+
+### Template Tab
+
+The Templates tab contains all prebuilt templates included with Beaver Builder and defaults to the Landing Pages group. Other available groups include Content Pages, Micro Pages, Prebuilt Modules, Prebuilt Rows, and Saved Templates.
+
+You can learn more from the [Template tab groups](../layouts/templates/index.md) article.
+
+### Saved Tab
+
+The Saved tab displays all reusable content you have created, organized into Saved Rows, Saved Columns, and Saved Modules. You can use the search to quickly locate a specific saved item, or the selection menu to filter by reusable content type: Templates, Globals, and Components.
+
+Saved items are also labeled for quick identification, with an orange label for Globals and a purple label for Components.
+
+![Saved tab group](/img/beaver-builder/user-interface--content-panel--5.webp)
+
+
+## Drag Handle
+
+The Content Panel includes a drag handle in the top-left corner, which you can use to pin the panel to either the left or right side of your screen.  
+
+![Drag handle for pinning the Content panel](/img/beaver-builder/user-interface--content-panel--6.webp)
+
+## Pin/Unpin the User Interface (UI)
+
+By default, Beaver Builder displays the Content Panel as a floating side panel on the right-hand side of the screen. For more flexibility, the interface can be pinned to either the left or right side, which is especially helpful on smaller screens or when the Settings Window pop-up gets in the way.  
+
+To pin the Content Panel, drag it to your preferred side of the screen and drop it into the blue vertical area that appears on the left or right. To unpin the panel, grab the top of the panel and drag it back to the center of the screen. When released, the Content Panel will return to its default floating position on the right-hand side.
+
+:::caution
+
+Keep in mind that pinning the Content Panel also pins the Settings Window for rows, columns, modules, and container modules to the same side. The reverse is also true—pinning the Settings Window will automatically pin the Content Panel as well.   
+
+:::
+
+![Pinning the user interface](/img/beaver-builder/user-interface--content-panel--7.webp)
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/user-interface/global-settings.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/user-interface/global-settings.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..76752a0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/user-interface/global-settings.md
@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+---
+id: global-settings
+title: Global Settings
+sidebar_label: Global Settings
+description: Global settings allow you to configure certain Beaver Builder settings globally.
+---
+
+Global Settings lets you to configure default values for options such as row max-width, margin/padding, breakpoints, and custom code (CSS & JavaScript) which are then applied globally on your site. You can override the majority of these settings on a per row, column and module basis via their settings.
+
+## Access Global Settings
+
+Global Settings can be accessed via the [Tools menu](tools-menu.md), or using the keyboard shortcut:
+
+- <kbd>command ⌘</kbd> + <kbd>U</kbd> (<i className="fab fa-apple"></i> Mac)
+- <kbd>Ctrl</kbd> + <kbd>U</kbd> (<i className="fab fa-windows"></i> Windows).
+
+## Default Page Heading
+
+The **Default Page Heading** option lets you show or hide the default theme heading for the **Page** post type.
+
+- **Show** gives you two choices, these are **Yes** or **No**.
+  When **Yes** is chosen, the theme's page title will display on your Beaver Builder layouts. When choosing **No**, you must enter the CSS selector for your active theme's page heading for this feature to work.
+
+- **CSS Selector** allows you to enter the theme's CSS selector for the page title. The default selector `.fl-post-header` is used to hide the page title for the [BB Theme](/bb-theme/).
+
+To learn how to hide the page title for third-party themes, visit the [Show or hide the page title](basics/show-hide-page-title.md) article.
+
+## Row Spacing
+
+### Margin/Padding
+
+Configure the default margin and padding value for all directions (top, right, bottom, and left) for rows globally. Use the responsive settings to enter values on a per device basis (large, medium, and small).
+
+- **Margin** accepts `px`, or `%` [CSS units](https://www.w3schools.com/CSSref/css_units.asp).
+  The default value is `0px`.
+
+- **Padding** access `px`, `em`, or `%` CSS units.
+  The default value is `20px`.
+  
+### Apply to Box
+
+When enabled, global row spacing also applies to Box modules within the top-level layout.
+
+## Row Defaults
+
+### Max Width
+
+Lets you set the default max-width for all rows using `px`, `vw` or `%` CSS units.
+
+The default value is `1100px`.
+
+### Default Row Width
+
+Choose between **Fixed** or **Full-width** as the default setting for all rows. Selecting Fixed removes the Default Row Content Width option. You can override this setting for individual rows through the row settings.
+
+### Default Row Content Width
+
+Choose between **Fixed** or **Full-width** which will be the default for all rows. You can override this on a per row basis via the row settings.
+
+## Column Spacing
+
+### Margin/Padding
+
+Configure the default margin and padding value for all directions (top, right, bottom, and left) for columns globally. Use the responsive settings to enter values on a per device basis (large, medium, and small).
+
+- **Margin** accepts `px`, or `%` CSS units.
+  The default value is `0px`.
+
+- **Padding** access `px`, `em`, or `%` CSS units.
+  The default value is `0px`.
+
+## Module Spacing
+
+### Margin
+
+Configure the default margin value for all directions (top, right, bottom, and left) for modules globally. Use the responsive settings to enter values on a per device basis (large, medium, and small).
+
+- **Margin** accepts `px`, or `%` CSS units.
+  The default value is `0px`.
+
+:::info
+Modules do not support **Padding**.
+:::
+
+## Responsive Layout
+
+### Enable/Disable
+
+Enable or Disable the Responsive Layout settings, these include:
+
+- [Auto Spacing](#auto-spacing)
+- [Large Device Breakpoint](#large-device-breakpoint)
+- [Medium Device Breakpoint](#medium-device-breakpoint)
+- [Small Device Breakpoint](#small-device-breakpoint)
+- [Enable Col Max-width](#enable-column-max-width)
+- [Reverse Column Stacking Order](layouts/advanced-tab/visibility.md#stacking-order-columns-only)
+
+When **Disabled** only [Base Font Size](#base-font-size) is available.
+
+### Auto Spacing
+
+Auto Spacing removes the requirement to manually configure margin and padding settings for each row and column on small devices, ensuring consistent spacing throughout the layout. This simplifies the design process and can result in considerable time and effort savings.
+
+- When **enabled** (default), Auto Spacing configures the margin to `0px` for all directions and the padding-left and padding-right to `0px` for both rows and columns on small devices. The padding-top and padding-bottom inherit the values configured in the Global Settings or those defined for the small device size in the row or column settings.
+
+  The CSS code snippet below displays how the CSS is represented for both rows and columns on small devices.
+
+  ```css
+  @media (max-width: 768px) {
+    .fl-row[data-node] .fl-row-content-wrap {
+      margin: 0;
+      padding-left: 0;
+      padding-right: 0;
+    }
+    .fl-col[data-node] .fl-col-content {
+      margin: 0;
+      padding-left: 0;
+      padding-right: 0;
+    }
+  }
+  ```
+
+- If you **disable** Auto Spacing, the margin and padding values set for desktop will be inherited by the small device size instead.
+
+:::info
+If you need more precise control over the spacing of rows and columns on small devices, you can modify the margin and padding options for each row and column individually. These options can be found in the Advanced Tab for the specific row and column that you are currently working on.
+:::
+
+### Large Device Breakpoint
+
+The **Large Device Breakpoint** setting lets you configure the `max-width` at which the layout will adjust for large devices. The default value is `1200px`.
+
+### Medium Device Breakpoint
+
+The **Medium Device Breakpoint** setting lets you configure the `max-width` at which the layout will adjust for medium devices. The default value is `992px`.
+
+### Small Device Breakpoint
+
+The **Small Device Breakpoint** setting lets you configure the `max-width` at which the layout will adjust for small devices. The default value is `768px`.
+
+:::tip
+See the [Breakpoints](layouts/responsive-design/breakpoints.md) article for more information.
+:::
+
+### Use Responsive Settings in Previews?
+
+When **Enabled (Yes)** the Beaver Builder Preview and Responsive Editing will use the **Large Device Breakpoint**, **Medium Device Breakpoint**, and **Small Device Breakpoint**.
+
+When **Disabled (No)** the Beaver Builder Preview and Responsive Editing will use the hard-coded values which are `1200px` for **Large**, `769px` for **Medium**, and `360px` for **Small** devices.
+
+### Enable Column Max Width
+
+When **Enabled**, columns assigned 50% width or less are limited to `max-width: 400px` when screen width reaches or goes below the [Small Device Breakpoint](#small-device-breakpoint).
+
+### Base Font Size
+
+If **Font Size** in the [Typography](basics/typography.md) settings is set to the `vh` or `vw` CSS unit the **Base Font Size** will be used to [calculate the font size](basics/typography.md#size).
+
+## CSS & JavaScript
+
+The CSS and JavaScript tabs allow you to apply custom CSS and JavaScript globally throughout the site. If custom CSS or JavaScript have been added, a green dot appears next to the Global Settings menu item.
+
+![Global Settings](/img/beaver-builder/user-interface--global-settings--1.jpg)
+
+:::tip
+[Debug Mode](troubleshooting/debugging/enable-beaver-builder-debug-mode.md) lets you access any code you've added to the **Global Settings** and [Layout CSS & JavaScript](layout-css-js.md) options, so you can troubleshoot whether your custom code is causing a conflict with Beaver Builder.
+:::
+
+### CSS tab
+
+The **CSS** tab allows you add custom CSS that applies globally to your site. You can learn more from the [Custom CSS](basics/custom-code.md#css) article.
+
+### JavaScript tab
+
+The **JavaScript** tab allows you add custom JavaScript that applies globally to your site. You can learn more from the [Custom JavaScript](basics/custom-code.md#javascript) article.
+
+## Custom Row Shapes
+
+In the Shapes tab, you can upload custom shapes without writing any code. When setting the top or bottom shape for a row, you can choose the custom shapes from the list.
+
+1. Click the **Edit Shape** or **Add New** button.
+
+2. Specify the name of your custom shape, which will appear in the top or bottom shape options in the row settings.
+
+:::tip
+An SVG file defining a shape is required. An application or generator for vector graphics can be used if you need to create one.
+:::
+
+3. Paste your SVG code into the **SVG Code** option and save.
+
+4. When you open the row settings your custom shape will be available.
+
+![Custom Row Shape available in shape options](/img/beaver-builder/user-interface--global-settings--2.jpg)
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/user-interface/global-styles.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/user-interface/global-styles.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8e80dee0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/user-interface/global-styles.md
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+---
+id: global-styles
+title: Global Styles
+sidebar_label: Global Styles
+tags:
+  - Global Settings
+  - 2.8
+  - Colors
+---
+
+Global Styles provide you with the capability to define your styling preferences for elements and colors within Beaver Builder. These global styles are subsequently accessible throughout your entire website, enhancing your page builder workflow.
+
+![Global Styles](/img/beaver-builder/user-interface--global-styles--1.jpg)
+
+## Access Global Styles
+
+To access Global Styles, you can either open the [Tools menu](tools-menu.md) and select "Global Styles," or use the keyboard shortcut:
+
+- <i className="fa-brands fa-apple"></i> macOS - <kbd>⌘ command</kbd> + <kbd>G</kbd>
+- <i className="fa-brands fa-windows"></i> Windows - <kbd>Ctrl</kbd> + <kbd>G</kbd>
+
+## Elements Tab
+
+In the Elements tab, you can set up global styles for elements like text, headings, links, and buttons. The available styling options consist of a color picker, typography settings, and for buttons, there are choices for borders and radius adjustments.
+
+:::info
+
+You can override these styling options on a case-by-case basis using the module styling options.
+
+:::
+
+### Text
+
+The global Text styling options allow you to style any text that is within `<p>` and `<span>` tags.
+
+:::info
+In case you haven't set up any global styling for [Links](#links), the text global styling will be applied.
+:::
+
+### Headings
+
+The global Heading styling choices enable you to style all heading tags (`<h1>`, `<h2>`, `<h3>`, `<h4>`, `<h5>`, and `<h6>`).
+
+### Links
+
+The global Link styling options enable you to customize the appearance of HTML links, which also includes an additional color picker for link hover color.
+
+### Buttons
+
+The global Button styling options allow you to style button tags (`<button>`) as well as any HTML link using the `fl-button` class.
+
+```html
+<a href="https://mywebsite.com/" class="fl-button">Some Link</a>
+```
+
+## Colors Tab
+
+The Colors tab allows you to establish a global color palette, which can be accessed across your website through the Beaver Builder color picker tool.
+
+:::info
+
+You can override these styling options on a case-by-case basis using the row, column, and module color picker.
+
+:::
+
+### Add a Global Color
+
+To add a global color:
+
+1. Navigate to **Global Styles** within the [Tools menu](tools-menu.md) and choose the **Colors** tab.
+2. Assign a name to your color, such as "primary color."
+3. Use the [Color Picker](basics/color-picker.md) tool to choose your desired color.
+
+:::tip
+
+While assigning a color name, you have the flexibility to use lowercase, uppercase, or capital letters. If you opt for uppercase or capital letters in your color name, they will be automatically converted to lowercase for the [CSS Variable name](#global-color-css-variables).
+
+:::
+
+You have the option to include additional global colors by either clicking the **Add Global Colors** button or duplicating a color item using the duplicate icon located in the upper right-hand corner.
+
+![Add Global Color](/img/beaver-builder/user-interface--global-styles--2.jpg)
+
+* **Prefix**  
+
+  The Prefix option allows you to introduce a custom CSS Variable prefix,  replacing the default Beaver Builder prefix, `--fl-global`.
+
+  For example, if you named a global color item as `primary-color` and used a prefix such as `my-prefix`, the resulting CSS Variable name for that item would be:
+
+  ```css
+  --my-prefix-primary-color
+  ```
+
+### Delete Global Color
+
+To remove a global color item, simply click the <i className="fa-solid fa-xmark"></i> Delete icon located in the upper right-hand corner of the color item you wish to delete.
+
+### Apply a Global Color
+
+To apply a global color:
+
+1. Open the Settings Window for any row, column, or module.
+2. Select a color option to open the Color Picker tool.
+3. Click on **Color Presets** <i class="fa-solid fa-chevron-up"></i> located at the bottom of the Color Picker.
+4. This action will open the Color Presets panel, granting access to all Global Colors you have created.
+5. Choose the desired Global Color from the panel to apply it to the Color Picker tool.
+
+![Apply Global Color](/img/beaver-builder/user-interface--global-styles--3.jpg)
+
+
+### Global Color CSS Variables
+
+Any Global Color you create is automatically generated as a CSS Variable, which can be utilized in custom CSS. The CSS Variable uses a prefix of `--fl-global`, followed by the assigned name of your global color.
+
+For example, if you named a global color item as **primary color**, the CSS Variable for that item would be:
+
+```css
+--fl-global-primary-color
+```
+
+You can make use of your global color in custom CSS by using the CSS Variable, as shown in the example below:
+
+```css
+p {
+  color: var(--fl-global-primary-color);
+}
+
+.my-custom-class {
+  color: var(--fl-global-secondary-color);
+}
+
+#my-custom-id {
+  color: var(--fl-global-tertiary-color);
+}
+```
+
+:::tip
+
+You also have the option to include your Global Color CSS Variable within the Beaver Builder color picker.
+
+See the [Color Picker](basics/color-picker.md#css-variable-preset) article for more information.
+
+:::
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/user-interface/index.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/user-interface/index.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d39d0703
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/user-interface/index.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+id: index
+title: User Interface (UI)
+sidebar_label: User Interface (UI)
+description: "This article contains both video and written instructions for navigating the Beaver Builder user interface (UI) when you have a page open for editing in Beaver Builder."
+---
+
+This article contains both video and written instructions for navigating the Beaver Builder user interface (UI) when you have a page open for editing in Beaver Builder.
+
+<div className="embed-responsive">
+  <iframe width="560" height="315" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/tc67lqddSKM" frameBorder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture" allowFullScreen></iframe>
+</div>
+
+## User Interface (UI) Overview
+
+When you [launch Beaver Builder](getting-started/launch-builder.md) on a page or post for editing you'll see the Beaver Builder user interface (UI) which consists of four main components. These are the Top Bar, the Content Panel, the Tools Menu, and the Settings Window. All four components are shown in the image below.
+
+1. [Top Bar](top-bar.md)
+2. [Tools Menu](tools-menu.md)
+3. [Content Panel](content-panel.md)
+4. [Settings Window](settings-window.md)
+
+![Beaver Builder user interface](/img/beaver-builder/user-interface--index--1.jpg)
+
+## In this Section:
+
+import DocCardList from '@theme/DocCardList';
+
+<DocCardList />
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/user-interface/layout-css-js.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/user-interface/layout-css-js.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..05ac9106
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/user-interface/layout-css-js.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+id: layout-css-js
+title: Layout CSS & JavaScript
+sidebar_label: Layout CSS & JavaScript
+description: Layout CSS & JavaScript allows you to configure certain Beaver Builder settings globally.
+---
+
+Layout CSS & JavaScript provide a quick way to add CSS and JavaScript that only apply to the page or post being edited.
+
+If custom CSS or JavaScript have been added, a green dot appears next to the Layout CSS & JavaScript menu item.
+
+![Layout CSS & JavaScript](/img/beaver-builder/user-interface--layout-settings--1.jpg)
+
+:::tip
+Debug Mode lets you access any code you've added to the [Global Settings](global-settings.md) and **Layout CSS & JavaScript** options, so you can troubleshoot whether your custom code is causing a conflict with Beaver Builder.
+:::
+
+## Access Layout CSS & JavaScript
+
+Layout CSS & JavaScript can be accessed via the [Tools menu](tools-menu.md), or using the keyboard shortcut:
+
+* <kbd>command ⌘</kbd> + <kbd>Y</kbd> (<i className="fab fa-apple"></i> Mac)
+* <kbd>Ctrl</kbd> + <kbd>Y</kbd> (<i className="fab fa-windows"></i> Windows).
+
+## CSS tab
+
+The **CSS** tab allows you add custom CSS that only applies to the page being edited. You can learn more from the [Custom CSS](basics/custom-code.md#css) article.
+
+## JavaScript tab
+
+The **JavaScript** tab allows you add custom JavaScript that only applies to the page being edited. You can learn more from the [Custom JavaScript](basics/custom-code.md#javascript) article.
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/user-interface/link-values.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/user-interface/link-values.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7790badb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/user-interface/link-values.md
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+---
+id: link-values
+title: Link Values
+sidebar_label: Link Values
+description: The Link Values icon allows you to synchronize the values in all four directions for margin, padding, border-radius, and border-width options.
+---
+
+The **Link Values** icon appears in the margins, paddings, border-radius, and border-widths options for rows, columns, and modules. It allows you to synchronize the values in all four directions (top, right, bottom, and left) without the need to set each one individually.
+
+![Link Values icon toggle](/img/beaver-builder/user-interface--link-values--1.jpg)
+
+## Enable Link Values
+
+When enabled (the icon color changes to blue), then when you can add or change a value in the first field, the other three fields are automatically given the same value.
+
+![Link Values enabled](/img/beaver-builder/user-interface--link-values--2.jpg)
+
+:::tip
+The values already set in the four directions will remain after you **disable** Link Values.
+:::
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/user-interface/outline-panel.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/user-interface/outline-panel.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5b18ff1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/user-interface/outline-panel.md
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+---
+id: outline-panel
+title: Outline Panel
+sidebar_label: Outline Panel
+description: The Outline panel provides a bird's eye view of all the content on your layout and a streamlined interface to edit and interact with layout content.
+---
+
+The Outline panel provides a bird's eye view of all the content on your layout and a streamlined interface to edit and interact with layout content.
+
+## Usage
+
+Attempting to drag a row from "below the fold" on a long page could always be a bit agonizing. The Outline panel makes it easy to rearrange content on large pages and to quickly jump around and edit different parts of a page.
+
+## Access Outline Panel
+
+Click the Outline icon in the **Top Bar** to open the Outline panel, which lets you view and modify the structure of your page layout in an outline format:
+
+![Outline panel icon in the Beaver Builder editor](/img/beaver-builder/user-interface--outline-panel--1.jpg)
+
+:::tip
+The Outline panel doesn't have a drag handle, but you can remove its overlap on the layout with this trick. First display the Content panel and the use the drag handle to pin it to the right of the layout, then click the Outline panel icon. It then overlays the Content panel.
+:::
+
+## Search
+
+You can search for a specific node—whether it’s a row, column, or module—by clicking the <i className="fa-solid fa-magnifying-glass" /> magnifying glass icon and typing part of its name (e.g., “Box” or “Loop”). Any node that matches your search term will be highlighted in the Outline Panel. You can also search by [label](#labels), ID, or classname if you know them.
+
+## Expand/Collapse
+
+You can Expand (show) and Collapse (hide) all items using the Outline Panel actions menu item (<i className="fas fa-ellipsis-h"></i> Ellipsis icon).
+
+:::tip
+By using persistent storage, the Outline Panel keeps track of what sections have been expanded and collapsed.
+:::
+
+## Keyboard Shortcut
+
+Using the Outline Panel's keyboard shortcuts, you can open and close the Outline Panel as well as expand and collapse the tree view.
+
+- **Toggle Outline Panel** - <kbd>Shift</kbd> & <kbd>O</kbd>
+- **Expand or Collapse the Tree View** - <kbd>Shift</kbd> & <kbd>T</kbd>
+
+## Navigate
+
+Click once in any entry in the Outline panel to scroll to that node (row, column, or module) in the layout. Click twice to open that node's settings.
+
+## Move Content
+
+You can quickly move content such as rows, columns (except for child columns), and modules within the Outline Panel using drag-and-drop.
+
+## Context Menu _(right-click)_
+
+The Outline Panel includes a right-click feature that opens the Context Menu, giving you quick access to common actions for nodes (rows, columns, modules, and container modules. This makes it easier to manage and customize your layout directly from the Outline Panel, without needing to scroll through the layout to find a specific node. The available actions include:
+
+- **Open Settings** – Opens the settings window for the selected node (row, column, or module).  
+- **Duplicate** – Creates a duplicate of the selected node.  
+- **Copy Settings** – Copies the settings of the selected node to your computer’s clipboard.  
+- **Paste Settings** – Available after copying settings, this option lets you paste them into a corresponding node (row to row, column to column, or module to module).  
+- **Remove** – Deletes the selected node.  
+
+![Right-Click Outline Panel](/img/beaver-builder/user-interface--outline-panel--2.jpg)
+
+## Labels
+
+To help identify the purpose of a row, column, or module in the Outline Panel tree view, you can add a label. You can add a label in two ways:
+
+### Adding a Label Inline
+
+You can add a label inline by opening the Outline Panel, moving your mouse cursor to the **"type a label"** field, and typing your label. When you're done typing, either click the <i className="fa-solid fa-check" /> checkmark icon or press the <kbd>Enter</kbd> key to save your label.
+
+### Adding a Label Through the Advanced Tab
+
+You can also add a label through the [Advanced tab](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/html-element.md#label). The screenshot below shows an example where a label "Hero Heading" was added to a Heading module and is displayed in the Outline Panel.
+
+![Labels displayed in Outline panel](/img/beaver-builder/user-interface--outline-panel--3.jpg)
+
+## Icon Indicators
+
+In the Outline Panel, each row, column, module, or container module is displayed with a unique icon that makes it easy to identify different content types. These icons also provide visual feedback by changing color when the node is saved as reusable content: **blue** for standard modules and templates, **orange** for Global items, and **purple** for Component items.  
+
+Additional icons appear when certain settings have been applied, such as modified display visibility or custom CSS or JavaScript added through the [Advanced tab](../layouts/advanced-tab/html-element.md). This gives you a quick way to identify special configurations at a glance.
+
+- The <i className="fa-solid fa-eye" style={{color: '#00a0d1'}} /> Blue Eye icon indicates a row, column, or module visibility display state is no longer using the default state of "Always".
+
+- The <i className="fa-solid fa-eye" style={{color: '#ff0404'}} /> Red Eye icon indicates a row, column, or module visibility display state is now using the Conditional Logic option which is available when you have Beaver Themer installed.
+
+- The <i class="fa-regular fa-triangle-exclamation" style={{color: '#af7406'}} /> Exclamation icon indicates that a module is missing from the layout. This can happen when a module has been disabled or in the case of a third-party module, the plugin providing the module has been deactivated or uninstalled.
+
+- The <i className="fa-solid fa-code" style={{color: '#00a0d1'}} /> Code icon indicates that custom CSS or JavaScript has been added to that specific row, column, or module through the CSS or JavaScript sections found in the [Advanced tab](/beaver-builder/layouts/advanced-tab/html-element.md).
+
+![Right-Click Outline Panel](/img/beaver-builder/user-interface--outline-panel--4.jpg)
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/user-interface/overlay.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/user-interface/overlay.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..89418237
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/user-interface/overlay.md
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+---
+id: overlay
+title: Overlay & Actions Toolbar
+sidebar_label: Overlay & Actions Toolbar
+---
+
+The Beaver Builder user interface provides a overlay that enables you to visualize your layout's structure, assists in identifying relationships between nodes (rows, columns, and modules) and provides convenient access to tools and actions for configuring your rows, columns, and modules.
+
+![Beaver Builder Overlay Outline](/img/beaver-builder/user-interface--builder-overlay--1.webp)
+
+---
+
+## Overlay Outline
+
+The **overlay outline** is a visual editing aid in Beaver Builder. It appears when you hover your mouse over a row, column, or module in your layout, highlighting only the element under your cursor. This makes it easier to see the structure of your layout and confirm which part you are about to edit.  
+
+The overlay outline is visible only in the editor and never appears on the published page. The outline helps you quickly distinguish between different nodes (rows, columns, or modules) and prevents mistakes by showing exactly which item will be edited. It also makes reusable content, such as Global and Component types, easy to identify since the outline changes color for these content types. In complex layouts, the overlay outline is especially useful for showing which nodes belong to a container module or row and for clarifying how columns and modules are structured within them.
+
+![Overlay Outline Colors](/img/beaver-builder/user-interface--builder-overlay--2.webp)
+
+### Outline Colors
+
+The color of the overlay outline changes depending on the type of content or editing context:
+
+| **Color**       | **Indicates** |
+|------------------|----------------|
+| **Dashed Blue**  | An empty column, meaning a column that does not contain any modules. |
+| **Gray**         | The row that contains the column or module you are currently editing. |
+| **Blue**         | The row or module you are currently editing. Also used for [Reusable Content templates](../layouts/reusable-content/templates.md). |
+| **Orange**       | A [Global Reusable Content](../layouts/reusable-content/globals.md) item, such as a saved row, column, or module. |
+| **Purple**       | A [Component Reusable Content](../layouts/reusable-content/components.md) item, such as a saved row, column, or module. |
+
+## Actions Toolbar
+
+The Actions Toolbar is located in the upper left corner of the Overlay for both rows and modules, providing convenient and swift access to essential tools and actions.
+
+![Overlay Actions Toolbar](/img/beaver-builder/user-interface--builder-overlay--3.jpg)
+
+### Move
+
+Enables you to rearrange the placement of a row or module within the layout through drag-and-drop. You can also use the Move Left or Move Right actions to quickly change the position of the column or Box module.
+
+### Settings
+
+Enables you to access the row or module settings. The Settings drop down menu also provides access to the following actions:
+
+- **Reset Row Widths** (row only) reverts all row widths to the default.
+- **Reset Column Widths** (row only) reverts all column widths within that row to the default.
+- [**Copy Settings**](layouts/advanced-tab/copy-paste.md) copies the row or module settings to the clipboard.
+- [**Paste Settings**](layouts/advanced-tab/copy-paste.md) pastes the row or module settings from the clipboard.
+
+:::info
+The Paste option becomes accessible only after you've copied the settings of a row or module to the clipboard.
+:::
+
+### Duplicate
+
+Creates an identical copy of the row or module. Appears in the Overlay Actions Toolbar as a clone.
+
+### Select Parent
+
+Provides a tree view of your row structure and hierarchy, allowing you to quickly select parent and child nodes. Clicking on a node item in the tree view will open the Settings Window for that specific node.
+
+By hovering your mouse cursor over any node item, the overlay outline will change to aid in identifying the node.
+
+:::info
+
+The Select Parent action toolbar menu item is only accessible for the overlay outline of a column or module.
+
+:::
+
+![Edit columns settings dropdown menu](/img/beaver-builder/user-interface--builder-overlay--4.jpg)
+
+### Remove
+
+Deletes the row or module, this action requires confirmation via a popup window.
+
+## Overlay Drag Handle
+
+Drag handles on the outer edge of the overlay let you adjust the row's max-width and column width by moving the drag handle.
+
+![Resize rows and columns using the drag-handles](/img/beaver-builder/user-interface--builder-overlay--5.jpg)
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/user-interface/settings-window.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/user-interface/settings-window.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b54a51de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/user-interface/settings-window.md
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+---
+id: settings-window
+title: Settings Window
+sidebar_label: Settings Window
+description: The Settings Window can be used to configure rows, columns, and modules.
+---
+
+The Settings Window can be used to configure rows, columns, and modules. Furthermore, you can access the [Advanced Tab](layouts/advanced-tab/index.md) from the Settings Window to adjust spacing, add animations, change visibility, and add a custom ID or classes.
+
+![Settings Window](/img/beaver-builder/user-interface--settings-window--1.jpg)
+
+## Pin Settings Window
+
+By default, Beaver Builder displays the row, column, and module settings as pop-up window. However, the Settings Window can also be pinned to the left or right of the screen. This is especially useful for users with small screens or when a pop-up window is obstructing their view.
+
+:::info
+Note that pinning the Settings Window will also pin the [Content Panel](content-panel.md). In the same way, pinning the Content Panel will pin the Settings Window. 
+:::
+
+![Pinned Settings Window](/img/beaver-builder/user-interface--settings-window--2.jpg)
+
+You can pin the Settings Window by dragging it to your preferred side of the screen and dropping it into blue vertical areas that appear on the left and right of the screen.
+
+![Pin Settings Window](/img/beaver-builder/user-interface--settings-window--3.jpg)
+
+:::info
+When you want to **unpin** the Settings Window, grab the top of the panel and drag it back to the center of the screen, then release the left mouse button.
+:::
+
+## Resize Settings Window
+
+If you don't like pinning the Settings Window, you can resize it to make it larger or smaller. To resize, position your mouse cursor to the edge of the window on any side (top, right, bottom, or left) or corner, and a blue outline will appear. If you drag out or drag in, you can increase or decrease the width and height of the window.
+
+![Resize Settings Window](/img/beaver-builder/user-interface--settings-window--4.gif)
+
+:::info
+When you decrease the Settings Windows width, the options become stacked.
+:::
+
+## Expand Full Screen
+
+The Settings Window can also be expanded to cover the entire screen. You can do this by clicking the <i className="far fa-window-maximize"></i> **Maximize** icon in the top right corner of the Settings window.
+
+As soon as you click the Maximize icon, the <i className="fas fa-window-minimize"></i> **Minimize** icon will appear, allowing you to restore the original size of the window.
+
+![Expand Settings Window](/img/beaver-builder/user-interface--settings-window--5.jpg)
+
+## Reusable Content Label
+
+When editing Reusable Content saved as a **Component** or **Global** type, the Settings Window displays a label in the top-right corner, next to the **Expand Full Screen** icon.
+
+The label color matches the overlay outline for consistency: **purple** for Components and **orange** for Global content. This label serves as a clear indicator of the content type you are working with, helping you and your team immediately recognize whether the content is global, or component based. 
+
+![Reusable Content Label](/img/beaver-builder/user-interface--settings-window--6.webp)
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/user-interface/tools-menu-styles.module.css b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/user-interface/tools-menu-styles.module.css
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9eb8ff68
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/user-interface/tools-menu-styles.module.css
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+.macos::before {
+	content: "\f179";
+	font: var(--fa-font-brands) !important;
+	font-size: 24px !important;
+	margin-right: 1rem;
+}
+
+.windows::before {
+	content: "\f17a";
+	font: var(--fa-font-brands) !important;
+	font-size: 24px !important;
+	margin-right: 1rem;
+}
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/user-interface/tools-menu.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/user-interface/tools-menu.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..820a8300
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/user-interface/tools-menu.md
@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+---
+id: tools-menu
+title: The Tools Menu
+sidebar_label: Tools Menu
+description: Shows where to find the Tools menu and describes the options there.
+---
+
+import styles from './tools-menu-styles.module.css';
+import Tabs from '@theme/Tabs';
+import TabItem from '@theme/TabItem';
+
+Open the Tools menu by clicking the arrow in the [Top Bar](top-bar.md) in the upper left corner of your editing screen, as shown in this screenshot.
+
+![Tools Menu](/img/beaver-builder/user-interface--tools-menu--1.jpg)
+
+:::tip
+To the right of each menu item is the keyboard shortcut to quickly access it. The symbols will are based on your desktop operating system.
+:::
+
+## Publish
+
+Publishes the layout without closing the Beaver Builder editor.
+
+## Save Template
+
+Saves the layout on the current page as a template
+
+## Duplicate Layout
+
+Copies the entire page and all metadata from the back end, including Yoast SEO data. Creates and opens a new page or post with "copy" in the title.
+
+:::warning
+
+Do not use duplicator plugins to duplicate Beaver Builder layouts.
+
+:::
+
+To learn more about duplicating layouts, visit the [Duplicate Layout](basics/duplicate-layout.md) article.
+
+## Preview Layout
+
+Opens a preview screen, where you can preview as a small, medium, or large device. Click **Continue Editing** to return to the Beaver Builder editing screen.
+
+![Preview Layout](/img/beaver-builder/user-interface--tools-menu--2.jpg)
+
+## Responsive Editing
+
+Edit your layout directly in a large, medium, or small device view, as shown in this screenshot. Click **Exit** to return to large screen editing.
+
+See the [Responsive](layouts/responsive-design/index.md) section for more information.
+
+![Responsive Editing](/img/beaver-builder/user-interface--tools-menu--3.jpg)
+
+## Revisions
+
+Display the previously published revisions available to revert to. The number of revisions available is displayed in brackets. This menu item uses the core WordPress revision feature but makes it more convenient to view and access revisions.
+
+See the [Restore Previous Version](basics/restore-previous-version.md) for more information.
+
+:::tip
+
+Only published pages and posts count as revisions. Saved drafts of pages and posts are not available as revisions.
+
+:::
+
+## History
+
+As you edit a post or page, Beaver Builder logs the changes you make. These changes can be viewed in the **History** menu item, which lets you undo or redo any changes you have made.
+
+See the [Undo & Redo](basics/undo-redo.md) article for more information.
+
+## Layout CSS & JavaScript
+
+A quick way to add CSS and JavaScript that only applies to the page being edited. You can assign a custom ID or class on the Advanced tab of any row, column, or module, then use it in your CSS rule.
+
+See the [Layout CSS & JavaScript](user-interface/layout-css-js.md) article for more information.
+
+## Global Settings
+
+Beaver Builder editor settings that apply as defaults. Most of these settings can be overridden on individual pages. There's also a CSS and JavaScript tab to enter CSS and JavaScript that will apply to content layout throughout your site.
+
+See the [Global settings](user-interface/global-settings.md) article for more information.
+
+## Global Styles
+
+Access global elements and colors through the Global Styling menu. Utilize Global Elements to define styling for elements like text, headings, links, and buttons. Similarly, utilize global colors to create a color palette for your entire website.
+
+See the [Global Styles](user-interface/global-styles.md) article for more information.
+
+## Themer Layouts (requires Beaver Themer)
+
+Provides quick access to the Beaver Themer Layouts menu in the WordPress Admin Dashboard, opening in a new tab and visible only when you have Beaver Themer installed.
+
+## Themer Override (requires Beaver Themer)
+
+The Themer Override menu item becomes visible in the Tools menu when you have Beaver Themer installed, and it indicates that the Beaver Themer layout has been overridden.
+
+## Change UI Brightness
+
+This option is a toggle that changes the UI skin from light (default) to dark.
+
+![Change UI Brightness](/img/beaver-builder/user-interface--tools-menu--4.jpg)
+
+## Media Library
+
+Access the WordPress Media Library to easily add images, videos, and other media to your layouts without having to exit builder.
+
+## WordPress Admin
+
+Choosing this option opens a submenu with shortcuts to get to the following popular spots in the WordPress admin by opening a new browser tab:
+
+![WordPress Admin Shortcut](/img/beaver-builder/user-interface--tools-menu--5.jpg)
+
+- **Edit page**
+  Opens the WordPress editing page for the page you're currently editing in Beaver Builder. For example, you could change the title, add a featured image, or enter values for custom properties.
+
+- **Dashboard**
+  An easy way to get to your WordPress admin dashboard to do other things so you can easily return to your Beaver Builder layout.
+
+- **Manage templates**
+  Opens the list of Beaver Builder layout templates you've saved at **Beaver Builder > Templates**. For example, you could make changes to a saved template, then go to your previous browser tab to apply it to your Beaver Builder layout.
+
+- **Customize theme**
+  Opens the WordPress Customizer at **Appearance > Customize**.
+
+## Help
+
+Play an introductory video or click links to the Beaver Builder knowledge base or to Support.
+
+## Keyboard Shortcuts
+
+Displays a list of keyboard shortcodes for the Beaver Builder editor.
+
+:::tip
+Keyboard shortcut are customizable and let you remove, modify, or register your own using the `fl_builder_keyboard_shortcuts` filter.
+:::
+
+<Tabs>
+<TabItem value="macos" label="macOS" attributes={{className: styles.macos}} default>
+
+| Action                                                                                                   |                    Keyboard Shortcut                     |
+| -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------------: |
+| Open [Modules Tab](content-panel.md#module-tab-groups)                                                   |                       <kbd>J</kbd>                       |
+| Open [Rows Tab](content-panel.md#row-tab-groups)                                                         |                       <kbd>K</kbd>                       |
+| Open [Templates Tab](content-panel.md#template-tab-groups)                                               |                       <kbd>L</kbd>                       |
+| Open [Saved Tab](content-panel.md#saved-tab-groups)                                                      |                       <kbd>;</kbd>                       |
+| Save New Template                                                                                        |           <kbd>⌘ command</kbd> + <kbd>J</kbd>            |
+| Toggle [Preview Mode](#preview-layout)                                                                   |                       <kbd>P</kbd>                       |
+| Enter [Responsive Editing Mode](layouts/responsive-design/editor.md) & Cycle Breakpoints                 |                       <kbd>R</kbd>                       |
+| Enter [Responsive Editing Mode](layouts/responsive-design/editor.md) & Cycle Breakpoints (Reverse Order) |            <kbd>⇧ Shift</kbd> + <kbd>R</kbd>             |
+| Open [Global Settings](global-settings.md)                                                               |           <kbd>⌘ command</kbd> + <kbd>U</kbd>            |
+| Open [Layout Settings](layout-css-js.md)                                                                 |           <kbd>⌘ command</kbd> + <kbd>Y</kbd>            |
+| Display Module Search                                                                                    |           <kbd>⌘ command</kbd> + <kbd>I</kbd>            |
+| Save Layout                                                                                              |           <kbd>⌘ command</kbd> + <kbd>S</kbd>            |
+| Publish changes without leaving builder                                                                  |           <kbd>⌘ command</kbd> + <kbd>P</kbd>            |
+| Dismiss Active Panel                                                                                     |                      <kbd>Esc</kbd>                      |
+| [Undo](basics/undo-redo.md)                                                                              |           <kbd>⌘ command</kbd> + <kbd>Z</kbd>            |
+| [Redo](basics/undo-redo.md)                                                                              | <kbd>⇧ Shift</kbd> + <kbd>⌘ command</kbd> + <kbd>Z</kbd> |
+| Toggle [Outline Panel](outline-panel.md)                                                                 |            <kbd>⇧ Shift</kbd> + <kbd>O</kbd>             |
+| Toggle Outline Panel Tree                                                                                |            <kbd>⇧ Shift</kbd> + <kbd>T</kbd>             |
+| Open [Global Style](global-styles.md) Settings                                                           |           <kbd>⌘ command</kbd> + <kbd>G</kbd>            |
+
+</TabItem>
+<TabItem value="windows" label="Windows" attributes={{className: styles.windows}}>
+
+| Action                                                                                                   |                  Keyboard Shortcut                  |
+| -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | :-------------------------------------------------: |
+| Open [Modules Tab](content-panel.md#module-tab-groups)                                                   |                    <kbd>J</kbd>                     |
+| Open [Rows Tab](content-panel.md#row-tab-groups)                                                         |                    <kbd>K</kbd>                     |
+| Open [Templates Tab](content-panel.md#template-tab-groups)                                               |                    <kbd>L</kbd>                     |
+| Open [Saved Tab](content-panel.md#saved-tab-groups)                                                      |                    <kbd>;</kbd>                     |
+| Save New Template                                                                                        |           <kbd>Ctrl</kbd> + <kbd>J</kbd>            |
+| Toggle [Preview Mode](#preview-layout)                                                                   |                    <kbd>P</kbd>                     |
+| Enter [Responsive Editing Mode](layouts/responsive-design/editor.md) & Cycle Breakpoints                 |                    <kbd>R</kbd>                     |
+| Enter [Responsive Editing Mode](layouts/responsive-design/editor.md) & Cycle Breakpoints (Reverse Order) |          <kbd>⇧ Shift</kbd> + <kbd>R</kbd>          |
+| Open [Global Settings](global-settings.md)                                                               |           <kbd>Ctrl</kbd> + <kbd>U</kbd>            |
+| Open [Layout Settings](layout-css-js.md)                                                                 |           <kbd>Ctrl</kbd> + <kbd>Y</kbd>            |
+| Display Module Search                                                                                    |           <kbd>Ctrl</kbd> + <kbd>I</kbd>            |
+| Save Layout                                                                                              |           <kbd>Ctrl</kbd> + <kbd>S</kbd>            |
+| Publish changes without leaving builder                                                                  |           <kbd>Ctrl</kbd> + <kbd>P</kbd>            |
+| Dismiss Active Panel                                                                                     |                   <kbd>Esc</kbd>                    |
+| [Undo](basics/undo-redo.md)                                                                              |           <kbd>Ctrl</kbd> + <kbd>Z</kbd>            |
+| [Redo](basics/undo-redo.md)                                                                              | <kbd>⇧ Shift</kbd> + <kbd>Ctrl</kbd> + <kbd>Z</kbd> |
+| Toggle [Outline Panel](outline-panel.md)                                                                 |          <kbd>⇧ Shift</kbd> + <kbd>O</kbd>          |
+| Toggle Outline Panel Tree                                                                                |          <kbd>⇧ Shift</kbd> + <kbd>T</kbd>          |
+| Open [Global Style](global-styles.md) Settings                                                           |          <kbd>⇧ Shift</kbd> + <kbd>G</kbd>          |
+
+</TabItem>
+</Tabs>
diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-2.10/user-interface/top-bar.md b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/user-interface/top-bar.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e78eb19e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_docs/version-2.10/user-interface/top-bar.md
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+---
+id: top-bar
+title: The Top Bar
+sidebar_label: The Top Bar
+description: This article covers the Beaver Builder Top bar which allows you to access the Content panel, Tools menu, view the title of the page or post you're editing, and more.
+toc_min_heading_level: 2
+toc_max_heading_level: 4
+---
+
+This article covers the Beaver Builder Top bar which allows you to access the Content panel, Tools menu, view the title of the page or post you're editing, and more.
+
+![](/img/beaver-builder/user-interface--top-bar--1.jpg)
+
+## Title Bar
+
+Shows what you're editing (page post, etc.) and its title.
+
+![Page or post title](/img/beaver-builder/user-interface--top-bar--2.jpg)
+
+:::caution
+Sometimes users experience issues where the **Title Bar** does not show the correct title information for the post/page they are editing. In this case, please refer to the [Incorrect Title in Top Bar](troubleshooting/common-issues/title-bar-incorrect.md) article.
+:::
+
+## Access the Tools Menu
+
+See the [Tools menu](tools-menu.md) article for more information.
+
+![Access the Tools Menu](/img/beaver-builder/user-interface--top-bar--3.jpg)
+
+## Notifications Icon
+
+Click the bell icon to open notifications from the Beaver Builder blog.
+
+:::info
+
+If you have the Unlimited license installed with white labeling enabled, the icon will not be visible in the Beaver Builder UI. Alternatively, you can deactivate it by utilizing the [`fl_disable_notifications`](developer/tutorials-guides/common-beaver-builder-plugin-filter-examples.md#disable-notifications-from-beaver-builder-in-the-ui) filter.
+
+:::
+
+## Saving Indicator
+
+As you edit your layouts you'll see the sequence **Saving - Saved - Edited** appear in the upper right corner of the **Top Bar**. This indicates your changes are saved even before you save or publish those changes.
+
+![Editing status of page or post](/img/beaver-builder/user-interface--top-bar--4.jpg)
+
+:::info
+
+The autosave functionality of Beaver Builder is provided by WordPress. You can change the `AUTOSAVE_ INTERVAL`
+Constant value to determine how often the autosave runs. In the example above, we've set it to `86400` seconds, which is one whole day. This effectively disables the autosave feature.
+
+```php
+define ('AUTOSAVE_INTERVAL', 86400);
+```
+
+:::
+
+## Outline Panel
+
+Click the Outline icon in the **Top Bar** to open the Outline panel, which lets you view and modify the structure of your page layout in an outline format:
+
+See the [Outline Panel](outline-panel.md) article for more information.
+
+## Assistant
+
+The Assistant plugin's icon will appear in the **Top Bar** when Assistant is installed and activated on your site. Giving you quick access to [open and close Assistant plugin](/assistant/plugin/launch-assistant).
+
+## Beaver Cloud
+
+The Cloud icon allows you to connect to your Beaver Builder Cloud account and access your saved WordPress assets from any site where you’re using Beaver Builder.
+
+:::info
+
+When the [Assistant by Beaver Builder](#assistant) plugin is installed, the cloud icon is replaced with the Assistant logo.
+
+:::
+
+See the [Beaver Builder Cloud](cloud.md) article for more information.
+
+## The Content Panel
+
+Click **+** to open and **x** to close. See the [Content panel](content-panel.md) article for more information.
+
+:::tip
+
+This icon does not appear when the panel is [pinned](content-panel.md#pinunpin-the-user-interface-ui) to the left or right side of the screen. Instead, there's a show or hide icon at the bottom of the panel.
+
+:::
+
+## Done Button
+
+The behavior of the **Done** button depends on whether you've made any editing changes
+in this session.
+
+![Done button](/img/beaver-builder/user-interface--top-bar--5.jpg)
+
+- The **Done** button will appear **gray** when there has been no editing changes: Click **Done** when it's gray and you exit the Beaver Builder editor with one click.
+
+- The **Done** button will appear **blue** where there has been editing changes, and the status _Edited_ appears to the left.
+
+When you're done editing a page in Beaver Builder, click **Done** in the upper right corner and select one of the following:
+
+### Discard
+
+Discards all changes made or saved since the last time the page was published. This includes all saved but unpublished work from previous sessions.
+
+:::warning Warning
+
+Changes in Beaver Builder are preserved as you make them. When you click **Discard**, you lose all saved changes since the last time you published, and only publishing creates a revision you can go back to.
+
+:::
+
+### Save Draft
+
+Saves your page and exits the Beaver Builder editor. The changes made in that editing session are not visible except when editing in Beaver Builder.
+
+:::info
+If you save a draft, be careful about discarding future edits. In Beaver Builder, changes in the layout are saved as you edit, and the **Save draft** choice is a way of exiting Beaver Builder without publishing the changes. If you choose **Discard** in a future session, you'll lose all changes since you last published the page. Also, the WordPress Revisions feature (see the next section) only works with published changes, not saved drafts.
+
+Note that this can happen inadvertently if more than one person is editing the page at the same time. If another person discards edits on a page while you are editing the same page, your changes can be lost.
+:::
+
+### Publish
+
+Makes the changes live, accessible to the world at large if you're working on a public site.
+
+:::tip
+
+- Consider publishing at regular intervals. This will create a WordPress revision that you can return to if you want to revert your most recent changes. This is also a good practice because there is no Undo when you're editing in Beaver Builder.
+
+- To publish your layout without closing the editor, use [**Publish Layout** in the tools menu](tools-menu.md#publish-layout), or using the keyboard shortcut:
+
+  - <kbd>command ⌘</kbd> + <kbd>P</kbd> (<i className="fab fa-apple"></i> Mac)
+  - <kbd>Ctrl</kbd> + <kbd>P</kbd> (<i className="fab fa-windows"></i> Windows).
+
+:::
+
+### Cancel
+
+Returns you to the Beaver Builder editor.
diff --git a/versioned_sidebars/version-2.10-sidebars.json b/versioned_sidebars/version-2.10-sidebars.json
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dd5b43d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/versioned_sidebars/version-2.10-sidebars.json
@@ -0,0 +1,679 @@
+{
+  "beaverbuilder": [
+    {
+      "type": "category",
+      "label": "Introduction",
+      "link": {
+        "type": "doc",
+        "id": "introduction/index"
+      },
+      "items": [
+        "introduction/faq",
+        "introduction/about-release",
+        "introduction/releases-versioning",
+        "introduction/accessibility",
+        "introduction/translations",
+        "introduction/gdpr",
+        "introduction/support-policy"
+      ]
+    },
+    {
+      "type": "category",
+      "label": "Account",
+      "link": {
+        "type": "doc",
+        "id": "account/index"
+      },
+      "items": [
+        {
+          "type": "category",
+          "label": "License",
+          "link": {
+            "type": "doc",
+            "id": "account/license/index"
+          },
+          "items": [
+            "account/license/types",
+            "account/license/activations",
+            "account/license/view-activate",
+            "account/license/renew",
+            "account/license/downgrade",
+            "account/license/upgrade",
+            "account/license/cancel",
+            "account/license/expiry",
+            "account/license/transfer",
+            "account/license/suspension"
+          ]
+        },
+        "account/billing-info",
+        "account/domain-manager",
+        "account/update-email-password",
+        "account/request-invoice",
+        "account/suggest-new-features",
+        "account/affiliate-program"
+      ]
+    },
+    {
+      "type": "category",
+      "label": "Getting Started",
+      "link": {
+        "type": "generated-index",
+        "title": "Getting Started"
+      },
+      "items": [
+        "getting-started/what-can-i-do-with-beaver-builder",
+        "getting-started/system-requirements",
+        "getting-started/install",
+        "getting-started/launch-builder"
+      ]
+    },
+    {
+      "type": "category",
+      "label": "User Interface (UI)",
+      "link": {
+        "type": "doc",
+        "id": "user-interface/index"
+      },
+      "items": [
+        "user-interface/top-bar",
+        "user-interface/outline-panel",
+        "user-interface/tools-menu",
+        "user-interface/global-settings",
+        "user-interface/global-styles",
+        "user-interface/layout-css-js",
+        "user-interface/content-panel",
+        "user-interface/cloud",
+        "user-interface/settings-window",
+        "user-interface/overlay",
+        "user-interface/link-values"
+      ]
+    },
+    {
+      "type": "category",
+      "label": "Settings & Tools",
+      "link": {
+        "type": "doc",
+        "id": "settings/index"
+      },
+      "items": [
+        "settings/welcome",
+        "settings/license",
+        "settings/modules",
+        "settings/blocks",
+        "settings/post-types",
+        "settings/templates",
+        "settings/user-access",
+        "settings/icons",
+        "settings/branding",
+        "settings/help-button",
+        "settings/tools",
+        "settings/advanced",
+        "settings/import-export-settings",
+        "settings/version-control",
+        "settings/template-exporter",
+        "settings/export-import",
+        "settings/layouts-menu"
+      ]
+    },
+    {
+      "type": "category",
+      "label": "Builder Basics",
+      "link": {
+        "type": "doc",
+        "id": "basics/index"
+      },
+      "items": [
+        "basics/typography",
+        "basics/multi-layer-backgrounds",
+        "basics/color-picker",
+        "basics/border",
+        "basics/inline-editing",
+        "basics/undo-redo",
+        "basics/custom-code",
+        "basics/smooth-scrolling",
+        "basics/restore-previous-version",
+        "basics/show-hide-page-title",
+        "basics/display-only-bb-content",
+        "basics/duplicate-layout"
+      ]
+    },
+    {
+      "type": "category",
+      "label": "Layouts",
+      "link": {
+        "type": "generated-index",
+        "title": "Layouts"
+      },
+      "items": [
+        {
+          "type": "category",
+          "label": "Templates",
+          "link": {
+            "type": "doc",
+            "id": "layouts/templates/index"
+          },
+          "items": [
+            "layouts/templates/prebuilt-templates",
+            "layouts/templates/saved-templates",
+            "layouts/templates/theme-template-authors",
+            "layouts/templates/template-site"
+          ]
+        },
+        {
+          "type": "category",
+          "label": "Rows",
+          "items": [
+            "layouts/rows/add-prebuilt-rows-to-your-content",
+            "layouts/rows/work-with-rows",
+            "layouts/rows/full-width-and-fixed-width",
+            "layouts/rows/set-width-for-rows-and-content",
+            "layouts/rows/set-global-site-wide-default-row-widths",
+            "layouts/rows/full-width-rows-on-third-party-themes",
+            "layouts/rows/customize-the-row-height",
+            {
+              "type": "category",
+              "label": "Row effects",
+              "items": [
+                "layouts/rows/row-effects/row-shape-overlays",
+                "layouts/rows/row-effects/video-backgrounds-in-rows",
+                "layouts/rows/row-effects/ideas-for-using-background-colors-and-effects",
+                "layouts/rows/row-effects/parallax-row-backgrounds",
+                "layouts/rows/row-effects/create-a-ken-burns-effect-in-a-row-background"
+              ]
+            }
+          ]
+        },
+        {
+          "type": "category",
+          "label": "Columns",
+          "items": [
+            "layouts/columns/column-layouts-overview",
+            "layouts/columns/tips-for-working-with-columns",
+            "layouts/columns/insert-columns",
+            "layouts/columns/edit-a-column",
+            "layouts/columns/resize-or-reset-column-width",
+            "layouts/columns/move-a-column",
+            "layouts/columns/duplicate-a-column",
+            "layouts/columns/stacking"
+          ]
+        },
+        {
+          "type": "category",
+          "label": "Modules",
+          "link": {
+            "type": "doc",
+            "id": "layouts/modules/index"
+          },
+          "items": [
+            {
+              "type": "category",
+              "label": "Accordion",
+              "link": {
+                "type": "doc",
+                "id": "layouts/modules/accordion/index"
+              },
+              "items": [
+                {
+                  "type": "category",
+                  "label": "Settings",
+                  "link": {
+                    "type": "doc",
+                    "id": "layouts/modules/accordion/settings/index"
+                  },
+                  "items": [
+                    "layouts/modules/accordion/settings/items",
+                    "layouts/modules/accordion/settings/style"
+                  ]
+                },
+                "layouts/modules/accordion/link-specific-item",
+                "layouts/modules/accordion/css-customization"
+              ]
+            },
+            "layouts/modules/audio",
+            "layouts/modules/bigcommerce-products",
+            {
+              "type": "category",
+              "label": "Box",
+              "link": {
+                "type": "doc",
+                "id": "layouts/modules/box/index"
+              },
+              "items": [
+                {
+                  "type": "category",
+                  "label": "Settings",
+                  "link": {
+                    "type": "doc",
+                    "id": "layouts/modules/box/settings/index"
+                  },
+                  "items": [
+                    "layouts/modules/box/settings/container",
+                    "layouts/modules/box/settings/children"
+                  ]
+                }
+              ]
+            },
+            {
+              "type": "category",
+              "label": "Button",
+              "items": [
+                "layouts/modules/button/button",
+                "layouts/modules/button/make-a-button-transparent"
+              ]
+            },
+            "layouts/modules/button-group",
+            "layouts/modules/callout-and-call-to-action",
+            {
+              "type": "category",
+              "label": "Contact Form",
+              "items": [
+                "layouts/modules/contact-form/contact-form",
+                "layouts/modules/contact-form/add-a-google-recaptcha-checkbox-to-a-form"
+              ]
+            },
+            "layouts/modules/content-slider",
+            "layouts/modules/countdown",
+            {
+              "type": "category",
+              "label": "Gallery",
+              "items": [
+                "layouts/modules/gallery/gallery",
+                "layouts/modules/gallery/open-a-gallery-lightbox-on-button-click"
+              ]
+            },
+            "layouts/modules/heading",
+            "layouts/modules/html",
+            "layouts/modules/icon-and-icon-group",
+            "layouts/modules/list",
+            "layouts/modules/login-form",
+            {
+              "type": "category",
+              "label": "Loop",
+              "link": {
+                "type": "doc",
+                "id": "layouts/modules/loop/index"
+              },
+              "items": [
+                "layouts/modules/loop/settings"
+              ]
+            },
+            "layouts/modules/map",
+            {
+              "type": "category",
+              "label": "Menu",
+              "items": [
+                "layouts/modules/menu/menu",
+                "layouts/modules/menu/add-a-menu-item-that-links-to-a-page-section"
+              ]
+            },
+            "layouts/modules/module-blocks",
+            "layouts/modules/number-counter",
+            "layouts/modules/north-commerce",
+            {
+              "type": "category",
+              "label": "Photo",
+              "items": [
+                "layouts/modules/photo/photo",
+                "layouts/modules/photo/display-full-captions-under-photos",
+                "layouts/modules/photo/add-hover-effects-to-the-photo-module"
+              ]
+            },
+            {
+              "type": "category",
+              "label": "Posts",
+              "items": [
+                "layouts/modules/posts/posts",
+                "layouts/modules/posts/posts-carousel",
+                "layouts/modules/posts/posts-slider",
+                "layouts/modules/posts/posts-posts-carousel-and-posts-slider-modules-examples",
+                "layouts/modules/posts/increase-space-between-images-in-posts-module-gallery"
+              ]
+            },
+            "layouts/modules/pricing-table",
+            {
+              "type": "category",
+              "label": "Search",
+              "items": [
+                "layouts/modules/search/search",
+                "layouts/modules/search/limit-post-types-search-module"
+              ]
+            },
+            "layouts/modules/separator",
+            "layouts/modules/sidebar",
+            "layouts/modules/slideshow",
+            "layouts/modules/star-rating",
+            "layouts/modules/social-buttons",
+            {
+              "type": "category",
+              "label": "Subscribe Form",
+              "items": [
+                "layouts/modules/subscribe-form/subscribe-form",
+                "layouts/modules/subscribe-form/configure-subscribe-form-module-for-mailchimp-double-opt-in",
+                "layouts/modules/contact-form/add-a-google-recaptcha-checkbox-to-a-form"
+              ]
+            },
+            {
+              "type": "category",
+              "label": "Tabs",
+              "link": {
+                "type": "doc",
+                "id": "layouts/modules/tabs/index"
+              },
+              "items": [
+                {
+                  "type": "category",
+                  "label": "Settings",
+                  "link": {
+                    "type": "doc",
+                    "id": "layouts/modules/tabs/settings/index"
+                  },
+                  "items": [
+                    "layouts/modules/tabs/settings/items",
+                    "layouts/modules/tabs/settings/style"
+                  ]
+                },
+                "layouts/modules/tabs/link-specific-item"
+              ]
+            },
+            "layouts/modules/testimonials",
+            "layouts/modules/text",
+            {
+              "type": "category",
+              "label": "Video",
+              "items": [
+                "layouts/modules/video/video",
+                "layouts/modules/video/open-a-video-in-a-lightbox"
+              ]
+            },
+            "layouts/modules/woocommerce",
+            "layouts/modules/wordpress-patterns",
+            "layouts/modules/widgets"
+          ]
+        },
+        {
+          "type": "category",
+          "label": "The Advanced Tab",
+          "link": {
+            "type": "doc",
+            "id": "layouts/advanced-tab/index"
+          },
+          "items": [
+            "layouts/advanced-tab/spacing",
+            "layouts/advanced-tab/visibility",
+            "layouts/advanced-tab/animation",
+            "layouts/advanced-tab/html-element",
+            "layouts/advanced-tab/copy-paste",
+            "layouts/advanced-tab/css-js"
+          ]
+        },
+        {
+          "type": "category",
+          "label": "Responsive Design",
+          "link": {
+            "type": "doc",
+            "id": "layouts/responsive-design/index"
+          },
+          "items": [
+            "layouts/responsive-design/editor",
+            "layouts/responsive-design/breakpoints",
+            "layouts/responsive-design/toggle",
+            "layouts/responsive-design/disable",
+            "layouts/responsive-design/responsive-columns"
+          ]
+        },
+        {
+          "type": "category",
+          "label": "Post Layouts",
+          "items": [
+            "layouts/post-layouts/how-beaver-builder-works-with-blogs-and-custom-post-types-start-here",
+            "layouts/post-layouts/basics-how-wordpress-handles-blog-posts-and-archives",
+            "layouts/post-layouts/wordpress-archive-types",
+            "layouts/post-layouts/generated-wordpress-archives-versus-beaver-builder-layouts",
+            "layouts/post-layouts/use-beaver-builder-to-lay-out-post-content",
+            "layouts/post-layouts/add-rows-and-modules-to-index-archive-and-post-pages"
+          ]
+        },
+        {
+          "type": "category",
+          "label": "Reusable Content",
+          "link": {
+            "type": "doc",
+            "id": "layouts/reusable-content/index"
+          },
+          "items": [
+            "layouts/reusable-content/templates",
+            "layouts/reusable-content/globals",
+            "layouts/reusable-content/components"
+          ]
+        }
+      ]
+    },
+    {
+      "type": "category",
+      "label": "Shortcode",
+      "link": {
+        "type": "doc",
+        "id": "shortcode/index"
+      },
+      "items": [
+        "shortcode/syntax",
+        "shortcode/find-id-slug",
+        "shortcode/using-shortcode",
+        "shortcode/using-php-files",
+        "shortcode/using-css"
+      ]
+    },
+    {
+      "type": "category",
+      "label": "Integrations",
+      "link": {
+        "type": "doc",
+        "id": "integrations/index"
+      },
+      "items": [
+        "integrations/font-awesome",
+        "integrations/popup-maker",
+        "integrations/query-monitor",
+        "integrations/rankmath",
+        "integrations/woocommerce",
+        "integrations/yoast"
+      ]
+    },
+    {
+      "type": "category",
+      "label": "Advanced",
+      "link": {
+        "type": "doc",
+        "id": "advanced/index"
+      },
+      "items": [
+        "advanced/performance",
+        "advanced/diy-website-builder-platform",
+        "advanced/migration",
+        "advanced/convert-content",
+        "advanced/smooth-scrolling-tweaks",
+        "advanced/custom-image-sizes",
+        "advanced/adding-pdf",
+        "advanced/css-gradients"
+      ]
+    },
+    {
+      "type": "category",
+      "label": "Troubleshooting",
+      "link": {
+        "type": "generated-index",
+        "title": "Troubleshooting"
+      },
+      "items": [
+        {
+          "type": "category",
+          "label": "Debugging ",
+          "items": [
+            "troubleshooting/debugging/cache-clearing-tool",
+            "troubleshooting/debugging/issue-fixer-clear-the-cache",
+            "troubleshooting/debugging/safe-mode",
+            "troubleshooting/debugging/known-beaver-builder-incompatibilities",
+            "troubleshooting/debugging/plugin-conflicts",
+            "troubleshooting/debugging/theme-conflict",
+            "troubleshooting/debugging/enable-beaver-builder-debug-mode"
+          ]
+        },
+        {
+          "type": "category",
+          "label": "Common Issues",
+          "items": [
+            "troubleshooting/common-issues/403-forbidden-or-blocked-error",
+            "troubleshooting/common-issues/404-error-when-trying-to-open-editor",
+            "troubleshooting/common-issues/internal-server-500-error",
+            "troubleshooting/common-issues/dreamhost",
+            "troubleshooting/common-issues/title-bar-incorrect",
+            "troubleshooting/common-issues/destination-folder-already-exists",
+            "troubleshooting/common-issues/require-once",
+            "troubleshooting/common-issues/zlib-output-compression",
+            "troubleshooting/common-issues/cloudflare-and-403-errors-when-loading-background-images",
+            "troubleshooting/common-issues/exceeds-php-max-input-vars",
+            "troubleshooting/common-issues/http-error-when-uploading-images",
+            "troubleshooting/common-issues/increase-the-wordpress-allowed-memory-size",
+            "troubleshooting/common-issues/use-smtp-to-send-form-notifications",
+            "troubleshooting/common-issues/i-cant-upload-the-installer-zip-file-because-it-is-unzipped-when-i-download",
+            "troubleshooting/common-issues/the-uploaded-file-exceeds-the-uploadmaxfilesize-directive-in-php-ini",
+            "troubleshooting/common-issues/error-when-trying-to-install-update",
+            "troubleshooting/common-issues/i-migrated-a-site-but-my-image-urls-didnt-change",
+            "troubleshooting/common-issues/im-getting-a-permission-denied-error",
+            "troubleshooting/common-issues/i-am-getting-a-blank-screen",
+            "troubleshooting/common-issues/error-settings-not-saved"
+          ]
+        },
+        {
+          "type": "category",
+          "label": "Updates & License Issues",
+          "items": [
+            "troubleshooting/updates-license/not-getting-beaver-builder-updates",
+            "troubleshooting/updates-license/uninstall-or-deactivate-the-beaver-builder-plugin",
+            "troubleshooting/updates-license/beaver-builder-not-working-after-upgrading",
+            "troubleshooting/updates-license/manually-reinstall-beaver-builder"
+          ]
+        },
+        {
+          "type": "category",
+          "label": "Miscellaneous",
+          "items": [
+            "troubleshooting/miscellaneous/cant-find-the-beaver-builder-menu-in-the-admin-panel",
+            "troubleshooting/miscellaneous/cant-open-page-in-beaver-builder",
+            "troubleshooting/miscellaneous/font-awesome-icons",
+            "troubleshooting/miscellaneous/reduce-disable-undo-redo-manager",
+            "troubleshooting/miscellaneous/wordpress-admin-bar-is-hidden",
+            "troubleshooting/miscellaneous/classic-wordpress-and-beaver-builder-text-editor-toolbars-dont-match",
+            "troubleshooting/miscellaneous/background-color-or-image-doesnt-appear",
+            "troubleshooting/miscellaneous/i-cant-drag-and-drop-modules",
+            "troubleshooting/miscellaneous/subscribe-form-mailchimp-merge-fields-invalid",
+            "troubleshooting/miscellaneous/mailchimp-subscriber-popup-form-breaks-beaver-builder",
+            "troubleshooting/miscellaneous/beaver-builder-does-not-open-for-editing-on-nginx-servers",
+            "troubleshooting/miscellaneous/device-previews-beaver-builder-customizer-and-beyond",
+            "troubleshooting/miscellaneous/how-beaver-builder-renders-the-title-of-an-image",
+            "troubleshooting/miscellaneous/my-custom-column-width-keeps-changing",
+            "troubleshooting/miscellaneous/new-slideshow-images-dont-appear-on-siteground-staging-sites",
+            "troubleshooting/miscellaneous/uploaded-icon-set-is-blank",
+            "troubleshooting/miscellaneous/why-am-i-seeing-an-eye-icon-in-my-module-toolbar",
+            "troubleshooting/miscellaneous/limit-on-adding-rows"
+          ]
+        }
+      ]
+    },
+    {
+      "type": "category",
+      "label": "Developer",
+      "link": {
+        "type": "generated-index",
+        "title": "Developer"
+      },
+      "items": [
+        {
+          "type": "category",
+          "label": "Custom Modules",
+          "link": {
+            "type": "doc",
+            "id": "developer/custom-modules/index"
+          },
+          "items": [
+            "developer/custom-modules/01-create-a-plugin",
+            "developer/custom-modules/02-add-a-module-to-your-plugin",
+            "developer/custom-modules/03-define-module-settings",
+            "developer/custom-modules/04-module-settings-css-javascript",
+            "developer/custom-modules/05-module-html",
+            "developer/custom-modules/06-module-css",
+            "developer/custom-modules/07-module-javascript",
+            "developer/custom-modules/08-module-property-reference",
+            "developer/custom-modules/09-module-method-reference",
+            "developer/custom-modules/10-setting-fields-reference",
+            "developer/custom-modules/11-responsive-fields-reference",
+            "developer/custom-modules/12-repeater-fields-reference",
+            "developer/custom-modules/13-sanitize-field-values",
+            "developer/custom-modules/14-create-custom-fields",
+            "developer/custom-modules/15-helpers",
+            "developer/custom-modules/16-live-preview-reference",
+            "developer/custom-modules/17-partial-refresh-reference",
+            "developer/custom-modules/18-override-modules",
+            "developer/custom-modules/19-localization",
+            "developer/custom-modules/20-module-aliases"
+          ]
+        },
+        "developer/iframe-ui",
+        "developer/acf-blocks",
+        "developer/module-blocks",
+        "developer/container-modules",
+        "developer/module-deprecations",
+        {
+          "type": "category",
+          "label": "How to's & Tips",
+          "link": {
+            "type": "generated-index",
+            "title": "How to's & Tips"
+          },
+          "items": [
+            "developer/how-to-tips/map-module-filter-google",
+            "developer/how-to-tips/display-subset-typography-controls",
+            "developer/how-to-tips/data-storage",
+            "developer/how-to-tips/html-css-and-javascript-reference",
+            "developer/how-to-tips/load-css-and-javascript-inline",
+            "developer/how-to-tips/disable-schema-markup-beaver-builder",
+            "developer/how-to-tips/disable-minification-and-caching-with-wpdebug",
+            "developer/how-to-tips/add-custom-attributes-to-rows-columns-or-modules",
+            "developer/how-to-tips/render-layouts-with-php",
+            "developer/how-to-tips/load-google-fonts-locally-gdpr",
+            "developer/how-to-tips/prevent-css-and-javascript-from-loading-on-archive-pages",
+            "developer/how-to-tips/create-a-video-lightbox-for-an-amazon-s3-video"
+          ]
+        },
+        {
+          "type": "category",
+          "label": "Tutorials & Guides",
+          "link": {
+            "type": "generated-index",
+            "title": "Tutorials & Guides"
+          },
+          "items": [
+            "developer/tutorials-guides/install-beaver-builder-via-composer",
+            "developer/tutorials-guides/wp-cli-plugin-theme",
+            "developer/tutorials-guides/remove-rename-tools-menu-items",
+            "developer/tutorials-guides/customize-settings-forms",
+            "developer/tutorials-guides/common-beaver-builder-plugin-filter-examples",
+            "developer/tutorials-guides/add-icons-to-your-custom-modules",
+            "developer/tutorials-guides/customize-row-resizing-behavior",
+            "developer/tutorials-guides/customize-keyboard-shortcuts",
+            "developer/tutorials-guides/change-how-css-and-javascript-are-loaded",
+            "developer/tutorials-guides/create-a-custom-module-to-compare-images-with-a-slider",
+            "developer/tutorials-guides/create-a-filter-to-customize-the-display-of-post-data",
+            "developer/tutorials-guides/add-a-custom-shape-layer"
+          ]
+        },
+        "developer/conditionally-hidden-content",
+        {
+          "type": "link",
+          "label": "Hooks",
+          "href": "https://hooks.wpbeaverbuilder.com/bb-plugin/"
+        }
+      ]
+    }
+  ]
+}

From 1da1be3006a286049bc5f1d5c079c22854436d7f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Danny <zad4ifsv@anonaddy.me>
Date: Wed, 27 May 2026 14:02:01 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 06/24] Add template prepend feature

---
 beaver-builder/layouts/templates/index.md | 9 +++++----
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/templates/index.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/templates/index.md
index d9919959..0ff78cc6 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/templates/index.md
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/templates/index.md
@@ -63,10 +63,11 @@ Third-party layout templates usually appear as a separate group on the Templates
 
 2. Select the **Templates tab** to access templates.
 
-3. Click the template you want to use into your layout.
-   If the page or post layout already has content, you'll get a choice of replacing the existing layout or appending the new layout.
-
-![](/img/beaver-builder/templates--index--3.jpg)
+3. Click the template you want to add to your layout. If the page or post already has content, you can choose how the template is inserted:   
+  
+    - Replace - Replaces the existing layout with the selected template.
+    - Prepend - Adds the selected template before the existing layout content.
+    - Append - Adds the selected template after the existing layout content.
 
 4. Configure the rows, columns, and modules how you like and save your changes.
 

From 6cdb85ecd9a2496423fece12ea81e8e968b00754 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Danny <zad4ifsv@anonaddy.me>
Date: Wed, 27 May 2026 14:02:10 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 07/24] Add maintenance mode

---
 beaver-builder/settings/maintenance.md | 92 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++
 1 file changed, 92 insertions(+)
 create mode 100644 beaver-builder/settings/maintenance.md

diff --git a/beaver-builder/settings/maintenance.md b/beaver-builder/settings/maintenance.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2739f994
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-builder/settings/maintenance.md
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+---
+id: maintenance
+title: Maintenance Tab
+sidebar_label: Maintenance
+description: The Maintenance Mode tab in the Beaver Builder settings lets you control when your site displays a temporary maintenance page to visitors.
+---
+
+The Maintenance Mode tab in the Beaver Builder settings lets you control when your site displays a temporary maintenance page to visitors.
+
+## Usage
+
+The Maintenance Mode page lets you put the front end of your site behind a single layout while you work on it. Visitors see the layout you choose, users with a bypass role see the normal site along with an admin bar indicator.
+
+Use this page to coordinate a launch, run a planned outage, or hide work-in-progress pages from visitors. Maintenance mode can be turned on immediately or scheduled for a specific window, and it can return a 503 status to search engines so existing rankings are preserved.
+
+## Access Maintenance Settings
+
+The settings live on their own tab inside Beaver Builder's admin area.
+
+1. Go to your site's **WordPress Admin Dashboard**.
+2. Open Beaver Builder Settings by Navigating to **Settings > Beaver Builder**.
+3. Click the **Maintenance** tab.
+
+## Status indicators
+
+The settings page and the WordPress admin bar both display the current state of maintenance mode.
+
+At the top of the **Enable Maintenance Mode** card, a badge shows one of three states:
+
+- **Active**, maintenance mode is on and visitors are seeing the maintenance layout.
+- **Scheduled**, maintenance mode is enabled with a schedule, and the start time has not yet been reached.
+- **Inactive**, maintenance mode is off, or the scheduled window has ended.
+
+When maintenance mode is **Active** or **Scheduled**, an indicator also appears in the WordPress admin bar for users with a bypass role. The admin bar node expands to show a link to edit the selected layout and a shortcut back to the Maintenance Mode settings.
+
+## Settings
+
+The page is divided into three cards: the main toggle and layout, bypass roles, and the optional schedule.
+
+### Enable Maintenance Mode
+
+The first card controls whether maintenance mode runs and which layout visitors see.
+
+- **Enable Maintenance Mode**
+  - **Default:** Disabled
+  - Turns maintenance mode on. When enabled, visitors without a bypass role are served the selected layout instead of your site content.
+  - If a schedule is also enabled, this toggle still has to be on for maintenance mode to run during the scheduled window.
+
+- **Protect search rankings**
+  - **Default:** Enabled
+  - Sends a `503 Service Unavailable` status and a `Retry-After` header along with the maintenance page. This tells Google and other search engines that the site will be back soon so they keep your existing rankings instead of replacing your pages with the maintenance page in search results.
+  - When a schedule is configured, the `Retry-After` value is set to the number of seconds until the scheduled end time. Without a schedule, it defaults to one hour.
+  - Leave this on unless you have a specific reason to return a normal `200 OK` response during maintenance.
+
+- **Maintenance Layout**
+  - **Default:** None
+  - Selects the page, post, or Beaver Builder template that is shown to visitors during maintenance. Published items from each post type are grouped in the dropdown under **Pages**, **Posts**, and **Templates**.
+  - If no layout is selected, visitors see a plain WordPress error message: *"This site is currently undergoing maintenance. Please check back soon."*
+  - The selected layout is rendered through your active theme's `page.php` or `index.php` template, so site-wide header, footer, and styling are preserved.
+
+### Bypass Roles
+
+The second card controls which logged-in users can see the normal site while maintenance mode is on.
+
+- **Bypass Roles**
+  - **Default:** Administrator
+  - Lists every WordPress user role on the site, each with a toggle. Users with at least one selected role bypass maintenance mode and see the normal site, along with the admin bar indicator.
+  - Administrators always bypass maintenance mode, regardless of the toggles, so you cannot lock yourself out by saving an empty selection.
+  - Logged-out visitors never bypass maintenance mode.
+
+### Schedule
+
+The third card runs maintenance mode automatically inside a defined time window.
+
+- **Enable Schedule**
+  - **Default:** Disabled
+  - Turns on scheduled maintenance. When enabled, maintenance mode is only active between the **Start** and **End** times, even if **Enable Maintenance Mode** is on outside that window.
+  - The card header badge switches to **Enabled** or **Disabled** to reflect this toggle.
+
+- **Start**
+  - The date and time when scheduled maintenance begins. Uses a `datetime-local` input.
+  - Before this time, the status badge shows **Scheduled** and visitors continue to see the normal site.
+
+- **End**
+  - The date and time when scheduled maintenance ends. Uses a `datetime-local` input.
+  - After this time, maintenance mode automatically stops serving the maintenance layout. The `Retry-After` header sent to search engines counts down to this time.
+
+:::note
+
+Schedule times use your site's timezone, set under **Settings > General** in WordPress. The current timezone is displayed below the **End** field.
+
+:::

From c3a18927de0e0948025175a19580308072df284c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Danny <zad4ifsv@anonaddy.me>
Date: Wed, 27 May 2026 14:02:30 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 08/24] Replace layout css&js with layout settings

---
 .../user-interface/layout-css-js.md           |  31 -----
 .../user-interface/layout-settings.md         | 112 ++++++++++++++++++
 2 files changed, 112 insertions(+), 31 deletions(-)
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/user-interface/layout-css-js.md
 create mode 100644 beaver-builder/user-interface/layout-settings.md

diff --git a/beaver-builder/user-interface/layout-css-js.md b/beaver-builder/user-interface/layout-css-js.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 05ac9106..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/user-interface/layout-css-js.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
----
-id: layout-css-js
-title: Layout CSS & JavaScript
-sidebar_label: Layout CSS & JavaScript
-description: Layout CSS & JavaScript allows you to configure certain Beaver Builder settings globally.
----
-
-Layout CSS & JavaScript provide a quick way to add CSS and JavaScript that only apply to the page or post being edited.
-
-If custom CSS or JavaScript have been added, a green dot appears next to the Layout CSS & JavaScript menu item.
-
-![Layout CSS & JavaScript](/img/beaver-builder/user-interface--layout-settings--1.jpg)
-
-:::tip
-Debug Mode lets you access any code you've added to the [Global Settings](global-settings.md) and **Layout CSS & JavaScript** options, so you can troubleshoot whether your custom code is causing a conflict with Beaver Builder.
-:::
-
-## Access Layout CSS & JavaScript
-
-Layout CSS & JavaScript can be accessed via the [Tools menu](tools-menu.md), or using the keyboard shortcut:
-
-* <kbd>command ⌘</kbd> + <kbd>Y</kbd> (<i className="fab fa-apple"></i> Mac)
-* <kbd>Ctrl</kbd> + <kbd>Y</kbd> (<i className="fab fa-windows"></i> Windows).
-
-## CSS tab
-
-The **CSS** tab allows you add custom CSS that only applies to the page being edited. You can learn more from the [Custom CSS](basics/custom-code.md#css) article.
-
-## JavaScript tab
-
-The **JavaScript** tab allows you add custom JavaScript that only applies to the page being edited. You can learn more from the [Custom JavaScript](basics/custom-code.md#javascript) article.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/user-interface/layout-settings.md b/beaver-builder/user-interface/layout-settings.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c301e86c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-builder/user-interface/layout-settings.md
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+---
+id: layout-settings
+title: Layout Settings
+sidebar_label: Layout Settings
+description: Layout CSS & JavaScript allows you to configure certain Beaver Builder settings globally.
+---
+
+Layout Settings is a per-post panel inside Beaver Builder that groups everything tied to the page you are currently editing. It has three tabs: **CSS** and **JavaScript** for custom code that runs only on this page, and a contextual **Page Settings** tab for editing core WordPress fields without leaving the builder.
+
+When you have added custom CSS or JavaScript, a green dot appears next to the **Layout Settings** item in the Tools menu so you know code is loaded for the page.
+
+## Open Layout Settings
+
+You open Layout Settings from the Tools menu in the top bar of the builder.
+
+1. Click **Tools** in the top bar.
+2. Choose **Layout Settings**, or press <kbd>⌘</kbd> + <kbd>Y</kbd> (macOS) / <kbd>Ctrl</kbd> + <kbd>Y</kbd> (Windows).
+3. Select the tab you want to work in.
+
+The option is only visible to users who can delete others' posts or have unfiltered HTML, so editors without code permissions will not see it.
+
+## CSS tab
+
+The CSS tab adds custom CSS that applies only to the page or post you are editing. Use it for one-off styling that you do not want loaded site-wide.
+
+The code editor includes syntax highlighting and runs only on the current layout. Styles added here are stored with the post and load alongside the layout on the front end. For site-wide CSS, use [Global Settings](/beaver-builder/essentials/global-settings) instead.
+
+:::tip
+  Debug Mode lets you view any code added through Global Settings or Layout Settings, which makes it easier to identify whether your custom code is causing a conflict with Beaver Builder.
+:::
+
+## JavaScript tab
+
+The JavaScript tab adds custom JavaScript that applies only to the page or post you are editing. Use it for behaviour that needs to run on a single page rather than across the whole site.
+
+The code editor includes syntax highlighting and runs only on the current layout. Scripts added here are stored with the post and execute on the front end after the layout renders. For site-wide JavaScript, use [Global Settings](/beaver-builder/essentials/global-settings).
+
+<Warning>
+  Custom JavaScript runs on the front end with the same privileges as your theme code. Only users who can edit unfiltered HTML can save changes here.
+</Warning>
+
+## Page Settings tab
+
+The Page Settings tab lets you edit core WordPress fields for the post you are currently building, such as title, slug, status, and featured image. Changes are written directly to the post in WordPress, not to Beaver Builder layout data.
+
+The tab title matches the post type you are editing. On a Page it appears as **Page Settings**, on a Post as **Post Settings**, on a WooCommerce product as **Product Settings**, and so on. If you are editing something that is not attached to a post, the tab does not appear.
+
+### Available fields
+
+The fields shown depend on what the post type supports. Beaver Builder reads each post type's WordPress capabilities and hides sections that do not apply.
+
+#### General
+
+The General section is always available. It includes the main WordPress fields used to identify, describe, and publish the post.
+
+- **Title** - The post title. Saved to `post_title`.
+- **Description / Excerpt** - Used by themes, RSS feeds, and SEO plugins as the page description. Hidden if the post type does not support excerpts.
+- **Slug** - The URL-friendly version of the title. Changing this reloads the builder at the new permalink.
+- **Status** - Sets the publish state of the post.
+
+  Available options:
+
+  - **Published** - Visible to the public. Requires the `publish_posts` capability, otherwise the status is saved as Pending Review.
+  - **Draft** - Saved but not visible to the public.
+  - **Pending Review** - Awaiting review by a user who can publish.
+  - **Private** - Visible only to users who can read private posts.
+
+#### Featured Image
+
+The Featured Image section appears when the post type supports thumbnails.
+
+- **Featured Image** - Select an image from the WordPress media library or remove the current one. The selection updates the post thumbnail immediately on save.
+
+#### Attributes
+
+The Attributes section appears when the post type supports page attributes.
+
+- **Parent Page** - Sets the parent post. Type to search existing pages.
+- **Page Template** - The theme template assigned to the post. Selecting **Default Template** clears any custom template.
+- **Order** - The `menu_order` value. Used by themes and queries that sort by menu order.
+
+#### Discussion
+
+The Discussion section appears when the post type supports comments.
+
+- **Allow Comments** - Opens or closes comments on the post.
+- **Allow Pingbacks & Trackbacks** - Opens or closes pingbacks and trackbacks.
+
+### How saving works
+
+Page Settings fields are saved to WordPress core, not to Beaver Builder's layout data.
+
+When you publish or save a draft in the builder, Beaver Builder writes title, slug, status, excerpt, parent, menu order, comment status, and ping status to the post using `wp_update_post`. Page template is saved to the `_wp_page_template` post meta. The featured image is set with `set_post_thumbnail`. None of these values are stored in Beaver Builder meta.
+
+:::info
+
+Changing the slug updates the post permalink. The builder reloads at the new URL automatically so you keep editing the same post without hitting a 404.
+
+:::
+
+### Theme layouts and user templates
+
+Page Settings is available on Themer layouts and saved user templates with a reduced field set.
+
+- **Themer layouts** (`fl-theme-layout`) - Title, slug, and featured image. The status field is hidden because publish status is managed elsewhere for theme parts.
+- **User templates** (`fl-builder-template`) - Title, slug, status, and featured image. Excerpt and attributes are hidden.
+
+### Permissions
+
+You need permission to edit the post before the tab will save changes.
+
+Page Settings respects WordPress capability checks. Users who can edit the post can change its fields. Setting the status to **Published** requires the `publish_posts` capability for that post type. If the user does not have it, the status is downgraded to **Pending Review** on save.

From 88fd347439c2d4bce234718cfdb0c5cc1e6a8090 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Danny <zad4ifsv@anonaddy.me>
Date: Wed, 27 May 2026 14:02:49 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 09/24] Update tools menu doc with layout settings name change

---
 beaver-builder/user-interface/tools-menu.md | 10 +++++++---
 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/beaver-builder/user-interface/tools-menu.md b/beaver-builder/user-interface/tools-menu.md
index 820a8300..b055d744 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/user-interface/tools-menu.md
+++ b/beaver-builder/user-interface/tools-menu.md
@@ -69,11 +69,15 @@ As you edit a post or page, Beaver Builder logs the changes you make. These chan
 
 See the [Undo & Redo](basics/undo-redo.md) article for more information.
 
-## Layout CSS & JavaScript
+## Layout Settings
 
-A quick way to add CSS and JavaScript that only applies to the page being edited. You can assign a custom ID or class on the Advanced tab of any row, column, or module, then use it in your CSS rule.
+:::info
+  Formerly Layout CSS & JavaScript
+:::
+
+A quick way to manage settings for the current page or post you are editing in Beaver Builder. You can edit supported WordPress page settings, such as the title, slug, featured image, and more, and add CSS or JavaScript that only applies to the current layout.
 
-See the [Layout CSS & JavaScript](user-interface/layout-css-js.md) article for more information.
+See the [Layout Settings](user-interface/layout-settings.md) article for more information.
 
 ## Global Settings
 

From 111d14e6512a1c3a03016d4af5847bd82e2744ce Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Danny <zad4ifsv@anonaddy.me>
Date: Wed, 27 May 2026 14:02:59 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 10/24] Versioning json

---
 versions.json | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/versions.json b/versions.json
index fe51488c..11f8233c 100644
--- a/versions.json
+++ b/versions.json
@@ -1 +1 @@
-[]
+["2.10"]

From f782bca802b3ebd30c340357255b114f2e32dd34 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Danny <zad4ifsv@anonaddy.me>
Date: Wed, 27 May 2026 14:03:11 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 11/24] Adding version drop menu menus to nav

---
 docusaurus.config.js | 65 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++----------------
 1 file changed, 42 insertions(+), 23 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docusaurus.config.js b/docusaurus.config.js
index 2064a346..2adaf810 100644
--- a/docusaurus.config.js
+++ b/docusaurus.config.js
@@ -62,24 +62,32 @@ module.exports = {
           className: "header-home-icon",
           "aria-label": "Docs Home",
         },
-        // {
-        //   type: "docsVersionDropdown",
-        //   position: "left",
-        //   dropdownItemsAfter: [{ to: "/versions" }],
-        //   dropdownActiveClassDisabled: true,
-        // },
         {
-          label: "Beaver Builder",
-          type: "doc",
-          docId: "introduction/index",
+          type: "docsVersionDropdown",
           position: "left",
+          dropdownItemsAfter: [{ to: "/versions" }],
+          dropdownActiveClassDisabled: true,
         },
+        // {
+        //   label: "Beaver Builder",
+        //   type: "doc",
+        //   docId: "introduction/index",
+        //   position: "left",
+        // },
+        // {
+        //   label: "Beaver Themer",
+        //   type: "doc",
+        //   docId: "introduction/index",
+        //   docsPluginId: "beaver-themer",
+        //   position: "left",
+        // },
         {
-          label: "Beaver Themer",
-          type: "doc",
-          docId: "introduction/index",
+          type: "docsVersionDropdown",
           docsPluginId: "beaver-themer",
           position: "left",
+          label: "Beaver Themer Versions",
+          dropdownItemsAfter: [{ to: "/versions" }],
+          dropdownActiveClassDisabled: true,
         },
         {
           label: "BB Theme",
@@ -199,6 +207,17 @@ module.exports = {
         path: "beaver-themer",
         routeBasePath: "beaver-themer",
         sidebarPath: require.resolve("./sidebarBeaverThemer.js"),
+        lastVersion: "current",
+        versions: {
+          current: {
+            label: "Beaver Themer 1.6",
+            path: "",
+          },
+          1.5: {
+            label: "Beaver Themer 1.5",
+            path: "1.5",
+          },
+        },
       },
     ],
     [
@@ -228,17 +247,17 @@ module.exports = {
           path: "beaver-builder",
           routeBasePath: "beaver-builder",
           sidebarPath: require.resolve("./sidebarBeaverBuilder.js"),
-          // lastVersion: "2.9",
-          // versions: {
-          //   current: {
-          //     label: "Beaver Builder 2.10",
-          //     path: "",
-          //   },
-          //   2.9: {
-          //     label: "Beaver Builder 2.9",
-          //     path: "2.9",
-          //   },
-          // },
+          lastVersion: "2.10",
+          versions: {
+            current: {
+              label: "Beaver Builder 2.11",
+              path: "",
+            },
+            "2.10": {
+              label: "Beaver Builder 2.10",
+              path: "2.10",
+            },
+          },
         },
         theme: {
           customCss: require.resolve("./src/css/custom.css"),

From ec1e536a365750fcfb3a855c92bf83ddc1e8d4a1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Danny <zad4ifsv@anonaddy.me>
Date: Fri, 29 May 2026 16:58:23 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 12/24] Update system req to WP 6.8

---
 beaver-builder/getting-started/system-requirements.md | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/beaver-builder/getting-started/system-requirements.md b/beaver-builder/getting-started/system-requirements.md
index 525b1602..f6e94f16 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/getting-started/system-requirements.md
+++ b/beaver-builder/getting-started/system-requirements.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ This article covers the recommended system requirements for installing and using
 
 ## WordPress
 
-- Beaver Builder is compatible with WordPress version 6.6 or higher.
+- Beaver Builder is compatible with WordPress version 6.8 or higher.
 - The WordPress REST API must be enabled: Beaver Builder relies on the REST API for key features. You can verify it’s active by visiting `/wp-json/` on your site (e.g., `https://yourwebsite.com/wp-json/`).
 
 We recommend a [WP memory limit](https://wordpress.org/support/article/editing-wp-config-php/#increasing-memory-allocated-to-php) of at least 128 MB, with 256 MB or more preferred for optimal performance.

From df89cc28d6d5f68dcaca238a3901461529c51e8b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Danny <zad4ifsv@anonaddy.me>
Date: Sun, 31 May 2026 01:52:43 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 13/24] All modules now documented

---
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/accordion.mdx  |   7 +-
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/acf-block.mdx  |   7 +-
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/audio.mdx      |   7 +-
 .../layouts/modules/bigcommerce.mdx           |   7 +-
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/box.mdx        |   7 +-
 .../layouts/modules/button-group.mdx          |   7 +-
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/button.mdx     |   7 +-
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/callout.mdx    |   7 +-
 .../layouts/modules/contact-form.mdx          |   7 +-
 .../layouts/modules/content-slider.mdx        |   7 +-
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/countdown.mdx  |   7 +-
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/cta.mdx        |   7 +-
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/gallery.mdx    |   7 +-
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/heading.mdx    |   7 +-
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/html.mdx       |   7 +-
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/icon-group.mdx |   7 +-
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/icon.mdx       |   7 +-
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/index.md       | 130 ++++++++++++
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/index.mdx      | 189 ------------------
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/list.mdx       |   7 +-
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/login-form.mdx |   7 +-
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/loop.mdx       |   7 +-
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/map.mdx        |   7 +-
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/menu.mdx       |   7 +-
 .../layouts/modules/north-commerce.mdx        |   7 +-
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/numbers.mdx    |   7 +-
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/photo.mdx      |   7 +-
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/popup.mdx      |   7 +-
 .../layouts/modules/post-carousel.mdx         |   7 +-
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/post-grid.mdx  |   7 +-
 .../layouts/modules/post-slider.mdx           |   7 +-
 .../layouts/modules/pricing-table.mdx         |   7 +-
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/rich-text.mdx  |   7 +-
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/search.mdx     |   7 +-
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/separator.mdx  |   7 +-
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/sidebar.mdx    |   7 +-
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/slideshow.mdx  |   7 +-
 .../layouts/modules/social-buttons.mdx        |   7 +-
 .../layouts/modules/star-rating.mdx           |   7 +-
 .../layouts/modules/subscribe-form.mdx        |   7 +-
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/tabs.mdx       |   7 +-
 .../layouts/modules/testimonials.mdx          |   7 +-
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/video.mdx      |   7 +-
 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/widgets.mdx    |   7 +-
 .../layouts/modules/woocommerce.mdx           |   7 +-
 45 files changed, 259 insertions(+), 361 deletions(-)
 create mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/index.md
 delete mode 100644 beaver-builder/layouts/modules/index.mdx

diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/accordion.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/accordion.mdx
index f757dc8a..4de1d99c 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/accordion.mdx
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/accordion.mdx
@@ -582,9 +582,8 @@ Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spaci
 </details>
 </details>
 
-<details>
-<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+## Advanced tab
 
-The Advanced tab contains common Accordion module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+The Advanced tab includes all the standard settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML configurations.
 
-</details>
+See the [Advanced tab](../advanced-tab/index.md) section for more information.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/acf-block.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/acf-block.mdx
index be4ad561..73cb875b 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/acf-block.mdx
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/acf-block.mdx
@@ -36,9 +36,8 @@ The Settings tab displays the ACF field group associated with the selected block
 
 To view all available fields for a particular ACF block, go to **WordPress Admin Dashboard > ACF** and open the **Field Group** assigned to that block.
 
-<details>
-<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+## Advanced tab
 
-The Advanced tab contains common ACF Block's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+The Advanced tab includes all the standard settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML configurations.
 
-</details>
+See the [Advanced tab](../advanced-tab/index.md) section for more information.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/audio.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/audio.mdx
index c92180f2..e20eb674 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/audio.mdx
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/audio.mdx
@@ -122,12 +122,11 @@ Repeats the current audio file after it finishes when the module is rendering on
 </details>
 </details>
 
-<details>
-<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+## Advanced tab
 
-The Advanced tab contains common Audio module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+The Advanced tab includes all the standard settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML configurations.
 
-</details>
+See the [Advanced tab](../advanced-tab/index.md) section for more information.
 
 ## Create a playlist
 
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/bigcommerce.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/bigcommerce.mdx
index fc792bf5..82817c6b 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/bigcommerce.mdx
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/bigcommerce.mdx
@@ -91,9 +91,8 @@ Limits the gallery to recently imported products. On the front end, the shortcod
 </details>
 </details>
 
-<details>
-<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+## Advanced tab
 
-The Advanced tab contains common BigCommerce Products module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+The Advanced tab includes all the standard settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML configurations.
 
-</details>
+See the [Advanced tab](../advanced-tab/index.md) section for more information.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/box.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/box.mdx
index 02767b64..cb9f2c43 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/box.mdx
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/box.mdx
@@ -664,9 +664,8 @@ Border settings control border style, width, color, radius, and related responsi
 </details>
 </details>
 
-<details>
-<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+## Advanced tab
 
-The Advanced tab contains common Box module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+The Advanced tab includes all the standard settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML configurations.
 
-</details>
+See the [Advanced tab](../advanced-tab/index.md) section for more information.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/button-group.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/button-group.mdx
index 4b44984e..ae4eed43 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/button-group.mdx
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/button-group.mdx
@@ -289,12 +289,11 @@ Each button uses the same core controls as the Button module, including text, li
 
 </details>
 
-<details>
-<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+## Advanced tab
 
-The Advanced tab contains common Button Group module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+The Advanced tab includes all the standard settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML configurations.
 
-</details>
+See the [Advanced tab](../advanced-tab/index.md) section for more information.
 
 :::note
 
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/button.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/button.mdx
index 507a1f44..3affa76a 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/button.mdx
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/button.mdx
@@ -365,9 +365,8 @@ Border settings control border style, width, color, radius, and related responsi
 Sets the border color used on hover and focus.
 </details>
 
-<details>
-<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+## Advanced tab
 
-The Advanced tab contains common Button module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+The Advanced tab includes all the standard settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML configurations.
 
-</details>
+See the [Advanced tab](../advanced-tab/index.md) section for more information.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/callout.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/callout.mdx
index ee531dbb..c1729bbd 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/callout.mdx
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/callout.mdx
@@ -680,12 +680,11 @@ Sets the border color when the button is hovered or focused.
 </details>
 </details>
 
-<details>
-<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+## Advanced tab
 
-The Advanced tab contains common Callout module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+The Advanced tab includes all the standard settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML configurations.
 
-</details>
+See the [Advanced tab](../advanced-tab/index.md) section for more information.
 
 ## CSS Customization
 
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/contact-form.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/contact-form.mdx
index e2334b40..a8d56e84 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/contact-form.mdx
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/contact-form.mdx
@@ -556,12 +556,11 @@ The color scheme used for visible reCAPTCHA widgets.
 </details>
 </details>
 
-<details>
-<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+## Advanced tab
 
-The Advanced tab contains common Contact Form module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+The Advanced tab includes all the standard settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML configurations.
 
-</details>
+See the [Advanced tab](../advanced-tab/index.md) section for more information.
 
 ## Feature Guides
 
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/content-slider.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/content-slider.mdx
index 7ae3e973..07f0acf8 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/content-slider.mdx
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/content-slider.mdx
@@ -773,9 +773,8 @@ Sets the color of the arrow icons.
 </details>
 </details>
 
-<details>
-<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+## Advanced tab
 
-The Advanced tab contains common Content Slider module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+The Advanced tab includes all the standard settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML configurations.
 
-</details>
+See the [Advanced tab](../advanced-tab/index.md) section for more information.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/countdown.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/countdown.mdx
index 70556c6d..550c02e3 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/countdown.mdx
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/countdown.mdx
@@ -310,9 +310,8 @@ Sets the horizontal margin between each countdown unit in `px`.
 </details>
 </details>
 
-<details>
-<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+## Advanced tab
 
-The Advanced tab contains common Countdown module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+The Advanced tab includes all the standard settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML configurations.
 
-</details>
+See the [Advanced tab](../advanced-tab/index.md) section for more information.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/cta.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/cta.mdx
index 50f8ca28..458d4ec4 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/cta.mdx
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/cta.mdx
@@ -408,9 +408,8 @@ Sets the border color used when the button is hovered.
 </details>
 </details>
 
-<details>
-<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+## Advanced tab
 
-The Advanced tab contains common Call to Action module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+The Advanced tab includes all the standard settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML configurations.
 
-</details>
+See the [Advanced tab](../advanced-tab/index.md) section for more information.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/gallery.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/gallery.mdx
index bf81a025..bea11664 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/gallery.mdx
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/gallery.mdx
@@ -132,9 +132,8 @@ The space, in pixels, between photos in the gallery.
 The border style, width, color, and radius applied to each photo, plus an optional box shadow.
 </details>
 
-<details>
-<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+## Advanced tab
 
-The Advanced tab contains common Gallery module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+The Advanced tab includes all the standard settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML configurations.
 
-</details>
+See the [Advanced tab](../advanced-tab/index.md) section for more information.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/heading.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/heading.mdx
index 62f3a3c7..01e49acb 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/heading.mdx
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/heading.mdx
@@ -84,9 +84,8 @@ Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spaci
 </details>
 </details>
 
-<details>
-<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+## Advanced tab
 
-The Advanced tab contains common Heading module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+The Advanced tab includes all the standard settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML configurations.
 
-</details>
+See the [Advanced tab](../advanced-tab/index.md) section for more information.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/html.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/html.mdx
index 00d77bb7..4d755604 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/html.mdx
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/html.mdx
@@ -187,12 +187,11 @@ Click the (+) plus icon to enable the Replace feature, and click the (–) minus
 </details>
 
 
-<details>
-<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+## Advanced tab
 
-The Advanced tab contains common HTML module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+The Advanced tab includes all the standard settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML configurations.
 
-</details>
+See the [Advanced tab](../advanced-tab/index.md) section for more information.
 
 ## Keyboard Shortcut
 
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/icon-group.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/icon-group.mdx
index 812bda95..d9d46777 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/icon-group.mdx
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/icon-group.mdx
@@ -263,12 +263,11 @@ Overrides the group **Background Hover Color** for this icon only. Leave empty t
 </details>
 </details>
 
-<details>
-<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+## Advanced tab
 
-The Advanced tab contains common Icon Group module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+The Advanced tab includes all the standard settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML configurations.
 
-</details>
+See the [Advanced tab](../advanced-tab/index.md) section for more information.
 
 :::note
 
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/icon.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/icon.mdx
index 5ce1b5f7..8d28e904 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/icon.mdx
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/icon.mdx
@@ -192,9 +192,8 @@ Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spaci
 </details>
 </details>
 
-<details>
-<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+## Advanced tab
 
-The Advanced tab contains common Icon module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+The Advanced tab includes all the standard settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML configurations.
 
-</details>
+See the [Advanced tab](../advanced-tab/index.md) section for more information.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/index.md b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/index.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..75033620
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/index.md
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+---
+id: index
+title: Modules
+sidebar_label: Modules
+description: Beaver Builder is equipped with an extensive collection of modules that provide users with a wide range of options to create and design websites that cater to their needs and preferences.
+---
+
+<head>
+  <body className="mermaid-module-diagram" />
+</head>
+
+Beaver Builder is equipped with an extensive collection of modules that provide users with a wide range of options to create and design websites that cater to their needs and preferences.
+
+## What are Modules?
+
+In Beaver Builder, modules are building blocks that contain content and can be added to any column. These modules are similar to WordPress widgets, but provide more advanced customization and styling choices. Each module serves a specific purpose, such as text, images, videos, buttons, and more. You can configure and arrange each module to create unique designs and layouts without requiring any coding experience.
+
+:::tip
+
+You can [override modules](/beaver-builder/developer/custom-modules/18-override-modules.md) to add custom functionality, as well as create custom modules using our API. For more information, refer to the [Custom Module API](/beaver-builder/developer/custom-modules/index.md) developer article.
+
+:::
+
+### Module Types
+
+There are three types of modules available:
+
+- **Content Modules:** These are standard modules that add content to the layout, such as Heading or Photo modules.
+
+- **Container Modules:** These modules act as containers, do not require rows or columns for structure, and offer specific layout controls. Examples include [Box](box/index.md) and [Loop](loop/index.md) modules.
+
+- **Block Modules:** These modules are available in the [WordPress Block editor](module-blocks.md).
+
+### Inherit Styling
+
+In order to ensure consistent color and typography, Beaver Builder modules follow a cascading inheritance model whereby they inherit the styling provided by the current theme. This means that when users add headings or text to layouts using modules such as the Heading or Text modules, they will automatically adopt the heading and text styling of the theme.
+
+You can override this behavior by using the module styling options. For instance, if a user adds a Heading module to their layout, they can adjust the heading font size or change the heading text color using the Heading module styling options.
+
+The following diagram provides a visual representation of how the process works.
+
+```mermaid
+
+flowchart LR
+    A(WordPress Theme) .-> |Inherits Theme Styling| B(Beaver Builder Modules)
+    B ---> |Overrides Theme Styling| A
+
+    style A fill:#e2e8f0,stroke:#cbd5e1,stroke-width:0px,color:#373737
+    style B fill:#e2e8f0,stroke:#cbd5e1,stroke-width:0px,color:#373737
+
+```
+
+## Access Modules
+
+1. Launch Beaver Builder on your page or post.
+2. On the **Top bar**, click the Plus symbol **(+)** to open the **Content Panel**.
+3. Click the **Modules tab** to access all **Standard Modules**.
+
+![Module subgroups](/img/beaver-builder/modules--index--1.jpg)
+
+### Module Subgroups
+
+Beaver Builder groups modules into different subgroups for better organization. These subgroups can be accessed via the Modules group dropdown menu. There may also be subgroups of third-party modules, depending on other plugins you have installed.
+
+The following are the different module subgroups available.
+
+- **Standard Modules**
+  All modules included with Beaver Builder are listed in the Standard Modules group. If you disable modules via the Beaver Builder settings, they do not appear in the Standard Modules group.
+
+- **ACF Blocks**
+  If you have the [Advanced Custom Fields](https://www.advancedcustomfields.com/) plugin installed, any ACF blocks you create will appear in the ACF Blocks group.
+
+- **WordPress Patterns** (Reusable Blocks)
+  Any [WordPress Patterns](https://wordpress.org/support/article/reusable-blocks/) (Reusable Blocks) created will appear in the WordPress Patterns group.
+
+- **Themer Modules**
+  The **Themer Modules** subgroup displays a list of all Beaver Themer modules that are available when using the builder on a Beaver Themer layout.
+
+- **WordPress Widgets**
+  Most WordPress widgets, including third-party ones, can be integrated into your Beaver Builder layout. Third-party widgets, however, may require custom code to work properly.
+
+  See the [WordPress Widgets](widgets.md) article for more information.
+
+- **Saved Modules**
+  Any modules [saved for reuse](../reusable-content/index.md) will appear in the **Saved Modules group**, this includes [global modules](#global-saved-module) as well.
+
+## Add Modules
+
+1. Click the Plus symbol **(+)** to open the **Content Panel**.
+2. Click the **Modules tab** to access all modules.
+3. Drag and drop the module you want to use into our layout.
+
+![Drag and drop modules into your layout](/img/beaver-builder/modules--index--2.jpg)
+
+## Module Settings
+
+1. Move your mouse cursor over the module you want to configure.
+2. In the Module overlay actions click the **Wrench** <i className="fas fa-wrench"></i> icon.
+3. Configure the module according to your preferences in the module settings window.
+4. Click **Save** when you're happy with your changes.
+
+![Access Module Settings](/img/beaver-builder/modules--index--3.jpg)
+
+:::tip
+
+You can also access the module settings by [right-clicking on the module in the Outline Panel](user-interface/outline-panel.md#right-click).
+
+:::
+
+## Move modules
+
+Modules can be moved from one column to another or be used to create a new column.
+
+1. Move your mouse cursor over the module you want to move.
+2. In the Module overlay actions click and hold the **Move** <i className="fas fa-arrows-alt"></i> icon.
+3. Drag the module to move to another position in your layout.
+
+![Move modules to different positions in your layout](/img/beaver-builder/modules--index--4.jpg)
+
+## Delete modules
+
+1. Move your mouse cursor over the module you want to delete.
+2. In the Module overlay actions click the **Close** <i className="fas fa-times"></i> icon to delete the module.
+3. Verify that you want to remove the module.
+
+## In this section:
+
+import DocCardList from '@theme/DocCardList';
+
+<DocCardList />
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/index.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/index.mdx
deleted file mode 100644
index d303954d..00000000
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/index.mdx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,189 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Module Overview
-sidebar_label: Overview
-icon: "file-text"
-description: "Use modules to add, organize, and customize content in your Beaver Builder layouts."
----
-
-
-Use modules to add, organize, and customize content in your Beaver Builder layouts.
-
-## What Are Modules?
-
-Modules are the individual elements used to add content to your layouts. Each module is built for a specific purpose, such as adding text, images, videos, buttons, galleries, forms, or advanced features like sliders, tabs, and accordions.
-
-Modules are flexible and reusable. You can add multiple instances of the same module, configure each one differently, and rearrange them at any time. This makes it easy to experiment with layouts, adapt content for different pages, and refine your design as your site evolves.
-
-## Module Types
-
-There are three types of modules available:
-
-- **Content Modules:** Standard modules that add content to a layout, such as Heading or Photo modules.
-- **Container Modules:** Modules that act as containers, do not require rows or columns for structure, and provide specific layout controls. Examples include Box and Loop container modules.
-- **Block Modules:** Modules available in the WordPress Block Editor.
-
-## Access Modules
-
-Access modules through the **Content Panel** by clicking the **Modules tab**. From there, use the Modules dropdown to browse modules by category and subgroup.
-
-The available module subgroups include:
-
-
-<details>
-<summary><strong>Standard Modules</strong></summary>
-
-
-All modules included with Beaver Builder appear in the Standard Modules group. If you disable modules in Beaver Builder settings, they will no longer appear in this group.
-</details>
-
-<details>
-<summary><strong>ACF Blocks</strong></summary>
-
-
-If the Advanced Custom Fields (ACF) plugin is installed, any ACF blocks you create will appear in the ACF Blocks group.
-</details>
-
-<details>
-<summary><strong>WordPress Patterns (Reusable Blocks)</strong></summary>
-
-
-Any WordPress Patterns (Reusable Blocks) you create will appear in the WordPress Patterns group.
-</details>
-
-<details>
-<summary><strong>Themer Modules</strong></summary>
-
-
-The Themer Modules subgroup lists all Beaver Themer modules available when using the builder on a Beaver Themer layout.
-</details>
-
-<details>
-<summary><strong>WordPress Widgets</strong></summary>
-
-
-Most WordPress widgets, including third-party widgets, can be added to Beaver Builder layouts. Some third-party widgets may require custom code to function properly. See the [WordPress Widgets](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/widgets) article for more information.
-</details>
-
-<details>
-<summary><strong>Saved Modules</strong></summary>
-
-
-Any modules saved for reuse appear in the Saved Modules group, including global modules.
-</details>
-
-
-## Add a Module
-
-After opening the Modules tab, you can place modules directly into your layout and then customize them as needed.
-
-1. Click the Plus icon **(+)** to open the **Content Panel**.
-2. Click the **Modules tab** to access all modules.
-3. Drag and drop the module you want to use into your layout.
-
-:::tip
-
-If you drag a module into an empty area of the layout, Beaver Builder automatically creates a new row with a single column and places the module inside it.
-:::
-
-## Delete Modules
-
-1. Hover over the module you want to delete.
-2. In the module overlay actions, click the **Close** icon.
-3. Confirm that you want to remove the module.
-
-## Move Modules
-
-Modules can be moved between columns or used to create a new column.
-
-1. Hover over the module you want to move.
-2. In the module overlay actions, click and hold the **Move** icon.
-3. Drag the module to its new position in the layout.
-
-## Configuring Modules
-
-Each module includes a structured settings panel that controls its content, layout behaviour, and visual presentation. Although the available options vary by module type, the panel layout remains consistent across modules. Any changes you make are rendered immediately on the page, providing real-time visual feedback and allowing for more precise layout adjustments.
-
-In addition to the standard module settings, you may notice that some settings include icons next to the setting name. These icons indicate that the setting supports one or more additional setting controls. These controls are not available for every setting, as they depend on the field type and on how that particular setting has been configured. Refer to the legend table below for more information about each setting control.
-
-| Setting Control | Description                                                                 |
-|-----------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-|  Responsive      | Adjust settings separately for different devices, such as desktop, tablet, and mobile. |
-|  Link Values     | Allows one value to be applied to all related sides or dimensions, such as top, right, bottom, and left. |
-|  Field Connection| Can pull in dynamic data from another source, such as WordPress data or an ACF field. |
-
-## Styling Modules
-
-By default, modules inherit styling from your active theme, providing a consistent baseline across your site. You can customize individual modules using the built-in styling controls available directly in the module settings panel.
-
-For styling not covered by the module settings, you can apply custom CSS. Modules can be targeted using their CSS classes or unique node identifiers, allowing styles to be applied globally across all instances of a module or locally to a specific module.
-
-By combining built-in styling options with custom CSS, you can handle both routine design adjustments and more advanced visual customizations.
-
-
-<details>
-<summary><strong>Module HTML Markup</strong></summary>
-
-
-Each module outputs its own HTML structure. While markup differs by module type, class naming follows consistent conventions.
-
-Example output from the **HTML module**:
-
-```html
-<div class="fl-module fl-module-html fl-html fl-node-unique-id">
-  <!-- Custom HTML added in the HTML module editor appears here. -->
-</div>
-```
-</details>
-<details>
-<summary><strong>Module CSS Classes and IDs</strong></summary>
-
-
-Every module outputs CSS classes that let you style or target it with CSS or JavaScript. Each module output includes:
-
-
-<details>
-<summary><strong>Shared base class</strong></summary>
-
-
-Each Beaver Builder module includes `fl-module`. This class marks the element as a module and provides a consistent selector for global CSS or JavaScript.
-</details>
-
-<details>
-<summary><strong>Module-type classes</strong></summary>
-
-
-Modules also include one or more module-type classes, such as `fl-module-html`. These classes describe the module type and remain the same across all instances of that module.
-</details>
-
-<details>
-<summary><strong>Unique node class</strong></summary>
-
-
-Every module instance receives a unique class in the format `fl-node-<unique-id>`, such as `fl-node-ol97v1bcsjw5`. The `unique-id` is generated automatically and is different for each module instance, which allows precise targeting of a single module.
-
-This example uses a unique node class to style only one Beaver Builder module instance.
-
-```css
-    .fl-node-ol97v1bcsjw5 {
-      font-size: 36px;
-    }
-
-    @media (max-width: 768px) {
-      .fl-node-ol97v1bcsjw5 {
-        font-size: 24px;
-      }
-    }
-```
-</details>
-
-
-:::tip
-
-These classes allow you to style modules globally or target individual instances.
-:::
-</details>
-
-
-## Included Modules
-
-Beaver Builder includes over 40 built-in modules that let you add content, media, layouts, and interactive elements to your pages.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/list.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/list.mdx
index aae1dcc5..f8ed92de 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/list.mdx
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/list.mdx
@@ -429,9 +429,8 @@ The thickness of the separator line, in pixels.
 </details>
 </details>
 
-<details>
-<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+## Advanced tab
 
-The Advanced tab contains common List module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+The Advanced tab includes all the standard settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML configurations.
 
-</details>
+See the [Advanced tab](../advanced-tab/index.md) section for more information.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/login-form.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/login-form.mdx
index 5eb91b3c..710c9403 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/login-form.mdx
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/login-form.mdx
@@ -723,9 +723,8 @@ The border color of the logout button on hover and focus.
 </details>
 </details>
 
-<details>
-<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+## Advanced tab
 
-The Advanced tab contains common Login Form module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+The Advanced tab includes all the standard settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML configurations.
 
-</details>
+See the [Advanced tab](../advanced-tab/index.md) section for more information.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/loop.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/loop.mdx
index 832cb4ef..245c9a05 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/loop.mdx
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/loop.mdx
@@ -280,9 +280,8 @@ A custom message displayed when the query returns no results.
 When no results are found, shows or hides a search form below the no results message.
 </details>
 
-<details>
-<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+## Advanced tab
 
-The Advanced tab contains common Loop module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+The Advanced tab includes all the standard settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML configurations.
 
-</details>
+See the [Advanced tab](../advanced-tab/index.md) section for more information.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/map.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/map.mdx
index 9513990e..7f3204c9 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/map.mdx
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/map.mdx
@@ -50,9 +50,8 @@ The `title` attribute applied to the map iframe for assistive technology. When l
 The border style, width, radius, and color applied around the map iframe.
 </details>
 
-<details>
-<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+## Advanced tab
 
-The Advanced tab contains common Map module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+The Advanced tab includes all the standard settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML configurations.
 
-</details>
+See the [Advanced tab](../advanced-tab/index.md) section for more information.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/menu.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/menu.mdx
index 876010cb..d31c8c8d 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/menu.mdx
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/menu.mdx
@@ -849,9 +849,8 @@ Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spaci
 </details>
 </details>
 
-<details>
-<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+## Advanced tab
 
-The Advanced tab contains common Menu module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+The Advanced tab includes all the standard settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML configurations.
 
-</details>
+See the [Advanced tab](../advanced-tab/index.md) section for more information.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/north-commerce.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/north-commerce.mdx
index b5138755..366cc15a 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/north-commerce.mdx
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/north-commerce.mdx
@@ -143,9 +143,8 @@ The border color of the action button on hover and focus.
 </details>
 </details>
 
-<details>
-<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+## Advanced tab
 
-The Advanced tab contains common North Commerce module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+The Advanced tab includes all the standard settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML configurations.
 
-</details>
+See the [Advanced tab](../advanced-tab/index.md) section for more information.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/numbers.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/numbers.mdx
index 8fc1b712..70fd9bb3 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/numbers.mdx
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/numbers.mdx
@@ -240,9 +240,8 @@ The height of the bar, in pixels.
 </details>
 </details>
 
-<details>
-<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+## Advanced tab
 
-The Advanced tab contains common Number Counter module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+The Advanced tab includes all the standard settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML configurations.
 
-</details>
+See the [Advanced tab](../advanced-tab/index.md) section for more information.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/photo.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/photo.mdx
index 9d610a08..ac3ef633 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/photo.mdx
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/photo.mdx
@@ -226,9 +226,8 @@ Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spaci
 Controls how the image fits and positions itself when the wrapper has a fixed width and height. Uses CSS `object-fit` and `object-position` so the image can fill the container without distortion.
 </details>
 
-<details>
-<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+## Advanced tab
 
-The Advanced tab contains common Photo module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+The Advanced tab includes all the standard settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML configurations.
 
-</details>
+See the [Advanced tab](../advanced-tab/index.md) section for more information.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/popup.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/popup.mdx
index f17391ca..2cf6a6dc 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/popup.mdx
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/popup.mdx
@@ -412,9 +412,8 @@ Configures the border style, width, radius, and color of the navigation arrow bu
 </details>
 </details>
 
-<details>
-<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+## Advanced tab
 
-The Advanced tab contains common Popup module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+The Advanced tab includes all the standard settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML configurations.
 
-</details>
+See the [Advanced tab](../advanced-tab/index.md) section for more information.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/post-carousel.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/post-carousel.mdx
index 6e74f382..1965dbc8 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/post-carousel.mdx
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/post-carousel.mdx
@@ -670,9 +670,8 @@ Filtering settings control which posts, terms, authors, or content types are inc
 </details>
 </details>
 
-<details>
-<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+## Advanced tab
 
-The Advanced tab contains common Posts Carousel module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+The Advanced tab includes all the standard settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML configurations.
 
-</details>
+See the [Advanced tab](../advanced-tab/index.md) section for more information.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/post-grid.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/post-grid.mdx
index c6715c5a..3d619f32 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/post-grid.mdx
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/post-grid.mdx
@@ -993,9 +993,8 @@ Sets the border color of the button on hover and focus.
 </details>
 </details>
 
-<details>
-<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+## Advanced tab
 
-The Advanced tab contains common Posts module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+The Advanced tab includes all the standard settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML configurations.
 
-</details>
+See the [Advanced tab](../advanced-tab/index.md) section for more information.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/post-slider.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/post-slider.mdx
index 48a6d6f0..5b8d631a 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/post-slider.mdx
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/post-slider.mdx
@@ -639,9 +639,8 @@ Custom field filters limit queried content by matching custom field keys, values
 </details>
 </details>
 
-<details>
-<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+## Advanced tab
 
-The Advanced tab contains common Posts Slider module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+The Advanced tab includes all the standard settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML configurations.
 
-</details>
+See the [Advanced tab](../advanced-tab/index.md) section for more information.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/pricing-table.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/pricing-table.mdx
index 4c5d92bb..b8444ed1 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/pricing-table.mdx
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/pricing-table.mdx
@@ -1028,9 +1028,8 @@ Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spaci
 </details>
 </details>
 
-<details>
-<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+## Advanced tab
 
-The Advanced tab contains common Pricing Table module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+The Advanced tab includes all the standard settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML configurations.
 
-</details>
+See the [Advanced tab](../advanced-tab/index.md) section for more information.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/rich-text.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/rich-text.mdx
index 1f613a8e..8a7ca9a3 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/rich-text.mdx
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/rich-text.mdx
@@ -63,12 +63,11 @@ Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spaci
 </details>
 </details>
 
-<details>
-<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+## Advanced tab
 
-The Advanced tab contains common Text Editor module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+The Advanced tab includes all the standard settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML configurations.
 
-</details>
+See the [Advanced tab](../advanced-tab/index.md) section for more information.
 
 ## Using the Toolbar
 
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/search.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/search.mdx
index 35641320..e3b7319b 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/search.mdx
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/search.mdx
@@ -633,9 +633,8 @@ The message displayed when an AJAX search returns no matching posts.
 </details>
 </details>
 
-<details>
-<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+## Advanced tab
 
-The Advanced tab contains common Search module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+The Advanced tab includes all the standard settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML configurations.
 
-</details>
+See the [Advanced tab](../advanced-tab/index.md) section for more information.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/separator.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/separator.mdx
index 8da8e66c..4e43c420 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/separator.mdx
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/separator.mdx
@@ -68,9 +68,8 @@ Sets the border style used to render the divider line. Double borders must have
 
 </details>
 
-<details>
-<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+## Advanced tab
 
-The Advanced tab contains common Separator module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+The Advanced tab includes all the standard settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML configurations.
 
-</details>
+See the [Advanced tab](../advanced-tab/index.md) section for more information.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/sidebar.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/sidebar.mdx
index 5665bfef..63826f1f 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/sidebar.mdx
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/sidebar.mdx
@@ -29,9 +29,8 @@ The General tab selects the sidebar to render.
 Selects which registered WordPress sidebar to display. The dropdown is populated from sidebars registered by the active theme or by other plugins through WordPress's `register_sidebar()` function. Manage the widgets shown inside the selected sidebar from **Appearance > Widgets** in the WordPress admin.
 </details>
 
-<details>
-<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+## Advanced tab
 
-The Advanced tab contains common Sidebar module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+The Advanced tab includes all the standard settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML configurations.
 
-</details>
+See the [Advanced tab](../advanced-tab/index.md) section for more information.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/slideshow.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/slideshow.mdx
index 66f4f0d1..75335bda 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/slideshow.mdx
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/slideshow.mdx
@@ -387,9 +387,8 @@ Shows a Pinterest share button in the social sharing menu.
 </details>
 </details>
 
-<details>
-<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+## Advanced tab
 
-The Advanced tab contains common Slideshow module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+The Advanced tab includes all the standard settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML configurations.
 
-</details>
+See the [Advanced tab](../advanced-tab/index.md) section for more information.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/social-buttons.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/social-buttons.mdx
index 4f97eb28..fc975721 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/social-buttons.mdx
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/social-buttons.mdx
@@ -78,9 +78,8 @@ Shows or hides the Twitter share button.
 Shows or hides the Google+ share button.
 </details>
 
-<details>
-<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+## Advanced tab
 
-The Advanced tab contains common Social Buttons module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+The Advanced tab includes all the standard settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML configurations.
 
-</details>
+See the [Advanced tab](../advanced-tab/index.md) section for more information.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/star-rating.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/star-rating.mdx
index d9ae8042..7eb8e324 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/star-rating.mdx
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/star-rating.mdx
@@ -125,9 +125,8 @@ The width of the star outline in pixels, drawn using the **Star Border** color.
 </details>
 </details>
 
-<details>
-<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+## Advanced tab
 
-The Advanced tab contains common Star Rating module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+The Advanced tab includes all the standard settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML configurations.
 
-</details>
+See the [Advanced tab](../advanced-tab/index.md) section for more information.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/subscribe-form.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/subscribe-form.mdx
index e3903d84..8b31c3d2 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/subscribe-form.mdx
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/subscribe-form.mdx
@@ -577,12 +577,11 @@ The color scheme used for visible reCAPTCHA widgets.
 </details>
 </details>
 
-<details>
-<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+## Advanced tab
 
-The Advanced tab contains common Subscribe Form module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+The Advanced tab includes all the standard settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML configurations.
 
-</details>
+See the [Advanced tab](../advanced-tab/index.md) section for more information.
 
 ## Services guide
 
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/tabs.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/tabs.mdx
index 96d4f93e..efa0f5a2 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/tabs.mdx
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/tabs.mdx
@@ -409,9 +409,8 @@ Typography settings control font family, size, weight, line height, letter spaci
 </details>
 </details>
 
-<details>
-<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+## Advanced tab
 
-The Advanced tab contains common Tabs module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+The Advanced tab includes all the standard settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML configurations.
 
-</details>
+See the [Advanced tab](../advanced-tab/index.md) section for more information.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/testimonials.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/testimonials.mdx
index 0a9060b2..f45b6dff 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/testimonials.mdx
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/testimonials.mdx
@@ -290,12 +290,11 @@ The General tab holds the testimonial's content.
 The testimonial content for the entry, edited in the WordPress Classic Editor WYSIWYG. Use it to add the quote text along with attribution, formatting, links, or basic HTML.
 </details>
 
-<details>
-<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+## Advanced tab
 
-The Advanced tab contains common Testimonials module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+The Advanced tab includes all the standard settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML configurations.
 
-</details>
+See the [Advanced tab](../advanced-tab/index.md) section for more information.
 
 :::note
 
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/video.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/video.mdx
index 8e2c3cb3..0ce0866e 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/video.mdx
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/video.mdx
@@ -232,9 +232,8 @@ The date the video was uploaded, used for the `uploadDate` property.
 </details>
 </details>
 
-<details>
-<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+## Advanced tab
 
-The Advanced tab contains common Video module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+The Advanced tab includes all the standard settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML configurations.
 
-</details>
+See the [Advanced tab](../advanced-tab/index.md) section for more information.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/widgets.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/widgets.mdx
index cb5cd9b4..600f1bc7 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/widgets.mdx
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/widgets.mdx
@@ -65,12 +65,11 @@ The General tab displays the native settings for the specific widget you’ve ad
 Refer to the widget plugin’s documentation for details on how to configure the widget and for an explanation of each available setting.
 :::
 
-<details>
-<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+## Advanced tab
 
-The Advanced tab contains common Widget module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+The Advanced tab includes all the standard settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML configurations.
 
-</details>
+See the [Advanced tab](../advanced-tab/index.md) section for more information.
 
 ## Available Widgets
 
diff --git a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/woocommerce.mdx b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/woocommerce.mdx
index c3fb25d1..5ed2213a 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/woocommerce.mdx
+++ b/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/woocommerce.mdx
@@ -263,9 +263,8 @@ Sets the sort direction applied to the **Sort By** value. Not available when **P
 
 </details>
 
-<details>
-<summary><strong>Advanced tab</strong></summary>
+## Advanced tab
 
-The Advanced tab contains common WooCommerce module's settings for spacing, visibility, animation, custom CSS, and other advanced module controls.
+The Advanced tab includes all the standard settings for margins, visibility, animations, and advanced HTML configurations.
 
-</details>
+See the [Advanced tab](../advanced-tab/index.md) section for more information.

From 67ad828e6805aa754d0067317b742703cdc4bf58 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Danny <zad4ifsv@anonaddy.me>
Date: Sun, 31 May 2026 01:53:12 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 14/24] Popup layout type added

---
 beaver-themer/layout-types-modules/popup.md | 43 +++++++++++++++++++++
 1 file changed, 43 insertions(+)
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer/layout-types-modules/popup.md

diff --git a/beaver-themer/layout-types-modules/popup.md b/beaver-themer/layout-types-modules/popup.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b65cc084
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer/layout-types-modules/popup.md
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+---
+id: popup
+title: Popup layout type
+---
+
+The Popup layout type is a Beaver Themer layout you build like any other Themer template, but instead of replacing part of your theme, it renders as a modal that floats above the page. Use it to create promotional dialogs, sign-up forms, announcements, cookie notices, slide-in panels, and flyouts using the full Beaver Builder module set.
+
+## Why use a Popup layout
+
+Popups let you surface content on top of a page without sending visitors to a separate URL or permanently taking up space in your design. Because a popup is a Themer layout, it carries the same advantages as the rest of Beaver Themer.
+
+- Build the popup with the same rows, columns, and modules you already use, including dynamic field connections.
+- Control exactly which pages show the popup using Themer location rules, so one popup can appear site-wide or only on specific posts, pages, archives, or post types.
+- Reuse a single popup across many pages instead of rebuilding the same dialog on each one.
+- Open popups automatically based on visitor behavior, or on demand from a link or button.
+
+## How Popup layouts work
+
+A popup layout behaves differently from a header, footer, or content template because it is not part of the page flow. Understanding how it renders helps you reason about placement and styling.
+
+Beaver Themer outputs every popup that matches the current page into the site footer, near the closing `</body>` tag. The popup stays hidden until something opens it. To avoid a popup opening on top of itself, Themer does not render a popup on the page where you are editing that same popup layout.
+
+## Create a Popup layout
+
+You create a popup the same way you create any Themer layout. The steps below cover the full process.
+
+1. **Add a new Themer layout**  
+  In your WordPress admin, go to **Beaver Builder → Themer Layouts → Add New**, give the layout a title, and choose the **Themer Layout** type.
+2. **Select the Popup layout**  
+  In the **Layout** dropdown, choose **Popup** from the **Content** group, then add the layout.
+3. **Set location and user rules**  
+  Choose where the popup should appear with location rules, and optionally restrict who sees it with user rules. A popup with no matching location will never render.
+4. **Build the popup**  
+  Launch Beaver Builder. A Popup module is already in place at the root of the layout. Add your rows, columns, and modules inside it, then adjust the popup's own settings for triggers, dismissal, sizing, and style.
+5. **Publish**  
+  Publish the layout. The popup now renders on every page that matches its location rules, ready to be opened.
+
+
+## Open a popup
+
+A popup stays hidden until it is opened, and you have several ways to trigger it. Choose the method that fits how you want visitors to encounter the content.
+
+See the [Popup Modules](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/popup) article for more information on how to configure a popup.

From ef4b44cea2ed6f5ae8199b18fc8546455904f403 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Danny <zad4ifsv@anonaddy.me>
Date: Sun, 31 May 2026 01:53:54 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 15/24] Update BB setting tabs articles

---
 beaver-builder/settings/advanced.md           |  6 ++--
 beaver-builder/settings/branding.md           |  2 --
 beaver-builder/settings/export-import.md      |  2 --
 beaver-builder/settings/icons.md              |  2 --
 .../settings/import-export-settings.md        |  2 --
 beaver-builder/settings/license.md            | 18 +++++++++--
 beaver-builder/settings/modules.md            |  2 --
 beaver-builder/settings/post-types.md         |  2 --
 beaver-builder/settings/templates.md          |  2 --
 beaver-builder/settings/tools.md              | 30 -------------------
 beaver-builder/settings/user-access.md        |  2 --
 beaver-builder/settings/version-control.md    |  2 --
 12 files changed, 18 insertions(+), 54 deletions(-)

diff --git a/beaver-builder/settings/advanced.md b/beaver-builder/settings/advanced.md
index b8f777d4..4856583f 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/settings/advanced.md
+++ b/beaver-builder/settings/advanced.md
@@ -16,8 +16,6 @@ The Advanced tab within Beaver Builder's settings provides options to enable or
 2. Navigate to **Settings > Beaver Builder**.
 3. Then click the **Advanced** tab.
 
-![Beaver Builder Advanced settings](/img/beaver-builder/settings--advanced--1.jpg)
-
 ## Builder UI
 
 The Builder UI section allows you to enable or disable Beaver Builder user interface features.
@@ -112,11 +110,11 @@ Outline Panel labels are not removed when the Node Labels option is disabled.
 
 ### Render shortcodes in CSS/JS
 
-When enabled, allows you to use shortcodes in **Layout CSS & JavaScript settings**, accessed from the [Tools menu](user-interface/tools-menu.md). Use this feature to replace a value in custom CSS or JS in a Beaver Builder layout.
+Allows you to use shortcodes in **Layout CSS & JavaScript settings**, accessed from the [Tools menu](user-interface/tools-menu.md). Use this feature to replace a value in custom CSS or JS in a Beaver Builder layout.
 
 See the [Use shortcodes in CSS or JS](shortcode/using-css.md) article for more information.
 
-:x: Disabled by default.
+:white_check_mark: Enabled by default.
 
 ### ACF Blocks
 
diff --git a/beaver-builder/settings/branding.md b/beaver-builder/settings/branding.md
index 579060f5..924cb506 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/settings/branding.md
+++ b/beaver-builder/settings/branding.md
@@ -27,8 +27,6 @@ Beaver Builder's [Welcome settings page](welcome.md) cannot be white labelled an
 2. Navigate to **Settings > Beaver Builder**.
 3. Then click the **Branding** tab.
 
-![Access the Beaver Builder setting's branding tab](/img/beaver-builder/settings--branding--1.jpg)
-
 ## Plugin Branding
 
 **Plugin Branding** lets you white label the **"Beaver Builder"** name that appears in the Beaver Builder user interface, WordPress Admin Dashboard, and WordPress admin bar. Additionally, you can replace the Beaver Builder logo that appears in the [Top Bar](user-interface/top-bar.md) with your own.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/settings/export-import.md b/beaver-builder/settings/export-import.md
index dd5b3b4a..3b6c151e 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/settings/export-import.md
+++ b/beaver-builder/settings/export-import.md
@@ -13,8 +13,6 @@ Using the WordPress Import and Export Tools, you can export your Beaver Builder
 
 You can choose to export individual templates, rows, columns, or modules, or the entire set altogether. This feature lets you create a group of templates on one WordPress install or staging area, and then effortlessly move them to other locations or bundle them for different purposes, such as migration, resale, or distribution.
 
-![Use WordPress Import & Export Tools](/img/beaver-builder/settings--import-export-content--1.jpg)
-
 ### Export Content
 
 To export custom templates, saved rows, columns, and modules.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/settings/icons.md b/beaver-builder/settings/icons.md
index 756cd176..e11365d0 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/settings/icons.md
+++ b/beaver-builder/settings/icons.md
@@ -13,8 +13,6 @@ The **Icons** tab in the Beaver Builder settings lets you enable, disable icon s
 2. Navigate to **Settings > Beaver Builder**.
 3. Then click the **Icons** tab.
 
-![Access Icons tab](/img/beaver-builder/settings--icons--1.jpg)
-
 ## Included Icon Sets
 
 Beaver Builder comes with icon sets from three sources enabled by default:
diff --git a/beaver-builder/settings/import-export-settings.md b/beaver-builder/settings/import-export-settings.md
index f98632a3..cda49f87 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/settings/import-export-settings.md
+++ b/beaver-builder/settings/import-export-settings.md
@@ -19,8 +19,6 @@ Exports completed with versions prior to **2.8.1** are not compatible with Beave
 2. Navigate to **Settings > Beaver Builder**.
 3. Then click the **Import / Export Settings** tab.
 
-![Beaver Builder Advanced settings](/img/beaver-builder/settings--import-export--1.jpg)
-
 ## Export Settings
 
 When you click the **Export Settings** button, a file called _bb-global.txt_ will be downloaded containing all Beaver Builder global settings. The _bb-global.txt_ file can then be used to [import](#import-settings) those settings to another site using Beaver Builder.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/settings/license.md b/beaver-builder/settings/license.md
index 31a85b0a..e6ad4286 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/settings/license.md
+++ b/beaver-builder/settings/license.md
@@ -13,8 +13,6 @@ The **License** tab in the Beaver Builder settings is where you enter your premi
 2. Navigate to **Settings > Beaver Builder**.
 3. Then click the **License** tab.
 
-![Access the Beaver Builder setting's license tab](/img/beaver-builder/settings--license--1.jpg)
-
 ## Updates & Support Subscription
 
 The **License** tab indicates if your license key has been entered successfully or not. These are:
@@ -36,3 +34,19 @@ The section uses several suffixes to indicate the status or actions available fo
 - **Downgrade `<version>` to `<version>`** – Downgrades the product (e.g., _Downgrade Professional to Starter_) to the version you own.
 - **Upgrade `<version>` to `<version>`** – Upgrades the product (e.g., _Upgrade Professional to Agency_) to the version you own.
 - **Activate** – Click Activate next to **Beaver Themer** to enable the plugin. Clicking Activate next to the **Beaver Builder Theme** or **Beaver Builder Child Theme** redirects you to _WordPress Admin Dashboard > Appearance > Themes_, where you can activate the selected theme.
+
+### Release channel
+
+Select the update channel used for installed Beaver Builder products. The Stable channel is recommended for most users and production websites. Early access channels, including Alpha and Beta, are intended for testing only and should not be used on production websites.
+
+- **Stable:** Delivers production-ready releases only. Use this channel for live sites.
+- **Beta:** Delivers early access builds with upcoming features that are feature-complete but may contain minor issues.
+- **Alpha:** Delivers bleeding-edge builds that may be unstable. Use only for testing and development environments.
+
+:::info
+  Enabling prerelease updates applies to all Beaver Builder products that you have installed. If you want updates to apply to only one product, follow the instructions on the [Alpha & Beta releases](introduction/releases-versioning.md) article.
+:::
+
+:::warning
+There is no support provided for alpha or beta releases and it is strongly discouraged to use them in production environments. There is a high risk of bugs and features can be changed or removed based on testing and feedback.
+:::
diff --git a/beaver-builder/settings/modules.md b/beaver-builder/settings/modules.md
index 8b9b9454..12c1a1b1 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/settings/modules.md
+++ b/beaver-builder/settings/modules.md
@@ -13,8 +13,6 @@ The **Modules** tab in the Beaver Builder settings lets you control which module
 2. Navigate to **Settings > Beaver Builder**.
 3. Then click the **Modules** tab.
 
-![Access the Beaver Builder setting's modules tab](/img/beaver-builder/settings--modules--1.jpg)
-
 ## Disable or Enable modules
 
 By default, when you disable modules in **Settings > Beaver Builder > Modules**, they do not appear in the module list in the Beaver Builder editor, but any modules of that type already used in layouts are still displayed on web pages.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/settings/post-types.md b/beaver-builder/settings/post-types.md
index 01cb0161..fa256ac3 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/settings/post-types.md
+++ b/beaver-builder/settings/post-types.md
@@ -13,8 +13,6 @@ The **Post Types** tab in the Beaver Builder settings lets you control which pos
 2. Navigate to **Settings > Beaver Builder**.
 3. Then click the **Post Types** tab.
 
-![](/img/beaver-builder/settings--post-types--1.jpg)
-
 ## Disable or Enable Post Types
 
 By default, the Beaver Builder editor is enabled for the **Pages** post type only, as shown in the screenshot above. If you check the **Posts** post type, you can use Beaver Builder to design the content area of single posts.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/settings/templates.md b/beaver-builder/settings/templates.md
index 8a1c3cb7..99d488d3 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/settings/templates.md
+++ b/beaver-builder/settings/templates.md
@@ -13,8 +13,6 @@ The **Templates** tab in the Beaver Builder settings lets you manage which templ
 2. Navigate to **Settings > Beaver Builder**.
 3. Then click the **Templates** tab.
 
-![Access Templates tab](/img/beaver-builder/settings--templates--1.jpg)
-
 ## Enable Templates
 
 Use this setting to enable or disable templates in the Beaver Builder user-interface.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/settings/tools.md b/beaver-builder/settings/tools.md
index 6e77a3b0..acf432cd 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/settings/tools.md
+++ b/beaver-builder/settings/tools.md
@@ -13,8 +13,6 @@ The **Tools** tab provides a set of helpful controls, including clearing third p
 2. Navigate to **Settings > Beaver Builder**.
 3. Then click the **Tools** tab.
 
-![Access Tools tab settings](/img/beaver-builder/settings--tools--1.jpg)
-
 ## Cache
 
 A CSS and JavaScript file are dynamically generated and minified whenever you create a new layout. The files are stored in the _`wp-content/uploads/bb-plugin/cache`_ directory, where they are used to improve performance. The following actions result in the deletion and creation of these files automatically:
@@ -145,34 +143,6 @@ You can also use Beaver Builder debug mode to display your website's PHP configu
 https://my-website.com/?fldebug=a12340b6390778c2geg3f832aaf1ae31&info
 ```
 
-## Prerelease Updates
-
-Enabling prerelease updates applies to all Beaver Builder products that you have installed. If you want updates to apply to only one product, follow the instructions on the [Alpha & Beta releases](introduction/releases-versioning.md) article.
-
-:::warning
-There is no support provided for alpha or beta releases and it is strongly discouraged to use them in production environments. There is a high risk of bugs and features can be changed or removed based on testing and feedback.
-:::
-
-### Enable Beta updates
-
-1. Access your site's WordPress Admin Dashboard, go to **Settings > Tools**.
-2. On the **Tools** tab, scroll to the **Prerelease Updates** section.
-3. Select the checkbox **Enable Beta updates**.
-4. Click **Save Prerelease Settings**.
-
-### Enable Alpha updates
-
-We don't encourage this setting, so you will not see it until you have enabled beta prereleases in the previous section.
-
-1. Access your site's WordPress Admin Dashboard, go to **Settings > Tools**.
-
-2. On the **Tools** tab, scroll to the **Prerelease Updates** section.
-
-3. Select the checkbox **Enable Alpha updates**.
-   If you don't see this checkbox, enable Beta updates first and save.
-
-4. Click Save prerelease settings.
-
 ## Send Usage Data
 
 Disabled by default. If **Enabled**, anonymous usage stats are collected. This data is used by the Beaver Builder team to get an understanding of the range of environments in which Beaver Builder is being used.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/settings/user-access.md b/beaver-builder/settings/user-access.md
index 5eedc1c9..1c7fac97 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/settings/user-access.md
+++ b/beaver-builder/settings/user-access.md
@@ -13,8 +13,6 @@ The **User Access** tab in the Beaver Builder settings lets you limit which Beav
 2. Navigate to **Settings > Beaver Builder**.
 3. Then click the **User Access** tab.
 
-![Access User Access tab settings](/img/beaver-builder/settings--user-access--1.jpg)
-
 ## Frontend
 
 The **Frontend** section lets you limit access to the builder, unrestricted editing and global rows, columns and modules.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/settings/version-control.md b/beaver-builder/settings/version-control.md
index b3a308a5..d5f4eea0 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/settings/version-control.md
+++ b/beaver-builder/settings/version-control.md
@@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ description: The Version Control tab allows you to quickly install any of the la
 
 The Version Control tab allows you to quickly install any of the last 10 releases of Beaver Builder, Beaver Themer, or the Beaver Builder Theme (BB Theme) without manually downloading files or using the WordPress plugin or theme installer.
 
-![Version Control](/img/beaver-builder/settings--version-control--1.webp)
-
 ## Enable Version Control
 
 The Version Control tab is only available when [Beaver Builder Debug Mode](/beaver-builder/settings/tools.md#debug-mode) is **enabled**, so you must enable Debug Mode before you can access and use it. To access and use Version Control, you’ll need to first turn on Debug Mode.

From 6aa639c57f510d1acfd9928dddf467501c11a209 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Danny <zad4ifsv@anonaddy.me>
Date: Sun, 31 May 2026 01:54:17 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 16/24] BB shortcode CSS tweak

---
 beaver-builder/shortcode/using-css.md | 20 +++++++++++---------
 1 file changed, 11 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-)

diff --git a/beaver-builder/shortcode/using-css.md b/beaver-builder/shortcode/using-css.md
index f2a5e631..172ad08a 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/shortcode/using-css.md
+++ b/beaver-builder/shortcode/using-css.md
@@ -4,21 +4,23 @@ title: Using Shortcodes in CSS
 sidebar_label: Using Shortcodes in CSS
 ---
 
-You can use shortcodes in Layout CSS & JavaScript settings, accessed from the Tools menu. Use this feature to replace a value in custom CSS or JS in a Beaver Builder layout.
+Shortcode rendering in CSS and JavaScript is enabled by default. This allows shortcode values to be processed correctly and helps prevent shortcode markup from being flagged as an error. This feature can be used to replace a value in custom CSS or JavaScript within a Beaver Builder layout.
 
-## Enable
+## Enable/Disable
 
-1. Access your site's **WordPress Admin Dashboard**.
-2. Navigate to **Settings > Beaver Builder**.
-3. Then click the **Advanced** tab and toggle the **Render shortcodes in CSS/JS** option which prevents shortcode markup flagging as an error.
+You can manage this setting from your site’s WordPress Admin Dashboard:
+
+1. Access your site’s **WordPress Admin Dashboard**.
+2. Navigate to [Settings > Beaver Builder](../settings/index.md).
+3. Click the [Advanced tab](../settings/advanced.md).
+4. Locate the **Render shortcodes in CSS/JS** option.
 
 :::info
-You can also enable this feature using the `fl_enable_shortcode_css_js` filter in your child theme's _functions.php_ file:
+You can also control this feature using the `fl_enable_shortcode_css_js` filter in your child theme’s functions.php file:
 
-```php
-add_filter("fl_enable_shortcode_css_js", "__return_true");
+```php 
+add_filter("fl_enable_shortcode_css_js", "__return_true"); 
 ```
-
 :::
 
 ## Examples

From 206e6d04398d47a0344fbe0f177081a76225a25a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Danny <zad4ifsv@anonaddy.me>
Date: Sun, 31 May 2026 01:55:02 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 17/24] Acf icon article

---
 .../integrations/acf/field-types/icon.md      | 33 +++++++++++++++++++
 1 file changed, 33 insertions(+)
 create mode 100644 beaver-themer/integrations/acf/field-types/icon.md

diff --git a/beaver-themer/integrations/acf/field-types/icon.md b/beaver-themer/integrations/acf/field-types/icon.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ecfb6891
--- /dev/null
+++ b/beaver-themer/integrations/acf/field-types/icon.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+id: icon
+title: Icon field
+sidebar_label: Icon
+---
+
+The Advanced Custom Fields (ACF) Icon Picker field is supported in Beaver Themer via a field connection shortcode.
+
+## Getting started
+
+To get started, create your Icon Picker field in ACF and use the shortcode to display the selected icon on your pages or posts. The shortcode outputs a Dashicons CSS class, so it's typically used to populate the icon setting of a module such as an Icon or Icon Group module.
+
+## Shortcode
+
+Here is an example of the Beaver Themer Icon field connection shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb post:acf type='icon_picker' name='']
+```
+
+The `name=''` attribute is where you enter your Icon Picker field name.
+
+## Supported icons
+
+Only icons chosen from the **Dashicons** tab in the ACF Icon Picker are supported. Icons selected from the Media Library or added by URL will not be displayed.
+
+## Options Page
+
+The Beaver Themer Icon field connection shortcode also supports Icon Picker fields added to the ACF [Options page](../options-page.md) by adding `site:acf_option` to the field connection shortcode.
+
+```markup
+[wpbb site:acf_option type='icon_picker' name='']
+```

From 1ba893849ea3174317d52d88d4421711c90c6bf6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Danny <zad4ifsv@anonaddy.me>
Date: Sun, 31 May 2026 01:55:34 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 18/24] Post id shortcode & current date shortcode

---
 beaver-themer/field-connections/syntax.md     | 24 +++++++
 .../field-connections/wordpress-data.md       | 64 +++++++++++++++++++
 2 files changed, 88 insertions(+)

diff --git a/beaver-themer/field-connections/syntax.md b/beaver-themer/field-connections/syntax.md
index ea711cfd..762239c5 100644
--- a/beaver-themer/field-connections/syntax.md
+++ b/beaver-themer/field-connections/syntax.md
@@ -41,6 +41,30 @@ See the [Conditionals](conditionals.md) article for more information.
 
 The Field Connection shortcode syntax provides support for a range of parameters, enabling you to perform various actions, such as modifying the output, displaying content based on the field's returned value, or setting a default value.
 
+### Post ID
+
+The `post_id` parameter lets you specify which post a field connection pulls its data from. By default, every field connection retrieves its value from the current post, the page being viewed, or the current item when used inside a loop or posts module. Adding a `post_id` parameter overrides that behavior, telling the connection to pull from a specific post instead, regardless of the context it renders in.
+
+This parameter works with any field connection, since the post is swapped before the field's value is retrieved. It's useful for displaying a particular post's data, such as its title, featured image, and/or excerpt, on another page. For instance, you could use it to surface a related post or to highlight a featured post you want to draw attention to.
+
+:::info
+  The value is the numeric ID of the post you want to target. If you leave it off (or leave it blank), the connection falls back to the current page/post.
+:::
+
+The two examples below demonstrate how `post_id` can be applied to different field connections.
+
+* **Example: Post Title** Display the title of post ID 42, regardless of which page the shortcode appears on.  
+  
+  ```css
+  [wpbb post:post_title post_id='42']
+  ```
+
+* **Example: Featured Image** Combine `post_id` with a connection's own modifiers to output post 42's featured image at a specific size.
+  
+  ```css
+  [wpbb post:featured_image post_id='42' size='large' display='tag']
+  ```
+
 ### Modifiers
 
 The modifier parameter is available for field connections that have option support. These options grant you the ability to configure the field connection output according to your preferences. After configuring the options, they are incorporated into the shortcode syntax as modifier parameters. The value you selected for each individual option is then utilized as the corresponding value for the modifier parameter.
diff --git a/beaver-themer/field-connections/wordpress-data.md b/beaver-themer/field-connections/wordpress-data.md
index 2be6bb98..a1b82217 100644
--- a/beaver-themer/field-connections/wordpress-data.md
+++ b/beaver-themer/field-connections/wordpress-data.md
@@ -188,6 +188,20 @@ Outputs a post's comment URL. Example: `https://my-website.com/hello-world/#resp
 
 The Post/Page field connections work for all public post types this includes custom post types.
 
+:::tip Targeting a specific post with `post_id`
+
+Every Post/Page field connection accepts an optional [`post_id`](syntax.md#post-id) parameter. By default, these connections pull their data from the current post, the page being viewed, or the current item when used inside a loop or posts module. Adding a `post_id` parameter overrides this, telling the connection to pull from a specific post instead, regardless of where the shortcode is placed.
+
+You can combine `post_id` with a connection's other parameters:
+
+```css
+[wpbb post:title post_id='42']
+[wpbb post:excerpt post_id='42' length='30']
+[wpbb post:featured_image post_id='42' size='large' display='tag']
+```
+
+:::
+
 ### Post Title
 
 Outputs the post's title.
@@ -196,6 +210,10 @@ Outputs the post's title.
 [wpbb post:title]
 ```
 
+- Options
+
+  - **Post ID** (`post_id=''`) - Outputs the title of a specific post by its numeric ID. Leave blank to use the current page/post.
+
 ### Post ID
 
 Outputs the post's ID.
@@ -204,6 +222,10 @@ Outputs the post's ID.
 [wpbb post:id]
 ```
 
+- Options
+
+  - **Post ID** (`post_id=''`) - Outputs the ID of a specific post by its numeric ID. Leave blank to use the current page/post.
+
 ### Post Excerpt
 
 Outputs the post excerpt.
@@ -216,6 +238,7 @@ Outputs the post excerpt.
 
   - **Length** - Accepts a number (number of words). Default is 55.
   - **More** - Accepts text to appear after the excerpt
+  - **Post ID** (`post_id=''`) - Outputs the excerpt of a specific post by its numeric ID. Leave blank to use the current page/post.
 
 - Example
 
@@ -231,6 +254,10 @@ Outputs the post's content.
 [wpbb post:content]
 ```
 
+- Options
+
+  - **Post ID** (`post_id=''`) - Outputs the content of a specific post by its numeric ID. Leave blank to use the current page/post.
+
 ### Post Custom Field
 
 Outputs [WordPress custom fields](https://wordpress.org/support/article/custom-fields/) added to the page, post or custom post type.
@@ -242,6 +269,7 @@ Outputs [WordPress custom fields](https://wordpress.org/support/article/custom-f
 - Options
 
   - **Key** - Your custom field key/name
+  - **Post ID** (`post_id=''`) - Outputs the custom field value from a specific post by its numeric ID. Leave blank to use the current page/post.
 
 - Example
 
@@ -274,6 +302,7 @@ Outputs the post's Link.
 - Options
 
   - **Link Text** - Choice of Post Title or Custom.
+  - **Post ID** (`post_id=''`) - Outputs the link to a specific post by its numeric ID. Leave blank to use the current page/post.
 
 - Example
 
@@ -289,6 +318,10 @@ Outputs the post's URL. Example: `https://my-website.com/hello-world/`.
 [wpbb post:url]
 ```
 
+- Options
+
+  - **Post ID** (`post_id=''`) - Outputs the URL of a specific post by its numeric ID. Leave blank to use the current page/post.
+
 ### Post Slug
 
 Outputs the post's slug. Example: `hello-world`.
@@ -297,6 +330,10 @@ Outputs the post's slug. Example: `hello-world`.
 [wpbb post:slug]
 ```
 
+- Options
+
+  - **Post ID** (`post_id=''`) - Outputs the slug of a specific post by its numeric ID. Leave blank to use the current page/post.
+
 ### Post Type
 
 Outputs the post types name, singular name, or slug. Example: `post`.
@@ -308,6 +345,7 @@ Outputs the post types name, singular name, or slug. Example: `post`.
 **Options**
 
 - **Display** - Choices are Slug, Singular Same, Name, or No Posts Found.
+- **Post ID** (`post_id=''`) - Outputs the post type of a specific post by its numeric ID. Leave blank to use the current page/post.
 
 :::tip
 
@@ -328,6 +366,7 @@ See the [PHP date() document](https://secure.php.net/manual/en/function.date.php
 - Options
 
   - **Format** - Accepts date formats
+  - **Post ID** (`post_id=''`) - Outputs the publish date of a specific post by its numeric ID. Leave blank to use the current page/post.
 
 - Example
 
@@ -352,6 +391,7 @@ See the [PHP date() document](https://secure.php.net/manual/en/function.date.php
 - Options
 
   - **Format** - Accepts date formats.
+  - **Post ID** (`post_id=''`) - Outputs the modified date of a specific post by its numeric ID. Leave blank to use the current page/post.
 
 - Example
 
@@ -373,6 +413,7 @@ Outputs the post's [featured image](https://wordpress.org/support/article/settin
   - **Display** - Image Tag ([`<img>`](https://www.w3schools.com/tags/tag_img.asp)), URL, Title, Caption, Description or Alt.
   - **Align** - default, left, center, right.
   - **Linked** - Enable or disable the link on the featured image.
+  - **Post ID** (`post_id=''`) - Outputs the featured image of a specific post by its numeric ID. Leave blank to use the current page/post.
 
 - Example
 
@@ -392,6 +433,10 @@ This field connection only appears in modules that have a gallery field setting,
 [wpbb post:attached_images]
 ```
 
+- Options
+
+  - **Post ID** (`post_id=''`) - Outputs the images attached to a specific post by its numeric ID. Leave blank to use the current page/post.
+
 ### Post Terms List
 
 Outputs the post's terms assigned to the post type you are editing.
@@ -427,6 +472,9 @@ The list layouts are not hierarchical. For example, if you have both parent and
 - **Linked** (`linked=''`)
   Enable or disable the link to the taxonomy term.
 
+- **Post ID** (`post_id=''`)
+  Outputs the terms assigned to a specific post by its numeric ID. Leave blank to use the current page/post.
+
 **Example**
 
 ```markup
@@ -459,6 +507,22 @@ Outputs the site's URL.
 [wpbb site:url]
 ```
 
+### Current Date
+
+Outputs the current date. Useful for displaying a live date in your layouts. If no format is provided, the date defaults to a format like "May 31, 2026."
+
+```markup
+[wpbb site:date format='F j, Y']
+```
+
+- Example:
+
+  `Last updated: [wpbb site:date format='F j, Y']`
+
+  - Output:
+
+    > Last updated: May 31, 2026
+
 ### Current Year
 
 Outputs the site's year. Useful for adding a dynamic year in footer layouts.

From e1279e805bc6bc03524b84c12471a25cff80cf53 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Danny <zad4ifsv@anonaddy.me>
Date: Sun, 31 May 2026 01:55:48 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 19/24] BB about release doc

---
 beaver-builder/introduction/about-release.md | 131 ++++++-------------
 1 file changed, 38 insertions(+), 93 deletions(-)

diff --git a/beaver-builder/introduction/about-release.md b/beaver-builder/introduction/about-release.md
index 66974842..e02c412c 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/introduction/about-release.md
+++ b/beaver-builder/introduction/about-release.md
@@ -6,127 +6,72 @@ toc_min_heading_level: 2
 toc_max_heading_level: 2
 ---
 
-Beaver Builder 2.10 includes the following new features and improvements.
+Beaver Builder 2.11 includes the following new features and improvements.
 
 ## :rocket: New Features
 
 The following features have been added:
 
-### Beaver Builder Cloud
+### Popup Module
 
-Powered by Assistant Pro, Beaver Builder Cloud offers cloud storage and template sharing, making it easy to manage creative assets directly within Beaver Builder, without the need to install the Assistant plugin.
+Popup is a new module that allows you to create dialogs, popovers, and flyouts that appear over page content, making it ideal for newsletter opt-ins, promotions, confirmations, videos, and other content that should appear at the right moment.
 
-See the [Beaver Builder Cloud](../user-interface/cloud.md) article for more information.
+See the [Popup Module](../layouts/modules/popup.md) article for more information.
 
-### Components
+### Maintenance Mode
 
-A new Reusable Content type has been added called Components, which allow you to strike a balance between consistency and flexibility. Unlike templates, which are fully independent, or globals, which update universally, Components let you define which options stay fixed and which can be customized per instance.
+Maintenance Mode is a new settings tab that allows you to temporarily show visitors a selected Beaver Builder layout while you update, launch, or work on your site. You can choose which roles bypass maintenance mode, schedule it for a specific time window, and return a 503 Service Unavailable status to help preserve search rankings.
 
-See the [Components](../layouts/reusable-content/components.md) article for more information.
+See the [Maintenance Mode](../settings/maintenance.md) article for more information.
 
-### Star Rating Module
+### Custom Attributes
 
-Star Rating is a new module that allows you to easily display ratings, making it ideal for building testimonial sections and other content that benefits from visual feedback.
+Custom Attributes is a new Advanced tab section that allows you to add HTML attributes to any row, column, or module. You can add attributes to the wrapper element, or, for modules, target an inner element with a CSS selector. This gives you more control over markup for accessibility, tracking, styling, JavaScript integrations, and other custom use cases.
 
-See the [Star Rating Module](../layouts/modules/star-rating.md) article for more information.
+See the [Custom Attributes](../layouts/advanced-tab/custom-attributes.md) article for more information.
 
-### Pre-built Box Module Templates
+### Page Settings
 
-We’ve added over 60 pre-built layout templates powered by the Box module, including callouts, team member profiles, testimonials, hero sections, and more. You’ll also find Bento Grid layouts that showcase different ways to design grid-based sections with the Box module. These layouts not only give you ready-to-use designs but also serve as hands-on examples to help you learn and create your own Bento Grid layouts.
+Page Settings is a new tab in the Layout Settings (formerly Layout CSS & JavaScript) panel that provides a convenient way to modify your page, post, product, or custom post type data without leaving the builder. It lets you edit key WordPress fields for the item you are currently building, with changes saved directly to the WordPress post rather than to Beaver Builder layout data.
 
-### Version Control
+The tab name changes to match the type of content you are editing. For example, it appears as Page Settings for pages, Post Settings for posts, Product Settings for WooCommerce products, and so on.
 
-Version Control is now available, giving you the ability to quickly install any of the last 10 releases of Beaver Builder, Beaver Themer, or the Beaver Builder Theme (BB Theme) without manually downloading files. Designed primarily for troubleshooting and development, it lets you roll back or switch between recent releases directly from your settings panel, making it simple to test, troubleshoot, and manage versions.
+### WordPress Font Library Support
 
-See the [Version Control](../settings/version-control.md) article for more information.
+Beaver Builder now supports the WordPress Font Library, allowing fonts installed or uploaded through WordPress to be used in Beaver Builder typography settings. Once a font is added to the Font Library, it becomes available in modules that include typography settings.
 
-## :boom: Improvements
-
-The following improvements have been made:
-
-### Accessibility
-
-We’ve introduced a wide range of accessibility enhancements to improve usability and ensure compliance with modern standards. These updates focus on better keyboard navigation, proper use of ARIA attributes and roles, improved focus management, and more semantic HTML markup across modules. Any markup changes noted here have been implemented using the Deprecation API, ensuring they only affect new modules added to your layouts. The following list highlights the key accessibility improvements included in this release.
-
-<details><summary>Accessibility Enhancements & Improvements</summary>
-
-- **Accordion Module**  
-  Updated HTML tags for new modules, increased the focus ring size, and changed the key event listener from `keypress` to `keydown`. Ensured proper ARIA attributes are applied. Replaced the `.fl-menu-mobile-toggle` class with the generic `.fl-content-ui-button` class so these buttons are excluded from Global Styles button styling. Implemented support for closing tabs with the Escape key and ensured event handlers only target interactive buttons. All items now close when focus moves outside the accordion.  
-
-- **Content Slider Module**  
-  Improved accessibility by ensuring the focus ring is visible for links, adding support for reduced-motion preferences, preventing autoplay on focus in or out, and including ARIA labels and roles. Enhanced keyboard navigation with focus on slider dot navigation, updated HTML to use list and button tags, and made several other refinements.  
-
-- **Gallery Module**  
-  Deprecated `div` tags in favor of list tags and added ARIA roles for any remaining `div` elements.  
-
-- **Menu Module**  
-  Introduced multiple accessibility enhancements, including improved keyboard navigation, the use of appropriate ARIA attributes and roles, and adjustments to markup and sub-menu icon sizing.  
-
-- **Photo Module**  
-  Updated markup to use `figcaption` for captions, following accessibility best practices.  
-
-- **Posts Module**  
-  Improved accessibility by replacing the `div` container tag with an unordered list. Added a new option in the post container field.  
-
-- **Post Slider & Post Carousel**  
-  Enhanced accessibility by using list tags for slides, button tags for navigation and pagination, proper ARIA attributes, and ensuring visible focus on all controls.  
+### `post_id` Parameter
 
-- **All Posts Modules**  
-  Ensured redundant links are hidden from screen readers and excluded from keyboard navigation.  
+A new `post_id` parameter has been added to field connections, allowing you to pull content from a specific post instead of the current page, post, or loop item. This makes it possible to display data from another post anywhere in your layout, such as a featured post’s title, image, excerpt, or other connected field.
 
-- **Tabs Module**  
-  Replaced links and `div` elements with button tags for interactive elements, using the module deprecation API so changes only affect new modules. Ensured proper ARIA attributes are applied.  
+See the [Post ID](/beaver-themer/field-connections/syntax#post-id) section for more information.
 
-- **Testimonials Module**  
-  Changed the HTML structure from `div` to `blockquote`, applied through the module deprecation API so it only affects new modules. Added support for the reduced-motion preference and introduced an option to display play/pause buttons.
-  
-- **Row Shapes**  
-  Added generic titles and descriptions to row shapes to improve accessibility.
-
-- **Modules Displaying Excerpts**  
-  Updated the default “Read More” text to provide clearer context, following accessibility recommendations.
-
-</details>
-
-### Modules
-
-The following improvements have been added for the modules listed below.
+## :boom: Improvements
 
-- **Box Module**   
-  We’ve added a new global setting that applies row spacing to top-level boxes for Grid & Spacing. This setting is enabled by default on new sites, but remains disabled for sites updating from version 2.9 to 2.10 to maintain backward compatibility.
+The following improvements have been made:
 
-- **Button Module**  
-  Added responsive support for more fields, including custom width, text color, background color, and border color.
+### Accessibility
 
-- **Menu Module**  
-  Introduced a new width option for the flyout menu.
+- Links that open in a new tab now include screen-reader text.
+- Global Styles adds outline styling controls for interactive elements.
+- Accordion module HTML structure improved through module deprecation for backward compatibility.
+- Accordion buttons now have unique accessible names.
+- Search module gets proper accessibility attributes.
+- Search module adds a new reveal layout.
+- Content Slider, Post Slider, and Post Carousel remove end navigation when looping is disabled and add aria-hidden where needed.
+- Number Counter wraps number prefix/suffix in spans through module deprecation for backward compatibility.
 
 ### User Interface (UI)
 
-The following improvements have been added for the Beaver Builder user interface.
-
-- **Content Panel**  
-  Reworked the pre-built rows and modules panels to show categories instead of a dropdown.
-
-- **Saved Tab**  
-  Added the ability to collapse the sections in the Saved panel.
-
-- **Nodes** _(rows, columns, & modules)_  
-  Added a "Save As" action to the settings dropdown on overlays. Added a "Type" select in the "Save As" form to include Template, Global, and Component.
-
-- **Outline Panel**  
-  Added [copy and paste options to the context menu](/beaver-builder/user-interface/outline-panel.md#context-menu-right-click) in the Outline Panel.
-
-### WordPress Admin
-
-- Updated the WP Admin list table to display **Global** or **Component** labels.  
-- Refined user access settings to allow editing of per-page component settings without granting access to the component itself.  
-- Added a new user access option to enable or [disable cloud access based on user role](/beaver-builder/settings/user-access.md#cloud-access).  
+- Overlays now show parent container overlays similar to rows when enough space is available.
+- Overlays now render in the body instead of layout markup to avoid styling conflicts with the coming 3.0 design panel.
+- Outline Panel adds Save As to the context menu.
+- Outline Panel adds direct export for Globals/Components from the context menu.
+- [Applying a Template](../layouts/templates/index.md#apply-a-template-to-a-page-or-post) to a page or post now supports Prepend.
+- The settings panel has been updated with a cleaner, more modern design to make it easier to navigate and use.
 
 ### Other Changes
 
-- **Performance**  
-  Improved the time it takes for settings to initially render when first opened.
-
-- **Subscribe Module**  
-  Added support for ConvertKit custom fields
+- Font Awesome 7 Support
+- Font Awesome Pro Style Support
+- Icon Field Connection Support

From 19fbd1554a72e11fdb26f2e4081d8b559ff353be Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Danny <zad4ifsv@anonaddy.me>
Date: Sun, 31 May 2026 01:56:02 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 20/24] Theme side nav update

---
 sidebarBeaverThemer.js | 2 ++
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+)

diff --git a/sidebarBeaverThemer.js b/sidebarBeaverThemer.js
index f70bbed7..639182ae 100644
--- a/sidebarBeaverThemer.js
+++ b/sidebarBeaverThemer.js
@@ -100,6 +100,7 @@ module.exports = {
             "layout-types-modules/part-layout-type/add-yoast-breadcrumbs-with-beaver-themer",
           ],
         },
+        "layout-types-modules/popup",
       ],
     },
     {
@@ -139,6 +140,7 @@ module.exports = {
                 "integrations/acf/field-types/gallery",
                 "integrations/acf/field-types/google-map",
                 "integrations/acf/field-types/group",
+                "integrations/acf/field-types/icon",
                 "integrations/acf/field-types/image",
                 "integrations/acf/field-types/number",
                 "integrations/acf/field-types/oembed",

From 03b039ede0fb629e9893d39a72b1137bf5fc8fcb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Danny <zad4ifsv@anonaddy.me>
Date: Sun, 31 May 2026 01:56:17 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 21/24] Update caniuse

---
 yarn.lock | 11 +++--------
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-)

diff --git a/yarn.lock b/yarn.lock
index 59cea53d..62ab9729 100644
--- a/yarn.lock
+++ b/yarn.lock
@@ -2814,14 +2814,9 @@ caniuse-api@^3.0.0:
     lodash.memoize "^4.1.2"
     lodash.uniq "^4.5.0"
 
-caniuse-lite@^1.0.0, caniuse-lite@^1.0.30001335, caniuse-lite@^1.0.30001449:
-  version "1.0.30001745"
-  resolved "https://registry.npmjs.org/caniuse-lite/-/caniuse-lite-1.0.30001745.tgz"
-
-caniuse-lite@^1.0.30001759:
-  version "1.0.30001769"
-  resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/caniuse-lite/-/caniuse-lite-1.0.30001769.tgz#1ad91594fad7dc233777c2781879ab5409f7d9c2"
-  integrity sha512-BCfFL1sHijQlBGWBMuJyhZUhzo7wer5sVj9hqekB/7xn0Ypy+pER/edCYQm4exbXj4WiySGp40P8UuTh6w1srg==
+caniuse-lite@^1.0.0, caniuse-lite@^1.0.30001335, caniuse-lite@^1.0.30001449, caniuse-lite@^1.0.30001759:
+  version "1.0.30001793"
+  resolved "https://registry.npmjs.org/caniuse-lite/-/caniuse-lite-1.0.30001793.tgz"
 
 ccount@^1.0.0:
   version "1.1.0"

From 535ce388941f92ed845ddc72541db01d367a859f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Danny <zad4ifsv@anonaddy.me>
Date: Sun, 31 May 2026 01:57:04 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 22/24] Theme about release doc update

---
 beaver-themer/introduction/about-release.md | 42 +++++++--------------
 1 file changed, 13 insertions(+), 29 deletions(-)

diff --git a/beaver-themer/introduction/about-release.md b/beaver-themer/introduction/about-release.md
index 5525b7b2..0af18983 100644
--- a/beaver-themer/introduction/about-release.md
+++ b/beaver-themer/introduction/about-release.md
@@ -6,52 +6,36 @@ toc_min_heading_level: 2
 toc_max_heading_level: 2
 ---
 
-Beaver Themer 1.5 includes the following new features and improvements.
-
-:::info
-Please note that Themer 1.5 requires Beaver Builder version 2.9+.
-:::
+Beaver Themer 1.6 includes the following new features and improvements.
 
 ## :rocket: New Features
 
 The following new features have been added:
 
-### The Loop Module
+### Popup Layout Type
 
-The Loop module is a powerful container module that allows you to easily display dynamic content on your website—no coding required. Select content from posts, pages, custom post types, taxonomies, or Advanced Custom Fields (ACF) repeater or relationship fields.
+The Popup layout type in Beaver Themer allows you to display content in a modal that appears above the page. Use it to create promotional dialogs, sign-up forms, announcements, cookie notices, slide-in panels, and flyouts, all without writing code.
 
-Then, use modules such as Heading, Text, and Photo to build your layout. Field Connections automatically pull in data from your selected content sources and dynamically display it, ensuring your layouts always reflect the latest information.
+Build your popup using the same rows, columns, modules, and Field Connections you already use in Beaver Builder. Then, use Themer location rules to control exactly where your popup appears, whether site-wide or only on specific posts, pages, archives, or post types.
 
-See the [Loop Module](/beaver-builder/layouts/modules/loop) article for more information.
+See the [Popup Layout Type](../layout-types-modules/popup.md) article for more information.
 
 ## :boom: Improvements
 
 The following improvements have been made:
 
-### Singular Layouts as Custom Templates
-
-You can now save your Singular layouts as custom templates in the Beaver Themer UI and select them from the page, post, or custom post type edit screen. Previously this required custom code.
-
-See the [Singular Layouts](layout-types-modules/singular-layout-type/themer-singular-layout-type.md#singular-layouts-as-selectable-templates) article for more information.
-
-### Conditional Logic
-
-We've added some quality of life improvements to Conditional Logic, including the ability to drag and drop rules from one section to another, duplicate a rule, and bulk select and edit or duplicate rules.
-
-See the [Conditional Logic](conditional-logic/beaver-themer-conditional-logic.md#bulk-options) article for more information.
-
-### Search added to Preview As section
+### Editable Layout Types
 
-A search box now makes it easier to find the page/post or archive you'd like to preview when editing a Themer layout.
+You can now change a Themer layout's type after it's been created. Open any layout and pick a new type, from the Themer Layout Settings panel, without having to delete the layout and start over. The available location options update automatically to match the type you choose.
 
-### Format Date
+### ACF Icon Picker Field Support
 
-Added format parameter for [`post_custom_field`](field-connections/wordpress-data.md#post-custom-field) shortcode.
+Field connections now support the Advanced Custom Fields Icon Picker field. Connect an Icon Picker field to an Icon module to output the selected icon dynamically from your post, author, user, or options data. Note that only icons chosen from the Dashicons tab are supported — icons selected from the Media Library or a URL won't display.
 
-### ACF
+See the [ACF Icon field](../integrations/acf/field-types/icon.md) article for more information.
 
-Added [`repeater_index`](integrations/acf/field-types/repeater.md#repeater_index) support to ACF shortcodes.
+### New `site:date` Shortcode
 
-### The Events Calendar
+We've added a `site:date` shortcode that outputs the current date. Use it on its own or set a custom format to control how the date appears, for example, `[wpbb site:date format='Y-m-d']`. 
 
-The organizers shortcode will now output all organizers if there are multiple selected.
+See the [Current Date](../field-connections/wordpress-data.md#current-date) section for more information.

From 6de21e330fc5a8b8de6e96cb3959f50345f6ad4c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Danny <zad4ifsv@anonaddy.me>
Date: Tue, 2 Jun 2026 19:06:54 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 23/24] Update documentation for [Post Type] Settings tab

- Clarify that tab name is dynamic based on post type
- Add explanation of how maintenance mode is served
- Improve formatting with info callout for post type behavior
---
 beaver-builder/introduction/about-release.md     | 4 ++--
 beaver-builder/settings/maintenance.md           | 8 ++++++++
 beaver-builder/user-interface/layout-settings.md | 8 +++++---
 3 files changed, 15 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/beaver-builder/introduction/about-release.md b/beaver-builder/introduction/about-release.md
index e02c412c..131fd091 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/introduction/about-release.md
+++ b/beaver-builder/introduction/about-release.md
@@ -30,9 +30,9 @@ Custom Attributes is a new Advanced tab section that allows you to add HTML attr
 
 See the [Custom Attributes](../layouts/advanced-tab/custom-attributes.md) article for more information.
 
-### Page Settings
+### [Post Type] Settings tab
 
-Page Settings is a new tab in the Layout Settings (formerly Layout CSS & JavaScript) panel that provides a convenient way to modify your page, post, product, or custom post type data without leaving the builder. It lets you edit key WordPress fields for the item you are currently building, with changes saved directly to the WordPress post rather than to Beaver Builder layout data.
+[Post Type] Setting is a new tab in the Layout Settings (formerly Layout CSS & JavaScript) panel that provides a convenient way to modify your page, post, product, or custom post type data without leaving the builder. It lets you edit key WordPress fields for the item you are currently building, with changes saved directly to the WordPress post rather than to Beaver Builder layout data.
 
 The tab name changes to match the type of content you are editing. For example, it appears as Page Settings for pages, Post Settings for posts, Product Settings for WooCommerce products, and so on.
 
diff --git a/beaver-builder/settings/maintenance.md b/beaver-builder/settings/maintenance.md
index 2739f994..5f0c93ec 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/settings/maintenance.md
+++ b/beaver-builder/settings/maintenance.md
@@ -90,3 +90,11 @@ The third card runs maintenance mode automatically inside a defined time window.
 Schedule times use your site's timezone, set under **Settings > General** in WordPress. The current timezone is displayed below the **End** field.
 
 :::
+
+## How maintenance mode is served
+
+When maintenance mode is active and the visitor does not have a bypass role, Beaver Builder intercepts the front-end request before the theme renders. The selected layout post is loaded into the main query, then the active theme's `page.php` (or `index.php` as a fallback) renders the layout in place.
+
+If **Protect search rankings** is on, the response is sent with HTTP status `503 Service Unavailable` and a `Retry-After` header. Search engines treat this as a temporary outage and preserve the site's existing index entries.
+
+The WordPress admin is never affected by maintenance mode. Logged-in users can always access `/wp-admin/` regardless of the maintenance settings.
diff --git a/beaver-builder/user-interface/layout-settings.md b/beaver-builder/user-interface/layout-settings.md
index c301e86c..474f7f0b 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/user-interface/layout-settings.md
+++ b/beaver-builder/user-interface/layout-settings.md
@@ -39,11 +39,13 @@ The code editor includes syntax highlighting and runs only on the current layout
   Custom JavaScript runs on the front end with the same privileges as your theme code. Only users who can edit unfiltered HTML can save changes here.
 </Warning>
 
-## Page Settings tab
+## [Post Type] Setting tab
 
-The Page Settings tab lets you edit core WordPress fields for the post you are currently building, such as title, slug, status, and featured image. Changes are written directly to the post in WordPress, not to Beaver Builder layout data.
+The [Post Type] Settings tab lets you edit core WordPress fields for the post you are currently building, such as title, slug, status, and featured image. Changes are written directly to the post in WordPress, not to Beaver Builder layout data.
 
-The tab title matches the post type you are editing. On a Page it appears as **Page Settings**, on a Post as **Post Settings**, on a WooCommerce product as **Product Settings**, and so on. If you are editing something that is not attached to a post, the tab does not appear.
+:::info
+  The tab title matches the post type you are editing. On a Page it appears as **Page Settings**, on a Post as **Post Settings**, on a WooCommerce product as **Product Settings**, and so on. If you are editing something that is not attached to a post, the tab does not appear.
+:::
 
 ### Available fields
 

From f216ef03293bc2d4f8656f116a5ca832a9b07ddb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Danny <zad4ifsv@anonaddy.me>
Date: Tue, 2 Jun 2026 22:29:41 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 24/24] Fix Popup Module link file extension

---
 beaver-builder/introduction/about-release.md | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/beaver-builder/introduction/about-release.md b/beaver-builder/introduction/about-release.md
index 131fd091..5fb07a99 100644
--- a/beaver-builder/introduction/about-release.md
+++ b/beaver-builder/introduction/about-release.md
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ The following features have been added:
 
 Popup is a new module that allows you to create dialogs, popovers, and flyouts that appear over page content, making it ideal for newsletter opt-ins, promotions, confirmations, videos, and other content that should appear at the right moment.
 
-See the [Popup Module](../layouts/modules/popup.md) article for more information.
+See the [Popup Module](../layouts/modules/popup.mdx) article for more information.
 
 ### Maintenance Mode